'- >,

Digitized by the Internet Archive

in 2011 with funding from

Boston Library Consortium IVIember Libraries

http://www.archive.org/details/cyclopediaofamer03bail3

CHESTNUT HILL, MASS.1

//

•^'nr^--

■^y^:^^-^^ -

u

^ /j^. \y^^^-^^_

^ C

^

' 1 '

^ -Ky

■;>

itHlHlJHIRUIIUll-

CYCLOPEDIA OF AMERICAN HORTICULTURE

7*1^)^^

s9 o

Cyclopedia of
American Horticulture

COMPRISING SUGGESTIONS FOR CULTIVATION OF HORTI-
CULTURAL PLANTS, DESCRIPTIONS OF THE SPECIES OF
FRUITS, VEGETABLES, FLOWERS AND ORNAMENTAL PLANTS
SOLD IN THE UNITED STATES AND CANADA, TOGETHER
WITH GEOGRAPHICAL AND BIOGRAPHICAL SKETCHES

BY

L. H. BAILEY

Professor of Horticulture in Cornell University
Assisted by

WILHELM MILLER, Ph.D.

Associate Editor

AND MANY EXPERT CULTIVATORS AND BOTANISTS

lllugtratcti bsitf) obrt
ll'mo 'JIfioussanti <aDti0;mal (EngrabingiS

In Four Volumes
N-Q

BOSTON COLLEGE LIBRARY

CHESTNUT M'" . MASS.

THE MACMILLAN COMPANY

LONDON: MACMILLAN & CO., Ltd.

1901

The rights of reproduction and of translation are stnctly reserved

COPTKIGHT, 1901,

By THE MACMILLAN COMPANY

J

163363

8(9ount I^Itasant Prinitc?

J. Horace MoFakland Company
Harrisburq • Pennsylvania

COLLABORATORS

/. PARTIAL LIST OF CONTRIBUTORS TO THE CYCLOPEDIA

The asterisk designates the contributors to the third volume. Many of the contributors have also assisted i7i reading
proofs and in other loays.

Adams, Geo. E., Asst. Hortieultuvist, R. I. Exp.
Sta., Kingston, R. I. {Rhode Islatid. Rhubarb.)

Ames, Oakes, Asst. Dir. Botanic Garden, and
Instructor in Botany in Harvard Univ., Cam-
bridge, Mass. {Several genera of Orchids.)
*Andrews, D. M., Nurseryman, Boulder, Colo.
{Oenothera. Opuntia. Native western plants,
especially hardy Cacti.)

Archdeacon & Co., Commission merchants, New
York, N. Y. {Mushroom.)

Arnold, Jr., Geo., Florist, Rochester, N. Y.
{China Aster.)
*Atkins, F. L., Florist, Rutherford, N. J.
[Platy cerium.)

Atkinson, Geo. F., Prof, of Botany, Cornell
Univ., Ithaca, N. Y. {Mushroom.)

Balmee, Prof. J. A., Horticulturist, "Wash. Exp.
Sta., Pullman, Wash. ( Washington.)
*Barclat, F. W., Gardener, Haverford, Pa. {Bot-
any and culti nation of Herbaceous Perennials.)

Barnes, Charles R., Prof, of Plant Physiology,
Univ. of Chicago, Chicago, 111. {Fertilisation.
Floroer. Teratology . Has read many proofs of
•pliysiological subjects. )

Barnes, "William H., Secretary Kans. State
Hort. Soc, Topeka, Kans. {Kansas.)

Bayersdorfer, H., Dealer in florists' supplies,
Philadelphia, Pa. {Everlasting flowers.)

Beach, Prof. S. A., Horticulturist, N. Y. Exp.
Sta., Geneva, N. Y. {Corn. Thinning.)

Beadle, C. D., Botanist and horticulturist, Bilt-
more, N. C. {Bamboo.)

Beal, Prof. W. J., Mich. Agrio. College, Agri-
cultural College, Mich. ( Grass. Has read
piroofs of many genera of grasses.)

Beckeet, Theo. P., Florist, Allegheny City, Pa.
{Bougainvillcea. )
*Berckmans, p. J., Pomologist and nurseryman,
Augusta, Ga. {Lawns for the South. Magno-
lia. Melia. Michelia. Persimmon. Pome-
granate. Has read proof of many groups of
importance in the South.)
*Bessey, Charles E., Prof, of Botany, Univ. of
Nebr., Lincoln, Nebr. {Plant. Trees for the
Plains. Has read several articles on gi-asses and
native plants.)

Blair, Prof. J. C, Horticulturist, 111. Exp. Sta.,
Champaign, 111. {Greenhouse Glass. Illinois.)

"*Brandegbe, Mrs. Katharine, Botanist, editor of
Zoe, San Diego, Calif. {Several genera of
Cacti, as Mammillaria, Melocactus, Pelecyp)hora,
Pereslda, Phyllocactus, Pilocereus, Rhipsalis.)

■^Brandegee, T. S., Botanist, San Diego, Calif.
{Nolina. )

*Beaunton, Ernest, Landscape gardener, Los
Angeles, Calif. {Nerium, Palms, Phcenix,
Pittosporutn, and other plants cultivated in
California. )
Bruckner, Nichol N., Dreer's Nursery, River-
ton, N. J. {The article'^ Fern." Many groups
of tender ferns.)
BuDD, J. L., Prof. Emeritus of Horticulture, Iowa
Agric. Coll., Ames, la. {Roses for the Prairie
States. Has read proof of loiva and of articles
OH important fruits. )
BuFPUM, Prof. B. C, Horticulturist, Wyo. Exp.
Sta., Laramie, "Wyo. {Wyoming.)

*BuRBANK, Luther, Plant-breeder, Santa Rosa,
Calif. {Nicotunia. Has read proofs of Gladi-
olus, etc.)
Burnette, Prof. P. H., Horticulturist, La. Exp.
Sta , Baton Rouge, La. {Louisiana.)

*Bueeill, T. J., Prof, of botany and horticulture,
Univ. of 111., Urbana, 111. {Protoplasm.)

*Butz. Prof. Geo. C, Horticulturist, Pa. Exp.
Sta., State College, Pa. {Carnation. Penn-
sylvania. )

*Cameeon, Robert, Gardener, Botanic Garden of
Harvard Univ., Cambridge, Mass. ( Various
articles and much help on rare plants. Alpinia,
Campanula, Echinocactus, Ncmophila, Primula,
etc.)

^Canning, Edward J., Gardener, Smith College,
Botanic Gardens, Northampton, Mass. {Many
articles and much help on rare and difficult
plants. Anthurium. Echinocactus. Epiphylluni.
Gloxinia. Peat. Puya. )
Card, Prof. Fred "W., Horticulturist, R. I. Exp.
Sta., Kingston, R. I. {Nebraska. Botany and
culture of bush-fruits, as Anielanchier , Berberis,
Blackberry, Buffalo Berry, Currant, Loganberry,
Raspberry . )

(v)

COLLABORATORS

Clinkaberey, Henry T., Gardener, Trenton,
N. J. ( Certain orchids, as Lwlia.)

■*C0ATES, Leonard, Fruit-grower, Napa City, Calif.
{Olive. Orange. Has helped on other fruits.)

*CocKERELL, T. D. A., Entomologist, East Las
Vegas, N. M. (New Mexico.)

*CoLLiNS, John S., Fruit-grower, Moorestown,
N. J. [Pear.)

*CoNARD, Henry S., Fellow in Botany, Univ. of
Pa., Philadelphia, Pa. (Nymphcea.)

*CooK, O. F., Special Agent for Tropical Agri-
culture, Div. of Botany, Dept. of Agric, Wash-
ington, D. C. (Coffee. Faritium. Help on
Porto Bico.)
Corbett, Prof. L. C, Horticulturist, W. Va.
Exp. Sta., Morgantown, W. Va. (West Vir-
qinia.)

*CouLSTON, Mrs. M. B., Formerly assistant
editor of Garden and Forest, Ithaca, N. Y.
[Various native plants.)
Coulter, John M., Professor and Head of the
Dept. of Botany, Univ. of Chicago, Chicago,
Illinois. (Echiiiocactus.)

*CowELL, Prof. John P., Dir. Buffalo Botanic
Garden, West Seneca, N. Y. (Odontoglos-
sum. Phorinium.)
Cowen, J. H., formerly Assistant in Horticulture,
Colo. Exp. Sta., died 1900. (Certain Colorado
plants, as Lepaehys, Leucocrinum. Verbena.)

*Craig, John, Prof, of Extension Teaching in

Agri'j., Cornell Univ., Ithaca, N. Y. (Canada.

Gooseberry. Kale. Kohlrabi. Pomology.

Quince. Rape.)

Craig, Egbert, Florist, Philadelphia, Pa. (Arau-

caria. Ardisia. Codimum.)
Craig, W. N., Gardener, North Easton, Mass.

(Mushroom.)
Crandall, Prof. C. S., Div. of Forestry, U. S.
Dept. Agric, Washington, D. C. (Colorado.)

*CuLBERTSeN, H., El Cajon Packing Co., El Ca-
jon, Calif. (Peach.)
CusHMAN, E. H., Gladiolus specialist, Sylvania,
Ohio. (Gladiolus.)

*Darlington, H. D., Wholesale florist, specialist
in heaths and hard-wooded plants. Flushing,
N. Y. (Epaoris. Leptospermum . Pimelea.
Has read piroof of many articles on hard-wooded
plants. )

*Davis, K. C, Botanist, State Normal School, St.
Cloud, Minn. (All genera in Eanunculacew,
e.g., Clematis, Nigella, Pwonia, Banunculus.)

*Davy, J. BuRTT, Asst. Botanist, Univ. of Calif.
Exp. Sta., Berkeley, Calif. (Acacia. Callis-
temon. Eugenia. Eucalyptus. Maytenns. Va-
rious Myrtacece. Pittosporum. Psidium.)
*Dean, James, Florist, Bay Eidge, N. Y. (iVe-
phrolepis.)

Deane, Walter, Botanist, Cambridge, Mass.
(Herbarium. Has helped on various botanical
problems.)
*Dewey, Lyster H., Div. of Botany, Dept. of
Agric, Washington, D. C. (Mentha. Phyto-
lacca. )

DoRNER, Fred, Carnation specialist, Lafayette,
Ind. (Carnation.)

DORSETT, P. H., Associate Physiologistand Patholo-
gist, Dept. of Agric, Washington, D.C. (Violet.)
*DoiTGLAS, Thos. H., of E. Douglas' Sons, nur-
serymen and specialists in conifers, Waukegan,
111. (Larix. Picea. Pseudotsuga.)
*Drew, E. p.. Manager Eoeky Eiver Nursery,

Clifton Park, O. (Picea.)
*Duggar, B. M., Asst. Prof, of Botany (Plant
Physiology), Cornell LTniv., Ithaca, N. Y.
(Photosyntltesis. Physiology of Plants. Pollen.)

Dunning, D. M., Amateur, Auburn, N.Y. (Grapes
under Glass.)

DupuTT, Louis, Wholesale florist and specialist in
hard-wooded plants, Whitestone, L. I. (Erica.
Has read other articles on heath-like plants.)
*Earle, Prof. F. S., Horticulturist, Ala. Poly-
technic Institute, Auburn, Ala. (Alabama.
Packing.)
*Earle, Parker, Horticulturist, Eoswell, N. M.
(New Mexico.)

Egan, W. C, Amateur, Highland Park, 111.
(Eremurus. Has helped on hardy plants. )
*Eisele, Jacob D., Manager of Dreer's Nursery,
Eiverton, N- J. (Cordyline. Pandanus. Has
read proofs of several important subjects.)

Elliott, William H., Florist, Brighton, Mass.
(Asparagus plumosus. )

Emery, S. M., Manhattan, Mont. (Montana.)

Endicott, John, Bulb-grower, Canton, Mass.
(Littonia.)

Endicott, W. E., Teacher, Canton, Mass. (Acliim-
enes. Acidanthera. Ixia. Has made important
corrections in many articles on bulbs.)

Evans, Walter H., Office of Exp. Stations, Dept.
of Agric, Washington, D. C. (Alaska.)

Fawcett, Wm., Director Dept. Public Gardens
and Plantations, Kingston, Jamaica. (Tropi-
cal fruits, as Cherimoya, Marmalade Plum, Egg
Fruit, Mango, Mangosteen, and others.)
*Fernow, Prof. B. E., Director College of Fores-
try, Cornell Univ., Ithaca, N. Y. (Conifers.
Forestry. Pine.)

Finlayson, Kenneth, Gardener, Brookline, Mass.
(Diosma.)
*Fletcher, Prof. S. W., Horticulturist, Wash.
Ex. Sta., Pullman, Wash. (Ipomcca and va-
rious other ConvolvtilacecE. Helianthus and re-
lated genera. Nemophila. Nierembergia. Nolana.
Pollination. )

COLLABORATORS

VI 1

"FooED, J. A., Asst. in Dairy Hasbandry, Cornell
Univ., Ithaea, N. Y. (New Hamps)ure.)

■*Feanceschi, Dr. F., Manager S. Calif. Acclima-
tizing Ass'n, Santa Barbara, Calif. (Rare
plants grown in S. Calif., as Dasylirion, Fla-
courtia, Fouquiera, Furcrma, Hazardia, Park-
insonia, etc. Has read many proofs and made
numerous corrections . )
Galloway, B. T., Dir. of Office of Plant Indus-
try, XJ. S. Dept. of Agric, Washington, D. C.
(Floriculture. Has read various important
articles. )

*Gannett, Frank E., Editor, "The News," Ithaea,
N. Y. ; formerly See'y to President of the
U. S. Philippine Commission. (Pltilippiue
Islands.)

*Garcia, Fabian, Horticulturist and Asst. Prof,
of Horticulture, College of Agr. and Mechanic
Arts, Mesilla Park, N. M. {Neio Mexico.)
Garfield, Chas. W., Horticulturist, Grand Rap-
ids, Mich. [Michigan.)

*Gebakd, J. N. , Amateur, Elizabeth, N. J. (Many
articles, especially on Indhous plants, as Crocus,
'ris, Micscari, Narcissus.)
Gn, ETT, Edward, Nurseryman, Southwick, Mass.
(Hardy Ferns. Liparis. Has read numerous
proofs on native plants. )
GoFF, Prof. E. S., Horticulturist, Wis. Exp. Sta.,

Madison, Wis. ( TVisconsin.)
Gould, H. P., Acting Entomologist and Asst.
Horticulturist, Md. E.^p. Sta., College Park,
Md. [Brussels Sprouts. Celeriac.)

*GouLD, Mrs. Thos., Petunia specialist, Ventura,
Calif. (Petunia.)
Green, Prof. S. B., Horticulturist, Minnesota Exp.
Sta., St. Anthony Park, Minn. (Minnesota.)

*Green, Wm. J., Horticulturist, Ohio Exp. Sta.,
Wooster, Ohio. [Ohio, Greenhouse sub-irriga-
tion.)
Greene, Edward L., Prof, of Botany, Catholic
Univ. of America, Washington, D. C. [Dode-
catlieon.)
Greenlee, Miss Lennie, Bulb-grower, Garden
City, N. C. (Lria.)

•'Greiner, T., Specialist in vegetables, La Salle,
N. Y. (Garden vegetables, as Artichoke, Aspara-
gus, Bean, Cress, Corn Salad, Kohlrabi, Lettuce,
Onion, Parsley, Parsnip.)

*Grey, Egbert M., Gardener, North Easton, Mass.
(Numerous important orchid groups, as Cypripe-
dium, Epidendrum, Lycaste, Maxillaria, Masde-
vallia, Odontoglossom, Oncidium, Orchid, Pholw-
nopsis.)
Groff, H. H., Gladiolus specialist, Simeoe, Out.

(Gladiolus.)
Gdrnby, James, Gardener, Mo. Botanical Garden,
St. Louis, Mo. (Cacti.)

*Hale, J. H., Nurseryman and pomologist. South
Glastonbury, Conn. [Connecticut. Peach.)

Halsted, Prof. B. D., Eutgers College, New
Brunswick, N. J. [Diseases. Fungus.)

Hansen, Geo., Landscape architect and botanist,
Berkeley, Calif. (Epidendrum.)

Hansen, Prof. N. E., Horticulturist, S. Dak.
Exp. Sta., Brookings, S. Dak. (South Dakota.)

Harris, Frederick L., Gardener, Wellesley,
Mass. [Lisianthus. Medinilla.)
*Harris, W., Acting Dir. Dept. Public Gardens
and Plantations, Kingston, .Jamaica. (Mam-
mee Apple, Persea, Pomelo and. other tropical
fruits.)

Harris, W. K., Florist, Philadelphia, Pa. (Ficus
elastica. Help on Lilium Harrisii.)
*Harrison, C. S., Nurseryman, York, Neb.

(Pseudotsuga.)
*Hasselbeing, Heinrich, First Asst. Horticultur-
ist, N. Y. Exp. Sta., Geneva, N. Y. (Iris, and
most orchids from Gongora to Zygopetalum.)

Hastings, G. T., formerly Asst. in Botany,
Cornell Univ., Ithaca, N. Y. ; now Science
Teacher, Santiago, Chile. [Some tropical
plants, as Berria, Bertholletia. A few grasses,
as Hierochloe, Holcus, Hordeum. )
*Hatfield, T. D,, Gardener, Wellesley, Mass.
[Numerous and varied contributions, as Gesnera,
Gloxinia, Lachenalia, Leea, Macrozamia, (Enoth-
era, Oxalis, Pelargonium.)
*Hedrick, U. P., Asst. Prof, of Horticulture,
Agricultural College, Mich. [Evaporation of
Fruit. Prune.)
*Henderson & Co., Peter, Seedsmen, New York,
N. Y. [Bulbs. Eccremocarpus. Polianthes.
Much proof and many suggestions.)
*Henderson, Prof. L. F., Botanist, Idaho Exp.
Sta., Moscow, Idaho. (Phacelia.)

Herrington, a. H., Gardener, Florham Farms,
Madison, N. J. (Chrysanthemmn coccineum.
Hollyhock.)
*Hews, a. H. Manufacturer of earthen ware.
North Cambridge, Mass. (Pots.)

Hexamer, Dr. F. M., Editor "American Agri-
culturist," New York, N. Y. [Several biograph-
ical sketches, as Fuller, Harris, TMirber.)

Hicks, G. H., late of U. S. Dept. of Agric,
Washington, D. C. (deceased). (Seed-testing.)

Hicks, Henry, Nurseryman, Westport, L. I. (Li-
gustrum. )

HiGGiNS, J. E., Horticulturist and teacher, Hono-
lulu, H. I. [Hawaiian Islands. )

Hill, E. G., Florist, Eichmond, Ind. [Begonia.)
*HiTCHC0CK, A. S., Asst. Chief, Div. of Ag-
rostology, U. S. Dept. Agric, Washington,
D. C. (Most of tJte genera of grasses from
E to Z.)

Vlll

COLLABORATORS

HoLLiSTER, E. J., Specialist in celery culture,
Holley, Colo. [Celeri/.)

HOOPES, JosiAH, Nurseryman, West Chester, Pa.
{Hedges.)

HoKSFORD, Fred H., Nurseryman and specialist
in Lilies, Charlotte, Vt. {Alpine Gardens.
Lilium. Mas read proof of many articles on na-
tive plants and hardy herbaceous perennials.)

HuNN, Charles E., Gardener, Cornell Exp. Sta.,
Ithaca, N. Y. {Forcing of Vegetables. Mign-
onette. Strawberry.)

Huntley, Prof. F. A., Horticulturist, Idaho Exp.
Sta., Moscow, Idaho. {Idaho.)

HuTCHiNS, Eev. W. T., Sweet Pea specialist,
Springfield, Mass. {Sioeet Pea.)
■*Ieish, H. C, Horticulturist, Mo. Botanical Gar-
den, St. Louis, Mo. {Capsicum. Lactuca.
Pepper.)

Jackson & Perkins Co., Nurserymen and spe-
cialists in Clematis, Newark, N. Y. {Clem-
atis. )
*Jaenicke, Adolph, Manager propagating dept.,

J. L. Childs, Floral Park, N. Y. {Primula.)
*Jeffers, a.. Editor "Cornucopia," Norfolk, Va.

(Kale. Potato.)
*JoRDAN, A. T., Asst. Horticulturist, New Bruns-
wick, N. J. {New Jersey.)

JuNGHANNS, R. L., Poughkeepsie, N. Y. {Reseda.)
*Kains, M. G., Horticulturist, School of Practical
Agric. and Hort., Briar Cliff Manor, N. Y.
{Minor vegetables, as Horse-Eadish and Okra.
Herbs, as Hyssojms, Origanum; also Ginsing
and Glycyrrluza.)

Kearney, T. H., Div. of Veg. Phys. and Path.,
Dept. of Agric, Washington, D. C. {Three
orchid genera, Grammangis, Grammatophyllum,
Habenaria.)
*Keller, J. B., Florist, Rochester, N. Y, (Many
groups of hardy herbaceous perennials. Article
on Herbaceous Perennials.)
*Kelsey, Harlan P., Landscape architect, Bos-
ton, Mass. (North Carolina plants, as Galax,
Leucotho'e and Paronychia.)

Kennedy, P. Beveridge, Horticulturist, Nev.
Exp. Sta., Reno, Nev. (Many genera of grasses
in Vols. I and II. Begonia- )

Kerr, J. W., Nurseryman, Denton, Md. (Mary-
litnd. Help on Plum.)

Kift, Robert, Florist, Philadelphia, Pa. (Cut-
flowers.

Kinney, L. F., Horticulturist, Kingston, R. I.
( Celery . )
*Knapp, Dr. S. A., Special commission U. S.
Dept. Agric, Lake Charles, La. (Philippine
Islands.)

Lager & Hdrrell, Orchid cultivators. Summit,
N. J. (Cattleya.)

*Lager, John E., Orchid specialist, Summit, N. J.

(Oncidium. )
*Lake, Prof. E. R., Horticulturist, Ore. Exp. Sta.,
Corvallis, Ore. (Oregon.)
Landreth, Burnet, Seedsman, Philadelphia,

Pa. (David Landreth.)
Lauman, G. N., Instructor in Hort., Cornell
Univ., Ithaca, N. Y. (Geranium. Impatiens.)
*Lewers, Ross, Fruit-grower, Franktown, Nev.
(Nevada.)
Lonsdale, Edwin, Florist, Wyndmoor, Philadel-
phia, Pa. (Conservatory.)
Lord & Burnham Co., Horticultural architects
and builders, Irviugton - on - Hudson, N. Y.
{Greenhouse Construction. )
LoTHKOP & Higgins, Dahlia specialists, East
Bridgewater, Mass. {Dahlia.)
*Lyon, T. T., Pomologist, South Haven, Mich.,

("Died 1900). (Pear.)
*McFarland, J. Horace, Horticultural printer
and expert in photography, Harrisburg, Pa.
( Border. Photography . )
*McKay, Prof. A. B., Prof, of Horticulture and
Station Horticulturist, Miss. Exp. Sta., Agri-
cultural College, Miss. (Potato.)
McMiLLEN, Robert, Wholesale grower of migno-
nette. Pearl River, N. Y. (Mignonette.)
McWilliam, Geo., Gardener, Whitinsville, Mass.
(Dipladenia. Luculia.)
*Mac05iber, J. T., Fruit-grower, Grand Isle, Vt.
(Peac/i.)
MacPherson, James, Landscape gardener, Tren-
ton, N.J. (Euphorbia. Has read proofs of sev-
eral orchid genera.)
*Manning, J. Woodward, Horticultural expert
and purchasing agent, Boston, Mass. (Pachy-
sa7idra. Pyrethrum. Hardy herbs. Has read
proofs of many groups of perennials.)
Manning, Warren H., Lands';ape architect,
Boston, Mass. (Herbaceous Perennials. Rock
Gardens.)
Mason, Prof. S. C, Dept. of Horticulture and
Forestry, Berea College, Berea, Ky. (Labeling.
Layering . )
*Massey, Prof. W. F., Horticulturist, N. C. Exp.
Sta., Raleigh, N. C. (Fig. North Carolina.)
Mathews, Prof. C. W., Horticulturist, Ky. Exp.

Sta., Lexington, Ky. (Kentucky.)
Mathews, F. Schuyler, Artist, Boston, Mass.
(Color.)
*Mathews, Wm., Florist and orchid grower, Utiea,
N. Y. ( Various rare and important orchids,
as Gongora, Grammatophyllum, lonopsis, Lima-
todes, Miltonia, Pholidota.)
Maynard, Prof. S. T., Prof, of Horticulture, Mass.
Agr. Coll., and Horticulturist, Mass. Hatch
Exp. Sta., Amherst, Mass. (Massachusetts.)

COLLABORATORS

*Mead, T. L., Horticulturist, Oviedo, Fla. [Cri-
num. Orange. Has helped in matters of ex-
treme soutliern horticulture.)
Meehan, Joseph, Nurseryman, Germantown,

Philadelphia, Pa. (Idesia.)
Meredith, A. P., Gardener, South Lancaster,
Mass. (JSnmea.)

*MiscHE, Emil, Asst. to Olmsted Bros., Land-
scape Architects, Brookline, Mass. {Quisqualis.)

*MoON, Samuel C, Nurseryman, Morrisville, Pa.
{Oak. Trees for ornament.)

*MoRRiLL, Roland, Fruit-grower, Benton Harbor,
Mich. (Peach.)

*M0RRIS, O. M., Associate Horticulturist, Okla.
Exp. Sta., Stillwater, Okla. (Indian Territory
Oklahoma.)
MuNSON, T. v., Nurseryman and grape hybridist,

Denison, Tex. (Grape culture in the South.)
MuNSON, Prof. W. M., Horticulturist, Me. Exp.
Sta., Orono, Me. (Maine. Vaccinium.)

*Nehrling, H., Milwaukee, Wis. (Phcenix. Has
helped on other plants cultivated in his garden
at Gotha, Fla.)

*Newburt, H. E., Specialist in tuberose culture,
Magnolia, N. C. (Polianthes.)

*Newell, A. J., Gardener, Wellesley, Mass.
{Certain orchids, e.g.', Odontoglossum.)

*NoHTON, J. B. S., Botanical Assistant, Mo. Bo-
tanical Garden, St. Louis, Mo. (Genera of
EupliorMacem . Phyllanthus. Numerous botan-
ical pusdes.)
Ogston, Colin, Gardener and orchid cultivator,
Kimball Conservatories, Rochester, N. Y.
(Dendrohium.)

*Oliver, G. W., Div. of Gardens and Grounds,
U. S. Dept. Agric, Washington, D. C. (Many
articles on palms, aroids, succulents and rare
plants, and much help on proofs. Alstroemeria.
Amaryllis. Nepenthes. Ochna. Pennisetum.
Petrea. Sarracenia.)

*Olmsted, Jr., F. L., Landscape ai-ehiteet. Brook-
line, Mass. (Pa7-k.)

*0'Mara, Patrick, of Peter Henderson & Co.,
New York, N. Y. (Potting. Has read various
important articles, suggested contributors and
given other help.)
Orpet, Edward O., Gardener, So. Lancaster,
Mass. (Many articles. Border. Cyclamen.
Dianthus, and certain orchids.)
Parsons, Jr., Samuel, Landscape architect. New

York, N. Y. (Latcn.)
Peacock, Lawrence K., Dahlia specialist, Atco,
N. J. (Dahlia.)

*Pennock, F. M., Horticulturist, San Juan, Porto

Rico. (Porto Bico.)
''Peterson, Wm. A., of the firm of P. S. Peterson
& Son, Nurserj'men, Chicago, 111. {Pwonia.)

Powell, Prof. G. Harold, Horticulturist, Del.
Exp. Sta., Newark, Del. (Cherry. Delaioare.
Help on Peach, etc. )
*PowELL, George T., Dir. School of Practical
Agriculture and Horticulture, Briar Cliff
Manor, N. Y. (Pear. Has read proofs of otMer
imporian t fruits . )
Price, Prof. R. H., Horticulturist, Tex. Exp.
Sta., College Station, Tex. (Texas.)
*Princb, L. B., Pres. Board of Regents, New Mex.
Exp. Sta., Mesilla Park, N. M. (Prince.)
PuEDY, Carl, Specialist in California bulbs,
Ukiah, Calif. (California native plants, as
Brodicea, Calochortus, Erythronium, Fritillaria.)
*Rane, Prof. F. W., Horticulturist and Prof, of
Horticulture, N. H. College, Durham, N. H.
(New Hampshire.)
Rawson, Grove P., Florist, Elmira, N.Y. (Lan-

tana.)
Rawson, W. W., Seedsman and market-gardener,
Boston, Mass. (Cucumber. Lettuce.)
*Reasonee, E. N., Nurseryman and horticulturist,
Oneco, Fla. (Many articles, and much help on
extreme southern horticulture. Ccesalpinia. Cocos.
Guava. Kumquat. Lemon. Lime. Mango.
Musa. Orange.)
*Rehder, Alfred, Asst. at the Arnold Arboretum,
Jamaica Plain, Mass. (Botany and culture of
most of the hardy trees and shrubs.)
*Roberts, Prof. I. P., Dir. College of Agric, Cor-
nell Univ., Ithaca, N. Y. (Drainage. Fer-
tility. Manure. Potato.)
*RoLFS, Prof. P. H., Botanist, S. C. Exp. Sta.,
Clemson College, S. C. (Eggplant. Florida.
Okra. Onion. PineappAe.)
*RosE, J. N., Asst. Curator, U. S. Nat. Herb.,
Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D. C.
(Agave. Prochnyanthes.)
Rose, N. Jonsson, Landscape Gardener, Dep't.

of Park, New Y'ork, N. Y. (Various exotics.)
Roth, Filibert, Asst. Prof, of Forestry, N. Y".
State College of Forestry, Cornell Univ.,
Ithaca, N. Y. (Fagus.)
Rowlee, Prof. W. W., Asst. Prof, of Botany,
Cornell Univ., Ithaca, N. Y. (Definitions.
Liatris. Salix.)
*RoYLE, Mrs. Emily Taplin, Asst. Ed. "Rural
New-Yorker," New Y^ork, N. Y. (Nepenthes.)
Sargent, Prof. C. S. , Dir. Arnold Arboretum,
Jamaica Plain, Mass. (Abies. Sas read proof
of Picea, Primus, etc.)
Seavey, Mrs. Frances Copley, Landscape gar-
dener, Brighton, 111. {Railroad Gardening.)
*Scott, Wm., Florist, Buffalo, N. Y. {Important flor-
ists ' pilants and flowers, as Acacia, Convallaria,
Cyclamen, Cytisus, Smilax, Metrosideros, Peper-
omia,Perilla,Fiqueria,etc. Also Packing Floivei'S.)

COLLABORATORS

Scott, Wm., Gardener, Tarrytown, N. Y. {Ber-
tolonia and other tender foliage plants.)

Semple, James, Specialist in China Asters,
Bellevue, Pa. {Aster.)

Sexton, Joseph, Founder of the pampas grass
industry, Goleta, Calif. {Gynerktm.)

Shinn, Chaeles H., Inspector of Experiment
Stations, Univ. of Calif., Berkeley, Calif.
(California, Fig, Loganberry, Sequoia, etc.)

Shore, Eobekt, Head Gardener, Botanical Dept.,
Cornell Univ., Ithaca, N. Y. {Various articles,
as Acalyphci, Bedding, Dichorisandra, Episcea,
Fittonia, Mymenophyllum . )
*Siebrecht, Henry A., Florist and nurseryman.
New York and Eose Hill Nurseries, New Eo-
ohelle, N. Y. {Much help on rare greenhouse
plants, particularly orchids and palms. Draccena.
Ficus. Fuchsia. Gardenia. Ixora. Lapageria.
Laitrus. Nerium. Nepenthes. Puya.)

SiMONDS, O. C, Landscape Gardener, Buena Ave.,
Chicago, 111. {Landscape Cemeteries.)

Slingerland, Prof. M. V., Asst. Prof. Economic
Entomology, Cornell Univ., Ithaca, N. Y.
{Insecticides. Insects. )

Smith, A. W., Americus, Ga. (Cosmos.)

Smith, Elmer D., Chrysanthemum specialist,
Adrian, Mich. (Chrysanthemum.)
*Smith, Irving C, Market-gardener, Green Bay,

Wis. (Onion. Help on Kohl-Balii, etc.)
*Smith, Jared G., Dir. Hawaiian Exp. Sta., Hono-
lulu, H. I. (Nearly all palms. Various other
genera, as Centaurea, Cerastium, Cotyledon.)

Spencer, JohnW., Fruit-grower, Westfield, Chau-
tauqua Co., N. Y. (Grapes in the North. Help
on important fruits.)

Starnes, Prof. HughN., Prof, of Agriculture and
Horticulture, Univ. of Georgia, Athens, Ga.
(Georgia. Sweet Potato.)
*Steele, E. S., Div. of Botany, U. S. Dept. Agric,
Washington, D. C. (Perfumery Gardening.)

Stinsqn, Prof. John T., Dir. Mo. Fruit Exp. Sta.,
Mountain Grove, Mo. (Arkansas.)

Strong, Wm. C, Nursei-ymau, Waban, Mass.
(Kenrick.)

*Stubbs, W. C, Dir. La. Exp. Sta., Baton Eouge,
La. (Orange.)

*Stubenrauch, Arnold v.. Fellow in Horticulture,
Cornell Univ., Ithaca, N. Y. (Olive. Plum in
California. Pilocarpus. Pimelea. Platycodon.)

*Tabeb, G. L., Nurseryman, Glen St. Mary, Fla.
(Persimmon.)

Taft, Prof. L. E., Horticulturist, Mich. Agric.
College, Agricultural College, Mich. (Green-
house Heating. Hofbeds.)

*Taplin, W. H., Specialist in palms and ferns,
Ilolmesburg, Philadelphia, Pa. (Culture of
many palms, ferns and foliage plants.)

*Taylor, Frederic W., Dir. Dept. of Horticul-
ture, Pan American Exposition, Buffalo, N. Y.
(Nebraska.)

*Taylor, Wm. a., Asst. Pomologist, Div. of Po-
mology, Dept. of Agric, Washington, D. C.
(Various articles on nuts, as Hickory, Pecan.)
Thilow, J. Otto, of H. A. Dreer, Inc., Philadel-
phia, Pa. (Leek. Muskmelon.)
Thompson, C. H., formerly Asst. Botanist, Mo.
Botanical Garden, St. Louis, Mo. (Some genera
of cacti, as Echinocereus, Epiphyllum.)
Thorburn & Co., J. M., Seedsmen, New ITork,
N. Y. (Hyacinth. Have read many proofs of
bulbs, annuals, vegetables, herbs, etc.)

*TouMEY, Prof. J. W., Yale Forestry School, New
Haven, Mass. (Arizona. Date. Opuntia.
Root-Galls.)
Tracy, S. M., Horticulturist, Biloxi, Miss. (Mis-
sissippi.)

*Tracy, Prof. W. W., Seedsman, Detroit, Mich.
(Cabbage. Lettuce. Michigan. Pea. Padish.)

*Trelease, Dr. Wm., Dir. Mo. Botanical Gar-
den, St. Louis, Mo. (Certain desert plants of
the lily family, as Aloe, Apicra, Gasteria,
Haworthia. Oxalis. Yucca.)

*Tricker, Wm., Specialist in aquatics, Dreer's
Nursery, Eiverton, N. J. (Aquarium. Most
Aquatics, as Limnanthemum , Limnocharis, Nym-
phcea, Nelumho, Ouvirandra, Victoria, etc.)

*Troop, Prof. James, Horticulturist, Ind. Exp.
Sta., Lafayette, Ind. (Indiana. Per.simmon.)
Turner, Wm., Gardener, Oceanic, N. J. {Forc-
ing of Fruits. Mushroom.)
Tdttle, H. B., Cranberry-grower, Valley Junc-
tion, Wis. (Cranlierry .)

*Underwood, Prof. L. M., Columbia University,
New Y'ork, N. Y. (Botany of all ferns.)

*Van Deman, H. E., Pomologist, Parksley, Va.
(Date. Nut Culture.)
Vaughan, J. C, Seedsman and iiorist, Chicago

and New York. (Christmas Greens.)
ViCK, James, Horticulturist, Eoehester, N. Y.

( Malvaviscus. Melothria.)
VooRHEES, Prof. Edward B., Dir. N. J. Exp. Sta.,
New Brunswick, N. J. {Fertilizers.)

*Waldron, Prof. C. B., Horticulturist, N. Dak.
Exp. Sta., Fargo, N. Dak. (North Dakota.)
Walker, Prof. Ernest, Horticulturist, Ark. Exp.
Sta., Fayetteville, Ark. (Annuals. Basket
Plants. Heliotrope. Watering.)

*Ward, C. W., Wholesale florist. Queens, L. I.
(Pelargonium. Help on carnation.)

*Watrous, C. L., Nurseryman and pomologist,

Des Moines, la. (loioa. Pear.)

Watson, B. M., Instructor in Horticulture, Bus-

sey Inst., Jamaica Plain, Mass. (Colclvicum.

Cuttage. Forcing Hardy Plants. House Plants.)

COLLABORATORS

XI

Watts, R. L., formerly Horticulturist of
Tennessee Exp. Sta. Sealp Level, Pa.
[Tennessee.)
*WArGH, Prof. F. A., Horticulturist, Vt.Exp. Sta.,
Burlington, Vt. (Beet. Carrot. Cuctmiber.
G-reens. Lilium. Plum. Salad Plants. Ver-
mont. )
*Webber, Herbert J., In charge of Plant Breed-
ing Laboratory, Div. of Veg. Phys. and Path.,
Dept. of Agric, Washington, D. C. (Citrus.
Pomelo. Murraija and other citrous genera.
Plant- Breeding.)

Wellhouse, Col. Fred, Fruit-grower, Fair-
mount, Kans. {Kansas.)
*Wheeler, C. F., Asst. Prof, of Botany, Michi-
gan Agric. College, Mich. {Pyrola.)

Wheeler, H. J., Chemist, R. I. Exp. Sta.,
Kingston, E. I. (Lime.)

Whitney, Milton, Chief. Div. of Soils, Dept.
of Agric, Washington, D. C. {Irrigation.
Soils.)

Whitten, Prof. J. C, Horticulturist, Mo. Exp.

Sta., Columbia, Mo. {Missouri.)
*Whyte, R. B., Amateur, Ottawa, Ont. {Hemero-
callis. Lilium. Narcissus. Papaver.)

*WlCKSON, Edward J., Prof, of Agricultural Prac-
tice, Univ. of Calif., and Horticulturist, Calif.
Exp. Sta., Berkeley, Calif. {Almond, Apricot,
Cherry, Grape, Lemon, Lime, Nectarine, Pear,
etc., in California.)

*WiEGAND, K. M., Instructor in Botany, Cornell
Univ., Ithaca, N. Y. {Goreox>sis- Cordyline.
Cyperus. Draccena. Juncus. Lysimachia. Musa.
Myosotis. Potentilla, Scirjnis.)
WoOLSON, G. C, Nurseryman, Specialist in hardy
herbaceous perennials, Passaic, N. J. [Mcr-
tensia. Has read numerous proofs.)
Wortman, S. W., Mushroom -grower, Iselin, N". J.
{Mushroom.)

*Wright, Charles, Fruit-grower, Seaford, Del.
{Peach. Help on Delaware. )
Wyman, a. p., Asst. to Olmsted Bros., Landscape
Architects, Brookline, Mass. {Dirca, Epigma,
Exochorda, Halesia, Hypericum, Kerria, Liquid-
ambar, and other hardy trees and sliruhs. Also
Latltyrus, Lupinus.)

*Yeomans, L. T., Fruit-grower, Walworth, N. Y.
{Pear. Help on Evaporation of Fruits .)

*Zirngiebel, Denys, Florist, Needham, Mass.
(Pansy.)

II. PARTIAL LIST OF THOSE WHO HAVE ASSISTED BY BEADING PROOF, AND

IN OTHER WATS

Allen, R. C, Fruit-grower, Bonita, Calif.
(Olii-e.)

Alveeson, a. H., Specialist in cacti, San Ber-
nardino, Calif. (Cacti.)

Ball, CD., Wholesale florist, Holmesburg, Phila-
delphia, Pa. (Palms and decorative plants.)

Barker, Charles, Fruit-grower, Milford, DeL
(Peach.)

Barker, Michael, Editor "American Florist,"
Chicago, 111. (Many suggestions.)

Bassett & Son, Wm. F., Nurserymen, Hammon-
ton, N. J. (Native plants, as Hiiiscus.)

Berger & Co., H. H., New York, N. Y. (Japa-
nese and Californian plants. )

Betscher C, Florist, nurseryman and seeds-
man. Canal Dover, Ohio. (Gladiolus.)

Blanc, A., Seedsman and plantsman, Philadel-
phia, Pa. (Cacti. Canna. Novelties.)

Boaedman, S. L., Sec. Maine Hort. Soc, Augusta,
Me. (Maine.)

Brackett, Col. G. B.,Pomologist, Dept. of Agric,
Washington, D.C. (Hicoria. Hickory. Juglans.)

Breck & Sons, Joseph, (Corporation), Seedsmen,
Boston, Mass. (Portrait of Joseph Breck.)

Breese, J. S., Fayetteville, N. C. (North Caro-
lina.)

Beotherton, Wilfred, Mich. Wild Flowers,
Rochester, Mich. (Native hardy herbaceous
■perennials.)

Brown, O. H., Bordentown, N. J. (Aquatics.)

BuDLONG & Son Co., J. A., Manufacturers of
pickles and vinegar. Market-gardeners, Provi-
dence, R. I. (Cucumher. Martynia,.)

Bush & Sons, Bushberg, Mo. (Grapes.)

Caldwell, Geo. C, Prof, of Agric Chemistry,
. Cornell Univ., Ithaca, N. Y. (Fertility. Ferti-
lizers. Lime.)

Clark, Miss .Iosephine A., Librarian, Dept. of
Agric, Washington, D. C. (Information as to
species after the date of Index Kewensis.)

Clark, J. C, Dreer's nursery, Riverton, N. J.
(Pansy.)

Clinton, L. A., Asst. Agriculturist, Cornell E.xp.
Sta., Ithaca, N. Y. (Lime.)

Coville, Frederick V., Botanist, Dept. of Agric,
Washington, D. C. (Juniperus . Suggestions in
various matters.)

Cranefield, Frederic, Asst. Horticulturist,
Wisconsin Exp. Sta., Madison, Wis. (Irri-
gation.)

Dailledouze Bros., Wholesale florists, Flatbush,
Brooklyn, N. Y. (Mignonette.)

Xll

COLLABOEATORS

Dailey, Charles L., Fruit-grower, Salem, Ore.
{Prune.)

Danbt, Charles E., Prune-grower, Salem, Ore.
[Prune.)

Dandridge, Mrs. Danske, Amateur, Shepherds-
town, W. Va. [Hardy ylants.)

Darlington, E. D., Superintendent of Trials,
Fordhook E.xperimental Farm, Doylestown, Pa.
[Pea.)

Davenport, Geo. E., Botanist, specialist in ferns,
Medford, Mass. (Several genera of ferns.)

Day, Miss Mary A., Librarian, Gray Herbarium of
Harvard Univ., Cambridge, Mass. {Rare books.)

Devron, Dr. G., Amateur in bamboos. New Or-
leans, La. [Bamboo.)

Dock, Miss M. L., Lecturer on plant life, for-
estry and village improvement, Harrisburg,
Pa. (Bartram.)

DoscH, H. E., Sec'y State Board of Hort.,
Hillsdale, Ore. [Oregon.)

Downer's Sons, J. S., Fruit-growers, Fairport,
Ky. [Kentuclcy.)

Dreer, Henry A. (Inc.), Seedsmen and Plants-
men, Philadelphia, Pa. {Many and varied
services, especially in aquatics, ferns, foliage
plants and rare annuals. )

Elliot, J. Wilkinson, Landscape architect,
Pittsburg, Pa. (Kocliia, Oak, and some herba-
ceous perennials .)

Ellwanger & Barry, Nurserymen, Rochester,
N. Y. {Hardy plants.)

Fields, John, Dir. Agr. Exp. Sta., Stillwater,
Okla. [Oklahoma).

Fisher, Dr. Jabez, Fruit-grower, Fitehburg,
Mass. [ Massaelncsetts .)

Ganong, "W. F., Prof, of Botany, Smith College,
Northampton, Mass. [Cacti, and many sugges-
tions.)

Gifeord, John C, Asst. Prof, of Forestry, Col-
lege of Forestry, Cornell Univ., Ithaca, N. Y.
[Poinciana.)

Goodman, L. A., Fruit-grower, Kansas City, Mo.
[Missouri.)

Halliday, Robt. J., Florists, Baltimore, Md.
[Asalea. Camellia.)

Harris, J. S., Fruit-grower, La Crescent, Minn.
[Minnesota. )

Heiges, S. B., York, Pa. [Pennsylvania.)

Heiss, J. B., Florist, Dayton, Ohio. [Palms.)

Heller, A. A., Botanist, Lancaster, Pa. [Porto
Rico . )

Hewson, Wm., Orchid grower for Wm. Scott,
Buffalo, N. Y. [Odontoglossum . Oncidium.)

Hill, Robert T., U. S. Dept. Agric, Washing-
ton, D. C. [Porto Rico.)

HoSMER, A. W., Botanist, Concord, Mass. [Po-
lygala. )

HuTT, H. L., Prof, of Horticulture, Ont. Agric.
College, Guelph, Ont. [Kale. Kohlrabi.)

Jack, Mrs. Annie L., Chateuguay Basin, Prov.
Que. {Native plants.)

Jennings, E. B., Specialist in pansies. South-
port, Conn. {Pansy.)

Jones, Rev. C. J. K., Los Angeles, Calif. [Vari-
ous Californian plants.)

Jordan, Dr. W. H., Dir. N. Y. Exp. Sta.,
Geneva, N. Y. [Fertility. Fertilizers.)

Kedzie, Dr. R. C, Prof, of Chemistry, Mich.
Agric. College, Agricultural College, Mich.
[Fertility. Fertilisers. Lime.)
*King, p. H., Prof, of Agricultural Physios, Univ.
of Wisconsin, Madison, Wis. (Irrigation,
Mulching, etc.)

Latham, A. W., Secretary Minn. Hort. Soc,
Minneapolis, Minn. [Minnesota.)

Leib, S. F., Prune-grower, San Jose, Calif.
{Prune.)

LiNDLEY, J. Van, Nurseryman, Pomona, N. C.
{North Carolina.)

LuPTON, J. M., Market-gardener, Gregory, L. I.
{Cabbage.)

Lyon, Wm. S., Census Bureau, Washington, D. C.
(Palms.)

MacDowell, J. A., Nurseryman, City of Mexico,
Mex. (Cacti.)

Macfarlane, Prof. J. M., Dir. U. of P. Botanic
Garden, Philadelphia; Pa. {Nepenthes. Pin-
guicula.)

Mackenzie, R. R., Secretary J. M. Thorburn
& Co., New York, N. Y. (Many important bulbs.)

Makepeace, A. D., Cranberry -grower. West
Barnstable, Mass. (Cranberry.)

Manda, W. a.. Horticultural expert. South
Orange, N.J. (Orchid pictures.)

Manning, .Jacob W., Nurseryman, Reading, Mass.
{Dried specimens of herbaceous perennial plants .)

Manning, Robert, See. Mass. Hort. Soc, Bos-
ton, Mass. {Biographical sketches. Horticul-
ture.)

Maxwell Bros., Fruit-growers, Geneva, N. Y.
(Quince.)

May, John N., Florist, Summit, N. J. [Florists'
Floicers.)

McDowell, Prof. R. H., Agriculturist and hor-
ticulturist, Nev. Exp. Sta., Reno, Nev. [Ne-
vada. )

McTear, John, Gardener, Montecito, Calif.
(Some plants cult, in Calif.)

Meehan, Thos., Nurseryman, Germantown, Pa.
(The article "Horticulture.")

Meriam, Dr. Horatio C, Salem, Mass. (Pceonia.
Papaver.)

Miller, E. S., Specialist in bulbs. Floral Park,
L. L [Many articles on bulbs.)

COLLABORATORS

xui

Moon, Wji. H., Nurseryman, Morrisville, Pa.

{Pennsylvania.)
MooEHEAD, James R., Specialist in Cacti, Cactus

Farm, iloorliead, Tex. (Cacti.)
Moses, Wallace E., Fruit-grower, West Palm

Beach, Fla. { Orange. Pineapple.)
MuDGE, W. S., Hartland, N. Y. [MtisTcmelon.)
Nanz & Neuner, Florists, seedsmen, and nur-
serymen, Louisville, Ky. (Kentucloj .)
Nash, Geo. V., Asst. N. Y. Bot. Garden, Bronx

Park, N. Y. (Genera of grasses.)
Nickels, Miss Anna B., Specialist in Cacti,

Laredo, Tex. (Certain genera of Cacti.)
Ohmer, Nicholas, Fruit-grower, Dayton, Ohio.

(Ohio.)
Parsons, Samuel B., Nurseryman, Flushing,

L. I. (Tlie articles "Horticulture" and "^ Po-
mology."
Pendergast, W. W., Pres. Minn. Hort. Soc,

Hutchinson, Minn. (Minnesota.)
Pericat, Alphonse, Gardener, West Philadel-
phia, Pa. (LceUocattleya.)
Pierson, F. R., Nurseryman, Tarrytown-on-

Hudson, N. Y. (Bulbs.)
Ragan, W. H., Div. of Pomology, Dept. of Agric,

Washington, D. C. (Indiana.)
Rea, Frederic J., Nurseryman, Norwood, Mass.

(Polemoniuni. )
Rebmann, Jeremiah, Lincoln, Nebr. (Philippine

Islands.)
Rider, Prof. A. J., Philadelphia, Pa. (Cranberry.)
Robinson, Prof. B. L., Curator Gray Herbarium

of Harvard Univ., Cambridge, Mass. (Various

articles on native plants.)
Robinson, John, Author of " Perns in their Homes

and Ours," Salem, Mass. (Several articles oh

ferns . )
Rock, John, Fruit-grower, Niles, Calif. (Plum.

Prune.)
Ross, J. J., Fruit-grower, Seaford,Del. (Peach.)
Sander & Co. (A. Dimmoek, Agent), New York,

N. Y. (Recent importations, particularly or-
chids and palms.)
Sandiford, Robert, Specialist in pelargoniums,

Mansfield, Ohio. (Pelargonium.)
ScHULTHEis, Anton, Florist, College Point, N. Y.

( Woody plants from Australia and the Cape, as

Erica. )
ScooN, C. K.,. Fruit-grower, Geneva, N. Y.

(Cherry.)

ScRiBNER, F. Lamson, Agrostologist, Dept. of

Agric, Washington, D. C. (Genera of grasses.)
Sears, Prof. F. C, School of Horticulture,

Wolfville, Nova Scotia. (Canada.)
Shady Hill Nursery Co., Boston, Mass.

(Herbaceous perennials .)
Shaw, Thos., Prof, of Animal Husbandry, Univ. of

Minn., Minneapolis, Minn. (Medicago. Meli-

lotus.)
Shinn, J. C, Fruit-grower, Niles, Calif. (Pear.)
SiEVERS, John H., Specialist in pelargoniums,

San Francisco, Calif. (Pelargonium. )
Slaymakeb, a. W., Fruit-grower, Camden, Del.

(Delaumre.)
Small, John K., N. Y. Botanical Garden, Bronx

Park, N. Y. (Polygonum.)
Soltav, Chris., Grower of pansy seed, Jersey

City, N. J. (Pansy. )
Stanton, Geo., Ginseng specialist. Summit,

N. Y. (Ginseng.)
Steele, W. C, Horticulturist, Switzerland, Fla.

(Orange, etc.)
Storrs & Harrison, Nurserymen, Painesville,

Ohio. (Various plants.)
Sturtevant, Edmund D., Specialist in aquatics.

Station E., Los Angeles, Calif. (Aquatics.)
Suzuki & Iida, Yokohama Nursery Co., New

York, N. Y. (Japanese plants.)
Thompson, Mrs. J. S. R., Spartanburg, S. C.

(Perfwm ery Gardening . )
Thurlow, T. C, Nursei'yman and specialist in

pEeonies, West Newbury, Mass. (Pceonia.)
Todd, Frederick G., Landscape architect, Mon-
treal, P. Q. (Hardy trees and sltruhs.)
Troth, Henry, Photographer of plants and

landscapes, Philadelphia, Pa. ( Photography.)
ViCK's Sons, James, Seedsmen, Rochester, N. Y.

(Various plants.)
Webb, Prof. Wesley, Dover, Del. (Delaware.)
Wedge, Clarence, Fruit-grower, Albert Lea,

Minn. (Minnesota.)
Whilldin Pottery Co., Philadelphia, Pa. (Pots.)
White, J. J., Cranberry -grower. New Lisbon,

N.J. ( Cranberry . )
Willard, S. D., Nurseryman, Geneva, N. Y.

(Important fruits, as Cherry.)
Wittbold Co., The Geo., Florists, Chicago, 111.

(Palms and ferns. Nejihrolepis IVittboIdi.)
Young, B. M., Specialist in nut culture, Morgan

City, La. (Pecan.)

ABBREVIATIONS

I. OF GENERAL EXPRESSIONS

cxdl cultivated, etc.

diain diameter

Ji east.

/( feet.

in inches

N nortli.

jS soutli.

trop tropics, tropical.

W west.

//. OF BOTANICAL TEEMS

fl flower.

fls ■ flowers.

fld flowered.

fr fruit.

h height.

If. leaf.

Ift leaflet.

Ivs leaves.

St stem.

sts stems.

syn synonym.

var variety.

///. OF BOOKS AND PERIODICALS

To aid the student in the verification of the
worls, and to inti-oduee him to the literature of the
various subjects, citations are made to the por-
traits of plants in the leading periodicals to
which the American is most likely to have access.
These references to pictures have been verified as
far as possible, both in the MS. and in the proof.
A uniform method of citation is much to be de-
sired, but is extremely difficult, because periodi-
cals rarely agree in methods. With great reluc-
tance it was decided to omit the year in most
cases, because of the pressure for space, but the
student who lacks access to the original volumes
may generally ascertain the year by consulting the
bibliographical notes below.

An arbitrary and brief method of citation has
been chosen. At the outset it seemed best to indi-
cate whether the cited picture is colored or not.
This accounts for the two ways of citing certain
publications containing both kinds of pictures,
as The Garden, Revue Horticole, and Gartenflora.

(

The figures given below explain the method of
citation, and incidentally give some hints as to
the number of volumes to date, and of the number
of pages or plates in one of the latest volumes.

A few works of the greatest importance are
mentioned elsewhere by way of acknowledgment
(p. xv). The standard works on the bibliography
of botany are Pritzel's Thesaurus and Jackson's
Guide to the Literature of Botany; also, Jackson's
Catalogue of the Library of the Eoyal Botanic.
Gai'dens, Kew.

A.F. . . . The American Florist. Chicago. A trade
paper founded August 15, 1885. The vol-
umes end with July. Many pictures re-
peated in" Gng." (l'i:1524=vol. and page.)

A.G. . . . American Gardening. New York. Represents
14 extinct horticultural periodicals, includ-
ing The American Garden (1888-1890).
Founded 1879(?) (20: 896= vol. and page.)

B The Botanist. Edited by Maund. No years

on title pages. Founded 1839. 8 vols.,
50 colored plates in each vol. (8:400=
vol. and col. plate.) Cumulative index.

B.B. ... Britton & Brown. An illustrated Flora o£
the Northern U. S., etc. New York.
1896-1898. (3:588=voI. and page.)

B.F. . . . See F.

B.H. ... La Belgique Horticole. Ghent. 35 vols.
(1851-1885.)

B.M. . . . Curtis' Botanical Magazine. London.
Founded 1787. The oldest current peri-
odical devoted to garden plants. The
vol. for 1899 is vol. 125 of the whole
work. Index to first 107 volumes by E.
Tonks. London. (7690=col. plate.)

B.R. . . . Botanical Register (1815-1847). Vols. 1-14
edited by Edwards: vols. 15-33 by Lind-
ley. In vols. 1-23 the plates are num-
bered from 1-2014. In vols. 24-33 they
are numbered independently iu each vol.
There are 688 plates in vols. 24-33. "An
Appendix to the First Twenty-three Vol-
umes" (bound separately or with the
25th vol. ) contains an index to the first
23 vols. An index to vols. 24-31 may be
found in vol. 31. (33:70^vol. and col.
plate.)

D Dana. How to Know the Wild Flowers.

New York. 1893. (298=page.)

Em. . . . Emerson, G. B. Trees and Shrubs of Mas-
sachusetts. Boston. 2 vols. 149 plates.

F The Florist. London. 1840-1884. (1884:

192=year and page pp. col. plate. ) Editors
and title pages changed many times.
Known as the Florist, Florist's Journal
and Florist and Pomologist. Sometimes
improperly called British Florist.

P.C. . . . Floral Cabinet. Knowles & Westcott. Lon-
don. 1837-1840. (3:137 vol. and col.
plate).

xiv)

ABBREVIATIONS

XV

F.E. . . . The Florists' Exchange. New York. A
trade paper, whose pictures soraetimes
are repeated in "A.G." Founded Dec. 8,
1888. (ll:1298=voI. and page.)

F.J. . . .See P.

F.M. . . . Floral Magazine. London. Series I. 1861-
1871, 8vo. Series II. 1872-1881, 4to.
(1881:450^year and col. plate.)

P.P. ... See P.

F.E. . . . Florists' Review. Chicago. A trade paper.
Vol. 1, Dec. 2, 1897, to May 26, 1898. Two
vols, a year. (4:660=vol. and page.)

F. S. . . .Flore des Serres. Ghent. (1845-1880.)

Inconsistent in numbering, but the plate
numbers are always found on the plate
itself or on the page opposite. Valuable
but perplexing indexes in vols. 15 and 19.
(23:2481=vol. and col. plate.)
G. C. . . .The Gardeners' Chronicle. London. Se-
ries I. (1841-1873) is cited by year and
page. Series 11. or "New Series" (1874-
1886), is cited thus: 11. 26:824=series,
volume and page. Series III. is cited
thus; III. 26:416. Two vols, a year, be-
ginning 1874. A select index is scattered
through 1879 and 1880. Consult II.
12:viii (1879), and similar places in sub-
sequent vols.

G. P. . . . Garden and Forest. New York. 1888-1897.

(10:518=vol. and page. )

G.M. . . . Gardeners' Magazine. London. Ed. by
Shirley Hibberd. Pounded 1860. Vols.
31-42 are cited. (42:872=vol. and page.)

Gn. . . . The Garden. London. Founded 1871. Two
vols, a year. (56:1254=vol. and col.
plate. 56, p. 458^vol. and page contain-
ing black figure.) An Index of the first
20 vols, was separately published. Com-
plete Index of Colored Plates to end of
1897 in vol. 54, p. 334.

Gng. . . . Gardening. Chicago. Pounded Sept. 15,
1892. Vols, end" Sept. 1. (7:384=vol.
and page.)

Gt Gartenflora. Berlin. Pounded 1852. (Gt.

48: 1470= vol. and col. plate. Gt. 48, p.
670^vol. and page containing black
figure.)

G.W.F. . . Goodale's Wild Flowers of America. Bos-
ton, 1886. (50=col. plate. )

HBK. . . Humboldt, Bonpland & Kunth. Nova

K.W. . . .See P. C.

L In vol. 1 of this work, sometimes means

Lindenia, sometimes Lowe's Beautiful
Leaved Plants. See " Lind. " and " Lowe. "

L.B.O. . . The Botanical Cabinet. Loddiges. 1817-
33. 100 plates in each vol. Complete
index in last vol. (20:2000^ vol. and col.
plate.)

Lindenia, Ghent. Pounded 1885. Folio.
Devoted to orchids.

Genera et Species, etc.
7 vols. Folio.

Paris. 1815-25.

LH.

J.H.

L'lUustration Horticole. Ghent. (1854-1896.)
(43:72=vol. and col. plate.) The volumes
were numbered continuously, but there
were 6 series. Series I. =1854-63. Se-
ries II. =1864-69. Series III. =1870-80.
Series IV. = 1881-86. Series V. = 1887-
93. Series VI. =1894-96. The plates
were numbered continuously iu the first
16 vols, from 1 to 614: iu vols. 17-33
they run from 1 to 619: in series V. from
1 to 190: in Series VI. they begin anew
with each vol. Valuable indexes in vols.
10 and 20. Series V. in 4to, the rest 8vo.
. Journal of Horticulture. London. Founded
in 1848 as The Cottage Gardener. Series
III. only is cited, beginning 1880. (III.
39:504=series, vol., page.)

Lind.

Lowe . . . Beautiful Leaved Plants. E. J. Lowe and
Howard. London. 1864. (60=col. plate. ^

M A. B. Freeman-Mitford. The Bamboo Gar-
den. London. 1896. (224=page.)

M.D.G. . . Moller's Deutsche Gartner-Zeitung. Erfurt.
Pounded 1886. ( 1897 :425=year and page. )

Mn. . . . Meehan's Monthly. Germantown, Phila-
delphia. Pounded 1891. (9:192 = vol.
and page opposite col. plate.)

N Nicholson. Dictionary of Gardening. Vols.

1-4 (1884-1887). Vol. 5_in preparation.

P.P.G. . . Lindley & Paxton. Flower Garden. Lon-
don. 1851-53. 3 vols. 4to.

P.G. . . . Popular Gardening. Buffalo. 1885-90.
(5:270^ vol. and page.)

P.M. . . . Paxton's Magazine of Botany. London.
1834-49. .(16:376 = vol. and page oppo-
site col. plate.) Vol. 15 has index of first
15 vols.

R Reiehenbachia. Ed. by Fred. Sander. Lon-
don. Founded 1886. Folio.

R.B. . . . Revue de I'Horticulture Beige et Etrangere
Ghent. Founded 1875? (23:288=vol. and
page opposite col. plate. ) In the first vol. of
the Cyclopedia "R.B." soraetimes means
Belgique Horticole, but the confusion is
corrected in later vols., where Belgique
Horticole is abbreviated to "B.H."

R.H. . . . Revue Horticole. Dates from 1826, but
is now considered to have been founded in
1829. ( 1899 :D96=y ear and page opposite
col. plate. 1899, p. 596=year and page
opposite black figure. )

S Schneider. The Book of Choice Perns.

London. In 3 vols. Vol. 1,1892. Vol.2,
1893.

S.B.F.G. . Sweet British Flower Garden. London.

Series I., 1823-29, 3 vols. Series II.,

1831-38, 4 vols.
S.H. . . . Semaine Horticole. Ghent. Founded 1897.

(3:548=year and page.)

S.M. . . . Semaine Horticole. Erroneously cited in
this fashion a few times in first vol.

S.S. . . . Sargent. The Silva of North America.
13 vols. Vol. 1, 1891. Vol. 12, 1898.
(12:620=vol. and plate, not colored.)

S.^. . . . Siebold & Zuccarini. Flora Japonica. Vol.
1, 1835-44. Vol. 2 by Miquel, 1870.
(2:150=vol. and plate.)

V. or V. M. Vick's Magazine. Rochester, N. Y. Pounded
1878. Vols. numbered continuously
through the 3 series. Vols, begin with
Nov. (23:250=vol. and page.) Some-
times cited as "Vick."

*%- Additional abbreviafio7is and explanations will he found in the introductory pages of Vol. I,

Cyclopedia of American Horticulture

NABALTTS. See Prenanthes.

N^GfiLIA (Karl von Naegeli, late professor of bot-
any at Munich). Gesnerdceie. About half a dozen
tropical American herbs allied to Achimenes, but the
fls. arranged alternately in a leafless terminal panicle
(in Achimenes the fls. are axillary). Because of the
panicled flowers, Naegelias are very ornamental plants.
They are warmhouse subjects, propagating by stolons
or offsets. In cultivation the plants are oftener called
Gesnerias than Ntegelias, but they are distinguished
from that genus in usually having an annular or ring-
like disk at the base of the corolla, rather than a deeply
lobed disk. Tubers usually none. Nsegelias hybridize
with other Gesnerias. One hybrid race is known as
N^gelio-Achiraenes and another (F.S. 10:987-8} as
Mandirola. L^ jj ;g

In general, the cultural methods given under Ges-
neria suit Nsegelias well. The bulbs should be stored
in the pots in which they have been grown. It is a bad
plan to keep any bulbs or tubers of the Gesneriacese in
dry sand in a dry store-room. After being well ripened,
Naegelia bulbs should be kept in the greenhouse under
the benches. Keep them out of the drip, but water
them occasionally. -p. D. Hatfield.

A. FJs. nearly scarlet, or hrick-red, marked with
white.

cinnabarlna, Lind. {Gesneria cinnabarlna, Lind
Fine winter-blooming plant, \%-2 ft. tall, soft-hairy:
Ivs. round-ovate and cordate, crenate-dentate, thickish,
green, with red or purplish hairs: fls. about IK in.
long, hanging on the euds of spreading pedicels, gib-
bous-tubular to the very base, the calyx lobes acute and
spreading, the short corolla-lobes unequal and obtuse,
the flower cinnabar-red or nearly scarlet on the upper
side, but paler and spotted on the under side. Mex.
B.M. 5036. Lowe, 33.

AA. FJs. orange-scarlet or scarlet, tnarked u-ith
yellow,

zebrina, Regel ( Gesneria zehrhia , Paxt. ) . Fig.
1454. Much like the above, but brighter colored, red-
dotted below, and yellow within and on the under side:
calyx-lobes short and appressed : corolla contracted
towards the base, whereas they are gibbous or swollen
to the very base in N. cintiaharina. Brazil. B.M.
3940. B.R. 28:16. P.M. 271. -A fine plant, of which
there are several forms. The commonest species.
Names belonging here are Gesneria regalis and
G. splendens.

achimenoides, Hort. Hybrid of iV. sehrina and
Achimenes or Gloxinia (said to be with A. glox-
■inifeflora) : fls. very large (often 2 in. long), yel-
lowish rose on the outside, yellow and rose-
spotted on the inside, the segments clear rose.

AAA. Fls. white, cream color or rose.

amAbilia, Decne. {N. mult if lor a, Tiook.). Fls. white
or cream color, numerous, hanging, the tube curved
and not much swollen, the obtuse lobes subequal:
plant bearing long, glandular hairs in addiction to the
velvety covering : otherwise much like N. zehrina.
Mex. B.M. 5083. F.S. 12:1192 (as Achimenes [Ncege-
Ha] amabiUs). G.C III. 22:413. -The tenable name of
this species is usually held to be Hooker's iV. multi-
flora, which dates from 1858; but Decaisne's iV, amah-
ilis, or jy. amabilis, Hort., is older.

hyacinthlna, Carr. Of horticultural origin, probably
a hybrid: fls. white or rose, in a very compact pyra-
midal panicle. R.H. 1877:29.

N. fulgida, Ort. Fls. vermilion : Ivs. large, oval, deeply-
toothed. Mex.— ^. Oeroltidna, Regel. Continuous-fioweriug

plant, allied to N. zebrina. Mex. F.S. 2:pl. 4, for April.— iV.
sceptre corail, Carr. Fls. many in an open panicle, cinnabar-
red, yellow-spotted inside. R.H. 1869. p. 154 and col. plate.
For pictures of varieties and hybrids, see F.S. 10:1671-2; 10,
987-8- L. H. B.

N^GELIO-ACHIMENES is a trade name mentioned
under Xivijeliu.

NANBINA (Japanese name). Serberlddcecv. A
small, tender shrub, with bright red or white berries,
said to be cult, in every little garden in Japan. "At a
distance, says Ksempfer, it has a reed-like appearance,
many simple stems -springing up from the same root,
which are branched toward the top only, and are termi-
nated with a pyramidal panicle ot red berries the size
of a pea."— B.BI. The stems are about as thick as a fin-
ger. The foliage is evergreen, and graceful at all times,
being twice or thrice ternately cut. The young growth
is prettily tinged with red, and the bases of the lower
stalks are often swollen into red globular bodies.
The fls. are small, numerous, white and panicled.

1454. Naegelia zebrina.
Generally known as a Gesneria.

This shrub is rarely grown North under glass. Pot-
grown plants or seeds are procurable from Japanese
dealers. The seeds are said to be of an uncommon
shape, being convex on one side and concave on the other.
The genus contains but one species. It is the only erect-
growing shrub in the barberry family outside of Berberis.
It agrees with the common barberries in having G stamens
and an indehiscent berry, but the fls. are differently

67

(1055)

1056

NANDINA

NARCISSUS

1455. Narcissi,
a a, N. Pseudo-Narcissus; t, N. Jonquilla; c, N. poeticus.

colored and the sepals more numerous. There are about 6
petals, but the numerous sepals 2:radually pass into petals,
the outer ones being small, green and leathery, the inner
larger and whiter. Ovules 2, ascending from the base.

domfestica. Thunb. Described above. Lfts. entire.
Japan and China. B.M. 1109. Gn. 2:), p. 329; 58, p. 13.

W. M.

Nandina domestica is an old favorite in S. Calif.,
aud many fair-sized specimens may be seen, thougli 8
ft. high is the largest the writer can call to mind now.
Of late years the sale of Nandina has been very slight,
as it is not very desirable, except for its general effect
as a ishrub, and it takes some years to make a show.
Many faster growers and better bloomers have taken
its place. It docs not produce sufficient foliage; the
stem is always bare, leaving an indistinct whorl of Ivs.
at the extreme top. The fls. are inconspicuous. It is of
easy culture, and does best in a position shaded from
the Sim during the hotter part of the day. It stools
very freely, and for this reason is somewhat used in
shrubVjeries, where its otherwise naked stems would
render it valueless. Eenest Brauntos.

NAPOLEONA (after Napoleon Bonaparte). Myrtd,-
ce(e. jVapoleona iinperialis is a truly imperial plant,
and worthy of being named after the distinguished
military leader. It is a tropical African tree, with
flowers that at once suggest a royal crown. They look
something like a gorgeous passion flower, with equally
rich though different coloring, and the same simpli-
city and symmetry of design , expressed in the same
rich multiplicity of detail. They are shaped like a
saucer, about 2 inches in diameter, and the dominant
color is apricot. Inside the saucer are two crowns, one
within the other, the inner one smaller. The rim of
the saucer is broken up into about 35 blunt teeth, all
regular and formal, each one with a plait running down
the back to the center of the saucer, and each tooth mi-
nutely serrate around its margin. In the bottom of the
saucer is a circular fringe of green threads, all of equal
length and fineness, springing from the base of the
larger crown. This fringe is displayed against a rich,
dark red background, which imitates in outline the
toothed rim of the saucer, and colors perhaps three-
fourths of the bottom of the saucer. In the Flora of
Tropical Africa the fls. are said to be red, white or blue.
Elsewhere it is stated that the fls. tarn bluish as they
decay. This interesting tree seems never to have been
offered in America, but is probably pi'ocurable from
Europe. B.M. 4387. G.C. 1844:780. R.H. 1853, p. 301.

NAEClSSUS (old name, thought by some to be de-
rived from the story of the youth Narcissus, and by
others from the Greek word for narcotic, in allusion to
the narcotic -poisonous properties of the plant ). Ama-
rylliddcece. Plate XX. Figs. 1455-1462. Narcissi are
amongst the choicest of hardy spring-flowering plants.
They have long been favorites. In recent years some of
the species have come into prominence as subjects for
winter forcing. Baker, in his Handbook of the Amarvl-
lidea3, 1888, reduces the species to 16, but garden au-
thors usually recognize thrice that raanv. They are
mostly native to southwestern Europe and the Medi-
terranean region. The peculiar characteristic of the
Narcissi is the conspicuous crown or short tube in the
throat of the corolla, with which the stamens are not
united. The flowers (Fig. 1456) have 6 spreading seg-
ments, 3 of which are exterior; stamens 6, attached to the
corolla-tube; fls. single or several from a dry spathe,
usually standing at an angle on the pedicels : bulbs tuni-
cated, the outer scales dark-colored : fr. a thin dehis-
cing capsule, containing nearly globular or angular seeds :
Ivs. linear or even awl-like, appearing with the flowers.
Narcissi are spring-blooming bulbs, most of them per-
fectly hardy in the northern states and capable of being
naturalized in cool and grassy places. Some of the
species are popular bulbs for winter forcing. The genus
includes the Daffodils (Daffy-down-dillies) and Jonquils.
There are autumn-flowering species, but they are little
known to cultivators. These autumn bloomers are of 3
species : JV. virkliflorus, Schousb., fls. green throughout,
Ivs. nearly terete and usually not appearing with the fls. ;
iV. serotinus, Linn., pure white with yellow corona, the
Ivs. nearly terete and appear-
ing after the fls. ; N.eJegans,
Spaeh, greenish white with
yellow corona, the Ivs
pearing with the fls Manj
of the garden Narcissi are Ul W Vf ih
hybrids. Some students sup \ ^jjl IJ
pose that some of the rec

14S6. Narcissus incomparabilis.
Corona shorter than usual, a shows the corona :
ovary; 6, the spathe. Natural size.

NARCISSUS

NARCISSUS

1057

ognized species {as SS'. ineomparahilis and y. odoj'us)
are hybrids. See Englebeart, Journ. Roy. Hort. Soc.
17, p." 35.

The word Daffodil is variously used. In this country
it means usually the full double forms of .V. Psendo-
JS'arcissHS, plants which are very common in old gar-
dens. ^Modern named varieties of this Daffodil type are
Van Sion and Rip Vau Winkle. In England, however,
Daffodil is a more general term, used for most species
except the Poet's Narcissus {2^. poeticus).

There are numberless forms of garden Narcissi.
Some of these are hybrids and others are direct varia-
tions from the pure or original species. Manj^ of these
forms bear Latin names, as if they were species, and
thereby confusion often arises. The most serviceable
classification is based ou the size and shape of the crown
or corona. Baker recognizes three great sections, which
are followed below. The standard works on the Narcis-
sus in English are Burbidge's " The Narcissus," with
many colored plates, and Peter Barr's "Ye Narcissus or
Daffodyl Flowre, and hys Roots." Haworth wrote a
Monograph of Narcissi in 1831, in which he made IC
genera of the plants which are now referred to Narcis-
sus. For 300 years and more, some of the species have
been known as cultivated plants. In the following ac-
count, the main or stem species are given ; and the
most common trade and class names are given in an
introductory paragraph, with notes as to their botanical
positions.

Following are the common and important Latin-
form trade names (see the main list, below) : Albicans,
a form of N. Pseudo-Narcissus, var, moschatus, the
segments white and the corona primrose, changing
to white. — ^jrtj:: is an old generic name for N. Pseudo-
Narcissus; this species is now sometimes called the
Aias Narcissus. — BackUousel (Pseudo-Narcissus x
ineomparabilis) has single horizontal yellow flowers
with tube nearly equaling tne segments. — Barrli
fpoeticus X Pseudo-Narcissus or ineomparabilis x poet-
icas), of the medium-crowned section, has yellow hori-
zontal tls. with long, slender neck ; "covers a series of
forms intermediate between iucomparabilis and poeti-
cus, nearer the former than the latter" (Baker); Fig.
\^?il . — Bernardi is like N. Macleaii. but with a more
plicate and deeper-colored coronvi. — Bnnclt 'flou-ered
Daffodils are N-r Tazetta. — 5((r6if7^ei (probably ineom-
parabilis X poeticus, in a series of forms) has the habit
of N. poeticus, with a solitary drooping flower with
white segments aud a very short corona with a yellow
base and red TU)X. — Camhricus is an early whitish bi-
Q,o\ov. — C(ipax- plemis is an old name for a double form,
now undeterminable. — Ce7'n»»..s, form of N. Pseudo-
Narcissus, var. moschatus, with a drooping, silvery
white fl,; eavXy. — CorbiUaria Narcissi are the N. Bul-
bocodium forms. Corbularia is an old generic name
for this species. — C.)/pZctmiHe?(5 (B.M. 6950) is a sub-
species of N. Pseudo-Narcissus, with
a drooping fl. with lemon-yellow seg-
ments aud orange crenate narrow co-
rona.—Flat-leaved Narcissi are the
various forms of N. Pseudo-Narcissus.

— Ganymedes is an old generic name for N. triandrus
and its forms. — G(f;«>(fe»6- = Sir Watkiu. — (?'/'ae?/sii is
a form of N. Bulbocodium with
small cream-white fls. B.iNL 6473
B. — Grandiflorus is applied
to a large-fld. white form of N.
Tazetta. — Humei (ineompara-
bilis X Pseudo-Narcissus) has a
single nodding yellow flower

1457. Narcissus Barrii. One of the popular hybrids.

1458.
Trumpet Daffodil-
Pseudo-Narcissus.

{K%.)

with long, straight cup (often equaling the segments,
but variable in %\zQ),~Leedsii (probably poculiformis
X ineomparabilis ) has slender-tubed horizontal or
drooping fls. with white segments and yellow to
whitish corona ; one of the medium -crowned kinds;
Baker mentions a var. Leedsii of N. ineomparabilis
with yellow fls. and orange-red rim to the corona.—
Lent Lily=^1<^. Pseudo-Narcissus. — Xo?j?f/a-W»s is a
confused name, usually applied to the deep yellow dou-
ble Daffodil, N. Pseudo-Narcissus. — ioriYo/fHs desig-
nates forms of N. Pseudo-Narcissus. — i?fs(7«?)?(??(5 is a
name for a bicolor N.
Pseudo-Narcissus. — iWa-
cleail (probably Pseudo-
Narcissus X Tazetta) is
a 1- to 2-fld. plant of
stout growth, bearing
horizontal short - tubed
fls. with white segments
aud yellow crenate co-
rona half or more the
length of the lobes. B.
M. 2588. B.R. 12:987.-
Major (N. maior, Curt;
B.M. 51) is a form of N.
Pseudo-Narcissus, very
robust, with deep golden
yellow flower. — J/as^er-
sian^ts is a hybrid of N.
Tazetta and N. poculi-
formis.— Maximus is a
large - fld. form of N
Pseudo - Narcissus with

1058

NARCISSUS

NARCISSUS

yellow f\s. — Milneri, hybrid of N. incomparabilis and N.
Pseudo-Narcissus, var.moschatus. — .^/ufor (N. minor,
Liim. ) is a very dwarf form of N. Pseudo-Naroissus (6
in. or less high) ,with sulfur-yellow segments and deeper
yellow corona,. — Montaniis = poculiformis. — Muticiis
(Ajax muticus, Gay) is a form of N. Pseudo-Narcissus
with narrow yellow corona and sulfur-yellow segments.
— Nelsonl, a subtype of N. Macleaii, very robust, and
fls. larger (2-3 in. across), the corona more than half as
long as the segments. — Obva liar U is a dwarf form of N.
Pseudo-NarcissuSt with floriferous habit, bright yellow
fls. and rather short segments. — On)fl/((S is an early
form of N. -poeticus.—PaUidus, a white form of N.
Pseudo-Narcissiis. — Pee?-;e.s-.s JVarcissi are the forms of
N. incomparabilis. — Pocn?^form^s {or N. montanus,
Ker; B.R. 2:123) has 1 or 2 nodding white fls. and a

as Van Sion. — Tel anion ins pleiuis is a double form.—
Tenuior is a slender form of N. gracilis, the small pale
fls. changing to white. B.M. 379. - Tortuosus has twisted
segments : a form of N. Pseudo-Narcissus, var. mos-
eh.a.tus.~ Tridymus is like N. Nelsoni, but has 2-3 fls.,
with tube usually obconic— Tan Slon is a large pure
yellow and very double form of N. Pseudo-Narcissus,
much used for forcing. There is also a single VanSion.
— Varilformis is a form of N. Pseudo-Narcissus with,
canary -yellow corona and white segments, the fls.
variable.

INDEX TO NAMES IN THE MAIN LIST.

1459. Paper White Narcissus— N. Tazetta. var. alba {X %).

straight corona about half the length of the segments;
origin doubtful : by some regarded as a hybrid and by
others as a native of the Pyrenees. Priuceps, sulfur-
yellow and yellow-crowned, a form of the N. Pseudo-
Narcissus type. — Queltia is an old generic name to dis-
tinguish the group comprising N. incomparabilis.—
Rip Van Winkle is a double variety of N. Pseudo-
Narcissus.— .fiomajt Narciasu.^ is a name for double-
fld. N. Tazetta, white with orange cup.— Pngilobns,
large-fld. pale yellow variety of N. Pseudo-Narcis-
sus.—5coh"c?ts, N. Pseudo-Narcissus with deep yellow
corona and whitish segments; known as Scotch Gar-
laud Lily. — iS/r Watkin or giganfeus is a very large-
fld. form of N. incomparabilis. — 5p«riMs, a yellow N.
Pseudo-Narcissus, a subform of var. raajor. — Telamo-
nius, a yellow N. Pseudo-Narcissus, usually known

alhoc, 7b.
albus, 4, 11.
aurantis, 4.
aureus. 7c.
Bertolonii, 7c.
bicolor, 2, 7a.
biflorus, 11.
breviflos, 2.
Bulbocodium, 1.
calathinus, 3.
Oanariensis , lb.
Chinese SacredLily,

7a.
citrinus, 1.
Clusii, 1.
Corcyre-Jisis, 7a.
cupulaHs, 7c.
Cyclamen - flowered

Narcissus, 3.
Daffodils, 1, 2.

dubuis, lb.
gracilis, 9.
Hoop-PetticoatDaf-

fodil, 1.
JSorsfietdii, 2 .
incomparabilis, 4.
intermedins, 8.
Italicus, 7c.
Jonquil, 10.
Jonquilla, 10.
juncifollus, 6.
lacticolor, 7a.
Lent Lily, 2.
lutea;, 7c.
monophyllus, 1.
moschatus, 2.
ochroleucus, la.
odorus. 5.
orientalis, la.

pachybolbos, 76.

PaiUzzianus^ 76.

Paper White, 76.

papyraceus, 76.

patulus, la.

Pheasant's Eye, 12.

poeticus, 12.

polyanthus, lb.

Polyanthus Narcis-
sus, 7.

Primrose Peerless ,
11.

Pseudo - Narcissus,
2.

radiiflorus, 12.

Tazetta, 7.

triandrus, 3.

Trumpet Daffodil.

A. Magnicoronati or Large-Crowned species: corova
as long as the scgmenta, or even longer, trumptt'
shaped or cylindrical. — Daffodils. (Formsof No.
3 may be sought here.)

B. Zvs. green, few {often oyily J), very slender and
nearly terete, channelled.

1. Bulbocddium, Linn. Hoop-Petticoat Daffodit..
A slender plant, with bulb 1 in. or less in diam., and
the very slender Ivs. {usually 3 or 4 to each stem)
mostly overtopping the blossoms : fl. 1, ascending or
horizontal (not declined), l}i or 1% in. long in most
forms, normally bright yellow in all parts, the very
prominent thin corona entire or crenulate ; stamens
inserted near the base of the tube, declined, rather
long. S. France to Morocco. P.M. 88. — Runs into many
garden forms and hybrids. Fls. usually borne 5-8 in.
above the ground.

Var. monophyllus, Baker (JV. monophyllus, Moore.
N. Olhsii, Dunal). An Algerian form, now in cult.,
usually with 1 If., and fl. sessile and white: corona cre-
nate. B.M. 5831.

Var. citrinus, Baker. Fls. large, pale lemon-yellow,
the corona crenulate.

BB. Ijvs. glaucous, several, flat.

2. Pseildo- Narcissus, Linn. Common Daffodil.
Trumpet Daffodil. Lent Lily. Fig. 1458. Strong
plant, 12-18 in. tall, with bulb 13^-2 in. in diam.: ivs.
narrow but flat, erect, usually about reaching the blos-
soms: fl. about 2 in. long, horizontal or ascending, pale
yellow, the segments and corona usually of different
shades, the corona deeply crenate or almost crenate-
fimbriate, more or less plicate; stamens inserted near
the base of the perianth, short. Prom Sweden and Eng-
land to Spain and Austria. —Exceedingly variable in
size, shape and coloring of fls. There are full double
forms (Common Daffodil) in which the corona disap-
pears as a separate body, and supernumerary segments
are present. It is one of the hardiest and commonest of
Narcissi.

This species is the Trumpet Narcissus, so named
from the long corona. The normal forms are Yellow
Trumpets, but the Bicolor Trumpet, var. bicolor, Hort.
{N. bicolor, Linn.), has pure white segments and yel-
low corona. To this variety Baker refers iV. hrSviflos,
Haw. (B.M. 1187), and iV. Rorsfieldii, Burb. The
White Trumpets are var. moschatus, Hort. (iV^. mos-
chdtus, Linn.; B.M. 1300), which has cream-white or
white flowers.

1

NARCISSUS

NARCISSUS

1059

Mediocoronati or Mediilm - Crowned species :
corona usHalli/ about half the length of the seg-
ments, cup-shaped. (Forms of N. triandrus may
have large crowns.)
. Segyne7ifs laarrow, standing straight hackivards

(reflexed).
triandrus, Linn. Ctclamex-flowered Narcissus.

Slender

in. or less in

1460. The Jonquil—Narcissus JonQuilla (X W)-

diam., the Ivs. few, very slender and semi-cylindrical
and not overtopping the blossoms: fls. 1-several, hori-
zontal or drooping, an inch long, both the lanceolate
segments and the entire cup-shaped corona pure white
in the type ; stamens sometimes a little exserted.
Spain and Portugal.

Var. calathlmis (iV. calathlniis , Red., Bnrbidge, etc.,
not Ker-Gawl). Corona larger, nearly or quite as long
as the segments, the flower pale yellow. Island of Brit-
tany.

BB. Segments oblong or broader, spreading .
c. Lvs. flat (hut narrow) and glaucous.

4. incompar^bilis, Mill. Figs. 1456. Strong fine
species, with large bulb (13^ in. in diam.) and 3-5 Ivs.,
which are nearly or quite the length (1 ft. long) of the
distinctly 2-edged scape: 11. always one, not fragrant,
horizontal or somewhat ascending, on a very short pedi-
cel, the tube usually greenish, the segments and cer-
nate-plicate corona pale yellow in the ty^e (but varying
to other color combinations), the stamens not exserted.
S. France and Spain to the Tyrol. B.M. 121. -One of
the commonest species in cult., the fls. often 3-4 in. •
across. Double forms are fi-equent. Var. albus, Hort.,
has white fls., with the corona usually pale yellowish.
Var. aur^ntis, Hort., has the corona orange at the top.

c. Lvs. linear and channelled, green.

5. odorus, Linn. Lvs. half the width (K in.) of those
of iV. incomparabilis , the bulb nearly or quite as large,
the peduncle terete or very nearly so : fls. about 2
(sometimes 4), fragrant, the tube more slender than in
iV. incomparabilis, and the corona somewhat smaller,
the fl. bright yellow throughout. France and Spain and
eastward. B.M. 934 (asiV. calathinus). — A good hardy
species, differing from iV. incomparabilis chiefly in its
narrow leaves, 2 or more blossoms to a peduncle, fls.
fragrant.

6. juncifolius, Lag. Small, slender species, with
bulb about }4 in. in diam., and very narrow, rush-like
lvs., about 6 in. long and about equaling the terete
scape: fls. 1-4, horizontal or ascending, the tube slen-
der-cylindrical {}4 in. long), the broad-ovate, spreading
segments and the cup-shaped, crenulate corona bright
yellow. S. France and south. — A choice fancier's
plant.

AAA. Parvicoronati Or Small-Crowned species :

corona usually tmich less than half the length

of the segments, mostly saucer-shaped.

B. Corona soft and uniform in texture: lvs.

various.

c. Z/vs. K iu- or more broad, flat, somewhat glaucous.

7. Taz6tta, Linn. Polyanthus Narcissus. Fig.
1459. Strong species, the bulb often 2 in. in diam., the
lvs. \% ft. or less long, about the length of the flat-
tened peduncle : fls. several (4-12), horizontal or de-
clined on slender pedicels, the tube less than 1 in.
long and greenish, the spreading, broad segments pure
white, and entire corona lemon-yellow, the whole fl.
about IK in. across. Canary Isl. to China and Japan.
— The commonest species and the most variable. " Of
the multiform Tazetta Narcissi about 100 have received
specific names. "~i^«fc{?r. "The numerous forms of iV.
Tazetta are so extremely variable that nothing short of
fifty folio plates would do the plant justice."— P»r-
bidge. All this mass of varieties is readily grouped
under one specific type, however, which is recognizable
by the many small-crowned fls. and the broad lvs. The
variations are largely in color and in size of fls. Baker
makes three groups :

a. bicolores, the perianth white and the corona yel-
low. Here are to be placed lacticolor, Corcyrensis,
patulus, ochroleucus and many others. It is probable
that the "Chinese Sacred Lily" (iV. orientalis, Linn.
B.M. 948} is a form of this subtype, although Baker
suggests that it is iY. incnm/jarahilis x Tazetta. It is
known as Tazetta, var. orientalis, Hort.

b. albce., entire fl. white. Here belongs the "Paper
White," very popular for winter bloom. Here are to be
referred the names papyracens, Panlzzianus, dubiuSt
Canariensis, pachybolbos, polyayithos.

c. lutece, entire fl. yellow. Here belong auretis, cupu-
laris, Bertolonii, Italicus.

cc. Z/vs. 3^ in. or less broad, mostly terete or subte-
rete, not glaucous.

8. interm^dius, Lois. A yellow-fld. species, distin-
guished from iV". Tazetta chiefly by its subterete, deep-
channeled green lvs., which are only % in. wide:
peduncle nearly terete. S.
France and Spain.

9. gracilis, Sabine. Smaller,
1 ft. high, the peduncle 2-edged,
the bright green lvs. % in. or
less wide and very convex on
the back; fl. pale yellow, the (
corona usually somewhat deeper
colored than the segments. S.
France (?). Known chiefly as
an old garden plant. B.R. 10:
816.

10. Jonquilla, Linn. Jonquil.
Fig. 14G0. Very slender and
graceful plant, \% ft- or less
tall, the lvs. and peduncle about
equal in height, the lvs. glossy
dark green and very narrow and rush-like : fls.
grant, the slender cylindrical tube greenish yellow and
an inch or less long, the segments yellow, obovate and
scarcely overlapping, the corona very short {% in. or
less long), crenate, the same color as the segments. S.
Eu. and Algeria. B.M. 15. — One of the old-fashioned
fls., perfectly hardy in N. Y

BB. Corona with a prominently hardened or dry
rim : lvs. broad.

11. bifl6rus, Curt. Primrose Peerless. Strong
species, with bulb 2 in. or less in diam.: lvs. 1-2 ft.
long and nearly or quite ^ in. broad, and slightly glau-
cous, usually equaling and sometimes exceeding the

1461. Narcissus
poeticus (X ^ i)

-6, fra-

1060

NARCISSUS

>IARCISSUS

stout 2-edg:ed peduncle: fls. 1-3, usually 2, white, with
a pale yellow cup, the tube greenish white aud 1 in.
long, the segments broad-obovate and overlapping, the
corona M ^^- long, with a crisped edge. Var. £lbus has
white fls. S. Eu. B.M. 197. — This plant has a wide
range in the wild state, but some persons regard it as
a hybrid of iV. Tazetta and N. poeticus. Apparently
little known in this country.

12. posticus, Linn. Pheasant's Eye. Figs. 1'461, 1462.
Strong-growing species, sometimes 1% ft. high, the bulb
about 1 in. thick, the Ivs. equaling or exceeding the 2-
edged peduncle and K in. broad, somewhat glaucoiis:

1462. Double White Narcissus — N.alba plena ordorata.
a form of N. poeticus ( X y-i).

fl. solitary (rarely 2), fragrant, wide open, the obovate
overlapping segments white, the very short, yellowish
corona much crisped and red-edged. Mediterranean
region. — An old favorite, recognized by the red-mar-
gined, short corona. A double form of this (Fig. 1462)
is a pure white, a rare color amongst double narcissi.

Var. radiiildrus, Burbidge (iV. radiifloriis, Salisb.).
More slender and Ivs. narrower: corona narrower and
more erect: segments narrowed below so that they do
not overlap. L^ jj^ g_

Culture of the iWrrcissws. — Narcissi are among the
oldest of cultivated plants, but were much neglected for
many years. During the last two decades there has
spread a renewed interest in the family, with the usual
result in such cases that the habitats have been closely
searched for new forms , and new hybrids have been
raised till we have now a surprising number of beauti-
ful flowers available. Recentlv nianv of these have

become so plentiful that they are within reach of the
most impecunious gardener, and there is no reason why
American gardens should not be filled with good collec-
tions of these beautiful flowers, or why florists should
not force a more interesting list. With few exceptions
the Narcissi are hardy and strong-growing under ordi-
nary cultivation. The "bunch-flowered " or Polyanthus
Narcissi and Corbularias are better grown under glass.
The Moschatus varieties, which are white (or properly
sulfur-white) forms, seem to be of rather tender
constitutions in most gardens. Otherwise the Nar-
cissi as a rule succeed in good turfy loam, but no
manure, rotted or otherwise, must touch the bulbs. (Jf
course drainage should be good, and moisture plentiful
in growing season. In the garden it is well to plant the
bulbs say 6 or 8 inches deep, aud 3 inches at most apart,
and allow them to remain till they form strong groups,
or till they show signs of too much exhaustion from
numerous offsets. As decaying foliage is unsightly in
the garden, a good plan is to dress the beds in the fall
with some rich manure, either animal or chemical, and
in early spring start seedlings of annuals to cover the
beds when the Narcissi are through flowering, the
dressing being necessary for the sustenance of the
double crop. Too strong a cultivation of the Narcissi
is not to be recommended, an extra vigor of growth
being detrimental to the purity of the color of the
flowers. If the object is to increase one's stock as
quickly as possible, biennial or even annual lifting and
separation of bulbs is advantagieous. For natxiralizing
in waste places, in the grass, or near water, many of the
strong-growing kinds will succeed perfectly. What to
select is somewhat experimental for, as every gardener
knows, plants equally hardy and vigoroiis will not grow
in every garden.

The proper time to plant is in late summer or early
fall, and the Poeticus kinds shoiild not be kept out of
ground longer than possible; knob-like excrescences
at the base of the bulbs indicate that growth is com-
mencing aud that planting should not be delayed. All
Daffodils force easily after being well rooted, and should
be brought on in a moderate temperature, as they are
naturally low temperature plants — so much so, in fact,
that in tlie open the flowers are very apt to be ruined
under our sunny skies, especially if exposed to drying
winds. A most satisfactory planting of Narcissi for
house decoration is the use of flat lily pots, say 8 inches
in diameter, placing the bulbs closely together. Ihe
flowers carry best and keep better if cut when half open.
The intending collector will perhaps be confused
when he opens a list of say 200 varieties, and it may be
as well to say that a moderate commencement may be
made by selecting a few of each section into which these
are usually divided in good lists, bearing in mind that
price is not an indication of the beauty or usefulness.
As a matter of fact, the lower price is usually an indica-
tion that these are not uncertain and are probably more
valuable in the garden. There are a few forms, such as
iV. Morsfieldii, Emperor Maximus, Mrs. J. B. M. Camm,
Stella, and all forms of Poeticus, which no well-consti-
tuted garden should be without, but one can scarcely go
amiss. J. N. Gerard.

In Europe, the Narcissus, next to the tulip, is the
most extensively grown and popular of the spring-flow-
ering bulbs for outdoor culture. Probably owing to
many varieties not proving hardy in our climate of ex-
tremes of temperature, it has never occupied the posi-
• tion it deseiwes in American gardens. Though many
varieties are not hardy here, there are enough that can
be successfully grown to make them among the most
desirable of our spring-flowering bulbs. Though our
hot suns ripen them much faster than in the equable
climate of Britain, still a good selection of varieties
will produce a greater profusion of bloom for a season
of five weeks than any of our bulbous plants.

Most varieties are very accommodating in the matter
of soil, succeeding well in any good garden that is not
very sandy or a stift' clay, but good drainage is always
essential. As they can occupy the same place for five
or six years, it is well to prepare the bed by deep dig-
ging and liberal fertilizing with well-rotted stable ma-
nure. The bulbs should be planted from 4 to 5 inches
deep from the upper end of the bulbs to the surface.

NARCISSUS

NASTURTIUM

1061

and from 4 to 6 inches apart. Those that increase slowly,
as the Trumpet varieties, should be i inches, and the
more vigorous Poeticus and Incomparabilis sorts should
be at least 6 inches apart, as they increase so rapidlj^
that in five or sis years they will occupy the whole
space. No variety should be disturbed till the bulbs
are so crowded that they force themselves to the
surface.

In the northern states and Canada plant in Septem-
ber, as soon as the bulbs arrive from Europe, or during
the month of October, not later; after the end of Octo-
ber the bulbs cannot make roots enough before winter
to produce good flowers the following spring. As soon
as the surface of the soil is frozen, cover with strawy
stable manure 4 to 6 inches deep, which should be
raked off and removed as early in the spring as possi-
ble. After flowering, the foliage should be allowed to
die naturally each spring; if cut otf when green the
bulbs do not ripen properly, and the flowers next sea-
son are inferior in quality ; no seed pods should be
allowed to form. When cutting for house decoration,
cut as soon as the flower bud opens; the flowers last
much longer thau if exposed to the sun after opening. If
specimens are to be mailed to a friend, cut before the
bud opens; they will travel much safer, and will open
out perfectly when put into water.

All the Poeticus varieties are perfectly hardy, and
profuse bloomers, except Alba plena odorafa, which
cannot stand the hot suns of our average climate, and
which blooms freely only in a cool, wet season. Most
years the flowers are formed, but the spathe does not
open. iV. poeticus, with white perianth and reddish
purple crown, is the sweetest perfumed and freest
bloomer of all Narcissi, and should be in every garden.
Its season is the last half of May. Poeticus ornafus,
not so sweet perfumed, but a larger and showier
flower, has a perianth of the purest white and an orange
crown, in bloom the first half of May. Another very
handsome form is hinoriis, white, with pale yellow
crown, flowers always in pairs, season about the same.
The type JSitrhidgei and its numerous varieties are all
desirable, but the above three kinds are the best of the
sbort-crowned section.

The medium-crowned Narcissi, including JSf. incotn-
parahilis and the hybrids Barri, Leedsi, Rumei, JS'el-
soni, etc., is the largest of the three sections, many
dealers offering over one hundred varieties. They are
all, with the possible exception of iV". Huniei varieties,
quite hardy and very desirable garden flowers, many of
them increasing as rapidly as iV. poeticus. The pre-
vailing color is yellow in varying shades; sometimes
the perianth is white, though never so pure a color as
jY. poeticus. They vary in size from the dainty little
iV. Leedsi elegans, white, with a pale yellow crown, to
the Giant Sir Watkin, golden yellow, with a darker
crown, a magnificent flower that should be in every
collection. Other very satisfactory sorts are Stella,
Cynosure, Sunray, CMrce and Golden Gem. The best
doubles in this section are double Incomparabilis, a
very free bloomer, and Sulphur Phoenix, the most beau-
tiful of all double Narcissi.

The large-crowued or Trumpet Narcissi are the most
elegant and beautiful of all spring flowers . Unfortu-
nately they have not the vigor or adaptability of the
other sections, and most of them die out after two or
three years' struggling against the unfavorable condi-
tions of our climate; but many of them are so low in
price now that they are well worth a place in the bor-
der even if they have to be replanted every two or three
years. They are divided into three groups: (1) Yel-
low-flowered, in which the perianth and trumpet are
both yellow, though sometimes of different shades. In
this group Obvallaris and Emperor (a large flower)
are quite hardy, while Golden Spur, Henry Irving,
Trumpet major, Trumpet maximus, Shirley Hibbard,
Countess of Annesley and Von Sion, all splendid
flowers, bloom well the first spring, indifferently the
second, and generally die after the third year, except
under very favorable conditions. (2) The Bicolor
group, in which tlie perianth is white or pale primrose
and the trumpet deep yellow; among the whites Hors-
fieldii. Grandis and Empress are quite hardy and very
beautiful. The best of the primrose perianths is the

well-known Prineeps, so cheap that it should be largely
planted in every garden for cut-flowers. iV. hicolor,
Pseudo-Narcissus Scotticus and Michael Foster are not
quite hardy. (.3) The white-flowered, in which both
perianth and trumpet are white, though generally with a
tinge of sulfur. None of this group are quite hardy.
Most of them are too expensive to plant for one season's
bloom, but Moschatus, Moschatus albicans and PalUdics
prcBcox are low enough in price to be worth trying. The
well-known double Von Sion, so extensively forced by
florists, is not quite hardy in the Canadian garden. It
blooms well the first year, and sometimes the second
year, but in the third or fourth year it turns green in
color and gradually dies out.

None of the Polyanthus Narcissus, Jonquils, orHoop-
PetticoatDaff'odils (iV. Bidbocodinm) are hardy enough
to be worth planting in the colder parts of the northern
states or Canada, unless in very favorable locations.

Pot Culture. — All varieties of the Narcissus are
suitable for pot culture. Those of the Poeticus section
require careful handling for success, but all the other
kinds are of the easiest culture. Especially desirable
for their beauty and delicious odor are the Jonquils,
single and douijle, Odorus rugulosus and the Polyan-
thus or bunch-flowered Narcissus, the best known of
of which are the Paper White and the so-called Chinese
Sacred Lily.

The large-flowered sorts may be planted three in a
5-inch pot, and the smaller bulbs, as Jonquils and Bul-
bocodiums, five in a 5-inch pot. Set the bulbs with the
neck at the surface. The soil and treatment given
hyacinths will ensure success. If enough are planted
to bring fresh pots forward every two weeks, a contin-
uous succession of bloom can be maintained from
December to May. jj g_ Whyte.

NARTHIICIUM (an anagram of Authericum, from
the Greek Antherikos, supposed to have been the As-
phodel), l/ilidcea'. Bog-asphodel. About 4 species of
perennial rhizomatous herbs, with linear, equitant basal
Ivs., wiry, erect, simple stem, and terminal racemes
of yellow fls. Natives of Eu., E. Asia, Atlantic States
and Calif. Stem 10 in.-2 ft. high : Ivs. 3-8 in. long, 2
lines or less wide: fls. on bracted pedicels; bractlets
linear ; perianth of G narrowly lanceolate segments,
reflexed or spreading in fl., soon erect, persistent; sta-
mens 6; anthers 2-celled; stigmas small, terminal and
slightly lobed : seeds numerous, ascending, with a long
bristle-like tail at each end.

Calif6micum, Baker. Stem 1-2 ft. high: basal Ivs.
l>2-2 lines broad; cauline Ivs. 2-3 in number, short:
raceme 3-5 in. long, loose: fls. 30— tO, j'ellowish green:
capsules of paper-like texture, slender at top, 3-valved,
when ripe a bright salmon color. Swamps. Calif. Intro-
duced by dealers in native plants in 1888 or 1889.

M. B. COULSTON.

NASEBERRY. See Sai}odilla.

NASTtlRTIXTM (classical Latin name of some cress,
from na.sus> Tiose, and torfu.'i, distortion; referring to
the effect of its pungency upon the nostrils). Crucif-
erce. This genus includes the familiar Water Cress,
iV". officinale. It is too well known to need much de-
scription, and is of easy culture. (See Cress.) Water
Cress is a hardy, aquatic, perennial plant, which grows
in pure running water, and has a delightful peppery
taste. It is much used for garnishing and for salads.
The stems are spreading and take root at the lower
joints. The Ivs. are usually lyrately or pinnately parted
and eared at the base: Ifts. 3-11, more or less rounded
and wavy: fls. small, white. An allied plant is the
Common Winter Cress or Yellow Rocket {Barharea
vulgaris), but this is a dry land plant, with yellow fls.
In the tropics iV. Indicum. is a desirable cress. This is
an erect annual, with yellow fls. It is said to have been
cult, in Europe, but Pailleux and Bois say it is useless
outside the tropics. Nasturtium is a genus of 20 or
more widely scattered species. They are herbs of vari-
ous habit and diiration, terrestrial or aquatic, glabrous
or pubescent: Ivs. entire or variously lobed or pinnati-
sect: fls. usually yellow: petals scarcely clawed, some-
timps lacking; stamens 1-G: pods short or long; seeds
usually in 1 series. \y_ ]\i_

v^^'

1062

NATIVE PLANTS

NEBRASKA

NATIVE PLANTS. It has been said that Americans
do not appreciate the indigenous plants of the country.
This may have been true, but it is not true now. The
desire for native and natural plants is one of the x^romi-
nent movements of the present time. It is not strange
that wild plants are not appreciated in a new country.
The first necessity of our civilization was to fell the
trees that ground might be tilled and habitations be
built. The necessities of life were impoz'ted; the litera-
ture was exotic; the plants were transported from other
lauds. In Europe the conditions of living had become
established. People had outgrown the desire to remove.
They appreciated their own plants and also those from
the New World. American plants attracted attention in
Europe rather than in America.

Ten years ago, the writer made a census of indige-
nous American plaats which were known to have been
introduced to cultivation. The statistics were published
in "Annals of Horticulture for 1891." It was found "that
there are in North America, north of Mexico, about
10,150 known species of Native Plants, distributed in
1,555 genera and 1G8 families. Of these, 2,416 species
are recorded in this censiis, representing 769 genera
and 133 families. Of this number, 1,929 species are now
offered for sale in America; 1,500 have been introduced
into England, of which 487 are not in cultivation in this
country." All these species are catalogued in the census.
The only other account of the entire cultivated flora is
that whi(;.h is contained in this Cyclopedia, and for
which the lists often years ago were a preparation. The
final summing up of these volumes will show an in-
creased number of Native Plants in cultivation in this
country. A brief sketch of the history of recent efforts
towards the introduction of Native Plants is given in
the preface to the census above mentioned.

Formerly, the term "American Plants" had a tech-
nical meaning in England. William Paul in his book
on "American Plants," published in London in 1858,
writes as follows: "The history of American plants
may be briefly told. The term is popularly applied to
several genera, principally belonging to the natural
order Ericaceae. They are generally 'evergreen,' pro-
ducing their flowers for the most part in the months of
May and June." The book is devoted largely to rhodo-
dendrons, azaleas and kalmias, although European and
other heaths are included.

There is a strong tendency towards the production of
peculiarly American types and races even in Old World
domesticated species, as of the carnation and sweet
pea. As American plant-breeders come to give greater
attention to native species, the divergencies between
the horticulture of the Old World and that of the New
World will be accentuated. j^ jj_ g^

NAUMBtJRGIA (after Naumburg). PrlmnU\cece.
Spiked Loosestrife. A monotypic genus of the north
temperate zone, with opposite Ivs. and fis. in short,
axillary, peduncled spikes; corolla 5-7-parted, rotate;
stamens 5-7, opposite the divisions of the corolla: cap-
sule 1-loculed; seeds several on a central placenta. Dif-
fers from Lysimachia in the spiked flowers, nearly sepa-
rate stamens, and the presence of tooth-like staminodia.

gTittata, Mcench (Lijslnidcliia fhyrsifldra, Ait.).
Erect, perennial herb, 1-2J^ ft. high: ivs. lanceolate,
acute, narrowed at the base, lower cau-
line scale-like: fls. 2-3 lines broad,
yellow, purple-dotted ; lobes of tbe
corolla linear - oblong. May -July.
Swamps. B.M. 2012.-Grows best in
shallow water. k, jj. Wiegand.

NEBRASKA, HORTICULTURE IN.

Fig. 1403. The state of Nebraska pre-
sents somewhat peculiar horticultural
conditions. It consists, for the most
part, of gradually rolling prairies,
slowly ascending toward the northwest
The elevation of the southeastern part of the state
is about 900 feet above sea-level, while that of the
extreme northwestern part approaches 5,000 feet, the
highest points somewhat exceeding that. The south-
eastern portion is rolling and broken, even rough in

places, but affords the best general horticultural condi-
tions. This is in part owing to soil and the possibility
of more favorable sites, in part to the milder climate,
and in part to the heavier rainfall of the region. The
central part of the state is more even in surface, and
subject to a high rate of evaporation from dry summer
and winter winds, therefore less favorable. Beyond the
prairies, to the westward, lie the sand-hills, which are in
turn followed by the buttes and Bad Lands of the ex-
treme western part. West of the 100th meridian fruit-
growing of all kinds is difficult and uncertain, though,
as the conditions come to be better understood and
guarded, planting is being pushed farther and farther
westward. As irrigation develops, fruit will be far
more grown than now.

Commercial orcharding under irrigation is just begin-
ning in the western and central portions of the state.
According to E. P. Stephens, of Crete, Neb., who has
closely fallowed its development, only about 300 acres
have been planted, the largest number being in Lin-
coln county, which has about ISO acres. A beginning
is also being made in small fruits under irrigation.
Shipping facilities are excellent, since several fa;>t
freight lines already run through the state.

The State Horticultural Society has divided the state
into nine fruit districts, which are very generally recog-
nized in the discussions and recommendations of the so-
ciety. These districts are indicated on the accompany-
ing map. They are known, in the order numbered, as
the (1) Southeastern, (2) Northeastern, (3) East-central,
(4) West-central, (5) Lower Republican, (0) South-
western, (7) Lower Niobrara, (8) Northwestern and (9)
Western districts. In the revised fruit list published
by the society, apples are recommended for general
planting in Districts Nos. 1 and 2, and for trial in the
balance of the state. Peaches are recommended for
general planting in District No. 1 and for trial in Dis-
tricts Nos. 5 and 6. Plums (native varieties) and cher-
ries are recommended for Districts Nos. 1,2,5 and 6,
and for trial in the balance of the state. Black rasp-
berries are recommended in Districts Nos. 1 and 2', and
for trial elsewhere. Grapes are recommended in Dis-
tricts No. 1, 2, 5 and 6, and for trial in the other
districts.

The fruits which thrive best in the state are apples,
native plums, sour cherries and, in the southeastern
part, peaches. Extensive apple orcliards occur adjacent
to the Missouri river, both north and south of the Platte.
In some respects the methods in vogue differ from those
in the eastern states. The trees are shorter-lived and are
planted closer. Low heads are commonly employed as a
means of protection against the high winds and intense
sun, but this practice is not uniform. Trees demand less
pruning than in the East, for the climate is dry and the
sunlight so intense that fruit colors well even in shade.
This is one of the reasons why low-headed trees prove
satisfactory. Fungous diseases seldom cause serious
trouble. In a series of wet years the apx)Ie-scab becomes
noticeable, but it is usually conspicuous only by its
absence. Among insect enemies, the codlin-moth is par-
ticularly troublesome, because several broods appear
during the long, warm summer. The apple-maggot and
bud-moth have not yet become prevalent. Apples tend
to mature early, and most varieties do not keep well.
The chief problem is the one of water supply ; hence

1463. The Nine Pomolofrical Districts of Nebraska,

NEBRASKA

NECTARINE

1063

thorough, continuous cultivation becomes imperative,
though iu the river counties soiue measure of success
may be attained, without it. In varieties the Ben Davis
leads all others for market purposes. It is a large apple
which yields well, colors well, keeps well and ships well.
Thus far it has always sold well in market, notwith-
standing its poor quality. It is, therefore, the Nebraska
apple which far out-distances all competitors. Other
varieties of prominence are Winesap, Janet, Wealthy,
Grimes, and Jonathan. Duchess is the leading summer
apple.

In the 100-acre orchard of E. T. Hartley, Lincoln,
lath screens are used to protect the trunks from the
fierce heat of the afternoon sun. The orchard is ten
years old, and Mr. Hartley reports that the entire ex-
pense, including ground rental value, interest, replant-
ings, and all the operations necessary to extensive culture
has not exceeded $1 per tree. The cost of cultivation has
been greatly reduced by the use of a broad, heavy
cutting-blade devised by Mr. Hartley, which is attached
behind the disk-harrow. This Implement takes every-
thing clean and leaves a fine, loose mulch on the surface.
By its use 140 acres of orchard, containing nearly 12,000
trees, were kept in perfect condition from the latter part
of April to the middle of August in 1S98, an unusually
wet and weedy season, at a cost of about $225, or less
than two cents per tree.

The native plum thrives well over a wide range of the
state. Some varieties suffer from the plum-pocket
disease, and the plura-gouger is a troublesome insect,
but the results are generally good. The leading varieties
are Wild Goose, Miner, DeSoto, Wolf, Forest Garden
and others. European varieties have been little planted
as 5'^et, though they succeed in the eastern portion of
the state.

Cherries also thrive over a large part of the state.
The fruit is sometimes deficient in size, but is remark-
ably free from insect attack, a wormy cherry being
almost unknown. Early Richmond, Montmorency, and
English Morello are the leading varieties. Sweet cher-
ries do not thrive.

J. M. Russell & Son, of Wymore, on the southern
boundary of the state, have made a decided success of
peach-growing, and now have about 265 acres planted at
Wymore and near Lincoln, 80 acres of which are in
bearing. In 1896 they harvested 12,000 bushels. They
head low, prune but little, and give thorough tillage dur-
ing the early part of the season. Among the varieties
which prove most satisfactory are Alexander, Hale
Early, Early Rivers, Cooledge Favorite, Champion, Hill
Chili and a variety locally known as Wright. The early
varieties are particularly satisfactory, owing to com-
parative immunity from rot.

Among the smaller fruits, grapes thrive, but reqiiire
more bearing wood than in the East and generally yield
less. The leading eastern varieties are popular. Rasp-
berries and blackberries suffer from drought. They niny
be grown for home use, but do not yield satisfactory
commercial crops without water. The same is true of
strawberries. Currants and gooseberries thrive, the
latter yielding well, though the fruit is not large. Cur-
rants commonly yield but little, biit under irrigation
excellent results have been obtained.

The nursery interests of the state are important. The
actual acreage of nursery crops is estimated at about
500 acres. Apple trees, and especially apple seedlings,
are largely grown. Root-grafting is the method used in
their propagation. This is partly because trees on their
own roots are foimd best adapted to the conditions pre-
vailing on the plains and partly because the weather is
likely to be unfavorable at the time of budding.

Gradiially, floriculture and ornamental gardening are
increasing, particularly about the cities. Because of
the clear climate, greenhouse work must become popu-
lar as soon as better markets develop. Seed-growing
has already made the state considerable reputation.

Fred W. Card.

In the eastern third of Nebraska, conditions are prac-
tically the same as those prevailing in Iowa and central
Illinois. The most trying condition which has to be
guarded against by the orchardists is the scant supply
of water during the winter time which leaves the soil,
which is naturally light and porous, so dry that the

trees are frequently winter-killed or injured. The rain-
fall during the growing seasons averages about the
same as that of Ohio, while the rain-fall during the
entire year is very little over one-half that of the latter-
named state.

The greatest need to insure better results for the
fruit-grower is a better stock for plums and cherries.
The Myrobalan and the Mahaleb are both widely used,
but neither is adapted to the dry winters, and an
earnest effort is being made to substitute in place of
these something which shall be better fitted for the
conditions. More or less has been done in the way of
experimentation as to the use of the Sand Cherry, in
the sandy parts of the state, as a stock, and with some
degree of success. The effect of this stock is to dwarf
the trees somewhat but not to a much greater extent than
does the Mahaleb. The native plum is by far a better
stock than the Myrobalan, but the period during which
it may be budded is very short, and it is, consequently,
very hard to use. On the other hand root-grafting of
the plum is a process which has never come into very
great use by reason of the small percentage which the
average propagator is usually able to make unite and
grow.

Root-grafting is practically the only method of propa-
gating the apple, by reason of the fact tliat the work
may be done at a time in winter when there is little
else to do, and because the process can be carried on
much more rapidly than budding. There is the further
very important reason that trees grafted on piece-
roots grow practically as cuttings, thus securing the
tree on its own roots, lending on an average much addi-
tional hardiness.

Grapes thrive extremely well, especially in the eastern
portion of the state. In the vicinity of Omaha, Platts-
mouth and Nebraska City, many vineyards are estab-
lished on a mercantile scale following the lead of the
other very large growers located just across the Mis-
souri river in Iowa.

Raspberries and blackberries produce profitable crops
in the eastern and especially in the southeastern por-
tion of the state.

Strawberries usually produce good crops of fruit of
the highest quality. As a commercial venture very
little has been done in growing the small fruits, by
reason of the fact that in north Arkansas and southern
Missouri, where the season is much earlier, immense
quantities are prodxiced with which all the state, prac-
tically, is supplied long before the home product is
mature.

Currants and gooseberries ai-e indigenous and thrive
well in the eastern portion of the state, but bear less
bountifully toward the west.

Wherever irrigation has been practiced, even on a
small scale, anywhere in the state, the success in the
growth of fruit has been very marked. In the parts
of the state where there is insufficient rain-fall, the
addition of water is all that is required to bring satis-
factory results, the soil, except in the sand-hill por-
tions of the state, being extremely rich.

In the early days of the territory and state th e
thickets and wooded strips along the streams wei-e
abundantly supplied with plums of delicious quality,
two or three species of the grape, and the wild crab.
There were also to be found, occasionally, gooseberries,
currants and mulberries. p_ t^^ Taylor.

NECTARINE. A smooth-skinned peach [Prumis
Persica, var. Nectarina). Fig. 14G4. Formerly it was
thought that the Nectarine was a distinct species of
plant. By DeCandolle it was called Persica Icevis.
Roemer in 18-47 made two species of it, Persica violacea,
the freestone Nectarines, and P. Icevis, the clingstone
Nectarines. It is now known, however, that Nectarines
often come from seeds of peaches, and peaches have
come from seeds of Nectarines. Either may originate
from the other by means of bud-variation. (See Dar-
win's ''Animals and Plants under Domestication" for
historical data.)

The cultivation of the Nectarine is in all ways like
that of the peach. Because of the smooth skin of the
fruit, it is perhaps more liable to the attacks of eurculio.
It is less popular in the market than the peach, and

1064

NECTARINE

NELUMBO

therefore is less grown, although in California it is
planted on a commercial scale. In that state it does
well on almond stocks. Nectarines are usually inferior
to peaches in quality, pi-obably because less attention
has been given to the breeding and selection of varie-
ties, and from the fact that there is no conventional
standard of excellence. Nectarines thrive wherever
peaches do. Varieties are few, as compared with

1464. Nectarines.

peaches. The most prominent in this country are Bos-
ton, Downton, Hardwick, Early Newington, Pitmaston
Orange, Stanwick, Humboldt, Lord Napier, Advance,
Elruge. In color, size and season, Nectarines vary as
peaches do. See also Peach, and Forcing.

L. H. B.

The Nectarine is grown in California almost exclu-
sively for drying and canning, and even for these uses
is but of minor importance. As compared with peaches
for canning, the product of Nectarines is only about
one-eighth of one per cent that of the peach, and for
drying only about one per cent that of the peach. The
varieties grown for both canning and drying are the
white varieties, because they do not color the syrup in
canning, and because when sulfnred they make a beau-
tiful, amber-colored, translucent product.

E. J. WtCKSON.

NEGRO'S HEAD. Unusual name for the ivory-nut
palm, Plujteleplias macrocarpa.

NEGUNDO. For N. aceroides, CaJifornictim and
fraxinifoliutn, see Acer Hegundo; also Fig. 254.

N£1ILLIA {named after Patrick Neill, at the begin-
ning of the nineteenth century secretary of the Cale-
donian Horticultural Society at Edinburgh). Mosdcea^.
Small, deciduous shrubs, with alternate, stipulate, usu-
ally 3-lobed Ivs. and rather inconspicuous whitish fls.
in simple or panicled racemes at the end of the branches.
The one species in cultivation is not hardy North; it
requires protection even in the Middle States, and is
often killed to the ground in severe winters, but usually
vigorous young shoots spring up and bloom and fruit
in the same season. On account of its handsome bright
green foliage it may be used as a border plant for
shrubberies. It grows in almost any moderately moist
soil. Prop, easily by greenwood cuttings under glass,
and also by seeds. Seven species in the Himalayas and
China. Fls. in racemes, with the pedicels shorter than
the bracts; calyx-tube rather large, carapanulate or
almost tubular, with 5 erect sepals exceeding the 5 oval
petals; stamens 10-30; carpels 1 or 2: pod dehiscent
only at the inner suture, with several shining seeds.
From Spirasa it differs, like the allied genera Physo-
carpus and Stephanandra, by its stipulate Ivs. and
shining crustaceous seeds.

thyrsifldra, D. Don. Upright shrub, to 6 ft. high,
but usually not exceeding 2 ft. if annually killed to the
ground: branches angular, glabrous: stipules rather
large, serrate: Ivs. ovate, cordate at base, long-acumi-
nate, usually 3-lobed, incised-serrate, glabrous above,
pubescent only on the veins beneath, 2-4 in. long: fls.
in panicled or sometimes solitary racemes; calyx-tube

campanulate, pubescent, with the sepals about M in.
long. Aug., Sept. Himalayas. R.H. 1888, p. 416.

iV. Atnurensis, Nichols. =Physoe:irpus Aimirensis.— iV. opuli-
folius. Brew. & Wilts. =Physoearpus opulifolius.— lY. I'andkce,
Franch. & Sav.=Stephanandra Tanakse.— iV^. Turreyi, Wats.=
Physocarpus monogyuus. Alfred Rehder.

NELtJMBIUM. The prior name is Nelumho.

NELIJMBO (Ceylonese name). JVyinjihcedcece. Usu-
ally written Nelumhinm. Two species of strong-grow-
ing aquatics, one yellow-tiowered and native to N.
America, the other white or cyanic-flowered and native
of the Orient. Prom NymphsBa, or the true water lilies,
Nelumbo differs technically in having distinct carpels
(which are imbedded in the receptacle), with a single
ovule in each. Nelumbiums have strong and thick
and usually tuber-bearing rhizomes, which creep
in the earth in the bottoms of ponds and slow streams:
Ivs. peltate, orbicular or nearly so, entire, usually very
large and loni^'-iM'jioIcd and mostly standing high above
the water (s(Hin-iinics floating): fls. large and showy,
single, on prdinn-lrs, which equal or exceed the Ivs.;
sepals 4 or 5; petals many, erect or erect-spreading;
stamens many, on broad, short filaments: fr. a large,
flat-topped perforated receptacle (Fig. 1465), in which
are immersed the many carpels.

Nelumbiums are bold plants, suitable for large ponds
and for masses. The oriental species, commonly but
incorrectly known as Egyptian Lotus, is one of the best
of lai-ge pond plants, being grown for its stately habit
and showy flowers. Its roots should not freeze. Cover-
ing the pond with boards and litter, or filling it with
water, may be made to afford ample protection to the
roots.

A. FU. yellow.

liitea, Pers. American Lotus, or Nelxtmbo. Water
Chinkapin. Lvs. usually raised 2-6 ft. out of shallow
water, cupped or depressed in the center over the at-
tachment of the petiole, 1-2 ft. across: fls. pale sulfur-
yellow, 4-10 in. across, with obovate-obtuse concave
petals and hook-appendaged anthers: root-tubers and
seeds edible. In ponds and slow streams from S.
Ontario and Mich, to Fla. and La. ; usually local. Mn,
10:113.— A bold and useful plant for colonizing, deserv-
ing to be better known.

AA. Fls. pinh, red or ivJiite.
nucifera, Geertn. {Nelumhinm spccidsiim, Willd.
Nelumho Indlca, Pers., and iV. JVehimbo, Karst.).
Indian Lotus, Fig. 1465. Lvs. usually larger than
those of jy. liifea, glaucous: fls. fragrant, usually pink
except in horticultural varieties, overtopping; the lvs.
Warmer parts of Asia and N. Australia. Gn. 28, pp.
426, 429; 43, p. 463; 44, pp. 229, 435; 50, pp. 267, 469.
G.M. 38:809; 40::?4; 41:833-5. I. H. 42:27. Gng. 5:114;
6:295; 15:3.34. — This plant is known to the trade as
Egyptian Lotus, but the Lotus of the ancient Egyptians
is a Nymph^a. This plant is not native to the Nile re-
gion. There are many named forms in cult. Var. Alba
(N. dlhtim, Hort.), the "Magnolia Lotus, "has white fls.
Gn. 28, p. 427. G.G. III. 14:41. A.G. 20:369. Gng.
7:146. A.F. 14:726. Mn. 9:73. Var, kermeslna, Hort.,
has light pink fls. Var. rosea, Hort., has rose-colored
fls. There is a striped form known as var. dlba striata.
A large double rose form is rdsea plena. A large double
white form is known in the trade as iV. iShironiuii
(F.E. 10, Suppl. Feb. 12). A free-flowering early sort
with white fls. shaded pink is N. KinsJiiren of the trade.
There are other forms with Latin names. l H, B.

Whilst it may be historically true that the Egyptian
Lotus is not a Nelnmbinm, the JVelumhium speciosum
(or more properly Nelumho nucifera) is everywhere
known under that name, and it has been so distributed
in good faith. In fact, it is doubtful if it is worthwhile
to change the common name at this time.

America may be honestly proud of possessing such a
fine aquatic plant as Nelaniho lutea, the well-known
American Lotus. While China and Japan are the
recognized homes of the splendid Nelumho nuci-
fera, they do not possess a yellow Lotus. In the
Central states and near the Great Lakes, N. lutea is
found in abundance, butitis scarce in the Middle Atlantic

NELUMBO

NEMASTYLIS

1065

and Eastern states. Where well established it is a mag-
nificent plant, and when in blossom it is a sight worth
traveling miles to see.

Nelumbiums, with N\-mphEeas and other aquatic
plants, were among the few flowers known or cultivated
by the ancients. No mention is made in history of a
yellow Lotus prior to the discovery of America by white
men, but over four centuries ago it was well known to
and cultivated by the Indians in the waters of the Ten-
nessee and Cumberland rivers, and was abundant on
the tributaries of the Mississippi. It was carried north-
ward and eastward by the Indians, and was established
as far east as Connecticut. At the present time (1900)
it is established and cultivated in most of the states of
the Union.

The late Isaac Btichanan received tubers of iV". nucifera
from Japan, which were planted in a stream on Long
Island, but there they perished. Later other efforts
were made, and some tubers from the same source were
received and planted by Samuel Henshaw in an artifi-
cial pond in the gardens of the late Mr. Green, at New
Brighton, Staten Island, N. Y., where they grew most
satisfactorily, some of the original stock being still in
evidence on the estate.

About the same time E. D. Stnrtevant, of Borden-
town, N. J., who had introduced a number of tender

1465. The Indian Lotus, Nelumbium speciosum of the
trade, but properly Nelumbo nucifera.

water lilies into commerce, and knowing of its being
grown in the Jardin des Plantes, Paris, made an exami-
nation of the condition under wbich it existed there and
determined to experiment in the culture at Bordeutown,
N. J. Roots were obtained from Kew Gardens and after-
ward planted in shallow water in a sheltered spot in a
mill-pond near Bordentown. Here the plant grew
amazingly, and its success and hardiness were fully es-

tablished. From here was disseminated the now famous
Egyptian Lotus, Nelumho nucifera, to all parts of
the United States. SeA^eral varieties have since then
been introduced from Japan, including white and deli-
cately tinted varieties, also deep rose, and double forms
of both white and rose.

The cultivation of the Nelumbium is of the simplest.
The roots or tubers should not be transplanted until
there is evidence of growth, as the tubers, being usu-
ally buried deep in the soil below the water and out of
the reach of frost, are not affected by the warm rays of
sunshine as early as Nymph^as and other terrestrial
plants. If Nelumbiums are dug before they start into
growth, the tubers should be kept in a warm place or
planted where the temperature is such that growth will
begin at once. In the Middle Atlantic states and east-
ward and westward, May is the best time to transplant;
southward earlier. Tubers may be planted in shallow
water near the margin of the pond where it is intended
they shall grow. The tuber should be placed horizon-
tally in the soil, first making a little trench or opening
to receive the same and covering with about three
inches of soil. Means must be employed to keep the
tuber securely in position and, if necessary, a stone or
brick laid over the tuber. In artificial ponds a walled
section should be built to hold the soil and keep the
roots within bounds. The walls shoiild have no corners
at right angles; where there are such they should be
rounded off, so that the runners are not intercepted and
crowded in bxinches at the corners. The natural soil
and deposit in ponds are, in most cases, all that is re-
quired for these plants. They will flourish equally well
in a stiff or tenacious soil, but when grown in artificial
ponds it is best to use a mixture of two parts turfy loam
and one part thoroughly rotted cow manure. Do 'not
use fresh or green manure, and when possible have
sods cut in the fall and stacked with the manure (in
this case it may be fresh). In early spring have the
same turned over two or three times before using.
Resort may be had to cultivation in tubs, but the Lotus
being such a gross feeder the result in most cases is
that the plants are starved into rest at an early date.
The leaves turn a sickly yellow and present a sorry ap-
pearance, and in many cases produce no flowers. If no
other method can be adopted, then secure the largest
tubs possible and during the growing season use liquid
or artificial manure liberally.

It must be understood that while the Nelumbiums are
hardy, they are only so as long as the tubers are out of
the reach of frost. The depth to which frost penetrates
the soil or water may be termed a dead line.

The tubers are farinaceous and edible, and are of
considerable market value in Japan, but a taste must
first be cultivated for them in the United States. The
muskrat, however, has developed a highly cultivated
taste for these sacred morsels, and it is necessary to
watch these animals lest they take up their abode near
ponds where tlie Nelumbiums grow. There are now in
cultivation in the United States a dozen or more varie-
ties, including single and double forms, pure white to
deep rose, and yellow.

As to insect pests, black-fly or black aphis is some-
times troublesome. The best remedy is the lady-bird
beetle and its larvie. The leaf-cutter, or roller, is preva-
lent in some sections, and both young and old leaves
are attacked, also the stems of the leaves and flowers.
These have their natural enemies in the form of wasps
and even sparrows, and as no liquid insecticide can be
used, only such as are in the shape of a dry powder can
be depended on. Paris green, mixed with land plaster
or plaster and powdered slake lime, is excellent, but dry
hellebore in powder-form, applied by a powder bellows
is the best material to exterminate them.

Wii. Tricker.

NEMASTYLIS {Greek, thread-Uke styles; because the
styles are not united). Syn., Nemastylus. Iridacece.
A few species of tender American bulbs, with blue 6-lobed
fls. about an inch across which last only a day. Strictly
Nemastylis is a genus of 3 species, found only in the
southern U. S. and characterized by having the filaments
nearly free. Baker, however, in his Handbook of the
Iridese, includes Chlamydostylis as a subgenus of !■! spe-

1066

NEMASTYLIS

NEMOPHILA

cies found from Mex. to S. Amer. and characterized by
having the filaments united in a column to the summit.

Generic characters are: root-lvs. linear: spathes 1 or
more, peduncled: fls. more than 1 to a spathe; perianth
without a tube; inner segments a little smaller than the
outer: ovary 3-eelled; ovules many, superposed; style
tiranches alternate with the anthers; capsule loculicid-
ally 3-valved. Some of the following species have been
rarely advertised by dealers in native plants; the others
by Dutch bulb-growers.

A. Filaments nearly free, Suhgenus T^emastyJis proper.
B. Cluster of fls. single: spathes usually 1-fld.

ccBl6stina, Nutt. Root-lvs. 1-2, 1 ft. or more long: stem
1>2-'- ft. long, bearing 3-4 reduced Ivs.: fls. sky-blue.
Pine barrens, Fla. to S. C. and westward.

BB. Clusters of fls. S-3 : spathes S-3-fld.

acilta, Herb. {JY. oeminiflbra, Nutt.). Root-lvs. 2-3,
M-1 ft. long: stem %-l ft. long, bearing 1 large linear
leaf at the fork, and sometimes another below it: fls.
"bright blue." Tex., Ark. B.M. 6666. F.S. 21:2171.

AA. Filaments united in a column to the summit.
Subgenus Chlamydostylis .
Ji. Fls. hrownish purple, inner segments tipped yellow.
brunnea, Wats. Stem bearing a single leaf 6-8 in.
long and a sheathing bract at the base of the peduncle:
spathe 2>^ in. long: outer segments obtuse, inner ones
acuminate. Mex.

EB. Fls. pale hlue.
Prlnglei, Wats. Stem usually simple, with a single
leaf at the middle: spathe IK in. long: fls. fragrant;
outer segments obtuse, inner ones minutely apiculate.
Mexico. -yp-^ ]\j^

NEMfiSIA (old name used by Dioscorides for some
sort of snapdragon). Serophularidce<e. One of the
horticultural novelties is j\e7nesia strumosa. It is one
of the most interesting annual fls. introduced in the
last decade of the nineteenth century. The flowers
are very distinct in shape and have a wide range
of color. The fls. are about an inch across and borne
in great profusion. If started indoors in March and
transferred to the open in May the plants will fur-
nish a continuous sheet of bloom from June through
September. The colors range from white, through pale
yellow and rose, to orange and crimson, with numerous
intermediate shades and a great variety of throat mark-
ings. This species has been known to botanists nearly a
whole century; it grows only 50 miles from Cape Town,
and it exhibits all these colors in the wild, yet it was
never exploited until 1893. the first live plants seen in
Europe being shown in 1892. Sixteen distinct color varie-
ties were recognized in the first batch of cultivated
plants, and the process of selecting stuaius has barely
begun. The lower lip of the flower is about twice as
broad as long, and notched at the point farthest from
tlie center of the flower. The upper lip consists of 4
smaller, nearly equal lobes, the side lobes being usually
more nearly separate than the middle ones.

Nemesias are slender annual or perennial herbs, some-
times woody at the base: Ivs. opposite: fls. in racemes
at the tips of branches or rarely solitary in the axils;
calyx 5-parted; corolla-tube short, with an anterior spur
or sac: capsule compressed, septicidal, with navicular
valves. About 30 species, all S. African. The following
belong to the group with fls. in racemes. They are gla-
brous or nearly so, 1-2 ft. high, and branched from the
base. J. N. Gerard thinks that Nemesias are not des-
tined to become popular. He finds that the seed is
likely to germinate poorly and that the young seedlings
are quick to damp off.

A. Fls. with a sac at the base.
strumdsa, Benth. Root-lvs. oblong-spatulate, entire;
stem-lvs. lanceolate or linear, entire: lobes of the upper
lip relatively shorter and broader than in the next two
species: throat with a long beard inside: Ivs. few, the
floral ones bract-like: capsules 4-6 lines long, .3-4 lines
wide. B.M. 7272. G.C. III. 12: 277. R.H. 1898, p. 87 (var.
gritndi flora). V. 16:7. — Var. Siittoni is the strain com-
monly offered. G.M. 35:459.

AA. Fls. -with a spur at the base.

versicolor, E. Mey. Lowest Ivs. stalked and ovate;
upper Ivs. few, sessile, oblong, lanceolate or linear, entire
or toothed: lobes of the upper lip equal among them-
selves and as long as the lower lip; throat with 2 callosi-
ties, pubescent: spur incurved, about as long as the
lower lip, 4 lines. Not advertised by name, but iV. com-
pdrta, vars. dlha and ccerulea, Hort., belong here. R.H.
1898, p. 87.

floribiinda, Lehm. Lower Ivs. stalked, ovate, dentate;
upper ones few, small, ovate or lanceolate, subsessile:
lobes of the upper lip not quite as long as the lower lip:
fls. white; throat lined with blue, the callosities of the
palate yellow. According to De Candolle, the lobes of
the upper lip are about equal among one another, but in
B.R. 24:39 the middle lobes are narrower and longer
than the side lobes. Advertised abroad. Fls. smaller
and with a narrower range of colors than iV. strumosa.

W. M.

NEMOPANTHUS (Greek words, referring to the
thread-like flower-stalks). Aquifolidcece. Mountain
Holly. A genus of one species, confined to eastern
N. America. It is a medium-sized, hardy shrub, rarely
cult, for its showy pendulous red berries, which are
borne in autumn. The genus is distinguished from the
common holly (Ilex) as follows: calyx often obsolete,
especially in the fertile fls. ; petals distinct, linear, acute ;
stamens free. (In Ilex the calyx is present and persis-
tent in both fertile and sterile fls. : petals slightly grown
together at the base, oblong, obtuse: stamens grown to
the base of the corolla.) Nemopanthus is now largely
used, and the plants attain 10 ft. in cultivation.

fasciculS,ris, Raf. (iV. Canadensis, DC). Dense-grow-
ing, purplish barked shrub, attaining 6 ft.: Ivs. often
clustered on spurs, 1-lK in. long, elliptical, mucronate,
entire or minutely serrate, thin but firm: fls. about 2
lines wide: drupes dull red, about 3 lines thick. B.B.
2:393.

NEM6FHILA (Greek, nemos, a grove, B.nd phileo, to
love; referring to the habitat of some species). Hydro-
phylliiceiB. Nine species of hardy annual herbs, all
from N. Amer., are now referred to this genus. They
are of dwarf, compact habit, and produce an abundance
of showy bell-shaped fls. from early spring to late sum-
mer; hence they are valued for bedding and for the
border. Whole plant more or less iiairy: stem diffuse,
becoming prostrate: Ivs. alternate or opposite, pin-
nately lobed or divided, petiolate: flower-stalks usually
longer than the Ivs., terminal or lateral, slender, 1-fld. :
fls. blue, white, purple, or variously spotted; calyx 5-
parted; lobes erect or spreading, with 5 supplementary
reflexed lobes alternating with them; corolla broadly
bell-shaped or wheel-shaped, deeply 5-lobed, with 10
scaly appendages on the inside of the throat.

S. W. Fletcher.

All the species are propagated by seeds sown in the
fall or early spring. If plants are desired for very early
flowering, seeds should be sown in Aug. out-of-doors
and the plants transplanted in late fall; or they may be
started under glass in March. Seeds sown in April in
the open will give plants for summer and fall flowering.
These are preferably transplanted. If a later sowing is
made it should be where the plants are to flower. Most
species seed freely, but they cannot be trusted to re-seed
themselves satisfactorily. Nemophilas love a moist loam
with partial shade, but accommodate themselves to any
good garden soil and a sunny site. N. Menziesii , how-
ever, should be planted in a moist place if possible, and
iV. anrifa is impatient of intense sun. Pew hardy an-
nuals are more valuable for bedding than Nemophilas
because of their compact habit and free-blooming quali-
ties. They are also fine for cut-flowers, window boxes
and pot-piants. N. insignis and iV. Menziesii,y7ith their
many garden varieties, are most popular.

F. W. Barclay.

The above method of culture is not adapted to all parts
of the country. It is very doubtful whether Nemophilas
have ever been successfully grown outdoors during
summer in the vicinity of Boston. The writer has
tried them over and over again without success. His

NEMOPHILA

NEPENTHES

10C7

best results have been attained by growing them in
pots in a cool greenhouse. Nemophilas are said to
do beautifully outdoors in Maine, where the summer is
cooler and moister. In Scotland, Nemophilas are es-
teemed most delightful garden plants. An odd thing
about Nemophilas is that cats are extremely fond of
rolling in them as they do in catnip.

Robert Cameron.

A. Lvs. 7)iosfIy alternate, all with an ear-shaped and
clasping base or winged petiole.
aurita, Lindl. Stem 1-3 ft. long, weak, with stiff, re-
curved bristles by which the plant tends to climb: lvs.
deeply cut above into 5-9 oblong or lanceolate segments,
which are usually turned back: later lis. not accom-
panied by lvs., and hence appearing to be in loose ra-
cemes; corolla about 1 in. broad, violet. Low, shady
grounds. Calif. B.R. 19:1601.

1466.

phila insignis.

XK).

AA. I/i's. all op2>osite, base not ear-shaped.

B. Seal;/ appendages on throat of corolla narrow.

M^nziesii, Hook. & Arn. (N. afomdria, Pisch. & Mey.
JV.disedidalis.hera.}. Stem straggling, succulent: lvs.
pinnatifld, the lobes ovate, neai-ly entire, slightly hairy :
fls. light blue to nearly white, marked with dark brown
spots towards the center. Low grounds, western Amer.
B.R. 23:19-10. B.M.3774. P.M. 5:99. V. 2:267.-Under
cult, the species has given rise to var. discoidalis ( N.
discbidalis, Lem.), in which the spots on the corolla are
confluent into a large, brownish purple eye. Garden
forms of this are: var. vittata, velvety black margined
with white (Gn. 9:2.32) ; var. ^legans (N. atoyndria .v«x.
^legans. Hort. ), fls. pure white, with chocolate center
(V. 2:268), and var. oculata, white, with purple center.

EB. Scaly appendages very broad or roundish.
C. Fls. blue, with ivhite center.

phacelioldes, Barton. Leaf segments obtuse, margin
slightly ciliate: lower lvs. narrowed into a short petiole;
lobes notched at end : corolla bell-shaped. Western N.
Amer. B.R. 9:740. B.M. 2373.

CO. Fls. white, with a purple blotch at the tip of
each lobe.
maculMa, Benth. Lvs. lyre-shaped, the 5-9 short
lobes obtuse, entire; upper lvs. wedge-shaped, some-
times only 3-lobed: fls. 1-2 in. wide, showy; sometimes
the purple blotch is poorly defined. Common in west-
ern and central Calif. P.M. 16:6. P. S. 3:431. R. H.
1849:201. V. 2:267. -Good garden fonns of this are var.
ilbida and var. grandiilora. Var. variegita has varie-
gated leaves.

ccc. Fls. vivid blue {pure white or lilac in vars.).

insignia, Benth. Pig. 146G. Lvs. pinnately parted into
7-9 oblong segments, which are sometimes 2-3-lobed or
toothed: fls. >2-l in. wide. Low ground, Calif. B.R.
20:1713. B.M.3485. P.M. 3:151. V. 2:268; 5:168; 8:215.
— There are many garden varieties of this desirable
species. Among these are var. grandlHora, with large,
clear blue fls. (Gt. 34:370); var. Alba, fls. pure white;
var. marginata, fls. blue, edged with white.

S. W. Fletcher.

N£N6A (Malayan name). Palmdceai. Two or three
species of Malayan palms, one of which is cult, as
Areca pumila. In Areca, however, the ovule is erect
and fastened at the base, while Nenga belongs to a large
group in which the ovule is fastened on the side and
more or less pendulous. Nenga is distinguished from
the 5 cultivated genera of this group (which are listed
under Hedyscepe) by the following characteristics :
staminate fls. with narrow sepals much surpassing the
petals; stamens 6; anthers erect. Nengas are graceful
spineless palms with erect, slender, ringed trunks: lvs.
terminal, equally pinnatisect; segments linear, acumi-
nate or obliquely 2-fld or 3-fld; margins folded back at
the base; primary nerves sparsely scaly below; rachis
3-sided; petiole short; sheath cylindrical, strongly ob-
lique at the throat: spadix with a short peduncle and
slender pendent branches : spathes 2, the lower sym-
metrical, lanceolate, folded, 2-crested, the upper un-
symmetrical, persistent, or lacking : bracts 3-fld. ;
bractlets scaly: fls. white: fr. ellipsoidal, smooth, red-
dish orange.

Wendlandiina, Scheff {Areca p{imila,BlnTae). Stem
10-20 ft. high, 2-3 in. in diam. : lvs. 8-9 ft., pinnate
nearly to the base; pinnae alternate, ensiform, acumi-
nate, 2)-^ ft. long, y^-iyi in. wide, bright green, cori-
aceous, 2-ribbed; petiole slender; sheath sub-ventri-
cose, 2 ft. long. Java. Jabed G. Smith.

NE0TT6PTEKIS. Consult Thamnopteris.

NEPfiNTHES (name explained below). Nepenth&ceai .
About 35 species of insectivorous pitcher plants
which rank among the wonders of the vegetable king-
dom. The word Nepenthes occurs in the Odyssey,
where Helen threw a drug into the wine which was sup-
posed to free men from grief, anger and all ills. In de-
scribing one of these pitcher plants, Linnaeus said: "If
this is not Helen's Nepenthes, it certainly will be for
all botanists. What botanist would not be filled with
admiration if, after a long journey, he should find this
wonderful plant? In his astonishment past ills would
be forgotten when beholding this admirable work of
the Creator."

There are about 35 species of Nepenthes, all tropical
and mostly Malayan. They are all remarkably alike,
and different from anything else in the world. They
are probably supported in part by animal matter which
is caught in their pitchers. The fluid in the bottom of
the pitchers is largely secreted by the plants and is com-
parable to the gastric juice. It helps to decompose and
digest the food. The glands which secrete this digestive
fluid may be seen with the aid of a hand-lens. This
fluid is used by the natives of Borneo as a remedy for
indigestion, as fresh ripe figs are often used. It has
been analyzed and found to contain pepsin. It is se-
creted before the lids open, even in the baby pitchers,
and the lid is believed to keep the rain from diluting
the viscid fluid.

It is supposed that insects are attracted by nectar
glands situated near the mouth of the pitchers, and per-
haps also by the odor of the fluid. Later, the odor of
decomposing flies is thought to attract flesh-eating in-
sects, and thus a second harvest is secured. One spe-
cies is said to be still further specialized in its tastes.
Burbidge relates that iV. I'eitchii, from its peculiar
habit of growing on dead trees, catches mainly such
beetles and boring insects as exist in decayed timber,
and ants innumerable. There is, however, a species of
ant which outwits one of the pitcher plants; viz., iV.
bicalearafa. " This ant's object is water, and to obtain
this it bores a hole through one of the large sugar-se-
creting glands of the stalk behind the pitcher, just

1068

NEPENTHES

NEPENTHES

below the water-line, seeming to know by instinct— or is
it experience? — that the water of the pitchers so operated
upon will well up the hole as it does in a syphon pipe."
The two species of pitcher plauts just mentioned are
constantly robbed by insect-eating birds. The Borneaus
call the pitcher plants " monkeys' cooking pots." Bur-
bidge was presented by the natives with delicious rice
daintily cooked in clean pitchers of JY. Hookeriana.

The pitchers of Nepenthes are borne at the ends of
the leaves. They are usually flask-shaped, sometimes
mug-shaped, rarely cylindrical. (For examples of these
3 shapes, see Figs. 1470-72.) A pitcher always has a lid.

1467. Nepenthes Veitchii.
Celebrated for its wide rim.

a mouth surrounded by a rim, a little spur at the back
(which is usually just where the midrib of the back of
the pitcher joins the lid) and two wings running up and
down the front of the pitcher. The broader these wings
and the longer their fringes the handsomer the pitcher,
as a rule. The rim around the mouth sometimes bears
numerous down ward -pointing teeth, which have been
supposed to turn back insect refugees.

With the exception of about half a dozen very distinct
types "which will be mentioned later. Nepenthes species
are too much alike. So far as records and pictures go,
practically all the hybrids are as much alike as so many
peas, at least so far as pitchers are coucerned. A few
exceptional kinds can be told by the hairiness or broad
bases of their leaves, or by venation. Even the flowers
furnish little help in distinguishing species and, as a
rule, the cultivator wants pitchers, not flowers. The
pitchers will "hold water," but it is doubtful if the pres-
ent classification of them will. The difficulties of the
case will be apparent from the following account of how
the pitchers change in form and color as a plant de-
velops.

Hoiv the Pitchers Change. — When a Nepenthes is
grown from seed, the very first thing that develops after

the cotyledons is a little pitcher. "These young pitch-
ers," according to Harry James Veitch, "are at first
continuous with the blade and form part of it ; then
sessile, and later separated from it by a prolongation of
the midrib; they are produced simultaneously with the
blade, not after it, as in the adult plant. * * * As
leaves continue to be produced, so a gradual change in
the size and shape of the pitchers becomes apparent.
Instead of the pitcher being produced simultaneously
with the blade, it lags behind, as it were; the midrib is >
perceptibly prolonged beyond the apex of the blade while
the pitcher is still rudimentary, and this continues till
leaves are produced with full-sized pitchers. If the stem
is allowed to grow without check, the pitchers appended
to the leaves successively produced undergo a change in
shape and dimensions still more remarkable than what
takes place during the progress of development from the
infantine to what is regarded as the perfect form of the
pitcher. » * * [See Pig. 1470.] As leaf after leaf is
produced from the ascending stem, the pitchers first
become longer and narrower; then follows a gradual
diminution of the parts while the pitchers are being
modified from the flask shape to the cylindric shape;
the ventral wings constantly diminish in breadth and
the ciliate fringe disappears until the place of the wings
is denoted only by two narrow keels, and instances
have been observed in which even these are oblite-
rated. The pitchers not only undergo change in size,
form and color, but they also change their position in
respect to the prolonged midrib. By the time the seventh
or eighth pitcher has been produced above that which
we have already referred to as the perfect pitcher, the
prolonged midrib has made half a revolution on its own
axis, so that the pitcher has now^ its dorsal side toward
it. As the pitchers diminish in size with the ascent of
the stem, so when a certain stage of growth is reached,
and as the plants arrive at the time of flowering, they
cease to be produced altogether, but the stem continues
to grow and produces leaves with prolonged midribs,
affording a support to the plant and its inflorescence
while maturing its seed. Sir Hugh Low observed of
iV". amjmJJaria, which he saw in Sarawak, that the first
formed leaves have no blades but only pitchers, with
which the ground is frequently covered as w'ith a
carpet."

Other habits of growth are no less interesting. Some
of the Nepenthes keep to the ground, but most of them
climb tall trees. The species are, with very few excep-
tions, all more or less epiphytal, and iV, Veitchii is said
to be wholly so. As they climb, the tips of the leaves
take a turn or two around a nearby twig. Like all pitcher
plants, Nepenthes are poorly supplied with roots, and
as the plants grow above they are said to die away below.
Thus their lowest point may be 20 feet above ground.
However, they can send out new roots all along the stem
and penetrate the thick covering of moss and lichen
often found on the trunks of trees growing in hot,
moist regions. As to size of pitchers the species vary
greatly. The kinds first known to cultivation, as iV. grac-
ilis, (Diipullaria and PhijUamx>hora, have pitchers
about as large as a man's thumb. Others, as iV. Northi-
ana, Veitchii, Rafflesiana, bicalcarata and sanguinea ,
may be 6-12 in. long or more. The great Rajah, which
is a dwarf plant about 4 ft. high, with its pitchers rest-
ing on the ground in a circle, has been known to have
pitchers holding 2 quarts, while in another was found
a drowned rat. The fls. of a Nepenthes are produced in
a pseudo-terminal fashion on old plants. The male and
female fls. are borne on separate plants. They are green
or purple, small, a hundred or so in a raceme or panicle,
with 4 perianth segments. Ordinarily Nepenthes are
not permitted to flower, the stems being stopped, partly
for the sake of taking cuttings, but chiefly because the
most and best pitchers are produced from the new
growth of compact plants rather than from tall and
straggling specimens.

"Of the 36 species, or thereabouts, known to science,'
says Veitch, "14 are confined to Borneo, 3 more are
common to that and adjacent islands, 13 more are extra-
Bornean but strictly Malaysian, the remaining 6 are
much scattered — there is one in North Australia, one
in New Caledonia, one in Ceylon, one in the Seychelles,
one in Madagascar and one in northeast India." The

NEPENTHES

NEPENTHES

1069

great majority of the species are found on equatorial
islands at low elevations near the seacoast, in a climate
of wonderfully uniform temperatures and a yearly rain-
fall of 70-80 in. As a general rule the greatest heat of
the day does not exceed 90-92° F., while it seldom falls
during the night below 74° F. The usual daily range is
only 10° and the extreme 15°. During a large part of
the year the air of the Nepenthes region is nearly satu-
rated with moisture, so that a very slight fall of tem-
perature produces copious dews and sliowers even at
high temperatures and low altitudes.

The species which grow at high altitudes form a most
remarkable and exceptional group. There are four of
them, which grow only on Kina Balou, a mountain in
Borneo, which is 13,700 feet high. These species are
found at altitudes ranging from 5,000 to 10,000 feet, in
the following order: iV. Loivii, Udtvardsiana, Rajah
and villosa. These four are amongst the largest and
most distinct of all Nepenthes. N. Loivii gapes at one
lilie a sardonic pelican (see Fig. 1472). iV". Jlajah has
pitchers of immense size and unique shape (Fig. 1472).
3^ viUosa and -Edwardsiana differ from all other species
in their rim, which is cut up, as shown in Fig. 1472, into
rather few large coarse disks instead of numerous fine,
crowded rings. Some of the best collectors in the world
liave been sent after these treasures, and the history of
the chase for them rivals the most romantic and excit-
ing orchid hunts. Up to Sept., 1897, only the Rajah had
been successfuly brought to our northern hothouses,
where it remains an unwilling prisoner. The capture of
the others should be one of the horticultural triumphs of
the twentieth century. In the particular zone in which
these four species grow there is a peculiar combination
of cold and wetness in the air rising from the sea which
meets the cold air decending from the peak. There is
a constant state of " Scotch mist " associated with a
temp, of 40-45° F. "When plants of these noble species
are brought down to the hot plains they soon die oif, and
even if shipped safely in Wai-dian cases, they cannot
withstand the heat of the sea voyage." The Rajah was
introduced in the form of seeds.

To grow the Rajah may well be regarded as the sum-
mit of the gardener's skill. " It is terrestrial in yellow
loam and decomposed granite, with its great basal
pitchers resting and often buried in dead leaves, moss
and other detritus or debris." iV". villosa is also terres-
trial; iV. ZiOH'ii and iT. Edwardsiana epiphytal. For
the Rajah and its three companions Burbidge proposes
a cold greenhouse surrounded by hot ones, so arranged
that the warm moisture-laden air of the latter could be
admitted to the former, thus imitating the cold mois-
ture-saturated atmosphere of their native habitat. In
such a house the Odontoglossums of the higher slopes
of the Andes and many other difScult things should be
able to thrive.

As a whole. Nepenthes is a difficult group to grow.
Pitcher plants deserve a house of their own, and they
often get it. Within the group, however, there are cer-
tain kinds which are relatively easy to cultivate. The
hybrids, as a rule, are easier to grow than the species.
Anyone who wishes to begin in a small way should start
with iV. Ilastersiana, which is often said by connois-
seurs to be the largest, best colored and most desirable
of all Nepenthes. This fine hybrid is named after Dr.
Maxwell T. Masters, editor of the Gardeners' Chronicle,
who has done more to preserve careful records of Ne-
penthes hybrids than anyone else. Some of the points
of a good hybrid are: It should be easy to propagate
and easy to grow; every leaf should bear a pitcher;"the
pitcher should be large and highly colored, the reddest
ones being the most attractive; "the wings should be
broad and copiously fringed; the plants should never
be without some pitchers, and the perfect pitchers
should last all summer at least, without browning at
the top. All or nearly all these points are met in iV".
Mastersiana, pitchers of which have been known to
last two years.

Among the species one of the most distinct types is
N. Mafflesiana, which is remarkable for its high neck
supporting the lid. A form of it, known as TV. Sooheri-
ana, is thought to be a parent of more hybrids than any
other Nepenthes. The wide rim of iV", Veiichii gives its
pitchers a strong individuality and makes it a favorite

for hybridizing. The four Kina Balou species are very
distinct, but for most people impossible. IV. albo-mar-
rfinata and a supposed hybrid of it named cincta are re-
markable for a white ring just below the rim. The rest
are for the hobbyist.

The literature of Nepenthes is very extensive. The
only botanical monograph is that by J. D. Hooker in
DeCandolle's Prodromus 17:91-105 (1873). This is an
account in Latin of 34 species, of which a dozen or so
are cultivated. For the origin and development of the
pitchers, see J. D. Hooker in Trans. Linn. Soc. 22:415-
424 (1859). For the horticultural side, see Veitch and
Burbidge in Jour. Roy. Hort. Soc. of London 21:226-
262 (1897).

Nepenthes are fanciers' plants par excellence. The
problems connected wnth their insectivorous habits are
of perennial interest to scientists, students and the gen-
eral public, but to the gardener the fascination of Ne-
penthes lies chiefly in their oddity and the difficulty of
their culture. The feeling of curiosity soon yields to
a sense of their beauty. America is too young to have
made many contributions to fanciers' groups in general,
but the hybrid Nepenthes raised in America by the late
Mr. Taplin are so remarkable for their continued suc-
cess on both sides of the water that they deserve separ-

ate notice.

W. M.
It is certainly true that my

The Taplin Hybrids
father's hybrids were superior to many of the European
hybrids. He worked on them for many years, but left
nothing whatever in the form of manuscript concerning
them. He never wrote for publication, and the notes he
made from time to time were distinctly hieroglyphic,
and merely concerned the period of blooming of different
kinds. He began his work in this line while at Chats-
worth, but many varieties did not flower satisfactorily
in England, or did not ripen viable seed. Consequently,
he succeeded much beyond his expectations in this
warmer climate. Most of his hybrids resulted from
two varieties blooming at different times, and the under-
signed has vivid recollections of an array of little
thumb-pots, carefully lined and sealed with tinfoil, and
kept in a dry place, which contained pollen saved from
one period of blooming to another. He used N. Phyl-
lamphora, Hookeriana, distillatoria and Sedenii quite
largely. The majority of his hybrids were sold to B. S.
Williams, of London, when the George Such collection
at South Amboy was dispersed. N. Taplini is a very
richly colored one. iV. Morganice, Outramiana, Wil-
liamsii and Lawrenceayia are his varieties, and the
writer is fairly certain that Courtii is also, Court and
Outram both being wanu personal friends. Most of the
plants were renamed when sent out in England.

Emily Taplin Royle.

Nepenthes Culture at Washington, D. O. — Nepenthes
ar* increased by cuttings and by seeds. The ripened
shoots, with 4 or 5 leaves attached, make the best cut-
tings. They may be put in to root from December till
the end of January, but under proper conditions the
operation may be performed at any time during the
year. Some of the free-rooting kinds, such as If, Doin-
iniana, IV, Icevis, N, gracilis, If, Phyllamphora and
N, Mastersiana, may be rooted in sand under a glass
with a little moss tied around the base of each cutting.
Under this treatment the temperature of the sand should
be about 80° F. When the roots show through the moss
they should be put in small pots and kept close for a
couple of weeks. The most satisfactory method of
propagation is to put the base of each cutting through
the hole of an inverted 2-inch rose pot, plunging the pot
in sphagnum moss in a temperature of from 80-90° P.
See It'ig. 1468. During the operation of rooting they
must be kept in a close propagating frame and frequently
syringed. See Fig. 1469. When the roots are about
three-quarters of an inch long the cuttings should be
potted, tising a mixture of finely chopped fibrous peat,
moss and sand, with a little finely broken charcoal
added. They should be replaced in the moss and kept
close until the pots are fairly well filled with roots and
then gradually hardened off. All of the kinds do best
suspended from the roof of a hothouse, the temperature
of which should not fall below 65° F. in winter. The
plants may be grown either in orchid pots or baskets.

1070

NEPENTHES

NEPENTHES

In potting or basketing plants from 4-in pots, lar;tre
pieces of potsberd and charcoal should be tirmly placed
here and there among the potting material, which should
consist of rough fibrous peat, moss and sand. The
plants should not be allowed to grow as vines uuless
they are intended to produce seed. When large-sized
pitchers are wanted the ends of the shoots should be
nipped out after several leaves have been made and the
pitchers are in the process of development; this throws
strength into the last-formed leaves and produces very
large pitchers. When the plants are in active growth
they should be well drenched with water at least once
each day and syringed frequently, but care should be
taken not to overwater newly potted specimens. They
should at all times be shaded from bright sunshine, and
when a house is devoted to them, or partly occupied
with plants requiring similar treatment, it should be
shaded with cloth fixed to rollers. Well pitchered plants
may be taken from the growing house and exhibited in
good condition for a long time in a house under condi-
tions which would be unfavorable for their growth. All
of the hybrid forms are of easy culture. JS'.Mastersiana,
jy. Domiyiiana, N. Siehreclttii, N. Outrayniana and
iV. Henryayia produce pitchers very freely. The species,
as a rule, are not quite so free, but some of them thrive
equally as well as the garden forms. N. Rajah , N. Nor-
tliiana, N. sanguinea, iV. alho-marghiata and N. hical-
carata are all more or less difficult to manage, as the
conditions under which they grow in their native haunts
are sometimes not easily imitated. N. ampuUaria,
JV. Rafflesiana, JS'. PhijU'unphoi-a, N. distillatoria .
JV. Icevis and iV". Kenned ij(.(}ta are usually seen well
furnished with pitchers. Cr. w. Oliver.

Nepenthes Culhire at New BoclieUe, N. IT. — In
propagating these charming plants the writer prefers
cuttings of well-ripened wood, not too hard, and of 2 or
H eyes in length. The Ivs. are trimmed in one-half or
more. The cuttings are placed in a close glass ease,
with a steady bottom heat of at least 80° or 85° in a
bed of cocoa fiber or of sphagnum moss and sand
mixed. The cuttings are always kept moist, and only
enough air is allowed to reduce condensation.

After they are rooted, which takes from two to three
montbs, they are planted into shallow pans or orchid

1468. Good method of propagating Nepenthes.
The cutting is placed in an inverted pot. The stick
at the right wedges the cutting aud keeps it tight; it
may also cari-y the label. The pot is cut in two vertically
to show how the roots form in the air, without the aid
of sand, water or even moss.

cribs in a mixture of fi,brous peat and sphagnum moss,
with perhaps some pieces of charcoal and crocks at the
bottom. This material should be packed in firmly and
tied down. Then set the plants again into bottom heat.

in order to have them firmly established. Increase the
air gradually until the plants are sturdy enough to be
placed in the greenhouse, either upon a rack or sus-
pended from the roof. The temperature where Ne-
penthes are grown should never be less than 60°, and it
might be as high as 80° or 90°, providing plenty of
moisture is given. Copious syringing, and during the

1469. A simple propagating frame.

Used by Robert Shore for propagating Nepenthes,

Dracsenas and other tropical subjects.

summer months, dipping of the plants in water, is very
beneficial. When the plants get too high, say above
18 in. or 2 ft., and their pitchers become smaller and
smaller, as they grow taller, the best plan is to cut them
back to within 4 or 5 eyes of the crown. Then the next
growth of new leaves will give the very finest and best
pitchers. When well established in their pans or cribs,
and while in good growing condition, a light concoction
of liquid manure is very beneficial. When the potting
material is exhausted, it is essential that it be renewe<l
at least once a year. Very fine plants can also be
raised from seeds. When the plants are in bloom the
miniature flowers should be carefully examined, to see
that both sexes are represented, for if either sex be
absent there can be no fertilization. The seed, when
ripe, should be sown in pans in much the same material
as was prescribed for cuttings, the pans placed in aboiit
the same sort of a place, and the material always
kept moist. It takes from six weeks to two months to
germinate the seed. After that, care must be taken that
the young seedlings do not damp off. Once they are
strong enough, with 2 or 3 leaflets, they can be pricked
off and planted into other pans and fresh material, at
the same time gradually accustomed to the air, and thus
in from eighteen months to two years' time nice little
plants may be had. In the experience of the writer the
following kinds are more easily en It. than the others:
iV". Alleniana, ampnllaria and vars., hicalcaraia, Chel-
soni, Ciirtisii, cylindrica, distillatoria, Dominiuna ,
JSyermanni, hybrida, var. macidata^ Mookeriaua ,
Hookeriana var. elongata, Janata, Lawrenciana, Mas-
tersiana (2 Y2bYA.), Morganiana, Outraniiana, Pater-
sonii, pictin-afa , Safflesiana, var. insignis, Savageatia,
Sedeni, SiebrechtH, Stetvattii, Taplini, TiJdeniana,
Vedtcliii, Zeylanica var. rubra. jj_ ^^^ Siebrecht.

ampnllaria, 7, 23.
atrosanguinea, 28.
bicalcarata, 1.
Burkei, 15.
Chelsoni, 25.
cincta. 18.
coccinea, 32.
Courtii, 31.
Curtisii, 21.
cylindrica, 10.
Dicksoniana, 29.
distillatoria, 12.
Dorainii. 44.
Dormanniana, 35.
Edinensis. 26.
Eyemianui, 41.
gracilis, 10.

INDEX.
Heni-yana, 40.
Hookeriana, 27.
hybrida, 9, 45.
intermedia, 30.
Kennedyaua, 5.
Khasiana, 14.
Iffivis, 11.
lanata, 6.
Lawrenciana, 37.
Madagasearieusis,

2.
major, 7.
Mastersiana, 4.
mixta, 22.
Morganiana, 34.
Northiana, 20.
Northisii, 22.

Outramiana. 43.
Phyllamphora, 13.
Rafflesiana, 27.
Eatcliffiana, 42.
Rajah, 24.
rufescens, 8.
sanguinea, 3.
Sedeni, 36.
Stewartii. 39.
Stxiartii, 39.
Veitchii, 6, 16.
villosa. 17.
vittata. 7.
Williamsii, 33.
Wrigleyana, 38.
Zeylanica, 8, 12.

NEPENTHES

NEPENTHES

1071

B.

BB.

C.

cc.
ccc.

D.

DD.
AA.

B.

C.
CC.

D.

DD.

£.

EE.

C,
CC.

EE.

BB

C
D

CC,
D,

F,
FF,
DD

F.
FF.

G.
GG.

EE.

F,

FF,

G,

GG.
EEE

Color of pitcher ii-lioUij or
chiefly red: no spots.

Pitcher icith 2 inward-
pointing spurs 1. bicalcarata

Pitcher witiiout inward-
pointing spurs.

Shape of pitcher short-
flask- or mug-shaped 2. Madagascariensia

Shapeof pitcherquite cylin-
drical 3. sanguinea

Shape of pitcher cylindri-
cal, but narrower above.

Length of pitcher 7 in. or
more 4. Mastersiana

Length of pitcher 5 in 5. Kennedyana

Color of pitcher wholly or
chiefly green: spots few
if any.

Wings always fringed.

Foliage hairy beneath 6. lanata

Foliage not hairy beneath,
unless along midril).

Lid smaller than the mouth,
erect or bent back 7. ampullaria

Lid as large as the mouth.

Upper part of pitcher
flushed red: neck low... 8. ruiescena

Upper part of pitcher green:
neck high 9. hybrida

Upper part of pitcher with
a few red spots: neck
rather high 10. cylindrica

Wings not fringed {except
sometimes iV. Imvis).

Base of lid notched 11. Isevis

Base of lid not notched.

Inflorescence panicled 12. distillatoria

Inflorescence racemose.

Lvs. petioled 1.3. Phyllamphora

Lvs. sessile 14. Khaaiana

Color of pitcher more or less
spotted.

Pitcher wingless 1.5. Burkei

Pitcher winged.

Foliage hairy beneath.

Mini composed of many fine,
close rings 16. Veitchii

Him composed of few coarse
distant disks 17. villoaa

Foliage not hairy beneath.

Base of lvs. rather broad,
the lvs. sessile or nearly
so.

Mouth of pitcher with a
white margin below the
rim 18. cincta

Mouth of pitcher withoitt a
white margin.

Bark of pitcher 1-spiirred . . 19. gracilis

Back of pitcher 2-spurred. .20. Northiana

Base of lvs. narrowed into
a petiole, which, however^
is risnally margined.
Shape of pitcher like a
tube, i.e., cylindrical, not
constricted.
Under side of lid 2-spurred.2l. Curtiaii
Under side of lid not
spurred.

Lid not bent back 22. mixta

,.,, ,, 7 f 23. ampullaria,

Lid bent back | var. yittata

Shape of pitcher like a muf/.
. Month of pitcher biggerthan

th e bottom '. 24. Eajah

. Mouth of pitcher smaller
than the bottom.

Wing fringes sparse 25. Clielsoiii

2(1. Edinensis

Wing fringes copious 27. RaHlesiana

Shapeof pitcher like « flash,
i.e.,infJaicil hi-Inw, more
or less cylindrical above,

63

Nos. 28 to 45. Flask-shaped and Spotted Pitcher
Plants, a key to which will be found on page 1073.

1. 'bicalcarata, Hook. Young pitchers bowl-shaped,
3>^s3 in.: old pitchers 8x0 in., including a neck 2 in.
long: color of pitchers less vivid than in N. sanguinea.
Borneo. I.H.28:408. G.C. U. 13:201. Gn. 17:237; 33,
p. 29. — The spurs resemble
the fangs of a snake. Appa-
rently no other species has
such spurs. G. W. Oliver
writes that all the specimens
he has seen have been yellow-
ish green, covered with rust-
colored, downy material.

1470. How the pitchers
change their shape.
The earliest and best are
mug-shaped ones; the topmost
pitchers of old and tall plants
are cylindrical. N. Rafflesiana,
both from same plant. Adapted
from B. M. 4285.

1471. Three old-time
Nepenthes.

Much confused in collec-
tions and difficult to dis-
tinguish : N. Fhyllam-
phora above. iV". Khasiana
in the middle, N. distil-
latoria below.

2. Madagascari6nBis, Poir. Lvs. leathery, reddish
beneath, 5 s 134 in. : pitcher 4-6 in. long, crimson, flask-
shaped; mouth nearly circular, with scarcely any neck.
G.C. II. 16:G85.

3. san^inea, Lindl. Pitcher 12x2 in., quite cylin-
drical; no neck. Malaya. F. 8.22:2843. G.C. 1872:541;
II. 11:13. F.M. 1874: 128. -This is one of the very few
species that has a sessile leaf.

4. Mastersiana, Veitch (iV". sanguinea x N. Khasi-
(Ina). Pitcher 7x2 in., cylindrical, but the upper third
narrower, deep claret red, sometimes with spots of darker
red. G.C. II. 16:749; 21:249. I. H. 33:618. Gn. 23:390.
Gng. 4:183. — This superb hybrid has the sessile leaf and
red pitcher of iV. sanguinea, with a form of pitcher in-
termediate between its two parents. There is a dark
colored variety and a lighter colored one.

5. Kennedyana, F. Muell. Pitcher 5x13^ in., reddish,
cylindrical, but narrower above; lid as large as the mouth
and nearly horizontal. Australia. G.C. 11. 17:257.

1072

NEPENTHES

G. lan&ta, Masters. Here used for the
plant with the green pitcher and yellow
rim which is one of two things passing in
the trade as iV". Veifehii. The name iV. /«-
nata was first used at the bottom, of plate
261, vol. 23 of I.H., but the accompanying
text Is headed iY. Veitchii, and Masters
declares that the text refers to N. Veitchii
and not to the plautthere figured. Masters
gave, therefore, the first description of iV.
Janata, in G. C. H. 17:178, but he fails to
clearly distinguish the two plants. He
says that N. lanata has blackish hairs on
the under side of the Ivs. and that the
rim is "ultimately reddish brown." The
typical iY. Veitcldi (B.M. 5080) is said
to have "rufous" hairs on the under side
of the Its. Borneo. I. PI. 23:261 (proba-
bly a poor picture). Gn. 17: 237 (as iV.
Veitchii). N. lanata should perhaps rank
merely as a variety of iV. Veitchii.

7. ampuU^ria, Jack. This and Nos. 2
and 12 Hooker distinguishes from all other
species by their inflorescence, which is
more or less panicled, instead of racemose.
Pitcher oblong, 3 in. long; lid smaller than
the mouth, erect or bent back. Malaya.
F.S. 22:2325 (copied from B. M. 5109 and
reversed. — Var. vitt^ta is a spotted var.
I.H. 24:272. Var. mijor also has been
offered. Burbldge says this is the only
kind that has no houey glands, but J. M.
Macfarlane declares that all species have
liouey glands on the rim, though this spe-
cies has none on the rudimentary lid.

8. ruf^scens, Veitch {N. Zeylanica, var.
rubra y. N . Courtii). Stem reddish, closely
covered by broad decurrent leaf-stalks,
which are about 1 in. long: Ivs. 12x2Kiii.:
pitcher narrowly flask-shaped, 7Kx2in.
— Fresh pitcher sent by Siebrecht differs
from G.C. III. 4: 669 in having a very nar-
row green rim, higher neck and lid faintly
flushed red above but freely spotted
below.

9. h^brida, Veitch. L.vs. 8-9x2: pitcher
5 In. long; mouth ovate; lid spotted; neck
rather high. N. Khasiana was the male
parent. Judging from the structure, J.
M. Macfarlane thinks that iV". gracilis was ^"^
the female parent. Fully described in G.
C. 1872:541.

10. cylindrica, Veitch. Hybrid of iV..Z"ey-
lanica, var. rubra x iV". Veitchii. Pitcher
6-8 in. long, 1-1>2 in. wide, pale green,
"with a very few crimson spots, inflated be-
low, but perhaps not quite flask-shaped;
lid oblong, much spotted at least beneath;
rim is shown as narrow and regiilarly
rolled back in G.C. III. 2:521, but said to
be frilled and somewhat dilated toward
the neck.

11. lasvis, Lindl. Lvs. narrow, leathery,
without pubescence, fringes or teeth :
pitcher 2-4 in. long, cylindrical but nar-
rower above ; wings narrow-fringed or
not; rim entirely without ribs (a unique
character, if constant). Java, Singapore.
G.C. 1848:655.

12. distillat6ria, Linn. Pig. 1471. This
is one of the oldest names among lovers
of the pitcher plants, but Masters says
the plants cultivated under this name are
really iV", Khaaiana. N. distillatoria is
one of very few species that has pani-
cled fls. Lvs. narrowed into a
broadly winged, half-clasping stalk,
which is scarcely or not at all decur-
rent; texture leathery : pitcher 4-
6xl-13>^ in., cylindrical, obscurely
dilated at the base, more or less
flushed red upwards ; lid about as

1472. Five distinct types of Nepenthes.
Beginning from the top they are : N.
villosa, Lowil, Ifojati, Rafflesiana, viir.
Hookeriana and Rafflesiana. The first
three helong to the famous Kina Balou
group. The fourth is the parent of more
hybrids than any other kind.

NEPENTHES

large as the mouth and horizontal. Ceylon.
P.M. 4:1. L. B.C. 11: 1017. Not B.M. 2798.
which is iY. Khasiana.

N. Zeylayiica, Rafln., is referred by Index
Kewensis to N. distillatoria . N. Zeylanica,
var. rubra, Hort., is an old garden name
which Veitch in G.C. Ill, 2:521 refers to iY.
liirsuta, var. glabrescens. An abnormal form
of iY. Zeylanica, with 2 midribs and 2
pitchers from the same leaf, is shown in G.
C. II, 13:309.

13. Phylldmphora, Willd. Fig. 1471. Lvs.
with a long winged petiole, half -clasping or
less; nerves numerous longitudinal; tex-
ture of young lvs. membranous: pitcher 4-6
in. long, subcylindrical; lid about as large
as the mouth and horizontal. Cochin China,
Moluccas. — The above description is from
Hooker, not from B.M. 2629, which, accord-
ing to H. J. Veitch (J. H. S. 21:232), is
really iY. gracilis. In R. H. 1887, p. 511, is
a picture labelled iY. Phyllamphora, which
is the same thing as the one in R. H. 1861.
p. 173, labelled JY. distillatoria.

14. Khasiana, Hook. Fig. 1471. Not ad-
vertised, but probably common in cult, un-
der the name of iV. distillatoria. Lvs. ses-
sile, clasping, shortly decurrent; nerves pin-
nate ; texture firm, but hardly leathery:
pitcher 4-7 x iM-3 in., spotted above, larger
than those ot JV. distillaf07-ia. Himalayas.
B. M. 2798 (erroneously as -Y. distillatoria).
In B.M, 2798 the pitcher is cylindrical but
narrow at the bottom. J. M. Macfarlane ver-
ifies this description, and adds that the true
iV. Khasiana has a long, narrow pitcher
which is green or tinged with brick red.

15. Biirkei, Mast. This is distinguished
from apparently all other species by the
absence of wings. It has the wide rim, with
irregular fluted projections of iV. Veitchii.
Pitcher 8x2^^ in., oblong, but swelled in
the lower third. Borneo. G. C. Ill, 6:493.
Var. prolifica, Mast., has a more slender
habit, narrower lvs., smaller and less highly
cokired pitchers, produced in greater pro-
fusion.

16. Veitchii, Hook. Fig. 1467. A splen-
did plant, remarkable for its extremely
wide rim, which sometimes attains 2 in., and
is often boldly scalloped at the margin in-
stead of being rolled neatly back. Being
one of the most distinct in general appear-
ance, it has been much used in hybridiz-
ing. The name has been endlessly confused.
It is commonly said that there are two forms
of -Y. Veitchii passing in the trade — one
with a spotted pitcher and red rim, and the
other with a green pitcher aud yellow rim.
The latter is here called N. lanata. The
former is indisputably the true N. Veitchii,
since the original description of N. Veitchii
consists in a mere citation of B. M. 5080,
which, by the way, bears the erroneous
legendof iY. -I'iZZosfl. B.M. 5080. therefore, is
the type of N. Veitchii, and that is a spotted
pitcher with a red rim. N. Veitchii has a
large hairy pitcher, attaining 10x3H in.,
which tapers toward the base, is nowhere
bulged, and has an ovate mouth, surrounded
by a wide, high-necked rim; the lid seems
small in comparison. Borneo. F. M.1877:
265. G.C. II, 16:781. Perhaps, also, G.C. 11,
18:809 (as IS', sangiiinea). Burbldge says
that N. Veitchii is a true epiphyte, grow-
ing 20-100 ft. above ground and dif-
fering from most, if not all, other
species in actually clasping the trunks
and bearing its lvs. in a 2-ranked
fashion.

17. villdsa, Hook. Fig. 1472. This
is distinct from all other species here
described by its rim, which is com-

NEPENTHES

NEPENTHES

1073

posed of distant disks which are circular except for teeth
which project down into the pitcher, y. Hdwardsitoia
is probably the only other kind with such a rim. Bor-
neo. Trans. Linn. Soc, plate G9, not B.M. 5080, which is
iV. l'eitchii.—±\ot in cultivation anywhere as yet.

18. cincta, Mast. The leaf tapers to a broad dilated
base, which is "intermediate between the sessile leaf of
iV. JS'orthiana and the long taperins stalk of N. albo-
niarginafa :" pitcher cylindrical, rounded at the base,
7-8 X 2 J^ in.; rim lobed, not entire as in iV". albo-margi-
nata ; back of pitcher 2-spurred. Borneo. G. C. II.
21:576. — The white band is narrower than in N. alho-
marginaia.

19. ^acilis, Eorth. Lvs. sessile, long decurrent :
pitcher cylindrical but iniiated at the base and con-
stricted at the middle, 2V2-i in. long. Borneo. B.M. 2G29
(erroneously as 2i. Phyllampliora). V. 3:221 (poor as
to shape of pitcher) . Var. major is the only form offered.

20. Northiana, Hook. Remarkable for its wide rim,
which is said to attain 2 in. and is perhaps nearly as wide
as in N. Veitcliii. Pitcher flask-shaped, 12-16 x 3K-5
in. Borneo. Gn. 23, p. 496. R.B. 21, p. 271. S.H.I, p. 107
(all the same cut). G.C. II. 16:717 is misleading as to
width of rim, and was perhaps done from a very young
pitcher.

21. Curtisii, Hook. This species is very distinct by
reason of the shape of the pitcher. Pitcher 7x1% in.,
as nearly cylindrical as in any species of the genus.
The mouth and neck are like JV. Saffleslana, but the
pitcher is not bulged below and the fls. are green instead
of dark red. This species is unique by reason of its
spurs. The back spur is borne not at the junction of
back and lid as usual, but on the back of the pitcher.
Moreover, the midrib of the lower surface of the lid is
produced into 2 spurs — one near the base and a longer
one near the apex. Borneo. B.M. 7138. G.C. III. 2: m^.
I.H. 35, p. 59 (same cut). G.C. III. 6:661. -A fresh
pitcher sent by Siebrecht shows that this is even more
distinct and splendid than the pictures show.

22. mixta.Mast. (iV.iVorWiisJi:, Veitch). Hybrid of iV.
JYorthiana and iV, Curtisii, having the cylindrical pitcher
of the latter but not the 2 spurs on the lower side of the
lid. The lvs. are remarkable in being somewhat notched
at the apex of the blade. Pitcher 8 in. long; rim deep
crimson. G.C. III. 13:47. G.M. 36:754. K.B. 21, p. 268.
—According to Veitcli, the fls. are panicled.

23. ampullaria, var. vittita. Here may be sought the
spotted var. of jV. antpulUtria described at No. 7. In
I.H. 24:272 this spotted var. is represented with a small,
broadly oblong, unconstricted pitcher and a lid bent
back to a wholly exceptional degree.

24. E^jah, Hook. Pig. 1472. Distinguished by the
immense size of the pitchers, their odd shape, the great
mouth, the disproportionately large lid, and also by the
tendril which is given off, not from the apex of the leaf,
as usual, but from the under surface a short distance
below the apex. Pitchers a foot or more long and three-
fourths as wide. Borneo. G.C. II. 16:493. Gn. 22, p.
122. F. 1883, p. 157.

25. Ch^lsoni, Veitch (iV. Dominii x iV. RaffUsiana).
Pitcher 3-4x2},<in. More fully described in G.C.
1872:542.

26. Edin^nsis {IV. Hafflesiana x Chelsoni). Raised
at the Botanic Gardens of Edinburgh, but not described
so far as known. A. P. 7:381. — Cult, at U. S. Botanical
Gardens, Washington, D. C.

27. RaHlesiana, Jack. Fig. 1470. This is one of the
most distinct species by reason of its high-necked
pitchers and purple fls. The young pitchers are mug-
shaped (excluding the neck), while the mature ones
(rarely seen in cult. ) are actually wider at top than at
bottom and taper gradually to the base without any
sudden constriction. Stem green and glabrous : young
pitchers often 5)^x3 in.; old ones sometimes 7x2 in.
India. B.M. 4285 (copied and reversed in F.S. 3:213).
F.S. 16:1698; 22:2343. F. 1850:77; 1872, p. 221. G.C.
III. 12:553; 1872:541. R.H. 1869, p. 1.30 {as JV.Baflesea).
Var. insignia, Mast., is a more robust plant: stems
covered when young with white chaffy scales: pitchers
mug-shaped. 9 x 4 in. , thickly beset with small, brownish.

stelli form hairs. G.C. II. 8:425. Var. nivea is densely
covered with white down. Var. pallida is cult, at Wash-
ington, D. C. Var. Hookeriana (jV. Hookericina, Low.
xV. iZ"oci/.-(jrJ, Alphand). Fig. 1472. Said to be the parent
of more hybrids than any other kind. It seems to be a
distinct botanical variety from Borneo, differing essen-
tially in having a low neck. According to Masters
(G.C. II. 16:812), it also differs in havingashort petiole
which is very broad at the base, and a flatter, not hood-
like lid. Also the lvs. are thicker, with 3-5 secondary
nerves on each side of the midrib and parallel to it, the
tertiary transverse nerves much more closely arranged
than in N. liafflesiana. The figure in G.C. II. 10:813
(repeated in G.C. HI. 12:557, I.H. 41, p. 145, and S.H.
1:57) is inaccurate as to the spur, which is distinctly
shown as a prolongation of the rim, rather than of the
lid or the midrib of the back. See A.G. 18:877. Also
Alphand's Promenades de Paris, last colored plate of
the volume of plates.

FLASK-SHAPED AND SPOTTED PITCHER PLANTS.

(The key continued from pa^e 1071. y

This group {Nos. 2y to 45} is composed wholly of hybrids, and
the blood of iV. liafflesiana enters largely into them. The liigh-
necked kinds are more like typical iV. Rafflesiajia, while the
low-necked kinds resemble N. liafflesiana, var. Hookeriana.
AH of these hybrids seem to be more flask-shaped tlian N- liaf-
flesiana, i. e., they are proportionately longer, and more con-
stricted above.

F. Neck extremely Jiigli, associated

with a very oblique mouth, as
in Fig. 1472 {bottom).

G. Spots red and yellow : pitchers

chiefly red 28

GG. Spots red and green.

H. Sim wide, 1 in. or so 29,

HH. Sim narrow.

I. Wings wavy and fluted {as well

as fringed) 30.

II. Wings not wavy 31.

FF. Neck shorter : mouth less ob-
lique. See Fig. 1472 (next above
G. Spots red and yellow, hardly
green,

H. Sim parti-colored 32.

33.

HH. Rim self-colored, dark 34.

GG. Spots red and green.
H. Wings ivavy {as well as fringed) 35 ,
HH. Wings not wavy.

I. Shape of lid roundish rather

than oblong.
J. Base of lid heart-shaped, i. e.,

notched 36.

jj. Base of lid not notched.

Rim green 37.

38.
Sim dark red or parti-colored. H9.
40.
41.
42.

Shape of lid oblong 43.

44.
45.

atrosanguinea
Dicksoniana

intermedia
Courtii

bottom).

coccmea

Williamsii

Morganiana

Dormanniana

KK

Sedeui

Lawrenciana
Wrigleyana
Stewartii
Henry ana
Eyermanni
KatcliSfiana
Outramiana
Dominii
hybrida,
var. maculata

28. atrosanguinea, Hort. American hybrid, said to
resemble iV. Stdeni and iV. rubra. Said to be much
richer in color than JY. sanguinea. Pitcher 6x23^ in.;
rim red and blackish. G.C. II. 17:827.

29. Dicksoniana, Masters {N. SafflesianaxVeifchii).
This has a rim almost as big as that of JV. Veitchii, but
not so flat. Pitcher 10x3>.< in.: lvs. with 3 parallel
nerves between midrib and margin. G.C. III. 4:541.

30. intermedia, Veitch {N. Safflesiana x ?). Stem
covered with pale rust-colored down: lvs. taper to both
ends: pitcher 0x23^ in. ; rim flattish, parti -colored; lid
less hooded than in JV. Safflesiana. G.C. II. 17:179;
HI. 12:125. F. 1875, p. 257 (neck too low).

31. C6urtii, Veitch {IV. ? x Dominii). Stem purplish
and hairy: pitcher 5x2}^ in., of very firm texture.
G.C. HI. 6:845.

1074

NEPENTHES

NEPETA

32. coccinea, Mast. American hybrid of unknown
parentage. Pitcher 6x3 in., crimson, slightly speckled
with yellow; rim red and black; lid spotted. G.C. II. •
18:1G9. I. H. 41, p. 143. — Cannot be distinguished by
original descriptions and pictures from the next. The
leaf -margins of both have numerous, regularly disposed,
minute teeth.

33. "Williamsii, B. S. Williams (iV. Sedeni x iV. Rook-
eri). Pitcher 4-5 in. long, intermediate in shape between
its parents; interior spotted red; lid reddish brown be-
neath. G.C. II. 14:40. -In Gn. 27:494 the rim is errone-
ously shown as dark and self-colored, but a fresh pitcher
sent by Siebrecht has a beautiful, shiny, richly parti-
colored rim.

34. Morganiina, Hort. (iV. MdrgankB, Hort.). One
of Taplin's American hybrids, supposedly between N.
Hooheri and iV. PhyllanipJiora. Lvs. reddish, margins
entire: pitcher medium-sized. Originally said to have
a green lid, but in Gn. 23:390 the lid is light yellow,
spotted red, at least below.

35. Dormaimiina, Masters. Possibly an American
hybrid; parentage unknown. Lvs. finely ciliate at the
edges: pitcher 6x3; lid spotted. G. 0. II. 17:525.-
Fresh pitcher sent by Siebrecht has a parti-colored rim.

36. S6deni, Veitch. Masters, in his careful descrip-
tion in G.C. 1872:542, says that the lid is cordate, but
this feature is not shown in the Veitchian trade cut used
in F. 1872, p. 54 and S. H. 1:104. Stem terete, glabrous:
lvs. 7x1% in.: pitcher (probably not mature) 3x1 in

37. Lawrenci6,na, B. S. Williams {jy. Sedeni x Hook -
erii). Pitcher 4-5 in. long, intermediate in shape be-
tween Its i^arents, and in 1880 said to be a brighter red
than any kind except N. sanguinea. Lvs. slightly ser-
rate: lid reddish beneath. G. C. II. 14:40. I. H. 29:460
(lid spotted above).

38. Wrigley^na, Hort. Said to be another hybrid of
N. Phyllamphora and JS'. Mookeri. Lvs. light green,
like those of N. Phyllamphora, 10-12 xl?4~2 in., acute
at both ends, glandular beneath, and with 2 or more
parallel nerves on each side of the midrib. G.C.U.
17:143.

39. St6wartii, Veitch (iY. StuartU, Hort.?). Same
parentage as iV". Morganiana. Lvs. said to have the
light green color of N. Phyllamphora, with the leathery
texture of iV". Sookeri. Pitcher intermediate in size.
P. 1879, p. 157, where the pitcher is said to have a "promi-
nent rib "on the back. Specimens cult, at Cornell Univ.
have parti-colored rims.

40. Henry^na, B. S.Williams [N. Hookeriy. N . Sedeni) .
Pitcher 5x2. I. H. 29:460. Gn. 27:494. Here may belong
I.H. 34 : 15, but the pitchers are larger and redder except
on the lid, which is nearly green and unspotted, the rim
decidedly parti-colored and the wings entirely unf ringed,
the last point being the most siispicious.

41. fiyermanni, Hort. Lvs. 10x2 in., dark green,
leathery, with a few minute teeth on the margin: pitcher
4xl>^ in., handsome dark red, with relatively few green
spots; mouth ovate, rather short-necked; lid roundish,
as large as the mouth, freely spotted above, scarcely
beneath; rim narrow, slightly parti-colored; wings in
the specimen sent with a short fringe above and none
below. Described from fresh pitcher furnished by Sie-
brecht.

42. RatcUlE£i&,iia, Veitch (N. PhyUamphoray.N.Hook-
eri). Lvs. light green, leathery, 12-15x13^ i^i- : pitcher
5-6x2 in.; rim parti-colored; lid about as large as the
mouth, ovate, glandular and spotted below. G.C. IL
17:178.

43. Outramiana, B. S.Williams [N. SedenixJ^. Mook-
eri). Pitcher 5 in. long; interior well spotted; rim
parti-colored; lid spotted, at least below. G.C. II. 14:41.
F. 1880, p. 156 (same cut). P.M. 1879:384.

44. Dominii, Veitch (iV. Dominiana, Hort.? N.JRaf-
flesid.nax?). Stem purplish, slightly downy : lvs. 16-18
x3in., 1-nerved: pitcher 6x2in., lid spotted. — Siebrecht
sends a small pitcher with a high neck, narrow, parti-
colored rim, lid faintly flushed above, freely spotted
below. There is more green than red in the pitcher.

45. hybrida, var. niacul&.ta, Hort. {N. lOiasianax?).
Stem glabrous: lvs. 13x2?^4 in., l-nei"ved: pitcherSxlj^

in., cylindric, but slightly contracted above the middle.
The color of the lid is not recorded. J. M. Macfarlane
thinks that JY. gracilis was the other parent.

The following kinds have been offered in America but can-
not at present be distinguished from those given above: N.
Alleiiiana, Hort. Siebrecht.— iV. amdbilis. Hort. Said to be a
hybrid between N. Hookeri and N. Rafflesi.ina; int. 18S6.— iV.
Amesidna, Hort. Said to be a hybrid between N. Rafflesiana
and N. Hookeriana; int.l8d3.—N. Clay tonii, offered 1895 by
Pitcher and Manda.— iV. compdcta. Hort., is figured in Gn. 27,
p. 497, but can hardly be distinguished bv the figure from any
other spotted, flask-shaped, low-necked kind.— iV. Craigidna,
'H.oxt. Siehrecht.—N. Edmundsii, Hort. Pitcher and Manda..—
N. Elmeiihorsiidna, Hort. Siebrecht.— JV. excelsior, Hort.
Hybrid of Rafflesiana and N. Hookeriana. Pitcher 9 in. long,
spotted, oblong, rounded at base.— A''. FindUydna, Hort. A
hybrid with medium-sized spotted pitchers: int. 188G.— JV.
Haniiltonidna is said to be the same as N. coccinea.— JV, Hib-
berdii is probably the correct name of the hybrid advertised by
Pitcher & Manda as N. Hilberdii. Pitcher spotted: lid green
above, indistiuctlymarked with red below; 1883. — N. Johnsonii,
Hort. Siebrecht.— A^. Ldneivoodii or N. Lbneivoodii, Hort.
Siebrecht.— iV. Mdyi. Hort. Siebrecht.— iV. Osbomedna, Hort.
Pitcher & Manda.— A^. Paradisa;. Hybrid, 1883. Pitcher
spotted, much narrowed near center, 4-5x2-2/^; rim green;
lid green above, reddish beneath.— iV". Pdtersonii, Hort. Saul.
Spotted. Pitcher cylindrical but narrower above. — N.pictvrdta,
Hort., is figured in Siebrecht's catalogue with an oblong
pitcher, which is slightly wider below but not flask-shaped. —
N. Fltcherii, Pitcher & Mauda. Hybrid between N. Paradisfe
and N. Henryana. Pitcher deep pink; 1895,— A''. RosbUngii,
Pitcher & Manda, 1895. Pitcher almost globular, medium-
sized, spotted.— A''. Savagedna, Siebrecht, has mug-shaped,
spotted pitchers.— A''. Se&mannii. Hort. Pitcher & Manda.—
N. Siebrecktidna is said to have immense pitchers, resembhng
N. Amesiana hut lighter colored and dented on one side.— A''.
SHabriglitii of Saul's catalogue is probably the same thing as
the preceding, though Saul says it is in the style of N. RafQe-
siana.— A'", splendida, Hort. Pitcher & Manda.— A'', superba,
Hort. Hybrid having the habit of N. Hookeriana and pitcher
intermediate between N. Hookeriana and N, Sedeni. P.M.
1881:-134.— A^. TdpUni, Hort. Siebrecht.— A^. Thorpeiana. Hort.
Siebrecht.- A''. Tildenii, or Tildendidna, Hort. Pitcher &
Manda.— A^. Wddleyana, Hort. Siebrecht, aflask-shaped pitcher
which is much redder above. s^ jj

N£PETA (Latin, perhaps from Nepete, an Etrurian
city). LaJiidtiX. This genus includes Catnip, Ground
Ivy and some other hardy perennial herbs of the easiest
culture. Catnip is a familiar weed near dwellings and
barns. Cats are fond of it, and Catnip tea is a pungent
memory with those who have survived the era of
homely simples. The seeds of Catnip are still offered.

1473. Catnip— Nepeta Cataria. Enlarged.

Ground Ivy also grows wild in America, and a form of
it with variegated foliage is cult, for edging flower-
beds or covering banks and stones. J. W. Manning
writes that it is hardy in light, well-drained soils, but
sometimes winter-i£ills in moist soils. It is also used in

NEPETA

NEPHROLEPIS

1075

1474. Leaf of Catnip.

vases and baskets. Nepeta is a genus of about 120 spe-
cies, mostly in the northern hemisphere outside the
tropics. Perennial or annual herbs, tall and erect, or
dwarf and more or less trailing: Ivs. dentate or incised,
the floral ones like the rest
or reduced to bracts :
whorls of fls. crowded in
a dense spike, or in a
loose cyme, rarely few-
fld. and axillary: fls. blue
or white ; calyx 15-nerved ;
corolla 2-lipped ; perfect
stamens 4: ovary 4-parted.
The genus is placed be-
tween Lopanthus and
Dracocephahim, and is
characterized as follows:
calyx tubular, the mouth
straight or oblique, 5-
toothed; stamens usually
parallel, ascending; anther
cells divergent or divari-
cate. See Fig. 1473 .

Nepeta Glechoma is a
perennial creeping plant
of easy culture in any
loose, rich, fairly moist
soil, in either shade or full sunlight, but to be luxuriant
in the open it should have a moist soil. It is a very
rapid grower, and is therefore often troublesome when
planted with other low-growing plants. It is useful as
a ground covering in shrubbery borders and shady
places generally.

A. Blooms small, inconspicuous.
B. Color of fls. white or nearly so.
Cat^ria, Linn. Catxip or Cv\tnep. Catmint. Figs.
1473, 1174. Tall and erect: Ivs. heart-shaped, green
above, whitish below, crenate, stalked. En., Orient.

BB. Color of fls. l)lue.
Glechdma, Benth. Ground Ivy. Gill-over-the-
Ground. Makes a dense mat: Ivs. roundish, more
deeply notched at the base than Catnip, and green on
both sides, the floral ones like the others, not reduced
to bracts as in the other kinds here described: whorls
axillary, few-fld. Nat. from Eu., Asia. B.B. 3:87.— The
green-ivd. form is less cult, than var. variegata (iV.
hederdcea, Trev., var. variegdta, Hort.).

AA. Blossoms larger, showy, blue.

B. Lvs. not notched at the base.

macrdntha, Fisch. Erect, branching, nearly glabrous:

lvs. short-stalked, ovate-lanceolate, green on both sides:

cymes peduncled, few-fld.; fls. 1 inch long; bracts

minute. Altai. B.M. 2185 [Dracocephalum Sibiricum).

BB. l/vs. notched at base.
c. Fls. pedicelled.
betonicaeidlia, C. A. Mey. Upper lvs. green on both
sides; bracts a half shorter than the calj'x. Caucasus.

cc. Fls. sessile.
Mussini, Spreug. Diffuse; branches ascending: lvs.
green above, whitish below: racemes unbranched: bracts
much shorter than the calyx. Caucasus, Persia. R.H.
1891:300. B.M. 923 [JY. longifolia). -'i^ot adv.

F. W. Barclay and "W. M.

NEPHilLIUM (old name of the burdock applied to
this genus because the rough fruits were supposed to re-
semble those of burdock). Saplnddcece. The Litchi nut
can be obtained in the dried state in the larger markets
of the eastern states and is often seen on the tables
of trans-Pacific steamers. The tree is cult, in the
West Indies but not in the U. S., unless in Porto
Rico. The whole fruit is about as large as a small
walnut. The outer covering consists of a thin, brittle
shell, under which is a layer of soft, aromatic and
delicious pulp; finally in the center is a rather large,
smooth, hard-shelled seed, from which the pulp readily
separates. It is one of the most delicately flavored
fruits that the tropics produce. In dried state it will

keep a long time, and can be transported to distant
parts. Thus dried, the pulp shrinks from the shell and
becomes tough and less aromatic and delicate.

The tree is a native of southern China and the Malay
archipelago, where it has been cult, for at least 1,500
years. It has been brought to the extreme south of
Japan and to various tropical countries. It was introduced
to southern Fla. in 1886. Only a limited area is suited
to its growth, as it does not readily adapt itself to cli-
mates which differ much from that peculiar to its orig-
inal habitat. It is a good-sized tree, said to attain a di-
ameter of 2-3 ft. It is probably cult, under glass in a
few European botanic gardens for its economic interest.

The preceding account is abstracted chiefly from
G. C. Georgeson's article in A.G. 12:269. W. A. Taylor
writes : "The Litchi nut is also sold in Chinese stores
in the larger cities in the form of preserves packed in
syrup in glass jars. In this form the peculiar fragrance
and flavor of the fresh fruit are well preserved."

Nephelium is a genus of about 20 species of oriental
trees: lvs. alternate,
abruptly pinnate ;
Ifts. not quite op-
posite, oblong, en-
tire, rarely serrate:
panicles axillary and
terminal, many-fld. :
fls. small, regular,
polygamo - dicecious ;
calyx small, cup-
shaped, 4-6-cut; pet-
als none or 4-6, vjl- 1475. Litchi Nut — Nephelium (XM)-
lous or with 2 scales ;
stamens 6-10: ovary 2-3-lobed.
is allied to the soap-berry.

Litchi, Cambes. Litchi or Leechee. Fig. 1475. Lfts.
about 3 pairs, lanceolate, 1-nerved beneath. China.
A. G. 12:269.

NEPHRODITTM. a name used at Kew for species of
Dryopteris, which see. iV". eniersum, var. cristatum is
advertised, but unknown to botanists.

L. M. Underwood.

NEPHROLEPIS (Greek, kidney scale ; alluding to the
indusia). Pohjpodidcexe. A genus of subtropical ferns
with pinnate lvs., the pinnae articulated to the rachis,
free veins and a reniform or roundish indusium rising
from the apes of the upper branch of a vein. See -fern.

Botanically the genus

acuta, 3.
Bausei. 3.
Bostoniensis , 2.
cordata, 1.
eordifolia, 1.
davallioides, 4.

INDEX.

Duffii. 1.
exaltata, 2.
furcans, 4.
Paradism, 2.
pectinata, 1.
PhUippeiisis, '

plumosa. 2.
rufescens, 3.
tripinnatifida, 3.
tuberosa, 1.
Washingtonensis , 2.

A. Hootstochs bearing tubers,

1. cordif61ia, Presl. (iV. tuberbsa, Hook.). Stalks 1-4
in. long: lvs. 1-2 ft. long, l%-2 in. wide, with close, often
imbricated pinnae, usually blunt at the apex. Mexico to
Japan and New Zealand. iV". pectinata, Schott, is a form
with auricled lvs. and no tubers. N. Duffii, Moore, is
apparently a monstrous form from New Zealand, with
tufted habit and branching fronds. JV. cordata compacfaj
Hort., is said to be a var. of iV. cordifolia.

AA. .Rootstocks without tubers.
B, Margins entire or crenulate.

2. exaltS-ta, Schott. Sword Fern. Stalks 4-6 in. long:
lvs. 1-2 ft. or more long, 3-6 in. broad; pinnje close, usu-
ally acute, the edge entire or slightly crenate, the upper
side auricled. Fla. to Brazil, Hong Kong and East Africa.
The "Boston Fern," or var. Bostoniensis (see Plate XI)
of the horticulturists, is highly valued but has no stand-
ing as a botanical variety. It is sometimes in the trade
under the horticultural name iV". Paradisce. iV. exaltata ^
var. plumosa, Hort., has double, overlapping crests.
iV. Philippensis, Hort., with dark-lvd., dark green foli-
age, probably belongs here. N. Washingtoniensis and
N . Washingtoniensis , var. pevdula, Hort., are said to be
forms of this species. G. W. Oliver says that their fronds
last well after being cut.

1076

NEPHROLEPIS

NERINE

3. acita, Presl. (If. Bausei, Hort.). Lvs. 2-4 ft. long,
8-12 iu. wide, on short slightly scaly stalks; pinnffl H-1
in. wide, acute, with entire or slightly crenate margins,
the lower basal angle rounded, the upper auricled : in-
dusia .iiuhorMcuIar. Fla. to Brazil and in the tropics of
the Old Worlil. — iV". rufescens, Presl., is a woolly variety.
iV. iripiintatifkJa is said to be a variety of this species.

BB. Margins pinnatifid.
i. davallioides, Kunze. Lvs. drooping, 2-3 ft. long,
1 ft. or more wide ; lower pinnie inciso-crenate, the upper
narrower, with deeper lobes. In cultivation the pinnae
are forked often several times and are sometimes irregu-
larly crested ; their form resembles the horticultural va-
riety furcans. Java. — Var. furcans multiceps is also
advertised.

N. serruldta cristata, once advertised by .John Saul, seems un-
known to the botanies.— JV. WUtboldii. P.R. 5:247 (1900) ; 6:52.5,
is a variety of Boston Fern with fronds thrice as wide as the
type. The pinnse are said to have characteristic convolutions.

L. M. Underwood.

1476. Nerine curvifoHa. var. Fothereilli (X %).

The Boston Fern, Neylirolepis exalfata, var Bostoni-
ensls, is without doubt the most valuable ornamental
foliage plant for house and conservatory decoration that
the trade has put on the American market for years.
Its many good points made it a welcome addition to
our list of plants, and the flower-loving public soon dis-
covered that it was a fit companion for the palms, en-
during with them equally well the dry atmosphere of the
house. Thriving under indifferent care, it has proved
itself a very valuable plant. It grows where many of our
best house plants had been failures. It is a plant that can

be procured at little cost and is easily grown. It is prop-
agated by division or by the creeping rhizomes. This i.s
best done in early spring. The rhizomes may be pegged
down in small pots and when well rooted may be de-
tached from the parent plant. A good compost for pot-
ting consists of soil and leaf -mold, with some well-rotted
manure added. Shift into larger pots or pans as the
plants require. Secure good drainage and give plenty
of water, especially during the summer months. This
treatment will make specimen plants of 3-5 ft. in diam-
eter by October, with graceful fronds drooping in such
a manner as to hide the pot or pan. A well-grown speci-
men suspended in a bay-window is a sight long to be re-
membered. There are many plants in good condition
that have been in use for several years during the sum-
mer on the veranda and in the house during the winter

NEPHTfftTIS (name borrowed from Egyptian my-
thology; Nephthys, mother of Amibis, wife of Typhon).
Ar&cem. About half a dozen species of tropical African
creepers, 2 of which are cult, in hothouses for their va-
riegated foliage. The lvs. are all more or less halberd-
shaped or arrow-shaped, with scarcely any sheath on
the petiole. Inflorescence terminal : spathe concave-ex-
panded: ovary 1-celled; ovule solitary, pendulous.

picturata, N. E. Br. The white markings form a pat-
tern resembling the tips of fern fronds laid between the
neives, with their points all directed towards the base
of the midrib. Plant stemless, spreading by runners:
petioles 10-12 in. long: blade 6-12 in. long, 5-9 in. broad.
Congo. Var. angustata, N. E. Br., has smaller and nar-
rower lvs. Figured in catalogue of
U. S. nurseries 1895.

triphylla, Hort. "A pretty stove
creeper with dark green thrice-di-
vided lvs. marked with greenish
white in the exact shape of the leaf,"

NEPTtlNIA plena is a rare sensi-
tive plant of aquatic habit found in
the East and West Indies and S.
Amer. It has foliage much like that
of the common sensitive plant, Mi-
mosa ptidica. The Us. are so odd
that no one at first sight would
imagine that they belong to the
legume family. ' They are more or
less egg-shaped in outline, 1% x 1
in., and borne singly on stalks 6 in.
long. They are drooping and have
numerous stamens. The singular
feature of these fis. is a mass of yel-
low petalage composed of 6 or more tiers of reflexed,
narrowly lanceolate strips, which are really transformed
and sterile stamens. The plant floats on the water and
has grooved stems, the portion under water being white,
spongy and full of air-cells. It is of difficult culture
and can probably not be secured in Europe at present,
but would make an interesting addition to our northern
botanic gardens. B.M. 4695.

NEBlNE (anereid of Gi'eek mythology). AmaryUi-
dclcece. A remarkable genus of tender bulbous plants,
of which the commonest species is iV". Sa7-viensis, long
known as the Guernsey Lily from the island where
these bulbs are grown to perfection. They will never
become popular with florists, because the winter is their
growing season instead of flowering time. They belong
to the very small class of autumn-blooming bulbs. The
common kinds flower from Sept. to Nov. without any
foliage, and the lvs. are developed all winter. About
May the lvs. die down and the bulbs rest from May to
Aug. The fis. range from scarlet through salmon and
pink shades to white, and are borne in umbels of 4-20
fis., on scapes varying from 1-3 ft. long and averaging IM
ft. The fls. are 6-parted, the segments more or less
rolled back and sometimes crimped or fluted.

There are 10 species, all from South Africa. A com-
mon trade name is Nerine Japonica, which is really a
Lycoris since it has black seeds, while all the true
Nerines have green seeds. It, however, has the an-

NERINE

NERINE

1077

tumn-blooming: habit and fls. of the same general ap-
pearance as true Serine. Nerines have two distinct
types of beauty, illustrated by Figs. 1476 and 1477.
The kinds "with the narrow perianth segments, "which
are crisped or fluted, have a spidery look and are not as
popular as the kinds with broad, flat segments, which
make a showier cluster of fls. The segments vary from
one-twelfth to one-half an inch in width. The showiest
kinds are hybrids or varieties of JY. Sarnlensis and
jy. curvifolia, the former species being the most pro-
lific of varieties. In these two species the strong, ver-
tical lines of the erect, long-protruded stamens make a
striking feature. The fls. of the other species have
more of a drooping tendency and the stamens are
shorter and declinate, as in Fig. 1477. N. pudica is
perhaps the choicest white-fld. kind. Nerines have
bulbs 1-2 in. or less in diam., and about 6 Ivs., varying
from 8-18 in. in length and 4^9 lines in ^vidth. Among
the uncultivated kinds are some with short, stout
scapes and others with appendages at the base of the
filaments. The Ivs. appear after the fls. in the first two
species, but with the fls. in the others. Baker, Hand-
book of the Amaryllideae, 1888, and Mora Capensis,
vol. 6, 1896-7.

The following American experience is condensed from
an article by the late John Robertson, in the Florists'
Review 1:675.

Nerines are noted for the sparkling texture of their
fls. In strong light they have the appearance of being
frosted over. iSto flower with which the writer is ac-
quainted appears to better advantage under artificial
light than N. FotliergiUi, var. major.

The secret of success with Nerines is to secure the
fullest possible development of the bulbs. This refers
to their winter treatment. They enjoy abundance of
water at the root and overhead, with occasional appli-
cations of liquid manure. This treatment should
never cease until the Ivs. turn yellow, which is a
sign that the plants are finishing their growth, (••"'/i^
Then diminish the water supply gradually, lay the ^^^
pots on their sides where they are not likely to get
wet, and in full sunlight, so that the bulbs may
ripen thoroughly.

Nerines do not like to have their roots disturbed, nor
do they require much root room : they grow and flower
best when hard pot-bound. Three bulbs planted in good
fibrous loam with a little sand may remain in a 5-inch pot
for five or six years, or even longer, as the offsets can be
rubbed off and separately potted while the parent bulbs
go on increasing in size. Each year as the flower-scape
appears pick off about an inch of the surface soil with a
sharp-pointed stick, and give the ball of roots a good
soaking and a slight top-dressing.

Amaryllis, 1, 2, 5, 6.
carnosa, 1.
corusca, 1.
curvifolia, 2.
flexuosa, 3.
FothergUli, 2.

INDEX.

humilis, 6.
insignis, 1.
3Iausdli, 3.
Plantii, 1.
pudica, 4.
pulchella, 3.

rosea, 1.
Sariiiensis, 1.
splendens, 6.
uudulata. 5.
venusta, 1.

A. Stamois and style nearly erect.

B. I/i-s. green, suberect.

1. Samifensis, Herb. Guernsey Lily. L vs. linear, not
curved laterally: fls. bright crimson; perianth segments
hardly crisped. B. M. 294.- Var. PUntii, (JV. Plantii,
Hort. ) has a longer .scape, duller fls., and more distinctly
clawed segments. Gn. 21:329. Var. venusta has bright
scarlet fls. produced earlier than any of the other varie-
ties. B.'M. 1090 (as Amaryllis venusta). Var. rosea has
Ivs. darker green than the type: fls. rose-red: seeds ob-
long instead of globose. B.M. 2124 (as iV. rosea). Var.
corusca (IV. corusca. Herb.) has bulb tunics not chaffy:
Ivs. broader than in the type, with distinct cross-bars
between the main veins : fls. large, bright scarlet. B.M.
10S9 {siS Amaryllis hiiynilis). Gn. 21:329. iY. cora.sca
major has rich crimson-red fls. Var. camdsa, Van Tu-
bergen, carmine rosy. Var. insignis, Hort. Krelage, is
considered by Baker synonymous with the type, but is
probably horticulturally distinct. The flowers are said
to be rosy.

BB. Lvs. glaucous, sickle-shaped.
2. curviS61ia, Herb. Lvs. strap-shaped, curved later-
ally, thicker than in jY. Sarniensis : fls. bright scarlet:
perianth segments hardly crisped. B.M. 725 (as ^l»ia-
ryllis curvifolia). R. B. 22:13. — Cult, only in the form
of var. F6thergilli (iV. F6thergilli, Roem.), which is more
robust in all parts (Pig. 1476) : fls. more numerous, be-
tween crimson and scarlet. Gn. 22, p. 463. Var. F6ther-
gilli major (N. FothergUli miijor, Hort.) is a form with
still larger fls. F.R. 1:675.

1477. Nerine Manselli (X K).

AA. stamens and style declined.

B. Outer fls. of the umbel opening before the inner ones.

c. Segments distinctly crisped or fluted.

3. {Iexu6sa, Herb. Scape flexuous, longer than in the
other kinds, sometimes 2-3 ft. long: fls. generally pale
pink. Var. pulchella has glaucous lvs., firmer than in the
type: scax^e not flexuous : fls. pale pink, keeled rose-red.
B.M. 2407 and Gn. 21:329 (asiT. pulchella). If. flexuosa,
var. pudica was offered in 1890 by Reasoner Bros. If.
Manselli, O'Brien, Fig. 1477, is a fine hybrid between
N. flexuosa and FothergUli. Gn. 56:1460.

OC. Segments hardly crisped.

4. pOdica, Hook. Lvs. 4-6, glaucous: umbels 4-6-
fld., the other kiuds being 8-20-fld. : fls. white, keeled
pink above, 34 in. wide; stamens a little shorter than
the perianth. F.S. 22:2464. Gn. 21:329. -Showy, not
spidery.

BB. Outer fls. opening after the inner ones,
c. Length of perianth segments Vi-Vi in.

5. unduiata, Herb. Fls. pale pink, very much
crisped. B.M. 369 (as Amaryllis undulata).

CC. Length of perianth segments 1-V/i in.

6. hiimilis, Herb. Scape often smaller than in the
other kinds, K-IJ-2 ft. high: fls. brightpink or rose-red,
somewhat crisped. B.BL 726 (an Amaryllis humilis).
Gn. 21:329. — Var. splendens, Hort. Krelage, is pre-
sumably the best form of this species. Pis. purple-
crimson.

The following names are mostly important hybrids which in
many cJises are more popuhar th.in the species: K. amahilis
(pudica X humilis), rosy, dark-striped. Var. grandiflora,
Hort. Van Tubergen, has larger fls. — N. crispa, Hort. Thor-
huTu, scurlet.—N. elegans (flexuosa X S.arniensis, var. rosea),
pink. Var. earminata, cerise. Var. ccerulea, shaded blue. — N.
excHllcns, Moore (flexuosa X humilis, var. majorj, carmine
rosy, dark-striped,— iV. Haylocki (curvifolia X flexuosa. var.
pulchella). One of the oldest hybrids in cult. Raised by Wm.
Herbert. The others in this list are more modern.— iV. Japdnica,
Miq.=Lycoris radiata. — N. Manselli (flexuosa X curvifolia,
var. Fothergilli), warm pink, late. See No. ^.—N. Meadoio-
bankil (SarniensisX curvifolia, var. Fothergilli). — N. O'Brieni
(pudica X Sarniensis. var. Plantii). Var. eoeiiilea. Van Tu-
bergen, paie violet, tinged bine.— iV. tardifldra. Hort. Van Tu-
bergen. not accounted for by Baker, fls. bright red in Dec.

W. M.

1078

NERIUM

NERTERA

K£]RIUM (ancient name for Oleander, supposed to
be from. Greek neros, "moist;" alluding to the places in
which it grows wild). Apocyndcece . The Oleander is
an old-fashioned evergreen shrub known to everybody,
and cultivated everywhere in southern countries. The
Bermudas, especially, are famous for their Oleander
hedges. In the North the Oleander is a common house
plant, being grown in tubs for summer decoration, and
ranking in popularity after the sweet bay and hydrangea.
It attains 7-15 ft., and blooms in summer, the fls. being
salver-shaped, 5-lobed when single, 13^-3 in. across, and
commonly pink or white, though the colors range from
white through creamy white, blush, rose and copper
color, to crimson and dark purple, with variegated
forms.

The genus contains only 2 or 3 species. They are
glabrous shrubs: Ivs. in whorls of 3, rarely 4 or 2, nar-
row, leathery, transversely feather-veined: fls. in ter-
minal cymes; calyx with many glands inside at the
base; corolla-tube cylindrical at the base; throat bell -
shaped and containing 5 wide or narrow teeth; lobes
twisted to the right; anthers 2-tailed at the base and
tapering at the apes into a long, thread-like appendage;
style 1: ovaries 2, forming pods; seeds twisted.

Oleanders are of easy culture, and are well adapted to
city conditions. Their chief troubles are scale and mealy
bug. The scale should be sponged off ; the mealy bug
is easily dislodged by the hose. Sometimes a plant
forms buds which open poorly or not at all. This is
often due to the imperfect ripening of the wood. The fls.
are borne on the growth of the year, which should be

,/ >'€

W'

•^ I I.

1478. Spray of Oleander — Nerium Oleander.

well ripened in June in order to set many strong buds.
For this purpose give the plants plenty of light and air,
and water more sparingly when the vegetative growth
seems to be finished. After flowering, give the plants
less water. Protect them from frost in winter; keep
them, if necessary, in a light shed. In April, prune back
the old wood which has borne fls. and give more warmth

and water. The ripened leading shoots can be rooted in
a bottle of water. Oleanders are poisonous, and some
people have died from carelessly eating the fls. Cattle
have been killed by eating the foliage. E. S. Miller
writes: "We have good success in rooting ripe wood in
the winter. The cuttings remain 3 to 4 weeks in the
sand, with moderate bottom heat. They grow like weeds
when potted." ^_ -^^

Oleanders in the £ast. — Th.Q Oleander is becoming
somewhat fashionable again, especially the double-
flowered variety of cerise color. The following method
of Oleander culture has been pursued by the writer
with success. Propagation is performed after the flow-
ering period. Good-sized cuttings are taken, and every
one grows. When rooted, the cuttings are potted in
small pots and kept barely alive over the winter. They
will need scarcely more attention than geraniums un-
til February or March, or whenever growth becomes
more active. Later in the spring the young Oleanders
are planted outdoors in the open ground, in good rich
loam or garden soil. (This is sometimes done with
ivies or euonymus, but the common method is to
plunge the pots outdoors during summer). Take up
the Oleanders in September, pot them and bring them
indoors for their second winter. The following spring
the plants will bloom, but they will not be shapely.
The time has now arrived to train them, either as bush
plants or cro\vn standards. Top them at whatever height
is desired, say 2 or 3 feet, and the plants will make good
crowns the same season(i. e., their second summer). Do
not allow the plant to bloom the following spring,
(which is its third spring), and the result will be a fine
specimen in full flower for the fourth summer.

H. A. SlEBKECHT.

Oleanders in Ca/iforMta. — Oleanders are much grown
iu S. Calif, and would be extremely popular were it not
for black and other scales, which seem to prefer them
to everything else. We have five colors here, perhaps
all of the same species — white, light pink, dark pink,
scarlet and buff. Most of these colors, if not all, can be
had in both single and double forms. The writer has
never seen an Oleander more than 15 ft. high, but he
believes they will grow larger. One Los Angeles man
planted the red variety thirteen years ago for sidewalk
trees. (For this purpose, if cleaned of scale when nec-
essary, the Oleander is one of the very best.) The trees
are heavily pruned and topped each year. They are now
12 ft. high and 4-5 in. in diameter at base. Oleanders
need no attention here, and are as readily propagated
from hardwood cuttings as willow. They are very flor-
iferous, and the inflorescence comes out in large, heavy
heads, necessitating a close pruning to make them self-
supporting. Ernest Bkaunton.
A. Fls. not scented.

Oleander, Linn. Oleander. Rose Bay. ( Another
plant called Rose Bay is ^'pilobium angustifolium.) Pig.
1478. Lvs. in 2's or 3's, lanceolate: appendages of the
anthers scarcely protruding: segments of the crown
3-4-toothed. Mediterranean region, Orient. Gn. 51, p.
81 (fine trees in vases). A.F. 10:205 (Bermuda shrub
with a spread of 25 ft.). L.B.C. 7:666 (var. Loddigesii,
with a variegated fl. and the appendages entire, ovate
and obtuse). iV". alhum, atropiirpitreum , cameuni and
roseiim, Hort., are doubtless varieties.

AA. Fls. scented.
oddrum, Soland. Sweet-scented Oleander. Lvs.
iu 3's, linear-lanceolate: appendages of the anthers
protruding: segments of the crown 4-7, long and nar-
row. Persia, India, Japan. B.R. 1;74. B.M. 1799 and
2032. — A less robust plant, with lvs. commonly narrower
and more distant, and angled branches. In wild plants
the calyx-lobes of N. Oleander are spreading; of odo^'um
erect. Not advertised but cult. Has some range of
color and single and double forms. m^^ jj,

NERTfiRA (Greek, lowly; referring to the habit).
Ruhldcew. The Bead, orOoral Bead Plant (iV. depressa)
is a hardy perennial Alpine or rock plant which forms a
dense mat of foliage covered with orange-colored,
translucent berries the size of a pea. The genus com-

NERTEEA

NEW HAMPSHIRE

1079

prises 6 species of similar habit found in tlie mountains
of the southern hemisphere. The best of the genus,
probably, is JT.cIepressa, which ranges throughout the
Andes, from the tropics to Cape Horn. It also inhabits
Tristan d'Acunha, and the mountains of New Zealand
and Tasmania. The Bead Plant is prop, by seed or di-
vision. It needs a sandy soil, with some leaf -mold, and
prefers shade in summer. It may need
some winter covering in the North. It
makes a good house plant and well-fruited
specimens are occasionally used abroad in
fancy bedding as a novelty. The fruit
may last from midsummer well into the
winter.

Nerteras are slender creepers, with
small, opposite Ivs. which are stallied or
not, ovate or ovate-lanceolate; stipules
grown into a sheath with the petioles, 2-
deutate or entire ; fls. axillary, incon-
spicuous, sessile; corolla 4-lobed; sta-
mens 4: ovary 2-ceIled; drupe 2-seeded.

depressa, Banks and Soland. Almost
glabrous: stems 6-10 in. long, 4-cornered:
Ivs. 2—1 lines long, broadly ovate, acute
or obtuse, leathery or almost fleshy; peti-
oles about as long as the blades ; stipules
very small: fls. solitary, greenish. P.S.
21:2167 (charmmg). B.M. 5799. w. M.

NEVltrSIA (after Rev. R. D. Nevius, who discovered
it.). SosAeece. This is a very rare shnib which grows
wild only on some shaded cliffs near Tuscaloosa, Ala.
It is, however, quite hardy as far north as Philadelphia.
Its long, slender, wand-like branches remind one of
Kerria, but it has no petals, and its beauty is after the
Spir»a kind. The fls. are about an inch across, 6 or 8

#5 -

NESaiA. See Decodon.

NETTLE. ITrtica.
False N,, Balimeria.

Dead X.
Tree N.,

, Lamium.
Celtis.

NEVADA, HORTICULTTJEE IN. Fig.
1479. The northwestern part of the state
along the eastern slope of the Sierra
Nevada mountains is the chief fruit sec-
tion. In the southern part of the state,
which is also near the Sierra Nevada
mountains, some very flue semi-tropical fruits
are grown, but lack of transportation facilities
prevents their more extensive production as yet.

There are possibly 1,500 acres planted in apple
trees, a great many of these being young trees, not yet
in bearing. As to other fruits, the acreage planted is
small, as they can be sold only in our home market,
which is very limited. Some of the largest apple or-
chards contain 30-50 acres each. An orchard of 30
acres in full bearing would produce about 6,000 boxes
of marketable apples, worth here $1 per box ; the ex-
pense of everything connected with them would be
about $1,000.

All fruit and other crops require irrigation. The water
for irrigation is obtained from rivers and creeks, and
sometimes from reservoirs. The water is sometimes run
all over tlie ground and sometimes in furrows.

Black, sandy loam with a granite base appears to be
the best soil for apples, pears, plums, raspberries and
strawberries. Some kinds of fi"uits, such as peaclies,
plums, prunes, strawberries, etc., do well in more
compact soil 'derived from slate and volcanic rocks All
Nevada soils are well supplied with iron, and some have
a very high percentage of potash. An elevation of from
4,000 to 5,000 feet seems best for hardy fruits. The price
of good orchard land is about $200 per acre, and. of bear-
ing orchard about $500 per acre ; this includes water.

None of the fruit is subject to injury in winter; the
only time it is liable to injury is in May, when the trees
are in bloom.

The San Jos^ scale has appeared in a few places.
The woolly aphis and green lice are sometimes trouble-
some on young trees and grafts. The codlin moth also
is present in some places.

Of apples the following are cultivated: Newtown
Pippin (both j'ellow and green ) , York Imperial, Spitzeu-
burg, Jonathan, Pilot, Smith Cider, Wagener, Buck-
ingham, Grimes Golden Pippin, Northern Spy, Wine,
Wine Sap, StraAvberry, Rome Beauty, Ben Davis and
Pioneer. Other kinds of fruit are grown only for the
local market, and their production is very limited.
No new varieties seem to have originated in the state
as yet. Ross Leweks.

1479. Nevada.

in a cluster, and the clusters strung along 2 or 3 ft. of
wand-like stem, forming ropes of feathery bloom. This
fringe-like beauty is caused by the numerous white fila-
ments of the stamens. Botanically this genus is a
puzzle, but it is probably nearer Eubus than Spirffia.
Generic characters are: calyx-tube small, flattish, per-
sistent; lobes 5, large, spreading, leafy, serrate, imbri-
cate; petals 0; stamens in many series, persistent; disk
flattish, enclosing the calyx-tube ; carpels 2-4, small,
sessile, silky; styles incurved at the apex; ovules soli-
tary, hung from the top of the cell: akene drupaceous,
small, included by the ample calyx.

AlabamSnsis, Gray. Snow Wreath. Height. 3-7 ft. :
Ivs. alternate, petiolate, l}4-3i4 in. long, pale green,
ovate or oblong-ovate, usually doubly serrulate: peti-
oles 3-6 lines long. B. M. 6806. -Alfred Rehder writes
that it is hardy at the Arnold Arboretum (at least in
a sheltered position), and blooms every year.

NEW HAMPSHIRE, HORTICULTUEE IN. Fig.
1480. Horticulture in the Granite State began almost
with the first settlement. In 1623 Ambrose Gibbons set

1080

NEW HAMPSHIRE

NEW HAMPSHIRE

the first vineyard, together with other fruits, near the
moutli of the Piscataq-.ia river, now Portsmouth. There
are many such old horticultural landmarlcs.

The native fruits are only too abundant in the state
at the present time. The old idea that the destination
of the apple was the cider barrel got so strong a foot-
hold in some sections that, as the virgin .soils began to

1480. New Hampshire, with three cultural divisions.

decline and the wheat crop and its associates in agri-
cultural operations moved on to the West, it was not
thought worth while to adopt modern methods of fruit-
growing. In other sections, however, C£uite the reverse
is true, as there are signs of awakening at later dates.
Some towns are noted for their large areas of old or-
chards still in bearing but rapidly declining. In one
town where from 20,000 to 30,000 barrels of apples have
been shipped in a fruit season, the industry has now
nearly run out. However, the land containing these
old trees is, it is said, worth twice as much as other
land. Comparatively few new trees have been set in
this section, and it is found that the whole industry is
the result of one man's interest and labor two genera-
tions ago.

In some places grafting the native apple trees to
Baldwins or the improved fruits has been very exten-
sively practiced, with good results. Where this has
been done, however, the trees are now old, and as cul-
tivation and renovation of orchards have scarcely ever
been practiced, they are naturally on the decline.

While these conditions are not flattering, they never-
theless show what must be overcome in the future.
However, it is surprising to see what a quantity of fruit
is raised in favorable seasons, and this goes to show
that under intelligent and progressive management
success will be assured.

At present the horticultural interests are gradually

being better understood, and the trend has begun in
the right direction. There are many things accountable
for this awakening. The people are coming to realize
that there are newer and better methods, and that the
new agriculture stands for more business and energy.
The development of this condition is coming through
the efforts of the grange, experiment stations, the
agricultural press. State Board of Agriculture, and
agricultural teaching in .state colleges, — all of which
have in the main the same objects in view.

Here and there young orchards are being set, and the
predictions are that the near future will find New
Hampshire as one of the best fruit states. The Bald-
win apple is the standard variety throughout the south-
ern part of the state. In the northern part of the state
the IJethel is being planted and, it is thought, will be
to this section what the Baldwin is to the other. Almost
all other varieties common to New York are grown with
equally good success. Even in the White Mountain re-
gion it is being demonstrated that orcharding is a worthy
industry. A list of apples adapted to the northern
part of the state, named in order of their ripening, as
furnished by Mr. J. D. Howe, of Lancaster, a large
fruit-grower, is as follows : Yellow Transparent, Tetof-
sky, White Astrachan, Red Astrachan, Peach, Duchess
of Oldenburg, St. Lawrence, Alexander, Fall Jennet-
ting, Fameuse, Wealthy, Nodhead, Porter, Talman
Svveet, Gideon, Bethel, Mcintosh Red, Twenty Ounce,
Yellow Bellflower, Northern Spy, Stark and Ben Davis.

Pears and plums do very well generally throughout
the state. Peaches do fairly well in the southern part.
During 1897 and 1898 there was a very fine crop. The
varieties of greatest value are Mountain Rose and Early
Crawford. Small fruits generally are easily grown in
tlie state.

The wild grapes found quite commonly on the stone
walls and hedges in the southern part of the state are
not the native varieties, but wildings showing indica-
tions of Vitis vlnifera blood. Many of them are very
Xialatable and valuable.

New H,ampsh!re has many advantages for horticul-
tural work. The markets are usually good and within
easy access ; and the great number of summer boarders
also makes a ready market. It is also within easy
reach of exporting stations, which in seasons of large
crops is an advantage. y. Wm. Rane.

New Hampshire is a small state, and may well be
called a land of horticultural possibilities rather than
achievement. With some of the best markets in the
country within a day's journey, and the rapid extension
of electric railroads, both in mileage and usefulness,
there seems no good reason why all the hardier kinds
of fruit may not be raised at a profit.

The southern half of the state is hilly but can hardly
be called mountainous. Through it run several fertile
valleys with excellent opportunities for gardening and
small-fruit raising. The uplands produce apples of fine
quality even under the present system of neglect, and
it would seem that in this whole region commercial
horticulture must become more and more profitable and
popular, as improved methods of culture are adopted.

The AVhite Mountains cover the greater part of the
northern half of the state; here, the entertainment of
tourists and visitors in summer, and lumbering in win-
ter will probably continue to be the leading indu.stries,
unless rational methods of forest management are too
long postponed.

It is recorded that a vineyard and other fruits were
set out on the eastern coast of New Hampshire as early
as 1623. Doubtless much of this sxiccumbed to the
severity of the long winters, and it is the apple alone
that stands out preeminent in horticultural history as
the fruit of the Granite State. Many of the early set
tiers came from the southwestern counties of England.
To them cider and perry seemed almost as necessary
as food, and very soon after their arrival they began to
set orchards of apples and pears. Their particular ob-
ject was not the fruit itself, but the beverages made
from it. The following item is taken from one of the
many town histories that have been published in New
Hampshire, and although it may be slightly exaggerated,
it gives some idea of the apple industry one hundred
years ago:

NEW ha:hpshire

NEW JERSEY

1081

"About this time— ISOO to ISIO — the apple orchards iu
town which had been early set out, produced apples in
abundance, which were made iuto cider. Everj' man
had his orchard, and every tenth man his cider-mill.
Every well-to-do farmer put into his cellar yearly from
20 to 50 barrels of cider which was all drunk on the
premises. Col. John Bellows had an orchard of 30
acres, the largest in town. In 1805 there were 4,800 bar-
rels of cider made and every drop drunk in town."

At the present time a good many old and somewhat
neglected apple orchards are to be found, and these
often bear good crops of marketable fruit. At the
annual meeting of the New Hampshire Horticultural
Society in January, 1899, it was estimated that $2,000,000
worth of apples were exported from the state in 1898.
Of these about one-half were raised in the two south-
eastern counties — Strafford and Rockingham.

The varieties most commonly grown for export are
Baldwin, Rhode Island Greening, Northern Spy,
Fanieuse, Blue Pearmain, Yellow Bellflower. and King.
The newer varieties are of course being introduced, but
very few large orchards are being set. Summer and
fall apples are abundant for local consumption.

Very little has been done in a commercial way with
the drupaceous fruits. Plums are successfully raised
on a small scale. The Lombard is undoubtedly the
favorite variety, although the Japanese plums appear
to be able to withstand the climate, and are rapidly
growing in favor.

Peaches are raised in a few somewhat isolated in-
stances, and it is worthy of note that the peach-growers
of five years ago are still in the business. The intro-
duction of this fruit as a money crop is of such recent
date that records are hard to obtain, but it is estimated
that three crops in five or possibly sis years is about
the average production. Perhaps hardier varieties will
be developed as time goes on. The Barnes peach, a
New Hampshire seedling, is a step iu this direction.
Its originator describes it as being "of good size and
color, a freestone, with very yellow and solid flesh of
fine flavor." "It ripens in the southern part of the
state about Sept. 10, and is the hardiest in wood and
bud of anything yet fruited here."

Market gardening and the raising of small fruits
receive some attention, especially in the Merrimac
river valley.

Greenhouse gardening is carried on to a limited ex-
tent near the larger towns and cities. Flowers receive
their full share of attention, but a good many winter
vegetables are still imported from the neighboring
state of Massachusetts.

The New Hampshire Horticultural Society was
organized in December, 1893, and after a year of pros-
perity was granted an appropriation of three hundred
dollars a year by the legislature. This sum enabled
the society to hold an annual exhibit in each of the
two following years, and also several institutes indif-
ferent parts of the state. The legislature which met in
January, 1897, however, failed to make the appropria-
tion, and the society was compelled to rely upon its
officers and members to carry on the work. The annual
exhibits were then held in connection with the State
Grange Fair.

A department of horticulture was established at the
New Hampshire College of Agriculture and the Me-
chanic Arts, at Durham, in 1895 and has grown in both
usefulness and influence.

With the two last-named powers for good, working
for the advancement of horticulture in the state, and
the fact that emigration from the farms to the cities
is rapidly decreasing, if not already reversed, it is to
be hoped and expected that within the next decade
New Hampshire will rank as a horticultural state,
judged not so much by the gross amount of the output,
as by the quality of her products, and the intelligence
of the producers. j^ j^ Fookd.

NEW JERSEY. HOKTICULTTJRE IN. Fig. 1481. The
state of New Jersey, situated as it is between the large
markets of Philadelphia on the one side and Newark,
Jersey City and Greater New York on the other, is almost
necessarily amarket-garden and fruit-growing state. The
soils found in the different sections also contribute to this

end. In the northern part, disintegrating sandstone and
slaty formations abound — a soil in which the peach does
its best. The sandy soils of South Jersey make that part
of the state noted for its ti'uck, berries, etc. Between
these two classes of soils are found others of all grades,
in one or another of which nearly every kind of fruit and
vegetable finds a congenial habitat.

It is estimated that there are in New Jersey approxi-
mately 31,000 farmers. A little more than one-tenth of
these are engaged in commercial pomology — commer-
cial in that they are growing fruit for market, depending
on their fruit-product for the money-crop of the farm.
Those who have planted larger or smaller areas primarily
for home use, yet in good years have a surplus to dispose
of, are not included in our data. The total area repre-
sented is something over 41,000 acres, including all
counties of the state except Ocean, from which no com-
mercial orchards are reported, and gives an individual
average of 12^ acres. This average acreage may be all
of one kind of fruit, or it may be two acres each of a
half-dozen kinds, as the case may be. Individual acre-
ages range from one acre in the case of berries to 100
and 150 acres for peaches.

The fruit of fruits for the state is the peach. The area
devoted to its culture exceeds that of all the other tree
and small fruits combined by nearly 100 acres. In the
distribution of this area, a little over 83 per cent is
found in the five northern or northwestern counties,
i.e., Hunterdon, Sussex, Warren, Morris and Somerset,

1481. Horticultural regions in New Jersey.

named in order of importance, though with its present
rate of increase Sussex will soon be first in area.

The second fruit in importance is the apple, although
the area devoted to its culture is a little less than one-
third that devoted to peaches. The otherfrnits, in order
of importance in total areas, are strawberries, pears,

1082

NEW JERSEY

NEW MEXICO

blackberries, raspberries, grapes, currants, cherries,
gooseberries, quinces and plums.

These fruits are all grown to a greater or less degree
in the different parts of the state, but those mentioned,
except peaches and apples, are more largely grown in
the southern sections. The central part of the state is
the chief apple producer, while the northern, as we
have seen, is the peach section. In the accompanying
skeleton map (Fig. 1481) the numbers in the county
indicate its relative importance in total acreage devoted
to fruits, 1 being the largest. The names of the two
fruits most largely grown in the different coimties is
also given. While this well shows the general distri-
bution of the principal fruits, it does not give the chief
growing centers for all the fruits, which are as follows
(by counties) :

Apples, Pears. Peaches. Strawberries.

Monmouth, Burlington, Hunterdon, Cumberland,
Burlington. Monmouth. Sussex. Atlantic.

Blackberries. Grapes. Raspberries. Currants.

Atlantic, Cumberland, Atlantic, Burlington,

Cumberland. Atlantic.

Gooseberries. Cherries.

Burlington, Burlingtoh,

Camden. Camden.

Monmouth,

Essex.

Quinces. Plums.

Burlington. Camden,
Cumljerland. Bui-iington.

Only in two counties, Burlington and Camden, are all
these fruits reported. In Cumberland all are grown
commercially except currants and gooseberries, vrhile
in Essex the exceptions are blackberries and plums.

The cranberry industry of the state is considered
apart from the above fruits. The annual yield is sec-
ond only to the output of the New England bogs, with
an occasional year when it exceeds that of New Eng-
land. In qiiality of fruit New England does not bear
the palm. Burlington county is the chief center of the
industry, though cranberry bogs are scattered through-
out the southern half of the state. From 100,000
to 125,000 bushels is the approximate annual yield
from Burlington county; Ocean county, from which
no other fruits are reported, is second in cranberry-
growing, with an annual yield of approximately 30,000
bushels.

The truck industries of the state are large and varied,
but confined chiefly to the southern half. Monmoiith
coimty is a section producing asparagus and tomatoes,
as well as other vegetables in wholesale quantities. As
an illustration of the extent of the asparagus industry,
the shipment of "grass" from one little way-station
amounted in one month to over 100 tons, beside quanti-
ties "sent by boat from a near-by landing.

The sweet potato is another of Jersey's noted products
that is grown in large quantities. They are admitted to
be the "sweetest of the sweets."

Vegetable-forcing is a growing industry that is as yet
in its infancy. Already there are several plants ap-
proaching in size those that have made Arlington,
Mass., famous.

The growing of cut-flowers is another horticultural
industry that has assumed immense proportions. The
northeastern part of the state is the center of this in-
dustry. Roses, carnations, chrysanthemums, violets,
mignonette and sniilax are probably the most important
ones grown to supply the trade. To say that the indus-
try is large does not convey the right idea of its extent.
The fact that the value of roses alone annually reaches
into the hundreds of thousands of dollars will bear out
the statement that "the growing of cut-flowers has as-
sumed immense proportions." . j^^ t. Jordan.

NEW JERSEY TEA. See Ceanofhus.

NEW MEXICO, HORTICULTURAL PROSPECTS OF.

Fig. 1482. New Mexico includes so many diverse con-
ditions of climate and soil that no statements can be
made on horticultural subjects which are applicable to
the whole area. Indeed, every valley has its own special
features, and the problem of the future is to find or de-
velop such fruits, vegetables, cereals, and forage plants
as are best adapted to the several localities, so that each
cultivated area may produce a maximum crop of the
best quality.

While it is impossible to enter into details within the
limits of a short article, it may be said, in brief, that the
following zones are well represented and of horticul-
tural importance in New Mexico:

(1) Canadian zone: at about 8,000 to 9,000 feet. Ce-
reals can be cultivated successfully, and good pasturage
is found; but fruit trees, with one or two possible ex-
ceptions, will not withstand the cold. Irish potatoes do
very well in this zone. In this zone crops are often
grown without irrigation, as on the Sacramento moun-
tains in Otero county.

(2) Transition zone: at about 7,000 feet, as at Santa
Fe. The deciduoiis fruit trees and all sorts of small
fruits do admirably. Corn also does very well, and
sugar beets have been grown with much success.

(3) Upper Sonoran zone: at about 5,000 to 6,000 feet,
as at Albuquerque. Sweet potatoes and the European
grapes do very well, and the deciduous fruit trees are
largely grown. This is a good peach region, but apples
are less profitable than formerly, owing to the abun-
dance of the codlin moth, which increases very rapidly
owing to the warm climate,

(4) Middle Sonoran zone: somewhat lower than the
last, as in the Mesilla valley and at Deming. Horticul-
turally, this resembles the last,* but its native products
resemble those of the Lower Sonoran. (See American
Naturalist, April, 1900.) Cotton can be grown, but is not
considered as a possible sotirce of profit.

T. D. A. COCKERELL.

New Mexico lies altogether above the altitude of
3,000 feet. Some cultivated valleys, in which many
fruits and vegetables succeed, are as high as 7,000 feet.
This is the altitude of Santa Fe, where gardening and
orcharding are successful. It is mostly a country of
mountains and mountain valleys. The jnountains reach
to 14,000 feet. The average height of New Mexican
valleys and arable areas probably exceeds 5,000 feet.
While the territory is very large, the area of the moun-
tain districts and of the arid and untillable hillsides is
so great in proportion that the lands suited to farming
and horticulture which can be irrigated when all water
resources are utilized, will not much exceed 2,000,000
acres. A small proportion of this amount is at present
in actual cultivation. Of the acreage under cultivation,
agriculture claims the larger share.

There is a possibility that as much as 500,000 acres
may ultimately be devoted to horticultural uses. The
preeminent adaptability of these soils, and of this cli-
mate, to all the garden, vineyard and orchard crops of
temperate latitudes, leads one to hope that the laws of
stipply and demand will finally consign a large portion
of these arable lands to the uses of horticulture.
The precise conditions for stzccessful horticultural pro-
duction are found in narrower areas in America than
those that favor common farm crops; hence when the
demands of the future American population crowd
the resources of supply of the higher orders of htiman
food, it will of necessity follow that the soils and con-
ditions that will yield the largest amounts of the most
valuable foods will be devoted to these ends. As this
time draws near— a quai-ter to a half-century hence — the
resources of New Mexico for the growth of the most im-
portant crops will surely be developed. The soils pos-
sess inexhaustible richness of mineral elements, and
under good husbandry are permanently fertile. The
great average elevation above sea-level gives exemp-
tion from most of the destructive plant diseases of hu-
mid climates, hence surer, cheaper, better and larger
crops. The altitude gives moderate summer tempera-
tures, while the latitude protects against severe winter
cold. The grapes of Spain and Italy are grown with
little or no protection. In fact, the perfect salubrity of
the climate renders horticulture easy in nearly all its
branches.

It must be understood that crop-growing in New
Mexico is largely dependent on irrigation. There are
moderate annual rains, which mostly fall in summer.
The average rainfall is about 12 inches. Most of the
crops i*equire as much more. The standard of water
supply of the irrigation companies is 12 inches. The
possible limits of irrigation farming in the old states
are very narrow.

Stated in brief terms, irrigation costs money and

NEW MEXICO

NEW MEXICO

1083

energy and some skill, but its rewards are great and
sure. The farmer in the rainfall states does well if he
makes two acres of land keep one cow or horse or steer
summer and winter. Here one acre will carry two
animals. In a great measure this applies to the crops
of the garden and the orchard. There need be no
droughts nor floods; the land can be made to do its full
duty every season. There
is no doubt that the aver-
age weight of garden and
orchard crops in any ten
years under wise irriga-
tion will be twice as
great as in most regions
in which it is considered
unnecessary or impossi-
ble. Hence it seems that
within the limited dis-
tricts of the semi-arid
belt of the United States
that are susceptible of
irrigation, there is an
important field for th6
horticulturist. In this
field he will find his
greatest rewards. Lands
in horticultural crops
will produce from two to
ten times as much neces-
sary human food as lands
under the common crops
of agriculture. The
parts of this continent
in which irrigation hor-
ticulture is possible is
but a small fraction of
the whole area. New
Mexico has probably a
larger proportion of irri-
gable lands adapted to
horticultural use than
any of our states or terri-
tories.

All garden crops suc-
ceed well in all parts of
New Mexico where water
can be commanded for
the land. All orchard
crops succeed admirably
in some parts of the ter-
ritory, and the most im-
portant of all, the apple,
is a successful crop in
nearly all parts. In that
portion of the territory
lying on the eastern
slopes of the Rocky
mountains, in the coun-
ties of Lincoln and
Chaves, the apple seems
to reach its most perfect
development. There are
beautiful apples without
blemish grown in many
parts of the arid west and
along the Pacific coast ;
but in too many cases the fruit is disappointing in
qu'ility. But in the counties named all varieties of
apples that have been fruited show a very high apple
quality. The freedom from defect is remarkable, and
the unexampled beauty of color and clear complexion in
bushel after bushel as they come from the trees is a
constant surprise. The Yellow Bellflower and Newtown
Pippin reach great perfection.

In most of the old apple-growing states, the apple is
subject to many insects and diseases. In the arid
region of the country we have escaped many of these
evils. While we shall not escape all the troubles of the
orchardist, yet the elevation of the country, the control
of the water supply, the purity and dryness of the air
and the everlasting sunshine will combine to protect
from those serious evils born of humid climates and
low altitudes, or that result from weather conditions

where man has destroyed the delicate balance of the
seasons by the widespread destruction of native for-
ests. It is apparent to some of us that this wide, high
region, which never had great areas of forest to be de-
stroyed, possesses more permanent conditions of suc-
cessful fruit-growing than are possible in any country
where the vicissitudes of flood and drought, of great

County map of the territory of New Mexico.

cold and great heat, are the inevitable associates of
the year. Parker Eakle.

In New Mexico the apple grows very well. The coun-
ties of Chaves and Lincoln in the southeast,San Juan and
Santa F^ in the north, and Grant and Dona Ana in the
south, are well known for their fine apples. Four varie-
ties from Mesilla Park, in Dona Ana county, received
second premium at the World's Exposition, in Paris,
1900. The following are the varieties : Ben Davis, grown
by Frank Burke ; Missouri, Pippin, grown on the fa-
mous Woodland Orchard ; and the Gano and Lawver, from
the Agricultural college. At present the apple is free
from the common diseases. The only insect enemy is
the codlin moth, which in some sections is coming to be
a serious pest. The early varieties, such as the Red
June, Red Astrachan, Early Harvest and Yellow Trans-
parent, are almost free from the codlin moth, while on

10S4

NEW MEXICO

NEW YORK

the other hand the hite kinds, and especially the winter
apples, are more largely attacked by this insect.

The pear grows as well as the apple, but not in such
large areas. In most of the apple-growing sections the
pear can be found in very limited quantities. However,
there is a bright future for a more extensive cultiva-
tion of this fruit, as wherever it thrives it grows to a
large size, and is fine in quality. The pear blight, which
is so bad in other states, is not in the way of pear cul-
ture in New Mexico.

Perhaps the fruit that is second in importance at
present is the peach, which is grown with more or less
success throughout the territory. In the agricultural
districts of southern New Mexico the large commercial
peach orchards are located, and the Mesilla valley, on
the lower Rio Grande, has the most and largest of them.
From this valley many car-loads of early peaches are
shipped to the markets of Chicago, Kansas City and
Colorado. The early-ripening kinds, such as the Alex-
ander, Waterloo, Hynes Surprise, are the most success-
ful. This is due to the fact that, as a rule, the early-
ripening peaches bloom later than the late-ripening va-
rieties, and thus they escape the late spring frosts,
which are so common in this territory and which are
often so fatal to the late peaches. The late spring frost
is the worst drawback to peach-growing in New Mexico.
No diseases or insect pests have yet threatened the
peach crop.

While the apricot grows as well as the peach, and has
no insect enemies or fungous diseases, it has failed to
be a commercial success on account of its blooming too
early. If some late-blooming variety could be found,
this fruit would, no doubt, be one of our best fruits to
grow. The trees grow to a great age. There are many
apricot seedlings on the lower Rio Grande that were
planted by the Mexicans forty or fifty years ago.

The plum is making a place for itself in New Mexico-
It has been but a comparatively short time since plums
were considered to be of any importance, and even noAv
the areas planted to plum trees are very small. How-
ever, conditions are changing, and there is a growing
demand for them. The plum tree seems to be perfectly
hardy in this climate. The Japanese plums are vigor-
ous growers, but are not a success owing to the liability
to late spring frosts. Their fruit buds seem to be stimu-
lated to growing during the warm spells in February
and March, and thus they bloom before the danger of
frost is over. On the other hand, the Prunus domes-
tica and Prunus Americana varieties are, as a rule,
late bloomers. The former group is gaining in popu-
larity throughout the territory. Imperial Gage, Yellow
^gg, Coe Golden Drop, Damson and German Prune seem
to be among the best varieties in the northern part of the
territory. In the southern part, the above-mentioned
■varieties, with the addition of the Silver Prune, Clyman,
Pond Seedling, Jefferson, and Robe de Sergent, are
among the best.

Cherries grow well in the territory'', but in the southern
part thej^ do not grow as large nor as fine as they do iu
the northex-n part.

Quinces and nectarines thrive in many of the horti-
cultural districts, but as yet they are only grown for
family use.

Perhaps the distribution of the grape is less extensive
than that of the other fruits. Wherever the grape is
grown it thrives. The American varieties are not of any
commercial value. The fruit is usually small, bunches
loose, and vines are poor bearers. The European kinds
are a success, and are the grapes grown for market.
Their culture is confined to the southern and hotter val-
leys, and particularly to the lower Rio Grande valley.
The varieties planted in the commercial vineyards in
this valley are the Mission or El Paso grape, Muscat of
Alexandria, and more or less the Gros Colman and Flame
Tokay. Other varieties are being introduced. The grape
is free from fungous and insect pests. Even the phyl-
loxera has not yet made its appearance. The Mission
grape, which has been in cultivation for over a hundred
years, shows how free the grape is from any pests. The
only thing that inj\ires the vines is the dry, cold win-
ters. In order to obviate this trouble the vines are
heeled iip with earth 6 to 12 inches above the last
year's growth. The stump method of pruning is prac-

ticed altogether in the grape culture. Attempts have
been made to trellis the vines, but have not been very
satisfactory.

The small fruits are grown with more or less success
throughout the territory, but as yet they are of minor
importance in the horticiilture of New Mexico.

Fabian Garcia

NEW YORK, California and Florida may be reckoned
as the great horticultural states. In range of species
which can be grown, California and Florida excel.
California excels in tonnage of many horticultural pro-
ducts. New York, however, excels iu the great variety
of its commercial horticultural interests, for to its fruit-
growing must be added the very extensive nursery busi-
ness, cut-flower growing, florists' plant-trade, seed-trade,
and a great development of the vegetable gardening
interests.

In shape and position New York (Fig. 1483) may be
likened to a ship sailing westward, its rudder {Long
Island) in the Atlantic and its prow touching the Great
Lakes. Its commercial preeminence is supreme. A
population of more than sis million lives within its bor-
ders, and a million more are tributary to it iii New
Jersey and Connecticut. It has more than 40 cities with
populations above 10,000. Great variety of soil and
surface invites a varied population. Water-power is
abundant and unfailing. All this means extensive mar-
kets for horticultural produce.

The land area of the state is 30,476,800 acres, of which
about one-half is readily cultivable. The state has an
extreme length east and west of 412 miles, and north
and south of about 310 miles. Excepting a small area in
the southwestern part, the entire surface is glaciated.
In the northeastern part a true mountain system is shown
in the Adirondacks, of archffian formation . In the middle
eastern part, the Catskill highlands attain the dignity
of mountains, although they are in reality eroded table-
lands, having been laid down in the interior sea and sub-
sequently uplifted. These highlands extend westward
entirely across the state, being pronounced and almost
mountainous in the southern half. The northern part
of the western half of the state is relatively level,
although the tract from Syracuse to Lyons and
westward is marked by very bold drumlins, — the work of
the ice-sheet. The bar-beach of the geological Lake Iro-
quois extends from near Niagara Falls to Oswego, par-
alleling Lake Ontario at a distance of about 10 miles.
This geological beach is a distinct physiographical fea-
ture known as "the ridge," and it is the location of one
of the notable highways of the state. This ridge marks
the southw^ard limit of the best natural peach region.
There are fossil beaches on the Erie shore, and these
are important to the grape-growing of Chautauqiia
county. (See Tarr, "Geological History of the Chautau-
qua Grape Belt," Bull. 109, Cornell Exp. Sta.) Long
Island is a moraine, with an ocean-floor formation on
its south, and this latter area comprises practically the
only flat land in the state.

There are five great watersheds in the state. (1) the
St. Lawrence system, draining the Great Lakes and the
larger part of central and western New York. (2) The
Hudson system, draining the southern slopes of the
Adirondacks and the Catskill highlands, with its great
tributary, the Mohawk, which, in pre-glacial times, was
a part of tne St. Lawrence system. (3) The Delaware
system, draining a part of the southeastern area into
Delaware bay. (4) The Susquehanna system, draining
some of the southern-central part into the Chesapeake
bay. (5) The Mississippi system, which, by means of
the Allegheny river, drains the extreme southwestern
part of the state. Chautauqua Lake drains into the
Gulf of Mexico, but almost in sight from it is Lake Erie,
which flows into the St. Lawrence. Along the Hudson
and other large streams, special horticultural interests
have developed. The broad Mohawk valley is one of the
most fertile parts of the state, and it is the site of the
hop and broom-corn industries. The shores of the cen-
tral New York lakes are the homes of highly developed
liorticultural interests, particularly those of Keuka and
Seneca. These central lakes, of which Cayuga, the
largest, is 40 miles long and one to five miles wide, are
deep bodies and have great influence in ameliorating

NEW YORK

1085

1483. County map of New York State.

the climate in their immediate neighborhood. The
shores of Lakes Erie and Ontario conserve horticultural
interests, — the former being famous for its grapes, the
latter for its strawberries, peaches and apples. Because
of its snug winters, there is rarely any starting of fruit-
buds by "warm spells," and consequently little danger
of loss from spring frosts. The fruit-growing suffers
less from frost than it does in the southern states.

New York contains about 230,000 farms. Agricultu-
rally, the most important industry in New York state
(aside from general mixed farming) is dairying. The
second industry is fruit-growing, and this seems to be
extending more rapidl}' than the other. The leading
fruit is the apple. Nearly all parts of the state grow
apples easily, but the great commercial apple-growing
regions are the counties of Wayne, Monroe, Orleans,
Niagara, with important extensions in Ontario, Gene-
see and adjacent counties and in Columbia and other
east-Hudson counties. A full crop of apples in New
York is nearly or quite 7,000,000 barrels. Baldwin is
the leading variety, with no varieties which occupy a
close second place. Northern Spy, Rhode Island Green-
ing, and American Golden Russet are important com-
inercial varieties. Of late, Ben Davis has been widely
planted, but it is probable that this variety will always
hold a secondary place in the northeastern states. Un-
til within the last decade, most New York apple orchards
have been in sod; but, under the stimulus of rational
horticultural teaching, 75 per cent of the orchards
in the apple-growing coimties are now under a
most thorough system of clean tillage. Fig. 1-485. Most
of these orchards are sprayed. Crops have been heavy
in recent years and prices have averaged good ; as a
result, the apple industry is in thriving condition. The
most thorough business methods are employed in car-
ing for the orchards and in disposing of the crop. A
large part of the apple crop is exported, although there
is a very large business in evaporated fruit.

The grape occupies second place in New York po-
mology. More than 50,000 acres is devoted to this in-
dustry, of which about half the area is in Chautauqua
county, lying in a narrow strip against Lake Erie. The
other special areas are the central lake region and the
Hudson river valley. These three areas stand for three
types of viticulture — early and special table grapes for
near-by markets in the Hudson valley; staple varieties
for wine and grape juice in parts of the lake region
(particularly on Keuka lake) ; general-purpose varieties
for distant markets in the Chautauqua region. In the
lake region, Catawba is a leading variety. In Chautau-
qua, Concord far outstrips all others. A normal out-
put of table grapes in New York is about 60,000 to
70,000 tons; of wine between 2,000,000 and 3,000,000
gallons. The grape areas lie close to the lakes or large
rivers, thereby receiving the benefit of the ameliorated
local climate.

New York is known also for its pears. The apple
counties mentioned above, and Oswego, Onondaga, and
Columbia counties are the leading pear areas. Bartlett
is the staple variety, but Kieffer has risen to near the
first place in recent years. The number of commercial
varieties, however, is relatively large. The culture of
dwarf pears is popular and has reached a high degree
of perfection. Thrifty and productive orchards 40 and
50 years old stand in various parts of the state.

The plum is largely planted in western New York, in
many varieties. In acreage, Lombard probably leads, but
several other varieties excel in commercial importance.
The Damsons are largely grown; also the GeiTuan and
Italian prunes (but the latter are not dried). The
Japanese plums are now widely planted, and are giving
general satisfaction. They are rarely injured by late
spring frosts. The improved native plums are relatively
little known.

Peaches are grown about all the central lakes and in
the Hudson valley, but the only distinct natural peach

1086

NEW YORK

NEW YORK

1484. Distribution of peach-erowing in a part of western New York.
The shaded parts show the chief peaeh-orehard areas in Niagara and Orleans

counties.

region is near the Ontario shore west of Oswego. In
the western half of the state, about 10,000 acres are de-
voted to peach -culture. Fig. 1484.

Apricots are grown with little trouble in the peach
regions, and there are several commercial plantations.

Cherries are grown both for the fresh fruit and for
canning— the former chiefly in the Hudson valley and
the latter chiefly in western New York. The canning
cherries are the sour type — chiefly English Morello and
Montmorency. The large canning factory industry
(some 25 factories in western New York) makes the
sour cherry industry profitable.

Quinces are probably more largely grown than else-
where in the Union.

The small fruit interests are very large, but there are
no reliable statistics. In the northern counties of west-
ern New York, black raspberries are grown as a farm
crop and the product is mostly evaporated. The annual
output of dried raspberries five years ago was approxi-
mately 1500 tons, but the amount is now less. While
the strawberry is an important crop in all parts of the
state, it reaches its largest acreage in Oswego county
(Fig. 1486), where aboiit 1200 acres are devoted to it.
This region supplies the late markets, producing an-
nually about 2,000,000 quarts. In Oswego
county there are about 250 acres of red
raspberries, mostly Cuthbert. Cranberry-
growing has attained some importance on
Long Island.

Western New York has long been the
center of the nursery business of North
America. Of the 4,510 nurseries reported
in the United States census of 1890, 530
were in New York. Illinois was second,
with 434, and Ohio third, with 393. Not
only is the number large, but the variety
of stock grown is also significant. Roches-
ter and Geneva are the chief nursery cen-
ters, although the stock which is sold in
these centers is grown over a wide range
of country. In acreage in 1890, New York
leads with 24,840 acres, followed by Illinois
with 17,812 acres, Ohio 10.790, Nebraska,
15,641, Missouri, 15,190. The total capital
invested was nearly $12,2.50,000 in New
York, as against $4,750,000 in Illinois.

In seed-farming, New York stood next
to New Jersey, in 1890, in amount of capi-

tal invested, — $2,176,070.72
as against $2,333,066.68. In
number of seed-farms, Con-
necticut had 85, New York
78, Tennessee 35, New Jersey
34. The principal seed-crops
grown in New York are bush -
bean, Brussels sprouts, cab-
bage, sweet corn, cucumber,
kale, onion, pea, turnip, as-
paragus.

The trucking interests are
very large because of the
large population and the
many means of transporta-
tion. The largest single geo-
graphical region is Long
Island, which, because of its
light soil, warm local cli-
mate, and accessible loca-
tion, is one of the leading
market-gardening regions of
the New World. Long Island
has an area of 1,700 square
miles, of which the western
third is largely devoted to
trucking interests. Parts of
the eastern end are also
trucking areas, particularly
for cabbage and cauliflower.
Cabbage seed is extensively
grown in this eastern ex-
tremity of the island.

The floricultural interests
of New York state are large

and growing. Of the 9,000 commercial florists' establish-
ments that Galloway estimates for the United States,
not less than 1,100 or 1,200 are in this state, with glass
amounting to nearly 4,500,000 square feet. New York
city is a market for a large geographical region. As
early as 1885, John Thorpe estimated that 4,000,000
roses that were sent to the New York market by nine
growers in one year did not constitute half the number
sold in that market. The census of 1890 reports the
total investment of New York in floricultural business
to have been about $9,500,000 (although only 793 estab-
lishments are accounted for), as against upwards of
5,500,000 in Pennsylvania, the next heaviest state. The
lower Hudson region is the center of the violet industry
of the United States. Long Island grows quantities of
biilbs.

Because the horticultural interests of New York are
separated in more or less distinct geographical regions,
there has never been a representative state horticultural
society. The New York Horticultural Society was es-
tablished in New York City in 1818, and it was probably
the first distinctly horticultural organization in North
America; but it was really a local society and it is long
since extinct. Efforts have been made to revive it, or

"^Ss \'

f?M w ! m

•.■,>«v,-,'^.-ir.'

1485. A New York apple orchard.

NEW YORK

NICOTIANA

1087

rather to organize a new society under the old name,
the last effort being made the present year. In 1829,
the Albany Horticultural Society was organized, but this
also was short lived. The oldest society in the state is
the Western New York Horticultural Society, with head-
quarters at Rochester. The preliminary organization of
this society occurred at Rochester, February 27, 1855, un-
der the name of The Fruit Grower's Society of Western
New York, to comprise the counties west of Onondaga.

- , 1486

%Jlj ^Z^^ *> -^^ An Oswego straw

'^■^ '^^^^'^f^t'' berry field

The late John J. Thomas was the first President. This
society, with its one big meeting each winter, is the
greatest American organization of its particular type.

One of the earliest experiment stations in North
America was organized at Ithaca in February, 1879, as
the Cornell University Agricultural Experiment Station.
In 1888 this institution was reorganized as a federal
station, but previous to this time it had published three
reports. The New York Agricultural Experiment Sta-
tion, supported by the State and located at Geneva, was
established in March, 1882. These two stations give con-
siderable attention to horticultural matters, particularly
the State Station at Geneva which is located in one of
the best of horticultural regions. Each station now
receives support from both the state and the federal
treasury.

The Agricultural College of New York is a part of
Cornell University at Ithaca. It is practically unique
amongst agricultural educational institutions in giving
courses of true university grade, and its postgraduate
courses lead to the degree of Ph.D. Short co^lrse in-
struction of elementary character is also afforded, and
the university is the center of a movement for the ex-
tension of agricultural knowledge amongst the people.

L. H. B.

NEW ZEALAND SPINACH.
Tefragonia.

Fully treated imder

NIGANDKA (Nicander wrote on plants about 150
A.D.). Solanclce(e. One Peruvian herb differing from
Physalis chiefly in the 3-5-locuIed ovary and fruit and
in the larger and more showy fls. N, physaloides,
Gaertn., known as Apple of Peru, is a strong spreading
annual, 3-4 ft. high, grown for the showy blue fls. and
odd fruits: glabrous: Ivs. elliptic or elliptic-ovate, sinu-
ate and toothed, narrowed into a prominent petiole: fls.
solitary in the axils, on recurving pedicels, an inch or
more across, shaped like a potato flower : fruit a thin-
walled and nearly or quite dry berry, inclosed in an en-
larged, strongly 5-winged calyx. B.M. 2458. — The Apple
of Peru is an old-fashioned garden annual, now rarely
seen. It has escaped from cultivation in some places in
the U. S., and it is now widely distributed in the tropics.
It is often confounded with the ground cherry and alke-
kengi, which are species of Physalis. Not advertised.

L. H. B.

NICOTIANA (John Nicot was French ambassador to
Portugal in the sixteenth century, and was instrumental
in spreading a knowledge of Tobacco). Solandcete. Fifty
or more herbs, or one species shrubby, mostly of tropi-
cal America. The Nicotianas comprise several stately
plants, valued for their rapid growth and large foliage.
Other species produce showy flowers, and are popular
flower-garden subjects. They are mostly viscid-pubes-
cent herbs of strong odor, and possessing narcotic-

69

poisonous properties. Lvs. alternate, never compound,
entire or undulate, mostly sessile or nearly so by a
tapering base : fls. long-tubular, mostly opening at night
and most fragrant then, in terminal racemes, panicles
or thyrses ; calyx usually persisting and covering the
fr. ; corolla salverform or funnelform, the lobes usually
plicate in the bud, the 5-lobed border nearly or quite
regular; stamens 5, inserted on the tube, generally in-
cluded, the filaments straight; style single, with a capi-
tate stigma: fr. a capsule, normally 2-loculed, but usu-
ally splitting into 4 valves ; seeds numerous and minute.
Nicotianas are of the easiest culture. They love a hot
exposure, and loose, well-drained soil. They are all ten-
der to frost. For subtropical eff'ects, the seeds (by which
they are usually propagated) should be started early
under glass. The seeds are so small that they do not
germinate well in the open unless the ground is fine and
holds moisture near the surface. iV^. alata is the only
species which is popularly known as a flower-garden
plant, being grown everywhere under the name of N,
affinis. Of the robust species used for subtropical bed-
ding, iV". (flauca, iV. tomentosa and forms of iV". Ta-
hac'um are best. j^ -^ ^

Nicotianas are tropical herbs requiring in northern
latitudes a deep, loamy, rich soil and full sunlight. The
soil should be especially rich in lime and potash, both
of which maybe supplied by the addition of wood ashes.
Nicotianas will not grow well in very moist or poorly
drained soils. In cool weather the seeds germinate
slowly, so that when it may be desired to raise the
plants outdoors in early spring the seeds should be
"sprouted" before sowing by keeping them moist aud
warm until growth may be seen. The method generally
pursued in northern tobacco-growing regions is to mix
the seed, about April 1, with very fine rotted apple tree
wood (apple wood is preferable to others, as it contains
less tannin, which would be destructive to germinating
seeds), and to place the mixture after moistening in a
glass jar, and seal. The jar is then placed in a tem-
perature of 80° to 90° until the seed is seen to be germi-
nating, which should be in from four to six days. The
seeds are then sown in frames covered with cloth or
glass and rolled in with a light roller, or simply pressed

<^^
^^^.

1487. Nicotiana alata.

in with a board. Another method of sprouting the seed
is to spread it on a thin cloth stretched over a vessel of
water placed where it will be continiially warm. When
very young, Nicotianas will endure severe frost, which
property they lose with age, becoming quite sensitive to

1088

NICOTIANA

NICOTIANA

frost when mature. Nicotianas are well adapted for
culture in pots or tubs, and are then fine plants for
summer porch decoration. p_ Yy_ Bakclat.

A. Fls. yellow or yellowish white: Ivs. distinctly
petioled.
B. Plant glabrous and glaucous, becoming woody (JV.
rustica is not to be sought here).
glatica, Gr.ah. Becoming 20 ft. high and tree-like in
its native place (Argentina), glabrous, glaucous-blue all
over and sometimes developing purplish tints: Its.
large, ovate, sometimes subcordate, more or less repand,
the petiole conspicuous : fls. in a loose panicle, tubular
and constricted below the very short limb, curved,
1-2 in. long, greenish at first but becoming yellow, soft-
pubescent on the outside. B.M. 2837. — Not uncommon
in cult, for its striking glaticous-blue foliage and stately
habit; also run wild in Texas and S. Calif. Usually
does not bloom in the northern states. Easily grown
from seeds.

BB. Plant pilose, herbaceous or half shrubby.
wigandioldes, Koch & Fint. Tall-growing, reaching
G and 7 ft. high, with a straight central shaft and bear-
ing very large and heavy foliage: Ivs. ovate and pointed
or sometimes acuminate, often undulate-margined but
not toothed, hairy: fls. yellowish, short, in drooping
panicles. Colombia. —A very striking plant, sometimes
used for bold subtropical effects.

AA. Fls. white, long-tubular: Ivs. mostly not petioled
and more or less clasping: annual and perennial
herbs. In some of the following species the fls.
are green or purplish on the outside.
B. Corolla-lobes acute.
alata, Link & Otto (If. afflnis, Hort., under which
name it is universally known in gardens). Pigs. 1-187,
1488. Slender but strong-growing, 2-3% ft. tall, viscid-
pubescent: Ivs. lance-obovate or ovate-elliptic, becoming

1488. Nicotiana alata (X 1;5).
Commonly known as iV". affinis.

small and narrow above, clasping and sometimes de-
current, entire or remotely repand-dentate: fls. remote
in a wand-like raceme, spreading, the very slender tube
5-6 in. long, the limb oblique and 2 in. or more across,
the narrow - pointed lobes unequal. Braz. G.C. II.

16:141. Gn. 34, p. 520; 42, p. 126; 50, p. 212; 56, p. 384
Gng. 5:182. B.R. 19:1592 (as JV. Persicu).-A de •
servedly popular plant, blooming freely all the season. -
until killed by frost. It is well to plant it in a place
which is protected from strong winds. It is apparently
perennial, but is treated as a tender or half-hardy an-
nual. It self-sows, and often maintains itself from year
to year in the Middle States and South. In the warmer
parts, the roots live over winter with a little protec-
tion. Fall-sown seedlings make excellent pot-plants for
the window. The fls. open at night-fall, but close in the
daytime. At night they are very fragrant. During the
last ten years the plant has become very popular.

Var. deciirrens (iV. decurrens, Hort.) is lower, branch-
ing near the base, very floriferous.

sylv^stris, Spegaz. Fig. 1489. Lvs. larger and better
than in iV. «?«/«, rugose and veiny, more prominently
undulate, the stem well furnished near the ground: fls.
large, hanging in whorls or fascicles in a laeavy large
panicle, in shape like those of jV. alata hut the limb less
oblique and the tube more swollen, and not closing in
the morning or on cloudy days. Argentina. Gt. 47, p.
130. G.C. III. 26:357.-One of the novelties of 1899 and
1900,

lon^flora, Cav. Erect, 2-3 ft., slender, the prominent
foliage radical: lvs. oval-lanceolate to lanceolate, promi-
nently undulate, pointed : fls. 4 in. long, the tube green
or purplish, but the limb (lobes about % in. long) white
at least inside, borne in simple racemes. Argentina.—
Little known in cult., being inferior to iV. alata. The
flowers open late in the day. Perennial, but annual in
gardens and in northern countries.

BB. Corolla-lobes obtuse or rounded.

suavtolenSjLehm. (iV. )(«(J)iMta, Vent. N. longifUra,
var. iindiUiifa, Voss). Variable: 1-2 ft., annual or bi-
ennial, usually viscid: lower lvs. long-stalked and ovate
or spatulate, the upper ones narrow and sessile and
sometimes clasping, all undtilate-margined as a rule:
fls. in loose terminal racemes, on slender pedicels, sal-
ver-shaped, the narrow cylindrical tube about 2 in. long,
the circular limb 1 in. or less across, pure white (or
greenish outside). Australia. B.M. 673. Gn. 21, p. 291.—
The broad lobes usually overlap, so that the limb often
appears as if entire. Sweet-scented at night. Plant
pubescent or glabrous. Not rare in gardens. It is said
that it will endure moderate shade.

noctiSldra, Hook. (iV. longifldra,va,T.noctifldra,'Voss).
Very like the last, and perhaps a geographical form of
it: lvs. lanceolate-undulate: fls. often purplish outside
but white within, the spreading lobes notched or emar-
ginate: plant very viscid. Argentina. B.M. 2785. — A
night bloomer, like the last. There is a var. albi!16ra,
with pure white fls.

AAA. Fls. distinctly colored (usually with shades of
red), the tube relatively broad or even inflated:
anmcal and perennial herbs.
B. Ill's, stalked.
rustica, Linn., was cult, for Tobacco by the Indians
and is run wild in many places, but its nativity is un-
known (probably indigenous to the Old World, accord-
ing to Gray) : annual, usually not over 3 ft. tall, viscid-
pubescent: lvs. large, ovate and obtuse: fls. yellowish
or greenish, 1 in. or less long, the base narrow, tube
thereafter inflated, orifice contracted, the lobes short
and rounded. The fls. are open by day. Inflorescence
panicula,te.

BB. Lvs. sessile and decurrenf.
Tabacum, Linn. Tobacco. Tall, strong-growing strik-
ing plant, 3-5 ft., annual, usually glutinous : lvs. mostly
ovate or ovate-lanceolate, acuminate-pointed : fls. 2 in.
long, rose or purplish, in a large nearly naked panicle,
the tube swollen upwards and the spreading lobes
pointed. S. Amer. — Cult, from earliest times by the
Indians, and occasionally run wild. Its commercial
cultivation for Tobacco is an agricultural subject, and
therefore is not discussed in this work. It is a striking
plant in the garden. There are several forms cult, for
ornament, those with large red fls. being most known.
iV. grandiflornm , If. purpureum, etc., are names given to
these forms. The fls. are diurnal. See Fig. 1077, p. 757.

NICOTIANA

NIDULARIUM

1089

tomentdsa, Ruiz & Pav. (iV. colossea, Andr^). Peren-
nial, rarely blooming in the North, but easily propagated
by cuttings and treated as a tender annual: 8 to 10 ft.
and more, very stout and branchy, viscid - pubescent :
Ivs. obovate-oblong and acuminate, narrowed to clasping
and decurrent base, 1-3 ft. long, pale and reticulate be-
neath: fls. short, the tube inflated at the top and slightly
curved, pubescent, the lobes ovate and obtuse and nearly

i y/'f

1489. Nicotiana sylvestris (X 34)-

or quite equal, the color of the tube pale green and of
the limb yellowish outside and pale rose within. Brazil.
B.M.7252. G.C. III. 9:83. Gng. 1:97. A.G. 11:117.-A
most remarkable plant for large and rapid growth. Very
useful in making subtropical effects. The plants came
up in soil in which Brazilian orchids were shipped to
Prance, and it began to attract general attention in France
about 1889. It usually has reddish stems, thereby adding
to the bold effect. Seeds should be started under glass,
There is a var. variegata, Hort., with mottled and mar-
gined foliage. R. H. 1893, p. 9. G.M. 37:61.

N. acuminata, HooVi. Slender: Ivs. petioled, broad-lanceolate,
acuminate: fls. long-tiibuhir, with small obtuse lobes, white.
Argentina. B.M.2919.—iV. /'rdgra?^s, Hook. Threeto4ft.: Ivs.
sessile, obovate or spatulate: fls. with veiy long, slender tubes
(as in N. sylvestris) and a large spreading regular limb with
emarginate lobes, white. New Caledonia. B.M.4865.— iV. idnffs-
dorfii, Schrank. Two to 3 ft., viscid: Ivs. sessile, oval or ovate:
fls. tnimpet-shaped, the tube enlarging at the top, the limb flar-
iug and nearly entire, yellowish green. S. Amer. B.M. 2221.
2555.— iV. paniculdta, Linn., from S. Araer., is allied to N.
Langsdorfii. but is smaller and all tlie Ivs. are stalked.

Several Nicotianas are native to the Texan-Calif ornian region.
One, N. onadHvdlvis, Pursh, B.M. 1778, is native as far north
as Oregon, and was cult, by the Indians for tobacco. l_ jj^ g^

NICOTtTNIA is a name given by the undersigned to
hybrids of Nicotiana and Petunia offered in 1893. They
were originally described as follows: "The plants have
slender, drooping or trailing tomentose green, red and
purple stalks and leaves twice or three times as large
as the Petunia; the flowers are handsome, white, pink,
carmine or striped and borne in plenteous profusion.
No seed is ever produced, biit they are very readily
multiplied by cuttings."

These plants have unfortunately vanished from culti-
vation. They were, of course, annuals. They were

serai-trailing plants, the leaves covered with abundant
short, woolly hairs. The cross was Petunia hybrida,
var. grandiflora x Nicotiana wigandioides, var. ruhra^
the former probably being the seed parent. The singu-
lar thing about the cross was the fact that the root
seemed in all cases to be paralyzed and very defective,
though the tops in all the many hybrids produced grew
with much vigor. The blooms were beautiful, and it is
a pity that the plants were not grafted on tobacco roots.

Luther Burbank.

NIDTJLAKIUM (from Latin nidus, a nest). Bro-
melidcete. Al^out 15 Brazilian epiphytes, by some re-
ferred to Karatas and other genera, but by Mez (DC.
Monogr. Phaner. 9) kept distinct. The flowers are per-
fect, borne in simple or compound heads, the petals
joined at the base and not ligulate (in all the typical
species) : anthers attached mostly on the back (in some
related plants attached mostly at the base). Leaves
strap-shaped, ovate or oval, in dense rosettes, the flowers
mostly sessile, red, blue, or white. The inner leaves of
the rosette, here called bract-leaves, are usually highly
colored and constitute most of the merit of some species.
Warmhouse plants, requiring the treatment of Billbergia,
which see.

In the following account, the genus is held to comprise
the species referred by Mez to Aregelia, having simple
flower-clusters, whereas Nidularium proper has com-
pound clusters.

A. Flotver-cluster simple [Aregelia).
B. Lengtli of floiver 1% in. or less.

triste, Regel {IV. marmordtum, Hort., not Morr.
Kardtas tristis, Baker. Aregelia tristis, Mez). Lvs.
G-12, from 6-12 in. long and half as broad in the middle,
green dappled with brown, somewhat scurfy beneath:
flowerpurple: bract-lvs. narrow-linear: fr. oblong, white.

EB. Lengih of flower 1}4 in. or more.

Morrenianum, Makoy (Kardtas Morrenidna, Ant.
Aregelia Morrenidna, Mez). Lvs. many in a dense
rosette, with few very minute spines, not striped, densely
scurfy beneath: fls. many, dark purple: bract-lvs. linear-
lanceolate.

N. Carolinae, Lem. (iV. Meyendorfii, Regel. Kardtas
Carollnce, A.nt, Guznidnia picta ^ Hort. Billbergia Caro-
Ihiw, Beer. B. dlens, Hook.), Lvs. several to many,
strap-shaped, rather thick, finely spiny-toothed, 12 in.
long, bright green on both surfaces, the bract-lvs. bright
red: fls. blue-purple, in a short head nestling in the
bright leaf-cup. B.M. 5502. I.E. 7:245.

princeps, Morr. (iV. spectdhile, Hort. Kardtas prin-
ceps, Baker. K. Meyendorfii, Ant. Aregelia princeps,
Mez). Lvs. 15-20, about 10-12 in. long, broadest at
the middle, firm, spiny-toothed, lightly glaucous: fls.
numerous, violet-purple, surrounded by about 8-10 oval,
bright red bract-lvs.

Bindti, Morr. (iV. Makoydnum, Regel. Kardtas Bindtiy
Morr. Aregelia Bindti, Mez). Lvs. 15-20, strong-spiny,
scurfy and transversely banded on the back, the inner
ones similar in color: fls. many, white. Not to be con-
founded with Bromelia Binoti.

AA. Flower-chister compound.

B. Petals joined belou>,

c. Flowers ivhite.

Innoc6ntii, Lem. (Kardtas Innoc&ntii, Ant.). Stem-
less and stoloniferous : lvs. about 20, in a dense rosette,
strap-shaped, about 1 ft. long, broadest near the middle,
with many small, spiny teeth, green but more or less
tinted brown or red, the oval bract-lvs. bright red: fls.
in a dense head, white. I. H. 9:329.— Named for the
Marquis de St. Innocent, amateur, of Autun, France.
There is a form with yellow-striped lvs. I. H. 41:5.
This species is one of the best Nidulariums.

stri&tum, Baker [N. Makoydnujn, Morr., not Hort.
Kardtas negUcta^ Baker). Lvs. 8-12 in. long, strap-
shaped, fine-toothed, prominently striped with central
bands of white and shading to cream-color towards the
margin, the body color deep green and not brown-tinted.
G.C. III. 8:183 {desc.).-A good species.

1090

NIDULARIUM

NIGELLA

cc. Flowers Mite or violet.

Scheremeti6wii, Regel [KardrUts ScheremetUwii,
Ant.). Lvs. 10-15, in ti short rosette, lanceolate, 10-18
in. long, with many small bnt conspicuous spiny teeth,
rather firm, bright green above and pale green beneath,
the bract-Ivs. bright red and showy, the points recurving:
fls. blue, in a small head.

fulgens, Lem. (iV. pictum, Hort.). Lvs. 15-20, in a
dense rosette, strap-shaped, with large, strong teeth,
mottled with green of different shades, paler and scurfy
beneath, the bract-lvs. oval and scarlet: lis. blue.

BB. Petals separate.

Lindeni, Regel {^chmea ehtU-nea, Baker. Guzmdnia
frdgrans, Hort. Oanistrum Lindeni, Mez). Lvs. about
20, in a dense rosette, tomentose, green-spotted, the
bract-lvs. cream-white: fls. white or greenish.

Amazdnicunif Lind. & Andr6 {Kardtas Amazdnica,
Baker. Oanistrum Amazdnlcum, Mez. JEclimea Ama-
zdnica, Hort.)- Lvs. 15-20, 10-20 in. long, and rather
wide at the middle, greenish brown above and light
brown beneath, not spotted or scurfy, the bract-lvs.
greenish brown: fls. white, with a green tube, in a dense
head.

N. Chantri^ri, Andr6, is a. hybrid of N. Inno3entii and N. ful-
gens, with very brilliant red liract-leaves. obtained by Chan-
trier Freres, France. R.H.1895:452. L_ jj_ B_

NIEREMBfiRGIA (for John E. Nieremberg [1590-
1563], a Spanish Jesuit and first professor of natural
history at Madrid). Solamlcem. Cup-Flower. About
24 species of hardy perennial herbs from tropical and
subtropical America, allied to Petunia and characterized
by the long and very slender tube of the corolla. The
species in cultivation are valued chiefly for the open
border or for pot-plants, and are mostly of prostrate
habit, with showy fls. borne freely through the summer
and autumn. Stem decumbent or creeping, rarely sub-
erect, diffusely branched, the branches usually slender
and nearly glabrous : lvs. alternate, scattered, entire :
fls. borne singly on the tips of young shoots, mostly
white with a purple center ; calyx 5-parted, tubiilar or
bell-shaped ; sepals spreading ; tube of corolla long,
slender, attenuated below, abruptly expanded above into
a broad bell -shaped, saucer-shaped or funnel-shaped
limb, which has 5 broad, obtuse lobes.

Several species of Nierembergia have distinct value
for certain purposes. iV". gracilis makes an excellent
pot or basket plant, and is also popular for the border.
iV. frutescens does finely in the open, but is more desir-
able as a pot-plant. N. rivularis is perhaps the most
desirable species of the group, and is adapted to a wide
range of conditions. It thrives best in a moist soil with
a half-shaded exposure, but often makes fine patches on
a dry bank, or even in the rockery. Both iV'. gracilis
and iV. frutescens love a loose, rather moist soil, but are
not impatient of dryness. These three species endure
winters without protection in the latitude of N. Y.

Nierembergias are propagated chiefly by cuttings taken
in the fall, or by seeds. N, rivularis is most readily
increased by dividing the creeping stem where it has
rooted at the nodes.

A. Stem prostrate or creeping : hrancJies ascending.

B. JF^ls. creamy ivJiite, S07netim.es slightly tinted ivith

rose or blue.

rivuliris, Miers. White-Cup. Whole plant glabrous:
stem slender, creeping, rooting freely at the nodes, form-
ing a dense mat, the branches seldom rising over (i in.
high: lvs. oblong to oblong-spatnlate, obtuse membra-
naceous, variable in size, with a long, slender petiole:
fls. sessile or short-peduncled; calyx cylindrical, the
lobes oblong-lanceolate, slightly spreading: corolla-limb
broadly bell-shaped, 1-2 in. broad; throat golden yellow.
La Platte river, S. A. B.M. 5008. J.H. HI. 31:3n. Gn.
23, p. 188; 25, p. 145. — A very adaptable and desirable
species for a stream bank, dry border or alpine garden.
The fls. are large and beautiful. It is difficult to eradi-
cate after once established, as small pieces of the stem
will take root and grow.

BB. Fls. white, with pturple center.

gr&cilis, Hook. Fig. 1490. Branches very slender,
ascending 6-8 in., slightly downy: lvs. scarcely Kin.
long, linear or slightly spatulate, those on the younger
branches somewhat hairy: limb of corolla spreading,
convex, white tinged and veined with purple towards
the center, throat yellow. Argentine Republic, S. A.
B.M. 3108. — A charming little plant for the hanging
basket. A garden var., Crozy^na, has fls. tinted with
lilac and appears to be more floriferous than the type.
F.S. 14:1410.

EBB. Fls. pale lilac.

VMtchii, Berkeley. Stem 8-12 in. long, with slender,
glabrous or slightly pubescent branches: lvs. J^-1 in.
long, short-petioled or sessile, the upper linear, the
lower broadly spatulate: calyx-lobes linear-oblong, re-
curved: corolla-tube %-% in. long, white, the limb
broadly bell-shaped. Trop. America. B.M. 5599. F.
1872, p. 141.

AA. Stem nearly erect.

frutSscens, Dur. Tall, Cup-Flower. Stem 1-3 ft.
high, much branched, shrubby: lvs. scattered, linear:
fls. about 1 in. broad, the limb saucer-shaped, white
tinted with lilac or blue; throat yellow; handsome.
Chile. — The fls. resemble iV". gracilis in color, but are
much larger. Valuable in the greenhouse or for the
border. As a pot-plant it makes a flne bush and bears
fls. almost continuously. It can be used as a bedding

1490. Nierembergia gracilis (X K)-

plant with excellent results if started under glass and
transplanted. A garden form, var. grandiildra (iV.
grandifldra, Hort.), has somewhat larger fls. than the
type- S. W. Fletcher.

NIGi^LLA (diminutive of niger, black ; referriug to
the color of the seeds). Mamtncnldcece. Love-in-a-
MisT. Devil-in-a-Bush. Fennel Flower. Hardy
annuals with erect stems and finely divided alternate
lvs.: fls. showy, white, blue or yellow; sepals 5, regu-
lar, petal-like, deciduous; petals 5, with hollow claws,
notched or 2-lobed ; carpels 3-10, fusing at the base
into one cavity, cells opening at the top when mature:
seeds many, black and hard. There are about 12 spe-
cies, including Garidella ; mostly natives of the Medi-

NIGELLA

NOLANA

1091

terranean region. The following' 2 are only species now
used in America. They require little care. The seed
should be sown in the open border in good soil any time
after the middle of March, and the seedlings thinned,
if necessary, to a distance of about 8 in They seldom
succeed well if transplanted. If the seeds be sown in
early autumn the plants may withstand the winter and

m

.'•n

1491. Love-in-a-Mist — Nieella Damascena (X3^)

be ready to flower earlier the next siimmer. By plant-
ing at different seasons the plants may be continued in
beauty nearly throughout the summer. The seeds of
iV. sativa, Linn., or black cummin, are sometimes used
as seasoning in the Old World.

Damascfina, Linn. Fig. 1491. Height 1-2 ft.: Ivs.
bright green, very finely cut : fls. white or bhie, large:
involucre very dense and fine: styles erect in the fr.,
nearly as long as the capsules: fr. not divergent at
top. Summer. S. Eu. B.M. 22. Gn. 37, p. 130.- Var.
nina, Hort. A dwarf form with very large fls.

Hisp&nica, Linn. Lvs. much divided, but less so
than in the preceding : fls. deeper blue than the last,
with deep red stamens; involucre absent; styles rather
spreading : fr. divergent at top. July. Spain and N.
Africa. B.M. 1265. Gn. 37:739. -Var. Fontaneaid.na,
Hort. (N. Fonianesid.na, Hort.). Much like the type,
but said to flower two weeks earlier. j^_ q_ Davis.

NIGGER TOE. Nuts of BerthoUetia.

NIGHT-BLOOMING CEREITS. See Oereus.

NIGHTSHADE. Solavum nigrum. Deadly N.,
Afropa BeJUfdoHua. Enchanter's N., Gircxea. Three-
leaved N., TrilUum.

NINE-BAEK. Piiysocarpus ojntllfolia,

NIPHiSA (Greek, niphoa, snow; alluding to the white
color of the fls., which is rare in this family). Gesner-
dcece. N. oblonga is a plant something like a Gloxinia,
but instead of a large spotted throat the flowers have
so small a tube as to appear almost 5-petaled. Niphjeas
are tropical American stemless or dwarf herbs, with
heart-shaped, coarsely serrate, hairy lvs. and clusters
of about a dozen fls. an inch or so across, borne singly
on reddish stalks about 2 in. high. For general cult,
they are inferior to Gloxinia and Achimenes, but they
are desirable for botanical collections as being one of
the most distinct types of the gesneraceous family.
They have a creeping root, and no tubers: lvs. soft,
wrinkled, petiolate, opposite : corolla nearly wheel-
shaped; disk absent; filaments shorter than the an-

thers, straight; anthers erect, free, the cells facing in-
ward, parallel, confluent at the apex: glands none.

"Like many other plants from Guatemala," says
Lindley in B.R. 28:5, sneaking of JV. oblonga, "it seems
to require a temperature between that of a greenhouse
and of a stove. In its general habits it resembles
Achimenes rosea. It flowers in the autumn and winter,
after which the stems die off, and the plant remains in
a dormant state until the following season. When in
this state it ought of course to be kept perfectly dry,
on a light, warm shelf, and then when the season of
rest is past, which will be indicated by the young stems
making their appearance, it may be repotted and liber-
ally supplied with water. It forms a great number of
curious imbricated scaly buds, both on the surface and
under ground, by which it may easily be multiplied in
the same manner as Achimenes; it also strikes readily
by cuttings. Any rich light soil will do for its cultiva-
tion."

obldnga, Lindl. Lvs. heart shaped or perhaps some-
what oblong, more or less whorled: fls. drooping: co-
rolla about 1% in. across; lobes roundish, concave at
first, then revolute. Guatemala. B.R. 28:5.

NIPH6B0LUS Lingua, var. corymbifera, is a tough-
leaved, crested fern, recommended by G. W. Oliver for
window boxes. Oliver writes that this plant can be
quickly increased by division of the stems, which grow
near the surface of the soil. Niphobolus appears in a
few trade catalogues. By English writers it is gen-
erally referred to Polypodium, but L. M. Underwood
refers it to the genus Cyclophorus. The typical form
of Niplwbolns Lingua has the sori set in close rows of
4-6 each between the main veins. Rhizomes wide creep-
ing, covered with rusty scales: stalks 3-6 in. long, firm,
erect : lvs. entire, oblong- acuminate, 4-8 in. long, 1-4
in. wide, matted beneath with close, cottony, somewhat
rusty down. It is a native of northern India and Japan.
Its var. corymbifera has the lvs. much divided at the
apex, forming a flattish, corymb-like cluster. N. N.
Bruckner writes that var. variegata is also cult. "It
has light yellow lines about an eighth of an inch wide
and three-fourths of an inch apart, running across the
fronds at right angles to the midrib."

NITROGEN. The r61e of Nitrogen in horticulture is
discussed under Fertility, Fertilizers, Begttnies and
Manu7-es.

NOLANA (from nola, a little bell ; referring to the
shape of the corolla). Convoluuldcea'. About 18 species
of prostrate annual herbs with showy blue fls., opening
only in sunshine, all native to Chile and Peru. They
are valued chiefly for covering poor or rocky soils.
Stem often slightly angulate, usually spotted and
streaked with purple above, much branched, the ends
of the branches ascending several inches: lvs. solitary
or in pairs, entire, usually fleshy, the lower long-peti-
oled; the upper short-petioled, sessile or attenuated into
a winged petiole : fls. borne singly in the axils of the
lvs., mostly short-peduncled, commonlj' blue or purple,
rarely white or rose ; cal^'^x 5-parted ; corolla funnel-
shaped or bell-shaped, entire, 5-angled or 5-10-lobed :
ovaries 5 to many, 1-5-seeded, arranged in 1-2 series or
clustered irregularly around the base of the style.

The characters by which several species of Nolana
have been separated are not well defined. It is probable
that N. atriplicifolia, N. prostrata and iV. paradoxa
should be considered as one species. The chief char-
acters which have been used to distinguish them are the
number of ovaries in each fl. and the number of seeds
in each ovary ; but these characters vary in different
plants of these and other species of Nolana. iV. atri-
plicifolia is commonly sold under the names of the
other two. Consult Benth. and Hook., Genera Plan-
tarum 2: 879. Latest monograph D.C. Prod. 13:9 (1852).

Nolanas grow readily from seeds sown in the open in
May. For early blooming and for seed production they
should be started under glass in March and transplanted
in May. iV". airiplicifolia is used with fine effect when
planted in large patches in the border or on rocky hill-
sides. All of the species do well in pots.

They prefer a light soil and sunny situation. N. atri-
plicifolia is well suited for use in vases and baskets.

1092

NOLANA

NORTH CAROLINA

A. Stem sntooiU or sparsely hairy.

B. Fls. large {1-2 hi..}, dark blue, not striped.

paraddza, Lindl. (iV. atriplicifdlia, Hort. If. gran-
difldra, heh^n.). Fig. 1492. Root-lvs. very long-petioled,
ovate; stera-lvs. ovate, mostly se.ssile or with winged
petiole, fleshy: sepals ovate-lanceolate; limb of corolla
blue; throat white, inside of tube light yellow: ova-
ries commonly many, 1-seeded. Peru and Chile. B.R.
10:8G5, not B.M. 2(;0i, which is If. fenella. -This is the
most common species in cult. Var. &lba, Hort., has
white fls. Var. viol^cea {N. paraddxa, var. violilcea)
has violet fls. F.S. 13:1294.

BB. Fls. small (% in.), light blue, striped with

dark purple.

prostr&ta, Linn., not Hook. Throat of corolla marked

with violet-purple veins; sepals triangular: ovaries

commonlj' few, 2-4-seeded. Perhaps this should be

united with the preceding. Chile and Peru. B.IM. 731.

AA. Stem densely hairy.
B. Stem-lvs. lanceolate, thick: plant hoary-pubescent.
lanceolata, Miers. Stera-lvs. mostly in pairs, 2-6 in.
long, the base obliquely clasping or slightly decurrent
on the outer side: fls. 1-2 in. broad, with a spreading,
5-lobed limb, each lobe deeply notched; limb of corolla
blue, throat yellowish white. Chile. B.M. 5327.

BB. Stem-lvs. ovate, membranaceous: plant
viscid-hctiry .
ten^lla, Lindl. Stem very slender: upper Ivs. obtuse,
with rounded base and winged petiole : peduncle long-
hairy: fls. violet-blue, with a white throat; limb 5-lobed,
each lobe tipped with a broad point. Chile and Peru.
B. M. 2604 (erroneously as N. paradoxa, but poorly
drawn, as no hairiness is indicated).— Not advertised in
^^JJierica. S. W. Fletcher.

NOLiNA (after P. C. Nolin, joint author of an essay
on agriculture, Paris, 1755). Lili&cece. Syn., Beauear-
nea. Nolinas belong to the remarkable group of desert
succulents in the lily family known as the Dracsena tribe,
of which the Yucca is the best known example in our
gardens. Ifolina recurvata, which is perhaps the most
desirable species, has a striking appearance. It has a
fleshy trunk 5-6 ft. high, siirmounted by a crown of 100
or more leaves, which are long, linear and gracefully
recurved. The base of the trunk is swelled into a sort
of tuber a foot or more thick, which sits on the ground
like a huge onion. It has numerous very small, green-
ish white, 6-lobed fls., borne in panicles on flower-
stalks several feet high. Nolinas are essentially Mexican
plants. They are cult, in S. Calif., requiring similar
treatment to Agave, Dasyliriou and Yucca, but Ernest
Braunton writes that they are not popular. In the East
a few kinds are offered. They are desirable plants for
fanciers who can house a collection of succulents.

Nolinas are nearest to Dasyliriou, but their Ivs. are
unarmed, while those of the latter usually have hooked
spines. Fls. polygamo-dicecious, the loose racemes form-
ing a simple or compound panicle. Their stamens are
included, while those of Dasyliriou are exserted. For
differences in fruit characters, see Dasylirion. The
species of Nolina are imperfectly understood. In addi-
tion to those given below, N. Beldingi is offered. This

was lately discovered in lower Calif, by T. S. Brandegee
on mountains above Cape St. Lucas. It is arborescent
and similar in habit to N. longifolia, but with glaucous
Ivs. (see note below). Beaucarnea glauca of the trade
doubtless belongs in Nolina. Pranceschi says it has
a crown of stiff glaucous Ivs. on a slender trunk with
a bottle-shaped base.

A. lyvs. S-15 lines ivide.
B. Habit of foliage recurved.
c. Trunk scarcely bulged at the base.
longitdlia, Hemsl. {Dasylirion longifdlium, Zucc.
Beaucarnea longifolia, Ba,ker). Trunlc in cult. 4-6 ft.
high, 6 in. thick below the crown of Ivs.: Ivs.
100-200, green, 4-6 ft. long, 9-15 lines wide, per-
ceptibly narrowed from middle to apex. A glau-
cous form has been cult. G.C. II. 7:493, 567; III.
16:67. R.H. 1S7G, p. 454.

OC. Trunk with a bulge at the base a foot or

more thick.
recurvita, Hemsl. (Beaucarnea recurv&ia,
Lem.). Trunk in cult. 5-6 ft. high,
■ 2-3 in. thick below the crown of Ivs. :
Ivs. green, equally wide all the way,
8-9 lines wide at base. G.F. 9:95. G.
C. 1870:1445. P.S. 18, p. 26. I.H. 8,
Misc. p. 59.— Var. intermedia, Hort.,
has Ivs. which are less recurved and
shorter. Var. riibra, Hort., has the
Ivs. tinged red near the base. No
varieties, however, are advertised.
BB. Eahit of foliage strict,
c. Width of lis. 10-12 lines.
Bigelovii, Wats. Trunk unknown: Ivs. thick, flat,
3-4 ft. long, 10-12 lines wide above the base, with a red,
horny entire margin.

OC. Width of Ivs. 5-6 lines.
recurv3.ta, var. stricta, Lem. {Pincenictitia glauca,
Hort.). Lvs. shorter and narrower than typical If. re-
curvata, 2-3 ft. long, glaucous.

AA. Lvs. 2 lines loide.
Hartwegi^na, Hemsl. {Dasylirion junceum, Zucc).
Trunk unknown: lvs. 2 ft. long, with only 7-9 veins
instead of about 50. -^^ j];_

N. Beldingi, Brandg. Aboreseent, branching freely; tinink
columnar, 1-1/^ ft. in diam., 8-15 ft. high: branches shoi-t
bearing numerous old and new leaves towards the ends: leaves
glaucous, a yard or more long, % in. wide, flat, thin, tapering
to tlie point, serrul.ate on margins, about 50-nerved, weak and
recurved: panicle compound, 6 ft. long or more: fruit emargi-
nate: seeds round-ovate, not bursting the cells. Mountains of
the cape region of Lower California. Apparently nearest N.
Bigelovii, from whieli it differs in the thinner, more flaccid
leaves, and the very much greater size.

T. S. Bkandegee.

NONESUCH, or Black Medick, is Medicago hipulina.
Nonesuch rarely means Bychnis Chalcedonica.

NOFALEA (from the Mexican name of the Cochineal
Cactus). Oactdcea. A genus of 4 or 5 species, often
placed with the Opuntias, but differing from the latter
in having leaves Ioniser than the perianth, as well as in
many minor details. Natives of the West Indies and
Mexico. N. coccinellifera, Salm., an arborescent, flat-
stemmed plant, with a somewhat "cylindrical trunk
6-10 in. in diam., is widely' grown in semi-tropical coun-
tries, but is rarely found in the U. S., and then only in
the largest collections of Cacti. It is chiefly interesting
in being one of the important food plants of the cochi-
neal insect. B.M. 2741, 2742 (as Cactus cochinellifer) .

J. W. TOUMEY.

NORFOLK ISLAND PINE. Araucuria excelsa.

NORTH CAROLINA, HORTICtrLTTTEE IN. Fig.
1493. Occupying the sunny slope eastward from tlie
highest mountains east of the Mississippi, North Caro-
lina has a greater variety in soil and climate than most
other states ; hence the horticultural capabilities are
varied accordingly. In the region of high plateaus,
ranges and valleys lying between the Blue Ridge and
the Great Smokies, which mark the line of Tennessee,

NORTH CAROLINA

NORTH CAROLINA

1093

is a region dear to botanical collectors for its wonderful
flora and of great interest to tlie horticulturist on
account of its capacity for the production of fruit, espe-
cially of apples. Here the apple flourishes and pro-
duces the most wonderful and uniform crops under
conditions of absolute neglect. What could be done
here in the production of apples, with careful and intel-
ligent culture and proper handling of the product, has
been abundantly shown in the experience of the few
who have attempted the culture. In this same region
the French wine and table grapes have been flourishing
for years, grafted on the native stocks. A complete
failure of the apple crop has never been known in the
mountains of North Carolina. On the eastern slope of
the Blue Ridge are found the thermal belts. These
belts are on the mountain slopes and are singularly
free from the effects of early frosts in the autumn and
late frosts in the spring; in fact, hoar frosts are almost
unknown. The cold air settling down in the valleys
pushes up the wanu air and prevents frost above a cer-
tain line, thus insuring the safety of fruit above the
frost line. These belts are peculiarly marked in Polk
and Wilkes coimties. In the high valley lands of Wa-
tauga and Ashe counties, lying 3,500 to 4,000 feet above
the sea, are meadows where the finest of cranberries
grow wild, and on the northern and western slopes of

and Delawares; they go north early in July, and the
business has been a profitable one. Later it was found
that the peach flourished on the sand-hills even better
than the grape, and that there is seldom a total failure
of the fruit. In the same neighborhood there are now
at least 1,000 acres in peaches, — over 400 acres in one
orchard. Shipments begin here about the first week in
June, and in some seasons the Sneed peach is ready
the last of May. A large area is being devoted to black-
berries and strawberries also, as blackberries can be
sent from here before strawberries are ripe in New
York. Here, too, it is being found that the bulbs im-
ported so largely for the use of florists for winter forc-
ing, such as lilies, Koman hyacinths and narcissus, can
be grown to great perfection. Experiments are being
made with the Bermuda lily, and it is hoped that the
bulbs can be produced here early enough for the early
forcing, and that we may be able to grow healthy bulbs
to take the place of the diseased Bermuda stock.

Horticulturally, the most interesting part of the
state is the great level coast plain. Here the mellow
soil, mild climate and abundant rainfall combine to
make conditions favorable to great production, espe-
cially in the culture of small fruits. Along the line of
the Atlantic Coast Line R. R. strawberries are grown
by the thousand acres, and the culture has brought

the mountains in Mitchell county there are acres of
lily-of-the-valley and Viola tenella, native and to the
manor born. On the exposed uplands of this section the
grape and the peach flourish in wonderful luxuriance,
though nothing has been done with these in the way of
commercial culture. In these upper mountain counties
of late years the cabbage and the potato have become
important farm crops, the produce being sent to the
southern coast cities in winter. The mountain section
is in fact a vast fertile, but undeveloped, region horti-
culturally. Coming east of the great barrier of the
Blue Ridge, we reach the wide rolling uplands of the
Piedmont section, stretching its billowy swells eastward
to the line of the coast plain, and varying in altitude
from 1,500 feet above the sea-level near the mountains
to about 350 where it drops off into the level sandy
plain bordering the coast for 125 to 150 miles inland.
Throughout this region cotton has held undisputed
sway for many years except on the northern border,
where tobacco h^ taken its place, and each has shut
out much enterprise of a horticultural nature. Still, in
some parts of the vast middle section there have been
efforts to grow fruits, and in this section are the im-
portant nurseries of the state. Near the edge of this
upland country, where the clay uplands break up into
the rolling forests of long-leaf pine, and swelling sand-
bills take the place of the red clay, it has been foimd
that the dry soil and balmy winter climate were partic-
ularly favorable to those suffering from lung and throat
troubles, and many people from the North, having
found health there, remained to make homes on the
sand-hills. And making homes, they wanted to grow
fruit. Then it was discovered that the sand-hill coun-
try could be made to grow the finest of grapes, and
now about the town of Southern Pines there are fully
1,000 acres devoted to the ciilture of grapes for ship-
ment north. These are table grapes, mainly Niagaras

1493. North Carolina, showing horticultural regions,

wealth to the growers. This, too, is the section where
the greater part of the tuberose bulbs used by florists
in this country and in England are produced on con-
tract for the dealers in New York, Philadelphia and
Chicago. Some attention is being paid, too, to the cul-
ture of caladiums, gladiolus and other bulbous and
tuberous crops. The winter culture of lettuce in frames
covered with cloth and glass has of late become a very
important item in the gardener's list of crops in this
section. It takes but little protection here to grow in
winter lettuce as fine as that produced in heated houses
in the North, and the rapid railroad communication
makes the selling a sure matter. An industry that will
grow here is the shipping north in winter of cut-flowers
of narcissiis and Roman hyacinths from frames and
the open ground, and of gardenia flowers from the
great bushes in the open ground in summer. Near the
coast, as at Newbern, the market-garden business ab-
sorbs the entire attention of cultivators. From this
section there are shipped of vegetables of all kinds in
the spring and early summer over $4,000,000 worth
annually, and the business is increasing steadily. With
the coming of a dense population, the great swamps
that now cover hundreds of square miles will be
drained and more land of inexhaustible fertility will
be added to this fertile region ; here will be located the
future bulb farms of the United States, and the dealers

1094

NORTH CAROLINA

NORTH DAKOTA

of New York and other northern cities will come here
to make their contracts instead of going to France,
Italy aud Holland. Already some Holland growers are
talking of coming to spy out the land, and the great
development of the future in North Carolina will evi-
dently be, so far as horticulture is concerned, in bulb
culture. yf, F. Masset.

NORTH DAKOTA (Fig. 1494) lies between lat. 46°
and 49° N. and long. 90° 25' and 104° W. The special ad-
vantages of soil and climate for the production of grass
and the small grains have given the state great agricul-
tural prominence, but little has been done along horti-
cultural lines. While it possesses undoubted possi-
bilities along certain lines of fruit production, and in
the growing of certain vegetables can hardly be excelled,
yet these things have always been considered incidental
and not to be classed with the leading soil industries.
North Dakota settlers, for the most part, did not come
from fruit regions, and in no case have they occupied
the land with other intention than to raise stock and
grain. At the same time, as population increases and
homes become established, there is the natural ten-
dency to protect these homes with trees, ornament them
with shrubs and flowers, aud furnish the tables with
vegetables and fruit. Such is the present incentive to
activity in horticulture, and its future status will be
controlled by the following natural conditions :

Physical and Geologic I^eatures. — Its distinctive re-
gions are referred to as the Red river valley, the Tur-
tle mountain country, the Devil's Lake region, the
Mouse river country, the James river valley, the Mis-
souri slope and the western range country, including the
Bad Lands. The Red river valley is a level plain from
20 to 30 miles wide on the North Dakota side aud ex-
tending across the state north and south, thus embrac-
ing an uninterrupted area of some 6,000 sq. miles, all
level and of great fertility. This is preeminently the
wheat belt of the state, and the character of the soil is
such in both physical and chemical properties as to in-
sure an excellent growth of such plants as are hardy
and will mature within the season. The soil is a lacus-
trine deposit containing about 33 per cent of very fine
sand, 55 per cent clay and silt, and 12 per cent organic
matter and soluble salts. It is so rich in nitrogen and
phosphoric acid as to be quite indifferent to fertilizers,
even when applied to such garden vegetables as demand
the most fertile soils. It rarely bakes under reasonable
cultivation, is never lumpy and is very retentive of mois-
ture. It is unusually well adapted to the oiltivation of
practically all vegetables, particularly celery and other
plants requiring a deep, fine, easily worked soil.

This general type of soil is not confined to the Red
river valley, but is the predominating surface soil for
most of the state lying east of meridian 101 and of
considerable tracts still further west. The subsoil in the
Red river valley lying under three or four feet of very
dark loam is uniformly a soft yellowish clay extending
to a great depth. Much of the subsoil outside of the
valley is largely made up of firmly compacted sand,
with a small percentage of clay. Such lands are not so
good as those having the clay subsoil, but with the good
surface soil which they support they are capable of pro-
ducing large yields in seasons not too dry. They are
naturally not so well adapted to horticailtural operations
as are the lands having the clay subsoil.

Speaking in general, the soil lying west of the 100th
parallel, also that of the Missouri slope. Turtle moun-
tain and Mouse river countries is all well suited to vege-
table and fruit culture, though partial failure may re-
sult from short seasons. This is especially true upon
the level, rich soil of the Red" river valley, which tends
to prolong the growth of such plants as the grape and
apple beyond the season in which they should mature.
IChe more rolling surface of the land along the Missouri
river affords opportunity to select favorable sites for
fruit plantations, and there is doubtless some advantage
in the soil itself. This is apparent in the cultivation of
the grape, or such vegetables as the tomato, squash and
melon. So far attempts to grow fruit on the lighter and
more rolling soils, avoiding the extremes, has met with
reasonable success. On the heavier soils and level
lands success has been confined to the cultivation of

such small fruits as the currant, gooseberry, raspberry
and American plum and vegetables maturing not later
than the earliest sorts of tomato or second early sweet
corn. In connection with the fact that attempts at
apple culture have generally been unsuccessful, it
should be remembered that plants, as a rule, cannot
make long jumps. The line of apple culture is gradu-
ally moving northwest, the successful varieties being
those, like the Wealthy and Peerless, that have origi-
nated in the newer places. A region so far removed
from the apple districts as North Dakota is must have
the time and opportunity required to develop varieties
of its own.

Climate and Sainfall.— Remo-vei from all influence
of large bodies of water, North Dakota has a dry climate
subject to considerable extremes of temperature. The
mean annual rainfall at Fargo for the years 1892 to 1899,
inclusive, was 19.87 in., distributed by seasons as follows:
Spring, 5.49 in.; summer, 10.02 in.; fall, 3.01 in.; winter,
.51 in. Most of the precipitation is in spring and sum-
mer, when it is most needed. The average rainfall for
June is 4.17 in. The fact that the great majority of agri-
cultural lands in the state are absolutely flat, as near as
land may be, and composed of a soil very retentive of
moisture, makes what would otherwise be a light rainfall
generally sufficient for ordinary needs. Further west
than Fargo the rainfall gradually becomes less. For the
twenty years between 1870 and 1890 the annual rainfall
of the places named below was as follows: Bismarck,
18.90 in.; Fort Buford, 13.29 in. ; Fort Totten, 17.78 in.;
Pembina, 20.30 in.

The temperature is very uniform throughout the state,
with the general difference that the range country in the
western part has milder and more open winters, and the
higher altitude, as well as latitude, of the northern tier
of counties gives them a shorter and cooler summer,
more inclined to frosts. It is only in that section that
corn has not been considered, so far, as a possible crop.

At Fargo the mean temperature for the different
months since 1892 is as follows :

Jan 1.6

Feb 6.2

March 10.7

April 40.7

May 54.8

June 65.9

■July 68.7

Aug 66.2

Sept..
Oct...
Nov. .
Dec. .

59.1
42.3
18.3
9.4

The following table

Fargo with Geneva, N.

with the longer hours

rather more rapidly in

1S96

June — Fargo

Genev.i

July — Fargo

Geneva

Aug. — Fargo

Geneva

Sept.— Fargo

Geneva

of soil temperatures, comparing
y., is instructive and shows why,
of daylight, vegetation develops
North Dakota than in New York:

1 in.
65.1
67.3
75.9
76.6
76.5
73.2
60.1
64

3 in.
62.2
66.5
68.8
72.4
68.1
70.8
56.1
63.1

6 in.
59.6
65.5
64.8
69.3
67.3
69.3
53.9
62.1

9 in.
58.6
65
64
67.8
63.6
63.3
55.5
61.2

The amount of soil moisture given in the following
table, covering the years from 1892 to 1896, inclusive,
shows that the comparatively high soil temperature is not
due to extreme dryness. The samples were taken each
week to a depth of 7 in. from a cultivated field iu which
wheat was grown a greater part of the time :

Average for five years

May 29.66 per cent

June 23.61

July 21.48

Aug 20.19

Sept 20.10

Oct 19.78

As the water capacity is about 70 per cent and the land
level, there is practically no loss from leaching or drain-
age. While these tables represent tests in a single lo-
cality, yet they would apply with exactness to 6,000 square
miles and approximately to some 4,000 more.

Soil Fertility.— Samples of soil taken from different
parts of the state from time to time and analyzed by
Prof. E. F. Ladd, of the experiment station at Fargo,
show that the nitrogen rarely falls below .2 per cent and
in most instances reaches from .3 to .5 per cent, with
an occasional sample yielding .7 per cent. The potash
ranges from .25 to 1 per cent, the average sample giving
about .5 per cent. The phosphates range from .15 to .25

NORTH DAKOTA

NORTH DAKOTA

1095

per cent on the average, with many samples giving as
high as .30 per cent.

General Climatic Conditions.— The winters are cold
but dry and agreeable. An occasional winter with too
much sunshine kills young trees of the thin-barked va-
rieties through the process of desiccation.

The springs are short, the warm days of summer com-
ing very soon after winter and some time before the frost
is out of the ground. In summer the days are long and
sunny, with nights invariably
cool. This condition gives the
most perfect development of
hardy vegetables, like the cab-
bage and celery, but retards
the cucurbits and other semi-
tropical species. At the same
time, the fruit that does mature
is of undoubtedly high quality
and rich flavor, while the sugar
beet and sweet corn give a very
high sugar content.

The fall is usually dry and
very pleasant, favorable to the
maturing of woody plants, but
rather liable to frosts. The
ground freezes permanently
about November 10.

I^ruit-growing . — Genera] set-
tlement of what is now North
Dakota did not begin till the
building of the first railroad in
1873, and any effort to grow
fruit has been made since that
time. In 1874 Andrew McHench,
of Fargo, made the first attempt
at fruit-growing upon any ex-
tended scale. In that year he
bought, at a nursery in Minne-
apolis, a car-load of young apple
and crab trees of such varieties
as the Wealthy, Hyslop, Trans-
cendent, etc., and the year fol-
lowing planted 7,500 root-grafts of these and other varie-
ties. Though Mr. McHench obtained some fruit and at
different times grew trees that were models of thrift
and fruitfulness, yet the venture was not a success.

The varieties that successfully resisted the cold win-
ters succumbed to the blight {Bacillus amylovorus)
shortly after they came into bearing. Other attempts by
different men made along the Red river valley since then
have resulted similarly. In other sections of the state,
particularly the Missouri slope, experiments in apple-
growing have been more successful, this being due espe-
cially to less prevalence of blight. It is rather early to
make the prophecy, but it seems reasonable that with
irrigation the southwestern part of the state will, in
time, become the apple region. Even without irrigation
there are already indications of success.

The strawberry does not thrive in the strong sunshine
and winds of North Dakota, and the blackberry finds the
winters too cold, but gooseberries and currants grow and
bear well anywhere and the hardy varieties of the rasp-
berry thrive with winter protection. Grapes have never
been thoroughly tried, but it is doubtful if their cultiva-
tion ever becomes general.

Vegetable Cult are. — There are but few vegetables that
cannot be produced abundantly and cheaply. This is
particularly true of celery, onions, parsnips, etc., that
require a deep, mellow soil. The season is long enough
for the earlier sorts of corn, but tomatoes do not always
ripen before frost. The ease with which the soil is worked
and the fact that no fertilizer is required reduces the
cost of production to the minimum.

The Flora.— So far as collected, the flora of North
Dakota includes about 600 spermaphytes and vascular
cryptogams running through 80 families. The grass
family is by far the prevailing one, though the compos-
ites present the largest number of species. About 85
grasses have already been collected. Forests are found
only along streams and in the broken areas south of
Devil's Lake and in the Turtle and Pembina mountains.
The number of species of trees is very limited. The
more prominent of the trees as regards distribution and

size are the bur oak and white elm in the eastern part
of the state, and cottonwood and green ash in the western.
The box elder, linden, aspen and hackberry are about the
onlyothertreescommonly found. The red cedar is found
to some extent along the Little Missouri. In establish-
ing tree plantations, the white ash, white willow, box
elder and cottonwood are the trees usually employed.
With reasonable cultivation it is not difficult to obtain a
thrifty, rapid growth of these. In proportion to the trees

1494. North Dakota, to show some of the physiographical features.

the number of shrubs is large and, besides several of the
commoner kinds of the Middle States, includes such
striking species as Shepherdia argentea and £Jlceagmis
argcntea. Rosa blanda is found everywhere in great
profusion, exhibiting a variety of exquisite colorings.
Aside from the grasses the compositEe are most in evi-
dence, and throughout the summer and fall the bright
colors of Gaillardia, Rudbeckia, Echinacea, Liatris, sun-
flowers and asters make a profusion of gaiety. The
legumes, too, are very common, the bright Petalostemons
and Astragalus adding much to the showiness and rich-
ness of the landscape. The high nitrogen content of the
soil is probably due in large measure to the prevalence
of the Amorphas and vetches. The prairie fires that
swept over the state annually for many hundred years
have doubtless greatly modified the fiora. As a result,
the indigenous flora had very few annuals or plants with
perennial tops, and these only in broken places, or along
streams where the fires did not penetrate. In the west-
ern part of the state insufficient moisture would account
for lack of forests. The remains of large trees in pet-
refactions and lignite deposits tell us that in cretaceous
times the conifers foimd a most congenial home, while
towards the tertiary period the angiosperms appeared.

Native Fruits. — While the wild fruits occupy an in-
considerable portion of the total area of the state, yet
they are important in that they furnish thousands of
families with their yearly supply of jellies and other
fruit products. A listof the wild fruits in order of their
importance would be about as follows: plum, buffalo
her ry {Shepherdia argentea), cherry {Prumis demissa),
grape ( Vitis intjpina) and Juneberry {Amelanchier
alnifolia). The red raspberry and strawberry are also
found sparingly. The only plum in the state is P.
Americana, and this is found wherever other trees or
shrubs grow. It is sometimes confined to thickets, as in
the Middle States, or it may be scattered for miles along
with the thorn and Juneberry, It is strongly variable
in almost every character except fruitfulness. all forms
being decidedly prolific. The shrub rarely grows more
than 8 feet high. The fruit generally is of good quality,

1096

NORTH DAKOTA

NUPHAR

sweet and rich when ripe, but too soft to keep well. In
a domestic way wild plum jelly is recognized as a staple
article of superior merit, and though the plums are
abundant in most seasons, yet they readily bring $2 per
bushel in the local markets. The improved strains of
this plum, like the DeSoto, Weaver and Aitkin, are
being introduced and successfully cultivated. The buf-
falo berry is found from the James river westward,
growing in thickets along streams and coulees. The
bright red acid fruit is borne in the greatest profusion,
but is rather difficult to gather, as it is sessile and
thorns are plenty. It makes a clear jelly of reddish
amber color and delicate flavor. The choke cherry of
North Dakota is a puzzle botanically, and until further
studied may as well pass for P. demissa. It is nearer
to that, in superficial characters at least, than to P. Vir-
giiiiana. The fruit is used to some extent for wine and
marmalade and with other fruit in making jellies. P.
pumila is widely scattered but not abundant, and the
fruit is used but little. In the western part of the state
the Juneberry produces abundantly a large fruit of
rich flavor, but is more often used fresh from the
bushes than in a culinary way. The rapid settling of
the state has increased the demand for native fruits to
such an extent that their value is being appreciated,
and private ownership even in wild fruits is being in-
sisted upon and recognized. This, of course, leads di-
rectly to the development and preservation of the better
strains. Clare Bailey Waldron.

NORTHWEST TERRITORY. See Canada.

NOTHOFAGUS (Greek words, meaning not. a true
beech). Ctipuliferm. A genus of about 12 species, native
of S. America, Australia and New Zealand, closely allied
to Fagus, but chiefly distinguished by the fls., both
staminate and pistillate ones being borne in 3's or soli-
tary. The Ivs. are generally small, often evergreen and
either plicate in bud, like those of Fagus, or not. The
wood of some species, especially that of N'. Dombeyl and
N. procera, in Chile, and of /V. C'anningJiami, in Aus-
tralia, is much valued. They are not hardy in the North,
and but little known in cultivation; they are probably
not cult, in this country, though the following 4 species
have been introduced into European gardens and have
proved fairly hardy in England: iV. Antarctica., Oerst. ,
If. ohl.lqua, Oerst., iV. betulold.es, Oerst., iV". f'unnimj-
?iawi, Oerst., all trees or sometimes shrubby, with small,
ovate or elliptic, crenate-dentate Ivs., Y^-l in. long. The
2 first named are deciduous, the other 2 evergreen.
They are perhaps oftener enumerated under Fagus, but
besides the difference in the fls. they are strikingly dif-
ferent in habit, especially on account of their very small
Ivs., large only in N. procera. Alfred Rehder.

N0TH0L31NA (Latin, spurious, cloak ; from the
rudimentary iudusium). Polypodihcece . Often written
JVothocJilwna, but the above is Robert Brown's original
orthography. A genus of mostly warm temperate rock-
loving ferns, differing from Cheilanthes mainly in hav-
ing no marginal indusium. Some of the species are
coated with a golden or silvery wax-like powder. The
following have been advertised only once by a dealer in
native plants. See Peru.

A. Fronds denselij matted heneath.
B. Lds. once pinnate.

sinuita, Kaulf. Lvs. 1-2 ft. long. 1-2 in. wide, grow-
ing on short stalks from thick, scaly rootstocks; pinn»
thick, entire or deeply pinnatifid ; lower surface with
rusty scales. Southwestern U. S. to Chile.

ferruglnea, Hook. Lvs. 6-12 in. long, 3^-1 in. wide,
growing on wiry black stalks from thick, dark, scaly
rootstalks; pinnae deeply pinnatifid, with blunt lobes;
texture thinner ; lower surface densely matted with
wool. Southwestern U. S. to West Indies and Chile.

BB. JDvs. S- to 4-pinnate.
Nfiwberryi, D. C. Eaton. Cotton Fern. Lvs. 3-.5in.
long, on stalks of the same length ; ultimate segments
^ri~}4 line wide, covered on both sides with slender,
entangled hairs, which are more dense on the under
surface. Calif.

PArryi, D. C. Eaton. Lace Fern. Lvs. 2-4 in. long,
tripinnate, with crowded roundish obovate segments 1
line wide, which are densely covered above with entan-
gled white hairs, beneath with a heavier pale brown,
wool. Utah to Calif.

aa. Fronds with ivhtte or yellow powder beneath.

cretELcea, Liebni. Rootstock short, with rigid scales:
lvs. 1-2 in. each way, pentagonal on brownish stalks
2-7 in. long; ultimate segments oblong or triangular-
oblong, crowded. Southern Calif, and Ariz. — Less
handsome than the similar but larger and less divided
If. Sookeri of Texas to Arizona.

c&ndida. Hook. Rootstock creeping : lvs. 3-6 in. long,
ovate or deltoid-ovate, pinnate; lowest pinnee with
inferior pinnules elongated and again pinnatifid; upper
surface green. Tex. and New Mex.

AAA. Fronds naked below.

t6nera, Gillies. Lvs. 3-4 in. long, ovate-pyramidal,
2-3-pinnate ; pinnee distant, with ovate or subcordate,
smooth, naked segments. S. Utah and Calif, to Bolivia.
-Very rare. l. m. Underwood.

N0TH6SC0RDUM (Greek, false garlic). Lilidcea-.
About 10 species of herbs having an onion-like bulb
and closely related to Allium. Most of the species are
found in tropical S. Amer., 1 in China and 1 in the
U. S., ranging from Va. to Ind., Neb. and southward,
in open woodlands and prairies. The bulb is without
the onion odor and taste: scape 6-12 in. high: lvs.
linear, basal, 6-12 in. long : fls. yellow or white, in an
umbel : capsule oblong-obovate, somewhat lobed, ob-
tuse: style obscurely jointed : ovary 3-loculed ; ovules
several in each locule.

striS.tum, Kunth. Yellow False Garlic. Stkeak-
LEAVED Garlic. Bulb globular, 1 in. through, some-
times bearing bulblets at base : scape 1 ft. or less
high : lvs. 7-8 in. high, 1-2 Hues broad : fls. white, 6-7
in an umbel on slender pedicels, the segments narrowly
oblong, 4-6 lines long : ovules 4-7 in each cell. Early
spring. Va.,west. B.B. 1:415. — Hardy. Procurable from
dealers in native plants. jj^ ^ Coulston.

NOVA SCOTIA. See Canada.

NtlPHAR (from the Arabic). Ny7npha;d.eecB. Spat-
ter-dock. Yellow Pond Lily. Six or eight aquatic
plants of the north temperate zone, with stout root-
stocks creeping in the mud, and large, cordate-ovate or
sagittate lvs., some of which are floating and others
either floating or standing erect above the water: fls.
usually standing above the water, yellow or purplish,
single on the scapes, the sepals 5 or 6 or more and con-
stituting the showy part of the flower; petals numer-
ous, small and usually simulating stamens, the latter
numerous and short: ovary short and globular-ovoid,
with 8-24 stigmas forming rays on its top: fr. a small,
emersed capsule. The largest part of the Nuphars are
North American. They grow in stagnant pools or on
the margins of slow-running mud-bottom streams.
Although several species have been offered by dealers,
most of them have small value for the cultivator, al-
though the foliage effects of iV. advena may be striking.
For culture, see JVymphoea and Aquatics. By some the
Liunfean Nymphsea is used for this genus, and Castalia
is used for the true water lilies. See JVi/mphcea.
a. X/i'S. mostly cordate-ovate; northern.
B. Plants strong and large.

Advena, Smith. Common Spatter-dock. Fig. 1495.
Lvs. large (about 1 ft. long), varying from cordate-
ovate to cordate-oblong, thick, with a deep and mostly
open basal sinus, the lower surface often pubescent;
submerged lvs. usually wanting: fls. 2-3 in. across,
more or less globular (not wide-opening), yellow or
purple tinged, the petals fleshy and truncate, the sepals
6: stigma with 12-24 ravs. N. Brunswick to Fla. and
west. Mn. 1:17. G.C. IL 20:557.

ruhrodiscum, Morong. Lvs. somewhat smaller; sub-
merged lvs. usually present: fls. 1-1^^ in. across, yel-
low, with 5 or 6 sepals, the stigraatic disk bright red
and 9-12-rayed, the petals spatulate and fleshy. Penn.
to Jlich., and north.

NUPHAR

polys^palum, Engelm. Larger than TV. advena, [the
Its. three-fourths as broad as long, erect in shallow
water and floating in deep water: fls. 4-5 in. across,
yellow, the sepals 8-12, and the petals 12-1 S and broad.
N. Calif., northward and east to the Rockies.

NURSERY

1097

1495. Nuphar advena (X %).

lilteum, Sibth. & Smith. European Yellow Lily.
Lvs. cordate-ovate, floating or rising little above the
water: fls. yellow, somewhat fragrant, smaller than
those of -ZV. advena, the sepals 5, and the petals very
numerous: stigma 10-30-rayed. Europe.

BB. Plant slender, often delicate.

mimmum, Smith [N. pumilum, DC.)- Slender: lvs.
small, oblong, with a deep sinus and spreading lobes:
fls. 1 in. or less across, yellow : stigmas 8-12, prominently
indented. Eu. — By Bentham considered to be a form of
N, luteum.

Ealml&num, R.Br. [N. luteum of American authors,
at least in part). Slender, with prominent submerged or-
bicular, lettuce-like lvs., and the emersed ones floating,
and only 3 or 4 in. long: fl. 1 in. or less across, yellow,
with 5 sepals, and thin spatulate petals: stigmas 6-7.
N. Y., west and south. — A very interesting plant.

AA. hvs. long -sagittate or narrow-oblong: southern.
saglttaeSblium, Pursh. Rather stout: emersed lvs.
floating, about 1 ft. long and 2-3 in. wide: submerged
lvs. similar in shape, numerous : fls. 1 in. across, yellow,
the sepals 5, the petals spatulate: stigmas 11-15.
Southern Indiana and Illinois southward. l_ jj^ g^

NURSERY : in horticulture, an establishment for the
rearing of plants. Properly, a nursery exists for the
rearing of any kind of plant, but in America the word
is i-estricted to an establishment devoted to the growing
of hardy, more particularly woody plants. This is be-
cause of the early and great development of orcharding
and tree planting and the relative infrequency of glass
structures.

In North America the nursery business, as we now
know it, is practically an institution of the present
century, although there were nurseries more than a
century ago (see Vol. II, p. 766). As early as 1768,
according to J. H. Hale, the New York Society for Pro-
motion of Arts awarded Thomas Young a premium of
£10 for the largest number of apple trees, the number
being 27,123. But the large trading nursery developed
simultaneously with the great orchard planting industry

which began in western New York and extended west-
ward, and, since the civil war, to the southward.

The only available statistics covering the general
range of the United States nursery business are those
published in Bulletin 109 of the Eleventh Census (figures
for 1890), by J. H. Hale. The census enumerated the
items of 4,510 nurseries, occupying 172,800 acres and
representing a valuation of $41,978,835.80. The total
capital invested was about $52,500,000. These establish-
ments employed 45,657 men, 2,279 women, and 14,200
animals. The total number of plants and trees was
3,386,858,778, which figure does not include unenumer-
ated plants on 1,477 acres of nursery grounds. Of this
enormous total, fruit trees comprised 518,016,612 plants,
and grape vines and small fruits 685,603,396. Apple
trees alone, the highest figure given for a single species,
numbered 240,570,666. It is safe to assume that each
plant in this uncountable number was the subject of
thought and solicitude on the part of the propagator;
yet it is probable that not one in a hundred has lived to
bring satisfactory reward to the buyer. It has been esti-
mated that the apple trees now standing in orchards in
the United States are 100,000,000, or less than half the
number growing in the nurseries in 1890. The elements
of loss are many, but the greater part of the failures
occur after the stock has passed to the hands of the
final purchaser.

The largest nursery center of North America, con-
sidering the number of persons engaged and the variety
of stock grown, is western New York. The headquarters
of this industry is Rochester, See New York. Nearly
one-ninth of all the nurseries enumerated in 1890 were
in New York state, and these establishments employed
a capital of over $12,000,000. Very extensive nursery
enterprises are now established in many other parts of
the country, and it is probable that the center of the
nursery business will move westward.

In America, nursery stock is grown on a large scale.
This is particularly true of fruit trees. These trees are
to be set in wide and open orchards, and the nursery
practices are therefore very unlike those which obtain
in Europe. In the latter country, for example, fruit
trees are trained in the nursery row to assume definite
shapes. Some are trained for standards,— to grow to
one straight, bare trunk. Others are trained for bush
specimens, some for growing on walls and espaliers,
some with round heads, some with conical heads, and
the like. It is the pride of the American nurseryman,
however, that his rows shall be perfectly even and uni-
form. Any break in this uniformity is considered to be
a blemish. If every tree could be a duplicate of every
other, his ideal would be attained. Ordinarily, fruit
trees are trained to single stems, the top starting at two
or three feet from the ground. All fruit trees are bud-
ded or grafted. In the older parts of the country, bud-
ding is much preferred. In early days, root-grafting the
apple was a common practice in the eastern states; but
it has gradually given way to budding and thereby atop
is supplied with one whole strong root. In the western
states, however, root-grafting is still popular, partly
because more than one tree may be made from an indi-
vidual root, and partly because it allows the operator to
use a long cion and to put the foster root far below the
surface, thereby allowing the cion to send out its own
roots and causing the tree to become own-rooted, and to
have a known hardiness.

There are many diseases and difiiculties in the grow-
ing of all kinds of nursery stock. The most widespread
and fundamental difiSculty, however, is the inability to
grow many crops of trees on the same land with good
results. In fact, in the case of fruit trees it is usually
considered that land which has been"treed "is therefore
unfit for the growing of other fruit stock until it shall
have rested in clover or other crops for a period of five
years or more. Ornamental stock is often grown con-
tinuously on the same land with good results, even when
the same species is grown. This is largely due to the
fact that ornamental stock is sold by its size and not by
its age, and therefore rapidity of growth is not so im-
portant as it is in the case of fruit trees. It has been
supposed that this necessity of rotation is due to the
exhaustion of certain plant-food elements from the soil.
It has been found by careful experiments, however, that

1098

NURSERY

NUT -CULTURE

such is not the case. The chief difficulty seems to be a
physical one. Lands which are devoted to nursery stock
for one crop, which is from two to five years, becomes
void of humus, and the digging of the stock when the
land is wet or unfit to be worked tends to impair the
physical character of the soil. Experiments have shown
that commercial fertilizers will not always reclaim lands
which have been treed, whereas barn manures and green
crops may go very far towards revitalizing them. As a

^^^^

1496. View in an American apple-tree nursery.

result of inability to grow vigorous stock on treed land,
a large part of the nursery stock of the country, partic-
ularly fruit trees, is grown on rented land. On the
nurseryman's central grounds a variety of stock may be
grown, chiefly ornamentals, but the larger part of the
commercial fruit stock is farmed out to persons who are
willing to rent their land for this purpose and who will
give the requisite attention to the growing trees.

The nursery interests of this country are represented
in a strong organization known as the American Asso-
ciation of Nurserymen, which holds a movable annual
meeting in June and publishes a report. There are also
societies representing geographical regions. At the
present time, there is one periodical devoted to the
nursery business, "The Practical Nurseryman," pub-
lished monthly at Rochester, N. Y. The American cur-
rent book writings devoted specifically to the business
are Fuller's "Propagation of Plants " and Bailey's "Nur-
sery-Book." L, H. B.

NUT in common language usage is any hard-shelled
fruit which will keep for a more or less indefinite time
without special efforts at preservation. In a botanical
sense, a Nut is a hard and dry indehiscent 1-seeded
fruit in which one or more ovules have been suppressed
by abortion. In this sense, walnuts, hickory-nuts,
acorns and cocoanuts are Nuts, but almonds, peanuts
and Brazil-nuts are not. l^ g[^ g_

NUT, AUSTRALIAN, iracaclamia ternifoUa.

NUT, CHILEAN. Gevuina Avellana.

NUT-CULTURE. Prom the earliest times nuts have
been used as an article of food in North America. The
prehistoric tribes left evidences of their iise in the
specimens which were buried with their remains. When
the white settlers came they found several kinds of nuts
growing wild and bearing abundantly, and thought to
introduce the cultivated nuts of Europe along with fruits
and farm crops that seemed to flourish in the virgin soil.
But little success seemed to attend their early efforts,
largely because of the unsuitability of the varieties
tested. The sweet almond and the hazels were found to
be of this character, and the few experiments with the
European walnut and chestnut, where they did succeed,
were not followed up by extensive plantings for many
years, Nor were any of the native nuts brought under
cultivation until very recently. Now there are many
orchards and groves of both foreign and native nuts,
some of which are already yielding profitable crops.

The Almond {Prunus Amy gdalns). — Among the first
nuts to be tested were the cultivated almonds. All the
experiments up to the present day lead to the conclu-

sion that the choice varieties are not suited to any section
east of the Rocky mountains, except, perhaps, in south-
western Texas and New Mexico. The close relationship
to the peach would cause us to expect that it would
succeed wherever that fruit does; but the trees of the
choice varieties are too tender to endure any but very
mild climates, and the fruit-buds are still more tender.
The chief failing, however, is the habit of very early
blooming, which causes the crop to be cut off by spring
frosts, except in peculiarly favorable localities. There
are differences in the ability of the varieties to endure
cold and in time of blooming, even where they are
counted a success. Not until seedlings were grown and
tested, from which selections were made of suitable
kinds, did the growing of this nut prove profitable.

Hey ions and Methods of Culture, — At the present time
the culture of the almond is confined chiefly to California,
and to some extent in Oregon, Utah, Idaho, Arizona and
New Mexico. Fair crops of almonds of the highest
quality in all respects are grown there. There are single
orchards in California of hundreds of acres in extent.
The crop of 1899, in that state, was estimated to be about
50 car-loads of 20,000 pounds each. It is thought that the
production of new seedlings will still further overcome
the weak points already mentioned, and materially ex-
tend the culture of really choice varieties. The methods
of planting and cultivation of the soil are about the same
as for the peach. Twenty feet is a good distance apart
for the trees in rich soil. Unlike the proper treatment
for peach trees, the almond tree should have but little
pruning, owing to a different habit of the fruiting
branches. See also Almond.

The Walnuts.— -4 7>ieri'caw TFaZmt^s.— The kernels of
all species of the walnut family are liked because of
their rich and delicious flavor; but some of them are so
small and difficult to get out of the shell that they are
of little or no commercial value. Our native black
walnut, Juglans nigra, and butternut, J", cinerea, are of
this character. At present there are very few trees of
either species that are grown for their nuts; but there
are some prospects of improvement in this direction.

Asiatic Species. — Within the last 25 years there have
been introduced from Japan two new species of walnuts,
J. Seiholdiana and J, cordiformis , and from Manchuria
one, J. Mandshnrica. These make beautiful and stately
trees, but the nuts of all but J. cordiformis have too
thick shells to be of much value. See JiigUins.

Persian S'/secies. — The Persian walnut, J. regia, which
has long been called English walnut and by several
other titles, has been cultivated for many centuries for
its thin-shelled and richly-flavored nuts. It is a native
of Persia and the regions about the Caspian Sea. The
Greeks and Romans took it to soiithern Europe before
the Christian era. It was brought to America in the
early settlement of the country, but did not succeed
everywhere, and the few trees that sTirvive in the
eastern states have been mostly neglected. Some of
them have borne nuts abundantly and others have not.
Unproductiveness has generally been due to the iso-
lation of the trees and the inopportune times of the
blooming of the flowers of the two sexes. These isolated
trees are scattered over the eastern states from New
York to Georgia, and rarely beyond the Appalachian
moxintain chain, because of the more uncongenial
climate there. Whether or not there will eventually be
orchards of this nut in the eastern United States is
do\ibtful.

Regions of Successful Culture. — On the Pacific coast
the Persian walnut is a great success. True enough,
there are some failures, but they are mostly due to lack
of proper pollination, a matter which can and will soon
be generallj^ understood and overcome. There are ex-
tensive orchards already in bearing, and with the
advantages which are now being afforded by the intro-
diiction of the best varieties from Europe and the
origination of improved seedlings, the walnut industry
is sure to rapidly advance in that region. The soil of
the richer valleys of the Pacific slope is just what is
needed, and where there is an abundant supply of water
a few feet under the surface there is no need of irriga-
tion. But in poor, dry soil it is folly to expect success.
The crop of California, alone, in 1899, was about 550
car-loads of 20,000 pounds each. It is confidently ex-

NUT -CULTURE

NUT -CULTURE

1099

pected that California will, ■within a few years, produce
all that our home markets require.

Propagation and Tillage. — The larger num.berof bear-
ing trees are seedlings, but those grafted or budded
with choice varieties are far preferable, and such trees
will form the walnut orchards of the future. The dis-
tance for the trees to stand apart in the orchard is from
25 to 50 feet, according to the vigor of the variety and the
richness of the soil. Clean tillage is best for the trees
until they reach bearing age, when the ground may be
seeded to some grass that does not make a compact sod.
If hoed crops are grown between the trees until that time
it will do no harm and economize the space. Almost no
pruning is needed for this tree, except to keep the
branches from getting so low as to interfere with tillage.
See Walnut.

The Cb^kstnuts.— American Species.— hike the wal-
nuts, our native chestnuts are not so desirable for mar-
ket purposes as those from foreign countries. The wild
American chestnut, Castanea Americana, is richer in
quality than anyforeign kind, but the size is less than half
that of the introduced nuts. Throughout the larger part
of the eastern United States, aud extending into lower
Canada, there are untold millions of native chestnut
trees, yielding a wealth of nuts that find ready sale in
the markets, so far as they are gathered; but the prices
are only about half those of the large cultivated and im-
ported product. At the present time there are but few
attempts made to cultivate this species. Some of the
choice varieties with the largest nuts are being collected
for experiment, and there is reasonable prospect that by
hybridization and selection of seedlings we may yet
have varieties combiuing the vigor and hardihood of the
wild trees with the characteristic natural sweetness and
large size of the foreign nuts.

The chinquapin, C. pwinila, is the smallest of the
chestnut family, in size of both nut and tree. Rarely is
it anything more than a mere bush. It has rarely been
cultivated, although the bushes are productive and the
nuts of good quality.

JSiiropean Species. — ThQ Old World chestnut, C. sat-
iva, has been under cultivation almost as long as his-
tory goes. It was brought to America in the first
century of its settlement by Europeans; but not until
within the last 25 years has there been more than an
occasional tree found on our shores. The accidental
finding of a chance seedling, which was finally named
Paragon and sent out to the public about 1887, and the
bringing to notice of the Ridgeley shortly before that
time, were the means of exciting the first general inter-
est in chestnut culture in America. Both these kinds,
and a great many more named varieties, are now being
propagated and scattered far and wide. They are all of
large size but not as sweet as our native chestnuts, and
generally have bitter skins. The trees are of robust
character and vpry productive, but more tender than our
natives.

Japanese Species . — About the time that the European
species was becoming popular in America attention was
drawn to a number of seedlings from nuts that had been
brought from Japan during several previous years. The
most of them were larger than any that had been known
before, either in this country or in Europe. Many of
them are now named and widely distributed. Some of
the smaller varieties are exceedingly early in ripening.
Nearly all of them begin to bear at an early age and are
even more productive than the average of the European
species. In quality, the nuts of most of them are not
quite so sweet as the European kinds. The habit of
growth is less vigorous than that of other chestnuts.

From these two foreign species we have all of our varie-
ties that, up to this time, are worthy of general cultiva-
tion. They vary from seed much as do most other im-
proved varieties of fruits, etc., and grafting and budding
must be practiced, which are exceedingly difficult to suc-
cessfully perform on the chestnut, as is the case with
all other nut trees. They will both unite fairly well
with our native stocks ; although sometimes the union
is imperfect and the top breaks off.

Grafting. — The most successful method of propagat-
ing nut trees, so far as the writer has experimented or
learned otherwise, is late bark-grafting. This requires
that the cions be cut before there is any possibility of

the buds starting, and put in some very cool place until
after the stocks have begun to leaf out. The stocks are
then cut off as for cleft-grafting, but the bark only is
split with a knife for an inch or more at the top of the
stock. The cion is trimmed to a long wedge, all from
one side. The point of this wedge is introduced under
the bark at the top of the slit and gently forced down
until the cut surface of the cion is even with the top of
the stump. It is then tied fast with a string and the
wound securely waxed. Large trees may be thus top-
worked in their branches with considerable success.
Small stocks should be grafted just under the surface
of the ground and banked nearly to the top of the cion.

Sttimp Groves. — In several cases large tracts of chest-
nut stump lands have been grafted over to the improved
varieties of the foreign species with good success. All
other trees should be cleared away and only two or three
of the strongest sprouts left on each stump. These
should all be grafted and allowed to grow until it is sure
that there will be a sufficient stand, when those that are
not needed should be cut away. In future years more
may be cut away to give the remaining trees ample room.

Chestnut OrcJiards.-The best results are said to be
attained in chestnut-culture by planting grafted trees
on open land, about 25 feet apart and in regular orchard
form. This plan admits of giving the trees good tillage
until they have attained large size, when grass may be
sown and stock allowed to graze it, except when the
nuts are falling. Such orchards are said, by those who
have tried them in comparison with grafted sprouts, to-
yield more than twice as much per acre. Well-drained
sandy or shallow lands are the best for the chestnut.

Weevil. — The worst feature of chestnut-culture is the
weevil. In some cases the nuts are so badly infested
that they are practically worthless. The eggs from
which the larvae develop are laid by a long-snouted
beetle while the nuts are growing, and by the time they
are mature the most of them are either hatched or
nearly ready to hatch. By treating the nuts with the
fumes of bisulphide of carbon the eggs or larvae can all
be destroyed. Scalding with boiling water for about
ten minutes will also kill them, but it also destroys the
germinative power of the niits and necessitates drying
them. See Castanea and Chestnut.

The Pecan [Hicoria Pecan).— In the Wild State.—
Of all our native nuts the Pecan is the best Its nat-
ural habitat is the lower Mississippi basin, from Iowa,
to the Gulf coast, but it will grow equally as well in any
climate and soil of approximately the same character.
The tree is almost as hardy as any of the other hickories,
except some of its more southern varieties. In size the
tree varies from medium, on laud of ordinary fertility,
to gigantic proportions on the rich river and creek bot-
toms. The nuts vary in size and shape from round and
% an inch in diameterto oblong and IJ^ inches in length.
The kernels are exceedingly rich and sweet, and the
shells usually thin. Pecans are found in all confec-
tionaries, and bring almost as high prices as any of the
imported nuts. The largest and thinnest shelled varie-
ties are found in Louisiana and Texas. Millions of
pounds are gathered annually in those states and sold
to dealers, thus bringing a handsome revenue to many
people of moderate means.

Under Cultivation. — The decrease of the wild prod-
uct from the cutting down of the trees, and the better
prices obtained from large, thin-shelled nuts, have in-
duced the planting of pecan orchards. The nuts sprout
readily, and the trees are of easy growth, with reason-
able care, in proper soil and climate. In Texas there is
one orchard of 1 1 , 000 trees planted on 400 acres and grown
from the best nuts procurable. In Florida there is another
of 4,000 grafted trees on 100 acres. There are many
smaller orchards planted in nearly all the states from
Virginia to Missouri and California, southward. The
line of 40° north latitude is about the limit of success-
ful pecan culture, aud the region from .35° southward
is much better. The nuts do not fill and ripen well
where the growing season is short.

It has been learned that by cutting back the tops of
wild trees (thus causing an abundance of sprouts), and
then budding in August or September, large trees may
be quickly transformed into such as will produce the
highest grade of nuts.

1100

NUT -CULTURE

NUTTALLIA

Planning the Orchard.— Theve are two ways to make
a pecan orchard. One is to depend on seedlings. If
really choice nuts are planted there is a reasonable
prospect of securing trees bearing somewhat similar
nuts, and many follow this plan. The other is to de-
pend on budded or grafted trees instead of seedlings.

There is also a division of opinion as to the advisa-
bility of planting the nuts where the trees are to stand
and rearing them for a year or more in a nursery. Both
ways are good, but each has its advantages. If the
former of these plans is followed, then two or three nuts
should be planted where each tree is to stand and a
cedar or cypress stake driven at the spot. Pine stakes
are said to induce worms to attack the little pecan trees.
A still safer plan is to enclose the little seedlings in
narrow boxes about afoot high, made of cypress boards.
This secures them from the depredations of rabbits,
which sometimes prove very destructive. By this plan
there is no labor or danger of loss by transplanting.
All but one of the trees should be removed after two or
three years' growth. If the nursery method is followed,
the transplanting should be done at one of these ages.

Propagation. — Grafted or budded trees are far pref-
erable to seedlings, because of the certainty of the va-
riety, convenience of gathering the nuts at one time, and
the advantage of having an even and high grade to sell.
The same difliculty is met with as in case of the chest-

1497. Cocoanut.
The most important of tropical nuts.

nut — the trouble and expense of securing grafted or
budded trees. However, it has been found that both
these methods of propagation are reasonably successful
in skilful hands. Either the cleft-, tongue- or bark -graft
will succeed, but all styles do better on small stocks
just below the surface of the soil than above. Ring- and
plate-budding are much more successful than the shield
method. They have been profitably used in nurseries of
young seedlings and on sprouts on large trees.

Planting and Cnltivation. — The distance for planting

should be not less than 50 feet between trees, because
they get to be very large. It might be well to put them
half that distance and cut out half when crowding be-
gins. Thorough tillage will pay abundantly and should
never be neglected while the trees are young. Farm
crops, such as corn, cotton and potatoes, may be grown
between the trees until they begin bearing, which is
from 10 to 15 years from planting. Then the ground
may be seeded to grass. See Sicoria and Pecan.

The Cocoanut (Fig. 1497).— Where Grown in Amer-
ica.—There is comparatively little territory on the con-
tinent of North America where the cocoanut will grow;
viz., a small portion of Florida and the warmer coast
regions of Mexico. In the warmer parts of California
the climate does not seem to be sufficiently humid. In
the vicinity of Lake Worth, Florida, there are many
bearing trees, and along the east coast and adjacent
islands from there to Key West, and as far north on the
west coast as Charlotte Harbor, there are many thousands
of cocoanut trees growing. In central Florida the cli-
mate does not seem to be suitable. Proximity to the sea
in all countries seems to suit the cocoanut. It will
flourish in almost any soil, although the richer the bet-
ter, but a warm and humid atmosphere is indispensable.

Origin of Cocoannt-Grouring in .4?HeHca. — The oldest
cocoanut trees in Florida were probably chance seed-
lings which came from nuts that washed ashore from
the sea long years ago. Such trees are very rarely
found. There are also a few old trees that grew from
nuts planted by settlers at Key West and other places
along the coast. The chief cause of the impetus to co-
coanut-growing was the wrecking of the Spanish bark
Providencia laden with cocoanuts on the beach near
Lake Worth, Florida, Jan. 9, 1878. Many thousands of
the nuts were gathered from the surf and planted for
many miles up and down the coast. The trees grew so
rapidly and began to bear so soon, usually at from six
to eight years from seed, that visions of wealth tempted
many more into planting groves. One near Biscayne Bay
consisted of about 4,000 acres, in which were 300,000
trees. Another at Cape Sable contained 42,000 trees, and
there are many more of less extent.

Present Status. — QolA waves and occasional frosts
have injured many of the cocoanut trees, in some cases
killing them outright. In general, the trees bear good
nuts in reasonable quantity, but in a business way the
industry is uncertain, owing to danger from frosts and
the cheapness of imported nuts. As an interesting
novelty, the cocoanut in southern Florida is an eminent
success. See Cocos.

There are three American publications devoted to
nuts: "Nut Culture in the United States," 1896, being a
bulletin of the Division of Pomologv, U.S. Dept. Agric;
Fuller, "The Nut Culturist," 1890"; Parry, "Nuts for
Profit," 1897. H. E. VanDeman.

HUT-GEASS. Mentioned under Ct/perus.

HTJTMEG. Treated under Myristica.

NTJTTALLIA (Thomas Nuttall, professor of natural
history at Philadelphia; author of "The Genera of North
American Plants" [1818], "The North American Sylva"
[1842], etc.). Rosdcem. A genus of 2 species of north-
western American plants, one of which is the Oso Berry,
If. cerasiformis. This is a shrub 0-12 ft. high, with
white, 5-petaled fls. It is one of the earliest shrubs to
bloom in spring. It is rarely cult, in the East and of
doubtful hardiness, but is esteemed in England, where
it is compared to a flowering currant. Botanically, how-
ever, it is nearer Prunus than Rubus. Generic charac-
ters are : fls. polygamo-dicecious ; calyx between top-
shaped and bell-shaped, deciduous; petals broadly
spatulate; stamens 15, in 2 rows, 10 inserted with the
petals and 5 lower down on the disk lining the tube;
filaments very short; carpels 5: drupes 2-4, oblong.

cerasiJbrmis, Torr. & Gray. Oso Beery. Shrub or
small tree, 2-15 ft. high: Ivs. broadly lanceolate; petiole
2-4 in. long: racemes shorter than the Ivs.: fls. %-l in.
across: fr. blue-black, 0-8 lines long; flesh bitter; stone
somewhat compressed. Moist places, Calif. Gn. 34, p.
78. G.C. II. 19:309; III. 19:489. -Said to "exhale a

NUTTALLIA

NYMPH^A

1101

hydrocyanic odor." It endures tlie winter iinder pro-
tection at the Arnold Arboretum, Boston.

N. spUndidnm, adv. 18S9 by John Saul, is presumably an
error. Probably some other genus.

NYCTERINIA. See Zaluzianski/a.

NYMPH.ffiA (from Nympha, in Greek and Roman
mythology, a nature-goddess). Syn., Gastalla. Nym-
phisdcece. Watek-lilf. Pond-lily. Figs, 1498-1502.
The most splendid of aquatics (except Victoria), inhab-
iting the north and south temperate and tropical zones.
About 32 well-marked species, with numerous local varie-
ties and many cultivated hybrids. Herbs, perennial by
horizontal or erect rootstocks or tubers, rooting in mud,
covered by 3 in. to 6 ft. of water (rarely in bogs not
submerged): Ivs. floating, or when crowded rising a
few inches above the water, round or oval, entire or
dentate or sinuate, fissi-cordate, often sub-peltate, 2 in.
to 2 ft. in diam. : fls. mostly showy, white, yellow, blue
and red, in all shades, 1-12 or 14 in. across ; sepals 4;
petals and carpels many; stamens very numerous; pis-
til with a broad cup-like depression in the center of the
fl,, surrounded by a ring of fleshy processes, the car-
pellary styles, and with a knob at the center.

The petals and stamens of Nymphsea appear to be at-
tached to the sides of the ovary; but this surface is to
be considered as the outside of a cup-like receptacle, its
cavity being completely filled by the radially placed car-
pels, with whose backs it is fused. Several species show
easy gradations from sepal to petal and from petal to
stamen, thus illustrating the homology of floral parts.
The peduncles and petioles are traversed by a number
of longitudinal air-canals, from whose walls star-shaped
cells and rounded cell-groups project inward; in the
walls of these stellate internal hairs are imbedded num-
berless minute crystals of calcium oxalate ; they are
objects of great beauty in microscopical sections. The
distribution of these, as also of the air-canals, differs
in different species. Three types of leaf may be dis-
tinguished: (1) very thin and fragile submerged leaves
on short petioles; (2) floating leaves, thicker in texture,
with stomata and palisade cells on the upper surface
only; (3) aerial leaves, leathery in texture, sometimes,
at least, bearing stomata on the under surface.

The leaves come from the rhizomes in spiral orders
of varying complexity, from two-fifths up; the growing
apex of the stem is protected by the colorless stipules
and a dense growth of long, fine hairs. The roots spring
usually from the bases of the leaves. Flowers are extra-
axillary, arising as members of the leaf spirals or in a
spiral of their own. The rhizomes of species which
dry off in the resting season (Lotos, Hydroeallis, Lyto-
pleura) become protected by a strong corky bark; others
remain continually in a state of more or less active
growth.

Habits of Opening. — The flowers of every species
open and close at a particular time each day, so that in
a pond with 18 or 20 kinds there is some change taking
place at almost all hours. The hours of blooming are
quite regular, though the tropical species are more
sluggish in cool weather, and the hardy ones are irregu-
lar in very hot times. Each flower opens in from one
or two to flve or seven successive days (or nights), be-
ing about an hour later to open and an hour earlier to
close on its first than on subsequent days. The flower
then goes down into the water by a spiral coiling of the
peduncle (or simply bending over if in shallow water)
where the seed ripens. When in 6 to 10 weeks the pod
matures and bursts, the seeds rise to the water-surface
and float for several hours by means of a buoyant aril;
this finally decays and drops the seed at some distance
from the parent. To secure these, the floating seeds
may be dipped up in a wire sieve, or better, the pods
may be inclosed in muslin or cheese-cloth bags before
ripening, all of the seeds being thus secured.

The Hybrids.— The species of a single group hybrid-
ize quite readily among themselves, and in the Lotos
group the hybrids are more or less fertile. By means
of this condition all shades of color have been obtained,
from the pure white N. Lotus, var. dentata, to the dark
crimson-red iV". rubra. In this group and in Casfalia,
varieties have so multiplied of late and fanciful names

have been so freely given that an accurate classification
of all of them is no longer possible. In the Brachyceras
group, hybrids occur almost certainly if N. Zanzibar-
iensis is grown in the same pond with others of the
group; thus have originated some very fine varieties.
Outside of single groups only Gastalla and Xanthantha
have yet been interbred. Between the apocarpous and
syncarpous species, the writer ventures to suggest, a
hybrid would be impossible. Authorities differ as to
the best time to transfer pollen; certain it is that the
flowers are pistillate on the first day of opening, the
pollen being shed on succeeding days, or late on the
first day. Some say that pollination shouhl take place
in the early morning hours, about daybreak ; others
consider the time most favorable just as the flower is
closing for its first time.

Trouble with the JYames. — Gretit confusion has existed
from the beginning in the naming— alike scientific and
popular— of certain species of Nymphtea, partly from
carelessness, partly because of the great variability of
some species. A good degree of order was introduced
by Caspary, though he left the matter still incomplete.
iY. ccerulea, minutely described by Savigny, from
Egypt, in 1802 (Ann. Mus. Paris. I p. 366 ff.), was im-
mediately confused with iV. Gapensis, of South Africa,
by the editor of B.M. and several other writers. It was
also confounded with the very similar iV. stellata, of
India. Caspary, in Bot. Zeit. 1877, p. 200, finally set
the matter straight, though American gardens are as yet
not all corrected. N. anipla and iT. Amazonum were
confused because De Candolle's original specimen of iV".
ampla consists of a leaf of the first, with a flower of the
second species; and iV. Amazonum has been distrib-
uted in this country under the wrong name. Both are
fully described by Caspary in Martins' Flora Brasilien-
sis (Fascictilus 77}. iV". blanda of our gardens is prob-
ably a form of N. iuberosa. The term N. blanda was
first used by G. P. W. Meyer (1818) in a most faulty de-
scription of a member of the Hydrocallis group. The
name was attached also to two other species of this
group by later writers. See full description and syno-
nymy in Fl. Brasil., 1. c.

The True Egyptian Lotus. — Among common names
the term "Lotus" has been remarkably misapplied.
It seems to be consistently used among us for the genus
Nelumbo, Nelumho nucifera being generally styled
"Egyptian" or "Sacred Lotus." Historically this is
entirely wrong. Nelumbo is not native in Egypt, and is
not now found there in a wild state. It was cultivated
extensively along the Nile in the Roman period, prob-
ably for food, and the flower is supposed to have fur-
nished one form of capital of the Egyptian columns. It
is a native of southeastern Asia; is found near temples
and carved on the walls of cave-temples in Hindustan,
showing a veneration, which it shares, however, M'ith
Nymphma stellata, rubra and Lotus. Nelumbo seems
to have been regarded as sacred about temples in Japan
and China. In Egypt, however, Nymphma ca^rnlea and
N. Lotus, the "blue lotus " and "white lotus," are indige-
nous. The root (rhizome) of the former is said to have
been pointed out as edible by Isis — or by Menes; its
flowers, buds and leaves are often depicted on the monu-
ments, the first sometimes in color. The flowers are
figured among offerings under the IV. dynasty (3998-
3721 B.C.). and the plant is certainly known from the
V. dynasty. Petals of this and of iV. Lotus were found
in the tomb of Ramses II., the Pharaoh of the Israelitish
captivity. DT. Lotus was less regarded than iV. cmrulea
in Egypt, though an object of profound veneration in
India. Herodotus and other ancient writers speak of
these Water-lilies indiscriminately as the "lotos" of the
Egyptians. With these facts, and the additional one
that, except as referred to above. Nelumbo never appears
in Egyptian carvings, the identity of the sacred lotus
cannoi be doubted. But the erroneous use of the word
lotus is deeply rooted, and may never be supplanted.
Personally, the undersigned would not attempt to up-
root it, but only to remember that the so-called "Egyp-
tian Lotus " is not the plant of the tombs and monuments.
(The lotus of Tennyson's poem, "Lotus Eaters," is still
another plant, a shrub or tree which hangs out over the
water; and the genus Lotus (q. v.) is distinct from all
these. )

1102

NYMPH^A

NTMPH^A

Economic Value, — Il^q seeds and root-stocks of seve-
ral Water-lilies, being very rich in starch, are used for
food in parts of Africa, Asia, Australia and tropical
America. Th.e white-flowered species of Europe and
America have been reputed medicinal. The herbage of
all the species contains considerable tannin; nine sub-
stances of this class have been isolated from N. alba.

The Marliac Hi/brids. — Two types of hardy, free-
flowering hybrids akin to iV. alba and its variety rubra,
but of uncertain parentage, have been introduced in the
last 10 or I'i years, one of sturdy habit, raising its Ivs.
(4-8 in. across) and fls. (3-G in. across) well out of the
water when crowded, the other slender in growth, the Ivs.
(3-() in. across) and fis. (2^^-4 in. across) usually float-
ing. Most of these superb varieties were introduced by
M. Latour-Marliac, of Temple-sur-Lot, France, whose
methods, however, remain a mystery. It seems highly
probable that excellent culture combined with careful
selection, and wise hybridization have brought about
these magnificent results. The first group seems to in-
volve only iV". alba (type) and iV. alba, var. rosea. The
second starts with a hybrid, probably of iV". alba, var.
rosea and iV". tetragona, giving N. Laydekeri, var. ro-
sea, to which is added, in varying degrees, blood of iV.
alba, var. rosea and iV. Mexlcana ; but this does not by
any means account for the whole group. Nearly all of
both groups are entirely sterile. BelievingthatiY. «?&«,
and N. alba, var. rosea, have given a decided tone to
both groups, we have described them as an appendage
to this species, though some have more the habit of iV".
tetragona.

Important Species. — The following account, which
contains 93 varieties and about 80 synonyms, will seem
rather formidable to the beginner, but the species of
the first importance are only 7 in number: iV". Lotus,
rubraf odorata, tuberosa, alba, Capensis and Zamiba7'i-
ensis. The great majority of the other names represent
garden varieties and hybrids. It is impossible for any
form of arrangement to be clear and logical on the one
hand, and exhibit natural relationship on the other, at
least, not in a genus so greatly modified in cultivation.
However, the true species are prominently indicated by
bold-faced type and indention as usual, while their de-
rivatives are thrown into the background.

Henry S. Conard.

Water-lilies or Nymph^as are among the most royal,
gorgeous, diversified and universally admired plants in
cultivation. No class of plants in our public parks can
compete with them in attracting the people. Moreover,
America is the most highly favored country in the
world for the cultivation of aquatic plants. Ours is the
only country which can have so rich and continuous a
display of aquatics in flower from April to October in
the open without artificial heat.

The Procession of the Water-lilies. — In our parks and
private gardens are to be seen, flowering early in spring,
all our native Nymphseas, and others from Eiirope and
Asia. The species begin to flower in April and continue
until early fall, when a number of the hardy hybrids
continue to flower uninterruptedly until the end of the
season. In the central states and southward the hardy
varieties decline when tropical weather sets in, and the
nights and days are hot. In the eastern states, and
especially near the coast, where the nights are cool, the
season is much longer, and the color of some of the pink
varieties is more intense. Following the hardy Nym-
phaeas come the Nelumbiums in all their oriental splen-
dor, brightening the summer season, and bridging over
the declining period of the hardy Nymphieas, and the
approaching season of the tropical Nymphteas, which
arrive at maturity toward the latter end of July or be-
ginning of August, and continue until fall. Finally the
grandest of all aquatic plants, Victoria regia, may be
seen in America growing in a natural pond, and produc-
ing its chaste flowers as late as the middle of October.

The American Climate and American Species. ~
America is rich in native species of Nymph jea, and it is
the only country which has native white-, pink- and yel-
low-flowered species.

Of the American Nymphfeas there are about 5 that
are best known. The common white Water-lily is
N]fmph(va odorata. Its variety rosea is the Cape Cod
Pink Water-lily, N. tuberosa (Syn. iV. reniformis) is

a white-flowered species, inhal)iting the western lakes.
The yellow kind, ^. fiava, is iu<ligcn()us to Florida and
other southern states, but is hardy in New Jersey and
southern New York. Another southern kind is the
white-flowered N. odorata, var. gigantea. In addition
to the above well-known kinds, thei'e are several dis-
tinct forms and hybrids.

The commencement of the cultivation of aquatics in
America led to the commingling of species, especially
of iV". odorata and tuberosa. The result is that in sev-
eral sections are to be found many similar varieties,
and forms of both white and pink, some of which are
valuable, being distinct in color and having large, hand-
some, fragrant flowers, while a host of others are worth-
less, so far as distinct varieties are concerned. iV. tu-
berosa was known as the largest and purest white
Water-lily, distinct in foliage, flowers and rootstock.
This species has proved to be the most susceptible of
cross-fertilization. One great hindrance to the cultiva-
tion of such half breeds, is that most of them produce
seed. The seedlings are either white or pink, and sel-
dom, if ever, like the parent plant. There are in differ-
ent sections of the country distinct forms of JV. tuber-
osa, some having long, narrow petals and slightly fra-
grant flowers, others again having broad, incurving
petals, forming handsome cup-shaped, highly fragrant
flowers; still others have very full flowers, quite dou-
ble, the numerous petals crowding each other until the
reflexed sepals inclose the stalk, forming spherical flow-
ers like balls of snow. JV. tuberosa, in any of its forms,
should not be planted in a small pond with other Nym-
phfeas, for it is such a rampant grower that in a short
time it will smother the less vigorous kinds. This spe-
cies delights in plenty of space, and water 2 to 3 feet
deep, with soil of a tenacious character. However, it
will thrive in almost any soil, and is well adapted for
naturalizing in lakes and ponds. Attempts at naturaliz-
ing or cultivating on a small scale have not been very
satisfactory; but the species will well repay any extra
care to establish it in desirable localities.

Foreign Species and Recent Triumphs in Hybridiza-
tion.—Two or three species are indigenous to continen-
tal Europe, notably ^V. alba, the well-known English
white Water-lily, N. Candida, the white Bohemian Wa-
ter-lily and N. alba, vsir. rosea, the Swedish Water-lily.
The last named is the only distinct or true red-flow-
ered, hardy species. Still another species, which has
played a very important part with specialists of the
present day, is li. tetragona [JV. pygmwa], from China
and Japan.

JV. odorata was introduced into England during the
eighteenth century, and was probably the first for-
eign Nymphsea to reach that country. Other species
followed later, mostly tropical; but, although the Eng-
lish people were ardent horticulturists and lovers of
the beautiful in nature over a century ago, Nym-
phseas never became popular, and remained a neglected
class of plants until a few years ago, when M. Marliac,
of Temple-sur-Lot, France, conceived the idea of crossing
the English white Water-lily with the well-known Cape
Cod pink Water-lily, and the Florida yellow variety.
Nothing in the horticultural world has created more sur-
prising results in the blending of the American and
English species. These species have been the pro-
genitors of numerous varieties, which have made this
class of plants the most popular and desirable of all
aquatic decorative plants, and within reach of all. Their
popularity has kept constantly increasing and ever
brightened by new additions. America, too, has contrib-
uted its quota to the list of novelties, and some of
these are unsurpassed by any European introductions.

The General Principles of Water-lily Culture.—
From the apparently simple conditions under which our
native varieties are found growing, many amateurs have
concluded that all these plants require is water and pos-
sibly some mud to keep the roots in. Many attempts
have been made to grow these plants in pails and tubs,
with the inevitable result— failure. Pi'ofessional gar-
deners, also, have made grievous errors, for, while they
have used every means to secure fine specimen plants
of flowers, vegetables and luscious fruits, they have
usually given meager attention to Water-lilies, and have
not supplied half their wants. Water-lilies, all Nym-

NYMPH^A

NYMPH^A

1103

phasas, succeed best when grown, as near as possible,
under their existing natural conditions ; these are a rich
alluvial soil in abundance, water, and clear uninter-
rupted sunlight. Where natural ponds exist these con-
ditions are found, but often there is a deficiency of light,
caused by shade trees. Let the trees remain, but select
open spots for the Nymphseas. They may be planted on
the margins of sluggish streams, in bays and sheltered
nooks.

Construction of Artificial Ponds, eic— Where artifi-
cial ponds are resorted to, the most satisfactory method
is to build solid walls of masonry, with a concrete bot-
tom, provided with an outlet and overflow. In all cases
make the pond as large as existing means will allow,
not for a moment considering it possible to be too large.
One method of providing for the sustenance of these
plants is to place a layer of soil in the bottom of the
pond from 9-12 or more inches deep. This will suit the

The pond should be 2 to 2% feet in depth. The soil
should be a strong loam, the top-soil from a pasture
composted with cow manure in proportion of one-tbird.
This should be prepared six months, at least, before
planting time. This soil is suitable for all aquatic
plants. In any case, when filling the boxes or placing
the soil in bottom of pond, tread moderately firm and
cover with an inch of sand.

The water may be spring water, rain water or that
from any available source. The clearest spring water
will soon turn green from exposure to the sun and air,
but after fermentation settles clear. Do not place the
plants in a newly constructed pond or basin immediately
after it is finished, as the caustic property of the cement
will injure the plants. Let the water stand a few days,
or if the basin is small, the water, may be changed.
Planting of the hardy varieties may be done in April
and May, according to the latitude and earliness or late-

f-tJ"'

"1498. Nymphseas in an effective and natural setting.

plants admirably. Artificial ponds are usually con-
structed in a conspicuous spot, where everything is
required to be well kept. In such situations it is neces-
sary occasionally to take off some dead leaves, or cut a
few choice flowers, and if they cannot be reached from
the edge of the pond, the attendant must wade in after
them. The result is that the water, which should always
be clear, is muddy, and when it settles there is a muddy
deposit on the leaves that makes them very unsightly.
Moreover, this treading in the soft soil breaks numer-
ous roots. To avoid these and other attendant evils
place the soil in boxes from 3^ feet square, and 1
foot deep, and in these plant one single plant of the
vigorous and moderate growers, allowing ample space
between the boxes. One plant of any tropical Water
Lily grown in such a box will require from 50 to 100
square feet of water surface, as will also the strong va-
rieties of hardy Nymphseas, since these may remain
two years undisturbed, although some of these are best
replanted every season.

70

ness of season. The conditions should be conducive to
active growth at once. Tropical Nympha^as should not
be planted until there is evidence that summer has
come. Hardy Nymphfeas may be planted during spring
and summer; late planting is better than deferring till
next spring, as the plants under such conditions will
get established before autumn closes, and the plants
will start naturally in spring, receiving no check.

The above method of constiiiction and cultivation is to
be commended, but other methods are adopted with a
fair amount of success, but with attendant evils which
are discouraging and at times very annoying and costly.
Tanks or artificial ponds may be constructed vrith
cement, digging the pond the desired size, having slop-
ing sides and afterward lining the same with concrete
and finishing with a facing of cement. However, such a
pond will not stand the eifects of hard freezing weather
even if protected ; and what is worse, the new or freshly
removed soil will settle during the season, and the pond
is very apt to spring a-leak. Some morning the pond is

1104

NYMPH.EA

NYMPH^A

likely to be found empty of water just as the plants are
showing their first flowers.

Another method of construction which is better than
the preceding is to line the pond with well-tampered
clay, from 4— G in. thick, afterward covering with 2 in. of
sand. Such a pond can be made water-tight, but the
sides will wash and repairs are needed; the water is
muddy and the plants are dirty and anything but a
thing of beauty and a joy forever.

There are yet the advocates for tub culture. Yes,
plants will grow in tubs, and as soon as the plant-food
is exhausted, which is often at an early date, the plants
exist awhile and then draw out a miserable, exhausted
and discouraging career.

Fountain basins are often made the receptacles for
Nymphseas. There they may be grown if the right con-
ditions are accorded them, but there must not be a
stream or spray of cold water running all the time, as
the water can readily be made cold, chilling the plants
and checking their growth.

Enemies. — Nymphseas have insect pests like other
cultivated plants. Aphides are sometimes troublesome.
The best remedy is their natural enemy, the "lady bugs"
or "lady birds." A colony of these voracious insects
makes short work of the aphides, as do also the lace-
winged flies. An insect of recent acquaintance with
Nymphaeas is a leaf-miner, the larva of a small fly,
which cuts channels through the leaf in all directions.
Sometimes only a few of these are in evidence, at other
times the leaves are fairly alive with them. The trouble
is easily detected. The marks suggest Japanese writing
or tbe efforts of youthful artists. A simple and effec-
tive remedy is kerosene emulsion, applied with a fine
spray at evening after the flowers are closed. Another
troublesome insect has its home in Florida, and has
come north to spend the summer in a favored clime.
This is a leaf-cutter, Hydrocampa proprialis. The
larva cuts out pieces of the leaf and hides between two
pieces, which makes a kind of tent. In this tent the
larva moves about. At first it moves slowly, but as it
nears maturity the larva becomes ravenous and then
eats the surface of the leaves near the center, and cuts
off much larger pieces of the leaf for camping-out pur-
poses. The best remedy for this pest is a lamp trap for
the mature insect. Frogs and dragon-fiies will catch
numbers of them.

Nymphaeas are also subject to a fungous disease, a
leaf-spot which is easily discerned after a spell of warm,
humid weather. After such a spell of weather, followed
by bright sunshine, the leaves are scorched and crumpled,
and as a resiilt, the plant is sadly crippled by being
denuded of its foliage ; new leaves are weak and
smaller, and so too are the flowers, if indeed there are
any. This disease must be checked at once or the plants
will be severely set back, if not ruined. The only rem-
edy is Bordeaux mixture, or any of the various mixtures
with sulfate of copper as the basis. Use a fine spray,
and dilute the mixture to half the strength recommended
for most plants. It is best to spray twice with a weak
solution rather than to spray once with too strong a so-
lution and to damage the foliage. Wm. Tricker.

Water-ltlies in California.— The culture of Nym-
phsea in California presents fewer (iiftlculties than in the
eastern states. The varieties which are hardy in the
East flourish equally well and bloom for a longer period.
In frostless localities, especially where the lemon tree
is free from injury, such tender varieties as Nymphma
Vevonietisis, N. dentata and N. Zavzihariensls may be
left in the open pond during winter. In colder locali-
ties the tubers should be removed to warmer quarters
in November to remain until spring. If a greenhouse
is not available, a small pool built in such a manner
that it can be covered with hotbed sash will afford
suitable protection. Very little room is" needed for these
when they ai'e dormant. The manner of cultivating
both the hardy and tender varieties is much the same in
California as in the eastern states. For growing a small
collection a pool 8 or 10 feet across may be made by
excavating 2 or 3 feet, making the walls of concrete,
brick or stone, and covering the bottom with concrete.
The best quality of cement should be used for all the
work. An overflow pipe should be put in and so ar-
rafiged that the pool may be emptied when occasion

requires. Basins 20 or 30 feet in diameter, or even
larger than this, are desirable for growing a good col-
lection. In a small pool, wooden boxes 10 inches deep
and 18 inches to 2 feet square may be used to hold soil
for the plants. In a large basin .some of the boxes may
be 3 or 4 feet square. While most aqiiatics will flower
freely in contracted quarters, they will attain greater
perfection and produce much larger flowers if they have
abundance of room both for the roots and the leaves.

The majority of these plants are gross feeders, and it
is well-nigh impossible to make the soil too rich for
them. It is not necessary to go to a swamp or natural
pond to obtain what is suitable. Any soil which will
grow good vegetables will, if properly enriched, grow
Water-lilies. A compost, consisting of two-thirds good
soil and one-third thoroughly decayed cow or stable
manure, with a sprinkling of bone meal, is recom-
mended. A dark friable loam, which is intermediate
between "adobe" and sandy loam, is desirable for this
purpose. The tenderest varieties, such as N. Devoni-
ensis and iV". dentata, will flower for a long period with-
out any forcing; but if started into growth in March in
a greenhouse or hotbed and planted in the pond in May,
there will be a great gain in the length of the flowering
season. The soil for the tender varieties should be
renewed every year, and that for the hardy ones every
two years.

If aphides or the worm known as the leaf -roller make
their appearance the leaves should be sprayed with
kerosene emulsion very much diluted, using 1 part
emulsion to 15 of water. If large ponds or lakes with a
natural earth bottom are used for growing Water-lilies,
care must be taken that noxious weeds do not get a
foothold. Cat-tails [Typha latifoJia) and "tules " or
bulrushes are troublesome if not destroyed when they
first make their appearance. In California the number
of tropical and subtropical trees, shrubs and plants
which may be planted out permanently is very great.
Palms, both fan-leaved and feathery, giant bamboos,
Musas, Strelitzias, Papyrus, giant grasses, Fatsia and
Caladiums are among the things which can be used to
ornament the surroundings of the water-garden.

Edmund D. Sturtevant.

The Genus Nympelsa divides itself readily into 2
main divisions, which again are subdivided into 6
groups, according to Casparv {Ann. Mus. Lugd.-Bat. 2,
p. 240 ff. ; Engler-Prautl. Pflanzenfamilien 3, 2, p. 7 ff.) :

Section I. Syncarpous NymphtBas , i. e., carpels en-
tirely fused together. (Symphytopleura , Casp.)

Subgenus I. Lotos. Sepals prominently veined: a
space between the insertion of the petals and stamens:
stamens broad, flat, rounded at apex: carpellary styles
linear: Ivs. sharply dentate: rhizome ovate, stolonifer-
ous. — Tender night-bloomers: fls. red or white on strong
scapes 3-12 in. above the water, opening on 4 successive
nights. Two or 3 species in S. Europe and Asia and N.
and Central Africa.

Subgenus II. Hydrocallis. Sepals not evidently
nerved: carpellary styles long, club-shaped: petals in
alternating circles of 4: stamens much as in Castalia,
all opening about the same time: rhizome ovate, stolon-
if erous. — Tender night -bloomers: fls. creamy white.
About 9 species in tropical America.

Subgenus III. Xanthantha. Sepals not evidently
nerved: plant spreading rapidly by runners (except in
hybrids): fls. yellow throughout; stamens as in Cas-
talia: rhizome short, erect. — Day-bloomers, half-hardy.
Two species in S. North America.

Subgenus IV. Castalia. Sepals not evidently
nerved: carpellary styles flat, not clavate: outer sta-
mens petaloid, becoming narrower inward: inmost sta-
mens fi^rst to ripen, their filaments short, narrower or but
slightly wider than the anthers: rhizome horizontal
(except in iV". tetragona), with no bark or other protec-
tion against drought. — Hardy day-bloomers: fls. white,
pink or red. Mostly natives of temperate climates.
About 6 species in Europe, N. Asia, and America.

Section II. Apocarpous Nymphmas, i. e., carpels free
at the sides, united at their edges to the central column
of thefl. and at their backs to the receptacle. — Outermost
stamens ripening first, inmost last : rhizome ovate,
stoloniferous. — Tender day -bloomers : fls. on strong

NTMPHiEA

NYMPH^A

1105

scapes 4-12 or 14 in. above the water. (Ifytopleiira ,
Casp.)

Subgenus V. Brachtcekas. Outermost stamens with
an appendage above the anther: carpellary styles short,
triangular: fls. white, blue or pink.— About 12 species
in the tropics all round the world.

Subgenus VI. Anecphya. Stamens all slender, half
as long as the petals, almost without any appendage:
carpellary styles wanting: fls. blue, rosy or white. One
species in Australia.

INDEX.

advena, seeNuphar.
alba, 48.
albida, 52.
Amazonum, 25.
ampla, 25, 80.
Andreana, 65.
Arnoldiana, 19.
Astrsea. 92.
Aurora, 66.
azurea, 90.
biradiata, 47.
blanda, 24, 26, 43.
Boucheana, 16.
c»rulea, 76.81,84.
Candida, 47.
candidissima, 51.
Capensis. 81, 88.
carnea, 54.
Garolinensis, 38.
CaroliTiiana, 38.
cbromatella, 31.
colorans, 8.
Columbiana. 12.
Deaniana, 7.
delieatissima, 6.
dentata, 2.
Devoniensis, 15.
Diana, 14.
Eastonensis, 9, 82.
ediilis, 1.
elegans, 75.
Ellisiana, 67.
exqtiisita,40.
flammea, 71.
dava, 28.

flavescens, 31.
Froebelii, 50.
fulva, 63.
Geo. Hnster, 13.
gigantea, 37, 93.
Gladstoniaua, 53.
gloriosa, 68.
gracilis, 83.
grandiflora, 14.
Greyae, 87.
helvola, 30.
ignea, 72.
James Gumey, 69.
Jubilee, 4.
Kalmiana, see Nu-

phar.
Kewensis, 21.
Lffilia. 8.
Laydekeri, 57-60.
Lotus, 1.
Luciana, 39.
lucida, 01.
Marliacea, 31, 52-74.
Mauvii, 86.
maxima, 44.
Mexican a, 27.
micrantha, 77.
minor, 35.
Mrs. C.W.Ward, 85.
Niobe, 20.
nitida, 33.
odorata, 34.
O'Marana, 18.
Ortgiesiana, 2, 17.
Parkeriana, 42.

plena, 45.
pubescens, 3.
pulcherrima, 78.
pygmcea, 32.
reniformis, 43.
Richardsonii, 45.
Robinsoni, 62.
Robinsoniana, 62.
rosacea, 41.
rosea, 11, 36, 46, 56,

91, 92.
rubicunda, 23.
rubra, 10, 17, 36.
nibra-punctata, 73.
Rudgeana, 24.
sanguinea, 74.
scutifolia, 76, 81.
Seignoreti, 64.
semiaperta, 47.
Smithiana, 5.
sphcerocarpa, 49.
stellata, 76, 79.
Sturtevantii, 22.
sulpburea, 29.
superba, 38.
tetragona, 32.
thermalis, 1.
tuberosa, 43.
Union, 35.
versicolor, 79.
Wm. Doogue, 55.
Wra. Falconer, 70.
Wm. Stone. 84.
Zanzibariensis, 89.

SECTION" I. SYNCARPOUS NYMPHiEAS.

Subgenus I. Lotos.

A. Fls. ivhite or light pink.

1. Ldtus, Linn. [IS', iduliSj'DC. N.fhe^-^mAlis, DC, ot
the hot springs of Hungary). White Lotus. Fig. 1499.
Lvs. orbicular, dark green above, under surface brown-
ish, smooth or slightly pubescent; diam. 12 to 20 in.:
fls. white, the broad outer petals suffused pink, 5 to 10
in. across, open 7:30 p. m. to 11 a. m. ; sepals pure green;
petals concave, 19 or 20; stamens 96-103, yellow; anthers
shorter than the filaments. Egypt. B.M. 797. F.S.
7:706-7.

2. Var. dentata, Schumacher & Thonning {jS. Orf-
giesidna, Planch.). Lvs. glabrous or somewhat puberu-
lent beneath : fls. pure white, 8 to 10 in. across, open until
1 P.M.; petal narrower than in the type, ovate, opening
out horizontal ; anthers longer than the filaments. Cen-
tral Africa, Sierra Leone. B.M. 4257 (as iY. dentata).
F.S. 6:627-8.

3. Var. pub6scen3, Willd. Lvs. densely pubescent
beneath: fls. white; outer petals tinged pink. India.

Garden Varieties of Nymph^ea Lotus.

N. Lotus and varieties seed freely, and are valuable seed-
parents for hybrids, of which tbefollowing may best be classed
here: 4. Jubilee, with fls. delicate pinkish white: lys. blotched
with brown, crumpled at margin. Distributed by Henry A.Dreer,
Riverton, N. J., in 1899.— 5. Smithiana (N. Lotus X N. Lotus
var. dentata), A shade more pink than 4: petals broadly ovate:
lvs. plain dark green, lying flat at margin. Distributed by W.
Tricker from Clifton, N. J., in ■189^.-6. C. delieatissima (N.
Lotus var. dentata X N. rubra). Light pink ; a shade darker
than 5 : lvs. slightly bronzy, a little crumpled at margin. Dis-
tributed by W. Tricker from Clifton. N. J., in 1894.— 7. Dean-
iana. Hybrid same as 0. Pure light pink; darker than 6:
sepals deep rose pink; petals broadly ovate; stamens red: lvs.
dark green, scarcely bronzy, much crumpled at margin. Sent
out by W. Tricker, from Clifton. N. J., in 1894.-8. Lcelia (N.
Columbiana X N. Smithiana). White or nearly so; lvs. bright
green, Var. coldrans, smaller than type: fls. shaded pink: lvs.

with open sinus. Originated with O. Ames, N. Easton, Mass.,
1900.— 9. Eastonensis (N. O'Marana X N. Smitliiana). Lvs.
dark green, bronzy when young ; sinus wide : fls. white.
Originated with O. Ames, N. Easton, Mass., 1900,

AA. Flowers red.

10. riibra, Roxbg. Lvs. orbiculate, reddish brown,
bronzy, becoming greenish, pubescent beneath, 12 to 18
in. across : tiis. deep x^urplish red, 6 to 10 in. across,
open 3 or 4 nights from 8 p. m. to 11 a. m, ; sepals dull
purplish red, 7-nerved, never opening more than 10°
above horizontal; petals 12-20, narrowly oval, rounded
at apex ; stamens about 55, cinnabar-red, becoming
brownish. India. B.M. 1280. F.S. 6:629. -Only distin-
guishable f rom iV". Lotus f var. pubescens, by color of fls.
The two run into each other and may not be specifically
distinct.

11. Var. rdsea, Sims. Lvs. bronzj' green, blotched with
brown; fls. large, magenta to dark red, open from 8 p. m.
to 10:30 A.M.; petals narrow, pointed; stamen tips
orange-brown. India. B.M. 1364.

Garden Varieties of Nymphjea rubra,
first group.

12. Columbidna, with deep red fls., darker than the type,
of medium size {6 in. across): foliage dark bronzy red. Chance
seedling from N. rubra. Sent out by W. Tricker from Clifton,
N. J.,in 1894.— i;i. George Huster. Fls. deep red, 8-lOin. across,
closing about 11 a. m.: lvs. bronzy green. Sent out by Henry
A. Dreer from Riverton, N. J. in 1899.— 14. Diana {N. Sturt-
evantii X Amazonum ) . Intense magenta shaded with crimson ;
lvs. deep olive-brown, sinus open. A.fr. 21, p. 517. Y^r.grandi-
flbra is larger and deeper in color. Originated with O. Ames,
N. Easton. Mass., 1900.

SECOND GROUP.
15. Devoniensis,'Ko6k. Fig. 1500. Lvs. dark bronzygreen, mod-
erately peltate, lying flat on the water, 18 in. across ; under sur-
face greenish brown, puberulent: fls. pure red. 10-12 in. across,
open from 8 p. m. to 1 p. m. of next day; petals ovate. 4 or 5 in.
long by iK in. wide. B.M. 4G(!5. The first hybrid of note (if
hybrid at all) ; said to be N. Lotus X N. rubra, raised at Chats-
worth, Eng., in 1851. A universal favorite.— 16. Boucheana.
Very near 15; hybrid(?), of same parentage; color of fls. a
little lighter. F.S. 10:1033-4-.— 17. Ortgiesiano-rubra. Much
like 15: fls. dark red. F.S. 8:775-6.

1499. NyiBphsa Lotus.

Redrawn from the old figure in Botanical Magazine (1804), show-
ing an historical picture of the true white Egyptian Lotus.

THIRD GROUP.

18. O'Marana. Lvs. bronzy green, margin occasionally
crumpled: fls. 10-12 in. across, open from 7:30 P. M. to 1 or 2
p. M. of next day; sepals retiexed when fully open; petals pink-
ish red, with a nearly white streak up the middle; stamens
orange. N. Lotus X N. Sturtevantii, sent out by P. Bisset,
Washington, D. C, about 1894. —19. ATVioldidna. Much smaller
than 18: lvs. somewhat crumpled: petals crumpled. N. Lotus
var. dentata XN. i-ubra, by G-. W. Oliver, Washington, D. C—

20. Niobe (N. rubraX ). Bright carmine pink: lvs.

undulate and dentate margined, dark green above, sinus open.
Originated with O. Ames, N. Easton, Mass., 1900.

1106

NYMPH^A

NYMPH^A

AAA. Fls. pure pink.
Garden Hybrids of N. Lotus and N. uubka.

21. Kewensis, Hook. f. Lvs. orbicular, dark green with a few
■brown patches, slightly bronzy, lying nearly flat on the water,
rather broadly peltate: fls. 6 to 8 in. across, light pink; petals
broadly ovate; sepals light brownish green. N. Lotus, var. den-
tataXN. Devoniensis, raised at Kew in 18So. B.M. 6988. Said
to have died out, but a plant of that name and^deseription is
still found in. American gardens.

22. Sturtevdntii, ^ort, Lvs. lightbronzy green, rather broadly
peltate, much crumpled at margin: fis. 8-12 in. across, quite dou-
ble, pure pink to bright red, closing about 11 : 30 a.m.; petals very
broad, concave, incurved ; stamens incurved, tips light brown-
ish orange. G.F. 7:355. A huge massive flower ; varies greatly
in color of loaf and bloom, according to culture. Chance seed-
ling from N. Devoniensis, raised in 1884 by E. D. Sturtevant
at Bordentown, N. J. —23. rubicunda, Ames {N. Sturtevantii X
N. Lotus). Deep rich pink: lvs. dark green. Originated with
O. Ames, N. Easton-, Mass., ISIOO.

Subgenus IL Htdrocallis.

24. Eudge&na, G. F. W. Meyer (iV. hldnda, Planch.,
not of gardens). Lvs. elliptic to suborbicular, 18 in.
long, margin coarsely and irregularly sinuate-dentate:
fls. 3-6 in. across, imperfectly open 2 or 3 nights from
twilight until dawn. Usually only the sepals and 4, 8 or
12 outer petals open, the remaining parts forming a
closed ovoid bud; occasionally a slight aperture is
formed by drawing apart of the tip of the bud, which
occurs before midnight. Petals usually 16-20; stamens
43-83. Trop. Araer. Flora Erasiliensis 77, pi. 32, 34, 35,
38. Not in cultivation here.

25. Amazdnum, Mart. & Zucc. (iV. dmpJa, of Ameri-
can gardens). Lvs. ovate, entire; lobes rounded ; upper
and lower surfaces spotted brownish or blackish, under
surface reddish brown; petiole with aringof long hairs
at the point of joining the leaf: fls. 3-G in. across, im-
perfectly open 1 or 2 nights; the bud opens about half
and closes again between 3 and 6 a.m. the first night;
the second night the sepals and outer row of petals open
about 7 p. M., the other parts remaining as a tight,
white bud until 3.30 a. m., when the fl. opens fully from
4.30 to 5 a. m., then closes by 6.30 a. bi. and draws down
into the water ; petals usually 20 ; stamens 93-297.
Tropical America. Fl. Brasil. 77, pi. 35. B.M. 4823.

26. blinda, G. F. W. Meyer (not of American gardens).
Lvs. small, membranous, entire, suborbicular ; lobes
slightly produced, subacuminate and subhastate : fls.
4 in. across ; habits of opening unknown ; petals 16;

150O. Nymphsea Devoniensis (X 1-20). No. 15.

stamens about 65. Central and S. Amer., in the tropics.
Fl. Brasil. 77, pi. 36. -Not in cultivation.

Subgenus III. Xanthantha (and hybrids).
A. Spreading by runners {type species).
27. Mexicana, Zucc. Floating lvs. ovate, margin ob-
scurely and finely sinuate, dark green above, beauti-
fully blotched with brown; under surface dark crimson-
brown, with small blackish dots, when crowded the lvs.
rise 3-5 in. above the water, are orbicular, cup-shaped
by overlapping of the straight sinus-margins, entire,
3-5 in. across, dark green and shining above, under
surface bright green, with fine purplish brown mot-
tlings: fls. 4 in. across, rai.'^ed 4-5 in. above the water,
bright canary yellow, open from 11 a. m. to 4 p. m. ; pet-
als 23, grading in size and shape insensibly into the

stamens, which are about 50, light golden-yellow; rhi-
zome erect, tuber-like, discoid, plane beneath, 3-5 in. in
diara. ; runners terete, 3^ in. thick, white, rooting at the
tip and sending up lvs.; the young plant flowers in a
few weeks and again sends out runners. Mexico.

28. flEtva, Leitner. Like 27, but more slender, weaker
grower, less free bloomer, fls. paler yellow. Probably
only a variety. Florida, in St. John's and Miami rivers,
B.M. 6917.-Hardy as far north as New York, "in 2 ft.
of water, covered with boards and a few leaves;" Ge-
rard, in G.F.

AA. Without run^iers {Jiyhrids).

29. odoratd, var. sulphurea. Lvs. all floating, 4-G in. across,
like N. odorata, but blotched with brown: fis. light yellow, 4-5
in. across, borne 2-4 in. above the water ; open during the
morning. One of Marliac's hybrids, doubtless N. odorata X N.
flava. Hardy. Shown in Paris in 1889.

30. tetrdgona, var. helvbla (N. pygmasa, var. helvola, Marliac) .
Lvs. floating, oval, 3-4 in. across, similar in shape to those of
N. tetragoua, blotched all over with brown: fls. floating, small,
yellow, 2 in. across, open during the afternoon. Hybrid, prob-
ably N. tetragona X N. Mexicana. Hardy. Introduced into
America about 1892.

31. Marlidcea, var. chromatella (N. tuberosa, var. flaveseens
of Kew.=N. Marliaeea) . Floating lvs. orbicular, much blotched
with brown, 3-8 in. across; when crowded the lvs. rise asmuch
as 8 in. above the water, are dark green above, lighter beneath;
petioles sometimes with longitudinal brown stripes; fls. bright
yellow, 3-6 in. across; petals numerous, broad, concave: sta-
mens deep yellow. Hybrid, raised by Marliac ; probably N.
Mexicana X N. tuberosa (or alba). Strong grower, free
bloomer; a general favorite. Flowered in this country in IfcSQ.

Subgenus IV". Castaha.
A. Rliizome erect: fls. pure white.

32. tetrd-gona, Georg. (iV. pygmcea, Ait.). Lvs. horse-
shoe shape, entire, the lobes diverging, slightly pro-
duced and subacute, dark green above, inclined to
brown blotching, reddish beneath, 3 to 4 in. across: fls.
\%-'^% iu. across, open on 3 or 4 days from noon until
5 P.M.; base of fl. square; petals 13-17; stamens about
40, yellow. E. Siberia, China and Japan ; also in N.
Idaho, U. S., and Ontario, Canada. B.M. 1525. — The
smallest of the genus ; free bloomer; makes no side
shoots from the single crown, but grows readily from
seed. Seed nest to the largest of the genus.

33. nitida, Sims. Lvs. entire, suborbicular; lobes ob-
tuse: fls. white, cup-shaped: tender. Described in B.M.

1359 without habitat, and never positively
identified since.

AA. Rhizome horizontal or, if not,
fls. pink or red.
B. Lvs. scattered loosely on tJie rhizome.
34. odorata, Ait. Sweet-scented Water-
lily. Lvs. nearly orbicular, entire, some-
what coriaceous, dark green above, pur-
plish red when young ; under surface
deep red to reddish green or almost pure
green; diam. 5-10 iu. ; lobes usually di-
_ verging, but often touching or slightly

overlapping; petioles greenish or brown-
ish: fls. (in the type) white, 3-5 in. acrosSj
open three days "from 6 a. m. till 12 m. ; se-
pals green, tinged with reddish brown;
petals 23-32, ovate to lance-ovate ; sta-
mens 55-113, yellow; outer filaments broad, white, peta-
loid; seed medium sized. Eastern U. S., common. B.
M. 819 (small). — Varies greatly in size and color, ap-
proaching iV". tuberosa.

35. Var. minor, Sims (iV.C^M'on). Lvs. deep red beneath
(or green when aerial) : lobes diverging; diam. 2-5 in. ;
fls. white, 234-3M in. across; sepals strongly purple-
colored ; petals 17-24 ; stamens 37-78. Sometimes
growing where water recedes entirely in summer; usu-
ally in shallow water. Same range as type; often a shy-
bloomer. B.M. 1652.

36. Var. rdsea, Pursh (var. rubra). Cape Cod Water-
lilt or Pond-lily. Lvs. dark reddish on both sides when
young, becoming green above: fls. pink, fading on the
successive days of opening. 4 in. across. Southeastern
Massachusetts. B.M. 6708 (too pale).

NYMPH.EA

NYMl'H^A

1107

37. Var. gigantea, Hort. Rice-field Water-lily.
Lvs. large, 12-16 in. across, green beneath, at times tinged
purplish toward margin; edge often turned up; petioles
green: fls. 4-7 in. across, pure white; sepals green;
petals 24-31; stamens 69-120. Del. to Fla. and La.
Approaches N. tnberosa.

Gaeden Varieties of the N. odorata Type.

38. Carolinidna, Hort. (var. Carolinensis = var. superba=^N.
tuberosa, var. superba). Lvs. entire, 12 in. across, sinus barely
closed; green above, red beneath: tls. fragrant, 7 in. across;
petals narrow, abundant (42?), delicate rosy pink: rhizome
stout. A robust plant, raised by Dr. Bahnsen. Salem, N. C,
about 1890. Probably N. odorata, var. rosea X N. tuberosa.— 39.
ZfUcidna. Hook. Like 38 in habit, etc., fls. rosy pink.— 40. exqid-
slta, Marliac. Lvs. green above, intense red beneath: fls. large,
rosy carmine, darkest of this group; very near to 36. Intro-
duced about 1890.— 41. rosacea, Marliac. Fls. salmon pink, more
delicate in tint than 36. Int. by Marliac in 1891.

42. Parkeriana, Lehm. Habit and foliage of 34: fls.
large, pure white with bright yellow stamens and 16-20-
rayed stigma; petals broader and shorter than 34
Guiana.

43. tuberdsa, Paine(JV. ?'em/"(Jr7wzs,Walt.
(Gray) N. hlanda of gardens?). Fig. 1501.
Distinguished from No. 34 chiefly by the
numerous slenderly attached and spontane-
ously separating tubers, 1-3 in. long on
the rhizome. Lvs. when floating less
coriaceous than in 34, and more veiny
above; petioles marked with longitudinal
brown stripes ; no purple or red color
about lvs. or sepals: fls. 4-9 in. across,
pure white, open three or four days from
8 a. m. to 1 p. M. ; petals broad, concave:
seeds the largest of the genus. North cen-
tral U.S. G. F. 1:36G, 367; 6:416 (good).
B.M. 653G (poor). A luxuriant grower;
when crowded or in shallow water the lvs.
and fls. rise 4-6 in. above the water;
spreads rapidly by tubers. Moderate bloomer.

44. Var. maxima (iV.odoj'ofa, var. maxima of gardens
A form with round lvs. and closed sinus, the lobes
curved out at apex to a -short point; petioles pubescent,
with long hairs, with a few faint longitudinal brown
stripes: fls. medium to large, pure white, somewhat
cup-shaped. Lake Hopatkoug, N. J. Rather smaller
than the type! Possibly a natural hybrid of iV". Uiberosa
and odorata.

Garden Varieties of N. Tuberosa.

45. jRickardsonii, Tricker i=Ya,r.'p^ena) . Fls. very double, piu-e
white, standing well above the water; sepals and outer petals
drooping. Int. by Geo. Richardson of Lordstown, Ohio, about
1894.— 46. rosea, Hort. Fls. pink, standing above the water.
Probably N. tuberosa X N. odorata, var. rosea.

BB. Ijvs. crowded on the rhizome.

47. Candida, Presl. (N. biradidta, Sommerauer. iV.
semiapirta, Klinggraef). Similar to 48. Angles of at-
tachment of sepals projecting; all the filaments broader
than the anthers: fr. ovoid; seed large. Forms sterile
hybrids with 48. Central and northern Europe.

48. &lba, Linn. Lvs. roundish, entire, floating, 4^12 in.
across, red when very young: rhizome black: fls. white
(in the type), 4-5 in. across, open from 7 a. m. to 4 p. m. ;
petals broad, ovate, somewhat concave; angles of at-
tachment of sepals rounded; filaments of inmost sta-
mens not wider than the anthers: fr. more or less
spherical; seed small. Eu., Siberia. — A robust species.

49. Var. rdsea, Mast. {N. alha,YB^\\riihra=N. al'ba,Y^r.
sphcerocdrpa=N. alba, var. Cdsparii). Outer petals
rosy, intermediate ones intensely rosy, inmost petals
with the filaments and processes of carpels deep red-
brown; variable in purity of color. Fagertarn, Sweden;
rare. B.M. 6736 (stamens poor). R.H. 1879:2.30. -Diffi-
cult to manage in this country.

50. Var. Frcebelii, Hort. A dark-fld. form of 49; also
hard to succeed w^ith in this country.

51. Var. candidissima. Hort. {N.candidissima, Hort.).
Lvs. orbicular; lobes strongly curved, overlapping; yel-
lowish when very young: rhizome brownish, sometimes
3 in. through : fls. large, pure white, sterile. The first to

bloom in spring, continuing until frost; very robust.
Most desirable white variety.

Garden Varieties and Hybrids of N. alba and of

n. alba, var. rosea.

fikst group.

52. Marli&cea, var. dlbida. Fl. large, dazzling white; petals

narrow, numerous ; stamens with a tendency to be flushed

pink. Int. about 1889. Gn. .S2:1147, p. 444.— 53. Gtadsfoniana,

Tricker, is much like 52. larger and of more open growth. Int.

by Geo. Richardson, Lordstown, Ohio, in 1898.

Nymphsea tuberosa.

(X % ) No. 43.

54. Marlidcea, var. cdmea, like 52 except in color, which is a
soft flesh pink, deepening toward the base of the petals; fra-
grance of vanilla. Int. about 1889. 55. Wm. Doogiie, like 54,
but of more open growth: petals evenly colored, broader and
more concave. Int. by Henry A. Dreer in 1899.

56. Marlidcea, VRr. rosea. Fls. large, deep rose color; young
lvs. purplish red, changing to deep green. Int. about 1889.

SECOND GROUP.

57. Ldydekeri, var, rosea (N. Laydekeri). with a thick erect
rootstock, forming no offsets : fls. small, rosy pink, changing to
purplish, opening about 11 A. M. Int. by Marliac about 1893;
probably N. tetragona X N. alba, var. rosea.— 58. Ldydekeri
lildcea (N. liliacea = N.lilacina). color soft rosy lilac, with yel-
low stamens; odor of a tea rose: lvs. with occasional dark
blotches. Int. in U. S. in 1895.

59. Ldydekeri, var. fidgens. Petals concave, crimson pink:
stamens dark red. Very brilliant. Int. in 1895.— 60. Ldydekeri,
pwrpi>?'afa (N. L. purpurea). Fl. rosy crimson; stamens orange
red. Int. in 1895.

61. h'icida. Fls. large, rosy vermilion: lvs. blotched with
reddish brown. Int. by Marliac in 1895.

62. i^oWnsoni (N. Robinsoni^na). Fls. large, floating; a yel-
low ground color, overlaid with purplish red: lvs. blotched.
May be N. alba, var. rosea X N. Mexicana. Marliac hybrid, in-
troduced into U. S. in 1895. Gn. 52:1147.

63. fi'dva closely resembles 62: lvs. spotted brown above, red
beneath. Int. by Marliac in 1895.

64. Seignoreti. Fls. delicate yellow shaded with rose and
carmine; borne about 6 in. above the water: lvs. mottled.
Probably N. alba, var. rosea X N. Mexicana. Int. by Marliac
about 1897.

1108

NYMPH.KA

NYMPHiEA

65. A7idredna. Outer poUiIs dull, wiittisli at apex, rod bolow;
inner petals dull dark red : stamens bright orange: Ivs.
"blotched: lohes overlappiii:^. Shows blood of N. Mexieana.
Int. by Marliac about 181)7.

GG. Aui'ora. FIs. rose-yellow on first day. becoming deep rod
on tlie third ; general effect oranf^e: sinus of leaf open. Int. by
Marliac about 1307.

(17. EUisidna. FIs. brilliant carmine purple- Int. about 1807.
08. aloridsa. Very dark red; much like li7. lut. in 1800. (iO.
Janus Gxirney. FIs. f)-!) in. across, dark rose color. 70. Wm.
Falconer. FIs. G-7 in. across, bright garnet color. {Nos. GO and

1502. Nymphaea graciUs (X 1 12), Xo. 83.

70 resemble 67). Int. by Henry 'A. Dreer in 1890. 71. Marlidcea,
var. /^rtmmeft (N. flammea). Very similar to 67. Int. in 1895.
72. Marlidcea, var. ionea (N. ignea). Similar to 67. Int. in
1895. 73. Marliacea, var. rvbra-pnnctata. FIs. deep rosy pur-
ple, spotted carmine. Int about 1897. 74. Sanguhiea. Similar
to 73. Int. by Marliac in 1808.

SECTION II. APOCARPOrS NYMPH^AS.
Subgenus V. Brachyceras.

A. Lrs. entire or sllglithj wavy at base.

77). ^legans, Hook. Lvs. narrowly peltate, orbicular to
ovate, marjLcin entire or with 5 or (i small scattered
teeth; under -surface dark pnrple; diani. 7in.: fis. pale
violet, 3-(j in. across, open three days from 8 a. m. to 1
p. M. ; buds ovate; sepals marked with black lines and
dots; petals ovate, obtuse, P2-20; stamens stout, about
75, yellow; appendage a mere tip; filaments broad.
Mex*. B.M. 4G04.

70. caerulea, Savigny (JY. sti-Ildfa, Caspary. W. scutl-
folia of gardens). Blue Lotus of Egypt. Lvs. nar-
rowly peltate, oval, entire or slightly sinuate at base;
under surface green with dark purple blotches, purplish
at margin, 12-lG in. across : fls. 3-G in. across, open three
days from 7:30 a. m. to 12 m. ; buds conical ; sepals
thickly marked with black lines and dots; petals 14-20.
lanceolate, acute, light blue above, lower half dull white:
stamens 50-70; outer filaments broad, yellow ; appen-
dage long (three-sixteeuths in. on outer stamens), pale
blue. EiTvpt, northern aud central Africa. Ann. Mus.
Paris, vol". 1 (lS02),p. 3(ir.c.p. F.S. 7:G53.-Free grower
and bloonirr init not showy.

77. micr^ntha, Guillemin &■ Perottet. Lvs. elliptic,
entire in apical half, rest of margin sinuate; sinus
deep; lobes spreading, much produced and acuminated,
bearing bulbs which produce new plants at the top of
the petiole! Under side of leaf green, tinged with
purplish brown and minutely dotted: fis. small, white,
3-5 in. across; calyx pale green, unspotted; petals
lanceolate and very acute. West coast of Africa. B.M.
4535. — Not yet introduced into America.

AA. X-cs. distiiictJij or deeply sinitaie.
B. Sepals !^poffed with hlacJtish dots atnl lines.

78. pulch^rrima, Tricker. Lvs. somewhat peltate, or-
bicular-ovate, strongly sinuate, angle of lobes aciimi-
nate; under surface green, densely blotched with pur-
plish black; margin purplish red; diam.lO in.: fls. light
blue, 10-12 in. across: buds sharply coni<-al ; petals 22,
lauce-ovate, whitish at base; stamens about I-IO. appen-
tJaged; filaments yellow, outer ones broad; appendage

and back of outer autliers blue. Probably JV. Capensis
X N. cwriilea. Raised hy W. Tricker.

79. stellata, Willd. (including iV. versicolor, Roxbg.
B.M. ll.s'.t). BLt'E Lotus OF India. Lvs. elliptic-urbicu-
late, rather broadly peltate; margin irregularly repand-
dentate; lobes hardly produced; green above; deep blue-
violet beneath: fi. 3-7 in. across, pale blue (rarely pink
or white), open three days from 8 A. m. to 2 p. m. ; buds
ov:ite; sepals witii minute blackish dots; petals 11-14,
dull white at base; stamens 33-54; appendage blue;
anthers and filaments pale yellowish. Southern and
eastern Asia. Andrews Bot. Rep. 5:330. B.M. 2058.

80. dmpla, DO. (not of gardens). Lvs. narrowly
peltate, sultM.irhicular, siuuate or nearly entire,
with small black spots above and below, 0-15 in.
across: fis. white, diam. 3-8 in.; sepals cori-
aceous, ovate-lanceolate, acute; petals 7-21, lance-
ovate; stamens 30-190, outmost ones much longer
than inmost. Texas, south to the West Indies
and Brazil. Fl. Brasil, 77, p. 129 pi. 28-30. B.M.
4409. — Very near of kin to iV. gracilis.

>^=\^ BB. Sepals without blackish markings.

81. Capensis, Thunb. (iT. scntlfdlia, DC. JY.
C(Erulea B.M. 552 and American gardens). Cape
Blue Water-lily. Lvs. rather narrowly peltate,
orbicular-ovate, strongly sinuate-dentate, angle
of lobes produced, acuminate; 12-10 in. across:
fls. rich sky-blue, G-8 in. across; open four days
from 7 A, M. to 4 p. m. ; buds ovate ; sepals pure

green outside, whitish within; petals 20-30, lower third
nearly white, narrowly elliptic; stamens about 150 (97—
22I,Casp.); filaments yellow, outmost ones broad, in-
most filiform; appendage and back of outer anthers
blue. S.Africa. Andr. Bot. Rep. pi. 197. F.S. 6:645.-
A very desirable species. 82. Var. Eastoniensis, Ames
(iV. stelldf a, YEiV. Eastoniensis). Fls. steel-blue; pet-
als broader and more roimded than in the type, rather
larger: lvs. longer, oval, more deeply toothed. Seed-
ling from the type, raised by C. Blomberg, gardener
to O. Ames, N. Easton, Mass., in 189G. G.P. 0:475.

83. gracilis, Zucc. Fig. 1502. Lvs. narrowly peltate,
deeply and irregularly sinuate or nearly entire, subor-
bicnlar; angle of lobes rounded; under surface pure
green (or .suffused purple in hybrids), 15-17 in. across:
fis. white, 6-8 in. across; sepals pure green; petals
16-20, acuminate; stamens about GO, deep yellow; out-
most filaments short, broad, petaloid; anthers with long
yellowish appendage. Mexico.

15U3. Nyssa sylvatica (X ^i).

Garden forms of N. (jrariUs : 84. Wtti. Stone (and var. eoeru-
lea). Habit'and form of 83: fls. large, open from early morning
till evening: sepals gjeen outside, blue within: petals dark
blue, with a purplish cast; stamens very mimerons. Doubtless
a hybrid of N. gracilis and N. Zanzibarieusis. Raised by W.
Tricker. Riverton. N. J.. 1S99.-85. Mrs. C. W. Ward, like 84,
except in color, wbifh is a beautiful pink. A charming variety,
exhibited by W. Tricker, in 1900.-86. Maium,"i\s. delicate pale
mauve, sweet scented;" seedling raised by S. Henshaw, at W.
Brighton. N. Y,, about 1892.-87. GretjcE, a form of 83, raised by
Benj. Grey. Maiden, Mass.. with blue fls. shading to white.

NYJIPH^A

NYSSA

1109

88. Capensis X Za mlbariensls . Lvs. somewhat pel-
tate, orbicular-ovate, strongly sinuate, angle of lobes
acuminate; under surface dark purple: 8-16 in. across,
tis. rich blue, open 3-5 days, from 9 A. 3i. to 4 or 5 P. M.,
6-8 in. across: sepals green outside, blue within; petals
15-20, narrow, acute; stamens 60-100; appendage blue.
Cult, about Phila. Free bloomer, strong grower.

89. Zanzibariensis, Gasp. Lvs. somewhat peltate, or-
bicular or orbicular-ovate, margin closely sinuate-den-
tate; angle of lobes hardly pointed, under surface more
or less suffused violet; diam. 8-15in. : tis. 6-12 in. across,
open three to iive days from 11 a. m. to 5 p. M. ; sepals
green outside, margins purple, deep purplish blue
within; petals 18-24, oblong, obtuse, deep blue; sta-
mens 136-242, appendage dark blue; back of anther
dark crimson-violet; outer filaments obovate, yellow.
Zanzibar, B.M. 6843 (as iY. stellata, var. Zanzibarien-
sis). Gn. 25:431 (small). 90. Var. azurea, light blue,
and 91, var. rosea, pink, are otherwise like the type,
but open earlier in the morning; they come up pro-
miscuously from seed of the type or of one another.

92. Astr^a, Grey (N. gracilis x If. Zamibariinsis) .
Leaves floating, with general habit of a strong-growing
jY. gracilis, green, tinged purple beneath. Pis. stand-
ing well above water, stellate, with a resemblance to JSf.
gracilis, but much larger; sepals green, shading to yel-
low at base, the inner surface bright blue, shading
through white to translucent at the base; petals blue,
shading to white at base, usually about 17 in number;
stamens less than 70, linear-lanceolate, yellow, tipped
with blue-purple; stigma less than 20-celled, with blunt-
toothed, yellow apices. Both parents hybridize freely
either way, but the hybrid is sterile. Unites the Ameri-
can (Mexican) with the African species. Var. rdsea,
Grey, is like the preceding, but the color is rose-pink
instead of blue; it is hybridized with jY. Zanzibarien-
sis rosea instead of the type.

Subgenus VI. Aneophya.

93. gigant^a, Hook. Lvs. narrowly peltate, elliptic or
ovate, margin sinuate-dentate, sinus open; under sur-
face brownish pink, becoming purple; 18 in. across: fls.
light blue to violet (rarely rose color or white), open
seven days from 9 a. m. to G p. m. ; diam. 6-12 in. ; se-
pals pure green; petals very many, dark blue at tip,
shading to nearly white at base; stamens 680-745;
filaments mostly filiform ; anthers bright yellow.
Australia. B.M." 4647. F.S. 7:751. — The most delicate
and lovely, and withal one of the largest of the genus.

Henry S. Conard.

Nf SSA (name of a water nymph ; these trees grow
in swamps). Coriiacete. Tupelo. Peppbeidge. Souk
Gum. Tupelos are bold and picturesque, hardy decidu-
ous trees, valued for the flaming scarlet of their autumn
foliage and for the distinctness of their winter aspect.
They grow in swamps and are usually 40-60 feet high,
attaining a maximum of 100 feet. Old specimens
often have a melancholy appearance by reason of the
drooping habit of the lower limbs. The upper branches
of a Tupelo are often twiggy, crooked or "kinky." The
foliage is leathery, and as glossy as if varnished.

Tupelos are hard to transplant from the wild, even
when heavily pruned, because they have remarkably
long roots with few rootlets. Nursery-grown trees that
have been frequently transplanted are preferable, but
seedlings are easily raised. Of the 7 species, 2 are na-
tives of eastern Asia, the rest of North America. The
only species offered by American nurserymen is N,
siflvatica.

Nyssas are trees or shrubs with petiolate, usually en-
tire lvs. and small fls. borne in short racemes or dense

!:|/r

1504. Pepperidge — Nyssa sylvatica.

heads. Unlike the Dogwoods (Cornus), they belong to
a group in which the fls. are unisexual, instead of her-
maphrodite. From Aucuba and Garrya they differ in
having alternate lvs. Nyssa is distinguished from its
immediate allies by the following characters: petals
of the male fls. none, or 4 to many, imbricated; stamens
4 to many: ovary 1-celled; style 1, simple or 2-parted.

sylvAtica, Marsh. (iV. mtdtifldra, Wang.). Tupelo.
Peppekidge. Black Gum. Sour Gum. Figs. 1503-4.
Lvs. usually entire, obovate or oval, mostly acute or
acuminate, 2-4 in. long: staminate fls. in compound
heads; pistillates larger, 2-14 together: fr. 3-7 lines long,
nearly black, acid, with an ovoid stone, little flattened.
Me. and Ont. to Mich., to Fla. and Tex. G.F. 3 :491 ; 7:275.
B.B. 2:547. w. M.

o

1505. Variable foliage of the
Oak.— Pin Oak type.

OAK. Plate XXI. Strength, solidity, durability are
symbolized in the Oak, The tree is connected with the
traditions of the race, and it is associated with litera-
ture. It is a tree of strong individuality, with bold, free
growth and massive framework. Its longevity appeals
to every person, even though he has no feeling for
trees. It connects the present with the past. It spans
the centuries.

This feeling that the Oak represents a long span of
years is itself the reason why we should consider the
tree with veneration and let it live its full time; and
this is the particular lesson which the writer would im-
press. Spare the isolated
Oak trees! Of whatever
kind or species, aniature
Oak is beyond price. To
allow it to remain be-
speaks culture and kind-
ly feeling.

Many species of Oak
are now available in nur-
series. There are per-
haps 25 species tliat can
be relied on for planting
in the northeastern
states, and there are par-
ticular varieties adapted
to almost every habitable
part of North America.
The planting of cheap,
quick - growing willows
and poplars is so com-
mon that one almost de-
spairs of the time when
such strong and expres-
sive trees as Oaks shall be planted. There is little diffi-
culty in the planting of Oaks if one secures nursery-
grown stock. They grow more slowly than some other
trees, but what they lack in rapidity of growth they make
up in character aud foliage color. If quick effects are
wanted, some fast-growing tree may be planted with
them, to be removed as the Oaks need the space. Some
of the species grow nearly or quite as rapidly as hard
maples, when young. Other species are mere bushes
and make an excellent border-mass on the farther side
of large grounds. Of such is the native Scrub-Oak
[Quercus iliclfolia) of the eastern states. The native
species are usually the best for any region, from the
fact that they are adapted to climate and soil ; and
then, a feeling for common native plants is an indica-
tion of the highest appreciation and of the keenest re-
sponse to the conditions in which one lives.

For a full sketch of the kinds of Oaks, see Quercus.

L. H. B.

Among the native deciduous trees of the eastern
United States no kinds are more useful or attractive,
either in economic value or for ornamental planting,
than the various species of Oaks. Hardiness, lon-
gevity, beauty of foliage and fruit, exemption from the
injurious attacks of disease or insect pests, and beauty,
strength and durability of the lumber are among their
especially valuable characteristics. The family of Oaks
is a large one, but they mix and vary so much by
natural hybridization and geographical variations that
their botany is puzzling to all but the most astute
scientific students. Casual observers and amateur bot-
anists who attempt tbeir study find them an interesting
but difficult family to identify. A sprig from a tree
which is probably a hybrid between the willow and Pin
Oaks, Fig. 1505, is a fair sample of the kind of variations
which are frequent in Oak forests. Experienced woods-
men, who are quite familiar with all the Oaks in their
neighborhood, find that, a few miles from home, on dif-
ferent soil and elevation, they meet with varietal differ-
ences of bark, foliage, fruit and genei-al appearance of

trees which they can scarcely associate with the speeies
as they have known them.

That Oaks have been esteemed and admired from
time immemorial is evidenced by the numerous forms
in which their leaves and fruit appear in all kinds of
ornamentations in all ages.

Acorns of all species are objects of interest, but the
larger forms, especially those of the Fringed or Mossy-
cup Oak, are particularly attractive.

In autumn the foliage of Oaks remains green until
man}' other trees have shed their leaves; then they as-
sume rich shades of red, bronze and brown, presenting
a splendor of ripening foliage less brilliant but not less
beautiful than that which, a few weeks before, arrayed
some of their forest companions so gorgeously.

It has been said that "Who plants Oaks, plants for
posterity." Too often this has been interpreted to mean
that Oak trees grow and develop so slowly that a planter
may not reasonably expect to realize much benefit from
his own plantings, but that long after he has passed
away posterity will reap the harvest which he has sown.
Judged from a lumberman's standpoint, this is nearly
correct. The Pin Oak and some other species are ma-
ture at from 75 to 80 years of age, aud seldom live more
than 100 years, but the White Oaks are not fit for
sawing into lumber imtil they have passed 125 years of
age, and most of the large valuable trees are much older
than this.

The White Oak, found naturally on low lands and clay
soil, is unquestionably the patriarchal aristocrat among
native trees of the eastern U. S. While it is a sorrow-
ful fact that nearly all the tall forest Oaks with large
trunks have fallen before the march of human progress,
still there are a few venerable specimens left, with very
large, spreading heads, but whose trunks are so short
as to have little commercial value. These have un-
doubtedly stood for several centuries, and are still in
unimpaired strength and vigor, being typical speci-
mens of the natural development of tbeir species when
allowed time and room for growth in open clearings.
One notable example is a White Oak in the Friends'
graveyard in the city of Salem, N. J. Its trunk is 19 ft.
in circumference 3 ft. from the ground, and its branches
cover an area 118 ft. in diameter north and south, and
105 ft. east and west. Another specimen in North Mt.
Moriah Cemetery, in Delaware county, Pa., in the sub-
urbs of Philadelphia, measures 28 ft. 4 in. in circumfer-
ence of trunk a foot above ground, and 22 ft. 4 in. at 3
ft. above ground, the branches spreading 96 and lOU ft.
in diameter.

A few years ago one such white Oak was ruthlessly
destroyed near South Glastonbury, Conn., by its vandal
owner for the value of the fire-wood it contained. These
trees were no doubt well
established in the soil be- _.,,c^'-'Y^-<.

fore Christopher Columbus
discovered America. Such
specimens are now so scarce
it is a pity that they cannot
be protected by law, and ^^p^
unappreciative owners be *
taught to regard such vener-
able trees for the pleasure
which their presence afi:'ords
to an intelligent public, if
from no other motive. A
fine old pasture Oak is
shown in Fig. 1506.

Considered from a gar-
dener's or planter's stand-
point, the Oaks are among
the most valuable of our na-
tive trees. An idea that they are very difficult to trans-
plant and slow of growth, for many years almost barred
them from cultivation, but experiments made within
the past 20 years have done much to correct this popu-

.--^fWCszih

1506.
Field-erown white Oak.

(lllO

H
■<

o

OAK

OAKESIA

nil

lar prejudice, and have yhown that by using good trees
and by giving proper subsequent care and attention,
Oaks will grow as easily and develop as rapidly as
many other species, and are very satisfactory. A Pin Oak
in the grounds of the writer, about Go years old, is more
than 70 ft. in height, 60 ft. in spread of branches, and
11 ft. in circumference of trunk 3 ft. fx'oni the ground.
A Swamp White Oak in the same lawn is about 50 years
old, and is 50 ft. in height, 54 ft. in spread of branches
and 7 ft. in circumference of trunk 3 ft. from ground.
These trees are growing on a rich, sandy loam, which
is well drained by a substratum of gravel and sand.

A notable object lesson in the use of Oaks in orna-
mental planting is found in Faimiount Park, Philadel-
phia, Pa. After the close of the Centennial Exhibition
which was held there in 1876, the buildings were
removed, the grounds cleared, and from 1880 to 1884
thousands of Oaks were planted in this section; a ma-
jority of them Pin Oaks, but interspersed with them
White, Swamp White, Red, Scarlet, Black, Chestnut,
Willow, Bur, Shingle, etc., as well as maples, ash, lin-
dens, elms, poplars, buttonwoods and some others.
These Oaks are now from 20 to 40 ft. high, and from 23o
to 3/4, ft. in circumference measured at 3 ft. above the
ground, and are equal or superior in size and develop-
ment to most of the other trees, which were planted at
the same time, excepting Carolina poplar and button-
wood. These trees are on level land and in heavy clay
soil, which appears to be a favorite condition for most
of the larger growing species of Oaks. Fig. 1507 may
suggest an idea of the remarkable progress and devel-
opment which these trees have made in from 16 to 20
years. There are few trees even among those which are
considered fast-growing varieties that will show better
measurements or more symmetrical developments at
the same age.

If seedling Oaks are taken up when one or at most
two years old, transplanted every three years, and
well cultivated on good land, they will form fine trees,
with root systems which can be moved with but little
risk until they attain considerable size, but unless they
have had such culture, the transplanting of any but
very small trees is usually unsatisfactory. Attempts at
moving trees which have stood too long without trans
planting or which have grown without cultivation have
generally resulted in failure, and such experiences have
caused the prejudice which has prevented their more
general use. Under favorable circumstances most Oaks
are rapid growers, but unless conditions are favorable
their roots do not become readily reestablished in the
soil after transplanting, and for this reason they are
often slow to start into vigorous growth. For this rea-
son judicious nursing, with plenty of manure and water
and cultivation of the soil, will be abundantly rewarded
by shortening the period of convalescence.

While many soft-wooded trees transplant more readily
than Oaks and will grow more rapidly immediately
after transplanting, still the Oaks will in time outgrow
most of them, and will be in their prime when many of
the companions of their youth are declining or gone.
The best Oaks for planting in the northeastern and
middle section of the U. S. are White, Swamp White,
Mossy-cup, Scarlet, Pin, Red, Willow, Laurel or Shin-
gle and Chestnut. Of these the Pin is at present the
most popular, because it develops quickly a thick, com-
pact head, forming a beautiful symmetrical tree while
quite young; but after it is 25 or 30 years old the in-
terior branches of this dense head begin to die and a
tangled mass of dead brush soon accumulates. Unless
this is removed (and it is not an easy task), it gives
the tree a neglected and unsightly appearance. Other
species of this type have this tendency also. The White
and Chestnut Oaks and their allies have more spread-
ing branches, are more open-headed, and are not sub-
ject to this objectionable characteristic, but they con-
tinue to increase in size, with unimpaired beauty and
symmetry of form, for centuries.

Plate XXI shows a group of Oaks familiar to many
who have traveled between Philadelphia and New
York via the Pennsylvania railroad. The trees stand
about 100 yards north of the railroad track in a field a
quarter of a mile east of a small station called Anda-
lusia, 7 miles west of Bristol. The large tree is a White

Oak, measuring 15 ft. in circumference 3 ft. from the
ground, with branches spreading 78 ft. in diameter. It
is a typical specimen of the habit of this tree as it
grows in open land. The middle tree is a Pin Oak prob-
ably 50 or 60 years old. It has several dead branches
and is evidently declining. The next tree is a Willow Oak.
They stand in heavy clay soil on rather low land, but
not swampy. There are numerous fine specimens of
Oaks in this locality, which for many years have at-
tracted the attention of travelers. The Black Jack and
Scrub Oaks, which as bushes and small trees cover
large areas of the sandy belt stretching along the At-
lantic coast from Long Island to Florida, and the Eock

1507, Avenue of Pin Oaks
FairTnonnt Park, Philadelphia, planted about 1884.

Chestnut and other species, which find subsistence on
the steep and rocky hill-sides of the eastern states, do
not often attain large size. Nevertheless their presence
is of great economic value in covering barren wastes
with vegetation, where few other trees can find enough
to support life. In many other situations these dwarf
Oaks are admirably adapted for producing desirable
effects.

The "grand old Oaks of England "have been admired
and venerated for centuries, but in this country the
American Oaks are far superior to any of the Euro-
pean species, as they develop faster and are more en-
during. Quercus Rohur, which is the European spe-
cies most commonly planted in this country, appears to
be short-lived here, usually declining before it reaches
50 years of age.

Everywhere in the southern states the Live-Oak is
popular (Fig. 1508). It is associated with every old
plantation. It is the characteristic tree of the country
from the Carolinas south and west.

Samuel C. Moon.

0AE£SIA (Wm. Oakes, New England botanist).
X/ilidcew. A genus of 2 species of American hardy per-
ennial herbs, having the graceful habit of such choice
wild tiowers as the Solomon's Seal and more particularly
the common bell-wort, Uvularia perfoliaia. In moist
woods it grows about a foot high and bears one or few
pendulous, yellow, G-parted fls. about }4 in. long. The 2
kinds can be transferred from the woods. O. sessili-
folia is also offered by a few dealers in hardy plants.
It prefers a rich light soil in a rather moist, partially
shaded position, and improves greatly under cultivation.

The Oakesias can be easily told from Uvularias by
their leaves, which are merely sessile instead of per-
foliate, i. e., the base of the leaf does not surround the
stem as it does in Uvularia. Oakesias were formerly
placed in Uvularia, but in 1879 Watson removed them,
largely because of the seeds, which are brown and
nearly spherical in both groups, but in Oakesia they
have a very much swollen, spongy, brown ridge, while
in Uvularia they are covered by a thin white aril (an
appendage growing from near the point where the seed
is attached to the ovary). Other generic characters are:
fls. few, solitary on short pedicels opposite the Ivs.;
se.graents without callosities : capsule membranous,
elliptical, acutish at each end, very tardily dehiscent:
Ivs. more or less rough on the margins.

1112

OAKESIA

ODONTOGLOSSUM

sessiliSdlia, Wats. Stem once forked: Ivs. oblong-
lanceolate, acute at each end ; margins minutely sca-
brous : capsule borne on a distinct stipe. Canada to Pla.
and Ark. B.M. 1402. L.B.C. 13:1262. G.W.F. 16. D. 51.
P. W. Barclay and W. M.

OAT. Avena sativa.

OBELISCAKIA. See Lepaclnjs.

1508. The wide-spreadine Live Oak of the South.

(See Oak, page 1111.)

6CHNA {old Greek name for a wild pear, which some
of these plants were thought to resemble in foliage).
Oclinhcew. O. miiltiflora is a cool greenhouse slirub
cult, by a few fanciers for its remarkable appearance
when in fruit. The Us. are yellow, appear in spring,
and are borne to the number of 10-15 in racemes ter-
minating short lateral branches. The blossoms are
short-lived, but the calyx is persistent. Its 5 sepals are
greenish in flower, but become abright red in fruit. The
receptacle increases until it becomes an inch or so thick,
globular and bright red. Upon it are borne black seed-
like bodies, which are the carpels. The red and black
make a fine contrast. This rare plant is best prop, by
cuttings struck in autumn. It is cult, in America, but
not advertised.

Ochna is a genus of aboiit 25 species of trees and
shrubs from tropical Asia and Africa: Ivs. deciduous,
alternate, minutely serrate, leathery, shining : fls. yel-
low, rarely greenish, jointed to the pedicels; sepals 5,
colored, imbricate, persistent ; petals 5-10 ; stamens
indefinite; anthers opening longitudinally or by pore-
like slits : ovary deeply 3-10-lobed ; lobes 1-celled,
1-ovuled; styles connate; drupes 3-10, sessile.

multifldra, DC. Glabrous shrub, 4-5 ft. high: Ivs.
oblong-ellii^tical to oblanceolate-oblong: petals sessile:
anthers as long as the filaments, opening longitudinally:
sepals in fruit about 4 lines long. Upper Guinea.

G. W. Oliver and W. M.

Ochna muUiflora is a remarkably handsome shrub
for conservatory decoration. It is usually regarded as
a stove shrub, but has done well with us in a green-
house temperature of 55° (min. ). It has a unique effect,
and to be properly appreciated specimens should stand
out. The drupelets are black, making a striking contrast
with the enlarged red receptacle, at a glance reminding
one of a spindle tree. In a good bottom heat, seeds ger-
minate in a month, and make neat little plants in a
year. We have not been so fortunate with cuttings.
Unfortunately for us, cat -birds appropriated all the
berries as soon as they became ripe. The}' entered
through the open spaces in the annex to our conserva-
toi^y- T. D. Hatfield.

6CIMUM. See Basil.

OCOTILLO. Fouquieria splenclens.

ODONTADfiNIA (Greek, toothed glands). Apocy-
n(lce(e. Here belongs the fine tropical yellow-fid.
climber sold as Dipladenia HarrisU, which rivals in
beauty the well known greenhouse Allamandas. The
fls. are fragrant, al>out 3 in. across, funnel-shaped, with
5 rounded, spreading lobes, and are more or less
streaked with red in the throat, at the base of the lobes,
and on the back of the tube. The treatment which George

McWilliam has given Dipladenias with such good results
(see Dipladenia, Vol. I) should be attempted for Odon-
tadenia, but O. speciosa perhaps grows at lower alti-
tudes, and may require the treatment usually given to
hothouse vines. AH Odontadenias have yellow fls.,
while Dipladenias are yellow only in the throat.

Odoutadeuia is a genus of about 8 species of tall,
shrubby, tropical American climbers : Ivs. opposite :
cymes loose, usually ample, rarely few-fld. and scarcely
branched: calyx 5-parted, the lobes remarkably blunt or
rounded; corolla-lobes twisted in the pointed bud, over-
lapping to the right and twisted to the left; stamens
fixed at the top of the narrow part of the tube. The
genus is distinguished from Dipladenia by the shape of
the calyx-lobes and by the cup-shaped group of toothed
glands below the pistil.

specidsa, Benth. {Dipladenia ffdrrisii, Hook.).
Shrubby, branched climber: largest Ivs. 10-15 by 4-5
in., oblong, tapering, scarcely leathery, feather- veined,
often purplish beneath; petioles stout, scarcely 1 in.
long: racemes axillary and terminal; pedicels red, often
1 in. long, curved downwards: corolla-tube with a round-
ish base about % in. long and thick, then suddenly con-
stricted, then gra^lually widening into a funnel-shaped
fl. Brazil, Guiana, Trinidad. B.M. 4825. Yf^ jj

0D0NT0GL6SSUM (Greek, tooth-tongue; in allusion
to the crest on the labellum). Orchiddcece. A genus
of orchids embracing about 100 species, natives of the
higher regions of the Andes from Mexico and Guatemala
to Colombia and Bolivia. On account of their hand-
some flowers these plants are among the most favorite
orchids of cultivators. O. crisputn is one of the finest of
all orchids.

Plants epiphytic, with short rhizomes and 2-lvd.
pseudobulbs, often with sheathing leaves at the base:
fls. in few- to many-fid. racemes or panicles arising from
the base of the pseudobulb; sepals and petals spread-
ing, free, or the lateral sepals rarely somewhat united
at the base; base of the labellum ascending parallel to
the column and sometimes adnate to the latter; lateral
lobes small, often erect; middle lobe large, spreading,
variously shaped ; column clavate, narrowed at the base,
longer than in Oncidium.

This genus is closely related to Oncidium and Mil-
tonia, some of the species of the latter being generally
cultivated as Odontoglossuras. These two genera are
easily distinguished from Odontoglossum by the label-
lum, which expands directly from the base of the col-
umn. There is perhaps no genus of orchids in which
the species are more variable and more closely related
than in Odontoglossum. Numerous varieties connect
the species by intermediate links, and the occurrence of
many natural hybrids makes the limitation of species in
this genus almost impossible. However much this may
add to the perplexity of the botanist, it gives the genus
an additional horticultural value and interest resulting
in the production of numerous garden hybrids and in
the selection of many varieties, one species, O. crispunit
having over a hundred named kinds.

Heinrich Hasselbring.

Odontoglossums follow the high western mountain
ranges from southern Mexico to southern Peru, and
usually grow at great altitudes. With few exceptions,
they are found in extremely moist situations where the
annual rainfall is excessive and the temperature more
or less even and cool throughout the year.

The extreme heat of our summer interferes somewhat
with the culture of Odontoglossums in America, espe-
cially those of the O. crispiim section, and it is neces-
sary to use every precaution during that season to
insure success.

A lean-to or half-span roof structure of northern ex-
posure, protected by a brick or stone wall on the south
side, and with ample means of ventilation, is best suited
to Odontoglossum culture. Moreover, it should be pro-
vided with rolling shades elevated on framework 18 or
20 in. above the glass, to afford abundance of light, free
access of air and requisite shade, with the additional
assistance of keeping down the temperature in summer.
The interior is best fitted with solid beds, if possible,
but benches of stone fiags or wood covered with ashes
or gravel an inch or two deep will answer very well.

ODONTOGLOSSUM

ODONTOGLOSSUM

1113

These, with the floors, should be hosed down two or
three times daily, to keep the house as cool and as
raoist as possible.

Ventilation is highly essential at all times, especially
in dull or wet weather. When the atmosphere is over-
charged with moisture, the quantity must be governed
by outside conditions. Top ventilation is most satis-
factory, because it allows the heated air to escape, gives
less direct draft on the plants, and does not have the
drying effect produced by side currents.

The temperature during winter should never rise
above 65° F., even with mild sun heat, and may fall to 48°
or 50° at night, or even lower, without injury; during
summer it must be kept as low as the outside tempera-
ture will admit. Fire heat should be dispensed with as
early as possible in spring.

Odontoglossums do well under pot culture, excepting
a few, such as O. IJonde.^iboroughlanum and O. coro-
nariicm, with long creeping rhizomes; O. cltrosnutm,
which has pendulous flower-scapes, and some of the
smaller growing species, such as the O. Mossi section,
which are more easily cared for under basket culture.

Repotting should be attended to in October and No-
vember, never during the summer months. Chopped
fibrous peat, live sphagnum and clean decayed leaves
in equal quantity, well mixed together, afford a very
satisfactory compost. About one-half of the pot space
should be devoted to drainage of charcoal or broken
potsherds. The plants should be firmly potted, leaving
the surface slightly convex, thus elevating the base of
the plant a little above the rim' of the pot when finished.

The O. crispmn section, which includes O. Coradinei,
O. gloriosiwi, O. cirrhosum, O. luteo-purpuremn, O.
Pescatorei, and kindred species, require an abundance
of water at all seasons ; in fact, the compost should
never dry out, and .iudicious light overhead syringing
once a day is beneficial in bright weather, but on very
warm days it should be applied in the evening, at the
same time allowing free ventilation to ensure good
atmospheric action. Weak liquid cow manure during
the flowering period is also of assistance.

Species of the O. grande section do not require as
much water at the roots as the O. crisp um type ; the
compost should be allowed to dry out frequently. They
are also benefited by a little sun during winter.

O. citros7mtni is an exception to the genus as regards
temperature, and should be grown 10° warmer. It does
very well in the Cattleya department, enjoys a good
supply of water at the roots at all seasons, and may be
easily induced to flower freely by giving it a sunny loca-
tion during winter.

Very few of the species can be satisfactorily propa-
gated by division ; the trade depends principally on
fresh importation.

Among the worst enemies of Odontoglossums are
slugs and the small shell snails. They destroy the ten-
der flower-scapes, often attacking them even in the leaf
sheath. A piece of cotton wrapped about the base of
the pseudobulb will afford a means of protection, and
many may be caught by distributing bits of apple,
potato, or saucers containing dry bran freely among the
plants. Look them over morning and evening with a
lantern.

For other cultural notes on Odontoglossums, see
Orch. Rev. 4:22. Robert M. Grey.

Cool Odontogloss urns , — The management of the tropi-
cal Odontoglossums found in high altitudes is one of
the most difficult and fascinating problems in orchid
culture. Nearly all American collections of them have
decreased and have had to be refreshed from the tropics.
The collection of H. H. Hunnewell, at Wellesley, Mass.,
has long been noted, although it has decreased in the
last twelve years. The undersigned has been asked to
give an account of the methods by which P. L. Harris
long maintained this fine collection with perhaps less
decrease than in any other collection in the country.

The great problem, of course, with these plants is to
keep them cool enough in summer. The difficulty will
probably never be wholly solved until the advent of
artificial refrigeration. Shading alone is insufficient.
The best principle to take advantage of is the coolness
produced by the rapid and excessive evaporation of

water. An example is the wet rag wrapped around a
canteen in a hot desert, which keeps the drinking water
cool.

How to produce a great and constant evaporation is,
then, the particular problem, and Mr. Harris' device
was an exceedingly ingenious one. Back of his Odon-
toglossum house he had a brick wall covered with Eng-
lish ivy, and he had water dripping over the whole vine
during hot weather. This gave him an extraordinarily
large evaporating surface.

In general, it may be pointed out that the conventional
water pan gives a relatively small evaporating surface.
A gravel bed yields a far greater evaporating surface.
As an illustration, the undersigned would cite his own
experience at the Buffalo Botanic Garden. There was
a house built for Victoria regia and other tender aquatics,
which was unoccupied during winter. An attempt was
made to utilize this space in growing palms. The water
tank was boarded over for the palms, but the water
below did not furnish enough atmospheric moisture for
the palms, and they had to be removed. The trouble
was that the water in the big tank, being colder than the
air, actually acted as a condenser. The next winter the
tank was again boarded over, but the water in the tank
was drawn off and the floor covered with a 6-inch layer
of gravel. The results were entirely satisfactory.

J. F. COWELL.

With Odontoglossums we have had good results the
past season by using what we call the Cookson formula,
recorumended by Mr. Norman C. Cookson in the "Orchid
Review "for May, 1899. The formula is as follows:
Three ounces of potassium nitrate and 2 ounces of am-
monium phosphate, dissolved in a 3-gallon jar of soft
water. In watering any orchids when making their
growth, or when flowering, 1 ounce of the solution is
added to each gallon of water used. In the experience
of the writer, the above mixture is the best food met
with for cool orchids. In time it will probably bring
the plants into such a vigorous state that they will be
able to stand our hot summers without so much suffering.

A. J. Newell.

INDEX.

album, 27, 40.
Alexa7idrce, 34.
Andersonianum, 34.
Andersoni, 39.
apiatum, 34.
Ashworthianuni,34.
aspersum, 10, 24.
bellulum, 18.
Bietoniense, 27.
Bluntii, 34.
brevifolium, 2.
candidulum, 30.
castaneum, 15.
Cervantesii, 39.
cirrhosum, 31.
citrosmum, 40.
eonstrietum, 15,
Coradinei, 6.
cordatum, 26.
coronarmtin, 2,
erispatum. 8.
crispum, 34.
cristatum, 25.
Dawsonianum, 44.
Dayanum, 25.
deeoruin, 39.
Edivardi, 45.
Egertoni, 42.
Ehrenberghii, 43, 44.

facetum, 9.
GouvilleanuTn, 34.
gloriosum, 13.
grande, 3.
grandifioitim, 6.
guttatum, 34, 36.
Hallii, 16.
Harryanum, 19, 20.
hastilabium, 28.
Hebraicum, 10.
hystrix, 8.
Insleayi, 4, 5.
Krameri, 37.
Ifeve, 17.

latemaculatum, 14.
Lehmaniiii, 34.
leopardinmn, 5.
Lindleyainitn, 7.
Londesboroughian-

um, 1.
luteo-purpxireum, 8.
macranthutn, 4.
maculatum, 11, 34.
Madrense, 35.
majuR, 39, 41, 43.
Mariie, 34.
maxillare, 35, 36.
Tfiembranaceum, 39.
mirandum, 12.

riEevium. 30.
nebulosum, 36.
Nevadense, 21.
nobile, 33.
odoratum, 14.
Oerstedii, 38.
pardinum, 1.
Pescatorei, 33.
pulchellum, 41.
punctatum, 40.
radiatum, 8.
ramosissimum, 29.
EeichenheiviU, 17.
rosellum, 40.
roseum, 40.
Rossii, 43.
rub 6 seen s, 43.
Ruckerianum, 32.
Sanderianum, 22,
sceptrum, 8.
Schlieperianum, 4.
Schrosderi, 34.
splendens, 5, 27.
superbum, 6.
Trian^, 34.
tripudians, 19.
triumphans, 23.
Veitchlanum, 33, 34,
Wallisii, 18.

Synopsis of Sections.
A. Fls. y ellow, variously spdtted with brotvn, crimson, etc.
Section I. Ground color of the labellum yellow.

Species 1-14

Section II. Ground color of the labellum white,

rarely pale yellow or changing to yellow. Species 15-28

AA. Fls. wJiite, sometimes shaded ivith rose or cream,
never with a bright yellow or greenish yellow
ground color.
Section III. Plants not dwarf: fls. numerous, in

branched panicles much exceeding the Ivs

Species 29-34

1114

ODONTOGLOSSUM

ODONTOGLOSSUM

Section IV. Plants manifestly of dwarf habit:
fls. few, in slender racemes, with the scape (and
often the whole inflorescence) shorter than the
Ivs., rarely exceeding them Species 35-44

AAA. Fls. dark purple.
Section V. Fls. numerous, small, in large,
branched panicles Species 45

SECTION I.

A. Lahelluni reniform, lar-
ger than the rest of the
flower 1. Londesboroughianum

A. Lahelliini oblong or fan-

shaped, shorter than
the sepals: apex
rounded, emarginate,
or acute: margin en-
tire.

B. Apex rounded or emar-

ginate.

c. Sepals sub-rotund 2. brevifolium

CO. Sepals oblong to lanceo-
late.
D. Column u'ith 2 blunt

auricles 3. grande

4. Schlieperianum
DD. Column ivith S cirrhous

teeth 5. Insleayi

BB. Apex acute 6. Coradinei

7. Lindleyanum
AAA. Labelluyn v arious ly
shaped , fimbriately
toothed, and having a

pectinate crest 8. luteo-purpureum

9. facetum
AAAA. Labellum triangular or
triangular - oblong,

long -ac\iininate 10. Hebraicum

11. maculatum
AA.^A.A..Labellu)nlanceolate, cor-
date or hastate at base.
B. Oohimn with rhomboid

wings 12. mirandum

BB. Column with S subulate

awns at apex 13. gloriosum

14. odoratum

1. LondesboroughiElnum, Reichb. f. Pseudobulbs
roundish ovate, 1-2-lvd. : raceme 3-6 ft. long, bearing
as many as 30 fls.: sepals oblong, undulate, apiculate;
petals obtuse, apiculate, wider; both light yellow, with
many abrupt, narrow, concentric brown markings :
blade of the labellum extending beyond the sepals, over
1 in. across, light yellow, with few brown blotches at
base. Autumn. Mex. I. H. 30:497. Gn. 16, p. 502.
F.M. 1877:246.— A distinct plant resembling an Oncid-
ium. Var. pardlnum, Hort. Lip profusely dotted with
brownish crimson. Gn. 16, p. 503.

2. brevifdliuin, Lindl. (O. corondrium, Hort.). Plants
with leathery, ovate-oblong, spreading Ivs. and erect
racemes, about 1 ft. high, bearing 10-20 fls. 2-2K in. in
diameter: sepals subrotund - imguiculate, undulate:
petals similar, smaller; labellum smaller than the sepals,
cuneate-emarginate, yellow in front, marked about the
column with yellow and purple, with a 3-toothed tubercle
on the base. Colombia. I. H. 21:170. G.C. II. 24: 177;
111.18:489; 19:79. G.M. 34:819; 38:127.

3. grande, Lindl. Baby Orchid. Pig. 1509. Pseudo-
bulbs 2-lvd. : Ivs. broadly lanceolate; scape few-fld., twice
as long as the Ivs.: sepals lanceolate, the lateral ones
keeled, yellow, banded with rich reddish brown spots;
petals oblong, broader, obtuse, subundiilate, apex yel-
low; labellum almost rotund, apex slightly emarginate,
yellow, banded and spotted with rusty blotches, and
with a large-lobed tubercle on the claw. Autumn.
Guatemala. B.M. 3955. P.S. 1:24-26. P.M. 8:49.
Gn. 48, p. 219; 51:1105. G.C. III. 17:41 (abnormal fis.).
— A magnificent species with half-drooping racemes a
foot long, bearing few large, brilliantly colored fls. 5-6
in. in diameter. Pig. 1509 is redrawn from "The Garden."

4. ScMieperitaum, Reichb. f. (O. Insleayi, var. ma-
crdnthum, Lindl.). Fls. on erect racemes, pale yellow,

blotched and barred with deeper yellow mostly on the
lower half of the segments. Autumn. Costa Rica.
G.C. 1865: 1082; II. 25:209. P.S. 17, p. 78. -Resembles
a small pale O. grande, but fine for summer flowering.

5. insleayi, Lindl. (0?iCi<Zi(tw 7jiA'?eayi, Barker). Lvs.
leathery, oblong, shorter than the raceme : fls. 334-4 in.
across, yellow, spotted with brown, borne in a stiff,
erect raceme; sepals and petals oblong, undulate, nearly
equal ; labellum shorter, ovate, refuse, sagittate and
tuberculate at base, orange-yellow, spotted with reddish
brown. Oct.-Dec. Mex. P.S. 1:49. Gt. 39, p. 474.-
Free-flowering. Resembles O. grande. Var. spl6ndens,
Reichb. f. Fls. larger, labellum and segments clouded
with brown, yellow only at the tip. Gn. 25:428. G.C.
11.25:305. Var. leopardinum, Hort. A highly colored
form. Segments pale yellow, heavily barred with chest-
nut-brown. R.B. 14:61.

6. Coradinei, Reichb. f. (O. Lindleyanum, Reichb. f.
and Warsz. X O. crispum, Lindl.). A supposed natural
hybrid with the habit of 0. crispum. Raceme arching,
few-fld. : fls. stellate, 3 in. across, dark sulfur color, witii
few chestnut-brown spots; sepals and petals oblong,
acuminate, undulate ; labellum shorter, oblong-acute,
whitish, with a lai-ge oblong red-brown blotch near the
center and several smaller ones on the disk; crest
3-toothed on each side. Resembles O. triumphans,
but of more slender growth. Winter. Colombia.
G.C. 1872:1068; IL 24:200 ; 25:269; III. 25:315. -Var.
superbum, Hort. A more robust var. with richly colored
fls. : panicle much branched, 2 ft. long. Mexico. Var.
grandiSldnim, Reichb. f. Pis. yellow, blotched and spot-
ted with dark brown, large and handsome. Colombia.

7. Lindleytaum, Reichb. f. and Warsz. Lvs. linear:
raceme lax: fls. 2-3 in. across, thin; sepals and petals
yellow, blotched and striped with brown; lateral lobes
of the labellum small, white, with purple spots; middle
lobe red-brown, tipped with yellow. Spring. Colombia.
— A variable species, supposed to be the parent of many
hybrids.

8. luteo-purpiireum, Lindl. Lvs. ensiform, narrowed
at base: fls. showy, 2-3 in. across, in a robust horizontal
raceme ; sepals ovate-oblong, undulate, brownish purple,
with a yellow margin; petals similar, toothed and spotted
with purple brown ; labellum quadrifld, cordate or oblong,
fimbriate yellow, spotted with purple and rose; crest on
the claw pectinate. Winter and spring. Colombia.
G.C. II. 21:585; 25:140. — Owing to its wide geographical

li\' \ '■■■ <

~^^i

1509. Odontoglossum grande.

scope, this species is extremely variable. A very mixed
progeny has resulted from the crossing of this with other
species, and the intermixture of the descendants. Var.
radiitum, Hort. (O. radiiUum, Reichb. f.). Sepals and
petals nariow, yellow, heavily spotted with dark brown;

ODONTOGLOSSUM

ODONTOGLOSSUM

1115

labellmn expanded in front, white, shading into a brown-
ish blotch at base. G. C. II. 25:7C. Var. crispatum,
Reichb. f . Front half of the labellum convolute into deep
folds, fimbriate. G.C. III. 5: 233. Not advertised. Var.
soSptnun, Reichb. f. Sepals creamy yellow, barred and
washed with brown; petals broader-toothed, densely
spotted with brown; labellum whitish. I. H. 18:73; 37:99.
Not advertised. Var. Hystrlx, Hort. ( O. Rystrix, Hort. ) .
Labellum much fringed, and crests very spiny.

9. Jacdtum, Reichb. f . ( O. Rdllii Lindl. x O. luteo-pur-
pureiim, Lindl.). Natural hybrid. Sepals lanceolate,
straight, light yellow, with very large cinnamon-colored
blotches; petals lanceolate, straight, finely toothed, with
numerous small spots ; labellum almost circular, short,
finely fringed, convolute, undulate, light yellow, with a
semi-circle of radiating keels, some of which are fringed
and in front of which is a horseshoe-shaped spot.

10. Hebraicnm, Reichb. f. {O. cristdtnm, Lindl. x O.
cirrhdsum, Liindl.}. Natural hybrid. Pis. 2>^ in. across,
borne in a panicle; sepals lanceolate; petals wider, un-
dulate, all prettily marked, lemon-yellow, whitish in the
center and spotted with red-brown markings suggesting
Hebrew characters ; labellum triangular or oblong,
acuminate, erose-dentate, darker yellow toward the
base, with a large maroon blotch and several smaller
ones. Winter. Colombia. Gn. 21:339. G.C. II. 16:173.
—Var. asperaum, Rolfe. Differs slightly from the type
in its lax racemes of golden yellow fls., blotched with
purple-brown.

11. mactilitum, La Llave. & Lex Pseudobulbs
ovate, 1-lvd. : Ivs. lanceolate, acute, 6-8 in. long: ra-
ceme pendulous, loosely many-fid., longer thanthelvs.:
sepals narrowly linear or lance-oblong, acuminate,
brown ; petals ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, undulate,
yellow, spotted with brown; labellum wide triangular,
acuminate, crisp, yellow, brown-spotted, claw short, 2-
crested: column white. Mexico. B.M. 6455 (not 4878,
which is O.cordatum, Lindl.). B.R. 26:30. — Pis. freely
In June. Racemes a foot long, with stellate fls. 3 in. in
diameter. Var. spl^ndens and var. sup^rbum are recom-
mended.

12. mirdndum, Reichb. f. Lvs. lanceolate: raceme
stiff, 1-sided: sepals and petals lanceolate-acuminate,
almost wholly red-brown, with yellow margins; label-
lum linear-lanceolate, similarly marked, and having a
few purple Hues at base, callus horned: wings of the
column rliomboid-serrate. Colombia.

13. gloriosum, Linden and Reichb. f. Pis. pallid
ochre, spotted with brown, paniculate; sepals and
petals oblong-ligulate, acuminate; labellum lanceolate-
acuminate, cordate at base, denticulate, about as long
as the petals; claw with a 4-lobed, 4-toothed callus;
column toothed below the middle. Colombia. G.C.
1865:578; II. 24:680.

14. odoratum, Lindl. Pseudobulbs 2-3 in. long, nar-
rowly ovoid, compressed : lvs. 1 ft. long, narrowly en-
siform : panicle sometimes 2-3 ft. long, copiously
branched and many-fid. : fls. lJ^-2 in. across, dull
golden yellow, blotched with brownish red; sepals and
petals similar, narrowly lanceolate, acuminate, waved;
labellum hastate, lateral lobes short, rounded; terminal
lobe broadly subulate, narrowed, pubescent, waved;
disk with 2 pairs of longitudinal, obtuse, erect teeth.
Winter and spring. Mexico. B.M. 6502. G.C. II. 15:337.
— Var. latemaculatum, AndrS. Pis. larger; spots purple-
brown, larger and more intense. July, Aug. I. H. 17:39.
Gt. 37, p. 492. Pree-flowering.

SECTION 11.

A. Labellum more or less con-

stricted in the middle, fiddle-
shaped.

B. Column not winged, but having

Z projecting horns at the apex. 15. constrictum
BB. Gohim.mvinged: wings pectinate
or consisting of few deeurved

spines 10. Hallii

BBB. Column winged : wings toothed
or entire.

c. Crest obsolete, 5-ridged 17. Iseve

CO. Crest falcate-pectinate 18. 'Wallisii

ccc. Crest of radiating keels toothed

or entire 19.

20.

cccc. Crest a bifid callosity 21.

22.
AA. Lahellnm with an ovate or oblong
blade, often cordate at the base.
B. Lateral lobes not upright: label-
lum with a toothed crest 23.

24.
25.
BE. Lateral lobes on the claw fleshy,
upright: labellum ivith obtuse

crest or none 26.

27.
AAA. Labellum hastate 28.

tripudians
Harryanum
Wevadense
Sanderianum.

triumphans

aspersum

cristatum

cordatum

Eictoniense

hastilabium

15. constrictum, Lindl. Lvs. linear-lanceolate, elon-
gate: panicle long, slender, loosely branched: fls.
1-lM in.; sepals and petals nearly similar, oblong-
lanceolate, acuminate, bright yellow, blotched with
orange-brown; labellum fiddle-shaped, with rounded or
truncate, apiculate blade, white, with a rose-colored
blotch on each side, toothed. Small-flowered, but a
profuse bloomer, often bearing 4-5 many -flowered pani-
cles 1-lKft. in length. Venezuela. B.M. 5736. -Var.
cast&neum, Hort. Spots on sepals and petals covering
nearly the entire surface. I.H. 35:66.

10. HftUii, Lindl. Lvs. a foot long, ensiform, narrowed
at the base: scape 1-2 ft. long, with a many-fld. raceme
of equal length: fls. 3 in. across; sepals and petals
spreading, sub-similar, oblong-lanceolate, long-acumi-
nate with recurved points, golden yellow, with trans-
verse bands and spots of yellowish brown; labellum
white, with a blood-red spot on the middle lobe and few
spots on the lateral ones, erose-dentate, mid-lobe emar-
ginate, with a short awn in the sinus, with 2 spinous
crests on the claw. July. Ecuador. B. M. 6237. I. H.
18:58. P.S. 17, p. 81. "G.C. 1865:962; 11.25:140.— The
spots on the labellum are sometimes scattered.

17. Iseve, Lindl.(0. Seichenheimii, Linden & Reichb.
f. ). Lvs. 6-10 in. long, oblong-lanceolate: sepals and
petals oblong-linear, acute, plane, yellow, blotched with
cinnamon; labellum smaller, white in front, violet on
the upper half. Spring. Guatemala. B.M. 6265. I.H.
6:213. B.R. 30:39.-Plants bear 4-6 strict, stout pani-
cles, 3 ft. long, with numerous fls. 2 in. in diameter.
Not much esteemed.

18. "Wdllisii, Linden & Reichb. f. (O. Mllulum,
Hort.). Lvs. linear-lanceolate: sepals and petals ligu-
late, honey -colored, marked with brown streaks: label-
lum white, with a violaceous anterior part and marked
with similar streaks at the base, with 3-falcate calli on
the base. December. Colombia. I.H. 18:56; .38:127.—
Elegant, with slender, drooping, mostly unbranched ra-
cemes, bearing few large flowers.

19. tripMians, Reichb. f. and Warsz. Lvs. 7-9 in.
long, linear-lanceolate: raceme stiff, erect, longer than
the lvs., 8-10-fld. : fls. 2 in. across, dull yellow-green on.
the back; sepals oblong-acute or subacuminate, dark
brown, with yellowish green tips and bases ; petals simi-
lar, with yellowish bands; labellum short, panduriform,
as long as the segments, white, with rose-colored
blotches, with about 10 keels radiating from the disk;
lateral lobes rounded, crenulate ; central lobe subreni-
form, erose-dentate. Peru. B.M. 6029. P.M. 1876:208;
1880:407.

Var. Harryinum, Reichb. f. Sepals and petals almost
blackish inside, tipped with light yellow, with a few
similar marks at the base of the petal: labellum light
yellow, with the base covered with rich mauve purple.

20. Harryanum, Reichb. f. Lvs. about 2, oblong-ligu-
late, obtuse, 6-12 in. long: raceme up to 3 ft. long, bear-
ing 6-12 large fls. : sepals and petals ligulate-oblong,
acute, wavy, brown with irregular, transverse, greenish
yellow markings ; the petals project forward; labellum
large, flat, undulate, somewhat panduriform, lower half
white, changing to yellow; upper half brownish marked
Avith mauve lines and having about 7 serrated crests :
column with 2 very smaU toothed wings. Colombia.
Gn. 33:633. G.C. III. 2:169. Same as var. of No. 19?

1116

ODONTOGLOSSUM

ODONTOGLOSSUM

21. Nevad^nse, Reichb. f. Pseudobulbs ovate, acumi-
nate: Ivs. liuear-lanceolate, base narrow, keeled: sepals
and petals similar, lanceolate, long-acuminate, dark
brown with a golden margin, outside dark green; limb
of the labellum wide, hastate, deflexed, fimbriate, white-
spotted; apex acute, subincurved, appendage on the
claw bifid. Spring. Colombia. l.H. 17:i5. Gn. 19, p.
425; 32, p. 589; 39, p. 250. G.C. II. 16:461; 24:201.-
A showy plant, with slender, arching, 6-10-fld. panicles,
and tls. 3— 4K in. across.

22. Sanderiinura, Reichb. f. Resembling O. Neva-
dense. Fls. stellate; sepals and petals lanceolate, acu-
minate, yellow, with numerous chocolate-brown mark-
ings; labellum cuneate, panduriform, apiculate, toothed,
white or pale yellow, with a purple blotch in front;
lateral lobes erect. Early spring. Trop. America. — Free-
flowering.

23. triiimphans, Reichb. f. Pseudobulbs 3^ in. long:
Ivs. oblong-lanceolate, 1-1J4 ft. long: scape arching,
branched and raany-fld., 2-3 ft. long: fls. 3-4 in. across;
sepals and petals lance-oblong, subacuminate, undulate,
yellow, blotched with deep crimson-brown; labellum
ovate, cordate, acute, toothed and undulate, white with
a roseate tip; crest of yellow or white teeth. March,
April. Colombia. l.H. 16:609. G.C. 1867:516; 11.
24:205; 25:141; III. 27:213 (var.). R.B. 18:121. G.M.
34:89. F. 1877:217.

24. asp^rsum, Reichb. f. (O. inaeuldfum, La Llave &
Lex. X O. iJossiJ,Lindl.). Natural hybrid. Lvs. oblong,
acute : raceme few-fld. : sepals ligulate, acute, keeled,
pale yellow, mottled with numerous brown blotches;
petals oblong, acute, much broader, similar in color;
labellum with a cordate, acute blade wholly whitish,
callus, toothed, yellow, with brown lines, pubescent.
Feb., March. — Free-flowering.

25. cristitum, Lindl. Lvs. linear-lanceolate, a little
shorter than the many-fld. scape: sepals and petals
lanceolate-acuminate, yellow, spotted with brown; label-
lum oblong-lanceolate, white; apex and margin brown,
with purple striae, with a digitate crest on the disk ;
wings of the column semi-ovate or subquadrate. Peru.
l.H. 17:21. — Var. Daytaum, Reichb. This is colored
like the type, but the lip is rhomboid, apiculate, ser-
rate, and the teeth of the crests on the labellum
<;ros3 each other like the bristles on the nearly closed
leaf of Dioniea viuscipula.

20. corditum, Lindl. Pseudobulbs oblong, 1-Ivd. : lvs.
.oblong, acute, 6-8 in. long: fls. large and handsome,
with the sepals and petals yellowish green, richly
blotched with brown ; liibellum cordate, acuminate,
subcrenate, white, with a purplish crest at base and
spotted with brown on the limb ; sepals lance-linear,
acuminate; petals broader and longer, undulate. Mexico.
B.M. 4878 (as O. maculatutn). l.H. 26:355. P.M. 13:147.
Gn. 27:475. P.C. 3: 100. -Stem 2-3 feet high; few or
many-flowered.

27. Bictoni^nse, Lindl. Pseudobulbs oblong, 2-3 in.
long, 2-3-lvd.: lvs. 1 ft. long, ensiform, undulate,
spreading: raceme 3 ft. long: fls. IK in. across; sepals
and petals subequal, linear-lanceolate, greenish yellow,
blotched with brown; claw of the labellum bilamellate,
blade cordate, acuminate, undulate, white or roseate.
Autumn. Guatemala. B.M. 3812 (as Zygopetalnm
Africantan) . — This was the first Odontoglossum to reach
England in a living state. It is free-flowering, but not
as good as plants subsequently introduced. Var. Alburn,
Hort. Like the type, but labellum pure white instead of
wine-red; sepals and petals brown. l.H. 19:91.

Var. splSndens, Ch. Lem. Labellum rose-lilac; other
segments spotted. Seems to be like the type, with more
pronounced color. l.H. 12:449.

28. hastil&bium, Lindl. Lvs. linear-oblong: scape
l}4~2 ft.: bracts long, deciduous: fls. numerous, large,
handsome, varied with pale green, purple and white,
fragrant; sepals and petals spreading, lanceolate, very
acuminate, pale green, with transverse purple dots and
lines; labellum large, the lateral lobes forming 2 horns
at base, the centralone with a purple, crested claw, and
orbicular-ovate, white, acute blade : column slender,
winged, purple. Summer. Colombia. B.M. 4272.

SECTION III.

A. Colnmn without, wings 29. ramosissimum

AA. Coluvinwith2 spreadi'ng awns .'iiO. naevium

31. cirrhosum
AAA. Column pluriciyrhose : seg-
ments lanceolate 32. Euckerianum

AAAA. Column with fimbriate or
toothed wings: segments ovate

or rhotnhoid 33. nobile

34. crispum

29. ramosissimum, Lindl. Lvs. linear-oblong, acute,
1 ft. long: panicle much branched and raany-fld., 2 ft.
long: fls. 2 in. across, white, spotted with pale purple
or violet ; sepals and petals very undulate, narrowly
ligulate, the latter wider ; labellum rhomboid, acumi-
nate, cordate at base, crested, tomentose. March, Apr.
Colombia. J. H. III. 29:77. l.H. 40:170 (var. ccel^ste,
Linden & Rod.). — A distinct and beautiful plant whose
fls. have been likened to large spiders.

1510.
Odontoglossum
crispum.

30. iiEevium, Lindl. & Paxt. Pseudobulbs oblong:
lvs. thin, lanceolate: panicle erect, arching, much
branched, bearing numerous star-shaped fls.: sepals
and petals 2 in. long, narrowly lanceolate, beautifully
crenate-imdulate, white, profusely spotted with rose-
purple; labelluin shaped nearly like the petals, shorter
and broader, with 2 large crests on the j^ellow base.
May, June. Colombia. F.S. 6:594. G.BI. 31:559.-
Closely allied to O. cirrhosum,

31. cirrhdsum, Lindl. Pseudobulbs lanceolate, com-
pressed, 2-3 in. long: lvs. 4-G in. long, linear-ensiform,
leathery: panicle often over 2 ft. long, drooping or in-
clined: fls. 3 in. across, snow-white, blotched with crim-
son or brown, base of the labellum j-^ellow, with brown
lines at the sides; sepals narrowly lanceolate, ending in
long, curved points; petals wider; labellum two-thirds
the length of the petals, with 2 ciliate lateral lobes and
a narrow acuminate middle lobe. Apr., May. Ecuador,
Peru. B.M. 6317. l.H. 25:301. Gt. 41:1383. Gn. 9, p.
401; 16, p. 19. G.C. IL 5:501. 503; 9:181; 25:12. F.M.

ODONTOGLOSSUII

ODONTOGLOSSUM

1117

1876:222.— This species sometimes produces stout few-
fld. stems, which should be cut to save the vigor of the
plant.

32. Buckeri&num, Eeichb. f. Related to O. crispum :
sepals and petals lanceolate, acute, creamy white,
bordered with violet and spotted with brown, waved;
labellum rather narrow, oblong, angular-lobed on each
side of the base, yellow at base, with few chestnut-
brown blotches ; callus rhomboid serrate. Colombia.
G.C. 1873:105 ; II. 2i:204, 718 (var. insigne). J.H. III.
30:455 {var. splendens).

^A,T,

1511. Habit sketch of Odontoglossum crispum.

33. n6bile, Reichb. f. (O. Pescatbrei, Linden). Pseu-
dobulbs ovate, bearing two strap-shaped Ivs. : panicle
2-3 ft. long, diffuse, bearing numerous white, membra-
naceous fls. slightly tinged with rose : sepals ovate-
oblong, slightly undulate ; petals similar but much
wider; labellum cordate-oblong, pandurate, with a yel-
low fimbriate crest and a few rose -colored spots.
Spring. Colombia. F.S. 1G:1624. I.H. 28:407. Gn.
21:330. G.C. II. 24:212; 111.3:245; 7:200; 25:69. A.F.
5:183. — A fine species producing numerous large, erect
panicles. Var. Veitchilinum, Reichb. f. Like the type,
but the parts of the flower have large, crimson-purple
spots. Gn. 26:452.

34. crispum, Lindl. (O. BJuvtii, Eeichb. f. O. Alex-
andria, BsXeva..). Figs. 1510 and 1511. Pseudobulbs ovate,
compressed, about 3 in. long: Ivs. linear, 1 ft. long:
panicles rather short, but attaining a length of 2Vo ft.,
with few short branches and crowded fls. : fls. white,
variously spotted with crimson, brown, etc., or tinged
with rose, 2-3 in. across; sepals ovate to ovate-lanceo-
late, often undulate; petals ovate to rhomboid, toothed
and undulate-crisp ; labellum oblong-ovate, fringed
with teeth, wavy and crisp. Fls. are produced at any
season of the year. Colombia. F.S. 16:1652. Gn. 4, p.
241; 20:291; 21, p. 95; 23, p. 210; 40, p. 596; 46, p. 149;
,53, p. 297. R.B. 21:3. Gng. 6:24. J.H. III. 34:499.
G.C. III. 21:363, 379; 23:165, 390; 25:67, 179, 187. A.F.
13:34. P.E. 9:327. — As was stated in the introduction,
this species has probably more than a hundred named
varieties. Many besides those cited have been figured
in horticultural and botanical works. Very few varie-
ties are found in American trade lists, but some of the
most distinct are given below :

Var. Andersonianum, Hort. (O. AvdersonidnKm,
Eeichb. f. ). Pis. creamy white, w^ith broad, longitudinal
bands of cinnamon. P.M. 1872:45. G.C. II. 24:680, 681 ;
III. 17:739. — Listed in America.

Var. apiS,tum, Ballantyne. Pis. very large; sepals
and petals laciniate on the edges, white, with rich choco-
late-brown blotches. G.C. III. 15:375.

Var. AshwortMinum, J. O'Brien. Fls. almost entirely
rose-purple, with white margins and a few white marks
on the sepals and petals. G.C. III. 19:197.

Var. Gouvilleantim, Ed. Andr^. Fls. large, white;
petals irregularlv toothed, with few small crimson
blotches; sepals lieavily blotched. E.H. 1888:132.

Var. guttatum, Hort. (O. Alexandra, var. quttatxim,
Hook.). Sepals linear-oblong, with several pale purple
blotches; petals broader, similarly spotted; labellum
oblong-quadrate, contracted in the middle, spotted with

rose and having a large rose patch on the disk. B.M.
5697.

Var. L^hmannii, Hort. Labellum broadly ovate, bright
ruby red, broadly edged with white; crest yellow;
sepals and petals tinged with rose, with few red spots.
G.C. III. 24:147.-In American trade.

Var. maculatum, Hort. Fls. white, spotted with pur-
plish brown ; petals suborbicular, laciniate-toothed.
G.C. III. 16:248.

Var. Mariae, Ed. Andr^. Pis. pure white, except a few
red spots on the base of the sepals. I.H. 25:325.

Var. Schroederi, Hort. Pis. with 1 or 2 large and sev-
eral small, brownish red spots on the white segments.
Advertised in America.

Var. TriinsB, Hort. (O. Alexandrce, var. Trianm,
Hook.). Dorsal sepals with a single roseate spot; lateral
sepals suffused and spotted with rose; petals pure white;
labellum with a large 2-lobed spot. B.M. 5691.

Var. Veitchianum, Hort. Sepals ovate, undulate,
white with several brownish crimson spots; petals
broader, color like the sepals but mostly in one large
central blotch ; margins undulate and toothed. G.C. III.
1:799. P. 1884:177.

SECTION IV.

A. Sepals and petals similarly

colored,
E. Column ivitJiout wings.
c. Pseudohiilhs compressed and

D. Lahelluni white or colored like

the petals 35. Madrense

36. nebulosum

DD. Jjabellum violet 37. Krameri

cc. Pseudobulhs smooth, terete 38. Oerstedii

BB. Column with entire wings 39. Cervantesii

BBB. Column with toothed or crenate
ivings.

c. Lahellum reniform 40. citrosmum

cc. Labellum oblong -quadrate 41. pulchellum

42. Egertoni
AA. Sepals and petals dissimilarin

color 43. Rossii

44. Dawsonianum

35. Madrense, Reichb. f. (O. maxilldre, Hook.).
Pseudobulbs long-ovoid: Ivs. strap-shaped, 10 in. long:
fls. 2J^ in. across, 4-10 in a raceme; sepals and petals
lanceolate, keeled, white, with a purple blotch at the
base; labellum shorter than the sepals, the lateral lobes
forming 2 acute recurved appendages on the claw, mid-

1512. Odontoelossum Cervantesii var. decorum (X/ij).

die lobe trowel-shaped, white, with a yellow base and
an orange blotch. Summer. Mexico. B.M. 6144. I.H.
30:480. P.M. 1875:158. Gn. 10, p. 443. G.C. II. 25:116
(seed pod). G.M. 39:117.

1118

ODONTOGLOSSUM

ODONTOGLOSSUil

36. nebul6sum, Lindl. (O. tnaxiUclre, Liudl.). Pseu-
dobulbs 2-3-lvd. : Ivs, oblong, acute, 9 in. long: scape
about as long as the Ivs., 5-6-fl,d. : fls. 3 In. across, pure
white, with the bases of all the parts profusely spotted
with brown; sepals membranaceous, oblong; petals simi-
lar but wider, all pubescent at the base; labellum with
2 large, erect lobes on the yellow claw ; limb ovate,
acute, dentate, pubescent. Mexico, at an elevation of
10,000 ft. I.H. 0:200. G.C. 1867:572 and II. 25:597.
Not B,M. 6144, which is O. Madrensc — Yiiv. candidu-
lam, Reich b. f. Sepals and petals pure white, with a
brown blotch and a few spots on the la-
bellum. G.C. 1867:710; II. 25:596. Var,
gutt&.tum, Reichb. f. Sepals and petals
spotted to above the middle. I.H. 31:524.

37. Kr^meri, Reichb. f. Pseudobulbs
subrotund, compressed and sharply 2-
edged, 1-lvd.: Ivs. 7-9 in. long, lK-2 in.
broad, keeled: scape 4-8 in. long, inclined
or pendulous, 3-5-fld. : fls. \% in. in di-
ameter; sepals and petals subequal, ob-
long-acute, pale violet-red in the center,
with broad white margins ; labellum with
a stout yellow excavated claw bearing 2
erect calli ; middle lobe subquadrate, 2-
lobed, pale violet, with white and brown
streaks at base. Costa Rica and Mexico.
B. M. 5778. I.H. 32:562. F. S. 23:2469.
G.C. 1868:98; II. 25:756.

38. 06rstedix, Reichb. f,
Ivs. linear-oblong,
4-0 in. long, nar-
rowed to a petiole r
raceme sub - erect,
few-fld.: fls. I'K in.
across, white, with
the base of the la-
bellum golden yel-
low; sepals and petals broadly
oblong, the latter narrowed to
a short claw; labelhim sessile;
lateral lobes small, auriculate;
juiddlelobe suborbicular, plane,
deeply bifid. Feb. -May. Costa
Rica. B.M. 6820, Gn. 26:454.
G.C. II. 7:811; 25:757; III.
19:77.

39. Cervd^ntesii, La Llave &
Lex.(0. me7Hbranticeum,hmd\).
Pseudobulbs usually 4-angled,
2 in. long, bearing a single
oblong leaf 4-6 in. long: scape
sheathed with large bracts,
bearing 2-0 membranaceous fls. :
fls. 2 in. across, pure white, with
transverse streaks of red near
the bases of the segments; se-
pals broadly lanceolate to ob-
long; petals ovate-rotund; la-
bellum with a yellow claw; lat-
eral lobes small; middle lobe
large, broadly cordate. Fls.
produced in winter, very fra-
grant and lasting several weeks.
Mex. B.M. 4923. B.R. 31:36;
32:34. I.H. 1:12. P.BI, 12:193.
Gn. 19, p. 333; 32, p. 323. G.C,
II. 15:753. F. 1881, p. 43. -Var.

majus, Hort. Pis. larger, with brighter spots. I.H.
25:313. Var. decorum, Hort. Pig. 1512. Fls. large,
spotted inside and outside with bright red. I.H. 36:90.
Gn. 32:617. J. H. III. 30:423. P.M. 1877:254. Var. An-
dersoni, Hort. P!s. white; base of the sepals and petals
barred with reddish brown ; labellum bordered with
spots of the same color. Mexico.

40. citr6smiiin, Lindl. Fig. 1513. Pseiidobulbs subro-
tund, compressed, smooth, 1-lvd.: Ivs. oblong, obtuse,
thick, somewhat shorter than the raceme: scape pen-
dent, 8-12-fld. : fls. large and full in outline, 3 in. across,
white to rose, with a violet labellum; sepals and petals
oblong, obtuse; labellum unguiculate, reniform. Mav,
June. Guatemala. P-.R. 29:3. R.B. 21:265. F.S. 6:633.

Var. Album, Veitch. Fls, white, except the yellow
claw of the labellum. Gn. 24:413. Var. roselluin, Le-
maire. Fls. rose-colored, except the yellow claw of the
labellum. I.H. 2:59. Var. roseum, Veitch. Blade of
the labellum deep rose. Var. punctatum, Veitch. Fls.
pale rose; sepals and petals spotted with purple. A
variety called maximum is also advertised.

41. pulchellum, Batem. Pseudobulbs oblong, com-
pressed, 2-lvd.: Ivs. grass-like, rather stiff or rigid,
9-12in.long: scape weak, 6-7-fld. : fls. white, except the
yellow crest of the labellum; sepals ovate, acute; petals
obovate, acute, somewhat
undulate; lateral lobes of
the labellum triangular,
middle lobe oblong, sub-
quadrate, apex recurved;
column very short, with 3
fimbriate wings. Spring.
Guatemala. B. M. 4104.
B.R.27:48. -Easily grown,
and never fails to blos-
som. The flower-spikes
suggest the lily-of-the-val-
ley. Fragrant. Var. majus,
Hort. More robust than
the type, with larger fls.
Var. grandiflorum is
listed.

42. f:gertom,Lindl. Like
O. pulchellu7)i, but with
the fls. only half as large:
labellum acute, not almost
truncate, excavated at
the base and with 2 teeth
inflexed over the excava-
tion. Guatemala. — This is
probably only a form of O. pulchellum.

43. Rfissii, Lindl. Pseudobulbs small, much com-
pressed, 1-lvd.: Ivs. about 6 in. long: raceme about as
long as the Ivs., 2-5-fld. : fls. 2-3 in. in diameter; sepals
lanceolate, acuminate, cream-eolored to greenish yellow,
with short bars of dark brown; petals white, with a few
brown spots at base, oblong, obtuse, revolute; labellum
round-ovate, emarginate, undulate, pure white, except
the yellow claw. Winter. Mex. F.C. 3:129. B.R.
25:48. B. 5:222. Gn, 19, p. 306; 28:507. F.S. 20:2110.-
This is an extremely variable species, and probably in-
cludes the forms cultivated as O. Wirenhergii and O.
Bawsonianum, which are united with this species by
some authors. The name majus has been applied to
several varieties. Probably I.H. 1:30 (as O. Ehren-
herr/ii) and F.S. 8:846 (as O.Ehrenhergii^O. apterum,
ex-Index Kewensis) also belong here.

Var. rubescens, Carr. [O. Hossii majus rubescens,
Hort.). Fls. large; petals clear rose, with dark brown
spots at the base. R.H. 1886:492. Gn. 28:507; 39, p.
345. G.C. 11. 21:345.

44. Dawsonianum, Reichb. f. (O. EJirenbergii, Hort.,
not Link, Klotzsch & Otto). Raceme few-fld.: sepals
lanceolate, subacute, rose-colored, blotched with crim-
son to the apex; petals oblong, acute, pure rose; label-
lum broadly ovate to subrotund, crenulate; apex retuse,
colored like the sepals; callosity with 2 teeth at the
apex. Mexico, G.C. 1865:1226; 11.25:469. F.S. 17, p. 76.

SECTION V.

45. fidwardi, Reichb. f. Lvs. 2 ft. long, strap-shaped:
panicle suberect, curved, 2 ft. long, the rachis bearing
many horizontal branches covered vrith many rather
small dark purple flowers : sepals and petals oblong
to ovate-obtuse, reflexed and wavy; labellum tongue-
shaped, obscurely lobed, with a prominent yellow lobii-
late callus on the disk. Spring, Ecuador. B.M. 6771.—
A distinct plant, easily cultivated.

Supplementary list of synonyms and imperfectly known
kinds: O. Ariioldidinim. — O. hlc'mdum, Reichb. i. Sepals and
petals einieate-lanceolate, acuminate, pale yellowish white,
spotted witli crimson-brown; labellum ovate, aciiminate,
crisp. Resembling O. nffi;veum, with the labellum much
broader. Winter and spring. Colombia. Fls. in a nodding
raceme, creamy white, spotted with reddish pnrple; labellnra
white, spotted like the petals and stained with yellow at the
base.- O. Daioianum. Perhaps a misprint for Bawsonianum

ODONTOGLOSSUM

CENOTHEBA

1119

— O. dclicdtum.— O. Edoertonicmum is probably Egertoni.—
O. Earunnskii, Reichb. f., is probably a synonym of O. Iseye.

— O. leopardinum. See No. 5. — O. Fkalcendpsis , Linden
& Reichb. f.= Miltonia Phalfenopsis. — O. Rcezlii, Reiehb. f.
^Miltonia Roezlii.— O. splendeiis.~0. vexilldrium, Reiehb. f.=
Miltonia vesillaria. — O, Yictoriense and vars. album and sii-
perbum.— O. Wdnieri. Lindl.=Oncidium Warneri.— O. Warsce-
wiczii, Reichb. f.=Miltonia Endresii.~0. Weltoni, Hort.^Mil-
tonia Warseewiczii. Heinrich Hasselbring.

(ECOCLADES. See under Dendroplujlax,

(ENOTHfiRA (said to be Greek for ivine-sceniing ; in
allusion to the ancient use of the roots). Onagrdcece.
EvENiyG Primrose. Herbs, or sometimes shrubby at
the base, with alternate simple or piunatisect leaves and
mostly showy fls., which are yellow, white or rose-color:
calyx with a tube prolonged beyond the angled or cylin-
drical ovary, with 4 usually strongly reflexed lobes;
petals 4, mostly obovate or spatulate; stamens 8, with
narrow mostly versatile anthers: fruit a 4-valved locu-
licidal capsule. The CEnotheras are mostly dry-soil
plants and are chiefly North American. Some of them
are South American, and Bentham & Hooker admit one
plant which grows in Tasmania. The genus is poly-
morphous, and there is consequently great difference of
opinion as to generic bounds. What is commonly re-
garded as one genus is broken up into ten or a dozen
genera by some authors. These minor genera are here
treated as subgenera, for the group is fairly homoge-
neous from the horticultural point of view, and an en-
tirely new set of names in several strange genera could
scarcely be forced on the trade. The Godetia section
contains some excellent flower-garden plants, and some
of the true CEnotheras make glowing displays of yellow
in the border; but the greater number of the species
are of only secondary importance to the cultivator.
Amongst the best of the border-plant species are (E,
frtiticosa, var. Toztngii, (E. glauca, var. Fraseri, (JC.
ccespitosa, CE. Missoiiri&nsis, (E. speciosa. For a
botanical revision of the North American species, see
Sereno Watson, Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts & Sci. 8:573
{May 13, 1873). L. H. B.

There is nothing special to say about the culture of
CEnotheras except to note the tender kinds and the bi-
ennials. All do well in ordinary garden soil, enjoying
sunshine. They are easily raised from seeds and cut-
tings. (E. acaulis, exlmia (properly (E. ccespitosa) are
low-growing biennials which do well treated as annuals.
They will not endure the winter. (E. Missouriensis is
a splendid trailer, with enormous yellow flowers, and
seed vessels. It is quite hardy, and a fine rock garden
plant. CE. biennis, the common Evening Primrose, is
rather weedy, and only fit for the wilder parts of the
garden. <E. bieuuis, var. grandiflora, is a better form.
(E, friiticosa and Q^. Fraseri are two of our best
border kinds, with stiff, branching stems. (F, linearis
is a pretty little species, often naturalized but well
worth growing. Childs' Mexican Primrose is tender,
but makes a pretty plant for hanging pots. (E. speciosa
is a very fine species, but spreads so quickly by under-
ground stems as to become a weed in favorable situa-
tions: it is good for naturalizing in wild grounds.

T. D. Hatfield.

CEnothera is represented in Colorado by a diversity
of specifi.c forms which have been segregated into no
fewer than six genera. Of these nearly al! are peren-
nial, (E. albicatdis, Pursh, being an interesting excep-
tion. Of the perennials, CE. serrulata will bloom the
first season from seed, and probably some others will if
sown early. A few kinds are slow to germinate, notably
(E.brachycarpa and (E. ccespitosa, which usually pro-
duce some plants the first season, but most of the seeds
remain dormant until the second year. (E, bracliijcarpa
includes two forms of specific rank, the tj^pical form
belonging to the western slope of the Rocky mountains
and agreeing with Britton & Brown's description and
illustration, but flowers 2 inches broad, seeds purplish
black. The (E. bracliijcarpa of the eastern slope, so
called by botanists and collectors, has flowers 4 to 5
inches broad, capsule IK to 2 inches long ( !), broadly
winged, seeds largerthan of any other species, of angu-
lar form, light brown. Foliage resembling that of (E.
Missouriensis and seems to be most nearly related to

71

the latter species. The western type seems not to be in
the trade.

As to culture, most sorts seem to prefer a porous soil
with a rather large proportion of sand, an ideal soil
consisting largely of decomposed granite with some
vegetable matter. They seem to be quite adaptive, and
(E. brachycarpa, Missouriensis, etc., are found some-
times in stiff clay soil. An abundance of sunshine is
natural to most sorts. y). M. Andrews.

INOEX.

aeanlis, 17. glauca, 10. pumila, 13.

albieaulis, 7. gtoHosa, 21. purpurea, 20,

amceua, 20. erandiflora, 5, 21. quadrivulnera, 22.

biennis, 5. Lamarckiana, 5. riparia, 12.

hifrons, 20. Lmdleyi, 20. rosea, 16.

bistorta, 2. linearis, 12. roseo-alba, 20.

brachycarpa, 19. mcicrocarpa, 9. rubicunda, 20.

CKspitosa, 18. major, 11. serrulata, 4.

Californica, 8. tnarginatct, 18. speciosa, 14.
cheiranthifolia, 3. Mexican Primrose, taraxacifolia, 17.

CJhildsii, 15. 15. tetraptera, 15.

Drummondi, 6. Missouriensis, 9. Veitchiana 2.

eximia, 18. Nlvertiana, 20. vinosa,20.

Fraseri, 10. ovata, 1. Whitneyi, 21.

fruticosa, 11. piimatifida, 7. Youngii, 11.

A. Stigma capitate or clisk-Uke, entire

B. Calyx-tube filiform 1. Takaxia, below.

BB. Calyx-tube short, obcouic or funnelforin .

II. Sph^rostigma, below.
AA. Stigma deeply 4-cleft or at least 4-toothed.
B. Stamens of equal length.

c. Calyx-tube shorter than the ovary

III. Meriolix, p. 1120
cc. Calyx-tube usually much exceeding the
ovary.

D. Seeds angled, horizontal in the pod

IV. Onagra, p. 1120
DD. Seeds not angled, ascending ,

E. Fls. yellow, erect in bud: seeds in 2

rows in each locule V. Oenothera, p. 1120

EE. Fls. white or pink, drooping in bud:

seeds in 1 row VI. Anogra, p. 1120

BB. Stamens of unequal length.
c. Anthers versatile.

D. Plant caulescent (with stein).

E. Fls. yellow.

F. Seeds crested VII. Megapterium, p. 1120

FF. Seeds not crested VHI. Kneiffia, p. 1120

EE. Fls. white, pink or reddish. .'.

IX. Hartmannia, p. 1121
DD. Plant steniless.

E. Capsule with wrinkled wing-angles

X. Pachylophus, p. 1121
EE. Capsule with 2^l(t.ne or entire iving-an-

gles XI. Lavauxia, p. 1121

cc. Anthers attached at base, erector nearly

so Xn. Godetia, p. 1121

I. Subgenus Taraxia. Stemless, usually perennial:

stigma capitate: calyx-tube filiform: capsule
sessile, narrow to ovate, usually not winged: fls.
yellow.

1. ov&ta, Nutt. Perennial, slightly pubescent: Ivs.
ovate to lance-oblong, 8 in. or less long, acute, serru-
late: calyx -tube sometimes 4 in. long, the petals less
than 1 in. long and yellow: fl.-bud erect: capsule K in.
long. Calif.

II. Subgenus Sph-^ro stigma. Stem-hearing : stigma

capitate: calyx-tube short, inversely conic or fun-
nelform: capsule sessile, linear, not winged: fls.
various.

2. bistbrta, Nutt. One to 2 ft., the base decumbent,
hairy and pubescent: radical Ivs. spatulate to lanceo-
late and petiolate, dentate: stem Ivs. mostly sessile-
ovate to narrow-lanceolate and about 1 in. long, dentate:
fls. yellow, turning green, the petals (about % in. long)
usually with a brown spot at the base: calyx-tube 1-3
in. long : capsule % in. or less long. 4-angled, con-
torted." S. Calif.

Var. Veitchia-na, Hook. More slender: radical Ivs.
narrow-oblanceolate and long-petioled: capsule longer
and narrower (1-13^ in. long) and little contorted.
S. Calif. B.M. 5078.

1120

OENOTHERA

CENOTHERA

3. clieirantliifdiia, Hornem. Stems decumbent or as-
cending^, 2 ft. or more tall, cauescent: Ivs. thick, about
1-2 in. long, broad -ovate to lanceolate or the lower ones
spatulate, the upper ones becoming sessile, most of
them entire: petals yellow, K-M iii. long: capsule %
in. or less long, curved, somewhat hairy. Calif. B.R.
12:1040.

III. Subgenus Meriolix. Stem-hearing: stigma disk-
like but 4'toothed : calyx-tube shorter than the
ovariff enlarging upward: capsule linear or
nearly cylindrical, sessile: fls. yellow, axillary.

4. serrulita, Nutt. Slender, simple or branched,
about 1 ft. high but variable in stature, nearly glabrous

to canescent: Ivs. linear to lanceolate,
1-3 in. long, usually acute, attenuate to
the base, sharply dentate : petals broad-
obovate, 34 in. long, wavy-margined.
Minn., west and south. Biennial or
perennial. Mn. 7:41.

Subgenus Onagra. Stem-hear-
ing: stigma 4-cleft : calyx-tube
elongated and cylindrical, en-
larging at the throat: capsule
linear-ohlong to long-conic, 4-
angled: fls. yellow, opening in
eveni-ng.—TnvE Evening Prim-
roses.
5. biennis, Linn. Common Evening
Primrose. Pig. 1514. Tall, strong,
simple or branching biennial (often
4—5 ft.), closely pubescent or some-
what hairy: Ivs. lanceolate to oblong
to ovate-lanceolate, often 6 in. long,
acute, remotely denticulate, the low-
est ones petioled: calyx-tube 1-2 in.
or more long: petals bright yellow, %
in. or less long: capsule pubescent or
hairy, often 1 in. long. Generally dis-
tributed, and now a common weed in
the Old World. Gn. 26, p. 480. -The
fls. open suddenly at nightfall. It is a
weedy plant and has little to recom-
mend it to cultivation, although it is
offered by dealers. In France the
thickened roots are mentioned as an
edible vegetable, to be used after the
manner of salsify or vegetable oyster.
The root should be eaten, according to
Vilmorin, "at the end of the first year
of its growth."

Var. grandiflora, Lindl. {CEJ. La-
marckidua, Ser. ). Pis. much larger,
the petals I-2K in. long. Very showy
when the fls. open. Commoner west-
ward. B.M. 2068. B.R. 19:1604. Gn.
26, p. 482; 46, p. 64.

V. Subgenus CEnothera. Stein - bearing : stigma

deeply 4-cleft: calyx-tuhe very long and filiform
or linear: capsule narroiv-cylindric, obtusely
4-angled, with numerous seeds in 2 roivs in each
locale: fls. yellow, mostly showy.

6. Drummondii, Hook. Fig. 1515. One to 2 ft., from
an oblique or decumbent base, loosely pubescent: Ivs.
lance-oblong or oblanceolate, acute, either gradually or
abruptly tapering into a short petiole, entire or slightly
toothed: calyx-tube usually 2 in. long and very narrow:
fls. 2-3 in. across, nocturnal, bright yellow, showy: cap-
sule 1-2 in. long. Texas. B.M. 3361. — Perhaps biennial,
but grown as an annual.

VI. Subgenus Anogra. Stein-hearing: stigma deeply

4-cleft: calyx-tuhe elongated and enlarging up-
wards: capsule oblong or linear: fls. white or
pink, opening hy day.

7. albicaiilis, Pursb {(E. pimiatifida, Nutt.). Low
{ 1 ft. or less tall } , stems white and shreddy, the branches
ascending, slightly pubescent or sparsely hairy: Ivs.
lanceolate, oblanceolate or lance-oblong in outline,
deeply pinnatifid or some of the larger ones only
strongly toothed, 4 in. or less long, sessile or nearly so:

1514. Capsules of
evening Prim-
rose {X 3^)-

fls. large (3 in. or less across), diurnal, white and fading
to rose, the petals obcordate. Prairies, west. B.R.
14:1142 (as CE". pallida).

8. Calif6rnica, Wats. {(JE. alhicaulis,yaT. Califdrnicay
Wats.). Smaller and hoary-pubescent or villous, the
stems only 3 or 4 in. long: Ivs. narrow-obianceolate and
acuminate, usually stalked, toothed or pinnatifid: fls.
often larger, fragrant, the petals lobed. Central and
southern Calif.

Vn. Subgenus Megapterium. Stem-hearing: stigma
4'Cleft: calyx-tube very long and sltnder, en-
larging at the top: capsule very hroad and
strongly 4-winged: fls. yelloiv, showy,

9. Missouri6nsis, Sims ( (E. niavrocdrpa, Pursh).
Low, with a hard base, the ascending stems usually not
over 1 ft. long, usually pubescent: Ivs. thick, varying
from oval to linear to narrow-lanceolate, 5 in. or less
long, acuminate, narrowed to a petiole, entire or re-
motely denticulate: petals 1-23^ in. long, very broad,
yellow: capsule 2-3 in. long and nearly as wide, broad-
winged. Mo. and Neb. to Tex. B.M. 1592. Gn. 26, p.
480. R.H. 1857, p. 598.

Vni. SuBOENUS Kneiffia. Stem -hearing : stigma
deeply 4-lobed: calyx-tuhe very slender, some-
what dilated at the top: capsule rather small,
cluh-shaped, 4-angled or narrowly 4-winged :
fls. yellow, diurnal.
A. Plant more or less glaucous, glabrous.

10. glaiica, Michx. Erect perennial, 2-3 ft. : Ivs. ovate
to ovate-oblong, 4 in. or less long, acute or somewhat
obtuse, sessile, remotely denticulate: fls. large, in short
leafy clusters, the calyx-tube about % in. long; petals
an inch long, more or less emarginate: capsule oblong,
broad winged, short-stalked. Va., Ky., and south. B.M.
1606. -Var. Friseri, Torr. & Gray {€E. Frtiseri, Pursh),
is a form with ovate-lanceolate often slightly petioled
Ivs. Southern states. B.M. 1674.

1515. CEnothera Drummondii (X /^).

AA. Plant not glaucous, usually hairy or ptihescent.

11. fruticdsa, Linn. Sundrops. Perennial (or some-
times biennial), erect and more or less branchy, rather
stout, 1-3 ft. high, the terete usually reddish stems
somewhat villous: Ivs. ovate to narrow-lanceolate, 3 in.
or less long, firm, usually acute, remotely denticulate
or entire, mostly sessile : fls. l>?-2 in. across and showy,
in an elongating cluster, with linear bracts: capsule
oblong to obovate, short-stalked or sessile, strongly
winged. Dry soil, Nova Scotia, south and west. B.M.

CENOTHERA

OENOTHERA

1121

332.— Very variable. Var. Youngii {CE. Toungii, Hort.)
is coinmon in cultivation, and is prized for its stocky
growth and profusion of bloom. It is a strong, larger-
leaved plant, "with firm, shiny, slightly glancous foliage,
and bearing many bright lemon-yellow flowers: 2 ft.,
much branched and somewhat decumbent at base. Ex-
cellent. Var. m^jor, Hort., is a strong-growing florifer-
ous form, forming a dense bush-like specimen.

12. linearis, Micks. f(^. /'rzfh'cdsa, var. Zuiech-is, Wats.
CE. riphria^ Nutt.). Usually lower and more slender:
Ivs. linear to narrow-lanceolate: capsule mostly less
broadly winged, clavate. Conn., south. Gn. 26, p. 481.

13. piimila, Linn. Slender, erect biennial: Ivs. ob-
lanceolate or oblong, usually glabrous, entire, the radi-
cal spatulate: fls. an inch or less across in a loose, leafy
spike or raceme, the calyx-tube shorter than the ovary,
the petals obcordate: capsule mostly clavate, short-
stalbed or sessile. Nova Scotia, south.

IX. Subgenus Hartmannia {including Xylopleurum,

etc.). Stem-hearing: stigma 4-lobed: calyx-tube
funnel form, often very long: capsule club-shaped
or obovate, broad-winged: fls. white, pink or red,
diurnal.
A. Plant canescent or villous, usually erect, or at least
prominently ascetiding.

14. specidsa, Nutt. Perennial, with a rootstock, erect
or ascending branches, 2 ft. or less high, canescent:
Ivs. linear to lance-oblong, 4 in. or less long, remotely
or sinuately dentate, or the lower ones pinnatifid, at-
tenuate at base: calyx-tube as long as the ovary; pet-
als large, obcordate, white : capsule ^-% in. long,
8-winged, acute at top. Mo., W. and S. B.M. 3189. Gn.
26, p. 482.

15. tetr&ptera, Cav. Villous : capsule larger and
more broadly winged, very abruptly contracted at top:
calyx-tube shorter than the ovary: fls. white, becoming
rose. Texas, south. B.M. 4G8. Var. Childsii (CE. ro-
sea Mexicd.na, Hort.) is a handsome form introduced
from Texas by John Lewis Childs in 1892. It was found
in the wild. "We first secured the pink," Mr. Childs
writes, "and afterwards someone else sent us the white,
blush and the other shades, all from Texas." In some
respects it differs markedly from (E. tetraptera, and it
is not impossible that it is a distinct species. In culti-
vation it is a trailing plant. The Ivs. tend to be broader
and less pointed than in CE. tetraptera. It does not pro-
duce seed in the North, but is readily propagated by
cuttings. It is an excellent plant either for the flower
garden or for pots in the conservatory. It is popularly
known as the "Mexican Evening Primrose."

16. rdsea, Ait. Root biennial or perennial : stem
erect or ascending, 1-2 ft., branching from the base:
Ivs. lanceolate to narrow ovate-lanceolate, mostly acumi-
nate, rather abruptly narrowed to a petiole, entire or re-
motely denticulate or the larger ones small-lobed at the
base: calyx-tube shorter than the ovary: fls. small,
fuchsia-like, purple or rose, the petals roiinded and en-
tire: capsule like that of (E. speciosa. Texas and New
Mexico, south. B.M. 347. — Offered by seedsmen.

AA. Plant glabrous or essentially so, nearly sfeinless
or else prostrate.

17. aeaMis, Cav. {CE. fa7'axacifdlia, Hort.). Tufted
perennial or biennial plant, at first stemless, but pro-
ducing prostrate, somewhat zigzag stems: Ivs. oblong
in outline, 5-8 in. long, petioled, divided into many un-
equal narrow divisions (like a dandelion leaf) : fls. usu-
ally opening white, but changing to rose, large (2-3 in.
across), the very slender tube 3-5 in. long: capsule short-
obovate, broadly triangular-winged above. Chile. B.R.
9:763. Gn. 26, p. 480.— A very interesting plant.

X. Subgenus Pachylophus. Stemless or essentially

so: stigma 4-cleft: calyx-tube very slender but
enlarging upwards, longer than the ovary: cap-
sule with xvrinhled or contorted wings: fls. white
or pink,

18. csBspitdsa, Nutt. {CE. eximia,(j(V£Lj. CE.margi-
nMa, Nutt.). Crown 2-4 in. high, perennial or biennial:
Ivs. clustered, oblong to narrow-lanceolate or spatulate,

sometimes 1 ft. long, attenuate, repand-toothed, pubes-
cent: fls. white or pink, l;!'3-3 in. across, the petals ob-
cordate; calyx-tube 2-6 in. long: capsule oblong-pointed,
1-2 in. long. Neb., west and south. B.M. 1593,5828.
Gn. 26:469; 47, p. 46.

XI. Subgenus Lavausia. Stemless or essentially so:
calyx-tube very slender, enlarging upwards,
longer than the ovary: capsule with plane or
entire ivings: fls. white, jnnk, or even pate yel-
low.
19. brachycdrpa, Gray. Perennial, densely pubescent:
Ivs. thickish, ovate to very narrow-lanceolate, about 6 in.
long, long-stalked, entire or notched or lyrately pin-
natifid: calyx-tube 2-3 in. long; petals about i)^' in.
long, purplish: capsule ovate, often 1 in. long, the
wings not wrinkled. Kansas, west and south.

1516. Godetia amcena.
G. rubicunda splendeus of the trade (X %).

XII.

Subgenus Godetia. Stem-bearing : calyx-tube
short and usually broad : capsule ovate or lin-
ear, 4-sided, not winged: fls. lilac, purple or
rose, showy.
The Godetias are very showy garden annuals, with
brilliant pink or red-purple flowers of satiny luster.
They are generally of easy culture in any warm garden
spot, although sometimes subject to what appears to be
a disease of the root. They are excellent subjects for
pot culture, either under glass or in the open. The gar-
den forms are derived from two species.

20. amosna, Lehm. (CE. Lindleyi, Dougl. CE. rdseo-
dlba, Hornem. CE. bifrons, Lindl., not Don. (E. pur-
purea, Hort., not Curt. Godetia ruhiciinda and G.
vinosa, Lindl. (?. Lindleydna,^\)&.(th. G. Nivertiana,
Goujon). Fig. 1516. Rather small, of ten slender, small-
leaved, the Ivs. usually linear to narrow -lanceolate cr

1122

CENOTHERA

OHIO

small-obloug, entire or nearly so: fis. 1-1 J'2 in. across,
white or rose or light-pm-ple, rarely conspicuously
spotted in tlie throat, scattered on leafy branches:
stigma lobes about Ijk lines long: capsule 1% in. or
less long, tapering at both ends, on a pedicel K in. or
less long, the seeds in one row in each locule. Pacific
coast, from Vancouver Island southward. B.M. 28li2.
B.R. 17:1405,22:1856,1880. R.H. 1872:430. -The com-
mon old-time garden Godetia, and much given to dwarf
forms. One of the best forms is known in the trade as
Godetia ruhlcunda splenrlen^ (Fig. 1516). A common
form is known as Bijou. There are double forms.

1517, CEnothera Whitneyi.
Godetia Whitneyi of the trade (X Ja).

21. "WTiitiieyi, Gray {(E. grandifldra, Wats., not Hort.
Godetia grandiflbra, Lindl. G. Wliitneyi, Moore. G.
gloribsa, Hort.). Stouter, broader-leaved, compact in
growth: fls. 2-4 in. across, light purple, with dark pur-
ple spot at tlie throat on each petal, borne in a short,
dense, not leafy spike or raceme; stigma lohes 3 lines
long: capsule about 1 in. long, oblong or linear, the
seeds in two rows in each locule. N. Calif. B.M. 5867.
B.R. 28:61. R.B. 21:193. -The large-flowered Godetia
of gardens, giving rise to such varieties as Lady Albe-
marle, Duke of Fife, Duchess of Fife, Duchess of Al-
bany, Grandiflora maculata, Brilliant.

22. quadrivulnera, Dougl. (Godetia qicndrivuhiera ,
Spach). A very slender species 1-2 ft.: Ivs. linear or
nearly so, sessile, or with a very short, narrowed base,
entire or nearly so: fls. about % in. across, purple, with
eroded petals; stigma-lobes short: capsule }4-% in.
long, 2-ribbed at the alternate angles, sessile, with seeds
in 1 row. Calif. B.R. 13:1119. -Onceoffered by Orcutt.

CE. splendens, "light yellow," appears in trade lists, hut its
identity is xmknown to the writer. The name spleudensis also
commonly used for a form of Godetia amoena. l_ jj_ g_

OHIO, HORTICULTURE IN. Fig. 1518. Ohio lies in
nearly a square body, about 200 miles from north to
south and the same from east to west. The surface is
undulating, being somewhat hilly in some portions,
particularly in the southeast and along the Ohio river,
and quite level in the northwestern part of the state.

There are no great elevations nor large bodies of
water in the interior to modify the climate. Lake Erie,
on the north, exerts considerable influence for some dis-
tance along its shores, but there are no wide climatic
variations between different parts of the state. The
range in temperature is considerable, sometimes reach-
ing 98° in summer and falling as low as 30° belpw zero
in winter, although such extremes seldom occur in the
lake region. Some of the more tender fruits and orna-
mental plants often suffer because of low temperatures,
but all horticultural products which can be grown in the
same latitude are successfully cultivated within the
state. The annual rainfall is about 38 inches, and severe
droughts seldom occur.

Ohio has great horticultural possibilities, none of
which are fully developed, but along some lines the
limit seems to be almost reached; at least until wider
markets are opened. The market for Ohio's horticul-
tural products is mostly within the borders of the state,
the most notable exceptions being grapes, strawberries
and celery, these articles being shipped to other states
in large quantities. The outside trade in nursery prod-
ucts is also considerable, the exports of trees and
plants being much more than the imports.

To the awakening of interest in horticulture and dis-
semination of horticultural knowledge, much is due to
the efforts of such men as Kirtland, Warder, Elliot,
Bateham, Campbell and Ohmer. The first united efforts
of early horticultural workers was in the organization
of the Ohio Pomological Society, in 1847. The name
was afterward changed to the Ohio State Horticultural
Society. This organization remains active at the pres-
ent time, and during the entire period of its existence
has numbered among its members many of the foremost
horticultural workers in the state. Its influence has
been widely felt, both directly through its members and
publications, and indirectly through the county and
local societies, a number of which are offspring of the
state society.

The State University and State Experiment Station
have, in recent years, exerted a decided influence on the
horticulture of the state in helping to a better knowl-
edge of plant diseases and insects, and to methods of
controlling them, as well as in special horticultural
work, pertaining to methods, varieties, etc.

Anything like a complete statistical review of the hor-
ticultural products of the state would be impossible, for
such statistics have not been gathered for all crops.
Statistics of this kind have only a transient value, how-
ever, and hence may well be dispensed with, except in a
few cases where comparisons need to be made.

Apples are grown in all parts of the state, and, while
some sections are better adapted to apple culture than
others, there can hardly be said to be any well-defined
apple belts within its borders, as shown by the orchards
planted. There are commercial orchards in all parts of
the state where alluvial soils abound, except in limited
areas of the northwest. But few large orchards are
found in any part of the state. Orchards exceeding 50
acres in extent are rare. The apple crop of the state
is of considerable commercial importance, however, as
shown by the fact that it often reaches a total of
17,000,000 bushels. Owing to the fact that the majority
of the orchards are not planted for commercial purposes,
much of the fruit produced is inferior in quality. Com-
mercial orchardists, however, are giving considerable
attention to spraying and other necessary details in
orchard management, and are securing very satisfactory
results.

Although the state is but little more than 200 miles
across from north to south, there is a notable difference
in the varieties of winter apples grown in the extreme
northern and southern portions. The Baldwin is the
leading variety in two or three tiers of counties lying
along the lake; Rhode Island Greening finds a congenial
home in this section also, and the Northern Spy in the
northern tier of counties. None of these varieties is

OHIO

OHIO

1123

satisfactory below the central portion of the state.
Kome Beauty is the leading sort in the southern part
and is most at home in the counties lying along the Ohio
river. Ben Davis is well adapted to the same section
also. The Willow Twig is very satisfactory along the
river in the eastern part of the state. Grimes Golden,
Jonathan, York Imperial, and Hubbardston are found to
be very satisfactory winter sorts in nearly all parts of

M 1 C H I G'

1^^ Areas of largest peach productiou.

^^ Areas of largest celery and onion productioji.

H^ Areas of largest grape production.

1518, Ohio, to show horticultural regions.

the state. Of early varieties, essentially the same sorts
are grown in all sections.

The conditions for successful peach culture are more
favorable along the shore of Lake Erie than any other
part of the state. Ottawa county is the center of peach
culture in this section, Catawba Island taking the lead.
In this locality the vineyards have been almost wholly
replaced by peach orchards. The same state of affairs
exists in a less marked degree on the adjacent islands
and peninsula. Athens, Muskingum and Coshocton
counties, in the southern and central parts of the state,
produce large quantities of this fruit also. There are
about half a dozen other counties in which peach cul-
ture is made a special feature of fruit-growing, but the
industry is not developed to the extent that it is in those
above named. In 1896 the total peach crop of the state
was nearly 2,000.000 bushels, and of this Athens, Mus-
kingum, Coshocton and Ottawa counties produced more
than one-fourth. Mountain Rose, Oldmixon, Elberta,
Smock, and Salway are the varieties most commonly
grown.

There are no large areas of pear, plum and cherry
production in the state, although a considerable number

of cheri-y orchards have been planted near Clyde, in
Sandusky county. Japan plums have not generally
proved reliable. Red June, Burbank and Chabot have
proved the most satisfactory of any. None are reliably
hardy. Of grapes, there are about 15,000 acres within
the state, nearly all of which are along the lake shore
and on the islands near Sandusky, Cuyahoga county
taking the lead with about 4,000 acres of vineyards.
Owing to low prices of
grapes, plantings have
been limited in recent
years, but not many vine-
yards have been de-
stroyed, except to give
place to peach orchards.
Concord, Worden, Dela-
ware and Catawba have
been planted more than
any others.

Small fruits sufficient
for the home demand are
grown in nearly all sec-
tions, btit the shipping
trade is less than form-
erly ; hence the acreage
devoted to these fruits
has fallen off in some lo-
calities. The total acre-
age has not fallen off,
but there has been an
increase rather, and the
cxiltivation of these
fruits has become more
general. In both area
and product strawberries
take the lead, followed
'by black raspberries,
blackberries, red rasp-
berries, currants and
gooseberries, in the order named.
The demand for black raspberries
has fallen off considerably of late,
and the acreage has decreased in
consequence. Market-gardening is
carried on mostly to supply local
markets, but there are a few special-
ties which are grown on a large scale
in a number of localities.

Early tomatoes and cucumbers are
grown in large quantities along the
Ohio river for northern markets, and
the same is true, to a less extent, of
melons. Large celery and onion
farms exist in Hardin, Huron, Me-
dian, Wayne, Cuyahoga, Summit and
Reclaimed swamps consisting of muck
are used for this purpose. In Ross county the grow-
ing of onion sets has become a large industry, the soil
in this case being alluvial.

Several pickling establishments are in operation in
various parts of the state, and for these are grown
many thousands of acres of cucumbers and cabbage.
A number of canning factories are found within the
state, and these take the products of large areas of
tomatoes and sweet corn. Fruit is not used in the can-
neries very largely, nor are peas, except in a few cases.
Vegetable-growing under glass is practiced in or near
nearly all towns of a few thousand inhabitants. The
business has assumed very large proportions near To-
ledo, Cleveland and Ashtabula. In nearly all cases
greenhouses of the best form of construction are used,
and are mostly heated by hot water. About Cincinnati,
hotbeds are more common than elsewhere. This is the
center of radish production, but lettuce is the leading
crop in greenhouses. The houses are occupied with the
crop from September until May, and about the middle
of Pebriiary tomatoes or cucumbers are planted in the
lettuce beds. These crops are in bearing during May
and June. Tomatoes and cucumbers are seldom grown
as winter crops, as lettuce is more profitable and more
easily grown in midwinter than either of the others.
Grand Rapids lettuce is grown almost exclusively.
Floricultural establishments are found in all parts of

Stark counties.

1124

OHIO

OKLAHOMA

the state, in most localities the products being for the
home demand only, but large concerns at Painesville,
Oalla, Springfield and Dayton have an immense ship-
ping trade of plants, the mailing trade being particu-
larly large. Cut-flowers are grown in considerable
quantities also, the principal centers being Cleveland
and Cincinnati. Lai-ge nursery centers exist at Paines-
ville, on the lake shore, and in the Miami valley, near
Dayton and Troy. The stock grown in these and other
nurseries of the state consists mainly of fruit trees and
small fruit plants. Ornamental trees and plants are
grown in comparatively limited quantities, for the rea-
son that landscape gardening and ornamental planting
have not been given due attention. More or less pre-
tentious park systems are in a state of development in
some of the larger cities, Cincinnati, Cleveland and
Toledo leading in this respect. A number of cemeteries
show considerable care in maintenance and some skill
in planting, but well-arranged private grounds are rare.
Spring Grove cemetery, in Cincinnati, was one of the
first large landscape cemeteries in the world. Mount
Auburn, in Cambridge, was the first rural cemetery in
this country. See Landscape Gardeyiing and StraucJi.

While landscape art is in a rather backward condition
within the state, there is quite a fund of accumulated
knowledge regarding the adaptability of species and
varieties of trees and plants to this climate. It would
be too broad a statement to say that foreign species do
not succeed here, but so many have been disappointing
that there seems to be little of any value left. Fortu-
nately there is an abundance of suitable material in our
own and neighboring states.

Ohio is a great agricultural state, and this fact has
somewhat retarded horticultural development, but, on
the other hand, large manufacturing interests have had,
and will continue to have, the opposite effect, and Ohio
will in the near future take high rank as a horticul-
tural state. "W. J. Gkeen.

OKLAHOMA, HORTICULTURAL POSSIBILITIES

OF. Pig. 1519. The northern boundary of OkUxhoma
is 37° north latitude. The southern
boundary is an irregular line, but
does not extend far south of the 35th
parallel. Except a small strip whicli
extends to the 10;5<l nu-ridian, most of
the territory lies Ijetwet-n 9(3° 30' west
and 100° west longitude. The greater
portion of the country has an altitude
of 800 to 1,400 feet. The surface of
the country is rolling prairie, witli
numerous small rivers and creeks
flowing east. The longer streams are
wide, shallow, and very sandy. The
shorter streams are narrow and have
high, steep banks. In the eastern
half there are considerable areas
covered with timber, the greater part
of which is black-jack and post-oak.
Elm. Cottonwood, pecan, hickory, red
cedar, waluut, hackberry and honey-
locust are common, but do not form
separate forests as the oaks do. In
the western part timber belts follow
the streams, and in the extreme western part only brush
and small trees are found. The soil is usually a fine
sand, the particles lying very compactly.

Previous to the settlement of the country, in 1889, the
prairies were burned off each year. This kept the soil
poor in humus. There is very little clay soil in the terri-
tory except along the small streams, the bottomlands of
which contain considerable clay. The soil is fertile and
contains a good supply of plant-food. The subsoil is
very compact, usually joint-clay, where the surface soil
is a black or gray color; but the red or brown loam siir-
face soil is usually underlaid with a more loose and
mellow siibsoil. The black and gray soils are usually
found- at greater altitudes, and are seldom covered with
timber. Often these soils contain large quantities of
alkali, and the well and spring water in such localities is
very poor. Stone is abundant in some sections and
very scarce in others, but there is not enough surface
rock to be a factor in controlling the amount of till-

able land. Red and gray sandstone are the most abun-
dant.

The extremes of temperature between summer and
winter are great. In some places the temperature
reaches zero during the most severe storms of winter.
Except during occasional storms, the winter is mild and
usually dry. A snowfall of more than six inches in depth
is arre, and soon melts. Plowing and other such farm
work may be done nearly all winter. During the sum-
mer a maximum of 100° F. is frequently reached. The
high temperature is nearly always accompanied by a
dry wind. In the hottest weather the nights are cool
and refreshing. The average mean temperature is
about 60°. The wind is a prominent factor in the climate
of Oklahoma. The prevailing wind is from the south
during most of the year. The air is dry, and the wind
and hot sun dry the soil rapidly. The rainfall usually
is light during July and August, and the warm, dry
winds from the south and southwest make this the most
trying season for vegetation. The wind is so strong and
constant that it does considerable damage to young trees
and vines unless they are protected by some form of
wind-break. Many snow and rain storms are accom-
panied by hard winds, which are seldom destructive.

The average annual rainfall for the territory is about
30 in. For the eastern half it is about 33 in., and gradu-
ally decreases to about 20 in. in the extreme western
part. The rainfall for any one year varies greatly in
different localities, and these areas of light and heavy
precipitation are variable in size, shape and location
from year to j'ear. The line of average equal rainfall
runs almost north and south, bearinij^ to the west in the
southern part of the territory. The winter and late
summer are dry. Light snows fall during January,
February and March, but usually melt in two or three
days. Snow storms seldom reach the southern portion,
and are light when they do. The rain and snow storms,
almost without exception, travel from west and north to
east and south. They travel very rapidly and last only
a short time; the heaviest rains last only a few hours.
Slow rains are rare, and come only during the colder

C 01.0. I

1519. Geographical features of Oklahoma.

part of the year. In 1897 there were about 250 days of
sunshine, which is about the average. There is very
little dark, foggy weather ; and heavy dews, though
common, are much lightened by the ahnost constant
breeze.

The flora of Oklahoma may be said to be a mixture
of the floras of Kansas and Texas, there being few spe-
cies found here that are not found in one or both of
these states. The predominance of yellow flowers is
one of its most prominent characteristics. The botani-
cal collections of the country are far from complete,
but are complete enough to justify the statement that
the flora is not a very extensive one. The number of
perennial species is very small, and only a small por-
tion of these are trees. The trees are usually low and
much branched, and give a poor quality of lumber,
which is, no doubt, partly due to the annual burning,
and neither represents the quality or quantity of tim-
ber which the country is capable of producing when

OKLAHOiMA

OLIVE

1125

protected from the fire. Wild fruit plants are abundant
in nearly all parts of the territory, and usually bear
moderately well. The plum, persimmon, grape, black-
berry and dewberry are most common. With a reason-
able amount of cultivation, most orchard fruits do well.
Young orchards are beginning to bear in nearly all
parts of the territory. These orchards contain only a
short list of varieties, but most of these seem well
adapted to the country. Most varieties show a strong
tendency to early bearing. The fruit is of good form,
size and quality, and promises to become one of the
leading crops. See Indian Territori/. q jyj^ MoRKis.

OKEA, or GUMBO (ffiiJscHS escnlentiis). Introduced
into United States and West Indies from Africa, and
cultivated for its fruit pods, which are used in soups,
stews, catsups, etc. In soups and catsup, it gives body
to the dish; stewed, it is mucilaginous, and while at
first not agreeable to many people, a taste for it is easily
acquired. It is also dried and canned for winter use.
Sow in spring after the ground is thoroughly warmed,
in good vegetable land. Make the rows 3 to 5 feet apart,
according to variety, and drop seeds about 2 inches
apart in the row; cover 1 or2 inches deep. After plants
are six inches high, thin to 1 foot apart for dwarf varie-
ties and to about .3 feet for the largest varieties. The
seedlings transplant with considerable difficulty, so they
need to be started in flower-pots if an extra-early crop
is desired. The pods must be gathered before the fiber
develops in them: the size will vary with the variety,
but if it is too "stringy " to cut with a dull case-knife it
is too old. Keep all old pods cut off. The dwarf varie-
ties are in greater favor in the South because of their
habit of bearing early. A plant, constantly cropped, re-
mains in bearing condition until frost kills it, but al-
lowed to retain pods it suspends growth until the seeds
have matured, when a second growth may take place.
Okra will grow for years if not killed by frost or other
adverse conditions, i. e., it makes an indeterminate
growth like cotton, malva, hibiscus, etc. For shipping,
cut the stems (peduncles) an inch or so long as to pre-
vent wilting in transit. Pack firmly in vegetable crates.
The demand for this vegetable is increasing, especially
in New York City. Seed is easily grown and saved.
The plant is subject to several diseases to such an ex-
tent that it is impracticable to raise a crop on certain
pieces of land. Rotation is the best remedy.

P. H. Rolfs.
Okra is a half-hardy annual in the North, originally
from Africa, introduced into the United States from the
West Indies. It is cultivated for its young green pods,
which are used in soups, stews and
catsups, to impart a thick, viscous
consistency, like tapioca or sago.
When ripe, the black or brown
white -eyed, globular seeds are
sometimes roasted and used as a
coffee substitute. Okra should be
sown in a dry, warm soil, of me-
dium fertility and texture, after
danger of frost has passed. For an
early crop the plants may be started
in a hotbed four weeks earlier than
sowings in the open ground. The
seeds should be covered about an
inch deep, 1-2 ft. asunder, and in
rows 2-3>2 ft. apart, according to
the variety, whether dwarf or tall.
In the South Okra is very generally cultivated ; in the
North it is almost unknown and only the dwarf varieties
(Fig. 1520) succeed. jl. G. Kains.

OLD MAN. Another name for the Southernwood,
Artemisia Alrotamim ; also for the Rosemary, JZo.s-
marinns officinalis.

OLD-MAN-AND-WOMAN, or common Houseleek.
Seinpervicum. iectoruin.

OLD MAN CACTUS. Piloeereus senilis.

OLD MAN'S BEARD. Iw'&wvo^f^, Clematis Vitalba ;
in America our common Wild Clematis, C. Vircjiniana;
also Saxifraga sarmeiitosa : rarely the Fringe Tree,
Chionanthus.

1520.
Dwarf Density Okra.
A sm.ill variety valu-
able for the North.

OLEA (classical name for Olive). Oiedcece. Olive.
Between 30 and 40 trees or shrubs of the tropical and
warm-temperate parts of the Old World to New Zealand.
Lvs. evergreen and thick, opposite, usually entire, and
often rusty-tomentose beneath: fls. small, usually im-
perfect, white or whitish, in forking panicles or fascicles,
the short calyx 4-toothed (corolla sometimes none), the
short-tubed corolla with 4 valvate lobes, the stamens 2:
ovary 2-loculed, bearing a short style and capitate
stigma: fr. an oblong or ovoid drupe. The best known
species is 0. Europaea, Linn, (see Olive). It is a small
tree, rarely exceeding 20 or 25 ft. in height, and bearing
small lanceolate lvs. and axillary forking racemes of
yellowish white fragrant fts. It is probably native to the
Mediterranean region. It has been in cultivation from
the earliest times. 0. chrysophylla, Lam., from tropical
Africa, has been introduced by F. Pranceschi, Santa
Barbara. It is a small tree, noteworthy because of the
golden color of the under surface of the lvs. The drupe
is large and blackish : lvs. lanceolate, acute, entire,
shining above. For O. fragrans, illicifoUa, Aqnifol-
inm, and for garden treatment of the true Oleas, see

Osmanthus.

OLEANDER. See Nerium Oleande

L. H. B.

OLE Aria (derivation uncertain). Compdsitm. O.
Haastii in New Zealand forms a small bushy tree of
rounded form, with very stout branches densely clothed
with deep green foliage and covered with numerous
small white flowers. The genus is a very large one, and
is confined to Australia and New Zealand, where many
of the species are known as Daisy trees. O. Haastii,
however, is far removed from our common idea of
either a daisy or a composite. The heads are about
three-eighths of an inch across, and look like an ordi-
nary small 4-petaled white flower. They are borne in
flatfish branched clusters of a dozen or so. The rays
vary from 3 to 5 in number, and the disk is reduced to
4-6 yellow fls. This rare plant is said to be hardy in
eastern England. It was offered in America in 1899.

Olearia is a genus of 85 or ]nore species. Shrubs,
sometimes arborescent or suffrutescent, rarely branch-
ing herbs: lvs. alternate, rarely opposite, feather-veined
or 1-nerved, entire or dentate: heads large, medium or
small, solitary, corymbose or panicled : rays white or
blue: disk yellow or rarely purplish blue. For generic
characters, see Flora Australiensis 3:463, where the
genus is split into 5 sections based on the kind of hairs
forming the silvery coating usually found on the under
sides of the lvs.

Ha&stii, Hook. Lvs. %-l in. long, elliptic or ovate-
oblong, obtuse, short-petioled, very leathery, dark
green above, white, but not shiny below. B.M. G592.
G.C. III. 20:533. Gn. 38, p. 149. F. 1874, p. 198. -w, j£,

OLEASTER. Popular name of Eiceugiius liortensis.

OLIVE. Figs. 1521, 1522. California is the principal
state in the Union in which the Olive is grown, although
there are portions of Arizona and New Mexico in which
the climatic conditions are such that it is probable that
the industry will in time become permanently estab-
lished on a rather large scale.

The history of the Olive is of peculiar interest, not
alone because it is so closely interwoven with the eco-
nomics of the ancients, as well as with the daily life of
the people in Asia Minor and in southern Europe, but
because of the vicissitudes of cultivation, the difficulties
to confront— -not yet overcome— and the great possi-
bilities for the culture of the fruit commercially. Bo-
tanically, the Olive is known as Olea Europaea (which
see), belonging to the natural family 01eace<e. Olea
is a genus of trees and shrubs "having opposite, ever-
green, leathery lvs., which ai'e generally entire, smooth,
and minutely scaly; small fls. in compound axillary ra-
cemes, or in thyrsi at the end of the twigs ; a small
4-toothed calyx, a 4-cleft corolla, 2 stamens, a 2-cleft
stigma: the fr. a drupe." It is a native of Syria and
other Asiatic countries, and has for many centuries be-
come naturalized in the south of Europe.

In the Mission San Diego, in the far southern part of
California, were planted the first Olives, according to

1126

OLHTi:

OLIVE

the early historical accounts, which are more or less
authentic. It is known that in 1769 sundry fruit and
vegetable seeds were imported into Calit'oruia from
Mexico by Jos6 de Galvez, and it is assumed that among
them were seeds of the Olive, for in after years, as new
missions were built, the Fathers planted Olive trees
grown from cuttings taken from trees at the old San
Diego Mission. Hence the name "Mission" by which
this variety became known; and it was the only variety
witli which Californians were familiar until about 1880,

1521. Olive in flower and fruit.

after which time many trees were annually imported
from Italy, Spain and Prance, though some were im-
ported in smaller numbers previous to this time.

There is an immense area in California suited to the
cultivation of the Olive, both as to climate and soil. It
extends from the southernmost extremity to the foot of
Mount Shasta, nearly 600 miles, and in width from the
foot-hills of the Sierra Nevadas to the coast, varied accor-
ding to soil and other local conditions. Theoretically this
range is true, the Olive requiring a mean annual tem-
perature of 57°, the mean for the coldest month to be 41°,
and at no time must the temperature fall below 14°. But
while the Olive will grow and bear fruit under these condi-
tions, as with all other fruits there are certain peculiar
localities where soil and climate combined are best
adapted to its production in the greatest degree of ex-
cellence and in the most remunerative form. As with
other fruits, there was formerly much misconception
regarding the requirements of the Olive, which has re-
sulted in a great deal of disappointment and pecuniary
loss. Pessimists proclaimed that the culture of the Olive
was a failure, that it "did not pay," but they forgot that
lack of success might be due to errors in judgment on
the part of the planter.

The Olive thrives best in a warm, dry atmosphere,
where the soil is rich and well drained. However, it
will grow and bear crops in a greater variety of soils
than most trees. While the tree may live when the
temperature falls to 14°, the chances are against it, and
any frost during blossoming, or great heat or strong
winds at this time or while the fruit is young, is likely
to destroy prospects of a crop, or to materially diminish
them. J3ecause the Olive was said to be able to grow
anywhere in California, and to prefer a rocky hillside,
hundreds of thousands of trees have been planted in
such uncongenial surroundings, which of itself is suffi-
cient reason why the present crop returns do not at all
come up to expectations according to the published esti-
mate of acreage in trees compiled from the books of
the county assessors. Such estimate shows the number
of Olive trees in California to be nearly 3,000,000, but a
large number of these trees are neglected, being un-

profitable because planted where neither plant-food nor
water is available in sulficient quantity. Many other
groves were planted too near the coast, where the ocean
fogs are prevalent during the summer months. This
condition was not right, for while the trees would grow
and bear crops, the fruit was not of the same quality as
that produced under a sunny sky, and the trees suffered
more from attacks of scale (Le/*.anium) in a foggy cli-
mate than in the warmer interior vallej'S.

The Olive grows to perfection in good soils through-
out the length and breadth of the San Joaquin and Sac-
ramento valleys; in many of the smaller Coast Range
valleys, and up to an elevation of 1,000 feet or more in
this range, and in the warm belt of the foot-hills of the
Sierra Nevada mountains. As fine trees for their age
and as fine fruit, either for oil or for pickling, may be
seen as far north as Oroville and Palermo, in Butte
county, and all through the northern Sacramento valley,
as in the counties in the extreme soiith.

The Olive is propagated in various ways: from the
seed, from tips, from long cuttings, from sprouts,
suckers, and by layering. The seeds require some time
to germinate, frn<|uently two seasons, and the growth of
the youn^^ ]>I;ints is slow at first. This method, includ-
ing the after-budding or grafting, is tedious, and there-
fore not popular, although a tree on a seedling root
will be more robust and long-lived. Nurserymen usu-
ally adopt the "tip " system. "Tips " are small branches
or ends, usually the laterals, taken from the tree when
it is in its most dormant state, cut 4 or 5 inches long,
the upper Ivs. partially trimmed, while the lower ones
are cut off close to the stem. These are then planted in
a sand-bed or the propagating box until sufliciently well
rooted to transplant to the nursery row. Many growers
prefer to grow their trees from cuttings 14 inches long,
made from 2- or 3-year-old wood, and iip to l}4 inches
in diameter.

The Olive requires irrigating to the same extent as
other trees. In other words, if there is not sufficient
moisture by rainfall, then water must be applied artifi-
cially. As it thrives best in the warmer regions of the
state, where evaporation is very rapid, the inference
must be that irrigation is generally necessary for the
Olive. There is a saying in Italy, "No manure, no oil,"
which means that the Olive needs suitable food, and
without water it cannot obtain it.

Almost every known variety has been imported into
California, and, unfortunately, planted too extensively
before it had been determined by experiment which
was the better adapted to the varied, and to some ex-
tent foreign, conditions. Hence many orchards are un-
profitable because the varieties planted, from whatever
cause, do not bear crops in paying quantity. The "Mis-
sion" is still more largely planted than any other va-
riety, as it seems more universally adaptive, and is
valuable both for oil and for pickling. Some of the
other varieties which are known to be good, and which
may supersede the Mission, are, for oil, Atrorubens,
Manzanillo, Nevadillo Blanco, Pendoulier, Precox,
Razzo, Rubra; for pickling, Ascolano, Lucques, Macro-
carpa, Polymorpha, Regalis, Sevillano. Atroviolacea is
valuable for drying, losing its bitter taste in the pro-
cess; also the Sweet Olive, which has no bitterness.

For extracting the oil the same methods are employed
which were in vogue thousands of years ago, with this
difference, that the improved machinery of the present
day with steam power reduces the question of labor to a
minimum. It is essential that the Olives be perfectly
ripe and sound ; when picked they are spread upon trays
piled one above the other, allowing for free circulation of
air, until the water in them is mostly evaporated. Crush-
ing is done under stone or iron rollers that are made to
revolve in a large stone or iron basin in which about 350
pounds of Olives are placed. From this pulp the first
or "virgin" oil is extracted by gentle pressure, the
pomace is removed and again pressed to secure a sec-
ond grade of oil, and sometimes a third grade is se-
cured. The oil left still in the pomace is used by the
soap-maker in the manufacture of Castile soap, and the
residiium is valuable as a fertilizer. There are many
details, all being important in themselves, absolute
cleanliness and scrupulous care being observed in all
the operations.

OLIVE

OLIVE

1127

Pickling Olives is a simple matter in tbeorj-, but even
more judgment is needed than in the oil-extracting pro-
cess. The "bitter" is withdra^vn by the use of lye, or
else by long and daily immersions in fresh water. There
is an increasing demand for Californian ripe pickled
Olives, the crop invariably being sold before ready for
delivery. In quality and flavor they are distinctly supe-
rior to the best imported green Olives. The most dis-
couraging feature connected with the marketing of
Olive oil is the fact that the imported oils are nearly all
adulterated more or less either at foreign ports or in the
United States, some showing 80 or 90 per cent of cotton-
seed. Until some national law is passed by which cot-
tonseed oil shall be labeled and sold as such and not
under names designed merely to deceive, such as "Pure
Lucca Oil," "Pure California Oil," "Sweet Olive Oil,"
etc., the prospects for the California Olive-grower will
not brighten as far as the production of oil is concerned.
Given such a law, California can and will produce all
the Olive oil that is needed in the United States.

See report on the Condition of Olive Culture in Cali-
fornia by A. P. Hayne, Bull. 129 of Calif. Exp. Sta.,
issued May, 1900. Leonard Coates.

Olive Pkoducts. — Olives are almost entirely used for
making oil and pickles ; some varieties are pi-epared by
simple drying, but the quantity so used in the U. S. is
very small and need hardly be considered a market prod-
uct as yet. The general use of Olive oil in this coun-
try has been somewhat retarded by the introduction
and sale of refined (clarified) cottonseed oil under vari-
ous names and brands as substitutes for the more ex-
pensive genuine oil. In some cases Olive oil is adul-
terated, to a greater or less degree, with the cheaper
cottonseed oil, and sold as "pure Olive oil." This state
of affairs is owing almost entirely to the fact that the
general American public does not, as yet, appreciate the
delicate flavor of a properly prepared pure Olive oil. At
present the market demands that an oil must be clear
and brilliant, without reference to its quality or flavor,
and consequently even pure Olive oil is "clarified " and
filtered until it loses its delicate and characteristic
aroma. It is then no better than the cheaper cotton-
seed product with which it has to compete. But grad-
ually the differences are being appreciated, and the de-
mand for the true article is slowly but surely increasing.

Pickled ripe Olives have steadily grown in favor, and
the more their value as a food material is appreciated
the greater will be the demand for a properly prepared
product. As yet little or no pickled green Olives are
prepared in California. These do not serve as food,
however, as do the ripe Olives, but merely as a relish,
and must be considered as a delicacy rather than as a
staple article of diet; hence their preparation can only
be undertaken under special conditions, each manufac-
turer having his own particular process or recipe.

The manufacture of Olive oil, though apparently a
simple process, requires the most painstaking care, and
the closest attention to every detail, for the production
of high-grade oil. To begin, the fruit must be carefully
picked by hand, avoiding all unsound drupes, and han-
dled as little as possible in order to avoid bruising. In
some of the orchards in Europe the fruits are dropped
into pails half filled with water, thus reducing to a mini-
mum the danger of bruising. This is specially im-
portant when the Olives ha%'e to be kept for any length
of time beforo crushing. It is by far the best plan to
crush immediately, but this is not always possible.
Then the Olives must be dried, and stored in layers not
over three inches in depth, with a free circulation of
air between the layers, in order to prevent molding
or fermenting. In no case must unsound fruit be
used, as even a few slightly moldy or fermented ber-
ries will impart a disagreeable odor and flavor to the
entire product. When Olives have been frosted they
must be picked and crushed immediately ; a delay of
twenty-four hours will render them unfit for use. The
proper stage of ripeness is an important factor. The
tendency is to allow the Olives to overripen. This is a
mistake, as the quality of the oil is thereby deteriorated.
Just after changing color has been found to be the
proper stage for picking, for then the maximum oil-con-
tent and keeping qualities of the oil have been reached.

Various devices have been used for crushing. Formerly
it was the practice to crush fruit and pits together be-
tween heavy millstones; but it has been found that the
oil from the kernels not only imparts its characteristic
flavor to the tiesh oil, but also impairs its keeping quali-
ties. At present crushers are used with the stones set
far enough apart to avoid breaking the pits. Roller
crushers are sometimes used, but these are, as a rule,
objectionable on account of the liability of chemical
action between the acids of the Olive juice and the iron,
resulting in an inky color and taste. In Europe the

1522. California Olives, showing one method of pruning.

crushed pulp is pressed in special mats made of esparto
grass, holding about twenty -five pounds each; but in
California these mats have been found to be too expen-
sive, and linen or sail-cloth has been successfully used
instead. The best form of press is a screw-press, so
arranged that the pressure is very gradual, and pro-
vided with a perforated steel basket (wood would not
do on account of the absorbed oil becoming rancid ) , and
all exposed cast-iron carefully covered with tin. The
steel basket is filled with pulp in layers of about twenty-
five pounds each, each layer being surrounded by cloth,
and as much direct screw pressure as possible applied
very gradually. After all the juice has run out, the
resulting cakes of pulp are taken out, mixed with pure,
cool water, and again pressed, this time as much as
possible with the screw lever. This operation may be
repeated a third and even a fourth time, the resulting
oil being each time of inferior quality. In California, as
a rule, but two pressings are made, forming first- and
second-grade oil; in some cases the oils from the two
pressings are mixed, and but one grade marketed. The
oil can be recovered from the juice by simply allowing
it to rise and accumulate on the surface, as it will nat-
urally, being lighter than the watery juice. But this
process is both slow and dangerous, because fermenta-
tion is liable to start in the juice, and greatly impair
the quality of the oil. It thus becomes important to
separate the oil as quickly as possible from the acrid
juice. Several means have been devised for accom-
plishing this. The most satisfactory (of Italian inven-
tion), and one which has been tried at the California
Experiment Station, is the washing out of the impurities
by means of pure water. The apparatus consists of a
tin tank about 4 feet high and 2 feet in diameter, pro-
vided with a perforated false bottom, below which a
running stream of pure, cool water is admitted. Just
above lihis false bottom a small stream of juice is run
in. The water thus washes through the juice, the oil
rising at once to the surface, passes through the long
4-foot column of water, and is thus freed from most of
the vegetable matter, which falls to the bottom, where
it is drawn off through an outlet provided for that pur-
pose. The oil as it comes from this "separator," or the
hand-skimmings from the surface of the juice, has still
fine particles of pulp mixed with it, which impart a
"prickly" taste, and it must be allowed to stand in a
cool (about 50° F. ) room until these impurities settle.
It is then "racked " off, and can be sold as "new oil;" or
again allowed to stand for further precipitation and
racking until no more dregs are visible. This will give

1128

OLIVE

ONCIDIUM

a clear oil of the true Olive flavor and color. But the
American market demands a perfectly clear and bril-
liant oil put up in glass, and this is usually obtained by
filtering. This is detrimental to the flavor of the oil,
for the more it is filtered the more neutral and "greasy"
will the taste become. This practice, therefore, should
be discouraged, and the desire for the true Olive flavor
cultivated, making it impossible for cheap, neutral,
greasy substitutes (such as cottonseed oil) to take its
place in the taste of the consumer. Of the highest
importance tliroughout the entire process is the item
of cleanliness. The mill, press, floors, trays and all
apparatus should be scalded daily — when in use — and
no strong odor permitted about the premises; for so
absorptive is pure Olive oil that it will immediately
"take up " all unpleasant odors, and thus impair its deli-
cate flavor.

For making pickles, no set rules can be laid down
except to emphasize the importance of careful picking
and handling (to avoid bruising) and cleanliness. Here,
again, the Olives should not be allowed to overripen;
if they are, they are likely to soften, and a first class
pickle will be impossible. The Olives as they come
from the trees contain a most acrid and bitter principle.
This is extracted by means of pure water, changed
daily, or by a weak solution of lye. The latter is almost
universally used, though the water-extracted pickles
are considered the best. The extreme length of time
required (from 30 to 90 daj's), and the consequent dan-
ger from bacterial and fungoid contamination in the
water process, renders its use impossible, except in
special cases. For lye-extraction a solution containing
from 1 to 2 per cent of lye is used, and the Olives
allowed to stand in this until nearly all the bitter prin-
ciple is extracted. Then they are soaked in pure fresh
water (changed two or three times daily) until all the
lye has been dissolved out. They are now ready for
salting. This is done gradually, i. e., a start is made
with a weak brine, and the strength gradually increased
from time to time until it is strong enough to float an
egg. This prevents shrinking and consequent toughen-
ing. The pickles are now ready for storing, and if prop-
erly prepared and put into boiled brine will keep for
years. This is the process in outline ; but in actual
practice each detail will require modification brought
about by varying conditions, and no "rule-of -thumb"
can be laid down to suit all cases.

See Bulletins 104 and 123, and the annual reports of
the California Experiment Station.

Aknold V. Stubenrauch.

OLIVE-BARK TREE. Terminalia Catappa.

OLIVE, WILD. Olea JSuropcea ; a\so Elwmjnus.

OMPHALdDES (Greek, navel-shaped; referring to
the seeds) Borragind.cew. Navel, wort. Of this
genus we cultivate 3 low-growing, hardy herbs, with
fls. much like those of forget-me-not, but larger and
usually with a white .5-pointed star dividing the corolla-
lobes. The fls. are often more or less pinkish, particu-
larly toward the center. They like moist situations, but
in deep shade grow too luxuriantly; also the fls. are
fewer and of a weaker blue. Partial shade or full sun-
light is preferable. The commonest kind is the "Creep-
ing Forget-me-not," O. vernn, which is a spring-bloom-
ing perennial of easy culture, producing runners freely
and easily prop, by division. It can be grown by the
yard in a rockery and can be easily naturalized in wild,
moist, half-shaded spots. It is also fine for fringing
walks. It is said to like best a cool, moist loam, with a
few bits of sandstone among which the roots may ram-
ble and from which they may derive coolness and
moisture. The choicest kind is O. LncUm, also a
spring-blooming perennial, but of tufted habit and im-
patient of division. It is a typical "uncertain" alpine;
for some it flourishes like a weed; others have tried
time and again to establish it permanently without suc-
cess. It is a native of two localities in Asia Minor at a
height of 8,000 ft., and grows in fissures of vertical
cliffs. It is said to like a loose limestone soil, deep and
well drained. When once established it self-sows. In
America O. lAiciliw has been successfully grown by J.
B. Keller, but the plant is not now advertised in this

country. O. linifolia is a summer-blooming annual of
easy culture. O. verna has a white-fld. form, which is
pretty but lacks the interest of a blue-fld. forget-me-not.
Omphalodes is a genus of about 10 species, native to
the Mediterranean region, middle Asia and Japan. An-
nual or perennial herbs of low growth, glabrous or
sparsely and minutely villous : root-lvs. long-stalked,
lanceolate, ovate or cordate; stem-lvs. few, alternate:
racemes lax, with or without a leafy bract at the base:
calyx 5-parted; corolla-tube very short; lobes 5, imbri-
cated, broad, obtuse; stamens 5, affixed to the tube,
included: ovary 4-Iobed. From Myosotis it differs in
having depressed nutlets and nearly horizontal seeds,
while in the forget-me-not genus the nutlets are ovoid,
and the seeds erect. The descriptions given below are
adapted from DeCandoUe's Prodromus, vol. 10 (1846).
with which the pictures cited agree rather poorly.

A. Plant a summer-blooming annual.
linifdlia, Moench. Erect, slightly glaucous, 1 ft. high:
radical Ivs. wedge-shaped; stem-lvs. linear-lanceolate,
margin remotely ciliate: corolla twice as long as the
calyx: nutlets dentate, inflexed at the margin. 0ry,
stony hills of Spain and Portugal. June-Sept. Accord-
ing to DeCandolle, the fls. are normally white, and it is
var. caenilescens which has bluish fls., sometimes tinged
with rose. This belongs to a group in which the nut-
lets are affixed laterally and lengthwise to the style,
which is pyramidal and has a square base.

AA. Plants sprinrj -hlooniiug perennials.
B. Hahit creeping by runners.
verna, Moench. Creeping Forget-me-not. Stolo-
niferous; flowering-stem erect: Ivs. sparsely puberu-
lous; radical ones long-petioled, ovate or subcordate;
stem-lvs. short-petioled, sublanceolate; all Ivs. acumi-
nate, callous at the apex: fls. borne in pairs in a ra-
ceme. April, May. Eu. B.M. 7 {Cynoglossiim Ompha-
lodes). Gn. 26, p. 315; 40:818. -Flowers light blue, ac-
cording to DeCandolle. Var. 4Iha is also offered.

BB. Habit tufted, not ereeping.

Luciliae, Boiss. Glabrous, tufted : Ivs. oblong, obtuse,
the radical Ivs. narrowed into a long petiole, the stem-
lvs. sessile, upper ones ovate: pedicels longer than the
nearest floral leaf, erect, then arcuate - recurved : fls.
blue; calyx-lobes ovate-oblong, somewhat obtuse, about
one-fourth as long as the pedicels; corolla broadly fun-
nel-shaped, about four times as long as the calyx: nut-
lets with an entire membranaceous margin. Mt. Sypilus
near Manesis, and in Cilicia near Gulf of Scanderoon,
at 8,000 ft. B.M. 6047 (some fls. light blue, others pink-
ish purple, all with a white eye). Gn. 27:482; p. 194.—
This and O. verna belong to a group in which the nut-
lets are depressed, shorter than the persi-stent style,
scarcely adhering to it at the base, and smaller than the
calyx, to which it is adnate. Fls. about % in. across,
twice as large as those of O. verna. ^_ jj,

ONCtDIUM (Greek, a tubercle ; alluding to the crest
on the labellum). Orehidciceoe . A large genus of orchids
with over 300 species distributed in Mexico, Central
and tropical America, and in the West Indies. In range
of altitude the genus extends from the hot coast regions
to elevations of 12,000 ft. in the Andes. The fls. of this
genus show a remarkable diversity of form. In O. vari-
cosmn, O. tigrinum and related species, the labellum is
greatly developed, forming the most conspicuous part
of the flower, while in O. serratum and O. macrnnthum
it is inconspicuous. The sepals and petals vary in size
in relation to each other and to the rest of the flower.
A remarkable instance is O. Papilio, in which the petals
and dorsal sepal have been transformed into linear-erect
segments, recalling, on a large scale, the antenna of
some insect. The general habit of the plants is no less
variable than the fls. They range in size from small,
erect fonns scarcely 6 inches in height (O. pmnilum ) to
those resembling O. altissinium, with immense climb-
ing panicles 9 to 12 ft. high, and covered with numerous
medium-sized fls. The prevailing color of the fls. is j'el-
low, spotted and barred with brown. White or rose-
colored fls. occur in a few rare instances (O. incurvum,
O. vrnithorhynchum).

ONCIDIUM

ONCIDIUM

1129

Pseudobulbs usually present, -vranting in a few spe-
cies, 1-2-lYd., with sheathing Ivs. at the base: Ivs. plane,
terete or triangular: petals like the dorsal sepal but
often much larger; lateral sepals either free or par-
tially united; labelluni variable, but never with its base
parallel to the column (Odontoglossum), spreading
nearly at right angles to the column: column short,
winged.

As a class, Oncidiums are short-lived under cultiva-
tion. Few growers succeed in maintaining them in
good condition for any great length of time. The stock
is constantly renewed from the tropics.

Heixrich Hasselbring.

The genus Oncidium embraces a great number of
species which are found growing under such peculiar
and varied conditions in their native homes that imita-
tion of the same is usually impracticable and often quite
impossible. A fair degree of success, however, may
be obtained by careful observation and distribiition of
the exceptionally difficult species among the several
orchid departments.

The Sarcoptera section, which embraces such species
as O. Cavendishianitm, O. Lanceamim, O. liiridum, O.

1523. Oncidium serratum (X y4).

puhnnatum and others of similar structure, and the
O. Papilio section, with O. ampUatiwi, may be suc-
cessfully grown in a bright, warm portion of the
Cattleya department in small baskets suspended from
the roof, using for a compost a mixture of clean chopped
peat and sphagnum moss, freely interspersed with
lumps of broken charcoal.

O. cucullafnm, O. iucurvum, O. macravtlimn, O.
ornithorhyncluim, O. PJ}almnopsis, O. varicosum, with
a few others of like nature, do well under treatment
similar to that given for Odontoglossums, which see.

When a lai-ge collection of species is cultivated, a
majority, including many of the above, can be readily
grown in one house if it be especially adapted to them.
Such a house should be a span-roof structure of east

and west exposure, at an angle of about 40°, which will
admit the longest possible light. The early morning
and late afternoon sun striking the glass at right angles
produces and prolongs the natural sun heat for a greater
portion of the day, while at midday, when the outside
temperature is highest, the sun's rays strike the glass
obliquely, giving less heat, with little danger of the
plants becoming sunbiirned from lenses in the glass.
Oncidiums require more sun and air than most orchids.

The benches may be of either wood or stone, and
should be covered an inch or two in depth with sand,
ashes or gravel. The benches and paths should be
wet down once or twice daily to insure a moist atmos-
phere. Ventilators should be arranged on both sides of
the roof: air may then be freely admitted without caus-
ing direct drafts on the plants by using the ventilators
on the sheltered side. In winter the temperature should
range from 50° to 55° F. at night and 00° to 05° by day,
or a few degrees more with sun heat and ventilation. In
summer it must be kept as low as outside conditions
will permit. From March until October shading must
be applied to the glass sufficiently heavy to keep down
the temperature without excluding indirect solar in-
fluence. A good shading is made of turpentine and
white lead; it stands well and is easily removed. It can
be applied rapidly with a whitewash brush on a long
pole, and removed with a hard brush in the fall.

Oncidiums may be grown in either pots or baskets,
but as many species are of rambling habit, the latter are
preferable. The tiny species, such as O. Limmhitihii,
do best on blocks with little compost beneath tiiem.
Clean chopped peat fiber and live sphagnum moss, equal
parts, make the best general growing material, and
this should be liberally interspersed with broken pieces
of charcoal. The plants in all cases must be securely
fastened, and the compost must be pressed in moder-
ately firm, but should be used sparingly. Overhead
syringing should be given frequently, once or twice a
day in bright weather, but care must be taken not to
keep the compost too wet, or the roots are liable to de-
cay: it is advisable to let them dry out occasionally.

Stock is increased by division or notching the rhizome
between the pseudobulbs just before the growing season,
allowing three or four pseudobulbs to each piece and
separating the parts after the first growth is matured.

For other cultural notes on the genus, see Veitch's
Man. of Orch. Plants, vol. 2, Section Oncidium, page 5;
Orchid Review 1:290, and Nicholson's Diet, of Gard.
^■■•i'^S. Robert M. Grey.

Owing to the wide geographical distribution of the
Oncidiums, it is almost impossible to give any general
cultural directions for the whole group. We find that
the greater bulk of the Oncidiums succeeds admirably
in a Cattleya house, and by placing such varieties as
enjoy more heat and moisture in the warmest part of
the house, the balance of the Oncidiums are compara-
tively easy to take care of in any part of the structure
wherever light, air and moisture are maintained. The
following are a few enjoying more heat than the others :
Oncidium ampUatum, O. bicaUosiim, O. Cartliaginense,
O. Cavendisliianuin, O. jLanceannm and O. hiridnm.

Oncidium varicosum, the most popular and most use-
ful of all the Oncidiums, delights in a position close to
the glass, especially under the ridge of the house, where
it receives an abundance of light and air, and in such a
position this plant will grow well and flower profusely.
Oncidium Papilio and O. Krameria'}vum do best grown
in baskets or on blocks and kept rather dry.

The following thrive well in a cool house, such as an
Odontoglossum house: Oncidium macranfJium, O. or'ni-
thorhynchum, O. inctirvum, O. tigrinutn and O. cuculJa-
tum. The first mentioned is one of the most beautiful
of the entire genus, but being a plant very difficult to
import, very few are seen in collections in this country.
It occurs at a very high elevation in the Cordilleras of
Ecuador.

Oncidium cucullatuni is another plant which is diffi-
cult to grow successfully here on account of our hot
summers. It occurs in several places in the Colombian
Cordilleras, but always at a very high elevation. With
these few exceptions mentioned, the greater part of the
Oncidiums will succeed in a Cattleya house. Indeed,
most of the species are found in the Cattleya and Lselia

1130

ONCIDIUM

ONCIDIUM

regions under more or less similar conditions. A tem-
perature of 55*^ to 60° at night, and correspondingly-
higher during the day, will suit most species. An abun-
dant supply of air and light, though in partial shade, is
indispensable. Water must be used freely during the
growing season and somewhat reduced during their
respective resting seasons. An occasional dipping in
manure water (either cow or sheep manure) will greatly
assist these plants in bringing to perfection their
flower-spikes, which are oftentimes very large. In a
good many species the flower-spikes are o\it of all pro-
portion to the size of the plants, and unless they are
assisted as indicated, they will very soon run out.

For potting, use very soft fibrous peat, with a sprink-
ling of live sphagnum. Pot firmly, or the plants will be
very slow in taking hold. . John E. Lager.

INDEX.

albiflornra, 31. exeavatum, 20. microposon, 1.

album, '61. tlexuosum. 13. nubigenum, 11.

altissimum, 24, 25. Forbesii, 7. ornithorhynehum.

amphatum, 19. granditiorum, 9, 21. 31.

aiirosuin, 20. giittatum, 44. Papilio, 45.

Barkeri, 21. Harrisiamim, 29. Phaltenopsis, 15.

Batemanmanum, HarrisoniaTium, 29. phymatochllum, 2.

28. hastiferum, 5. pulvinatum, 33.

Baueri, 24. Henchmannii, 43. puraihim, 38.

bicallosura, 40. incurviun, 23. reflexum, 27.

bicolor, 12. iridifolium, 39. Rogersii, 14.

Carthaginense, 43. Janeirense, 16. roseuni, 43.

Cavendishianum, Jonesianum. 47. sanguineum, 43.

41. iuncifolium. 48. serratum, 3.

CeboUeta, 48. Kraraerianum, 46. sphacelatum, 26.

cheirophorura, 37. Lanceanum, 42. splendidum, 22.

coneolor, 18. leucochilnra, 30. snperbiens, 4.

cornigerum. 10. Limminghii, 36. superbijm, 1, 42.

crispum, 9. longipes, 16. tigrinum. 21.

Crista-galli. 30. Louvrexianum, 42. triquetnim, 49.

cucuUatum, 11. hiridum. 44. zmdulatum, 43.

curtum, 8. maeranthum. 5. unguiculatum, 18,

dasystyle, 17. maculatum. 35. 21.

divarieatiim, 32. Marsballiauum, 6. varicosum, 14,

Eckhardtii, 45. Martianum, 12. Warneri, 34.

Synopsis of Sections.

A. Leaves plane, not terete.

B. Labelluni smaller than the sepals and

petals Species 1-5

BB, l/abelhitn at least as large as the other

segments, often greatly exceeding them,
c. Lateral sepals more or less united at base.

Species 6-18

CC. Lateral sepals free.

D. All the segments having a distinct blade,

none of them linear- subterete.

E. Pseudobulbs present Species 19-37

ee. Pseudobulbs ivantlng or obsolete .. .Species 38-44
DD. Only lateral sepals with distinct blade:

dorsal sepal and petals elongate, linear,

erect, with an obsolete blade Species 45-46

AA. Lvs. terete or subterete Species 47-48

AAA. Lvs. subtriangiUar in section Species 49

Description of Species.

A. Lateral sepals united at base. A. micropogon
AA. Lateral sepals free.

B. Sepals and petals linear,

flaccid 2. phymatochilum

BB. Sepals and petals broad, ser-
rate 3. serratum

BBB. Sepals and petals broad, entire
or subentire.

c. Fls. brown 4. superbiens

CC Fls. yellow 5. maeranthum

1. micropdgon, Reichb. f. Pseudobulbs almost in 2
rows on the rhizome, broadly ovoid : lvs. 4-6 in. long,
linear-obloug, rounded at the top, leathery: raceme
8-10 in. long, on a long stalk, flexuons, pendulous: fls.
IH in. across ; sepals linear-oblong, undulate, yellow,
barred with brown ; petals clawed, orbicular, yellow,
with a deep red-brown claw; labellum yellow, smaller
than the petals, having 3 almost equal, rounded, clawed
lobes. Aug. Trop. Amer. B.M. 6971. — Var. sup6rbum,
Hort., is advertised.

2. phymatochllum, Lindl. Pseudobulbs broadly fusi-
form, 4-.5 in. long, purplish brown, with several large

scales at the base : lvs. membranous, oblanceolate, 12-14
in. long : scape rather slender, over 1 ft. long, with a
pendent panicle more than a foot long : sepals and
petals linear-subulate, flaccid and somewhat twisted,
greenish yellow, with deep orange blotches; labellum
shorter than the sepals, white, with a yellow and orange
crest ; the middle lobe triangular-ovate, acuminate.
Brazil. B.M. 5214. F.S. 23:2465'. a.C.1848:139.

3. serratum, Lindl. Fig. 1523. Pseudobulbs 4-6 in.
long, partly enclosed by sheathing lvs., 1-2-lvd. : lvs.
about 1 ft. long and 2 in. broad: inflorescence a long,
twining, loosely-branched panicle, 6-10 ft. long : fls.
numerous, 3 in. across; upper sepals broad, reniform,
the lateral ones very much longer, obovate, all chocolate-
brown, with yellow tips and margins, strongly undulate,
serrate; petals shorter, oblong, wavy and curled so that
they almost meet over the column, yellow with brown
spots, margins serrate; labellum small, hastate, fleshy,
with a crest of 5 ridges. Winter. Peru. B.M, 5632.
F.S. 6, p. 167.

4. superbiens, Reichb. f. Pseudobulbs 3-4 in. long,
ovate to ovate-lanceolate, much flattened: lvs. linear,
14 in. long and \},'i~\% in. broad, some sheathing the
pseudobulb: panicle 2-3 ft. long, loosely branched and
flexuons, bearing 20-30 fls. each 2M in. in diam. : sepals
long-clawed, undulate, chocolate-brown with yellow tips;
the upper one trowel-shaped, with a cordate base, the
lower pair more ovate ; petals rather smaller, with
shorter, broader claws, much recurved and wavy, yellow
with brown bars; labellum less than half as large as the
sepals, revolute, trowel-shaped, with auriculate side
lobes, brown with a yellow crest. Spring. Venezuela,
Colombia. B.M. 5980.

5. macrdnthum, Lindl. ( O. /K/s^i^eri^m, Hort.). Pseudo-
bulbs ovoid or flask-shaped, 3 in. long: lvs. narrowly
lanceolate, acuminate, 1 ft. long : panicle climbing,
loosely branched and many-fld. : fls. 3-4 in. across; se-
pals rounded-oblong, with green claws, the upper one
yellowish brown, the lower pair orange-yellow; petals
similar, golden yellow, streaked with blood-red at the
base; labellum small, hastate, purple-brown, with a
prominent white crest. Spring and summer. Cent.
Amer. B.M. 5743. Gn. 24:416.'" F. 1871. p. 187. J.H.
III. 34:337.— A magnificent orchid, of which there are
several varieties, some of secondary merit.

A. Petals clawed, with a broad,

obovate or rojtnded blade,
not much smaller than the
labellum.

B. Fls. yellow: column tvings

short, quadrate 6. Marshallianum

BB. Fls, red-brown: column wings

narrow, angular 7. Forbesii

BBB. Fls. dull brown, with yelloiv
markings.
c. Column wings s-mall, truncate. 8. curtum
CC. Column wings large, sharply

serrate 9. crispum

AA, Petals and dorsal sepals obo-
vate, cucullate, not claived.. 10. comigerum
AAA. Petals arid dorsal sepals sub-
similar, very stnall : label-
lu7n larger' than the rest of
the flower.
BB. Labellum wJiite, spotted with

rose-purple 11. cucullatum

BB. Labellum yellow.

c. Blade bifid 12. Martianum

13. flexuosum

CC. Blade quadrifid 14. varicosum

AAAA. Petals and sepals lanceolate,
ovate, etc., at least one-half
as long as the labellum and
of a different foryn.
B. Fls, white, spotted with purple. \o. Fhalsenopsis
BB. Fls. yellow or greenish, spot-
ted and barred with brown.

c. Crest serrate 16. longipes

CC. Crest a smooth, heart-sliaped

callus 17. dasystyle

BBB. Fls. entirely yellow 18. coneolor

ONCIDIUM

ONCIDIDM

1131

6. Marshalliauum, Eeichb. f. Pseudobulbs ovoid,
2-4 in. long: ivs. narrowly oblong, G-8 in. long: fls. nu-
merous, 2% in. across, borne on a stout panicle 1-2 ft.
high; the upper sepals oblong-apiculate, the lateral
ones united, yellow, with purplish bands; petals much
larger, fiddle-shaped, wavy and 2-lobed, golden yellow,
with few blotches of chocolate-brown; labellum with a
very large spreading 2-lobed middle lobe and ear-like
side lobes, yellow, with orange-red spots on the base.
May. Brazil. B.M. 5725. F.M. 1877:285. -A very efCec-
tive and showy plant related to O. crispum.

7. F6rhesii, Hook. Pseudobulbs rather small, oblong,
compressed and sulcate: Ivs. lanceolate, dark green,
9 in. long: panicle about 1 ft. high, bearing numerous
handsome fls. 2 in. across: fls. rich reddish brown, mar-
gined with yellow; sepals small, obovate; petals twice
as large, obovate-rotund; side lobes of the labellum
small ; middle lobe spreading, fan-shaped. Autumn.
Brazil. B.M. 3705. G.C. II. 11:525. -A rare but very
ornamental orchid.

8. ciirtum, Lindl. Lvs. and pseudobulbs like those
of O. crispum: inflorescence an erect, much-branched
pyramidal panicle: fls. l-l}4 in. across: lateral sepals
united, rather small; dorsal sepals and petals obovate-
obtuse, yellow, with reddish brown bars and blotches;
labellum with small lateral lobes and a roundish,
notched middle lobe, yellow bordered with brown; crest
lobed and warted, yellow, with red spots. Brazil. B.R.
33:68. Gn. 10, p. 131; 31, p. 198; 34, p. 87.-Blossoms
in spring, the flowers remaining fresh for several weeks.

9. crispum, Lodd. Pseudobulbs oblong, sulcate, rough
and usually dark brown: lvs. leathery, lanceolate, about
9 in. long: flower-stem I-IX ft. high, arched, bearing
20-50 large fls. l}^-3in. across: fls. shining brown, with
few yellow and red marks at the bases of the segments;
sepals obovate, obtuse, recurved and undulate, the lat-
eral ones united; petals twice as large, Droadly obo-
vate, obtuse, much waved and crisped; middle lobe of
the labellum large, rotund-cordate, waved and crisped;
lateral lobes small, horn-like. Fls. at various seasons.
Brazil. B.M. .3499. B.R. 23:1920. L.B.C. 19:1854. F.S.
21:2147-48. P.O. 2:64. B. 1:26. -Var. grandiJldrum,
Hort. Pis. very large, the segments edged with yellow.

10. comigerum, Lindl. Pseudobulbs oblong, sulcate,
3 in. long, 1-lvd. : lvs. dark green, broadly ovate to ob-
long, fleshy, ribbed, 4 in. long: panicle about 18 in. long,
drooping, branched and crowded with fls. above: fls.
small but numerous, yellow, spotted with red; dorsal
sepals and petals obovate, concave, undulate, the lateral
sepals smaller and united; labellum with long-linear
lateral lobes and 2 horn-like processes at the base; mid-
dle lobe obovate, subrepand. April, May. Brazil. B.M.
3486. B.R. 18:1.542.— A compact free-flowering plant
which is very attractive when grown in baskets so that
the long racemes can hang over the sides.

11. cucull5,tum, Lindl. Pseudobulbs oval, IJ^ in. long,
smooth, becoming ribbed: lvs. oblong-lanceolate, 6 in.
long: raceme almost simple, 8-12 in. long, bearing 6-12
fls. 134 in. across: dorsal sepals and petals small, oval,
greenish, shaded with rose-piirple; lateral sepals almost
entirely united; labelhim cordate-panduriform, with the
middle lobe much dilated and 2-lobed, white to rose and
spotted with dark purple. Spring. Colombia. F.S.
8:835; 23:2457. I.H. 25:305. Gn. 22:350 (var. gigan-
ieam).~A species with many varieties, which differ in
shape and coloring of the fls. It is one of the coolest of
the Andean orchids. Var. nubigenum, Lindl. Raceme
suberect: sepals and petals white or light purple, with
green tips; labellum white, with a purple blotch around
the crest. B.M. 5708.

12. Marti5,num, Lindl. (0. Ucolor, Lindl.). Pseudo-
bulbs ovate, compressed and ribbed : lvs. oblong,
striate : fls. yellow, spotted ; lateral sepals united,
ovate, acute ; petals obovate, concave; middle lobe of
the labellum larger than the rest of the flower, 2-parted
by the deep sinus in front, clear yellow. Autumn.
Brazil. B.R. 29:66. — A beautiful yellow species, with a
panicle 2 ft. high.

13. Jlexu6sum, Sims. Pseudobulbs ovate, flattened,
2 in. long: lvs. linear-oblong, 6 in. long: fls. scarcely 1
in. across; sepals and petals small, recurved, yellow,

with chestnut bars; labellum yellow, with few reddish
spots; side lobes small: middle lobe reniform, notched.
Brazil. B.M. 2203. L.B.C. 5:424.-The plant blooms
freely at various seasons. The fls. open in succession '
on a loose spreading panicle about 2 ft. high.

14. varicosum, Lindl. Pseudobulbs ovate, angled,
2-4 in. long: Ivs. rigid, linear-lanceolate, 9 in. long:
fl. -spikes strong, arching, 3 ft. long, with numerous fls.
1 in. across: sepals and petals small, green, with brown-
ish blotches; labellum very large in proportion to the
flower, bright yellow, with a curiously toothed crest;

1524. Oncidium varicosum. var. Rog:ersii (X %).

lateral lobes rotund; middle lobe reniform, obscurely
4-lobed. Winter and spring. Brazil. — One of the most
attractive. Var. Kdgersii, Reichb. f. {O. Bddgersii,
Hort.). Pig. 1524. The best variety. Specimens have
borne 150 fls., with the lip over 2 in. across, rich yel-
low, with a few red bars at base. G.C. 1870:277. F.S.
18, p. 150. P. 1870:25. Gn. 55:1226. G.M. 39:366.

15. Phalaendpsis, Linden & Reichb. f. A small-grow-
ing plant, with pseudobulbs oblong, somewhat ribbed,
1-2 in. high: lvs. narrow at the base, broadening up-
ward, about 6 in. long: fls. 3-6 on a slender raceme,
gaily colored, creamy white, with the sepals and petals
barred with reddish purple, and the base of the lip pro-
fusely spotted with the same color; sepals and petals
quite similar, oblong, acute; labellum pandurate, with
2 rounded lobes in IJront. Blooms at various seasons,
and lasts a long time. Ecuador. I.H. 17:3. Gn. 41:859.
J.H. III. 28:515. -A beautiful little plant, worthy of ex-
tended cultivation. Much like O. cucuJIatum.

16. Ifingipes, Lindl. (O. Janeirense, Reichb. f.).
Pseudobulbs narrowly ovate. 2-lvd.: lvs. narrow: scape
several-fld., equaling the lvs.: fls. on long pedicels;
lateral sepals elongate, pendulous, united at the base;
dorsal sepals shorter and wider, recurved; petals ob-
long, plane; all yellowish green, barred with brown;
labellum yellow, spotted with brown at the base; lat-
eral lobes small, obtuse; middle lobe transversely
broadened, apiculate, the narrow part serrated. Sum-
mer. Brazil. I.H. 2:54. B.M. 5193, called O. Zonfiripcs,
is O. Grcesus, Reichb. f. — A small species.

17. das^style, Reichb. f. Pseudobulbs ovate, flat-
tened, strongly rugose : lvs. 4-5 in. long, linear-lanceo-

1132

ONCIDIUM

ONCIDIUM

late; scape very slender, G-7 in. long, bearing 2-5 fls.,
eacb 1% in. across: dorsal sepals and petals subequal,
lanceolate, pale yellow, blotched with purple-brown;
lateral sepals larger, united half-way; labellum large,
sulfur-yellow, with a blackish purple callus; lateral
lobes small, triangular; middle lobe round-fan-shaped,
membranous and undulate. Jan., Feb. Organ Mts.,
Brazil. B.M. 6194.

18. cdncolor, Hook. (O. unguiculdtum, Klotzsch).
Pseudobulbs small, oval-oblong, slightly furrowed: Ivs.
lanceolate: lis. 1-2 in. in diam., rich yellow, borne on
pendulous racemes 1-2 ft. long; lateral lobes united for
half their length, smaller than the dorsal sepals and
petals, which are obovate; labellum twice as long as
the sepals, broad, flat, bilobed, with 2 reddish ridges
running down on the base. April-June. Organ Mts.
B.M. 3752. I.H. 30:4S7. R.H. 1881:30. Gn. 13^111. -A
plant of close and compact habit, making one of the
most attractive yellow coolhouse orchids.

A. Lahelluni with a large reni-

form mid -lobe: lateral
lobes sviall or none.

B. Petals much broader than the

sepals 10. ampliatum

20. excavatum
EB. Petals and sepals nearly of
the same size.

C. Fls. over 2 in. across: label-

lum large, forming the most
conspicuous part of the
flower: panicle stout 21.

tigrinum
splendidum

Pis. medium-sized, numer-
ous, in long, climbiiifj pan-
icles.

Sepals and petals linear-
lanceolate, acute.

Pis. ichite and purple 23. incurvum

Pis. yellow and brown.

Column wings very truncate:
crest of several interrupted
ridges 24. Baueri

Column ivings rounded,
slightly crenulate 25. altissimum

Column wings erase, sphace-
late 20. sphacelatnm

Column wings falcate, den-
tate 27. reilexum

Sepals lanceolate: petals
spatulafe 28. Batemannianum

Sepals and petals linear to
oblong, obtuse.

Color of labellum yellow .. ..~^. Harrisonianum

Color of labellum white 30. leucochllum

Labellum with the middle
lobe variously shaped,
rarely reniform, but more
so than the lateral lobes,
large.

Pis. rose-colored 31. ornithorhynclium

Pis. yellow, variously
marked and spotted.

Crest pulvinate, pubescent. .S'2. divaricatum
33. pulvinatum

Crest not pulvinate.

Apex of labellum deep ly
S-lobed '.34. Warneri

Ape.e of labellum apiculate,

lateral lobes tooth-like 35. maculatum

Apex of labellum merely
emarginat», lateral lobes
large.

Middle lobe broadly reni-
foryn, clawed 3G. Limmingliii

Middle lobe not clawed, sepa-
rated from the lateral lobes
merely by a sharp constric-
tion 37. cheirophorum

19. ampliatum, Lindl. Pseudobulbs subrotund, com-
pressed, bright green with purple spots, becoming
blackish purple and wrinkled with age: Ivs. plane, ob-

E

EE,

F,

FP,

FFF

FFPF

DD,

DDD

E.
EE.
AA,

BB

C

cc.

D

DD,
DDD,

E,
EE,

long-lanceolate, 9 in. long: inflorescence a large panicle
1-3 ft. long, with numerous lis., which are yellow, spotted
with red at the bases of the segments; sepals and
petals small, the former entirely free; labellum reni-
form, spreading, wavy, 1J< in. across, narrow at the
base, with two small lateral lobes and a prominent lobed
crest. March-May. Throughout the coast of Nicaragua.
B.E. 20:1699. — The flowers are produced in magnificent
panicles. In var. majus, Hort., they are half again as
large as in the type. F.S. 20:2140. U.C. III. 17:173.
Gn. 45, p. 491. G.M. 37:475.

*Ia

1525. Oncidium tigrinum (O. Barkeri). to show habit.

20. excavatum, Lindl. (O. aurbsrim, Reichb. f. &
Warsz. ) . Pseudobulbs oblong, compressed, 3-5 in. long:
Ivs. IJ-oft. long, leathery, shining green: panicle 3-5 ft.
long, with numerous fls. IK in. across, yellow, spotted
with brown: sepals obovate, obtuse, free ; petals oblong,
refuse; labellum sessile, with several broken ridges
near the base, pandurate, excavated on the under side;
middle lobe rotund, emarginate. Autumn. Peru. B.M.
5293. I.H. 17:34. — Strong plants produce as many as
100 flowers on each panicle.

21. tigrinum, LaLlave & Lex. (O. Barkeri, Lindl.
O. nnguiculdtuvi, Lindl.). Fig. 1525. Pseudobulbs
oval, compressed. 2-lvd. : Ivs. oblong-lanceolate, thick,
1 ft. long: panicle erect, stout, 3 ft. high : fls. 2}4 in.
across ; sepals and petals similar, lanceolate, undulate,
rich reddish brown, with few bars and spots of yellow;
labellum yellow, with a very large, orbicular-reniform
blade supported ou a long claw, lateral lobes oblong.
Winter. Me.x. I.H. 1:2; 22:221. P.M. 14:97. R.H. 1889,
p. 176. — Very much like O. splendidum, from which it
differs by the longer claw of the labellum having a thick
keel, and the oblong lateral lobes of the labellum. Both
are among the most showy Oncidiums in cultivation.
Var. grandiildrum, Hort., is advertised.

22. splendidum, A. Rich. Pseudobulbs small, round,
compressed, 1-lvd.: Ivs. leathery, oblong-ovate, 6-12 in.
long: fl. -stalk erect, 2 ft. long: fls. 3 in. across; sepals
and petals similar, lance-oblong, acute, recurved, yellow-
green, with broad brown bands; labellum very large,
yellow, the broad claw of the middle lobe expanding into
a large reniform blade ; lateral lobes small, rotund.
Spring. Guatemala and Mex. B.M. 5878 as (O. tigri-
num, ys.t . splendidum) . F.S. 18:1825. Gn. 51:1121.
E.B. 17:108. G.C. 1871:42; III. 3:108.

23. inciirviim, Barker. Pseudobulbs ovate, compressed
and ribbed, 2 in. long: Ivs. 9 in. long, ensiform, acute:
panicle 2-3 ft. long, slender, much branched and grace-
fully arched: fls. IK in. across, numerous; sepals and
petals linear-lanceolate, undulate, white, banded with
pnrple ; labellum white, with a purple blotch ; lateral
lobes rotund, small; middle lobe subreniform, concave.
Bears numerous panicles in autumn. Mex. B.M. 4824.
B.R. 31:64. I.H. 2:49; 29:444 (white variety).

24. Batieri, Lindl. (O. altissimum, Lindl.). Pseudo-
bulbs oblong, compressed: Ivs. ensiform, rigid, keeled:
panicle with numerous branches and rather dingy fls.:
sepals and petals about as long as the labellum, linear-
lanceolate, undulate, yellow, Avith red spots ; labellum
with 2 spreading lateral lobes and a reniform emargi-
nate mid-lobe, yellow, with a reddish band. Trop. Amer.
B.R. 19:1651 (as O. altissimum). — A gigantic epiphyte

i

ONCIDIUM

ONCIDIUM

1133

with, flower-stems G-9 ft. long and "Ivs. as long." It
has been confused with O. altlssimum.

25. altissimum, Swartz. Pseudobulbs nearly rotund,
much compressed and edged: Irs. 1-2 at the top and
several at the base of the pseudobulb, ensiform, keeled,
lK-2 ft. long: inflorescence an almost simple, droop-
ing raceme, 4-6 ft. long: sepals and petals free, similar,
spreading, linear-lanceolate, undulate, pale yellow, with
olive-brown blotches; labellum nearly as long as the
petals, fiddle-shaped, with the middle lobe reniforra,
spreading, yellow, with a brown band near the center,
prominently crested. Aug. W. Indies. B.M. 2990.
B.R. 22:1851.

26. sphacelatum, Lindl. Pseudobulbs elongate -ovate,
compressed: Ivs. long, ensiform, apex recurved : scape
strict, bearing a many-fld. panicle: sepals and petals
linear-lanceolate, undulate, yellow, spotted with brown;
labellum about as long as the sepals ; latei'al lobes
auriculate ; middle lobe with 2 rotund lobes, yellow,
with brown spots at the base. Spring. Honduras.
B.R. 28:30. — Var. grandiflorum, Hort., is a better va-
riety.

27. refUxum, Lindl. Pseudobulbs ovate, 1-lvd. : Ivs.
narrowly lanceolate, acute: panicle with its stalk H-4
ft. long, pendulous: sepals and petals linear-lanceolate,
undulate and reflesed, yellowish, shaded with pale
brown; labellum with a large, reniform, emarginate
middle lobe and rotund lateral lobes, yellow, with few
reddish spots on the base. Mex. B. 3:116.

28. Batemanni&.niim, Parraentier. Pseudobulbs large,
4-5 in. long, Avith sheathing Ivs. at the base: Ivs. ob-
long-ensiform, 2 ft. long: scape erect, 6-8 ft. long:
sepals lanceolate, undulate, reddish brown, slightly
marked with yellow; petals similarly colored, .spatulate
and very much undulate; labellum brilliant yellow,
with the crest marked with brown; lateral lobes small,
rounded ; middle lobe large, reniform, emarginate.
Brazil. F.C. 3: 137. -Related to O. altissi7num.

1526. Oncidium ornithorhynchum (X ^).

29. Harrisonianum, Lindl. (0. Rarrisi&num, Hort.).
Pseudobulbs subglobose, 1-lvd. : Ivs. linear -oblong,
acute, flesby and recurved: panicle about a foot high,
erect, with the stem and branches gracefully ciirved :
sepals and petals linear, obtuse, yellow, spotted with
purple-brown; labellum yellow, longer than the sepals,
"with small lateral lobes and a subreniform, emarginate
middle lobe. Autumn. Brazil. B.E. 19:1569. L.B.C.
20:1917. R.B. 18:253.

30. leucochilum, Batem. Pseudobulbs sulcate, ovate,
compressed, 2-4 in. long: Ivs. sword-shaped, 1 ft. or
more in length: scape 3-4 ft. high, with numerous
branches on which the fls. are loosely scattered: sepals
and petals oblong, obtuse, green, blotched with reddish
bro\^Ti ; labellum pure white ; lateral lobes small,
rounded; middle lobe broadly reniform, emarginate.
Autumn. Guatemala. Batem. 1. P. 8.5:522. P.M.
7:241. — A noble species, with the habit of O. Baiieri.
Panicles 6-9 ft. long. Var. spl6ndens is listed.

31. ormthorhynchum, HBK. Fig. 1526. Pseudobulbs
oblong, compressed, 2-3 in. long, 2-3-lvd. : Ivs. grass-
like, 8-12 in. long: stalks 1 ft. long, slender and arched,
many-fld.: fls. scarcely 1 in. across, soft rose-purple;
sepals linear-oblong, wavy; petals oblong and a little
broader; labellum pandurate, with small lateral lobes
and a larger dilated, emarginate middle lobe. Fragrant.
Autumn and winter. Mex. B.M. 3912. B.R. 26:10.
F.C. 3:136. R.H. 1876:230. -This is an easily grown,
free-flowering plant of dwarf, compact habit. Its soft
i"ose-purple color is very delicate and unusual in the
genus. Var. albifldrum, Eeichb. f. (var. album, Hort.).
Fls. whitish, with only the calli yellow. P.M. 188:398.
G.C. III. 16:781. J.H. III. 29:399. G.M. 38:18. There
is also a variety called majus.

32. divaricatum, Lindl. Pseudobulbs compressed,
each with a fleshy, oval, apiculate leaf: scape l},i ft.
high, with the branches of the panicle extremely divari-
cate: sepals and petals oblong-si^atiilate, greenish yel-
low, spotted with purple toward the base; labellum yel-
low, spotted with red; lateral lobes large, half -rotund;
middle lobe smaller, emarginate. Autumn. Brazil.
B.R. 13:1050. L.B.C. 13:1212. P.M. 3:4.-A floriferous
species easily recognized by its singular oval, fleshy
leaf and the divaricate panicle.

33. pulvinatum, Lindl. Panicle very much branched,
in a loose, spreading manner, weak, 8-9 ft. long: fls.
yellow, with the sepals and petals blotched with red;
segments obovate, acute ; the 2 parts of the labellum
nearly equal; lateral lobes rotund-crenate and crisp;
middle lobe undulate, crest a villous cushion. Summer.
Brazil. B.R. 25:42. -One of the largest of the Oncld-
iums. The lis. last a long time. Var. majus, Hort., is
said to be desirable.

34. Wirneri, Lindl. (OdonfogUssum Tra>weW,Lindl.).
Pseudobulbs ovate, somewhat angular: Ivs. linear-
lanceolate: raceme short, few-fld. : sepals oblong;
petals a little wider; all white or yellowish, striated
with rose-purple; labellum brilliant yellow: lateral
lobes subquadrate; middle lobe deeply divided into two
rounded lobes. Autumn. Mex. B.R. 33:20 (var. pur-
puratitm, Lindl.).

35. macul&tum, Lindl. Pseudobulbs ovate, com-
pressed, 4-angled, 2-lvd. : Ivs. broadly linear-oblong:
fls. IM in. across, yellow, spotted with deep purple; se-
pals and petals subequal, rather fleshy, ovate-subacumi-
nate; labellum oblong-apiculate, the lateral lobes form-
ing 2 large teeth near the middle; middle lobe ovate,
sulfur-yellow, base marked with few red lines, claw
with 4 horn-like plates. Winter. Mex. B.M. 3836 (var.
ccornwijim) and 3880. B.R. 24:44. F.C. 2:57 (all as Cj/r-
tocliilum mamilatiim) .

36. Limminghii, C. Morr. Pseudobulbs oval, com-
pressed: Ivs. oblong, acute, mottled: raceme 1-2-fld.,
erect, several times longer than the small Ivs.: fls. yel-
low, spotted and banded with brown; sepals and petals
lanceolate, the lower pair larger; labellum with large,
auriculate lateral lobes and a transversely broadened,
subreniform, emarginate mid-lobe, spotted with red.
June, July. Caracas. P.S. 18:1827. -A pretty dwarf
plant with the habit of a Sophronitis.

37. cheir6phoruin, Reiohb. f. Pseudobulbs 1 in. long,
ellipsoid ; Ivs. 3-6 in. long, linear-lanceolate : scape
bearing a dense panicle longer than the Ivs.: fls. about
}4 in. across, entirely bright yellow, with greenish se-
pals; sepals and petals small, rounded-ovate, spreading
or reflexed ; labellum much larger, with three large
lobes, the middle lobe notched. Colombia. B.M. 6278.
G.C. 1871:168 (description).

L134

ONCIDIUiM

ONCIDIUM

A. Plants dwarf, scarcely over 8

in. hif/h.

B. Labellum ivith S equal lobes. SS.
BB. Labellum with small lateral

and a4-parted middle lobe. 39.
AA. Plants large.
B. Wings of the column narrow,

falcate 40.

41.
BB. Wings of the column fleshy,
rotund, reniform, etc.
c. Labellum pandarate, with
triangular lateral lobes . ..42,
43.
cc. Labellum reniform, with

small blunt lateral lobes.. 4:4:.

pumilum

Crista- galli

bicallosum

C avendishianum

Lanceanum

Carthaginense

luridum

38. pilmilum, Lindl. A small plant about 6 in. high,
without pseudobulbs, and with oblong, leathery Ivs. :
inrtorescence a small, branched panicle, scarcely longer
than the Ivs. : sepals and petals obovate, yellow, spotted
with brown; labellum yellow, rounded, trifid. Spring.
Brazil. B.M.35S1. B.R.11:920. L. B.C. 18:1732.

39. Crista-g-alli, Reichb. f. (O. iridifdlium-, liindl.,
not HBK.). Lvs. radical, cuneiforra-Iigulate, 2-3 in.
long: fl. -stems several, 1-2-fld., slightly exceeding the
lvs.: fls. yellow, with few red spots at the base of the
segments and labellum; sepals lanceolate, acute; petals
oblong, crisp, much wider; labellum large; lateral lobes
oblong-cuneate ; middle lobe divided into 4 lobes, of
which the inner 2 are smaller. B.R. 22: 1911.— A very
small, neat plant.

40. bicalldsum, Lindl. Pseudobulbs none : lvs. large,
oblong-lanceolate, keeled, thick and leathery: panicle
many-fid., variable in size: fis. 2 in. in diam.; sepals free,
obovate, concave; petals oblong-obtuse, undulate; all
rich yellow or honey-colored, bordered with cinnamon
color; labellum with small, narrow lateral lobes, and
a pair of tubercles for a crest ; middle lobe large,
transversely expanded, emargiuate, subcordate. Aiitumn
and winter. Guatemala. B.M. 4148. B.R. 29:12. I.H.
12:458.

41. Cavendishiamim, Batem. Pseudobulbs none: lvs.
fleshy, broadly lanceolate, 1-1)-^ ft. long : scape 4 ft.
high, erect, with a dense panicle about 1 ft. long: sepals
and petals oblong-obtuse, greenish yellow, with bright
chestnut spots; labellum yellow; lateral lobes rather
large, spreading, rounded, narrowed to a claw; mid-
lobe broadly reniform and deeply emarginate. Guate-
mala.—Grows very slowly.

42. Lancea,num, Lindl. Pseudobulbs wanting : lvs.
fleshy, oblong, acute, 1 ft. long and about 3 in. broad:
scape stiff, erect, branched above and 1 ft. or more in
length: fls. 2-3 in. across, numerous; sepals and petals
oblong, obtuse, fleshy, concave, yellow, marked and
barred with chocolate-brown or crimson; labellum nar-
row in the middle, with the 2 lateral lobes forming a
hastate base, middle lobe broadly expanded, cuneate.
The color of the labellum is variable, usually rose in
front, becoming violet toward the base. Summer.
British Giiiaua. B.R. 22:1887. F.S. 18:1842-43. P.M.
4:169. F.C.2:79. G.C. 11. 21 :609.-Var. sup6rbum, Hort..
is desci'ibed as a superior variety. Var. Louvrexianum,
Hort. (O. Lonvrexidmwij Hort. ). A var. with yellow
fls., prettily spotted and marbled ; labellum yellow at
the base, white in front.

43. Cartliagin6nse. Swartz.(0.^^rtt!7imrt?!?7/. Lodd. O.
rdsewn, Lodd. O. unduldtum, Salisb. O. sangunieum,
Lindl.). Pseudobulbs obsolete: lvs. solitary, oblong,
acutish: panicle 3 ft. long and loose: fls. siuail, whitish,
marked and blotched with red and bordered with yel-
low; sepals and petals oblong-ovate, free, waved; label-
lum with horizontal, triangular lateral lobes and a fan-
shaped middle lobe, crimson, with a yellow border.
Summer. Trop. Amer. B.M. 380G (as O. Bunteanntn).
P.O. 3:97 (as O. luridum, var. Henchmanni).

44. liiridum, Lindl. Lvs. elliptical, thick, rigid, dull
green, 15 in. long: scape slender, 3 ft. high, much
branched and many-fld. : fls. nearly \}4 in. in diara.,
dark green or olive-green, with indistinct darker spots;
sepals clawed, undulate, crenate, obtuse, warted on the
back, the upper one rotund, the others spatulate-oblong;

petals larger and without warts; labellum reniform,
almost plane. S. Amer. B.M. 3008. B.R. 9:727. -The
panicle is said to grow to a height of 9 ft. Avar, roseum,
Hort., is said to have rose-colored fls., spotted with
white and bordered with yellow. Var. guttatum, Lindl.,
has yellow fls. spotted with orange. B.R. 25:1G.

45. Papilio, Lindl. Butterfly Orchid. Fig. 1527.
Lvs. oblong, very leathery, olive-green, mottled with
purplish brown, G-8 in. long: peduncle 2-3 ft. long, flat-
tened and jointed, producing fls. several years in suc-
cession: fls. 4-5 in. long and "2%. in. across; dorsal
sepals and petals erect-linear, with a small lanceolate
expanded portion, brown, with bands of yellow; lower
sepals lanceolate-falcate, curved downwards, yellow,
with heavy bands of brown, labellum pandurate, usu-
ally plane, with the middle lobe rounded, transversely
broadened, emarginate, yellow, with a broad band of
brown around the margin; wings of the column toothed.
Fls. at any season. West Indies. B.M. 2795 and 3733

1527. Oncidium Papilio (X 3^).

[YBX.limbntum). B.R. 11:910. L. B. C. 11:1086. F.S.
9:920. P.M. 5:175. -Variable in color of fls. and lvs.
Lvs. sometimes green on the upper surface. F.C. 1:12.
F. 1842:49. Var. i^ckhardti, Linden. All parts of the
flower very large; sepals and petals golden yellow,
barred with red; labellum yellow, with a broad margin
of brown. I.H. 30:500.

46. Eifameriaiium, Reichb. f. This species is nu;ch
like O. Papilio. Pseudobulbs rounded, 4-7-angled:
stem terete: petals and dorsal sepals shorter than in O.
Papilio, apex more distinctly dilated; lateral sepals
golden yellow, spotted (not banded) with cinnamon-
brown, crisp, undulate, finely toothed; labellum very
crisp and undulate, finely toothed, pale yellow, with a
narrow band of cinnamon-brown spots around the mar-
gin; column wings entire. Cent. Amer. F.S. 19:1956.
I.H. 41, p. 206.

47. Jonesiiimm, Reichb. Plants with fleshy, rush-
like lvs. 3-12 in. long and usually hanging downwards:
fl. -stems 6 in. to 2 ft. long, the largest bearing about a
dozen fls. 2 in. across: sepals and petals oblong, wavy,
cream-colored, with sepia-brown spots; labellum white,
yellow at the base, with a few crimson spots near the
isthmus; middle lobe large, snbreniform, 2-lobed, wavy;
lateral lobes toothed. Fls. at various seasons. Para-
guay. B.M. 6982. R.B. 15:7. Gn. 31:583 -The hand-
somest of the round-leaved species.

48 Cebolleta, Swartz. (0.jt(nc/7d/iW7tt, Lindl. ). Pseu-
dobulbs very small, each with a single, terete, obscurely
furrowed leaf: lvs. 1 ft. long, spreading, harsh in tex-
ture: panicle rigid, erect, about 2 ft. high: sepals and
petals nearly equal, obovate, greenish yellow, spotted
with red; labellum large, bright yellow; lateral lobes

ONCIDIUM

ONION

1135

broadly obovate ; middle lobe broadly obovate or subrenl-
form. undulate, notcbed in front. Spring and summer.
Brazil. B.-M.3o6S. B.R. 23:1994; 28:4 (as O. longifoUum).
49. triquetrum, R.Br. [Cymhidiuni friquefrum, Swz.
JfJpidendrnm triqnetram, Swz.). Pseudobulbs none:
Ivs. few, 4-G in. long, triquetrous and grooved: scape
about ^s long as tbe Ivs., purplisb, beariug a raceme of
10-12 medium-sized fis.: sepals broadly lanceolate, tbe
lower pair united, purplisb gi*een; petals ovate, wbite,
tinged witb gi-een and spotted witb purple; labellum
cordate-ovate, constricted near the middle, wbite spotted
witb purple; crest orange. Autumn. Jamaica. B.M.
3393.

A supplementary list of synonyms and imperfectly known
kinds advertised in America: O. ansiferum, Reiclib. f. Sepals
and petals oblong-obovate, free, crisp; labellum with ligulate
lateral lobes and a renlform, emarginate middle lobe, gohieii
yellow, with 2 dark brown bars at the base, tlaccid. The sepals
and petals are greenish, with yellow tips.— O. Baldevidmce,
Reiehb. f. (O. Balderramte, Reichb. f.). Panicle ample: dorsal
sepals rounded, clawed, crisp, yellowish olive-brown with a
yellow border; lower sepals longer clawed, cuneate-oblong,
unicolored; petals oblong, short-clawed, crisp, nearly compli-
cate, smaller than the sepals, yellow, with brown blotches:
labellum hastate, ligulate. obtuse. Summer. Colombia. — O.
Bictoniense, Hort. ex-Liudl.— Odontoglossum Sp. — O. Forster-
manni. — O.fuscdtuvi, Reichb. f . = Miltonia Warszewiczii.— O.
Gdrdneri, Liudl. {0. G-arduerianum, Hort.). Resembles O.
crispum andO. Forbesii. Fls. lemon-yellow, spotted and barred
with chestnut-brown on the sepals and petals; labellum broad,
yellow, margined with the same color; aU segments undulate,
crisp. Brazil. G.CMI. l(i:86. F.M. 1880:401. This is probably
O. curtum, Lindl., which should be referred to this species.—
O. Geertidnum, C. Morr. (O. cissium, Reiehb. f.). A species
probably based on a variety of O. reftexum.— O. Gravesidnum,
Rolfe. Pseudobulbs broadly oblong-compressed, 3 in. long: Ivs.
elliptic-oblong, 4 in. long: panicle large, branching: fls. 2 in.
across, yellow, spotted with brown; dorsal sepals spatulate;
lateral sepals lanceolate-oblong, united at base; petals obo-
vate, wider than the sepals; labellum pandurate, with small
spatulate lateral lobes and a broadly orbicular-ovate, undulate
middle lobe. Brazil. R.B. 21:78. GO. III. 11:651. Near O.
crispum. — O. kastdtuni, Lindl. Sepals and petals yellow,
spotted with brown; labellum pale yellow. Mex.— O. laiicifo-
Hum, Lindl. (O. sessile, Lindl. & Paxt.). Pseudobulbs oblong:
Ivs. short, pale green: panicle much branched and bearing a
large number of ils.: sepals and petals large, obtuse, yellow,
spotted with cinnamon-brown at the base; labellum large, of
the same color. Ecuador. — O. Ldvenderi. — O. Lawrencidnum,
Reichb. f. =Brassia Lawreneiana.— O. murlmim, Reichb. f .
A species with numerous small yellow fls. borne in panicles. —
O. obryzdtum, Reiehb. f. & Warsc. Fls. golden yellow, spotted
with brown, borne in a much-branched panicle. Peru. Said to
be an elegant winter-flowering orchid. — O. Heichenbachii, Jjindl.
Colombia.— O. roseum,, Beer,=Cochlioda rosea.— O. rupestre,
Lindl. Fls. numerous, in a branched panicle 2 ft. high, brilliant
yellow, spotted with brown. Peru. S;dd to be desirable.— O.
Russellidnuin, Lindl. = Miltonia Russelliana.— O. sarcodes,
Lindl. Pseudobulbs subcylindrical, 3 in. long, 2-3-lvd.: Ivs.
lanceolate: panicle branched, many-fld , slender: fls. large,
yellow, spotted with brown ; sepals free, obovate ; petals
larger, clawed, obovate-spatulate, repand; labellum with small
serrate lateral lobes; middle lobe large, emarginate, undulate.
Brazil. I. H. 21:165. Near O. ampliatum.— O. Schillerulnitm,
Reichb, f. Trop. Amer.— O. SchlimU, Linden. A large,
rampant species, witli yellow fls. marked with brown, about
1 in. in diam. Nov. Cent. Amer.— O. spacitlMimi. — O. stel-
ligerwtn, Reichb. f. Sepals and petals oblong-ligulate, stellate,
yellowish, with many brown dots; labellum with short, obtuse-
angled lateral lobes, a narrow isthmus, and a cordate, rotund,
cuspidate middle lobe, pale yellow, with a darker callus.
Mex. Near O. hastatum.— O. Yolvox, Reichb. f. Venezuela.—
O. Warszewiczii, Reichb. f. PseudoViulbs rounded, compressed:
Ivs. 1 ft. long, thin: scape stout, with an 8-13-fld. panicle: fls.
yellow, with purple spots and the middle of the labellum blood-
red; upper sepals lanceolate, acute, crisp; lower pair oblong,
shorter than the labellum, united; petals oblong, much wider
than the dorsal sepals; lal^ellum with auriculate lateral lohes
and a reniform bifid middle lobe. Colombia.— O. ^yiilto^u,
Hort.=Miltonia Warszewiczii. Heinrich Hasselbring.

ONCOBA (Arabian, nnkoh ; name of a North African
species). Bixdcem. Shrubs or small trees of tropical
and subtropical Africa, sometimes spiny. Lvs. alternate,
without stipules : fls. terminal, solitary, wbite, large
for this order, bisexual; sepals and petals 5; stamens
very numerous, inserted, in many rows on a tiesby wing
beneath tbe ovary; filaments filiform; anthers linear,
2-celled, attached to tbe base, erect, opening at tbe sides ;
stigma dilated, notched: ovary free, 1-celled; style cylin-
drical: berry leathery, pulpy within; seeds numerous,
used as ornaments by the natives.

Kraussiana, Planch. A branching shrub without
thorns, the older branches having a rough ash-colored
bark: lvs. elliptic-oblong, obtuse or subacute, entire, 2
in. long, with midrib, pinnate and netted veins, some-
what pale on under side : peduncles terminal or opposite
the lvs., 2-3 in. long: fls. erect, solitary, more than an
in. across, wbite ; sepals roundish and very concave;
petals twice as long, spreading, witb narrow claws,
cuneate at base, broadly obovate, witb scattered, wtiolly
hairs; anthers pointless; stigma 5-0-rayed: ovary hairy.
Procurable in S. Calif. — This makes a very fine pot-
plant in a greenhouse temperature, flowering in spring.
It is also useful for subtropical bedding. Prop, from
ripewood cuttings, also from seeds. Give the plant a
sunny position, and plenty of water while new growth
is making. jj_ -q Coulstox and H. A. Siebrecht.

ONCOSPfiRMA (Greek, tumor-shaped seed). Pal-
mdcew. Stoloniferous palms, with low, very spiny
trunks: lvs. equally pinnate ; Ifts. ensiform-acuminate,
entire, equidistant or somewhat clustered, the veins
scaly beneath; rachis convex on the back, with a blunt
keel above: fr. small, Oncosperma differs from Eu-
terpe in tlie small, acute sepals: stamens 6-12, the :tn-
thers erect; albumen ruminate. Species 6. Trop. Asia.

Jascicul^tum, Thwaites. Caudes at length 30-40 ft.
high, 5-6 in. in diam.: lvs. 18 ft. long; pinnae fascicled,
12-18 in. long, 1-2 in. wide, lanceolate, long-acuminate,
the tips drooping; sheath 2% ft., armed and scurfy: fr.
globose, black-purple, K iii- in diam. Ceylon.

Jared G. Smith.

ONION. Plate XXII. All tbe Onions of common or
general cultivation are forms of one variable species,
Allium Oepa. This plant is probably native to south-
western Asia, but it has been domesticated so long and
has varied so much that its aboriginal form is not
well understood. It was grown by the ancient Egyp-
tians. It is grown primarily for its bulbs, but the
leaves are sometimes used as seasoning and in stews
Under long-continued cultivation and selection, the
bulbs have developed into large and shapely organs.
Now and then tbe bulb does not develop and the neck
(or stalk just above tbe bulb) remains relatively thick:
such onions are "scullions." Seeds from poorly selected
or deteriorated stock may be the cause of scullions:
they are to be considered as reverted or run-dowu
forms. Sometimes scullions result from very wet soil,
whereby the plants grow too raiich to top. Seeds grown
in the South or in a long-season climate tend to pro-
duce plants in short-season regions that do not "bot-
tom" before caught by frost.

The Onion is one of the hardiest of vegetable garden
plants. In tbe southern climates it is grown largely as a,
winter crop. In tbe northern states and Canada the
seeds are sown or the bulbs planted as soon as the
ground can be fitted in tbe spring. It is always best, if
possible, to prepare the ground in the fall in order that
tbe seeds may be sown on the first approach of warm
weather. When Onions are grown from seeds, it is
essential that the ground be fine and loose, and all sur-
face stones and litter removed. The seeds are small and
do not germinate quickly. The young plants are surface
feeders. If the seed is sown late or if the ground is
droughty, tbe plants will either perish or make no
headway. Land which is foul with weeds should not be
planted to Onions, for the young Onion plants cannot
withstand such competition. In the old - fashioned
gardens, it was the custom to plant Onions in short
rows crosswise of raised beds, as in Fig. 1528. This
entailed an endless amount ot small hand labor and
iisually resulted in tbe expenditure of more time and
effort than the Onions were worth. The better method
is to grow the plants in long rows which are far enough
apart to admit of the use of a wheel hoe. Fig. 1529.
Even when a small quantity of Onions is desired, it
is better to place them all in one row than to have
many short rows. Witb tbe best of land and manage-
ment, and witb the use of wheel hoes, more or less
finger work will be necessary in order to bring the crop
to full perfection. The seed may be sown thick m the
home garden, and as the young plants begin to crowd, they
should be thinned. Tbe plants taken out in the second

1136

ONION

ONION

and third thinningrs may be used on the table. Fig.
1530. It is very important that the best grade of seed
be used, for the Onion deteriorates rapidly from seed
which is not well grown nor carefully selected. There
are great numbers of varieties. The most popular
standard field kinds are Southport Red and Yellow

-i^'^i^^-rTi^^

1528. The old-time Onion bed.

Globe, and these are also to be advised for the main
reliance in the home garden. For early use and for
variety, great numbers of kinds may be selected from
reliable seed catalogues. Some of the quick-growing
southern Onions are excellent for early use.

There are two general methods of propagating the
Onion— by seeds and by bulbs. Onion seed is ordinarily
known as "black seed," although there is no Onion seed
which is not black. The main field crop is grown from
seeds, as explained in the articles ^vhich follow. The
Onion seed of the market is produced from full grown
and typical bulbs of the desired variety. These bulbs
are grown from seed and are kept over winter as other
Onions are. In the spring they are planted out in rows
two feet apart and as near together in the row as they
will stand. They send up a flower stalk which blooms
in early summer, and the seed is harvested.

Propagation by bulbs is employed for the purpose of
securing early Onions for home use or for the special
early-season trade. Until within recent years, all the
very early or bunch Onions were raised from bnlbs, but
recently a so-called "new Onion culture" has come into
vogue, which consists in sowing seeds in hotbeds or
coldframes and transplanting the young plants. Bnlb-
propagation is of three general categories: (1) The use
of bulblets or " top Onions " which appear on the top of
the flower-stalk in the place of flowers; (2) the use
of bulbels or separable parts of an Onion bulb, known
as "multipliers," or "potato Onions"; (.3) the use of
ordinary bulbs which are arrested in their growth,
known as "sets."

Bulblets, or top Onions, ai'e shown in Fig. 1531. If
one of these bulblets is planted in the spring, it
quickly produces a young bulb, and the growing bulb

maybe pulled at any
time and eaten. If
allowed to remain
in the ground, how-
ever, it sends up
a stalk (either the
first or second year)
-'> which bears a clus-
ter of bulblets,
sometimes mixed
with flowers, on its
top. There are two
or three strains of top Onions on the market, althougti
the leading ones are the white and the red, these names
applying ito the color of the bulblets. The so-called
"Egyptian Onion" is atop Onion; also the "tree Onion."
Multipliers are shown in Fig. 1532-3. Instead of con-
taining a single "heart" or core, as in most Onions, it
contains two or more. When the Onion is planted, each
of these cores or bulbels sends out leaves and grows
rapidly for a time; that is, the old or compound bulb
separates into its component parts. The growing
bulbels may be pulled and eaten at any time. If allowed
to remain in the ground, each of these bulbels will make

1529. The new-time Onion field.

a compound bulb like tliat from which it came. Some-
times flower-stalks are produced from multiplier or
potato Onions. The best results with multipliers are
secured when the bulbels are separated on being
planted, for each one has room in which to grow. Two
or three kinds of multiplier Onions are known, the
variation being chiefly in the color of the bulb.

Onion sets are merely ordinary Onions which are
arrested m their growth, and when planted will resume
giowth They are grown from seed. The seed is
sown ^ev^^ thick on rather poor land, so that the young
bulbs soon reach the possibilities of their growth: they
mature when still very small. These small
bulbs or sets are then harvested and kept
over winter, and used for planting the follow-
ing spring. When planted they grow rapidly
and may be pulled and used for the table. ;
If allowed to remain in the ground, they
send up flower-stalks and produce seeds,
as common Onions do. Sets are not allowed
to seed, however, since the seeds from sets
viould probably produce an inferior race of
Onions. Any variety of seed-bearing Onion
may be grown and propagated as sets, al-
though there are relatively few that give uni-
formly good results. In tlie trade, Onion sets are usu-
ally designated as yellow, red or white. In order to
secure good results from Onion sets, it is essential that
the sets be small and firm. They should not be over
one-half inch in diameter, if they are of the best. If
they are much larger than this, they tend to run to seed
rather than to produce bulbs. Sometimes the very small
and inferior Onions are saved from the regular crop
and are used as sets the following spring. Such sets
are generally known as "rareripes." Usually they do
not give the best results.

The varieties of Onions are numerous. In 1889
{Annals Hort. ) 78 varieties of "seed" Onions were

1530. Bunch Onions from the early spring sowing.

offered by American dealers, and also about 20 kinds
of multipliers, potato Onions and sets. For purposes of
careful scientific study, the varieties may be classified
into geographical races, but for purposes of description
they may be assembled into groups characterized by
such arbitrary features as form and color of bulb.

ONION

ONION

1137

Go£E (6 Rep. N. Y. State Exp. Sta., for the year 1887),
classifies first by shape of bulb and then by color. He
makes four primary groups: bulb oblate, spherical, top-
shape, oval or pear-shape. Each of these groups is
divided in three sections : color white, yellow or brown-
ish, red or reddish. Another classification (Bailey,
Bull. 31 Mich. Agric. College, 1887), makes three pri-
mary sections on methods of propagation : propagated

1531. Tod Onions (XH).

by division (multipliers),by bulbletsor "tops,"by seeds
{or sets). The last section (seed Onions) is divided
into bulbs silvery white and bulbs colored, and these
groups are again divided on shape of bulb.

Aside from the chapters on Onions in the vegetable-
gardening manuals, there are special treatises, as Grei-
ner's "Onions for Profit," and "The New Onion Cul-
ture," Greiner and Arlie's "How to Grow Onions," and
the Orange Judd Company's "Onion Book."

The cultivated onion-like plants may be named under
six species, as follows:

A. Leaves terete and hollow.
E. Plant annual or hiennial, the bulbs evident.

Allium CSpa, Linn. CosreiON Onion. Bulbs various,
but distinctly rounded at top and bottom : scape tall and
stout (usually 2-3 ft.), enlarging in the middle, glau-
cous, much exceeding the large soft hollow leave.s: fls.
in round umbels (Pig. 1.534) white or blush. Persia and
adjacent regions.

Var. bulbellifera, Bailey. Top or tree Onion.

Var. multiplicans, Bailey. Multiplier or potato Onion.

Allium Sistulosum, Linn. Welsh Onion. Ciboule.
Fig. 1535. No distinct bulb, but only an enlargement
at the base: Ivs., scape and fls. much as in the Common
Onion, except that the plant is usually lower when in
bloom and the leaves are more clustered. Siberia. B.M.
1230. — Grown for its leaves, which are used as season-
ing. It is as hardy as the Onion. It is grown prefer-
ably from seeds, but the roots may be divided. The

seeds are usually sown in the fall, unless the climate is
severe, and the leaves are ready for early spring use.

Allium Aseal6nicum, Linn. Shallot (which see). A
small plant, with short awl-shaped leaves, and an umbel
of lilac fls., but distinguished chiefly by the small ob-
long-pointed clustered bulbs. These bulbs are borne on
a common disk, forming a more or less compact com-
pound bulb that reminds one of a multiplier onion or
garlic. It is native to Syria. — The Shallot is rarely seen
in this country. It is grown for the little bulbs or " cloves"
which are used as Onions are. The young leaves are
sometimes used for flavoring. The bulbs or cloves may
be planted in eai'ly spring, the same as onion sets. The
true Shallot rarely blooms. A small strain of Onion is
often known as Shallot.

BE. Plant truly perennial, producing a dense sod-like
chimp.
Allium Schcendprasum, Linn. Give (which see). Fig.
1536. One ft. or less high, in a tough clump, scarcely
bulbous, producing umbels of rose-purple fls. in spring.
N. Eu. and the northern part of N. Amer. Grown for
its leaves, which are used for seasoning.

AA. Leaves flattish, not hollow.
Allium sativum, Linn. Gaklic (which see). Fig.
891, page 628. Bulbs small, breaking up into many small
bulbs or "cloves:" Ivs. very narrow, keeled: fls. pur-
plish, but usually not forming or replaced by bulb-
lets. Eu. — Grown for the bulbs, and cultivated like
Onions grown from seeds.

Allium P6mim, Linn. Leek (which see). Fig.
1537. Strong, robust plant, with the simple bulb lit-
tle thicker than the stout neck; Ivs. very broad and
strongly conduplicate or keeled: scape produced the
second season, bearing a large umbel of white or blush
fls. Eu. Grown from seed, after the manner of Onions.
The leaves and bulb are eaten. l. H. B.

The New Onion Culture ( Traiisplantinq Process).—
The idea of raising Onions l>y growing seedlings in beds
and transplanting to the open, which are the essential
features of what has been termed "the new Onion cul-
ture," is not new. It has long been put in practice in the
Bermudas, among the Portuguese growers in Califor-
nia, and in various places in Europe. This, however,
does not detract from the credit due to the writer, as well
as to Prof. W. J. Green, of Ohio, for the rediscovery
(about 1889) of this old, but in their localities and in
most portions of the United States before that wholly
unknown, plan of Onion-growing. There are only few,
if any, modern innovations which have left an equally
deep impression on our garden practices. The trans-
planting method is admirably adapted to the character
of the large foreign Onions, especially those of the
Spanish type, and by it the American grower is enabled
to produce bulbs in every way the equal of those large
sweet Onions which are imported from Spain and other
foreign countries, and sold in our groceries at 5 to 10
cents per pound. A portion of the Onions now palmed
off on the unsuspecting buyer in various places as "im-

1532. A multiplier Onion.

1533. Section of a mul-
tiplier Onion.

ported Spanish" are really nothing more than these
home-grown bulbs of the Prizetaker variety, and the
buyer is not the loser by any means. This Prizetaker
is perhaps the best of this class of Onions to be grown
by the transplanting process at the present time — large,
of good shape, perhaps a little darker in color than the
imported Spanish, and its equal in mildness of flavor.
The newer Gibraltar is still larger, milder, a little later,

1138

ONION

ONION

not as good a keeper, but altogether one of the best
Onions which the home grower, as well as the market-
gardener who can sell his crop before late fall and at
good prices, could produce.

Start the plants under glass {preferably in green-
house} during Januarv or February, sowing seed rather

1534. Onion in flower.

thickly in drills an inch and a half or two inches apart,
and using about an ounce of seed to ten square feet of
bed surface. The soil should be sandy and very rich.
Keep the plants in good growth, and as soon as the patch
outdoors can be properly prepared in spring, set the
seedlings in rows about 14 inches apart, and from 3 to 4
inches apart in the rows. Little hand-weeding will be
necessary, but the wheel-hoe should be used freely. We
also grow a portion of our green or bunching Onions in
this way. For that purpose the plants are set more
closely in the rows, say not over 2 inches apart. Seed
of the Prizetaker is mostly grown in the United States,
while that of the Gibraltar is as yet all imported.

T. Greinek.

Commercial Onion Culture in the North.—
Soil.— The soil should be a rich, moist, but not wet,
loam with a subsoil of clay, or close compact sandy loam,
not coarse gravel, as that lets the water leach out too
quickly. Onions will stand a large amount of fertiliza-
tion, and there is little danger of getting the soil too rich.
Soil that has been under cultivation for three or four
years at least is much better than new land. The ten-
dency of the latter is to produce too much top-growth
and improperly ripened bulbs.

To prepare the soil, plow 10 or 12 inches deep, if the
soil is of su£S.cient depth, or down to the subsoil. Cave
should be taken not to turn up much subsoil, or the crop
will not mature evenly.

^''fertilizers . — It the soil is poor, plow in 5 to 10 cords
of stable manure to the acre, and spread on an equal
amount of well rotted manure after plowing, to be har-
rowed in. Unleached hard wood ashes is also a good
fertilizer, especially on rather dry land, as it aids in the
conservation of moisture. The action is quick, which
makes it valuable where a little of the subsoil has been
turned up in plowing, giving the young plants a good
start, when, without it, they would be too light-colored
and weak in growth. Ashes should be spread as evenly
as possible, 75 to 100 bushels per acre on the ground
after plowing, and harrowed in.

Tillage. — The harrowing should be thorough, using
some kind of a disk or spring-tooth, for the first time
over, with a Meeker or some other smoothing harrow
for the finish. It is impossible to get a good even stand

of plants if the ground is roiigh or lumpy, while those
that do grow are weak and puny on rough ground. Hand-
raking is sometimes necessary to insure germination of
seed in a satisfactory manner.

Drainage. — The drainage must be nearly perfect to
get best results. There should be no hollow places in the
beds. Even on a sloping piece of land, the dead fur-
rows or alleys should be kept open. If there is a natural
sag in the land which cannot be surface-drained, it is
often practicable to underdrain so as to get satisfactory
results; for there is no crop grown in the ordinary
market-garden which will pay a larger percentage of re-
turn for underdraininff, in nearly all locations. If the
foliage is of a light color, and the crop does not ripen
evenly, an underdrain will usually correct the trouble.
The time to drain is when the ground is being pre-
pared for planting, not after a heavy rain, when water
is standing in pools over the field.

Onion Seed. — There are a few growers who can profit-
ably grow their own seed, but the masses should buy.
This should be done early, so that there may be no delay
at planting time, and also that one may get the best
stock obtainable. If one wants 10 pounds or more it is
sometimes advisable to order from some one of the large
seed houses of the country, but if there is a reliable
local dealer who buys seed in bulk, go to him and make
your wants known and you can often do better than to
send direct to the large seed house, even on quantities
of 50 to 100 pounds. Besure to know where the seed comes
from, and if possible test it before planting. In any case
always buy the best seed obtainable, no matter if it costs
double the price of other stock.

The sowing of the seed should be done with one of the
standard garden seed drills, the first essentials of which
are that the machine can be regulated to sow evenly and
in the quantity desired without clogging. The machine
should open a row, sow, cover, roll, and mark the next
row, all at one operation. The machines which have a
sliding piece at the bottom of the hopper, which opens
and closes a diamond-shaped opening, are the best, as
the operator can regulate exactly the amount of seed
sown.

The seed should be sown in rows 12-14 in. apart, and
at the rate of 334—43^ pounds per acre, according to soil
and seed. A soil which prodtaces heavy tops requires
less seed than the drier, sandy soil which grows small
tops. The plants should stand from 1-3 in. apart in the
row. The seed should be sown from %-l in. deep,
according to soil.

Tillage should begin
as soon as the plants are
up enough for the rows
to be seen. Begin with
a double-wheel straddled
cultivator if one is at
hand, setting the knives
as closely as can be
worked without covering
the young plants, and
continue as often as nec-
essary to keep weeds de-
stroyed and the ground
loose on top until the
plants are too large to get
through. The last time
through may be done
with a single-wheel ma-
chine, which will throw
a little earth up to the
plants. A single-wheel
machine may be used
throughout the season,
but the double-wheel is
preferable for the first
part of the work.

A hand-weeder may be
used with profit after the
young plants have gotten
3-5 in. high. This works two rows at one passage, stir-
ring the soil in the rows where the wheel-hoes do not
work, and greatly reduces the amount of hand-weeding
to be done. Of course, hand-weeding must be done as
often as necessary to keep the beds clean.

1535. Allium fistulosum—
Welsh Onion.

ONION

ONION

1139

Harvesting may be done in the following manner: If
the crop ripens evenly, so that there are no green tops
standing, the topping can be done most rapidly before
the Onions are pulled. By using a thin, sharp knife,
taking the dry tops in one hand and cutting from the
person, the work can be done quickly and well. Be
careful not to tear the skin down the side. The length
to cut the tops is a point of importance and must not
he overlooked. If the tops are left too long they have
a ragged appearance, and if too short, there is danger
of causing the Onions to rot in the tops, because of
bruising or because of water having gone to the inside
of the Onions. The proper length is about half an inch
from the bulb; or, take an Onion by the top, with the
thumb and forefinger close to the bulb, and cut the top
close to the fingers. The pulling maj be done by hand,
but a puller made to fit a hand-cultivator is much more
rapid and does not injure the bulbs. The puller is
simply a knife with one or more fingers to move the
bulbs slightly as the roots are cut. In light, dry soil it
works very well without any fingers.

Many growers prefer to pull the Onions first, allowing
them to dry a few days before topping. This is what
should be done if the tops do not dry evenly, or if the
crop is late and needs to be hurried; and is all right in
any ease, though not quite so rapid as the other way.

5^orof7c. — After the Onions are topped they should be
gotten under cover as soon as possible. Let them dry
a day or two if the weather is favorable and then pick
them up and store in the curing shed. If allowed to lie
too long on the ground the skin peels off too much. The
shed should have doors or ventilators at each end from
top to bottom, so that the air can pass through freely
and be free under the floor. If the floor is tight, with
no circulation under it, lay some 2x4 scantling on the
floor and lay a loose board floor over them without nail-
ing; then take some pieces of 2x4 sawed just 1 ft.
long and nail them to the floor at even distances for
posts to carry stringers for the next floor. Use 2x4 for
the stringers; set them on edge, nail them to the posts
and all is ready for the Onions. This gives a space of
16 inches. Fill 12 inches (the length of the posts) and
leave the 4 inches for air space. Lay another floor and
proceed as before, being careful to get the upper posts
directly over the lower ones, or the stringers will break
after two or three floors are in.

In handling the Onions, bushel boxes are the most
convenient. Pick them up in common baskets, leaving
all small, defective, or odd-colored bulbs on the ground,
to be picked up separately and sorted as occasion may
require. Dump in the boxes, then drive along the side
of the bed with a platform wagon, and load. Have a
screen about 4 ft. long by 2 ft. wide made of narrow
strips H-1 in. wide and about 1 in. apart. Put legs on one
end about 14 or 15 in. long and on the other end long
enough to give it a sufficient incline to make the Onions
roll down freely. With
an old coffee sack make
a bag like a sheet hung
by the corners with
hooks, to hang under the
VV^^^^VM'li/ y ^'^'/■^''•^:35<> screen, in order to catch
V<r^\vM]!l( rA//^^^. the dirt and leaves.
Carry the boxes of
Onions directly from the
wagon to the screen and
pour them over it. This
will take out all the dirt
and most of the loose
leaves, and make the
Onions come out of the
shed in much better
shape. They should lie
in the shed until they
are dry enough to peel off
another skin, and rattle
and crackle w^hen the arm
is run in among them.
If all has gone well the crop should average .'lOO
bushels to the acre on good land, or 600 bushels on very
rich land, and 700 or 800 bushels on a single acre selected
from the best part of a ten-acre field.

Markethu/.— There is an old saying, "The time to sell

1537. Leek— Allium Porrum.

1536. Allium Schoenoprasum -
Give,

is when someone wants to buy." This is a very good
rule to apply, unless one is prepared for cold weather
or is reasonably sure of an advance in price. In a
general way it is best to ship in sacks of even size and
not too large, one and three-fourths to two and one-
fourth bushels. These points must be governed by the
market. In sacking to ship, always throw out all de-
fective bulbs and all of
another color. In size
down to about 13^ to 13^
inches in diameter is a
good scale to use in a
general way, but this
point must also be gov-
erned by the market.
Sell by sample as far as
possible.

Varieties. — There are
three varieties of Onions ,
which take the lead i
clearly above all others
in the big markets of the
country, — the White
Globe, Yellow Globe, and
Red Globe. These come
tinder different names,
as Southport Yellow
Globe and Michigan Yel-
low Globe, but the object
in view among seed-
growers is to get bulbs
as nearly globe-shaped
as possible. The skin
should be thick and two or three layers deep, to prevent
bruising. Irving C. Smith.

Onion Culture in the South. — Twenty years ago
Onion-growing from seed was not considered practicable,
and by many it was considered impossible south of the
Potomac. The introduction of varieties from South
Europe and more careful attention to details of the
work have made Onion-growing not only possible but
often exceedingly profitable.

The eastern South consumes large quantities of the
mild forms, stich as the Bermudas. In the markets at
Jacksonville, Fla. , these are sold by the piece, frequently
retailing at 5 cents and 10 cents each. Nowhere in the
South are Onions grown exclusively on an extensive
scale, but they form a supplementary crop, or may be
grown extensively at times. The southern Onion-grower
must keep in close totich with the northern and foreign
Onion markets. As there are no extensive cold storage
plants, the crop must be sold soon after ripening. The
extensive Ouion-grower of this section must therefore
keep his land in proper tilth and wait for the year when
the price of Onions will warrant his planting.

Soil. — The soil should be alluvial, sandy, and of a
fine texture. A level tract, freed of all debris, and one
that can be plowed deeply, is desirable. In the coast
region such land may be obtained in great abundance.
It is frequently used for vegetable-growing, but large
areas are still uncleared or are tised for farm crops. In
the hilly regions of the interior, Onion lands must be
sought mainly along rivers or old river beds.

i^(?r^i7i2e->'. — Undecomposed vegetable matter should
not be applied immediately preceding the crop. Even
cotton-seed meal should be used three weeks or more
before the seed is sown and then carefully incorporated
with the soil where the rows are to be, or if the rows are
to be a foot or 14 inches apart the cotton-seed meal
may be sown broadcast and cultivated in.

When the land is deficient in the three ingredients
considered essential in fertilizers, the following formula
will sxipply the approximate proportion taken off by a
crop of Onions:

Nitrogen 5^

t^hospliorie acid, available 6^

Potash 9^

From one to two tons of the above formula will not
be found excessive, but the amount that will give the
greatest profit will be different on each field.

The following table gives the amounts of different

1140

ONION

ONOCLEA

Phos. acid \

Potash . .

substances wliich are required to give the desired
amounts of eacli of the three elements:

■"LCOO to 3,200 lbs. cotton-seed meal.
, 1.400 to 2.S00 lbs. giiMUO.*
Nitrocen. ] 1,000 to 2,000 lbs. dried blood.

700 to 1.400 lbs. nitrate of soda,.
I 500 to 1,000 lbs. sulph. ammouia.
, 1 1 200 to 2,400 lbs. aeid phos.
1 1,000 to 2.000 lbs. dissolved bone.
f 2,200 to 4.400 lbs. kainit.

700 to 1.400 lbs. low-grade sulfate of potash.
300 to 720 lbs. high-grade sulfate of potash.
360 to 720 lbs. muriate of potash.
*Tf guano is used, reduce the potash 33 per cent and the
phosplioric acid 50 per cent, since guano contains large per-
centages of these elements.

566(7 U7^. — Seed-sowing in the field occurs in the
upper districts as early as the first of April or a little
earlier, in the central district about the last of Febru-
ary, while in the Gulf region it may occur late in fall or
any time during the winter, being gauged largely by the
time required for the variety to mature, and the market
to be met. It is a good rule to put on an abundance
of seed, about twice as much as recommended in gen-
eral, especially in the Gulf region. Many fields suffer
from deficient stand more than from any other cause,
and in some years it is the only cause for an unprofi-
table crop.

Sets. — Good crops may be grown from sets, but the
hibor involved and cost of the "seed" is usually so
great as to deter many from planting them. In using
sets they should be separated into three or four grades,
the largest size maturing earliest and the smallest
last. In most cases the smallest sets grow siich inferior
Onions that they would better be discarded. This takes
for granted that the sets were all grown at the same
time and from the same seed in one field.

Growing -Sefs. — Nearly all the sets used in the South
are shipped in, while they may be grown as well here
as anywhere. In the Gulf region there is time enough
to grow a crop of sets after the northern crop has been
harvested and marketed. Thus in case of shortage in
northern-grown sets, it is entirely practicable to ship
the seed south, grow sets, and ship sets back in time
for spring market.

The New Onion CuUttre . —Mneh has been written
nnd spoken about raising the plants in a seed-bed and
ihen transplanting to the field. While this maybe prac-
ticed successfully, the greater quantity of Onions is
raised by the old-fashioned method, i. e,, by seeding in
the drills where the plants
are to mature bulbs.

In certain localities it is
advantageous to plant out a
seed-bed before the general
field will permit working,
and then transplant as soon
as all conditions are favor-
able. In the upper districts
of the South, seed may be
sown in hotbeds as early as
the fir.st of February, and
the plants may usually be
s(-t out by the first of April.
In the central South, seed
may be sown in protected
coldframes as early as the
middle of December, or in
an open bed in February.
The earlier plants may be
transferred to the field by
the last of February, or as
soon as danger from frosts
is past. In the Gulf region
the seed may be sown dur-
ing the fall in an open bed.
and transplanting to the
field may occur when plants
are of proper size and favor-
able condition of weather prevails.

Harvesiing is often attended with considerable diffi-
culty, and in some cases special drying houses have to
be constructed to secure the crop in first-class condi-

1538. Creole Onion.

tion. The crop is a perishable one, and must be pulled,
gathered and shipped in as short a time as possible,
when sufficiently mature.

There seems to be no generally accepted plan for
marketing, the crop being placed in boxes, barrels or
bags for shipping.

Varieties. — Th% following varieties have given good
crops in the hands of expert growers and may be recom-
mended for the entire South : White Bermuda, Red
Bermuda, Prizetaker, Yellow Danvers, Giant White
Italian, Giant Rocco, and Large Tripoli. Other varieties
than those named here have given as good or better re-
turns, but do not seem to have been so generally success-
ful. In addition, are Creole (Fig. 1538) for Gulf region
and Red AVethersfield for central and upper district.

i>iscases. — Black Mold {Macrosporiitm Porri): This
disease spreads rapidly over the field, espt^cially late in
the season. Some good may be done by spraying with
Bordeaux mixture, but its application is limited almost
to the diseased portion.

Smut ( Urocystis Cepiilce) : The name of this fungus,
smut, describes it fairly well. About all that can be done
is to subject the field to rotation, and to sow seed from
smut-freedistricts. Some j'ears nearlyall southern- grown
Onions brought to market will be more or less infected.

Rotting is especially severe in wet seasons when the
crop cannot be properly handled, and is caused by a
number of fungi. Best preventive is to store in a dry
place, and consume as soon as practicable.

Insects. — Onion fly, or Onion maggot, is one of the
most severe pests when it enters the field. There
seems to be but little encouragement in combating the
pest. It often leaves the field as mysteriously as it
appeared. This disappearance has been coincident with
the application of some supposed remedy, and has con-
sequently led to the recommending of unreliable reme-
dies. A thorough application of ground tobacco stems
down the row seems to act as an insecticide and a repel-
lent, besides being of value as a fertilizer.

Thrips: These insects attack the leaves at times, and
become so numerous as to cause the tips to turn brown
and finally destroy the whole leaf. Besides the insect
injury they open the way for such fungi as Macrospo-
rium. This insect may be treated successfully with
kerosene emulsion, tobacco decoction, resin wash and
possibly with kerosene-water mixture, p^ g. Rolfs.

ONION, SEA. Urginea vnaritima; also applied to
Oruithugatitni caudatam.

ONOBRYCHIS( Greek, as.se5YoofZ). Leguminbs(v. This
genus includes the forage plant called Sainfoin or Holy
Clover. It is a perennial herb, which grows a foot or
two high, and has numerous small, oblong Ifts. forming
an odd-pinnate leaf, and spikes of light pink fls., borne
in summer on long, axillary peduncles. Its stipules are
thin, brown and pointed. The pod is semi-circular,
fiattish, wrinkled, and bordered with short prickles or
teeth. Sainfoin requires a limestone soil, and in the
U. S. is grown chiefly in the southern states. In
some sections it is considered indispensable, as it in-
creases the flow of milk. The seeds are thought to be
more nutritious than oats, and are eaten by fowls. A
hundred pounds of seed is sown to the acre.

vicigefdlia. Scop. [O. sat\va, Lara. Hedysarnm On6h-
rychis, Neck.). Sainfoin or Saintfoin. Holy Clo-
ver. Described above. Eu., Asia. For a picture and
further information, see Bull. 2, Div. Agrost. U. S.
Dept. of Agric, by Jared G. Smith.

ONOCLfiA (Greek closed vessel; alluding to the
closely rolled sporophylls). Poltjpodidcece. A small
genus of coarse ferns of north temperate regions, with
creeping rootstocks, anastomosing veins and two sorts
of leaves, the segments of the sporophylls being closely
rolled about the sporangia into bead-like bodies. For
O. Struthiopteris, see Maiteuccia.

sensibilis. Linn. Sensitive-fern. Fig. 15.S9. Our
native species, with broad triangular Ivs., growing in
low, wet places. l_ m. Underwood.

Onocleas are tenacious of life, and will grow under
almost any conditions, especially O. sensibilis, but

OXOCLEA

ONOSMODiroi

1141

they prefer a moist, rather heavy loam, in a cool but
not necessarily shaded position. O. Struthiopteris (a
Matteuccia) in the sunny border is likely to burn
during severe drought. It is a suitable deciduous fern
for the greer.house, and may easily be had in foliage
before their natural season. p_ ^^ Barclay.

1539, Sensitive-fern— Onoclea sensibilis.
Fi-uitiug frond at A.

ONONIS (old Greek name of dubious meaning).
Leguniinoste. Rest-Harrow. About 60 species of half-
shrubby or rarely shrubby herbs, natives of the Medi-
terranean countries, annual, biennial or perennial. Lvs.
u.sually pinnately trifoliolate, the stipules attached to the
petiole: fls. yellow, purple, pink or rarely white, soli-
tary, 2-3 in the axils or in peduncled racemes; calyx
bell-shaped, 5-parted, deeply cut, narrow ; standard
large, striped; stamens united in a tribe, the members
sometimes partly free; pedicel awn-like: pod usually
swollen, few-seeded, without foot-stalk.

A. Fls. in groups of S-S, rose-colored.

rotundifolia, Linn. Round-leaved Rest-Harrow. A
neat, attractive, shrubby, hardy plant 1^ ft. high. Lvs.
trifoliolate; Ifts. subrotund to ovate, serrate: peduncles
axillary: racemes 2-3 fls.: fls. pea-like, bright rose, not
bracted ; standard striped with lines of a deeper shade.
Of easy cultivation in border and rockery, not liking
too much shade. Prop, by division or seed. Summer.
B.M. 3.35.

AA. Fls. solitary, yellow.

Nitrix, Linn. Goat Root. Yellow-flowered Rest-
Harrow. Low, much-branched perennial: stem 1-1>2
ft. high : lvs. trifoliolate; Ifts. elliptical or oblong, ser-
rated near the apex or sometimes entire; stipules large:
fls. axillary, the standard finely striped with red. Mid-
summer to fall. B.M. 329. M. B. Coulston.

0NOP6RDON (ancient Greek name). Compdsitce.
The Scotch Thistle, O. Acanthium, is a vigorous bien-
nial plant, growing 5-7 ft. high, with cottony white,
spiny foliage, and heads of pale purple fls. iH-2 in.
across, borne singly on the branches. It is not adver-
tised for sale in America, but is sometimes cultivated
for "auld lang syne," and occasionally it is used with
striking effect by some lover of hardy plants. It is
then placed against a background of dark shrubbery,
which sets off the silvery foliage and bold habit of the
Scotch Thistle. The plant is rarely found growing wild
in the Atlantic States, having come from Europe. The
Scotch Thistle will probably never be a weed of the
first importance in America, as is the Canada Thistle.
Nevertheless, care should be taken not to let it go to
seed. A white-fld. Scotch Thistle was advertised in
Germany in 1894 as a horticultural novelty.

Onopordon Is a genus of about 12 species of coarse,
woolly. Old World herbs, with stout stems winged by

the decurrent bases of the lvs., which are lai-ge, alter-
nate, prickly, dentate or pinnately cut: involucre glo-
bose, the bracts imbricated in many series, and in some
cases spiny : receptacle flat, fleshy, honeycombed, not
bristly: pappus not plumose, but with bristles in sev-
eral series.

Acanthium, Linn. Scotch Thistle. Much-branched,
3-9 ft. high: lvs. oblong, lobed and dentate, acute, the
lower often 1 ft. long. July-Sept. B.B. 3:491. Gn. 46,
p. 9. R.B. 20, p. 200. Var. Alba, Hort. Gt. 4.5, p. 107.-
The Scotch Thistle is often called the Cotton Thistle;
sometimes also Argentine, Asses', Down, Oat, Queen
Mary's or Silver Thistle. \y. jj.

ONCSMA (onos, an ass, and osnie, smell ; the odor
reputed to be liked by that animal). BorraginAcew.
About 70 species of bristly hardy herbs or undershrubs,
with long, narrow, alternate lvs. and one-sided, simple
or cymose, bracted racemes: the fls. yellow or purple,
tube-like, or inflated on one side, sessile, or with short
pedicel: calyx 5-parted or cut; corolla-throat dilated or
contracted; lobes 5, very short; stamens 5.

stelluUtum, Waldst. & Kit. Golden - Drop. Cult,
only in var. Tailricum (O. Tauricum, Pall.). Stems
branching from ground : lvs. linear-lanceolate, with
revolute edges; scape branching, leaning, 6-9 in. high;
raceme terminal, pendulous : fls. yellow, tubular, ex-
panding above, 8-12 in a raceme, IK in. long. July, Aug.
Perennial. Succeeds w^ell on high ground or on sunny
rockery, with light, open, deep soil. Prop, by cuttings
generally, or by seed. B.M. 889. G.C. II. 16:21. J.H.
III. 35:11. Gn. 50, p. 251.

J. B. Keller and M. B. Codlston.

ONOSMODIUM (like Onosnia, a European genus of
this family). JBorniginacew. False Gromwell. Five
or 6 species of North American and Mexican branching
herbs, generally perennial, bristly, 1-4 ft. high. Lvs.
oblong, sessile, ribbed-veined : fls. white, greenish or
yellowish, in long, erect, leafy, raceme-like clusters ;
corolla tubular or oblong-funnel-shaped, with throat
naked, the lobes erect, acute; the sinuses more or less
infiexed; style filiform or capillary, very long; stigma

1540. Onychium Japonicum.

(X J4.)

Showing fertile and sterile fronds.

(See Onychium, p. 1142.)

esserted before the corolla opens : nutlets ovoid or globu-
lar, bony, smooth and polished, white. Closely related
to Lithospermum.

Carolini^num, Torr. Stout, branched, 1-3 ft. : lvs.
ovate-lanceolate or oblong-ovate, sessile, 5-9-ribbed, 2— t
in. long: fls. yellowish white. June. Can. aud western
N. Y., west and southward. — Offered by western dealers
in hardy plants. Prop, by seeds. ji. b. Coulston.

114!:

ONTARIO

OPHRVS

ONTARIO. See Canathi.

ON'^CHIUM (Greek, oh^j-, a claw; referring to the
shape of the lobes of the Ivs.j. Poli/podiclcece. A genus
of small, mainly Asiatic ferns, with the sori arranged
on a continuous linear receptacle, as in Pteris, but with
narrow segments in which the indusia extend nearly to
the midrib. For culture, see Fern. The orchids occa-
sionally advertised as Onychiums are Dendrohiums.

auritum. Kaulf. Lvs. ovate, a foot or more long by
half as wide, quadripinnatihd, with membranous indusia
and abundant sporangia of a golden color; divisions of
the sporophylls pod-like. India and adjacent islands.

Japdnicum, Kunze. Fig. 1540, Lvs. ovate, a foot or
more long by half as wide, qnadripinnatifid. with pale
indusia and brown sori ; divisions of the sporophylls
linear-mucronate, similar to those of the
sterile leaf. India, China, and Japan.

L. M. Underwood.
OPHfiLIA. See Swertia.

OPHIOGLOSSUM ( Greek, serjjc n t ' s
tongue). Opliingfossdcece. A genus of
small, fern-like plants of wide distribution,
with a more or less elongated terminal
spike formed of two rows of coalescent
sporangia, and bearing a single leaf at or
I below the middle of the stem. Rather diffi-
' ciiltof cultivation, and mainly of interest as
curiosities.

vulg"5.tum, Linn. Adder's Tongue Fern.
Fig. 1541. Six-12 in. high, with a spike %-l
in. long, bearing a single ovate leaf near
the middle of the stem. In low places.
Europe and North America. — May be cult,
in moist peat in a partially shaded spot.
Occasionally found in large numbers ii
peaty meadows.
L. M. Underwood and F. W. Barclay.

OPHIOPOGON (Greek, suake's heard; a
translation of the Japanese name). Ecetna-
dord,cem. Of this genus we cultivate 2 spe-
cies of hardy, low-growing herbaceous per-
ennials from Japan, with linear foliage,
1541. which is often striped or spotted with white
Ophioglos- or yellow, and racemes of small, G-parted,
sum vul- pendulous fls., varying from white through
A^d^"^ ~ lilac to violet -purple. The species men-
Toneue!^ tioned below are not very exciting. They
are procurable from a few dealers in hardy
perennials, from specialists in Japanese plants and
from Dutch bulb-growers. J. B. Keller writes that the
most popular form is O. Jaburav, var. aiireus varie-
gafits, which is chiefly used as a greenhouse foliage
plant. The fls. of O. Jahiiran are followed by large,
showy, shining dark blue berries. It is easy to manage
in the window, and is almost hardy. O. spicatiis is prop-
erly Liriope splcata.

The genus is an oriental one of about 7 species of
herbs. The plants have a short, thick rhizome, and the
fibrous roots sometimes act like runners, and sometimes
are thickened into tubers: lvs. linear or oblong-lanceo-
late and narrowed into a petiole: bracts small, scari-
ous: perianth-tube none; stamens 0, fixed at tbe base of
the segments; filaments erect, distinct, shorter than the
linear anthers: cells of ovary 2-ovuled: seeds in the
form of a globose berry.

A. Lower fh. in groitps of 2~S.
Jap6nicus, Ker. Perennial, stemless, glabrous herb,
with a stoloniferous rhizome: fibrous roots long, slen-
der, often nodulose: root-lvs. numerous, erect, narrowly
linear, K-I ft., 1-1)4, lines wide, 5-7-nerved: scape. 2-4
in. long: raceme Iax,few-fld., 2-3 in. long: fls. droop-
ing, violet-purple to lilac or more or less whitish. Jap.,
Corea, northern China. B.M. lOGH. — Var. varieg^tus,
Hort., has variegated foliage.

AA. Lower fls. in groups of 6-9.
Jabiiran, Lodd. Habit of the above, but more I'obust:
lvs. 1/^-3 ft. long, 4-6 lines wide, manj'-nerved; scape

^-2 ft. long: raceme 3-6 in. long: fls. white to lihic
Japan. L.B.C. 19:1876 (a fine pure" white ). — Var. coeru-
leus, Hort., has "blue" fls. Var. aureus variegatus lias
foliage striped golden yellow. Var. arg^nteus variega-
tus has foliage spotted white. Var. arg6nteus vittatus
has foliage striped with white. -^_ jj_

Ophiopogons are said to be hardy, but they are not
reliably so. O, Japouicua lived for three winters in an
exposed position on our rock garden, so that we felt in-
clined to believe it would continue so. One severe win-
ter every plant died. 0. Jaburun will occasionally live,
but its foliage gets badly spoiled, so that we now lift it
and store in coldframes. The variegated form, espe-
cially the one with blue flowers, is very ornamental. It
may be used effectively in a variety of ways. It com-
bines nicely with dwarf foliage plants in the make-up
of mixed vases for parlor decoration. It has a perma-
nent value, as after its new growth is made in spring-
time its variegation does not change nor its growth in-
crease. Its leaves are leathery and durable, and thus it is
effective the whole season. Spikes of blue flowers sent
lip in August add imich to its beauty, combining most
effectively with the j^ellow and green variegation. It is
increased by divisions of the rhizomatons roots. Any
soil and situation will suit it. We have had it do well
in peaty soil and also in ordinary loam and shady cor-
ners, where scarcely anything else will grow. But, of
course, the plants have been put out after their season's
growth has been made in coldframes in spring.

T. D. Hatfield.

OPHRYS (Greek, eyebrow). Orchiddce(e. A genus of
terre.strial orchids mostly in the north temperate zone
in Europe, Asia and N. Africa, the greater number be-
ing found in the Mediterranean region. They have the
habit of (io.Klyera, bearing a basal rosette of lvs. with an
erect flower-stem terminating in a raceme or spike of
fls. Sepals similar, spreading: petals smaller, often
pubescent: ;labellum generally convex with incurved
margins, not spurred, entire or 3-lobed: column short.
Culture as for Habenaria.

The following are advertised by Dutch bulb dealers:

A. Margin of the lahelhtm brown or purple -broivn.

B. Labellum scarcely longer than the sepal.

c. Sepals green.

araniiera, Huds. Spider Orchis. Resembles O. apif-
era. Sepals green; petals very short; labellum dull
brown, marked with paler spots, obscurely lobed. Spring
and early summer. Europe. B.M. 5712. B.R. 14:1197.

fiisca, Link. Lvs. oblong-lanceolate, those on the
stem narrower: sepals green, ovate-oblong, the upper
one smaller, oblong; petals half as long, lanceolate-ob-
tuse ; labellum oblong, dark piirple and hairy on the mar-
gin, disk light blue, polished. Mediterranean region.
B.R. 13:1071.

cc. Sepals rose-colored or white.

arachnites, Lam. Stem erect, leafy: lvs. ovate-lan-
ceolate: fls. distant; sepals ovate concave, rose-colored,
tinged with green; petals conical, fleshy, smaller than the
sepals and colored like them; labellum round, witli
the sides reflexed, black-purple, with yellow marks and
green appendages. Cent. Europe. B.M. 2516.

apifera, Jlxuls.iO. arachnites, Reichard). Bee Orchis.
Stem 9-18 in. high, with few oblong or lanceolate lvs.:
fls. 3-6, rather large; sepals ovate, pale pink or
wliite; petals smaller, erect; labellum broad, convex,
lobes all turned, velvety brown, marked w^ith paler lines
or spots. Fls. early summer. Dry pastures, Cent, and
S. Europe.

BB. Labellum longer than the sej^als.

Speculum, Link, Looking-Glass Orch's. Stem 4-12
in. high, 3-6 -fid,. : lvs. linear-oblong: tls. J-o-l in. across;
sepals linear-oblong, green, with purple bands; petals
very small, trjangular-lance<tlate, dark purple-brown;
labellum quadrate, oblong, very convex; disk shining
blue, with a yellow edge; margin pilose and fimbriate,
maroon -purple. Mediterranean region. B. M. 5844.
B.R. 5:370.

muscifera, Huds. (0. myddes, Jacq.). Flv Orchis.
Stem very slender, 3-4-fld.: sepals oblong or narrowly

OPHRYS

OPUNTIA

1143

ovate, greenish; petals narrowly linear; labelluni long,
oblong, purplish brown, with pale white or blue marks
in the center; central lobe notched. Spring and early
summer. Cent, and E. Europe. R.B. 21:241.

AA. Margin of the labelUim yellow or greenish yellow.

tenthredinifera, Willd. Sawfly Orchis. Stem 6 in.
high: Ivs. elliptic-lanceolate: spike 3-8-tld. : lis. nearly
1 in. across ; sepals oblong, obtuse, concave, varying
from rose to white; petals very small; labellum broadly
obcordate^ greenish yellow, pubescent, with a large
chestnut -colored spot on the disk. Mediterranean
region. B.R. 3:205; 13.1093. B.M. 1930, F. 1872, p. 128.

liitea, Cav. Stem 4-7 in. tall, many-fld.: Ivs. linear-
oblong: fis. % in, across ; sepals oblong, obtuse, in-
curved, green ; petals much smaller, linear-oblong;
labelluni quadrate, golden yellow, with a purple disk.
Mediterranean region. B.M. 5941.

Aceras antkropophora , Br. Advertised as Ophrys authro-
pophora, Linu. Man Orchis. Stem about 9 in. high, the
spike being 2-4 in. long: Its. ovate to oblong or lanceolate; fls.
dull yellowish gi-een ; sepals and petals couverEiug over the
column.; labellum much longer than the sepals; side lobes long,
narrow, and the middle lobe split into two narrow lobes. Early
summer. Pastures, S. Europe. Ophrys differs from Aceras in
liavlng a vei"y convex labellum. Both genera are distinguished
from Orchis by the absence of a spur.

Heinkich Hasselering.

OPLlSMENUS (Greek, a wned; referring to the awns).
Graminece. A genus allied to Panicum, containing 4
species of the warmer regions, one of which is cult, in
conservatoi'ies for ornament. Spikelet l-tld.; first and
second glume, and often the third, awneu.

^>

1542. Oolismenus Burmannii.

Burmannii, Pal. {Panicum variegatum of florists).
Fig. 1542. A half-creeping perennial, with small, simple
panicles, the common form with neatly white and pink
striped leaves. Trop. Asia. — Popular for ed.cres of beds
and for hanging baskets. Propagated by divisions of
the rooting stems. Gn. 47, p. G8. ^ g_ Hitchcock.

OPIUM is the product of Papaver soniniferitm, the
common annual summer-blooming poppy of our gar-
dens with smooth, glaucous leaves.

OPOPANAX. See Acaeia.

OP0NTIA (old Latin name used by Pliny, later used
for the Indian Fig, thought by some to be derived from
Opus, a town in Greece: by some authors the name
is said to have been derived from a small port, Opus,
in South America, from whence plants of the Indian
Fig were early exported to the Old World). Oactdcef.r^.

Opuntia is a genus of great variation in habit and ap-
pearance, and, from the frequencj' of natural hybrids
and ill-defined specific lines, one of the most difficult
genera of flowering plants to satisfactorily present in
systematic order. Opuntias varj' from small, prostrate
plants a few inches above the ground to trees with
spreading tops 20 or more feet high. The stems are flat,
clavate or cylindrical, and bear more or less elevated
areolae, from each of which appears a small caducous
pointed leaf, rarely spreading and foliar. An oval or
circular area, more or less covered with soft wool, inter-
mixed with barbed bristles and usually a variable num-
ber of spines, occurs in the axil of each leaf. The
flowers are borne singly toward the upper portion of
the joints or stems, on the bristle-bearing part of the
areola, and have spreading, showy corollas. The usually
raany-ovuled inferior ovaries are not of foliar develop-
ment, and sometimes differ but slightly in appearance
from normal stems. They are usually bristle- and spine-
bearing. Fr. dry or succulent, frequently edible; seeds
large, flattened, discoid and often margined. Some of
the forms of Opuntias are seen in the illustrations
(Figs. 1543-1549).

Some of the largest Cacti are Opuntias, while nearly
all that are of economic value belong to this genus. The
genus numbers about 130 species and many varieties
and hybrids. It extends from British America south-
ward through the United States, Mexico, West Indies and
CentralAmericatothe southernportion of SouthAmerica.
The species are confined mostly to arid and semi-arid
regions; however, some are found in regions of heavy
rainfall. They are found in greatest quantity and variety
of species in southwestern United States and northern
Mexico, where they are often trees and form the most
conspicuous part of the flora. A few species are ex-
tensively cultivated in warm regions for their large,
edible fruits, while others are grown as hedges. Where
introduced, many species have escaped from cultiva-
tion and become dangerous and troublesome weeds.
Although the Opuntias are less attractive as pot-plants
and, on account of their barbed sxnnes and bristles,
more difficult to handle than most other Cacti, they are
coming into favor on account of their unique appear-
ance, rapidity of growth and attractive fls. They grow
best with an abundance of heat and sunlight, the char-
acter of the soil being a secondary consideration. Like
all other Cacti, they require perfect drainage. They are
readily grown from cuttings, and also from seed under
proper management.

Economic Value.— Economically considered, the
Opuntias are by far the most important of the Cacti.
Although originally confined to the New World, the
more important species are now in cultivation or have
escaped from cultivation and become wild in every arid
and semi-arid region of the globe where the tempera-
ture permits their being grown. Wherever grown, their
tendency is to escape from cultivation and become per-
sistent and troublesome weeds. In this respect they
are much more to be dreaded in foreign countries than
in America, the place of their nativity.

Ornamental Value. — Aii ornamental plants, Opuntias
are unique rather than pleasing. From their stiff, for-
mal aspect they do not harmonize, as a rule, with other
plants, and on account of their spines and bristles they
are difficult to handle and are considered by most gar-
deners as a nuisance in decorative planting. It is as
hedges and as groups of mixed species that they are
most effective.

Most species grow rapidly and bloom profusely. The
fls., as a rule, are large and showy and of various colors,
although yellow predominates. They soon wither after
blooming and remain at their best only for a few days.
The spines and bristles which usually cover the base of
the fls. render them of no value as cut-flowers. With
many species, such as O. leptocaulis, O. tetracantlia,
and some forms of O. Tuna, the bright-colored fruits,
which remain on the plants for a long time after ripen-
ing, render them more attractive in fruit than in flower.
Crested or fasciate forms (Fig. 1543) aie common.

jr/iei^r(/i7o/j'/(eO;;»i?^iaA-.— Although extensively culti-
vated for their fruit in many countries, where they fur-
nish an important article of diet for 4-5 months each
year, they do not as yettake aporaological rank with the

1144

OPUNTIA

OPUNTIA

horticulturist, though they are much more widely used
and of far more economic importance than many plants
which have an established place iu pomological litera-
ture. From the fact that Opuntias flourish best in
regions where experimental horticulture receives little
or no attention, the development of desirable economic
varieties has not been what might be expected of plants
which respond so readily to cultivation and selection,
and which may be hybridized with so little difficulty.

Botauioally considered, the fruit is a kind of berry,
varying from dry to fleshv and succulent. Morpho-

1543. Opuntia ramosissima.

To illustrate fasciation, Tvhioh is of frequent occurrence

in nearly all species of Cacti.

logically, it is a modified stem with the true seed capsule
sunken into its apex; hence it bears leaves and spines,
and usually under suitable conditions and frequently in
the natural state, when it becomes detached, will bud
and grow like a normal stem-cutting.

Mistorif. — Oj>uTitias were cult, by the aborigines of
America at the time of its discovery, and were early
taken by the Spanish explorers to Spain and Spanish
colonies in other parts of the world. After becoming
established in the Canaries, Azores, and Madeira islands,
it was not long before their culture extended to Portu-
gaX, Spain and the whole littoral region of the Mediter-
ranean. From there they spread to Egypt, India, and
other parts of southern Asia. In comparatively later
times they reached South Africa, Australia, and New
South Wales, where they are fast becoming a serious
menace to agriculture and grazing. In all the regions
above noted they have escaped from cultivation and
have become pestiferous weeds.

Varieties in (7»//r('«iiO». — The want of fixed charac-
ters, the great variations in most species under different
soil and climatic conditions, and the readiness with
which natural hybrids occur, make the identification of
cultivated and introduced species so difficult that the
considerable literature on this subject is extremely un-
certain as to nomenclature. The common names Indian
Fig, Barberry Fig, Prickly Pear, and Tuna, are applied
indiscriminately by most people to any flat-jointed Opun-
tias, but more particularly^ to the kinds with edible
fruits.

The two most widely distributed and extensively cul-
tivated are O. I^lcuS'Tvdica and O, Tuna. These plants
have often been confused by authors. Much that has
been written under the name of one species really applies
to the other. They are closely linked together by hybrids,
and each has been in cultivation for so long a period
that numerous cultural varieties have developed, par-
ticularly in Mexico and Sicily. It is possible that the
many cultivated forms of both species originated from
the same source.

Although the Mexicans and Indians eat the fruit of

more than a score of indigenous species, the two named
above, with their many cultivated forms, are by far the
most desirable and palatable. O. J^^iciis-Indica is prefer-
able in most respects to O. Tmui on account of its fewer
and smaller spines and usually larger fruit. The latter,
however, makes a more formidable hedge, and is more
frequently planted in the United States. Hedges of
this plant are to be seen at many of the old Spanish
missions in Arizona and California, where they were
probably first introduced into the United States. O.
Flcns-Indica. is frequently grown by the Mexican popu-
lation of New Mexico, Arizona and California. In south-
ern Florida it has escaped from cultivation and become
naturalized. The fruits are usually larger and fewer-
seeded than in O. Tuna, and are commonly yellow. They
frequentlj'^ measure 3 or 4 in. in length and 2-3 in. in
width. Forms of this species about the old missions of
southern California vary considerably. One form,
known as Tuna Colorado, has an insipid, light crimson-
colored fruit, while another, Tuna, manse, has a yellow-
ish fruit, irregularly mottled with crimson.

TJie Fruit Economically Considered. — These two
Opuntias, and possibly a few other closely allied ones,
are extensively grown in Mexico. The fruit begins to
ripen in June and July, while the later varieties last
until December. The fruit is consumed by all classes
and conditions of people. The fine bristles which invest
the fruit are usually removed before picking by rubbing
them with straw, grass or leaves. The fruit is later
picked by the hand, or, in some instances, with wooden
tongs. In large plantations, when the fruit is raised for
commercial purposes, it is usually harvested with a
heavy knife, the workman first cutting off the joint
bearing the fruit, and later detaching the separate fruits.
In preparing the fruit for the table, a thin slice is cut
from each end and a slit made through the paring, join-
ing the cut surfaces. The thin paring is easily sepa-
rated from the mealy but juicy pulp, and quickly re-
moved with the fingers.

To-day the finest Opuntia fruits are grown in Sicily,
where they are one of the most important crops that the
island produces. From July to November the peasants
live almost entirely on this fruit, and considerable
quantities are yearly exported to other countries, some
of which finds its way to New York and other American
cities. It is grown extensively by the Arabs throughout
northern Africa, and forms an important part of their
food for a portion of each year.

Nutritive Value of the Fruit. — The nutritive value of
<his fruit ranks high, as shown by the following analy-
sis by Wolff:

Per cent

Dry substance 21.60

Ligneous matter 3.70

Proteid sxibstances 59

Fatty bodies 1.80

Sugar U.

Yield per Acre. — It has been ascertained that some
of the best varieties are capable of producing on lean,
sandy or rocky soil, ill-suited for growing ordinary
crops, as much as 18,000 lbs. of fruit per acre. When
we consider that this is equal to 2,500 lbs. of sugar, as
well as other valuable food constituents, it may be
readily seen that the food value from the standpoint of
nutrition is considerable.

Method of C»^^»rp. — Plantations are usually made on
dry slopes of hills, as the plants do not thrive where
there is much moisture or on heavy clay soils. Joints,
cut or broken from the plants, are used instead of seeds,
and are planted at distances of 6 to 8 ft. in furrows from
6 to 15 ft. apart. No tillage is practiced, as they grow
rapidly, and in a few years shade and smother out
all other growth. Before planting, the cuttings are
exposed in half sunlight from seven to fifteen days,
that they may partially wither, in order to facilitate
rooting.

An important advantage in the culture of these plants
is the regularity of the yearly crop. They begin to bear
in about three years after planting, and continue in
bearing for many years.

Of the Opuntias indigenous to the United States, none
as yet have been grown for fruit, or with an effort to
improve them. O. Eudelniannii has a large but poorly-

OPUNTIA

OPUNTIA

1145

flavored fruit, rarely eaten even by the Indians. O. Jcevis
has one of the largest and most palatable fruits of any
of the species found growing wild within the United
States. This plant also has the advantage of having
but few spines. O. Camauchica, O. Hafinetiqiiii, O.
chlorotica, O. phmacantha and O. macrocentra have
medium- sized fruits, insipid and unpalatable to the cul-
tivated taste, but eaten by Indians and Mexicans.

Wherever grown extensively, the Opuntia fruits are
used for making a weak alcoholic drink. The juices of
the highly colored sorts are sometimes used to color
confectionery.

Opuntias as Forage, — MsLXxy of the Opuntias have
considerable forage value, particularly during jieriods
of long drought when other forage crops are short.
The range cattle of the southwestern United States feed
on either the branches or fruits, or both, of nearly all
the indigenous species, the flat stems of O. Etujelmannii
and the pendulous fruit clusters of O. fulgkla being most
largely consumed. When cattle feed largely upon spiny
Opuntias the spines and bristles often collect in their
stomachs, forming large phyto-bezoars. During years
of scarcity of other forage, thousands of cattle die in
Texas, New Mexico and Arizona, where the cause as-
signed is starvation, when in realitj"^ the direct cause of
death has been the perforation of the alimentary canal
by the numerous spines of Opuntias.

In northern Africa the flat joints of the forms with
few spines are used as forage for cattle during the dry
season, after being allowed to ferment slightly. In
Tunis, plantations are sustained by dairymen for the
purpose of feeding their cows upon the fleshy stems.

O. Tuna has run wild to a remarkable extent in south-
ern Africa. It has spread rapidly during the past cen-
tury, and iu many places has crowded out the grasses
and become a nuisance. Two forms of the plant are
recognized by the Dutch farmers; viz., a thorny variety
growing on the open country and on stony hillsides
known as Doornblad, and a fewer-spined larger variety
with thicker stems known as Kaalblad. It is probable
that these two varieties originated from the same intro-
duction, for, according to Mr. Macdonald, the seed from
the Doornblad or Kaalblad variety may give rise to
plants resembling either or both of them. It is exten-
sively used as feed for cattle, ostriches and pigs, either
alone or when mixed with other forage. Here, however,
much harm has come from range cattle eating it in
times of little or no other forage, and ostriches become
blind from the spines and bristles getting into their
eyes in eating the fruits.

In New South Wales and Australia, where several
species have escaped from cultivation and spread over
large areas of arable land and driven out more valuable
forage plants, the land has depreciated 50 per cent in
value. Here, however, some of the worthless species,
such as O. vnJgaris and O. monacaufha, are more
widely spread than the more valuable varieties of O.
yicus-Indica and O. Tuna.

Possible Improvement of Present Varieties. — From
what has been said it may be seen, first, that varieties
of O. Ficus-Indica and O. Tuna produce large crops of
edible and nutritious fruits; second, that plants with
few or no spines are the general rule in O. Ficus-Indica
and of not infrequent occurrence in O. Tuna; third,
that Opuntias are strong, vigorous plants that will grow
in situations in which few other plants will thrive; fourth,
that spineless forms make valuable forage.

With these and more qualities to recommend them, it
yet remains for horticultural enterprise to develop a
spineless and bristleless variety that will not only be of
value for forage but wnll produce large crops of fruits
as attractive to the educated palate as to the savage.
From the experience gained in establishing a garden of
nearly 70 species and varieties of Opuntias, comprising
about 300 plants, and watching their growth and be-
havior for several years, the writer believes that they
offer great possibilities in the way of improvement in
the hands of a careful plant-breeder. j ^ TouivrEY.

Hardy Opuntias satisfy a rather general desire for
something unique or grotesque, while at the same time
they possess enough ornamental value to recommend
them to everyone, and especially to those lovers of cac-
taceous and succulent plants whose space indoors is

limited. Being natives of the western plains and foot-
hills of the mountains, they can scarcely suffer from
long-continued drought, and the sunny side of the
rockery "will suit them exactly, as it will allow all sur-
plus moisture to drain off, and no artificial watering
will be necessary. Mr. William Falconer, who has used
large quantities at Schenley Park, Pittsburgh, Pa.,
writes as follows : "In certain localities, as on bleak,
exposed banks and about rocky knolls, Opuntias and
Vucca angustifolia can be used unsparingly with per-
fect success." He also says, "Allhave been planted out-
of-doors, remaining unprotected summer and winter,
and all' have been perfectly hardy." They have suc-
ceeded also at Kew Gardens, in the very humid climate
of England, without protection. Their requirements
seem to be as follows: a porous, well-drained soil, a
sunny exposure, and a season long enough iu which to
ripen the fruit and annual growth; these conditions
being complied with, they will endure almost any degree
of cold to be experienced even in the most northern
portions of the U. S. Their altitude-limit in Colorado
indicates that they will succeed as far north as Indian
corn can be matured. The following kinds have been
used successfully, as above indicated: O. arenaria^
with small, round to oblong, very spiny joints, the
spines varying much in color from gray and straw color
to purplish brown. O. arhorescens, the Tree or Cande-
labrum Cactus, the tallest of this list, is of cylindrical
branching growth, with bright purple flowers and yellow
fruit. O. Camanchica has very large, orbicular joints,
the upper half thickly beset with spines, fruit purple.
O. frugijis resembles O. arenaria, but is smaller. O.
mesacantha includes a multitude of forms, all of which
are very hardy. O. phceacaniha , var. major, is one of
the most striking sorts, with immense, glaucous joints,
dark purple spines, yellow flowers, and purple fruit.
O. pohjcantha is one of the most variable, as well as one
of the most showy. The spines vary from ivory white
to purple and brown, and from short and stout to long
and slender. Nearly all the Opuntias have very showy
flowers, usually in various shades of yellow and orange.

D. M. Andrews.
In the following synopsis it has not been possible in
all instances to group the species so as to show re-
lationships. A purely artificial key has not been at-
tempted, as the species at best are separated by a great
variety of characters. It will be seen that the list runs
to 61 species, or practically half of all the known kinds.
It will be noted, also, that a large part of the species in
the trade are from Mexico and other southern regions.
The Cochineal plant, often referred to Opuntia, must be
sought under Nopalea. For the relationship of Opuntias
to other cactaceous plants, and for additional hints on
culture, see the article Cactus in Vol. 1.

acanthocarpa, 4G.
jilbispina, 14, 29.
ui'borescens. 54.
arbuscula, 59.
arenaria, 31.
aurantiaca. 4.
Vtasilaris. 7.
Bernardina, 48.
Bigelowii, 52.
bracbyarthra, 32.
Brasillensis, 1.
Camanchica, 20.
e;indelat)rifonnis,

11.
chlorotica, 16.
elavarioides, 35.
clavata, 40.
coccinellifera, 61.
crassa, 12.
erinifera, 5.
eylindrica, 33,
cymochila, 24.
Darwinii, 37.
Davisii, 45.
diademata, 38.
echinocarpa, 47.
Emoryi, 43.
Engelmannii. 18.
ferox, 29.
Ficus-Indica, 13.
filipendula, 23.

INDEX.

fragilis, 32.
frutescens, 60.
fulgida, 51.
fulvispina, 9.
Galapageia, 2.
glauca, 12.
Grahamii, 41.
gigautea, 20.
Cxreeiiii, 24.
Grizzly-hear, 27.
horrida, 15.
hystricina, 28.
imbricata, 53.
invieta, 44.
leptociuilis, 60.
leucotricha, 9.
macrocentra, 21.
macrorhiza, 24.
mamillata, 51.
mesacantha, 24.
microdasys, 6.
micro sperma, 29.
Missouriensis, 29.
monacantha, 3.
nigricans, 22.
oplocarpa, 24.
papyracantka, 38.
Pes-corvi, 26.
phceacantha, 19.
platyoarpa, 29.
polyantha. 14.

prolifera, 50.
pubenala, S.
pulchella, 39.
pycnacantha, 17.
Rafinesqiiii, 24.
ramosa. 7.
ramosissima, 61.
rufida, 6.
iiifispiua, Z9.
mtila, 30.
Salmiana, 36.
Schottii, 42.
senilis, 5.
serpentina, 49.
spinosior, tS.
splende7is, 29.
steilata. 54.
stenoehila. 24.
tessellata, 61.
tetraeantha, 58.
Treleasii, 7.
triacantha, 10.
tricophora, 29.
Tuna, 15.
ursina, 27.
vaiiegata, 3.
versicolor, 57.
■\iilgaris, 25.
vestita. 34.
Whipple!, 56.

1146

OPUXTIA

OPUNTIA

A. Articulations or joints strik-
ingly different J flat to cy-
lindrical 1. Brasiliensis

AA. Articulations or joints sim-
ilar, more or less flat-

Galapageia
monacantha
aurantiaca
criniiera

BB

c

G,
GG,

Species from S. America ... 2.

3.

4.

5.
Species from iV. America.
Joints piihescent 6.

Joints not pubescent (except
sometimes in O. pycna-
cantha ) .
Fruit fleshy or succulent.
Size of joints large: plants
mostly large { 0. crassa
moderately small).

Color of spines white 9.

10.

U.

Color of spines yellow (some-

titnes red to white in O.

JUngelmannii, polyantha,

crassa, and Ficus-Indica. )

Spines none or few 12.

13.
Spines always present, few
to many. {One for^n of
O. macrocentra Jw,s no
spines, and occasional
plants of O. chlorotica are

without spities. ) 14.

15.
16.
17.
18.
Color of spines reddish
brown to black, usually

with purplish joints 19.

20.
21.
22.
Size of joints small: joints
variable in shape: plants
mostly low or prostrate.
{Some forms of O. Rafin-
esquii have moderately

large joints . ) 23.

24.
25.
26.

Fruit dry, more
sp iny

BB

27.

28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
Articulations or joints simi-
lar, -inore or less cylindri-
cal.
Species from S. America.
Joints cylindrical, mostly

elongated 33.

34.
35.
36.
Joints globose to broadly

oborate .37.

38.
Species from. jV. America.
Sp ines IV it h out sheath s :
plants mostly small, with

clavate joints 39.

40.
41.
42.
43.
44.

microdasys

basilaris

puberula

leucotricha
triacantha
candelabriformis

crassa
Ficus-Indica

polyantlia

Tuna

chlorotica

pycnacantha

Engelmannii

phaeacantlia
CamancMca
macrocentra
nigricans

Jllipendula
Rafinesquii
vulgaris
Pes-corvi

ursina

hystricina

Missouriensis

rutila

arenaria

Sragilis

cyliudrica
vestita
clavarioides
Salmiana

Darwinii
diademata

pulchella

clavata

Grahamii

Schottii

Emoryi

invicta

cc. Spines sheathed: joints cy-
lindrical or nearly so,
more or less elongated.

D. Number of spines variable,

always more than one.

E. Fruit dry, itsually spiny .. .4o.

ili.

47.

48.

49.
EE. Fruit fleshy, proliferous 50.

51.
BEE. Fruit fleshy, rarely prolif-

erouii 52.

53.

54.

55.

56.

57.

58.
DD. Number of spines few, usu-
ally one, rarely more or
wanting 59.

60.

61.

Davisii

acanthocarpa

echinocarpa

Bernardina

serpentina

prolifera

Sulgida

Bigelovii

imbricata

arborescens

spinosior

Wbipplei

versicolor

tetracantha

arbuscula

leptocaulis

ramosissima

1. Brasiliensis, Haw. A large, tree-like plant reach-
ing a height of 15-18 ft,, numerously branched, with a
thick, roundish crown and an upright trunk, 4-6 in. in
diam., and bearing numerous spines 1 in. or less in
length: joints of two kinds, cylindrical, unarticulate,
elongate ones and others which are shorter and much
flattened and which arise as offshoots from the former;
the latter leaf -like, thin, 2-6 in. long, oblong, rarely ob-
long-lanceolate or orbicular, dark green, margin angu-
lar, sometimes irregular: areolse with short, gray wool
and numerous brown bristles; spines usually 1, some-
times 1-3 small additional ones, 1-2% in. long, mostly
from the marginal areolae, white, with brownish tips:
fls. numerous, citron-yellow, 2 in. wide: fr. globose or
ellipsoidal, yellow, about IK in. in diam. Brazil and
southward. — One of the species most frequent in cult.

2. Galapageia, Hemsl. An upright, tree-like plant
6-10 ft. high, with a circular, spreading crown and a
very spiny trunk, 6-8 in. in diam., and light-colored
bark becoming loosened and hanging in fragments
from the older stems: joints elliptical to oblong, thick,
10-14 in. long: spines at first 3^, spreading, flexible,
increasing in number and size with age, finally cover-
ing the joints with long, brush-like bundles : fls. small,
less than 1 in. wide, red: fr. subglobose, red. Galapa-
gos Islands.

3. monacantha. Haw. An upright plant branching
from the ground and reaching a height of 6 or more
feet: joints oblong to elliptical, rather thick, terminal
ones much thinner, 5-12 in. long, 3-6 in. wide, bright
green: areolae with uniformly short wool and yellowish
brown bristles; spines 1-2, seldom more, erect, H-IK
in. long, yellow to dark reddish brown: fls. yellow, 3
in. wide: fr. ellipsoidal to pyriform, occasionally pro-
liferous, red, somewhat spiny. Argentine Republic.
— The horticultural variety varieg^ta is in the trade.

4. aurantiaca, Gill. A numerously branched, rather
weak, semi-prostrate plant 3-5 ft. high: joints linear-
lanceolate to lanceolate, 2-10 in. long, K'-l in. wide, ellip-
tical in transverse section, dark green, turgid: areola;
with a tuft of grayish white wool and bright yellow
bristles ; spines 4-^6, spreading, straight, stiff, brown
to yellow, the longest less than 1 in. in length : fls. yel-
low, lK-2 in. wide: fr. carmine-red, globose, with short
spines ; seed with woolly hairs. Argentine Republic.

5. criniJera. Pfeifl. {O. senilis. Farm,). A much-
branched, wide-spreading plant, about 3 ft. high: joints
obovate to elliptical, 6 in. long and 3-4 in. wide, dark
green, occasionally glossy: areolae crowded, small, with
white wool, numerous golden yellow bristles, and a
variable number of long silky hairs; spines 6-S. later
more, white, glistening, reaching 1 in. in length, the
long silky hairs particularly developed on the under
side of the young joints : fls. 3K-4 in. wide, golden
yellow, often reddish. Bra2il(?).

OPUNTIA

OPUNTIA

1147

6. micTOdasys, Lehm. An erect, wide-spreading plant,
rarely exceeding 3 ft. in heigtit: Joints elliptical to obo-
vate, 3— i in. long and nearly as wide, thick, bright
green, densely pubescent : areoliB with short, whitish
wool and numerous golden yellow bristles of variable
lengths; spines wanting: fls. greenish to lemon-yellow,
about 2 in. wide: fr. comparatively small, oval, less
than 1 in. in diam., armed with numerous yellow bris-
tles: flesh whitish. Northern Mexico southward.

Var. ruHda, K. Sch. Of more robust growth; ."joints
rounder and larger, paler green, the bristles inclined to
reddish brown. Mex.

1544. Fruit of Opuntia Ficus-Indica (X ii) . No. 13.

7. basilaris, Engelm. and Begel. A low, spreading
plant, rarely 1 ft. high: joints thick, variable, usually
broadly obovate, with more or less truncate top and
branching from the base, 4-7 in. long and 2^ in. wide,
bluish green, and very minutely pubescent: areolae de-
pressed, close together, and with brownish yellow wool
and numerous short, yellowish brown bristles ; spines
wanting, rarely present: fls. dark purple, rarely white,
3 in. or more in diam.; fr. short, thick, green, becomin,g
white and dry at maturity and filled with many large
white seeds. Southwest U. S. and northern Mex.

Var. ramosa, Parish. A smaller plant, with joints
branching from the upper end, and usually glabrous.
S. Calif.

Var. TrelSasii, Conlt. Differs from the species in
having larger orbicular or obovate joints, with terete
base, and larger leaves. S. Calif.

8. pubSrula, Pfeiff. A numerously branched and up-
right plant, 2-3 ft. high : joints obovate or somewhat
rounder, when young covered with very soft pubescence
which becomes bright green with age ; areolie with
short, brownish yellow wool and numerous short, am-
ber-colored bristles; spines 5-7, 1 in. or more in length,
straight, cylindrical, w4iite, with amber-colored base,
shining, the lower ones the longer; fls. lM-2 in. wide,
gi-eenish yellow; fr. oval, 1% in. in diam., the many
areolae bearing short wool and many bright amber-col-
ored bristles ; flesh sweetish ; seeds many, correspond-
ingly small. Mex.

9. Ieuc6tricha, P. DC. (O. fulvisplna, Sa,]m.). Anup-
riglit, numerously branched plant, sometimes reaching
the height of 10 ft.: joints elliptical or narrower, mostly
rounded at the end, 8-10 in. Jong and half as wide, dark
green: areolae small, with white or whitish gray wool
and numerous short brown bristles; spines very slen-
der, mostly 4 at first, but later as many as 10-12- some
reach the length of 3^ in., becoming bristle-like and
very flexible ; fls. 2-3 in. wide, yellow, with reddish
center: fr. spherical, 1-U4 in. in diam., pale green to
white, thickly beset with velvety wool and brownish
yellow bristles; pulp sweet, edible. Mex.

10. triacAntha, P. DC. An upright, tree-like plant,
reaching 10-12 ft. in height: joints often very large,
occasionally 18 in. long and 10 in. wide, obovate, thick,
grayish green; areola remote, from 1}4-1% in. apart,
with short, grayish wool and yellow bristles ; spines
3-4, white, with yellow points and bases, an in. or less
long: fls. 2H-3 in. wide, carmine to orange-yellow: fr.
elliptical, lK-2 in. long; pulp acid. West'Indies.

11. candelabriJormis, Mart. An upright, sparingly
branched plant, 2^ ft. high: joints elliptical to obovate,
thick, dark green, C-10 in. long and half as wide: areo-

lae with brownish white wool, later becoming gray, and
numerous white bristles ; spines 4-5, of which 3 are
very strong, white, 1^4 in. or less in length; fls. 2%-'i
in. wide, carmine-red: fr. spiny. Mex.

12. crassa, Haw. {O. glaiica, Hort.). A sparingly
branched, upright plant, 4-fi ft. high: joints oblong to
ovate, 3K-5 in. long and two-thirds as wide, glaucous,
greenish blue, thick; areolae with brownish wool, and
few bristles of same color; spines usually wanting,
sometimes 1-2 an inch or less long, straight and needle-
like. Mex.

13. Ficua-Indica, Mill. Indian Pig. Fig. 1544. An
erect, tree-like plant, reachingtheheight of 10-15 ft., and
with a woody cylindrical trunk : joints elliptical or ob-
long, often with bluish bloom, thick, often 18 in. long and
one-third as wide: areolae orbicular and sparingly cov-
ered with white wool and yellow bristles ; spines usually
wanting, occasionally 1-2 small, weak ones are present;
fls. yellow, expanding to 3-4 in. in diam. : fr. yellow,
with reddish pulp, bristly, 2 in. in diam., edible. Mex.
—A species widely grown throughout the warm tem-
perate regions of the world. In some regions, escaping
from cultivation, it has become a troublesome weed.
Frequently cultivated for its fruit under the name of
Indian Pig.

14. polyintha, Haw. A much-branched, spreading
plant, 3 ft. or less in height; joints oblong to obovate,
dark green, weak-spined, 4-G in. long and 3-4 in. wide;
areolae with white wool and brown bristles ; spines 3-8,
slender, golden yellow, seldom over ^4 in. long: fls. 2%
in. wide; fr. broadly oval, deep red. West Indies (?).
For var. albispina consult 0. Missouriensis, No. 29, of
which it is perhaps a form.

15. Ttina, Mill. (O. hdrrida, Salm.). Figs. 1545, 1546.
An erect, wide-spreading, tree-like plant, rapid-grow-
ing and frequently 10-12 ft. high ; joints deep green,
mostly elliptical, 10-14 in. long and 6-10 in. wide; areo-
lae with whitish wool which later becomes dirty gray,
and a fascicle of long brownish yellow bristles; spines
4-6, rigid, stout, yellow, frequently subulate, spreading,
unequal in length, 1-2 in. long: fls. 3-4 in. wide, yellow,
fading to red; fr. pear-shaped or rounder, 1-1;^ in. in
diam., sweet, edible, dark reddish purple. West Indies
and Mexico. — Probably the most extensively cultivated
of all the Opuutias. Under the name of "Tuna" it has
been grown in southwestern United States, West Indies
and JVIexico since the earliest Spanish possession. It is
extensively grown both for its fruit and as a hedge
plant. It has escaped from cultivation and become
naturalized in North and South Africa, southern Europe,
southwestern Asia and Australia, and in some places has
become a troublesome weed.

1545. Opuntia Tuna. No. 16

16. chlor6tica, Engelm. A comp£ict, upright, moder-
ately branched plant, from 3-6 ft. high, the trunk and
main stems becoming woody and terete, and densely cov-
ered with long straw-colored bristles and spines; joints
orbicular, somewhat glaucous, 6-10 in. in diam.: areolae

1148

OPUNTIA

OPUNTIA

crowded, with fine, gray wool and very numerous golden
yellow bristles of unequal length ; spines 3-0, rarely
none, on old stems occasionally 40 or more, unequal,
angular, golden yellow, deflexed, usually 1 in. or less
long: fls. yellow, 2-3 in. in diam: fr. deep purple, moder-

1546. Hedge of Opuntia Tuna. No. 15.

ately bristly, edible, 1% in in diam., broadly obovate to
globose; seeds comparatively small, sometimes sterile.
Southwest U. S.

17. pycnacAntha, Engelm. An upright, moderately
branched plant, 3-5 ft. high: joints oval to orbicular,
occasionally somewhat pointed at the ends, 4-8 in.
long, sometimes pubescent, armed with a densely inter-
woven covering of mostly deflexed spines : areolae
crowded, approximately % in. apart, with dark brown
wool and numerous long, yellow bristles; spines 3-7, on
old stems 20 or more, straw-colored to ashy, mostly less
than 1 in. long: fls. greenish yellow, 2-3 in. broad: fr.
obovate, 3K in. in diam. and covered with numerous
spines and bristles. Lower Calif.

18. Engelmannii, Salm. Fig. 1547. An erect to semi-
prostrate, profusely branching, coarse plant, 2-5 ft.
high, forming large, impenetrable thickets, usually
with a short, more or less terete, woody trunk, with
grayish bark which becomes unarmed with age: joints
broadly obovate to orbicular, pale to bluish green, very
variable in size, in large specimens 12-14 in. long and
nearly as wide, moderately thick : areolae remote, about
1 in. apart, with gray wool and large, rigid, gray to yel-
low, unequal bristles; spines mostly 2-4, sometimes 1-3
small additional ones, very variable, horny, variously
colored, mostly yellow, or white with reddish base,
usually compressed or angular and curved or twisted:
fls. yellow, red within, fading to red, 2K-3 in. in diam. :
fr. broadly pyrifornito globose, frequently 2 in. in
diam., dark purple, with insipid purple flesh. XJ. S.
and Mes. — This species, with its numerous varieties, is
the most widely distributed and abundant of the large,
flat-stemmed Opuntias in the United States. It varies
greatly in different localities, and its many forms have
not as yet been adequately defined.

19. phseacintha, Engelm. A diffuse, semi-prostrate
plant, 1-2 ft. high, and freely rooting from lower mar-
gin of joints: joints broadly obovate, moderately thick,
4-6 in. long : areola about 1 in. apart, with short wool
and reddish or brownish bristles; spines mostly toward
margin or on apex of Joints, 2-5, straight and stiff,
reddish brown to almost black with lighter tips, 1-2J^
in. long: fls. 2% in. broad, yellow: fr. usually long-
pyriform, 1 in. or less in diam. and twice as long, pur-
ple, with greenish acid pulp. Southwest U. S. and
Mex.— This species and a number of the following be-
come deep purplish green during autumn and winter.
In the spring they lose their purplish color to a large

extent and take it on again in the fall. The spines are
also much darker in winter than in summer.

20. Camdnchica, Engelm. and Begel. A prostrate,
widely spreading plant l-2>^ ft. high, and freely rooting
at the lower margin of the joints : joints broadly obovate
to orbicular, 4-6 in. long, moderately thick: areolae about
1 in. apart, with light brown, short wool and yellowish
brown bristles, mostly armed ; spines very variable,
usually 1-3, sometimes 3-6, on marginal areolae, reddish
to blackish brown with lighter tips, variable in length,
sometimes 2% in. long : fls. 2J^-3 in. wide, yellow, with
reddish center: fr. oval to globose, sometimes pyri-
form, deep red, sweet, edible, l-l)-2 in. in diam. South-
west U. S. — Var. gig"ant6a of the trade proves to be
O. phceacantha.

21. macrocentra, Engelm. A semi-prostrate, spreading
plant, 2-3 tr. iiJL^h : joints strikingly purple-green, very
thin, broadly nbiivate to nearly orbicular, 5-9 in. in diam.,
with a few remarkably long spines on the marginal are-
olae: areolae about 1 in. apart, with grayish wool and
short, grayish yellow bristles; spines rarely wanting,
usually 1-2, reddish brown to almost black, annulate
3-5 in. long, slender and straight or variously twisted,
sometimes 1-3 much smaller, lighter colored, secondary
spines: fls. 3 in. wide, yellow: fr. oval to globose,
rarely ovate, 1 in. in diam.. red ; pulp sweet, edible.
Southwestern U. S., Mex. — This species is remarkable
for its exceedingly long, dark spines and purple joints.

22. nigricans, Haw. A large, robust, upright plant,
2-5 ft. high : joints usually obovate, dark green, rarely
tinged with purple, about 10 in. long and 6 in. wide,
moderately thick: areolae with short, grayish wool and
yellowish brown bristles; spines 1-2, awl-shaped, 1-2
in. long, strong, dark brown, at first yellowish : fls.
l>^-2 in. wide, yellow with red center. Mex. — Frequent
in cultivation.

23. Silip6ndula, Engelm. A small, semi-prostrate plant,
freely branching from the base of the joints, rarely 10
in, tiigh and with thick, tuberous, moniliform roots:
joints small and thin, bluish, glaucous, rarely 3 in. in
greatest diam., orbicular to broadly obovate, sometimes
diamond-shaped, frequently flattened at the top and
broader than long: areolae orbicular and with an abun-
dance of whitish wool and many long, slender, yellowish
green bristles, which are very conspicuous, particularly
on the older joints; spines sometimes wanting, when
present usually 1-3, rarely more, white, very slender
and flexible, 1-2 in. long, mostly marginal: fls. yellow,

1547. Opuntia Engelmannii iX%). No. J8.

lH-2 in. in diam.: fr. clavate to narrowly obovate, 1}4
in. long and half as wide, greenish yellow, with few
seeds. Texas to Ariz., extending into Mexico.

24. EaHnesquii, Engelm. (O. mesacdnflia, Rafin.). A
wide-spreading, prostrate plant, freely rooting from the
lower margin of the joints, roots sometimes tuberous:
joints obovate to orbicular, usually 2-5 in. long and 2-4

OPUNTIA

OPUNTIA

1149

in. wide, sometimes twice as large, dark to light green:
areolae with gray wool and bright reddish brown bris-
tles; spines sometimes wanting, when present 1-3 and
mostly marginal, stout, 1 in. long, white with darker
tips and bases, frequently 1-3 small secondary spines
also present : fls. 3 in. or less in diam., golden yellow,
frequently with reddish center: fr. sleuder-clavate or
broader, lH-2 in. long, yellowish red to purple, with
insipid purplish pulp; seeds comparatively large. West
central U. S. — An exceedingly variable species of wide
distribution and imperfectly known. Many varieties
have been described, some of which are in the trade.
The extreme forms vary greatly from the type. Of
these forms vars. Gre^nii, oplocarpa, cymochila, steno-
chila and macrorhiza have appeared in the trade.
Hardy in Mass.

25. VTilg&.ris, Mill. Bakberet Fig. A diffuse, pros-
trate plant a foot or less high: joints usually resting on
the ground and rooting from the lower margin, obovate
to suborbicular, thick, 2-A in. in greatest diam., pale
green: areolae with grayish wool and a few short, greenish
yellow bristles; spines rarely present, when present
usually 1, stout, erect, less than 1 in. long, yellow, often
variegated: fls. 2 in. wide, pale or chrome-yellow: fr.
obovate to spherical, 1 in. in diam., red, flesh insipid.
Eastern U. S. Hardy in Mass.

26. Pes-c6rvi, LeConte. A small, diffuse, prostrate
plant, rarely reaching 1 ft. in height: joints fragile,
somewhat tumid, narrowly ovate to obovate or oblong,
2— i in. long and less than Iialf as wide, frequently much
smaller, very thick, broadly oval in transverse section,
bright green with a bluish tinge: areolae circular, with
short, whitish wool and a few short, slender, pale
bristles; spines rarely exceeding 2, frequently none,
slender, white, often brownish, less than 1 in. long: fls.
yellow, IK in. wide: fr. obovate, bristly, purplish, 1 in.
or less in diam; seeds comparatively large, very few.
Florida.

27. ursina, Web. [Griszhj-hear Opitntla). Pig. 1548.
An upright, diffuse plant, 1-2 ft. high: joints oblong to
obovate, grayish green, thick, 3-6 in. long and 2-4 in.
wide: ariohe with white wool and numerous yellow
bristles; spines 12-20, reddish white, very slender and
bristle-like, sometimes 4 in. long, frequently almost
completely hilling the epidermis of the plant: fis. 2J^-3
in. wide, reddish yellow. Calif. — Popularly known as
"Grizzly Bear" Cactus.

28. hystricina, Engelm and Bigel. A semi-prostrate,
spreading plant, %-l}4 ft. high: joints obovate to or-
bicular, 3-5 in. long, moderately thick and very spiny :
areolfe with grayish wool and yellowish red bristles;
spines 10-15, 2 in. long or shorter, white or dusky, slen-
der, flexile, angular and twisted : fls. light purple, 2-3 in.
wide: fr. broadly obovate, 1 in. in diam., armed with
many long spines. Southwest U. S.

29. Missouriensis, P. DC. {O. ferooc, Haw. O. spJen-
dens, Hort.). A prostrate, wide-spreading plant, rarely
rising 1 ft. above the ground: joints variable, from
elongate-obovate to orbicular, usually bright green, fre-
quently wrinkled and tuberculate, 2-6 in. long: areolae
about % in. apart, with short, grayish wool and long,
reddish brown bristles; spines 0-12, very variable in
length, number and color on different forms and plants
from different localities, mostly marginal, white or va-
riously tinged with red or brown, slender, twisted and
flattened, some reaching a length of 3 in.: fls. yellow,
darker within, 2-2K in. wide: fr. broadly ovate or sub-
globose, %-l in. in diam., armed with numerous rather
short spines; seeds compai'atively large. West-central
U. S. — A species of wide distribution and very variable,
some high mountain forms entirely without spines,
while other forms are armed with a close network of
closely interwoven ones. A number of the forms have
been segregated as varieties, of which the best known
arc ru!ispina, platycarpa, microsperma, albispina and
trichophora. Ail the forms appear to run together and
tlic varietal distinctions are of doubtful value. Hardy
in Massachusetts.

30. riitila. Nutt. A low, diffuse plant, K to 1 ft. high :
joints tumid, readily becoming detached, and covered
with a close network of slender, interwoven, light gray
Bpines, thick, elongate-ovate, 2-4 in. long: areolse

crowded, less than 3^ in. apart, with short, white wool
and yellow bristles; spines 3-5, sometimes a few short
accessory ones, slender, reddish gray to white, with
darker tips, 154 in. or less in length, larger ones often
flattened and twisted: fls. red, 1^2-2 in. wide: fr. broadly
ovate to subglobose, usually armed with very long, in-
terwoven spines; seeds comparatively large. South-
west United States.

31. aren&.ria, Engelm. A diffuse plant with upright
terminal joints, rarely reaching 1 ft, in height: joints
thick, obovate, 2-5 in. long and half as wide, tumid,
strongly tuberculate: areolae crowded, M-/^ iu. apart,
with sparse white wool and numerous yellowish brown
bristles; spines very variable in number and size, 3-10,
slender, flexible, white to ashy gray, usually 1 in. or less
long: fls. yellow, 2-2?^ in. broad: fr. ovate to globose,
very spiny; seeds large and irregular. Southwest U. S.

32. fr^gilis, Haw. A small, prostrate plant, rarely
more than 4 in. high: joints tumid, fragile, easily de-
tached, oval, elliptical, oi
nearly as thick as broad,
bright green: areolae 34-
3^ in. apart, with whitish
wool and a few white
to yellow bristles, which

subglobose, 1-2 in. long and

j>}]i

i/i

i\

1548. Opuntia ursina. No. 27.

are much longer ana
more abundant on older
joints; spines 1-4, occa-
sionally a few small ad-
ditional ones, weak, dark
brown, the upper one
usually longer and
stronger than the others,
rarely an inch in length:
fls. greenish yellow, 1-
IM in. wide: fr. ovate
to subglobo.se, with few
spines or bristles, mostly
sterile, an inch or less
long ; seeds few and
large. Rocky iliountaiu
region f roTn British
Amer. to New Mex. —
Var.brachyarthra.Coult.
A plant with more swol-
len joints, more numer-
ous and stronger spines,
smaller fls. and more
sniny fi-uit. Colo., New
Mex.

33. cylindrica, P. DC. A moderately branched upright
plant, 10-12 ft. high, with main stem 2-iK in. in diam.,
new growth dark green, the comparatively long {%m.)
Ivs. persisting for some time: areolae depressed, with a
little white wool, a few white bristles and some long
white hairs: spines at first 2-3, erect, rather stiff, H in.
or less long, at first whitish yellow, later {-rayish: fls.
rose-red, 2-2K in. wide from end of joints : fr. pyriform,
2-2H in. long, yellowish green, somewhat spiny. Chile.
— Var. cristata is offered.

34. vestita, Salm. A small, upright, numerously
branched, ramifying plant a foot or more in height;
joints rather short, 1-2 in. long and half as thick, usu-
ally dark green : areohB with white to grayish wool and
a number of long, rather soft, grayish white hairs;
spines 4-8, either short, flexible and grayish yellow or
four times as long (J^-J^ in.), stiff and red: fls. 1-1 K in.
wide, mostly lateral, dark red: fr. ellipsoidiil, H-zi in.
iOUg, bright red and covered with grayish wool. Bolivia.

3.5. clavarioides, Link & Otto. A low, numerously
branched, spreading plant, l-l}-< ft. high : joints rather
fragile and slender, J^ in. thick, cylindrical orsomewhnt
clavate, frequently cristate, with numerous terminal,
slender branches: Ivs. extremely small : areolae close to-
gether, small, with white wool; spines 4-10, sometimes
fewer, very small and appressed, white: fls. 1-lK in.
wide and twice as long, greenish red: fr. elliptical,
K-?4 in. long; seeds with woolly hairs. Chile. — Var.
cristita is oft'ered.

30, Salmiina, Farm. A numerously branched, up-
right plant, about 3 ft. high, with very long, propor-

1150

OPUNTIA

OPUNTIA

tionately slender branches: stems about three-fifths of
au inch in diain., with rough, fissured or cracked, gray-
ish brown or lead-colored bark, the terminal joints pen-
cil-like, 3-10 in. long and %-yi in. wide: areolfe on
young growth with sparse white wool and few bristles,
on older growth the bristles are very numerous and
somewhat spine-like; spines 3-5. spreading, about ^i in.
long, grayish: lis. 1 in. wide, red: fr. pyriform, 1-lM in.
long, scarlet-proliferous, rarely fertile. Brazil.

37. Dirwinii, Herasl. A small, numerously jointed,
prostrate, ramifying plant a few inches high: joints
globose to broadly obovate, 132 in. in greatest diara.,
olive-gi*een : areoh© with yellowish wool and few bristles ;
spines rigid, lM-2 in. long, the lower ones shorter and
darker: fls. only on top of terminal joints, 1-lM in. wide,
yellow: ovaries as large as the joints. Southern S.
America.

38. diademfLta, Lem. {0. papyracdntha, Phil.). A
low, moderately branched, spreading plant, rarely more
thaa 4 in. high and forming dense patches several feet
in diam. : joints I-I/I2 in. long and nearly as thick, glo-
bose to broadly clavate, usually growing several in suc-
cession, one above the other, young growth bright green,
soon becoming grayish: areola with abundant white
wool and brownish black bristles; spines 1-2, papery,
flexible, white or brownish with darker tips, one-fifth (?)
in. long and half as wide: fls. rather small, pale yellow.
Argentine Republic.

39. pulchMla, Engelm. A small, spreading, numerously
branched plant, seldom more than 0 in. high: joints as-
cending, 2% in. long and K in. thick, obovate to clavate:
areola crowded, with white wool, and yellowish bristles
which become more numerous and larger with age;
spines 10-15, of variable length, the central one flattened,
flexible, somewhat papery,] in. long: fls. from the top
of the joints, purplish to rose-red, 1-1^2 in. wide; fr.
broadly clavate, 1 in. long, with long, hair-like, flexible
white spines, dry. Nev , Ariz.

40. clavita, Engehn. A low, spreading plant, 4-0 in.
high, forming dense mats of ascending joints 4-5 ft. in
diam. : joints 1-3 in. loug and 1 in. thick, armed with nu-
merous short, flat spines: areolie with white wool and
rigid, white bristles; exterior spines 0-14. white, J^-% in.
long, interior 4-7, larger, flattened, scabrous and ^-IM
in. long, 1 of the central spines usually very broad: fls.
yellow, 1% in. wide; fr. long-clavate, yellowish, dry,
\%-\% in. long, armed with many white radiating
bristles. Nev., New Mex.

41. Grahamii, Engelm. A low, spreading plant 4-8 in.
high, with thick, fusiform roots: joints 2-3 in. long and
% in. thick, armed with long, dai-k spines, bright green:
areolae with white wool and numerous loug, yellowish
brown, rigid bristles which become very conspicuous on
old joints; exterior si^ines 4-8, K in. long, interior 4-7,
more rigid and longer (ly^-2 in.), reddish to ashy
brown: fls. yellow, lK-2 in. wide: fr. ellipsoidal, \%,-l'%
in. loug aud half as wide, armed with many large, radi-
ating spine-like bristles. New Mex., Tex.

42. Sch6ttii, Engelm. A wide-spreading, prostrate
plant, 4-G in. high, with numerous short, curved branches :
joints short-clavate, rarely more than 2 in. long and
armed with numerous dark-colored spines: areolae witli
white wool and very few bristles; exterior spines 6-10,
very variable, % in. long; interior usually 4, flattened
or irregular, 13-2-2 in. loug, brownish red: fls. greenish
yellow to reddish, I'^A in. wide: fr. short-clavate, the
numerous areoh-e covered with white wool and many
short bristles. Texas, Mexico.

43. fimoryi, Engelm. A prostrate and spreading plant
with comparatively large, long-clavate. curved joints
and reaching a height of 8-12 in.: joints 4-7 in. long
and 1-13^ in. thick, with large, elongated tubercles:
areolee remote, with white wool and a few long {%'va..)
yellow bristles; spines numerous, exterior 10-20, 3^ in.
or less long, very bulbous at base; interior 5-10, brown-
ish to reddish black, more or less flattened and some-
times 3 in. long: fls. yellow, reddish within. lM-2 in.
wide: fr. ellipsoidal, yellow, 2-2 J4 in. loug and 1 in.
wide, armed with numerous bristles and spines. South-
western U. S., northern Mex.

44. invicta, Brand. A numerously branched, spread-
ing plant, 10-14 in. high, bluish green and armed with
many rigid, erect spines: joints 4-6 in. long and 2-2%
in. thick, nearly cylindrical: areolae with whitish wool
and yellowisli red bristles; spines 15-25. exterior 6-12,
3^ in. or less long ; interior 10-15, very strong and
rigid, 1-2 in. long, more or less flattened : fls. yellow,
13-2-2 in. wide: fr. broadly obovate, dry, armed with
numerous reddish spines and bristles. Lower Calif.

45. Davisii, Engelm. and Bigel. A procumbent, spi*ead-
ing shrub, with firm, woody skeleton. 1-2 ft. high :
joiuts 4-7 in. loug and %-%. in. thick : areolae with
short, white wool and numerous straw-colored bristles;
spines usually 8-13, exterior 3^ in. or less long; interior
4-7, triangular, brownish, with lighter tips, %-!% in.
long, very loose-sheathed : fls. greenish yellow, 2-234
in. wide: fr. clavate, 1 in. or more long, often sterile,
spiny. Tex. to Calif.

46. acanthocarpa, Engelm. and Bigel. An arborescent,
erect plant. 4-8 ft. high, with tlense reticulate-tubular
skeleton and ascending, spreading branches : joints
usually 4-10 in. long, sometimes 20, and '%-l in. in
diam.: areolae with short, white wool and scanty bright
yellow bristles; spines very variable in length and
numbers on different plants, usually 8-25, 13^ in. or less
long, with loose straw-colored or brownish sheaths:
fls. greenish yellow, with reddish centers, conspicuous
for stamens with stout red filaments, 134-1>2 in. wide:
fr. subglobose to pyriform, 1 in. in diam. and usually
armed with many long, stiff spines. Ariz, and Calif.—
A factory has been established at Tempe, Ariz., where
the wood of this species is made into light furniture,
picture frames, etc.

47. echinocArpa, Engelm. and Bigel. A low, spreading
shrub, with n-ticulate woody skeleton, rarely exceeding
134 ft. in htnght: joints 13'2-3 in. long, rarely 4-6 in.,
% in. thick, somewhat clavate: areolae with short white
wool and a few coarse, straw-colored bristles: spines
very variable in length and number, exterior 8-16, 134
in. or less long; interior usually 4 forming a cross, 1-13^
in. long, with loose white or straw-colored sheaths:
fls. greenish yellow, 1}4~1% in- wide: fr. depressed-
globose or hemispherical and armed with many long
{1-1>2 in.) spines on the upper areolae. Utah, Ariz, and
Calif. — The fruit of this species, like most others with
dry fruit, ripens in the early summer, while most spe-
cies with fleshy fruit do not mature them until fall or
the following spring.

48. Bernardina, Engelm. Aslender, branched, upright
shrub, 3-5 ft. high, usually with several long, straight
stems arising from the base: joiuts 4-24 in. long and
% in. thick, armed with numerous short spines: areolae
with grayish white wool and numerous yellow bristles;
spines yellow or brownish, 8-14, usually with inconspic-
uous sheaths, % in. or less long ; fls. greenish yellow,
1-13^ in. wide: fr. obovate, 1 in. long, armed with nu-
merous rather short spines. S. Calif.

49. serpentina, Engelm. A prostrate, rarely ascending,
sparingly branched shrub, a few inches to 2 ft. in
height: joints much elongated, G-20 in. longand V2-I in.
thick: areolaa with short, white wool and whitish bris-
tles: spines comparatively short, usiially V-9. sometimes
15 or more, yellowish or rusty, % in. or less long- fls.
greenish yellow. 1-13-2 in. wide: fr. hemispherical, }:2-%
in. in diam., armed with numerous short spines and
long woolly hairs. S. Calif., Lower Calif.

50. prolifera, Engelm. An arborescent, thick-stemmed
plant, 3-8 ft. high, with numerous horizontal, spread-
ing branches, the erect trunk sometimes 8 in. in diam.:
joiuts short-cylindrical, rounded at the ends, very succu-
lent, tumid and readily detached, bright green, 2-6 in.
long and lM-2 in. thick: areolae with white wool and
on older joints with numerous straw-colored bristles;
spines variable, usually 6-10, with conspicuous, loose,
yellowish or rusty sheaths and much-barbed, usually
about 1 in. long: fls. 134-13^ in. wide, greenish red: fr.
subglobose, 54-134 in. in diam., light green, with few
small spines and bristles, pendulous in clusters, fre-
quently sterile. Calif.. Lower Calif.

51. Sulgida, Engelm. A numerously branched arbores-
cent plant, often 10-12 ft. high, with erect trunk 8-11 in.

OPUNTIA

OPUNTIA

1151

in diam., having a thick, grayish, scaly, unarmed bark:
joints congested toward the ends of the larger branches,
ovate to ovate-eylindrical, 2-8 in. long and often 2 in.
thick, very fragile and tumid, easily becoming detached
and taking root, bluish green, somewhat glaucous : areo-
lae with white wool and bright straw-colored bristles;
spines on young growth 5-8, increasing yearly until
ultimately 30-50, linally deciduous, with loose, glisten-
ing, white or straw-colored sheaths IK in, or less long:
fls. %-l in. wide, pink : fr. obovate to globose, light
green, pendulous, in large, proliferous clusters, some-
times 50 in a single cluster. Southwestern U. S. and
North Mexico. — The common "ChoUa" of the Arizona
plains, where it often becomes a fair-sized tree and nota-
ble for its formidable armor of barbed spines completely
hiding the surface of the plant.

Var. mamill&ta, Ooult. Differs in having fewer,
shorter spines.

52. Bigelovii, Engelm. An erect, compact plant, 4-6 ft.
high, rarely higher, with fragile woody skeleton which
does not appear in joints of the first year's growth, the
most densely spine-covered and difficult to handle of
the cylindrical Opimtias : joints readily detached and
forming formidable burs, ovate, short elliptical to long
and cylindrical, with rounded ends, readily breaking
from the plant and taking root, pale green, fragile, tu-
mid, terminal ones frequently 3-5 in. long and half as
thick: areolae close together, with white wool and pale
yellow bristles; spines 10-20, some very small, increas-
ing in number as stems become older, straw-colored,
loose-sheathed, 1 in. or less long, completely hiding the
surface of the plant: fls. greenish red, 1 in. broad: fr.
very spiny, ovate, lf^-2 in. long and one-third as wide,
few-seeded, mostly sterile. Ariz., Calif.

53. Imbric^ta, P. DC. A wide-spreading, irregularly
branching shrub, rarely more than 5 ft. high, the trunk
and larger branches with dark, rough, unarmed bark:
joints frequently 12 or 14 in. long and 1-lM in. thick,
with very prominent long, cristate tubercles : areola
with yellowish wool and straw-colored bristles; spines
2-5, of variable length, 1 in. or less long, loosely
sheathed, white to straw-colored: fls. 2-2K in. wide,
light purple: fr. unarmed, depressed globose, with large
tubercles, yellow, 1-1^2 in. in diam., adhering to the
plant and drying on the stems during the winter. Tex.
and northern Mex. — Usually confused with O. arhore^-
cens, from which it differs in its smaller growth, differ-
ent habit, much longer joints, larger, more prominent
tubercles, and fewer spines. The fruit and flower also
show marked differences.

oi. arborescens, Engelm. {0.s/e'?/<)ia,Salm.). Anarbor-
escent, numerously-branched plant, 4-8 ft. high, with
trunk of larger plants having very rough, dark, unarmed
bark: joints with moderately prominent, narrow, cristate
tubercles, verticillate, horizontally spreading on mostly
pendulous, moderately spiny branches, mostly 3-6 in.
long and 1 in. or less thick: areola© with dirty-white
wool and small yellow to light brown bristles; spines
6-20, variable in length, 1 in. or less, central ones more
loosely sheathed, horny or reddish brown, white to
straw-colored sheaths: fls. purple, 2-3 in. wide: fr.
unarmed or with few spines, conspicuously tuberculate,
subglobose, 1 in. in diam., yellow to yellowish red.
Southwest U. S. — Frequently confused with O. imbri-
cata and O. sjnno^ior, intermediate between the two.
Differs from the latter in having much larger, more
cristate tubercles, fewer spines and different fruit.

55. spinosior, Toumey. A small tree, 6-12 ft. high,
with numerous verticillate branches, forming a rounded
head, the cylindrical ti*unk usually branching a few
feet above the ground, and with rough, dark bro^vn or
grayish unarmed bark: joints verticillate and pendulous,
ultimate ones usually 4-8 in. long and about 1 in. thick,
dark green, frequently more or less purplish, with
short, crowded rhombic tubercles: areola with white to
reddish brown wool and usually few, small, variously
colored bristles; spines 10-30, increasing in number
yeai'ly as the joints become older until finally deciduous,
short, and rarely conspicuously sheathed, usually ^4-%
in. long: fls. showy, bright to dark purple, 2-2K in.
wide, in whorls at the ends of the joints: fr. elliptical to
oblong, rarely obovate to globose, l]4~2^in. long, yel-

73

low, frequently remaining on the stems during the sec-
ond year. Ariz., northern Mex.

56. Whipplei, Engehn. and Bigel. A spreading, sub-
prostrate shrub, rarely exceeding 2 ft. in height, with
numerous ascending secondary branches, having short,
crowded, prominent tubercles: joints variable, terminal
ones clavate, 2-5 in. long and %~% in. thick, mostly
armed on upper half: areolae, with short white wool and
a few short, light-colored bristles; spines white, very
variable, on terminal joints, usually from 1-3 con-
spicuous loose - sheathed interior ones and several
small, deflexed or radiating ones: fls. greenish yellow,
crowded at the ends of the joints, 1-134 in. wide: fr.
unarmed or with few spines, pyriform to subglobose,
densely tuberculate, yellow or tinted with scarlet, 3^-1
in. in diam., drying and remaining attached to the plant
during the winter. Southwest U. S. and northwest Mex.
— This plant is frequently confused with O. spinosior,
probably from confusion in the original description.

57. versicolor, Engelm. A small, numeroiisly branched
tree, 6-10 ft. high, with rounded head and a short trunk,
having smooth, light brown or reddish brown, unarmed
bark : joints much elongated, usually 6-12 in. long, some-
times 20, %-% in. thick, deep green, more or less colored
with red and purple: areola with short gray wool and
lighter colored bristles; spines variable, on tei'minal
joints, usually from 5-13, older joints with 10-20, rarely,
however, increasing in numbers after the second year,
reddish brown, with inconspicuous, close-fitting sheaths,
^ in. or less long: fls. bronze-colored, 1-1 J^ in. wide:
fr. pyriform to clavate, of same color as joints, never
yellow, sometimes tinged with red or purple, unarmed
or with a few persistent short spines, 1-2 in. long.
Ariz., northern Mex.

58. tetracAntha, Toumey. An irregularly branching
shrub, 2-5 ft. high, primary branches from a stout, up-
right trunk 2-4 in. in diam., and bearing numerous
short lateral ones at irregular intervals : joints very
variable in length, usually 4-10 in. long and 14. in. thick:
areolae with whitish wool and a crescent-shaped tuft of
light brown bristles; spines 4, rarely more or less, %-
IK in. long, stout, loosely sheathed, straw-colored,
flattened, strongly deflexed, not increasing in numbers
on older joints: fls. greenish purple, %-\ in. broad: fr.
obovate to siibglobose, >2-l in. long, juicy, scarlet, un-
armed, or with a few stiff deflexed spines. Arizona.—
One of the most attractive of the cylindrical Opuntias
on account of its numerous bright scarlet fruits.

59. arbuscula, Engelm. Ashort,numerouslybranched,
round-headed, arborescent plant, rarely reaching the

'^■4{m:mm.

1549. Opuntia ramosissima. No. 61.

height of 5 ft., but always with an upi-ight, well-defined
trunk, having rough, brown, unarmed bark: joints usu-
ally 2-4 in. long and ^A in. wide, easily broken from the
plant: areolae comparatively large, with white wool and
brush-like tufts of long, slender, yellow bristles : spines
j'ellow, usually 1, frequently a small, slender, additional
one at either side, ?4-l>2 in. long, loosely sheathed: fls.
bronze-colored, %-l in. wide: fr. unarmed, of same color

1152

OPUNTIA

ORANGE

as joints, long, clavate, 1-2 in. long and one-third as wide,
mostly sterile, fertile ones with a few remarkably large,
irregular-spheroidal seeds. Arizona, Sonora.

GO. leptocaillis, P. DC. {O. fntfescens, Engelm.). An
erect shrub, 2-4 ft. hiarh, with long, slender, flexible

1550. Orange (Satsuma).
Showing the multiplication of loeules or compartments,

stems branching from near the ground, and numerous
lateral secondary ones, very short, usually unarmed and
easily detached: joints about one-fifth to i4 in. thick:
areolae with short, white wool and numerous, I'eddish
brown, conspicuous bristles : spines usually 1, sometimes
wanting, erect, stout, frequently 2 in. long, brownish or
horny, with a loose yellow shcnth: Us. greenish yellow,
>rt-^ in. wide, with detiexed perianth: fr. scarlet, suc-
culent, obovate to oblong, rarely globose, %-% in. long,
frequently proliferous, armed with tufts of long, red-
dish brown bristles. Southwestern U. S. and Sonora.
Var. mijor, Hort., is advertised. — One of the slenderest
of the Opuntias. It differs from other species in that
the fls. do not open until late in the afternoon. Several
forms of this plant occur throughout its range, some of
which have been separated as varieties. One
of the most frequent of the cylindrical Opun-
tias in cult.

61. ramosissima, Engelm. ( O. tesselldta,
Engelm.). Figs. 1543, 15-1:9. A spreading bush
2-5 ft. high, with numerous slender branches
arising from a short trunk, 1-3 in. thick, and hav
ing dark, scaly bark: joints ashy to bluish gray,
variable in length, ultimate ones 2-G in., %-%
in. thick : areolaa with sparse white wool and
a few small yellow bristles: spines sometimes
wanting (Fig. 1537), usually 1, stiff, erect, lH-2
in. long, loosely sheathed: fis. reddish purple
/4-% in. wide, dry, narrowly obovate, 1 in. long
% in. wide, with lor "2 seeds, frequently sterile,
armed with numerous long, grayish bristles
Ariz., Calif., Sonora.

O. cocdnelUfera, MiU. = Nopalea. — O. corrugata
Salm., is iidvertised, but little known. — O. glauco
phylla. — O. Klclnia', DC. is also advertised. — C
lUrida is probably O. arborescens.

J. W. TOUMEY.

ORACH, or French Spinach, is a pot-herb ciilt and
used ranch like spinach. It is an annual, grows o 0 tt
high, has furrowed stems and arrow-shaped sliifhtl}
crimped Ivs. of soft texture. The inflorescence sug
gests that of amarantus-like plants. The individual
fis. are very small, devoid of petals, and greenish or
reddish according to variety. For a more technical de
scription, see Atriplex hortensls.

There are three main types of Orach, based on the
color of the Ivs. The white variety is the one most
commonly grown. The Ivs. are pale green, almost yel-
low. The red or dark red variety has stems and foliage
of dark red color, which disappears in cooking. It is
occasionally cult, as an ornamental foliage plant under
the name var. atrosangninea. The green variety is per-
haps the most vigorous type. The Ivs. are rounder than
those of the white var. and less toothed. So far as is
known, only the red and white varieties are offered in
America. The seed is usually drilled into the open

ground in early March. The plants are used in their
young state. They bear hot weather fairly well, iiut
soon run to seed. Monthly successional sowings
are therefore desirable. Orach is little known in
America. y^^ jyj

ORANGE. Plate XXIII. The Orange is one of
the oldest of cultivated fruits. Its nativity is still
in doubt, but it is probable that it is indigenous
to the Indo-Chinese region. It is now widely
distributed in all warm-temperate and tropical
countries, in me-ny of which it has run wild and
behaves like a native plant. In parts of Florida
the Orange was found wild when permanent set-
tlements were made, but it had probably spread
from stock that was introduced by the early
Spaniards. In stature of tree and character of
fruit, the Orange has varied immensely. Nor-
mally, the fruit contains ten compartments or
loi-iili'S ; but under the influence of domestica-
tion these compartments have been increased,
and in some cases a secondary axis, with its
accompanying loonies, has been thrust into the
center of the fruit, causing tlie "navel" appear-
ance of some varieties. Fig. 1550; ulso Fig. 47G,
p. 322. These navel Oranges, of which the
Washington Navel or Bahia is the best known, are
chance seedling varieties, as other varieties are. The
immediate cause of this particular kind of variation
is unknown. The Washington Navel was introduced
from Brazil in 1870 by the late Wm. Saunders, of the
U. S. Dept. of Agric, and by him distributed as the
Bahia (see Van Deman, Kept. Dept. Agric, 188ii, p.
207). In recent years, some of the odd and grotesque
types of Japanese Oranges have been introdxiced into
this country, but they will probably always be curiosi-
ties rather than commercial pomological products. See
Figs. 1551-2 and cf. Shinn, A.G. 1890, 333-G.

There are three well-developed Orange regions within
the confines of the United States: central and southern
Florida; the delta region of the Mississippi; California.

1551. The Natsu-dai-dia, or Summer Orange of Japan.

The fruit is large, suggesting a shaddock. It is not eaten till
the second summer.

Parts of Texas and the Mexico-Arizona region will no
doubt develop into commercial Orange sections in the
near future. Until within recent years a large part of
the Oranges consumed in this country have come from

ORANGE

Mediterranean regions, but the Florida Orange has
taken the place, to a large extent, of the Imported fruit.
Since the great Florida freeze of 1895, however, the
California Orange has come to be much better known
in the eastern states.

Fifty years and more ago, Oranges were commonly
grown under glass in England and parts of the conti-
nent. At that time there was no rapid transportation
between the Orange-growing regions and northern
countries, and the Orange fruit was a luxury. Special
houses, known as orangeries, were devoted to the cul-
ture of the fruit. The trees were ordinarily grown in
large tubs or boxes (Fig. 1553), and were kept in the
open in summer and were placed in the orangery in
winter. These orangeries were scarcely greenhouses
in the modern understanding of the term. In many
cases they had slate or shingle roofs, the sides only
being provided with an extra amount of glass in the
shape of windows. Some of them, however, were
houses with glass roofs. As imported Oranges came to
be more common, these Orange houses gradually fell
into disuse. It is doubtful if there are any of these
establishments now standing in this country, but one
sees thera occasionally in Europe. As the Orange trees
disappeared, other plants were grown in the house, so
that an orangery came to mean a particular kind of
house in which plants are grown that will thrive in con-
ditions suited to the Orange. It came to be no uncom-
mon thing to see orangeries in which there were no
Oranges.

The Orange tree is still a popular subject in conser-
vatories, however, and in window-gardens. In the latter
conditions it rarely produces fruit of any consequence,
but the shining evergreen foliage and the very fragrant
flowers make the plant interesting and desirable. The
plant is subject to scale and mealy bug, and constant
attention must be given to syringing and sponging the
foliage. The leading difficulty in the growing of an
Orange tree in the dAvelling house is a tendency to keep
it growing the entire year and to keep it too wet at the
roots. After the fruiting season, in late fall or early
winter, the plant should be allowed to rest for a time
in order to harden its wood for the next year's bloom.
It may then be kept at a temperature of 40° to 50°
and fairly dry at the roots. Water should not be with-
held entirely, however, because the plant should be
kept in such condition that tlie foliage will not drop.
After a period of relative inactivity of one or two months,
the plant may be set in a sunny place and given a some-
what higher temperature, and water and liquid manure
may be applied at the roots. It should be in bloom dur-
ing the summer and eai'ly fall. Best results are secured
if the roots are somewhat confined. When the plant is
small, it may be potted on from time to time; but after
it has attained the height of five or six feet, it should
not be given more root room than a small tub or a half
barrel. Ordinarily, it will not need repotting for several
years at a time after it has attained this size. Some of
the surface soil may be removed from time to time and
fresh soil added and liquid manure applied. Usually
the stocks which are used are grown from seeds, and
the plants vary as peaches or apples do. Some of the
plants may give desirable fruit, but the larger part of
them will give fruit of indiiferent or even inferior
quality. If the best kind of fruit is wanted, the young
plants should be budded after they are well established
in the pots. Buds may be secured from any tree that
bears a desirable fruit, or they may be obtained from the
South.

In recent years the Otaheite Orange (described in
Vol I, page 323) has come into prominence as a pot-
plant. Fig. 1554. It is a dwarf form of the common
Orange species. It is undoubtedly the best form of Or-
ange for growing in the house. The fi-uits are small
and handsome, and the flowers have a pinkish tinge
and are very fragrant. These plants will bloom and
bear when not more than a foot high if the roots are
somewhat confined or the plants not overpotted. Usually
they will bloom the greater part of the year, but, like '
most hard-wooded plants, the best results are secured
if they have a period of rest, as described above. The
temperature for all Oranges should be relatively low;
that is, it should be the temperature of the intermediate

ORANGE

1153

chrysan-

house or one which will grow carnations,
themums, geraniums, and the like.

There is much literatui'e on the Orange, but there is
no full and comprehensive treatise on Orange culture in
North America. An authoritative general work on
Oranges is Risso and Poiteau, "Histoire et Culture des

1552. Japanese types of Orange.
Top. S.ikura-jima, small, dwarf in growth, coarse
in quality. Second i'rom top. Shiriwa-koji. sweet and
solid, of good quality, the rind thin and yellow. Oon-
shiu or Satsunia, one of the "kid-glove " class. Ka-
wachi, also a "kid-glove " Orange.

Oranges," Paris. On the oriental forms and histories
of Oranges, one should consult Bonavia, "The Culti-
vated Oranges and Lemons of India and Ceylon," London,
1890. The American books on the Orange are as fol-

1154

ORANGE

ORANGE

lows: Garey, "Orange Culture in California," San Fran-
cisco, 1882 ; Moore, "Treatise of Orange Culture in
Florida, Louisiana and California," New York and
Jacksonville, Third Edition, 1883; Manville, "Practical
Orange Culture: including the Culture of the Orange,
Lemon, Lime, and other citrous fruits as grown in
Florida," Jacksonville, 188,3 ; Spalding, "The Orange:
Its Culture in California," Riverside, 1885. One should
also consult Wickson's "California Fruits," and the pub-
lications of the California State Board of Horticulture.
For an account of the Orange from the botanical
point of view, see Citrus. l. H. B.

Orange Culture in Florida.— The foimdation of
Orange culture in Florida was laid, it is believed, by
the accidental distribution of sour Orange seeds by the
Indians, who obtained the fruit from trees planted by
the Spaniards in early days, and which were probably
grown from imported seeds.

These sour Oranges were carried from camp to camp,
and the seeds thus scattered through the northern and
central parts of peninsular Florida found congenial soil
and conditions in the open hardwood forests and live-
oak groves of that region, and in time formed wild groves
of great extent, always in places where more or less
protected from sun and radiation by towering live-oaks,
magnolias and similar trees.

Sweet Oranges were grown to some extent for family
use even before the civil war, but in the absence of
transportation facilities were considered of no commer-
cial value.

Between 18G5 and 1870, however, the Orange trees
along the banks of the St. John's river began to attract
attention as a profitable investment, and a little later
an enterprising horticulturist bought a portion of a wild
grove in the interior, near Orange Lake, and budded
the tops of the sour trees to sweet varieties. The prof-
its were prompt and large, so much so that this pioneer,
who began with an investment of only $1,000, had a crop
valued at $231,000, for the year of the great freeze,
1894-5.

Many of these wild groves were injured or destroyed,
however, by the removal of the protecting live-oaks,

Indian river hammocks being justly celebrated for the
quality and abundance of the fruit, while almost every
kind of soil and exposure had its champions as best fcr
Orange culture. The winters for several years prior to

1553. Tub-grown Orange tree.

and being located on about the 30th parallel of latitude,
the Oranges themselves had to be marketed early in
the season to avoid destruction by frost. By 1880 culti-
vated groves spread over all parts of Florida where
railroad or steamboat transportation was accessible; the

1554. Otaheite Orange in a pot,

1880 were almost frostless, and the rains abundant all
the year round, so that the growth of well-cultivated
young groves was phenomenal, and the whole northern
half of peninsular Florida gave itself up to Orange cul-
ture with reckless enthusiasm — it was estimated that
the Orange at 12 years of age would pay from 10 to 150
per cent interest on a valuation of $100 for each tree,
and in the case of individual trees even the highest
figure was sometimes realized.

The first check to this state of affairs was received in
1886, when a three days' blizzard from the northwest
swept over the state and cut back or at least defoliated
all the Orange trees down to the 29th degree, and still
further south in all but the most protected stations.
This injury, however, was only temporary inmost cases,
and while much of the crop of 1885-6 was lost, there
was no diminution in the crop of the following year,
although the trees themselves had received an evident
check.

From 1886 on, there has been a succession of frosts,
generally not sufiicient to hurt old trees but enough to
destroy or seriously cripple nearly all the young groves
north of the latitude of Tampa, so that few, if any, new
groves have been brought into successful bearing north
of that point since 1886.

In December, 1894, a still more severe northwest bliz-
zard defoliated all the trees as far soiith as the Manatee
river, and this was followed in February by another
similar freeze, which caught the trees covered with
tender shoots and young foliage, with active sap, and
killed most of them to the ground from Tampa north,
and, moreover, so enfeebled them from the repeated
shocks that the majority were unable to rally, and are
to-day either dead or worthless. The loss to the Florida
Orange industry by this double freeze is reasonably
estimated at $100,000,000.

The crop of lS9-i-5 was the largest hitherto produced,
and estimated at 6,000,000 boxes, each of 2 cubic feet.
The following year about 75,000 boxes were produced,
all from south of the latitude of Tampa, and the crop
has been increasing till that of 1900-01 is estimated at
1,000,000 boxes, 95 per cent of this coming from regions
south of Orange county, which just about reverses the
proportion observed "before the freeze."

The following table was supplied by Mr. E. O. Painter,
editor of the "Florida Agriculturist," after consultation
with the officers of the Florida Fruit Exchange, and may
be relied on as substantially correct:

ORANGE

ORANGE

1155

i^lHi

#iU»iflk

FLORIDA OBiNGE CROPS.

1884-85 600,000

1885-86 900,000

1886-87 1,260.000

1887-88 1,450.000

1S88-S9 1,950,000

1889-90 2.150,000

1890-91 2,450,000

1891-92 3,761,843

1892-93 3.400,000

1893-94 5,055,367

1894-95 6,000,000 (Est.)

1895-96 100,000

1896-97 250,000

1897-98 216.579

1898-99 225,000

1899-1900 400,000

1900-1901 1,000.000 ( Est. )

Many groves in Orange county and northward have
been broiight into fair condition by banking the trunks
with earth during the winter so as to limit the injury by
frost, and if another series of frostless winters like
those between 1870 and 1880 were to occur, these groves,
with others newly planted, would gain sufficient age and
size to defy the ordinary frosts and make this region
again productive. Many acres have recently been
shedded over with slats or canvas — usually removed in
summer — and, thus pro-
tected from the cold, are
promising large returns on
the heavy investment re-
quired to build the sheds
-from $G00 to $1,000 per
acre. Figs. 1555-0. They
are usually heated during
the coldest nights, either
with open wood fires or
"j^itf^i stoves burning coke or
coal. The most extensive
shedding operations are
those of John B. Stetson,
of Deland, who has 37
acres covered, various sys-
tems of protection being
employed on different
plots.

The Orange has been grown on the most varied soils
in Florida, but successful groves have been mainly on
"high hammock" and "high pine," and the greatest
profit, as a rule, has been from the hammock groves,
where seedling trees came into bearing much earlier
than on pine-land, and both seedling and budded trees
produce more abundant crops.

The Orange groves of California and Arizona are sub-
jected to greater winter cold than those of Florida, but
suffer comparatively little damage from it, since the
winters are more uniformly cool and dry and the trees
are consequently dormant, while the usual warmth of a
Florida winter keeps vegetation constantly in more or
less active growth, and hence more sensitive to sudden
frosts. Thus in 1894—5 not only Orange trees but peach
and mulberry trees and old Wistaria vines — all hardy as
far north as Canada when dormant— were frozen to the
ground. The mean temperature has changed little, if
at all, during this alternation of mild and frosty cycles
of years; indeed, the mean of maximum and minimum
observation taken daily at Mount Dora, Fla., for six
comparatively frostless years prior to ISSG was half a
degree F. colder than the mean of six years of injurious
frosts subsequent to 1886.

The Orange tree is a gross feeder, and in the sandy
soils best adapted to its culture in Florida can use to
advantage large amounts of commercial fertilizer, pro-
vided the ammonia is balanced by abundant potash and
care is taken to avoid an excess of crude fermentable
materials containing nitrogen, such as cottonseed-meal
and dried blood.

On the moister grades of hammock land, such, for ex-
ample, as those bearing the fine groves near the Manatee
river, it is considered unsafe to give more than 10
pounds of commercial fertilizer a year, even to the oldest
bearing-trees, on account of its liability to produce dis-
ease; and additional sulfate of potash is iised, even
with standard brands of fertilizer rich in potash. On

1555. Movable shed to protect
an Oranee tree from cold.
It lias a board top and cloth
sides. The sides cau be re-
moved, allowing the trees full
light.

the high pine-land at Deland, profit has been found in
applications of 80 pounds to the tree, or 2 tons to the
acre, but the average amount used by successful grow-
ers is 20 to 30 pounds to the tree of special brands,
costing from $30 to $37 per ton.

So long as the soil is not unduly depleted of humus,
frequent cultivation is an important factor in producing
rapid growth of Orange trees. As an experiment, a seed
was planted and hoed every day except Sundays for
four years. It was then about the size of an average
eight-year-old tree in the region — one celebrated for its
fine and fast-growing Orange groves — and bore four
boxes of Oranges — about what would be expected from
an eight-year-old seedling in that place.

Soils. — The surface soils of peninsular Florida are
almost wholly of subaerial origin— that is, are composed
of particles cast up by the waves of the sea and carried
to their present positions by the wind. The process
may be observed at the present day in some places on
the coast, for example, where a gentle slope inland from
the beach ends in a thicket of underbrush and small
trees. At such a place the slope abruptly ends at an
angle of 45 degrees, and whenever a breeze blows from
the sea on a dry day a continuous stream of sand may
be seen blowing over the crest and falling down the
steep angle, gradually engulfing and burying the
thicket in a layer of sand sometimes 15 feet in depth.
The trees and bushes form a wind-break and thus check
the blowing of the sand towards the sea when a land
breeze prevails. As might be expected, the elevations
in peninsular Florida are small, the highest point of the
peninsula being but 300 feet above the sea-level.

The result of long ages of wind action on a soil com-
posed wholly of fine particles has been to assort these
articles according to weight and size and other physi-
cal characteristics into innumerable patches, small and
great, each of which has its own peculiarities in its re-
action upon the vegetation which it bears. This makes
the soil capabilities of any tract of land a bewildering
puzzle to the newcomer, and the only certain clue to its
solution is found in the character of the vegetation al-
ready growing on it. Chiefly in accordance with this
natural growth, the soils are classified as high ham-
mock and low hammock, high pine and low pine, or
flatwoods, prairies, scrubs, bays and shell-mounds. Any
land bearing an abundant growth of hardwood trees-
live-oaks, hickories, magnolias, etc., is hammock land,
and if not less than 3 or 4 feet above water is suitable
for Orange culture. The larger and denser the hard-
wood growth the better the Orange will flourish on it.
An elevation of 8-10 feet above w^ater is preferable to
lower hammock. The word hammock is the aboriginal
Indian name for hardwood forest.

"High pine" land is characterized by the predominant
growth of the long-leaved or yellow pine. This is also

1556. One method of protecting Orange trees in
Florida.— A slat shed.

suitable for Orange culture; the larger the pines the
better the land. If the pines are intermixed with willow-
oaks and an occasional hickory and cabbage palmetto,
the land is sometimes called half -hammock, and such
land is more fertile than ordinary pine land. Blackjack
oaks, on the contrary, are an indication of poverty of
soil.

1156

ORANGE

ORANGE

As fires sweep over the pine lands annually, burning
the resiuous pine straw, there is a good deal of finely
divided charcoal in these soils but very little humus,
while in hammock soil the percentage of humus is often
very large.

Platwoods (low pine land} is characterized by several
small-coned species of pine, which otherwise very much

V'a*-^*':""

1557. Florida Orange grove.

resemble the long-leaved pines. This land is often un-
derlaid with hardpan a foot or two below the surface.
Much of it is subject to overflow in the rainy months,
and when overgrown with gallberry bushes it is useless
for Orange culture.

A prairie is a tract in the flatwoods overgrown with
grass only and covered by standing water during a
part of each year.

A scrub is a tract of white sand — often like clean
granulated sugar — overgrown with dwarfed live-oaks
and other bushes, mostly of the heath family and usu-
ally only a few feet high, with scattered spruce-pine
trees, the open spaces often covered with reindeer
moss and allied lichens. It is entirely worthless for
Orange culture, though suited for pineapples if richly
and constantly fertilized.

A bay or bayhead is a deep accumulation of humus
muck and peat. When drained, such lands make the
best vegetable gardens.

The shell-mounds are, as their name implies, accumu-
lations of the shells of marine or fresh-water mollusks,
intermixed with a little sand and humus. They are apt
to be thirsty, though fertile when plenty of water is
supplied, and although the Orange will grow upon them
and produce tine, silky-skinned fruit, the trees are not
long-lived, as a rule, and seem subject to disease. The
finest silky-skinned fruit is rarely, if ever, produced by
trees in vigorous health and rugged growth.

The tendency of Orange trees on pine land, especially
bottomless pine lands— those not underlaid with clay-
is to wood growth, and the postponement of abundant
fruiting till a great age has been reached; this is es-
pecially the case with seedling trees. The coarser the
pine land soil in texture, the longer, as a rule, will the
Orange tree take to reach a bearing age, sometimes
requiring twenty or thirty years, even with abundant
fertilizing, on the coarser sands. On the iKnmnocks,
seedlings fruit at a much earlier age, and budded trees
often dwarf themselves from overbearing.

South of the 27th degree of latitude there are some
rich, red, loamy soils, while the sand consists largely of
coral debris instead of qiiartz. In these southern re-
gions the Orange is supposed to flourish only upon the
scrub lands, being dwarfed and subject to disease on
the otherwise rich and fertile red soils.

When not injured by frost, the Florida Orange tree is
immensely productive of thin-skinned delicious fruits.
A good Florida orchard or grove is shown in Fig.
1557. A new tree arising from the stump of a frozen
tree is shown in Fig. 1558. Many groves have been re-
newed in this way.

Varieties. — Of the leading varieties, Homosassa
maybe taken as the type of the finest seedlings origi-
nating in Florida; other Florida seedlings have been

named, but they are much alike. Jaffa and Majorca
are typical of the best thornless foreign varieties; the
Washington is the only navel Orange sufliciently pro-
ductive to warrant planting in Florida, where none of
the navel Oranges are as prolific as other sorts. Of the
kid glove Orange, the Tangerine has quite displaced
the Mandarin in Florida, the brighter color of the for-
mer always ensuring a higher market price. Satsuma
has the merit of being earlier than the Tangerine and
possibly being hardier, hence is largely planted, though
not equal in appearance or quality to the Dancy Tan-
gerine. Of the two varieties of Kumquat or Cherry
Orange, the "oblong" is the best market fruit, the
"round" being too variable in size and often too small.

Theodore L. Mead.
Another View of Orange Culture in Florida.—
In primitive Orange culture the tree was a seedling
from selected fruit, and even at this time the majority
of bearing trees in Florida are seedlings. Seedlings
are late in coming into bearing, their fruit is of variable
quality, and the roots of sweet Orange trees are likely
to get the "foot-rot," or mal-di-goma. Therefore grow-
ers are now more careful as to stocks used and seldom
plant the sweet seedling tree, but graft or bud on more
suitable roots. On very high land of best quality which
is deeply drained, it is possible to raise the sweet seed-
ling without great danger from foot-rot. As long as
the roots are healthy the trees produce fruit in abun-
dance, and many growers contend that the fruit pro-
duced, whether of Orange, lemon or pomelo, on sweet
Orange stocks is better in quality of juice, has less
"rag" and a thinner skin, and hangs on the tree in per-
fection longer than when grown on other roots.

The sour Orange as a stock for other citrous trees is
a contestant with the longer grown sweet Orange, and
as it is free from gura disease, commonly called "foot-
rot," and yields abundant crops, it is planted on soils
which naturally siiit it ; these are low, rich lands of
both pine and hammock. In the central part of Florida
it has run wild, and grows in the open hammock woods
where some years ago the best thickets were budded or
grafted to the sweet Orange, and up to 1895 bore enor-
mous crops of fruit. The sour Orange does not do so
well on higher land, though sometimes pUmted there,
and will not grow at all in dry, coarse sand, where the
"rough lemon" manages to exist and produce fruit.

This "rough lemon" seems to be a natural hybrid
citrus, with leaves and flowers somewhat resembling
the commercial lemon and with large, round, coarse

%..€m

1558. Sprout-grown Oiange tree.

fruit with a lemon's acidity, but with the appearance of
a coarse sour Orange.

For quickness of growth and prolific fruiting, no
citrous tree compares with the "rou^h lemon " as a stock
for Oranges, lemons, etc., and growers are more suc-
cessful with it than with any other stock on diverse
soils so far tried.

OEANGE

ORANGE

1157"

Another prominent stock for citrous trees is the wild
hardy Citt-us trifoUata of Japan. It is a very thorny
deciduous tree of somewhat dwarf habit, succeeding
well on good Orange land not too dry. It influences the
cion growing upon it to a great extent and causes a
considerable increase of hardiness against cold, as well
as earlier ripening of fruit ; the tree itself blooms very
late in the spring and ripens its fruit comparatively
early. In north Florida and along the Gulf coast it is
now being largely planted, worked to all varieties of
Orange, pomelo, kumquat, etc., with more or less like-
lihood of successful fruition. It will probably never
be wanted as a' stock in localities free from frosts. The
Orange tree is also worked to a small extent on the
roots of other citrous trees, as pomelo, lime, bitter-sweet
Orange, etc., with more or less success, as the nature
of the land detennines.

Propagation of these various trees is usually effected
by seed. For sweet seedlings intended for orchard
planting, the seed is carefully selected from the fruit
of very best qualities, and only the vigorous plants are
saved ; for the nursery, to be worked by budding or
grafting to various sorts, the seed is taken from any
fruit available, whether good in quality or not. The
seeds are squeezed out of the fruit by hand, after cut-
ting the skin, and not allowed to dry. The seed of
Citrus trifoliata may be dried, as it keeps longer
without loss of vitality. ^

Seed-beds are prepared by thoroughly digging and
pulverizing the soil, which should be of a light or
sandy nature, and, unless of very good quality nat-
urally, should be manured slightly with composted
stable manure or chemical fertilizer. Seed should be
sown thickly on the loose soil and pressed down well
before covering ; soil of the same light nature should
now be thrown evenly over the surface to a depth of
about an inch, and if the bed is considerably exposed to
the sun should be mulched lightly with straw or leaves.
Planters usually provide a temporary shading for the
beds or else select a situation shaded by trees or walls,
although the seedlings will grow in full sunshine if
only mulched, but require more attention in watering.
After two to sis weeks, according to the warmth of the
weather, the seedlings will appear above the surface
and must be kept as free as possible from weeds, in-
sects and fungous diseases. "Damping off" causes
much trouble, and whole beds may be lost unless
sprayed in time to check the spread of this fungous
trouble. Bordeaux mixture seems to be the best prepa-
ration to use, although thorough dusting with flowers
of sulfur sometimes is effectual.

The seedlings at the age of six months, or say during
the summer rainy season, may be planted in nursery
rows, about 10 x 48 in, apart. Less risk of loss, how-
ever, results when transplanting is done in midwinter
with one-year-old plants, which at this age should be
6-18 in. high, according to variety. Watering is neces-
sary both at time of setting and occasionally afterward,
unless rains are frequent enough to keep the ground
well moistened.

Fertilizer is used on poor soil about three times per
year in the nursery, and clean tillage is a necessity to
produce healthy trees quickly. At the age of three or
four years the seedlings are usually budded to the
desired varieties just before the growth ceases in the
autumn. In spring the tops are cut oft' a few inches
above the live buds, which quickly push oTit and grow
strongly the first few months. Care is now essential in
keeping down sprouts from the stock and in training
the young bud. Most growers drive a small stake at
each stem and tie the shoot thereto with soft twine,
topping it to induce branching at the desired height.
After a full season's growth the young budded trees
will be well hardened and available for planting out in
the permanent orchard during the winter months.

Grafting the Orange, as well as all citrous trees, is
not so certain a process as budding, the hardness of the
wood and heat of a warm climate being against success.
Bark-grafting, or sprig-budding, is practiced on old
stumps fairly successfully, but other forms of grafting
usually fail.

In starting an orchard, the character of soil and
drainage must determine the kind of stock to be used.

The distance apart for standard trees should be ample,
25-30 ft. seeming about right. Ti'ifoliata stock may be
set closer. The land must be staked off and holes thor-
oughly prepared some time before setting trees. If
land is newly cleared and somewhat acid, the soil
thrown out of the holes may be sweetened by a liberal
mixture of fresh lime, and will be benefited if allowed
to remain exposed to sun and air for two or three

Mandarin, a Kid-glove Orange.

■uonths, after which it may be thrown l)ack and the
surface fertilized (if necessary) a week or more before
setting trees.

The young trees ought to be judiciously pruned at
the top to counterbalance loss of roots in digging, and
part or all of the leaves may be removed if transplant-
ing takes place in cool weather; the removal of leaves
is additional security against loss, less water being
needed to establish the roots. In summer, however, the
hot sunshine makes it advisable to leave on some
foliage to avoid burning or scalding. Winter trans-
planting is preferable in almost every case.

After transplanting, the trees will be greatly benefited
by a mulching of straw, leaves, or trash, which will
keep the ground cooler and moister, and in rotting add
humus to the soil. Fertilizer during the first years may
not be needed if the natural soil is rich, but by the time
fruiting commences some elements will probably be
needed. If the grower is undecided as to what his soil
lacks, a series of soil analyses may be useful in giving
a suggestion. Potash, phosphoric acid and nitrogen are
the main elements in manures, and the formulae used
in mixing chemical fertilizers may be readily varied to
suit each particular orchard. The fertilizer may be
purchased ready mixed, or the grower by care and study
can make his own mixtures, buying the various ingre-
dients to best advantage. Sulfate of potash, bone-
black, and sulfate of ammonia are safe and favorite
chemicals for all citrous trees. Fertilizing is usually
done in December and again in May or June; some-
times a third application may be necessary in early au-
tumn to properly till out the fruit.

Cultivation has been for some years along the same
lines: light plowing about the time of the winter fertil-
izing followed by thorough harrowing all through ne
spring and early summer, keeping weeds and grass well
under, and conserving the moisture through the spring
drought. After the rains settle down in earnest, all cul-
tivation is suspended and the orchard is sown to various
soil-enriching forage-plants, or allowed to develop crab-
grass. The abundant foliage of the forage-plants keeps
the ground cooler and renders the treeless liable to scald
during extremes of heat and moisture; the forage may
be cut and cured for hay, but when so doing a return of
such loss ought to be made to the orchard, to some ex-
tent, from the barn lots, or in applications of mulching
or leaf-mold. At all events the orchard should be
mowed previous to the time of fruit-gathering.

Since the destructive freezes of 1894-95 and the fol-
lowing three cold winters, growers in the upper portion
of Florida have used varioiis forms of protection against
frost, for Orange trees. The most general work along

1158

ORANGE

ORANGE

this line lias been the banking of tree-trunks with soil
up to a height of 1-4 ft., which in the event of freezing
carries the budded stem safely through the winter and
saves considerable growth. This is only a makeshift,
however, to preserve the budded variety and does not
protect the top or bearing part of the tree, so that many
forms of tents for covering the whole tree have been
devised, with heating apparatus. Sheds have also been
made with tight walls, covering large areas of trees and
having either slatted or movable roofs: during severe
cold, open fires, aided by the high walls, keep the
temperature above the freezing point. There is also
the possibility of warming the air by means of sprays
of water, forced from set nozzles by a steam pump, as
the temperature of well water in Florida is constantly
about 75° Fahr. or warmer. Under sheds trees may be
set closer and kept at the very highest state of growth,
removing crowded trees from time to time as it may be
expedient.

The gathering of the Orange crop may proceed some-
what at the will of the owner; picking, of course, pro-
ceeds with the ripening of the different varieties, the
early sorts being fit to gather in October, weeks or
months before mediiim and late ripening sorts: all
varieties will keep in perfection for several weeks while
hanging on the trees.

The fruit from all citrous trees should be cut off, and
never pulled, as a rough treatment would cause early
decay. Packing is carried on quite uniformly in a
great degree of perfection through all the Orange sec-
tions of the country; the main essentials to success
are a slight wilting of the fruit (two or three days),
and a firm, but not extreme degree of pressure, in each
package. E. N. Reasoner.

OrangeCulture in the Mississippi Delta. —From the
early settlement of Louisiana to the present day Orange
culture has received attention in the lower Mississippi
valley. Until recently the seeds of sweet Oranges were
planted and the young trees transplanted in and around
the yards and gardens. No extensive groves were grown
until after the close of the civil war. At first groves of
seedling trees only were planted and these proved ex-
ceedingly profitable up to the very cold spell of 1895,
which destroyed nearly every one in the state. In the
meanwhile extensive experiments had been made in
budding the choice varieties of sweet Oranges on various
kinds of stocks, and many of the experiments demon-
strated the power of resisting the cold by certain kinds
of stocks, notably the Oifriis trifoUata. Accordingly
many of the old groves and a number of new ones

1560. The banking of Orange trees on the Mississippi delta,

were planted in budded stocks, using the buds of se-
lected trees of sweet Oranges and establishing them
upon the Citrus trifoJiata.

Budded stock has thus entirely superseded sweet seed-
lings. The sour Orange, the bitter-sweet Orange, the
rough lemons, the grape-fruit or pomelo and the Citrus
trifoUata have all been used successfully as stock for
the sweet Orange. In the meanwhile several hardy
Japanese varieties, including the Satsuma. Mandarins
and Tangerines, were introduced and budded upon va-
rious kinds of stock. In 1895, with the temperature going

down to 15° F. in New Orleans, it was found that the
combination of the hardy Japanese varieties upon the
Citrus trifoUata alone withstood the cold. This experi-
ence caused an adoption of the Citrus trifoUata as the
chief stock for future groves. Accordingly nearly all of
the groves planted since that time have been with this
stock.

But there is a frost limit beyond which this combina-
tion is destroyed. This was evidenced by the unprece-
dented freeze of February, 1899, which again (k-stroyed
nearly every grove in the state. Since that tinu- Orange
planting has made very slow progress, and only a few
large groves are to-day to be found in the state. The
industry is, however, so profitable that a renaissance
may be expected at an early day. The budded trees
bear early and yield profitable returns in three to five
years after being transplanted in the grove. The city
of New Orleans furnishes a home market for all that
can be raised, and the Louisiana Orange is about one
month ahead of those of Florida and several months ahead
of California in ripening, and, therefore, reaches the
market when, on account of scarcity, good pricus prevail.
These facts, coupled with the readily i)ru(hirtivc soil,
requiring no fertilizers, and the abundant rainfall, dis-
pensing with irrigation, make Orange culture exceed-
ingly profitable in Louisiana, and the only drawback is
an occasional blizzard from the northwest, which drives
gulf-ward the usually balmy climate and temporarily
chills the groves. At rare intervals these blizzards are
so intense as to destroy tree and fruit.

How to protect groves against these destructive
frosts is to-day the "burning question" with the Orange
growers. Flooding the orchard with water from the
river upon the appioach of a freeze has been practiced
upon a large scale without complete success.

The practice of banking the tree — piling the soil around
the stem to a height of a few feet (Fig. 1500)— on the
approachof a blizzard whose intensity and time of coming
are usually predicted by the government weather bureau,
is now almost universally adopted as the best protection
against excessive cold. This banking retainsvitalityinthe
main trunk, and while the outer limbs are killed young
shoots will start from the tree when the soil is removed
and spring advances. This practice gives only partial
protection. The tree is virtually destroyed, but new
shoots from the protected trunk will soon appear and
i'l a year or two the tree has resumed shape and is ready
to bear a crop. The crop for the ensuing year or years
is destroyed, but by skilful care the grower is enabled
to secure a renewed plantation quickly.

The sweet, the sour, the Mandarin (Fig. 1559),
Tangerine and Satsuma, tlie Shaddock, the grape-
fruit, the Kumquat and the trifoliata, are all
grown quite largely in Louisiana. The Myrtle
and the Otaheite are occasionally found as orna-
mental trees.

The Orange is grown in this state directly
from seed and from buds. Budding is done at
any time of the year from early spring to late
fall. When performed in the fall, the buds re-
main dormant through the winter. The various
stocks have particular merits for special soils
and other conditions, and several kinds are used,
as alread}'' said; but when the chief obstacle to
successful Oransre culture is cold, all other
considerations must be dispensed with and only
the most resistant stocks used. These are,
fir^t, Citrus trifoUata, and, second, sour Orange.
Hence nearly all the Louisiana groves are on
these two stocks, a large majority being on the
former.

Planting a grove is always preceded by a nur-
sery. The latter is made by planting the seed of the
Citrus trifoUata or sour Orange. When the young
trees are one to two years old they are shield-budde.d
with buds from selected varieties. One year after,
these buds are large enough to be transplanted to the
gi'ove.

The soil of the grove is thoroughly prepared and pul-
verized, and well drained. The trees are planted at in-
tervals of 20 to 40 feet apart both ways, and the grove is
cultivated until the trees are large enough to shade the
ground. After that only the weeds and bushes are kept

1

Plate XXIII. Citrous fruits (about one-lialf natiu'al size).
Oranges, Nonpareil and Parson Brown; Mandarin, Cleopatra: Kumquat, Nagami: Pomelo. Royal.

ORANGE

ORANGE

1159

down. Late and early cultivation of an Orange grove
is usually discouraged as having a tendency to induce a
too luxuriant, sappy growth, which may be injured by
subsequent frosts. The cultivation is usually per-
formed with light plows or suitable cultivators.

In three years after a grove is planted the trees
should begin to bear, increasing its products every year

1561. Satsuma Oranec (X %).

thereafter and becoming exceedingly profitable at 5 to G
years. It has been found best here to head the Orange
tree low, and prune it only for shape and comfort. Ex-
cessive pruning is never followed.

When ripe, the Oranges are gathered by hand from
ladders, assorted and packed in boxes or barrels and
shipped to New Orleans. Before the late excessive
cold the crop of the state was estimated at 500,000
boxes. It was quite small last year, as the result of this
freeze.

A fertilizer containing 50 pounds nitrogen, 50 pounds
potash, and 25 pounds phosphoric acid per acre is the
one usually recommended in this state. It is usually
applied in March or April. The following varieties have
been grown in this state, which, for convenience, are
here divided into three classes: first, early ripening;
second, medium; third, late.

Of the first class there are numerous creole strains
Beach Nos. I and 2, Boone Early, Brazil-
ian, Centennial, Early Oblong, Foster,
Homosassa, Nonpareil, Parson Brown,
Peerless, Pride of Malta, and Whitaker, of
the sweet varieties ; and the Satsuma { Fig.
1561) and Mandarin, of the dulcis type. In
the second class are Acapulco, Baldwin
Nos. 1, 2 and 4; Beach No. 3, Bessie, va-
rieties of Blood Orange, Circassian, Cun-
ningham, Dulcissima, Exquisite, Jaffa,
Joppa, Magnum Bonum, Majorca, Mad-
ame's Vinous, varieties of Navel Orange,
Old Vini, St. Blichael, Portugal, Prata,
Queen, Ruby, Selecta, Star Calyx, Stark
Seedless, Sweet Seville, Tahiti and Trav-
eler, of the sweet Orange, and Tangerine,
of the dulcis type. The third class — late
maturing varieties — which are unpop-
ular here on account of danger of frost
during winter, are Acis, Beach Nos. 4 ^ "*

and 5, Dorr, DuRoi, Higley Late, Lamb ^ <

Summer, Long, Maltese Oval, Mediterra- ■== %. ^

nean Sweet, Mott, Pineapple, Rio, Rivers ^

Late, Sinims Summer, Hart Tardif, and
White, of the sweet, and King, of the
dulcis type.

The Kumquat is grown both in the round and the ob-
long. A dozen or more varieties of the pomelo are also
grown, while a few varieties of the sour Orange and shad-
dock are occasionally to be found. s^ q Stubbs.

Oranges in California (Fig. 1562). — In 1769 the
Franciscans moved northward into what is now known
as California. In connection with the Missions which
they established they planted gardens and orchards,
and the first Orange trees planted were from seeds,
cuttings, or plants introduced by these worthy and
thrifty padres.

The Missions were scattered over a wide range of
country, as far up as Sonoma, some fifty miles north
of San Francisco. The planting and care of orchards of
both citrous and deciduous fruits was encouraged, but
after the secularization of the Missions, in 1834, interest
waned and they were neglected, so that in 1846 Fremont
wrote of them that "little remains of the orchards that
were kept in high cultivation at the Missions. * * *
Fertile valleys are overgrown with wild mustard; vine-
yards and olive orchards are decayed and neglected."

At the Mission San Gabriel, in what is now Los Ange-
les county, were the most extensive orchards; and it
was 86 years afterwards that the seed of an Acapulco
Orange was planted at Sacramento, and foiir years later
transplanted to Bidwell's Bar in Butte county, in the
northern part of the state, and more than five hundred
miles from the locality selected by the Mission Fathers
for their first plantings.

While the climate of California, from San Diego in the
south to Shasta in the north, is more or less suited to
the Orange, and there are localities especially well
adapted to its culture, there are some regions in the
coast range as well as in the Sierra Nevada mountains
where the low winter temperature prohibits its growth.
The question of soil also enters largely into this prob-
lem, and considerable special knowledge is required in
order to make a judicious selection.

The southern portion of the state was first selected as
most promising, but since about 1890 every year has
shown a vast widening-out and extension of the Orange
belt. The business did not assume any commercial im-
portance till 1880, when, and for some years afterwards,
Orange groves were planted with feverish haste, conse-
quent upon the enormous prices obtained for the product.
As a natural outcome thousands of inferior trees were
set out, unsuitable varieties in unsuitable localities, and
seedlings which were of little value. The nurserymen
could not grow stock fast enough, and the stock was
often bought a year in advance. In a few years, however.

1552 A Ca iorn a Orange grove

Orange culture became better understood, until in 1899
the returns made by the county assessors showed an acre-
age in Orange trees alone, not including lemons, of 35,000,
or -3,500,000 trees, nearly half of which were in bearing.

1160

ORANGE

ORCHID

The foot-hill region of the Sierras was soon found to
be capable of producing tine Oranges, notably Id Placer
county; later on in Kern, Tulare, and Fresno counties,
and in the whole of the Sacramento and San Joaquin
valleys were found large areas where Oranges could be
grown as fine as those in southern California, and in
some instances they were found to ripen eai'iier.

In some places, notably about Oroville in Butte
county, near the extreme northern part of the Sacra-"
mento valley, the citrous industry thrives, side by side
with gold-miuiug. The red, mineral lands, with abun-
daace of water carried in ditches from the high moun-
tains, grow to perfection the Washington Navel and
other Oranges.

Though the temperature of the great San Joaquin
valley is lower in winter than at points nearer the coast,
the summers are warmer, and the Orange thrives in the
sunshine, away from the coast fog, and the trees are
healthier and less affected by scale insects.

The so-called "thermal belt" comprises some 1.500,000
acres of land adapted to the cultivation of the Orange
commercially, and in every part of California, with ex-
ceptions above noted. Oranges may be grown in a small
way, to satisfy the taste and embellish the home
surroundings. This "belt" runs from San Diego to
Tehama, and is nearly 700 miles long, and from two or
three to twenty-five miles wide. Its altitude does not
exceed 1,800 feet above sea-level, and from that down
to 30 feet.

Orange seedlings were grown mostly from seed of
imported Tahiti Oranges, and later from miscellaneous
seed from any varieties. Seed from the Florida Sour
stock has been largely used, but does not give general
satisfaction. The young plants are budded in the nur-
sery at two years old, and transplanted one or two years
later to the orchard. Very many large, old trees have
been "worked over," because the variety was found to
be unprofitable. There are several ways of doing this,
perhaps the most successful being to cut back the top of
the tree, and to bud into the youug shoots that will grow
as aresult of this cutting. In three years the old tree will
have a new top, frequently with a good crop of fruit.

The Orange is a gross feeder, throwing out many and
widely-spreading roots, and for this reason, though the
soil may be naturally rich, it is necessary that it be
plentifully supplied with fertilizers as well as water.
This is done systematically and regularly, the trees be-
ing irrigated not less than once a month through the
summer by means of shallow furrows opened by the
plow on either side of the row.

The varieties considered most valuable for market are
Washington Navel, Paper-rind, St. Michael, Malta Blood,
Jaffa, Mediterranean Sweet, Parson Brown, Homosassa,
and some of the Tangerine varieties. Of all these the
Washington Navel is by far the most valuable. The first
trees were imported from Brazil by William Saunders,
of Washington, D. C, in 1870, and by him sent from
there to California in 1873. The fruit is seedless, which
adds to its value. Oranges are cut from the tree with
small shears in preference to being pulled. After they
have been kept in the packing-house for a few days to
allow the rind to shrink, they are graded and packed in
the regulation case, which is 113^ x 11?;^ x26 inches.
This work is done with the utmost care, and by exper-
ienced, skilled hands.

The output of Oranges from California, for the last two
seasons (1897-8 and 1898-9). has reached the enormous
amount for each season of 14,000 car loads, or 4,000,000
boxes, representing a value of about $6,000,000, f. o. b.
California. Leonard Coates.

ORANGE, OSAGE. See Toxtjlon.

ORANGE ROOT.

Canadensis.

Same as Golden Seal, Hi/drastis

ORCHARD. In America the word Orchard is used
for any laid-out plantation of fruit trees. It is not ap-
plied to bush-fruit plantations, as it is sometimes in
England. The Orchard is apart of every typical Ameri-
can homesteid, although it may be of very small extent.
The universal Orchard, except in the warmest parts, is
the apple Orchard; pears and plums are probably next
in domestic importance. Consult Po)nolofft/.

ORCHARD GRASS. DacUjlis glomerata.

ORCHARD HOUSE, a name frequently used in Eng-
land for glasshouses devoted to fruit trees. Consult the
article on Forcing of Fruits, p. 598 (Vol. II.) of this
work.

ORCHID. The Orchids are perennial herbs distin-
guished from other monocotyledons by the union of the
stameus and pistils with the floral axis, forming a
unilateral column. With the exception of the Cypri-
pedinese only 1 anther and 2 stigmas are fertile; in
the Cypripedineae 2 anthers and all 8 stigmas are
fertile. The nearest relatives of the Orchids are the
ScitaminacejB. Tl^e Orchids form a vast group of plants
(about 10,000 species) which, on account of the unusual
transformation of their flowers, their strange shapes
and glowing colors, and their varied adaptations for
securing cross-pollination, are amongst the most fasci-
nating of all families of plants.

Part I. Popular Account op Orchids.

The peculiar interest which attaches to Orchids is due,
in a great measure, to the endless variation of the
ilowers. Few Orchids not in flower are remarkable for
their beauty. The barren canes of Dendrobium or the
shriveled leafless pseudobulbs of Pleione ai'e curious
but scarcely beautiful. In many groups the color of the
flower is of secondary importance. Many of the highly
prized Cypripediums have only modest colors, while
some cacti have brilliantly colored and lasting flowers,
yet these have not become general favorites.

The great variety of the Orchid flower is produced,
not by the creation of new organs, but, as everywhere
else in nature, by the modification of parts already
existing. The general plan of the Orchid blossom is like
that of most of the flowering monocotyledons, as, for
example, the lily.

The Sepals. ~0t all the floral organs the sepals are
usually least modified. They can be easily recognized.
In some cases, however, they are sufficiently modified to
change the appearance of the flower. Often the lower
pair are more or less or entirely united (Oncidium,
Cypripediura). In Masdevallia all the sepals are united
into a short tube and then expand into blades terminat-
ing in long curious tails.

The Petals. ~0t the second whorl of floral organs two
only are generally petal-like, the third being trans-
formed into the labellum. The two similar petals usually
resemble the dorsal sepal. This resemblance is often
carried out to a striking degree, which is most remark-
able in cases in which these organs are unusually modi-
fied {Oncidium Paplllo). Some peculiar modifications
of the petals exist. In Selenipedium caudatum{¥'\^AiiiS'^)
they are elongated to an almost ludicrous extent, often
attaining a length of three feet. In this species peloric
flowers occur in which the third petal or lip is also
petal-like {Uropedium Ziindeni). In many other in-
stances the petals differ greatly in size and form from
the sepals (BuUophyllum, Masdevallia),

The Labellum.— The form or type of the flower
depends greatly on the character of the labellum. This
is the most wonderful and most modified of all the
floral organs. It is often the most conspicuous part of
the flower and is of the greatest importance to the
plants, as Darwin has shown, in attracting insects and
guiding them to the nectar, and hence to the pollen and
stigmas of the plants. In Cypripedinm and related
genera the lip has the form of a sac often compared to
a shoe, as the name Lady's Slipper indicates. The sides
of the sac are folded inward, surrounding the column in
such a way that an insect which has entered the label-
lum must crawl out through a narrow opening near the
anther, which is thus brushed. Some of the pollen
adhering to the body of the insect is thus carried to the
stigma of another flower.

One of the most common forms which the labellum
assumes is that of a trumpet-like tube inclosing the
column. The front portion is expanded into a large,
variously-shaped blade, which is often of a deeper color
than the rest of the flower. The color becomes more
intense toward the tube or throat of the labellum, which
is further ornamented by ridges, crests, and markings,
all of which serve to guide insects to the poMen masses

ORCHID

ORCHID

1161

and stigmas. The trumpet form of the lip is character
istic of many of the most beautiful South American
Orchids, as Sobralia, Laelia, Cattleya, etc. lu other
genera the labellum is variously modified. Sometimes
it is small and petal-like, sometimes greatly expanded,
forming the most conspicuous part of the flower {Oii-
cidiiimiigrinunijOdoniog Joss urn Londesboroughlanum).

t563. Selenipedium caudatum.

In other instances it is ahnost indescribably transformed
(Stanhopea, Gongora).

In nearly all cases the labellum is provided with raised
lines, crests, and markings for guiding the insects. In
many genera the base is produced into a sac or spur,
which secretes honey, or whose walls contain juices
which are sought by insects. In the curious JMadagascar
Orchid, Anr/rcecnm sesquipedale, the spur attains the
astonishing length of 10 or 11 inches {Fig. 15G4).

TJie habit of Orchid plants is almost as varied as that
of the flowers themselves. It is dependent upon the
mode of life of the plants, which, in this respect, may
be divided into three classes, — saprophytes, epiphytes,
and terrestrial Orchids. True parasites are not known
to occur in this family.

The saprophytic Orchids are the most reduced forms,
devoid of chlorophyll, and depending for their carbon
food upon the organic matter of the humus in which
they grow. The subterranean stem or rhizome consists
of a much-knotted coral-like mass which takes the place
of roots. In most species the rhizome has been foxmd

to be invested with a fungus by means of which organic
matter of the humus is absorbed and transformed into
compounds available to the plant. The annual shoot is
a brownish or yellowish stem bearing a few scales and a
simple terminal inflorescence. Few, if any, of these
plants are successfully cultivated, as it seems impos-
sible to reproduce all the natural conditions. Common
examples are the North American Corallorhizas.

The epiphytic Orchids exhibit the most varied forms.
These inhabit branches of trees, dead trunks, and often
barren rocks in exposed places. They grow, without
exception, in tropical or subtropical countries where a
part of the year is unfavorable to growth. As a result
o£ this, they have developed special food reservoirs,
pseudobiilbs, terminating each season's growth. Id this
group there are comparatively few plants of attractive
habit. They are geuerally devoid of graceful foliage,
each pseudobulb bearing a few stiff, leathery leaves. The
older pseudobulbs become shriveled and leafless, detract-
ing from the appearance of the plants, and in Pleione the
plants are entirely leafless at the flowering time. In
some of these, however, the pseudobulbs are numerous
and closely crowded, and retain their foliage, making
plants of neat, compact habit (Ccelogyne, Miltonia).

The terrestrial species include some of the largest and
most stately Orchids of the tropics as well as most of
the Orchids of the temperate zone (Habenaria, Orchis,
etc.). Many of these are ornamental even when not in
flower. The species of Sobralia are noted for their tall.
reed-like stems well clothed with graceful foliage. In
the tropics they often foi-m dense thickets from 6-12 ft.
in height. Most of the species of Selenipedium also
have luxuriant foliage, which is attractive at all times.

Foliage Plants. — The Fhysurese, a small group of
Orchids distributed in tropical Asia and the Malay
Islands, with a few spe-
cies in Africa and North
America, are remarkable
for their beautifully
variegated leaves (Phy-
surus, Anoectochilus).
The plants themselves
are usually small, with
the habit of Goodyera, a
North American repre-
sentative of the group.
Variegated or mottled
leaves occur also in
some ottier groups (Cy-
pripedium, Phalsenopsis,
and Oncidium).

historical SJcetch. —
Species of Orchids have long
been known to botanists, but
the first plants were introduced
into hothouses scarcely over a
century ago. Plants were sent
by missionaries and officei's
who visited tropical countries.
In 1731, Bletia verecnnda was
received in England from the
West Indies. In 1789. Commo-
dore Gardner sentplants of .£*/)('-
dendrum fragrans from the
woods of Jamaica. One of
these flowered two years after
and was the first Orchid figured
in the "Botanical Magazine,"
plate 152, as ^. cochleaHtm..
Phaius grandifolirts had been
introduced nine years before
and the Vanilla was also known
in English conservatories. In
1807 Martyn's edition of Mil-
ler's "Gardeners' Dictionary"
enumerated 124 Orchids.

At first the wants of these
plants were little understood,
and many perished from irra-
tional treatment. But as more species were introduced
and their natural climatic conditions became better
known the plants were treated in accordance with their
requirements.

1564.

Angraecum
sesquipedale.
To show very

long spur.

(X34.)

1162

ORCHID

ORCHID

The middle part of this century is remarkable for the
great number of new and striking kinds of Orchids dis-
covered. Immense sums were paid for single new plants.
The fabulous prices paid for novelties caused collectors
to scour every part of the tropics, risking their lives in

1565. Vanda, an example ot monopodia] erowth
in Orchids.

the mountains, jungles and fever-haunted swamps in
search of these wondrous plants. At the present time
collectors are still engaged in searching the tropics, but
striking novelties are rarely introduced. Large quanti-
ties of Orchids are annually imported to replenish north-
ern hothouses. It is probable that large sums for single
plants have been paid more frequently for Orchids than
for any other class of plants. A thousand dollars for a
unique plant is perhaps paid less frequently nowadays
than in the middle of the century. Nevertheless the
interest in Orchids is not declining. On the contrary, the
love for Orchids is becoming more widespread. There
never has been any distinct Orchid craze followed by a
severe reaction, as in the case of the tulip, dahlia, zinnia,
camellia, etc., but the interest has gradually extended
and is likely always to increase steadily.

Cut'Flowe7:s.~ The use of Orchids as cut-flowers is
slowly becoming more and more general. Many kinds
are easily cultivated with general florists' plants and are
thus becoming widespread in ciiltivation ( Cyin-ipt-diuui,
Cattleya, Lselia). As yet none of the Orchids can he
regarded as florists' flowers in the same sense as roses
and carnations. Their use is mostly restricted to special
purposes, although they are gaining in popularity. Cat-
tleya, Cypripediura and Dendrobium are, perhaps, the
only genera listed in the wholesale market during mid-
winter. The wonderful keeping qualities of Orchids as
cut-flowers are well known. An Orchid flower loses its
beauty within a few hours after fertilization.

Orchid Jlybrids. — One of the most fascinating phases
of Orchid culture is the production of hybrids. By
crossing of different species and even genera numerous
new Orchids have been produced, many of which are
superior to the natural species. In some genera the
hybrids now far outnumber the original species, notably
L^liocattleya.

A large and special literature on Orchids has grown
up. Magnificent periodicals, with descriptions and
colored plates, have been entirely devoted to Orchids.
Notable among these are "Lindenia." Ghent, ISO.o and
continuing; "Reichenbachia," published by Sander.

"The Orchid Album," by R. Warner and B. S. Williams,
Loudon, 1882-9G; "L'Orchidophile," Paris, 1881-1893,
and the "Orchid Review," London, 1893 and continuing,
are more popular journals devoted to Orchids. Among
the larger monographs are Bateman's "The OrchidaceEe
of Mexico and Guatemala," and "A Monograph of Odon-
toglossum," by the same author. Many plates and
descriptions of Orchids occur in the "Botanical Maga-
zine" and in the "Botanical Register." Many of Reich-
enbach's new species were described in the "Gardener's
Chronicle." Among the manuals which have appeared
are "A Manual of Orchidaceous Plants Cultivated under
Glass in Great Britain," by A. H. Kent, issued in parts
by James Veitchand Sons, and "Orchids: TheirCulture
and Management," by W. Watson. No comprehensive
American work has as yet appeared. A list of all known
hybrids, however, is given by Geo. Hansen, "The Or-
chid Hybrids," 1895, including first supplement; second
supplement, 1897. This is an American work.

Species in the American Trade. — Orchids are mostly
advertised in special catalogues. All the names fouml
in the catalogues of Wm. Mathews (1890), John Saul
(1893-6), Pitcher & Manda (1805), and Siebrecht &
Wadley are accounted for in this Cyclopedia so far as
possible. Some catalogues of European dealers who
have American agents — as Sander & Co. — are included.
The Mathews collection has fewer species now than in
1890, but it is larger in a general collection of commer-
cial kinds. The collections of Saul and of Pitcher &
Manda are dispersed, and many of the rarer and more
difficult subjects have doubtless perished. In the na-
ture of the case it is impossible to determine at any
given time what species of Orchids are cultivated in
America. The great private collections contain many
rare kinds imported through foreign dealers. Many
species which are known to be cultivated by American
amateurs, have been included in this work, although the
species are not listed in American catalogues.

Part II. Botanical Account of Orchids.

All Orchids are perennial herbs which increase in one
of two ways. The simplest form which the vegetative
axis may assume is that of a monopodial stem which
increases by the continual growth of the terminal bud.
Monopodial stems occur in Angrtecum, Vanda (Fig.
1565), Phaljenopsis, etc. Lateral branches may be
formed, but they do not interrupt the growth of the
main axis, and never exceed it in length. The growth
may be interrupted by a period of rest, but this is not
manifested on the stem by the formation of scales, etc.

1566. Dendrobium ; a sympodial Orchid with

lateral flower shoots.

The dark and light parts, a a and b 6, represent each

the growth of one shoot.

All the leaves are similar. The inflorescence consists
of a separate axillary branch bearing bracts and l3owers.
In the greater number of Orchids the- terminal bud
ceases to grow at the end of the season, either terminat-
ing in the inflorescence or blindly. The new growth

ORCHID

is continued by an axillary bud originating in the axil of
one of the leaves. The whole plant is thus built up
of branches synipodially united. The lower part of
each new axis is prostrate at first and bears only scales.
It is known as the rhizome. Later the apex turns
upward and bears ordinary leaves. In many the erect
portion of the stem becomes thickened into a food
reservoir known as a pseudobulb. The pseudobulb
itself may consist of several internodes, as in Ltelia,
Cattleya. It is then clothed with leaves, at least when
young, and bears the scars of the fallen leaves. In
other cases only a single internode is thickened. This
bears 1 or 2 Ivs. at the summit, but has no leaf-scars.
The new shoot which continues the growth of the plant
arises in the axil of one of the scales below the pseudo-
bulb. The manner of growth is shown in Figs, 1566 and
1567, in which the parts marked a a and b h, respectively,
represent the growth of a branch with its basal portion
or rhizome and the terminal portion or pseudobulb. In
the terrestrial Orchids pseudobulbs are usually not
formed and the erect portion is a long or short stem
clothed with leaves (Sobralia, Selenipedium). The in-
florescence is either axillary (Dendrobium, Fig. 1566)
or terminal (Cattleya, Fig. 1567).

The habit of the plants depends in a great measure
upon the rhizome. When this is long the plants are
loose and straggling, and when it is short they are com-
pact in habit. In some the rhizome becomes suberector
climbing (species of Lycaste).

ORCHID

1163

a b a b
1567. Cattleya.
The light and shaded parts, a a and b b, each represent
cue year's growth.

The Orchid flower exhibits perhaps the greatest
specialization and adaptation found anywhere in the
vegetable kingdom. The 2 outer whorls of floral organs,
the sepals and petals, have been sufficiently described.

In the monocotyledons there are normally present 2
whorls of stamens. In the Orchids only 1 or 2 of these
are fertile. In the Monandrro (Cypripedium, etc.) the
odd stamen of the outer whorl is developed into a wing-
like staminodium (Figs. 1568, 1569, st). The similar sta-
mens of the inner whorl are fertile, and form 2 anthers,
1 on each side of the staminodium (Figs. 1568, 1569, a).
In all the other Orchids, except in abnormal cases, only
the odd stamen of the outer whorl is fertile, bearing an
anther situated at the toj) of the column (Fig. 1570, ft).
The similar two of the inner whorl are developed as
staminodia, forming the sides of the clinandrum or
anther-bed. Often they are developed into crests or ears
on the column. Traces of the other stamens are rarely
foimd in the flower. Compare Figs. C-42-644, Vol. I.

The 3 pistils are developed in Cypripedium and a few
related genera. In these the stigma is clearly 3-lobed,
showing the union of 3 pistils (Figs. 1568, 1569, s). In
most of the other genera only 2 of the stigmas are
receptive, the third being developed into the curious
rostellum. In some cases the stigmatic surfaces are
confluent into one, while in others they remain more or
less distinct. Generally they appear as flat surfaces
often sunken in a depression in the column (Lseliineffi,
Fig. 1570, s, and many others). In a few cases the
stigmas are more or less elevated on stalks (Habena-
ria). In Sophronitis they extend partially along two
wing-like projections of the column.

The odd pistil, the rostellum, is situated above the

stigmas, separating them from the anther-bed. In the
Laeliine£B its lower surface is still continuous with the
stigmatic surface (Figs. 1570, A, B, r). The principal
function of the rostellum is the secretion of a viscid
fluid, by means of which

the pollen masses adhere to ^ ^St

insects visiting the flowers.

1558. Cypripedium.

st, staminodium; a, anther;

5, stigma.

I 1569.

Selenipedium caudatum.
st, staminodium; a, anther;
5, 3-lobed stigma.

The anther lies above the rostellum, within a depres-
sion or anther-bed (Fig. 1570, a). Its cells vary from
2-4 or 8. In nearly all the Orchids the pollen coheres
in masses or poUinia (Fig. 1570, p), the number of
pollen masses corresponding to the number of anther
cells. Often the viscid substance uniting the pollen
grains is prolonged into a stalk (caudicle), which ex-
tends beyond the anther and comes into contact with
the viscid substance secreted by the rostellum, which
forms an adhesive disk by means of which the pollinia
become attached to insects. In many Orchids the outer
layer of the rostellum itself separates by a dissolution
of the underlying cells, and thus forms a stalk (stipe),
which becomes attached to the poUinia by means of the
product of the dissolved cells. Whatever its origin,
the stalk, with its viscid disk, forms one of the most
important parts of the mechanism by means of which
pollen is transported from flower to flower, insuring
cross-pollination of the group. The details of the
mechanism by which this is accomplished have been
beautifully explained by Darwin in his classical work,
"The Various Contrivances by which Orchids are Fer-
tilized by Insects."

The relation of the parts of the flower to one another
is often greatly changed by the peculiar growth of the
floral axis. This is convex in the very young stages of
development, but it soon becomes cup-like and finally
tubular, inclosing the ovary. Special lateral outgrowths

B. Section throuj^h the col-
Column of Cattleya. umn of Cattleya.

a, anther ; r, rostellum; p, pollinium; r, rostellum;

s, stigma s, stigma

1570. Details of the column of Cattleya.

near the top of the ovary form the " foot " of the column
found in many orchids (Pescatorla, Phaius). When the
foot is present the labellum is attached to its apex, and
often the sepals are decurrent upon it, forming a men-

1164

ORCHID

ORCHID

turn. In nearly all Orchids the stigmas and anther are
carried up by au elongation of the tioral axis, to which
in this instance the name " column " is applied. In Gon-
gora the petals and dorsal sepal are carried far away
from their normal position.

The fruit of Orchids is a di'y capsule requiring a long
time to ripen, so that if an Orchid is fertilized diiring
one rainy season its seeds are not disseminated until
the next wet season. Very few fleshy fruits occur in
this family. The seeds are minute and extremely nu-
merous, thus compensating, perhaps, for the uncer-
tainty of fertilization.

The Orchids are distributed over the entire world.
They are most numerous in the ti-opics, becoming rare
in the cold zones. They are chiefly collected in three
regions, the South American z'egiou embracing Mexico,
South America and the neighboring islands. Most of
the large genera are found in this region (Epidendrmu,
Pleurothallis, Oncidium, Odontoglossura, etc.). The
second region, embracing India and the Malay Islands
to Australia, is rich in genera, but most of them are
small, containing far less than one hundred species.
The largest genus of this region is Dendrobium, with
300 species. The South African region contains few
terrestrial Orchids, of which Disa is the only one of
importance in cultivation. Heinrtch Hasselbring.

Part III. The Culture of Orchids.

Introductory. — During the early days of Orchid cul-
ture the treatment of the plants under glass was imper-
fectly understood, and with the meager knowledge of
the natural conditions surrounding them in their native
habitats, little successful progress was made for many
years. The few cultural directions to be found were in
works of foreign publication, scarcely applicable to
plants grown in our houses in America, where the
winters are severe and changeable and the heat of our
summers more intense and less humid, necessitating a
different mode of treatment. With a more satisfactory
understanding of their requirements during the last
25 or 30 years, Orchid culture here has made a rapid ad-
vance and most of our best collections have come into
existence, many of which offer a very favorable com-
parison in fine, well-grown specimens with those of the
Old World.

Orchid Houses and Their (7o>isfr«c^io)i.. — Various are
the opinions of cultivators regarding the proper con-
struction of Orchid houses to obtain the best results.
Twenty-five or more years ago many fine specimens of
Orchids were grown without a special house, along with
general stove and greenhouse plants, and we still find
many good plants cultivated in this manner, but where
a general collection of Orchids is grown four separate
houses or divisions will be found necessary to obtain
the best results. These are known as the "East Indian,"
"Brazilian," "Blexican" and "New Granadan," or Odon-
toglossum departments.

The East Indian department requires a winter tem-
perature of 65° to 70° F. by night and 70° to 75° F. by
day; a few degrees' rise with sun heat will do no hai-m.
The temperature should be gradually increased 10 de-
grees toward midsummer and gradually decreased toward
late fall. This is the warmt-st Iiouse and is used for the
cultivation of Aeriib/s, An:2:r;eeums, the warmer tropical
Cypripediums, Pliala>Q<>[).sis, Calanthes, Dendrobiums
and Thunias while growing.

The Brazilian department should range during winter
from 60° to 65° P. at night and about 70° F. during the
day, allowing a few degrees more with solar heat, and a
rise of 10 degrees toward midsummer. This department
is for Bulbophyllums, Cattleyas, warm Epidendrums,
Brazilian Laelias, Miltonias of the cuneata and specta-
bilis sections, Odontoglossum citrosynum, Stanhopeas,
and various genera and species requiring a like tem-
perature.

The Mexican department is used chiefly'' for the culti-
vation of O'Jelogi/ne cristata, Mexican Loelias, growing
Lycastes, Anguloas and Acinetas, many species of Max-
illaria, a majority of the Oncidiums and warm Odonto-
glossums, Phaius and allied species which require a few
degrees lower night temperature and usually a little
■more sunlight to ripen their tissue for flowering than is

afforded in the Brazilian department. It is also invalu-
able for resting Dendrobiums and many other deciduous
and terrestrial Orchids.

The New Granadan or Odontoglossum department
must be kept as cool as possible in summer, and during
winter should range from 55° to 60° by night and 60° to
65° P. by day, and as cool as possible during summer;
it is used principally for Masdevallias, Odontoglossums,
more especially O. crisptim^ and allied genera, Disas,
cool Oncidiums, such as O. ornithorhynchum and O.
varicosum, Lycastes in warm weather, and many other
individual species from high altitudes which require a
cool house at all seasons or they suffer from the heat
of our summer.

The fundamental principle in building an Orchid house
is to get a structure that can be easily heated and which
has a naturally moist atmosphere, without excavating
deeply, for houses built much below ground lack circu-
lation and almost always prove detrimental to Orchid
culture. The houses (excepting the New Granadan house)
should be built to run north and south with an east and
west exposure, in order that they may receive the bene-
fit of the early morning and late afternoon sun, with the
least possible heating effects from it at noonday, thus
making little ventilation necessary; atmospheric mois-
ture will be more easily retained in such a structure.
The houses maybe as long as required (with the potting-

1571. Section of a small, well-constructed Orchid house
heated by hot water.

shed at the north end to avoid unnecessary shade and
protect the houses in winter against severe north wind),
and about 16 ft. wide, which will allow two side beds of
2% ft. each, two walks of the same width, and a center
pit 6 ft. wide. From floor to ridge should be 10 ft. and to
the eaves 4K-5 ft. Top ventilators should extend along
both sides at ridge, thus affording protection from direct
cold winter drafts in airing by using the sheltered side.
Side ventilation is unnecessary and often injurious,
the direct drafts causing plants which are out of condi-
tion to shrivel.

In glazing Orchid houses the glass used should not be
less than 12 s 14 in., and larger if possible. It is also im-
portant that only the bestquality procurable be used, free
from lenses which would burn the leaves when shading
is removed. Plate glass is much to be preferred when
it can be had, as it contains no lenses and gives a pure
even light. If this is used a size about 16x24 in. will
be found very serviceable. Poor glass should not be
used in any case, as it necessitates sharling long before
this is beneficial to the plants.

The outside walls should be built of brick or stone
when possible, and the beds and pits within should be
of the same material, 8 in. thick and about 3 ft. in height,
filled solid to the top, using stone or rubble for drainage
in the bottom, following it up with finer material and
finishing with an inch or two of fine gravel. Wooden
benches may be used if desired, often with first-class
results, by covering them 2 or 3 inches deep with ashes,
sand or gravel, but the solid benches are more sure to
give better satisfaction. They give off moisture moi-e
gradually and offer a cool footing for the plant both
winter and summer, which is essential and natural.

Good results will follow from either steam or hot water
heatingwhen both are properly conducted, steam neces-
sitating, perhaps, more care. Unless the range of
glass is large and a night fireman is kept, the old-fash-

ORCHID

ORCHID

1165

ioned method of hot water under natural circulation will
be found best, iising the regulation 3|<-inch pipe, run-
ning the flows along the bapk beneath the eaves and re-
turning along the floors beneath. See Pig. 1571, which

1572. Lean-to house with northern aspect for Odontoglos-
sum crispum and other New Granadan Orchids.

fairly illustrates a properly constructed house. The
quantity of pipe required for heating a house depends
upon the location and degree of heat desired. A slab or
board should be placed along the back of the side beds
to throw tlie heat against the eaves and protect the
plants from direct heat before it has assimilated with
the moisture of the house.

The New Granadan house should be a lean-to struc-
ture of northern aspect, wilh a wall of stone or brick
along the south side to protect it from solar infltience as
much as possible (see Fig. 1572). The glass should be
protected by canvas roller shades raised 15 or 20 inches
above the glass on framework. One side of the canvas
should be tacked along the top of the house, and the
other to a round wooden roller 3 or 4 inches in diameter
and as long as convenient to draw up; the two ropes
should be fastened to the ridge, carried down beneatli
the shade around the roller, and up over the top to a
single pulley near the ends; thence through a double
pulley in the center and down over the top of the shade
to the ground. By these ropes the shade can be raised
and lowered in cloudy and bright weather at will (see
Pig. 1573). Solid beds and piping similar to the other
Orchid houses can be used, or as in Fig. 1571; viz., a
flow and return down each side connected with valves
so that either or both sides may be used as desired.

Shading of some sort on the glass is neces5ary for all
Orchid houses from early February until November,

1573. Cross-section of New Granadan Orchid house to show
solid beds and methods of heating and shading.

and in some cases also during the winter months, to
protect the plants from the sun. It may be either of
canvas, as in Fig. 1571:, or consist of whitewash or paint
applied directly to the glass. Whitewash made from

fresh lime is perhaps the best to use, as it is easily re-
moved in the fall. The first application in February
should be light, following it with a second coat a month
later, and, if necessary, a third one in July. This will
wear off gradually and in most cases should be entirely
removed during December. It is easily removed with a
stiff brush. There are also patented shadings.

The Two Great Horticultural Groups. ~Ot<:A\\&s, are
horticulturally divided into two large sections; viz.,
terrestrial and epiphj'tal, the former embracing those
which grow on the ground and derive their nutriment
moreor less directly from it; and the latter those which
usually attach themselves to rocks and trees, and derive a
greater portion of their nutriment from the atmospheric
gases and accidental deposit of decaying leaves, or grow
among the various ferns and vines, which grow in
abundance on the rocks and trees of the moist-wooded
tropics, absorbing the various elements of their slowly
decomposing humus.

Terrestrial Orchids grow at various altitudes, and
are widely distributed throughout both hemispheres,
the polar regions and arid deserts excepted. Many are
deciduous and tuberous-rooted; some grow from under-
ground rhizomes; others are pseudobulbous and decid-
uous, while not a few have reed-like stems. Examples
of terrestrial Orchids are Catasetura, Calanthe, Cyrto-
podium, most Cymbidiums, some of the Oypripediums,
Disa, Goodyera, Govenia, Habenaria, Lissochilns, many
Masdevallias, Microstylis, Neottia, Orchis, Pogonia,
Peristeria, Phaius, Sobralia, Spathoglottis, etc., all of
which should be sought under their special genus head-
ings in other portions of this work for cultural direc-
tions. They differ very essentially in structure, and in

1574. Method of shading Orchid houses.

many cases require a special method of treatment for
individual plants of the same genus, as Habenaria for
example, where some are found growing in rich, turfy
loam exposed to sun, while others inhabit wooded,
swampy locations.

Many species of terrestrial Orchids nearly or quite
defy successful treatment under cultivation from lack
of knowledge regarding the mineralogy of their native
habitats, or from the plants being practically saprophytic
on certain species of decaying vegetation, or growing
only in connection with the jnycelium of special fungi,
which may assist them in making proper growth.

The hardy species, where a general collection is
grown, should be cultivated in pots in coldframes, as
many need protection during winter and others require
shade which can be supplied by painting the glass.
Our native hardy species, however, do best planted out
in a properly constructed rockery, laid out in pockets
so that each may receive its proper compost.

The more tropical' species — Cymbidiums, Cypripe-
diums such as insigne, Phaius grandifolitis, P. macit-
latus and P.Wallichii, Sobralias and some other ever-
green species— thrive best in the Mexican or cool end
of the Brazilian house,

Anaectochilus, tropical Goodyeras and Oypripediums,
Spathoglottis, and several genera of like nature, re-
quire the same general treatment as epiphytal Orchids,
with temperature of the East Indian department at all
seasons.

Bletias, Catasetums, Cyrtopodiums, Calanthes, many
Lycastes, tropical Liparis and Microstylis, Phaius
Hmnhlotii and P. tuberosus, Thunias and many other
deciduous and semi-deciduous species, should be grown
in the East Indian, or warm end of the Brazilian de-
partment, and during the resting period should be placed

1166

ORCHID

ORCHID

iu the Mexican department, allowing them only sufti-
cient water to keep the plants in sound condition.

JiJpiphytal Orchids are found chiefly in the humid
forests of tropical countries, often along streams where
they receive their condensing moisture during the dry
season, A few grow in open grassy situations or among
brush. These consist chiefly of climbing Kpidendrums
of the -£7. evecfum section, a few Oncidiums of the cau-
lescent type {the distance between the pseudobulbs
often denoting a year's growth), and some of the terete
Vaudas, etc.

Aerides, Phalienopsis, Vanda and the epiphytal Cyp-
ripediums are distributed throughout India, Malay
Peninsula, Cochin China, Celebes, Borneo, Philippine
Islands, Java and some of the Oceanic islands, usually
following the moist forests of mountain ranges, occa-
sionally at high elevations. With one or two exceptions,
as Vanda ccernlea, all do satisfactorily in the East
Indian department, reserving the warmest part for Pha-
Iienopsis, which as a rule grows nearest the sea-level.

Angreecums are natives of Madagascar and tropical
Africa, with one isolated species, A. falcatmn, "which is
from Japan. They grow in humid, shady locations,
where they can receive a copious supply of water at all
seasons, and are closely allied to Vanda, requiring the
same general temperature and treatment.

Dendrobiuras are most common throughout India,
Moulmein being a central district, but they are also
plentiful and widely distributed throughout eastern
Australia, New Guinea, the islands of the west Pacific
and Oceanica under various climatic conditions. A ma-
jority of them, especially the deciduous species, are
subjected to long droughts and long resting periods,
but as they lose their foliage at that time their evapor-
ating surface is reduced to a minimum, and the effect
of the dry heat through the day is more than counter-
aeted by heavy dews and the condensing vapors, which
arise during the early mornings in those countries.

Bulbophyllums and Ccelogynes have their homes
principally in the mountainous forests of East India and
Borneo, where they are copiously supplied by frequent
rains. Nearly all grow best in the Brazilian department.

Cattleyas and L^lias inhabit the humid forests of the
various mountain ranges of tropical America, from
Mexico south through the U. S. of Colombia to Peru,
the North Amazon valley, through Venezuela and
Guiana, and the mountain belt of eastern and southern
Brazil, usually at an altitude of 2,000 to 5,000 ft., except-
ing the Mexican species L. albida, L, ancejys, L, autnm-
nalis and Jj. inajalis, which grow at from 5,000 to 8,000
feet, commonly among Polypodium fern.

Cattleyas and Lielias grow on rocks and trees often
devoid of other vegetation along the margins of rivers
and ravines usually in shade, where they receive a copi-
ous supply of water from heavy dews and condensation
of morning fogs which saturate the forests during
the dry season, and often excessive rains while growing.
They should be grown in the Brazilian department,
excepting Caftleya cifrina, the Mexican Lselias and Z-.
Jongheana, which thrive best in the Mexican depart-
ment or warm end of the New Granadan house.

Stanhopeas are found from southern Mexico south to
Peru, Venezuela, Guiana and Brazil at rather low eleva-
tions, often in dense forests, the individual species hav-
ing a very wide range. The Brazilian house affords
them the best temperature, but they may be grown in
any of the departments with success.

Epidendrum is a large and varied genus, widely dis-
tributed throughout tropical America, from South Car-
olina to southern Peru, and one of the few epiphytal
genera inhabiting the United States. They are found at
all elevations from sea-level to 10,000 ft. or more. The
writer found £. Ibaf/iiense growing in quantity on the
margin of perpendicular clay ridges fully exposed to
the sun at this altitude in the U. S. of Colombia in a
robust, healthy state, and the same species below 5,000
feet in the same condition. Many of the individual
species cover a wide range of distribution. They require
the same general treatment as Lselias and Cattleyas.
Few species are worthy of cultivation except for botan-
ical purposes.

Maxillarias cover much the same range as the last
genus, but are not quite so widely distributed. They

grow equally well in either the Brazilian or Mexican
departments.

Oncidiums are distributed along the mountain ranges
from southern Mexico to Peru, in the southern and
northern portions of Brazil chiefly along the coast, the
Spanish Main and Islands of the Caribbean sea. The O.
Carthaginanse and Papilio sections are found at sea-
level and seldom above 500 ft. elevation. These grow
best in the Brazilian house. Nearly all of the other
species may be grown in the Mexican department,
except a few, such as O, cncallatuni, O. Phalmnopsis
and the O. macranthiim section, which are found at high
altitudes; these should be grown in the New Granadan
department.

Odontoglossums follow the higher wooded mountain
ranges from southern Mexico, Central America and the
Central Andes of U. S. of Colombia south to Peru and
the northwestern portion of Venezuela, ail at high
altitxides. They usually grow in the moist shady forests,
where the rainy season is long continued or condensing
fogs and dews are very heavy, keeping many of the
species in an almost perpetual state of saturation, their
only relief of excessive moisture appearing to be from
the frequent heavy winds that prevail in these regions.
The Mexican species grow well in the cool end of the
Mexican department, while those of the O. luteo-pur-
pwreiim and crispum. type require the new Granadan
house.

Lycastes are distributed from southern Mexico to
Peru along the mountain I'anges, usually at an altitude
of 4,000 feet in rather shaded locations; they are most
common from southern U. S. of Colombia to their
northern limit. L. tetragona is from southern Brazil
and far removed from the general area of distribution,
with little resemblance to any other species. Its 4-an-
gled monophyllous pseudobulbs produce semi-pendent
scapes carrying often as many as eight flowers, not un-
like a Cymbidiuni in general appearance. Lycastes
grow well in either the Mexican or New Granadan
department.

Selenipediums are the South American representatives
of Cypripedium. They are distributed from Costa Rica
south to Bolivia, through Venezuela, Guiana and eastern
Brazil, at from 3,000 to 8,000 ft. elevation, in wet
marshes and on the branches of trees in shaded forests,
in all cases where they get a bounteous supply of water
at all seasons. The Brazilian or Mexican department
siiits them equally well.

Masdevallias, Restrepias, and Pleurothallis grow at
high elevations in Venezuela, Mexico and south to
Peru, with a few in the Organ mountains of Brazil,
their principal center being U. S. of Colombia near the
Odontoglossum district. They always follow the moun-
tain ranges, growing on trees, rocks and on wet, marshy
slopes, in extremely wet locations. The Chimtera sec-
tion is found at the lowest elevation. They all grow
best in the New Granadan department.

Newly Imjjorted Orchids. — On arrival of cases of
Orchids from their natural habitats they should be care-
fully unpacked as speedily as possible, in an isolated
room where insect pests that often arrive in the cases
may be destroyed, and laid carefully and loosely against
one another, on the bench of a shady, well-ventilated
house or packing-shed. Should they all be found in
good condition, the pseudobulbous species, such as
Cattleyas and Ltelias, should be hosed over thoroughly
and allowed to remain for about a week, at the end of
which time they should be examined for any signs of
decay and bruises. All such parts should be removed
with a sharp knife. The plants should be cleaned and
sponged to remove dust, potted or basketed, as the
case requires, and placed in a shady portion of their
respective departments, allowing them sufficient water
to gradually start them into action, after which time
they will require the same treatment afforded established
plants of their kind.

Cypripediums, Masdevallias, Phaltenopsis, Vaudas,
the Batemannia and Bollea sections of Zygopetalum and
other non-pseudobulbous genera should be placed on
damp sphagnum in a well-shaded, airy department for
a week or ten days, without syringing, until it is ascer-
tained what amount of damage they have received in
transit. After sponging the leaves carefully and remov-

ORCHID

ORCHID

1167

ing any decayed and bruised parts, they may be potted
and basketed, and removed to their proper quarters,
watering sparingly \intil they start new action.

It is customary in some establishments to hang newly
imported Orchids by the roots, tops down, from the roof

of the bouse or beneath
the benches until they
show signs of new action,
but they invariably suf-
fer more or less from
this practice and are bet-
ter treated as above.

Pots, Baskets, etc.—
Many Orchids are best
cultivated in the ordinary
earthen pots and pans,
more especially terres-
trial species and a few
of the epiphytal kinds,
which grow on rocks in
marshes, and among
quantities of humus and
fern roots. A majority
1575. Commonest and best style o^ the epiphytal species,
of basket for general culture however, need special
of Orchids with pendulous structures that will ad-
scapes. ^^ air to circulate freely
to the roots; otherwise,
these are liable to decay through excess of water if con-
fined in close pots when inactive during winter, which
must eventually weaken the constitution of the plants.
Figures 1575-1583 fairly illustrate the best and most
practical pots and baskets for successful culture. Fig.
1575 shows the Orchid basket most commonly used; it
is the best adapted for the general cul-
ture of Cattleyas, Coryanthes, Den-
drobiums, Epidendrums, La?lias, Mas- -^
devallias of the Chimsera section, On- ■^
cidiuras, andamajorityof Orchids with ^ :
pendulous flower-scapes. They can be "^
made of cedar, teak-wood, cypress, or ^
any durable wood. The wood is cut ^
into square (or round) sticks of any
length desirable and in proportionate
thickness from M-1 in., and carefully
perforated at each' end. Through the 1575. An Orchid
holes is inserted a strong wire, which cylinder,
is looped attheupper end when finished Used for very tall
in order to receive the wire hanger. species.
These baskets can be as deep as de-
sired, but three sticks on each of the four sides are
usually enough for most Orchids, with two or three
placed crosswise through the bottoiu, to hold the com-
post. The hanger is made by twisting together and
bending down in the middle two pieces
of galvanized or copper wire, forming
four ends to insert in the basket-loops
and a loop or hook at the top by which
to suspend it.

The Orchid cylinder (Fig. 1576) is
very useful for standing on the bench
or pit, and is used for Renantheras,
Aerides, Vaudas, Angraecums, Epi-
dendrums, and many other tall plants
that are too tall or difficult to suspend.
Cylinders are made in all sizes and any
<liameter desired, with either square or
round sticks. They are bored a short
distance from the ends and a wire in-
jil f: I [I Ml II serted through them, with a small
y i Jill block between each stick, to make an
"' ' opening for air. When large enough

the sides are brought together and
fastened. The depth is adjusted by
movable cross-pieces.

The Orchid raft (Fig. 1577) is made
in much the same way as the cylinder,
but is left fiat with the openings be-
tween closer together. Oblong-square
blocks of hard, rough wood, an inch or less thick,
answer much the same purpose. The Orchid raft or
block is very useful for many species, such as Caftteyn
eitrina, Barkerias, Epidendrutn falcatum, Dendrobium

74

1577.
An Orchid raft.
Used for much
the same purpose
as the cylinder.

157a.
Earthen basket.
For Stanho-
peas and otlier
Orchids, whose
pendulous
scapes issue
th rough the
holes in the bot-
tom.

J~e}iki)isii, Oncidlum Limmingliil and Papilio, Scuti-
carias, etc.

The earthen basket (Fig. 1578) is useful when the
compost is fine and when the roots do not require much
atmospheric action; also to properly mature tissue in a
few terrestrial species, thereby inducing them to flower
more freely. The earthen basket is especially useful
for Acinetas, Feristerias with pendulous scapes, Stan-
hopeas, etc.; it is made with ovate openings around the
sides and a round one in the center to
admit pendulous scapes.

The perforated pan (Fig. 1579) is usu-
ally made only in small sizes and used
for Bulbophyllums, the concolor type
of Cypripedium, Dendrobiiuns, and
many other small-growing species that
do well suspended from the roof.

The perforated Orchid pot (Fig.
1580) is for bench use and is useful
for many epiphytal Orchids that are
not to be suspended, the perforations
or holes supplying abundant air to the
roots, a safeguard against losing them
through overwatering in winter.

Figs. 1581 and 1582 show the stand-
ard earthen pot and pan for terrestrial
species. They should have the drain-
age holes made on the side at the base,
instead of directly underneath, as a
preventive against earth-worms enter-
ing from the benches.

Potting, Soil, etc., for Terrestrial Orchids. — Terres-
trial Orchids as a general rule grow best under pot cul-
ture. Potting material for the following genera— Acan-
thephippium, Bletia, Calanthe, Cymbidium, Cypripe-
dium insigne and most of the hardy species, Cyrtopo-
dium, Habenaria,Liparis,Microstylis,Peristeria,Fhaius,
Pleione, Sobralia, Thunia, and some others — should con-
sist of about one-third each of chopped sod with some
of the fine soil removed, chopped live sphagnum and
leaf-mold, adding a little ground bone for some of the
strong -growing kinds. One -third of the pot space
should be devoted to clean drainage, covered with sphag-
num or rough material to keep it open. After removing
all decayed portions, the roots should be carefully dis-
tributed and the compost worked in gently but firmly
around them, leaving the surface a little convex and
slightly below the rim of the pot as in Fig. 1581 (the
dotted lines denote drainage required). The con-ex
surface gives the rhizome an opportunity to dry out fre-
quently, thus avoiding fungi, which are troublesome to.
some species.

In repotting terrestrial Orchids sufficient pot room
should be given to last a year or two if possible, as they
dislike to have their roots disturbed oftener than is
necessary. The best time to repot is just before the
rooting period, or when they are starting their new
growths in spring. The deciduous species of Calanthe
can be easily increased at this time,
if desired, by removing the old bulbs
and placing a number together in a
pan or shallow bos, covering them
partly with compost and placing them
in a warm house until they start action,
after which time they should be potted
as desired, two or three together.

Ancectochilus, Arpophyllums, Cypri-
pediums, Disas,Goodyeras,Spathoglot-
tis, and many allied genera, grow best
under pot culture, but otherwise re-
quire compost and treatment similar
to the epiphytal kinds.

Potting, Basketing, and Compost
for Epiphytal Orchids. — The roots of
epiphytal Orchids are usually very
porous, and many are covered with a
corky substance (velamen), capable of
absorbing and retaining water for con-
siderable time. In their native homes a great many of
the roots are aerial or grow in loose, fibrous material,
such as moss and the fine roots of Polypodiuras and other
ffrns, where they have free access of air at all times.
It is important that they receive similar treatment un-

1579.
Perforated pan.
Adapted t o
smiiU Orchids
that do well
when suspended
from the roof.

11G8

ORCHID

ORCHID

1580. Perforated
Orchid pot.
Adapted to ep-
iphytes which
need plenty of
air at the roots
and are in dan-
ger of o V e r -
watering.

der cultivation so fur as is consistent, with the differ-
ence of their environment taken into consideration.
Thus it is apparent that one of the special features in
the culture of epiphytal Orchids lies in the proper
selection of compost and the method of potting and
basketing for the best results in after-
cultivation.

Peat fiber, sphacrnum moss and leaf-
mold constitute the principal materials
of good compost, usually lasting one or
two years Avithout renewal, which is
important, as the roots suffer more or
less in being disturbed. By peat fiber
is meant the fibrous roots of various
wild ferns, with the fine soil removed
by first chopping it into small pieces,
then rubbing it across a coarse sieve.
The several species of Osmunda fur-
nish us with the best Orchid peat.
The sphagnum moss usrd for Orchids
should consist of Sphmjiiirm squarro-
sum, S. macrophi/Uiim and the coarse-
leaved species only ; iS. aeutifoliiim
and other weak-growing species should never be used,
as they soon decay and become detrimental to the roots.
Leaf-mold is made from decomposed leaves. The
leaves of almost any tree will do, but those of hard-
wood trees are most desirable, especially oak. When
collected in the fall the leaves should be heaped up to
decay for a year or more, and turned over at least twice
during that time.

Charcoal is the best material to use for drainage and
for mixing or interspersing with the compost. It is
best made from hard wood and should not be over-
burned. Broken potsherds are often used, but they are
not as good; being porous, they either absorb too much
water at times or become overdry too often and are
liable to prove injurious. Charcoal is
lighter in weight, and contains more
useful properties.

Where closed pots are used, nearly
one-half of the space should be devoted
to drainage and the balance to com-
post, consisting of about equal parts
of peat fiber, chopped sphagnum and
leaf-mold for most genera, adding a
few pieces of charcoal in potting, and
a piece beneath the rhizome of the ten-
der ones. Care must be exercised in
potting to distribute the roots properly
and make the compost moderately firm
about them, leaving the finished sur-
face convex, to throw off surplus water
and protect the rhizome from an over-
abundance of wet. Top dressing with live sphagnum
is beneficial to many Orchids, such as Odontoglossum
crispum and allies, and gives the surface a neat appear-
ance. Fig. 1583 illustrates a finished pot, the dotted line
in Fig. 1581 indicating the amount of drainage re-
quired.

When perforated or open-work pots or baskets are
used, no direct drainage is necessary. Rough, bi-oken
pieces of charcoal should be freely used in the compost
while potting, as it helps to keep the mass firm and the
roots of nearly all species attach to it freely; also it
lessens the quantity of compost and so modifies its tex-
ture as to allow it to dry out more
readily than when packed in a
solid body.

Cattleyas of the C, hitermedia
type, Coryanthes, Cypripediums of
the Lowii and Stonei sections,
some Dendrobiums, Onvidhnn Car-
thaginense, O. crif^pnm, O. ma-
cranthuyn, O. Papilio and their al-
lies should have the leaf -jraold
omitted, while Aerides, Phalse-
nopsis, Saccolabiums, Vandas and

kindred genera require only chopped live sphagnum
and charcoal as a compost.

Watering, Humidity. — It is impossible to lay down
any hard and fast rules for watering Orchids. Watering
is a very important operation and requires more or less

1581. Standard
earthen pot.
For terrestrial
Orchids, witli
drainage holes
at the side in-
stead of at the
bottom.

1582. Standard

earthen pan.

For terrestrial

Orchids, showing

side drainage holes.

practical experience, connected with a knowledge of the
general conditions surrounding the plants in their
native homes. As a rule most Orchids need a liberal
supply while growing, but the condition of the plant
and compost and the manner in which it is potted or
basketed have much to do with this.

The evergreen terrestrial species, which grow chiefly
in loam fiber, as Cymbidinm, Cypripedium insigne,
Phaius, Sobralias, etc., require water whenever the
surface of the compost is becoming dry, with occasional
light overhead syringing in fine weather, w^hich will
assist in keeping down red spider, thrips and other
pests. An occasional application of weak liquid cow or
sheep manure is of great benefit while the plants are
growing.

The deciduous species have a decided period of rest,
at which time they are practically inactive and need
very little water, enough only to keep the stems and
pseudobulbs in sound condition. When growing, how-
ever, they require a good supplj' and should have a
thorough watering to the bottom whenever the soil is
becoming dry, but should not be kept in a wet condition
at all times, or the soil soon becomes sour and infested
with worms, under which condition no Orchid can do
well.

Epiphytal Orchids, or a greater part of them, in their
native habitats grow in locations where heavy rains are
frequent or of almost daily occurrence during Iheir
growing season, and where condensing vapors settle on
them like dripping rain, while the early morning fogs
rise among the forests, charging the atmosphere almost
to saturation during the early part of the day in the
resting season. Such species as are subjected to a se-
vere dry I'esting season are often deciduous (see Deti-
drohinm, and also p. IIGG). Many of the extremely
alpine species, such as the Masdevallias and Odonto-
gtossnm. crispiim, are subjected to
two annual rainy seasons, and where
these seasons are much prolonged
the undersigned has observed the last-
mentioned species in its native habi-
tat mature as many as three pseudo-
bulbs in the year. Thus the pseu-
dobulb is no indication of annual
growth, but a reservoir of supply in
case the plant is overtaken by severe
or sudden droughts, each psetido-
bulb being supplied with a mature
secondary bud for further reproduc-
tion should the proper lead be de-
stroyed.

Such genera as Aerides, Cypripe-
diums, Masdevallia, Vanda, etc., which have no pseu-
dobulbs, rely more or less directly on a daily supply
at all seasons. These, with many of the extreme al-
pine species, should have a liberal supply of water at
all times.

Many of the pseudobulbous kinds, including Cattleyas
and Lselias, are also constantly in action perfecting new
roots or maturing their flower-buds, after the pseudo-
bulbs are completed and they are apparently at rest.
For this reason careful observation of each species i.s
necessary to make their cultivation successful.

Under basket culture there is least liability of injury
through overwatering, and excepting genera like the
Oncidiuras and Dendrobiums (which need a dry and cool
resting period to induce them to flower), and decidu-
ous species at rest, nearly all should receive a good sup-
ply of water, weather permitting, whenever the compost
is becoming dry, with frequent syringing overhead in
fine weather, when the temperature is normal and ven-
tilation can be given. A stimulant of weak sheep or cow
manure applied occasionally to plants in action will
benefit them.

On cold, cheerless days, when the temperature is below
normal and the atmosphere is overcharged with mois-
ture, very little watering or damping is needed, and un-
less it be some particular species which cannot endure
drying, or tiny seedlings, it is safest to withhold water,
as at these times the stomata cease action and the
plants become overcharged with water; thus those "with
weak constitutions and immature growths are liable to
attacks of wet-spot and rot. The best means of coun-

1283. Method of
potting an
epiphytal Or-
chid.
Showing the

raised and

round top of

sphagnum.

ORCHID

ORCHID

11G9

teraction in such, cases is to apply fire heat and ventila-
tion. A close, stagnant atmosphere is always to be
avoided.

As a safeguard against excessive changes in humidity
a hygrometer should be kept in each department to as-
certain and regulate the degrees of moisture, especially
during fall and winter. When overabundant, moisture
can be reduced by applying fire heat and ventilation,
and if insufficient by wetting down the paths and
shelves, or pits, and reducing the ventilation. Well
regulated departments should be kept as near as pos-
sible to 70° or 75° through the day or 80° to 85° with
free ventilation, and about 80° at night. Just after
damping and watering it will often rise to 85°, but this
is of no consequence, as it soon recedes. Orchids at
rest, such as Calantlies and Dendrobiuins, should be
held at 65° to 75°. In no case, where it can be avoided,
should it go below 60° nor rise above 90° for any length
of time, as serious results are very liable to follow.

Ventilation, — The ventilators should extend the en-
tire length on both sides of the ridge, and be supplied
with the best modern lifting apparatus. Extending
them continuously along the roof necessitates raising
them but a small height to afford proper circulation
to the plants and egress of overheated air, without los-
ing too much moisture. Having them on both sides
assists in avoiding direct drafts, by using the side pro-
tected from the direct wind.

One essential point to be considered is this: When
should ventilation be applied so as to be of the most
possible benefit to the plants? Air must be given at all
times, when possible, to keep the atmosphere active, as
well as to lower temperature, also to reduce the density
of moisture when excessive in close, inclement weather
and during the night. In bright weather ventilate
enough to allow egress of the heated air.

It is customary with some cultivators to close down
ventilators in wet weather and during the night to help
retain heat, etc. This is a serious mistake. It may show
no visible injury in bright weather, when the density of
moisture in the atmosphere is at a minimum, but this
bad practice surely accounts for the decaying of many
young growths, which are lost during wet, close and
cloudy nights.

Propagation. — Many species of Orchids can be propa-
gated by division and from cuttings. This is usually
resorted to when it is desired to increase the stock of
rare and unique species and varieties. With the more
common species, however, it is cheaper and better to
buy freshly imported stock, as it often takes two, three
or more years to bring the young plants up to the flow-
ering stage.

The pseudobulbous species, such as Cattleyas, Odon-
toglossums, Coelogynes, etc., are propagated by cutting
part way through the rhizome three or more pseudo-
bulbs behind the lead with a sharp knife. This will
usually retard the sap and force the dormant eye behind
the cut to grow. The back portion may then be removed
and -potted or basketed separately, or left on the plant
to mature the new growth, and be removed when it
starts action the following season.

With the deciduous Calanthes, the old bulbs should
be removed when potting them in spring and put, sev-
eral together, in pans or flats and partly covered with
sphagnum or potting compost until they start to grow,
when they should be potted in the regular way. Thu-
nias are easily propagated after the young growths are
well advanced, by cutting the last year's stems into
pieces 4 or 5 inches long and inserting the ends in
chopped sphagnum and sand, placing them in the propa-
gating house until they grow, when they may have their
normal heat. Dendrobiums are managed in Tuuch the
same way, or the old canes can be laid on wet sphag-
num, when many will produce new growths from the
side eyes on the nodes. Aerides and Vandas are in-
creased by removing the upper portion with a sharp
knife, leaving a few roots and at least a foot of stem to
each top. The old bases of the stems usually break new
growths freely, often producing several new shoots
from each. Cypripediums should be divided between
the older growths, leaving at least one old growth with
each lead, and potted separately, allowing them a little
extra moisture until they start to grow. Masdevallias

and allied genera can be separated in the same manner,
leaving several leaves and one or more new growths or
leads to each piece. All species should be propagated
at the commencement of the growing season.

Reproduction of Orchids from iSee^Z. — The reproduc-
tion of Orchids from seed through crossing and hybrid-
izing has been carried on for many years successfully by
a limited number of hybridists, principally abroad, and
it is only within the past 10 or 15 years that it has re-
ceived much attention in America, but in that limit of
time very many beautiful hybrids have sprung into cul-
tivation, and to the late firm of Pitcher & Manda, of
Short Hills, N. J., much credit is due for the fine work
they carried on in this line. Many of our establishments,
both private and commercial, are now paying much at-
tention to this branch of Orchid culture, with various
degrees of success. The fertilization of Orchids is very
easy and requires no special skill, but judgment should
be exercised in the selection of proper species for the
work, in order that the results may be an improvement
over both parents, if possible.

The seed-bearing parent shoiild possess a good, vig-
orous constitution, of free-growing and flowering habit,
as the hybrids usually follow this parent in form of
growth, and the pollen parent in color of flower. Fer-
tilization is effected by placing one or more of the pol-
linia or pollen masses on the stigma of the flower to be
fertilized, selecting always plants of relatively the same
genus for the operation. Crosses between genera widely
removed from each other in general character usually
prove fruitless, for though the ovary may become stimu-
lated by foreign pollinia and an apparently successful
cross be eltected, the seeds will either fail to mature or
the results will follow the seed parent in every detail.

It takes about a year to ripen the seed of most Or-
chids in our climate, with exceptions in a few genera.
Masdevallias mature in about six months and Selenipe-
diums in about three months.

The seeds germinate best when sown soon after ma-
turity, and many lose their vitality in a few months if
kept too dry and warm. When sowing the seeds the
best results are often obtained when they are dusted
on the surface of pots or baskets containing a plant of
the same genus as the seed and carefully watered with
a very flne rose until they become attached, watching
carefully for snails, slugs, and depredators in general
that infest the compost. The pots or baskets selected
should have a favorable-looking surface, with the com-
post in good condition, flrm and free from fungi. Use
pots or baskets that will not have to be disturbed for a
year or more, as it often takes that length of time for
the seedlings to come through. Seed sown in early
spring seems to germinate soonest. The writer has had
Selenipedium seedlings up in three months from sow-
ing, and again has waited for Cypripedium twenty-three
months before the seedlings appeared.

After the seedlings have perfected 2 or 3 leaves it is
quite safe to remove th,em to small pots, singly, or sev-
eral to a small pan, using compost
of the same material as that for the
parent, but cut a trifle finer.

Many tiny seedlings are lost short-
ly after germinating, through the
soil becoming sour or through fungi.
When thus at-
^ tacked they

I'l^ should be trans-

^^ f erred to other

pots or baskets
1584. not infested.

Newly germinated Fig. 1584 illus

seedling. trates a newly

{Phaitts hybridits.) germinated seed-
ling of Pha ins
hybrid us : Fig. 1585 a three-months -old seedling of
Cypripedium insigne, var. Sanderce, in proper con-
dition to be transferred to a pot ; Fig. 1580, eight-
months-old plant of Phains Wallichii ; Fig. 1587 a
twelve-months-old hybrid Cattleya ( C. intermedia x C.
labiata); Fig. 1588 a Cypripedium thirteen months old;
Fig. 1589 a two-year-old hjd^rid between a Cattleya and
Lfelia {C. intermedia, x L. prrvstans).

The raising of Orchids from seed should be encour-

1585. Three months
from seed, and
ready to transfer
to a pot. ( Cypri-
pedluin insigne,
var. Sander<^.)

1170

ORCHID

ORCHID

aged, and enlist tke energy of every Orchid cnltunst,
not necessarily for the production of hybrids alone, but
also for the reproduction of rare species and varieties, and
a number of species which are fast decreasing or becom-
ing extinct in their native homes. Aside from the finan-
cial inducement offered the commercial grower, it will

apices and on new growths of deciduous and plicate-
leaved species, indicate either lack of sufficient water
at the roots or an overdry atmosphere, both of which
conditions can be easily changed.

Snails and /nsec^s. — Orchids are attacked by many
forms of snails. Insect pests are a great annoyance

1586. Eight months from seed.
{Phaius Wallichii.)

1587. A year from the seed.
{Cattleya inter media X C. labiata.)

1588.

Thirteen months from seed.
{Cypripedium.)

prove instructive to the botanist and afford infinite
pleasure and pastime for the amateur.

D is eajics. — Orchids are subject to many diseases.
Those having importance from a cultural standpoint and
raost troublesome to the grower are known as wet- and
dry-rot and spot. Wet-rot is caused by an overmoist or
stagnant atmosphere, and is usually first detected by a
semi-transparent appearance of the parts affected, which
soon become dark brown. It spreads slowly along the
tissue. If noticed at the commencement it can be
readily checked by slitting the epidermis with a sharp
knife and removing tlie plant to a more airy position in
the house for a few days. Dry-rot is caused by a fun-
gus which attacks the rhizome of the plant. It is often
produced through burying the rhizome or base of the
plant with compost. Cypripediums are subject to it.
Large, healthy growths when attacked quickly show a
sickly pale color in the foliage, which, on examination of
the base, will be found discolored, and with a light
brown appearance. If the portion attacked is quickly
removed with a sharp knife it will usually give no fur-
ther trouble; otherwise it will travel through the en-
tire rhizome and destroy the plant in a very short time.

Spot conies from various causes: the appearance of
small dark brown spots on the succulent leaves and
pseudobulbs is usually an indication of cold and over-
watering. Spot also ai'ises through weak tissue, espe-
cially in PhalEenopsis, Saccolabiums and Angriecmns
during winter, which have been grown too warm, shady
and moist. The affected parts should be slit with a

1589. Two-year-old hybrid between a Cattleya
and Lslia.

sharp knife and a little flowers of sulfur should be
rubbed over the wound. When they make new growth
the plants should be placed in a brighter and more airy
position to induce a better growth. The brown dots which
make their appearance on the leaves, especially at the

to the cultivator. They can be kept in subjection only
by constant attention. Slugs and shell snails are very
destructive. If allowed to increase they devour young
shoots, roots and flower-buds. The best means of captur-
ing them is to place saucers of dry bran on the shelves
among the pots, and look them over morning and even-
ing. By this means many will be destroyed. Various
species of scale insects attach themselves to the leaves,
pseudobulbs and rhizomes of nearly all species of Or-
chids,and can be eradicated only by the use of a soft brush
and washing with a sponge and water. A little whale-
oil soap added to the water is of great assistance, and
also useful in destroying red spider and green and yel-
low fly. Black and red thrips attack the young growths
of many species and often become very troublesome.
Fumigating the houses with tobacco stems lightly about
three times during the week will soon cause them to dis-
appear. Fumigation is also a sure remedy for green fly.

The Cattleya fly is very injurious to young growths of
Cattleyas, Ljelias and some Epidendruras. The flies
lay their eggs in the very young growth at the base,
causing an enlargement which is easily distinguished.
The only remedy is to remove the growth, and burn it.
The mature fly can be eradicated by fumigating the
house with tobacco stems about three times each week
during early spring.

The Dendrobium beetle larva burrows in the stems of
various species of the genus, and is detected by a small
discolored spot. There is no remedy, except to cut
away and destroy the parts attacked. An insect which
is much more to be dreaded is the Dendrobium mite,
which perforates the canes and rhizomes of Dendro-
biums and many other Orchids, laying a number of
eggs in each perforation. On hatching, these eat away
a part of the plant around them, causing that portion to
decay. They can be found only by careful and close
observation, and this often after the plant is beyond
redemption. There is no remedy but cutting them out,
and unless the plant attacked is valuable it is best to
burn it and keep the pest from spreading.

Mealy bug is usually not very troublesome to Or-
chids. It is readily seen and destroyed without much
injury to the plant.

Roaches are usually very troublesome, and hard to
eradicate, as they feed at night and remain hidden
through the daytime. They destroy roots, growing
shoots and young fiower-buds and scapes. Bran, pow-
dered sugar and Paris green, mixed together and placed
around the houses in saucers, will usually keep them in
subjection, and they should be hunted down at night
by the aid of a lantern. Many can be caught in this
manner.

Sow bugs or wood lice are usually common in every
part of Orchid houses, pots and baskets. They do a
great deal of damage to young leaves, roots and the ten-
der portions of flower-scapes. The Paris green mixture
used for roaches is very effectual in reducing their
number, but it is impossible to be entirely freed from
them. Robert M. Grey.

ORCHIS

OREGON

1171

6RCHIS (Greek word, referring to the shape of
the tuberous roots of certain species). Orchidace(v.
Orchis is the typical genus of the great family of Or-
chids. It contains about 70 species, all terrestrial and
natives of the northern hemisphere, chiefly in Europe
and Asia, with 2 species in North America. Plants per-
ennial by means of simple or palmate tubers : stem
simple, erect, terminating in a raceme or spike, with
few to many rather small fls., and bearing several Ivs.,
with long sheaths; bracts often foliaceous: sepals all
similar, eonnivent or spreading: petals often smaller,
entire: labelluin 3-Iobed, middle lobe entire or parted,
base spurred : column very short or none : stigma
plane, not produced (Habenaria).

Orchises are not showy, and they have no horticul-
tural standing, but lovers of our native Orchids are
always collecting them and trying to cultivate them,
usually with little success. P. W. Barclay writes:
"The American species of Orchis are woodland plants,
requiring rich leaf soil, with rather heavy shade, and
that even condition of moisture characteristic of deep
woods. Where these conditions cannot be supplied the
plants invariably prove short-lived." See also discus-
sion on terrestrial orchids, page 1165.

hircina, Crantz [H i m a n t o g J 6 s s n in htrclnum ,
Spreng. ). Flower stems 1-2 ft. high, bearing a loose
raceme 4—8 in. long: fls. greenish white, exhaling a
disagreeable odor; middle lobe of the labellum long,
strap-like and twisted, lateral lobes much smaller: Ivs.
few near the bottom of the scape, oblong-lanceolate
May, June. Europe and northern Africa. Adver
tised by Dutch bulb-growers.

spectdbilis, Linn. Fig. 1590. A native species
with 2 large obovate, shining Ivs. 4—8 in. long
borne near the ground, and a stem 4-7 in. high
bearing a raceme of 3-0 small pale purple and whit)
fls. April-June. In rich woods, northeastern U. b

The following species are advertised in America by Euio
pean dealers, but are not known to be cultivated in Ameiica
Most of them are hardy European plants. The syuoiiomj of
the group is somewhat confused. 0,Brancif6rtli,^s. purple — O
folidsa, large, leafy spikes of purple fls. — O. hlsca, purple and
rose-colored fls. — O. latifblia, spotted Ivs. and purple fls O
longicornis, fls. rich purple. Xorth Africa.— O. maculata fls
lilac-purple. — O. mdscula, fls. purple, in long spikes. — O mih
taris, fls. purple. — O. Mdrio, fls. purple and green. — O.pallens
pale sulfur-yellow. — O. papilionacea, fls. purple and white —
O. provincidlis, long spikes of pale lemon-yellow fls. — O i?^
bertidna, fls. purple, brown and white, in large spikes —O
sambucina, fls. yellow.— O. undulatifblia, fls. white- and rose
colored. Heineich Hasselbring

ORCHIS, Rein. Eahenaria.

OREGON. HORTICULTURE IN. Fig. 1591. Oiegon
located between 42° and 40° 15' N. and 110° 45' and 124° 30
W., with an area of 94,500 square miles, has, horticultui
ally speaking, four quite distinct districts, —the valley s of
the Rogue, Umpqua, Willamette and Columbia iivers,
together with their tributaries. There is climatically
a very wide difference between these various sections
In the Rogue river valley the annual rainfall is 20-35
inches. The mean temperature for the winter months is
39°, spring months 57°, the summer months 67°, the
autumn months 52°. The Umpqua valley has a rainfall
of 22-43 inches. The average temperature for the sea-
sons in the same order as the above is, 41°, 51°, G5°, 54°.
In the Willamette valley the rainfall is 35-50 inches,
the average temperature, 41°, 50°, 63°, 53°. In the Co-
lumbia valley it ranges from an average rainfall of 75
inches, in the lower yjart, to one of 15 inches in the up-
per part; and the temperature as above ranges from a
mean annual average of 50°, varying from 39°-61° for
the lower part, to one of 48° for the upper part, with
hot summer months and cold winter months.

Not only does the difference of climate exist, but
there is also a corresponding difference in the character
of the soils of these different localities. In the Rogue
river valley the soil is largely one of decomposed gran-
ite. A warm and open .soil predominates, though in
places the soil is remarkably heavy and of the same
origin as a large part of the soils of the state, namely,
basaltic. In the Umpqua valley the soil is generally of
a medium character; clays predominate on the hills and

on the higher parts of the valley proper, while on the
river bottoms sand and open sedimentary soils are the
more common. In the WilUimette valley the soils are
generally heavy, though there are occasionally streaks
of light sandy or gravelly soil, usually along the sti'eams.
The soils of the Columbia region eml>race all grades,
from the light drifting sand of its upper basin to the
cold clays of its lower basin.

The transportation facilities are good in all these dis-
tricts, except the Rogue and Umpqua valleys, which
have only one railroad; while the other sections, except
the extreme eastern portion of the Columbia basin;
have both railroads and river transportation facilities.

In all these districts the hardy fruits grow to perfec-
tion one year with another, and this without irrigation,
though in some of the newer territory being tested for
horticultural purposes irrigation is practiced.

The apple finds in Oregon a most congenial home,
and while only a small part of the crop is marketed it
is in no wise due to the climate and soil. Our best va-
rieties are Baldwin, Esopns Spitzenberg, Ben Davis,
Newtown Pippin, Red Cheek Pippin, York Imperial, and
Jonathan. The apple thrives best in the higher alti-
tudes and especially in Hood river valley, an offshoot
of the Columbia river valley, and in the Rogue river
valley. Lately car lots have been shipped from the
hitherto little known sections of eastern Oregon.

Pears grow to perfection in all parts of the state.
The Bartlett, White Doyenne, Winter Nelis, Duchesse

1590. Orchis spectabilis (X %).

d'Angouleme, Easter and Clairgeau are the leading va-
rieties.

The peach grows vigorously and fruits in the more
favored portion of all districts, i.e., sheltered places
along the river bottoms. But in the Rogue river valley,
and to a limited extent in upper Columbia valley, it is
grown as a commercial crop. Large quantities of the
choicest fruits are shipped to the Willamette valley
towns, two hundred and fifty or more miles by rail.
The leading varieties are early and late Crawfords and
Salway. In the upper Columbia region the Crawfords
and Salway are favorites.

The cherry reaches perfection in Oregon's mild,
moist climate, and especially the sweet cherries. Such
varieties as the Napoleon, locally known as Royal Ann;
Lewelling, locally known as Black Republican, and
several local seedlings, as the Lambert, Hoskins, Occi-

1172

OREGON

OREOD05A

dent aBd Lake, develop into the choicest of fruits. The
Late Duke, Late Kentish, Richmond and Montmorency
Ordinary, in fact all cherries, do well, though these latter
are of no particular commercial importance.

The plums, and especially those varieties of Prwniis
domestica which have come into general cultivation

1591. Oregon, showing, by the shaded areas, the horticultural regions

in the more favorable sections of the country, thrive
throughout the state, though there are particular locali-
ties where those varieties cultivated as prunes do much
better than in others. As a commercial crop the prune
has become of much importance to the state, the output
for 1898 on a conservative basis being put at 400 car-
loads of 30,000 pounds each and valued at 3M and 3%
cents per pound. For green fruit for local market the
Yellow Egg, Peach, Columbia and Bradshaw are grown.
Several attempts have been made to ship the Peach
variety in a fresh state to the East, but thuS far all such
efforts have ended in failure. It will not keep long
enough and stand up under the jar of transportation.
For the prune crop two varieties are grown, the Italian
and the Agen, locally known as the French or Petite.
At present there is a much larger acreage of Italians
than of Petites. There is a limited acreage of Golden
Drop, locally known as Silver Prune, but as the tree is
not robust, and as the fruit needs sulfuring before it is
cured, this variety is given much less attention now
than formerly, and only a limited quantity is grown.
The curing of the prune is all done by means of driers
or evaporators, of which there are numerous designs.
(See Evaporating of Fruits.)

Of small fruits it may be said that they grow and fruit
most abundantly in all parts of the state. Only about
the larger cities are they grown as commercial crops,
though at Hood river, which is a favored locality, large
quantities of strawberries (theClarke variety) are grown.
In 1898 about fifty car-loads of these berries were shipped
to the Rocky mountain states, returning to the growers
something like $37,000. Blackberries, gooseberries,
strawberries and raspberries do well in nearly all locali-
ties. Usually it is necessary to select favored sites for
blackberries and strawberries: the former on account
of water, our long, dry summers being uncongenial; the
latter, on account of oiir heavy soils, will not generally
do best on other than river bottoms or sandy ravines.
Of currants the chief varieties are Cherry, Pay, AVhite
Grape and Black Naples; of blackberries the chief va-
rieties are Lawton, Kittatinny. Erie; of the dewberr5%
Lucretia; of raspberries, Cuthbert, Gregg, Red Ant-

werp and Marlboro; of strawberries, Wilson, Sharp-
less, Clarke, Magoon and Everbearing; of gooseber-
ries, Champion, Downing and Chautauqua. The wine
grape is grown in southern Oregon and particular lo-
calities along the Columbia river, but the output can
hardly be said to have commercial significance as yet,
though it is rated as of ex-
cellent quality. During the
past few years some large
plantings of wine grapes
have been made in the
Rogue river valley.

In the Willamette valley
the Moore Diamond, Con-
cord, Worden, Delaware and
Isabella are the most gener-
ally grown. Along the Co-
lumbia, the Sweetwater, the
Muscats and Tokays are con-
sidered best. In southern
Oregon both the American
and foreign grapes flourish.
The Mission grape of Cali-
fornia, Sweetwater, Ham-
burg and Muscats fully ma-
ture in this section.

Chestnuts of the American
and Japan varieties have
been planted in numerous
localities, and are just be-
ginning to bear fine crops,
French wahiuts 'and filberts,
are likewise grown in many
localities by amateurs, and
much interest is being mani-
fested in this fruit and in
the near future commercial
plantings will undoubtedly
be made. From the experi-
ence of the past and the
character of the nuts pro-
duced, it is confidently predicted that the nut crop of
the future will be one of much value on the foothill
land of the state. The almond, the apricot, the black
fig and the loquat grow and fruit quite freely in the
southern sections of the state. The cranberry thrives
along the coast, and there are a few small bogs under
cultivation in favorite spots. g j^^ Lake

OREOCOME. See SeJimitn.

0RE0D6XA (Greek, mountain gXorif). PalmAcerv.
This genus includes the Royal Palm, the pride of Florida,,
and the only tall palm native within the borders of the
Uuited States b{ fore the annexation of Porto Rico and
Hawaii; also the Cabbage Palm, which is cut down
when three years old for the central leaves, which are
tender and edible. Oreodoxa contains 5 species of pin-
nate palms from tropical America. The nearest culti-
vated allies are Euterpe and Acanthophoenix, but in
these the petals of the pistillate fls. are free, while in
Oreodoxa they are grown together at the base. Oreo
doxas are spineless palms, the solitary, erect, robust
trunk cylindrical or swollen at the middle: Ivs. termi-
nal, equally pinnatisect; segments narrowly linear-lan-
ceolate, narrowed at the apex, unequally bifid; midnerve
rather thick, scaly beneath; margins not thickened, re-
curved at the base; rachis convex on the back, sulcate
toward the base, and acute toward the apex above;
petiole half-cylindrical, sulcate above: sheath long:
spadix rather large, with long, slender, pendent
branches: spathes 2, entire, the lower semi-cylindri-
cal, equaling the spadix, the upper ensiform, ventrally
fissured: bracts and bractlets scaly: fls. small, white,
in scattered glomerules: fr. obovoid or oblong-ovoid,
small, violet.

Of the Royal Palm Reasoner writes: "It is one of the
grandest of pinnate palms, growing to a height of over
100 ft., with immense, plumy, feathery leaves and a.
straight white trunk. It is a grand tree for extreme S.
Fla. for avenne planting, and is valuable in all sizes,
but especially when 4 ft. or over in height."

OREODOXA

ORIGANUM

1173

A. Leaf -segments not tvruiJcled or wavy.

B. Trunk sivoUeu at or above the middle.
regia, HBK. Royal Palm. Fig. 1592. Caudex 40-60

ft. high: leaf sei?ments 2% ft. long, 1 in. or less wide,
linear, acuraiuate: fr. ovoid, M in. Everglades of Fla.,
Cuba. Antigua. G.F. 9:155. S.S. 10:505. G.C. III.
17:239; 27:297. A.F. 12:311. G.M. supp. Oct. 1, 1892.

BE. Trunk not sivollen at the middle.
oler§icea,IVIart. {Areca oler dcea, J iicq. ) . Cabbage Palm.
Caudex 100-120 ft. high : leaf -segments lanceolate-linear,
acuminate, 3 ft. long, 1% in. wide: fruit obovoid-ob-
long, % in. West Indies. Cult, in S. Fla.

■ AA. Leaf -segments wrinkled and wavy.

Sancdna, HBK. Stem 120-150 ft., smooth, glabrous,
grayish black : Ivs. pinnate; Ifts. membranaceous :
wood very hard, used in building houses. Colombia.
Cult, only in S. Calif. — Franceschi says it has brownish
leaf -stalks and is more tender than the other 2 species.

Jared G. Smith.

OREOPANAX (i.e., mountain Panax). Aralidcec^.
Some eighty species names have been referred to this
genus, but the number of species is probably not one-
half this number. In the trade, the species of Oreo-
panax are usually known as Aralias. but in the Aralia
tribe the petals are imbricate in the bud, whereas in
Oreopanax they a-re valvate. The Oreopanaxes are tropi-
cal American trees and shrubs, with simple or compound
entire or toothed thick Ivs., and fis. in dense heads
which are arranged in racemes or panicles: calyx with
minute or obsolete limb: petals 4—7, usually 5. the sta-
mens of the same number and with ovate or oblong
anthers: ovary 3-7-loculed, the styles rather long and
bearing a flat, not thick, stigma: fr. globose and berry-
like. Few species of Oreopanax are known in cultiva-
tion. They are hothouse subjects, requiring the treat-

1592. Royal Palm. Oreodoxa regia.

ment given tropical Aralias. Harms (Engler & Prantl,
Pflauzenfamilien) divides the species into 3 groups,—
Ivs. digitate, Ivs. lobed, Ivs. not lobed. The species
described beyond are those which are now most often
mentioned in gardening literature, but the writer has
seen only the first in American collections.

\\

,d.

\^

A. I/i't>, all simple.

reticulatum, Decne. & Planch. {Aralia reliculdta,
Willd.). Fig. 159.3. Small tree, with alternate, thick,
entire, oblanceolate Ivs. 12-18 in. long, somewhat revo-
lute on the margin, strongly alternate-veined and re-
ticulated with shades of green: li. -heads spherical,
nearly or quite an inch in diani. S.
Amer. — A handsome plant for foliage.

AA. Some of the Ivs. strongly dif/i-
tatehj lobed or angled.

Sanderianum, Hemsl. Shrub orsmall
tree, with habit of Faisia papyritcra :
Ivs. glabrous, thick
and glossy, 1 o n g-
stalked, ^ triangular-
ovate in outline, on
young shoots deeply
3-lobed but on flow-
ering plants cordate
and entire: fls. mi-
nute, in small, glo-
bose heads, which are
arranged in racemose
panicles. Guatemala.
G.C. III. 13:4.51. A.
P. 8:1283.

AAA. Some or all of

the Ivs. digitate.

Epremesnilianum,
Andr(5. Shnib of striking habit
Ivs. large, long-stalked, digitate,
the leaflets /-9, oblong or lanceo-
late and usually tapering at
either end, the middle ones deep-
lobed: fl. -heads in a spike. Ori-
gin unknown; perhaps a garden
form of O. dactylifoliiivi, Hort.,
in which each of the 7 lobes is
usually lobed. B. H. 1884, pp.
320, .321. Gn. 29, pp. 354, 355; 30,
p. 447. — Named for Count Epr6-
mesnil, Dieppe, Prance. Well-
grown plants resemble Fatsia
Japoiiica {Aralia Sieboldii).

Andreinum, Marchal. Shrub,
with variable foliage: Ivs. ellip-
tic to roundish, stalked, the lower
surface and petioles red-tomen-
tose, varying from angled to deeply digitate and the
divisions pinnatifld: fl. -heads globular, in a terminal
raceme. Ecu,ador. R.H. 1882, pp. 524, 525.

Thibatitii, Hook. Small tree, stellate-pubescent on
the young parts: Ivs. long-stalked, 5-7-foliolate, the
leaflets lanceolate or oblanceolate, entire, 6 in. or less
long, dark green: fl. -heads !4 in. in diam., in a terminal
raceme 1 ft. long. Mex. B.M. 6340.

pedunculatum was once listed in Calif., with follow-
ing description: "Ivs. palmate, tinged with red; makes
a fine foliage plant. Guatemala." It turns out to be
Kwlrenteria panicttlata. l. H. B.

ORtGANTJM (ancient Greek name said to mean delight
of mountains). LahiAttv. This includes several plants
known as Marjoram which are fully described below
from the popular and horticultural points of view.
Botanically these plants are closely allied to the thyme,
but the fls. of Marjoram are borne in heads surrounded
by an involucre, while those of thyme are borne in few-
fld. whorls which are axillary or spicate above.

Origanum is a genus of about 25 species of subshrubs
and herbs mostly natives of the Mediterranean region.
Whorls 2-fld., rarely 6-10-fld., crowded into globose or
oblong spikelets: bracts colored and larger than the
calyx, or green and smaller than the calyx; calyx va-
rious, 5-toothed or 2-lipped: corolla 2-lipped.

Authorities differas to whether the common Pot Marjo-
ram is O.vulgare ov O.Onites; Vilmorin's Vegetable Gar-
den holding to the first opinion, while Nicholson's Dic-
tionary of Gardening and J. M. Thorburn&Co. take the
latter. The two plants are very distinct, as the following

1593.
Oreopanax reticulatum.

1174

ORIGANUM

ORNITHOGALUM

descriptions show, and the point can be easily settled
by each reader for the particular plants which he is cul-
tivating.

A. Calyx of 5 equal teeth: bracts cocored.
vulg^re, Linn. Wild Marjoram. Lvs. stalked,
broadly ovate, subserrate, broadly rounded at the base,
villous: tls. purplish, in coryrabed clusters or short
spikes. — Cult, in old gardens; also wild along eastern
roadsides, being naturalized from En. B.B. 3:111.

AA. Calyx 2-Upped: braets not colored.
B. Lrs. stalked.
Major^na, Linn. Lvs. oblong-ovate, entire, tomen-
tose: fls. purplish or whitish: spikelets oblong, 3-5 in a
cluster.

BB. I/vs. not stalked.
Onites, Linn. Lvs. ovate, subserrate, villous or to-
mentose, mostly cordate at the base: fls. as in O.
Majorana but a little larger: spikelets ovoid, very
numerous in a cluster. Southeastern Eu., Asia Minor,
Syria. W. M.

Origanum Majorana, Sweet or Annual Marjoram, is
a native of the countries bordering the Mediterranean
sea. It is an erect, branching perennial, bearing grayish
green, rouuded or oval leaves, small, whitish flowers in
terminal clusters which appear in midsummer, and
little, oval, dark brown seeds. The plant has a pleasing
odor and warm, aromatic, bitterish taste, due to a vola-
tile oil which is soluble in water, is officinally credited
with tonic and gently excitant properties, and, as an
infusion, is employed in domestic medicine to "bring
out the rash" in such diseases as measles. More fre-
quently than in medicine, however, its green parts are
used as a condiment, being highly esteemed as a season-
ing for soups, stews, meat pies and dressings. In the
garden this plant is treated as an annual, hence the
name "Annual Marjoram." This practice became neces-
sary since the plants are prone to winter-kill unless
carefully protected. Its propagation is also somewhat
precarious, owing to the small size of the seeds and the
tenderness of the seedlings when exposed to the sun.
Shade, therefore, until the plants are well rooted is usu-
ally necessary. Successional plantings may be made
throughout the spring; sometimes transplanting from
hotbeds or coldframes in May or June is practiced.
The plants should stand (5 inches asunder in rows 12
inches apart, in light, dry, but good soil, be kept clean
throughout the season, and harvested for winter use
just before flowering, the plant being cut close to the
ground and hung in a cool, airy place to dry. If planted
early, leaves may be gathered in late spring. Accord-
ing to Dreer, American-grown seed is better than im-
ported seed for winter use, as it- makes more bulk, while
imported seed is better when the plants are to be cut
green for summer use.

Origanum vulgarCy Pot Marjoram, a branching,
hardy perennial, about 2 feet tall, bearing in mid-
summer pink or purple flowers, and small, brown, oval
seeds, grows wild on the skirts of European woods.
The highly aromatic leaves and the young shoots gath-
ered just before blossoming are used like those of
Sweet Marjoram. The plant is of easy culture, s^^cceed-
ing in all warm garden soils. It may be propagated by
seed, but, where established, division in spring or
early autumn is generally practiced. The plants should
be set 10 inches asunder in rows 15 inches apart, and
kept well cultivated. Dwarf Pot Marjoram, a variety
that comes true from seed, bears large heads of whitish
flowers, and is often used as an edging plant.

M. G. Kains.

ORtXA (.Japanese name). Rut^cece. Deciduous
shrub, with alternate, petioled, almost entire lvs., and
greenish inconspicuous fls. It has proved hardy in
Mass., but has no decorative merit besid^^s its bright
green foliage, which is not attacked by insects or fungi,
and has a strong disagreeable odor like that of Ptelea.
Orixa seems to grow in almost any soil. Propagated by
greenwood cuttings; also by layers and root cuttings
and by seeds. The genus has but one species. Fls. dioe-
cious, appearing with the lvs. on the branches of the
previous year; sepals and petals 4, staminate fls. in ra-

cemes, pistillate fls. solitary: fr. consisting of 4 dehis-
cent pods, each containing 1 black, subglobose seed.
Pistillate fls. and fr. are described as solitary as stated
above, and so they are on Japanese specimens, but a
plant in the Arnold Arboretum has the pistillate fls. and
fr. in short racemes.

Japdnica, Thunb. {Celdsirus Orixa^ Sieb. & Zucc.
Ilex Orixa, Spreng. Othera Orlxa, Lam.). Shrub, to
8 ft., with spreading branches pubescent when young:
lvs. obovate to oblong, obtusely pointed, entire or finely
crenulate, bright green above, finely pubescent beneath,
translucently glandular-punctate, 2-4 in. long : fls.
small, greenish: pods about K in. long, light greenish
brown. April, May. Japan. Gt. 35:12.32.

Alfred Rehder.

ORNAMENTAL GARDENING, or ornamental horti-
culture, is that branch of horticulture which is concerned
with cultivating plants of all kinds for ornament rather
than for food. It includes floriculture and also the cul-
ture of trees for shade and display. (The culture of trees
on a large scale for timber and for other pi-ofitable pur-
poses aside from ornament is forestry. The culture of
trees in general is arboriculture. ) Ornamental gardening
includes carpet-bedding and formal gardening in gen-
eral, while landscape gardening is concerned with mak-
ing nature-like pictures, or at least with the general
plan of the place.

ORNITHCGALUM (Greek, bird and milk ; application
unknown). Lilidcew. This genus includes the Star of
Bethlehem, a dwarf, hardy bulbous plant which bears
umbels of green and white fls. in May and June. Orni-
thogalum is one of the largest genera in the lily family,
containing about 100 species scattered over Europe, the
Orient, North and South Africa. In 1873, when Baker
monographed the genus (in Latin) in the Journal of the
Linnean Society, he recognized 73 species altogether,
but in 1897 he gives an account (in English) in Flora
Capensis of an equal number from South Africa alone.
Baker made 7 subgenera, based chiefly upon the color
of the fls. and the shape of the cluster, though one sub-
genus was cut off from all the rest by having the sta-
mens perigynous instead of hypogynous. The majority
of the species seem to have more or less green in the
fls. either on the face or back or both, and often the
green is prettil}' set off by a narrow white margin.
Some species have pure white fls. and a few have yel-
low or yellowish ones. Some of the dominant forms of
flower-clusters are oblong-cylindrical, broadly triangu-
lar, subcorymbose and lanceolate. Ornithogalum is dis-
tinguished from other genera as follows: perianth per-
sistent; tube none; segments G, usually spreading:
filaments more or less flattened and in many species
unequal ; alternate ones being broader at the base:
ovary sessile, 3-celled; ovules many in a cell, super-
posed : style short or long: capsule membranous,
loculicidally 3-valved : seeds globose, usually not
crowded nor compressed : often the perianth segments
are keeled and the green color follows the keel.

Horticulturally, Ornithogalnms may be divided into
hardy and tender groups, and each of these may be sub-
divided into dwarf and tall. The hardy kinds are con-
sidered by English amateurs amongst the choicest
summer-blooming bulbs for wild gardening. With the
remarkable increase of wild gardens now going on in
America, arrangements should be made so that ama-
teurs may procure these bulbs cheaply and scatter them
with a free hand along woodland walks and in the grass.
The common Star of Bethlehem, O. umbel I alum, a
dwarf kind, is the only Ornithogalum that is at all com-
mon in our gardens. O. nutans has escaped from a few
old gardens but seems never to be advertised in Americii,
and rarely even by the Dutch bulb-growers, but in Eng-
land "it is a very popular species and one of the most
easily managed of all the Ornithogalnms. In borders
amongst other named bulbs, however, it becomes a
great nuisance, an account of the freedom with which
its innumerable bulbils are formed. In a semi-wild or
uncultivated spot it is a capital subject for groundwork;
it requires no attention whatever, and flowers freely all
through April and May."

Of the taller hardy kinds O. lati folium and O. pyra-

ORNITHOGALUM

ORNITHOGALUM

1175

midale seem to be the most desirable. These are the
best to place among: shrubbery and leave undisturbed
for years. A particularly robust clump of O. Jat'ifoUuni is
recorded as bearing over a hundred spikes of flowers
on stalks 3 ft. high. O. pyramidale is here doubtfully
referred to O. Tfarboneufie, but there is no doubt about
the beauty of the plant which English gardeners call O.
pyramidah. For formal beauty it is hard to excel. It
sometimes makes a perfect pyramid of starry white
flowers, the spike 12-18 in. long, the fls. an inch across,
and a hundred or more fls. in a spike.

The tender kinds in cultivation are chiefly from the
Cape of Good Hope, though O. AraMctim is found in
the Mediterranean region. Connoisseurs are divided be-
tween O. Arahicwm and O, revolutum, but the former
has been more pictured and has a greater number of
admirers. When well grown it^is probably the showiest
plant of the whole genus. O. Arabicum is a fickle plant.
It grows to perfection in Guernsey, with stalks 3 ft.
high and fls. 2 in. across, borne in free, informal clus-
ters. The tall-spiked waving masses of white remain in
good condition for some weeks. In Guernsey they are
esteemed for cut-flowers. The white of the large, broad-
petaled fls. is set off by a gleaming black pistil, which
makes a striking and pretty feature. O. Arabicum is
suitable for pot culture in northern conservatories, but
perhaps the best way to grow it is in quantity in a frame.
The bulbs have a way of remaining dormant for a season
or two, a difficulty possibly to be associated with their
insufficient ripening. W. Goldring writes : "To keep
the pots with the bulbs in them in a greenhouse and
not watered is not sufficient; they should be kept in a
dry atmosphere, and if baked in the sun, so much the
better. Autumn is the best time to get bulbs, and after
potting they should be kept dry till spring, and with the
signs of growth plenty of water should be given, and
occasional weak manure water." It is suspected that
there are two varieties, a shy-blooming and a free-bloom-
ing kind. This may explain some of its reputation for
capriciousness. O. thyrsoides is easier to grow and earlier
to bloom. Withgentleforcingitmay be had for Christmas
in a moderately warm house. O. revolntwn is very dis-
tinct by having revolute instead of spreading segments.
It was cult, by a Cincinnati amateur in 1883, but to-day
one may search a dozen of the largest bulb catalogues
without finding it offered. O. caudatuni is similarly rare
in trade catalogues, but it is still cultivated in dwelling
houses under the erroneous name of Sea Onion. The
Sea Onion is Urginea maritima, a plant of the same
general appearance but distinguishable in leaf, flower
and fruit as follows: Urginea maritima has Ivs. 2-3 in.
wide: raceme lK-2 ft long; bracts 3-4 lines long: fls.
white with a brown keel: seeds crowded, disk-like.
Ornithogahim caudatum has Ivs. \-l]4. in. wide; raceme
yi-i ft. long: bracts 6-9 lines long: fls. keeled with
green: seeds not crowded nor compressed.

Perhaps the best purely horticultural reviews of this
group are to be found in The Garden: the tender kinds
by Goldring in Gn. 49, p. 308; the hardy kinds by "D.K."
inGn. 41, p. 376,

A. Fls. self -colored, both front and back.
B. Pistil prominent, sliining, greenish- black.
Ardbicum, Linn. Fig. 1594. Bulb ovoid, \-\% in.
thick, proliferous : Ivs. 5-8, glaucous green, 1-lH ft.
long, %-l in. wide: scape 1-2 ft. long: raceme 6-12-fid.,
roundish or deltoid in outline, 3-5 in. long and wide:
fls. self-colored, odorous; filaments lanceolate, not cus-
pidate, alternate ones distinctly broader, but not quad-
rangular on the base. Mediterranean region. B.M. 728.
Gn. 49:1063 (good). B.M. 3179 and B.R. 11:906 (as O.co-
rymhosmn). G.C. II. 19:665. Gn. 22, p. 249; 32, p. 145;
41, p. 377; 48, p. 309. -The pistil is a beautiful and strik-
ing feature.

BB. Pistil not a striking feature, dull, smaller.
c. Number of flowers in a cluster 12-30.
thyrsoides, Jacq. Bulb globose, lM-2 in. thick: Ivs.
5-6, lanceolate, 6-12 in. long, 1-2 in. wide: scape K-lK
ft. high: raceme 12-30-fld., dense, triangular in outline.
3-4 in. wide: fls. self-colored; filaments alternately
longer and lanceolate, alternately shorter, dilated above

the base and bicuspidate. S. Afr. B.M. 1104 (fls. white,
with a brown eye).

Var. aiireum, Ait. (0. aureum, Curt.), has golden
yellow fls. B.M. 190 (fls. saffron).

Var. flavescens, Ker., has pale yellow fls. B.R.
4:305.

cc. Number of flowers i)i a cluster 50-100.

latifdlium, Linn. Lvs. 5-6, ascending, glabrous,
fleshy herbaceous, broadly lorate, 12-15 in. long, 1^-2
in. wide in cult. : filaments about equal, lanceolate.
Tauria, Caucasus, Kurdistan, Arabia. Egypt. B.M. 876.
B.R. 23:1978 {fls. green only at tip of keel, and borne
in a perfect pyramid).

AA. Fls. with a green face, the outer segments nar-
rowly margined tvhite.
B. Cluster inversely pyramidal in outline.
temilfdlium, Guss. Bulb ovoid, 1 in. thick, simple:
lvs. 5-6, narrowly linear, 5-6 in. long, 1-2 lines wide,
unspotted: scape 2-3 in. long: raceme 6-10-fld., corym-
bose or inversely triangular in outline, 2-3 in. long and
wide: pedicels ascending: fls. with outer perianth seg-
ments margined white. Mediterranean region.

BB. Clusters quadrangular in outline,
c. Number of flowers 12-W.
umbell&tum, Linn. Star op Bethlehem. Bulb sub-
globose, 1 in. thick, bearing numerous bulbils: lvs.
6-9, narrowly linear, 6-12 in. long, 2-4 lines wide, deeply
channeled, distinctly spotted white: scape 4-6 in. long:
raceme 12-20-fld., quadrangular in oiitline, 4-6 in. long,
6-9 in. wide: lower pedicels in fr. spreading: fls. wit h
outer perianth segments margined white. Mediter-
ranean region. Escaped from old gardens in U. S.

cc. Number of flowers S-12.
exscS-pum, Tenore. Bulb ovoid, 5^-1 in. thick, not
proliferous: lvs. 5-6, narrowly linear, 4-6 in. long, 1-2
lines wide, glabrous, spotted, disappearing after the
fls.: scape 1-lM in. long: raceme 3-12-fld., quadran-
gular in outline, \Vi in. long, 2M-3 in. wide : lowest
pedicels in fr. deflexed : bracts %-l in. long, shorter
than the pedicels: fls. with outer perianth segments
margined white: style very short. S. Eu.

1594. Ornithoealum Arabicum (X^)-

AAA. Flowers more or less white-faced, but keeled

ivith green on the back.

B. JBlossoms nodding.

nxltans, Linn. Bulb ovoid, 1-1^-2 in. thick, producing

offsets freely: lvs. pale green, 1-13^ ft. long, 3-6 lines

wide, disappearing after the fls.: scape 8-12 in. long:

raceme 3-12-fld., oblong-cylindrical in outline: pedicels

1176

ORNITHOGALUM

ORTHROSANTHUS

shorter than the bracts: fls. green, margined white on
back, the lower ones nodding. Eu., Asia Minor. B.M.
209. Gn. 32:G21 & p. 77; 41, p. 376. -Rarely escaped, in
U. S.

BB. Blosso7ns erect or ascending.
C. Width of leaves 3-6 lines.
Narbon6iise, Linn. Bulb ovoid, 9-15 lines thick: Ivs.
strap-.shaped, 1-13^2 ft. long, 3-6 lines wide, glabrous,
glaucous green, scarcely disappearing before the end of
flowering: scape 1-lK ft- long: raceme 20-50-fid., ob-
long-cylindrical, 4-8 in. long, lK-2 in. wide : lowest
pedicels 9-15 lines long: fls. whitish, keeled green on
the back; filaments lanceolate at base, not squared. S.
Eu. B.M. 2510 (striped, green back and front). — O. py-
ramidtile, Linn., is considered by Baker to be a robust,
large-fld. garden form, but it is said to grow wild in
Spain and Portugal and may be a distinct species. Fls.
white, with a green stripe on back. Gn. 41:854.

cc. Width of leaves 9-lS lines.
D. Filaments alternately linear and lanceolate.
longebracte^tum, Jacq. Lvs. rather fleshy, glabrous,
lanceolate, lK-2 ft. long, %-i}4 in. wide, persistent
until after flowering: scape lJ-2-2 ft. long : raceme
dense, 30-60-fld., oblong-cylindrical, 6-9 in. long, 15-18
lines wide: lowestpedicels 9-121ines long: fls. whitish,
keeled green on the back: bracts 9-15 lines long; fila-
ments alternately linear and lanceolate at the base. S.
Afr. — Baker says the bulb is 3-4 in. thick.

DD. Filaments alternately lanceolate and quadrate

at the base.
caudS-tum, Ait. Lvs. lorate, 13^-2 ft. long, 1-1 >^ in.
wide: scape l>2-3 ft. long: raceme dense, K-1 ft. long:
fls. banded green on face, and keeled green: bracts 6-9
lines long. S. Afr. B.M. 895. Window plant.

AAAA. Fls. wJiite, ivith a brown or greenish yelloiv
eye: perianth segments reoolute.

revoliitum, Jacq. Lvs. lanceolate, G-9 in. long, 6-9
lines wide: fls. not keeled with green, many in a sub-
corvmbose cluster; style very short and stout. S. Afr.
B.M. 653. B.R. 4:315. -^, M,

OROBUS is considered a subgenus of Lathyrus, but
for O. formostts, see Pisinn, and for O. lathyroides, see
Vicia. Since Lathyrus was written for this work, the
names of 3 other species of Orobus have been promi-
nently mentioned in this country: O. aurdntius^ Vicia
Gurdntia; O. f lac cidus^= Lathyrus vermis, var. flacci-
diis, Ser., which is distinguished from the type by its
very narrow, flaccid lvs. ; and O. Pannonicus, a puzzling
name, which is discussed in the next paragraph.

OrohiiS Prtnno«ic«s, Jacq., is by Index Kewensis re-
ferred to Lathyrus Pannonicns, Garcke, but older au-
thorities, as DeCandolle and Koch, refer it to Lathyrus
albus, Linn. f. L. albns differs from other species as
follows : root of clustered, club-shax:)ed fibers : stem
angled, unbranched, narrowly winged above: Ifts. 2-3
pairs, linear-lanceolate and linear: style linear. Nor-
mally it has white or yellowish fls., with the standard
often flushed rose color on the back ; but var. versicolory
Koch, has a purple standard, with yellow wings and
keel. This is B.M. 675 (as O, varius) and probably the
form in cult.

ORONTITJM (one of many names arbitrarily applied
by Linnjeus ; he probably had in mind some water
plant growing in the Syrian river Orontes). Ar(lce(e.
Golden Club. Orontinm aquaticnm , or Golden Club, is
a hardy, native, aquatic plant, which bears in early
spring yellow "clubs " on white stalks. The "club " is a
cylindrical spadix 1-2 in. long. The lvs. are ascending
or floating, according to the depth of the water. They
are obloug-elliptic, with a blade 5-32 in. long, and no
distinct midrib, but numerous parallel veins. The fo-
liage is handsome, dark velvety green above, silvery
below. The plant is very strong and deeply rooted, grow-
ing in water 10-18 in. deep. On account of its firm hold on
the soil it may be planted in swifter water than most
aquatics. It has the fault of being difficult to eradicate
when firmlv established.

Orontiuna is a genus of one species, which is found in
swamps and pools from Mass. to Fla., mostly near the
seacoast, but extending as far inland as central Pa. and
La. Spathe usually soon deciduous : fls. hermaphro-
dite, covering the whole spadix ; sepals scale-like, im-
bricated upon the ovary, usually 4 in the upper and 6
in the lower fls.; ovary l-celled; ovule solitary, semi -
anatropous: fr. a green utricle.

aquiticum, Linn. Golden Club. Blade of lvs. 5-12 x
2-5 in.: stalk 4-20 in. long: scape 3^-2 ft. long. B.B.
1:364. L.B.C. 5:402. R.H. 1888:85. Gn. 27, p. 213.

P. W. Barclay.

OROXYLON (Greek, a mountain tree; nevertheless
it grows anywhere from sea-level to an altitude of 3,000
ft.). Also written Oroxylum. Bignonii}cece. A genus
of one species, an Indian tree, which, as Franceschi
says, is "remarkable for the large size and striking form
of its leaves, almost black flowers, and long, sword-
shaped pods." This tree is cult, outdoors in S. Calif,
and under glass in Europe. It attains 25^0 ft. in In-
dia, has lvs. 2-4 ft. across, which are shining and twice
or thrice ternately pinnate; Ifts. 5x3-4 in.: raceme 10
in. long: fls. fleshy, 2% in. long, 2-3>^ in. across, bell-
shaped, and white or purplish according to the Flora of
British India.

This tree has no near ally of garden value. It might
be roughly compared to a Catalpa for its long pods and
winged seeds, and for its much-cut foliage to Jacaran-
da ovalifolia, which is one of the most striking and
elegant trees cultivated in subtropical countries. Ge-
neric characters are: calyx large, leathery, truncate or
obscurely toothed : corolla-lobes 5, subequal, round,
crisped, toothed : stamens 5 : capsule septicidalty 2-
valved : seeds thinly discoid, with a broad, transpar-
ent wing.

Indicum, Vent. Lvs. opposite ; Ifts. ovate, entire:
peduncle 1 ft. long: capsule 1-3 ft. long, 2-3 in. wide,
hardly 4 lines thick. India, Ceylon, Cochin China, Ma-
laya.

ORPINE or STONE CROP. See Sedum, particularly

S. Ti-'lephiuhi .

ORRIS-ROOT or IRIS-ROOT.

and Perfume ry Gardening .

See Iris Florentina

ORTHOCARPUS (Greek, straight fruit, which distin-
guishes this genus from Melampyrum). Scrophular'd-
cGce. O. purpurdscens, Benth., is a plant something
like the Painted Cup (Castilleia). It is a Californian
anniial, growing a foot or less high, with yellow, crim-
son-tipped fls. and gaudy bracts. Gray says it is "com-
mon along the hills and mountains of the coast, from
San Diego to Humboldt Co., so abundant as to give the
ground a purple hue for miles in some places; occasion-
ally, with duller or only pallid color, in salt marshes.
The reddish, soft and copious beard of the narrow and
hooked upper lip which marks this species is composed
of many- and close-jointed hairs." This plant was
offered in 1891 by Orcutt. For fuller description see
Gray's Syn. Flora of N. Anier. In Orthocarpus the
calyx is 4-cut; in Castilleia many-cut.

ORTHROSANTHUS [Gxqq^, morning flower; because
the Hs. open in the morning and fade before noon).
Jridacea'. O. niultiflorus is a charming plant some-
thing like our blue-eyed grass or Sisyrinchium. It has
a tuft of grassy foliage a foot or two high, and sky-blue,
6-parted fls. an inch or more across, which open one
after another for a week or so. Horticulturally it is
classed among tender bulbs, though its rootstock is a
short, thick rhizome. This choice plant comes from
Australia, which, ^^nlike the Cape of Good Hope, is very
poor in showy bulbous plants of the iris, lily and ama-
ryllis families.

Orthrosanthus is a genus of 7 species, 2 from tropical
America and 5 from Australia. Lvs. firm, linear, equi-
tant: clusters many-fld., panicled: fls. pale blue; pedi-
cels so short that the capsule is not protruded from the
spathe; perianth-tube very short or none; segments
oblong, nearly equal, spreading; filaments free or con-
nate only at the base: ovary 3-celled; ovules many,

ORTHKOSANTHUS

OSMOBaiZA

1177

superposed; style -branches alternating with the an-
thers: seeds minute, very near Sisyrinchium, which is
a more variable genus, and has longer pedicels. See
Baker's Handbook of the Iridese (1892).

There seems to be no recorded American experience
with O. muUlflonis. Krelage lists it among bulbs suit-
able for frame culture. Nicholson says it thrives and
does best when planted in the border of a cold conser-
vatory, and adds "if, however, it is necessary to grow
them in pots, use turfy loam and leaf-mold, and insure
sufficient drainage."

multiflorus, Sweet (Liberfia aziirea, Hort. ). Lvs. a
dozen or more, 1-lM ft. long. % to % of an inch wide:
panicle 4r-Q in. long: capsule obtuse. Southern and
western Australia. L.B.C. 15:147-i. B.R. 13:1090 (as
Sisyrinchhim cyaneum). -^y^ ]\i^

OK'^'ZA (derived from the Arabic name, Eruz ) .
Graminece. Six species of the tropics, including O.
saliva, Linn., the well-known rice of commerce. This
is a native of the Old World tropics, and is naturalized
in Brazil; cultivated extensively in China and India
and more recently in the coast region of our southern
states. A marsh plant, with flowers in panicles; spike-
lets 1-fid. ; empty glumes 2, small; fl. -glume and palet
about equal, laterally compressed, keeled, the former
usually more or less awned. Contrary to the usual sup-
position, rice paper is not made from rice, but from
Paper Mulberry or Bamboo. ^^ g^ Hitchcock.

ORYZdPSIS (Greek, rice -like ; from a fancied re-
sembhince to that grain). Gramineoi. Mountain Rice.
Contains about 24 species of temperate regions. Mostly
tufted perennials, with narrow panicles of rather large
greenish 1-fld. spikelets. Empty glumes thin, nerved,
nearly equal: fl. -glume coriaceous, becoming involute,
provided at base with a short callus, and at apex with a
simple untwisted deciduous awn. Three of our native
species are offered by dealers in wild plants.

melanocarpa, Muhl. Distinguished by its leafy culm,
the lvs. being broad and flat : panicle simple or com-
jiound; fl. -glume blackish: awn about 1 in. long. Rocky
woods, NewEng. to Mo. — Blooms late in summer.

asperifdlia, Michx. This and the next have tufted,
naked culms, with flat, concave or involute lvs.: culms
9-18 in. high, bearing sheaths with rudimentary blades:
lvs, rough-edged, evergreen: awn % in. long. Northern
states to Colorado. — Blooms early in spring.

Canadensis, Torr. Culm G-15 in. : lowest sheaths
leaf -bearing: lvs. involute, thread-shaped: awn very
short, deciduous or wanting. Me. to Minn., on rocky
hills; rare. A. S. Hitchcock.

OSAGE ORANGE. See Toxylon.

OSIERS are willows used for baskets and willow-ware
in general. Some dogwoods are also called Osiers.
The various kinds are described under Salix and Cor-
nus. Osier culture is generally considered as belonging
to sylviculture rather than to horticulture, and is there-
fore not treated here, but the interested reader should
procure "Osier Culture," by John M. Simpson, a pam-
phlet of 27 pages, issued in 1898 as Bulletin 19 of the
Div. of Forestry, U. S. Dept. of Agriculture.

OSMANTHITS { fragrant flower). Oled.cem. The cul-
tivated members of this genus are usually known as
Oleas, but Osmanthus is distinguished from Olea by its
imbricate rather than valvate obtuse corolla-lobes: fls.
fascicled or in short, perfect or imperfect racemes: lvs.
generally opposite, entire or seri'ate, thickish : ever-
green trees or shrubs, of 7 or 8 species in eastern Asia,
Pacific islands, and one in North America. O. fragrans
is the only common species in cult., and this is a green-
house plant in the North, being grown for its very fra-
grant fls. It is of the easiest culture in an intermediate
temperature. It is almost a continuous bloomer, al-
though ordinarily it should be rested in late winter or
summer in order to ripen the wood for fall and winter
bloom. Be careful not to overpot, and keep the plant
free from mealy bug. In the South and in California,
it thrives when planted out in a place shaded from the
midday sun.

A. I/VS. smaU-ioothed or entire.
frigrans, Lour. {Olea frdgrans, Thunb.). Fig. 1595,
Small tree or shrub, usually cult, as a pot-plant: lvs.
oval to oblong and lanceolate, finely sharp-toothed
(said to be entire in the wild plant), thick, lighter col-
ored and veiny beneath: fls. small, white, the corolla
divided nearly to the base, in clusters in the upper ax-
ils, very fragrant: fr. not produced on the cult, plant,
but on the wild plant said to be ellipsoid and %x3^ in.
India, China, Japan. B.M. 1552. L.B.C. 18:1786.

1595. Osmanthus fraerans (,XK).
Olea fragrans of gardens.

Americ&nus, Benth. & Hook. Devil-wood. Florida
Olea. Glabrous small tree or tall shrub, with whitish
bark: lvs. thick, evergreen, lance-oblong, with a short
petiole, entire, shining above: fls. polygamous or dice-
cioiis, dull white, in panicles which are shorter than the
lvs., fragrant: fr. a small dark purple drupe. Blooms
in spring. N. Car., south. S.S. 6:279, 280. -This plant
is in cult, in choice collections south, but it is not now
advertised.

AA. Lvs. usuaJhj spiny -toothed and liolhj-like.

Aquifdiium, Sieb. Small, evergreen tree, with elliptic
or oblong-ovate, stiff spiny -toothed, shining lvs., 3-4 in.
long : fls. white, in short axillary clusters appearing
in autumn, very fragrant, larger than in O. fragrans.
Japan. G.C. U. 6:689. Very variable. Var. llicifolius,
Hort. {Olea ilicifdlia, Hassk.),is a compact dense
shrub, with smaller lvs. There are variegated-leaved
forms (as O. Aqui folium, vars. aureum and argenteum ) .
Var. myrtifdlius, Hort., has compact habit, witli rigid,
spineless lvs. Osmanthus Aquifolium is hardy with
some protection as far north as Baltimore and Phila-
delphia. Variegated forms are sometimes grafted on
privet, but they lack in constitution.

O. latifolia and O. ligustrifolia of the trade are probably
Pliillyreas. O. buxifolia, Hort., is probably Olea Capensis,
Linn., a shrub from S. Africa. l H. B.

OSMORHIZA (Greek; referring to the sweet, aro-
matic, edible roots). U'inhelliferce . A small genus of
perennial herbs, 1-3 ft, high, with ternately decompound
foliage and white fls. in few-rayed umbels. They are
sometimes called Sweet Cicely, but the true Sweet
Cicely is MyrrJiis odorata, a closely allied European
plant, the lvs. of which have the scent of anise seed and
are used in flavoring. Two western species were once
advertised in the eastern states, and 2 eastern species
are rarely offered. F. W. Barclay, who has charge of a
ver}"" large collection of native plants, writes that the
eastern species require a loose, rich, rather moist loam.
He adds that they are usually to be found in shady
places, but where soil conditions are suitable they do
well in the sun. Wilfred Brotherton remarks that their
foliage tiirns a handsome purple in autumn.

Generic characters: Calys-teeth obsolete: fr. linear,

1178

OSMORHIZA

OSTROWSKIA

glabrous or bristly; carpel slightly flattened dorsally or
not at all; styles long or short; seed-face from slightly
concave to deeply sulcate. Coulter and Rose, Monograph
of North American Umbelliferse, 1900. The generic
name is also spelled Osmorrhiza.

A. Fr. with 2^*'ominent caudate attenuation {2-4 lines
Jong) at base, very bristly.
B. Style a line or more long.
longistylis, DC. Stout, glabrous or slightly pubes-
cent. Canada to Va. and west to Dakota. B.B. 2:530.—
Roots with a stronger smell and taste of anise than O.
brevistylls. Brotherton says it is a much prettier plant
than the next, with larger umbels.

BB. Style half a line or less long.
c. Lfts. ^-S in. long: rays stout, 1-2 in. long.
brevistylls, DC. Rather stout, villous-pubescent:
Ivs. 2-3-ternate: style and stylopodium half a line long.
Canada to N.C. B.B. 2:530.

CO. Jjfts. %-2 in. long: rays slender, 2^ in. Jong.

niida, Torr. Rather slender, somewhat pubescent or
glabrous: Ivs. twice teruate: style and stylopodium %
line long. Mts., Calif.

AA. Fr. ivitliout caudate attenuation at base.
OccidentELlis, Torr. {Myrrhis occidentillis, Benth. &
Hook.). Rather stout, puberulent or pubescent: Ivs.
2-3-ternate; lfts. lJ^-4 in. long: umbel 5-12-rayed:
rays 1-5 in. long: stylopodium and style %-l line long.
Calif, to Wash., east to Montana. -^y -^^

OSMC^NDA (from Osmunder, a name of a Saxon god).
Osninnddcea;. A small genus of showy native ferns,
with rather coarse foliage, but highly ornamental from
their clustered habit. The sporangia are formed in
panicles borne on the veins of reduced Ivs., provided
with a rudimentary transverse ring and opening verti-
cally.

A. Lvs. fully bipinnate.

regalis, Linn. Royal Fern. Growing in clumps 2-5
ft. high, some of the leaves bearing panicles at their
summits; pinnje 1-2 in. long, rounded at the base and
usually blunt. Well adapted for open, moist places.

i596. Royal Fern— Osmunda cinnamomea.

Eu., N. Amer. and .Japan. — Commonly called Flowering
Pern or King-fern, O. Japouica, Thimb., is a form with
the sporophylls forming distinct leaves and soon with-
ering away; various crested forms appear in cultivation.

AA. Lvs. bipinnatifid only.
cinnamomea, Linn. Cinnamon Fern. Pig

1596.

Plate XI. Growinfc in clusters 2-4 ft. high or even
more, the sporophylls appearing earliest, at first green.

but becoming pale, long and narrow, cinnamon-colored
at maturity of the spores, the lvs. growing about a
crown from a large, mostly vertical rootstock. N. Amer.
— Very handsome for decorative purposes, especially for
low grounds.

Claytoni^na, Linn. Growing in crowns, with the
sporangia confined to a few (4-10) of the central pinnio
of the leaf, and of a dark brown color. Similar to the
last, but lacking the little tuft of wool in the axils of
the pinnffi which characterizes the Cinnamon Fern. N.
Amer; said also to grow in India.

L. M. Underwood.

Osmundas are strong- growing ferns of vigorous
constitution, and well adapted for general culture in
any fertile soil which is not over dry. They are deep-
rooted ferns and, therefore, require considerable depth
of soil. All the species do well in full sunlight,
but the most satisfactory position for all the species
would be a deeply dug, thoroughly enriched border ly-
ing north of a wall. O. regalis reaches perfection only
in rich, wet swamps in full sunlight or thin shade,
where it may attain a height of 8 ft. O. Claytoniana
prefers rich, peaty soil in moist but not wet, open or
partially shaded positions. It may attain a height of 6
ft. O. cinnamomea is naturally a fern of the swamp,
though not in such wet positions as O. regalis. It
grows most luxuriantly in partial shade. In a wild state
it occasionally attains a height of G ft.

F. W. Barclay.

OSTEOMfiLES (Greek, stone apple or stone fruit).
Rosticece. The plant which bears the uncomfortable
name of Osfeomeles antliyllidifolia is a white-fld., red-
fruited bush, ranging from China through the Pacific
islands as far south as Pitcairn's island. It has pin-
nate foliage, silvery beneath, each leaf 2—1 in. long and
composed of about 25 lfts. The specific name of the
plant records its resemblance in foliage to AntJiylUs
Barba-Jovis, a plant with pea-like fls., known as Ju-
piter's Beard, which is considerably used for seaside
planting in frostless countries. Botanically Osteomeles
is closest to our shad bush (Amelanchier), but inferior
in hardiness and in beauty of fls. All the other species
of Osteomeles (about 7) are natives of the Andes, and
liave simple lvs. The silvery nature of O. anthylHdi-
foJia varies considerably in the wild, and glabrous speci-
mens have been collected.

Generic characters: trees and shrubs: lvs. alternate,
stalked, leathery, evergreen, entire or serrate : fls.
white, few or numerous, in flattish clusters: calyx-tube
bell- or top-shaped, adnate to the carpels; lobes 5, per-
sistent; petals 5, oblong; stamens 10 or more, inserted
on the throatof the calyx; carpels5, more or less grown
together and to the calyx: drupes 5-stoned.

anthyllidiEdlia, Lindl. Evergreen bush, 5-6 ft, high,
much branclied: bark brownish black: lvs. spreading
and recurved; lfts. more or less in pairs, yellowish
green: fls. about % in. across, a dozen or so in a clus-
ter. B.M. 7354. "^ ]yj_

OSTEOSPERMTXM moniliferum is a shrubby yellow-
fld. composite, growing 2-4 ft. high, which was offered
in 1891 by Reasoner Bros.. Oneco, Fla. It has dropped
out of cult. It is fully described in Flora Capensis
3:433, where the entire genus of 38 species is mono-
graphed.

0STR6WSKIA (after N. ab Ostrowsky, Russian pa-
tron of science). Campanuldcece. The Giant Bell-
flower, O. magnifica, ranks among the two dozen most
interesting "hardy perennials" introduced during the
last two decades of the nineteenth century. Each stem
grows 4 or 5 ft. high, is branched only at the top, and
hears 3-6 bell-shaped, pale lilac fls. 4-6 in. across and
4 in. deep. A healthy clump may throw up as many as
()-10 stems. Beforethediscovery of this plant, P?rt/(/cof?on
grandiflorum was generally considered the showiest of
all the large bell-flowers, but J. N. Gerard declares that
the Platycodon is very commonplace beside Ostrowskya.
In the colored plates the flowers have a rather washed-
out appearance, except in "Garden," which shows pink-
ish tints. Gerard describes the color as a very light
lavender or mauve, almost white, with deeper veinings.

OSTBOWSKIA

OTHONNA

1179

A dark blue variety was thought to exist, but unfortu-
nately nothing of tlie kind has been seen in eultiyation.
Altogether it is a very singular plant, with its great fleshy
roots, sometimes 2 ft. long, its whorled Ivs., and the
conspicuous pores of the capsule, which are twice as
numerous as the sepals— a generic character. Unlike
Platycodon, its Ivs. are membranous and light green.
It is the only species in the genus. As a genus Ostrow-
skya i.i close to Campanula, being distinguished by the
whorled Ivs. and the floral parts numerically greater.

The Giant Harebell needs a deeply worked, perfectly
drained, sandy soil. Soon after flowering the plants go
to rest and nothing is left of them above ground. Their
place should be carefully marked to protect the brittle
roots from careless digging. Our dry summers and au-
tumns seem to suit the plants well, but frequently in a
moist October growth starts and this seriously weakens
the old plants. When only a few plants are grown, a
tight board covering will be found convenient for keep-
ing the roots dry and dormant. For winter protection
it is advisable to give a liberal covering of litter. Ex-
cessive moisture will destroy the crown. Flowering
specimens can hardly be expected within 4 years from
seed, and seeds are slow to germinate unless fresh.
Nurserymen now propagate the plant by cuttings of
the young growths taken with a heel in spring; ama-
teurs by root-cuttings.

magniiioa, Regel. Giant Bell-flower. Tall, strict,
glabrous herb, with tuberous roots: ivs. in distant
whorls of 4 or 5, ovate, toothed, short-stalked, 4-6 in.
long: calyx-lobes 2 in. long, spreading or recurved:
floral parts 5-9, usually 7: style large, thick, vellow.
Eastern Bokhara, at 7,000 ft. Gn. 34:081; 52, "p. 481.
B.M. 7472. G.F. 6:276. A.F. 4:331. V. 11:305. G.M.
31:459, 461. R.H. 1893:472 and p. 473; 1888, p. 344.
l.H. 35:71. G.C. III. 4:65. S.H. 1:437.

J. B. Keller and W. M.

OSTEYA (ancient name). CnpnJifene. Ostrya Vir-
ginica, commonly known in America as Hop Hornbeam,
Ironwood or Leverwood, is a small- to medium-sized
tree, with birch-like foliage, slender yellow male cat-
kins borne in spring, and female catkins which look
like clusters of hops, and ripen in July and August. In
the eastern states the Hop Hornbeam usually grows
about 15 to 18 ft. high, but in the Middle West it grows
much higher, sometimes attaining 50 ft. The bark is
beautifully furrowed. The species has a wide range,
but is not common. O. carpinifolia, Scop., and O. Ja-
ponica, Sarg., have proved hardy at the Arnold Arboi-e-
tum.

Ostrya is a genus of 4 species— the following, one in
southwestern U. S., one in Eu. and Asia and one in Ja-
pan. Catkins borne with the Ivs. or before: males-
drooping, sessile at the ends of branchlets of the pre-
vious year, their fls. solitary in the axil of each bract;
females terminal, solitary, erect, their fls. 2 to each
bract, enclosed by a bractlet, which in fruit enlarges
into a closed mejnbranons bladder: male fls. without
braotlets; stigmas 2: nut compressed, sessile in the
base of the bladdex'-like sac.

Virginica, Willd. Fig. 1597. Lvs. ovate or oblong-
ovate, acuminate, doubly serrate : bladders 6-8 lines
long, 4-5 lines wide in fruit; female catkins \%-2% in.
long. Dry woods. Cape Breton to Minn., south to Fla.
and Tex. S.S. 9:445. B.B. 1:507. Gn. 24, pp. 230, 231.

OSWEGO TEA. Monarda didyma.

OTHEEA Jap6nica, imported by Berckmans, Au-
gusta, Ga. , is an evergreen shrub, with obovate or ob-
long-obovate glabrous lvs., entire or nearly so, and 2-3
in. long. There can be but little doubt that it is a species
of Ilex, but the shape of the lvs. does not agree exactly
with the figure given by Thunberg of his O. Japonica,
which was subsequently referred to Ilex by Sprengel
under the name /. Ofhera. In none of the more recent
publications on the Japanese flora, however, is either
name mentioned, and it is likewise omitted in the
monograph of Ilex by Maximowicz. As the genus
Othera has no botanical standing it is perhaps the best
to use Ilex Othera as a provisional name for the culti-

vated plant until it has borne fls. and fr., and thus en-
abled us to determine its exact botanical position. In
foliage it resembles very much /. integra, and it may
probably prove to be this species when the fruits are
known. The Othera Japonica of Thunberg as figured
in his Icones Plantarum Japonicarum, pi. 13, is much
like /. rotunda, and may represent a plant of this species
with staminate fls. The hardiness of the cultivated Ilex
Othera is probably the same as that of /. latifolia and
integra, and also its cultivation and propagation. See
Orixa. Alfred Rehder.

Othera Japonica, a very beautiful ornamental ever-
green shrub or small tree, is well established in several
Florida gardens. In the late E. H, Hart's garden, at
Federal Point, Fla., there is a small, bushy, dense tree,
about 22 feet high, which has flowered and fruited abun-
dantly. Two plants in my own garden, one on high pine
land, the other in richer soil near the lake, have done
exceedingly well, though the one in moist ground is by
far the larger and very dense. They were planted out in
the fall of 1896, and the most vigorous one is now 7 feet
high, and as much in diameter, provided with branches
from the ground. The phmt resembles Ilex integra,
but is different in habit and growth. Whatever its cor-
rect botanical name may be, it is a very beautiful plant
for the extreme South, and it well responds to good cul-
tivation and fertilizing. jj_ Nehrling.

OTHONNA (ancient Greek name, of no particular
application here). Compdsittv. About 80 South African
herbs and shrubs, of which one (Pig. 1598) is in general
cultivation as a window-garden plant. The heads are
usually yello^, with fertile rays and sterile tubular
disk florets: torus convex or somewhat conical, usually
honeycombed: scales of involucre in one series, more
or less united to the base, valvate : style of disk fls.
not divided : akenes oval, with bristle-like pappus in
many rows or series. Only one species of Othonna ap-
pears to be in general cultivation, and this has no es-
tablished vernacular name in this country, although it
is sometimes dubbed "Little Pickles" because of its
cylindrical, pulpy leaves.

The plant shown in Fig. 1598 is commonly known as

1597. Hop Hornbeam— Ostrya Viiginica (X M).

Othonna crassifoUa, but thereby arises a puzzle in no-
menclature. By Linnffius a certain flat-leaved plant was
called Othonna crassifoUa. Subsequently some of the
species of Othonna were separated by Jaubert & Spach
into a distinct genus, Othonnopsis, distinguished by in-
volucral scales distinct and style of the disk florets 2-
parted. One of the plants relegated to this new genus
was Othonna c7(ei'ri^oZ/a,Linn., which then became Othon-
nopsis cheiri.folia, Jaub. & Spach. Bentham & Hooker
consider Linnteus' Othonna crassifoUa to be a horticul-
tural form of OtJionnopsis cJieiri folia. It was therefore
a natural sequence to say that the Othonna crassifoUa
of horticulturists is properly Othonnopsis cJieirifolia,
a statement which the writer made in the revision of
Gray's "Field, Forest and Garden Botany." It turns
out, however, that the Othonna crassifoUa of horticul-
turists is not the Othonna crassifoUa of Linnfeus (if he
has been correctly reported). The former plant is a
true Othonna. It is the Othonna crassifoUa of Har-
vey; but since this name crassifoUa was used by Lin-
naeus, it cannot be used again in the same genus, and
Harvey's plant must take some other name. In fact,
before Harvey's time, the name Othonna crassifoUa
was used by Meyer for still another species. The O.

1180

OTHONNA

OUVIEANDRA

^^rasi^ifolia of Harvey was once described as O. fUlcau-
Us, but this name also has been previously used in the
genus. It seems, therefore, as if a new name must he

^u ,

^'^%')

/4

1598. Othonna Capensis, known to

gardeners as O. crassifolia.

A yellow-flowered trailing plant

with succulent leaves.

given to the O. cratfslfoUa of Harvey and of the horticul-
turists, and this is done below. What, now, is Linnseus'
Othonna crassifolia ? As early as 1771, this plant was
figured in color by Philip Miller as the "Othonna foliis
lanceolatis integerriinis " of LinniBus' Hortus Cliffort-
ianus. It was figured ag.ain by Edwards in 1818 (B.E.
4:2G6). It is an upright or ascending undershrub, with
flat leaves reminding one of leaves of the stock. It is
described in the European books, but is probably not
in commercial cultivation. It is native to the north of
Africa. A reproduction of part of Philip Miller's pic-
ture of the plant, reduced in size, is shown in Fig. 1599.
Cap6nsis (Oth&nna crassifolia, Harv., not Linn., nor
Meyer. Othonndpsis cheirifdiia, Bailey in "Field, For-
est, and Garden Botany," not Jaub. & Spach). Pig.
1598. Perennial, becoming shrubby at base in its native
country, glabrous, with slender trailing or drooping
stems; Ivs. 1 in. or less long, fleshy and cylindrical-ob-
ovoid, sharp pointed, either scattered or in clusters:
pedicels 2-6 in. long, ascending, slender: heads nearly
or quite M in. across when well grown, the narrow,
bright yellow rays wide-spreading. S. Africa. —An ex-
cellent plant for hanging baskets, for it withstands ex-
tremes of moisture and temperature. It is readily prop-
agated by planting pieces of the stems. It blooms in
nearly all seasons. Fls. open only in sun . £,, jj. g

OTJBfSIA (Gov. Ouris, of the Falkland islands).
Scrophnlariacew. O. coccinea is a choice alpine of
tufted habit, heart-shaped Ivs., and scarlet, narrowly
funnel-shaped fls. 1-lH in. long. The general appear-
ance of the inflorescence is distinct. The fls. are borne
in opposite pairs to the number of 12 on a scape a foot
or more high. Each flower points at a sliarp downward
angle from its slender red fl. -stalk, which is as long as
tile flower. The fls. are 2-lipped, 5-16bed and bulged at
the very base. This rare and charming plant is culti-
vated in America, but not advertised at present. The
secret of its culture is a stiff soil combined with deep
shade. {See, ci\so. Alpine Gardens.)

Botanically, Ourisia is allied to the foxglove, to which
it has no casual resemblance. It is a genus of 23

species, mostly natives of the Chilean and Peruvian
Andes. Herbs, rarely somewhat woody at the base, usu-
ally dwarf, decumbent or creeping a short distance,
glabrous or sparsely hairy: fls. either axillary and soli-
tary, or in a raceme at the apex of a scape, usually
scarlet- or rose-colored ; corolla-tube cylindrical or
slightly bell-shaped at the throat, lobes nearly equal:
stamens 4, didynamous : style entire.

coccinea, Pers. Hardy herbaceous perennial, sparsely
hairy: Ivs. mostly radical, long-stalked, heart-shaped,
unequally lobed and crenate: scape furnished with 1- or
2-stalked Ivs. at the base, and pairs of toothed bracts,
from which the pedicels arise : calyx-lobes 5, short,
spreading. Chile. B.M. 5y.S5.

J. B. Keller and W. M.

OUVIRANDRA (Madagascar name meaning ivater
nam, referring to the edible tubers). Naiadacem. The
Lace-leaf or Lattice-leaf plant, O. fenestralis, is one of
the most distinct and interesting plants in the vegeta-
ble kingdom. It grows in Madagascar, its skeletonized
leaves floating just under the surface of the water.
The Ivs. are merely a tracery of nerves and cross-veins,
but despite their lace-like delicacy they can be handled
with considerable roughness. The plant is cultivated
in all the finest collections of tender aquatics. The Ivs.
are oblong in shape, and in fine specimens 6-18 in. long
and 2-4 in. broad. See Pig. 1600.

The genus and even the family of this plant is a sub-
ject of much debate. If it were not for the skeletonized
foliage the plant would be referred by all to Aponogo-
ton. However, the venation of the Lace-leaf plant is
exactly that of Aponogeton, and now and then a leaf
occurs in which the spaces between the veins are partly
or wholly filled with green matter. Edgeworth declared
that if Ouvirandra were kept distinct then 4 species of
Aponogeton must go with it. 0. fenestralis is all but
unique. There is another species with skeletonized
leaves {O. Bernieriana), but the open spaces are
smaller and the plant is less desirable for cult. The
prevailing tendency of the day is to refer both these
plants to Aponogeton.

The Lace-leaf plant can be grown in a tub in a warm
greenhouse. For some unknown reason the plant seems
rarely to succeed in a jar or glass aquarium. In Mada-

1599. Othonnopsis cheirifolia.

A flat-leaved plant which has been confused with Othonna

Capensis. For comparison with Fig. 1598.

OTJV'IRANDRA

OXALIS

1181

gascar, according to the Botanical Magazine, the plant
grows in running water. Some cultivators think that
the water must be changed every day, but this is not
necessary. If conferrag appear, introduce a few tad-
poles and snails; these will devour the green scum, and

1600. Lace-leaf plant — .Ouvirandra fenestralis.

help to keep the plant in good health by furnishing
oxygen. (See Aqiiarimn.) The plant should be potted,
and plunged not more than 18 inches below the sur-
face of the water. For potting soil use a rich compost,
such as is recommended for Nymphseas. The water
should be kept clean and sweet, and a temperature of
65° to 75° provided. Avoid direct sunlight.

In Madagascar the streams often dry up, and the
tubers carry the plant over the dry season. In imitation
of nature some cultivators take the tubers out of the
soil, and leave them on a shelf in a hothouse during
the month of February. It is doubtful whether this is
necessarj'. Potting should be done while the plant is
in active growth, not dormant. Prop, by division.

fenestralis, Poir. {Aponogefon fenestrcile, Hook.).
Fig. 1600. The Us. are small, and consist of G stamens,
3 pistils and 2 white petal-like bodies. The ils. are
numerous, and borne in 2 spikes, each about 2 In. long,
which are united at the base, and borne on the top of a
scape a foot or so long. A.F. 7:67. A.G. 15:169. B.M.
4894. G.M. 38:8:^0. Gn. 30, pp. 344, 345. Mn. 6, p. 231.
F.S. 11:1107. I. H. 8:300.

O. Semieridna, Decne., differs in having smaller open spaces
in the Ivs., and pinkisli 4-parted spikes.

Wm. Tricker and W. M.

6XALIS {sharp; referring to the usual acidity of
the foliage). GeranidcetP, sometimes treated as a fam-
ily, Oxaliddcece. Over 200 species, mostly of South
Africa and tropical and subtropical America. A few
are weeds or woodland plants through the northern
countries of both hemispheres. Mostly bulbous or
tuberous herbs, with clover-like Ivs., cultivated in bor-
ders and rockeries or especially as hanging-basket or
window plants for their flowers; a
few used in salads, and several of
the South American species grown
for their edible roots or tubers.
The fls. usually close at night and
in cloudy weather, and the leaves
"sleep" at night (Fig. lOOH.

O. AcetoseUa produces, in addi-
tion to the showy flowers, others,
concealed by the leaves, which are
fertilized in the bud, like those of
our native blue violets. The bul-
bous and tuberous species com-
monly consist of three otherwise
similar forms, in the flowers of
which the styles are respectively
longer than, intermediate between,
and shorter than the two sets of

stamens; but the native O. violaeea produces only the
first and last of these three forms of flowers, which are
designated as long-styled, mid-styled and short-styled.
Several species, often treated as belonging to a separate
genus, Biophytum, possess pinnate sensitive Ivs.

Prop, by division of the compound bulbs
or separation of the young bnlbs produced
at the ends of underground roots by some
species, or division of the clumps of those
which are tuberous, the fibrous - rooted
caulescent species prop, by cuttings or
division. Nearly all may be grown from
seed, but this process is slower, and some
rarely seed in cultivation.

Planted in rich, well-drained sandy loam
in spring, they bloom continuously through
the season, and are lifted for winter bloom-
ing ; sometimes dried off in spring, and
started into growth in autumn for indoor
baskets, etc. The caulescent species are
kept in continuous growth like Pelargo-
niums, usually in the temperate house.

The classical works on Oxalis are Jac-
quin's "Oxalis, Monographia, icouibus
illustrata" (1794), with exquisite plates;
and Zuccarini's "Mouographie der Ameri-
kanischen Oxalis-Arten," and "Nachtrag
zu der Monographie der Amerikanischen
Oxalis-Arten " ( 182.5-1831 ) . The 69 Chilean
species are reviewed by Karl Reiche in
Engler's Hot. Jahrb. 18:259-306 (1894).
Wir. Trelease.
None of the cultivated kinds are hardy, at least in
the North. The bulbous or tuberous kinds grown in
greenhouses make handsome pot-plants for autumn and
winter decoration. They are also favorite house plants,
and one frequently sees them displayed as hanging
plants. They are easily grown, clean, healthy, and con-
tinue a long time in bloom. The roots are started in
August or September, and commence growth quicklj'.
Good rich soil is recommended. The crowns should be
kept near the surface, and deep pots used, as the plants
are liable to lift themselves out. Abundance of water
will be required during the growing season, and a little
liquid stimulant will help them when in bloom. When
going to rest, less water will be required, until finally
the pots may be laid on their sides iintil another season.

T. D. Hatfield.

Acetoseila, 6.
alba, 8.
arborea, 8.
atropurpurea. '.
bipunctata, 9.
Bowiei, 13.
caprina, 14.
cernua. 14.
corniculata, 2.
delicata, 5.
Deppel, 11.
elongata, 17.
esculenta, 11.
flava, 14.
floHbuiida, 9.
fulglda, 16.
qrandiflora, 15
iiirta. IG.
hirtella, 16.

INDEX.

Japouiea, 7.
lasiandra. 12.
laxula, 15.
Ulacina, 8.
lutea 14.
viaritima, 9.
Martiana, 9.
■niultiflora, 16.
Ortgiesi, 4.
purpurea, 15.
rigidula, 15.
rosacea, 16.
rosea, 1.

rubella, 16.
nibra, 8.
speciosa, 15.
sugglllata, 15.
tetraphylla, 11.
tropEeoloides, 2.
urbica, 9.
VaMiviana, 3.
Valdivieiisis, 'S.
variabilis, 15.
venttsta, 15.
versicolor, 17.
violaeea, 10.

.601. Leaves of Oxalis Bowiei, showine day and night positions.

1182

OXALIS

OXALIS

A. Plants ivithout hulhs or scaly
rootstocks : stem usnallij elon-
gated, leafy.
B. Xifts, pulmately placed, not
separated, notched.

c. Color of fls. rosy 1. rosea

cc. Color of fls. chiefly yellow.
D. Peduncles shorter than

Ivs 2. corniculata

DD. Peduncles longer tha-n Ivs.

E. Foliage clustered 3. "Valdiviensis

EE. Foliage scattered 4. Ortgiesi

BB. Lfts. pinnately placed, some-
what separated, entire 5. delicata

AA. Plants ivith underground stems
thickened and scaly at end,
forming a sort of tuber: stem
scarcely any: Ivs. of 3 Ifts.
B. Fls. white, with rosy veins.

c. Ztfts. obcordate 6. Acetosella

cc. -Lfts. broadly triangular,

scarcely notched 7. Japonica

BB. Fls. rosy, lilac, or tvhite 8. rubra

AAA. Plants from loose, scaly, ovoid
bulbs: stem scarcely any: fls.
ttmbelled on elongated scapes,
A7nerican species.
B. Lfts. 3.

c. Bulb composed of numerous

small ones 9. Martiana

cc. Bulb simple 10. violacea

BB. Lfts. 4 or S 11. tetraphylla

BBB. Lfts. 5-10 12. lasiandra

AAAA. Plants from hard, m.ostly fusiform
bulbs: lfts. S. Cape species.
B. Fls . umbelled : stems scarcely
any.

c. Color of fls. rose i:>. Bowiei

cc. Color of fls. yellow 14. cernua

BB. Fls. solitary on the peduncles .
c. Stem scarcely any: lfts.

broad 15. variabilis

cc. Stem distinct, leafy: lfts.
narroiv.

D. Lvs. nearly sessile 10. hirta

DD. Lvs. mostly long -stalked .17. versicolor

1602. Oxalis Ortgiesi.

1. rdsea, Peuil. Stem elongated, erect: lvs. scattered,
rather short-petioled ; lfts. obcordate : fis. in open,
irregularly forked cymes on elongated axillary pedun-
cles, rather large, rosy, with deeper veins. Chile. B.M.
2830. B.R. 13:1123 (as O. floribunda). O. Simsii,

Sweet, scarcely differs, except in its darker red fls.
Chile. B.M. 2415 (as O. rosea).

2. comicTilata, Linn. Slender, prostrate, often root-
ing, loosely hairy: lfts. obcordate: fls. usually 2 to 3
together, small, yellow.— A tropical form of this poly-
morphous species is universal as a greenhouse weed,
especially in Agave and Cactus tubs.

Var. atropurpiirea, Planch. {O.tropoeoUndes, Schlach-
ter). Ascending, tufted, with deep purple-red stems
and foliage. Sometimes used for beds or borders, and
for carpeting large tubs, etc. Eu. F.S. 12:1205; 19:1968.
R.H. 1897, p. 499.

3. Valdiviensis, Bam. (O. Valdivid,na, 'Kort.). Short-
stemmed: Ivs. clustered, long-petioled; lfts. obcordate:
fls. closely umbelled on erect, elongated peduncles, yel-
low, with reddish veins. Chile.

4. Crtgiesl, Kegel. Fig. 1602. Stem elongated, erect,
rather fleshy and usually reddish: lvs. scattered, often
on long, colored petioles; lfts. red below, cuneate, with
broad V-shaped notch at end: fls. very short-stalked, in
forked cymes on elongated peduncles, small, yellow,
with deeper veins. Peru. Gt. 1875:817.

5. delic&ta, Pohl. Stem erect, elongated, slender,
branching : lfts. ovate or lance-ovate, acute : lis. in
forked cymes on elongated peduncles, small, pale rose.
Brazil.

6. Acetos611a, Linn. Wood Sorrel. Rhizome slender,
the ends scarcely thickened, densely scaly: lfts. obcor-
date, not orange-dotted: fls. solitary on the scapes,
white, with rosy veins. Eu., N. Amer. Gn. 47, p. 129.—
While a charming plant for the wood-garden, this, which
is sometimes held to be the original Irish Shamrock,
scarcely enters into ordinary gardening. G.C. II.
25:685.

7. Japdnica, Franch. & Sav. Lfts. broadly triangular,
scarcely notched, truncate. Otherwise similar to the
last. Japan.

8. riibra, St. Hil. Rhizome thickened at ends into
loosely toothed tubers, sometimes nearly an inch thick,
and often clustered: lfts. obcordate, more or less hairy,
orange-dotted beneath: inflorescence mostly compound:
fls. numerous, umbelled, rosy, with deeper veins. Bra-
zil. Gr^.. 50, p. 511 (as O. floribunda). — XJiiWiiMy cult, as
O. floribunda, which name properly belongs to the
next, and sometimes, but also erroneously, as O. arho-
rea. A lilac-flowered form passes erroneously for O.
/?7ac)>n(, and a white form for O. arhorea,YKY.alba or
O. alba ; and O. violacea and O. violacea var. alba of
the trade seem to be this species and its variety.

9. Martiana, Zucc. (O. urbica, St. Hil. O. bipune-
tdta, Grail. O. floribunda, Lehm.). Bulbs composed of
numerous small ones: lfts. obcordate, somewhat hairy,

with a marginal row and some scattered dots of
orange color beneath : umbels usually compound :
fls. rose-purple. Trop. Amer. B.M. 2781; 3938.
— By a misprint this is sometimes advertised as
O. maritima.

10. violacea, Linn. Bulb simple: lvs. rather
fleshy, glabrous: fls. in simple umbels, rose-vio-
let. Eastern U. S. B. M. 2215. Mn. 5:121.-
Scarcely useful, except for hardy borders, rock-
eries, etc., and transient,
n. tetraphylla, Cav. (O. P^ppei,ljodd.). Lfts. 3 or
4, deltoid, truucately notched, each crossed by a pur-
plish band: fls. rather few, lilac to deep rosy. Mexico.
L.B.C. 8:790; 15:1500. G.M. 39, p. 403. Gn. 8, p. 43.-
Sometimes called O. esculenta, because of the large
fusiform roots beneath the bulbs.

12. lasidndra, Zucc. Lfts. 5 to 10. oblong-spatulate,
not notched, sevei-al inches long, radiately pendent
about a reddish disk at end of petiole: fis. crowded,
rosy crimson. Mexico. B.M. 3896.

13. Bowiei, Herbert. Fig. 1601. Lvs. large; lfts.
rather fleshy, broadly obcordate, deep green: fls. large,
looselv clustered, bright rose-red. Cape. B.R. 19:1585.
B. 1:25. R.H. 1858. p. 120. Gn. 10, p. 159.

14. c6rnua, Thunb. Fig. 1603. Lfts. broadly obcor-
date, deeply notched, often purplish: fls. large, com-
pactly clustered, bright yellow. Cape. L.B.C. 12:1154.

OXALIS

OXYDENDEUM

1183

B.M. 237(as O. caprina). A double-fld. form naturalized
about the Mediterranean is also commonly cult. F.S.
19:1964. — Both the single and double forms are fre-
quently but wrongly listed as O. lutea and O. flava,
and sometimes as O. caprina, and the popular name of
Bermuda Buttercup is becoming attached to them

1603, Oxalis cernua.

15. variabilis, Jacq. (O. va-ridbilis, var. albifldra,
Lindl. O. grandifldra, Jacq. O. Idxtila, Jacq. O. pur-
purea, var. Idxula, ^oYt. O. 7ngidiila, Jacq. O.siiggil-
ld,ta,Ja.eq.). Lvs. large, rather fleshy, sometimes pur-
plish, petioled: fls. large, white or slightly variegated
with rose color, yellowish at base. Cape. B.M. 1683.

Var. rCibra, Jacq. (0. purpurea, Jacq. O. specidsa,
Jacq. O. 'veniiKta, Lowe). Fls. rosy to deep rose-pur-
ple. Cape. B.R. 18:1505. B.M. 1712.

16. hirta, Linn. (O. rosdcea, Jacq. O. mulUflbra,
Jacq. O. riibSlla, Jacq. O. hirt^lla, Jacq. O. fillgida,
Lindl.). Lvs. nearly sessile; Ifts. spatulate: fls. from
lavender or pale rosy (var. rosea) to deep rose color.
Cape. B.R. 13:1073. B.M. 1031. L. B.C. 3:213.

17. versicolor (O. elongctta, Jacq.). Glandular: lvs.
and peduncles clustered at end of simple stems ; petioles
mostly elongated; Ifts. liuear-wedge-shaped : fls. white,
yellowish below, the petals bordered with red, opening
only in full sunshine. Cape. B.M. 155. F.S. 8:834.

Wm. Trelease.
0X£BA (meaning dubious). VerbencicecB. It needs
but a glance at any of the colored portraits of Oxera
coccinea to show that it is one of the most interesting
climbers cultivated in our hothouses. It has ivory-
white, trumpet-shaped, sweet-scented fls. 2 in. long and
1 in. across, borne profusely in clusters of a dozen or
more. A plant 2 years old from cuttings will com-
pletely clothe the rafters and bloom freely, the weight
of the clusters causing the fls. to droop gracefully. The
prominent calyx reminds one of Clerodendron Tliomp-
sonce, a distinguished favorite and near relative. As
the cylindrical part of the corolla-tube leaves the calyx
it makes a sharp bend and then broadens out into a
funnel-shaped flower, with the 4 lobes scarcely spread-
ing. The spirited appearance of the fls. is enhanced by
the long style and the 2 stamens, which are thru.st out
and strongly curved.

75

Oxera is a genus of 10 species of shrubs, often
climbers, all from New Caledonia. Lvs. opposite, en-
tire, leathery: fls. whitish or yellowish, in twice- or
tbrlce-forked cymes, varying greatly in form of calyx
and corolla, but the latter always 4-lobed, and wide-
throated: drupes 4-parted or by abortion reduced to a
single segment.

piilchMla, Labill. Lvs. 2-5 in. long, stalked, the lower
ones obloug-lanceolate: calyx conspicuous, loose, com-
posed of 4 more or less united greenish yellow sepals,
each }i-% in. long. Gn. 33:651; 45, p. 333. I.H. 36:76.
J. H. III. 30:33. B.M. 6938. G.C. IIL 3:209. R.H. 1890,
p. 274. — Once offered by John Saul, Washington, D. C.
Also cult, outdoors in S, Calif.

OX-EYE. In America, B'eliopsis ; in Europe, -B»/?7(-
thalmuni. Ox-eye Daisy. Chrysanthennim l/cucanthe-
muni and liudbeckia hirta.

OXLIP. Primula elatior.

OXYANTHUS (Greek, sharp flower; referring to the
acute lobes of the corolla and calyx). Miibiacem. A
genus of 15 species of African trees and shrubs, allied
to the Cape Jasmine and to Gardenia citriodora. They
are remarkable for their extremely long and slender
corolla-tubes, which are topped by a 5-pointed star of
spreading, narrow lobes. The fls. are sometimes 5-G in.
long, and 2 in. across in cultivation. Lvs. opposite: fls.
usually white, in axillary racemes or panicles; calyx-
tube truncate, or with 5 short teeth; corolla salver-
shaped, throat glabrous ; stamens 5, inserted at the
mouth of the tube: ovary 2-ceUed, except in 1 species;
style usually exserted; stigma usually spindle-shaped
or club-shaped, 2-cut at the top: ovules numerous, not
immersed in the 2 fleshy placentae: fr. a sort of berry.
Twelve species are described in the Flora of Tropical
Africa, 3 in Flora Capensis.

Natalensis, Sond. Branches, lvs. and calyx glabrous:
lvs. elliptic-oblong or ovate-lanceolate, shortly acumi-
nate, 7-8 in. long, 3 in. wide: racemes axillary, loosely
16-20-fld.: fls. white; corolla-tube about half the length
of the lvs. Wet places in woods near Durban, Natal.
Cult, outdoors in S. Fla. and in Eu. under glass.

O. tubiflbrus, DC. Hispidulous-puberulous : lvs. obtusely
rounded or somewhat eared at the base: fls. 6-7 in. long, at
first creamy white, then tawny or ochrous: fr. terete, not
erooved. Trop. Africa. B.M, 4636. F.S. 7:737. B.M. 1992 (as
O. speeiosus). W. M.

0XYC6CCUS. See Vacciniuni.

OXYDfiNDKUM (Greek, sour tree; from the acid
taste of the foliage). Also written Oxydendron. Uri-
cdcece. Sour-wood or Sorrel-tree. A genus of one
species, a North American tree 15^0 ft. high, bearing
numerous small white tubular fls. in early summer. Its
chief beauty lies in the character of its inflorescence
( see Pig. 1604) , which is a panicle composed of 6 or more
racemes, each about 3-6 in. long and bearing as many
as two dozen pendent fls. It is also valued for its highly
colored autumn foliage. It is of rather slow growth and
is useful in shrubberies, along the borders of woods, or
even within the woodland, since it endures shade fairly
well. It is of easy culture in any modei-ately good soil,
but rather slow in becoming established.

This tree is one of many known to nurserymen as
Andromedas. The prevailing tendencies among botan-
ists to-day distribute these species in many different
genera, leaving only A. polifolia in Andromeda as
strictly defined. Andromeda arborea is made a mono-
typic genus called Oxydendrum, based on the following
characters: calyx cut into 5 separate sepals which over-
lap more or less in the young buds: corolla ovoid-cylin-
drical, crowned with 5 short teeth: anthers long, linear,
bhmt on the back, opening by long chinks down the
front: capsule woody; seeds numerous, needle-shaped.

arbdreum, DC. [Andrdmeda arbdrea, Linn.) Sour-
wood. Sorrel-tree. Fig. 1604. Smooth-barked tree
attaining a maximum height of 60 ft., with trunk 15 in.
thick: lvs. deciduous, membranous, oblong or lanceo

1184

OXYDENDKUM

OYSTER PLANT

late, 3-6 in. long, glabrous, veiny, slender-stalked:
clusters borne on leafy shoots of the season: fls. open-
ing slowly. Rich woods. Pa. and Ohio, along the Al-
leghenies to Fla. B.M. 905. B.B. 2:571. S.S. 5:235.
F. W. Barclay and W. M.

1604= Sour-wood or Sorrel-tree, Oxydendron arboreum (X3^).

OXYLOBITTM (Greek, s7tar^7?OfZ). l/egumdndsfe. This
is one of many genera of Australian shrubs with pea-
like fls. which are little known in cultivation. For
winter bloom under glass none of them equals CytiSiis
Cayiariensis. Oxylobiura is a genus of 28 species, of
which perhaps a dozen have been cult, in Europe. Their
fls. are yellow, or more or less finshed'with red on the
keel or the base of the standard. O, Callistachys is per-
haps the best for conservatories. In Amei-ica it is cult,
only in S. Calif.

Generic characters: Ivs. verj"^ short-stalked, opposite
or more or less whorled, rarely scattered or alternate:
fls. in terminal or axillary racemes; petals clawed; sta-
mens free: ovary villous, sessile or stalked, 4^30-ovuled.
Nearest to Chorizema, but the keel is about as long as
the wings, while in Chorizema the keel is much shorter.
The following species was considered the type of another
^enus; it is distinguished from all other species of Oxy-
lobiura by the incomplete dehiscence of the pod. See
Flora Australiensis 2:14 (1864).

Callistachys, Benth. Tall shrub: Ivs. mostly in ir-
regular whorls of 3, varying from ovate-oblong and
l%-~ in. long to lanceolate and 4-5 in. long, leathery,
silky-pubescent beneath when young: racemes oblong
or pyramidal, 2-6 in. long. B.R. 3:216 (as CalUstaeJiys
lanceolata), B.M. 1925 (as C. ovata). P.M. 8:31 (as O.
longifoUa). L.B.C. 20:1983 (as C. refusa). J.H. III.
35:35.

OXYPfiTALITM (Greek.. s-7/.rr/j pvfal). A.'^ch'plad&cece..
O. canileuvi is a tender twining hcrl) from tlie Argen-
tine Republic with changeable 5-lobed fls. about an inch

across. The fls. are said to be pale blue when they first
open, then purplish, and when withered lilac. Not cult.
in America, but apparently desirable for ctiltivation here.
The following are perhaps obtainable from Europe: O.
appendicuJatnyn, with pale yellow, fragrant fls.; O.
Banksia, with purple fls., and O. solanoideSj blue,
tinged rose.

Oxypetalum is a genus of about 50 species, mostly
South American and largely Brazilian herbs or sub-
shrubs, twining or not: Ivs. opposite: calyx 5-parted:
corolla deeply 5-cut, short-tubed: scales of the corona 5,
fastened at the base of the corolla and staminal tube.

cserilleiim, Dene. Downy: Ivs. short-petioled, oblong,
one of each pair of the upper Ivs., 3— 4-fld. : corolla-lobes
but cordate-hastate at the base: peduncles axillary from
spreading : scales of the corona 5, erect, darker blue,
fleshy, exserted, recurved and notched at the apex.
B.M. 3630 [Tweedia versicolor).

OX'S'TROPIS (Greek, sharp keel). Legumindsce,
Three Colorado wild flowers are offered under this
name. The fls. are pea-shaped, borne in spikes, and
range from white through blue and purple to crimson.
The plants are tufted, and the Ivs. are odd-pinnate,
have 7-16 pairs of Ifts., and are often woolly white
beneath. O. Lambert l is one of mauy plants that have
been charged with being the "Loco weed" which ruins
western horses. This genus, according to E. L. Greene
( Pittonia 3 : 208 ) , should be referred to Aragallus.
Aragallus is reviewed in Erythea 7:57-64 (1899), but
the genus is not defined. It is closely related to Astrag-
alus, and differs essentially in the pods being usually
2-celled instead of 1-celled. About a dozen kinds of
Old World Oxytropis said to be cult, in Europe, mostly
in rockeries. They are hardy, easily prop, by seed or
by division, and prefer a dry, sandy loam. These
plants are of very minor value horticulturally.

A. Stipules free: jyod 1-locnled.

deSl^xa, DC. [Aragallus defUxus, Heller). A foot or
less high: Ifts. crowded in 12-16 pairs, lanceolate to
oblong, 3-6 lines long : fls. about 3 lines long : pod
1-celled. Mts., Brit. Amer. to Colo, and Utah. — Very
distinct species, by reason of its stipules.

AA. Stipules adnate to the petiole: pod S-Ioculed.

L^mhertii, Pursh (Aragallus Ldmberti, Greene).
Lfts. about 7 pairs, 4-16 lines long: spike sometimes
short-oblong, densely fid., often long and sparsely fld.:
fls. 1 in. across, typically purple or violet; calyx not
inflated, distinctly surpassed by the mature pod: pod
turgid but not membranous-inflated, more or less
leathery, siibterete, neither glandular nor viscid, im-
perfectly 2-loculed or less. Common on the prairies.
B.M. 2147 (dark blue). B.R. 13:1054 (blue). V. 3:138. -
Aven Nelson, in Erythea 7:62, says that the species should
be restricted to the purple- and violet-fld. forms. D. M.
Andrews offers a crimson-fld. form, and also var. spi-
c^ta, which has large spikes of white fls, -^^ ji^

OXYtKA. See Layia.

OYSTER PLANT or SALSIFY.

folius.

Tragopogon porri'

PACHIEA (native Guiana name). Malvdcecs. A genus
of about 30 species of tropical American trees with
odtl and showy flowers. The fls. may have a spread of

9 inches. Their chief beauty is their immense mass of
stamens; but their petals are also striking. These are
very long and narrow, e.g., 6x1 in., and gracefully re-
curved, with wide spaces between. The finger-shaped
foliage also gives the trees a distinct appearance.
Pachiras are all natives of South America, except 2
species which are found in Mexico and 2 in the West
Indies. One is offered in S. Fla. The others here men-
tioned have been cult, under glass abroad, but as a
group Pachiras are not suitable for conservatory cul-
ture, because they grow too high and require too many
years' growth before they flower. They are of easy cul-
ture in a warmhouse and grow rapidly. Sometimes
called Silk Cotton Treee.

Generic characters: Ivs. palmate, cup-shaped, truncate
or sinuate : column divided above into very many fila-
ments: petals downy outside: capsule 5-celled, loculici-
dal: seeds many, glabrous. Pachira's nearest allies
are Adansonia (the baobab tree) and Bombax, both of
which are cult. Bombax differs from the other two
genera in having its capsule densely woolly inside.
Adansonia has a 5-cut calyx, while in the other two
genera the calyx is truncate.

agnatica, Aubl. Lfts. glabrous, 5-9 (usually 5), ellip-
tic-oblong, obovate-obloug, or elliptic-lanceolate, subses-
sile: calyx truncate, warty-wrinkled; petals 8 in. long,
6-8 lines wide, greenish white : column divided above into

10 paired outer and 5 inner bundles of filaments, each
forking and bearing 10-30 stamens in pairs: color of
filaments yellowish purple: stigma obscurely 5-lobed.
Trop. Amer., West Indies.

P . dlha, Walp. Less desirable because it flowers at a time
■when the tree has no foliage. Petals yellowish white inside; fila-

k^-^

1606. Pachysandra procumbens.
Leaves X ^. Flowers natural size,

ments wliite. Winter. Brazil (or New Grauadal). B.M.4508.
L. B.C. 8:752 (as Carolinea alba). Odor powerful and some-
what unpleasant. — P, insignis, Savigu. Petals crimson: fila-
ments white. Mex. L. B.C. 11:1001 (as Carolinea insignis).
Fragrance powerful. Fruit said to lie as large as a child's
head; the seeds of the size, apijearance and taste of chestnuts.
—P. longifblia, Walp. Evergreen, and has flowered under glass
at a height of only 4 ft. Petals white: filaments yellow helow,
red above. Mex. B. M. 4549.— P. macrocdi'pa, of Nicholson's
Diet. Gard. (not of Walpers), seems to be P. longifolia.— P.
■miliar, Herasl. Petals miTch narrower than in the others
here described, and green: filaments red. Mex. B.M. 1412 (as
Carolinea minor). -^^ j^j^

PACHISTIMA (said to be derived from Greek, pacJtys,
thick, and siignia; alluding to the slightly thickened
stigma; spelled also PacJiystima and Pacliy stigma).
CelastrAcem. Low evergreen shrubs with small oppo-
site Ivs. and inconspicuous reddish fls. in the axils of
the Ivs. : fr. a small oblong capsule. They are hardj' with
slight protection in the Arnold Arboretum, Boston,
and are handsome dwarf evergreens for rockeries or
rocky slopes, but still rare in cultivation. They seem
to grow in any well-draiued soil and prefer sunny posi-
tions. Prop, by seeds or by layers; also by cuttings of
half-ripened wood under glass. Two species in the
mountains of North America, allied to Euonj'mus.
Branches somewhat quadrangular, verrucosa: Ivs. with
minute stipules: fls. perfect, small, in few-fld. axillary
cymes; calj^-lobes, petals and stamens 4: ovary 2-celled,
usually only one cell developing into a small, oblong,
1-seeded capsule.

MyrsinlteSt Raf. {Myginda myrtifblia, Nutt. Ored-
j>hila myrtifdUciy Nutt.)., Spreading shrub, to 2 ft.: Ivs.
broadly elliptic to oblong-obovate, slightly revolute at
the margin and serrulate or almost entire, K-1 in. long:
fls. short-stalked, reddish: fr. about % in. long. May-
July. Brit. Col. to Calif, and North Mex. — Resembles
the small-leaved form of Euovy-
mus radieans, but of more rigid
and stiff growth.

Canbyi.Gray, Dwarf shrub with
trailing and rooting branches :
Ivs. narrow-oblong, occasionally
obovate, revolute and usually ser-
rulate above the middle, yi-H
in. long: fl. -stalks filiform, louger
than half the leaf: fls. reddish.
April, May. Mts. of Va. Meeh.
Nat. Flow. I, 1:44. — This is some-
what similar in habit and foliage
to Euonymiis nanus, but less vig-
orous. Sometimes called Rat
Stripper. Alfred Rehder.

PACHYEHiZTTS {thick-rooted). Leg uminbscB.
Probably only 2 species. They are strong twining
plants with axillary fascicles or racemes of blue or
reddish narrow fls. and 3-foliolate, pinnate Ivs.:
fr. a compressed legume, with depressed spaces be-
tween the seeds. They bear very large tuberous
roots, which are used for food and as a source of
starch. P. angulatus, Rich., is widely spread in the
tropics of both hemispheres. The thick tuberous root
often weighs 50 to 70 lbs., and attains a length of G-8 ft.,
increasing in size for four or five years. Some writers
describe the root as turnip-shaped, and it is so figured
in Blanco's "Flora de Filipinas." When young, the roots
are palatable. The lfts. of this species are 3^ in. across,
the standard of the papilionaceous fls. roundish ovate,
and the legume nearly smooth, straight, 6-9 inches long.
P. tuberdsus, Sprengel, is tropical American, producing
edible pods larger than those of P. angulatus, and with
rather smaller tubers. l. h. B.

PACHYSANDRA (Greek, thick stamen). Buxhce(p,
which is often united with Bttphorbidcece. Prostrate
perennials from rootstocks, 6-12 in. high, scaly below,
with alternate, usually deeply toothed, evergreen or de-

(1185)

1186

PACHYSANDRA

PACKING

ciduous, 3-nerved broad Ivs. above: spikes staminate
above, with, a few pistillate fls. at the base of each : stam-
inate lis. with 4 sepals and stamens and a rudimentary
pistil; sepals variable in number in the pistillate flowers;
petals none; pistil 3-celled, 2 ovules in each cell: seeds
smooth. Two species known; of low and dense growth.
Very early flowered and attractive to bees. Of little
value in jjardens except for the masses of bright green
Ivs. Easily prop, by division in ordinary soils. Good
for rockeries.

procumbens, Micbx. Mountain Spurge. Fig. 1605.
With spikes of white or purplish fls. from the base of
the stems. March-May. W. Va. to Pla. B. M. 1964.
L.B.C. 10:910. B. R. 1:33.

terminilis, Sieb. & Zucc, has the small spikes of
whitish tls. terminal, and the Ivs. obovate-cuneate;
dwarf. May. Japan. Var. variegata, Hort., with white
variegated Ivs., is in the trade.

P. condcea, Hook., cult, in Europe, is referred to Sareo-
cocca. J. B. S. Norton.

P. procunibois is, in the vicinity of Boston, decidu-
ous, and is only desirable from the feature of its curi-
ous flowers borne so extremely early in the spring. The
foliage is of a dingy color and deciduous, whereas
P. terminalis is a true evergreen with thick, glossy
foliage forming a dense mat, making a very desirable
low-growing cover plant, succeeding admirably either
in full sun or partial shade. The variety variegaia is a
very choice cover plant for ornamental effects.

J. Woodward Manning.

PACH'S'STIMA. See Pacliistima.

PACKAGES. See Packing.

PACKING. The operation of placing fresh fruits and
vegetables, cut-flowers or living plants in suitable bas-
kets, boxes, barrels or bales for safe transportation. (The
term is also sometimes used for the process of canning
or preserving cooked fruits and vegetables w^hen done
on a commercial scale. ) The term is especially employed

1606. Packingf of cut-flowers.

when perishable horticultural products are prepared for
long shipment. Much of the value of such products for
distant markets depends on proper packing. With trans-
ported nursery stock of all kinds the life of the plants
depends on it, while with fruits, vegetables and cut-

flowers the attractiveness and salability of the product
are very largely determined by the care and judgment
with which the goods are packed.

The requisites for the proper packing of living plants
are: (1) that the roots be protected from injurious dry-
ing by a covering of some damp material, (2) the par-
tial exclusion of the air, and (3) that ventilation be suf-
ficient to prevent the heating of the contents of the
package. Bog moss (sphagnum) is the material com-

1607. Berry crate, holding 32 boxes.

monly used to prevent the drying out of the roots.
Moistened hay, straw, chaff, planer shavings, or other
similar material is sometimes substituted for the moss^
or used in connection with it.

Small plants, as strawberries, cabbages, etc., are often
packed upright, one layer deep, in light, paper-lined
baskets, with the roots bedded in moist sphagnum, the
plants being crowded together so closely as to prevent
undue drying. Small plants in pots may be shipped in
the same way, or, if the time occupied in transit does
not exceed 3 or 4 days, they may be knocked from the
pots and wrapped in paper with the ball of earth still
adhering to the roots. Paper pots are also manufac-
tured for this and other purposes. These paper bundles
are then placed in any convenient box or crate.

Fruit trees and most other dormant nursery stock
are packed in large boxes, or in bales covered with straw
and bagging, enough sphagnum and other packing ma-
terial being used to keep the contents slightly moist.
Large shipments of nursery stock are often made by
packing in bulk in the car, thus saving the expense of
boxes.

Cut-flowers are necessarily perishable, but the kinds
most used by florists may be kept in good condition for
several days if they are so packed as to avoid crushing
and to maintain a cool, water-saturated atmosphere.
This condition is best secured by placing the flowers a
single layer deep, in light, shallow boxes or trays that
are placed one on top of another and strapped together
for shipment. Each tray is lined with a sheet of oiled
paper large enough to fold over the top and to protect the
contents from drying. Sufli-
cient moisture is secured by
using damp paper for packing
about the stems. A cool tem-
perature is essential, and
should be secured by refriger-
ation if necessary. Fig. 1606.

The methods of packing
fruits and vegetables neces-
sarily differ widely with the
nature of the articles to be
packed, and forthe same prod-
uct custom often has estab-
lished different practices in
different parts of the country.
Formerly, it was the habit in
many markets to return empty
packages to the shipper,
over and over again.

1608. Delaware peach
basket.

that they could be used
With the vast increase in distant
shipments, due to improved transportation facilities,
this became impossible, and now cheap gift packages
intended to be iised but once are coming into favor and
in some regions are used exchisively.

For berries of all kinds, and other small fruits, quart

PACKING

PACKING

1187

boxes or baskets, made of thin veneers fastened together
with taclis or with wire staples, are generally used,
though pints and even smaller sizes are popular in some
markets, especially tor such delicate fruits as rasp-

1609. Bushel basket with cover.

berries. Square baskets, a little larger at the top than
at the bottom, are preferred at the East, while in the
Mississippi valley the square "Hallock" or oblong
"Leslie" boxes are mostly used. In either case a cer-
tain number, usually either IG, 24 or 32, ai-e placed in light
slat crates for shipment. Fig. 1C07. The boxes or baskets
are filled in the field by the pickers. They are inspected
more or less thoroughly at the packing house, where the
process of packing usually consists in arranging the top
layers so that the box or basket shall be evenly, but
slightly, rounding full, so as to avoid crushing, and yet
not seem slack-filled on reaching market.
In some cases, notably in Florida, the
boxes are emptied and repacked from
the bottom.

Peaches are regularly marketed in a
greater variety of packages than any of
our fruits. In Georgia and neighboring
southern states, a light crate holding 6
4-quart baskets is used. In Delaware
and throughout the peninsular region, a
round, rather deep basket holding five-
eighths of a bushel is used. Pig. 1608.
It has no handle and usually no cover,
and cars have to be specially shelved for
carrying it. In New Jersey, the Hudson
Siver country, and New England, a similar basket is
used, but holding only 16 quarts. In Michigan custom
varies, but the bulk of the shipments are in long, flat-
handled baskets of various sizes — quarter, third, and
half bushel. The fruit is usually covered with colored
netting, and it is sometimes further protected by slat
covers. Another Michigan package is a rather heavy,
round bushel basket, with small side handles and a stout
cover, held in place by a projecting slat that is sprung
under the handles. Fig. 1609. In southern Illinois and
the Mississippi valley generally, the popular package was
for many years a third-bushel box with sawn ends and
middle-piece 5x8 in., with veneer sides 22 in. long. Of
late years it has been
replaced, to some ex-
tent, by 4-quart bas-
kets like those used
in Georgia, but
packed one layer
deep in 4 -basket
crates. California
peaches always come
in rectangular 20-
pound boxes, each
fruit carefully se-
lected and wrapped
in paper. With the
larger of these pack-
ages, like the bushel
and five -eighths
bushel baskets, the
act of packing con-
sists, as with straw-
berries, in simply ar-
ranging the top so as 1610. Six-basket crate,
to secure the desired Used for tom.itoes and peaches in
fulness, but with tho Georgia and Florida.

smaller packages it becomes a rather difficult art to
so place each fruit that the package shall be full, and
yet have none of the top layers stand high enough to
be crushed by the cover. If the fruits chance to run of
just such size that the package can be evenly filled by
packing in uniform layers, one on top of another, the
problem is comparatively simple. Thus, with the Geor-
gia 4-quart basket, some of the small early kinds, like
Tillotson, often run so that three layers deep just fills
the basket properly. Again, with the largest Elbertas,
two layers, one on top of the other, are sufficient, but the
great bulk of the crop will not pack on either of these
plans, and it is necessary to introduce a broken layer
between the bottom and top layers. Such packing re-
quires skill and experience in order to produce satisfac-
tory results. When the fruits run unevenly in size they
must be assorted or they cannot be packed conveniently.
It is slower and more expensive than simply dumping
the fruit into large baskets, hut delicate fruits, like
peaches, endure distant shipment much better in small
than in large packages, and experience is constantly
demonstrating that extra care in assorting and packing
fruit is always well paid for by increased market prices.
All of these packages, or modifications of them, are
also used for plums, pears, early apples, tomatoes and
many other products. Which one to select for use in any
given case will depend on the character of the product,
the distance from market, the available supply of skilled
labor and on the usages and preferences of the market
to he supplied. The latter is an important factor and
one that sometimes changes in the same market with

1611. Forms of Climax baskets.

different seasons of the year. Thus, with tomatoes in
Chicago and other western markets, the supply early in
the spring is largely from Florida, where the custom is
to pick green, wrap in papers and pack in the Georgia
6-basket crate. Fig. 1610. This style of package and of
packing now dominates the market and is the recognized
standard for tomatoes during March and April. During
the last of May and first of June, Mississippi tomatoes be-
gin to appear in these markets in increasing quantities.
These are packed without wrapping, in flat 4-basket
crates. Being fresher than the Florida stock, they are
preferred by the trade, and from this time on wrapped
tomatoes in 6-basket crates are distinctly at a discount,
even if of good quality.

Grapes are likewise marketed in a variety of packages.
At the South they are often shipped in the 6-basket
crate. Fancy kinds are sometimes packed in round 3-
pound bo.xes that are crated for shipment. The great
bulk of the grape crop outside of California is, however,
packed in .5-10-pound Climax baskets. Fig. 1611. These
are oblong baskets with a handle. They are made with
sa^\Ti bottoms and solid veneer sides, with a solid veneer
cover fastened down with wire hooks. California grapes
are packed in square 5-pound baskets made of two pieces
of thin veneer crossed over the bottom, and bent up to
form the sides, with the top ends of the veneer held in
place by a light tin binding. Four, or sometimes eight, of
these baskets are placed in a crate, making a 20- or 40-
pound package. In many places, the grapes are cut
from the vines some hours in advance of packing, so that
the stems may lose their brittle freshness and become
limp enough to lie close together, thus preventing undue
shrinking in transit. Each bunch is carefully exam-
ined and all imperfect berries are removed with sharp-
pointed clippers. The packer should incline the basket
in such a way that the packing may begin in one end,
thus allowing the top, or face, to be made of the

1188

PACKING

PJSONlA

1612. A bushel box.
Useful for fruits and vegetables.

smoothly overlapping tips of the clusters with no stems
showing.

Pears at the East are paclied in barrels, half barrels
or kegs, or in some of the various peach packages. In
California they are all wrapped in paper and are care-
fully packed in 40-pound
boxes.

Until within the last
few years the barrel was
the almost universal ap-
ple package, and it is
still used for handling
the great bulk of the
crop. Early, perishable
kinds have, however,
long been shipped in the
various peach packages.
Recently, the growers of
the Pacific coast have led
the way in packing win-
,ter apples in boxes.

They are wrapped after the manner of California pears.
Some eastern growers are finding it to their advantage
to follow tliis western fashion for their fancy fruits, and
it seems probable that the better grades of apples at
least will come more and more to be marketed in smaller
packages. In Boston, a bushel box is now popular tor
apples and other products. Fig. 1612. In packing apples
in barrels it is customary to place the firstone or two lay-
ers by hand, turning the stem ends all down. This is
called facing. The barrel is now filled, a basketful at a
time, by lowering the basket into the barrel and carefully
turning out the fruit. The barrel is shaken occasionally
so as to settle down the fruit, and when the top is reached
it is rounded up enough so that the head has to be pressed
into place with considerable force, a long lever or a spe-
cial barrel press being used for the purpose. The barrel
is now turned over, and what was the bottom is marked
as the top, so that the hand-laid "face" may be exposed
on opening. For vegetables, various open-work or venti-
lated barrels are in use. Fig. 1013.

The requisites for the proper packing of any fruit or
vegetable are: (1) that the package selected he inex-
pensive, attractive, favorably known in the market, and
suited to carrying the given product in good condition;
(2) that great care be taken in assorting, so that only
goods of one even quality go in each package; (3) that
skill be used in so placing the goods that the package is
evenly and solidlv filled, thus preventing the shifting and
chafing of the contents in transit
and yet avoiding crushing by
undue pressure; (4) that while
an attractive display of the con-
tents is not only allowable btit
highly desirable, no attempt at
misleading as to the nature of
the contents is permissible.
Nothing in the past has done
more to break down prices and
curtail the sales of horticultural
products thixn the pernicious
habit of dishonest packing.
This fact is now fully recog-
nized by all progressive grow-
ers. F. S. Earle.
Packituj J'^Oicers. — While flowers should not be
crushed by being crowded in shipment, it is more
often th.at damage is done by their being too loosely
yiacked and being able to move and shake against one
another. In this way the petals are often damaged. The
Harrisii and Longiflorum lilies, in fact all the true
lilies, are the most difficult of all flowers to pack. They
should be so packed that no part of the flower will touch
either bottom, top or sides of the box. Several dozen
spikes can be tied together and if the flowers are closely
interwoven they will do no harm to each other as they
will all move together. If this plan is not followed then
they must be entirely enveloped in cotton batting.

Orchids, particularly of the Cattleya type, are difficult
to pack but travel finely if each spray is fastened to
the bottom of the box. Wrap a piece of soft paper around
the stem and fasten to the bottom of the box with a
small staple

1613. Ventilated barrel.

The highest grade of roses, especially of the light-
colored varieties, should be wrapped, each flower being
in a piece of soft tissue paper. It arrests development
of the flower and prevents injury to the outer petals.

The finest blooms of carnations, commanding a high
price, should not be tied in bunches of 25, as we have
been accustomed to do with cheap flowers. The petals
are easily crushed and the flowers have to be kept several
hours in water before they assume their perfect form.
These fine flowers should be laid in layers with a roll of
paper between each layer. Good and perfect packing
wmII always be rewarded wath the highest price for the
product. William Scott.

PJEDflRIA (Latin, pcsdor, bad smell; referring to
jP. foitiiJa). Hubidcece, Fourteen species of tropical
shrubby twiners, mostly natives of India, Burma and
the Malay Archipelago, but one from Madagascar and
one from Brazil. P. fcetida is cultivated by G. W.
Oliver at the U. S. Botanic Gardens, Washington, D. C.
Oliver writes ("Plant Culture," p. 7C) that it is "usu-
ally grown as a stove and greenhouse climber, but it
is hardier than is generally supposed. It is rather
an attractive-looking but not free-blooming vine. The
leaves, or any part of the plant, when bruised emit a
most offensive odor. Cuttings should be put in any time
after the growths are matured."

Paederias are slender plants: Ivs. opposite, rarely in
whorls of 3, petioled: fls. in axillary and terminal di-
chotomous or trichotomously branching panicled cymes,
bracteolate or not; corolla tubular or funnel-shaped;
throat glabrous or villous; lobes 4-5, valvate, with in-
flexed, crisped margins, tip often 3-Iobed. Distinguished
from allied genera by the 2-locular ovary and 2 capillary,
twisted stigmas.

ioetida, Linn. Glabrous or nearly so : Ivs. opposite,
long-petioled, ovate or lanceolate, base acute, rounded
or cordate: cyme branches opposite: fr. broadly elliptic,
mttch compressed ; pyrenes black, with a broad pale
wing, separating from a filiform carpophore.

F^OlIIA(afterthemythical physician Paeon). JJanuyi-
culdcecv. Peony. Piney. P^ony. Peonies are among
the dozen commonest and best hardy herbaceous per-
ennials. There is also one shrubby species, P. Moutan,
called the Tree Peony. Natives of Europe and Asia,
only a single species, P. BrowiiU, being found in North
America, on the Pacific coast. Roots thickened to form
upright rootstocks : Ivs. large, alternate, pinnately com-
pound or dissected : sepals 5, persistent ; petals con-
spicuous, broad, 5-10, but doubling may take place in
any species by the numerous stamens becoming petals:
carpels 2-5 on a fleshy disk; follicles dehiscent; seeds
large, fleshy. Common garden forms are shown in Figs.
1014, 1015. Extended accounts of the genus are by J. G.
Baker in Gard. Chron. II., 21:732; 22:9 (1S84), and R.

1614. A good clump of Peony.

I. Lynch, in Journ. Roval Hort. Soc. 12:428 (1890). A
botanical monograph by E. Huth, occurs in Engler's
.Jahrbucher,Vol. 14(1891 ). According to Peter Barr, every
species mentioned in Index Kewensis has been intro-
duced to cultivation in Europe, except P. ohovata, a
native of Manchuria, which Mr. Barr hopes to obtain by a
personal visit to China. K. C. Davis.

P^ONJA

PiEONIA

1189

Peonies are rarely attacked by any insect, animal or
fungous disease, neither do they require any covering
during the severest weather: in fact, they are among
the most hardy, showy, and easily grown of all the
garden flowers. In delicacy of tint and fragrance, the
Peony more nearly approaches the rose than any other
flower. The old-fashioned early red "piny," cultivated
since the time of Pliny, is still a favorite in our gar-
dens. Nearly all of the one thousand or more named
double varieties grown at present have been obtained -
by crossing the various forms of P. alhiflora and offici-
nalis. In 1855 only 24 double varieties were known.
The single-flowering sorts are not so popular as the
double ones, for they do not keep as long when cut and
fade more rapidly when on the plant.

(SoiL — Peonies grow in all kinds of soil, but do best
in a deep, rich, rather moist loam. A clay subsoil, if
well drained, is verybeneticial when blooms are desired,
but the tubers ramify more in lighter soil if grown for
propagating purposes. In preparing the bed trench the
soil thoroughly two or more feet deep, working in a
great quantity of good rich cow manure, as the plants
are gross feeders. The ground should be kept well
titled, and an annual top-dressing put above the plants
in November; this should be forked into the soil the
next spring. Peonies should have a liberal supply of
water at all times, and especially while in bloom.
Liquid manure, when applied during the growing sea-
son and at a time when the ground is dry, gives good
returns, both in the growth of the plant and size of the
bloom.

Planting . — H^hQ crowns should be set 2 inches below
the surface. In transplanting, it is a good idea to re-
move all the old earth so as to start with fresh, uniin-
poverished soil next to the roots. The flowers produced
on small divided plants are likely to be imperfect, but
when thoroughly established a plant will continue to
bloom if undisturbed for upwards of twenty years.
During the period of blooming an inconspicuous wire
support is desirable, as a heavy rain often beats down
the flowers.

Grouping . — ^h.& host of ancient and modern varieties
available, ranging from purest white to deepest crim-

ranges from tne middle of May through the month of
June. They grow from 1-3 feet high, and are therefore
suitable for planting in front of shrubbery, along drive-
ways, and are especially pleasing when entering into a
distant vista. When planted in a l>order with fall-bloom-

1615 Single Peony (XM).

son, in such a diversity of form and size, afCord great
opportunity for the carrying out of extensive color
schemes. Peonies do well in partial shade, which pro-
longs and intensifies the color of the bloom, and there-
fore can be used to advantage to brighten up somber
nooks. The period of blooming for herbaceous Peonies

16i6. Pseonia albiflora.

ing pei'ennials, such as phlox, funkia, etc., their rich
glossy foliage is very effective.

Forcing. — \j\ii the plants in October and place in a
coldframe where they will be accessible when the time
for forcing arrives. When brought under glass, a uni-
form temperature of 55° to G0° should be maintained.
By feeding well with liquid manure, strong blooms can
be produced in eight weeks. A two-years' rest is nec-
essary for the plants before being forced again. To
secure extra fine blooms on double-flowering varieties,
remove the lateral buds as soon as formed. When the
first lateral bud is retained instead of the terminal one,
a later period of blooming is obtained. The old flowers
should be cut off, so that no unnecessary seed follicles
will be formed, and thereby exhaust the plant. It is
also important to remove the faded foliage on all Peo-
nies in November, so that it may not interfere with the
next season's shoots.

There are three methods by which Peonies are propa-
gated : by division of roots (the most prevalent), by
grafting, to increase rare sorts, and by seeds, to obtain
new varieties.

Division of Boots. — This is the easiest and most sat-
isfactory method. The roots may be lifted and divided
any time from the middle of August until the stalks
appear again in the spring. The best time, however, is
in the early fall, when the cut surfaces soon callus
over and new rootlets form before the frost sets in.
Take a large stool, cut off the leaves and separate into
as many divisions as can be made with an eye to each
tuber. In digging, care should be taken that all of the
tubers are dug up, for if not they may remain dormant
a season and then produce a shoot, giving rise to the
many stray plants which are frequently found in old
beds. Tubers divided without an eye should also be
planted, as they often act in a similar manner and make
a showing above ground in two years' time. Peonies,
like most tuberous plants, when dormant stand con-
siderable exposure and can be shipped long distances
with safety.

Grafting. — This method is resorted to in herbaceous
Peonies when new and rare varieties are to be rapidly
increased. An eye of the desired sort is inserted into
the tuber of some strong-growing variety, from which
all the previous eyes have been removed. This opera-
tion is generally performed in August. They should be
placed in frames for the winter and transplanted the
nest year into nursery rows.

SeecL?. — Propagating by seed is somewhat tedious,
and is only resorted to for increasing distinct species
and for obtaining new varieties by hybridization. The
seeds should be gathered as soon as ripe and kept damp
until sown in November. A mulch during the first sea-
son will keep the ground moist and prevent weeds from
growing. Generally two years are required for the seed
to germinate and three more before a well-developed
bloom can be expected. Wu. A. Peterson.

1190

P^ONIA

P^ONIA.

alba-plena, 6.
albiflora, S.
amaranlhescens, 8.
Audersonii, 10.
anemoneflora, 6.
anomala,, 5.
arborea, 1.
arietina, 10.
atronibens, G.
Banksli, 1.
Baxteri, 10.
blanda, C.
Blushing Maid, 8.
Brilliant, 8.
Brownii, 2.
Byzantina, 8.
Califomica, 2.
Chinensis, 3.
compacta, 8.
Cretica, 10.
Crown Prince, 10.
decora, 7.
Diogenes, 10.

INDEX.

Double Anemone-
Ad. Red. 0.

Double Anemoue-
fld. Rose, (i.

edulis^ 3.

elatior, 7.

Excelsior, 10.

Exquisite, 8.

f'estiva, 3, 6.

iimbriata, 9.

tiore-pleno, 4.

fulgida, 6.

Gertrude Jekyll, 7.

hybrid a, 4.

iusignis, 5.

intermedia, 5.

lobata, 6.

Matador, 10.

Monte Gear, 7.

Moutan, 1.

Northern Glory, 10.

officinalis, 6.

Old Double Red, 6.

Old Double Rose, 6.

Old Double Flesh-
White. G.
Otto Frcebel, G.
Pallasii, 7.
papaveracea, 1.
paradoxa, 9.
Penelope, 10.
peregrina, 8.
puleherrima, 8.
Purple Emperor, 10.
Reevesiana, 3.
Jieevesn, 3.
rosea, 6.

rosea-superba. 1.
Rosy Gem, 10.
nibra-plena, 1.
Ruby Queen, 8.
Sabini, 6.
Seraph, 8.
Sinensis, 3.
Sunbeam, 6.
tenuifolia, 4.
vittata, 1.

A. Plants shruhbij : disk enveloping the

base of the carpels 1. Moutan

AA. Plants herbaceous: disk not prodttced
to envelop the base of the carpels.
B. Petals short and leathery, scarcely

exceeding the sepals 2. Brownii

BB. Petals not leathery, large and ex-
panding, much exceeding the
sepals.
0. Follicles and plant quite gla-
brous 3. albiilora

CO. Follicles tomentose, erect or
slightly spreading.
D. Lvs. and stem glabrous throitgh-
out.

E. Jjfts. finely dissected 4. tenuifolia

5. anomala
EE. Lfts. not so finely divided.. 6. officinalis
DD. i-vs. and stem ptibescetit in
the upper part.
E. Middle lobe of tertninal Ift.

trifid 7. decora

8. peregrina

9. paradoxa
EE. Middle lobe of terminal Ift.

rarely bifid, never trifid.. 10. arietina

1. MoutAn, Sims {P. arbbrea, Donn). Tree Peony.
Stem 3-6 ft. or even higher if not cut back, much
branched: lvs. glabrou.'^; Ifts. more often entire at the
base of the plant than above: fls. as in P. officinalis,
but various in color : follicles numerous, very hairy,
rather small. May, June. China. Long cult, there,
where varieties are numbered by the hundreds. Var.
rubra-pl6na, Hort. Rose-colored, almost single. L.B.C.
11:1035. Var. rosea -sup6rba, Hort. Fls. much more
doubled. Gn. 31:580 (as Reine Elizabeth). F.S.
14:1395-6 (Triomphe de Grand). Var. vittata, Hort.
Fls. single, -white, rose and tlesli color, striped, fragrant.
F.S. 7:747. Var. papaveracea, Andr. Petals thin and
poppy-like, white, with red at center of flower. L.B.C,
6:547. Gn. 38:775; 52:1141, and pp. 324, ?25. Var.
B&nksii, Andr. Fls. much doubled, rose-colored, and
large. B.M. 1154.

2. Br6wnii, Dougl. (P. Califdrnica, Torr. & Gray).
Low: lvs. glaucous or pale, lobes obovate to nearly lin-
ear: fls. dull brownish red; petals 5 or 6, thickish, little
longer than the concave sepals; outer sepals often leaf-
like and compound; flower-stem reclining or recurved;
disk many-lobed : follicles 4-5, nearly straight, gla-
brous; seeds oblong. Early spring or summer. Pacific
states. B.R. 25:30.

3. albifldra, Pallas (P. hluUs, Salisb.). Figs. 1616,
1617. Stem 2-3 ft., often branching and bearing from
2-5 fls.: Ifts. 3^ in. long, ol>long, deeper green than P.
Brownii, veiningred: peduncle longer than ynP.offi-
cinalis, often with a large simple bract: outer sepals
large, leaf -like: petals large, various in color, usually
white or pink : follicles often 3-4, ovoid, with spiral

stigmas. June. Siberia. B.M. 1756. F.S. 8:812. Gn.
30:576 (var. ^(7r/aH.); 50, p. 170; 51:1123.

Var. Reevesiana, Loud. {P. Beevesii, Hort.). A
double form, with deep red petals. P.M. 1:197.

Var. Sinensis, Steud. (P. Chinensis, Vilm.). A tall
Chinese variety, with large, double, crimson flowers.
One of the commonest forms in gardens. B.M. 1768.

Var. festiva, Planchon. Fls. double, white, with a few
marks of carmine in the center. F.S. 8:790.

4. tenuifolia, Linn. Fig. 1618. Stem 1-lM ft. high,
1-headed, densely leafy up to the flower: lvs. cut into
numerous segments, often less than 1 line broad: fl.
erect ; petals dark crimson, elliptic-cuneate, 1-lK in.
long; antliers shorter than the filaments; stigma red,
spirally recurved: follicles 2-3, about )4 in. long. June.
Caucasus region. B.M. 926. A.G. 17, p. 658.- Var. flore-
pl^no, Hort. Pis. dense, double, crimson. F.S. 4:308.
Var. h^brida, Hort. Fls. rich crimson: lvs. very pretty.

5. an6mala, Linn. As tall as P. officinalis, glabrous:
lvs. cut into numerous, confluent, lanceolate, acute seg-
ments : fl. solitary, single, bright crimson, very large;
outer sepals often prodiiced into compound leafy
points; petals obovate to oblong: follicles 3-5, ovoid, ar-
cuate, tomentose or glabrous. Eu. and Asia. B.M. 1754.

Var. insignis, Lynch. This is the variety of the above
which is most cult. Stems 1>2~2 ft. high: lvs. about 10,
the lower ones very large, gradually reducing to the fl.:
carpels with red pubescence. The name Peter Ban* is
given to a form of this in which the lvs. do not so grad-
ually reduce to the flower.

Var. intermedia, C. A. Meyer. Lvs. deeply lobed: fls.
rosy crimson.

6. officinalis. Linn. (P. fMgida, Sabine). Fig. 1619.
Stem stout, 2-3 ft. high, 1-headed: lvs. dark above, pale
beneath, the lowest more divided than the others, hav-
ing 15-20 oblong-lanceolate Ifts., 1 in. or more broad;
outer sepals leaf -like: petals dark crimson, lK-2 in.
broad, obovate : stigmas crimson, recurved : follicles
2-3, becoming 1 in. long. May, June. Eiirope. One of
the commonest in gardens. B.M. 1784; 2264 {as P. p^i-
bens). Gn. 53, p. 233.

¥'^ ' ^^ \

f^

1617. P^eonia albiflora.

Var. alba-plena, Hort. Fls. double, -nhite, tinged
■with red. Gn. 1!):2G5. Garden forms are given trade
names, as : rosea maxima, rosea pallida, rubra, and
many others. These vary in color from nearly pure
white to pink and beautiful shades of red.

P^OMIA

PAI.AUA

1191

Some horticultural forms, with nearly single flowers of
recent importation and not yet much used, are: anem-
onseflora, crimson, globular lis., with a mass of twisted
crimson stamens, edged with yellow. A.G. 17:663. Un.

H>A,>y.

1618. Paeonia tenuifolia (X %).

31:599; hlanda, pale pink; lohata, Ivs. distintly lobed: fls.
cerise-salmon, a very unusual color; Otto Froehel, deep
salmon-red; rdsea, rich deep rose; Sablni, rich deep
crimson petals and yellow stamens. L.B.C, 11:1075;
Sunbeam, rich cerise-salmon. Some of the largest flow-
ered Peonies, with double flowers, are : atrorithens
plena, deep blood-red; Double Anemone-flowered Red;
Double Anemone-flowered Rose; Old Double Red; Old
Double Rose; Old Double Flesh-Wliite.

Var. festiva, Tausch. Fls. white, with red centers.
Native of Europe.

7. decora, Anders. Stems 2-3 ft. high: Ivs. horizon-
tal, diminishing to the top ; Ifts. oblong-obtuse : fls.
rather small: petals few, small, narrow: peduncle long:
follicles hairy, large, spreading from the base when
mature, S. Eu. Two garden forms are: Qt^rude Je-
liyll, rich crimson; Monte Gear, pink.

Var. Pdllasii, Anders. Lvs. narrow-oblong: fls. rich
crimson.

Var. el^tior, Anders. Lvs. broadly oblong: fls. rich
crimson, very large: receptacle with few processes, and
a connection between the carpels at their base of similar
surface and appearance to that of the carpels,

8. peregrina, Mill. Stems about \%-2 ft. high: lvs.
5-6 on a stem, deep green and glabrous above, pale
green and pilose beneath; otherwise the lvs. and fls.
are much like those of P. officinalis. Europe. Two
beautiful garden forms with double fls. are: amaran-
fJiescens sph4rica and pulcJUrrima plena, the latter dif-
fering from the former in the purple shade of crim-
son fls. The 7 following have recently been imported
from England. They have fls. with usually a single
whorl of petals: Rlushing Maid, blush pink; Brilliant,
bright purple-crimson; Byzantina, crimson; compdcta,
plant dwarf and bushy: fls. crimson : Exquisite, soft
satiny pink ; Ruby Queen, bright ruby red ; Se^-apJi,
bright pink.

9. paradbxa, Anders. Plant one of the dwarfest: lvs.
in a dense tuft; Ifts. 3-lobed and incised: fls. purple-
red: carpels pressed closely together. Trieste. — Dif-
fers from P. peregrina by smaller ovate and more glau-
cous leaves, leaflets more divided and crowded. Var.
fimhri&.ta, Hort. Double purple fis., with projecting
purple stamens ; very pretty, but not much cult, in
America.

10. arietlna, Anders. Stem 2-3 ft. high, hairy toward
the top: lvs. 5-6 on a stem, rather glaucous and pubes-
cent beneath ; segments oblong to oblong-lanceolate,
strongly confluent, decurrent: fls. always solitai-y, dark
red, large : follicles 3-4, densely tomentose, ovoid,
spreading widely, becoming 1 in. long, strongly arched;
stigma recurved. Southern Europe. B.R. 10:819 (as
P. Cref ten). — There are a number of horticultural va-
rieties. Eleven of these are: Andersonii, bright rose;
i^ax^eri, crimson; C r ^tica, h\ush--pmk; Crown Prince,
deep rich crimson ; Diogenes, bright crimson;' JSxcel-
sior, brilliant rose; Matador, pure rose; Northern
Glory, large, soft rose-pink ; Penelope, bright rose;
Purple Bynperor, crimson-purple ; Rosy Gem, rose-
pink. •

P. Brbteri, Boiss. & Reut. Fls. red, varying to white. Allied
to P. officinalis and eorallina in lvs. and habit. — P, corallina,
Retz. Tall: lower lvs. only bitemate: fls. crimson; petals
rounded: follicles ornamental.— P. coridcea, Boiss. Allied to
P. albiflora: Ifts. very broad: fls. bright ci-imson ; stigma
purple: follicles glabrous.— P. Gdrsica, Sieber. Mtich like the
preceding.— P. Einhdi, Wall. Closely related to and sometimes
called a synonym of P. anomala. B.]M. 5719. Gn. 45:946.— P.
kiimilis , 'Retz. Rather low: fls. briglit red: carpels glabrous.
B.M. 1422.— P. microcdrpa, Boiss. & Reut. Allied to the pre-
ceding, but dwai*fer. Var. Jonathan Gibson is a garden form,
with very downy \vs.~P.m6llis, AxiAevs. Low: fls. deep red
and subsessile. L.B.C. 13:1263.— P. obovdta, Maxim. Lower
lvs. not more than twice ternate: fls. large, red-purple: folli-
cles glabrous.— P. pUbens, Sims. Allied to P. arletina: lvs.
hairy below, margins red. B.M. 2264.— P. Jiossi, Bivon. Allied
to P. corallina, but with the lvs. decidedly hairy below.— P.
sessiliflbra, Sims. Nearly related to P, mollis; vei'y low: fls.
subsessile, white.— P. triterndta, Pallas. Differs from P. coral-
hna in its rounded lvs., green stem, and rose fls. B.M. 1441 (P.
Daurica),— P. WHtleyi, Sort. Fls. single, white, large; should
be considered as a variety of P. albiflora. Gn. 36:708.— P. Witt-
tnanidna, Stev. Beautiful pale yellow fls.: follicles glabrous.
B.M. 6645. . K. C. Davis.

PAINTED CUP. Castilleia.]

PAINTED LEAF. Euphorbia lieteropJiylla.

PALAFOXIA Hookeriana. See Polypteris,

1619. Pffionia officinalis (X /i).

PALAt^A (after A. Pal an y Verdera, professor of bot-
any at Madrid the latter half of the eighteenth century).
Also written Pa lava. 3Ialvdce(B. P. flexuosa is a half-
hardy annual, with prettily cut foliage and 5-petaled
pale rose fls. about V>i in. across, borne in summer and
fall. Palaua is a genus of 5 species, 4 from Peru and 1
from Burma. They are annual or perennial herbs, tO'
raentose or somewhat glabrous: lvs. usually lobed, dis-
sected or sinuate: bractlets 0: fls. axillary, peduncled.

1192

PALAUA

PALM

solitary; calyx 5-cut: ovary many-celled; style stigma-
tose at the apex; carpels crowded without order.

flexudsa, Mast. Slender, branched from roots: stems
8-10 in. long, ascending, flexuous above: leaf-stalks 1-2
in. long; blades 1-2 in. long and broad, triangular iu out-
line, pinnatifid, the segments lobed; lobes obtuse: fls.
mauve, paler towards center, with bright red anthers
which are verv numerous and arranged iu 5 longitudinal
series; styles'25-30. Peru. B.M. 5768.

PALAVA. See Palaua.

PALltTRITS (ancient Greek name). HhamnAcece.
Spiny trees or shrubs with alternate, 2-ranked, 3-nerved
Ivs., small greenish yellow fls. in axillary clusters and'
orbicular broadly winged, curiously shaped fruits resem-
bling a head with a broad-brimmed hat. The one species
cultivated in this country is not reliably hardy north of
Washington, D. C. ; in Mass. it is killed every winter
almost to the ground even with protection, and the young
shoots flower but bear no fruit. It is not very ornamental,
but the dark green foliage is pretty and the curious fruits
are interesting. It thrives in any well-drained soil and
prefers a sunny and warm position. Prop, by seeds
stratified or sown in autumn and by layers or root-cut-
tings. Four species from S. Europe to China and Japan.
Stipules usually changed into spines: fls. small, perfect,
in axillary or sometimes terminal cymes; petals 5, 2-
iobed; stamens 5: fr. woody, 3-celled, depressed sub-
globose, with a broad, orbicular, horizontal wing; cells
1-seeded.

Spina- Christi, Mill. {P. austrctlis, Gsertn. P. aculed-
tus, Deaf. Zizyphns Paliiirus, Willd. Rlidmnus Pali-
urus, Linn.), Jerusalem Thorn. Christ's Thorn.
Spreading, spiny shrub to 10 ft., sometimes procumbent:
1 of the 2 spines at the base of the petioles straight, the
other hooked and recurved: Ivs. rather slender-petioled,
ovate, usually unequal at the rounded base, obtuse, mi-
nutely serrulate, glabrous, dark green above, pale or
grayish beneath, %-!% iu. long: fls. in axillary short-
peduncled cymes: fr. brownish yellow, about % in.
across, glabrous. June, July. S. Eur. to Himal. and N.
China. B.M. 1893 (as Zizuphus Paliurus) and 2535 (as
P. virgatus) . — Thi^ plant is supposed to have furnished
the crown of thorns which was placed on the head of
Christ before his crucifixion; others believe Zizyplms
Spina-Christi to be the shrub the crown was made of.
These two shrubs resemble each other so closely that
they hardlj' can be distinguished without frs. which are
berry-like in Zizyphus; the shape of the thorns is ex-
actly the same in each species.

P. orientdlis, Hemsl. Tree, to 30 ft.: Ivs. 2-4 in. long, ela-
brous: fr. 1-1^ in. across, glabrous, purplish. China. This
but recently iutrodueed species is perhaps the most ornamental
of the genus; it lias not proved hardy at the Arnold Arbor-
etum —P. raniosissimus, Foir. (P. Aubletia, Rcem. & Sehult.).
Shrub similar to P. Spina-Christi, but with both spines straight,
larger Ivs. pubescent beneath, and smaller tomentose frs.
China. Japan. ALFRED Rehder.

PALM. Plate XXIV. Palms are amongst the most
striking plants in tropical floras. Their tall, straight,
unbranched trunks surmounted by a spreading canopy
of huge pinnate or digitate foliage distinguish them
from nearly all other forms of vegetation. They are
widely spread in tropical regions, being most abundant
in America and few in Africa. They are particularly
conspicuous iu the Pacific islands. Although the Palms
are such bold and interesting plants, the species are
vei'y imperfectly understood. This is due to the great
difficulty of making herbarium specimens, to the fact
that the greater number of botanists are residents of
regions in which Palms do not grow, and to the differ-
ences of opinion as to the relative importance of the
various botanical characters. Many of the Palms have
been named first from cultivated specimens, and often
before the flowers and fruits are known. When the
specimens finally come to fruit, the names are usually
shifted, causing much confusion. The proper generic
position of a Palm may be unknown for several years
after it becomes popular in the horticultural trade.
Consider the changes in nomenclature which have
occurred in Palms that have been referred to the
genera Areca and Kentia.

The species of Palms are not very numerous. They
probably do not exceed 1,000, although more than that
niimber have been described. Bir'nrlnuii A: H'»ok*.T ;i<-cept
132 genera, and Drude, in Engler dc Pruiitl's "Pflunzen-
familien," accept 128 genera. Most of the genera are
small, and many of them are monotypic. The largest
genera are Calamus, with about 200 species, all Old
World, mostly Asian; Geonoma, with about 100 species,
all American; Bactris, about 100, American; Chamse-
dorea, with about 60, all American; Licuala, with 30,
ranging from eastern Asia to Australia; Desmoncus,
about 25, American; Cocos, 30, all confined to America but
the cocoanut, which is now cosmopolitan; Pinanga, with
about 25 species, of the Oriental tropics; Areca, nearly
two dozen. Oriental. Many of the species, particularly
in the small genera, are restricted to very small geo-
graphical regions, often to one island or to a group of
islands. The Palms represent an old type of vegeta-
tion, and they are now, no doubt, on the decline.

Palms have been favorite greenhouse subjects from
the period of the first development of the glass plant-
house. The stereotyped form of conservatory is a
broad or nearly square structure, with narrow benches
around the sides over the heating pipes and a Palm bed
in the center. In these conservatories a variety of
Palms will succeed, requiring neither a very high tem-
perature nor much direct sunlight. In fact. Palms usu-
ally succeed best under shaded roofs. The Palms are
most satisfactory in their young state, before the trunks
become very prominent, and before the crowns reach
the glass. The larger number of Palms have pinnate or
pinnatisect leaves, and these species are usually the
more graceful in habit. Small Palms are now in great
demand for room and table decoration, and a few spe-
cies are grown in enormous quantities for this trade.
They are sold when small. They usually perish before
they are large enough to be cumbersome. Amongst the
most popular of these Palms are Chrysalidoearpus
InteAcens, Howea Bclmoreana and Forsteriana, Cocos
WeddelJiana, Livistona Chinensis, and possibly one or
two species of Phoenix.

Some Palms endure considerable frost without injury.
Of such are the Sabals and the Palmettoes of the south-
ern states. The Saw Palmetto {Sm'-noa semdata) and
the Blue Palmetto {IiliapidDjilnjlluni Hysfrix) occur as
far north as South Carolina. In Asia, Nannorhops grows
naturally as far north as 34°, and in Europe, Chamae-
rops (the only Palm indigenous to Europe) reaches 44°.

In the tropics, Palms furnish houses, clothing, food
and ornaments. The range of the economic uses is well
indicated by the following extract from Drude (in Engler
& Prantl): "In a family wliich, like the Palms, is of
such extraordinary importance in satisfying so many
human wants, it seems well to make a few general re-
marks on this subject as an introduction to special re-
marks under the different genera. A European does
well to distinguish between the products of the Palms
which are imported from the tropics, and those which
are used by the civilized peoples and more especially by
the natives in the tropics. Of the first, there should be
noted a few fruits, as, for example, dates and cocoanuts,
whose iise gives us a slight picture of the importance of
Palm fruit of the tropics. Then follows the Indian sago
coming from the pith of the stems, which surpasses in
quality the European product, and then the oil made
from fruits of oil Palms which, considering its almost
unlimited supply, is of more importance than the olive
oil. In Europe a great role is played by the fibers com-
ing from many Palms, as the Pia^aba and Cocoa fibers.
Perhaps, in the course of time, one or other of the
Palm-leaf products will find greater use in the produc-
tion of paper. The numerous kinds of 'Spanishschen
Rohres,' that is. those thin stems of the genus Calamus
which have a silicious covering, are necessary in the
making of bent-wood furniture and baskets. Wax (from
Copernicia, probably not from Ceroxylon) plays in
Europe, as a competitor of beeswax, but a small role.
On the other hand, the stone nuts, seeds of Phytelephas
and the stony kernels of some Cocoineae, are imported
from America in ton quantities, to be used in making
small aiiiicles. To these products, of considerable
influence on the European trade, must be added num-
berless others used in the tropics, where the numerous

PALM

PALM

1193

Bweet as well as the starch-hold-
ing fruits are at the command of
the inhabitants. Prom many spe-
cies are cut out the soft terminal
bud (heart), which is eaten as
Palm salad, and from other very
large species the young stems are
cut off and the great quantity of
sweet sap is worked to sugar, or
arrac, or is used as Palm wine.
Many stems furnish excellent
building wood, and in the artistic
industries of the Malays and Pa-
puas as well as that of the natives
of Brazil, such Palms furnish not
only the main timbers of their
huts, but the leaves are plaited
and used for the sides and the
roof. Other leaves cut in small
strips give them coverings, mats,
fans, shields, complete clothing
and hats. Even the spines are
used as tips for spears, for tat-
tooing - paints and for hooks ;
whereas the flsh-line itself is
made of the strong fibers of
other species. Other uses, as
that of the betel nut (Areca), in
chewing, are worthy of mention
also."

As the trunk of the Palm rises,
the leaves underneath the crown
die and fall. Usually the old
petioles, or their bases, remain
for some time, forming a shaggy 8^
capital to the column ; this is well
marked in the large or Cabbage
Palmetto of the South. The
Palms are mostly trees, and some
of them rise to the height of
nearly 200 ft., but some are climb-
ing and others are low shrubs.
In some species the stems are
prickly. Usually they make very

straight, comely boles, but a few species produce
branches above. The flowers of Palms usually arise
underneath or in the crown, from the axils of the
leaves. The clusters are really spadices, although often
branched, and are covered in the bud by a dry spathe
composed of one or several leaves or parts. The re-
mains of these spathes are well shown in Fig. 1497, p.
1100. In the upper cluster on the left the spathe is
arching over the fruits. The blossoms are relatively
small, and usually dull colored and not showy. The
flowers are perfect or unisexual, 3-merous, — the seg-
ments usually 6 in two series, stamens usually 3 or G,
ovary usually 3-loculed or the 3 carpels wholly separate,
stigmas 3 and usually sessile. The fruit is various,
being either a drupe or hard berry-like structure, often
edible.

The genera chiefly known to horticulturists are the
following:

Tkibe Arece^. 1/vs. pinnatisect, the leaflets free or
joined so as to form a plaited limb, the sides in ver-
nation reduplicate: fls. monoecious or dicecious: seeds
umMlicate, with ventral raphe and dorsal embryo.

Areca, Pinanga, Kentia, Hydriastele, Kentiopsis,
Hedyscepe, Nenga, Archonthophcenix, Rhopalostylis,
Dictyospernia, Ptychosperma, Cyrtostachys, Drymo-
phloeus, Cyphophoenix, Clinostigma, Cyphosperma,
Euterpe, Acanthopho?ni.x, Oreodoxa, Bacularia, Lino-
spadix, Howea, Ceroxylon, Versohaffeltia, Dypsis,
Chanifedorea, Hyophorbe, Roscheria, Geonoma, Calyp-
trogyne, Wallichia, Didymosperma, Arenga, Caryota,
Phytelephas.

Tribe PncENiCEiE. lyvs. pinnatisect, segments acumi-
nate and with induplieate sides in vernation: spa-
dices interfoliar, the spathe solitary: fls. dioecious:
carpels 3, only one maturing, fJie stig^na terminal:
seed strongly ventrally sulcate, the embryo dorsal.

Phoenix.

1620. A Palm house.

Tribe Corypheje. Lus. fan-shaped, wedge-shaped or
orbicular, plaited, tnore or less cut, the lobes with
induplieate sides: spadices interfoliar, the spathes
many: fls. usually perfect: ovary entire or 3-lobed,
or sometimes the 1-3 carpels distinct, the ovule erect:
pericarp usually smooth: seeds with ventral raphe
and small hilum.
Corypha, Sabal, Washingtonia, Chameerops, Rhapido-

phyllum, Acanthorhiza, Brahea, Erythea, Pritehardia,

Licuala, Livistona, Trachycarpus, Rhapis, Thrinax.

Tribe Lepidocaryeje. IfVS. pinnatisect or fan-shaped,
the segments with reduplicate sides in vernation:
spadices terminal or arillary. the spathes numerous:
fls. polygamo-moncecious: ovary entire, more or less
S-loculed: fr. clothed with reflexed, shining, imbri-
cate, oppressed scales: seed with dorsal raphe and
ventral embryo.
Calamus, Ceratolobus, Raphia.

Tribe Borasse^. l/os. orbicular, the segments fan-
shaped and the sides induplieate: spadices inter-
foliar, the spathes many and sheathing: fls. dicecious,
the male minute and sunk in cavities on the spadix,
the female very large : ovary entire, 3-locttled, the
ovule ascending: fr. various.
Borassus, Lodoicea, Latania, Hyphsene.

Tribe Cocoine^. Lvs. pinnatisect, the leaflets with
reduplicate sides: spadices interfoliar, unisexual or
androgynous, the spathes 2 or more: inferior fls. often
in S's, the middle one female: ovary 1-7-loculed: fr.
large, drupe-like, 1-7-loculed, the stigma terminal,
the endocarp or shell hard and woody and provided
witli 3-7 pores.
Bactris, Astrocaryum, Acrocomia, Martinezia, Eteis,

Diplothemium, Cocos, Maximiliana, Scheelea, Attalea,

Jubfea.

There is very little accessible monographic literature

on the Palms. Martins' "Historia Naturalis Palmarum."

1194

PALM

PALM

Munich, 3 vols., 1823-1850, is a standard work. Ker-
eliove de Dentergheni's "Les Palmiers," Paris, 1878, is
an important work. A popular running account of
Palms and the various kinds, by William Watson, will
be found in the following places in Gardeners' Chronicle:
1884 (vol. 22), pp. 426, 522, 595, 728, 748; 1885 (vol. 23),
pp. 338, 410, 439; 1885 (vol. 24), pp. 362, 394, 586, 748;

1886 (voL 25), pp. 75, 557; 1886 (vol. 26), pp. 491, 652;

1887 (vol. 2, ser. 3), pp. 156, .304; 1891 (vol. 9), pp. 234,
298, 671; 1893 (vol. 13), pp. 260, 332. l, h. B.

Hardy Palms in California. — Palms grown in the
open in California gardens do not exceed in number 20
genera, and numbering about 60 species. The following
17 genera of about 40 species may be found in our best
Palm collections, and all these species are growing in
the gardens of Los Angeles and vicinity, and may be
found throughout southern California in limited num-
bers from San Diego to Sauta Barbara. Occasional
plants of species not mentioned are found in some old
gardens, but are not so plentiful as to be considered in a
general list of our hardy Palms. In enumerating these
plants they are placed as to their importance, or rather
as to their numerical strength in California. Our native
Fan-Palms, the Washingtonias, natives of San Ber-
nardino and San Diego counties, have been most exten-
sively planted, and may be found everywhere, serving,
in some instances, a variety of purposes. Fig. 1622. In
growing this Palm water is of the first importance. When
planted along a street, those adjoining vacant lots often
remain nearly at a standstill, except in case of an un-
usually wet winter, while those along the cultivated
lots or lawns grow faster than any other Palm. When
one in its native habitat blows over by the force of the
desert winds, the hole left by the roots and stump
invariably fills with water. W^ashingtonias are hardy
600 miles north of Los Angeles. It may be well to
state that hardiness in Palms is principally a ques-
tion of size, the larger ones passing through the most
severe winter unharmed, while the small ones may
perish. So, too, some Palms supposed to be very ten-
der need protection from sun more than from frost.
This is particularly the case with the so-called Kentias
and Rhapis. A certain Howea (or Kentia Forsteriaiia)
is protected only by a large overhanging branch of a
sycamore, which is of course leafless in cold weather.

1621. Date Palms at Old Town, San Dieeo.

1622. A Sentinel Palm.
Washingtonia filifera, San Jacinto Mts.,Cal.

yet it has reached a height of 12 feet, with a diameter
at base of 12 inches, and it has never been injured by
frost, yet water hydrants 10 feet away have been frozen
so hard as to burst them. In Los Angeles is a Kentia
15 feet high, growing on the north side of a house,
protected from sun alone, being 20 feet from the build-
ing, where for several winters the ground near by has
frozen to the depth of 1 inch. This is in the bottom-
lands, the coldest part of the city.

Phcenix dactijlifera, though not so ornamental as
others of the genus, was extensively planted in early
days and is one of the hardiest of Palms. Fig. 1621. The
most popular Palm for the masses, who look for grace
and beauty ciiinl)inHd with cheapness, is Phcenix Cana-
riensis. More of These are planted at present than any
other three species. In Los Angeles and vicinity they
may be counted by tens of thousands. Like these
two for hardiness is P. reclinata; and all may be seen
growing north of San Francisco some 200 miles. All the
genus is hardy in southern California. Trachycarpus
excelsns and OJKvmerojiS humilis, the latter varying
greatly in appearance, will grow as far north as any
Palms and are popular everywhere. The former in
thirty years will grow to the height of 25 feet, while the
latter will make 8-10 feet of trunk in the same time.
Livlstona ausfralis and Jj. Chinensis are both popular,
though not hardy outside the southern part of the state,
and the latter must be shaded from noonday sun.
Erythea armata and 10. edulis (often known as Braheas)
grow around San Francisco bay luxuriantly. Cocos eri-
ospatha is hardy even farther north than the Ery-
theas, and is by far the most ornamental Palm to be
found in that section. Other Cocos in southern Cali-
fornia are C. flexitosa, pJiimosa, coronata, Somanzof-
fiana, and many others. Any Cocos will grow here in
protected places except Weddelliana. C. plnnwsa is
without doubt the most graceful Palm grown, and at
present very extensively planted in the southern citrous
belt, sometimes for street or sidewalk trees. It is also
one of the fastest growers, and will reach 20 feet in fif-

PALM

PALM

1195

teen years, with ordinary care. Archontophcenlx Alex-
andreie and A. Canninghamii,th.G most elegant of our
Palms after Cocos phtmosa, are not quite so hardy but
will thrive from Santa Barbara southward, in warm
locations. The same exposures, with shade during the
hottest part of the day, will do for Sedyscepe Canter-
buryana and Hoivea Forsteriana and H. Behnoreana;
also Rhopalosfylis BaueH and R, sapida. The four
species of Sabals seem to thrive and seed well in this
section, though S. Palmetto and -S. JBlackburnianum
grow much faster than the others. Rliapidophyllum
Systrix is perfectly hardy, but on account of its dwarf
habit is not so extensively xjlanted as its merits deserve.
Rhapis flabelliformis and R. hitmilis need protection
from sun alone, though there is a Rhapis growing for
ten years without protection from either sun or frost,
and in the coldest section of Los Angeles, but its color is
not all that could be desired. Chamosdoreas are planted
only where they can be protected from both frost and
sun, though they thrive better under such circumstances
than they do under glass. In such situations they are
just the plant for the purpose, as they do not grow
away from the protecting tree as do sun- and light-
loving Palms, but remain erect. Brahea dulcis may
occasionally be seen but grows too slowly to be popu-
lar. One of our grandest and hardiest Palms, one that
deserves for many reasons to be more extensively
planted, is Jiibma spectabilis. We have a few 20 feet in
height with a bole 4 feet in diameter, and are much
more striking in appearance than any of the Phoenix,
which latter they somewhat resemble.

Ernest Braunton.

The word Palm is a popular designation of one of the
largest and most important families among the mono-
cotyledons, about 1,200 species of Palms having
been recorded, though many of these are not yet
in cultivation. The members of this f iraily aie
essentially tropical in habitat, are highly orna
mental in appearance, and many of them albo of
very great economical value, their
fruits, stems and leaves not only
entering largely into the manufac-
tured products of both Europe and
America, but also providing both
food and shelter for thousands of
the inhabitants of tropical coun-
tries. One notable characteristic
of Palms in general is their un-
branched stems, the exceptions to
this rule being very few, and
mostly limited to the members of
one genus, Hyphiene, of which the
Doum Palm of Egypt, R. Thebaica,
is the best example. While these
unbranched stems form a promi-
nent feature in connection with
this order of plants, yet great va-
riations are found in size and habit;
some of them towering up like a
slender marble shaft to a height of
more than 100 feet and then termi-
nating in a crown of magnificent
plume-like leaves, while others may
reach a height, of only 3—4 feet
when fully developed. In some in-
stances the stems are so long and
slender that a scandent habit is
the result ; these rope-like stems
of the Rattan Palms in particular
are described as wandering through
the tops of some of the great trees
of the Malayan Peninsula to a
length of several hundred feet.

The foliage of the Palms is of
two chief kinds, the fan - veined
leaves, in which the venation radi-
ates from a common center, and
the feather-veined, in which the
veins run out from the sides of a

long midrib, the leaf being frequently divided into long,
narrow segments. Of the fi,rst group the common Fan
Palm, Livistona Sinensis, is a good example, while the
Date Palm, Pliosnix dactylifera, and also the Cocoanut,

Cocos nueifera, are common examples of the feather-
veined class.

There are also minor characteristics of foliage that
mark many of the genera, some having pinnate leaves
with erose tips, a few having bipinnate leaves (as
Caryota urens), others with fiabellate leaves having
erose segments, and many with the segments of the
leaves bifid or split at the tips.

The flowers of Palms in general are not specially at-
tractive either in size or coloring, many of them being
greenish white or yellow, and some orange or red; but
these flowers are produced in prodigious quantities by
some of the species, perhaps the most prolific in this
respect being the Talipot Pahn {Gorypha umhraculif-
era), which throws up a branching inflorescence to a
height of 30 ft. above the foliage, such an inflorescence
having been estimated to include fully sixty millions of
flowers !

The seeds of Palms are also found in many sizes and
various shapes, ranging from the size of a pea in some
of the Thrinax to the unwieldy fruits of the Double
Cocoanut, Lodoicea Sechellarimi, which will sometimes
weigh 40 lbs. each and require several years to reach
maturity.

As a rule, the members of any single genus of Palms
are found in one hemisphere, either the eastern or
western as the case may be, probably the greater num-
ber of species being of Asiatic origin, and compara-
tively few being found in Africa. An apparent excep-
tion is found to this system of hemispheric distribution
in the case of the Cocoanut, this plant being so very
widely distributed throughout the tropical world that
its original habitat is still in doubt. On the other hand,
some species are found to be very local in their natural

1623. A digitate-leaved Palm,

and one of the best Palms for small conservatories—
Rhapis flabelliformis.

state, in proof of which the Howeas may be cited; this
genus has been found only within the circumscribed
area of Lord Howe's Island, which from a comparative
point of view may be termed merely a fragment of land

1196

PALM

PALM

1624.

Germination of

Chrysalidocar-

pus lutescens.

(probably of volcanic origin), a mere dot on the broad
bosom of the South Pacific.

Few Palms are found within the limits of the United
States as natives, the most common being the well-
known Palmetto, Sabal Palmetto^ a member of the fan-
leaved section, to which possibly all of our native Palms
belong. But while the species of Palms
found native in the United States are
limited In numbers, yet there is at least
one unique species in the group in the
form of Psendoplicenix Sargenti, a
monotypic Palm, that is only known to
exist in a wild state on certain of the
Florida Keys, and in quite limited num-
bers even there.

Europe is even less favored as to na-
tive Palms, there being biit one species
known there in that condition, Cliamce-
rops humilis, also a fan-leaved species
and comparatively hardy, being capable
of enduring moderate frosts.

The Palm tree of the Bible is doubt-
less the Date Palm, Phcenlx dactylifera, which is found
in large numbers throughout Syria to this day; and in
fact the small grove of dates within easy reach of the
Syrian householder forms one of his most valuable
assets, for it provides food not only for his family, but
frequently for his horses or camels also.

The act of producing flowers does not necessarily ter-
minate the life of a Palm, though in some instances
such an effect may be produced by this cause; but a
singular habit has been noted in regard to the flowering
of the Fish-tail Palm, Garyota urens, which when it
reaches maturity begins to throw out a flower-spike
from the top of the stem, this being followed by succes-
sive spikes of flowers, and ultimate bunches of seeds
from the top of the plant downwards, the flower-spikes
appearing at the joints of the stem, and when this pro-
cess of flowering has proceeded down to the ground, or
until the vitality of the plant has been exhausted, death
ensues.

There are also a number of species of Palms that de-
velop a soboliferous habit, throwing up a number of
shoots from the base of the plant, Bhapis flabellifor-
mis, sometimes known as the Ground Rattan, being a
good example of this class, among which the widely
grown and elegant VlirysaUdocarpus lutescens is also
found, together with the Geonomas, some of the Phoe-
nix and various other genera. Many of the Palms are
unisexual, but there are also many others in which both
male and female flowers are produced on the same
spadix, in some instances the males being groiiped to-
gether near the ends of the branches of the inflores-
cence and the females nearer to the main stem, while
in others a female is placed between two males, thus
arranging the flowers in threes.

Cross-pollination of Palms by artificial means has
probably been seldom practiced, there being few culti-
vated collections in which the opportiinity for such an
operation has presented itself; but it seems highly prob-
able that such cross-fertilization has been accidentally
effected among wild plants, for in large lots of seed-
lings intermediate forms are frequently seen, this pe-
culiarity having been noted among Howea seedlings,
where forms intermediate hetw&en M. J3elmoreana and
H. Forsteriana are found, and sometimes seedlings
that seem to combine the characteristics of H. Pehno-
reana and those of its near relative Hedyscepe Canter-
huryana. Similar variations from a given type have
also been noted among the Phcenix, several so-called
species being most likely merely varieties.

Many Palms are armed with stout thorns or prickles,
not only the stems but also the leaves and even the
fruits in some species being thus guarded, these prickles
being usually very hard and ti'ugh. In some cases,
notably Acanthorhisa st'furdcnvfha, the prickles around
the stem are often branched, and are decidedly un-
pleasant to come in contact with. In the case of Des-
moncus, this being the western representative of the
Rattan Palms, the tip of the midrib of the leaf is con-
tinued in the form of a hooked spine, and helps to sup-
port the plant in its scandent career. The sharp spines
of certain Palms are used for poisoned arrows by some

of the South American tribes, these arrows being pro-
jected through a blow-pipe formed from a section of the
hollow stem of another Palm. Among the species of
Phoenix it is often found that several of the leaflets
nearest to the base of the leaf are developed as spines,
these thorny leaflets becoming stiff and hard, and capa-
ble of making a very sore wound.

The very great economical value of many of the Palms
can only be touched upon within the limits of the pres-
ent article, the uses to which not only the fruits but also
the stems and leaves are put by the natives of manytropi-
cal countries being enough of themselves to fill volumes.
One prominent instance of this great utility is the
Palmyra Palm, of which a Hindoo poet enumerated over
800 different uses. Other notable examples include the
Cocoaniit Palm, the fruits of which are imported by
hundreds of tons every year, and
in addition to providing a valuable
food, either fresh or in a desiccated
condition, also produce that very
valuable fiber from which cordage,
matting and a great variety of
goods are manufactured. Also the
Phcenix family, which produces
the dates of commerce in appar-
ently endless supply, and the date
sugar of Bengal, this being con-
tributed by Phcevix sylvestris,
while the stems of Date Palms are
often xised in hoiise-building in the
East. Another very vahiable Palm
product is found in Palm oil, this
being largely derived from the
fruits of EJxvis Guineensis, the oil

1625. Livistona
Chinensis.

1626. Germination of Cocos
Weddelliana.

being expressed from the ripe fruits in much the same
manner that olive oil is manufactured. The rattan of
commerce is chiefly composed of the flexible stems of
various calami, the plentiful siipply of this material be-
ing sufaciently attested by the great variety of articles
manufactured therefrom. Various Palms have been

PALM

PALMERELLA

1197

mentioned under the name of "Wine Palm," but it
seems likely that some species of Raphia are most used
for liquors, some portions of these Palms giving a large
amount of sap when tapped, and as the juice is rich in
sugar, the sap soon ferments and may become strongly
alcoholic. The best sago is produced from the pith of
Metroxylon or Sagus, the trees being cut down and split
into segments for the removal of the pith, the latter
being then prepared
in a rough granulated
form for export. Sago
is also procured from
Caryota and some other
species, but the prod-
uct is not equal to that
of Metroxylon. The
so - called whale - bone
brooms frequentlyused
in stables and for street-
cleaning are mostly
made from Piassaba
( or Pia^raba } fiber,
this being gathered
from around the base
of plants of Attaleas,
mostly A. funifera.

The Attaleas also produce large seeds or nuts,
those of A. funifera being known as Coquilla
nuts, and quite largely used for ornamental
purposes, being very hard and capable of receiv-
ing a fine polish. Many small articles are manu-
factured from vegetable ivory, this being had
from the nuts of Pli yte leplias macrocarpa , a
singular Palm from South America, bearing a
large fruit in which are contained from 6 to 9 of
the ivory nuts, the plant itself having a short
and sometimes creeping stem from which pro-
ceeds a noble head of pinnate fronds that are
frequently 15-20 ft. in length. The seeds otAreca
Gatecliu, after i^reparation with lime and the
leaves of the pepper-plant, become the betel nut
of the East Indies, so much used by the natives
of that portion of the world as a mild stimulant.
The Cabbage Palm of the West Indies is JSuterpe
oleracea, the smooth and straight stems of which
are frequently 80-100 ft. high, and the removal of
the "cabbage," so-called, means the destruction
of such a tree, for the portion eaten is composed
of the central bud in which the young leaves are
compactly gathered together.

Palm culture, for decorative purposes in the
tTnited States, has made its greatest progress
during the past 10 years, and now seems
to be a well-established business, with
the prospect of a steady increase as the
adaptability of these plants becomes
better understood. A great area of glass
is now in use for Palm culture alone, the
Middle States being the center of this
industry, though large numbers are also
grown in a few southern states ; and
owing to a favorable climate and gradu-
ally improving business methods, it
seems probable that American growers
will soon be able to compete with their
more experienced brethren of Europe in
this class of plants.

The species most used in commercial
horticulture in the United States are contained in a
very short list, the greater quantity being confined to
five species, namely, Livistona Chinensis, Hoivea Bel-
moreanay Howea Forsteriana , Chrysalidocarpiis lutes-
cens and Cocos Weddelliana, while less quantities of
Caryota urens, several species of Phoenix, P. Canari'
ensis being quite largely planted outdoors in the South
and on portions of the Pacific coast, Seaforthia elegans
and some others of the Ptychosperma group, and some
few Liivistonas cover the extent of the catalogue for
many growers.

Of these, the seeds are imported in a majority of
cases, and on the quality of these seeds the success of
the grower depends, so far as getting up a stock is con-
cerned. Most of these species germinate readily in

1627. Germination
of Howea Belmoreana.

a warm greenhouse, providing the seeds are fresh, the
slowest of the common commercial Palms being the
Howeas. In small quantities these seeds are usually
sown in about 6-inch pots, the pots being well drained
and nearly filled with light soil, then the seeds sown
thickly and covered with half an inch of soil, watered
thoroughly and placed where they may receive the bene-
fit of some bottom heat, and at no time should they be

allowed to become
very dry, The period
required for germi-
nation varies greatly
with different spe-
cies, Livistona Chi-
nens'is germinating
in 2 or 3 weeks if
fresh, and being
ready for potting in
about 2 months, while
seeds of some of the
Attaleas have been
known to remain in
the earth for fully 3
years before starting.
The seedlings of
many species are
much alike, the seed-leaf in many instances
•; a long, narrow, simple leaflet, this de-
scription often applying equally to the seedlings
of both fan-leaved and pinnate-leaved species;
and from this fact it is somewhat difficult to
recognize a species while in the juvenile form.
Figs. 1624-7 show stages in the germination of
common Palms. Special cultural notes for par-
ticular sx>ecies of Palms will be found through-
out the Cyclopedia, but at this time a few general
remarks regarding treatment of Palms as a whole
may be admissible. It has already been noted
that Palms in general are tropical in nature, and
while there are a number of species that are found
at considerable elevations, where the nights are
decidedly cool, yet in a young state the same
species may make more progress in a night tem-
perature of 60° F. ; and with this in view, a mini-
mum temperature during the winter of 56-60° is
safest for young and growing Palms, while an
advance of 15-20 ° during the day will not hurt
them.

An abundance of water is required, for many
Palms grow on the banks of rivers or in swampy
ground ; and even those found on high and I'ocky
ground send their roots down to such a depth
as to find a liberal water supply.

Some shading throughout the summer is best,
the foliage grown under glass being more tender
than that naturally produced outdoors. Repot-
ting should be done during the spring and sum-
mer months, preferably, there being compara-
tively little root action on the part of most Palms
between November 1 and March 1. Give only
moderate-sized shifts, that is, use pots only 1 or
2 inches larger, and always ram the soil firmly.

Rotted sod is the basis for the best soil for
Palms, and a fair proportion of stable manure is
a safe fertilizer, such a soil being mixed with
various proportions of peat or sand, to make it
lighter and more open for some delicate species.
Insects are frequently troublesome if allowed
to gain headway, various scale insects doing the great-
est damage, while red spiders and thrips may become
established unless forcible syringing is persisted in.
The most successful practice requires close observation
on the part of the grower, and the prompt removal of
all insects -^^ h. Taplin.

PALMA Christi is Castor Oil Plant, Ricinus.

PALMEEflLLA (Dr. Edward Palmer, contempora-
neous American botanical collector). IjoJ}eHdcece. A
genus of one species, a rare herb found in Lower Calif.,
with small blue fls. like those of a Lobelia. The genus
differs from Lobelia in the remarkable adnation of the
stamens, as well as in the integrity of the corolla-tube,

1198

PALMERELLA

PANAX

at least its upper part. It soon splits from the base up-
ward for a good distance, and, indeed, before withering
the lower part of the corolla is much disposed to sepa-
rate into five claws (liberating also the lower part of
the filaments). The filaments are adnate to the corolla-
tube for a long distance and then monadelphous and
adnate on one side or the other.

d^bilis, Gray. Slender, glabrous, branching herb:
Ivs. alternate, linear- lanceolate, entire, sessile, 2-3 in.
long; floral ones gradually reduced to bracts: raceme
lax, few-fld. : corolla-tube whitish, 9 lines long, lobes
light blue, 2 of them smaller than the others, the larger
ones 3-4 lines long. Var. serrilta, Gray, was offered in 1881
by E. Gillett, but it is probably not in cult, anywhere.

PALMETTO. See Sabal.

PALMS, POPULAR NAMES OF. Alexandra P.,

Archontoj>hainix Alexandra' . Assai P., Unterpe eclulis.
Betel-nut P., Areca Catechn. Blue P., J^rythea ar-
'inata. Bourbon P., Latania. 'Bxoova.'P.^Attalea funifera
and Thrinax argentea. Cabbage P., Euterpe oleracea.
Club P., Cordyline. Cocoanut P., Cocos nucifera;
Double Cocoanut or Sea Cocoanut P., Lodoicea.
Goquito P., Juhcva spectahilis. Corojo P., Acrocomia
sclerocarpa. Curly P., Howea Belmoreana. Date P.,
Phcenix dacfylifera. European P., Chamwrops humilis.
Pan P., any species with fan-shaped, rather than pin-
nate Ivs. Pern P., Cycas. Fish-tail P., Caryota urens.
Flat P., Howea Forsteriana. Guadeloupe P., Erythea
edtilis. Gru-gru P., Astrocarijutn vidgare and Aci'O-
comia sclerocarpa. HempP, , C/mm(Erops exceZsa. Ivory-
nut P., Phytelephas macrorarpa. Norfolk Island P.,
Mliopalostylis Baxieri. Oil V.^ EUvis Guineeusis; also
Cocos hiifyracea, etc. Palmetto P., Sabal. Panama-hat
P., Carludovica palmata. Para P., Euterpe edulis.
EaKia P., liapliia. Royal P., Oreodoxa regia. Sago P.,
various species of Sagns and Cycas. Savanah P., Sabal
mauriticefo7-7)iis. Talipot P., CorypJia umhraciUifera.
Thatch P., Sabal Blackbnrniana; Hoxvea Forsteriana.
Toddy P., Oaryota urens. Umbrella P., Hedyscepe
Canterbury ana. Walking -stick P., Bacularia mono-
siachya. Wine P. of E. Indies, Caryota urens, PhoBnix
sylvestris smdBorassus flabelliforniis; of New Granada,
Cocos butyracea.

PALUMBiNA (said to be from palunihes, wood-pig-
eon; from a supposed resemblance of the fls.). Orchi-
ddcece. A monotypic genus greatly resembling Oncid-
ium, with which it was formerly united. It differs
principally in having the lateral sepals entirely united,
forming a single segment resembling the dorsal sepal
in shape and size, the labellum scarcely larger than
the petals and resembling them in shape.

Candida, Reichb. f. The only species is a small plant
with narrow, compressed pseudobulbs, each with a sin-
gle slender leaf, 6-12 in. long: fls. few, small, white,
in a slender raceme ; sepals, petals and labellum ob-
long, acute, differing but little in size and shape. Guate-
mala. B.M. 5546. G. C. 1865:793; II, 20:233 (as On-
cidlutn candidu7)i). — M.&y be easily grown in a temper-
ate house. Blooms in summer, the fls. lasting a long
^^^^^' Heinrich Hasselbking.

PAMPAS GRASS. See Gynerium.

TAI^AX (old Greek name, meaning all -healing).
Araliacew. Thirty to 40 trees or shrubs, mostly of the
tropics of Asia, Africa, Australia and the Pacific islands,
as defined by Benthani& Hooker (including Nothopanax),
some of which are grown in warmhouses for their inter-
esting habit and foliage. The genus is confused in gar-
dens with AraUa,Acanthopanax,Fatsia,Eleutherococcus,
Polyscias, and others. From the Aralia group it is dis-
tinguished by having the petals valvate (applied edge-
to-edge) in the bud. From Polyscias, Pseudopanas and
Eleutherococcus it is known by its gynoecium (_or pis-
tils) being usually in 2's, rather than in 5's or higher
numbers. From Fatsia it is distinguished by having
the pedicel articulated beneath the flower. See Fafsia
for another discussion of relationships, Panax has a
calyx with entire or 5-toothed margin, 5 valvate petals,

5 stamens with oblong or ovate anthers, usually 2-lo-
culed ovary which ripens into a drupe-like compressed
fruit, and with mostly compound, often much-divided
leaves: fls. small, sometimes polygamous, in umbels,
heads, racemes or panicles. The Panaxes are to be
grown in the warmhouse, where they should have the
treatment given tropical Aralias (see p. 87),

As defined by others, the genus Panax includes only
7 or 8 herbaceous species, natives of the temperate re-
gions of North America and Asia, while the woody spe-
cies are referred mostly to Polyscias and Nothopanax;
the species of the Polyscias have, according to Harms,
pinnate leaves, and those of the other have digitate
or simple leaves. As thus understood, the genus Panax
includes the ginseng, P. quinqtiefoliiitn, for which see
Ginseng. The dwarf ginseng or ground-nut of the
northern states is P. trifoUwm. It is not in the trade.
These two plants are often described in the genus
Aralia as A, quinquefolia and A. trifolia.

fruticdsum, Linn, {IfotJiopdnax fruticdsum, Miq.
Polyscias fruticosa, Harms). Shrub 3-6 ft. in cult.,
with pinnately compound Ivs., the Ifts. stalked, ovate-
oblong, acuminate, coarsely serrate, the ultimate ones
incised, 3-lobed: fls. in paniculate umbels. Java, etc.—
Prized for its fern-like foliage, but known mostly in its
cultivated varieties.

Var. Victbriae [P. Victdrice, Hort.). Fig. 1628. A
compact form which constantly sends up new stalks:
foliage recurving, cut, curled and tasselled, light green,
with white - variegated •■o?s^

margins. (i.C. 11. 19:
40.5. I. H. 31:521? An
excellent table plant.
Through inadvertence,
Pig. 1628 was used in
the place of Aralia
Guilfoylei on p. 87.

Var. laciniEltum [P.
lacinidtum, Hort.).
Lvs. twice - pinnate,
drooping, about as
broad as long, tinted
with olive-brown, the
leaflets and divisions
narrow. Very grace-
ful.

Var. exc6Isum {P.
excelsum, Hort.?).
Lvs. very finely cut and fern-like, margined with white.

Var. plum&tum {P. phmiUum, Hort.). More finely
cut than var. laciniatuni, and differing from var. excel-
sum in having no white on the foliage.

l^pidum, Bull. Compact: lvs. biternately divided,
the end division largest; pinnules or ultimate leaflets
obliquely obovate, the central one in each case small
(sometimes almost rudimentary) and more or less cov-
ered by its two lateral ones, the margins spiny-toothed
and cut. Brazil. Recent.

nitidum, Bull. Compact : lvs. roundish obovate,
toothed and somewhat spiny, sometimes with deep in-
cisions. Brazil. Recent.

ailreum, Sander. "A distinct elegant and highly at-
tractive Panax, the whole leafage being suffused with a
delicate golden green variegation. The habit is similar
to that of P. I'ictorice, quite as compact and bush)^, but
not heavy in the slightest sense of the word. Individ-
ually the leaves are small, the edges finely serrated,
while near the margins are several splashes of clear
green. "— Sander.

B41!ourii, Sander. "A decided acquisition for all dec-
orative requirements, strikingly and profusely varie-
gated. Its luxuriant pinnate leafage renders its deep
green and creamy white coloring the more attractive.
Each of the pinna3 forming the leaf is orbicular in
outline and deeply serrated, of a rich ivy green, abun-
dantly splashed with creamy white, the edges of the
leaves being entirely white. The stems are bronze-
green, specked with gray. The habit is compact and
bushy, well feathered from base to apex with foliage.
Introduced by us through our collector, Micholitz, from
New Caledonia."— Samder.

1628. Panax fruticosum.
var. Victoriae.

I

PANAX

PANDANUS

1199

The above comprise all the Panoses known to have been of-
fered in the American tnule, but there are many novelties in
Old World coUeetions, which may appear here at any time.
The garden plants are often named before they have bloomed,
and are therefore sometimes referred to the wrong genus.
Some of the names are here given: P. crispdtum,Bull. I>w rf:
Ivs. triangular, pinnate, the Ifts. deeply incised and toothed,
the lateral ones overlapping. Brazil.— P. Deleavdmmi, Hort.,
is properly P. fruticosum, var. Deleauanum, N. E. Brown. A
remarkable variation with digitate Ivs., the divisions ternate
or 2-ternate, the iiltimate segments variable, but cuneate at
base, toothed and cut and white-tootJied. Polynesia, I.H.
30:492. Known also as Aralia Deleauana.— P. diffusum. Bull.
Form of P. fi-uticosum, with bright green, crisped Ifts., which
are linear-oblong and spiny -toothed. Polynesia.— P. dtssec-
tum. Bull. Erect, branching, the 2-pinnate Ivs. drooping, the
Ifts. cuneate-obovate and toothed and often 2-lobed.— P. dumb-
sum, Bxill. Sliort-stemmed: Ivs. roundish ovate, pinnately
divided, the variable ultimate divisions spine-toothed. — P. fis-
sum. Bull. Stem marked with pallid spots: Ivs. 3-pinnate, the
Ifts. linear-lanceolate and whitish toothed. Polynesia. — P.
Master sidnum., Sander. Of climbing habit, with long-stalked
drooping pinnate Ivs. about 3 ft. long, the petiole greenish,
tinged with pink and marked with white, the Ifts. oblong-lan-
ceolate and toothed. Solomon islands. G.C. III. 2;{:242. — P.
tnultifidum, Hort., is properly P, fruticosum, var, multifidum,
N. E. Brown. Compact plant, with 3-pinnatisect Ivs. and lin-
ear or linear-lanceolate segments /^ in. or less long, with bris-
tly teeth. — P. JllHrraj/i, Muell. (Aralia splendidissima, Hort.).
Tree in its native place, with drooping, shining green pinnate
Ivs. 3-4 ft. long, and many oblong-lanceolate Ifts. 3-6 in. long:
umbels of brownish fls. in long, teroiinal panicles. S. Sea
islands. Austral. B.M. 6798. — P. oimdtitm, Bull. Lvs. long,
pinnate, the Ifts. narrow-lanceolate and deeply blunt-toothed.
Brazil. — P. sessilifi6rum,^\vpv. & Max., is described in Acan-
thopanax, its proper genus. L_ jj^ g_

PANCRATIUM CLatin, all-powerfuU referring to sup-
posed medicinal value). Amari/lliddceie . Pancratiums
and Hyiuenocallis, sometimes called Spider Lilies or
Spirit Lilies, form a beautiful group of bulbs, hardy or
tender, some blooming in winter, others in summer,
and all characterized by the singular and beautiful floral
structure known as a starainal cup and pictured in Vol.
II at page 788. This cup is white and has the texture of
petals. It is fringed or toothed in a great variety of
ways. The filaments growing out of the cup are long
or short. The perianth segments are generally long,
slender and gracefully recurved. Thus many fanciful
variations of the Spider Lily type are produced.

The names of these charming plants have been
shifted back and forth between Pancratiums and Hy-
menocallis until horticulturists have come to despair.
The latest monographer of the Amaryllis family (J. G.
Baker, in Handbook of the Araaryllidese, 1888), distin-
guishes the two genera as follows: Pancratium has
many ovules in a cell and the seeds are black and
angled by pressure; Hymenocallis has few ovules in a
cell, and the seeds are usually solitary, large, and with
a thick, green, spongy coat. Pancratium is an Old
World genus: Hymenocallis is a New World genus, S.
iSenegamhica, an African species, being an exception.

For generic description and culture, seeSytnevocallLs.
Also notes by Miss L. Greenlee in Vick's Mag. 20:181,
where, however, the picture labeled P, ornafum prob-
ably represents P. ovrt/ifm, which i% Hymenocallis ovata.

A. Perianth -tube 1-3 in. long.
B. Staminal cup small, 3-4 liiies long.
Illyricum, Linn. Fig. 1629. Lvs. 5-6, strap-shaped,
glaucous, 1^2-2 in. wide: scape 1 ft. or more long: fls.
6-12 in a centripetal umbel; perianth-tube 1 in. long;
segments 1>2 in. long; staminal cup with long, narrow,
2-cut teeth; free portion of filaments 6-9 lines long:
seeds not compressed. Summer. Corsica, Sardinia,
Malta, S. Italy. B.M. 718. Gn. 48, p. 246. -Hardiest,
commonest and best.

UB. Staminal cup large, 1 in.long.

maritimum, Linn. Fig. 1629. Lvs. 5-6, linear, glau-
cous, persistent, finally 2-2K ft. long: fls. very fra-
grant; perianth-tube 2-.3 in. long; staminal cup very
prominent, the teeth short, triangular and regular ;
free part of filaments 3 lines long. Spain to Syria.
B.R.2:161.

AA. Perianth -tube 5-6 in. long,

tortuosum, Herb. Same section as P. verecunclum.,
shown in Fig. 1629, but not in the trade. Lvs. 6-12,

76

linear, spirally twisted: fls. 2-4 in an umbel; staminal
cup over 1 in. long, distinctly toothed between the short
free tips of the filaments. Autumn and winter, Arabia
and Egypt.

1629. Pancratium : types of three sections of.

At the right, the short peri.inth-tube and small stam-
inal cup of P. Illyricum. At the left, the relatively
short tube and large cup of P. maritimum. At the
top, the long tube and small cup of P. verecundinn, to
which P. tortuosum is very closely allied. (From B.M.
andB.R.)

P. Amancces, Ker.= Hymenocallis Amancses. — P. amoenum,
Andr. = H. ovata. — P. calathlnum, Ker. = H. calathina.— P.
Cariboeum, Linn.= H. Caiibaea. — P, corondHuni, Le Conte =
H. crassifolia. — P. floribunduni, Hort. Said, 1893, is not ac-
counted for by Baker.— P. frdgrans, SaUsb.=H. ovata, but P.
fragrans, Willd.= H. Cariboea. — P. Galvestone/ise, Hort., pre-
sumably=H. C-falvestonensis. — P. Hdrrisii, Hort., is presum-
ably H. Harrisiana. — P. littordle, Jaeq.^H. littoralis. — P.
MexicanxLin^'R. lacera. — P. ovdtum, Mill. = H. ovata.— P. ro-
i(«iM??i, Ker. = H. lacera. — P.undulatum, HBK.= H. undulata.

W. M.

PANDAWUS (Latinized Malayan name), P^indanclcem.
ScKE^v Pine. Screw Pines are tropical plants often at-
taining the size of trees, and remarkable for their stilt-
like aerial roots, and the perfect spiral arrangem&nt of
their long, sword-shaped lvs. Their general appearance
is singular. See Fig. 1633. They bold aloft a few
long, scarred, naked branches, each one of which is
crowned by a tuft of lvs. The aerial roots gradually
lift the trunks out of the ground, but they doubtless
anchor the trees also. They are, however, difficult
organs to explain. Pandanuses are also remarkable for
their spines, which are rather small but very numer-
ous, all the same size and arranged at regular intervals
along the whole of each gracefully recurved sword-
shaped leaf — a perfect expression of formal linear
beauty.

Two species of Pandanus are of the first importance,
P. Veitchii and P. nfilis, the former variegated, the
latter not. (See Figs. 16.30-32.) Young plants of these are
amongst the most popular of all foliage plants for home
decoration. They are especially suited for fern pans
and table decoration. They are grown to a very large
extent by wholesale florists and palm specialists. Every
conservatory has them, and occasionally P. utilis is

1200

PANDANUS

PANDA N US

grown to a considerable age and height for the sake of
a perfect specimen of the spiral habit of growth on a
large scale. See Fig. 1631. In the tropics P. utllis is
as valuable to the natives as many palms. The fruits
are edible, and the roots furnish fiber for ropes, bas-
kets, mats and hats, as do also the leaves, which are
\ised in making paper and nets. In Mauritius the leaves
of P. odoratisshnns are used to make the bags in which
coffee, sugar and grain are exported.

Screw Pines are widely distributed in the tropics, but
they are most plentiful in the Malay Archipelago.

. 1630. Pandanus Veitchii.

There are more than 50 species. Trees or shrubs, rarely
stemless or prostrate herbs: trunk slender or robust:
Ivs. very loug or moderately so. There is only one
other genus in the order, — Freycinetia. This has nu-
merous ovules in the locules, while those of Pandanus
are solitary in the carpels. Also Freycinetias are usu-
ally scandent.

The botany of Pandanus is almost hopeless. Panda-
nus presents an acute example of the stock difficulties
with foliage plants: flowers and fruits rarely produced
in cultivation ; no monograph ; original descriptions
scattered through many rare and costly books, and
often faulty; geographical distribution too wide ever
to permit them to be accounted for in one flora; fls. and
fr. too complicated and out of the ordinary to describe
within reasonable limits; species coming and going;
mixtures in the trade. Even the standard botanical
works are of little help to the horticulturist, for the two
points of view have scarcely anything in common. But
Pandanus has peciiliar difficulties, for the plants are
dioecious, and one never knows what the sex will be
until the plants flower. There is a good horticultural
review of Pandauus in Gn. 25, p. 134 (1884), but the
best account is that written by W. H. Taplin for the
Florists' Review 2:.'i87, which has been revised for
the present occasion by Mr. Taplin. -^^ jj_

In general, the species of Pandanus are not difficult
to manage and under favorable conditions they are rapid
growers. They require a high temperature, 65-70°,
and little or no shading during the winter months, es-
pecially for the variegated kinds. A satisfactory soil is
good loam enriched with old manure. As tbe plants
make many coarse roots, it is best not to pot them too
firmly, and during the summer to give them abundance
of water. If the atmosphere is moist there is little need
for syringing overhead, and particularly during winter.
Overwatering, if coupled with an accidental low tem-
perature, may lead to an attack of "spot."

Certain species, as P, Veitchii, produce suckers freely.
Cuttings of these root easily at any season. Rooting is
hastened (as in the case of the pine-apple} by keeping
the cuttings somewhat on the dry side until they are

callused, meanwhile giving them a fair amount of bot-
tom heat.

P. utilis is propagated by seeds, which are a regular
commodity and sure to germinate well. Seeds should
be planted in light soil and placed in a warmhouse.
The seeds should be set "bottom up," as this is the end
from which the germs emerge. 'The seeds are odd-look-
ing, being closely set in a more or less globular mass
that hangs down on a stout stem, while the individual
seeds, or rather fruits, are compound and often contain
8 or 10 germs, the latter being inclosed in cells of a
tough, horny substance within the body of the fruit.
Some gardeners soak the seeds before planting, but
the writer has found no gain after soaking seeds of P.
utilis for 48 hours in tepid water.

P. Veitchii is one of the very best variegated plants
for decorative purposes. Its endurance as a house
plant depends largely on the conditions imder which
it has been grown. Soft and sappy specimens are liable
to rot.

P. utiJls is second in importance in the trade, but is
usually obtainable in much larger quantities owing to
the readiness with which the seeds may be obtained and
germinated. Plants in 3-inch pots, 8 inches high, i-etail
at about 25 cents; plants in 6-inch pots, 18 inches high,
about $1. Handsome specimens 3 feet or more high,
witl^ the screw character well developed, are worth
from $5 to $10. P. ^itilis is a rapid grower and requires
generous treatment as regards soil and water, and gives
little trouble unles6 spot develops. The spot is caused
by the burrowing of a minute insect in the leaf. Its pro-
gress seems to be favored by overwatering. Badly
affected plants should be thrown away, as they are
likely to be permanently disfigured. In case of a light
attack, keep the plants somewhat drier and dose them
with sulfur.

Among variegated kinds P. Candelabrum, var. varie-
gatus, is perhaps second in beauty only to P. Veitchii,
but, unfortunately, it is too spiny and the spines on the
lower side are reversed, so that the plant is difficult to
handle. It suckers freely.

Among dwarf kinds P. graniinifolius excels. It is
only 2-3 ft. high when fully developed, and it is at its
best in a 4- or 5-inch pot. It is suitable for the center of
fern pans and is readily increased by cuttings.

For large specimens P. heterocarpus is a noble plant.
It is rather susceptible to overwatering in winter. The
writer has never seen it produce suckers. The same
is true of P. Vaudermeeschii . Theoretically, any Pan-
danus will produce suckers if one has the patience to
wait for them to develop on old specimens, or if the cen-
tral growth be cut out.

Among the more spiny kinds P. reflexus is unique in
habit, the leaves of a well-grown plant being so much
recurved as to hide the pot.

P. Bapfistii and P. caricosus are newer sorts. The
former is variegated. P. caricosus is dwarfer than
P. Baptistii, and has narrow, green leaves but little
armed with spines. It branches freely and might be
briefly described as a very strong P. (framinifoUuSj
though perhaps less useful for trade purposes.

W. H. Taplin.

Pandanus Sanderi, or as it has been termed the
"Golden Pandanus," will not only become a great rival
to the popular Pandanus Veitchii, but will, as soon as
it is introduced and can be produced in quantity, out-
rank it as a commercial plant on accoimt of its more
decided, intense and attractive markings. The variega-
tion of P. Sanderi is of a pleasing creamy yellow, dis-
tributed in some instances with alternate bands of
green, while in others the half of an entire leaf will be
marked with this creamy yellow variegation, while the
young g:rowth in the center assumes an orange bronze
color. The entire plant is suffused with a golden sheen
in a manner difficult to describe.

The variegation throughout the plant is more decided
than in P. Veitchii: this especially appears to be the
case in larger-sized specimens, say in plants 3 to 4 feet
high, where the lower or older leaves attain a much
more brilliant color, while in P. Veitcliii this lower foli-
age loses much of its original brightness, and iinder
ordinary circumstances frequently turns entirely green.

PANDANUS

PANDANUS

1201

The growth of the plant also appears more graceful,
the leaves being recurved in a more pleasing manner,
and suckers very freely. j. 0. Eisele.

Baptistii. 3.
Candelabrum, 2. 14,
caricosus, 11.
Forsteri, 6.
Fosterianus, 6.
furcatus, 9.

INDEX.

grarainifolius, 8.
heteroearpus, 10.
Javanimis, 2.
odoratissimus, 12.
ornatus, 10
pygmseus, 7.

reflesnis, 13.
Sanderi, 4.
utilis, 5.

Vandermeescliii, 15.
variegatus, 2, 12.
Veitchii, 1.

A. Foliage variegated.

B. Lvs. variegated with white.

c. Midrib not white 1. Veitchii

cc. Midrib ivhite 2. Candelabrum

var. variegatus
BB. ZfVS. variegated ivith yelloiv.
C. Yelloiv stripe down the cen-
ter 3. Baptistii

cc. Yellow stripes alternating

with green 4. Sanderi

AA. Foliage not variegated.

B. Spines reasonably short.
C. Habit of Ivs. stiff, erect,

D. Color of spines red 5. utilis

DD. Color of spines yelloxvish

green 6. Forsteri

CO. Habit of Ivs. more or less ^ -^

recurved: color of spines 'A

xisually white.

D. Growth divarf 7. pygmaeus

8. graminiiolius

DD. G^'owth strong 9. furcatus

10. heteroearpus
H. caricosus
12. odoratissimus
BB. Sjnnes disagreeably long.

c. Habit of Ivs. very much re-
flexed 13. reflexus

cc. Habit of Ivs. more or less re-
curved 14. Candelabrum

ccc. Habit of Ivs. stiff, nearly

erect 15.Vandermeeschii

1. Vditchii, Hort. Fig. 1630. Lvs. 2 ft. long, broader
than in P. titilis, somewhat recurved, spiny, dark green
in the center, margined with broad bands of white.
Polynesia. A.F. 4:570. F. 1871, p. 177. Gn. 2, p. 501.

2. Candelabrum, var. variegatus, Hort. (P. Javdnictis,
var. variegatus, Hort,). Lvs. 3-6 ft. or more long, mar-
gined white; marginal spines white; spines on the
midrib of the lower surface reversed. Java. F.R. 2 :389.
V". 9:20. Lowe 36. — Perhaps ranks second in beauty
only to P. Veitchii, but unfortunately it is too spiny.
Lvs. drooping, narrower than in P. Veitchii. See No. 14.

3. BAptistii, Hort., offered by Saul and
Pitcher & Manda; has a yellow stripe down the
center. Taplin says it is a rapid grower. Not
in Index Kewensis.

4. SAnderi, Hort. Sander. Habit tufted: lvs.
30 in. long, with minute marginal spines, not
unlike those of P. Veitchii but of denser habit,
and differing much in the variegation, which
in this case is golden yellow, and in place of being con-
fined to the margin, or nearly so, it is distributed in
narrow bands of yellow and green in alternation through-
out the length of its leaf. G.C. III. 23:249. R.H. 1898,
p. 230. G.M. 41:686. A.G. 19:455. -Taplin says it is a
rapid grower.

5. utilis, Bory. Figs. 1631-3. Attains 60 feet in Mada-
gascar: lvs. glaucous, erect, 1-2,% ft. long, spines red.
Madagascar. Here may belong I. H. 7:265 {P. niauri-
tianus); B.M.. 50U (P. C a ndelabru?n) ; R.H. 1866:270
{P. flagelliformis, or flabell if ormis) . A.F. 4:571. — Nich-
olson refers P. odoratissimus to P. utilis.

6. F6rsteri, Moore (P. FosteriAnuSy Hort. Siebrecht).
Lord Howe's Island. Better accounted for in Voss'
scheme on next page,

7. pygmaeus, Thore. Low, spreading shrub, not over
2 ft. high in the center, but sending out from the base
numerous horizontal, rooting, annulated branches: lvs.

about 4 ft. long, spirally arranged inS's, linear-subulate,
with a clasping base; margins and keels fringed with
small white spines. Mascarenes. The above descrip-
tion taken from B.M. 4736, which is a doubtful specimen.

8. gramini£dlius, Kurz. Lvs. 12-18 in. long by 3^
lines wide; marginal spines minute, straight. Burma.
P. graminifolius of the trade has never been carefully
distinguished from P. pygmcpus, and, according to
Nicholson, it is a species of Freycinetia. F.R. 2:388,
where Taplin says it has a tufted, much-branched habit,
dark green lvs. about ^4 in. wide, not so stiff as most
species; spines short, whitish.

9. furcatus, Roxb. Tree, attaining 30^0 ft.: lvs.
15-20 ft. long, somewhat glaucous beneath; spines 1-2
lines long, curved. India. R.H. 1879:290; 1881, pp.
174, 175.

10. heteroearpus, Half. f. Branching tree, with slen-
der trunk, very numerous roots and spreading branches:
lvs. lanceolate-acuminate, dilated and clasping at the
base, erect-spreading, leathery, strict, greenish, often
somewhat glaucous at the base, rather flat margin cov-
ered with small red, slightly incurved spines; lower
midrib furnished from the middle with distant spines
of the same character. Mascarene Islands. — A very va-
riable species, approaching P. utilis, but distinguished
by habit. Taplin says that P. ornatus of the trade is
synonymous with P. heteroearpus : "Strong-growing,
with broad, dark green foliage; spines white; under
side of lvs. slightly glaucous."

11. caricosus, Spreng. Shrub: lvs. 5-8 ft. by 2-23^ in.,
slightly glaucous; spines minute, white, relatively few:
male inflorescence erect. , Moluccas. R.H. 1878, p, 405.
— Offered by Van Geert, of Belgium. •'■

12. odoratissimus, Linn. f. Height 20 ft.: lvs. light
green, 3-5 ft. long; spines short, white. India, Arabia.
G.C. III. 17:14. — A scent which is much esteemed in Java
is obtained from the male fls. The above description is
from Nicholson. The species is not satisfactorily ac-
counted for in the Flora of British India. Var. varie-
gatus, Hort. , secured by Reasoner from the West Indies,
is identical with what the florists call P. Javanicus.

13. ren6xus,Lodd. Lvs.morecompletely recurved than
in other common species, 5-6 ft. long, dark green, shin-
ing; spines long, white, those on the midrib of the
lower side reversed. Mascarene Islands. F.R. 2:387.
-Adv. 1895 by Pitcher & Manda.

1631. Pandanus utilis.

A young Screw Pine just beginning to show the spiral
character.

14. Candelabrum, Beauv. Candelabrum Tree.
Chandelier Tree. Tree, attaining 30 ft. "Lvs. 3 ft.
by 2 in., dark green; spines brown " (Nicholson). Trop.
Africa. B.M. 5014 is doubtful, referred to P. utilis.— l^ot

1202

PANDANUS

PANICULARIA

advertised in Amer., but for the popular variegated
form, see No. 2.

15. Vandermeeschii, Balf. f. Lvs. stiff, suberect,
2J^-3 ft. long, 13-.J-2 in. broad, very glaucous; margins
red and thickened; spines strong, red; midrib red,
prominent, spiny. Attains 20 ft. in Masearenes. G.C.
III. 18:237. — Taplin says it is stouter and usually more
upright than P. VeitcMi; its lvs. are dark green and the
plant does not produce suckers. The spelling Vander-
meerschii is probably incorrect.

Anothee View or Fandanus.
In the third edition of Vilmorin's Blumengiirtnerei,
Voss gives a very different treatment of Pandanus. It
has every evidence of being based upon living plants in
German conservatories. A portion of it is here trans-
lated and rearranged. Voss makes the species-endings
feminine because of the old Latin rule about the gender
of trees.

INDEX TO voss' SCHEME.

Candelabrum, 3. laavis, 5. pygmjea, 6.

caricosa, 2. Madagascariensis, reflexa, 4.

FoTSteri, 1. 1. iitilis, 1.

fmrcata, 2. nitida, 7. Vandermeeschii, 1.

graminifolia, 6, 7. odoratissi7na, 1, 5. Yeitchii, 8.

Javanica, 8. omata, 4.

A. Touvg plants with unhranched stetns.
B. Upx>er side of lvs. flat on each half.

1. iltilis, Linn. (P. odoratissima, Jacq.). Margin of
lvs. purplish red, strongly spiny: lower side of lvs. with
a keel. Var. Madagascariensis, Van Houtte (P. Van-
dermeeschii, Balf. ) . Lvs. tliickly white-powdered at the
base. jP. i^o?'S^^?'i", Moore, from Lord Howe's Island: lvs.
light green and shining above, bluish green beneath;
spines yellowish green.

BB. Upper side of lvs. more or less keeled on each half.

2. furcS,ta, Eosb. (P. carJcSsa, Hort.). A fast grower;
large specimens occasionally flower in German conser-
vatories and then branch. Lvs. light green; spines
lighter, marginal ones erect, those of the keel below
recurved.

3. Candelabrum, Beauv. In this and No. 2 the stems
are thin and the aerial roots very thick. Lvs. blue-green;

AA. Toung plants with scarcely any stem.
4. reJ16xa, de Vriese. Lvs. strongly reflexed; spines
on margin and lower keel strong; no keels above. P.
orn&ta, Lara., lacks the spines on the lower keel, but is
otherwise the same.

1632. Young specimen of Pandanus utilis,

(Rather narrower-lvd. th.in the type).

spines light colored, tipped brown. The inference is
that this species is distinguished from No. 2 by the
spines of the lower keel not being recurved.

1633. Pandanus utilis.

An old Screw Pine in the tropics. (Adapted from
The Garden.)

AAA. Young plants freely branched from the ground.
B. Spines absent or only a few at the apex of lvs.

5. leevis, Roxb. (P. odoratissima, Noronha). (Not
adv. in America, but inserted because of its synonym
and the interest attaching to a spineless Pandanus.)

BB. Spines present and sharp.
c. Upper side of lvs. flat on each half.

6. pygmsea. Thenars (P. grramfniW^ia, Hort.). Dwarf,
and densely bushy, with many aerial roots: lvs. dark
green; marginal spines whitish.

cc. Upper side of lvs. more or less keeled on each half.

7. nitida, Kurz. (P. graminifolia, Hort. ). Shrubby,
attaining 8 ft. Lvs. remarkably shiny on both sides ; the
lower keel lacks spines.

8. Javinica, Hort. Bushy: lvs. dark green above,
only slightly shining, beautifully striped with white;
marginal spines straight; spines of the lower keel bent
back. P. Veitchii, Lem. Lvs. shining on both sides,
striped yellowish white, sometimes all yellowish white;
spines not half as long as in P. Javanica. -^^ ]\j_

FANIGITLAEIA (Latin name referring to the pani-
cled spikelets). Glyceria of the trade. Gramineo!. A
large genus of swamp grasses inhabiting all parts of
the temperate zone, and characterized by ample pani-
cles, many-fld. spikelets with only the 2 lower glumes
empty; the others firm in texture, obtuse, strongly 5-7-
nerved, rounded on the back, and without cobwebby
hairs ; styles present. Only the following are in the
American trade :

AmericElna, MacM. ( Glyceria grdndis,Wa,ts., also Hort.
Glyceria. aqudtica, Amer. authors). Reed Meadow-
Grass. Tall, erect and stout (3-5 ft. high), glabrous:
lvs. large and broad (3-8 lines broad), spreading: pani-
cle very large (8-15 in. long), mostly dark brown, its

PANICULARIA

PANSY

1203

branches long and spreading: spikelets 4-7-fid., 2-3
lines long: flowering glumes llinelong. North America.
— Good for planting in wet places for the margins of
aquatic gardens, etc.

nervata, Kuntze [GJyceria nervdta, Trin., also Hort.).
Nerved Manna-Grass. Lower aud more slender (1-3
ft. high), erect, glabrous: Ivs. much smaller (2-3 lines
widej : panicle 3-8 in. long, greenish, its branches long
and spreading: spikelets 3-7-fld., 1-1/^ lines long;
flowering glumes three-fourths of a line long. North
America. —A graceful native grass growing in damp
ground or shady places. k;_ ji, "Wiegand.

PANICFM (old Latin name of Italian millet, Setaria
Italica, said to be derived from paniculuniy a panicle;
alluding to the usual form of the inflorescence ) .
G-raminece-. An immense genus of grasses scattered
over the world, especially in the tropics. Several hun-
dred species have been described, while conservative
authorities place the number at about 300. Several of
our bad weeds belong to this genus, such as crab grass
(P. sanguinale), and barnyard grass (P. Crus-galli),
also several food plants, as Indian millet (P. miliaceiiin] ,
fcjonwa millet (P. fruinenfaceum), and Shama millet
{P.colomim). Their importance as forage grasses is
very insignificant when the number of species is taken
into consideration. This is largely from the fact that
the species, as a rule, are not gregarious, and to the
fact that they are not well represented in the meadows
and prairies of temperate and northern regions. An
important forage grass of the warmer regions is, how-
ever, guinea grass (P. maximum). Spikelets with one
terminal perfect flower, and below this a second flower
which may be staminate, neutral or reduced to a glume;
therefore 4 glumes, the 2 lower and often the third
being empty. The flowering glume is characterized by
being of a much firmer texture.

virgatum, Linn. An upright grass with stiff culms,
2-6 ft. high: spikelets iu loose, compound panicles,
usually more or less purplish, sharp-pointed; first
glume half as long as spikelets, 5-7-nerved, second
and third glumes of about equal length, 5-7-nerved. A
hardy perennial used for ornamental purposes. Native
of eastern U. S. R.H. 1890, p. 525; 1896, p. 572. M. 14.
p. 215; 29, p. 235; 37, p. 245.

sulcatum, Aubl. A tall perennial, 4-6 ft., native of
tropical America: Ivs. large, 1 in. or more broad, some-
what hairy, conspicuously plicate: panicle narrow,
about 1 ft. long, with many ascending branches, bearing
short-pedicelled spikelets throughout their length, and
also scattered bristles: spikelets pointed: lower glume
one-half, second glume two-thirds the length of third
and fourth, all strongly nerved.

plic^tum, Lam. Called "palm grass" in the South,
where it is cultivated for ornament. Native of East
Indies. Resembles the preceding, but Ivs. broader and
nearly smooth, and panicle larger and more bristly:
spikelets similar. R.H. 1862, p. 290; 1896, p. 572. Gn.
12, p. 517; 31, p. 487; 37, p. 245.-Woolson. of Passaic,
N. J., says it grows 4-6 ft. high in the hardy border
and makes a fine stately grass; useful for winter
bouquets. A variegated form is figured in F.S. 17:1743
under the name foUus niveo-viitatis.

Crug-g^lli, Linn. Barnyard Grass. The cultivated
form is known as Japan Barnyard millet. The ordinary
form is a weed in cultivated soil. The form in the trade
is used for fodder. Another form or closely allied spe-
cies (P. friitneniaceum) is used in India for its grain.
Panicle made up of numerous dense alternate spikes:
spikelets crowded on two sides of a 3-sided axis: sec-
ond and third glumes more or less awned. Annual.

capillire, Linn. Old Witch. Grass. A common
native annual grass and weed, recommended for culti-
vation on account of its ornamental purple panicle,
which is ample and loose, the spikelets being borne on
slender hair-like pedicels. R.H. 1890, p. 525; 1896, p. 572.

inilia,ceum, Linn. True Millet. Broomcorn Millet.
Spikelets all pedicellate in an umbel-like, drooping pan-
icle, each with 3 empty glumes and 1 flower. — A tall an-
nual grass (3-4 ft.) with soft Ivs., grown for fodder, but
not in common use in this country. Cultivated from

prehistoric times. Grown somewhat extensively i;i
China and Japan, and southeast Russia. Native coun-
try unknown, but probably East Indies. More fully dis-
cussed in Farmer's Bulletin, No. 101 U. S. Dept. Agric.
What is usually grown in the United States under the
name of Millet is ISetaria Italica and its varieties.
P. uariefiradtm^Oplismenus Burmanni. For P.Germanicuni,
see Setaria. a. S. Hitchcock.

PANSY, The Pansy is everywhere a familiar flower.
There is much character iu it. The dower is often
likened to a face. It appeals to personal feeling. In
fact, the word Pansy is only a corruption of the French
pensie, meaning thought. The old folk-name, heart's-
ease, is also associated with the familiar place which the
plant has occupied ; it signifies remembrance. The
Pansy is one of the oldest of garden flowers. Parkinson
mentions it as a flower-garden subject in 1629. When
critical study began to be given to the kinds of plants,
the Pansy was so dis-
tinct from wild species
that its specific iden-
tity could not be deter-
mined with precision,
and, in fact, this is the
case to the present
day. It is generally
considered, however,
that it has descended
from Viola tricolor [sn^Q
Viola), a small peren-
nial violet native to the
cooler parts of Europe.
In its nearly normal or
unimproved form s.
Viola tricolor is now
grown in gardens. Fig.
1634. It is a most in-
teresting plant, be-
cause handsome-flow-
ered and variable. The
flowers of this violet
usually have three
colors or shades, mostly blue, whitish and yellow, but in
the different varieties one of the colors strongly pre-
dominates. A form with very small and inconspicuous
flowers (var. arvensis) has run wild in many parts of
the country.

Pansies are perennial, but they are grown practically
as winter or spring annuals. Commercial growers sow
the seeds in fall, and sell great quantities of the seedling
plants before winter sets in. These plants are bloomed
in frames or cold greenhouses, or they are planted in
the open for spring bloom. Plants are also started in-
doors in late winter for spi'ing bloom. Pansies delight
in cool, moist weather; hence the American summer is
not to their liking, and they usually perish. A new
stock of plants is started every year.

The modern improved Pansies run in strains or fami-
lies rather than in definite varieties. These strains are
maintained at a high grade by the best cultivation and
the closest attention to selection. The seed of the best
strains is necessarily expensive, for it represents much
human care. The stock usually runs down quickly in
other hands. It should be renewed from the seed-
breeder each year if the best results are to be main-
tained. These fancy and high-bred strains require extra
care in the growing. Most of the best strains are of
European origin. They are usually known by the name
of the breeder. The chief points of merit iu the high-
bred Pansy are size of flower, brilliancy of coloring,
arrangement of colors. The flowers may be self-colored
(of only one color) or parti-colored. The parti-colored
flowers are of three general types: 2 banner petals and
3 central petals of different colors; petals all margined
with lighter color; petals all striped. There are all grades
of intermediate differences. The colors which are now
found in Pansies are pure white, purple-black, pure yel-
low, different shades of blue, purple, violet, red-purple.
Pansy flowers are now grown 3 in. across. Fig. 1635.

With the above accoimt may be compared Gerard's
description of Pansies in 1587. He pictnros the Hearts-
ease or Viola tricolor with small violet-like flowers, the

1634. Viola tricolor.

Nearly or quite the original form
of Pansy.

1204

PANSY

PANSY

petals standing apart from each otlier. The "Upright
Heartsease," or Viola afisurgeus tricolor, is represented
as a stouter and more erect plant, with rounder but
scarcely larger flowers. These are described as follows:
"The Hearts-ease or Pansie hath many round leaves at
the first comming up; afterward they grow somewhat
longer, sleightly cut about the edges, trailhig or creeping
upon the ground: the stalks are weake and tender,
whereupon grow floures in form & figure like the Vio-
let, and for the most part of the same bignesse, of three
sundry colours, whereof it tooke the syrname Tricolor^
that is to say, purple, yellow and white or blew; by rea-
son of the beauty and braverie of which colours they
are very pleasing to the eye, for smel they have little
or none at all. The seed is contained in little knaps of
the begnesse of a Tare, which come forth after the
floures be fallen, and do open of themselves when the
seed is ripe. The root is nothing else but as it were a
bundle of threddy strings.

"The upright Pansie bringeth forth long leaves
deeply cut in the edges, sharp-pointed, of a bleake or
pale green colour, set upon slender, upright stalks,
cornered, jointed, or kneed a foot high or higher ;
whereupon grow very faire floures of three colours,
viz., of purple, blew and yellow in shape like the com-
mon Hearts-ease, but greater and fairer; which colours
are so excellently and orderly placed, that they bring
great delight to the beholders, though they have little
or no smell at all: for oftentimes it hapneth that the
uppermost floures are differing from those that grow
upon the middle of the plant, and those vary from the
lowermost, as Nature list to dally with things of such
beauty. The seed is like that of the precedent."

L. H. B.

The Pansy is truly a "plant for the million." Its ease
of cultivation, hardiness and cheapness have made it one
of the most popular plants in this country. The under-

1635. Modern Pansies. Nearly 3^ natural size.

signed is inclined to believe that as many plants of
Pansies are sold as of all other plants,

Pansies were first improved from the original type in
Great Britain, where the cool and moist climate is well
adapted to their cultivation, and new varieties were
gradually brought out with larger flowers of varied
colors. For many years England and Scotland bore the

reputation of growing the best Pansies. About twenty-
five years ago, however, three French specialists, Bug-
not, of St. Brieuc, and Gassier and Trimardeau, of
Paris, made immense strides in developing the Pansy,
and their productions were a revelation to the horti-
cultural world. Such sizes and colors were previously
thought impossible. Trimardeau created a new race with
immense flowers and very hardy constitution. His strain
crossed with those of Gassier and Bugnot has given a
Pansy which is superseding the older English varieties.
It must be admitted, however, that the best results can
be obtained only at the expense of much care and culti-
vation and selection, and specialists only can be ex-
pected to reach the greatest degree of perfection. The
strains degenerate very soon unless constant attention
and care are bestowed on the plants. Gontrast the flow-
ers grown by Gassier and Bugnot themselves with the
strains sold nowadays generally under their names ! The
choicest flowers are removed so far from the type that
they produce but little seed and that of short vitality.
The seed has to be gathered by hand, and it is neces-
sary to go over the seed-beds every day. With the cheap
and common strains less careful methods of seed-gather-
ing are used. At the time of harvesting the plants
are all pulled out and laid in the shade for the seed to
slowly ripen, when the seeds are all cleaned at once.

In this country, with more extremes in temperature,
more care must be exercised than in Europe in the se-
lection of localities and exposure, and with the best of
care Pausies will not last very long in bloom. A posi-
tion sheltered from, high winds and exposed to the
morning sun will be found the most favorable, and soil
of a clayish nature well enriched will grow the best
Pansies. Frequent sprinklings also, to keep the ground
and foliage moist, will be of great benefit. The general
sowing for the production of early spring bloom is made
out of doors in August, while seeds sown indoors from
February to June will produce plants to flower inter-
mittently during late summer and the fall months.

When sowing Pansy seed on a considerable scale in
August, sow the seed broadcast in a seed-bed out of
doors, cover very lightly with fine soil or well-rotted
manure, aud press the seed in with a small board; then
mulch the seed-bed with long, strawy horse manure,
from which the small particles have oeen shaken off, to
the thickness of one inch, so as to have the soil well
and evenly covered. At the end of two weeks the plants
will be up. Then remove the straw gradually, a little
at a time, selecting a dull day if possible. Keep the bed
moist. This process for germinating Pansy seed is
recommended by Gassier, and the undersigned from his
own experience recommends it above all others. In
England and Scotland the choicest varieties are perpet-
uated by means of cuttings, but it seems to be impos-
sible to maintain the size for any length of time by this
means in North America.

If Pansies ate aesired for winter bloom, plant them
as soon as they are large enough on beds or henches
near the glass in the greenhouse. The temperature for
violets suits them very well. They are grown to a sliglat
extent for cut-flowers.

If wanted for exhibition purposes, keep them in a
lower temperature till January; some freezing, even,
will benefit them. Start them slowly into growth at a
temperature of between 30-40° at night, as a higher
temperature will diminish the size of the flowers. A
weak solution of guano or hen manure once every two
weeks will help them wonderfully. Flowers 4 in. across
can be grown for exhibition. During growth and bloom
maintain a rather low, even temperature, without actual
freezing, carefully avoiding extremes in temperature.

In favored localities Pansies designed for early spring
bloom receive no glass protection during winter, the
plants from the August sowing being transplanted in
the fall from the seed-bed directly into their permanent
quarters. Good Pansies can be grown out-of-doors with-
out glass protection as far north as Nova Scotia. Gen-
erally, however, it is much better to winter Pansies in
a coldframe, especially the finer strains. Pansies in
bloom should be partially shaded from the hot midday
sun, particularly the fancy-colored strains, the petals of
which are more delicate in texture.

Denys Zikngiebel.

PAPAVER

PAPAVEB

1205

PAPAVEE (old Latin name of dubious derivation).
Papaveracew. Popry. Poppies rank among tlie most
popular annual flowers in cultivation. Prom their as-
tonishing range of color, and
from the formidable list of
names given below, one might
suppose their botany very
complicated. It is, however,
easy to understand. There
are only 4 species commonly
cultivated and these are all
remarkably distinct. They
are (1) the Opium Poppy, (2)
the Corn Poppy, (3) the
Iceland Poppy and (4)
the Oriental Poppy.

1. The Opium Poppy,
P. soniniferitm, one of
the commonest and the

most variable. It is an an-
nual, of tall, stately habit,
and recognized at once by
the glaucous hue of its foli-
age. The flowers are the
largest of any of the annual
species, but unfortunately
they are useless as cut-flow-
ers because they drop their
petals.

2. The Corn Poppy of
Europe, P. Bhceas, is also

an annual, but a dwarfer plant, with green, hairy, finely
cut foliage and smaller flowers. This is the dehght of
every American that visits Europe. The Shirley Pop
pies are the best strain of this species; in our gardens
the flowers last longer than the common Poppies and
the plants are neater when out of bloom.

3. The Iceland Poppy, P. nudicauJe, is the gloiy of
the Arctic regions. It ranges over an immense teiritory
and varies remarkably both in the wild and the gaiden
Orange, red and white are the chief colors, besides
shades of yellow, but the flowers never attain the
brilliant scarlet of the Corn Poppy. Although the
Iceland Poppy is a perennial, it is short-lived and is
commonly treated as an annual. It is known for the
satiny texture and crimpled character of its petals.
The flowers are excellent for cutting, especially if
the young flowers are selected and cut in the early
morning, a principle which applies to many flowers
often supposed to be useless for home decoration.

4. The Oriental Poppy, P. orientale, is a longer-lived
perennial, and although it has the largest flowers of
any species in the genus it has nothing like the fame
of the Opium Poppy. However, it has the double ad-
vantage of being easily propagated by either seed or
division, and it has a considerable range of color,
which is said to be largely due to crosses with P. brac-
teatum. The latter may be only a botanical variety; it
differs in having large bracts below the flower.

The other species" are for the fancier. The Alpine
Poppy, P. alpinmn, was considered by Linnffius to
be a distinct species from the Iceland Poppy. How-
ever, every gradation has been discovered between the
typical form of P. nudicaiile of the arctic regions and
the common Poppy found in the Alps. The former has
a yellow flower, while the common Alpine Poppy is
white. Botanically, the Poppy of the Alps is generally
regarded as an extreme form of P. nncUcaule, char-

acterized by a dwarfer habit and more finely divided
foliage. For horticultural purposes P. nudicaiile and
alpinum should be considered to be distinct species.
The Iceland Poppy can be easily grown in the border,
while the Alpine Poppy demands rock-garden treatment.
The former does best in a moderately rich and light loam,
while the latter does better in a rather poor soil. Both
need full exposure to the sun, and P. alpinum probably
needs better drainage. The form of P. alpinmn which
has white petals with a green spot at the base may be
considered the typical one. This is shown in color in
Gn. 24:410, and also in Correvon's pocket guide to the
wild flowers of the Alps, entitled Flore Colorize, etc.
Correvon states that the yellow-fld. form (var. flaviflo-
ruvi) is found in the granitic Alps, the inference being
that the white-fld. form is characteristic of the calca-
reous Alps. Au orange-red Poppy is also found in the
Alps and on the continent is often called P, Pyrenai-
cum. The tendency in England is to make it a variety
ot P.midicaule. Whether all these plants are species
or varieties and how they should be named are matters
of opinion. The range of color has been indicated
above. Aside from color, the important points on which
these varieties are made and unmade are as follows: the
degree of hairiness of stem and capsule; whether the
hairs are appressed or spreading; the manner in which
the foliage is cut, and the shape of the capsule, which
varies from short, thick and subglobose to long, nar-
row and club-shaped.

Papaver is a genus of about 50 species, mostly natives
of the Mediterranean region. There is, however, one in
South Africa and another in Australia. Also a true
Papaver has been discovered in California, and has
been named P. Califor}iieum. (The "California Poppy "
of gardens is Eschscholzia. ) Papa-
vers are herbs with a milky juice,
bristly or smooth and often glau-
cous: Ivs. usually lobed or dissected:
peduncles long: buds nodding: fls.
every shade of red, violet, yellow
and white; sepals 2; petals 4; sta-
mens numerous; stigmatic lobes 4—
many: capsule globose, obovate or
top-shaped, dehiscing under the ver-
tex by transverse pores between the
placentae; openings .very small and
valve-like.

Opium is made from the milky
juice of P. somni-
ferum, which oozes
from shallow cuts
made in the young
capsules. The
seeds have no nar-
cotic properties and
are sold for bird
food underthe name
of " maw seed ."
They also produce
a valuable oil.
niivt Hybrids between

1636. Poppies m iMri 1 annual and peren-

the year 1613. ' " *

Five flowers from
Hortus Eystet-
(e/isis, (redrawn
and reduced, in-
dicating the an-
tiquity of some
of the main
types that are
popular today.
P. somniferum.

nial plants are
rare and inter-
esting. "At the
hybrid confer-
ence at Ohis-
wick in July

last, the late M. Henri Vilmorln, of
Paris, gave a very interesting account
of a successful attempt at hybridizing
the Opium PoppylP. $07nniferum}^ith
P. orientale or P. bracteaUtm, the

1206

PAPAVER

PAPAVER

hybrids of which did not produce seed until they were
again cross-fertilized with P. orientale, when a perma-
nent race of showy plants that grow freely from seeds
was obtained." F. IF. Bwrbidge, in Gn. 5«, p. 321 (1899).
There is no garden monograph of Poppies, but the
student may find an account of 38 species in Boissier's
Flora Orientalis 1:105-118 (1807).
The species are there arranged in
3 primary groups, — annuals, bi-
ennials and perennials. Ordinar-
ily this is an excellent arrange-
ment for the horticulturist, though
not for the botanist. In the case
of the Poppies it is not very
useful. The duration of several
kinds is doubtful, species which
are annual in the South behaving
as biennials in northern botanic
gardens. Moreover, for garden
purposes all Poppies are to be
treated as annuals for best re-
sults, with the exception of P.
orientale and bracfeatum, which
the gardener thinks of as one
group. The Oriental Poppy is,
in fact, the only long-lived peren-
nial Poppy. The Iceland Poppy
may live for several years, but
after the third year it usually de-
generates. It blooms the first year
from seed and the best results
are usually secured the second
year.

The following account of Shir-
ley Poppies is given by the Rev.
W. Wilks in The Garden 57, p.
385: "In 1880, I noticed in a waste
corner of my garden, abutting on
the fields, a patch of the common
wild field PoxipjiPapaverBJiceas),
one solitary flower of which
had a very narrow edge of white.
This one flower I marked and
saved the seed of it alone. Next
year, out of perhaps two hundred
plants. I had four or five

on which all the flowers
were edged. The best of
these were marked and
the seed saved, and so
on for several years, the
flowers all the while get-
ting a larger infu-
sion of white to tone
down the red un-
til they arrived at
quite pale pink and
one plant absolute-
ly pure white. I
then set myself to
change the black
central portions of
the flowers from
black to yellow or
white, and having
at last fixed a strain
with petals varying
in color from the
brightest scarlet to
pure white, with all

1637. Oriental Poppy,
Papaver orientale (X 1-5).

shades of pink between and all varieties of flakes and
edged flowers also, but all having yellow or white sta-
mens, anthers and pollen, and a white base." * * * Mr.
Wilks then distributed it freely to all. "My ideal," he
continues, "is to get a yellow P. Wif^as, and I have
already obtained many distinct shades of salmon. The
Shirley Poppies have thus been obtained simply by
selection and elimination. * * *

Let it be noticed that true Shirley Poppies (1) are
single, (2) always have a white base with (3) yellow or
white stamens, anthers and pollen, (4) never have the
smallest particle of black about them. Double Poppies
and Poppies with black centers may be greatly admired

by some, but they are not Shirley Poppies. It is rather
interesting to reflect that the gardens of the whole
world — rich man's and poor man's alike — are to-day fur-
nished with Poppies which are the direct descendants
of one single capsule of seed raised in the garden of
the Shirley Vicarage so lately as August, 1880."

W. M.
There is no way in which the lover of color in flowers
can gratify his taste so cheaply and so fully as by grow-
ing a good selection of Poppies. No other flower will
make such a gorgeous show in the border during the
months of July and the first half of August. To grow
the finest Poppies, plant the seed as early in the spring
as the ground can be worked. Cover very lightly, for
if planted deep the seed does not germinate. The best
way is to make the bed smooth and fine, scatter the
seed thinly, then rake gently, and firm the soil well with
a board or, better still, with the back of a hoe. When
the plants are up 2 or 3 in., thin to 6 in. apart for
the weaker growing varieties and 12 in. for the strong
growing P. so'mniferuni. Pick all the pods as soon as
the petals drop, unless one desires to save seed. This
treatment lengthens the blooming season and saves a lot
of trouble the next year. The seed is quite hardy, and if
left to ripen, the seedlings come up in countless numbers
the following spring. An advantage of self-sown seed
is that the plants bloom two weeks earlier than if
planted in the spring. Poppies must always be planted
where they are to bloom, as no annual Poppy will bear
transplanting. Poppies are so susceptible to cross-fer-
tilization that new strains are constantly arising. The
ease with which they can be originated has led to much
confusion in the seed catalogues.

P. somniferum, the Opium Poppy, is the commonest
kind in cult, and is sufficiently described elsewhere.

P. Bhcp.us, the scarlet field Poppy of Great Britain, is
the parent of many beautiful forms. Fig. 1B38. Of these
the best is the Shirley, the loveliest of all Poppies; the
flowers are of the most delicate silky texture and in every
imaginable shade and combination of white, pink, and
red, with yellow anthers. Var. t(jH6»-os«)»,the Fire Dragon
of some catalogues, is dark cardinal, with a black blotch
at the base of each petal, and purplish black anthers.
P. Icevigafum resembles P. wtbrositm, the fis. being the
same color, but the black blotch is margined with white
and the petals are more upright, not opening out so flat
as in P. Bhceas. Sometimes P. Iwvifiatnm comes semi-
double, but with this exception all the smaller double
Poppies are forms of P. Sha'as. The ranunculus-fld. has
all the gracefulness of the single form, with a wonderful
diversity of color, white through pink to the deepest crim-
son, and in every degree of doubleness from 2 or 3 rows
of petals to perfectly double. The varieties nmbrosum
and Shirley show atendencyto come double, though never
so completely as'the ranunculus-fld. The Rosebud and
New Japanese Pompone are selections from the ranun-
culus-fld. type. "Golden Gate" is a mixture of P. «m-
brosum, P. lavigatnni and P. ranuneiiUfloru'Hi in single
and double.

The best of the perennial Poppies are P. nndicmtle
and orientale. P. niidicaule, the Iceland Poppy, is one
of our most desirable perennials. Fig. 1639. If the flowers
are cut regularly and no seed-pods allowed to form, it is
in bloom from May to October. The fls. are on wiry stalks
12 in. or more long, and well adapted for cutting. The
colors are white, yellow, and orange-red; they are easily
grown from seed, and will bloom the flist year if sown
early. It is well to grow new plants every second year,
as in the colder parts of the country it is subject to
winter-killing when the plants get old.

Very different from the dainty Iceland is the gorgeous
Oriental Poppy, one of our most striking and showy gar-
den plants. Fig. 1637. The great fls., 6-8 in. across, deep
scarlet with a bluish purple base and stamens, are held
well above the foliage on stout leafy stalks. Unfortu-
natelv,tbe flowering season is short: 2 or 3 weeks in June
and their glory is gone. They also are easily grown
from seed and are very hardy. P. braeteatiim, deeTper in
color and more robust, is, strictly speaking, a variety of
P. orientale. Other varieties have orange, pink, and
salmon-colored flowers, but none of them are so effec-
tive in the garden border as the type.

P. glancum, the Tulip Poppy, is a weak, spindly

PAPAVER

PAPAVER

1207

grower if planted thickly. The fis. are of an intense
cardinal color, without black blotch; the outer petals
much larger than the inner, overlapping at the edges,
giving itthe appearance of a tulip. P. areuaritrm, in the
writer's experience, is scarcely worth growing.

R. B. WlTYTE.

aculeatum, 12.
albiJionim, 15.
album, 14, 15.
alpinum, 15.
arenarium, 7.
Atlanticum, 5.

INDEX.

French, 4.
Gariepbium, 12.
glaucum, 11.
grandiliorum, 2.
Greenlandicuni, 14.
Hookeri, 4.

aurantiacum, 14, 15. horridum. 12.

bracteatum, 3.
Bride, 1.
Californicum, 9.
cardiuale, 1.
Caueasiciiin, 6.
Chinese, 1.
coceineum, 14.
eormyiutatum, 4.
Corn, 4.
croceum, 14.
Banebrog. 1.
Dttnish Cross, 1.
Danish Flag, 1.
fimbriatum, 1.
Flag of Truce, 1.
flavittorum, 15.
ilavum, 15.
floribundum, 6.

hybridum, 2, 3.
immaeulatum, 2.
involucratum, 3.
Japanese, 4.
Japouicum, 4.
lievigatum, S.
luteum, 14, 15.
Mepbisto, 1.
Mikado, J.
Murselli. 1.
nanum, 2.
nudicaule, 14.
Opium, 1.
orientate, 2.
pseoniiBtiorum, 1.
paeouy-flowered, 1.
Parkmauni, 2. 3.
Pavoninum. 16.
Pavonium, 16.

Peacock, 16.
Persicum. 17.
pilosum, 13.
plenum, 2.
prrecox, 3.
puniceum, 14.
Pji-enaicum, 15.
ranunculiflorum, 4.
Rhceas, 4.
roseum. 3, 15.
rubro-aurantiacum,

14.
rubrum, 15.
rupifragum, 10, 5.
semiplenum. 2.
setigerum, 1.
Shirley, 4.
Sintenisii, 2.
somnifemm* 1.
splendens, 2.
striatum. 14.
sulpbnreum, 14.
Tulip, U.
umbrosum, 4.
Victorian Cross, 1.

A. Capsule not 'bristly.

B. Filaments dilated at apex.

c. Foliage glaucous 1. somniferum

CC. Foliage green.

D. Fls. not bracted 2. orientale

DD, Fls. with large, leafy

bracts 3. bracteatum

BB. Filaments not dilated at
apex.
C. Stem-lvs. not clasping.
D. Herbage decidedly
bristly or hairy.
E. Stigmatic rays 8-10. 4. Rhceas
EE. Stigmatic rays 6-8.. 5. rupifragum,

var. Atlanticum
EEE. Stigmatic rays 3-6.. 6. Caucaaicum
DD. Herbage sparingly
bristly or merely
pilose-pubescent.
E. Petals purple, spotted
dark.
p. X/vs. bipinnatisect. 7. arenarium
FP. I/vs. p innately

parted 8. laevigatum

EE, Petals brick -red,

spotted green 9. Californicum

EEE. Petals orange - red,

imspotted 10. rupifragum

CC. Stem-lvs. clasping 11. glaucum

D. Herbage bristly 12. aculeatum

DD. Herbage soft-hairy 13. pilosum

AA. Capsule bristly

B. Sterns leafless 14. nudicaule

15. alpinum
BB. Stems leafy.

C. Sepals appendaged: cap-
sule minute IG. Pavoninum

CO. Sepals not appendaged:

capsule large 17. Fersicum

1. somniferum^, Linn. Opium Poppy. Fig. 163G. Ro-
bust, glaucous and glabrous plant, 3-4 ft. high, with fls.
4-5 in. across, much larger than those of any annual
kind. Lvs. oblong, unequallj'^ toothed at the base; stem-
lvs. cordate at the base: petals orbiculate, every shade
from white through pink and red to purple, but not yel-
low or blue: capsule obovate, stalked, with a flat disk.
Greece, Orient. Gn. 9, p. 197. Gt. 40, p. 609; 44, p.
593. R.H. 1893. p. 349. S.H. 2:272.

Among the double forms there are two main strains
or types, the carnation-fld. and the p^eony-fld. (the lat-
ter P. pcBonicefldriim, Hort.}. The former has fringed

petals; the latter not. Both include a wide range of
color, and even a yellow form is advertised, but this
form is of doubtful authenticity. P. Murselli is an-
other strain of double fringed kinds, of which Mikado
is a favorite. P. fimbridtum is another trade name for
double fringed varieties. P. cardinale is not a botanical
name. It is the French name of Cardinal, another strain
of double fringed fls. Chinese Poppies are a double-fld.
race introduced from Chinese gardens in the early nine-
ties and comprising dwarfer than strains previously
known. R.H. 1893, p. 349. An exceptionally interesting
monstrosity has occurred in which there are no petals,
and the stamens are supposed to be transformed into
pistils which actually ripen seed. It was figured as long
ago as 1851 in P.S. 6, p. 242 and again in R.H. 1893,
p. 349. It seems to be no longer advertised, but it was
considered constant.

Among the single varieties, Danebrog is one of the
most striking and popular. The white spots at the base
of the petals form a cross. This var. is also known as
Danish Cross, Danish Flag and Victorian Cross. Of the
pure white kinds. Flag of Truce and The Bride are favor-
ites. Mephisto is scarlet, spotted black. About a dozen
other varieties are advertised by name.

Var. setigerum {P. setigerum, DC). P. setigerum is
no longer advertised, but according to Nicholson numer-
ous fine strains have originated from it. P. setigeritm
is now considered a hairy form of P. somniferum. It is
a violet-fld. plant native to Corsica and Hyeres. It dif-
fers in having oblong lvs. which are incised-tootbed, the
teeth being narrower and more pointed; also the cap-
sule is not stalked, as it sometimes is in P. somniferum.
S.B.F.G. 172.

2. orientale, Linn. Oriental Poppy. Fig. 1637. This
and the next are the most robust and large-fld. Poppies;
also the best, commonest and longest lived of the per-
ennials. Plants grow 3-4 ft. high and bear fls. 6 in. or
more across. Lvs. hispid, pinnately parted; lobes ob-
long-lanceolate, serrate: capsule obovate, with a flat
disk: stigmatic rays 11-15. In P. orientale the petals
are originally scarlet with a black spot. It was not until
late in the eighties that this species made a decided
break in color. A considerable class of hybrids with P,
bracteatum has arisen which extends the color range
through several shades of red to orange, sahnon and
pale pink. Some are unspotted, some are adapted to
ciitting, and doubling has made some progress. Among
the Latin names of varieties belonging to this class are
grandifldrum, hybridum, immaeulatum, nanum, splen-
dens, Parkmanni, plenum, semiplenum, and Sintenisii.
About a dozen have received common or personal names,
Asia Minor. Persia. Gu. 24, p. 459; 42:890. V. 12:33.—
T. D. Hatfield makes the following notes: "Oriental
Poppies are better divided after blooming, in late July
or August. They always grow in the autumn, and these
divided plants woiild start away and make good growth.
If divided in spring, they would not recover in time to
bloom. Any extra good variety can be increased largely
by cutting the roots into short pieces. This also is best
done in the summer time."

3. bracteatum, Lindl. {P. orientdle,Yiir.bracted.tV7n).
Differs from the preceding in having large, leafy bracts.
According to Boissier the color of this species in the
wild is blood-red and ot P. orientale scarlet. Also the
fls. of P. bracteatum are said to be earlier, the lvs. con-
cave instead of flat and the stigmatic rays 16-18 instead
of 11-15. Caucasus. Persia. B.R. 8:658. G.C. 1860:647.
—A variety with petals more or less united into one was
mentioned in 1862-5 in F.S. 15, p. 186, but it seems to be
unknown now. Vars. hybridum, Parkmanni, praecox and
Toseum are advertised. See also species No. 2. P. in-
volucratuvi, var. maximum, Haage & Schmidt, seems
to be a new and undescribed kind. The name suggests
that it may belong here.

4. EhSeas, Linn. Cokn Poppy. Pig. 1638. Tjrpically
a dwarf, green, bristly plant, with pinnately parted
foliage and fls. about 2 in. across, two of the petals
smaller than the others, all scarlet and spotted black.
Height 2 ft. or less. In cultivation every shade known
to the Opium Poppy has been reproduced in the Corn
Poppy, but the fis. »re always smaller. In the wild it
varies greatly, the foliage once or twice pinnately

1208

PAPAVEK

PAPAVEB

parted, the bristles many or few, appressed or spread-
ing, tlie fis. spotted or not. Eu., Orient. Gn. 30, p. 297.
— Up to 1886 tiie French Poppies were considered the best
strain. Since then the lovely strain Itnown as Shirley
Poppies has surpassed all otliers. This strain was de-
veloped by the Rev. W. Wilks, secretary of the Royal
Horticultural Society. It is one of the finest contribu-
tions to floriculture ever made by an amateur (see p.
120G). Var. ranunculifl6rum, Hort., is a strain with

1638. Corn Poppy of Europe, Papaver Rhceas (X K).

double fls. in various colors, self and variegated, with
the petals entire, rounded and somewhat reflexed. Var.
Jap6nicum, Hort., is a strain introduced about 1893 from
Japanese gardens, and said to have smaller and fuller
fls. than ordinary and of more varied shades. They are
called Japanese or Japanese Pompons. Rhceas was the
name used by the ancient Greeks and Romans for the
Corn Poppy.

Var. umbrdsum, Mottet(P.i(?H6rd.s»?», Hort.) , is a plant
with petals of a darker red than the typical P. JZhceas
and blackish spots. It was introduced by Vilmorin
about 1891, and was considered a marked gain in pro-
ductiveness. The habit is dwarf, compact, much
branched. Soon after a double form was distributed.
Mottet considers it a form of P. Wiceas, but some bot-
anists cousider it a form of P. commHtatuni. Judging
from a single trade specimen, the undersigned suX-)poses
it is a nearly glabrous form of P. Mhceas ; the buds are
bristly, but otherwise the plant has only a very few
appressed hairs on the peduncles and on the Ivs. along
the midribs. P. umbrosum was found growing wild in
Attica. P. eom.nmtahiin is a species closely allied to
P. Wtccas, and differs in having the petals obovate
and not overlapping instead of orbicular and overlap-
ping, while the anthers are ovate instead of oblong.
R.H. 1891, p. 431; 1893:12; 1893, p. 350. G.C. II. 22:49.
V. 9:187.

Var. Hodkeri (P. Rodkeri, Baker). A puzzling plant
found in the gardens of India, and of unknown parent-
age. It is nearest to P. Rhmas, and "differs in its great
size, for it forms a bushy herb 4 ft. high and upwards,
and in the great number of the stigmatic rays, which

are 12-20, i.e., nearly double those of P.Bhaas: the
fls., capsule and seeds also are much larger and the
stigma broader in proportion." The fls. attain 3M in.
in diam., and vary from pale rose to bright crimson,
with a white or black spot at the base. B.M. 6729. Gn.
29, p. 139. G.C. II. 25:9. Procurable from England. -
Said to revert occasionally to P. Rliwas.

5. rupiJragum, var. AtUnticum, Ball (P. AtJdnticum,
Haage & Schmidt) . Hoary and everywhere covered witli
copious spreading hairs except the glabrous capsule:
height 1-2 ft.: Ivs. oblaneeolate; hairs spreading: fls.
2-3 in. across; petals orange-red or scarlet; stigmatic
rays C-8: capsule club-shaped. Morocco, 6,000-7,000 ft.
B.M. 7107.

6. CaucAsicum, Bleb. (P. floribiindum, Desf. ). Bien-
nial, more or less setose: Ivs. bipinnately parted or dis-
sected: buds ovate: calyx glabrous or sparsely setose:
petals somewhat in pairs: stigmatic rays 3-6. Caucasus.
B.M. 1675 (brick-red, not spotted). B.R. 2:134.

7. arenirium, Bieta. Annual, .sparingly beset with
bristles Avhich are spri-ading on the stem and appressed
on the foliage: Ivs. twice pi niuitisect into minute linear
strips: fls. purple, with a dark spot at the base of each
petal; filaments not dilated: capsule obovate or top-
shaped, with a convex disk: stigmatic rays 7-9. Sandy
places in Caucasus and Caspian region. — Procurable in
England.

8. laevigatum, Bieb. Glabrous or with a few small
bristles: fls. purple, usually spotted; petals minute,
obovate : capsule narrowly top-shaped or club-shaped :
stigmatic rays 8-10. Greece, Orient. — It is doubtful
whether the plant .sold under this name is true, for in
G.C. III. 5:21 it is shown with large, roundish, over-
lapping petals.

9. Calii6rnicum, Gray. Anniial, sparsely pilose-pubes-
cent, 1-2K ft. high: Ivs. pinnately parted or divided
into acutish toothed or 3-lobed or entire segments: fls.
2 in. across; petals brick-red, with a green spot at the
base bordered with rose-red : capsule between club- and
top-shaped, flat on top. Santa Inez Mountains and north-
ward in California. Offered in 1891 by Peter Henderson,
who described it as "pinkish orange with center of sul-
phur-yellow." Probably procurable from Calif.

10. rupiJragum, Boiss. & Reut. Dull green, nearly
glabrous. Spain. The typical form offered in England.
See No. 5.

11. glailcum, Boiss. & Hausskn. TnLip Poppy. Per-
ennial, glaucous and glabrous except a few small, ap-
pressed bristles along the pedimcles, branched at the
base: stem-lvs. broadly cordate at the base, pinnately
lobed or parted; the lobes triangular, dentate; the teeth
obtuse, callous, muticous : petals large, scarlet, spotted
at the base: capsule ovate, stalked : stigmatic rays about
12. Syria. Gt. 40, p. COS, repeated in G.C. III. 10:527.
R.B. 20, p. 58. S.H. 2:467 and V. 15:37. R.H. 1892, p.
463; 1893, p. 350. Int. 1891 by Benary, of Erfurt. -The
charming plant sold under this name reminds one im-
mediately of a tulip because of the color and texture of
the flower, but especially because of its cup-like shape.
The two inner petals are smaller, erect, and make a loose
cup. The plants grow about 12-14 in. high and produce
50-60 large fls.

12. aculeatum, Thunb. (P. Garirp'intim, Burch. P.
h<irrichwi, DC). Annual, 1-4 ft. high: stem branched,
densely covered with spreading, rigid, unequal bristles:
Ivs. green, sinuately pinnatifid, the laciniations spine-
tipped: fls. scarcely 2 in. across; petals scarlet-orange,
unspotted: capsule glabroxis, oblong-obovate. S.Africa,
Australia. B.M. 3623. — The only Poppy known to in-
habit the southern hemisphere. Procurable in England.
Annual in S. Africa, but said to be biennial in northern
botanic gardens.

13. pildsum, Sibth. and Sm. Perennial. This flower is
about 3 in. across, brick-red, the petals all of a size and
with a pale spot at the base: stems tall and scabrous,
freely branched: Ivs. covered with velvety, appressed
hairs; stem-lvs. clasping, broadly oblong, lobed and
serrate: capsule glabrous, oblong-club-shaped : stigmatic
ravs 6-7. Rockv alpine heights of Mt. Olvmpus in
Bithynia. B.M. 4749. Gn. 41, p. 277; 42, p. 585.

PAPAVER

PAPHIOPEDILUM

1209

14. nudioaille, Linn. Iceland Poppy. Pig. 1639.
Typically a yellow-fld. arctic perennial, more robust
than the next, with divisions of the Ivs. entire or spar-
ingly cleft, and capsule short, thick and roundish. In
America this form is found as far south as southern
Colo, on the peaks of the Rockies. Gn. 2fi: IGi; 24, p.
342; 28, p. 58; 42, p. 584. V. 13:297. B.M. 1633; 3035
and R.H. 1890:60 {P. eroceicm). F.S. 10:1017 (as var.
croceum). The following varieties are advertised in
the trade : album, aurantlacum, coccineum, croceum,
striatum and sulphiireum. Double forms in the various
colors are advertised. Older names which are likely to
reappear are vars. liiteum, puniceum, and rubro-auran-
tiacum, B.M. 2344. P. croceum, Ledeb., a native of the
Altai Mts., is a form nearer to P. nudicaule than it is
to alpinuni. The name "nudicaule" refers to the lack
of Ivs. on the stem which distingtrishes this and the
Alpine Poppy from the common Corn Poppy of Europe.
P. Greenldndic2(7n , Hort., is possibly a catalogue name
for P. nudicaule.

.1^;" >"/<

1639. Iceland Poppy, Papaver nudicaule (XM).

15. alpinum, Linn. Alpine Poppy. Typically a fra-
grant white-fld. perennial of the European Alps, of
dwarfer habit, with divisions of the Ivs. cut into many
fine and narrow secondary divisions, and a longer and
narrower capsule approaching club shape. Gn. 24:410.
L.B.C. 5:434. The following varieties are advertised:

albifldrum, album, aurantlacum, Jlavifldrum, Jlavum,
Pyrenaicum, roseum and riibrum. P. luteum, Hort. Ell-
wanger and Barry, belongs here, but P. Intetim of the
botanists is the Welsh Poppy, Meconopsis Cambrica.

IG. Pavoninum, Fisch. & Meyer (P. Pavdnium, Nichol-
son Diet. Gard. ). Peacock Poppy. Annual, sparsely
hispid-pilose: Ivs. pinnately parted, the divisions ob-
long-linear and incised-toothed: petals scarlet, dark-
spotted : capsule minute, ovate: stigmatic rays 4-5.
Sandy places of Turkestan and Afghanistan. G.C.
II. 26:329. — Botanically it is very distinct by reason
of 2 short, horn-like appendages, one on each sepal
near the tip on the back. Int. 1886 by W. Thompson,
Ipswich, Eng., who added the following points: "dwarf,
1 ft. high, neater and less weedy than most annual Pop-
pies : petals with a gray spot at the base and a horse-
shoe-shaped band of black. In the early part of the
day the Hower seems to have a white eye, surrounded
by one complete ring of black." A good plant produced
100 flowers.

17. PSrsicum, Lindl. Biennial, setose-hispid: stem
tall, branching, pyramidate : Ivs. pinnately parted :
buds oblong: calyx setose: petals overlapping at the
margin : capsule large: stigmatic rays o~ii. Persia.
B.R. 19:1570 (petals brick-red, with or without a white
spot at the base). This has been, and may still be, con-
fused iu the trade with P. Caucasicum. Both are glau-
cous, and both advertised in England, but they are
biennials.

P. album, Hort. Bridgeman. is presumably a double white-
fld. variety of the Opium Poppy. — P. coccineum, Hort. Bridge-
mau, is presumably .1 double scarlet-tld. variety of the common
Poppy.— i*. maculatuni, var. superlium., Haage & Schmidt, is
presumably a form of one of the common species. "^_ jj^

PAPAW is Carica Papaya ; also Asiniina.

PAPER MULBERRY. See Broussonetia.

PAPER PLANT. See Oyperus Papyrus and Papyrus
antlquoruin.

PAPHINIA (Paphos, city of Cyprus, sacred to Venus).
O^xhUUlcece . A rare and pretty genus of orchids, having
the habit of small Lycastes. The curiously shaped fls.
are borne on pendent scapes which are mostly 2-fld.
Sepals and petals similar, spreading; mentum obsolete:
labellum uppermost in the flower. They may be easily
grown with Lycastes, and should be planted in fibrous
peat and moss. During the growing period they require
a liberal supply of water.

cristata, Lindl. Pseudobulbs ovate, 1-3-lvd. : Ivs.
lanceolate, 4-6 in. long: scapes pendent, 1-2-fld. : sepals
and petals lanceolate, acuminate, spreading, the latter
a little smaller ; all streaked above and transversely
banded below with deep crimson or chocolate-brown
markings on a whitish ground; labellum much smaller,
chocolate-purple ; the 2 lateral lobes oblong, pointed,
half spreading, separated from the middle lobe by a
deep constriction; middle lobe triangular-rhomboid,
with an erect crest and clavate glands on the disk, and
bordered in front by a fringe of clavate hairs. June-
Aug. Trinidad. B.M. 4836. B.R. 21:1811 (as J/a^ii-
larla cristata).

rugdsa, Reichb. f. Pseudobulbs small, rounded: Ivs.
small, linear, acuminate : fls. waxy, creamy white, cov-
ered with red spots, which run together in blotches.
Colombia.

grandifldra, Rodrig. {P.grdndis,'Reiahh.f.). Fls. choc-
olate-brown, striated on the lower half of the sepals and
petals with greenish yellow and cream color, margins
cream: labellum dark purple at the base, with an ob-
long, cream-colored middle lobe, and a pair of small
lobes on each side. Brazil. G.C. III. 14:561. — A curi-
ous orchid.

P. Lawrenciana= Lycaste Lawrenciana ?

HeINKICH HASSELBEma.

PAPHIOPfiDILFM (Paphinia (above) and word for
sandal). Orcliidaeew. A section of Cypripedium sepa-
rated by Plitzer. It is distinguished by the 3-loculed ovary
and by the conduplicate arrangement of the ivs, in the

1210

PAPHIOPEDILUM

PARASITE

bud. Pax writes in Engler & Prantl's Piianzenfamilien
that the "ovary is completely 3-loculed, or 1-loculed be-
low and only the tip divided into 3 locules." The species
have not been revised and will be found under Cypripe-
dinm and Selenipedium.

P. barhdtum., Pfitz. (Cypripedium barbatum, LindL).~P.
B6xalli, Pfitz. (Cypripedium Boxalli, Reichb. f.). — P. caudd-
tu7n, Pfitz. (Selenipedium caud.atum, Reiehb. f. ).

Heinrich Hasselbring.

PAPPOOSE BOOT or BLUE COHOSH is Caulopliijllum
ihaJU'troidcs, a native plant that does not appear to be
in the general trade.

PAPtEUS antiqudrum (Fig. 1640), the Egyptian
Paper-plant, is Gyperua Papyrus, which see for tech-
nical description. It is a tall-growing, graceful aquatic,
bearing an umbel of long and slender branchlets. It
does not endure frost. It is much used for bedding out
about ponds in the summer. The plants for bedding are

lj.,..j»>^

1640. Papyrus antiquorum.

propagated in January and February, by division of the
roots that were brought in from the open in autumn.
The plants are kept quiet until the roots are divided.
The roots are divided into small pieces, and the divi-
sions are started in a warm sand propagating bed. As
the plants grow, they are potted. By late spring the
plants should be ready for use in shallow pools in the
°Ps°- L. H. B.

PARACHUTE FLOWER, adv. by Blanc, 1900, is Oero-
peffia Sdnderso}ii , Decaisne, from So. Africa. Asclepia-
dAcece. It is a tall-twining plant with iis. of most un-
usual shape and structure. It is figured in B.M. 5792,
from which the following extracts are taken: "Stems
stout, succulent, as thick as a goose-quill. . . . Lvs.
small and distant for the size of the plant, shortly
stoutly petioled, 1 K-2K in. long, ovate-cordate, obtuse,
thick and succulent, nerveless, deep green like the

stems. . . . Corolla 2% in. long, curved at the base,
tube 2 in. broad across the top; tube slightly inflated
and green at the base, expanding into a funnel-shaped,
5-angled transparent limb with opaque green reticulated
veins; this presents 5 short distant lobes on its margin,
which bears the 5 curious horizontal appendages that
together form the umbraculiform cap to the flower: this
cap is a bright verdigris-green, pitted on the surface
and formed of 5 confluent convex lobes with a conical
central papilla; each lobe is 2-lobed at its outer margin,
and the margins are turned up and bear a series of
transparent, flat, erect hairs within the border."

Ceropegia contains about 80 species, mostly African.
Several species are known in European collections, but
when the first volume of this Cyclopedia was written
none had been offered in the American trade. Some of
them are bulbous-rooted. They demand a warm or in-
termediate house, and are propagated by cuttings of
the stems. All the species are odd. l_ jj_ b_

PAEADlSEA (said to be from Paradise, of which this
plant is supposed to be a fit inhabitant). Often written
Paradisia. St. Bruno's Lilt. Lili&cece. St. Bruno's
Lily and St. Bernard's Lily are advertised in nearly
every good-sized catalogue of hardy herbaceous plants,
as Anthericntn Liliastruvi and Anflwrii-um Liiiacjo,
but the former should be called Paradisia Liliastrum.
Both these plants have white, lily-like fls., borne in
early summer on scapes a foot or more high. The fls. of
both are tipped green outside. The lvs. are linear, all
radical, and a foot or so long. Both plants are natives
of middle Europe, and by their popular names recall
the life-saving monks of the Alps. It is no wonder,
then, that they are often confused. The Paradisea has
larger fls., which are funnel-shaped rather than rotate,
but the fundamental differences upon which Paradisea
is made a separate genus lie in the stamens. In Para-
disea (according to Bentham & Hooker), the anthers
are attached at the middle of the back and are versatile;
in Anthericum the anthers are attached at their base
and are erect. Moreover, the stamens of Paradisea
arehypogynous; of Anthericum, perigynous. Following
are some of the other differences as given by Baker in
Journ. Linn. Soc. 15:280, 287, 301 (1877):

Paradisea LiJidstrutn, Bertol., has 6-8 lvs.: scape 12-
24 in. high : raceme 2-10-fld. : bracts lanceolate : perianth
18-21 lines long: style 15-18 lines long; ovary and cap-
sule oblong.

Anthericum Z/ilidgo, Linn., has 12-20 lvs.: scape 6-15
in. high: raceme (sometimes panicled) 10-20-fld. : bracts
linear: perianth 6-9 lines long: style 5-6 lines long:
ovary and capsule globose. Some of the above char
acters will not hold for cultivated plants.

P. Liliastrum, var. major, Hort., is said to be a much
larger and better form than the type, growing 2-3 ft.
high and bearing more and larger fls. Gn. 9:1 (as An-
thericum Liliastrum var.) has fls. 2 in. long and 2K in.
across. y^ jj_

PARADISE FLOWER. Strelitzia regime.

PARAGUAY TEA. Ilex Paraguariensis, not in the
Amer. trade.

PARA NUT. Bertlwlletia.

PARASITE. A parasitic plant is one which fastens
itself upon another plant (or other organism), and,
stimulated by the latter, either grows into its interior,
or sends certain sucking organs into its tissues by means
of which a part or all the nourishment necessary for the
Parasite is obtained. A plant which lives upon dead
organic substance is termed a saprophyte (which see).
The most common Parasites are to be found among the
fungi, which are the abundant causes of plant diseases,
— such as rusts, smuts, and mildews. These fungous
Parasites secure all of their nourishment from the host,
or plant attacked, and most commonly grow within the
tissues until ready to form their reproductive bodies, or
spores. There are also Parasites among flowering
plants. Of these there are two principal classes; (1)
those green in color, or chlorophyll-containing, such as
the mistletoe and the bastard toad-flax; and (2) those
practically de'-oid of chlorophyll, such as the dodder

>
I

PARASITE

PARK

1211

and the broom-rape. Members of the first class are ac-
tive photosynthetically, and may manufacture their own
carbonaceous material from CO2 and water, while mem-
bers of the second class must receive all or nearly all
similar foods from the host. There are all gradations
between Parasites and saprophytes; there are plants
parasitic at one stage and saprophytic at another, and
there are those which are at once parasitic and sapro-
phytic. B. M. DUGGAK.

PAEASOL, CHINESE. Sterculia platanifoUa.
PAKASOL PIE or TEEE. Sciadopltys verticUlata.
PAEASOL PINE. Pinus Pinea.
PAEDANTHUS. See BeUmcanda.

PARIS (name discussed below). Herb Paris. Love
Apple. LiUacem, Everyone who knows and loves a
Trillium will be interested in the Herb Paris, which
differs from a Trillium in having its floral parts in
4's instead of 3's. There are about 8 species alto-
gether, and in some of them the floral parts are in
higher numbers than four. They resemble Trilliums in
being small, hardy, rhizomatous plants, found in moun-
tainous countries of the north temperate zone, and even
in the arctic regions. Also they have a single whorl
of Ivs. at the top of the scape and a single flower, but
in Paris the outer perianth segments are more herba-
ceous and calyx-like, while the inner ones are much
narrower and less showy, being mere strips of petal or
even entirely absent.

The name Paris is an interesting one. The berry of
the plant is compared to the apple of discord, while the
four leaves surrounding it are likened to Paris and the
three envious goddesses, Juno, Minerva and Venus.
Others think the name is derived from par, equal, refer-
ring to the agreement in number between leaves and
floral parts.

quadrifdiia, Linn. Herb Paris. True Love. Height
^~VZ in.: Ivs. netted-veined (very exceptional among
monocotyledons): peduncle rising 1-2 in. above Ivs.:
perianth segments yellowish green, the 4 inner ones
rather more yellow: berry bluish black. Rarely the Ivs.
and floral parts are in 5's. The dominant European
type, scattered all over Eu. and Siberia from the Arctic
circle to the Mediterranean, in woods and shady places,
but usually very local. Pis. in spring or early summer.
Gn. 31, p. 165.— Not advertised in America at present.

W. M.

FAEIS DAISY. Chry santliemum frutescens.

FAElTIUM tiliaceum is referred to Hibiscus in this
work. It is a handsome shrub or small tree, of 10 to 30
feet, bearing considerable general resemblance to the
cotton plant, for which travelers have sometimes mis-
taken it. In Porto Rico it is often planted for hedges
along roadsides, and is very abundant in waste places
near the sea. It was already widely distributed in
America in prehistoric times, and has now been intro-
duced throughout the tropics.

It is valued for its very strong bast fiber, which has
much similarity to .jute, but differs in the peculiar prop-
erty of maintaining or even increasing its strength
after long maceration in water. The extraction of the
fiber for the manufacture of cordage and other pur-
poses offers no special difficulties. It has also been
recommended for paper-making. At present it is uti-
lized in Porto Rico for domestic purposes only, all the
home-made ropes being twisted from it. The conditions
are, however, very favorable for the cultivation of
emajaffua on a large scale, should more extensive indus-
trial uses be found for it. q p_ CooK

FAEE. Plate XXV. A tract of considerable size set
apart primarily for enjoyment. Meaning originally, in
England, a place for the preservation of deer for the
chase, the word is oft«n used now to denote the land-
scape character commonly associated with such deer
parks. In the United States, when the original signifi-
cation is meant, the word is modified, as deer park,
game park, etc. As a type of landscape the park is
characterized by comparatively broad stretches of pas-

ture lying between irregularly and rather widely spaced
masses of tree foliage. It is extremely simple and quiet
in character, and while it often contains many other
elements, such as ponds or running water, thickets of
bushes under the trees or occasionally outstanding,
houses, bridges or other artificial structures, these fea-
tures are all subordinate as well as harmonious if the
scene can be called typically park-like.

Private Parks attached to country houses, in America,
are usually so called because they have, or are intended
to have, something of this park-like type of scenery. A
place departing very widely from this type is called,
according to its character, a wood or grove, a garden, a
farm, or more vaguely by the general term country-place.

Public Parks are so called, not because their scenery
is necessarily of the type properly associated with the
word "park," but because converted Royal Parks wei'e
the most notable public pleasure grounds of English
cities at the time when they began to feel the need of
making municipal provision for the outdoor recreation
of their growing populations. The earliest important
pleasure grounds of municipal construction were based
upon these and upon private parks as models, and the
name "park " came to be so attached to municipal under-
takings in the way of outdoor recreation, that it is now
almost indiscriminately applied to any tract of land set
apart for public enjoyment, regardless of the kind of
enjoyment or the character of its scenery; but the best
usage appears to confine the meaning of public park to
a tract of considerable size, leaving the lesser spaces to
be called squares, gardens, playgrounds, places, etc.
Another special use of the word in America is its ap-
plication to tracts of land in the West, many square
miles in extent, either set apart by government, as
Yellowstone P.ark, or naturally distinguished by the
presence of comparatively gentle grazing land in the
midst of rougher country. " Park " is also used in a
more general way to indicate the general purpose of any
open land devoted to public recreation, or of the organi-
zation controlling it, etc., as "park system," "park de-
partment," etc.

A large city park system usually contains parks of
varying size and character and many smaller pleasure
grounds. No rigid classification can be made, but the
following may be regarded as reasonably distinct types,
each having its own field of usefulness, its own merits and
its own limitations. In practice the lines between these
types cannot be distinctly drawn, but poor results are
often due to losing sight of the distinct and often con-
flicting motives which have given rise to these types.

1. The large rural Park (Plate XXV. Figs. 1641-3),
generally from 200 to 1,000 acres, is in most cases the
chief feature of a city park system. It is seldom under-
taken except by large cities or cities so rapidly growing
that the need of such provision can be clearly foreseen.
Its main object is to provide conveniently in some de-
gree for the inhabitants of large cities that sort of rec-
reation which is to be obtained by strolling or driving
in a pleasant country district. There is no doubt that

1641. Vista in a large rural Park.

the enjoyment of beautiful natural scenery is to the
majority of city dwellers one of the most refreshing
antidotes for the wearing influences of citj' life. Where
cities are of moderate size and are surrounded by a
beautiful country district, this enjoyment is readily
accessible to the mass of the population, and it has for-

1212

PARK

v^^^

PLAN OF

PROSPECT RAPK

eOROUGM OF BROOKUVN

^nnnnnnni ^i^fe

1642. Plan of Prospect Park, Brooklyn, to illustrate the large rural park.

tunately become more so in proportion to the size of
the cities within the last fifteen years through the de-
velopment of trolley car lines and the use of the bicycle;
but this increased accessibility of the country has been
in part offset by the growth of the cities during the same
period, and by the serious impairment of the rural quiet
of the suburban regions through the same cause — im-
proved cheap transportation. It is therefore necessary,
if the people of large cities are to have easy access to
refreshing rural scenery, that the municipality should
withdraw from its taxable area a tract sufficiently large
to provide such scenery within its own limits. The cost,
both directly in money and indirectly through interfer-
ence with the street system and with the normal com-
mercial development of the land, is necessarily very
great, and only the purpose of providing beautiful scen-
ery, thoroughly contrasting with the city life and
measurably sequestered from all its sights and sounds,
can justify this cost, because almost all the other
purposes served in public recreation grounds can be
met more economically and far more conveniently in
smaller areas distributed throughout the city. The
essential characteristics of a well-designed and well-
managed park of this class are, therefore, that all of
the numerous other objects which it may serve are
subordinated to the provision of beautiful scenery and
to rendering this scenery accessible and enjoyable by
large numbers of people, and that the subordinate ob-
jects are met only in such waj's and to such a degree
as will not interfere with the simplicity and the rural
and natural quality of the scenery.

Although Central Park, in New York, is the most
noted park of this class in America, it can hardly he
taken as the most typical example on account of its
rocky, complicated topography, its unfortunately nar-
row shape, owing to which the surrounding high build-
ings to a great extent dominate its scenery, and to the
interruption offered by the great reservoirs which cut it
into two independent parts. Prospect Park, in Brook-
lyn, begun in 18()0, is here described in some detail for
the purpose of affording a concrete example of the
principles that the writer wishes to illustrate respect-
ing rural parks. Fig. 1642 and Plate XXV.

Prospect Park has an area of 5263^ acres. Its main en-
trance is about 3f< miles from New York City Hall, or
1% miles from Brooklyn City Hall. It is approached from
the city by four lines of trolley cars, but is at the city

end of the Parkway System, so that it must be reached
through ordinary streets. The chief features of its de-
sign are: 1st, the open, park-like landscape of the Long
Meadow; 2d, the woodland section, hilly and rising to
an elevated outlook; 3d, the lake and its surroundings;
4th, a series of minor passages of scenery and ele-
ments of interest fitted in at points not appropriated
for the main effects. The most characteristic and jnost
valuable part of the park is the Long Meadow with
its surrounding masses of wood, from the shade of
which the outlook ranges over one of the most beauti-
ful and simple park landscapes in the country. But
one is not brought directly to the Meadow from the
outside streets. One goes at first through a foi-mal plaza,
then through a retired, shady ante-chamber, just long
enough to give a sense of retirement from the city, then,
if on foot, through an archway under the drive, that
does away with the nervousness of crossing a throng of
carriages, and then one comes out suddenly upon the
joyous, sunny greensward. Its extent— over 50 acres —
is enough to secure an effect of breadth and enlarged
freedom without bringing its whole expanse into a sin-
gle view. One can see that it reaches beyond the pro-
jecting groves and scattered trees that form the back-
ground of the main composition, and he is tempted to
stroll on and open up the prospects thus suggested. The
surrounding groves are freely used for picnic parties,
and although much of the ground is tramped bare
beneath the trees, but little serious harm is done. A
carrousel or merry-go-round with 'its loud, mechanical
organ, the only discordant feature of the place, was
removed to this point a few years ago. This piece of ap-
paratus was originally designed to be in a retired section
devoted to children's games, where all sorts of amusing
apparatus might be placed without intruding on the park
at large. The children's playground, not being shady
or attractive for its purpose, has now been transformed
into a rose garden. On the lower edge of the Long
Meadow are the pools which are at the source of the
park ornamental water system. They illustrate both the
value of water in a park landscape and the practical
difficulty of securing and maintaining agreeable natural
shores within the confines of a large city. Where the
banks are clothed with shrubs the effect is admirable,
hut wherever the grass-land comes to the water's edge
and in many places where shrubs once grew, the ground
has become foot-worn to utter bareness. Little iron

PARK

PARK

1213

railings in parks are in themselves no protection in great
public resorts, and even wire fences may entirely fail
to prevent people from trampling some of the shady
banks and rockeries into barrenness. Adequate policing
and prompt repair of points that cannot withstand too
free use is the only remedy, and these should
never be lacking in all city parks. Leaving
the Meadow, the water flows down through a
ravine in the woodland portion of the park,
wholly overshadowed by trees with a varied
undergrowth. Through this woodland sec-
tion the paths and drives are comparatively
narrow, numerous and intricate, as befits
the intricacy and detail of sylvan scenery,
and points of special interest are marked
by simple rustic seats, shelters, outlooks,
and the like. In the southern part of the
park is a lake 62 acres in extent, of arti-
ficial formation, but of natural appearance.
It is large enough to afford good boating in
summer and skating in winter for large num-
bers, as well as providing innumerable broad
and beautiful water views. Electric launches
carry passengers around a 2M-mile circuit for
ten cents. The shores of the lake are for the
most part wooded with tree plantations, now
well grown, and are very attractive except
where indiscriminate use has worn them bare
or where the originally intended wild under-
growth is lacking. Parts of the shore have for
contrast the open meadow character, a char-
acter which will be emphasized when some
of the planted trees are cut, as necessary. Several im-
portant points were chosen in the design of the park as
places for the gathering of large and dense crowds, and
were planned with that end in view. The first of these
was the concert grove near the east end of the lake.
The great breadth of bare ground or pavement wherever
large crowds gather frequently, makes absurd any
attempt to simulate natural scenery in such a place, and
in the design of the concert place a grove of formally
planted trees with architectural accessories was made
upon gently rising ground, arranged radially at one
side of a little bay in the lake, upon an island in which
the band-stand was to be placed. Upon another side of
the bay a large concourse for carriages was also pro-
vided, and in connection with the formal treatment of
the concert grove was built a shelter, a restaurant and
a terrace overlooking the main drive. While the grove
was still so young as to be unattractive a band-stand
was erected in a natural grove near the Nether-
mead, a place in which the intricate woodland scenery
with its brook and pools and shrubbery, and the cor-
respondingly intricate arrangements of narrow paths
and bridges, bridle path and drive, were unfitted for
accommodating a large crowd. Here the people are
now drawn in thousands, wheelmen, carriages, horses
and people on foot, all trampling about together among
the trees and where the grass and bushes once grew.

and blocking the narrow bridges. The unused concert
place now has a display of bedding plants. The second
gathering place was at the top of Lookout Hill, which
rises 100 feet above the surrounding country and com-
mands a noble view extending out to sea. Here is a

1643. Water scene in a large rural Park.

1644. Edge of the concert grove in Prospect Park.

large carriage concourse, although a shelter and other
provisions designed for those on foot are not provided.
The plantations upon the flanks of the hill have now
become so high and so continuous that the views are
nearly closed. A third point, the Breeze Hill Con-
course, which originally enjoyed a good view of the
lake as well as a good breeze, has now grown up so that
it is no longer attractive as a view-point and has been
converted into a plantation for perennials, as a Colonial
Garden. Of the other subordinated features of inter-
est may be mentioned the Deer Paddock, the Wild Fowl
Pond, the Vale of Cashmere, the Archery Grounds and
the Greenhouses. The space set apart on the plan for a
Deer Paddock is a detached open area of suitable park-
like kind; this land is now used as a nursery ground,
and the deer have been introduced on steep and broken
ground in the midst of the woodland section. The Wild
Fowl Pond is in such a situation that there is little
temptation to go down and injure its steep banks by
walking along them, and the effects of the views from
path, road and shelter across its surface to the pictur-
esque foliage of its opposite margin are admirable,
especially when it is enlivened by moving birds. The
Vale of Cashmere is a narrow valley containing a little
winding pool and filled with a rich and varied massing
of rhododendrons and other flowering shrubs and ever-
greens, growing in an irregular and pictiiresque man-
ner. However a visitor may be impressed
by any of these special features with their
strong, individual characters, he need see
none of them that he does not particu-
larly care for, as they are all self-contained
and do not obtrude themselves upon the
dominant park landscape, for the sole ob-
ject of securing which the limits of the
park were extended to their present size.
The above remarks illustrate the type of
changes that are likely to occur in all pub-
lic parks, and for this reason they may be
suggestive to the reader.

2. The small city park- (Fig. 1644-5), from
ten to two hundred acres or thereabouts, is
usually an effort in the same general direc-
tion as the large rural park, with a limita-
tion fixed by the difficulty of setting apart a
large body of land in one piece at a point of
access to a large population. It is almost
impossible to attain within so small a space
the degree of sechision from the city and
the sense of breadth, simplicity and free-
dom that are the essential features of the

1214

PARK

PARK

landscape of a rural park; yet small passages of inter-
esting and agreeable scenery are often attainable, and
the obviously artificial objects which may intrude upon
them can often be so treated as to harmonize with the
effect. The scenery can seldom be quite natural in ap-
pearance, but it can often be very beautiful, a certain
elaboration, elegance aud even magnificence taking the
'place of the more quiet and restful simplicity of the large
park, in a way that appeals very obviously to many peo-
ple, and there is therefore more or less tendency to
develop large parks in the same direction. It is un-
fortunate that it should be so, for as these ends can
be attained almost as well upon small parks as upon
large, it is clearly a mistake to treat one large park in
this style instead of several of smaller size so distrib-
uted as to serve conveniently a larger population. It
is because more cities have small parks of this elabor-
ate and what might almost be called gardenesque treat-
ment than have large and simple rural parks, that so
many people have a perverted conception of what con-
stitutes a park.

Morningside Park, New York (Fig. 1645), is an ex-
ample of a small city park upon an extremely rugged
and picturesque site, planned, in order to enhance this
quality, with an avoidance of decorative elaboration. It
occupies a craggy hillside strip from 200 to 500 feet wide
and % of a mile long,with a difference of elevation of from
50 to 100 feet between one side and the other, rendering
the land unfit for streets or buildings. From its situa-
tion as well as its narrow shape it is essentially unse-
cluded; indeed one of its most notable features is the
impressive and utterly unrural view which it offers
over the busy streets and houses of Harlem, that
stretch away from its base. This view and the boldness
of the crags is emphasized by a stone terrace along the
upper edge, supporting a promenade and a tree -lined
boundary street. Convenience of passage is met by
numerous broad paths, with masonry steps fitted to the
irregularities of the ledges. The planting among the
ledges was designed to be of the tangled sort such as
often clothes broken ledges naturally, while the more
level land at the base of the crags is treated by contrast
as a smooth lawn, with scattered trees. The natural
boldness of the crags is partly lost by an effort to ex-
tend tm*f over every possible area, and the shrub plant-
ing is possibly rather too garden-like in style to be in
entire accord with the situation, but in general the park
is treated in a manner approaching that of the large
V parks, although without any attempt at complete rural
seclusion. It contains a little over thirty acres, ex-
clusive of the various boundary streets and prome-
nades.

More commonly small parks are used for the display
of interesting and showy flowering shrubs and trees,
and make a feature of fountains, statues and other
sculpture more or less good. In moderation and skil-
fully used such objects, together with terraces and
other architectural work, are entirely appropriate and
desirable in parks of this class, and add much to the
effect of elegance and richness. The predominant pur-
pose is to please the eye, as in the large parks, but in a
way that has often a little of the element of spectacular
effect and certainly more of interest in the individual
objects than in the case of the quiet rural park. The
enjoyment is more closely related to that offered by
architecture and decorative design and other pleasiires
forming a part of the daily city life.

3. Neiglihorliood pleasure grounds are spaces of
varying size coming within the scope of the park sys-
tem, and including numerous aims other than the en-
joyment of scenery. Sometimes the leading feature is
a playground for athletic sports, sometimes a sort of
outdoor kindergarten for little children, sometimes a
concert grove and promenade, sometimes a menagerie,
sometimes a public bathing place or boating place. The
area is usually restricted, and, as the name indicates, the
object is to offer the maximum of outdoor recreation
for the people of a single neighborhood, when they
have not the time to go far afield. As children out of
school hours are most in need of such provision, play-
grounds form an important feature in many grounds
of this class; but in all the best examples the means
of meeting the various practical requirements, whether

athletics, band concerts or what not, are so arranged as
to produce a pleasing effect on the eye as well. This is
the more difficult from the fact that these grounds get
very hard usage: aud it is practically impossible to
maintain a respectable turf on the area devoted to a
playground. This is sometimes left in loam worn bare
in streaks and patches by the playing, but it is better
surfaced with well-compacted gravel. So far as any
single example can represent this class, which must
vary in every element with local conditions, Charles-
bank, in Boston, may be taken as an illustration. This
playground occupies a tract of about ten acres upon the
borders of the Charles river at a point near a district of
considerable congestion, and occupied by a population
of a poor class. A promenade was established on the
edge of the sea wall about two thousand feet in length,
and between it and the undisturbed streets a play-
ground was laid out, having an average width of about
two hundred and fifty feet. Within this long, narrow
belt of public ground were established two outdoor
gymnasia, each with a running track and a building for
dressing and bathing. One of these outdoor gymnasia
was designed for women and children and the other for
men and boys, and they are at the opposite extremities of
the playground. The tract between them was laid out
with walks, trees, shrubs and turf, and was intended pri-
marily to appeal to the aesthetic senses. The Charles-
bank has well proved the practicability of maintaining,
within the very heart of the city, a tract of ground oc-
cupied by greensward and trees despite the fact that it
is frequented by thousands of men, women and chil-
dren. The city of Boston provides free instniction in
gymnastics upon the playground, and yearly over 70,-
000 women and girls, and 200,000 men and boys have
made use of the facilities offered. The total cost of
this playgroiind for land and improvements to date is
$382,000, and the yearly cost of maintenance is $10,000.

4. Squares, places, gardens, and the like, usually
of small area, are scattered about a city at street inter-
sections and the like. Their principal functions are to
furnish agreeable sights for those passing by them or
through them in the course of their daily business, and
to provide a pleasant resting place or promenade for
the much smaller number who take the time to use them
so. On account of the almost constant passing through
such squares the best arrangements all provide for rea-
sonably diret^t and convenient paths along the lines
most used. Where this is not done many of those who
use the square are likely to be so irritated by the indi-
rectness as to miss much of the pleasure they might
otherwise receive. A fonnal plan of walks, either on
straight lines or curved, is generally adopted for such
squares, and is well suited to the conditions and to the
decorative treatment of the area, providing much more
effectively than an irregular plan for the numerous
statues, fountains and gay flower beds which have their
most appropriate location in such a place. Shade trees,
either as a comi^lete grove, or in rows along the paths,
or grouped in some more complex plan, are almost es-
sential features of such squares, but where displays of
flowers are to be made open spaces must be left for sun-
light. A modification of this type of square is sometimes
met with where the space, instead of being used as
a short cut and for enjoyment from within, is designed
primarily to present an agreeable picture to those pass-
ing it upon the adjacent streets. When the area is very
small and the passing is almost wholly along one side,
and in other special cases, this treatment is most effec-
tive, because, where the only aim is a beautiful picto-
rial effect from a limited point of view, better results can
be obtained than when appearances must be reconciled
with other uses of the land. Nevertheless there are few
cases in which a small square will not have a greater
recreative value to the public if its pictorial aspect is
somewhat sacrificed to such uses as resting and prom-
enading.

5. Parktvaj/s and boulevards as parts of a park
system serve usually as pleasant means of access to
parks from other parts of the city, or from one park
to another, and also as agreeable promenades in them-
selves. Commercial ti-affic is usually excluded from
them. Boulevards are arranged formally, usually upon
straight lines, with rows of shade trees and parallel

PARK

PARK

1215

ways for those on foot and on wheels.
The simplest type has a broad drive in the
center with a walk on either side separated
from the drive by a belt of turf and it is
always shaded by trees. Frequently, two
driveways are provided with a broad space
between containing trees and turf, and
sometimes foot paths, bicycle paths, bridle
paths or other conveniences, and often
shrubs, flowers, statues and other decora-
tions, A further development is arranged
like the first form, with the addition of
narrow streets for house frontage on each
side and with an enlargement and elabo-
ration of the planting spaces between the
middle and side drives. Of recent years
some boulevards have been made to pro-
vide for electric car tracks upon a special
turfed reservation with rows of trees,
where the cars can attain high speed with
little danger of collision with other vehi-
cles. Such reservations are generally be-
tween two roadwaj^s, but in some sub-
urban districts, notably in the city of
Rochester, a single-track reservation is
placed on either side of a single roadway
between the curb and the sidewalk. A
parkway, so far as it can be discriminated
from a boulevard, includes more breadth
of turf or planted ground and includes,
usually, narrow passages of natural scen-
ery of varying width, giving it a some-
what park-like character and inducing a
less formal treatment of the roads, paths
and accessory features. Parkways are
frequently laid out along streams so as
to include the natural beauties of brook or
river scenery and to preserve the main
surface-water channels in public control,
thus providing for the adequate, economi-
cal and agreeable regulation of storm
drainage and floods.

6. OutUiing reservations of almost un-
developed country scenery, usiially from
500 to 5,000 acres in extent, are wisely
included in the park systems of some of
the larger cities on account of the in-
creasing difficulty of reaching the un-
spoiled scenery of the open country, and
because, otherwise, the increasing num-
bers of people seeking such scenery upon
the outskirts of the suburbs secure their
pleasure at a constantly increasing dis-
comfort to themselves and to the private
landowners upon whose property they are
forced to trespass. The most notable of
such reservations in America are those
of the Boston Metropolitan District, com-
prising four forest reservations with a
total area of a little over 10,000 acres, with
17 miles of connecting parkways. The
most notable of such reservations in
Europe are those of London, especially
Epping Forest (5,346 acres) and Rich-
mond Park (2,358 acres); and those of
Paris, amounting to about 20,000 acres,
chiefly maintained, not by the city, but by
the national government.

Management. — The most generally
adopted and most successful method of
managing city parks in the United States
is by an unpaid commission of three to
five members appointed for terms of three
or five j'ears and retiring successively,
so as to maintain continuity of policy
and comparative independence of local
political changes. The commission ap-
points as executive officers a secretary
and a superintendent, the latter having
some technical skill, and each devoting
his whole time to the work and receiving
a salary. Under the orders of the super-
intendent, who receives his instructions

1216

PARK

PARKINSONIA

direct from tlie board, are employed an engineer, local
superintendents, gardeners, foremen, etc. The engineer
is generally an assistant of the city engineer, assigned
temporarily to park work. When new parks are to be
acquired or plans are to be made for their development.
a professional landscape architect is employed to advise

1646. A park-like effect in a private garden.

the board and to make plans, and is usuallj^ retained at
least in a consulting capacity during the period of con-
struction. Some large cities retain a consulting laud-
scape architect permanently to advise them with regard
to questions of improvement and maintenance affecting
the design of the parks.

Statistics. — Keliahle statistics of parks are almost
unattainable. The accompanying incomplete compila-
tion (see foot of page) was made in 1897 bj' the secre-
tary of the Louisville Park Commission. Some items
are corrected to 1900.

Bibliography. — "Fark^^ in American Cyclopedia, En-
cyclopedia Americana, Johnson's Cyclopedia ; Park
Reports of the various cities, especially New York,

1857-1868, special report accompanying plan of Central
Park, 1858; Brooklyn, 1807-1873, special report accom-
panying plan of Prospect Park, 186(i; Boston, 1879, 1880,
1885, city document 125 of 1880; Boston, Metropolitan
District, 1893; Buffalo, 1871, 1886, 1888; Chicago, report
on plan of South Park, 1871 ; Montreal, report on
Mount Royal, with plan, 1881. See Pro-
ceedings American Social Science Asso-
ciation, 1870, 1880; "Mass. Park Law,"
state printers, 1894 ; Proc. Amer. Park
and Outdoor Arts Assoc.

F. L. Olmsted, Jr.

PARKINSONIA (John Parkinson, 15G7-
lii2'.i, London apothecary, author of the de-
lightful Paradisus Terrestris and Thea-
trum Botanicum). l,egiintindscp. Seven
or 8 species of tropical trees or shrubs,
often armed with short spines: Ivs, bi-
pinnate, with 1 or 2 pairs of pinnse; the
common petiole short, often obsolete or
spinescent; stipules minute or none: fls.
yellow or whitish., on slender pedicels in
short, loose axillary or terminal racemes;
calyx 5-parted, produced at base and
jointed upon the pedicel; petals 5, clawed,
the upper one within and broader than the
rest, somewhat cordate, the claw pubes-
cent and nectariferous on the inner side;
stamens 10, free, the upper one gibbous
outside: ovary several -ovuled, shortly
stipitate : pod compressed, 2-valved, lin-
ear to linear-oblong, more or less twisted: seeds com-
Ijressed, albuminous. Bot. Calif. 1:101.

The dominant type, both in the wild and in cult., is
P. aciileata, the Jerusalem Thorn, which is probably a
native of America, but is naturalized or cult, in all tropi-
cal countries. Another species is S. African, 3 are
S. American, and the rest belong to the region between
Texas and S. Calif. P. acnleafa is a thorny evergreen
tree with feathery drooping branches and handsome yel-
low fls. ; it is admirable for hedges, thrives in the driest
places and can endure some cold. It has been cult, in
European conservatories, being usually raised from im-
ported seeds, but it is of difficult culture. P. Torreyana,
though generally destitute of Ivs., is known in northern

Name of City. parks.

Albany, N. Y 3

Baltimore. Md 9

§Boston, Mass., proper 9

gBostou Metropolitan— Reservations. 13

Parkways 7

^Buffalo 6

Cambridge, Mass 1

Chicago, 111 9

Cincinnati, Ohio G

Cleveland, Ohio 8

Des Moines, Iowa 4

Denver, Colo 9

Diiluth. Minn 4

gEssex Comity, N. J 3

Hfirtford. Conn 6

Indianapolis, Ind 1

Kansas City, Mo 3

Loiiisville, Ky 3

Parkway

Milwaukee, Wis 7

Minneapolis, Minn \\\

Bonlevards 9 i

New York City P;irk System

Borough of Brooklyn 2

Omalaa, Neb 0

Peoria, 111 4

Pittsburgh, Pa 1

Philadelphia. Pa 1

Richmond, Va 4

St. Louis, Mo 10

St. Paul, Minn 2

San Francisco, Cal 3

Springfiekl, Mass 1

Toledo, Ohio ^- 8

Washington. D. C 18

Wilmington, Del 3

? Figures corrected to 1900.

T Includes maintenance 7 years.

No. in-

Olher-

^

Total

TotaL nppropria-

Cost

habitants

Acreage,

spaces.

Acreage.

Acreage.

tto?t and cosi.

Population.

per capita.

per acre.

280

8

15

295

$2,135,700

100,000

$2135

339

1,100

20

37

1.137

10,000,000

600.000

16 66

527

1.894

28

465.57

2,359.57

16,627,033

530,000

3137

224

9,279.46 \
17.1M f

9,545,528 1

955

20

70.5

1,025.5

4.971,769

350,000

1143

369

137

0

21

158

1,021.500

81,050

12 51

510

2,097

23

497

2,694

29,561,660

1,800,000

16 42

694

400

400

2,000,000

300,000

6 66

7,50

1,178

8

36

1,214

2,000,000

350,000

5 71

288

400

3

5

405

116,000

75,000

1 55

185

520

.1

20

5 0

387,608

150,000

3.58

278

400

10

25

423 .

5.50.000

67,000

8 20

158

969.7

3

83.43

1.0.53.13

1.500,000

1,060

9

7

1,067

70,000

65

89

o

27

116

290,000*

183,000

1 58

1.578

l,.3:i8

1,338

100,000**

160,000

0 63

119

1,055

4
1

10)
48)

1,113

1,003,520

215,500

4 06

194

400

9

01

401

1,140,000

300,000

3 80

031

1,500

25

40

1,540

2,750,000

200,000

13 75

130

5,190

50,000,000

2,000,000

25 00

385

1,052

29

523

1,575-

30,000,000

1,300,000

23 07

825

5.50

3

2

552

750,000

140,000

5.35

254

322

3

13

334

350,000

60,000

5 83

180

767

767

3,000,000

290,000

10 35

378

3,300

22

318

3,618

6,250,000

1,250,000

5 00

345

3.54

9

31

385

132,000

100.000

267

2,134

10

43

2,177

5,100.000

638,000

802

44

87

889

296,415***

133,300

174

1,090

14

224

l,fl4

3,744,605

360,000

10 40

374

1,463

24

20

483

169,000

50,000

3 38

104

095

17

5

625,000

125,000

5 00

328

283

76

404

4,495,237

377,000

16 22

685

239.40

ID

29.69

269.18

422,351.46

70,000

6 03

260

* Condemnation on hand for more land.
** Condemnation.

"*** Maintenance.

PARKINSONIA

PARONYCHIA

1217

Mexico as paJo verde, from the bright green color of the
branches. It stands drought even better than P. acu-
leata. These plants belong to the same tribe with such
fine northern trees as Gleditschia and Gymnocladus and
such southern kinds as CEBsalpinia, Poinciana and
Colvillea.

A. Jjfts. numerous: rachis flat, long.

aculeata, Linn. Jerusalem Thobn. Small, glabroiis
tree, the slender branches often pendulous: spiny peti-
oles %-l in. long: Ifts, very small, oblong; rachis
%-\% ft. long: racemes axillary, 3-6 In. long: fls. fra-
grant, pendulous. S.S. 3:131. ^

AA. Lfts. few: rachis terete.

Torrey&.na, Wats. Small tree: lfts. 2 or 3 pairs: ra-
cenius terminating the branches: pedicels jointed near
the middle, the joint not evident until in fr. Valley of
the Colo, and eastward. p. Franceschi and W. M.

PARNASSIA (after Mt. Parnassus). Saxifragdcece.
Grass of Parnassus. About a dozen species of low-
growing, moisture-lovjug, hardy perennial herbs, of
tufted habit, each scape bearing a solitary, 5-petaled,
white or yellowish flower }4-V-^ in. across. They are
suitable for shady positions along the water's edge, and
are prop, by seeds or division. They generally grow
about 6 in. high, but attain 2 ft. They bloom from June
to September; the petals are conspicuously veined with 9
or more green lines. The plant which Dioscorides called
"Grass of Parnassus" is P. palustr Is ^ the only species
that is common in Europe. This is perhaps the best
one for cult., but they are all much alike. Parnassias
are suitable plants for moist, sunny or partially shaded
positions. 'They prefer a peaty soil, but such is not
necessary. The species are generally tenacious of life
and are good perennials. The North Carolinian species
are hardy North.

Parnassias are natives of the north temperate and
arctic zones. Calyx 5-parted : petals withering, but
persistent: fertile stamens 5, alternating with the pet-
als: ovary 1-celled: style very short or none: stigmas
usually 4: ovules many: capsule 1-celled, with 4 pla-
centEp projecting within, 4-valved.

A. Petals not clatved.

B. Rudimentarij stamens 9-20 at the base of each

petal.

c. Sca2:>e-leaf clasping.

paliistris, Linn. Grass op Parnassus. Lvs. ovate,
usually cordate at the base: fls. V2-I in. across: rudi-
mentary stamens 9-15 at the base of each petal. Eu.,
Asia., N. Amer. Gn. 41, p. 500. A.G. 13:696. -In Eu.
considered the commonest and best species, but in this
country it seems to be advertised only by dealers in
Japanese plants.

cc. Scape-leaf not clasjying,

Calif6rnica, Greene. Height 1-2- ft.: lvs. ovate or
ovate-oblong, 1-2 in. long; scape-leaf very small, and
borne much above the middle: fls. 1% in. across; rudi-
mentary stamens about 20 at the base of each petal.
Calif, int. 1900, by Horsford.

BB. Hudimentary stamens 3-5 at the base of each
j)etal.

Caroliniana, Michx. Height 8-16 in. : lvs. ovate,
broadly oval or orbicular, more or less cordate at the
base; scape-leaf borne below the middle: fls. %-l3>^ in.
across ; rudimentary stamens usually 3 in each set.
Swamps and low meadows, New Brunswick to Manitoba,
south Va. to la. B.B. 2:182. B.M. 1459. -Commonest
in cult.

AA. Petals clawed.
B. Hudimentary stamens 8 at the base of each petal.

asarifolla, Vent. Height 10-16 in. : lvs. orbicular,
kidney-shaped at the base, often 2-3 in. wide; scape-
leaf clasping, borne at about the middle: petals not
fringed. Wet places in high mts. of Va. a^^d N. C
B.B. 2:184.

BB. Rudimentary stamens 5-9 at the base of each
petal.

fiinbrid.ta, Banks. Lvs. kidney-shaped to cordate-
ovate: petals fringed* below the middle. Colo, to Calif,
and Brit. N. Amer. Int. by Gillett in 1881, and still
cult.

P. nuHcola, Wall. The largest and coarsest of all the spe-
cies, and lacks the delicate beauty aud white petals of P. pa-
lustris: Lvs. elliptic-ovate; scape-leaf borne below the middle:
petals shorter than in the other kinds as compared with calyx
lobes: rudimentai-y filaments 3. not topped by anthers. Hima-
layas. B.M. 6G09. p^ -vv. Barclay and W. M.

PARNASSUS, GRASS OF. See Paniassia.

PAROCHfiTUS {Greek, near a lake). Leguminbsm,
This plant was offered recently by A. Blanc, of Phila-
delphia, under the name of Shamrock Pea or Blue
Oxalis. It is a half-hardy perennial trailer, with foli-
age like the shamrock, but with each of the 3 lfts.
marked at the base with a handsome brown crescent;
the pea-shaped fls., have a cobalt blue standard and
pink wings. It is desirable for hanging baskets, pots
and rockeries. Blanc says it blooms the year round. It
is a native of tropical Asia and eastern Africa, ascend-
ing the Himalayas from 4,U00 to 13,000 feet. If seeds
could be secured from the greatest altitude the plants
might be hardy in the North.

Parochetus is a genus of one species. It is allied to
the clovers, sweet clover, medick and rest-harrow, and
differs from them in having a more acute keel, a 2
valved pod, and the lfts. not stalked.

commiinis, Hamilt. Shamrock Pea. Blue Oxalis.
Height 2-3 in. : rhizome thread-like, wide-creeping:
petiole 2 in. long: lfts. obovate. emarginate, glabrous
or slightly pubescent: peduncles 1-2-fld. : fls. %~% in.
across, axillary. P S. 15:1575.

PARONYCHIA (old Greek name used by Dioscorides,
meaning whitlow-wort, or a cure for a disease of the
fingers or toes). Whitlow-wort. Illeeebrdcece ; by
Britton and Brown referred to CaryophyllAcece. About
40 species of annual or perennial herbs, natives of the
Mediterranean region, erect or diffuse, often dichoto-
mously branching: lvs. opposite, broad or narrow, en-
tire, the margins flat or very rarely recurved ; stipules
prominent, scarious, shining: fls. minute, without petals,
axillary or rarely in terminal cymes, usually densely
clustered and hidden among the stipules. A few are
cult, in the hardy border, and 2 are said to be much
used in bedding. The two European species here given
do not appear in the leading catalogues, domestic or
foreign, but P. serpyllifolia is said to be much used for
carpet bedding abroad. Allied to Herniaria, which see
for generic differences. Tbe species described below
are perennials. P. argentea furnishes the Algerian tea
of medicine.

A. Lvs. rather broad, obovate or nearly so.
B. Foliage nearly glabrous._

argentea, Lam. Prostrate, diffuse: lvs. obovate to
oblong or lanceolate: fls, lateral and terminal, dense,
intermixed with lvs.: bracts ovate, acute, much lon'ger
than the fl.; calyx-lobes semi-scarious, hooded, mucro-
nate on the back near the apex. Common in dry places,
Mediterranean region. '

BB. Foliage ciliate at the margin.

serpyllifolia, DC. Prostrate, creeping: lvs. obovate,
flat, rather fleshy: fls. terminal ; calyx -lobes blunt.
Arid parts of southern and eastern Eu.

AA. Lvs. narrou , linear or awl-shaped.

B. Aivns of the calyx-segments erect.

argyr6coma, Nutt. Erect or ascending, 3-8 in. high,
clothed with silvery, appressed, scale-like hairs : lvs.
linear; stipales silvery white, scarious, entire, usiially
shorterthan the lvs.: fls. in forking cymes: bracts large,
silvery, membranous. Rocky places. Me. and N. H. to
Ga. and Tenn. Also called Silver Chickweed, Silver-
head, and Silver Whitlow-wort. B.B. 2:J8.

1218

PARONYCHIA

PARSNIP

BB. Aivns of the calyX'Segments divergent.
dich^toma, Nutt, Woody at the base, glabrous or
piiberulent, 4-14 in. tall; stipules entire, often 5-6 lines
long, tapering into a slender awn : Us. in forking cymes.
Dry soil, Md. and N. C. to Ark. and Tex. B.B. 2:39.
Adv. 1883, by Woolson, Passaic, N. J. "vv. M.

Paronychia argyrocoma is an interesting little plant
which shows remarkable geographical distribution; it
occurs rather abundantly on the high rocky summits
of the Carolina and Tennessee mountains, but does not
appear northward in the Appalachian system till the
peak of Mt. Washington is reached, where it grows
sparingly; stations are also reported on several lower
mountain tops in Maine. It is not difficult of culti-
vation and is prized for rockeries, its silvery tufted
appearance lending a distinct charm to the collection
for this purpose. Propagated by seeds and division.

Harlax p. Kelsey.

PARROTIA (after F. W. Parrot, a German natural-
ist and traveler, afterwards professor of medicine
at Dorpat; 1792-1841,). Hamameliddcew. Ornamental
deciduous shrubs or small trees, with alternate, short-
petioled, orbicular to oblong Ivs., small fls. in dense
heads appearing before the Ivs., and with fr. similar to
those of the Witch Hazel. The Persian species is hardy
as far north as Mass. Its chief beauty consists in the
brilliant autumnal tints of the foliage, which changes
to golden yellow, orange and scarlet and remains a
long time on the branches. The early appearing fls.,
with the purple pendulous stamens, are also attrac-
tive. The Himalayan species is much more tender and
its foliage turns only to pale yellow, but the fls. are
somewhat more showy from their rather large white
bracts. The Parrotias grow in any well-drained soil and
like a sheltered position. Prop, by seeds and layers and
also by greenwood cuttings under glass. Two species
in N. Persia and the Himalayas. The short petioles
have large deciduous stipules : fls. small, in dense
heads, surrounded by an involucre of several bracts;
petals wanting; calyx 5-7-lobed, embracing the pubes-
cent ovary about one-half ; stamens 5-15; styles 2: cap-
sule 2-celled, with 2 beaks, dehiscent between the
beaks, with one oblong shining seed in each cell. The
wood is very close-grained, hard and strong, and P.
Persica bears therefore the name Ironwood. The tough
pliable branches of the Himalayan species are exten-
sively used for basket-work and are also twisted into thick
ropes used for the construction of twig-bridges over the
great rivers of its native country.

P6rsica, C. A. Mey. Shrub or small tree, to 15 ft., with
spreading branches : Ivs. oval to obovate-oblong, ob-
tuse, coarsely and crenately dentate above the middle,
dark green above, pubescent beneath when young, 3-4
in. long : bracts of flower-heads covered with dark
brown toraentum: stamens 5-7, pendulous, with linear-
oblong, purple anthers: fr. with recurved beaks, N.
Persia. B.M. 5744.

Jacquemontiana, Decaisne {FotJiergilla involucrdfa,
Falc). Spreading shrub or small tree, to 20 ft. : Ivs. or-
bicular, crenately toothed, stellate-pubescent on both
sides, 2-4 in. long: heads many-fld., with spreading
white bracts sprinkled with a purplish scurf on the
back: stamens about 15, erect, with yellow, oval-oblong
anthers. Himalayas. B.M. 7501. Alfred Rehder.

PARROT'S BILL. See Clianthus.

PARRYA (Capt. W. E. Parry, Arctic explorer). Cna-t-
fercE, Four or five North American and a few Asiatic low
perennial scape-bearing herbs, with thick roots or cau-
dices, narrow leaves and mostly racemose, white or piir-
plish showy flowers: pod broad and flat, mostly elliptic,
with orbicular seeds. The Parryas are alpine or boreal,
often arctic plants, and some of them will no doubt prove
useful for the alpine garden. So far they are practi-
cally unknown in American gardens. In 1881, Gillett
introduced P. Menziesii, Greene {as CheiranfJins Meri-
siesiiy Benth. & Hook.). It has a leafy scape 3-8 in.
high, with a raceme of many flowers, the petals nearly
i4 in. long and bright purple. N. Calif., north to the
Lower Columbia river. L_ jj_ ^

PARSLEY. Fig. 1G47. While indispensable in the mar-
ket garden. Parsley is but rarely fonnd in our home
gardens. The addition of a bit of Parsley foliage,
finely chopped, heightens the flavor of soups, fish,
etc. The principal use of this vegetable, however, is

1647. Curl-leaved Parsley.

for garnishing meats and fish, and for this purpose it
seems to be the vegetable par excellence, equally desir-
able in the home as on the hotel table. A very few plants
will suffice for the home garden, and any spot of good
soil will do for starting them from seed. Sow as early
in spring as practicable, either in an early hotbed or
coldfrarae, or in open ground. Parsley seed germinates
somewhat slowly, and the plants are feeble at first. In
open ground, early sowing aids the plants to get ahead
of the w^eeds. In larger patches the rows should be a
foot apart, and seed sown rather thinly in shallow drills.
Thin the plants to stand a few inches apart, and culti-
vate same as carrots. Gather the leaf-stalks as needed.
For use during winter and early spring, start plants
in open ground in early fall, and on the approach of
cold weather set them in a corner of the greenhouse
bench, or in a box or keg filled with rich loam placed in
a light kitchen or cellar window.

When the plant is a year old (sooner or later), it
throws up seed-stalks, and produces seed in abundance,
even under glass protection. By keeping the seed-stalks
closely cutout, the season of leaf -yield may be prolonged
for a time. Seed is easily gathered and cleaned.

The varietal differences appear chiefly in the foliage,
which in some sorts is rather coarse, as in the Plain or
Common, or more finely divided, as in the Curled,
Double Curled, Moss Curled and Fern-Leaved.

For the botany of Parsley, see Carnm Petroselimim.

T. Gkeiner.

Vk'K^'^lV {PasHnaca sativa). Fig. 1648. The average
home gardener thinks much of quick results. The
drawback to Parsnip growing, in his estimation, is the
length of time which the crop requires for its develop-
ment. When seed is sown,
in early spring, the harvest
seems a long way off. To off-
set this disadvantage, how-
ever. Parsnips become avail-
able as green material when
other things fresh from the
garden are very scarce or en-
tirely absent, namely, during
open spells in winter, and in
the very early spring months.
A crop of good, straight roots
may not be quite as easily
produced as a crop of smooth
carrots, but when once grown,
it does not burden one with
much responsibility in regard
to storage or keeping, which
is an important point in its
favor. The roots may be left
in the ground where they
grew or stored in moss or sand
in the cellar. This feature
makes them valuable also as
food for cattle, sheep, hogs
and poultry in the early spring
in case the table or market should not call for them at
that time.

The best soil for Parsnips is a clean, rich loam, which
offers no obstruction to the uniform expansion of the
roots. Prepare jt the same as for beets or carrots, or

(j^5%

1fi48. Parsnip.

PAKSNIP

PASSIFLORA

1219

for any other garden crop. The seed should be strictly
fresh, as it soon loses its vitality. iSow it in early spring,
preferably with a garden seed-drill, y^-1 in. deep, in
rows 15-20 in. apart in the garden, and somewhat far-
ther in field culture. Be prompt in thinning the young
seedlings to 3^ in. apart in the row; at the same time
pull up or cut oiit all weeds. The free use of the
hand wheel-hoe will keep the patch clean until the en-
tire surface of the ground is covered with foliage, thus
preventing further growth of weeds. Cultivation may
then cease.

The varieties are few in number. For shallow, stony
or otherwise unfavorable soils we have the Round or
Early Short Round; for better soils the Half-Long,
Student, or Hollow Crown; and for deep, clean soils the
Long Smooth.

Seed is easily grown. Plant the roots in spring in any
good soil, and gather the seed heads when most of the
seeds in them are mature. Dry them on sheets, and
then thrash or strip.

For botanical account of Parsnip, see Pastinaca.

T. Gkeixer.

PARTHfiWITJM integriidlium, the American Fever-
few or Prairie Dock, has been offered by one dealer
in hardy herbaceous perennials, but the plant is de-
sirable only for foliage effects ; and the fls. are not
showy. It is pictured in B.B. 3:411 and described in
American manuals. The genus has little horticultural
value.

PARTRIDGE-BEBRY. Mitchellarepens. Sometimes
applied to GaultUeria procitmbens.

PASCALIA glatica is a composite from Chile which
is probably not in cult. The plant cult, under this name
in England, and once offered by John Saul, is probably
the plant shown in P.M. 8:125, which is believed to
be a Helianthus. It is not hardy and there seems to be
little reason for cultivating it here, because we have so
many hardy sunflowers.

PASQUE FLOWER. Anemone Pulsatilla.

PASSIFLORA (i.e., Passion flower). Passiflordcece.
Passion-flower. A large tropical genus of highly
interesting herbs, shrubs, or trees, but most of them
climbing by means of tendrils. The peculiar charm of
these plants lies in the od<l flowers, the parts of which
were fancied by the early Spanish and Italian travelers
to represent the implements of the crucifixion (whence
both the technical and popular names). The flower is
usually subtended by 2 or 3 calyx-like bracts. The calyx
has 5 petal-like lobes. The corolla is of 5 petals. The
ten colored parts of the floral envelope were thought
to represent the 10 apostles present at the crucifixion,
Peter and Judas being absent. Inside the corolla is a
showy crown or corona of colored filaments or fringes,
taken to represent the ci'own of thorns, or by some
thought to be emblematic of the halo. The stamens are
5, to some suggestive of the five wounds, by others
thought to be emblematic of the hammers which were
used to drive the three nails, the latter being repre-
sented by the 3 styles with capitate stigmas. The long
axillary coiling tendrils represented the cords or the
scourges. The digitate leaves suggested the hands of
the persecutors. Fig. 1649 is an old representation of
the Passion-flower. Consult Taesovia.

The following sketch of the Passion-flower legend is
from Folkard's "Plant Lore, Legends and Lyrics," and
the illustration fPig. 1649) is also reproduced from
that book; "The Passion-flower {Passiflora ccerulea) is
a wild flower of the South American forests, and it is
said that the Spaniards, when they flrst saw the lovely
bloora of this plant, as it hung in rich festoons from the
branches of the forest trees, regarded the magnificent
blossom as a token that the Indians should be converted
to Christianity, as they saw in its several parts the em-
blems of the passion of our Lord. In the year IGIO,
Jacomo Bosio, the author of an exhaustive treatise on
the cross of Calvary, was busily engaged on this work
when there arrived in Rome an Augustinian friar,
named Emmanuel de Villegas, a Mexican by birth. He
brought with him, and showed to Bosio, the drawing of

a flower so ' stupendously marvelous, tnat he hesitated
making any mention of it in his book. However, some
other drawings and descriptions were sent to him by
inhabitants of New Spain, and certain Blexican Jesuits,
sojourning at Rome, confirmed all the astonishing re-
ports of this floral marvel; moreover, some Dominicans
at Bologna engraved and published a drawing of it, ac-
companied by poems and descriptive essays. Bosio,
therefore, conceived it to be his duty to present the
Flos Passionis to the world as the most wondrous
example of the Croce trionfante discovered in forest or
field. The flower represents, he tells us, not so directly
the cross of our Lord, as the past mysteries of the
passion. It is a native of the Indies, of Peru, and of
New Spain, where the Spaniards call it ' the Flower of
the Five Wounds,' and it had clearly been designed by
the great Creator that it might, in due time, assist in
the conversion of the heathen among whom it grows.
Alluding to the bell-like shape assumed by the flower
during the greater part of its existence (i. e., whilst
it is expanding and fading), Bosio remarks: 'And it
may well be that, in his infinite wisdom, it pleased him,
to create it thus shut up and protected, as though to
indicate that the wonderful mysteries of the cross and
of his passion Avere to remain hidden from the heathen
people of those countries iintil the time preordained by
His Highest Majesty.' The figure given to the Passion-

1649. Old conception of the Passion-flower.
Trom Folkard's "Plant Lore," and there taken from Zahn.

flower in Bosio's work shows the crown of thorns twisted
and plaited, the three nails, and the column of the flag-
ellation just as they appear on ecclesiastical banners,
etc. * The upper petals,' writes Bosio in his description,
* are tawny in Peiii, but in New Spain they are white,
tinged with rose. The filaments above resemble a
blood-coloured fringe, as though suggesting the scourge
with which our blessed Lord was tormented. The col-
umn rises in the middle. The nails are above it; the
crown of thorns encircles the column; and close in the
center of the flower from which the column rises is a
portion of a yellow colour, about the size of a reale, in
which are five spots or stains of the hue of blood, evi-

1220

PASSIFLORA

PASSIPLORA

dently setting forth the five wounds received by onr
Lord on the cross. The colour of the columu, the crown,
jmd the nails is a clear green. The crown itself is sur-
rounded by a kind of veil or very fine hair, of a violet
colour, the filaments of which number seventy-two,
answering to the number of thorns with which, accord-
ing to tradition, our Lord's crown was set; and tl\e
leaves of the plant, abundant and beautiful, are shaped
like the head of a lance or i>ike, referring, no doubt, to

^***iilUuWi^'

1650. Fruit of the May-pop.— Passiflora incarnata.
Natural size.

that which pierced the side of our Savior, whilst they
are marked beneath with round spots, signifying the
thirty pieces of silver.' "

With the exception of a few Blalayan and Chinese
species, the true Passifloras are natives of tropical
America. Many of them are cultivated as curiosities,
and some of them for the beauty of their flowers and
for their festooning foJiage. The leaves are either digi-
tately lobed or angled or perfectly entire. The large,
showy flowers are solitai-y in the axils or on axillary
racemes. The fruit is oblong or globular and usiially
fleshy or berry-like, 3-carpeled but 1-loculed, the seeds
being borne on parietal placentae. The fruit is allied to
the pepo of the Cucurbitacese. The ovary is supported
on a long stalk which is inclosed in or usually united
with the tube formed by the union of the bases of the
filaments. The structure of the fruit is -well shown in
Fig. 1650; the remains of the floral envelopes have
broken from the attachment on the torus and rest on
the fruit. The petals are borne on the throat of the
calyx, but in some species they are absent. Nearly or
quite a dozen Passifloras are native to the U. S., and
one of them, P. lufea, grows naturally as far north
as southern Pa. and Illinois. From Virginia south, the
Maypop, P. incftrnata, is a very common plant in fields
and waste places. Both these species are herbaceous
perennials. The fruit of some Passifloras is edible.

In cultivation, the Passifloras have been considerably
hybridized, and they are also confused with Tacsonia.
In 1871 Masters enumerated 184 species (Trans. Linn.
Soc. 26), and a number of species have been discovered
since that time.

Most of the Passion-flowers are yellow or green in
color of envelopes, but there are fine reds in P. race-
niosa, P. Maddiana, P. coccinea, P. alata, P. vitifoHa,
and two or thz-ee others. \^ g_ 3

P. cwrulea and Constance Elliott are both hardy at
Washington, In summer time we use P. fa'tlda (raised
from seed annually), and during the last two seasons,
P. Volimensis, for trellis work. The last named is a
good thing for this line of work ; the fls. are white,
purple center, about 2 in. in diameter; native of Mexico;
very easy to prop, from cuttings of soft wood. Not many
of the tender species and hybrids are grown to any great
extent in this country. P. alula and P. quadrangiilaris
are desirable climbers for a roomy, w^arm greenhouse.
P. quadrangular is, var. aucubifolia, seems to flower
quite as freely as the green-leaved one. Passifloras
are prop, from cuttings of the half-ripened growth, wMth
bottom heat. P. racemosa and P, Loudoni are a trifle
difficult to root from cuttings; the growths should be as
ripe as possible for this purpose. Keep the under sur-
face of the leaves flat on the sand while rooting. The
native P. incarnata grows very freely at Washington,
becoming more or less of a weed and hard to eradicate.

G. W, Oliver.

INDEX.

acerifoHn, 2.
adenopoda, 2.
alata, 11.
alato-cserulea, 23.
alba. 20.
amabilis, 7, 13.
atomaria, 20.
Brasilie7isis, 11.
Buchanani, 16.
csenilea, 22.
cocciiiea. 15.
Colimeusis : see

supplementary

list.
Constance Elliott

22.
Decaisneana, 12.
edulis, 18.

fcKtida: see supple-

mentiiry list.
fulgens, 15.
gracilis, 1.
graudiflora, 22.
Hahnii, 3.
incarnata, 17.
kermesina, 8.
latifolia, 11.
laiirifolia, 14.
Lawsoniana, 11.
ligiUaris, 6.
Loudoni, 8.
Lowei, 6.
lutea, 5.
maliformis, 11.
Ma^tritiana, 11.
Mascarejisis, 11.

oviformis, 11.
Pfordtii, 23.
pkoenicea, 11.
princeps, 7.
pruinosa, 19.
pitbescens, 16.
quadranguluris, 10.
racemosa, 7.
Raddiana, 8.
sanguinea, 16.
tinifolia, 14.
trifasciata, 4.
variegata, 10.
velutina, 15.
violacea, 21.
vitifolia, 16,
Watsoniana, 9.

A, Corona with sharp folds, and crinkled at the edge.
B. Pis. apetalous, usually tvifJi no bracts.

1. gracilis, Jacq. Slender annual: Ivs. rather small,
broadly deltoid-ovate, very shallowly and bluntly 3-
lobed: fls. solitary, pale green or whitish, considerably
surpassed by the Ivs., the calyx-lobes oblong or lanceo-
late, the filiform rays of the corona in a single row and
equal: seeds with 6 elevated ridges. Brazil. B.R. 11:870.
— Fl. about 1 in. across. Easily grown either indoors or
in the open, as a garden annual.

BE. Fls. petaliferous, with large bracts.

2. adendpoda, Moc. & Sess. {P. acerifbUa, Cham. &
Schlecht.). Lvs. glabrous, cordate, 3-nerved and 5-
lobed, the lobes ovate-acuminate and somewhat serrate:
bracts cut-serrate. Mex. to S. Araer. — Once advertised
by Saul.

3. Hdhniif Mast. Tall, glabrous climber, with very
slender terete branches: lvs. ovate, peltate at base,
strongly 3-nerved and each of the side nerves ending in
a tooth, but the leaf-margin otherwise entire but bearing
minute red glands: stipules kidney-shaped, dentate,
purplish, nearly or quite 1 in. across: fl. -bracts 2, en-
tire: fl. about 3 in. across, solitary, whitish, the corona
shorter than the envelooes, the outer filaments being
orange. Mex. B.M. 7052. R.H. 1869, p. 430 (as Dis-
emma Hahnii). G.C. II. 12:504.

BBB. Fls. with winiite petals and small linear distinct

bracts.

c. Leaves oblong-ovate.

4. trifasciata, Lem. Lvs. 3-lobed to one-third or one-
half their depth, the margins entire, with an irregular
reddish purple band along each of the three midribs:
fls. yellowish, fragrant, small. Brazil. I.H. 15:544.—
Interesting for its ornamental foliage.

cc. Leaves broader than long,

5. liitea, Linn. Herb, 5-10 ft. tall, glabrous : lvs.
broader than long, shallowly 3-lobed, cordate at base:

PASSIFLORA

PASSIFLOBA

1221

fls. solitary, about 54 in. across, greenish yellow: fr. a
globular berry about J^ in. in diam. Pa. south and
west. B.R. 1:79. — It has been offered by dealers in na-
tive plants.

AA. Corona not crinkled or folded on the edge, plane or

nearly so.

B. Bracts grown together.

6. ligularis, Juss. (P. Lowei, Heer). Woody below,
tall, branchy ; Ivs. large, cordate, ovate-acuminate,
neither lobed nor toothed: lis. solitary, the petals and
sepals greenish, the corona white, with zones of red-
purple : fr. said to be the size of an orange. Trop. Amer.
B.M. 2967. — Young foliage has metallic hues.

BB. Bracts free.

c. Tube of flower eoident and cylindrical, swollen at

the base.

7. racemosa, Brot. (P. jyrtnceps, Hort. P. amdbilis,
Hort., in part) . Lvs. glabrous, usually truncate at base,
mostly deeply 3-lobed, the margins entire: fls. 4 in. or
more across, the narrow petals deep red and wide-
spreading, the short, upright crown purplish; calyx
keeled on the lower side: fls. solitary, but the peduncles
usually 2 from an axil, becoming racemose on the ends
of the shoots: bracts 3. Brazil. B.M. 2001. B.E. i:28o.
L.B.C. 1:8-):. Gn. 39: 793. — A tine old species and a parent
of various garden hybrids. The best of the red-flowered
Passifloras. Summer and fall.

8. Baddiana, DC. (P. kermesina, Hort.). Rather
slender: lvs. shallow-cordate, 3-lobed and sparingly den-
tate, purplish beneath: tts. with very narrow distinct
sepals and petals of a bright crimson-red, which are wide-
spreading at first but finally turning almost straight
back: crown black-purple, upright, with smaller whitish
filaments inside. Summer and fall. Brazil. B.M. 3503.
B.R. 19:1633.— An old and well-known species, and de-
servedly popular. P. LoMoni, Hort., is considered to
be a hybrid of this and P. racemosa.

lilac: crown of many rows of filaments, violet with bars
of white below the middle, the inner and shorter set deep
violet. Probably Brazilian. G.C. II. 20:648-9. I. H. 36:74.
Gn. 33:638. A.F. 6:571. -Good g- ser.

CO. Tube of floiver very short, thick or fleshy in sub-
stance.
D. Stems and branches strongly 4-angled or even winged:
lvs. simple.

10. guadrangularis, Linn. Geanadilla. Fig. 1651.
Tall strong climber, glabrous: lvs. ovate or round-ovate,
cordate at base, mucronate, entire, the petiole with 2 or
3 pairs of glands: stipules large: fl. large (3 to 5 in.
across) and interesting, fragrant, with ovate sepals and
petals (the former white within and the latter reddish),
the crow^n composed of 5 series of white-and-purple
parti-colored filaments, of which the outermost exceed
the floral envelopes : fr. oblong, 5-9 in. long, yellowish
green, pulpy and edible. Tropical Amer. B.R. 1:14.
Gn. 51, p. 313. R.H. 1898, p. 569. Gn. 59, pp. 4, 7.-
Widely grown in the tropics, and variable, both as a
vine and for its edible fruits. Frequent in collections
of economic plants in the North. It is a good climber
for covering a greenhouse roof. Best results are se-
cured if the temperature does not fall below 50°. The
fruit ripens in summer. The fls. usually need to be
hand -pollinated if fruit is wanted on house -grown
plants. Var. variegata, Hort. (P. variegdta, Hort.),
has foliage blotched with yellow.

11. alita, Dryand. Stem winged: lvs. glabrous, oval
to ovate, somewhat cordate at base, the margin often
undulate but otherwise entire, the petiole with 2 pairs
of glands ; fl. 3^ in. across, very fragrant, the interior of
the sepals and petals carmine; corona nearly or quite as
long as the envelopes, the numerous filaments parti-
colored with red, purple and white: fr. yellow, ovoid-
pointed, about 5 in. long, very fragrant and one of the
most edible. S. Amer. B.M. 66. G.C. III. 15:19;
22:449-51. R.B. 20, p. 104.- An excellent old species,
ripening itsfr. in mids\iramer. It is very variable. P.
phoenicea, Lindl. (B.R. 19: 1603), P. Brasiliensis, Desf.,
P. nialiformis, Flor., P. oviformis, Rcem.. P. latifolia,
DC, P. Mauritiana, Thenars, and P. Mascarensis,
Presl., are all considered to be forms of this species.
P. Lawsoniana, Hort., not Mast., is a hybrid of P. alata
and P. racemosa: lvs. oblong-oval, somewhat peltate,
entire : fls. 3-4 in. across, brownish inside, the corona
with filaments in several series.

12. Decaisneana, Hort., is a
hybrid of P. guadrangnlaris and
P. alata : fls. bright carmine in-
^ c;^ side, about 4 in. across; corona

ti *^iKv_ as long as or longer than the en-

velopes, the more or less tortu-
ous filaments banded with deep
blue and white : lvs. bearing
about 6 glands. R.H. 1855:281. F.S. 8:848.

1651. Granadilla, Passiflora quadrangularis (XH).

9. Watsoniana, Masters. Stems wiry, purplish, with
leafy dentate stipules: lvs. shallow ■ cordate, rather
broader than long, 3-lobed to the middle, with a few
teeth : peduncles l-fld. : fls. about 3 in. across, the sepals
linear and shaded with violet ; petals also very narrow.

Stems and branches terete, or at least
not winged.
E. Leaves not lobed.

13. amdbilis, Hook. Stem slender and terete: lvs.
! ovate, very sharp-pointed, entire, rather thin, the petiole
^^ with about 2 pairs of glands: fl. solitary, about 3 in.

across, the sepals and petals alike and bright brick-red
within; corona or white fllaments in 4 series, the 2 inner
series being short. Brazil. B.M. 4406. Qn. 55:1219.

14. laurifolia, Linn. (P. tinlfblia, Juss.). Jamaica
Honeysuckle. Water Lemon. Stem terete, plant
glabrous: lvs. oval to oval-oblong, thickish, entire, with
a short sharp point: petiole with 2 glands: fl. about 2J^
in. across, white, with red spots or blotches ; corona
somewhat exceeding the petals or at least about equal-
ing them, in 3 series, violet with white bands: fr. about
3 in. long, yellow, spotted with white, edible. Trop.
Amer. B.R. 1:13. B.M. 4958.

15. coccinea, Aubl. (P. velutina, DC. P. fiilgens.
Morr. ). Glabrous: lvs. ovate and coarsely toothed;
petioles with 2-3 pairs of glands: fl. scarlet; corona
orange: fr. pulpy and edible. S. Amer. The fr. is said
to contain "a chemical principle of hypnotic value."

1222

PASSIPLORA

PASSIFLORA

EE. Leaves o-7-lobed.
p. Blossoms bright red.

IG. Titiidlia, HBK. (P. sangn'mea, Smith. P. pti-
biscens, DC. Tuesdnia Biirhiiuani , Lera.). Stem terete:
Ivs. cordate-ovate in outline, (l('ei)ly IMobed or divided
and the divisions eoar.sely toothed, strong-veined, usu-
ally pubescent beneath : &. 4^6 in. across, nearly flat,
the linear-oblong sepals and petals bright scarlet, the
sepals with a spine at the tip; outer corona filaments
red, the inner ones white, all of them upright or spread-
ing and much shorter than the envelopes. Brazil.
P.M. 1878:.317. G.C. UI. 8:213. -An old species, but
not common in cult. Said not to be free-iiowering.

1652. Passiflora eduHs (X H).

FF. Blosso}ns whitey greenish^ purplinh, or varloush/

tinted, but not red.
G. Mays of corona {or the oitter ones) about as long as

the floral envelopes: leaf-margins strong 1 1/ serrate

{except sometitnes in No. 19).

17. iiicama,ta, Linu. May-pop. Fig. 1650. Tall-climb-
ing strong vine, glabrous or nearly so: Ivs 3-lobed to
about half their depth, broadly cordate-ovate iu outline,
.serrate, the petiole bearing 2 glands near the top: fl.
axillary and solitary, about 2 in. across, white, with a
light purple corona banded at its center: fr. oblong,
about 2 In. long, with 3 sutures, yellow when ripe. Dry
places, Va., south and west. B.M. 3G97. Mn. 9:17.-A
weedy plant, but offered by dealers in native plants.
With protection, the roots will survive the winter as far
north as Baltimore, and the strong herbaceous vines will
make a fine cover for arbors and verandas. Easily
grown from seeds.

18. 6diilis, Sims. Fig. 1652. Morewoody and stronger:
Ivs. large, deeply 3-lobed and serrate : fl. white, often
tinted with purple, the rays nearly as long as the envel-
opes, white for the upper half but purple at the base:
fr. globular-oblong, thickly purple-dotted when ripe, the
rind hard. Brazil. B.M. 1980. R.H. 1857, p. 224; 1883,
p. 489. On. 50:1093. G.C. III. 23:101. A.C4. 13:120.-
Runs into several forms. The fruit is fragrant and edi-
ble, but there is little pulp, the seeds occupying most of
the interior. Readilj'^ grown from seeds. Naturalized in
tropical countries.

19. pruin6sa, Mast. Climbing, the stems terete, gla-
brous: Ivs. broad in outline, 3-lobed beyond the middle, the
lateral lobes diverging, the margins remotely glandular-
toothed, glaucous beneath: stipules very large and le:if-
like, cordate, 2 in. long: fl. 3 in. across, pale or pearly

violet, the corona of numerous filaments, the outermost
of which are nearly as long as the petals and are deep
violet at the base, yellowish in the middle and curly at
the top. British Guiana. G.C. III. 22:393. -First de-
scribed in 1897, and now offered iu this country by San-
der & Co.

GG. Hays distinctly shorter than envelopes : leaf-
margins nearly or quite entire,
20. Alba, Link & Otto. (P. atomciria, Planch.). Stem
terete: stipules very large and ie:if-like: Ivs. broad-
ovate and somewhat cordate, ratlier shallowly 3-lobed,
glaucous beneath, the margins entire : peduncles ex-
ceeding the Ivs., 1-tld. : fl. little more than 2 in. across,
clear white: fr. obovoid, the size of an
egg, green at first, but becoming yellow-
ish. Mex. to S. Amer. G.C. II. 19:693.
R.H. 1883, p. 201; 1884:36.

21. vioUcea, Veil. Tall, glabrous, with
drooping branches: Ivs. straight at base
and somewhat peltate, with 3 long, nar-
row lobes, of which the side ones stand
at nearly right angles to the central one,
the margins entire or with a few teeth in
the bottom of the sinus, the under sur-
face slightly glaucous : fl. about 3 in.
across, the petals and sepals lilac-pink
inside (sepals ending in a long spur), the
numerous filaments of the corona white-
tipped and barred with violet and white.
Brazil. B.M. 6997. R.H. 1885:468.

22. caeriilea, Linn. Fig. 1653. Slender,
but a strong grower, glabrous and some-
what glaucous: Ivs. divided nearly to the
petiole into 5 lanceolate or lance-elliptie

entire sharp-pointed segments of which the 2 lower ones
are sometimes again lobed: fl. 3-4 in. across, slightly
fragrant, greenish white, the sepals tipped with a short
point, the rays of the corona in 2 series, blue at the tip,
white in the middle and purple at the base, the styles
light purple. Brazil, B.M. 28. Gn, 31, p. 421; 34, p.
114; 46, p. 369. — The commonest of Passion-flowers in
American greenhouses, and now represented by several
named forms and hybrids. Can be grown in the open
in the South and in Calif, as far N. as San Francisco.
Var. grandifldra, Hort., is only a somewhat larger-fld.
form. Cinistance Elliott {P. ca'ridea, var. alba), is a
white-fid. fragrant form. Gn. 31:595. There are hy-
brids with P. Baddiana, P. racemosa, P. alata, and
others. P. ccerulea grows readily from seeds.

23. aiato-cseriilea (P. Pfdrdtii, B.ort.) is a white-fld.
form, with calyx tinted rose inside, and corona of 3
series, the outer filaments being white at tip, blue-pur-
ple in the middle, and black-purple at the base. B.R.
10:848. R.H. 1847:121.

Passifloras in the Amer. trade, but not accounted for botani-
cally, are: P. cardinalis, "scarlet fiowers;" P. Panirntayi,
Blanc, 1900; P. Paxtoni-. P. rosea: P. SckmittU," hnsht car-
mine." P. insignis, Jamesoni, inanicata, Parritce are to be
sought in Tac'sonia.

Species which may be expected in the trade are: P. cheli-
dhnea. Mast. Lvs. oblong, forked at the end to one-fourth the
length and with a small middle lobe, marked with dots: ti. 2 in,
across, greenish, with a folded corona. Ecuador. G.C. II.
12:40. — P. elnnahartna, Lindl. Branches terete: lvs. broad-
ovate, 3-lohed, margins entire: 11. solitary, 2^ iu. across, red;
corona short, folded, yellowish. Australia. G.C. 1855:724.
B.M. 5911. — P. Colimensis, Mast. & Rose. A Mexican species
first described in 181)9, hut cult, for several years in Wash-
ington. It is an herbaceous species, with shallow-Iobed ob-
tuse denticulate lvs. and small whitish blue-marked tls. on
single pedxmcles. Promising as an outdoor ciiudier, p. 1220.
— P. faetlda, Linn. (P. hirsuta and P. hircina, Hort.). Allied
to P. adenopoda: annual or sometimes perennial: lvs. pubes-
cent, 3-lobed, the margins entire or obscurely angled : fls.
whitish, small, the corona as long as the petals and colored
purple and blue: fl. -bracts pinnatifid. Trop. Amer. L.B.C.
2:136. B.M. 3635, the form known as var. nigelliflora. Mast.;
and 288, the var. eiliata, Mast. In cult, in this country, but
apparently not in tlie trade. Variable.— P. galbdna. Mast.
Stems terete: lvs. lance-oblong, short-petioled, entire: stipules
ovate-pointed : fl. solitary on a long peduncle, 3 in. across,
greenish yellow, the sepals and petals very narrow, the not
folded corona short. Brazil. G.C. III. 20:555.-7*. Im Thur-
irii, Mast. Lvs. broad-oblong, acute, entire, thick, glabrous
above, but not beneath: fl. erect. 4-5 in. across, brilliant sear
let and rose color, with white iu the center: corona very short.

PASSIFLORA

PAULOWNIA

1223

British G-uiaua. G-.C. III. 23:307. Very sliowj-.— P. Keivmsis,
Hort. " It is a cross raised by Mr. Watson, the assistant cura-
tor, between the hardy Passiflora coenilea and the Brazilian
P. Raddiana. The flowers are larger than those of P. Raddi-
ana, the petals and fringe longer, while the color is carmine
suffused with blue, which, though perhaps not so bright and
pleasing as it is in the parent, is a lovely color."— P. IT^ersu",
Mast. Stems slender and wiry; Ivs. lance-ovate and entire,
claret-colored beneath: fl. 2 in. across, white, shaded with pink,
the corona half the length of the petals, white, barred with
purple. Brazil. G.C. III. 4:353.— P. «ri/o6ff, Ruiz & Pav. Lvs.
large, eordate-ovate, 3-lobed or entire: fl. 3 in. across, with vio-
let reflexed sepals and petals, and a long cup-like corona, with
fllaments banded white and purple. Peru. I.H. 36:83. — P.
Weberid7ia, Andre. Glandular-hairy: lvs. large, 3-lobed, the
margin usually toothed: fl. solitary, 2 in. across, white, the
corona banded with white: fr. setose, purple. Argentina.
R.H. 1887:324. L. H. B.

PASSION FLOWER. See Passiflora.

PASTINAOA (name from the Latin pastus, food).
CmbeUiferie, About a half dozen species of tall herbs
native to Europe and Asia, but by Bentham & Hooker
united with the genus Peucedanum. It is distinguished
from Heracleum and Peucedanum by technical charac-
ters of the fruit. Pastinaca is known to horticulturists
in the Parsnip (which see), P. sativa, Linn. It is a na-
tive of Europe, but is now grown in nearly all cool-tem-
perate countries for its large edible root. In deep moist
soil and a cool climate, the edible roots become 18-20
inches long and four inches or more in diameter at the
crown. It was cultivated before the Christian era. It
has run wild from gardens, often becoming a bad weed
in neglected fields and on roadsides. P. sath'ais a robust
plant, sending up a grooved stem ( which becomes hollow )
^J-5 ft. : lvs. odd-pinnate, with 3-4 pairs of sessile ovate-
oblong sharp-toothed and notched leaflets, the terminal
leaflet 3-lobed: fruit ("seed") thin and flat, retaining its
vitality only a year or two. When run wild, it loses its
thick root, and sometimes it becomes annual.

L. H. B.

PATCHOULI PLANT. See Pogostemon.

PATIENCE. Patience Dock or Herb Patience is
Sximex. PatUntia.

PATElNIA (E. L. Patrin, 1742-1814, French traveler
in Siberia). Valeriand^cece. About 10 species of yellow-
er white-fld., valerian-like, hardy herbaceous peren-
nials from extra-tropical Asia. ^They grow a foot or so
high, bloom in early summer and may have about 20
small fls. in clusters 2 in. across. Two species are of-
fered by dealers in Japanese plants.

Patrinia is distinguished from the other 8 genera in
the Valerian family by 4 stamens and mostly yellow fls.
Valeriana has 3 stamens, Nardostachys, with 4 stamens,
has purple fls. Patrinias are glabrous or loosely villous: '
lvs. once or twice pinnatifid or -sect, the radical ones
rarely entire: cymes corymbose-panicled: bracts nar-
row, free, but sometimes appendaged with a large, 2-
nerved and netted-veined bracteole which is appressed
to the fr.: corolla-tube very short; lobes 5, spreading:
sterile locales of the fruit nearly as large or larger than
the fertile ones.

A. Stem glabrous.

scabios8e£dlia, Fisch. Radical lvs. ovate or oblong, in-
cised-serrate and lyrate : cauline lvs. pinnatifid, the
lobes lanceolate-linear, acute, terminal one longest: fls.
yellow: corymb loosely subpaniculate: fr. 3-cornered.
bahuria. L.*B.C. 14:1340.

AA. Stem villous.

villdsa, Juss. Radical lvs. villous, petiolate, aurieled:
cauline lvs. sessile, dentate: corymb panicled. Japan.
— The plant offered by the Yokohama Nursery Co. is
said to have white fls.

PAULLlNIA (probably after Simon Paulli. 1608-1680,
professor of anatomy, surgery and botany at Copenha-
gen). Sapinddcea'. P. thalictrlfolia is a handsome stove
foliage plant, with much divided lvs. somewhat resem-
bling a rue, maidenhair, or a davallia. The fls. are in-
conspicuous, pinkish and borne in autiimu. In the early
seventies, when the interest in foliage plants was at its
height, this plant was widely distributed. It used to be

trained to a trellis for exhibition or grown on the pillars
and rafters of hothouses. It is now a rare but choice
plant for clothing the tops of unsightly tubs in which
palms are growing. G. W. Oliver says it is also excel-
lent for large vases and stands the sun well. The young
leaves have a pretty bronze tint unless they are shaded
too much. The plant is prop, by cuttings of young
shoots taken in early spring. If the tops are pinched
the young plants will branch out and make handsome
specimens in 4- or 5-in. pots. For potting soil an Eng-
lish gardener recommends compost of two-thirds fibrous
peat to one-third of loam, with a liberal sprinkling of
silver sand.

PauUinia is a genus of about 80 species, mostly tropi-
cal American. Twining shrubs : lvs. alternate, stipulate,
compound, 1-3-ternate or pinnate, or decompound; peti-
ole often winged ; Ifts. usually dentate, dotted or mi-
nutely lined: racemes axillary, usually with 2 tendrils:
sepals 5, the 2 upper larger, connate: petals 4, but there
is a fifth abortive one: stamens 8: ovary 3-ce!Ied. Dis-
tinguished from allied genera, as Cardiospermum, by the
septicidal fr., which is often pear-shaped.

thalictriidlia, Juss. Lvs. 4-10 in. long, triangular in
outline, 3-ternately-pinnate; pinnse in 6-8 pairs; pin-
nules 4-8 pairs, 4-8 lines long. Brazil. B.M. 5879. Gn.
51, p. 160. F. 1873, p. 124. Var. argentea, Hort., has
foliage suffused silvery gray.

1653. Passiflora ccerulea, the commonest cultivated
Passion-flower (X y-z).

PAULOWNIA (after Anna Paulowna, princess of the
Netherlands). Scrophularid.eecE . Ornamental decidu-
ous trees, in habit and foliage similar to Catalpa, with
ample, long-petioled, opposite lvs., and pale violet large
fls. resembling those of the foxglove in shape, in ter-
minal panicles opening befoi'e the lvs. The species
in cultivation is fairly hardy in sheltered positions as
far north as Mass., but the fl.-buds are usually killed in
winter, and it does not flower regularly north of New
York city. As an ornamental foliage plant it may be
grown as far north as Montreal, where it is killed to the
ground every winter, but throws up from the root vigor-
ous shoots attaining 10-14 ft., with lvs, overl ft. and occa-
sionally even 2 ft. long. If used as a foliage plant and

1224

PAULOWNIA

PAVONIA

cut back to the ground every spring, the young s'lnots
should be removed, except one or very few on ea?h
plant; during the tirst years of this treatment they will
grow more vigorous every year, but afterwards they
will decrease in size, weakened by the continuous cut-
ting back ; they should then be replaced by strong young

1654. Paulownia imperialis.
To show the verdurous growth of the young shoots.

plants. Where the fl.-buds which are formed the pre-
vious year are not killed by frost the Paulownia is one
of the most conspicuous flowering trees in spring, and
in summer the foliage, though it is of somewhat dull
color, attracts attention by the size of the Ivs. In tem-
perate climates it is sometimes used as an avenue tree.
It thrives best in a light deep loam, and in a sheltered
position. Prop, by seeds sown in spring or by root-
cuttings, and by greenwood cuttings under glass ; it
may be grown also from leaf -cuttings ; the young unfold-
ing Ivs. when about 1 in. long are cut off close to the
stems and inserted in sand under a hand-glass in the
propagating house. Two species in China and Japan; a
third one with evergreen foliage is reported by Dr.
Henry from South Cliina and pronounced one of the
most magnificent flowering trees. Trees with stout
spreading branches : fls. in terminal panicles ; calyx
carapanulate, o-lobed ; corolla with long, slightly curved
tube, and spreading, oblique 5-!obed limb; stamens 4:
fr. a 2-celled capsule, loculicidally dehiscent, with nu-
merous small winged seeds.

imperialis, Sieb. & Zucc. (P. tomentbita, Steud.). Fig.
1654. Tree, to 40 ft., with stout spreading branches
forming a round head : Ivs. rather long-petioled, broadly
cordate -ovate, entire or sometimes 3-lobed, aciiminate,
pubescent above, tomentose beneath, 5-8 in. long or on
vigorous shoots even larger; panicles to 10 in. long: fls.
fragrant, pale violet, \)4-2 in. long; pedicels and calyx
densely rusty tomentose : capsule woody, broadly ovoid,
pointed, 1 in. or somewhat longer. April, May. China,
Japan. S.Z. 1:10. B.M. 4CG6. "P.M.
10:7. Gn. 34,p.79; 54, p. 47G. Mn. 7,
p. 171. It is sometimes escaped from
cult, in the S. States.

Alfred Rehder.

Paulownia imperialis in southern
California reaches a height of 40 ft,
in 25 years, with a spread nearly as
great. When in full leaf it makes
a dense shade. It starts to bloom
before the leaves come and all is
over before the tree is in full leaf.
For this reason it is not a favorite.
The Jacaranda is a prettier blue.

more floriferous, lasts three times as long, the blooms con-
tinuing until the tree is in full leaf. It is out of leaf not
more than half as long as Paulownia is. It makes as
dense shade as the Paulownia, has a prettier leaf and is
more desirable in every way. The growth of the two
trees is about the same at the end of a quarter century.
The habit of the Paulownia in retaining dry seed-pods
on dead limbs 3 or 4 ft. long is very iinpleasing, and
necessitates a thorough cleaning each year to the tip
end of the uppermost branch — often a hard work to ac-
complish. Eknest Braunton.

PAVfiTTA (Malabar name of P. Indlca). Babl&cerv.
About GO species of tropical shrubs and small trees
closely allied to the brilliant Ixoras but far less showy,
the fls. smaller, and the clusters looser; also they have
a much more conspicuous style, which is often tiirust
out of the flow^er an inch or so. The fls. are white or
greenish, salver-shaped, 4-lobed (rarely 5-lobed), and
borne in trichotomous corymbs, containing as many as
30 fls., which at best may be 1 in. long and % in. across.
Pavettas generally have membranaceous Ivs., while
those of Ixora are leathery. In Pavetta the style is
longer and spindle-shaped at the top; in Ixora the style
generally has 2 short branches at the top. Other generic
characters of Pavetta are: calyx-lobes short or long:
stamens 4 or 5, barely exerted: disk tumid, fleshy:
ovary 2-locular: drupe 2-stoned.

A. Foliage variegated.

Borb6nica, Hort. Foliage plant with unknown fls. Its
position in this genus is a mere guess. Lvs. about 9 in.
long, oblong-acuminate, rounded at the base, with a
salmon-red midrib, mottled with light green on a dark
green ground. Bourbon Island. Lowe 5.
AA. Foliage not variegated.

Natal^nsis, Sond. Lvs. lanceolate-acuminate, petio-
late, glabrous: calyx-teeth bristle-shaped, thrice as long
as the calyx-tube: fls. white. Natal.

P. Cdffra. Haw. & Sond. Lvs. obovate, almost sessile, gla-
brous: calyx-teeth twice as long as the tube: lis. white. W. .4fr.
B.M. 3580. — P. Indica, Linn. Glabrous to tomentose: lvs.
varying greiatly in shcape; calyx-teeth nnich shorter than the
tube: lis. white. India. B.R. 3:198. y^^ jj_

PAVIA. Included with -lEschIus.

PAVONIA (J. Pavon, joint author of Ruiz and Pavon's
Flora Peruviana et Chilensis; died 1844). Malvdeea'.
About 60 species of tropical herbs or shrubs, tomentose,
hispid or glabrescent: lvs. often angled or lobed: fls. of
various colors, peduncled or crowded into a sort of head
at the tips of the branches: bractlets 5-many, distinct
or more or less connate; calyx 5-cut or 5-toothed; pet-
als spreading or convolute-connivent: staminal column
truncate below the apex or 5-dentate: ovary 5-loculed,
1-ovuIed.

Perhaps the most desirable species is P. muUiflora ,
known to gardeners as P. Wioli. This has many showy

1655. Pavonia intermedia (X^;i).

PAVONIA

PEA

1225

red bractlets, which are linear, erect, hairy, whorled, and
nearly 2 in. long. Within the cup-shaped group of bract-
lets lies a cartridge-shaped mass of dull brown, tightly
rolled petals. From the body of petals protrudes the
staminal column, which may be 3 in. long and bears nu-
merous violet-blue anthers.

1655. Pea, American 'Wonder (X 1-5).

The illustration shows an entire plant, cut off at the surface
.of the ground.

P.Makoyana, Morr.,otttie trade, is GoetheaMakoyina,
Hook , B.M. 6427, a Brazilian plant with a dark purple
mass of petals set off by about 5 large, broad, showy
red bractlets. The only difference between Pavonia and
Goethea lies in the bractlets, which are narrow in the
former and broad in the latter.

P. intermedia, St. Hil., Fig. 1655, is a Brazilian plant
int. by the U. S. Dept. of Agric. for economic reasons.
Its bractlets are intermediate in breadth between the
two genera Pavonia and Goethea.

multiflora, A. St. Hil. (P. ^noti, E. Morr.). Robust,
probably shrubby, usually with a simple stem: Ivs. alter-
nate, G-10 in. X l>^-2 in., obovate-lanceolate, serrulate:
fls. in a short, terminal corymb. Brazil. B.M. 6398. F.
M. 1877:276. W. M.

PAWPAW, Asimina and CaHca Papaya.

PEA. The garden Pea is the most important member
of the genus Pisum (which see). It is native to Europe,
but has been cultivated from before the Christian era
for the rich seeds. The field or stock Pea differs little
from the garden Pea except in its violet rather than
white flowers and its small gray seeds. There are
many varieties and several well-marked races of garden
Peas. Whilst Peas are grown mostly for their seeds,
there is a race in which the thick, soft green pods, with
the inclosed seeds, are eaten. The common or shelling
Peas m.ay be separated into two classes on the character
of the seed itself. — those with smooth seeds and those
with wrinkled seeds. The latter are the richer, but they
are more likely to decay in wet, cold ground, and there-
fore are not so well adapted to very early planting. Peas
may also be classified as climbing, half -dwarf or show-
ing a tendency to climb and doing best when support is
provided, and dwarf or those not requiring support.
Again, the varieties may be classified as to season,—
early, second-early, and late; examples of these classes
are shown in the pictures, 1656, 1657, 1658, respectively.

Vilmorin's classification (Les Plantes Potagferes) is as
follows :

A. The Pea round (smooth).
B. Plant climbing.
c. Seed white,
cc. Seed green.
BB. Plant half-dwarf,
c. Seed white,
cc. Seed green.
BBB. Plant dwarf.

c. Seed white,
cc. Seed green.
AA. The Pea wrinkled (divisions as above).

The Chinese gardeners about New York city grow a
Pea which is described as follows by the writer in Bull.
67, Cornell Exp. Sta. : "The Pea (Ga-lon-oiv) of the
Chinese gardens behaves like a little improved or per-
haps ancient type of the common Pea. It is the same
species as ours. It differs chiefly in having somewhat
knotty or constricted pods, as shown in the illustration
(Fig. 1659). The pods 'shell' very hard, and there is a
tendency to develop a broad border or margin along
the lower side. The Peas are small and are variable
in color, and they generally turn dark in cooking. In
quality they are sweet and excellent, but thej' do not
possess any superiority over our common varieties.
The seeds which we have obtained from the New York
Chinamen are mixed. In color, the Peas run from nearly
white to dark brown. The brown seeds, however, have
given us much earlier pickings than the light ones. In
one instance the seeds were sorted into three grades-
light, medium light, and dark brown — and all were
planted in sandy soil on the 20th of April. On the 5th
of July the dark-seeded plot gave a good picking, while
the light-seeded, and even the medium plots produced
much taller plants aud very few of the pods had begun
to fill. The dark- and medium-seeded plots produced
plants with colored flowers — the standard being rose-
purple and the keel black-purple and splashed. The
light-colored seeds, on the other band, gave pure white
flowers, larger leaves and broader pods. These facts
are interesting^ in connection with the evolution of the
garden Pea and its relationship to the red-flowered field
Pea."

Left to themselves, the varieties of Peas soon lose
their characteristics through variation. They are much

1657. Pea. Nott Excelsior (X K)-

influenced by soil and other local conditions. There-
fore, many of the varieties are only minor strains of
some leading type, and are not distinct enough to be

1226

PEA

PEA

recogDized by printed descriptions. This accounts for
the confusion in varieties of Peas, particulariy in the
dwarf or extra-early types. The varietal names are
many. In 1889 (Annals Hort. ) American dealers cata-
logued 154 names. L, JJ. B.

1. Peas for the Home Garden. — Green Peas are at
their best when perfectly fresh, and should come to the
table within 5 or G hours from the vine. Those bought
in the market can rarely be served until 24-48 hours

1658. Pea, Champion of England (X K).

after picking, when they necessarily have lost much of
their good quality. It is, therefore, a great advantage
to have a home-grown supply. Though they are of
easy culture, it is not always feasible to give them a
place in one's own garden, because they require consid-
erable space, 1-2 yards of row being necessary to produce
a single "portion," and it is rare that more than 2 or 3
pickings can be made from the same vines. Peas need
a rich, friable soil, but an over-supply of nitrogen or
the use of coarse and fresh manure will result in a rank
growth of vines, with few pods and Peas of inferior
quality. The best manurial condition for Peas is found
where' a heavy dressing of fertilizer has been applied
the previous year. If such a soil is not available, the
application of 3-6 bushels of well-rotted stable manure,
or, in place of this, about one-half bushel of wood ashes,
3 or 4 pounds of salt and 5-10 pounds of ground bone
or other commercial fertilizer to the square rod, and
well worked into the surface soil just before planting,
will give good results. Most of the cultivation for
Peas should be done before they are planted, and it
is more important for this crop than for most that the
ground should be well worked and made as friable as
possible before the seed is sown. While Pea vines will
be killed by a hard freeze, they will endure a slight
frost with but little injury, and thrive best in a cool,
damp soil and atmosphere. It is, therefore, desirable
to plant as early in the spring as the soil can be worked.
The writer likes best to plant in double rows about (i
inches apart, wiMi the distance between the pairs about
equal to the height to which the variety grows. If the
soil is sandy and well drained, form a trench 4-0 inches
deep and drop 10-20 seeds to the foot according as the
variety is a tall- or dwarf -growing one, and cover about
an inch deep, gradually fiUiug the trench as the plants
grow. In proportion as the soil is heavier and less
porous and well-drained the trench should be shallower
until, on tenacious clay soils, the seed should be within
an inch of the surface.

All the garden varieties, if planted in the way sug-
gested, will give a fair return without trellising, but
those growing over 2 feet high will do better if sup-
ported. There is nothing bett^er for this purpose than
brush, but this is not always available, and the vines
can be well supported by driving stakes 2-4 inches

wide 12-20 feet apart in the double rows, and as the
vines grow inclosing their tops between wires or wool
twine stretched opposite each other on either side of
the stakes.

Anything more than mere surface tillage is apt to do
the Pea crop more harm than good, but any crust
formed after rain should be broken up, and the vines
will be greatly benefited by frequent stirring of the sur-
face soil.

2. Peas for Market. — The above notes will suggest
the best methods of culture for market, and profit will
depend largely upon the selection of varieties suited to
the needs of the trade, and the use of pure and well-
grown seed.

3. Peas for Cannhig. — The quantity of Peas canned,
and the popularity of such goods, has been largely in-
creased by the use of the machines known as viners,
in the use of which the vines are cut when the green
Peas are in the best condition for use, and fed into the
machine, which by a system of revolving beaters and
cylinders separates the green Peas as eltectually as a
threshing machine does those which are ripe and dry.
As the vines will begin to heat and spoil within a few
hours after cutting, it becomes essential to get them
through the viner and the Peas into the cans the same
day they are gathered, and the canned Peas come to the
table fresher and better in quality than from most of
the pods obtainable in market. When grown for can-
ning or for seed, Peas are usually sown broadcast or
with grain drills and no farther cultiire given, though
the crop is improved by a judicious use of the roller
after sowing and a weeding harrow just after the plants
are up.

4. Varieties and the Growing of >S'ee(/. — There are
few vegetables in regard to which there is greater dif-
ference in tastes as to desirable qualities. To some
people tenderness is the most essential quality ; to
others sweetness, while still others care most for a rich
flavor and marrow-like texture. Varieties have been de-
veloped to meet all these wants, as well as those vary-
ing in growth from G inches to G feet in height and of
great diversity in the size, form and color of the pods.
In this vegetable the quality and purity of the seed
used is of great importance, for every "mess " of Peas
consists of the product of many seeds, and as the pods
are so near alike that it is impracticable to separate them
in gathering, the product of a single inferior seed may
injure the entire picking. Again, Peas grown for seed
return a very small fold, very rarely as much as 20 and
more often less than 5 times the seed planted ; so that it
is impracticable for the seedsman to offer his customers
seed grown direct from the seed of individually selected
plants, as can readily be done in the case of tomato,

7?^

1659. Pea erown by the Chinese gardeners in the
neighborhood of New York City (X3';i).

squash or other vegetables,' which give a larger seed
return. The most that can be done is to use the greatest
pains to keep the varieties pure and of high quality by
constantly renewing stocks by selection and the pre-
venting of deterioration or mixing while growing an<l
handling. With none of our common vegetables is the

TEA

PEACH

1227

planter more dependent upon the ability and honesty of
Ms seedsman.

Some of the most distinct types of the hundreds of
varieties of garden Peas are:

(1) The earliest kinds, such as Alaska and First and
Best, which produce early-maturing, comparatively
small pods filled with Peas of rather low quality, on
vines about 2 feet high.

(2) A long list of dwarf -growing sorts like American
Wonder (Fig. 1G56; and Premium Gem, which produce
small- or medium-sized pods generally crowded with
Peas of fine quality on vines ranging from 6-18 inches
in height.

(3) A large class like Strategem and Heroine, which
produce very large pods containing large, rich-llavored
Peas on thick, heavy vines growing 18-30 inches high.

(4) Lastly, there are the taller growing sorts, like
Telephone and Champion of England (Fig. 1658), which
yield large crops of large- or medium-sized pods on vines
growing from -i-Q feet high.

In addition to the above-named sorts grown exclu-
sively for use as green Peas, there are a number of kinds
with hardy, vigorous, tall-growing and usually branched
vines which produce in great abundance smooth, hard
Peas which are used when ripe for split Peas or other
form of "soup stocks" or for stock-feeding; though
some of them, like the Marrowfats and the "Turkey" or
French Canrier, are quite extensively used for canning,
most of the celebrated Petit Pois of France being put
up from the last-named variety. In field culture for
stock the ground should be made ready in the fall and
the surface simply "fined" with a cultivator, disk or
gang plow in the spring. As early as the surface can
be got into good condition sow broadcast, carefully cov-
ering with a gang plow or disk harrow, from 1% to 'd
bushels of seed to the acre, according to the variety
used; or they can be put in rows better with an ordi-
nary grain drill, provided it be of a pattern with the
feed so arranged that it will not crack the Peas, many
a poor stand being due to the seed being injured by the
drill. It is generally an advantage to roll after sowing,
and in some cases a weeding harrow can be used to ad-
vantage when the plants are an inch or two high. The
crops should be harvested before the vines are so ripe
that the Peas will waste by shelling, and it can be done
by pea harvesters, which are attachments to ordinary
mowing machines, or cut and "rolled " into windrows or
bunches with a short scythe. They are easily threshed.
The ordinary yield is from 20 to 50 bushels to the acre.

W, W. Tracy.

PEA. Everlasting P., LatJujrus laiifolius. Glory P.,
Clianthiis Dampieri. Hoary P., Pigeon P., Cajanu.s
Indicus. Scurfy P., Psoralea. Sweet P., Lafhyrua odo-
ratus and Siveet Pea.

PEACH. Plate XXVL The Peach is essentially a lux-
ury. Its cultivation is attended with much risk. The
areas in which it can be grown with success are scattered,
particularly in the northern states. The Peach is tender
to frost, and the liability of the buds and blossoms to
injury constitute the greatest risk in the growing of the
fruit. Strangely enough these risks of frost are greater
in the South than in the Norths because the buds are
likely to be swollen by the "warm spells" of the south-
ern winter, and to be killed by sudden freezes. In the
northeastern states the Peach areas are determined
chiefly by mildness of winter temperature. They lie
near large bodies of water, in which places the tempera-
ture is considerably ameliorated. In close proximity to
the seacoast the winds are usually too strong to allow
of the growing of Peaches, but some distance inland
and on the margins of the Great Lakes and other inte-
rior bodies of water, the fruit may be grown without dif-
ficulty. While Peaches are grown over a very large
range of country in the United States, still the great
commercial regions are relatively few. One of these re-
gions lies in proximity to the southernmost members of
the Great Lakes, particularly along the southeastern
part of Lake Ontario in New York and Canada, along
the southern shore of Lake Erie and on the eastern
.shore of Lake Michigan. In this latter belt, known as
the Michigan "fruit belt," the Peach reaches its highest
northern limit in the eastern states, being grown with

profit as far north as Grand Traverse, on the 44th parallel.
Another large area begins near Long Island Sound, in
Connecticut, and follows the seaboard as far south as
the southern part of the Chesapeake peninsula and ex-
tending approximately one hundred miles inland. In
the southern Atlantic states there is another commer-
cial Peach area, comprising the upper lands of Georgia,
Alabama and adjacent states. Farther south than this,
where the soil does not freeze to the depth of the roots,
the root-knot disease, caused by a nematode worm, is so
serious as often to interfere with the raising of the crop.
In this southern part, also, the old-time varieties of
Peaches do not thrive to i>erfection, but some of the
Chinese types are now giving good satisfaction. Another
large Peach-growing area lies in southern Illinois, extend-
ing westward across Missouri and into Kansas. Eastern
Texas has also developed a large commercial peach-grow-
ing business. Part of western Colorado is now becoming
known as a peach country. Nearly tlie whole of Cali-
fornia, except the mountains, is admirably adapted to
the Peach, and the fruit is grown there on a large basis.
There are isolated places all over the United States in
which Peach growing is profitable, but the above outline
designates the areas of largest commercial importance
at the present time.

In regions that are too cold for the normal develop-
ment of the Peach, the tree may be grown with some
satisfaction by laying it down in winter. For this pur-
pose the tree is usually trained with a thin or rather flat
top so that it will lie upon the ground when the tree
is bent over. When the tree is to be laid down, earth
is dug away from the roots on one side, the ball of
earth which holds the roots is loosened somewhat, and
the tree is bent over until it reaches nearly or quite the
level of the ground. It may remain in this position
without covering, being protected by its proximity to
the earth and by the snow which drifts into the top; or
sometimes the tree is covered with litter or even with
earth, — if with litter, care must be taken that mice do
not nest therein and gnaw the trees.

Although the Peach has many forms, it is all one spe-
cies, PrunKS Persica. See Pritnns. It is probably na-
tive to China, but it has been in cultivation from the
earliest times, and it came into Europe by way of Per-
sia, whence the name Perstca, and also Peach. From
this Persian-European source have come the common
Peaches of the United States. These Peaches do not
thrive well in the extreme south, however. In more re-
cent years introdiictions have been made directly from
China, and these types, of which the Honey (Fig. 1661)
is the chief example, thrive well in the far south. Still
another type of Peach, which is hardy and productive
in the South, is the Indian type sometimes called the
"native peach." This is probably'" derived from the
Peaches which the early Spaniards brought into North
America. It has run wild over a wide range of country
in the South. As early as 1812 the botanist Nuttall
found Peaches growing wild as far west as Arkansas.
Still another type of Peach is the Peen-to, or the flat
Peach of China. This is adapted only to the extreme
southern part of the country, thriving well in the north-
ern part of the citrous belt. It is much too early-bloom-
ing for even the middle south. It is a very early Peach,
much flattened endwise, so that it has the shape of a
very flat apple. (Fig. 1660.) It has been described as a
distinct species, Prunus platycarpa, but there is every
reason to believe that it is only a modified form of the
ordinary Peach species. Price (Bulletin 39, Texas Ex-
periment Station) divides all Peaches which are known
in North America into five general groups : (I) The
Peen-to or flat Peach race, comprising the variety known
as the Peen-to (Fig. 1660), and also the Angel and
Waldo; (2) the South China race, with oval, long-pointed
fruit with deep suture near the base, represented by
the Honey (Fig. 1661); (3) the Spanish or Indian race,
with very late, yellow, firm, often streaked fruit, repre-
sented by varioiis southern varieties, as the Cabler (Fig.
1662), Cohimbia, Galveston, Lulu, Texas and Victoria;
(4) the North China race, with large, mostly cling or
semi-cling fruit and verv large, fiat leaves, represented
by the Chinese Cling, Elberta (Fig. 16631. Mamie Ross,
Smock and Thurber ; (5) the Persian race, including
the common varieties of the mid-country and the North,

1228

PEACH

PEACH

as Crawford (Fig;. 1G6-1), Oldmixon, Sahvay, and the
like. Tlie varieties of Peaches are many, although less
numerous than those of apples. An inventory of 73
catalogues of American nurserymen, in 1900, showed
291 varieties on the market.

The Peach is a showy tree when in bloom. There are
double - flowered varieties (Fig. 1665), which are as

1660. Peen-to Peach (X ^2)-

handsome as the dwarf flowei'ing almond, and they are
more showy because of the greater size of the tree.
These double -flowered varieties have never become
popular, however, owing to risks of winter injury and
spring frosts, depredation of borers, and the short sea-
son in which they remain in bloom. The flowers of the
Peach are naturally variable in both size and color.
Peach-growers are aware that there are small-flowered
and large - flowered varieties. The character of the
flower is as characteristic of the variety as size or color
of fruit is. Fig. 1666 shows two extremes. The Craw-
fords are small-flowered ; the Alexander and Amsden
are large flowered.

Propagation. — The Peach is always propagated by
■means of seeds. The first year the seedlings are
budded to the desired variety. The seed is planted on
the first opening of spi'ing in rows far enough apart to
allow of horse tillage, and the seeds are dropped every
G to 8 inches in the row. These seeds should have been
kept moist during the winter. Usually they are piled
out of doors, being mixed with sand or gravel, and al-
lowed to freeze. The shells are then soft when plant-
ing time arrives and many of the pits will be split.
Then it will not be necessary to crack the pits. In the
northern states the trees will be ready for budding in
August and early September. The buds are set close to
the surface of the ground, and they do not start until
the following spring. The year succeeding the bud-
ding, the bud should make a tree 3 to 6 feet in height,
and at the end of that season it is ready for sale; that
is, the tree is sold when it is one season from the bud.
In the southern states, Peach seedlings may be large
enough to bud in June or early July of the year in
which the seeds are sown. The buds will then grow
that season, and the trees be ready for sale that fall.
That is, the whole process is completed within the space
of one season. These "June-budded trees " are popular
in the South, but they have never become thoroughly
established in popular favor in the North. They are
very likely to be injured by the first winter, since the
trees are not so well matured, as a rule, as the one-year-
old trees grown in the North. If, however, they witli-
stand the first winter, they should make as good trees

1661. Honey Peach (X ^).

as others. For the details of propagation, see the article
on Graftage in Vol. II.

Soil mid Phtriting. — The Peach will thrive on most
any soil, providing the climate and site are congenial.
The best Peach land, however, is that which is light and
sandy. On such lands the Peach develops its highest
color and its richest flavor, although on heavier lands

it may be more juicy. The soil in the great Peach sec-
tions of Michigan and the North Atlantic region is light
and loose. On heavy lands the Peach is likely to grow
too late in the fall and to make too much wood. Tie
fruit is usually somewhat lower in color and tends to
be later in ripening. The low color may be corrected,
however, by planting the trees far apart, and by pinin-
ing to open tops to admit the sun.

Since the Peach blooms very early and the flowers
are liable to be killed by late spring frosts, it is import-
ant that the site on which the orchard is planted
should either be relatively free from late spring frosts
or such as to retard the bloom. In proximity to large
bodies of water, late spring frosts are less likely to
occur, and the tree blooms relatively late because the
water equalizes the climate and adjacent areas do not
warm up so quickly in the spring. This is particularly
true along such large bodies of water as the Great
Lakes. In interior places it is well to choose a northern
slope or other backward site, on which place the trees
are retarded in bloom. In warm exposures in cities
Peaches are very likely to be caught by late spring
frosts because they bloom too early. It is usually better
in such cases to plant the trees on the north side of a
building.

Peach trees are always set when not more than one
year from the bud. The distance apart varies with dif-

1662. Cabler Peach (X K).

ferent soils, different parts of the country and with dif-
ferent growers. The standard and maximum distance
is twenty feet apart each way. If trees are planted at
this distance, they maybe tilled with ease, andheading-
in may not be necessary. Many growers, however, plant
closer than this with excellent results. By giving extra
good tillage and fertilizing they force trees to bear young,
and by the time the trees begin to crowd the orchard
has paid for itself, and some of the trees may be re-
moved. Whilst this practice may be advised in special
cases, the case depending on the energy and ability of
the owner, it is not to be advised for general purposes.
Tilling and FertUizing . — B-Hvu^g selected his land
the Peach-grower must look with the greatest care to
the cultivation and fertilizing of the orchard. Peach
orchards should not be cropped after the third year; and
if they are planted on sandy lands, and particularly if
set less than 20 feet apart, they should not be cropped
from the time they are set. Very frequent stirring of
the surface soil from May until August, and thereafter,
perhaps, a green crop which shall be plowed under the
next spring, is the best general plan of tillage. Never
seed down a Peach orchard nor sow it to grain. If there
is any fruit that should never be neglected, it is the
Peach; and this is why careless men do not succeed
with it, and why so many of the orchards produce only
debts and discouragement. But it is easy to produce an
overgrowth on strong lands. The trees grow to a great
size dtiring the first few years, their tops are full of
heavy leaves and the foliage holds very late in the fall.
These trees generally bear tardily and in some cases
they are not productive. They run to wood. The winds
tear them to pieces. The trouble lies first in the land:

PEACH

PEACH

1229

it is too strong for the Peach. The second trouble may
be the too free use of barQ manures or other nitrogenous
fertilizers, or too late tillage in the fall.

The keynote to the proper fertilizing of Peach
orchards is liberal use of potash and phosphoric acid
and sparing use of nitrogen. Ashes, muriate of potash,
bone fertilizers, — these are some of the best fertilizers
for Peach trees. Tillage, with green manure crops at
the end of the season, can be relied upon to furnish the
nitrogen in most instances; and it is even possible to
plow under too much vetch or crimson clover in the
course of years. Peaches which overgrow are likely to
suffer in winter.

Pruning Peach Trees. — The methods of pruning Peach
trees are the occasion of much discussion amongst po-
mologists. The differences of opinion turn chiefly about
three practices, — short trunks with rapidly ascending
branches; high trunks with more horizontal branches;
and shorteniug-iu or heading-back the annual growth.
Each of these three methods has ardent advocates and
opponents. It is probable that each system has distinct
merits for particular cases. The nature and fertility of
the soil are often the dominating factors in these oppos-
ing methods. A system of pruning which fits the slow
growth and hard wood of sandy soils may not be adapted
to the rapid growth and heavier tops of trees on strong
soils. Fig. 1007 shows what is believed to be, in gen-
eral, the best method of pruning Peach trees on sandy
or what may be called Peach soils. It is the natural
method. The tree is allowed to spread its top at will,
with no heading-in. The foliage is comparatively light
aud does not place great weight upon the branches, and
the trees, on such lands, do not grow quickly to such
great size as on heavy lands. This method of allowing
a tree to make its natural top is the common one in tne
Chesapeake peninsula (Pig. 1608) and in the Michigan
Peach belt (Fig. 1669). It will be observed, also, that
the pictures show trees with short trunks and forking
branches. It is a prevalent opinion that such trees are
more likely to split with loads of fruit than those which
have more horizontal branches, but this is an error. Of
course, much care should be exercised to see that the
branches do not start off from the trunk at exactly the
same height, thtis making a true fork or Y. With this
precaution, the crotchy trees are no more likely to split
than the others, while they allow of a much better form
of top, unless the tree is to be headed-in. The horizontal
branches of the high-topped trees often appear to carry
a load of fruit with less ease than the more upright
branches of the other style of training. This danger
of breaking is greatly lessened if the fruit is properly
thinned. The low trunk permits a more open top, aud
this seems to be an advantage. One is often surprised
at the thinness of top in the best Peach orchards of
Michigan and Delaware. In such tops, the Peach should
color better, and it is reasonable to expect less trouble
from fungi.

Yet there is much to be said for the high-topped trees.
They are more easy to till and it is quite as easy to pick
their fruit; and there is less tendency to make long and
sprawling branches as a result of careless pruning. On
rich lands, it is perhaps the better method^. And here
is the chief reason for heading-back in the North,—
the necessity of checking the growth and keeping the
tree within bounds when it is growing in a strong soil.
Whether one shall head-in his trees or not, therefore,
must depend on circumstances. In sandy Peach lands
it is generally unnecessary, but it may be a good prac-
tice when trees make an over-exuberant growth. This
heading-in is usually done in the winter, from a third
to half the annual growth being removed.

Heading-in the branches always tends to make a thick-
topped tree. The best growers usually give much atten-
tion to cutting out the small unprofitable wood from the
center of the tree (compare Figs. 1070, 1071). This labor -
may be greatly increased if heading-in is practiced. If
not persistently thinned of the inner growths, headed-in
trees tend to produce fruits of lighter color and of later
ripening. Many orchards have suffered from twig-
blight in these central shoots.

The pruning may be made a thinning process. The
fruit of the Peach is borne on the wood of the previous
year. The Peach makes true flower-buds, — those con-
taining no leaves. Two flower-buds are borne together

on either side of a slender leaf-bud. These buds show
plainly as early as August, and usually still earlier. At
that time they may be distinguished by the triple leaves
growing at certain nodes, as in Fig. 1072. When the

1663. Elberta Peach (X nearly K).

leaves have fallen, the twin fruit-buds, with the leaf-
bud made between, present the appearance shown in
Fig. 1073. Not always do the two buds develop: one of
them may be aborted or injured so that a single flower-
bud and a leaf-bud stand together. These flower-buds
are borne on both the strong terminal shoots and on
the weak growths in the interior of the tree top. The
fruits in the interior of the top are for the most part
poor; therefore it is good practice to remove the weak
shoots on the inside of the top, thereby thinning the
fruit and allowing the energy of the tree to go to the
development of the fruit nearer the outside. Any sys-
tem of pruning, therefore, which removes the annual
growth thins the fruit. Heading-back the tree also may
be a thinning process. The fruit-buds are borne some
distance below the tips of the shoots, however, and un-
less the heading-in process is somewhat severe, there is
little result- in thinning the fruit.

TTiinning the Frtdt. — There is very general neglect
in thinning the fruit. It should be a rule that no two
Peaches should stand closer on the same branch than
five or six inches. No work of the orchard pays better
than this thinning, either in the price which the remain-
ing produce brings in the market or in the vital energy
which is saved to the tree. Peach trees that are regn-
larlj'- thinned should bear every year, barring injuries
from winter or spring frosts. Growers seem to forget
that this fruit must all be picked sooner or later, and

W

1664. Crawford Peach (X 1-5)

that the work is more easily done in June or July than
in September. The thinning should be delayed until
the fruit is the size of the end of one's thumb, for
by this time the "June drop" has occurred, and the

1230

PEACH

PEACH

Peaches can be readily seen and handled. The fruit
from well-thinned trees usually sells for twice as much
as that from overloaded trees, and the vigor of the
trees is conserved at the same time; and the grower
has the satisfaction of selling a superior product.
There are two rules for the worliraan to observe in the
thinning of fruit: (1) removal of injured or inferior
fruits; (2) allow no two fruits to stand closer together
than the distance which has been decided on— say about
six inches for Peaches.

Marketing. — li growers are jiegligent in thinning the
fruit, they are too often positively careless in marketing
it. Even in years of low prices, honestly and tastefully
packed fruit brings good prices. The handsome boxes
of California Peaches, containing 60 wrapped fruits, will
sell readily for $2 to $4, whilst home-grown fruit sells
for 25 to 75 cents a half bushel; and yet the latter may
be the better by the time it reaches the consumer.

There are several faults with common methods of
handling Peaches. The packages are too large. The
fruit is not graded and selected; in fact, it is not well
grown. There are often no wooden covers on the bas-
kets, and, as a consequence, that part of the package

Bloom of double-flowered

Peach (XK).

1666.

Bloom of large- and

small-flowered Peaches.

which should look the best is usually the most jammed
and crushed. In observing the markets, one finds that
quite half the packages are not full when they reach
the salesman. The Peach is a dessert fruit and should
command a fancy price. Therefore, it should be packed
in dainty baskets, and the packages should be sold with
the fruit. Peaches in bushel baskets is a contradiction
of ideals: the bushel package is for apples, potatoes,
and turnips.

In New Jersey and Michigan the staple Peach pack-
age has been the tall, wide-topped basket. Of late years,
however, different forms of the Climax basket (Fig. 1674)
have come to be popular, and in some parts of the country
they are used exclusively. The fruit always should be
packed after it is picked, the best grade being carefully
placed in the packages by hand.

Tnsecis. — The two most serious insect enemies of the
Peach are the borer and curculio. The borer usually
works in the crown of the tree near the surface of the
ground. The borer itself is the larva of a wasp-like
moth. It is an annual insect, completing its life-cycle
within a twelvemonth. The eggs are laid in summer.
By October, in most parts of the country, the larva
is large enough to be detected. In September or Octo-
ber, therefore, it is well to grub the trees. The earth

is removed from the crown with a hoe or strong iron
trowel, and whenever a hole is discovered in the bark
or gum is exuding, the bark is cut away with a knife
until the grub is discovered. Not all the grubs can
be detected at any one grubbing. It is well to go over
the trees again the following May or June, to catch the
large grubs before they pupate. The grubbing of trees
may seem like a laborious operation, but it is not ex-
pensive if done frequently and thoroughly. It does not
compare with pruning in cost or labor. It is the only
sure and satisfactory way to avoid injury by borers.

The curculio attacks the fruit. Soon after the blos-
soms fall the small weevil or beetle, which resembles
a pea-bug, lays its eggs in the fruit; and from these
eggs a grub soon hatches, and the Peach becomes
wormy. The ege:s are laid during a considerable period
— from two to four weeks — depending on the location
and the season. The insect is more or less dormant in
the cool of the morning and will drop when the tree
is jarred, and this allows the peach-grower a chance of
catching it. A large sheet, covering the spread of the
top, is laid under the tree and the tree is jarred quickly
two or three times, when the curculio falls, and it is then
picked from the sheet. There are various apparatus for
catching the curculio, all working on the above principle.
One of the best of these is a 2-wheeled rig, something
like a wheelbarrow, which carries a large canvas or
muslin hopper. There is an opening in the hopper op-
posite the operator, to allow the hopper to be wheeled
under the tree so that the trunk may stand near the
middle of the machine. When the machine is in place,
the operator gives the tree two or three quick thumps,
and the insects drop. Usually, there is a tin or zinc
receptacle at the apex of the hopper into which insects
may be shaken. This bugging operation is begun early ,
in the morning, iisiially by live o'clock. The first explo-
ration with the bugging-machine is made within a week
after the blossoms fall. If insects are found the opera-
tion is continued. If the insects are very abundant the
bugging will need to be done every morning; but if they
are not abundant it may be necessary to go over the
plantation only two or three times a week. The biigging
is continued as long as the insects are found in suffi-
cient quantity to do much damage. Two or three weeks
will usually cover the egg-laying season ; but sometimes
the catching must be continued even longer than this.
This bugging is a laborious operation, but it is the only
sure method of combating the curculio. The work can
be made much more easy and expeditious if the ground
is hard and firm, to allow the machines to be wheeled
readily. It is well, therefore, to till the orchard as early
as possible, and^if the groimd is very soft to go over it
with a slicker or other compacting implement just be-
fore the bugging operation begins. After the curculio
catching is done, one may begin the thinning of the
fruit. All Peaches which give evidence of having been
attacked by the curculio are then picked; this is an im-
portant means of keeping the pest in check.

Diseases. — The Peach is subject to many insidious
aud inexplicable diseases. Of these the worst is yel-
lows. The yellows is a distinct disease. It is not a
condition. It attacks Peach trees of all ages and in all
conditions of vigor, seeming to have a preference for
those that are thrifty. It is incurable, and its termi-
nation is always fatal. It is communicable from tree to
tree. The means of communication is unknown, but it
is not spread through the soil, it probably does not
originate in the roots, it is evidently not conveyed
from flower to flower, and it is probably not transferred
by means of pruning tools. It may be disseminated
by buds, even by those from branches that do not yet
show signs of the disease. The one unmistakable
symptom of yellows is the red-spotted character of the
fruit. The flesh is commonly marked by red lines or
splashes beneath the spots. These Peaches generally
ripen prematurely, and in the second year they are
usually smaller and often more fuzzy than the normal
fruit. The second symptom to appear— or the first in
trees not in fi-uit— is the "tip" growth (Pig. 1G75). This
is a short growth starting from the upper or terminal
buds, usually late in the season, and is characterized
by narrow stiff yellowish small leaves which stand at
nearly right angles to the shoot. Sometimes these tips

PEACH

PEACH

1231

appear late in autumu. after the leaves have fallen, or
in spring hefore normal growth begins. They are often
first seen upon the ends of waterspronts. This "tip"
growth is sometimes little pronounced, and then only a
practiced eye will detect
it. The third mark of
the disease is the push-
ing out of slender stiff-
leaved yellowish shoots
"^ from the body of the
■^ tree or the sides of the
large limbs {Fig. 167G).
In pronounced cases, or
when the tree is about
to die, these shoots may
branch into close bunchy
tufts. These symp-
toms are frequently
wholly absent in this
state throughout the en-
tire course of the dis-

1667.
The Michigan vase-form tree.

ease.
In its final stage, the yellows is marked by small and
slender growth of all new wood, small, narrow, yellow
or reddish foliage, and occasionally by a great pro-
fusion of slender and branchy growths in the center of
the tree. As a rule, yellows trees die in five or six
years from the first visible attack, sometimes sooner.
The yellow and stunted condition following neglect or
the work of borers — both of the common borer and tlie
pin-hole borer— is often mistaken for yellows. Ex-
termination of all affected trees — root and branch— is
the only method of keeping the disease at bay. This
work should be done vigorously and thoroughly. The
entire community should unite. Trees may be set in
the places from which the diseased trees are removed,
without fear of contamination. The cause of the disease
is wholly unknown. Almost every ascribed cause has
been disproved upon careful investigation. Even when
the cause shall have been discovered, the remedy will
probably remain the same — extermination. The disease
has no uniform preference tor varieties, soils, climate,
nor methods of propagation or cultivation. No fertiliza-
tion of the soil will cure the disease or check its spread.
The disease sometimes attacks the almond, apricot, and
Japanese plum. Yellows has been recognized for
about a century. It is peculiar to North America, and
is generally distributed north of the Carolinas and east
of the Mississippi. For more specific information ou
Peach yellows, consult the writings of E. P. Smith,
published by the U. S. Dept. of Agric.

Rosette is a very serious disease of Peach trees in
the southern states, characterized by dense rosettes
or bunches of foliage on the young shoots. It soon

1668. Peach trees in Eastern Maryland.

proves fatal. The cause is unknown. The remedy is
to exterminate the trees as soon as the disease appears.
The leaf curl has been the subject of more concern
amongst Peach-growers during the past few years tlian
any other disease, except the yellows. It has a decided

preference for some varieties, particularly those with
large, soft and dark-colored leaves. It is also influ-
enced greatly by the season, although it is rarely wholly
absent. A moderate attack does not perceptibly injure
trees in full vigor. In many cases, however, the
larger part of the leaves fall from the tree in June, and
the fruit, deprived of nourishment, may also fall. Leaf
curl, the curculio and lack of pollination are the chief
causes of the "June drop" of Peaches. The leaves
"curlj" or become puckered, early in the season, and
soon die. Experiments have demonstrated that a thor-
ough spraj^ing with full-strength Bordeaux mixture just
before the buds swell in spring is very nearly a spe-
cific. If long-continued wet weather follows, it may be
advisable to spray again, when the petals have fallen,
with Bordeaux mixture, consisting of 2 pounds of cop-
per sulfate, 2 pounds of quick-lime, and 50 gallons of
water. If the weather of April and early May is warm
and dry, this second spraying will be unnecessary. For
full account of Peach curl, see Newtou B. Pierce, Bull.
20, Div. Veg. Phys. and Path., U. S. Dept. Agric, 1900
(pp.204).

"Little Peach " is a recent disease which has appeared
in Michigan and western New York. It is ordinarily
characterized by the Peaches remaining small and hard,
the trees losing vigor and the leaves becoming small.
After a time the tree dies. It seems to spread when
once established in an orchard. The cause of the difli-

1669. View in a young Michigan Peach orchard,

culty is quite unknown. By some it is thought to be
due to a root fungus. Others have associated it with
dry seasons, the lack of fertility in the soil, overbearing
and other exhausting processes. It has every appear-
ance, however, of being a distinct disease. No remedy
is yet known. Growers are advised to pull out the trees
and burn them as if they had yellows. Some growers
think that they can overcome the disease partially or
wholly by liberal applications of nitrogenous fertilizers
and by extra attention to tillage. All these questions,
however, yet remain to be demonstrated.

Fruit-rot and twig-blight, due to the fungus MoniUa
fructigena, is a serious disease of Peaches. The rot-
ting of the early Peaches on the tree is too familiar to
need description, but it is not generally known that this
decay is not a normal process and peculiar to the va-
riety, but is caused by a distinct fungous disorder.
Very often these same trees that show the fruit-rot have
the young growth blighted, as if attacked by something
like pear-blight. This death of the shoots is due to the
same fungus that causes the fruit to rot. The decayed
Peaches sometimes dry up aud hang on the tree, and be-
come a prolific source of infection for the coming year.
These mummified Peaches can be found in orchards all
over the country, even, in many cases, a year following
the attack. They are likely to be most abundant in the
center of the top, and the fungus often kills the twigs that
bear the diseased fruits. The same fungus attacks the
cherry and plum. Prof. F. D. Chester, of the Delaware
Experiment Station, found that the fungus sometimes
destroys the flowers in spring, and this injury may
pass for the effects of frost. He also found that thor-
ough spraying with copper fungicides greatly reduced
the injury. His advice for the treatment of the dis-
ease is as follows: (1) Gather and burn all mummified
fruit. (2) Early in the spring, before the fruit-buds

1232

PEACH

PEACH

bee:in to swell, spray the trees with a solution cou-
taiiiing 1 pouml of copper sulfate to 25 gallons of
water. (S) As soon as the fruit-buds begin to swell,
spray the trees with Bordeaux mixture or copper car-
bonate. Follow this by another spraying before the
buds open. (4) As soon as the fruit shall have reached
full size, make a third application. Tliis may be fol-
lowed by two or three applications at intervals of five or
seven days during the ripening period. It will proba-
bly not be often necessary to make more than one late
application. Thorough thinning of the fruit is a good
preventive of the spread of the rot.

There are no up-to-date American books on the Peach.
Three works have been published: Fulton's "Peacli
Culture," 1870, new edition, 1889; Rutter's "The Culture
and Diseases of the Peach," Harrisburg, Pa., 1880;
Willcox's "Peach Culture," Bridgeton. N. J., 188G.
There are several excellent experiment station bulletins
on the Peach. See also, Fitz's "Southern Apple and
Peach Culturist," and Black's "Cultivation of the Peach
and the Pear on the Delaware and Chesapeake Penin-
sula-" L. H. B.

Peach Culture in the South (Fig. 1G77). — Peaches
have been abundant in the southern states since the very
earliest settlement, the so-called S])anish varieties be-
ing first distributed by the early settlers in Florida, and
to this day, all through the South Atlantic states the old
"Spanish Blood." or "Tiusley" Peach, is spoken of as
one of the choice fruits of the earth. From time to time
all the improved varieties were scattered tlirough the
South by the more progressive horticulturists and nur-
serymen, and these and their seedlings were abundant
on nearly every plantation. The South being strictly
an agricultural country, there was little chance for com-
mercial Peach culture until along between 1870 and 187o,
when the introduction of a number of new extra-early
varieties of the Alexander type, seedlings of Hale and
Rivers, gave such bright, showy Peaches the latter part
of May and early June that attempts were iuade to
market them at a profit in our Northern cities.

A lack of quick, through railway - express service
caused them to be three and four days on the way, and
usually to be delivered in bad order. Occasional lots,
arriving in fair to good condition and selling at from
$12 to $20 per bushel convinced a few of the shippers that
the extra-early Peaches of the South were appreciated at
the North, and persistent eiforts were continued to get
them to market in sound condition. Everv conceivable

and a sufficient quantity of ice, with strong caster wheels;
under them so they could be trundled in and out of freight
cars, were utilized to bring Peaches north by Savannah
and Charleston steamers ; and by re-icing on the steamers
much of the early fruit came through in good order an<l
sold at sweh satisfactory prices as to encourage the

1670. Unpruned thick-topped Peach tree.

style of shipping package was used, — paper-wrapped
fruit placed between layers of cotton, excelsior, paper,
etc., and sent by express or steamer, — and all brought
about the same returns, "Arrived in bad order." Only
occasional lots paid a profit. Finally, heavy refrigerator
boxesthatwouldhold about 6 bushels of f niit in packages,

1671. The interior \veak branches are removed.
(Compare Fig. 1670.)

sending of the large midsummer Peaches to market in
the same way, and the planting of moderate sized or-
chards and the further experimenting with seedlings
and varieties best suited to long shipments.

The perfection of the refrigerator car for fruit trans-
portation, improved machinery for the cheap manufac-
ture of ice, the consolidation of various small railway
lines into great through roiites of transportation, and a
full appreciation by their managers of the importance
of a successful Peach industry, and last but not least,
the originating of the Elberta Peach by Mr. Rumph,
were the final factors in rapidly developing the great
commercial Peach industry in Georgia, and its smaller
counterparts in S. C, Ala., Miss., Ark. and Texas.

The year 1889 saw the first large Peach crop success-
fully harvested and marketed. Profits were large, and
being reported in the press many times greater than they
really were, stimulated much planting by those entirely
unfamiliar with fruit culture, and with no special love
for it except the money that might be made out of it.
Cheap lands and the abundance of good, low-priced
labor were encouragements to extensive plantings. In
nearly every state of the South, land in vast tracts
suitable for Peach culture may be had at from $3 to
$10 per acre, and labor from sun to sun at from 40 to 60
cents per day. Along the Atlantic and Gulf coast, vary-
ing from one to two hundred miles inland, most of the
land being low and flat, early blooming, followed by
spring frost, makes the Peach industry too uncertain to
be profitable. The hill lands in western sections of At-
lantic coast states, and northern sections of the Gulf
states, is really the Peach country of the South. Port
Valley and Marshallville, the great Peach centers of
Georgia, though on tablelands about two hundred miles
from both ocean and Gulf, and at an elevation of a
little over 500 feet, are not in what might strictly be
called the hill country, being just below the southern
edge of it. In this section of Georgia, most of the Peach
orchards have been planted on old cotton-land, much of
which has been in cultivation a century or more, and
while the surface-soil is worn and poor, down deep in
the red clay soil underlying the 6 or 8 inches of sandy,
gray loam of the surface, there must be a vast amount
of fertility from the way Peach trees grow when once
started and a reasonable amount of culture is given.

A majority of the orchardists, who are cotton-planters
as well, plant second- and third-class yearling trees, or

PEACH

PEACH

1233

else small June-budded trees any time from October to
March; opening furrows for the trees and cross-check-
ing the rows 18 to 22 feet apart; later plowing this land
and planting it in cotton, continuing it for three and
often four years. Two to four hundred pounds of low-
grade fertilizer is applied in drills for the cotton and
usually very thorough culture given; trees are allowed
to grow at will, their culture being incidental to the
cotton crop. In such orchards very little if any pruning
is ever attempted. After the trees become so large as
to drive out the cotton, one plowing is given in winter,
then anything from fairly good culture to none at all
the rest of each season. Such a system results in many
"scrub orchards," that are not very profitable after six
or seven years.

Specialists, who devote almost their entire time to the
Peach business, plant their trees mostly 16xlG or 18x18
feet and give them entire use of the land. The under-
signed, being a rather close pruner, has about 150,000
trees planted 13x13 feet and about 175,000 planted 15
X 15 feet.

All land is plowed deep, and sometimes subsoiled
before planting. Young orchards are given frequent
and thorough tillage up to mid-season, when 2 or 3
rows of cow-peas are drilled in at least 4 feet away from
the rows of trees; these and the trees are cultivated
frequently, until the peas have taken almost full pos-
session of the ground, and it is time for both the land
and trees to have a rest from cultivation. In the fall
when peas are ripe, enough are gathered for next year's
seed, after which hogs or mules may be turned in to
pasture for a time. The stubble furnishes a fine winter
cover, and is turned down at first plowing in February
or March, when summer cultiire Tiegins, and at proper
time the orchard is again seeded to cow-peas, across the
former direction of the rows. Three years of this usu-
ally builds up a perfect orchard without the aid of any
other fertilizers, except possibly a very little about the
trees at time of planting to give them a start.

Low-headed trees are the rule, the trunks seldom
branching over 18 inches up, and often 8 inches to
a foot from the ground. In one section of the writ-
er's orchard at Fort Valley, Georgia, he has 100,000
trees 8 years old, headed so low that in a full-crop
season like 1900, a man sitting on the ground could
have gathered fully one-half the fruit from each tree.

1672. The three leaves at a joint, where fruit-buds
are forming.

As a rule, the close cutting-back at time of planting,
and a general shortening-in of the leading branches for
the first 2 or 3 years, is about all the pruning given,
even in the best orchards. Our own plan is to shorten-
in every year much of the past season's growth, and
from the central head often cut back 2 or 3 seasons'
growth; but under no circumstances are any of the

1673. Fruit-
buds of
the Peach
with leaf-
bud be-
tw^een.

good side shoots cut out that force themselves on all
the main stems when the top is properly headed back.
Figs. 1G78, 1679. These little side branches have given
the writer several full crops of fruit, when without them
there has been failure.

Soil and climate favor the very brightest of color on
all Peaches in the South; qualities of the soil and the
long, hot summer sun give a richness and
sweetness of tiavor superior to any other
section of America, though the same varie-
ties are not as juicy or luscious as when
grown further North. The writer's obser-
vation leads him to believe that there is
more water and less of solid matter in the
Feacli tlic further one goes North with its
production, and while one can eat more of
the northern Peaches ripe from the tree it
takes the southern-grown Peach to put fat
on one's ribs. During the past ten years,
besides very heavy plantings by southern
landowners, northern fruit men singly and
in corporations have planted extensively of
Peaches all through the South, most largely
in Georgia to the south and west of Macon,
within a radius of 50 miles.

The orchards in connection with cotton
plantations run all the way from 10 to 100
acres in extent, while the "straight-out
Peach farm " seldom has as few as 50 acres
in fruit, more of theiu having from 100 to
200 acres, w^hile orchards all the way from
.300 to nearly 3,000 acres in extent are no
uncommon sight. Samuel H. Rumph, at
Marshallville, Georgia, has more than 1,000
acres superbly cultivated in orchard; the
writer's orchard at Fort Valley, Georgia,
has considerably more than 2,000 acres in
fruit trees, 335,000 of which can be seen
from an outlook on the central packing
house. Rows of trees lM-2 miles in length
stretching away in all directions give a
powerful impression of the Georgia Peach
industry, which turns out 2,500 to 3,000 car-loads of
Peaches in the G or 7 weeks of a busy picking season,
and yet has not one-half its planted trees in really full
fruitage.

Growth usually ceases early in August, and the trees
shed their leaves the last of September, a month or G
weeks before any frosts come. Should the fall be warm
and wet, some fruit-buds will be forced into bloom, while
the great majority will remain dormant until late Jan-
uary or early February, when spring growth commences.
The season of full bloom is usually about the first week
in March, though it varies all the way from February 15
to March 25, and no matter whether early or late, the
entire blooming season of most varieties covers a period
of nearly 3 weeks. While spring frosts are the greatest
menace to southern Peach culture, this long blooming
period often gives a chance for a setting of fruit be-
tween the various frosts, or after the last one, from
some belated buds. Even with these varying chances
of escaping between frosts, about one year in three
Jack Frost is master of the situation, and there is no
Peach crop. Two other serious troubles hamper the
southern Peach cultivator — curculio and monilia or
brown rot. Curculios are very abundant: beginning early
in April, they keep up their destructive work until the
end of the fruiting season. When the crop is abundant
frequent thinning of the stung specimens and burn-
ing them prevents serious harm, although the extra
expense is considerable ; but in seasons of short or
moderate crops trees must be jarred daily and the cur-
culio gathered on sheets or canvas trays and destroj'ed.
During the season of 189), in the Hale orchard, 100,000
trees were freed from the curculio by jarring 50,000 trees
every other day for 7 weeks. A practically perfect
crop of fruit was harvested, and the orchard shipped
more sound fruit than any other 500,000 trees in the
state, or nearly one-quarter of Georgia's Peach crop of
that year.

The early spring months at the South are inclined to
be pleasant and very dry, and the summer rains, which
are frequent and abundant when they do come, often do

1234

PEACH

PEACH

not set in until tlie latter part of July or early August,
near the end of the Peach shipping season. Often,
however, they begin in June, and continue for 2 or 3
weeks, and in the case of the season of 1900 it rained for
G weeks right througli the main part of the Peach har-
vest. Hot sun between showers and the general mug-
giness of a warm climate rapidly breed the monilia
fungus, and brown rot is prevalent on every fruiting
tree. Spraying with straight Bordeaux mixture just
before the buds swell in the spring, and once or twice
more when the fruit is developing with Bordeaux hav-

1674. Peach packing. The Climax basket (Michigan).

ing an excess of lime, is practiced by a few, and holds
the rot in check to a considerable extent. Besides the
sprays in the Hale orchard, if rot appears, we go over
the fruiting trees every day or two, and gather and burn
all fruit showing even the smallest speck of rot, and in
this way secure much more sound fruit than when
only the spraying is ijracticed. In amajority of orchards,
however, neither spraying nor picking the rot is prac-
ticed, and the loss of fruit is often from 50 to 80 per
cent of the entire crop.

The first great crop of Georgia Peaches that made a
strong impress on all northern markets was in 1889,
when the Elberta variety by its large size, great beauty
and tine keeping qualities showed up so strongly for
the first time as to outclass all other varieties. Great
profits were made and, being reported as even greater,
there was a mad rush to plant Elherta, and Elberta
only. This was kept up until 1896-7 before it came to
be realized that there could be too nnich of even a good
thing. The rushing of a great volume of fruit, no mat-
ter how choice, into the markets in 2 or 3 weeks, before
they had been "toned up " to at least a liberal supply of
good fruit, was a business mistake. To remedy this
there has been for the i^ast four years a hunt after a
good early variety to precede the Elberta, as well as
later oues to follow it. Ho that while prior to 1896 more
than 75 per cent of the plantings were of Elberta, since
that time not more than 15 to 20 per cent of Elberta
have been planted. There is a better balance of varie-
ties, and a longer and more profitable season of mar-
keting has been assured. A few Alexanders are yet
planted and open the season late in May. Triumph,
ripening a few days later, has been largely planted; it
suffered most from rot in 1900, and while of good size
and very fine quality, from its "woolly" appearance and
early decay, it thoroughly demoralized the early mar-
kets; and when the thousands upon thousands uf Tri-
umph trees not yet in fruiting come into bearing a de-
moralization of early southern Peaches is sure to resiilt,
that will take several weeks of each Peach season for the
markets to recover from, after better varieties begin
to come along. Early Rivers, coming to much higher
color in the South than in central and northern states,
has always been very profitable.

The little Tillotson, that mildews its foliage in the
North so as to be a general failure, comes to a perfec-
tion of tree and friiitage in the South; the bright red

little Peaches, seldom more than an inch and a half in
diameter, rich, sweet and delicious, are really the first
extra good Peaches to find their way to market. Greens-
boro a little earlier, and Hieley and Waddell a few days
later, are all very large and beautiful early Peaches,
that are being extensively planted. Carman, of extra
size and great beauty, follows a little later; while St.
John, Mountain Rose. Thurber, Belle of Georgia, El-
berta and Stump, make up most of the rest of heavy
planting ; while Emma and Frances are being most
largely planted to close up the season from the 1st to
the 10th of August. Some Peaches of the Crawford
type are grown all through the South, but they do not
succeed as well as most others of the Persian strain,
and none of the Persians do as well in the far South as
the North China strains, to which Waddell, Thurber,
Belle and Elberta belong. The South China Peaches,
to which the Peen-to, Honey and Angel belong, suc-
ceed best in Florida and close along the Gulf coast.
While their bitter-sweet flavor is appreciated by some,
they are not generally profitable for market.

In preparation for marketing the fruit crop, many of
the large orchards have railroad side-tracks running to
their packing houses in the orchard; refrigerator cars
are brought South, and every available bit of side-track
for three or four hundred miles about is filled with
these cars. At leading centers, refrigerator car people
have constructed great ice storage houses, with every
convenience for quickly icing and re-icing cars. Agents
of these refrigerator car companies, by frequentlj' driv-
ing about among the orchards and keeping in touch
with the managers, plan to have enough cars iced up
and cooled off so as to be ready for each day's demand,
and by placing an order with the railroad agent the
night before, the orchardist may have one or a dozen
refrigerator cars delivered on his side-track in the
morning. For smaller shippers, who cannot load in car
lots, the railroads keep at all times in season refrigera-
tor cars on siding at each station in the Peach district,
into which any number of shippers may load ; more
often there will be a number of such cars loading at the
same time, so that a shipper may have a choice as to
which market he will consign his fruit. Except in the
height of the season, these cars are often two and some-
times three days in loading, and the continued opening
of the car to put in small lots of fruit prevents perfect
refrigeration; consequently fruit from, small shippers
more often goes to market in bad order than from the
larger orchards, where a car can be quickly loaded and
at once closed up, not to be opened until ready for sale
in some northern market. In the Hale orchards a car
is often loaded in an hour, and very little of the fruit
is ever so long as two hours passing from the tree
through the assorting and packing hoiises to the car.
For ten successive mornings, season of 1900, there were
picked, graded and nailed up in crates, and the doors
closed and sealed up, three car-loads before eight o'clock
in the morning; seven o'clock and fifty-four minutes
was the latest, and seven thirty-five the earliest finish.
Only by a lively start at daylight can such work be ac-
complished.

In some of the smaller orchai'ds, fruit is packed in,
crates or baskets right under the trees, and then hauled
in open wagons, often without springs, to the railroad
station. In others, some of the old farm biiildings are
used as packinghouses; more often special fruit houses
are used, their size depending upon the requirements
of the orchards, while in style and convenience more
depends upon the intelligence of the orchardists and
desire to handle the fruit rapidly in best possible man-
ner. The picking basket most generally used is a shal-
low, round basket, with a drop handle, and holding
about a half -bushel. With good refrigerator cars and
prompt railroad service, fruit is now allowed to come
to full maturity on the tree, and is picked just before it
begins to soften.

In the Hale orchard expert pickers instruct all new
workers how to judge by the color on the shady side
of a Peach, when it is ripe for the harvest; then
each picking gang is in charge of a foreman, who is
ever on the alert to secure uniformity in the work.
Each picker is numbered, and has a little canvas
bag with his number stenciled on it, and filled with

PEACH

PEACH

1235

tickets of same number; oue of these tickets is placed
in the bottom of each baj>ket as he begins to fill it, so
that when any basket reaches the assorting table and
proves not to be up to the standard, the inspector of
grading is notified, the ticket number given to a field
inspector, who on horseback gallops away to tone
up the careless picker. Picking 3,000 bushels or more
of Peaches in a day, it is possible at any time to
locate the picker of every basket. This great orchard
is all blocked off by avenues running north and south
every 500 feet into about 12-acre tracts, with cross
streets every 1,000 feet, so that 250 feet is the greatest
distance from any tree to an avenue of travel. Each
picking gang has its required number of "basket boys"
and "toters," who keep the gang supplied with empty
baskets, and "tote" the full baskets to the avenues,
where they are loaded on broad, low-down wagons, hold-
ing about 80 baskets, and hauled to the packing house,
which is a two-story building 40 x 112 feet. The sec-
ond story is used for storage of crates and baskets, all
labeled and finished for immediate use, while the first
floor is a platform 3 feet high, sides open all around
but protected from sun and rain by a lean-to shed about
it, under which the wagons drive as they come from the
fields with the fruit.

Two wide packing benches run the entire length of
the shed; through the center of these benches, raised
nearly a foot, runs a line of canvas trays or pockets,
about 18 inches wide, and divided into sections about
every 2 feet. Along the outside of tliese benches, with
room enough back of them to receive the fruit
from the wagons, stand the graders — bright
young men and women from the best white fam-
ilies of the South. There is room enough on the
sides of the bench, in front of the canvas trays,
for a row of picking baskets, filled with the
fruit just as it came from the tree. With one or
two expert graders along this line to instruct in
the work and consequently keep it toned up, the
sound fruit is assorted direct from the picking
baskets into three sizes: extras. No. I's and sec-
onds, all carefully placed in the canvas trays in
front. Overripe and bruised fruit goes in baskets
at the feet of the grader and finally reaches the
evaporator, while the decayed or otherwise worth-
less fruit goes to the dump and is destroyed by
fire. On the opposite side of the bench, facing
the graders, stand tlie packers, with just room
enough on the edge of the bench in front of the
trays for the 6 basket carriers to stand length-
ways {this carrier from long experience having
been fitund to be' the one best and most profit-
able package to handle the southern Peaches).
Removing the top layers of baskets and division
trays, the bottom tier of baskets is quickly and
firmly packed solid full of whatever standard
size fruit happens to be in the trays in front of
each packer. The division rack and top tier of
baskets are then replaced, and filled in the same
uniform way. Instructors and inspectors of
packing are constantly working up and down the
line, encouraging and assisting in the work, so
that uniform results may be secured.

As each package is finished a card with the
packer's niimber is placed on top, and call of
"Crate!" promptly brings a "toter," who hurries
it to an inspection table, one of which is at each
end of the shed. Here an inspector, who is trained
to know good Peaches and good packing at sight,
either approves it and orders on the cover, or
if poorly packed, not full enough, or in any way defec-
tive, sends it back to the packer to be righted. Some
packers will not put up more than 40 or 50 crates per
day, while very expert ones put up as many as 150 and
in some cases 200; while the average is from 75 to 80
crates per day when the work is done under the most
careful inspection. The name of the variety and grade
of fruit is stenciled on the cover, as it is nailed on, and
the packer's number is penciled on the red label, on
each end of the crate ; then away to the car. Here,
placed side by side about 2H inches apart across the
car, it takes 7 crates. Then two strips of inch-square
stuff, just long enough to reach across the car, are put

on top of the crates at each end and are lightly nailed
down. Tier upon tier is built up in this way, either 5
or 6 crates high, until the car is full. Spacing of the
crates and the slatting provides space for cold air
around each and every crate. In dry seasons, when
fruit is free from rot germs, cars as now constructed
can with safety be loaded 6 crates high, but in wet sea-
sons, with rot prevalent, they arrive in market in much
better order when loaded only 5 high. Besides the ori-
ginal icing, which requires 4~G tons to a car, a re-icing
after loading takes 1-3 tons, depending upon how
long the car is loading. In going to New York, cars are
re-iced at Atlanta, Charlotte, N. C, and Alexandria, Va.,
and if to New England points again at Jersey City.
For Chicago and the Northwest, they are re-iced at At-
lanta, Cincinnati or Louisville. A car will hold 525-650
crates, according to the size of the car and whether
loaded 5 or 6 crates high. Handled along best modern
lines, with careful inspection from start to finish, it
costs, including freight and all incidental expenses,
from 20 to 28 cents to take Peaches rix>e from the tree
and place them in the car. Freight averages about 42
cents to the various northern markets, refrigeration 13
cents, cartage 3 cents, and commission 7-10 per cent of
gross sales, bringing the actual cost up to about $1 to
pick and market a crate of Georgia Peaches, holding
six 4-quart baskets. The bulk of the fruit sells at $1 to
$1.50, a little sells as high as $2.50 and $3, while con-
siderable is sold at less than a dollar, down to as low as
25 cents; this, of course, for fruit arriving in bad order.

1675.

"Tip erowth'

of yellows.

Left-hand specimen shows two small-le;ived tips appearing in
October, 2 or 3 of the normal leaves still remaining near the top.
The middle specimen shows numerous tips appearing in August.
Right-liand specimen is a liealthy twig, for comparison. P. 1231.

Sales at anything above $1 per crate can be counted in
towards cost of production and as profit, -r tt h .t-e

Peach Culture in the Far North. — Having tasted
Peaches that were thoroughly ripened on the tree, the
writer became very desirous of growing this fruit at his
home in northern Vermont, and knowing that the fruit
buds of the Peach tree are not of sufficient hardiness to
(endure the rigor of this climate without protection, he
exercised himself for some cheap and effective way to
cover them. He remembered that when a boy his father
had some Peach trees near the house that had been al-
lowed to Iiranch at about a foot from the grround. Oue

1236

PEACH

PEACH

Avinter, in a severe snow storm, a branch of one ot
them was weiglited down by the snow imd partly split
from the trunk and lay there until sprius;. Though the
thermometer during the storm fell to 30° below zero,
that branch bore fruit the next season. Rememberiuq:
this, the undersigned felt confident that if he could
train Peach trees so that the tops could be easily
brought down to the ground and covered, he could grow

1676. The tufted shoots of Peach yellows. ( See p. 1231.:

this most delicious fruit. After experimenting some
time the foUowing method was found to be efficient.

Secure a very young tree, preferably a seedling from
seed, planted where a tree is desired, and train the
trunk of it horizontally 8-10 inches from the ground,
and suffer no branches to grow. Break off the tender
branches when they are not more than 3 inches long by
bending them sideways, not down over the leaf, as that
would be likely to break off the leaf also. The trunk is
kept horizontal while it is growing by tying it loosely
to a slender pole, which is fastened horizontally. Of
course the tendency of the tree is to grow upward at
the end, and therefore one must look to it aboiit once a
week that the branches are broken off and the trunk
tied down. When trained in this way the tree will con-
tinue to grow vigoroiisly until frost stops it, but it is
necessary that the young "wood has tiiue to ripen suffi-
ciently to endure the winter. The writer finds that if he
ceases to break off tlie branches for 4-G weeks before
the usual time of frost, the \vood at the end of the trunk
will be sufficiently ripened to stand the Avinter wlien
protected.

To protect the tree the first winter, take some half-
inch boards about 3 inches wide, and nail their edges
together so they wdll be like a wooden eave-trough.
Then cut the tree trunk loose from the pole to which
it is tied, put 2 or 3 shovelfuls of <-arth around the

roots and place some evergreens on'tfee ground under
the trunk {just enough to keep it from the soil) ; lay the
tree upon the evergreens and place the trough over the
tree, covering it completely from root to tip. Finally
place a few evergreen boughs over the whole. If the
butts of the boughs are thrust a little into the ground
they will be frozen in and held firmly.

In the spring when danger from frost is past uncover
the tree, fasten the little pole in its place, tie the tree to
it and place the trough over the whole of the tree, ex-
cept a little of the tip. This is important, for if this
horizontal trunk, which now has no leaves, is not cov-
ered from the sun the bark will surely be killed along
its top. After the buds at the tip have grown a little,
break off all but the strongest, and train as in the pre-
\ious year and so continue until the desired length cf
trunk is obtained. If the tree is in good soil and well
cultivated it will in 2 or 3 years make a trunk 10-15 feet
long. When this latter length is attained the trunk is
long enough to be pliable for a good many years, as its
thickness does not increase very fast. Now, while keep-
ing the horizontal trunk in its place, allow its end to grow
up and form a head, which may be trained in a fan-shaped
fashion, parallel with the trunk. A stout stake is driven
at the place where the head is formed, to which it is tied
during the growing season. When freezing weather
comes the head is loosened from the stake and turned
over sideways on some evergreens placed to keep it off
the soil. Over the head of the tree put a few more ever-
greens and over these some boards to keep snow from
sifting in, which will melt during a mild time, and later
form ice about the twigs and kill them.

From this time the treatment of the tree is the same
\s that of any fruit tree, except that it must be covered
each fall and tied up each spring. The writer was
warned that he would be troubled with mice under the
coverings, but he has practiced plowing between the
trees each fall, turning the furrows toward the trees,
and has not been troubled with the rodents. Trees
treated in this way never fail to bear and produce as
abundantl)'^ as when grown upright from the start.

J. T. Macomber.

The Michigan Peach Industry. — The history of
commercial Peach-growing in Michigan would be a fas-
cinating tale indeed if it could be written in detail.
The eras of prosperity bringing on in many cases the
^\ildest speculation in property, followed sometimes
by severe depressions, liave given our prominent Peach
centers some of the features of a western mining camp.
Frequently some shrewd painstaking grower rises to
affluence with a few crops from a well-grown orchard,
on a wisely selected location, and there immediately fol-
lows a class of men who take money out of other lines
and plunge into the mysteries of Peach-growing with
the recklessness of a gambler, often purchasing most
unsuitable locations, planting large quantities of ill-
chosen varieties, cultivating them for a few years, only
to learn in the end that Peach-growing is a profession,
and the production of large quantities of luscious, beau-
tiful fruit, and getting them to market at their highest
stage of excellence, is no mean art.

The so-called Peach belt of Michigan is a strip of
country located on the east shore of Lake Michigan,
varying in width from five to ten miles. In three or
four locations, owing to the favorable contour of the
lake and toi>ugraphy of the land, Peaches are grown
with a marki'd degree of success, even as far as forty
miles inland. This belt begins probably fifteen miles
south of St. Joseph, in Berrien county, and extends
northward to the northern shores of Traverse bay. Lee-
lanaw county, a distance of some 190 miles; but not all
of this belt is successful even though near the lake, it
being a notable fact that the most successful regions
are where the land line extends nearest the center of
the lake, while it is noticeable that where the lake is
broadest, extending into the land, the least success is
attained.

The wonderful success of this region can be ac-
counted for by just two conditions, a suitable soil and
the thermal influence of Lake Michigan. The combina-
tion is so good that this region has not seen an entire
failure of the crop in thirty years, and very few light
crops. Usually there are three to iive heavy crops to

PEACH

PEACH

1237

oue light one where orchards are properly located and
correctly" handled.

The history of the industry can probably be dated to
some year prior to 18G0, but it did not reach any
prominence until about 18G4 and was at high tide by
18G7. At this time and up to this date the commercial
orchards were in a small radius around St. Joseph and
Benton Harbor, the stiles being almost entirely made in
Chicago, as there were no railroad communications with
other cities and the steamboat service to Chicago was
fairly good. During the year 18G7 yellows was first
noticed by men who knew the disease, althotigh it no
doubt existed here a year or two previous. However,
little attention was paid to this disease until it gained
such impetus and virulence that these orchards, valued
at and selling as high as $1,000 per acre, were swept out
of existence. So thoroughly did this disease do its work
that there were probably not as many as ten live Peach
trees in a whole township in 1880. The pioneers of the
Peach industry gave up in despair and either left the
country or turned their attention to farm crops or small
fruits, which latter industrj'" soon gave this port, Benton
Harbor, the distinction of being the heaviest shipping
point for small fruit in the United States.

While this destruction of the orchards was going on
at this point a few men at South Haven, 30 miles north
on the high banks of Lake Michigan, with perfect soil
and slopes and most beautiful surroundings, had be-
gun the planting of orchards, and with wisdom born
of misfortunes and with a higher intelligence, began
to investigate the dread disease ; and so well and cor-
rectly did they learn its treatment that to this day
the yellows has never gotten the start of them and the
orchards were never better nor larger than they are to-
day, while the yellows had been constantly with them
since 1875. In sharp contrast to this case, another point
within 30 miles began setting Peaches about 1880, nearly
tlie entire country being covered with beautiful orchards
for miles around, but when the yellows appeared many
owners, with strange perversity, refused to destroy
diseased trees or allow it to be done under the law then
recently enacted for the purpose of protecting orchards
fronr destruction by this or other contagious disease.
They even w-ent into the courts to save dying trees from
the ax and fire of the legal commissioners. The inevi-
table result was that in a few years this beautiful pros-
perous region was practically out of the Peach business.

During these years it had been discovered that
Peaches could be grown with success and profit at points
far north, and in some cases far inland, where the ele-
vation was great, until now immense quantities are
marketed in Kent, Oceana, Mason, Benzie, Grand Trav-
erse and Leelanaw counties, while Berrien is rapidly
regaining her lost prestige as the heavy producing
county, an honor long held by Allegan county.

In all these counties the yellows now exists in nearly
all orchards over four years old, but only in the hands of
a careless few is it allowed to gain enough headway to
menace an orchard. All men now know that as soon
as the disease appears the tree affected should be de-
stroyed by fire as commanded by law, and if neglected
the entire orchard must pay the penalty. Commissioners
clothed w^ith power to act stand guard over the careless
ones in every township, compelling them to destroy
immediately all affected trees or do it themselves,
charging up all cost and collecting it with other taxes.
So well does this law work and so few are our other
difficulties that this Peach belt is now beyond doubt the
best in America, the crops being more profitable than
those of California and more reliable than those of any
other section.

It is impossible at this date to give statistics as to the
acreage of yield, as the business is extending so very
rapidly and the census report of 1900 is not yet issued.
In a general way it may be said that this entire region
is one of small orchards. Nothing like tlie mammoth
orchards of Georgia can be found in the state, but or-
chards can be found in every neighborhood producing
more Peaches from one acre than these mammoth or-
chards do from four, and giving regular annual crops.
Trees well cared for usually begin producing at two
years old, and at four years old should and do produce
4 to o bushels per tree, while the best orchards some-

times produce as high as 8 or 10 bushels on trees G to 8
years old and with trees set 20 by 20 ft., which is com-
mon practice, the yield varies from 200 to 800 bushels
per acre.

The cultivation and care of the Peach orchard have un-
dergone great change in the past 10 years. What might
be styled modern methods prevail now in nearly every
neighborhood; fine and thorough tillage, careful timely
pruning and rigid thinning previous to the pit-hardening
period are the rule among our best growers. They know
that a tree overloaded cannot produce choice fruit nor
can a tree weakened by an excessive crop of fruit pro-
duce a good crop the following year.

The best fertilization for our soils for Peach-growing
seems to be phosphoric acid in the form of bone, and
potash in the form of carbonate or muriate, with vege-
table mold furnished every year by a growth of oats or
other winter cover-crop sown after tillage ceases in
August. This cover-crop holds all the Peach foliage
where it falls. In the spring it furnishes a decomposed
mass ready to be turned under to a shallow depth by
gang plows.

The packages used are of A-'arious kinds, but the prin-
cipal ones are the one-fifth bushel or 10-pound basket,
the >^-bushel or 25-pound basket and the bushel basket
for medium grades, while the G-basket carrier crate,
holding 30 pounds of fruit, is a favorite package for
sti'ictly fancy grades.

The markets, as well as the market facilities, are un-
surpassed. With only 3-G hours' run the lake steamers
land the freshly picked fruit in Chicago or Milwaukee,
wliere sales are made during the earlier morning hours,
and shipment made by refrigerator trains and express
for all the cities of the great west and northwest region
where Peaches cannot grow. In this manner is the sup-
ply for the smaller cities distributed, while the larger
cities are supplied by refrigerator cars loaded where the
fruit is grown and sold to spot buyers or con.;igned to
the commission trade. In addition to this five or six great
railway systems take solid trains of refrigerators out of
this region every evening on rapid schedules for points
east and south, the favorite markets being Buffalo, Pitts-
burg, New York and Boston in the east, Indianapolis
and Cincinnati in the south, while there has sprung up
during the past two years a very large direct car-load
trade with cities in Iowa and Missouri river points.

The profits of this crop vary so much according to the
skill and judgment of the grower that it is well-nigh
impossible to give accurate information, but it is proba-
bly a safe estimate to put the average net profit at
$100 to $150 per acre for a term of years with ordinary
care, but the best growers realize far greater returns.
Indeed, in 1899, when all other regions except California
had an entire failure, the region about Benton Harbor
and St. Joseph had a fair crop and net returns of $300
to $500 per acre were common, while in one orchard over
$35,000 was taken from 40 acres, and one block of four
acres of Elbertas gave a return of $G,700, or $1,675 per
acre, following with a crop in 1900 that gave a net re-
turn of more than $G00 per acre in a year of great plenty
and low prices. Such yields and prices are phenomenal,
and should only be considered as indicating the possi-
bilities of the crop under most favorable circumstances
and with skilful management.

Several attempts at organization for commercial pur-
poses have been attempted, but so far none have been
entirely successful unless what is known as the central
packing-house system now being worked at two points
in the Peach belt may be said to be a success. This plan
is one by which several growers combine and build a
packing house on the railroad, hauling all their fruit to
this central point, where it is all packed under the super-
vision of a superintendent and loaded directly into the
cars, selling in car lots by grade either to spot buyers
or in distant markets by wire so far as possible, con-
signing the balance to promising markets. This plan
has the advantage of relieving the grower of the burden
of operating a packing house, thereby reducing cost of
packages and packing to a minimum and facilitating
sales. The disadvantage is in hauling loose Peaches
several miles, and in the extra handling, which causes
bruising and injury to quality if fruit is ripe. This last
fact necessitates picking the fruit rather green and

1238

PEACH

PEACH

makes it unsatisfactory to the best trade, so tliat it be-
comes an open question as to the desirability of the
plan. It is noticeable, however, that the largest and
best growers almost invariably pack and sbip their own
product, bi'licviiig that there is greater profit in a higli
individual reputation than iu combination.

In another manner has the State Horticultural Society
and an excellent system of State Farmers Institutes
worked a vast benefit to the industry. They have held
meetings singly and in series in every Peach-growing
locality in the state. At these meetings every detail of
modern high-class Peach culture and marketing has
been freely given by the most successful growers of
this and other states. These meetings have been fol-
lowed by complete printed reports placed in the hands
of every grower. In this connection it should not be
considered too extreme to state that the help received by
our growers from a few able practical and scientific men
cannot be estimated in dollars. Suffice it to say that
nearly every practicable idea given by these men has
l)een quite generally acted upon with great financial ad-
vantage, and the improvement in handling this crop has
been so marked during the past five years as to be really
phenoraenal. Nature having done its full duty to this
region, the elements required for success are a careful
selection of location with regard to soil, elevation and
shipping facilities, a willingness to learn, and a love for
the business, coupled with a high sense of honor in mar-
keting. The adverse conditions are improper selections
of location or varieties and the diseases, yellows and curl
leaf, both of which are quite easily managed by ener-
getic men. Trees affected with yellows are promptly
removed and destroyed, and replaced immediately by
young trees. The ciirl leaf is not regular in its appear-
ance, but occasionally a season comes when its attacks
on certain varieties are serious. It is easily controlled
by preventive spraying.

The writer has visited many of the noted Peach re-
gions, but nowhere has he ever seen such success attained
by men of modest means as in the Michigan Peach belt.
Its future looks even brighter than its past.

R. Morrill.

Peach Culture in Delaware. — 1. Hlsforical
Sketch. — No one knows when the first Peach trees were
planted in Delaware, but undoubtedly there were many
before the Revolutionary period. The trees were seed-
lings, and every old garden contained a sufficient num-
ber to supply the family with preserved and dried
Peaches dm-ing the winter months. There was also a
surplus, which the "lord of the manor" had distilled
into Peach brandy, in which all gentlemen of the old
school delighted. We read that as early as 1814, a Mr.
Bayley, of Accomack county, Va. (a county south of Del-
aware on the peninsula), had 03,000 Peach trees, the
product of which was converted into brandy. The trees
at 6 years of age yielded about 15 gallons of fourth-class
brandy per 100 trees, which sold at $2 per gallon. The
profits could not have been large, unless the trees
were planted much closer than they are now planted.
It is possible that the seed was sown in rows, and the
seedlings allowed to remain as they grew.

The first Peach orchard for commercial purposes in
Delaware was planted in the spring of 1832, by Isaac
Reeves and Jacob Ridgeway on a farm belonging to the
latter, about one mile from Delaware City, on the Dela-
ware and Chesapeake canal. It consisted of 20 acres of
budded trees, and by 1830 they had planted 110 acres.
In a single season Messrs. Reeves and Ridgeway re-
ceived $10,000 gross from their Peach crop, the fruit
then bringing from $1.25 to $3 per 3-peck basket in
the Philadelphia market. This success induced others
to embark in the business, among whom was Major
Philip Reybold, who in 1842 had 12,900 trees. James
Thompson was another pioneer in the business. In 1840
he stated that New Castle county contained about 3,000
acres in Peach trees. Major Reybold and his sous alone
had 117,720 trees covering 1,090 acres, from which
63,344 baskets were shipped in August of 1845. In 1848,
the Peach crop was estimated at 500,000 baskets, chiefly
from New Castle county, of which the Reybolds grew
about one-fourth. In Keut county, Jehu Reed had
planted an orchard of Red Cheek Melocoton as early,
perhaps, as 1829, and several years later had 10,000

trees. J. G, Browu in the seventies had one of the most
extensive orchards in Kent county. In Sussex county,
Capt. Chas. Wright was one of the first to plant trees
on an extended scale, and in the sixties sold the product
of a 10-acre orchard for $5,000 net. The varieties were
Troth, Early York, Golden Rareripe, Oldniixon Free,
Stump, Crawford Late, Mammoth Melocoton, Crockett
White and Smock. Ex-Governor Ross and J. P. Collins
were also extensively engaged in the Peach business,
but the orchards in Sussex at that time generally con-
sisted of from 1,000 to 5,000 trees each.

Governor B. T. Biggs, Governor John P. Cochran and
J. B. Fennimore were among the largest growers around
Middletown in 1871, and Seerick Shallcross, also of Mid-
dletown, marketed 125,000 baskets, valued at $150,000.
This orchard contained more than 100,000 trees, and was
said at that time to be the largest in the world.

Delaware was the first state to develop Peach culture
on a large scale, and for years produced more fine
Peaches than any other locality in the world. The qual-
ity, appearance and size of the fruit when grown under
favorable conditions have never been excelled, if
equaled, by any other section of the United States, but
the appearance of the yellows in New Castle and Kent
counties, the frequent destruction of the crop bj'" un-
timely frosts, and the opening of other sections has
taken some of the glory away from the once famous
Peach districts of Kent and New Castle counties. The
center of theindustry was Middletown in the late sixties.
Then it moved to Smyrna. After a few years Wyoming
was the great Mecca towards which all the connnissiou
men looked for their supply ; now it is Bridgeville.
The Peach belt has been moving southward for several
years, until now Sussex county raises the largest part of
the crop. The trees do not attain the mammoth size of
those on the heavier soils of New Castle and Kent
counties, but Sussex, except in northern parts, has es-
caped that bugbear of Peach-growers, the "yellows."

There are probably about four million Peach trees in
Delaware, though no accurate statistics have been made
since 1890. The Delaware railroad company estimated
that there would be 4,500,000 baskets of fruit along its
various lines in 1900, but its records for the crop are
not yet completed. On August 25, 35 car-loads, mostly
of yellow fruit, were shipped from Bridgeville alone.
There would have been at least 00 cars had there been
a demand for white fruit, but a large proportion of the
white Peaches were not picked in 1900. The Peaches
are shipped to all of the large cities where freight rates
are not prohibitive, and to smaller interior cities of
Pennsylvania, New York and New England.

2. Culture. — Most of the trees are set in the fall.
Where fall planting is practiced the tree pushes out
young roots all winter during mild weather, and as a
rule grows better than when set in the spring and is
compelled to grow roots and leaves at the same time.
The ground, preferably a clover sod, high and dry, is
plowed deep, thoroughly harrowed and checked into
rows generally 20x20 feet apart. Some planters set 22
feet, others closer. A hole is dug of sufficient size to
admit the roots without crowding, and in November the
tree is planted about the depth it formerly stood in the
nursery, with soil heaped a little to allow for settling.
For planting, the writer prefers a good one-year tree
of the second or third grade, 2-3 feet in length, without
many branches. The small nursery stock will make good
trees if properly cared for and will last as long, bear as
much fruit and come into bearing as young as trees
4-0 feet high. It is a great mistake to suppose the
larger tree is better. It is more sightly, but that is its
chief merit. It will not develop as many roots, nor will
it pack in as good shape for shipping, and the shock of
transplanting is far less to the small tree; it can be cut
back root and top; it is much easier to plant; and the
percentage of loss is much smaller, for if in good con-
dition and well planted, 99 per cent will grow. The un-
dersigned says this after having grown several million
trees in the nursery and many thousand in the orchard
of his own propagation and from other nurseries all
over this country. On light lands a shovelful of wood
ashes or of well-rotted manure gives the tree a good
start. Either is applied at the base of the tree during
the .winter. Before the sap starts the trees are usuall

PEACH

PEACH

1239

headed-back to a whip 18-24 inches high, and all young
slioots are afterwards rubbed off except 4 or 5 for the
top. Young orchards are usually well cultivated until
from August 1 to 15. Aphids, if they attack the top,
are destroyed by strong tobacco water or kerosene
emulsion. If the aphids attack the roots a handful of

Dissolved South Carolina rock and muriate of potash
makes one of the best fertilizers. Raw bone is more
expensive, and it is doubtful if it is better than South
Carolina rock. From 600-1,000 lbs. may be applied per
acre broadcast in the winter or early spring. Wood
ashes are good but hard to obtain. Bearing orchards
are generally plowed in April, 3-4 inches deep, harrowed
thoroughly with a smoothing harrow, and afterward
kept in clean culture. The gang-plow and the sulky-
cultivator are frequently used. Under favorable condi-
tions orchards live and bear good crops 20-25 years,
though the best crops are obtained between the years of
tive and fifteen.

Thinning of the fruit is not generally practiced in
Delaware, but this is one of the problems that is receiv-
ing more serious thought and will be given greater
attention in the fut\ire. In 1900 the trees and prices
suffered severely from lack of thinning. The pickers
and packers are paid 8-12 cents an hour. In the orchard
the fruit is picked in five-eighths baskets, taken to a
central packing house where it is carefully graded, then
loaded on spring wagons holding about 150 baskets and
taken directly to the station for shipment, or for sale
to the buyers. The fruit is generally graded into two
grades, the first containing the largest fruit, and the
second good-sized perfect Peaches. The smaller grades
are taken to the canning factories.

1677. Peach growins in Georgia. View in the Hale orchards. Fort Valley. (Seep. 1232.)

good tobacco dust applied, after removing the surface
soil, will generally kill them. Orchards are cultivated
in corn, potatoes, tomatoes, etc., or any other hoed crop
until they come into bearing at 3-5 j^ears ; after this
they should have the entire ground, with no other crop
except crimson clover or cow-yjeas for humus in years
when there is no fruit. Corn is not as desirable as
some low-growing, cultivated crop, like potatoes or
tomatoes, which can be manured highly and at the
sapae time not interfere with the trees. Under no con-
dition should the trees be seeded in gi'ain or grass, and
clean cultivation should be given each year. The trees
are usually examined for borers at least once a year and
sometimes twice.

The pruning is done in fall or winter. No heading-
back of bearing trees is practiced, but no doubt many of
the young orchards now being planted will be grown in
this manner. Dead wood is removed annually and the
top kept open to admit the sun so as to color the fruit.
A low wagon is often used for hauling out the brush.

In the nursery the trees are always propagated by
budding. At one time it was supposed that natural
seeds produced the best and healthiest trees, but expe-
rience has shown that no trees are better or healthier
than those grown from seed taken from the most vigor-
ous orchards.

3. Marketinr/. — Formerly all of the fruit was picked
in baskets, packed in crates holding three pecks, and
shipped to the commission men of the various markets.
At the present time a very large proportion of the crop
is sold in five-eighths baskets to the buyers at the rail-
road station. This method of marketing is the most
satisfactory way to dispose of a Peach crop. The buyers
generally pay cash, and the grower with the money in
his pocket is relieved of all the worry connected with
freights, commission men, and the like. Some of the
finest fruit is packed in carriers holding 6 baskets, and
is sold at fancy prices, either at the station or in the
general market. Refrigerator cars, holding 600 to 800
baskets, are used for fruit that requires two daj'S to

1240

PEACH

PEACH

reach its destination and plain cars for near-by points.
The cost per basket on refrigerator cars to Boston,
Providence, Hartford, and otber eastern points is about
40 cents, and to New York, Elmira or Syracuse about
35 cents each. In phiin cars the cost to New York is
19 cents, and to Philadelphia about 12 cents each.

A large proportion of the smaller fruit is used by can-
ning factories, of which there are one or two in every

1678, Hale Peach tree before pruning. ( See p. 12iiy.}

town. A factory in Seaford uses about 3,000 baskets per
day when running its full capacity. The Peaches are
peeled by women, and the factories of the state employ
several thousand hands. Formerly a good many of the
smaller Peaches were evaporated, and evaporators were
built throughout the Peach-growing belt. The present
low price of evaporated fruit and tlie competition of
California and the West have caused this phase of the
Peach business to be abandoned. Numerous factories
have converted large forests of gum and of pine trees
into carriers and baskets. In 1900 the baskets cost
from 3 to33.2 cents and carriers from 14 to 17 cents each.

4. Varieties. — In no other fruit have the standard
orchard varieties changed 7nore than in the Peach.
Many of the Delaware orchards planted not more than
ten years ago are now unprofitable because varieties in
demand then are now out of date. Formerly the white
Peaches, such as Oldmixou and Mountain Rareripe,
were in strong demand; now the call is for yellow fruit,
and the finest white varieties have to be sold at low
prices. Early kinds also used to pay, biit now they
come in competition with the best varieties from
Georgia. Late varieties, which were also very profitable,
are now ripe when the best fruit from New York, New
Jersey and western Maryland is in the market. The old
orchards comprise Troth, Hale, Crawford Early, Moim-
tain Kose, Reeve, Oldniison, Mt. Rareripe, Crawford
Late. Stump, Smock, Couper Late, Garey Hold-on, and
others, and as in other fruits, most of them contain
too many kinds. A large proportion of these old kinds
have to go to the canning factories at low prices when-
ever there is a general Peach crop, as the market will
not take them. In the new orchards the yellow fi-uit
will predominate, with a few white varieties. Probably
the kinds most often found in orchards under five years
old are Foster, Mountain Rose, Reeves, Oldmixon,
Moore Favorite, Elberta, Chair Choice, Crawford Late
and Smock. The Elberta is being planted more heavilj'
than any other variety. If the writer were to set a new
orchard his own choice would be as follows: Connett
Early, perhaps Mountain Rose, Poster, Reeves, Elberta.
Chair, perhaps Crawford Late, Prize and Townsend.
Nearly all growers would always include Crawford Late,
and many of them Moore Favorite and Thurber.

Of the newer varieties in Delaware, Connett Early,

Carman. Waddell, Greensboro, Champion, Mamie Ross
and Lady Ingold are the most promising, with prefer-
ence for the first three and the fifth and sixth. The
Delaware Experiment Station has an experimental
orchard of 300 varieties ten years old at Seaford, on the
writer's place, and another orchard of 75 varieties at
Bridgeville, most of which fruited in 1900. In the Sea-
ford orchard a number of Tasmauian trees were planted
to determine their orchard value and their suscepti-
bility to Peach yellows. A number were also planted at
the Delaware Experiment Station grounds and in other
parts of New Castle county. In Susses county they are
vastly inferior to home-grown stock in the quality of
the fruit and in the growth of the trees, while in New
Castle county they practically all died from the yellows.

5. Peach Yelloivs. — The yellows swept the orchards
out of New Castle county and from the northern part of
Kent county, but it has not advanced for ten years much
beyond the borders of northern Sussex. The most
intelligent growers hold it in check by cutting out the
trees on the first indication of disease and burning
them, but there is no systematic attempt on the part of
ail growers, nor on the part of the state, to stamp out
the trouble. There is a yellows law on the statutes, but
it is not enforced, though in the past its enforcement
did much good. For several years the disease has not
been so severe, though there has been a good deal of
complaint about it in 1900. New orchards are again
being planted on a large scale in Kent county and some
are again planting around Middletown in New Castle
county. Many believe that the yellows has run its
coiirse in Delaware, and that by careful attention in
taking out trees the Peach can again he set in places
where the yellows has wiped out the orchards.

6. General iJemrtr/cs. — The geographical location of
Delaware is such that no other markiet c:in approach it
in nearness to the great consuming centers. It Is at
the gateway of the greatest cities on the continent.
One night on the railroad will reach most of them, and
two nights all of the desirable markets. The soils are
excellent, heavy in northern Delaware, a medium loam
in the central part, and a sandy loam in Sussex county.
It is easily and cheaply worked, not stony, and responds
kindly to treatment. Of the new lands, those recently
cleared of chestnut and sassafras are preferred, but
pine-land makes excellent orchards. Crimson clover,
cow-peas or other cover-crops grow readily and furnish
humus and nitrogen to the soil, and with the natural
ease of working and cheapness of labor make it possible
to bring an orchard into bearing and to maintain it at a

1679. Hale tree alter pruning.

very low cost. Late spring frosts are the most serious
drawback to the biisiness. Sometimes several crops
will come through in succession, then for three or four
years the crop will be killed. In the past decade there
have been four crops in the state. Other drawbacks are
the large orchards, making intensive culture without a
large capital impossible, while still another is the ten-
ant system of working the land, which makes it difficult

PEACH

PEACH

1241

to introduce into general practice the most improved
methods of culture.

The Peach business on the whole has been profitable
to Delaware. The days, however, when fortunes were
made from a single crop, when a farm was bought or a
large mortgage lifted in a single season, have passed.
Once those times were known in Delaware, but that was
before Georgia, the Carolinas, Arkansas, the Ozark
region of Missouri, Michigan, New Jersey, New York,
or Connecticut had entered into the business on their
present scale. Peach - growing is still attractive to
planters in Delaware. More money can be made in it
than in general farm crops. More attention is being
given to the selection of varieties, to the care and plant-
ing of orchards, the picking and handling of the crop,
and, last but not least, to the marketing of the fruit, with
as many middlemen eliminated as modern business
methods will allow.

Peaches Carried hy Pennsijlvania JRailroad, Delaware
DifisioH.

Tear.

Baskets. Year.

Baskets. Year.

1867 1,233,600

1«68 13,800

1869 2,411,400

1870 1,624,200

1871 3,200,400

1872 2,454,000

1873... 1,721,800

1874 759,000

1875 5,443,200

1876 1,721,200

1877 2,401,800

1878 521,400

137D 2,598.000

1380 2,050.200

1881 46,800

1882 3,731,770

1883 1,783,447

1884 1,936.617

1885 1,870,496

1886 1,099,738

1887 848,347

1888 3,177,447

1889 840,677

1890.
1891.

Baskets.
5
.3,196,717
. . 265,893
,.4,208,590
. . 29,620
,.2,100,334
..3,513,413
234,870

1893.
1894.
1895.
1896.
1897.

1898 173,,502

1899 3,1.57

1900 2,634,203

The figures for 1900 include the peninsula, but not
two small side lines. It is estimated that 1,000,000
baskets were carried by other means and that 500,000
were used by the canneries. Probably two-thirds of the
Peaches included in this estimate were grown in Dela-
'ware. Charles Wright.

The Peach in California.— There is no distinct
Peach belt in California, but the Peach is grown suc-
cessfully over a wide area and under varied climatic
conditions. Tourists generally talk of "the California
climate " as if it were one thing, but a glance at the
article Cafifornia in this work will give the reader
some idea of the immense variety of climate and crop
conditions.

A narrow strip along the coast is too cold for the
best quality of Peaches, even where frost is unknown.
A very few miles inland and up to an elevation of 2,000-
3,000 ft., the Peach is at home when the grower has
done his part. In a large part of tlie state the best
results are attained only by irrigation. In some places no
rain falls from the time the trees bloom until the latest
fruit is gathered. There are some localities, however,
where the water in the soil is close enough to the sur-
face to give an ideal supply of moisture without irriga-
tion. It is an odd fact that Peaches in the central part
of the state ripen before those in the southern part.
The time of ripening in the extreme southern part does
not vary much from that of southern Ohio, while 500
miles north in the Sacramento valley they ripen two to
four weeks earlier. In some of the warm foothill regions,
Alexander begins to ripen the latter part of May.

All kinds of care are given orchards, as one will find
in any state, but on the whole orchards probably re-
ceive much more attention in California than elsewhere
in the United States. The successful orchardist has
learned well the lesson that there is room at the to]).
The less careful have learned that there is little money
in the orchard business.

In the preparation of the soil, deep plowing is all
that is usually done. California soils are generally
about the same all the way down, but vary much in
depth. Good Peach orchard soils should be not less
than 4 feet deep, and a greater depth is desirable.

The trees are usually planted 20-25 feet apart. In the
southern part of the state the best practice is to grow
nothing between the trees, even the first year. The till-
age is thorough, deep and frequent. After February 1,
tillage is given in two directions after each rain, caj'c
being taken to complete the work before the soil can

bake or get hard. This double cultivation is Kept up at
least once a month after rains cease, which is usually in
March. Thorough surface tillage is practiced after each
irrigation. Tillage may be much deeper without injury
in California than in most states, for the reason that
there is a much warmer subsoil which permits the roots
to go down deeply to reach the moisture necessary to
carry them over the long periods without rain or irriga-
tion. Orchards should be perfectly free of weeds from
March 1 to the end of the growing season. Clean til-
lage is not sizfScient. The ground must be in fine tilth
from 4-0 inches deep and kept so all summer.

The low-headed tree has the preference. At planting,
the nursery tree is cut back to 12-18 inches. The first
six weeks after growth begins the trees are gone over
at least once a week to rub off all sprouts that are not
desired. Fourorfiveare left to form the main branches;
these should be as evenly distributed around the tree as
possible. Also they should be as far apart in a vertical
direction as possible, as two growths should not come
from one place. Three or 4 feet of new growth for each
branch the first year is considered fair. The first prim-
ing occurs the following winter. About three-fourths
of the season's growth is cut back and all small shoots
are taken off from what is left. This facilitates even
and better growth of the secondary branches that start
the second year. There should be 2-3 of these branches
from each primary branch, being careful to keep all
others rubbed off by at least weekly visits to the tree
for a month or more after growth begins. The second
winter's priming consists in cutting back one-half to
three-fourths of the length of the main growths and
cutting out most of the small side shoots. A few are
left to bear some fruit the third year. Ea(;h fall or win-
ter at least one-half the length of the main growths is
cut back and a number of the remaining small bearing
shoots are taken out. If these bearing shoots have
plenty of fruit-buds near the base, it is best to cut off
one-half the length of these. If they have no fruit-
buds near the base (as they are not likely to have if the
tree is growing very fast) they are left whole. This
cutting back of the bearing shoots aids very much in
the thinning of the fruit. 'The best practice is to cut
out all shoots which fruited the previous season. They
nearly all die anyway. The tree looks much better
without them and is supposed to be more healthy.
Nothing short of severe pruning secures the best results
under ordinary circumstances.

There is no single operation of more importance than
the thinning of the fruit, even after such thorough
pruning as above described. There are many methods
of thinning. The one that can be communicated the
easiest and possibly the best (because any one can do
it) is to pull off all but two Peaches from each bearing
shoot. A dozen or more may be on the shoot, but they
must be taken off. The usual size of such shoots is
about an eighth of an inch in diameter. If they should
be about ^ inch in diameter, three or four Peaches are
left. The time to thin is wlien the Peaches are about
% inch in diameter. At this size they are likely to re-
main on the tree (the "May drop" being past), and if
thinning is promptly done the tree's waste of strength
will be small. Those who think this is severe thinning
should remember that any fruit, both in bulk and
weight, is eight times as large as one that has only half
its diameter. The above method of pruning and thinning
saves the tree from breaking down. The fruit is all mar-
ketable. The tree makes a good growth and is in fine
condition for the succeeding crop. And, finally, it pays.

The varieties planted in California are largely Foster
Early and Late Crawford, Muir and Salway for free-
stones. The Orange and Lemon Clings, for clings, are
largely used by the canneries. Levi Cling is largely
planted in some of the foothill regions. There are
many other varieties planted in a small way. Some of
the newer kinds give promise of taking a place among
the regulars. A good variety of Peach for California
must have large fruits and plenty of them, which will
ship well and dry well. White Peaches are but little
used. The canneries are paying the best prices for good
yellow clings.

Three or four irrigations, about a month apart, are
usually given. The furrow system is the prevalent one.

1242

PEACH

PEAR

Three to six furrows are made between the rows of
trees, and in these the water runs in a small stream
24— i8 hours for each irrigation. The length of time
depends on the soil, some soils taking in water much
more freely than others. The amount applied each time
should equal a rainfall of 3 or 4 inches. One irrigation
after the crop is off is excellent for the succeeding crop.
There are four ways of disposing of the crop — drying,
shipping, local markets and canneries — though it is
seldom that all of them are available in one locality.
The usual net return to the grower is a little less than
one cent per pound for the best fruit.

Drying is tlie largest opening for the disposal of the
crop. The drying is all open-air sun drying, requiring
5-8 days to complete the work. The fruit is all well
sulfured after cutting. The time required for exposure
to the sulfur fumes is 3 or 4 hours. For best results the
fruit should be just about ripe enough to eat. Drying
without sulfur would make the business unprofitable as
market standards now are. The sulfuring preserves the
color and quality of the fruit. Ripe fruit dried without
it would be black and taste burned. In cooking sul-
fured fruit first apply hot water for a minute or two,
then pour off, cover the fruit again with water and after
half an hour or more pour off again. Fruit cooked in this
way may be eaten, in quantity without any bad effects,
and there will not be enough sulfur even to tarnish the
silverware. The iisual net price to the drier is 5-7 cents
per pound for Poaches dried from large, well-ripened
fruit and well sulfured to preserve a fine color.

H. CULBERTSON.

PEACOCK FLOWER. See Poinciana regia.

PEANUT is described under Arachis hypogma, but
Peanut culture is not included in this work because
Peanuts are an agricultural, rather than a horticultural
crop. See Farmers' Bulletin No. 25, U. S. Dept. Agric,
by R. B. Handy, 24 pp., 189(:.

basin, Pear culture always has been precarious, due pri-
marily to the great liability of the trees to blight. In the
southern states, the climate is too hot for the best df-
velopment of the tree and the best quality of the fruit.
In the north prairie states, the winter climate is so
severe that the Pear tree will not grow. Some time be-

1680. The Sand Pear. Pyrus Sinensis (X/^).

PEAR. Plate XXVII. The cultivated Pear, as known
in North America, is derived from two distinct sources,
the European Pyrics conimiinis and the Oriental Pyrus
Sinensis. Pears of the European stock have been grown
in North America from the earliest settlement of the
country. They thrive particularly well in the New Eng-
land states and New York, and west to the Great Lake;^,
and asain on the Pacific slope. In the great interior

1681. LeConte

fore the middle of the century the Sand or Chinese Pear
(Pyrus Sinensis), Pig. 1080, was introduced into the
eastern states, although it attracted little atteution. It
soon hybridized with the common Pear, and a race of
mongrel varieties was the result. Of these hybrids only
two have gained great commercial prominence. These
are LeConte and Kieffer. Figs. 1081-3. The LeConte
was found to be well adai>ted to the southern states and
its general introduction there after the close of the civil
war was the beginning of commercial Pear culture in
the south. It was first supposed to be blight-proof, buc
in recent years the orchards have been nearly deci-
mated by the blight with the result that the LeConte is
gradually lessening in importance and its place is being
taken by the Kieffer, although the latter is by no means
blight-free. The Kieffer Pear originated with Peter
Kieffer, of Roxborough, Philadelphia, an Alsatian gar-
dener, who died in 1890. He grew the Chinese Sand Pear
and sold the seedlings as ornamental trees, for this spe-
cies is of very distinct and handsome growth and the
fruit is ornamental and fragrant. Alongside the Sand
Pears were Bartletts. Amongst one of the batches of
seedlings from the Sand Pear he noticed a plant with
different foliage, and this he saved. Its fruit was found
to be superior to the Sand Pear, and it was introduced
as the Kieffer. The Kieffer Pear is now very popular
in many parts of the country because of its great vigor,
healthfulness, productiveness, and the keeping quali-
ties of the fruit. In point of quality, the fruit is dis-
tinctly inferior, but it meets the demands of the market
and is an excellent fruit for canning. In the cold prairie
countries and other parts of the cold north, Russian
Pears have gained some headway in recent years. These
are merely hardy types of Pyrus cotntnnnis. The fruit
is usually of low quality, but the trees are considerably
hardier than the ordinary Pear. Pyrus Sinensis itself
bears a very hard Pearwhich is inedible in the raw state,
but it is excellent when used as quinces are. It is fra-
grant and ornamental. The tree is a most vigorous and
clean grower. The plant is well worth growing as an
ornamental. It is used for stock for ordinary Pears,
particularly in the southern states. See Pyrus.

The Pear thrives on a variety of soils, but it succeeds
best on those which are rather hard clay. On sandy
and loamy lands it tends to be short-lived. This is due,
in part, to the fact that trees grow rapidly on such lauds,
and are, therefore, more liable to the attacks of blight.
It is now generally accepted that trees which are making
a strong and soft growth are more susceptihle to blight
than those which grow rather slow and firm, although
all trees are liable to attack. Some varieties are much
more immune than others. Caution must be exercised,
therefore, in the tilling of the Pear orchard. Whilst
Pears profit by the best tillage, as apples and potatoes
do, it is easy to carry the tilling and fertilizing so far
as to produce too vigorous growth and thereby invite

PEAR

PEAR

1243

1682. Section of the Kieffer
Pear, to show its ordinary
form in the North.

the blight. Therefore the most careful Pear growers use
sparingly of stable manure and of nitrogenous cover-
crops. They prefer to supply fertility by means of con-
centrated fertilizers which are not very rich in nitrogen.
If, however, the trees are
not making a strong and
steady growtb, it is as nec-
essary to apply nitrogenous
fertilizers to the Pear tree
as to any other. In the in-
terior country, Pears are
likely to suffer from sun-
scald, and therefore the tops
are started very low, usually
not more than two or three
feet from the ground. Stand-
ard Pears are pruned much
as apple trees are, except
not so severely. Heavy
pruning tends to open the
top and to invite sun-scald,
and it also tends to make
too strong and sappy growth.
After the top of the Pear
tree is well formed and es-
tablished, it is customary to
do little pruning, only keep-
ing the top fair]y free and
open. The Pear bears on
spurs which continue to branch and to bear for a number
of years, and in pruning it is important that these spurs
be not removed unless it is desired to thin the fruit.
The flowers are borne in umbel-like cymes (Fig. 1684),
but in most cases only one fruit sets in a cluster. Pear
trees are iisually planted much closer than apple trees.
The customary distance is 18-20 feet. Fig. 1686 shows
an average east-American Pear orchard.

Many of the varieties of Pears are infertile with them-
selves: they need the pollen of other varieties in order
to cause them to set fruit freely. Probably any variety
will fertilize any other variety in case the two bloom
simultaneously. Such varieties as Kiefler and Bartlett
are usually classed as self -sterile kinds, but the degree
of sterility varies in different places and with different
conditions. The safest plan in the setting of a Pear
orchard is to plant not more than two rows of one va-
riety together, and to alternate with one or two rows of
another variety.

Good varieties of Pears are numerous. The one most
important variety is the Bartlett (Fig. 1685), which was
early introduced into the United States from Europe,
where it is known as the Bonchretien. At the
present time the Kieffer probably holds sec-
ond place. In the eastern states, the Seckel
(Fig. 1687) is a prominent variety, and is the
standard of quality. Other prominent varie-
ties are Anjou (Pig. 1688), Clairgeau, Hardy,
Howell, Sheldon, and Diel. The list might
be almost indefinitely extended. In the Gulf
region the oriental hybrids alone are success-
ful, and the leaders are Kieffer, LeConte,
Garber, and Smith. The season of the ma-
turity of Pears runs from midsummer, when
it is introduced by Summer Doyenne and
Manning Elizabeth, to late winter, when it is
closed with such late winter varieties as Nelis,
Josephine de Malines and others. The winter
Pears are relatively little known in the east-
ern states. As a rule, they come into bearing
late or are not very prolific ; but there is no
reason why they should not be better known.
Winter Pears are kept as winter apples are,
although somewhat greater care is necessary.
They should be kept in a uniformly cool
temperature. If allowed to haug too loug on
the tree, they become over-ripe; and then if "

placed in an ordinarily warm cellar, they do
not keep more than one or two months. Un-
like most other fruits, all Pears are greatly improved in
quality if they are ripened indoors. They should be
picked as soon as they have reached their full size and
have begun to color, but before they have become soft,
and be placed in a dry and rather cool room. If the wind

is allowed to blow over them, they are likely to shrivel.
If kept too warm, they ripen too quickly and soon rot.
The best quality is secured when they are picked about
two weeks in advance of their normal ripening.

When worked on the quince root, the Pear is easily
grown as a dwarf. It then comes into bearing ear-
lier, and, since the trees are small, the fruit can be
thinned and the trees sprayed, and the fruit therefore
should be of the highest quality. Dwarf Pear trees i-e-
quire more care than the ordinary standards, however,
and they should not be planted unless the cultivator
understands this fact and is willing to give the atten-
tion that they need. Although the trees are by nature
dwarf, since they are worked on a smaller-growing spe-
cies, they nevertheless tend to become half standard if
left to themselves. Thereforetheymustbe very severely
headed-in every year. A dwarf Pear tree should never
I'each a greater height than twelve feet. In order to
keep it down to this stature, from one-half to two-thirds
of the annual growth is removed late each winter. The
trees are often planted as close together as ten feet each
way, but this is too close. With the ordinary broad-top
pruning, which nearly all American growers give, one
rod apart each way is not too great. A good dwarf
Pear tree is one in which the union with the quince
stock is very close to the ground. When the tree is
planted, this union should be from four to six inches be-
low the surface after the ground has settled. This deep
planting prevents the breaking of the union and places
the quince beyond the reach of borers. If planted
deeper than this, the Pear cion may throw out roots of
its own; in fact, it sometimes does this if planted only
six inches deep. This rooting of the stock is no par-
ticular disadvantage, although the tree thereafter tends
to grow stronger and greater pruning is necessary. An
expert grower can pick out the trees which are rooted
from the Pear stock by their more vigorous growth:
if he desires to check this redundant growth he may cut
off the Pear roots. It is the common opinion that dwarf
Pear trees are short-lived. This may be true as regards
the greater number of specimens which one sees about
yards and on untilled areas, but a dwarf Pear orchard
on good, well-drained ground, which is well-tilled and
given regular pruning, will last a lifetime. There are
dwarf Pear orchards in New York state which are fifty
years old and are still thrifty and productive. The va-
riety that is oftenest grown as a dwarf is the Duchess
(Duchess de Angoulerae). Fig. 1689. This is a large
Pear of irregular shape which sells well because of its
size, but it is of indifferent quality and may not be good
enough for a special or personal market. Other varie-

The Kieffer Pear, now one of the most important commercial
varieties (X K)-

ties popular for dwarfs are liouise Bonne, Anjou, Clair-
geau, Manning Elizabeth, and, to a less extent, Bartlett
and Seckel. The Kieffer is now and then grown on
dwarf stock with very good results.

The insect enemies of the Pear are numerous, but.

1244

PEAR

PEAR

1684.

Cluster of Pear flow^ers.

with two or three exceptions, are not verj' serious. The
tree is attacked by borers, although to a less extent than
peaches and apples. These are kept in check by digging
them out once or twice a year as on other fruit stocks.
The fruit is attacked to some extent by the codlin-moth,
but the arsenical sprays keep this insect in check. Of
late years the psylla.
attacking the growing
parts, has been serious
in parts of the East, al-
though it is very irregu-
lar in its outbreaks. It
can be controlled by thor-
ough work with a spray
of whale-oil soap, one
pound in three to five
gallons of water, begin-
ning soon after the fruit
has set, and repeating
the application whenever
the psyllas become nu-
merous. In some parts
of the East the fruit is
attacked by the Pear
midge, a minute fly whose maggots work in the very
young fruit. Thorough cultivation will check this seri-
ous pest, but its complete control often involves the
destruction of all the young fruit on the infested trees;
in some sections the application of kainit to tlie soil is
said to kill the insect after it leaves the fruit to un-
dergo its transformations.

The foliage and fruit of the Pear are attacked by para-
sitic fungi, which cause the leaves to drop and the fruit
to become scabby. These diseases are readily held in
check by spraying with Bordeaux mixtiire. Fifty years
ago the White Doyenne Pear was the most popular va-
riety for growing on the quince root, but because of
the Pear scab it passed away. It was supposed that the
disease was due to uncongenial climate. Since the ad-
vent of the sulfate of copper sprays, however, it has
been found that the White Doyenne can be grown as
well as ever. Flemish Beauty is also an example in
point. Years ago it was one of the most popular stand-
ard varieties, but of late years it has been little grown
because of the cracking of the finiit. It is now likely to
come into vogue again for home planting. The Bor-
deaux mixture is a specific for the disease.

Pear blight or fire blight is the most serious disease
of Pear trees. It is an American disease. It is caused
by a microbe which enters through the growing points
(flowers and tips of shoots) and thrives in soft or "suc-
culent" parts. Gradually the micro-organism works
down the stems, killing the tissues and causing the
leaves to die. In the leaf-blight, which is a distinct
disease, the leaves are more or less spotted and they
fall; in the Pear blight, the leaves turn black and hang
on the tree. The fire blight attacks apple trees,
particularly in the Plains region. It is probably ab-
original on hawthorns and related plants. There is
no perfect preventive of the disease. Some varieties
seem to be relatively immune, as, for example, the
Duchess. It is now generally believed that trees are
more subject to the disease when they are making ex-
cessive growth; therefore it is advised that tillage and
the application of stimulating manures be moderate.
As soon as the disease appears, cut out the affected
parts, severing them some inches below the lowest
point of visible attack. Do not allow blighted branches
to remain on the tree over winter. Pear blight is not
equally prevalent or virulent every year.

There are no recent American books on the Pear.
Two books have been written on this fruit: Thos. W.
Fields' "Pear Culture," New York, 1858; P. T. Quinn's
"Pear Culture for Profit," New York, 1869, New ed.,
1883.

Some years ago the writer secured from the ven-
erable T. T. Lyon, of Michigan, since deceased, an
article, for publication, on the Pear. The article was
not published, however, and it is reproduced below,
omitting only the parts on insects and diseases. The
writer is glad to place this article alongside the others
in order to contrast the view-points of two generations.
Mr. Lyon's article, which is most excellent and cautious

and characterized by beauty of style, is of the type that
we no longer see. The person who is familiar with
present-day points of view will discover that it lays the
emphasis on formal presentation, propagation, pruning,
vai'ieties, whereas little or no attention is given to sys-
tems of tillage, pollination, spraying, and commercial
methods. j^ ^ ^

The Pear. 1. Its Importance. — So far as ciiltivators
generally are concerned, this fruit is less important
than its near relative the apple, for the reason that,
while the two begin to ripen at nearly the same season,
there are few, if any, desirable varieties of Pears in
season later than December (if we except a few austere
ones, suitable only for culinary purposes), while apples
are abundant for four or five months longer. Moreover,
during its entire season, the Pear is supplemented by
the mass of luscious, though perishable, summer and
autumn fruits. The liability of very many usually ex-
cellent varieties to be rendered indifferent in quality
by unfavorable seasons, neglect or unsuitable soil, is
also a serious detriment to the general popularity of
this fruit. The liability to the loss of the trees by
blight, beyond question detracts greatly from the value
of the Pear, especially for commercial purposes; while
it atso exerts a discouraging infiuence upon amateur
planting. To the careful and discriminating amateur,
as well as to the man of wealth, with a fondness for
fruit culture, whether in person or by proxy, this fruit
oft«n assumes a prominence over any, if not all, others.

2. Extent of Cultivation. —'Dow'btl^^^, for reasons
heretofore stated, Pear trees are but sparingly planted
by most persons. The fruit sent to th^ market comes
largely from the plantations of specialists who, with
soils adapted to the purpose and the necessary knowl-
edge of varieties, have undertaken the business as a
commercial enterprise. In the climates of the seaboard,
and, to a considerable extent, in the region of the Great
Lakes, the Pear is exceptionally successful; while away
from the influence of large bodies of water, and es-
pecially in the prairie regions of the Mississippi valley,
from unsuitableness of climate or soil, or both com-
bined, the trees are liable to be either killed or seriously
injured in winter, and hence are short-lived and un-
profitable.

3. Aspect . — Verhfk'ps in no other important particular
does the climate of eastern and central North America
differ more widely from that of the Pear-growing re-

1685. Bartlett Pear {X%.).

gions of Europe than in its liability to sudden and
extreme variations of temperature. Owing to this cli-
matic peculiarity, aspect becomes an important consid-
eration in the selection of a location for a plantation of
Pear trees. As a means of avoiding the full influence
of exposure to the rays of the sun, during the severer
paroxysms of summer heat, while the trees are in actual

PEAR

PEAK

124.J

growth, aud also to mitigate the liability to alternate
freezing and thawing in winter, a northerly or north-
easterly slope is to be preferred ; which, however,
should be so gradual as not to seriously interfere with
the convenience of cultivation. As we approach the
northern limit of practicable Pear culture, however,
a modification of this rule of selection may be found
desirable, since, with the shorter growing season, a
warmer exposure may prove necessary as a means of
hastening maturity.

i. Soi7s.— While' the Pear tree will yield more or less
satisfactory results in a variety of soils, it is found to
succeed most perfectly in a strong loam, of moderate

mit such peculiarity to its offspring. Seeds resulting
from known or artificial cross-fertilization, and there-
fore of known and selected parentage on both sides,
offer increased probability of valuable results. Seeds
intended for the origination of new varieties should be
planted very thinly in strong, rich, deeply prepared
soil, in a single row, and covered with not more than an
inch of earth, so that the young plants shall have ample
space for development.

Seeds intended for the growing of stocks for nur-
sery purposes should be collected from varieties in
which the seeds are plump and well developed, as well
as from healthy, vigorous trees. American nurserymen

1686. Orchard of standard Pears as grown in the northeastern states.

tleptii, overlying a porous subsoil. Soils which are lia-
ble to be wet during any considerable portion of the
growing season are unfit for this purpose, unless deeply
and thoroughly underdrained ; while even then they
are quite liable not to prove fully satisfactory. A few
varieties are found to be moderately successful on
sandy soils, but for general planting such soils should
he avoided.

5. Manures.— The liability of the Pear tree, in this
climate, to the attacks of blight is thought to be in-
creased by excessive growth. It is, therefore, desirable
that the annual growth be completed and ripened at as
early a date as practicable; and the more so, since the
liability to blight apparently exists only while growth is
in actual progress. Stable and other nitrogenous ma-
nures should, for this reason, be applied in moderate
([uantities, in autumn, after the liability to excite re-
newed growth shall be past. Potash, lime aud phos-
phorus, which enter more or less largely into the com-
position of both tree and fruit, and Avliich rarely ex-
ist in excess in the soil, may be profitably applied in
either autumn or spring. Salt may also be profitably
applied to the comparatively dry soils recommended for
the Pear, but with care not to apply in excess. One or
even two quarts may be safely applied to each tree, be-
fore the commencement of growth in the spring, if well
distributed upon the surface over a space of at least G
or 8 feet in diameter, and left to be carried gradually
into the soil by dew and rain. It is believed to possess
little, if any, manurial value; but to act rather as a con-
servator of moisture, and probably also as a repellent of
insects. Coarse mulch may be placed about the trees,
covering the soil as far out as the roots extend, for the
purpose of keeping the earth cool, and also to check
evaporation from the soil; but this should not be done
as a substitute for cultivati<m; and the soil beneath the
mulch should be kept well pulverized.

G. Propagafioyi.~{n) By seedlings: Seeds, when to
be planted for the origination of new varieties, should
be selected from well-grown and fully matured fruits,
of such varieties as possess in a high degree the quali-
ties sought to be reproduced or improved, since a va-
riety in which a characteristic is strongly developed
and persistently manifested is the more likely to trans-

obtain Pear seeds mostly from Europe. Seeds intended
for nursery stocks are usually planted in broad, shallow
drills. In our American climate the foliage and un-
ripened wood of seedling Pears is very liable to be at-
tacked during midsummer by leaf-blight or mildew,
which prematurely arrests their growth. For this reason
European stocks are generally preferred by nurserymen.
This attack of mildew may often be partially or wholly
avoided by planting in virgin soil remote from other
cultivated grounds. Pear seedlings form a very long
tap-root during their first year, with few, if any, side-
roots. For this reason they are taken up preferably in
autumn, and the tap-roots shortened to 6 or 8 inches,
when they may be replanted in nursery rows, and
earthed up, or otherwise protected froni heaving, or
other injury during winter; or, preferably, they may
be heeled-in, in a frost-proof cellar, and planted in
spring, to be budded during the ensuing summer or
left to become more fully established for budding a
year later.

Seedlings intended for fruiting are usually trans
planted in rows, about 8 feet apart each way, with the
expectation that many will be found worthless, and
either removed or destroyed. Seedling Pears usually
require to be fruited several years before their charac-
teristics become fully developed. This generally recog-
nized fact may be taken as a warning that the occa*
sional effort to hasten the puberty of a seedling by
fruiting a cion from it upon a bearing tree of different
variety cannot be trusted to indicate the ultimate char-
acter of the fruit of the yet incipient variety, since it
is impossible to foresee to what extent such transfer
may interfere with the occult formative processes
through which its ultimate qualities would have been
developed.

(b) By budding: Seedlings of one or two years'
growth, intended for standard trees, are usually planted
from G to 10 inches apart in the nursery row; for the
reason that space, as well as cultivation, must be econo-
mized to correspond Avith prices, although it is impos-
sible to grow trees of good form and properly branched
of the size and age demanded by most planters when
thus closely planted. Trees thus closely planted should
be removed, or at least thinned, after having made one

1246

PEAR

PEAR

year's growth from the bud; while trees intended to be
grown two or more years in the nursery row, and prop-
erly branched, should be given twice or even three
times tlie space mentioned.

The budding of Pear stoclis may be done during July
and Augtist if they continue in a growing condition, but
they are liable to be attacked by mildew of the foli-
age, for which reason they must be closely watched,

1687. Scckel, the standard of quality (XH).

and should the malady prove troublesome the budding
must be done as soon as properly matured buds can be
obtained. Such stocks as, for any cause, were left un-
budded at budding time, together with any in which
buds shall have failed, may be grafted the following
spring; but this, as well as any and all grafting of the
Pear, must be done very early, before the earliest move-
ment of the sap in spring. In the spring, as soon as the
swelling of the buds indicates that the germs are alive,
the stocks are cut back to force them into growth. Often
to insure the formation of straight, upright, symmetrical
trees, careful nurserymen leave 3 or 4 inches of the
stock above the insertion of the bud, to which the young
shoot may be tied, if it shall fail otherwise to take an
upright direction. Shoots may also be tlius tied to pre-
vent their being blown out, or otherwise injured by the
wind. These stubs should be cut back to the bud when
no longer needed for the purposes indicated. Such
sprouts as spring from the stock in consequence of the
cutting back must be removed from time to time to
encourage the growth of the bud. This should be done
while they are yet tender and succulent and can, there-
fore, be taken oif without the use of a knife. This process
must be repeated as they reappear, tmless it is rendered
unnecessary by the failure or loss of the bud. See
Grnftage.

7. Pruning. —Beyond that described under the head of
budding, little pruning is required during the first sea-
son, except to pinch in such side shoots as threaten to
rob the one intended to become the trunk of the future
tree. Early in the spring of the second year, all lateral
shoots must be wholly cut away, and since the Pear
tends strongly to renew its growth from the terminal
buds of the previous year, the shoot intended to become
the trunk of the future tree must be cut down to tht
point at which the top is to commence, when the branches
to form the bead will start from the buds nearest the
top. The uppermost shoot must, if needful, be confined
in an upright position to constitute the continuation of
the trunk.

The habits of growth of varieties differ so widely
that no inflexible rule can be laid down to determine

the height at which the top of a Pear tree should be
commenced, unless it be that the heads of the more
spreading varieties should be started higher than those
of a more upright habit. The preferences of the ma-
jority of purchasers have begotten among nurserymen
the practice of forming the heads of all varieties at a
height of 3 or 4 feet. This height is open to the objec-
tion that, while not seriously faulty in the case of such
spreading varieties as Onondaga, Osband Summer, or
Flemish Beauty, it is essentially unsuited to such very
upright growers as Buffum, Sterling, Clapp Favorite,
and even Anjou. In this particular, as in various others,
the practice of nurserymen, begotten by the preferences
of the average of their customers, fails to adapt itself
to the needs of the more intelligent and considerate
orehardist, and to those of even smaller planters, who
regard the health and productiveness of their trees as
of higher importance than the possibly increased con-
venience of cultivation.

A proper system of primary branches, upon which to
grow a permanent head, should be provided from the
growth of the second season. Probably the most satis-
factory provision for this purpose consists of a central
shoot, with from 3 to 5 laterals diverging from the trunk
at its base. A head should, in no case, be grown upon
two shoots, forming a crotch, since this will be very
liable to split and thus ruin the tree. A few varieties,
of which Rostiezer is a notable example, have the habit
of producing but few branches, and also of making
successive annual growths, mainly from the terminal
buds of the previous year, thus forming a too open or
straggling head. Such tendency is best overcome by
cutting back the branches in spring, the effect being to
increase their number, though at the expense of vigor.

After the primary branches have been developed, and
the growth of the third year is in progress, compara-
tively little pruning will be found necessary beyond the
occasional cutting away of a straggling or crossing
branch, although there is a class of varieties, of which
Summer Doyenne and Winter Nells are types, which,
especially when growing vigorously, incline to twist and
straggle so awkwardly that the branches must fre-
quently be tied in position to insure the formation of a
satisfactory head.

Prior to the third or fourth year, all pruning must
necessarily have for its object the direction and en-
couragement of wood growth, for which purpose it is
most effective when performed in late winter or early
spring, while the trees are yet dormant.

The fact should not be forgotten that pruning, in pro-
portion to its extent or severity, may be a tax upon tlie
vigor and health of the tree, and, therefore, to be prac-
ticed as sparingly as possible. Such necessity may be
to a considerable extent avoided, if the orehardist, with
a well-deiined ideal in mind of a tree such as he
desires to produce, will, during the growing season,
pass frequently through his plantation and pinch out,
while yet small and succttlent, all growths not needed
for his purpose, at the same time "stopping" such of
the reserved ones as may be too far outgrowing their
fellows. With the eflficient performance of this process
while the framework of the top is being developed, very
little pritning will remain to be done on the arrival of
spring, while nearly the entire growth, which would
otherwise have been pruned away in spring, will have
been employed in developing the reserved branches.

While the cutting away of an occasional small branch
may be done at almost any time, large branches should
be removed only in case of actual necessity, and at a
period early enough to permit the thorough drying and
hardening of the cut surface prior to the movement of
the sap in spring, as a means of preventing bleeding
and consequent decay.

Summer pruning tends to check rather than encour-
age wood growth, and since it acts to a greater or less
extent as an obstruction to the circulation, it also tends,
as does the permanent bending of the branches and the
hardening of the tissues, to hasten the formation of
fruit-buds and the production of fruit.

The Pear may be successfully grafted upon the white
thorn, the mountain ash and the apple, and such grafts
have occasionally proved more or less productive for a
time, bitt in such cases the union between stock and

1 ?

PEAR

PEAR

1247

cion is generally, if not always, imperfect; and such
uncongenial combinations are therefore usually short-
lived. The quince is the only dissimilar stock upon
which the Pear is extensively grown. Quince stocks for
tliis purpose are largely imported from^ France. The
Angers quince is generally preferred for this purpose.
These stocks aie usually planted in nursery rows at the
age of two years, to be budded during the following
summer, in the same tnauner as Pear stocks. When
intended for dwarf trees, nurserymen usually cut them
back after one year's growth from the bud to the nearly
uniform height of 18 inches, althoiigh with the more
upright-growing varieties it Is by many deemed prefer-
able to branch them even 6 or 8 inches lower. Aside from
the height at which they should be branched, the prun-
ing and management should be identical with that pre-
scribed for standards, with the important exception that
when planted out for fruiting the junction between the
quince and the Pear shoukl be 3 or 4 inches below the
surface to encourage the formation of roots from the
Pear. Trees thus planted will commence to bear, while
yet growing, solely from the quince stock, and will con-
tinue to prodiice fruit after rooting from the Pear, thus
affording the early fruiting of the dwarf, as well as the
permanency of the standard.

Not more than a specimen or two should be per-
mitted to grow upon a dwarf the first and second years
after planting. Such trees, if left to fruit freely, will
almost certainly be ruined from overbearing before
they are fully established. Many varieties when grown
as dwarfs can never be safely allowed to mature more
than a small portion of the fruit which they will natur-
ally set.

While several varieties are found to be especially suc-
cessful when grown upon the quince, most others prove
only moderately so, requiring careful and expert man-
at;:ement to insure satisfactory results. A few others,
of which Bosc may be named as a prominent case, are
obstinately unsuccessful upon the quince, and even
when double -worked upon a dwarf of a congenial
variety, their success appears to be by no means as
sured.

Dwarf trees trained as hereinbefore specified, are
commonly known as half -standards. Other and more
elaborate forms are known as pyramids, cordons,
etc, descriptions of which are not deemed necessary
bere.

8. Choice of T>Te«. — Aside from the selection of the
location for an orchard, the first important particular
is the selection of the trees, leaving the choice of varie-
ties for subsequent consideration. Trees of one year's
growth from the bud are to be preferred for the follow-
ing reasons: (1) Fewer roots need be injured or lost in
the process of lifting and replanting, for which reason
the tree may be expected the more promptly to recover
from the shock of removal. (2) The single season's
growth may be cut back and the top commenced to suit
the preferences of the planter. (3) The top will present
little or no obstacle to the force of the wind until the
roots shall have gained such hold upon the soil that
there will remain little liability to displacement from
this cause. (4) The risk of failure from removal is
greatly diminished, while the more prompt recovery and
increased rate of growth of the trees in the more open
orchard rows may be expected to fully compensate for
one or two years more of growth in crowded nursery
rows. (5) Something will also be saved in the cost of
the trees and in the expense of transportation, as well
as in the labor of planting.

If older or high-branched trees are not objected to, it
will usually be found that they are but imperfectly
branched from having been grown in crowded rows.

9. Preparation of the *Soi7. — When the late Dr. John
A. Warder was asked how large the holes should be
dug for planting orchard trees, he replied, "Of the
full size of the orchard;" and it may also be remarked
that when the ground for an orchard has been well
tilled and fertilized to a depth at least equal to that
at which trees are to be planted, there is no longer
occasion for holes larger than shall be necessary to re-
ceive the roots in their proper position. If the subsoil
be not freely pei'vious to water the ground must be
deeply and thoroughly underdrained, and in no case

79

should the hole in w^hich a tree is to be planted be sunk
into a subsoil so impervious as to retain water beneath
or about its roots. If such retentive subsoil occurs too
near the surface, and is not considered suitable to be
mixed with the surface soil, it should be thoroughly
disintegrated to the requisite depth by means of a
subsoil plow or other equivalent device. In all nearly
level, retentive soils, it will be found advantageous to
"back-furrow" a land along the line of each row in
the direction of the surface drainage, so that when the
trees have been planted the drainage will be away from
them.

10. Laying Out, Staking and Planting .— The most
economical mode of laying out and planting an orchard,
so far as space is concerned, is doubtless that com-
monly, but erroneously, designated as quincunx, and
more correctly as hexagonal; but whether planted thus,
or in rectangles, the work may be most rapidly and ac-
curately done by planting a stake where each tree is to
stand, and using what is known as a planting board,
consisting of a strip of board 6 or 7 feet long, with a
hole for a stake near each end, and a notch or slot in-
termediate and in line between them to receive the
stake, and to support the tree while the earth is being
carefully filled in, under, among and above its roots.

1688. Anjou, one of the popular late fall and early winter
Pears (X %), (See page 1243.)

The following are good general rules to be observed
in the digging, handling, preparing and planting of
trees:

1st. In digging trees aim to secure as many of the
main fibrous roots as possible.

2d. Expose the roots as little as possible to the dry-
ing influence of sun and wind.

3d. Prepare the roots for planting by cutting away
the bruised and broken portions.

4th. If the roots have been essentially shortened in
lifting, cut away the superfluous branches and also cut
back such as are to remain till a proper balance of root
and top is secured.

5th. In heavy, retentive soil, plant the tree very little
if any deeper than it stood in the nursery, and, in addi-
tion, raise a slight mound about the trunk to avoid the
occurrence of standing water at that point.

6th. In strong but dry soil, a tree may he planted an
inch or two deeper than it stood in the nursery.

7th. In light sand, with dry subsoil, a tree should be
planted 3 or even 4 inches deeper than it stood in the
nursery.

1248

PEAR

PEAK

8th. Dig tlie hole iu which a tree is to be planted true of at least very many varieties that even if blown

deep enough to receive 2 or 3 inches of flue soil, before off or gathered when but two-thirds grown, the fruit if

putting the tree in place, making it large enougli to put away as already described will iisually acquire a

allow the roots to be spread out in their natural posi- satisfactory quality. Fruits thus gathered and ripeued

tion. are found to have less tendency to decay rapidly at the

9th. See that good, friable surface soil is well filled core,

in beneath, among and over the roots. (c) Gathering and ripening of winter dessert Pears:

10th. Should the soil be dry, with no immediate pros- These should remain upon the tree as long as practi-

pect of rain, it will be well, after nearly filling the hole cable without danger from frost. When gathered, they

with earth, to apply a pail of water, and after it shall should be placed in a cool, frost-proof room, and it will

have settled away, to fill up the hole with earth and be well also to wrap each sepai-ately in soft paper.

Some varieties are found to ripen pej-fectly

^-''f'''^'^'\^ — e*^ without further attention, but the quality of

--^i^^/^fiP^^*^ ^-^ >=^ most kinds will be much improved if they are

^(^^'•^'J^ w^'^'^ -"^^^1, brought into a temperature of 60° or 70° a fort-

^,&»S^ "'^'^ W'^^'^j'kV ^^^si. night before their usual season of maturity.

^M^ ,-,^ * I "^"^1 ! ^3%'^ ^%V *''' ^'^'°*®'" cooking Pears: These should be

/^^^ ^ .''■') I' "^ mii^'^^2^' 'mTO. gathered ,and put away in close packages in a

I ^^"^i '' ' '■ xlfSi-J^teisf ^^WV 1^' cool, frost-proof room, in the same manner as

f h' - ^^ " "wV- % russet apples, like which they will shrivel, and
I 'C -^f f '^^ , become tough and leathery, if left exposed to

Vs/' '' _ ' the air. They may remain in this condition

^S ^J^ ' ',^^^a^ ^ ^- 13' PiinTiiwj and Marketing. — In America,

~ \^?^ ^ "JM^CT^^I ~^^^^^S^^^^tr ~:z^ Pears are generally packed for market directly

"^"^-^^i ^>v^mB^^^^^^^I^^^^BHH^^^ ^~' from the tree, without awaiting the pi'ocess of

^^ j;^^^^^^d^^^^^^^ ^. — ^^^BS^^^^^^^^^ ripening. Barrels are largely used as packages,

- — '«' ^i^^^S(^|^P^^^ "^ -==■"" "■^^""'^ - although this fruit is frequently put up in half-

— ^^*^ -'^' barrels and sometimes in bushel, peck and even

1689. Duchess Pear, the most popular variety for erowmg on in half-peck baskets. American growers rarely

quince roots- (Seepage 1243.) ripen their fruit before marketing it. This, if

done at all, is more generally accomplished by
tramp it down firmly. Staking will rarely be found the dealer, doubtless with decided profit, since in the
necessary, except, possibly, in the case of trees old larger cities fully fifty dollars have been known to be
enough to have been already branched, but .such stake paid for a single barrel of selected fruit, and yet the
must be watched and the tree protected against injury same fruit ripened and offered in quantities to suit cus-
hy rubbing against it. tomers has been sold at two or three times the original

11. Subsequent Cultivation. — (a) Newly planted trees: cost. The marketing of unripened Pears is obviously
Ground occupied by young trees must be kept well unprofitable so far as the producer is concerned,
cultivated during the spring and early summer. If hoed In Europe, the choicest fruits are carefully selected
crops are planted larger quantities of manure will be and house-ripened. When approaching their best con-
required, but in either case cultivation should cease as dition the fruits are separately wrapped in soft paper,
early as the beginning of August in order to hasten the and are then put up in packages of perhaps one or two
ripening of the young wood. This process should be dozens, and sent so as to appear upon the market when
continued during at least five or six years, after which in the best possible condition. Such fmits command
green crops may be grown and plowed under as a prices quite in excess of what they would have realized
means, iu part, of maintaining the fertility of the soil. had they been offered in an immature condition.

[h) Mulching: Especially during the first few years 14. Varieties. — Since the popular and desirable va-
after planting, in case of hot, dry weather during the rieties of Pears may be found fully described in stand-
growing season, mulch may be applied to check evap- ard pomological works, such descriptions here are not
oration from the soil and to keep it cool, but it should deemed necessary. Among the very luimerous varietiea
not he permitted to take the place of cultivation. The of Pears described in such works there are doubtless
soil should be well pulverized before applying it. many possessing high quality and other valuable cliar-

(c) Manuring: As stated underthathead (5), manures acteristics, which, for some unexplained reason, have

should be applied sparingly but regularly, preferably failed to attract the attention of growers.

in late autunm, and should be plowed under, or other- Since varieties vary in their season of ripening with

wise mixed with the soil at that time or in the early change of latitude, and often, to some extent, with

spring, as a means of jJromotiug early growth and the change of location, even in the same latitude, the desig-

thorough ripening of the wood in advance of severe nation of such season becomes a matter of more or less

cold. Thorough maturing of the wood should also be difficulty. In the following lists the season given will

assisted, as already said, by ceasing cultivation the be approximately th.at between the forty-second and

early part of August. forty-third parallels of north latitude.

12. Gathering and Sipening the Fruit, — All selected (a) Amateur Pears: It is as true of the Pear as of most
Pears, whether intended for the market or for use at other species of fruits, that very many varieties are of
home, should be carefully hand-picked. small size, unattractive appearance, or of such delicate

(a) Gathering summer and autimin Pears: With very texture when ripe as to disqualify them forthe market,

few exceptions all Pears acquire a higher quality if although they may possess, in an eminent degree, the

gathered before they are fully ripe. The generally ac- peculhar characteristics which render them desirable,

cepted rule is to gather the crop when an occasionally and to persons of cultivated taste, indispensable for the

full grown, wormy specimen is ripe, or when there is a supply of the family. Such are termed amateur Pears,

perceptible change in the color of the maturer speci- The following is a list of a few of the most popular of

mens, or when the stem parts readily from the branch these, arranged approximately in the order of maturity :
if the fruit is slightly lifted.

(&) Ripening summer and winter Pears: When gath- Name. Season.* Remarks.

ered the fruit should be placed in a cool room devoted to Madeleine m. e. .Ttdy Earliest good Pe.ir.

the purpose, and spread upon shelves, or in lack of a suit- Summer Doyenne e. .July

able room they mav be placed in shallow boxes or ,?}o'"'S°°'' e. July. m. Aug. ,, , , ,

, 1 . 1 ■ -t- ii .ij ■ 4.1 . -p n Gittard m. Aug Excellent, but very per-

drawers, where in due time they will acquire- their full Dearborn . m e. -Aug [ish.-iljle-

oolor and flavor. Since this fruit parts with moi.sture Rostiezer.!!'. ..''.'. !".-m. Aug. m. Sept.

quite freely, it, and especially the later ripening varie- Manning Eiizalieth e. Aug.

ties, should be protected from a drying atmosphere, pai'- Brandywiue e. Aug. b. Sept.

ticularly from drafts of air, which will cause the fruit

to .shrivel and become tough and leathery. It is also *e, early; m, middle; b, begiuiiing.

PEAR

PEAK

1249

Name. Season. Remarks..

Tyson e. Aug. b. Sept.. A tardy bearer.

Stevens Genesee b. Sept Rots soon at the core.

Clapp b. m. Sept Rots soon at the core.

Washington m. Sept.

Belle Lucrative m. e. Sept.

Bosc e. Sept. Oct.

"White Doyenne e. Sept. Nov Liable to crack badly.

Seckel Oct.

Sarah Oct.

Anjou Oct. Nov.

Gray Doyenne m. Oct. Nov.

Reeder Nov.

Emiled'Heyst Nov. Dec.

Mount Vernon Nov. Dec.

Dana Hovey Nov. Jan.

Laugelier Nov. Feb.

Prince St. Germain Nov. March.

Lawrence Dec.

Winter Nelis Dee. Jan. [South.

Easter Jan. Marcl\ Succeeds best at the

(h) Culinary Pears: Very few dessert Pears are found
to be satisfactory for culinary uses, since they too gen-
erally lose at least a portion of tlieir flavor and aroma
in the process of cooking. There are, however, several
varieties of high, austere character which prove adapted
to this purpose, among which are the following:

Remarks.
-Occasionally good
[enough for dessert.

NaJ7ie. Season.

Vicar Nov. Jan

Black Worcester Nov. Feb.

Catillac Nov. March.

Pound Dec. Feb.

(c) Market Pears: The markets demand varieties of
attractive appearance, of at least medium size and of
fine texture. To the grower, productiveness and vigor
of tree are also of primary importance. If possessing
the foregoing characteristics, a variety may prove at
least temporarily popular, even thoiigh of comparatively
low quality. The following varieties, some of which
may also be found in the amateur list, are all more or
less popular as market fruits:

Name.

Season.

Remarks.

Tyson e. Aug. b. Sept.. Excellent, but a tardy

bearer.

Sterling e. Aug, m. Sept. .Productive, and ex-
ceedingly beautiful.

Clapp b. m. Sept Rots soon at the core.

Bartlett b. e. Sept Leading market Pear.

Souvenir du Congress, .b. e. Sept Sometimes very large.

Buifum m. Sept Variable in quality.

Howell m. Sept. Oct.

Flemish Beauty m. e. Sept Rots soon at the core.

Bosc e. Sept. Oct Excellent for all pur-

Boussock e. Sept. Oct. [poses.

Louise Bonne e. Sept. Oct Grown only as a dwarf.

Onondaga e. Sept. Nov.

Superfin Oct.

Sheldon Oct Is russeted and dull in

Rutter Oct. Nov. [color.

Anjou Oct. Nov. [43°.

Kieffer Oct. Nov Not valuable north of

Le Conte Oct. Nov Succeeds best at the

extreme south.

Angouleme Oct. Nov Grown only on quince

Diel Oct. Dec. [stocks.

Churgean Oct. Jan.

Columbia Nov. Jan.

McLaughlin Nov. Jan.

Lawrence Dec.

Josephine of Malin6S..Jaii. Feb.

15. Relative Desircthletiess of Dwarfs.— There are
a few varieties, among which Louise Bonne and An-
gouleme may be especially mentioned, which on free
(Fear) stocks are either tardy bearers or require to be
fruited several years before developing their ultimate
qualities, but which succeed unusually well upou the
quince, developing at once upon that stock their ulti-
mate qualities. These, especially the Angouleme, are
valued as market varieties when grown as dwarfs.

Angouleme, and perhaps some other varieties as
dwarfs, occasionally bloom so profusely as apparently
to prove unable to develop the fruit, which in conse-
quence proves abortive. The natural and obvious rem-
edy in such case is disbiidding, or its equivalent, cutting-
back the fruit-bearing shoots before growth is com-
menced.

The fact that very many varieties are not perma-
nently successful when grown upon the quince is
doubtless partially, if not in many cases even wholly,
due to their increased tendency to early and excessive
productiveness when grown upon that stock, which,
owing to the very common unwillingness of the grower
to remove the excess of fruit, is allowed to consume the
material needed for wood growth, and thus to occasion
exhaustion before the tree has gained a thorough hold
upon the soil.

If, with any variety capable of forming a satisfactory
union with the quince, and with the tree planted in the
manner heretofore described, the entire crop of bloom
or incipient fruit of the first one, two or even three
years (dependent upon the vigor of the tree} were re-
moved, and if siibsequent crops were carefully and
thoroughly thinned, it is at least highly probable that
permanent health and longevity would prove nearly or
quite as general with dwarfs as with standards, thus
permitting the more extensive growth of the Pear in
greater variety in small or amateur plantations and in
limited grounds than is practicable with the use of
standards. rp m Lyox

1690. Ladders used in New Jersey for picking Pears.
(Seep. 1250.)

Pears on the Northern Plains. — The culture of
Pears in the middle west follows the general lines of
Pear growing in the Atlantic States, but there are some
radical points of difference. The difficulties of Pear
growing in the upper Mississippi Valley are many and
grievous. Above the fortieth parallel and west of the
Great Lakes, nearly all efforts have been failures. The
best successes have been on high, rather steep I'idges
and bluffs near watercourses, with light colored clay
soils and northerly exposures. Pear trees are not planted
to the bottom or to the top, but in belts midway around
the slopes. Plums maybe used lower down and cherries
above.

The ground should be already set in clover or blue
grass. Small circles are spaded out for the trees. These
are cultivated with the hoe and widened with the growth
of the tree. Small trees branched very low are best.
The trees may be cut back the second year to within a
few inches of the ground. Only a very moderate annual
growth is desirable.

Use no manure until the tree has borne several crops
of fruit, and then only with extreme care. Rich, black
soils, plenty of manure and clean culture are deadly to
Pear trees in this region.

The critical period is that of the first fruit crop. The
deadly enemy is blight, which is sure to appear then.
The successful Pear grower must not neglect his orchard
a single day during the season of blight, but watch for
the enemy and cut out and burn every blighted twig as
soon as seen. Sultry, damp weather in June is most
critical.

Such varieties as Warner, Longworth. Vermont Beauty,
Koonce, Kieft'er, etc., are said to succeed further north
and resist blight better than any others. Under slightly
more favorable conditions, Clairgeau, Howell, Seckel,
Tyson, Washington, Flemish Beauty, etc.. may be used.

The hardiest and blight-resistant varieties may be
grown and when in bearing a branch or two grafted with
a more delicate sort with success. q^ l_ WATROtJS.

1250

PEAR

PEAR

The Pear in California. — Visitors at the old Cali-
fornia missions durint^ tlie early part of the century
noted the presence of seedling Pear trees in the mis-
sion gardens. Many of these trees survived the neglect
which came upon the mission properties after the secu-
larization, and were in thrifty growth and bearing at
the time of the American occupation. The first Pears
sold in San Prancisco and in the mines in 184:9-50 were
gathered from old mission trees, and some of these old
trees grafted over, gave the first California product of
the popular European and American varieties of half a
century ago. From this beginning the growth of Pears
increased until the commercial product of 1899 included
the following: 1684 carloads sent overland to eastern
and foreign markets (about the same as for the five
years preceding); 5,760,000 lbs. dried Pears shipped to
the same destination (a million pounds less than the
preceding year) ; 483,384 cases of canned Bartletts and
24,772 cases of other Pears canned, which was 140,000
cases more than the preceding year. There are about
one and one-half million Pear trees in California or-
chards.

It is a most interesting fact that a single variety fur-
nishes a very great part, perhaps even as mucli as
four-fifths, of the Pear products of the state, and that is
the Bartlett. Whatever it may lack in high quality is
more than compensated for by its commercial servicea-
bility. It is handsome and of good size, endures long
carriage, cans well and dries well, and is of sufficiently
good quality to please consumers : in fact the California
grown Bartlett is said to be better than the same va-
riety grown in the Atlantic states and in the west of
Europe. This is not, however, the chief reason why the
Bartlett so largely preponderates in California. The
ruling condition is found in the fact that owing to the
marked differences in localities not widely distant and
yet differing in elevation, in exposure to coast influ-
ences and away from them, and other local causes, the
Bartlett has a very long ripening season, and valley,
coast and mountain Bartletts follow each other through
nearly three months and thus make succession of dif-
ferent varieties during this period unnecessai'y. There
is, however, at present a greater disjjosition than
hitherto to extend the season by growing other varie-
ties, but they are selected for resemblance to the Bart-
lett type. Clapp Favorite is sold as an "Early Bart-
lett," and a Winter Bartlett, an Oregon seedling, is now
being planted to carry the same style of a Pear as late

K..

^^*^^i

1691. Dwarf Pear trees 45 years old, in the Yeomans orchard.

as possible. Still some progress is being made in ex-
tending the California list of popular Pears and some
of local and of distant origin will probably achieve
prominence, especiallj' in the shipments to distant
markets.

California Pears are grown on Pear-seedling roots —
very little recourse being had to rooted cuttings or to
dwarfing stocks. A dwarf Pear tree is almost a curi-
osity. The heavier loams and even clays are sometimes
planted with Pear trees, not because "they are best for

Pears but because other fruits do worse than they. To
fully plant the area intended for fruit, Pears will go on
the intrusions of heavy or too moist soils, while the
freer soil will be given to other fruits. Still the chief
product of Pears is from the best loams California
affords, and the profits from the tree warrant the use
of such land. Pear trees are regularly pruned to a low
vase form, but seldom opened in the center, the inte-
rior being used for bearing wood, and foliage enough
retained to partially shade the fruit. The fruit is
thinned to favor size and to relieve the tree from over-
bearing. Irrigation is employed in some parts of the state.
The varieties chiefly grown are the following: Bartlett,
Anjou, Clairgeau, Clapp, Comice, Dana Hovey, Easter,
Hardy, P. Barry (a California seedling), Seckel, and
Winter Nells. E. J. Wickson.

The Kiefper Pear was grown from seed of the Chinese
Sand Pear, probably crossed with the Bartlett, by Peter
Kieffer, a horticulturist, who lived near Philadelphia.
He first exhibited the fruit at the Centennial Exhibition,
in 1876, in that city. See p. 1242. The planting of or-
chards of this valuable Pear began soon after this time
and has continued ever since, more largely in the past
2 or 3 years than ever before. The Kieffer being won-
derfully productive, the planting having gone on apace,
and none of the earlier planted orchards having ceased
to exist, the question may properly arise, with the great
probable increase in the production of the fruit. What
of the markets?

We in the East have been shipping Kieffer Pears by
car-loads, sometimes packed in barrels, at other times
loose or in bulk to be packed at destination, to cities in
the middle West, but those cities in the future will be
largely supplied with fruit grown near by. This Pear
has grown in favor with consumers, to an extent fully
equal to the increased production. It M'as observed
in the Philadelphia and New York retail markets
and fruit stands that during the months of October
and November, in 1898 and 1899, there were very
few Pears offered, except the Kieffer. It is excellent
for canning and pi'eserving, and it is fortunate that
such is the case, so that a large part of future crops
may be used in this manner. The Kieffer will flourish
on almost any ordinary farm land, but sandy loam is
preferred with gravel or clay subsoil, and prefer plant-
ing, what would generally be considered close, 150 to
200 trees per acre, leaving a driveway of 22 to 24 feet
every 3 or 5 rows, on which to cart the fruit from the
orchard. By close planting the trees protect each other
from the winds to a great extent. Two-year trees are
best for planting; let them head low, 2 or 3 feet, cut
back at planting and annually for several years one-
half of preceding year's growth, and keep top thinned
so it will not be too dense. In this way one will have a
sturdy tree that will carry two or more barrels of fruit
in such shape that the orchard can be cultivated until
the Pears are of marketable size. In the season of 1899
a yield of over 16,000 barrels of Kieffers was had from 80
acres of land, and now, on August 30, 1900, there is a
prospect of a similar yield. An 8-foot Clark cutaway,
drawn by 4 mules, is still running in the oi'chard. In
our first orchard planting of the Kieffer we were not
advised of the importance of pollination, and planted
large blocks without mixing in other sorts; the results
were very little fruit, except on trees near to or adjoin-
ing orchards of other varieties; there Kieffer trees pro-
duced uniformly good crops. It was a heavy loss to
have an orchard in this shape for several years; the
remedy seemed to be, and was, to top-graft some of the
Kieffer, and also to replant to other sorts blossoming at
the same time. A mixture of not less than one-tenth of
Le Conte or Garber answered the purpose. One to 3
per cent of the orchard trees die annually from a sort
of body blight; the spaces are reset with other trees,
which bear fruit in a few years. In picking the fruit
we use ladders hung on wheels (old carriage wheels),
which are readily handled and safe. Ladders 12 to 24 or
even 30 feet can be used, but with one of 18 feet, properly
hung, a man can pick Pears from the top limbs 20
feet high and the ladder need not touch the tree. Fig.
1690. The orchard can be gone over quickly and the high
Pears picked first, these being most likely to be blown
off and to be bruised in falling. We use, in handling

TEAR

PEAR

1251

our fruit from the orchard, baskets holding % bushel, and
cart into packing house on low wagons, the platform of
which is made of 2-inch hemlock plank 18 feet long and
hung as low as will permit a 2-foot front wheel to turn
under; being low it is very convenient to load from the
ground. A man can readily load 70 to 80 baskets with-
out getting on the wagon, and the packing house floor
is about the same height as the low wagon for conven-
ience of unloading and reloading on other wagons for
carting to markets. John S. Collins.

.....■-.-.-;-#/. J

■ ■ ■ ^^"

1692. Packing Pears for export.

Dwarf Pears. — Dwarf Pear trees are produced by
budding the Pear-wood upon the French quince. The
point of union should be so low that, when the young
trees are transplanted into the orchard, this point will
be 3 or 4 inches below the surface of the ground. The
quince, being naturally of a slower growth than the
Pear, will, by the moisture of the ground and its protec-
tion from the drying effects of the atniosphere, be kept
more nearly equal to the size of the Pear. As the tree
becomes older the Pear will throw out Pear roots at the
union, which will give increased vigor and strength to
the tree in its years of maturity when producing heavy
crops of fruit.

The soil best adapted to dwarf Pears is a rich loam,
with a subsoil which requires thorough underdraining—
a tile drain within 5 feet of every tree in the orchard
would be thoi'ough draining. The soil should bie good
strong corn or potato ground, and kept in such condi-
tion of fertility from year to year, for which purpose
good, well composted, barnyard manure has no equal,
butmay be supplemented by other fertilizers — as ground
bone and potash. Small crops, as beans and potatoes,
may be grown between the trees the first few years after
planting, but never should they be allowed in the least
to interfere with thorough tillage, or to rob the trees of
proper and desirable nourishment. The growth of the
tree is of far greater value than any farm crops which
can be grown between the trees. The soil should be
thoroughly cultivated at least everj^ 10 to 15 days during
the growing season till about August 15 to September 1.
It should cease in time that the wood may fully ripen.
Suitable cultivation can hardly be given with any crop
on the ground, except, possibly, when sufficient space
is left without a crop next to the trees.

The trees should be planted in rows 15 feet each way,
or in rows 20 feet apart each way with one tree in the
center of each square. As the trees become older the
entire ground should be given up to frequent cultiva-
tion, and under no conditions should a dwarf Pear or-
chard be seeded to grass, unless to clover for the pur-
pose of plowing it under for fertilization.

Dwarf Pears require thorough annual pruning, which
may be done at any convenient time after the falling of
the foliage and before the buds become in the least
swollen in the spring; but where the cold is severe it is
better not to prune till about the first to middle of
March. This pruning should begin with the first year,
and be continued annually during the life of the tree,
cutting back all of the new growth to within 4 to 8 buds.

and thinning out all surplus branches which will not be
wanted for limbs to the tree, so that at maturity the
tree shall be open-headed, with opportunity for plenty
of air and sunshine all through the tree, without which
superior quality of fruit cannot be grown. The lower
limbs should be within 20 to 24 inches of the ground.
Trees when 20 to 50 years old should not be more than
12 to 14 feet high, and the diameter of the branches
about 12 to 16 feet. See Pig. IGOl. It is a very errone-
ous impression that a dwarf Pear orchard under proper
conditions is short lived. There are in the United
States orchards in vigorous condition, and now produc-
ing annual crops, that are from thirty to flftv years
old.

Some of the advantages of dwarf over standard Pears
are: more trees can be planted to the acre, they com-
mence bearing much younger, the fruit is not so liable
to be blown off by early winds before maturity, it is
much more quickly and easily gathered than from high
trees, the fruit is larger and of better quality than that
on standards. All varieties do not succeed equally well
as dwarfs, because they do not all form an equally per-
fect union with the quince. Duchess is the leading and
most profitable variety now grown as dwarf, although
many others succeed well. l. t. Yeomans.

Pears for Export. — Pears have not been grown for
the export trade to any large extent, but there is no good
reason for it. As France supplies the English market
with the finest Pears that are grown, the American
shipper needs to study the varieties, season, and extent
of the French supplies to avoid a difficult competition
which has to be met in seasons of full production. When
the Pear crop has been light on the continent, as often
occurs, we have successfully exported the Louise Bonne,
Anjou, Bosc, and Winter Nelis. Later varieties, as the
Easter and Josephine de Malines, with their very fine
quality, would meet with ready sale in foreign markets.

As size and qiiality are important factors with Eng-
lish buyers. Pears for export should be grown upon
dwarf trees, that close pruning may be done, the fi-uit
judiciously thinned, and the much higher culture given
that the dwarf tree requires.

The fruit should be gathered when it has reached its
most perfect development, but not allowed to come to
its full maturity, or approximate ripening. This is the
right condition of fruit when it is to be shipped without
refrigeration. With refrigeration, a little fuller maturity
may be allowed. Each specimen should be wrapped in
paper. A layer of excelsior should be placed on the bot-
tom of the box. which is marked to be opened; over this
place a sheet of paper. Pack the Pears in single layers.

1693, Box of fancy Pears for the domestic market.
each Pear wrapped in paper.

covering each with paper and excelsior until the box is
filled, nailing cover securely under considerable pres-
sure. Boxes should hold 3G large Pears, and CO of me-
dium size. Fig. 1692. This is a refinement of even the
best packing for the common domestic trade. Fig.
1693. The risk in exporting is in the lack of proper
facilities on steamers that are not fitted with refrigera-
tion. The fruit often becomes overheated and decay's

1252

PEAR

TECAN

in passage. Another cause for loss is rough handliug.
In unloading, the boxes are slid on planks, and if they
are not removed promptly at the bottom of the gang-
way, one box strikes heavily against the side of another,
bruises the fruit and its sale is injured. The best efforts
and work of an entire season may be sacriticed at this
point. When the fruit arrives, and opens in perfect
condition, the prices received are usually 40 per cent
greater than those of the home market. The best re-
sults are obtained when the Pears are packed and
shipped direct from the orchard.

With fruit of superior qualitj'', better steamer facili-
ties, and more careful handling, a large quantity of
American Pears can be exported, for foreign markets
are steadily demanding and receiving increased sup-
plies. George T. Powell.

PEAR. Alligator P., Porsea gratisslnia. Avocado P.,
Persea graiissinia. Balsam F., Mouiordlca Charanfia.
Garlic P., Orakaca gynandra. Prickly P., Opuntia.

PEARL BUSH^ jExochorda grandiflora. Pearl Fruit,
Margyricarpus setosus. Pearl Weed or Pearl Wort, ^V(-
gi}ia.

PEAT is a kind of soil formed by the partial decay of
plants in the swamps of the temperate zone. It is a
standard potting material in greenhouse work for cer-
tain classes of plants, as ferns, orchids, heaths, rhodo-
dendrons and other ericaceous plants, woody plants from
Australia and the Cape of Good Hope, and many other
choice and difi&cult subjects. American gardeners com-
plain that they are handicapped in growing such plants
because American Peat is poorer than European, the
lack of fiber being chiefly deplored.

The Peat bogs of England are often 5 or 6 feet deep, and
some of the Irish ones are said to be as deep as 40 feet.
They have been forming ever since the glacial period,
but are now on the decline, owing larg-ely to natural
causes. Peat bogs represent the decay of many kinds
of aquatic and marsh plants, but chiefly sphagnum
(which see). This moss grows upwai'd and decays
below. Near the top the Peat is brown, fibrous, light
and porous: lower down it tends to be black, heavy, dense
and without indication of its vegetable origin. The ash
varies from 1 or 2 per cent in newly formed Peat to 10,
20, or even 30 per cent in the older Peat. Peat is com-
monly used for fuel by the Irish peasantry, but almost
never in America. In greenhouse work Peat is valued
more for its porous, moisture-holding properties than
for its plant-food. If dried, it may be used as an ab-
sorbent for liquid manure, "not so much for its inher-
ent value, "says Roberts (in his "Fertility of the Land"),
"as for conserving the nitrogen in the manure, and for
improving the condition of the stables."

The transformation of Peat bogs into arable land is
rarely a pressing problem, in America. It is usually too
costly for a new country. The notion, however, is very
common that Peat lands are extraordinarily rich in
plant-food. Nevertheless, according to Roberts, swamp
muck and Peat are not richer in plant-food than the
good soils, with the exception of the nitrogen in the
Peat, which, without doubt, is far less available than it
is in good soils. (American Peat contains about .07 per
cent nitrogen, .21 per cent phosphoric acid, and .13 per
cent potash.) Peat lands differ from good, arable soil
in being cold, sour, and too wet. To reclaim them one
must drain off the superfluous water and apply lime
freely to destroy the harmful organic acids. Sometimes
sand or clay may be added to improve the texture.
Tillage opens the soil to air, warms it, makes it uncon-
genial for nitrites, and congenial for nitrates. It takes
time to reclaim Peat lands. Thoroughly decayed Jr'eat
is muck. y;t^ jj^

Peat is chiefly composed of vegetable matter in what
might be termed a state of su.spended or partial decay.
The soil which covers the greater portion of the earth's
surface has been made by the disintegration of rocks
and stones, through the agency of frost, water, and tlie
atmosphere, and is composed mostly of sand and clay,
these differing in proportions according to locality.
Such soils are spoken of as inorganic soils, since they

contain but a small percentage of organic or vegetable
matter. Peat, on the other hand, is spoken of as an
organic soil, since it is composed largely of vegetable
matter, often as much as 97 per cent. It is formed either
in the presence of water or peculiar climatic conditions.
That which has been fonned under the influence of
water is found in swamps or the places from which
water cannot pass away readily. Aquatic plants and
mosses flourish, and at the end of the growing season
they die down; vegetation is renewed the following
season, and so on until the layers of decaying vegeta-
tion rise above the surface of the water, when ferns and
plants of a more ligneous character generally establish
themselves and give firmness to the surface.

That which is dominated by climatic conditions, as
on the silicious sands of some parts of England, and on
the heathy sands in the north of Germany, is composed
principally of the roots of heaths, mosses, and other
cryptogams which grew among the heaths. It forms a
stratum of what might be spoken of as a very fibrous
and elastic turf, usually not more than 3 or 4 inches in
thickness. This Peat is not often found in this country;
at least the writer presumes not, as he has not seen it
offered iu commercial catalogues which offer orchid
supplies, though they offer fern-root, bog Peat, and
occasionally, "imported Peat for orchids." The fiber is
very fine and uniform, and is the ideal material for
orchids, anthuriums and other tropical subjects with
roots of a more or less aerial character, as it may be
broken into small nodules of fiber which do not decay
readily with the abundance of water and humid condi-
tions that such plants must have at certain seasons.
Prom its porous nature, the surplus water not only passes
off readily, lait tht-ie is also free entrance of air, which
is as essential as water for the supply of oxygen to the
roots; and by the admission of air, the material is kept
in good physical condition. For these reasons, also, it is
the ideal material in which to grow ericas, epacris, and
other genera of the family Ericaceae, though owing to
the hot summers of this country these last-named plants
cannot be grown to the perfection which they attain in
England. Peat which is found in swamps is abundant
in this coimtry. It differs fi'om the European product
in not having the necessary fiber. Though not of much
use for orchids, anthuriums, etc., it is useful in potting
ferns, and in preparing beds for planting rhododen-
drons, kalmias, and other larger-growing plants of the
Ericaceae. It is also useful in mixing soils for vases
which have to stand in exposed positions outdoors dur-
ing the summer, since it is more retentive of moisture
than ordinary soil. As a substitute for the European
Peat in orchid culture, etc., American gardeners use
kalmia-root and fern-root, especially the latter, which
may generally be found in quantity upon the surface of
the Peat which has risen above the water. When choice
can be had the roots of the more slender-growing ferns
are preferable to the larger and stronger - growing
species, since the roots are correspondingly finer.

Edward J. Canning.

PEA-TREE. Caragmui ; also Sesbanea.

PECAN (Ricdria Pecan, Britt. Odrya olivcefdrmis,
Nutt.). Of the 10 or more species of hickory, the Pe-
can is the most important from the horticultural stand-
point. Possessing, as it does, the desirable qualities of
rapid growth, reasonable precocity and productiveness,
and producing a nut with thin shell, good cracking
quality, full kernel and delicate flavor, it may well rank
first among our native nuts in value and cultural im-
portance. Its probable cultural value has long been
recognized, but only within the last twenty-five or
thirty years has there been systematic planting of the
trees in orchard form with a view to deriving profit
from the sale of the crops of nuts. By far the larger
part of the commercial product of Pecans is still ob-
tained from the wild trees of Texas, Louisiana and Mis-
sissippi.

The species is indigenous on lowlands and river bot-
toms throughout most of the valley of the Mississippi
and its larger tributaries. It is found as far north as
Davenport, Iowa, in the main valley, Covington. Ky., in
that of the Ohio, and Terre Haute, Ind., in that of the

PECAN

PECAN

1253

Wabash. It is also abundant througnout eastern and
central Texas, extending southward into jMexico, but
nowhere reaching the immediate coast of the Gulf. The
area of natural distribution, therefore, covers consider-
able portions of Ohio, Indiana, Illinois, Iowa, Missouri,
Kansas, Oklahoma, Indian Territory, Arkansas, Ken-
tucky, Tennessee, Alabama, Mississippi, Louisiana and
Texas. Commercial plantations of considerable size
have been made in most of these states, and outside of
this area in North and South Carolina, Georgia, Florida,
New Mexico, California and Oregon. Small experimen-
tal plantings have been made in most of the middle and
northern states. The cultural era of the Pecan may,
therefore, be considered as now fairly entered iipon.

Under favorable conditions of soli within its natural
range, the tree attains majestic, dome-like proportions,
reaching a trunk diameter of 4 to 6 ft., with a height of
100 to 175 ft. and a spread of top of GO to 70 ft. Some
of the largest trees recorded are found in Illinois and
Indiana in the valley of the Wabash river, near the
northern limit of its natural distribution. This ten-
dency to attain great size under favorable conditions
gives rise to puzzling questions regarding the proper
distance for planting in orchard form to insure the
health, vigor and productiveness of the trees as they
approach maturity. It has also given rise to much
speculation as to the possibility of dwarfing the tree by
propagating upon other species and thus, by reducing
the size of top and trunk, to render the tree more tract-
able and if possible increase its proportional productive-
ness. Little careful and systematic work has been done
on this line, however, most of the planted orchards
still consisting of seedling trees.

Commercial Importance of the Pecan. — The import-
ance of the Pecan as an article of commerce seems not
to have been generally recognized until after the civil
war. As in the case of the Florida orange, the favor
which it met with from the soldiers of the Union army
doubtless did much to sjJread its reputation in northern
cities, and to pave the way for a favorable reception
when first shipped in large quantities, during the pe-
riod of 1870 to 1880. Since then the increase in demand
has been rapid and steady, and for many years the
large, thin -shelled varieties have retailed at higher
prices than are obtained for any other American-grown
nut. Choice Pecans of large size rarely retail in north-
ern cities at less than 40 cents per pound and fre-
quently rise to 75 cents for a fancy article,

Accurate statistical data on the total yield anfl value
of the crop are lacking, but the yield often runs into
the millions of pounds per annum, single firms in
Texas having handled upwards of 500,000 lbs. in a sea-
son. A large and growing demand for Pecan meats has
developed among confectioners, one New York dealer
having prepared and marketed 100,000 lbs. of these in a
year.

From the favor with which exhibits of this nut in the
American section at the Paris Exposition of 1900 were
received, it seems probable that a considerable export
trade can be developed whenever the supply of choice
nuts exceeds the demand for domestic consumption.

Climatic and Soil Requirements. — 'Pvora its wide
area of natural distribution, covering, as it does, more
than fifteen degrees of latitude, the species may be ex-
pected to thrive in most of the regions adapted to the
culture of the common tree fruits of the north temper-
ate zone. Trees from different latitudes are found to
vary greatly in hardiness, as would be expected. Seed-
lings from the lower Mississippi valley succumb to the
winters of Massachusetts and Michigan, when trees
grown from Indiana, Illinois and Iowa seed survive un-
injured. On account of lack of productiveness and the
small size of nuts in the North, the area of probable
profitable planting east of the Rocky mountains is not
likely to extend north of the Potomac and Ohio rivers.
In portions of California and Oregon the trees are re-
ported to make a strong and thrifty growth, but there
is general complaint there of lack of productiveness.
Within the area in which the species succeeds, most of
the profitable trees at this time are on moist and rela-
tively fertile soil.

The moist, clayey and sandy loams of river bottoms
subject to occasional overflow, are peculiarly adapted to

this trte. It thrives on fertile uplands that are suffi-
ciently moist and rich, and even on light, sandy soils
when well fertilized, but the cost of the fertilizing
necessary on light soils is probably too great to leave a
possible profit in the culture of the Pecan. In Texas,
certain soils underlaid with hard-pan are reported to
have been fitted for planting by exploding a charge of
dynamite in the hole where tbe tree is to be planted,
thus loosening the soil, affording drainage and prepar-
ing it for easy penetration by the roots.

Propagating. — Duvrng the earlier years of Pecan or-
charding none but seedling trees were planted. Many

r,rtA. i'-^ -- i_ _

*i I

m([3

1694. Top-grafted Pecan,
Four years after the operation. (Page 1254.)

of the planters believed (as some still contend) that the
seedlings would come true to type and that efforts to
perpetuate valuable varieties by budding or grafting
were unnecessary. As larger numbers of trees of
known parentage have come into bearing it has become
evident that the variation among seedlings of this spe-
cies is very great and that a large proportion of the
seedlings of choice varieties fail to equal the parent in
vigor and productiveness of tree or size and quality of
fruit. Fig. 1G95 shows an instance of such variation,
the thirteen forms illustrated having been produced by
thirteen different seedling trees grown from one crop of
nuts from a single isolated tree, by B. M. Young, Mor-
gan City, La. Mr. Young states further that other
seedlings from the same tree showed even greater varia-
tion, and that with few exceptions the nuts of the seed-
lings were smaller than those of the parent tree. These
seedlings show little variation in vigor of growth, but
vary as greatly in productiveness as in size of nut, the
large.st crop yet borne by the least productive consist-
ing of less than five pounds of nuts, while the most
productive has for two years borne upwards of one
hundred and fifty pounds of nuts.

The early attempts to propagate the Pecan by the
methods of budding and grafting practiced on the more

1254

PECAN

PECAN

common orchard trees were rarely successful, and the
opinion became prevalent that this species could not be
hudded or g:rafted. Various devices for pi'opagatiug
by layers, by upturned roots and root-cuttings were
suggested and tested at different times, but none of
these proved of permanent value.

The first really successful work in graft-propagation
seems to have been by crown-grafting on Pecan stocks.
This is most commonly practiced in early spring on
stocks in place, having a crown diameter of from 1 inch
to 2 or 3 inches. The stock should be cut oft' smoothly
at the crown and grafted either by splice, or side-cleft
graft, according to size of stock. Cions with terminal
iiiids are preferable, and they should in all cases be so cut
that but one scarf exposes the pith. In this method no
wax is used, but the grafted stump is carefully mounded
up with moist earth to the top bud of the cion, to
prevent drying out. In the humid and mild climate of
the Gulf states, this is probably the most promising
method for the inexperienced amateur. Bench-splice
root-grafting on 6-inch top sections of one-year-old seed-
lings has been fairly successful in some cases, but
grafts set on lower sections of root are not considered
worthy of planting out. Annular budding on the new
wood of second-year seedlings yields a considerable
proportion of success when favorable climatic condi-
tions prevail, but in unfavorable seasons, as of extreme
drought or heavy rainfall, it results in almost total fail-
ure even with expert operators.

Top-working of the Pecan is generally difficult, only
a small percentage of success usually being obtained

1695. Outlines, showing variation in the Pecan (X^).
All grown from nats from one tree.

with any method. On young trees of Pecan, Water
Hickory [H. aquaflca) or Mocker nut {U. alba), not
exceeding one inch in diameter, occasional success by
splice-grafting is obtained in Florida. Diagonal side-
grafting on various hickory stocks is also occasionally
successful in Florida, but no orchards of commercial
importance have as j'et resulted from any of these
methods of propagation.

The most promising results in the top-working of
Pecan trees that have yet been obtained are probably
those of E. E. Risien, San Saba, Texas, who finds annu-
lar budding in June or July of strong shoots of the
growth of the current season the best method. An
abundant crop of such shoots is secured by cutting
back the trees severely in March, using a cross-cut saw
if necessary, as is sometimes the case on large trees.
If the tree is old and the bark hard, the pushing of buds
is stimulated by hacking the bark of the stubbed trunk

and branches with a hatchet. The budding is done
when the shoots attain the size of an ordinary lead pen-
cil. Budding done on dry days is found to yield much
the best results, especially if followed by several days
of dry weather. The cions must be thoroughly pro-
tected against drying out between removal from the ■
tree and budding, however; and the "tying in," for
which strips of old cotton cloth are used in preference
to stronger material, must be thoroughly done, to insure
success. When all conditions are favorable, thrifty
seedling trees are quickly transformed to choice varie-
ties in this way, and begin to bear good crops within
three or four years after the operation is performed.
Fig. 1694 shows such a tree during the fourth season
after budding. The tin guards about the trunks are
found necessary in that section to protect both young
nuts and tender shoots from destruction by squirrels
during the summer.

Distance, Met hod of Planting , and Cultivatioti. — From
its large size it is clear that the Pecan should not be
ci'owded. Most of the orchards planted have been at
distances of 40 or 50 feet, but experience would indicate
that 60 feet is a safer distance. Where seedling trees
are depended upon it is probably advisable to plant
closer together on the start, with a view to cutting
out the trees bearing inferior nuts as soon as their true
character is discovered. As at least half of the seed-
lings of any given lot may be expected to yield nuts very
much inferior in size to the seed planted, it is probably
wise to plant about double the number that are desired
as permanent trees. The subsequent thinning out will
leave the trees irregularly placed, but until bud propa-
gation of the species, both in nursery and orchard, is
better understood and more successfully done than at
present this is probably the safest and most economi-
cal method for the orchard planter to adopt. In the
earlier days many planters advocated and practiced
planting the nuts where the trees were to remain in the
orchard, usually planting two or three in a place to in-
sure a "stand." The difficulty of protecting the young
trees from injury and the consequent uneven character
of the orchards have caused most of the later plantings
to be made from the nursery row at the age of one or
two years. If planted on strong and well-prepared soil
to insure a vigorous growth the first season after re-
moval to the orchard, one-year-old trees are probably
preferable. The tap-root of the one-year-old Pecan tree
is usually two or three times as long as the top, and
more care in digging from the nursery rows is neces-
sary than with most trees. No harm will result from
a moderate shortening-in of the tap-root, however. In
fact, the tree is probably benefited by the more spread-
ing root system that results from this practice.

If the nuts are to be planted either in nursery row or
orchard they should, if of valuable varieties, be stratified
in sand during the winter and planted out as early in
spring as the ground can be worked. If of common
sorts or iu regions where mice and squirrels do not
abound, they may safely be planted in well-drained soil
before winter sets in. Ordinary nursery cultivation will
usually suffice, but nothing necessary to insure a strong
and vigorous growth the first season should be left
undone. Digging from nursery row is most easily done
with a horse tree-digger, which cuts the roots at a suf-
ficient depth to avoid injuring the trees.

The soil for orchard planting should be thoroughly
prepared, and, if not naturally ricdi, should be well fer-
tilized with well-rotted stable manure or some fertilizer
rich in available nitrogen. Much depends u] on securing
a strong growth of both root and top the first year after
transplanting. If proper care is taken to ouhivate and
fertilize the trees they are probably not injured by crop-
ping with ordinary hoed crops for four or five years,
especially if occasional leguminous crops, like crimson
clover, cow pea or velvet bean, are plowed in. After
trees reach maturity in thrifty condition, cultivation is
probably less important, though some of the most pro-
ductive trees reported are in fields regularly planted
with cultivated crops.

Harvesting and 3f a rlcetiug. — The common method of
harvesting is to gather the nuts at intervals of a few
days as they fall, sometimes hastening the dropping by
beating the bunches lightly with bamboo or other light

PECAN

PECAN

Z'0'0

rods. The nuts should uot be left on the ground long
enough to become wet or discolored by storms, as both
appearance and quality are injured thereby. Most Pe-
cans of medium size, and below, are now polished by

1696. Named varieties of the Pecan

friction in revolving barrels before being placed with
retail dealers. This process cleans and brightens the
nuts, and renders them more attractive in appearance.
Unfortunately, it has the same effect on stale nuts as
on fresh ones, and makes possible the working oft' of
old stock for new. Dealers have been quick to take
advantage of this and frequently mix old polished nuts
with neAV at the beginning of the season. It is therefore
not advisable to polish or otherwise manipulate high-
grade fresh Pecans at the present time. The demand
for large, thin-shelled nuts for seed has consumed so
large a proportion of the product up to the present time
that market prices on large nuts for table use are hard
to fix. For fresh nuts, running approxiniatelj' 50 or less

to the pound, the retail price is rarely below 50 cents per
lb. in the large cities, whiJe for seed, siich nuts, if of
well-authenticated varieties, usually bring from $1 to
$2.50 per lb.

Probably at least 95 per cent of the market supply is
still from wild tiees and, as the crop varies greatly in
quantity from year to ycai, the wholesale price is sub-
ject to wide variation, 3 to 5 cents per lb. for ordinary
wild Pecans ib about the a\erage price paid by buyers.
In lecent full ciop \eais considerable quantities have
been held over m lefrigerated storage, and large profits
have been realized m some instances in this way.

Large qumtities of the medium sizes are cracked in
special estiblishments m different cities, notably in San

Antonio, Texas, and New
York, and marketed in
neat cardboard cartons
in the form of meats
ready for the domestic or
commercial confectioner.
Such meats usually re-
tail at 50 to 60 cents per
lb., and at a somewhat
lower price their con-
sumption will undoubt-
edly be largely increased.
Insect E n emi e s.~
Among the most trouble-
some enemies of the Pe-
can are certain leaf-eat-
ing caterpillars, includ-
ing the fall webworm
{H y pli a n t r i a cnnea ,
Drury), which is eon-
tnillcd by burning the
wrbs with a torch at-
tached to a pole as soon
as it is discovered.
Spraying with Paris
green would doubtless be
more effective in case
this pest should appear
in large numbers. The
hickory twig-girdler{ On-
cideres cingnlatns. Say)
is sometimes trouble-
some on Pecan. The fe-
male beetle deposits her
eggs in twigs which she
afterwards girdles to
such an extent that they
are broken off by autumn
winds and fall to the
ground. These should
be immediately gathered
and burned, to prevent
the larvae from entering
the ground. Certain bor-
ers, notably the painted
hickory borer {CyUene
p/c/i(S, Drury.) and allied
species, sometimes work
havoc by tunneling the
cambium layer and inner
bark, but their attacks
are believed to be con-
fined to old or feeble
trees. The hickory
bark borer (Svobjtus 4-
spinosus. Say) also works upon trees that have lost
their vitality through advanced age or other cause. The
only known remedy for these is the prompt removal and
destruction of infested trees as soon as discovered.

Probably the most serious insect enemy to the com-
mercial Pecan - grower is the hickory - shuck worm
{GrapJwlifha cfln/«Ha, Pitch), the larvae of which pene-
trate the hull and young nut, causing premature drop-
ping. So far as recorded, it is less troublesome on
Pecan than on the shellbark hickory (H. Jaciniosa) and
its hybrids. No remedy except prompt destruction of
tlie infested nuts by burning has been discovered.

Varieties (Fig. 1696).— Under the stimulus of the high prices
paid for choice seed nuts of good reputation, many varieties of

U u 1 izt

1256

PECAN

PEDIOULAUIS

Pecan, mostly selected wildliugs. have been dignified by tlio
application of names more or less appropriate, during the past
ten years. In most instances these have been published with
but brief and imperfect descriptions which do not serve to
identify the varieties. As but a small proportion of them have
ever been propagated by other means than by seed, the future
production of nuts under tliese names may be expected to show
great variation. The wisdom of applying varietal names to
Pecans not propagated by some method of bud-propagation
may well be questioned, as it is certain to result in a confused
nomenclature when seedlings grown from tliem come into bear-
ing. Out of more than 70 sorts that have been thus dignified
%vith names it is very doubtful whether more than 20 have
been offered by nurseries except in the form of seedlings.
Of those that have been so propagated and are obtainable in
southern nurseries, the following are proliably the most im-
portant sorts. Liittle has yet been determined regarding their
adaptability to other regions than those in which they origi-
nated. The price of trees ranges from 50 cents to $1.50 per tree
for one- or two-year-old grafted or budded stock:

Centurij (Pig. 1696, «).— Introduced by Herbert Post, Fort
Worth, Texas. One of the largest Pecans yet brought to no-
tice, selected nuts measuring 2\i x 3'M inches in circumference,
and running 25 to the pound.

Ooluinbiaii (Pig. 1696, &; syns.. Mammoth, Rome, Pride of
the Coast).— Originated at Convent, La., and disseminated un-
der the above names by different nurseries. Large, cylindrical,
slightly constricted at middle and tapering at apex, which is
frequently four-sided; shell moderately thin; of good cracking
quality and delicate flavor. Tree reported to be vigorous, but
irregular in bearing and yielding nuts varying greatly in size
and plumpness of kernel.

Frotscher (Pig. 1696, c).— Originated at Olivier, La., and in-
troduced by the late Richard Frotscher, of New Orleans. One
of the largest and best in all respects. Nut cylindrical, taper-
ing slightly: shell thin, parting easily from kernel, which with
a little care can be removed entire; flavor delicate, quality ex-
cellent. Tree thrifty and productive.

Jewett (Fi^j. 1G96, rf).— Introduced by the late W. R. Stuart,
Ocean Springs, Hiss. Very large, oblong, often constricted and
usually rather angular; shell of medium thickness, parting
easily from kernel, which does not always fill well; quality
very good.

Pabst (Fig. 1696. e).— Origin, Ocean Springs, Miss. Dissemi-
nated by Chas. E. Pabst, Ocean Springs, Miss. Cylindrical,
moderately large; shell medium, parting well; kernel plump,
bright and of excellent qualitv. Tree vigorous and productive.

1697. Pedicularia procera (XK)

Paragon (Pig. 1696. /).— Introduced by Herbert Post, Fort
Worth. Texas. Long-obovate, with pyi-amidal apex, large, with
moderately thin shell, ci-acking well; kernel plump, but with
rather deep convolutions; quality very good.

Russell (Fig. 1696, ff}.— Origin, Ocean Springs. Miss. Intro-
duced by Chas. E. Pabst, Ocean Springs, Miss. Oval, pointed,
medium to large in size, with very thin sliell and plump, bi'ight
kernel; cracking quality excellent; flavor delicate, quality very
good. Tree productive.

San Saba (Fig. 1696, ft).— Origin, San Saba. Texas. Intro-
duced by E. E. Risien, San Saba, Texas. Nut cylindrical, small
to medium in size, mth very thin shell, tine cracking quality,
very bright kernel and delicate flavor. This little nut is of the
highest quality for dessert use and but for its small size would
be one of the most promising yet brought to notice.

Sooereign (Fig. 1696, i).— Origin, San Saba, Texas. A seed-
ling of San Saba, grown and introduced by E. E. Risien, San
Saba, (Texas. Cylindrical, medium to large, with vei-y thin
shell and full kernel of fine quality. A new variety of much
pi'omise.

Stuart (Fig. 1696, j).— Origin, Pascagoula, Miss. Introduced
by the late W. R. Stirart, Ocean Springs, Miss. Cylindrical,
large to very large, selected nuts running 35 to the ijound;
shell moderately thin, cracking quality good; kernel plump,
quality good. Tree thrifty and productive.

Van Deman (Fig. 1696, t).— Introduced by the late W. R.
Stuart, Ocean Springs, Miss. Oblong, large, running 45 to the
pound; shell moderately thin, cracks well and yieliis plump
meats of good quality.

fi^ybrids. — Several evident hybrids of the Pecan with other
species of Hicoria have been brought to notice, the most con-
spicuous being the McCallister (syn.. Floyd) from southern
Indiana, and the Nussbaumer from southern Illinois, both evi-
dently hybrids between H. Pecan and H. laciniosa. Neither
these nor others of similar cliaracter give promise of immediate
cultural value, however.

For detailed descriptions of varieties and fuller discus-
sion of Pecan, see Rept. on Nut Culture, Div. of Pom.
U. S. Dept. of Agr., pp. 49-G4, PI. 4, 8, 9, Fuller's Nut
Culturist, chapter on Hickory Nuts, pp. 147-202; Rept.
Mo. Bot. Garden 7, pp. 28-42, PI. 1-23. See Hicoria,

Wm. a. Taylok.

PEDICULARIS (Latin, louse; long supposed to breed
lice iu sheep that fed on these plants). ScrophuUir-
ideete. Lousewort. About 125 species of herbs, mostly
natives of the northern hemisphere, with terminal spikes
of yellow, reddish purple or white fls. The few kinds
cult, in hardy borders are chiefly esteemed for the
beauty of their tine-cut foliage. A good many species
have been tried, but they seem to be short-lived and
it is conjectured that their roots are more or less para-
sitic on other plants. A few are annuals or biennials,
but the great majority, including those described below,
are perennials. They are procurable from dealers in
native plants. P, Canadensis seems to be the only
American specie.? cult, in European gardens. A good
plant of it has 6-8 fls., each % in. long, in a spike IM in.
long, which becomes 5-8 in. long in fruit.

Generic characters: Ivs. alternate or whorled, rarely
subopposite, 1-many times pinnately divided, rarely
merely dentate : calyx anteriorly cut, variously 2-5-
toothed; corolla 2-lipped, the upper one (or galea) with
or without a long beak: stamens 4, didynamous: capsule
ovate or lanceolate, oblique: seeds usually few.

A. Galea {upper lip of the corolla) unfh a hvg heak
(>2 '". long).
raceradsa, Dougl. Height 1 ft.: Ivs. undivided, mi-
nutely and doubly creunlate: fl.s. white; beak circinate-
incurved, nearly reaching'thelower lip. Colo, to Brit. Col.

AA. Galea with very short beak or none.
B. Bracts mostly longer than the fls.
procera, Gray. Fig. 1697. Robust, 1^2^ ft. high: Ivs.
pinnately divided: spike 6-15 in. long: fls. sordid yel-
lowish and greenish striate. Mts. of Colo, and NewMex.

BB. Bracts shorter than the fls.
c. Capsule ovate, scarceli/ longer than, the calyx.

lanceol^ta, Michx. Swamp Lousewort. Glabrous or
nearly so, 1-S ft. high: Ivs. alternate and opposite, pin-
nately lobed, upper ones sessile: fls. yellow. Aug. -Oct.
Swamps, Conn, to Manitoba; south, Ohio to Neb. B.B.
3:185.
CC. Capsule lanceolate, three times as long as the cah/x.

Canadensis, Linn. Wood Betonv. The common
iVmerican Lousewort, usually more or less hairy : stems

PEDICULARIS

PELARGONIUM

1257

commonly tufted, %-!% ft. high:
Ivs. mostly alternate, pinnately
parted, all but the uppermost peti-
oled: fls. yellow or reddish, rarely
white. April-June. Dry woods and
thickets, Nova Scotia to Manitoba;
south, Fla. to N. Mes. B. B. 3:1SG.
B.M. 2506. W. M.

V'E.'QlLkNT'S.V^ { shoe -f lower). Eu-
phorbiacew. Mostly small succulent
shrubs, having the characters of Eu-
phorbia, except that the involucre
is irregular and enlarged into a short
spur on the upper side. About 15
species in tropical America. They
are easily grown with the fleshy Eu-
phorbias in sandy loam, well drained
and manured. Propagated by cut-
ting dried at the base, then inserted in
occasionally moistened sand.

tithymaloides, Poit. Bird Cactus.
Jew Bush. Stem 4-6 ft. high, green :
Ivs. lanceolate, 1-3 in. long, dark
green: involucres bright red, pointed,
declined, K-% in. long, in terminal
cymes: stamen and style long ex
serted. West Indies. B.R,
10:837. L.B.C. 8:727 (Eu-
pJiorhia canaliculata) . ]3.M.
2514 [Euphorhia carinata).

P. Tndcropus, Benth., with
whitish steins and minute
leaves, from Calif., is occasiou-
ally cultivated.

J. B. S.Norton.

PEEN-TO, or Flat Peach
of the South is Prinnis Persica, var.
See Peach and Prnmts.

PEEPTTL TEEE. Fictis religiosa.

PEIRESKIA. See Pereskia.

PELARGONIUM (stork, because
the fruit is long and slender like a
stork's bill). Geranldcece. Gera-
nium of gardens. Pelargonium.
The person who wishes to study the
contemporaneous evolution of plants
may find his heart's desire in Pelar-
gonium. With great numbers of spe-
cies and many of them variable and
confusing in a wild state, with plant-
breeding in many places and con-
tinued through two centuries, and
with a large special literature, the
genus offers exceptional advantages
and perplexities to the student. Most
of the species are South African,
whence they early came into culti-
vation by the English and Dutch.
P. cucitUafum, the dominant parent
iu the florist's Pelargoniums, was
known in England as early as 1690.
The two originals ol! the race of zonal
or bedding Geraniums were intro-
duced into England in 1710 and 1714.
Early in that century, a half dozen
species were grown at Eltham, in the famous gar-
den of James Sherard, and these were pictui*ed in
1732 in Dillenius' account of that gai'den, "Hortus
Elthamensis," a sumptuously illustrated work in quarto.
Even at that time, P. inquinans had varied markedly
(see Fig. 1698). In his "Species Plantarum," 1753,
Linnaeus described the few species which he knew
(about 25) under the genus Geranium. In 1787, L'Herit-
ier founded the genus Pelargonium, and transferred
many of the Linnsean species. L'Heritier's work "Gera-
niologia,"aquarto, appeared in Paris in 1787 to 1788, with
44 full-page plates. Early in the nineteenth century, many
species were in cultivation in Europe, and experiments
in hybridizing and breeding became common. There

1698. Pelargonium inquinans (and a variety of it) as figured by Dillenius in 1733.
One-half size of the original plate

seems to have beensomething like a Geranium craze.
The experiments seem to have been confined chiefly to
the development of the show or fancy Pelargoniums, as
greenhouse subjects. The Geranium interest seems to
have culminated in Robert Sweet's noble work on "Gera-
niacese," published in five volumes in London, 1820 to
1830, containing .500 well -executed colored plates of
geraniaceous plants. At that time manj'^ distinct garden
hybrids were in cultivation, and to these Sweet gave
Latin botanical names. His fifth volume is devoted
chiefly to garden forms of the show Pelargonium type,
to which the name P. domesficum is giveu in the follow-
ing sketch. The development of the zonal or bedding
Geraniums had begun in Sweet's time, and he includes

1258

PELARGONIUM

PELARGONIUM

them in his pictures, but the larger part of their evolu-
tion is subsequent to his histor3\ Various small works
on Pelargonium have appeared. De Jonghe's "Traits
Methodique de la Culture du Pelargonium," Brussels,
1844, contains good bibliographical and cultural data.

Most of the cultivated forms of Pel-
argonium can be grouped into four
general horticultural classes:

I. The zonal, horse-shoe, fish, or bed-
ding types, known to gardeners as
Geraniums. They comprise a mongrel
class, lately designated (Bailey, "Bot-
any," p. 314) as Pelargonium horto-
rum. This race seems to be derived
from P. zonale and P. inquinans.
These species were made by Linnaeus
in 1753, but he foimded them on de-
scriptions in earlier works rather than
directly on the ftlants. In America,
the zonal Geraniums are very popu-
lar, for tiiey develop their colors vrell
in the bright climate. They are popu-
lar in all countries, however. They
probably stand closer to the lives of
a great number of people than any
other ornamental plant. If a window
or a garden can have but one plant,
that plant is likely to be a Geranium.
The old race of large -flowered and
large-clustered Geraniums was known
as Nosegay Geraniums, because they
were bouquet-like, but this term is not
known in America. Another race has
been developed for its zone-marked
leaves. There is also a race of double-
flowered zonals, wiiich have appeared
chiefly since 1800. The very full dou-
ble and close-clustered forms lose
much of the grace and charm of the
single types. Some of them are little
better, to a sensitive eye, than balls of
colored tow or wadding. In the devel-
opment of the individual flower of the
Geranium, there have been two ideals
—the English ideal for a circular flower
with the petals broadened and over-
lapping, and the continental ideal with
a somewhat 2-lipped flower and the
jietals well separated. In the Gar-
deners* Chronicle in 1841, p. G44, the
proper form is set forth in an illustra-
tion, and this is contrasted with the
"original form;" the picture is repro-
duced, somewhat smaller, in Fig. 1699.
"The long, narrow, flimsy petals of the
old varieties, "the writing says," moved
by every breath of wind, and separated
to their very base by broad, open
spaces, have been succeeded by the
flowers of the
present day. with
broad stout pet-
als so entirely
overlapping each
other as to leave
scarcely an inden-
tation in the out-
line of the flower;
while the coarse-
ness which pro-
vailed in the
larger of the old
sorts is replaced
by a firmer sub-
stance, and a far more delicate text-
ure." Fig. 1700 shows contrasting
ideals, although the picture does
not represent the extremes.

In recent years a French type has
appeared under the name of "gros
bois," or "large-wood" race. It is
and the original form.' characterized as follows by Dauthe-
as depicted in 1841. nay: umbels ordinarily 4-5 in. in

beautiful compact

The
ideal.

upper two show the 2-lipped

Uppermost is Mrs. E. G. Hill ;

middle one, Maculatum; lowest.Wistre.

1699. Gardener's ideal,

diam.: fls. very large; petals roundish, or sometimes
triangular, the limb always very large and giving the
oorolla a remarkably round contour: Ivs. very large,
thick and coriaceous, plane or inciirved, more or less
indented, strongly nerved, their diam. averaging about
5 in.: pedicels large and short: pe-
duncles large, rigid, and projecting be-
yond the foliage: wood soft, fleshy,
very large, often IK in. around. To
this tj'pe Dauthenay refers the Bruant
Geraniums, dating from 1882.

A special handbook is devoted to
these plants: Dauthenay, "Les Gera-
niums," Paris, 1897.

II. The ivy-leaved Geraniums, the
products of Pelargonium peltatum.
Pig. 1702. The species is said to have
been introduced into England in 1701.
It is a weak and straggling plant, used
mostly in vases, hanging baskets, and
other places in which an overhanging
subject is desired. The foliage is thick
and shiny, slightly peltate and promi-
nently angle-lobed, and the pink or
reddish 2-lipped flowers are always
admired. Much-improved and double
forms are now in commerce, and the
plant is probably more popular than at
any time in its history.

III. The show or fancy type is
known to gardeners as Pelargonium,
and in this country also as Lady Wash-
ington Geraniums. Fig. 1705. These
plants are very popular in Europe,
being grown in numerous varieties.
They are prominent at the exhibitions.
Because of the hot, trying summer
climate, these plants are of very sec-
ondary importance in America, al-
though there are many gardeners who
succeed well with them. This race
of Pelargoniums seems to have de-
scended chiefly from P. cucullatum^
although P. angjilosum may be nearly
equally concerned in it. P. grandi-
florum. is also thought to have been a
formative parent. It is probable that
two or three other species are con-
cerned in the evolution. In fact, the
late Shirley Hibbard once wrote (G.C„
July 3. 1880) that "it must be evident
to every cultivator of these flowers
that the blood of a score or so of spe-
cies is mingled in them." This marked
garden race, which represents no sin-
gle wild species, is designated below
as P. dom€sticu7)i.

IV. Various scented-leaved Gera-
niums, known mostly as Rose Gera-
niums. These are of several species,
with their hybrids and derivatives. The
common Rose Geraniums are nearest
P. graueolens aTid P. h'adttla. TheNut-
meg Geranium is P. odoratinsimum.

Aside from the above groups there
are several species which appear spo-
radically in the trade, as P. tomenfo-
sum, P. eclilnatum, P. friste, P. quiii-
qtiei'Mlneritm, P. fulgidum and P.
querc I folium or the derivatives of
each. The other species mentioned in
the following account (and not men-
tioned above) are not known by the
writer to be in the American trade, but
they are of interest as parents of garden forms or for
other special reasons. Many of the true species of Pel-
argonium are verj^ satisfactory plants, and they deserve
to be better known. Pew great collections of Pelargo-
nium species and varieties have been made in this
country. The late John Saul, Washington, once had a
very large collection. Robert Sandiford. Mansfield,
Ohio, is a prominent grower of the zonal and ivy-
leaved class; also the Cottage Gardens, Queens, N. Y.,

1700.

Three forms of

earden

Geranium.

TELARGONIUM

PELARGONIUM

1259

and E. G. Hill & Co., Richmond, Ind. John H. Sie-

vers, San Francisco, has a large collection of the

Lady Washinijton class. The Horticultural Department

of Cornell Universitj' has

had about 1,000 varieties .^,.,,rf»r,/-'S%^i

and species, representing ' '

all groups.

Bentham and Hooker
estimate that the genus
Pelargonium contains
about 170 species. Nearly-
all of them are from South
Africa. All the species
mentioned in this article
are from that region.
Harvey, in Vol. I of Har-
vey & Sender's Flora
Capensis (1859-60). ad-
mits 1C3 species; and his
descriptions are followed
closely in the characterizations of
species given below. Pelargo
nium is distinguished from the
genus Geranium by technical char
acters. In most cases, the How
ers of Geranium are regular, but
tliose of Pelargonium are irregular, the
two upper petals differing from the
others in size and shape and often m
coloring. The most constant diffei
ence between the two genera is the
presence in Pelargonium of a nectir
tube, extending from the base of one
of the sepals and adherent to the side
of the calyx tube or pedicel. This tube
is not seen by the casual observei,
but it can be discovered by making a
longitudinal section of the flow er and
pedicel. In Pelargonium the caljx is
5 -parted ; petals 5, mostly obovate or
spatulate, in 2 sets or series comprising
upper and 3 lower ; stamens really 10, but
3 or more of them merely sterile filaments.

L. H. B.

Culture of Zonal Geraniums. — While
the general florist may consider Geranium
culture the easiest of all gardening, the
fact remains that it is as necessary to ob-
serve the requirements of the Geranium
as it is to observe the requirements of any
otlier plant, in order to succeed and pro-
duce the best effects attainable. While
it is true that the Geranium will grow and
make a good showing with comparatively
little care, there is as much difference betwe
a skilfully grown Geranium plant and one care-
lessly grown as there is between a fancy and
a common rose or carnation.

In order to secure the best results it is nec-
essary to propagate from perfectly healthy
stock. The dangers of over-propagation are as
great with the Geranium as with most other
plants. In order to keep the majority of the
varieties in good health it is necessary to plant
the stock intended for propagation in the field
and to propagate either from the field-grown
wood in August or early September, or to lift
the plants in the month of September and plant
them on benches in the greenhouse, where
they will become established and will ra.ain-
tain a vigorous constitution throughout the
winter season. The propagation from field-
grown wood is far less successful than from
wood grown inside, and when the field-grown
cuttings are placed in sand, a large percentage
of them is likely to damp off, especially if
there has been a comparatively abundant rain-
fall during the month of July. The best method
that the writer has found for striking the field-
grown cuttings is to put them in 2-inch pots,
using a light, sandy soil free from all manure and chem-
icals, and to place the pots in the full sunlight either in
a coolhouse or a frame. These cuttings mu.st be kept on

1701.

the dry side until the calluses have been well formed,
although they should not be allowed to shrivel at any
time. If the cuttings show signs of shriveling, a light
syringing is preferable to a heavy watering. After the
roots have started to grow, the treatment of the plants
is the same as if the cuttings had been rooted in the
sand and repotted. The writer considers wood grown
inside superior to field-grown wood, as the cuttings ai-e
much shorter -jointed ; most of them can be taken
from the plant with a heel and 95-100 per cent of them
will root in sand in the ordinary cutting-bemdi.

A good temperature for the Geranium propagating
house is 50-60°, with a bottom heat of 65-68°. While
the cuttings are in the sand and before they are rooted,
care must be taken about keeping them too moist
for fear of "damping off," or what Geranium
growers know as "black rot." As soon as the
Geranium cutting is thoroughly callused and be-
gins to emit roots it should be liiotted up at once.
The best soil for Geraniums, according to the
writer's experience, is a firm, pliable clay loam;
this is best if used absolutely without any ma-
nure, especially fresh manure. After potting the
cuttings they should be lightly watered and
shaded for a day or so if the sun is extremely
hot, until the roots take hold and the foliage fills
up and the stems begin to look plump.
The Geranium should not be grown at
any time in its young state in a soil
that is too rich, and care must also be
taken that the plants are not kept toO'
wet.

The Geranium is subject to few dis-
eases, and so far as the writer has
been able to observe these diseases are
brought on by improper treatment, such
as having too much fresh rank manure
in the soil or keeping the plants too-
wet Too much strong plant-food in the
soil combined with too much
moisture produces a spotted con-
dition of the leaves ordinarily
called "spot." It usually appears
in the hottest weather or imme-
diately after extreme heat accom-
panied by copious showers or
rains.

Excellent specimen Geranium
plants may be grown in pots,,
especially of some of the newer
French and English round-flow-
ered varieties. In order to pro-
duce the best results, select
young, vigorous plants that have
been propagated either in the
latter part of August or
the fore part of Septem-
ber, and that have shown
a disposition to take hold
immediately, both in root-
ing and in starting to
grow after being potted.
The soil should not be too
rich, and it is best to start
with the plant in a rather
small pot, say 2J^ in., and
proceed onward with light
shifts, — that is, shifting
the plant from a 2H-in.
to a 3>o-in. pot, and so on,
letting the sizes increase
an inch at each shift un-
til a 7-. 8- or 9-in. pot is
reached, which will usu-
ally be large enough to
tlower the finest speci-
mens. Whenever potting
the Geranium, be sure to
pot firmly, as a firm soil
produces a short-jointed.

Leaves of various fancy-leaved Gera-
niums'— P. hortorum ( X }^o).

stocky growth, and far more bloom than a loose or over-
rich soil. When the plants reach a 5- or 6-in. pot thev
may be regularly fed with manure water. The most

l:iGO

PELARGONIUM

PELARGONIUM

ci-itical time for these specimen Geranium plants will be
during tlie raontlis of July, August and September;
<luring these periods exposure to intense sunshine should
be avoided. Too much water and a close temperature
are always detrimental to the
Geranium. Syringing the foil- ^

age frequently in order to -^

keep down the temperature
is also detrimental. If these
plants are kept under glass,

1702. Pelargonium peltatum (X

a light shading or stripping upon the glass is bene-
ficial. Probably the best position for such plants dur-
ing these three extreme months is on the north side
of a row of trees, some distance away from the trees,
where the plants will have the benefit of the subdued
shading of the foliage. If kept under glass and shaded,
abundant ventilation should always be provided. As
the winter approaches, a night temperature of C0° and
day temperature of 70°-75°, with plenty of ventilation
during the daytime, especially in bright weather, seems
to best suit the plants. Syringing ruins the flowers,
and too much moisture either in the pot or upon the
foliage causes the spotting of the foliage known as
"dropsy." In planting the Geranium in the field or in
beds always avoid an over-rich soil. The soil should be in
good condition and fertile, but must not be loaded with
either chemical or animal fertilizer. Too much water
at any period during the hot weather produces a rank
growth, reduces the quantity of bloom and in the ma-
jority of instances causes the spotted foliage to appear.

Another disease, which is sometimes serious, espe-
cially in extremely hot seasons accompanied with a
superabundance of moisture, is "stem rot." This fre-
quently attacks imported stock. Just what produces
this tlisease the writer is unable to say, but it is most
serious during intensely hot seasons; the entire plant
turns black and fades and withers away. The stem rot
occurs in varieties that have been very heavily propa-
gated.

The insects that affect the Geranium are also compar-
atively few. The red spider is sometimes a serious
pest during the summer and is difficult to get rid of
when it is once well established. The only method that
the undersigned has found efficacious is to syringe the
plants with an extremely fine spray, and also to pick off
the leaves that are seriously affected and burn them.
The greenfly is also troublesome at times, but is eas-
ily managed with the ordinary fumigation of tobacco.
There is a small caterpillar that eats the foliage and
sometimes proves a serious pest. If one can induce a
few ground sparrows or any of the warblers, or even
English sparrows, to make their home in the green-
house, they will put a speedy end to these caterpillars.
Another remedy is to go over the plants carefully and
pick the caterpillars off and destroy them. This is tedi-
ous, as it must be done frequentlj'.

In the way of bedding Geraniums, as a rule the Brn-
ant section produces the best results, but there are a
number of English and French varieties that do espe-
cially well in our hot climate. TJie greatest difficulty
that we have in successful Geranium culture in America

is the intense heat of the summer months, chiefly July
and August. The writer has found that the following
varieties grow especially well in the field as well as in
beds on lawns. In the Bruant section: Mme. Landry,
Beauty Poitevine, Mme. Charotte, Mme. Chas. Moliii,
and C. W. Ward, all of varying shades of salmon-pink ;
Jean Viand, pure clear pink; Mme. Jaulin, peach-pink;
John Doyle, A. Riccard and General Grant, scarlet;
Thos. Meehan, magenta-pink ; Count de
Gastellane, a deep crimson-scarlet. Among
the French varieties: Mme. Barney, Mme.
Philip La Brie and Francis Perkins, pure
pink; Rene Bazin, bright rosy salmon;
Gertrude Pearson and Grandville, pure
pink; Marvel, S. A. Nutt, Richelieu, Cha-
teaubriand and De La Vigne, brilliant crimson-scarlet;
Pasteur and John P. Cleary, bright orange -scarlet;
Eulalieand Mme. Buchner, snow white; Csesar and Duke
de Montmart, brilliant aniline-purple.

A much larger list of va.rieties suitable for pot culture
may be mentioned, for when growing in pots a larger
collection is desirable. Among the Bruants may be men-
tioned: Mme. Charotte, Jean Viaud, Mme. Landry,
Mme. .Jaulin, Mme. Chas. Molin, Count de Gastellane,
BeautiS Poitevine, Mme. des Bordes Valmore, and Thos.
Meehan. In the English round-flowered section: Hall
Caine, flan Maclaren, Wm. Ewlng, Gertrude Pearson,
Mrs. Chas. Pearson, Barbara Hope, Lillian Duff, Mary
Beton, Dorothy Burroughs, and Rudyard Kipling. In
the Fancy or Aureole section: Andrew Lang, Jean Re-
meau, Grandville, La Fraicheur, Mark Twain, Hubert
Charron, J. B. Varrone, Mme. Bruant, Mme. Blanche
Jamet, George Sand and Daumier, crimsons and scar-
lets; Rasphail Improved, John P. Cleary, Richelieu.
Chateaul)riand, Dr. Despres, Ryecroft Pride, Pasteur;
in salmons. Modesty, Nydia and in purple Due de Mont-
"I'^rt- C. W. Wakd.

Show Pelargonhims. — What we know as show Pelar-
goniums have enjoyed a long popularity. By the gen-
eral public, and by old people especially, they are known
as Lady Washington

Geraniums. They are
not so commonly grown
as Geraniums, chiefly
on account of their
limited season of bloom
and the fact that they
cannot endure our hot
m id s u m m e r suns.
Tlirough the greater
l>art of the summer
they are liable to be
neglected. They also
require different treat-
ment from Geraniums,
and — if skill there be--
more skill in cultiva-
tion.

We -will commence at
the end of the bloom-
iug season. They are
past, and reqiiire rest,
— a season of ripening
the growth already
made. During this
time very little water
will be needed, and
they may be stood out
in the full sun. We
need only cut off the
old flower -stems. In
no sense should they
be cut back at this
time, neither should
water enough be given
to encourage new
growth. All the
leaves should stay on
until they naturally
turn yellow with age, thus securing a thoroiighly ripened
growth. In September, one may prune them into shape;
sometimes i-ather severelj'', but in any case cut out all
weak and soft shoots. They should then be shaken out

1703. A good Pelargonium (X 3^).

P. cordatuni of botanists or an

offshoot of that species.

PELARGONIUJI

PELARGONIUM

1261

and repotted iu a liglit compost, not rich, into the small-
est sized pots that will hold them, for the process of
growing them on has to be gone over every season. After
potting, a good soaking wi]l be necessary, and they may
be placed in a well-lighted coldframe. There is no need
to keep them close; the stimulation of water, and the
slight protection of a frame being usually enough to
start them into new growth. No forcing will ever be
needed at any season, and if one wished he might keep
them iu a coldframe until very late in the season, so
long as adequate protection against frost is afforded.
With us they are at their best in late May an<l June,
and to have them in good condition we grow them
slowly in a house averaging about 50*^ night tempera-
ture (slightly less in midwinter), from October onward.

After the turn of the days — in January — we repot
them, using now a richer compost. We give a fairly
good shift, depending in part on the size of plants de-
sired, the vigor they show, and the difference in varie-
ties. If we had wanted them to bloom in April or, as
some florists might, at Easter, we should have potted
them at once— in late August or September, into the
size they should bloom in, — a medium size, probably the
saiue as they had lately occupied, and have taken them
indoors to grow on continuously. But for our display,
in May and June, they are potted again in January, ami
some may be given another shift when extra vigor or
the possible need of a few extra large specimens de-
mand it. They will need careful stopping. Some rub-
bing out of weak shoots, when they break abundantly,
will help those that remain, and we may even have to
do a little pruning. Stopping, however, must
be discontinued as soon as the flowering stems
begin to show, which is about the end of Febru-
ary in the writer's practice. These stems can be
distinguished easily by a slightly different man-
ner of growth. Up to this time the plants may
be allowed to grow naturally; but if we want
trained specimens we must begin to bend them
as we wish them to grow, as their gro\rth speed-
ily hardens and the plant will readily take and
keep the form to which it is shaped.

Water should be given sparingly through the
dead of winter. February and March are the
months when the most growth is made, and at
this time we can stimulate them materially by
the judicious use of artificial manures, which
may, if necessary, be continued until they come
into bloom. They are much subject to the at-
tacks of greenfly and red spider; and as the foli-
age is fairly tender and liable to injury from tft-
bacco smoke, we are compelled to rely upon fluid
insecticides almost wholly The blooming season
is very much lengthened by giving a slight de-
gree of shade.

The best time to take cuttings is soon after the
flowering season. Often towards the last of the
season, the plants make a few "growing" shoots,
and these we take ; but off and on during the summer we
can get cuttings, and any time until August will do. Cut-
tings taken during winter time with a heel make pretty
little plants in 4- or 5-inch pots without stopping. Cut-
tings taken at the usual time and grown on in 0- or 7-
inch pots come in handy in grouping for the front lines.
It is necessary to raise a few plants every season to re-
place older plants which have grown too large. New
varieties are raised from seed, which is freelj' produced.
In hybridizing it does not appear that hand-pollination
has any effect, as tlie seedlings seldom show any par-
ticular affinity to either parent.

There is a dwarf strain of show Pelargoniums known
as "fancy." The plants are usually heavily blotched
and very free-blooming. The writer has never seen
any in this country. ' T jj Hatfield.

A. Plant with thick, succ}ilevf branches, and strong
fishy odor: Ivs. orhicnlar or reniform, shal-
lowhf if at all lohed : inflorescence umbellate :
(food stamens 7, the 2 upper ones short. [Cico-
niiim.) Fish or Bedding Geraniums.
1. zonale, Willd. Zonal, or Horse - shoe Gera-
nium. Shrubby in its native place and in warm coun-
tries, becoming woody at the base even in pots, the

uiftjfff'ic. ar^ar€^[ccfid . f(r{ud cucuHalLf anaddoyu

INDEX TO THE SPECIES NAMES.

ansulosnm, 8.
betulinum, 5.
capitEitum, H.
cordatum. 6.
crispum, 17.
eucuUatum, 7.
denticulatum, IG.
domesticum, 9.
ecliinatuni. 20.

exstipulatiun, 19.
fragrans, 21.
fulgidinu, 24.
grandiflorum. 10.
graveolens. 14.
hortorum, 3.
inqiiinans, 2.
Liraonium, 18.
odoratissimiim. 21.

peltatum. 4.
quereifolium, 13.
quinquevuhieruni ,

23.
Radala. 15.
tomentosuiii. 12.
triste, 22.
zonale, 1.

1704. Pelargonium angulosum.
From Dillenius' figure in 17:!2. Oue-half the size of the original plate.

young branches somewhat hispid: Ivs. round -cord ate,
glabrous or pubescent, long-stalked, usually with a zone
or horse-shoe mark of deeper color on the upper sur-
face, the margin crenate-dentate, with several very
shallow rounded lobes: stipules broad, cordate-oblong:
peduncles long, the fls. nearly sessile: calyx-tube gla-
brous or nearly so, 4—5 times longer than the lanceolate
segments ; petals separated, narrow-wedge shape or
spatulate. — "Among shrubs and on hillsides. . . . The
flowers vary from scarlet and crimson through all shades
of red to pure white."— Harvey. Probably originally red.
P. zonale w^as introduced into England in 1710. Linnteus
described it in 1753 as Geranium zonale, founding the
species on previous descriptions, not on specimens. It
is probable that the species had been considerably modi-
fied by domestication when Linmeus wrote. There
seems to be no accepted portrait of the original form of
the plaut.

2. inquinans, Ait. Fish Geranium. Fig. 1698. Plant
more velvety than P. zonale, sometimes more or less
viscid, the leaves not zoned: calyx-tube densely gland-
ular and viscid, .3-4 times longer than the lanceolate
segments ; petals broadly obovate, scarlet, but now
varying to lighter colors. — "Among shrubs and on hill-
sides." This is the Geranium inqninans of Linnaeus,

1262

PELARGONIUM

PELARGONIUM

wlio founded the species on previous descriptions. One
of the descriptions (Dilleiiius, in "Hortus Elthaniensis."
1732) was accompanied by a picture, and this picture,
reduced one-half, is reproduced iu Fig. 1098. It will be
seen that even in that early day the species had varied
into a form with short-notched petals and short pedi-
cels. Introduced into England in 1714.

3. hortdrum, Bailey, Common Fish or Bedding Gera-
nium. Figs. 1699-1701. The common Geranium in
great numbers of forms, derived from the blending of
P. zonale and P, inquinans in more than a century of
careful selection. The original species are not now in
cultivation. Practically all garden Geraniums have the
zonal marks on the leaves or bands or a central blotch
of variegation. Some of them have intermingled colors
of green, white and red on the same leaf. Some are
" silver-banded " and some "gold-banded." See Fig. 1701.

AA. Plant weak and tisually trailing^ tJie hranclies
slender and not succulent: Ivs. fleshy and
glossy y lobed, marginally peltate: inflorescence

ximheJlate :
(Dibrachya
4. peltitum, Ait,
Imm^ Hort.). Fig,

good stamens 7, 3 npper shorter.
) Ivy-Leaved Geraniums.

{P. scutdfnm, Sweet. P. hedermfb-
1702. Plant with slender- .-jointed,
more or less zigzag stems which are glabrous or very
nearly so {except at the top) : Ivs. glabrous or minutely
jiubescent, fleshy, the petiole inserted just inside the
margin at the base, about 5-nerved, with about 5 short
wide, mostly obtuse main lobes and often with smaller
minor lobes or angles and notches: peduncle very long,
originally 4~8-fld., but now bearing many greatly modi-
fied fls.,'the calyx-tube slender and stalk-like and often
longer than the pedicel and 2-3 times longer than the

1705. Pelargonium

domesticum (X /^).

One of the Show or Liidy
Washington Pelai'goniums.

pointed nerved and mostly ciliate lobes; petals twice as
long as calyx-lobes, red to white or purplish, the 2
upper ones erect and purple-blotched or striped, the 3

1706. Pelargonium quercifoUum (XK).

lower ones usually smaller and not marked and sepa-
rated from the iipper as if the flower were 2-lipped.
B.M. 20. — Parent of the Ivy-Leaved Geraniums, now
much improved and varied. Prized for baskets.
There are forms with double fls. and colors of various
kinds. It is a most desirable plant and very floriferous
in most of the garden sorts.

AAA. Plant woody, not succulent, the foliage often
scented, hut not '^fishy:" Ivs. various, hut not
distinctly ■pinnately parted: inflorescence pan-
■icxilate or umbellate: good stamens 7 or 6. {Pel-
argium.)

B. Stipules present and conspicuous.
O. Zivs. not distinctly labed, though often angled, mostly
oval or ovate and cordate. Exceptions in P. do-
mesticum.
n. betuUnum, Ait. Erect and shrubby, downy only on
the young growths: Ivs. stalked, oval or ovate, obtuse
or not prominently acute, rounded or truncate at base,
the stipules sharp and deciduous: fls. light purple, the
broad upper petals with dark streaks. B.M. 148. — A
handsome and neat plant.

6. cordAtum, Ait. Fig. 1703. Shrubby and erect, vil-
lous or nearly glabrous: Ivs. long-stalked, cordate-acute,
denticulate and sometimes obscurely lobed: peduncles
usually branched, the pedicels and calyx soft-hairy:
Ms. purplish, the petals twice as long as the sepals.
B.M. 165 (as P. cordifoliuni) . —Told from P. cucuUatum
by its flat cordate-acute Ivs. It is a handsome plant m
bloom. The plant in cultivation as P. eordatum (Fig.
1703), has leaves more truncate at the base than the de-
scriptions and old pictures call for, although on some
shoots the leaves may be typically cordate.

7. cucTill&,tuin, Ait. Tall and shrubby plant, much
branched, softly and densely villous: Ivs. long-stalked,
kidney-shaped and cupped or cucullate, denticulate,
very soft-pubescent, the stipules ovate-acute and with-
ering: fls. purple, in many-fld. panicles, the pedicels
and calicos densely silky-hairy, the petals twice as
long as the lance-acuminate sepals. — "Very common
round Capetown and iu the western districts, where it
is often used as an ornamental hedge-plant." — fi^flr^-'e;/.
Known in England from 1690, and the parent, with P.
angnlosum. and probably others, of the fancy or show
Pelargoniums of gardeners. Not known in cult, in its
pure or original form.

8. an^ldsum, Ait. Fig. 1704. Differs from P. cucul-
latiim iu its harsh-hairy covering and rigid angled
leaves: the Ivs. are short-stalked, truncate or broadly
cuneate at base, with 3-5 shallow angular and acute
short lobes; panicles with fewer-fld. umbels. — Linnfeus

PELARGONIUM

PELARGONIUM

1263

Included this plant in his Geranium ciicKUafiim, but
Aitou separated it as a distinct species. Linnaeus'
<?. cueuUatum was founded on literature. One of his
sources of information
was Dillenius' "Hortus
Elthamensis," with a pic-
ture ; but this picture,
wliieh is reduced one-
half in Fig. 170i, is what
is now known as P. an-
giilosum. This is one of
the species which has
entered largely into the
Pelargoniums of florists.
9. dom^sticum. Com-
mon, Show, Fancy and
Lady Washington Ge-
raniums (or Pelargo-
NitJMS). Fig. 1705. The
writer proposes this
name for the garden type

1707.

Pelargonium Radula (above)

and P. Eraveolens (X ^).

1708. Pelareonium denticulatum.

of fancy Pelargonium.
The race is said to be
derived chiefly from P.
CHCtiUatumy P. angu-
losum and P. grandi-
florum, but the writer
can see little evidence
of the blood of P. gran-
diflorum. It seems
to be nearest to P. cu-
citUatum, having the
cucullate or disk-
shaped not lobed Ivs. and mostly the soft-hairiness of
that species. In many of them, however, the leaves are
distinctly angle-lobed, suggesting P. angulosam. It is a
fair question whether P. cucuUatum and P. angulosum
are themselves to be considered specifically distinct. P.
domesticiim is meant to comprise the whole range of
garden forms of the Show or Lady Washington Pelar-
goniums. The name will enable one to talk about these
garden plants with precision. To many of these garden
forms specific botanical names have been given, so that
P. domestieiim. is not the first name that has been ap-
plied in this group, but the writer is not aware that any
collective or group name has been given. Sweet, in
particular, has given Latin names to various forms.
These old names, liowever, apply to particular histori-
cal forms, and it would be violence to enlarge their
application to cover the entire group, and it would be
difficult to select any one of them as more applicable,
under botanical rules, than others. It is also inaccurate
to call this garden form either P. cuctillatum or P. an-
gulosum.

cc. Lvs. sharply 3-7-lohecl at\d sJiarplg toothed or
serrate.

10. grandifldrum, Willd. Shi'ubby, glabrous and
glaucous: lvs. long-stalked, strongly 3-7-nerved from
the top of the petiole, deeply 5-7-lobed, the lobes broad
and sharp-toothed, the stipules ovate and mucronate:
fls. about 3 on each peduncle, the stalk-like calyx-tube
3-4 times as long as the lanceolate segments, the obo-
vate white petals (upper 2 with red lines) '.i times as
long as calyx-segments.— A handsome and distinct spe-
cies, not now in cult, in its pure form.

11. capitEltum, Ait. Stems weak and trailing, with
long white hairs, woody at the base: lvs. long-stalked,
cordate, 3~5-lobed and the lobes rounded and toothed:
peduncles longer than the lvs., densely many-fld., the

80

fls. sessile, rose-purple, with calyx-tube much shorter
than the hairy mucronate calyx-lobes. — Plant rose-
scented, but not in general cultivation in its pure form.

CCC. I/vs. cordate-lobed, soft and velvetij.

12. tomentosum, Jacq, Plant rather thick- and soft-
stemmed, long white-hairy all over: lvs. very long-
stalked, very broadly cordate-ovate, 3-5-7-lobed and
small-toothed, soft and velvety: stipules ovate-acumi-
nate, withering: fls. small, white, with red near the cen-
ter, in a lax panicle. — Scent like peppermint, and for
that reason it is somewhat grown. The stems are long
and straggly.

cccc. I/vs. deeply several-many -lobed, tvith narrow
divisions ratlier rottgh or stiff, strong -scented.
Rose Geraniujis.

13. quercifolium, Ait. Oak-leaved Geranium. Scar-
let-flowering Rose Geranium. Fig. 170G. Shrubby
and branchy, somewhat hairy and glandular: lvs. with
stalks 2— i in. long, cordate-ovate in outline, with 2-3
pairs of oblong side lobes (lvs. pinnatifid), which ex-
tend nearly to the midrib and are again toothed and
notched: stipules small, 2 pairs at each node: fls. few-
several rather small, red or purplish, in umbels and
with short pedicels. — A rather common greenhouse
plant, the lvs. often with a dark spot.

14. graveolens, Ait. Fig. 1707. Much like the last,
but lvs. longer - petioled and palmately 5-7-lobed or
parted, the broad lobes flat and pinnatifid into many
mostly obtuse lobes: stipules cordate-acute: fls. many
on mostly long peduncles, pink or light purple, small,
the calyx hairy and nearly sessile, the calyx-lobes half
as long as the petals. — This is one of the commonest
forms of Rose Geranium. A typical leaf is well de-
picted in Fig. 1707 (lower figure).

15. B&dula, Ait. Fig. 1707. Differs from P. graveolens
in the narrower divisions with revolute margins of the
lvs.: the lvs. are deeply palmately parted, the lobes
narrow-linear and pinnatifid, all rough-hispid on the
upper surface and soft-pubescent beneath: fls. small,
pale purple, with dark streaks. — Does not appear to be
ill the trade in a pure form, but the narrow-lvd. Rose
Geraniums are probably hybrids between this and P.
graveole)iS.

16. denticulfttum, Jacq. Fig. 1708. Much like P.
Radula, but the leaf -lobes very denticulate and flat: lvs.
glabrous and viscid
above, plant weaker.—
It has a balsamic odor
Perhaps it has entered
into the garden forms
of Rose Geranium.

ccccc. 1/vs. small t
round - cordate , 3
lobed half then
depth and the ma)
gins toothed or jag
ged.

17. crispum, Ait
Much branched and
very scabrous or rough
lvs. 2-ranked, small and
rigid, short - stalked
cuneate, truncate or
slightly cordate at
base, coarsely toothed
fls. 2-3 on short pe
duncles, violet, the low
er petals narrow.— A
neat, strict - growing
plant with lemon
scented foliage. Prob
ably not in general cul
tivation now in a pure
form.

18. Limdnium, Sweet.
Lemon Geranium. Fig. 1709. Lvs. larger than in the
last, not 2-ranked, soft: fls. purple and lilac — A garden
hybrid, P. crispum apparently being one of its parents.
There is a form with variegated lvs. Sometimes known

1709

Pelargonium Limonium
(XK.)

1264

PELARGONIUM

PELLJ5A

to gardeners as P. odoratum. It is a neat and worthy
plant, and showy when in flower. It has a lemon or
palm scent. The variety known as Lady Mary is of this
group.

B. Stipules very minute and adnate.

19. exstipulS.tum, Ait. Resembles P. crispum in
habit and fuliage : Ivs. round-ovate, small, velvety,
about 3-lobed, the lobes cut-toothed or lobed: peduncles
slender, with very small bracts: fls. small, white, with
short spatnlate petals. — Lvs. about K in, across, with
odor of pennyroyal. Appears not to be in the trade, at
least not In a pure form.

AAAA. Plant with a short and thick more or less
fleshy stem or caudex, from which arise slender
branches, the lvs. long-stalked and reniform or cor-
date and obscurely lohed : stamens 6 or 7, [Cor-
tusina.)

20. echinS-tum, Curt. The 'fleshy caudes armed with
persistent spine-like stipules : lvs. white-tomentose,
■cordate-ovate and obtuse, about .3-5-shallow-lobed :

calyx downy, the tube sev-
eral times longer than the
calj^-lobes: fls. white, with
a spot near the center (vary-
ing to all purple), the petals
notched. B. M. 309. - Now
and then advertised. The
fls. are said to change color
during the da5\

1710. Pelareonium
odoratissimum. Natural size.

21 . odoratissimum, Ait. Nutmeg Geranium. Fig.
1710. Stem or caudex very short, throwing up many
slender and weak soft-pubescent branches: lvs. very
long-stalked, soft, round-cordate and very obtuse, ob-
scurely 3- or more-lobed, the margins dentate-crenate :
peduncles long and borne opposite the lvs., 5-10-fld. : fls.
small, white, the petals about twice longer than the
calyx-lobes. — A common plant, cult, for its pleasant-
scented foliage. The plant known to gardeners as P.
fragrans is either this species or a close derivative
from it,

aaaaa. Plant with short stem and titberoits roots, the
lvs. pinnate or pinnately parted, the fls. in many-
fid, umbels. (Polyactium.)

22. triste, Ait. Stem or caudes very short, succulent:
lvs. large, 2-3-pinnately compound pubescent, the ulti-
mate teeth gland-tipped: calyx-tube long and stalk-like,
much exceeding the pedicel, the lobes half as long as
the petals: fls. brown-yellow with dark spots. B.M.
1G41.— A well-marked species, occasionally offered in
the trade.

23. quinquevulnerum» Willd. Somewhat shrubby at
base, sparingly branched, hirsute : lvs. 2-pinnatifid
with linear toothed segments, the stipules broadlj* cor-
date and mucronate: fls. purple, scentless, the petals
obovate, velvety and pale-edged; calyx -tube as long as
the pedicels, somewhat hairy, the lobes obtuse. — Once
offered by Saul.

24. fiilgidum, Willd. Stem shrubby, densely pubes-
cent: lvs. pinnately 3-parted, silky on both sides, the
central segments 3-lobed, all deeply toothed: peduncles
usually branched, many-fld. : fls. small, bright scarlet,
the petals obtuse; calyx -tube conspicuously swollen at
the base and again just underneath the flower, thrice as
long as the pedicel, the lobes linear-obtuse. — Not now
seen in its pure form, but it is probably a remote parent
in various small-flowered scarlet Geraniums.

L. H. B.

PELECtPHORA {Greek, hatchet-bearing; from an
alleged resemblance in the tubercles). Cactcicece.
Hatchet Cactus. Stems globular, short-cylindric or
clavate, small, often cespitose: tubercles strongly com-
pressed from the sides; areolae very long and narrow,
bordered on each side by a row of about 20 very short,
appressed comb-like spines: fr. naked. A genus of 2
species closely allied to Mammillaria.

asellifdrmis, Ehrb. {from a fancied resemblance to
Asellus, the wood-louse). Fig. 303, Vol. I. Juicewatery:
tubercles ashy green, more or less deeply grooved to
the woolly axil; spines not projecting beyond the mar-
gin of areola: fls. purple with paler sepals: fr. near the
center, red. Nuevo Leon and San Luis Potosi, Mex.
I.H. 5:186. —Var. c6ncolor has pure purple fls. B.M. 0001.

pectin&ta, Schum. Juice milky : tubercles bright
green with naked axils ; spines projecting a little
beyond the margin of tubercle: fls. yellow, lateral.
Oaxaca, Mex. Katharine Brandegee.

PELICAN FLOWER. Aristolochia grandiflora.

PELL^A (Greek, pellos, dusky; from the usually
dark-colored leaf-stalks). PolypodiAcew. A genus of
small, rock-loving ferns, with the sori at the ends of
free veins forming a mostly continuoiis marginal band
around the segments and covered by the more or less
changed margin of the segments. Most species thrive
best on limestone rocks.

a. JjVS. simply pinnate.
B. lifts. 4-5 pairs.
Pringlei, Dav. Lvs. with 4-5 pairs of large triangular
hastate stalked Ifts. 1 in. or more either way: sorus
forming a wide marginal band. Mexico.

BB. Lfts. o-S pairs.
Bridffesii, Hook. [Platyldma Bridgesii, J. Sm.), Lfts.
siibsessile, orbicular or subcordate, 4-5 lines long: sori
confluent in a broad iutramarginal band. Calif.

EBB. Lfts. 20-40,

rotundifolia. Hook. Lfts. short-stalked, oblong or
roundish, entire, obtuse. New Zealand.

falc^ta, F^e (Platyldma falcatum,, J. Sm. ). Lfts.
nearly sessile, lanceolate or lanceolate-oblong, mucronate
and often slightly falcate, sori in broad lines. India to
Australia and New Zealand.

aa. Lvs. bipinnate.
B. Pinnce formed of 3 sessile lfts.
temifdlia, F^e. Lvs. 6-12 in. long on strong dark
chestnut stalks, narrow, with 6-12 opposite pairs of pin-
nee; lfts. closely rolled together, linear. Trop. Amer.
BB. Pinna; (at least the lower ones) pinnate.
■WrightiS-na, Hook. Lvs. 3-6 in. long, 1-3 in. wide,
deltoid; pinnae with several linear-oblong pinnules on
each side M in. long, with inroUed edges and a sharp
mucronate point. Texas to California.

atropurpiirea, Link. Lvs. 4-12 in. long, 2-6 in. wide,
lanceolate to ovate-lanceolate, with several pinnules
which are sessile, auricled or heart-shaped at the base,
the broad line of sporangia nearly hiding the narrow
marginal indusium. Eastern America to the Rocky
mountains.

AAA. Lvs. at least tripinnatifid.

c. Shape of lvs. triangular-deltoid, with narrow jtlfi-

mate divisions.

d^nsa, Hook. Cliff Brake. Lvs. 2-3 in. long, 1-1 >«

in. wide, on slender brown stalks; segments linear with

enrolled edges sharp-pointed; indusium permanently

covering the sori. Pacific North America.

PELL^A

PENNISETUM

1265

CC. Shape of lis. elongate, ovate or lanceolate,
andromedffifdlia, F(5e. Lvs. 6-12 in. long, 3-6 in. wide;
ultimate divisions \%-2 lines long, linear-oblong, with
enrolled edges. California. — Sometimes known as the
Coffee Fern.

hastata, Link. Lvs. 6-24 in. long, 6-12 in. wide; ulti-
mate divisions ovate or lanceolate, 1-2 in. long, nearly
sessile: sori in a narrow marginal line. Eastern and
south Africa. Small lvs. are sometimes only bipinuate.

P. Stelleri, Beddome (P. gracilis, Hook.), a rare membranous
species of the eastern states, is more closely allied to the geuus
Ci-yptogramma, to which Prantl has refeiTed it.

L. M. Underwood.

PELLIONIA (J. Alphonse Pellion, officer in Frey-
ciuet's voyage round the world), Urticdcefe. Of this
genus we cultivate 2 choice tender creeping foliage
plants, suitable for baskets and for the borders of
greenhouses under the benches. The genus contains
about 20 species of herbs, often creepers, rarely sub-
shnibs from tropical and eastern Asia and the Pacitic
islands. They have alternate, 2-ranked lvs. which are
unequal at the base, entire or serrate: fls. moncecious
or dioecious, in dense cymes; perianth segments 5,
rarely 4, in fruit sometimes unchanged but usually in-
creased and investing the fruit. The following are gla-
brous plants from Cochin China, with lvs. about an
inch long and half as wide, and slightly crenate at the
margin. All the species known to science are oriental.
Cue of the species was once advertised as a Peperomia.

DaveauS.na, N. E. Br. Lvs. dark bronzy olive-green
more or less flushed violet or red, with a fern-like figure
of light green down the middle of the leaf, the figure
being narrowly oblong and crenate. This figure is some-
times absent from some of the lvs. The lvs. are more
acuminate than in the next. R.H. 1880:290 (as Begonia
Daveaiiana, a charming picture). I.H. 29:472 (poor).

pulchra, N. E. Br. Lvs. dull blackish along the mid-
rib and veins, the inter-spaces being light green, the
under surface pale purplish, LH. 30:479. A.G. 15:4.

W. M.

PELLITORY. Parietaria; also an uncommon name
of Feverfew, Chrysanthemum Parthenium^

PELORIA. See Teratolog>j-

PELTANDRA (Greek, referring to the peltate an-
thers). Aroidece. Arrow Arum. An east American
genus with two species which have been much con-
fused. They are stemless herbs, the glossy arrow-
shaped leaves arising from strong underground parts:
fls, monoecious and naked, the staniinate ones on the
upper part of the long spadix, the anthers sessile and
imbedded and opening by terminal pores, the 1-loculed
ovaries attended by 4 or 5 scale-like bodies or stami-
nodia: spathe usually exceeding the spadix: fr. a 1-3-
seeded, mostly leathery berry, borne in large globose
clusters. Peltandras are excellent subaquatic plants,
their large thick sagittate leaves always adding variety
and interest to margins of ponds and to bog gardens.
Single specimens or clumps are usually most prized.
Peltandras are easy to colonize.

Tindul&,ta, Eaf . Lvs. narrow- sagittate, the basal lobes
long and nearly or quite acute: spathe 4-8 in. long,
green, convolute around the spadix for its whole length :
sterile part of the spadix much longer than the pistil-
late part: fr. green, 1-3-seeded. In shallow pools or bog
margins, N. Eng. to Fla. and W. A.Gr. 1893:111.— The
root is composed of thick cords or fibers.

alba, Raf. Lvs. broader, the basal lobes short: spathe
white, tljc upper part expanded and calla-like: sterile
part of spadix little, if any, longer than pistillate part:
fr. red, 1-seeded. Va., S.— Root tuberous. \^ jj^ g_

PELT6PH0RUM (Greek, shield-shaped; referring to
tlie peculiar stigma). Z/egumindsce. Six species of
splendid tropical trees, belonging to the same tribe
with the gorgeous Poinciana and Csesalpinia, all of
which represent a type of structure widely different
from our northern pea-shaped flowers, as they have 5
distinct petals which are all about the same size and
shape. There is a fine colored plate of a Peltophorum in

Blanco's "Flora of the Philippines," where the golden
yellow fls. are nearly IM in. across, a dozen of them in
each raceme, and 4 racemes uniting to form a great
panicle. The Philippine species, P. inerme, is probably
the same as the Australian one, P. ferrugineiim , which
Franceschi has introduced at Santa Barbara, Calif., but
reports so far unsuccessful. Peltophorums have the
Mimosa type of foliage. Each leaf of P. ferrugineuin
has 8-10 pairs of pinnae, and each pinna 10-20 pairs of
leaflets.

Generic characters: petals 5, roundish; stamens 10,
free, declinate; filaments pilose at base: ovary sessile,
2 to many-ovulrd: pod flattish, indehiscent, with nar-
rowly wingrd margins.

Peltophorum is distinguished from Csesalpinia and
Poinciana by the valvate calyx segments of the latter,
while the two former have their calyx segments strongly
imbricated. The peculiar stigma of Peltophorum readily
distinguishes it from its close allies, Ceesalpinia and
Hsematoxylon (log-wood).

feiTUgineum, Benth. (P. indrme, Naves). Tree attain-
ing 100 ft,, taking its specific name from the dense rusty
tomentum which covers the young branches, petioles
and inflorescence: pod 3-4x^-1 in. wide, bearing 1-3
seeds. Australia, Philippines, -^^ jj

PENNISfiTUM {penna, a feather; seta, a bristle).
Gramlnete. Contains about 40 species of the tropical
regions. One species. Pearl Millet, is cultivated for
fodder. The genus is allied to Panicum and Setaria, the
spikelets being 1-fld., with usually 4 glumes, surrounded
at base by a cluster of bristles and arranged in spikes
or spike-like racemes. First glume very small, second
longer than fl. -glume. The bristles fall with spikelets
instead of remaining attached to rachis as in Setaria.

1711. Pennisetum villosum.
P. longistylimi of gardeners.

villosum, Brown [P. longistyhnn of florists, not of
Hochst, ). Fig. 1711. Spike broad, 2-4 in. long, and
feathery from the bearded bristles: culm 1-2 ft. high,
pubescent below the spike. Abyssinia. R.H. 1890, p.
489.

Riippellii, Steud. [P. B\ipelid.mim of some works).
Culms taller and spikes longer and more graceful than
the preceding. Abyssinia. R.H. 1897, pp. 54, 55. I.H.
42, p. 206 (1895).

1266

PENNISETUM

PENNSYLVANIA

typhoideum, Ricb. {PeuiciUiiria splcdta, Willd.).
Pearl Millet. Culm 3-8 ft., bearing a close cylindri-
cal spike 3-10 in. long, % in. thick, pubescent below
the spike: Ivs. long and broad. Native country un-
known. Occasionally grown in the southern states,
where it ripens seed. May be grown farther north for
forage. — A luxuriant annual long cult, in the Old World
for forage and more or less for the fruit, which is used
as food.

Japdnicum, Trin. (P. compressuni, R.Br. GymnbthHx
Japonica, Kunth.). A low annual Avith long narrow
Ivs. cult, for ornament. Culm 2-3 ft., scabrous, espe-
cially under the dense cylindrical spike; bristles une-
qual, naked. Australia.

macroilirum, Trin. {Gyninbthrix caudckta, Schrad.). A
tall perennial with stout culm bearing a dense pointed
spike about a foot long. Bristles naked. South Africa.
— Cult, for ornament.

latifdlium^ Spreng. {Gymnbthrix latifblia, Schult.).
An ornamental perennial. Culm 3-4 ft., bearing several
nodding spikes 1-2 in. long: Ivs. lanceolate, % in. broad:
bristles short, naked. Argentine Republic. R.H. 1890,
P- 5*6. A. S. Hitchcock.

The fine plumy grass known to gardeners as Penrii-
setum longistyliini is much used for bedding. It is, per-
haps, the finest dwarf grass which is grown chiefly for
its flowers. It sometimes survives the winter at Wash-
ington, D.C., but should always be treated as a tender
subject. Plants raised every year from seed are satis-
factory if seed is sown earlj^ enough, but divisions of
old plants will give larger pieces which flower sooner
and require less attention than seedlings. The old plants
may be wintered anywhere out of reach of frost. About
February 1, in the latitude of Washington (a month later
North), cut off the old leaves to within G in. of the
crowns: divide the clumps into small pieces, trim the
roots so that they will ultimately go into 3- or -i-in.
pots, and place the pieces thickly together in boxes of
sandy soil in a greenhouse with a temperature of about
60°. As soon as new roots have started pot the young
plants. They may be removed to a coldframe long be-
fore the soft bedding material demands all the available
indoor space. q, -^^ Oliver.

PENNSYLVANIA, HORTICULTURE IN. Fig. 1712.
During the past century Pennsylvania has been promi-
nently before the world because of its mineral wealth.
The ruins of many iron works located in rural districts
are now reduced to the primitive stone masonry of the
smelting furnace, but mark the places of great activity
previous to 1850. Later, these industries were concen-
trated in towns and cities, where, with improved ap-
pliances, new methods of transportation and greater
facilities for handling labor and capital greatly lessened
cost of production and increased the capacity of fur-
naces. Now, at the close of the nineteenth century, a
vast majority of the once profitable iron-ore beds is
exhausted or forsaken because of richer fields discovered
in other states. Coal, both bituminous and anthracite, is
still most actively mined, and extensive areas are sac-
rificed by farmers to the coal digger in the western
counties and in the anthracite region in the northeast.
The same may be said of the northwestern section,
yielding petroleum and gas.

The forest operations in Pennsylvania have long ago
passed the high-water mark of their activity. The white
pine forests of the Alleghany mountains, the stretch of
hemlock spruce which covered the belt of counties
touching the western slope of the Alleghany mountains,
and the groves of cherry and black walnut are fast dis-
appearing. Formerly Pennsylvania stood first among
the states in the output of forest products. Originally
the state was essentially covered with forest, but now
Dr. J. T. Rothrock, Forestry Commissioner of Pennsyl-
vania (Report of 1895), declares that less than 36 per
cent of the area of the state is in timber.

Pennsylvania has an area of 45,215 square miles,
nearly rectangular in outline— 157. 7G miles broad be-
tween the northern and southern boundaries by an aver-
age length of 285.85 miles running due east and west.
This area is crossed slantwise by the broad band of

Appalachian mountains, making three distinct topo-
graphical regions.

The eastern region comprises all that territory lying
southeast of the Kittatinny mountains, or a line drawn
from Franklin to Northampton counties. It is gently
undulating, rising in places to great hills which assume
the proportions of a mountain in the South mountain
range. This region was first settled and is now mostly
cleared and cultivated. The richest lands of the state
are found in this section.

The central or mountain region is a belt about 50
miles broad, made up of parallel mountains and nar-
row valleys comprising one-fourth the area of the state.
The western boundary of this region is the Alleghany
mountains, the greatest of them all. The valleys are
covered for the most part with excellent grain land,
but the hills and mountain slopes are stony and more
or less barren.

The western and largest region has an area of 24,861
square miles, or about 55 per cent of the entire state.
It is essentially a high plain, marked in the north,
where the elevation is greatest, by deep-seated streams
or canons, some of them 500-800 feet deep. The eleva-
tion gradually decreases toward the southwest. There
is much land so recently cleared that no attempt has
yet been made to utilize it for agricultural or horticul-
tural purposes. There is no question, however, but that
much of it could be easily put into condition for fruit
culture.

The statistics of 1890 show that Pennsylvania has 18
seed farms, covering an area of 6,066 acres. The seeds
extensively produced here are beans, cabbage, carrot,
field corn, cucumber, lettuce, parsnip, onion sets and
potatoes. Several of the largest seed houses of the
United States are located in Philadelphia, that of David
Landreth having been established in 1784. There were
I'eported for 1890 311 nurseries, with a total area of
6,598 acres, representing a value of more than $3,000,000.
The stock chiefly grown is made up of apples, cherries,
peaches, pears, plums, deciduous and evergreen trees
and shrubs. In the cultivation of ornamental plants and
the production of cut-flowers Pennsylvania takes a
prominent place. The censiis of 1890 was the first to take
notice of this industry and shows 544 establishments, with
a total of 6,066,144 square feet of glass, being second only
to New York. The size of these establishments ranges
from 300 to 100,000 square feet of glass. The largest
number of roses was propagated in Pennsylvania in the
year these statistics were gathered. The largest total
values of plant sales were respectively in New York,
Pennsylvania and California; and the largest total val-
ues of cut-flower sales were respectively in New York,
Illinois and Pennsylvania. In truck farms Pennsylvania
joins with New Jersey and New Yoi"k in forming the
most important district of America. This district ex-
cels all others in the production of beets, cabbage and
tomatoes, and has large acreages in asparagus, beans,
celery, encumbers, melons, peas, Irish and sweet po-
tatoes.

The fruit interests of the state are not as great as
they should be. Apples are grown successfully in the
larger part of the territory'", but mainly for home or
local consumption. A few orchards of commercial ex-
tent have been planted in the last quarter century. The
best varieties for market are York Imperial, Smith
Cider, Fallawater (all of Pennsylvania origin), Baldwin,
R. I. Greening and Ben Davis. Peaches are now grown
extensively in two sections in and about Franklin and
Juniata counties, known respectively as the "South
Mountain" and the "Juniata" peach belts: each belt
reports an area of 3,000 acres devoted to peaches.
W. G. Waring has observed that "peach trees in Penn-
sylvania grow to a much larger size and greater age
than along the Atlantic shore." Plums and cherries are
not extensively grown. Grapes are adapted to this state,
but nowhere except in Erie county has the extension
of vineyards been rapid, and there it was due to the in-
fluence of the Chautauqua grape belt of New York, of
which the Erie county vineyards form a part. More
attention was given to pears 40 years ago than now on
account of the present fear of the "fire blight." Penn-
sj'lvania has contributed some of the most valuable vari-
eties of pears now in cultivation, such as the Seckel,

PENNSYLVANIA

PENTAS

1267

Tyson, Brandvwine, Ott, Jones and Kingsessing: also
the Kieffer, now a leading coinmercial variety.

In floriculture a portion of Chester county has become
noted as the "carnation belt" because of the numerous
establishments there making specialties of producing
the cut-flowers and breeding improved varieties.

The Bartram Garden was the flrst attempt in the
United States to gather plants and trees for the pur-
pose of study. See p. 758. It was established in 1728
by John Bartram along the Schuylkill river. It is now
in that part of Philadelphia known as Kings*essing.

1712. Pennsylvania, to illustrate some of the horticultural regions.

Through the untiring and zealous etforts of that broad-
minded horticulturist, Thomas Meehan, the city of Phila-
delphia in 1891 purchased 12 acres of land from the
Eastwick estate, which contained the original garden,
and thus the preservation of this old horticultural mon-
ument seems to be assured. It is now only one of many
small parks possessed and cared for by the city of Phil-
adelphia. The principal parks of the state are Fairinount
Park in Philadelphia, in which definite work was begun
aoout 18G0; the buildings of the Centennial Exposition
were placed on these grounds in 1876. It has an area
of 2,200 acres and is well maintained. Allegheny parks
occupy the ground formerly known as the Commons in
Allegheny City. Of more recent establishment are
Schenly and Highland Parks, in Pittsburg. The ceme-
teries of the larger cities are in the hands of competent
superintendents, and the park ideas of landscape and
ornamentation are becoming the prominent features of
these sacred grounds. Geo. C. Butz.

PENNYROYAL of Europe, Mentha Pulegiiim ; of
America, Hedeoma pulegioides. Bastard P., or Blue
Curls, is Trichostema dicliotomuvi. All are members
of the Mint family.

The garden Pennyroyal, Mcntlia Pulegiiim, is a Euro-
pean perennial, used for seasoning, it is one of the
"sweet herbs." It is easily grown, profiting by a win-
ter protection of leaves or litter. Prop, by seeds or di-
vision. Beds should be renewed frequently.

PENTACHaiTA (Greek, referring to five bristles at
the base of the pappus). Compdaitce. Six species of
low, slender, Californian annuals with thread-like, al-
ternate Ivs. and small or medium-sized heads, the rays
when present usually j'ellow, sometimes white: the
disk-fls. sometimes turning purple. P. aurea, Nutt.,
growing 3-12 in. high and with 7—10 deep golden rays,
was offered by Orcutt in 1891 and was pictured in Gt.
115.3, but has no horticultural standing.

PENTAPETES (Greek, Jiaving 5 leaves; an ancient
name of some cinquefoil, transferred by Linna?xi?? to
this plant, which has 5 leafy growths (staminodes) ac-
companying the stamens). Sferculidceo'. A pretty red-
fld. tender annual, widely distributed in tropical Asia

and beautifully figured in Blanco's "Flora of the Phil-
ippines," but rare in European gardens and unknown in
America. It is a branched plant growing 2-5 ft. high,
with fls. which open at noon and close at the following
dawn. The fls. are nearly 1% in. across, 5-petaled,
axillary, short-peduncled. Recommended to lovers of
rare, tender annuals.

A genus of one species. Bractlets 3, caducous: sepals
5, lanceolate, connate at the base; petals 5; stamens 20,
connate at the base, 15 fertile in 5 groups of 3 each,
alternating with 5 staminodes which are nearly as
long as the petals: ovary 5-
celled ; cells many-ovuled:;
capsule loculicidally 5-
valved : seeds 8-12, in 2
series in each cell.

phoenicea, Linn. Lvs. 3-5
in. long, 1-nerved, crenate-
serrate; petiole 1 in. long;
stipules awl-shaped. B. K.
7:575.

PENTAS (Greek, five; re-
ferring to the floral parts;
which, however, is not
strictly true of the genus
nor a rarity in the family).
Ruhidce(e. Nine species of
tender herbs and subshrubs,
resembling Bouvardias of
the same family, but not
their closest ally. They are
all natives of tropical Africa,
except one which comes from
Madagascar. The favorite
species is P. carnea, whose
color varieties range through
lilac and flesh color to crim-
son-pink and rosy purple.
A good cluster is 3 in. across and contains 20 or more
fls., each of which is % in. across. The fls. are about %
in. long, funnel-shaped, and generally have 5 spreading
lobes, sometimes 4 or 6. It is usually grown like Bou-
vardia in warm conservatories for winter bloom, but it
is sometimes used for bedding in warmer countries, as
it gives three months of rather showy bloom when
treated like Lantana. In general, the species seem to
be less worthy than Bouvardias.

Generic characters : Herbs or subshrubs, erect or
prostrate, hispid or tomentose: lvs. opposite, stalked,
ovate or ovate-lanceolate ; stipules multifid or multi-
setose: inflorescence usually corymbose : calyx-lobes
4-6, inequal; corolla pilose, the long tube dilated and
villous in the throat; lobes valvate; stamens 4-6, in-
serted below the throat; filaments short or long; an-
thers fixed at the back, included or exserted: disk tu-
mid or annular, often produced into a cone after anthe-
sis: ovary 2-loculed: ovules numerous: style-branches
papillose: capstile membranous or leathery, 2-loculed,
loculicidal; seeds minute. Sis species are given in the
Flora of Tropical Africa 3:45 (1877).
A. Fls. not ivMte.
cdmea, Benth. Erect or decumbent, 1-2 ft. high,
shrubby at base, merely puberulous, not at all rusty-
hairy: lvs. 1-6 in. long, 4K lines to 2 in. broad, ovate,
elliptic or lance-oblong: cymes peduncled or not. B.M.
4086. B.R. 30:32. R.B. 21:217. Gn. 21, p. 329. J.H.
III. 30:209. R.H. 1870:130 (var. kermesina), Var.
Quartiniana (P. Qnartinidna, Oliv.) is a rosy-fid. var.
said to be much better than the type. Gt. 45, p. 464.
AA. Fls. ivhite.
lanceol§,ta, Hort. This novelty of 1900 is figured in
Dreer's catalogue, which says, "A pretty half-shrubby
greenhouse plant, not unlike a Bouvardia in general ap-
pearance, but flowering more profusely and continuously.
It may be planted in the open border during the stira-
mer, but it is valuable chiefly as a winter-flowering
pot-plant, for which purpose it is especially well suited,
being in flower all the time. The pure white flowers
are produced in fiat beads of 15 to 30 flowers each,
similar to a Bouvardia, but much larger, and last in
perfection a long time." w. ]y;_

1268

PENTLANDIA

PENTSTEMON

PENTLANDIA. See Urceolina.

PENTSTfiMON (Greek for five stamens, all 5 stamens
being present, whereas related genera have only 4; but
in Pentstemon one of the stamens is commonly sterile).
Scrap fuilaridcece. Pentstemon. Beard-tongue. For
the hardy border, Pentstemons are most satisfactory
plants, and the great number of showy species allows
much latitude in choice of color and habit. All are per-
ennial, but some of them bloom the first year from
seed. In a dry and hot place they are likely to be
short-lived, although nearly all the species thrive best
in full exposure to sun. They are not particular as to
soil. They are propagated by division and by seed.
Many of the species are not hardy in the northern
states, but P. barbafus and its varieties, P. jmbes-
cens, P. IcevigatHS and variety, P. confertus and va-
riety, P. diffiisus, P. ovatus, P. grandiflorus , P. acu
minatiis, P. creruleus, P. glaber and varieties, and also
others, may be expected to stand in the North, par-
ticularly if given a protection of leaves. An excellent
garden race has been produced, liere designated as P.
gtoxinioides. This seems to be a product of hybridiza-
tion and selection. It is little known in American gar-
dens, although it is a handsome and deserving plant.
Some of the forms of it are treated as annuals.

Pentstemon is a typical American genus. One species
is native to northeastern Asia and several to the cooler
parts of Mexico, but the larger number of the 100 species
inhabit the United States and Canada, particularly the
western parts. They are all herbs, although some species
are somewhat woody at the base. They bear long-tubu-
lar often 2-lipped flowers in terminal usually inter-
rupted or leafy clusters. The anther-bearing stamens
are 4, the cells of which are united or confluent at the
apex but separate at the base; the fifth stamen is repre-
sented by a prominent sterile filament (which rarely
bears an anther). The style is filiform and the stigma
entire; the fruit is a globular-pointed capsule, contain-
ing wingless seeds.

It is difficult to so arrange the species of Pentstemon
as to make them easy of determination by the horticul-
turist. There is no monograph of all the species, but
Gray's account in the Synoptical Flora (Vol. 2, Part 1)
describes the American species north of Mexico; and
this account has been closely followed here. The ar-
rangement of species, however, has been modified con-
siderably to admit the Mexican species and to make the
group easier for the beginner. The following account
contains all the Pentstemons, with one exception, known
to be in the Amer. trade. This exception is "P. rubi-
caiilis; 1 ft., rich crimson, from Oregon," which is in
the trade but unknown to the writer. Other species are
mentioned in Old World literature. Other native spe-
cies will appear in the Amer. trade: these may be found
in Gray.

INDEX.

aciiminatus. 14. diffusus, 34.

angustifolivs. 19. Digitalis. 23.

antirrliiuoides, 3. Douglasii, 1.

atropurpureus , 19. gentianoides, 6.

azureus, 38. glaber, 9.

barbatus, 5. gland^^losus, 32.

caeruleo-purpureus, gloxinioides, 7.

17. Qordoni, 9.

csaruleus, 15. graeilentus, 36.

campaiiuiatus. 19. gracilis, 21.

centranthifolius, 8. grandiflonis, 12.

Cleveland!, 25. Hartwegi, 6.

Newberryi, 1.
ovatns, 30.
Palmed. 24.
procerus, 17.
pubescens, 31.
pulchellus, 19.
puuiceus, 10.
Richardsoni, 35.
Mobiiisojii, 1.
roseus, 19.
rotundifolius, 18.
Scouleri, 1.

Cobisa, 28. heterophyllus, 39. secundiflonts, 16.

coceineus, 5. humilis, 20. speciostts, 9.

confertus, 17. J aff rayanus , 38. spectabilis, 27.

cordit'olius, 2. leetus, 37. staticifolms, 32.

crassifoUus, 1. laevigatus, 23. Torreyi, 5.

cristatus, 29. Lemmoni, 4. tublfloms, 22.

cyananthiis, 9. Lohbii, 'A. venustus, 33.

cyanthits. 9. Menziesii, 1. Wrightii, 11.

deustus, 26. Miirrayanus, 13.

A. Cells of anthers dehiscent for nearly or quite their

whole length, united or connivent at the apex and

soon spreading from each other, (aa. No. 32.)

B. Anthers covered xvith long wool.

1. M6nziesii, Hook. Woody at base, 1 ft. or less high :

ivs. thick, obovate to oblong, serrate or entire, mo^^tly

glabrous, the lower ones short-stalked: cluster a raceme,

pubescent: fls. 1 in. or more long, violet-blue to purple,
usually 1 on each pedicel, the upper lip 2-cleft and the
lower 2-cleft. Wyo., west and northwest.

Var. Newberryi, Gray (var. Bdbinsoni, Mast.). Fls.
pink or rose-purple. Calif. G.C 1872:9(j9.

Var. Doiiglasii, Gray (P. Douglasii, Hook. P. crassl-
fdlius, Lindl.). Fls. lilac-purple, pink at base: Ivs. ob-
long or obovate-lanceolate, entire. Ore., north. B.R.
24:16.

Var. Scoiileri, Gray (P. Scouleri, Lindl.). Fls. violet-
purple: Ivs. lanceolate to linear-lanceolate, sparsely ser-
rulate. Ore., north. B.R. 15:1277. B.M. 6834. G.C. 111.
7, p. 204. Gn. 52, p. 42.

BB. Anthers glabrous or only hairy {not woolly).

C. Plant semi-scandent (somexvhat climbing) by means

of long, slender branches.

2. cordifdlius, Benth. Plant very leafy, somewhat
pubescent: Ivs. ovate, serrate, I in. or less long: clus-
ter or thyrse short and leafy, the peduncles several-fld. :
corolla tubular, scarlet, the tube 1 in. long and the limb
half as long. S.Calif. R.H, 1850:221.

cc. Plant erect, self-supporting.
D. Corolla lemon-yellow to yellow-red.

3. antirrhinoides, Benth. (P.7^(;&&ii, Hort.). Plant 1-5
ft., glabrous or nearly so, branched and leafy: Ivs.
small, oval or spatulate, entire: fls. in leafy panicles,
the peduncles 1-fld., the broad fls. about 1 in. long, the
lower lip deeply 2-lobed ; sterile filament bearded on one
side. S. Calif. B.M. 6157. I.H. 9:315.

4. L6mmom, Gray. Slender shrub, 5 ft. or less tall,
bright green and glabrous : Ivs. ovate-lanceolate,
toothed: panicle loose and branchy, the long pechincles
2-7-fld. : fls. small, dull yellowish and red, the seg-
ments nearly equal. Central Calif.

DD. Corolla not yellow {unless occasionally in P. con-
fertus), 7nostly in shades of red or purple, some-
titnes white.
E. Stem and Ivs. glabrous, at least iip to the inflores-
cence, (ee. No. 28.)
F. Corolla long and slender, not swollen near the base
or greatly widened at the mouth: straight-floivered
species.

5. barbatus, Nutt. Tall, erect, branching, glabrous
and more or less glaucous herbs : Ivs. firm, varying
from lanceolate to linear, entire, strong-veined, the
radical ones oblanceolate or spatulate: fl. -cluster long
and open, narrow, the peduncles about 2-3-fld. : fls. slen-
der, aboiit 1 in. long in wild forms, strongly 2-lipped,
varying from light pink and flesh color to carmine,
the lower lip usually bearded. Colo., south. B.R. 25:21.
R.H. 1890, p. 347. Mn, 7: 141. -A showy perennial, and
common in cult. One of the best.

Var. T6rreyi, Gray (P. Tdrreyi, Benth.), is a scarlet-
fld. form, with almost no beard on the lower lip; the
commonest form of the species in cult. Excellent.

Var. coceineus, Hort., is a scarlet-fld. horticultural
form.

6. HArtwegi, Benth. {P. gentianoides, l^in^X.). Tall
and erect (3—4 ft. high), somewhat branched, the stems
dark purple: Ivs. lanceolate to lance-oblong-linear, or
the upper ones broader, sessile, glabrous nnd entire:
fl. -cluster somewhat pubescent, long and open, the pedi-
cels 3-6-fld.: fls. drooping, dark rich purplish red,
slightly curved, the limb somewhat 2-lipped and the
lobes acute. Cool regions in Mexico. B.M. 3661. B.R,
24:3. Gn. 37, p. 603; 49. p. 406. -A fine garden plant,
now much modified by domestication.

7. gloxinioides, Hoi-t. A I'ace of garden hybrids, issu-
ing largely from P. Hartwegi ; the other most important
parent being P. Cobma. Probably other species have
entered into the amalgamation. The group needs criti-
cal study from the growing plants. The fls. are large,
with a broad nearly regular limb, and in many colors.
The plants are strong and floriferous. Flowers some-
times measure 2 in. across. Some of the strains bloom
freely from seed the first year. Not hardy in New York,
unless very thoroughly protected ; it is probably better
to winter it in deep coldframe.

PENTSTEMON

PENTSTEMON

1269

8. centranthiSolius, Benth. Plant strict and leafy,
1-3 ft. tall, very glaucous : Ivs. thick and entire, from
ovate-lanceolate to linear, mostly sessile and clasping:
inflorescence long and narrow, the peduncles 2-3-fld. :
fls. about 1 in. long, scarlet, narrow-tubular, the lobes
short and acute; sterile filament naked. Calif, to W.
Ariz. B.M. 5142. P.S. 22:2309.

FF. Corolla {except in P. rotundlfolius) with a promi-
nentlji enlarging tube, which is often contracted
near the base: thick-flowered species. Corolla
nearly straight, but short in P. confertus.

G. Leaves entire [sometimes serrulate in P. confertus).

H. Dehiscence of anther cells extending from base but
not through the apex.

9. giaber, Pursh (P. Gdrdoni, Hook. P. speciosus,
Dougl.). Erect herb (1-2 ft.), with simple stems, gla-

1713. Pentstemon
granditlorus (X 34)

1714. Pentstemon
CEeruleus (X M).
A slender form.

brous and somewhat glaucous : Ivs. oblong-lanceolate
to ovate-lanceolate: fl. 1 in. or more long, broad and
wide at the month, bright blue to purplish. Mo. river
west. B.M. 1672 (as P. f/iaftra) and 4319. B.R. 15:1270.
Gn. 27, p. 42. R.H. 1895, p. 383; 1890, p. 347. -A very
handsome plant, known by its large blue fls.

Var. cyan^nthus, Gray (P. cydnthus, Hort. ). Tall
and less glaucous, the Ivs. broader (ovate or cordate-
ovate to lance-ovate ) : fl. -cluster dense: fls. bright blue.
Rocky Mts. R.H. 1851:453.— Preferable to the type.

HH. Dehiscence of anther cells extending from the base

to the very apex and through the pinction or

confluence of the two cells at the apex.

I. Inflorescence rather close and compact.

J. Shape of some or all of the leaves as broad as

ovate or obovate.
10. puniceus. Gray. Very glaucous, with short ovate
sometimes connate Ivs.: fl. about 1 in. long, more fnn-

nelform (or widening upwards) and with wide-spread-
ing rounded lobes, scarlet ; sterile filament bearded
down one side. Ariz. R.H. 1892, p. 448.

11. Wrightii, Hook. Rather stout, 2 ft. or less tall,
more or less glaucous: lowest Ivs. obovate, the upper
ones oblong and clasping : inflorescence long and
loosely fld., to peduncles about 2-fld.: fls. about '% in.
long, bright red, the mouth broad and the rounded
lobes spreading % in. W. Tex. and N. Mex. B.M. 4001.
F.S. 7:085.

12. grandifldrns, Nutt. Pig. 1713. Stout, very glau-
cous: Ivs. thick, broad and obtuse, the floral ones with
very broad bases; peduncles very short or almost none:
fls. nearly or quite 2 in. long, lilac or blue, enlarging
near the base, somewhat 2-lipped and the upper lip the
smaller; sterile filament minutely pubescent at the tip :
fr. large. Wisconsin, south and west. —Handsome.

13. Murraytaus, Hook. Erect, 3 ft. : Ivs. broad-ovate,
clasping, and the upper pairs grown together into a
cup-shaped body (connate): pedicels 2-3 in. long: fls.
deep scarlet, with rather small lobes; sterile filament
glabrous. Tex. B.M. 3472. Gn. 26, p. 229. R.H. 1896,
p. 348.

14. acumin&tus, Dougl. Glaucous, strict and usually
stif&sh, 2 ft. or less tall: Ivs. thickish, the lowermost
broadly ovate to obovate, the uppermost lance-ovate to
short-ovate and clasping and usually acuminate, the
floral Ivs. shorter than the fls.: inflorescence narrow, the
peduncles 1-3- or more fld. : fls. nearly 1 in. long, lilac to
violet, wide at the throat, the obtuse lobes spreading;
sterile filament bearded at the tip. Mo. river, west and
south. B.R. 15:1285. — Very satisfactory.

jj. Shape of leaves lanceolate to linear.

15. caeriileus, Nutt. Fig. 1714. Mostly lower: Ivs.
linear to lanceolate, those at the base of the fi. -cluster
usually exceeding the fls. : inflorescence usually close :
fls. blue, varying to lilac or white. Dakota to Colo.—
Seems to run into P. ucnminatus.

16. secundiSldrus, Benth. About 2 ft. tall: Ivs. nar-
I'ow-lanceolate, somewhat glaucous, the radical ones
spatulate: inflorescence long and strict, the peduncles
1-3-fid. : fls. lilac or purple, the basal tube about twice
the length of the calyx, the throat broad and bell-shaped
and about equaled by the spreading rounded lobes;
sterile filament glabrous or bearded only at the top.
Colo. — Handsome.

17. conSertus, Dougl. One to 2 ft., pubescent in the
inflorescence: Ivs. oblong to lanceolate to linear, usu-
ally entire but sometimes minutely serrate : inflores-
cence a narrow interrupted spike, the peduncles sessile
or the lower ones stalked: fls. % in. or less long, cream-
white to sulfur-yellow, narrow, 2-lipped, the lower lip
bearded within. Rocky Mts. to Ore. B.R. 15:1200.

Var. caertileo-purpilreus, Gray [P. procerus, Dougl.).
Pis. blue-purple to violet. Colo., west and north. B.M.
2954. L.B.C. 17:1610. — A common form in gardens, and
a reliable and satisfactory plant.

II. Inflorescence very open and loose, due to the fact
that the peduncles are 3-6 in. long and the pedi-
cels 1 in. or more long and the fls. drooping.

18. rotundiSolius, Gray. About 2 ft. tall, branching
from the base, glaucous: lower Ivs. thick and leathery,
orbicular-ovate and obtuse, long-petioled, stem-Ivs. ses-
sile and cordate-orbicular: fls. 1-lJ^ in. long, narrow-
tubular, yellow-red, the lobes short and acute; sterile
filament glabrous. Northern Mex. B.M. 7055. G.C. III.
4:205. G;f. 1:473.

GG. Leaves serrate or dentate.
H. Sterile filament bearded at the tip or along
one side. (hh. No. 20.)
I. Color of fls. purple, blue or rose, incidentally rang-
ing to wiiite.

19. campanuiatus, Willd. Branching from the base,
2 ft. or less tall: Ivs. lanceolate or the upper ones ovate-
lanceolate, long-acuminate, broad at the base and ses-
sile, strongly serrate : inflorescence long and narrow,
the peduncles usually 2-fld. : fls. 1 in. long, rose-purple,
the narrow base of the tube about the length of the

1270

PENTSTEMON

PENTSTEMON

calyx, the upper part broad and ventricose, the sub-
equal lobes rounded and spreading, the throat hairy;
sterile filament hairy at the top. Mex. B.M. 3884. — An
old garden plant which is variable in color and which
has received many names, as P. am/ustifoUns, atro-
purpttreu^, pulchellits, roseus. See B.R. 13:1122 and
14:1138. L.B.C. 15:1429, 1438.

20. hftmilis, Nutt. Low, usually not over 0 in. tall,
pubescent in the inflorescence: Ivs. oblong to lanceo-
late, somewhat glaucous, the upper ones small-toothed:
inflorescence 3-4 in. long, with 2-5-fld. peduncles: fls.
% in. long, rather narrow, deep blue or sometimes
ranging to white, the lower lip

bearded within. Rocky Mts., west.
F. 1875:241.

21. gricilia, Nutt. Taller, some-
times minutely puberulent, slen-
der : Ivs. linear-lanceolate, some-
times nearly entire, the radical
ones spatukite or oblong: inflores-
cence strict, the peduncles 2- or
more-fld. : fls. nearly 1 in. long,
mostly narrow-funnelform, lilac-
purple ranging to white. Colo, and
Wyo., north. B.M. 2945. L.B.C.
16:1541. — Pretty species.

II. Color of fls. nearly or quite
white, hut sometimes shaded
with red or purple.

22. tubiJldrus, Nutt. Stem 2-3 ft.,
erect, not leafy above: Ivs. oblong
to ovate-lanceolate, barely serru-
late, passing into small bracts
above : inflorescence of densely-
fld., somewhat whorled clusters:
fls. about % in. long, scarcely 2-

1715. Beard-tongue— Pentstemon laevigatus. var. Digital:

lipped, the spreading limb nearly as long as the tube,
white or nearly so and sometimes tinged with purple.
Kans. and Ark.

23. laevigitus, Solander. Tall and slender, 2-4 ft.,
more or less glaucous: Ivs. rather firm, purplish, some
what glossy, ovate to ovate-oblong-laneeolate and clasp-
ing, the radical ones oblanceolate or broader, all small-
toothed: inflorescence long and loose: fls. about 1 in.
long, white and sometimes tinged with color, rather
slender, narrow at the base, the short lobes not wide-

spreading, the small lower lip bearded at the base. Pa.,
west and south. B.M. 1425.— A common plant, best
known in the form

Var. Digitalis, Gray {P. DigitAlis, Nutt.). Pig.
1715. Very tall, 4-5 ft., with larger white abruptly in-
flated flowers. B.M. 2587. — Sometimes becomes a weed
in old fields. It is in cultivation as a border plant.

24. Paimeri, Gray. Plant 2-3 ft. tall, the foliage
glaucous : Ivs. thick, ovate to oblong-lanceolate, the
lower petioled and the upper connate, very sharp-den-
tate or sometimes almost entire : inflorescence long,
mostly glandular: fls. cream-white tinted with pink, the
narrow part of the tube about as long as the
calyx, the upper part very wide and open, the
mouth % in. across and 2-lipped; sterile fila-
ment yellow-bearded. Utah, south and west.
B.M. ami. F.S. 20:2094. F. 1874:37.

III. Color of flowers red.

25. Cleveland!, Gray. Two ft. or more,
more or less glaucous, becoming woody at
the base: Ivs. rigid, oblong or ovate, sharp-
toothed, the upper ones usually connate by
their bases: inflorescence long and narrow:
fls. % in. long, crimson, with narrow throat;
sterile filament bearded at top. S. Calif.
G.M. 36:620. P. 1878, p. 149.

HH. Sterile filament glabrous.

26. detistus, Dougl. Stems 1 ft. or less tall
from a woody base, glabrous throughout: Ivs.
thickish, varying from nearly linear to lance-
olate to ovate, some or all of them serrate, the
uppermost sessile: inflorescence raany-fld.,
loose and open: fls. not over K in. long, dull
white or yellowish white and sometimes
tinged with purple, wide-mouthed, the lobes
wide-spreading. Montana to Calif. B.R. 10:
1318.

27. spectibilis, Thurber. Two-4 ft., erect,
somewhat glaucous: Ivs. ovate to ovate-lan-
ceolate or sometimes oblong, acute, the up-
per ones acuminate and connate by their
bases, very sharp serrate-dentate : inflores-
cence long and many-fld.: fl. 1 in. or more
long, rose-purple or lilac, the narrow part of
the tube about twice the length of the calyx,
the upper part broad and full, the lobes
rounded. N. Mex. to S. Calif. B.M. 5200.-
A beautiful species.

EE. Ste7n atid li'S. more or less
pubescent or hirsute.
F. Corolla 2 in. long.

28. CobSea, Nutt. Pig. 1716.
Straight and erect, stout, about
2 ft., minutely pubescent: Ivs.
thick, ovate-oblong to oblong to
broad-lanceolate, the upper ones
clasping: inflorescence mostly
simple and open: fls. very large,
reddish purple to white, the
base very narrow but the upper
part of the flower broad and
open, the limb only obscurely 2-
lipped ; sterile filament bearded.
Prairies, Kans., south. B.M.
3465. Gn. 49:1068. Mn. 4:113.
— Very showy, and probably one
of the parents of the garden
race of hybrid Pentstemons.

FF. Corolla 1 in. or less long.
29. cristatUB, Nutt. Only a few inches high, pubes-
cent, usually viscid above: Ivs. linear-lanceolate to nar-
row-oblong: inflorescence erect, leafy below: fls. about
1 in. long, purplish, rather abruptly dilated above, the
lower lip bearded ; sterile filament strongly yellow-
bearded. Dakota to Colo, and N. — Good.
' 30. ov^tus, Dougl. Stem slender but erect, 2-4 ft.,
more or less pubescent: Ivs. ovate, rather tliin, bright
green, serrate, the upper ones clasping: inflorescence

PENTSTEMON

PEPEROMIA

1271

erect but lax. the peduncles 2-several-fld. : fls. about %
in. lona:, blue changing to purple, 2-lipped and the lower
lip bearded. Idaho, west and north. B.M. 2903. — Good.
.SI. pub^scens, Solander. Loose-growing, the slender
often decumbent stems reaching 2 ft., usually viscid-
pubescent: Its. oblong to oblanceolate, small-toothed,
the radical ones ovate to spatulate : inflorescence loose
and open, the peduncles 2-3 in. long and the pedicels

1716. Pentstemon Cobica (X M).

often 1 in. long: lis. about 1 in. long, drooping, dull
purple or violet or varying to flesh-color, rather narrow,
with 2 short lobes, bearded on the palate; sterile fila-
ment densely bearded. Dry fields and banks from On-
tario south and west. B.M. 1424. — The common Pent-
stemon of the East, and useful in cult.

AA. Cells of anthers not dehiscing or opening to the

base, the basal part remainiyig saccate.

B. Leaves dentate or serrate.

0. Plant viscid and soft-pubescent.

32. glandulosus, Lindl. {P. staticifdlius, Lindl.).
Rather stout, 2-3 ft. tall: Ivs. rather thin, ovate-lanceo-
late, acuminate, the upper ones clasping, the radical
ovate or oblong, all toothed or serrate : inflorescence
narrow, leafy below, the peduncles few-several-fld. :
fls. large, somewhat over 1 in. long, lilac, with inflated
throat, the lips short and broad ; sterile filament gla-
brous. Idaho to Wash, and Ore. B.R. 15:12G2; 21:1770.
B.M. 3088. -Showy.

cc. Plant not viscid, either glabrous or piiberulenf.

33. venustus, Dougl. Stem erect, nearly simple, leafy,
2 ft. or less tall, glabrous: Ivs. thickish, oblong-lanceo-
late to ovate-lanceolate, very sharply serrate : inflo-
rescence narrow, not leafy, the peduncles 1-3-fld. : fls.
usually exceeding 1 in. in length, somewhat 2-lipped,
light purple, somewhat hairv within; sterile filament
hairy above. Idaho and Ore.' B.R. 16:1309.

34. difJiisus, Dougl. Stems about 2 ft. tall, diffuse:
Ivs. ovate to oblong-lanceolate to cordate-ovate, un-
evenly and deeply serrate : inflorescence leafy, the
pedicels very short: fls. % in. long, light purple, 2-
lipped; sterile filament hairy above. Ore., iiorth. B.M.
3045. B.R. 14:11.32. R.H. 1872:410.

BE. Leaves deep-cat.

35. Richardsoni, Dougl. Rather loosely branching:
Ivs. ovate-lanceolate to narrow lanceolate, deeply cut or

pinnatifld, the upper ones not opposite : inflorescence
loose: fls. % in. long, light purple; sterile filament
somewhat hairj' at top. Ore. and Wash. B.M. 3391.
B.R. 13:1121. L.B.C. 17:1641.

BBB. Leaves entire.
c. Sterile filament somewhat bearded.
30. gTacil§ntus, Gray. A foot or more tall from a
woody base, naked above: Ivs. lanceolate to linear or
oblong, glabrous : inflorescence loose, the viscid pedun-
cles 2-o-fld. : fls. % in. long, violet-blue, the lobes very
short. N. Calif., Nev., and Ore.

cc. Sterile filament glabrous.

37. laetus, Gray. About 1 ft. tall, from a woody base,
closely pubescent: Ivs. lanceolate to linear-lanceolate,
the radical ones spatulate: fls. 1 in. long, blue. Calif.

38. aztireus, Benth. Erect or ascending, 3 ft. or less,
glaucous, sometimes minutely pubescent: Ivs. narrow-
ovate to narrow-lanceolate: inflorescence loose and
open: fls. lii in. or less long, blue to violet, sometimes
reddish at the base, the limlS about 1 in. across. Calif.
B.M. 7504.

Var. Jaffrayanus, Gray (P. Jaffray&nus, Hook.).
Lower (about 1 ft. tall), young stems tinged with red:
Ivs. oblong to oval or the upper ones ovate-lanceolate,
glaucous : fls. large and showy, rich blue and reddish at
base and in the throat. Utah to Calif. B.M. 5045.
R.H. 1874:4.30.

39. heterophyllus, Lindl. Stems reaching 3-5 ft.,
from a woody base, the plant mostly green: Ivs. vary-
ing from oblong-lanceolate above to lanceolate and linear
below : inflorescence loose and open, the peduncles usu-
ally 1- or 2-fld. : fls. about 1 in. long, pink or rose-pur-
ple, very slender at the base but full or inflated above,
the lips well marked. Calif. B.R. 22:1899. B.M. 3853.
R.H. 1875:110; 1896, p. 348. i^ jj^ g

PEONY. See Pmonia.

FEPEROMIA (Greek, pepper-Zifce). Piper&cece. An
enormous genus of tropical herbs, mostly American, in-
cluding some small but choice foliage plants for con-
servatory or house decoration. See Pig. 1717. Annual,
or perennial by a creeping caudex or by tubers formed
at the base: stems prostrate, creeping and thread-like,
or erect and slender, or short, thick and succulent: Ivs.
alternate, opposite, or in whorls of 3-4 (rarely 5-6),
entire, fleshy or membranous, often with pellucid dots:
fls. minute, usually disposed in a dense spike, as in
Pig. 1718 ; stamens 2 ; anther cells confluent ; stigma
sessile in the ovary.

Speaking of P. arifolia, var. argyreia, J. D. Hooker
says (B.M. 5634) : "It is a very beautiful plant, and like

1717. Peperomia arifolia, var. argyreia.
A choice little house plant with variegated foliage.

so many of its congeners, is well adapted for placing
along the edge of a shelf in a tropical house, both be-
cause of its beautifully marbled leaves and the length
of time which these keep in good condition. In fact,

1272

PEPEROMIA

PEPEROMIA

few plants are better adapted for permanent bordering
in tropical houses than Peperomias, their leaves vary-
ing so much in depth of colour, in marbling, in the dif-
ferent hues of their upper and under surfaces, and in
the colour of their stalks; then, too, they are not attrac-
tive to iasects, make no litter, and give very little
trouble in propagating and cultivating."

The plant which seems to be the commonest in cult,
here is the one figured in B.M. 5034 as P. arlfoUa, var.
argyreia. However, DeCandolle thought that this plant
was not the true P. arifolia, and he renamed it P. Saii-
dersii (after Wilson Sanders), but the name is invariably
spelled Saundersii in trade catalogues. The distinctions
which DeCandolle makes are technical. The main ones
are that P. arifolia has a short stem and catkins much
longer than the Ivs., while P. SandersH has no stem and
the catkins are about as long as the Ivs. In some collec-
tions is a plant known as Peperomia crassifolia, a name
that does not appear in botanical monographs. It is a
very distinct species with dark green, ovate, fleshy Ivs. 3
X 5 inches, becoming very hard when old; stems branched
and upright in habit, afoot in height: fls. in insignificant
catkins. It is a very good species and deserves to be
more generally known. It is not in the trade, at least
not under this name.

The names of Peperomias are much confused, partly
owing to the vast size of the genus, which always in-
creases the difficulties of discrimination, and partly to
the minuteness of the fls. Moreover, the duration of
many kinds is uncertain, while great numbers are

1718. Catkins of Peperomia arifolia. var. argYreia.

monocarpic. that is, they flower and fruit once and then
die. The latest monograph is in Latin. DC. Prod.
1(), part 1, 392-408 (1809). For important criticisms on
the key characters used by DeCandolle, see Hillebrand's
"Flora of the Hawaiian Islands." s^^r jj;

Peperomias are very attractive little plants, and their
fleshy leaves enable them to endure the dry air of a liv-

ing room nuK'.h better than the great majority of plants.
While they are essentially warmhouse plants, they will
endure a coolhouse temperature for weeks without any
apparent harm. They need shade in summer, but none
in winter, and require less water than the general run of
warmhouse subjects. Never keep them too wet. A
loose, lumpy soil with a mixture of broken charcoal suits
them well. A pan 3 or 4 in. deep is better for them than
a deep pot. They are easily prop, in sand or sandy soil
in a bottoim heat of 75°, either by the leaf, as with
Begoina Rex, or with an inch of stem attached. Early
spring is the best time to propagate. P. 2^iihifolia is
well adapted for a hanging basket. P. maculosa makes
a fine subject for a pan. These, together with P. ari-
folia, var. argyreia, and P. marmorataf are the best
kinds for the florist. Wm. Scott.

INDEX.

argyrea, 1. maculosa, 4. prostrata, 8, 9.

argyreia. 1. viaonolicefolia, 3. pubifolia, 10.

arifolia, 1. marmorata, G. SandersH, 1.

bvevipes, 9. metallica. 5. tithymaloides, 3.

iatifolia, 7. nummular if olia, 8. Verschaffeltii, 2.

A. Plants for pots or pans.
B. I^vs. alternate.

c. Stetns sJiort or wanting.
D. Foliage variegated .

E. Base of Ivs. rounded,

not cut I. arifolia

EE. Base of Ivs. heart-
shaped 2. Verschaffeltii

EEE. Base of Ivs. acute 3. tithymaloides

DD. Foliage not variegated . . 4. maculosa
cc. Stems nuinerous , long, slen-
der 0. metallica

BB. Lvs. opposite or in whorls.
C. Base of Ivs. with 2 round-

ishy overlapping lobes... 0. marmorata

cc. Base of Ivs. acute 7. Iatifolia

AA. Plants for hanging haslcefs.

B. Lvs. roundish 8. nummularifolia.

9. brevipes
BB. Lvs. ovate 10. pubifolia

1. arif61ia, Miq. (P. argyrea. or argyrtra, Hort. P.
SandersH, CDC). Figs. 1717, 1718. Stemless: lvs. al-
ternate, peltate, 5x33^ in.; petioles dark red, 4-8 in.
long. Cult, only in the form var. argyreia, Hook.,
which differs from the type in having broad, parallel
longitudinal bands of white between the nerves. Brazil.
B.M. 5034. F.S. 23:2438. A.G. 19:17. F.R. 1:037.-
Monocarpic annual or biennial.

2. Verschaff^ltii, Lem. Distinguished from P. mar-
morata by the basal lobes of the lvs., which do not
overlap, but are separated by a notch as in a typical
cordate leaf. A smaller and more delicate biit more
branched plant: stem short: stem, branches, petioles
and peduncles much longer, translucent and pale rose
(not green). Upper Amazon, Brazil. I.H. 10:598.

3. tithymaloides, A. Dietr. {P. magnolicefblia, A.
Dietr. ). Lvs. alternate, subovate, acutish, 2-3 in. long,
base acute, more than 9-nerved; nerves subopposite;
petiole 1 in. long, keeled beneath: stem rooting below,
Santo Domingo. — Monocarpic annual or biennial.

4. maculdsa, Hook. Lvs. alternate (?) ovate-lanceo-
late, bright shining green, very fleshy; petioles beauti-
fully spotted with purple. Santo Domingo. — A good
subject for a pan. Perennial.

5. metdllica, Lind. & Rod., is distinct from all others
here described by its numerous jslender, unbranched
stems 12-10 in. high and lanceolate lvs. It probably be-
longs in some other genus or family. It was int. in
1892 before the fls. were known, and there seems to be
no subsequent record of fls. Lvs. blackish green, painted
white down the middle, red-veined below; petioles short,
reddish brown. Peru. I.H. 39:157.

0. marmor&ta, Hook. Stem short, much-branched,
nearly H in. thick: lvs. opposite, ovate-cordate, deeply
2-lobed at the base, the lobes rounded and overlapping.
The lvs. are 3-5 in. x lK-2% in., not as broad as P.
arifolia and less concave. Not adv.. but has been un-
necessarily confused with P. arifolia.

PEPEEOMIA

PEPPER

1273

7. latifolia, Miq. Stem 10 in. liigh, decumbent: Ivs.
obovate or obtusely ovate, 5-7-nerved, opposite or in
whorls of 3, base acute, glabrous above, pubescent be-
neath ; petiole 7-8 lines long. Sandwich. Islands.—
IVIonocai'pic annual or biennial.

8. mimmularifolia, HBK. Delicate creeper, with long,
thread-like, rooting stems and small orbicular Ivs., pu-
berulous or glabrate: Ivs. alternate, ciliate, obscurely
palmately 3-nerved, 3-4 lines in diam. Trop. Amer.—
The above description is from Grisebacli. Five other
species in the West Indies have the same habit. P.
prostrata, Hort., is probably a syn.,but see P. hrevipes.
P. prostrata is a stove basket plant figured in G.C.
II. 11:717 and F. 1881, p. 103, with a good-sized petiole.
The Ivs. are very small for the genus, and are said not
to exceed two-fifths of an inch. Lvs. bordered and
nerved with greenish white. Annual.

9. br^vipes, C. DC. Lvs. alternate, orbiculate, younger
ones hirsute, older ones glabrate, ciliate, 1-nerved: style
none: berry with a very short stipe. Trop. Amer.—
The above description from DC. Not advertised, but
inserted because Nicholson refers P. prostrata to this
species and keeps P. nummzilari folia distinct.

10. pubifolia, Veitch. Perennial creeper of unknown
habitat, suitable for hanging baskets. Lvs. small, ovate,
marked with a central gray bar.

P. resedcefldra, Andre, int. in 1865, was "foimd in all stoves"
2 years later and said to be " a plant for the million." It dif-
fers from all the above in being a flowering plant rather than
a foliage plant, for the lvs. are merely bordered lighter green
and the fls. are about as showy as those of a mignonette, each
one 3-4 lines long, and 100 or so in a raceme. Stem 1-1/^ ft.
high, red, forked : lvs. broadly ovate, cordate. Colombia.
B.M. 6619. -^^ ]yj_

PEPINO or MELON SHRUB is Solanum murlcatum.

PEPONIA (Greek, melon, gonrd). Cucnrhitd.cew.
Seven species of tropical perennial herbs, prostrate or
scandent, often villous, with fibrous roots: lvs. lobed or
rarely entire, dentate : fls. large, yellow or whitish,
monoecious, the males solitary or racemose ; petals 5,
free, obovate; stamens 3; female fls. solitary: fr. large
or medium. One species from Madagascar ; the rest
African. P. Mackennii was int. in southern California
with the remark that it is an immense grower and has
thick dark greeu foliage and yellow fls.; but it seems to
have been lost fiom the trade for the present.

Mackennii, Naud. Distinguished from its congeners
by the following characters: lvs. broadly ovate-cordate,
5-lobed to the middle: male fls. solitary; calyx-tube
subglabrous, narrowed from apes to base. It is hardly
scandent, densely villous and the stem grows }4-Q ft.
long: lvs. 4 in. long: petals over 1 in. long: fr. oblong-
ovoid, about the size of a hen's egg. green at first, then
marbled with white, finally all red; pulp orange-col-
ored, insipid. Natal.

PEPPER. The black and white Pepper of commerce
are treated under Piper. With American horticultur-
ists "Pepper" usuallj' means the red Pepper (Capsicum,
which see) of which the green Pepper is merely the
unripe stage.

The red Pepper is doubtless a native of the New
World tropics, as there is no record of its having been
known prior to the discovery of America. According to
Irving's "Life of Columbus," this plant was first men-
tioned by Martyr in 1493, who says Columbus brought
home "Pepper more pungent than that from Caucasus,"
evidently comparing it with the black Pepper of com-
merce from the oriental countries. It was cultivated by
the natives in tropical and southern America before this
time, and about a century later Gerarde speaks of its
being brought into European gardens from Africa and
southern Asia. The ease with which the plant spreads
in warm latitudes, together with the increased commer-
cial trade immediately following the discovery of Amer-
ica, doubtless caused a rapid dissemination through
tropical Asia and Africa, where it was supposed by
many to be indigenous and from there introduced into
European gardens.

The first record of the use of Pepper is appar^ntlv
by Chauca, physician to the fleet of Columbus. ^\ho in

1494 alludes to it as a condiment. Writers about a cen-
tury later considered it valuable as an aid to digestion
and also mentioned its use in dressing meats, dyeing,
and other purposes. Medicinally it was much used for
various ailments, such as dropsy, colic, ague and tooth-
ache, and when mixed with honey and applied exter-

^,^ ^ #^, 4

'<, I

1719, Pepper.
The Ruby King variety.

nally was used as a remedy for quinsy. A. a later date
preparations were given for blacli vomit and various
tropical fevers and for a tonic, also for gout, paralysis and
other diseases. Its modern use is largely as a condiment,
forming a seasoning in almost every dish eaten by the
'inhabitants of warm countries. The smaller varieties
are mostly used for this purpose. The cayenne Pepper
of commerce consists of the small pungent sorts re-
duced to a powder. The ungrouud fruit is also made
into Pepper sauce of various brands by preserving in
brine or strong vinegar. The Tabasco variety furnishes
the well-known Tabasco Pepper sauce and Tabasco cat-
sup. "Chilli con carnie " consists of the small pungent
varieties finely ground and mixed with meat. These hot
varieties are often eaten raw by native Mexicans, as we
do radishes, and also form an important ingredient of
tomales so common in that country and fairly well
known in the southern United States, The large, thick-
fleshed sweet varieties are desired more by people
farther north, who use them in various ways, served
like tomatoes in either ripe or green state, with vinegar
and salt, or made into mangoes by cutting one side, re-
moving seeds and filling with chow-chow pickles. The
parts are then tied together, placed in .jars with vinegar
and kept until wanted. The fruit is often used in stuff-
ing pitted olives after being cooked in olive oil. In
Spain some are canned after being thus cooked and
eaten with French salad dressing. The seed of Peppers
is more or less used as a bird food ; and the plants of
some varieties, like Little Gem and Celestial, are grown
more especially for ornamental purposes.

Some .^0 varieties are recorded by American seeds-
men. They differ from one another mainly in the form
and pungency of fruit and habit of growth. There are
endless I'orms among Peppers, but certain types are
well fixed, as indicated by the botanical varieties under
Capsicum. While all kinds are more or less pungent

127i

PEPPEK

PERESKIA

about the seeds, the pimgency of most of the smaller
sorts, like Coral Gem, Tabasco, Chilli, Cayenne, and
Cherry extends to the fleshy portion, but as a rule the
large kinds, like Ruby King (Fig. 1719), Squash, Bell,
Sweet Mountain, and Golden Queen are sweet or very
moderately pungent with the seeds removed. Some
medium-sized varieties, like Long Red, Celestial, and
Oxheart, are hot; others, like County Fair and Kaleido-
scope, are mild.

As a rule Peppers are not grown in large quantities
in any particular locality, but most gardens near large
cities in the central and southern states grow a few to
supply local markets.

In growing Peppers the seed is usually i)lanted under
glass in February or March, and tlu^younv; plants trans-
planted to pots or boxes when of surticicnt size to han-

1720. Pepper plant ready to transplant to the field.

die. From 12 to 20 days are required for the seed to
germinate, the time varying according to the age of the
seed and the manner In which it has been kept. Its
germinating power is said to last four years, and if kept
in pods until sown will grow when 6 or 7 years old. A
light, warm soil, heavily charged with humus and one
that will not quickly dry out, appears to be the best.
In May or June, or after all danger of frost is past,
the plants (Fig. 1720) are set in the field in rows about
2H ft. apart and 18 in. apart in the rows. The ground
is kept thoroughly cultivated, not only to keep down
weeds but to maintain an even but not excessive moist-
ure at all times, wliich is very essential for best results
in growing this plant. By keei>ing the soil well worked
up around the plants they stand up much better against
the winds and weight of their own fruit. Pruning or
pinching the tip ends after the fruit begins to mature
is occasionally recommended, but is rarely practiced
except when specimens of especially fine fruit are de-
sired, in which case the fruit is tliinned, leaving only a
few on each plant of the larger sorts. In gathering, the
fruit should not be torn off Imt cut with a knife or scis-
sors, leaving at least one inch of stem. The nsual vege-
table crate is used for packing and marketing the crop.

Insects do not injure Peppers growing in the field.
Red spider and greenfly (aphis) frequently attack
plants growing under glass. The red spider maj^ be
kept in check by repeatedly syringing with water, and
the greenfly may be killed by fumigating with ■cobacco
dust. Two fungous diseases frequently occur on the
large varieties growing outdoors. One is a pink an-
thracnose {Glceosporium j^iperatum), which causes the
fruit to rot about the time it begins to ripen; the other
is a dark anthracnose {Collelotriclium nigrum).

In preparing Peppers for table use, handle them with
gloves to prevent burning the fingers. Neither soap
nor water will soothe hands burned by Peppers, but
ni'lli will. H. C. Irish.

PEPPER GRASS. Lepidinm.

PEPPERIDGE or TUPELO. See iTyssa.

PEPPERMINT, ^ee Mentha.

PEPPERMINT STRINGY BARK. Eucalyptus pi-
perita.

PEPPER ROOT. Dentaria diphylla.

PERAPH"?LLUM (from Greek pera, beyond, and
phylton ; alluding to the crowded leaves). Rosacea'.
The only species is a much-branched rigid shrub, with
deciduous, alternate, rather small and narrow Ivs.,
white fls. similar to apple-blossoms, in few-fld. upright
corymbs appearing with the Ivs., and berry-like edible
fr. Hardy as far north as Mass., but seems to possess
only little ornamental value. It is of very slow growth
and blooms only when rather old. It grows in well-
drained soil and in sunny position, and is best suited to
be planted on rocky slopes of southern aspect. Prop,
by seeds and layers and by grafting on Amelanchier or
Crataegus. It is closely allied to Amelanchier, but dis-
tinguished by its corymbose fls,, cylindric calyx-tube,
orbicular petals, and also by its narrow Ivs. The only
species is P. ramosissimum, Nutt., a rigid shrub, 2-(j
ft. high: Ivs. oblong to oblanceolate, almost sessile, en-
tire or sparingly serrulate, silky pubescent when young,
%-2 in. long: fls. in few-fld. erect corymbs, white or
slightly tinged pink, with rose-colored disk, % in.
across ; petals orbicular spreading; styles 2-3: ovary
2- or incompletely 4-ceIled : fr. penduloiis, globose,
brownish yellow, about M in. across. May. Ore. to
Calif, and Colo. B.M. 7420. Alpked Rehder.

PERENNIALS tend to live from year to year, as op-
posed to annuals and biennials, which die root and branch
the first or second year after flowering and fruiting. Per-
ennials include trees, shrubs and herbs, the two former
being woody, the latter not. "Perennials " as commonly
used by gardeners is a convenient shortening of the
phrase "hardy herbaceous perennials," which includes
Peony, Phlox and other non-woody plants w^hose roots
live over the winter while their tops may die to the
ground. The phrase "hardy herbaceous perennials"
is also shortened in common speech to "herbaceous
plants;" or one speaks of his "hardy border." See
Herhs and Border.

A popular fallacy about Perennials lies in the com-
mon statement that "they die down every j^ear and
come up again in the spring." Many of them never
come up. Peonies are as long-lived as shrubber}', and
a clump of Fraxinella has been known to outlive father,
son and grandson in the same spot. But these are
exceptions. The general practice with Perennials is
to divide them every second or third year. Nearly all
hardy herbaceoiis plants should be lifted now and
then, because the crowns which give the flowers in
most desirable kinds flower only 2 or 3 seasons and
then die; but the plant may be continually spreading
and making new growths, which furnish the flowers, and
unless lifted and divided the stocks become scattering
and unattractive. Another very good reason for lifting
and dividing the Perennials is that, being mostly strong-
rooted plants, they deplete the soil.

PERESKIA (Nicolans Fabricius Peireskius, of Aix,
France). Cactdcece. Also written Peireskia. Shrubby,
the slender, often very long branches spreading or
climbing; spinose, but the spines not barbed and setse
wanting: Ivs. broad, sometimes much like those of the
lemon tree: fls. wheel-shaped, more or less paniculate
at the ends of twigs; ovary leafy: seeds dark, thin-
shelled, with two coverings.

aculeata, Mill. Lemon Vine. Blad Apple. Barba-
DOES Gooseberry. Branches woody, rather slender,
becoming 10-20 ft. long: Ivs. pinnate-veined, 2-3 in.
long, 1-2 in. broad: spines at first 2 intra-axillar, short
and hooked, later numerous and 1-2 in. long: fls. very
pale yellow, sometimes pinkish, 1-1% in. broad, some-
what panicled at the ends of the branches: fr. lemon-
color, the size of an olive, at maturity nearly or qxiite
smooth. Widely spread in tropical America. B.M. 7147.
G.C. III. 20:025. — This species is much used as stock
on which to graft other species of Cacti.

PERESKIA

PERPU3IERY GARDENING

1275

Bleo, DC. Fig. 309, Vol. I. Stems stouter, more suc-
culent, less branching: Ivs. often 5 in. long by half as
wide: spines at first commonly solitary in the axils,
later more numerous, all straight: fls. purple, l>2-2 in.
broad : fr. 2 in. long, pear-shaped. New Granada, Brazil.
B.M. 347S. G.C. III. 20:427.

subulata, Muehl. Stem 2 ft. or less high, below half
wood, above fleshy and branching: Ivs. persisting a few
years, dark green, shiny, as thick as a pencil, about 3
in. long, half cylindrical and ending in a spine: areolse
felted, in the young plant with a few hair-bristles
later with 2-4 straight, pale yellow spines 3-4 in. long.
Chile. — Can be used as stock for Epiphj'llum.

spathul^ta, Otto. Stem upright, with few horizontal,
spatulate, shiny green leaves: the diffuse areolae at
first somewhat woolly, later felted, above with a bunch
of short bristles, below with 1-2 yellowish white, straight
spines. Mex. Katharine Brandegee.

PERFUMERY GARDENING. The perfumes of the
market are derived in part from animal secretions
(musk, civet), in part from artificial chemical com-
pounds, and in part, and chiefly, from the class of vege-
table products loosely called essential oils. "Synthetic"
or chemical perfumery materials are the more or less
perfect artificial reproductions of organic compounds
used in perfumery. If it were possible in all cases and
with perfect success to compound these substances the
production of floral perfumes would soon be at an end,
as the chemical process would be sure to be cheaper
than the horticultural. But nature knows how to add
some touches which the chemist's art cannot imitate,
and even where synthetic manufacture is possible, the
result is in general regarded as a cheaper substitute.
At the same time, sentimental reasons count consider-
ably in favor of the natural perfume, and considering,
further, that some perfumes cannot be imitated chemi-
cally, there is no present cause to apprehend the ex-
tinction, or, in view of increasing demand, even the
decline, of the industry of producing natural perfumery
oils.

The essential oils used in perfumery are secreted in
different parts of the plant. The flowers are naturally
thought of first, being the seat of the fragrance of the
rose, violet, cassie, jasmine, tuberose, the orange in part,
and numberless other plants whose perfume is extracted
or only enjoyed as naturally exhaled. The oil of laven-
der is yielded more by the green parts of the flower-head
than by the corollas. In rose geranium, thyme, winter-
green and patchouli the foliage is the fragrant part. A
number of essences are derived from woods, as those
of sandalwood, red cedar and rhodium. The oil of sweet
birch comes partlj'^ from the wood, Init mainly from the
inner bark, and the same is true of sassafras. In the
case of the latter, however, the roots only are used; in
the case of the former the young tops. Several herba-
ceous roots also furnish oils, as orris root, Canada
snakeroot and sweet flag. The rinds of the orange and
other citrous fruits contain important perfumery oils,
and the oil of bitter almonds comes from the fermented
kernel of the nut.

The standard methods of extracting essential oils are
four, namely, the use of mechanical means (chiefly ex-
pression), distillation, enfleurctge or infiowering, and
maceration. Expression appears to be applied only to
the rinds of the citrous fruits. These are placed under
pressure in a screw press, or sections turned wrong side
out are squeezed in the fingers, the oil being taken up
with a sponge, or the fruit is rubbed in a cup lined with
spikes [ecueUe d. piqxier), the oil collecting in a hollow
handle. An eeuelle on a larger scale in the shape of a
hollow drum has also been used.

In distillation, the oil-bearing material is heated with
water or subjected to hot steam, and the oil, being vola-
tile, passes oft' with the steam. The oil would be lost
if the vapor were not condensed, and this is accomplished
by passing it through a coil or equivalent arrangement
of pipe kept cool by a flow of water. The condensed
steam and oil fall into a "Florentine recipient," a vessel
with a spout coming out at the base but rising to the
level of the top, so that the heavier liquid, sometimes
oil, sometimes water, alone will enter it and can be

poured off separately. After the water and oil have
mainly separated, the water will still contain enough
oil to make it highly fragrant, and in this state it goes
to market as rosewater, orange-flower water, etc., or is
returned to the still to be redistilled with the next
charge.

The remaining two methods depend on the fact that
grease has the power of absorbing essential oils. In
enfletirage the grease, without heating, is spread over
both surfaces of panes of glass which are set in frames
(chassis), so that they can be piled one over another
with spaces between. In these spaces are placed the flow-
ers, the charge being renewed daily until the grease is
.sufficiently impregnated, when itconstitutes a"pomade."
" Extracts " are made by digesting the pomade in alcohol,
which has a still stronger attraction for the perfume
than has the grease. The alcohol must first be deodor-
ized to save perverting the floral perfume, and is then
known as "Cologne spirit." The grease used in this
and the next process, moreover, must be freed from all
corruptible matter by a special process. Tallow and
lard, commonly mixed, and sometimes the fat of the
deer and other animals, are employed.

In maceration the pomade is produced by immersing
repeated charges of the flowers in melted grease or fine
olive oil.

In recent times various chemical processes for ex-
tracting perfumery have been tried, apparently with
some practical success; but they have not yet sup-
planted the old methods. Carbon bisulfid and pe-
troUnun ether are among the solvents employed. These
methods would be less easily practiced by beginners
and amateurs than the ordinary ones.

The art of distilling is not only not difficult to learn,
but is already in practice in this country in the case of
peppermint, sweet birch, sassnfras, eucalyptus, etc.
More care and better apparatus would be required for
distilling roses and other flowers, but the process is
essentially the same. Nor do the grease processes in-
volve any difficulties which may not be overcome by
the application of a little American ingenuity and
capital. In fact, the production of the raw materials-
of perfumery might proceed almost at once, so far as
the difficulty of the processes is concerned. But can
we grow the requisite plants?

That many of the standard perfumery plants will
grow in this country needs no proof, and there is no
reason to doubt that their fragrance in properly chosen
localities will equal that of the same plants in the
European centers. In general, success in this line
must be looked for only southward, even in dealing
with hardy plants, though there may be exceptions to
this rule. Cool trade-winds and fogs at flowering time
are to be shunned. The natural conditions in Florida
seem not very different from those of the south of
Prance, the great center of perfumery farming in
Europe, and in fact the feasibility of successful per-
fumery farming in Florida has been demonstrated by
actual trial. California has also been the scene of ex-
periments, some of them seeming to promise success
as soon as economic conditions admit. A large terri-
tory between these two points is available for some
lines of the indiistry.

Among the particular plants to be noticed, the citrous-
fruits deserve a leading place. Nearly or quite all of
the trees of this group, including the sweet, the bitter or
Seville, and the bergamot oranges, the sweet and sour
limes, the lemon, the citron, and the shaddock, contain
valuable perfumes either in the peel of their fruit, or in
their flowers, or in their leaves, or in more than one
of these. Of the fruit oils, that of lemon is imported
into this country in largest quantity, followed by oil of
bergamot, oil of orange bitter and sweet, oil of limes
and "cedrat" or citron oil, the last two in very small
quantities, but the cedrat at a very high price. These
oils are extracted by expression, the distilled being
inferior, though it is asserted that when the "rag," or
inner soft layer, is removed, the distilled oil equals
the other. The oil of the bitter orange is superior to
that of the sweet; the oil of bergamot is far more val-
uable than either, but can rarely be had in an unadul-
terated state. The flowers of the orange treated by
distillation yield "neroli." The scent of neroli, however^

1276

PERFUMERY GARDENING

PERFUMERY GARDENING

is not that of the flowers, an alteration taking place
during the distillation. Orange-flower water, consist-
ing of the condensed vapor of water with a little un-
changed oil adhering, affords the true odor of the
flowers. By maceration, likewise, the triie floral fra-
grance is obtained. The aboi'tive flowers which fall
from the trees are available for perfumery use, but the
flowers are also sometimes picked, presumably with a
better result. Besides the product of fruit and flowers,
the leaves and young twigs pruned from the sweet
and bitter oranges yield to distillation the oil of "petit
grain," of considerable though minor value. There is
no reason to doubt the perfumery capacity of American
orange groves. Indeed it has been asserted that the
orange flowers of Louisiana excel in sweetness those of
foreign parts. In Los Angeles, California, something
has been done towards utilizing the peel, and in Florida
a beginning has been made with both peel and flowers,
but for the most part these resources are at present
suffered to go to waste.

The lemon verbena, Lippia cifriodora (Fig. 1721),
may be mentioned in passing as furnishing an attrac-
tive perfume of the citrous order, and as available at
least in Florida and California.

The perfumery products of the rose and its allies
merit next attention. The value of the importation of
attar of roses— to say nothing of rose perfume in other
forms — exceeds that of any single citrous perfume, and
at the same time the capacity of this country for pro-
ducing this and the other rose perfumes can scarcely
be called in question. The present supply of the
European and American markets is derived chiefly from
Turkey and from the perfumery region of the south of
France. The attar or otto of roses is produced most
largely in Bulgaria and other parts of European Turkey,
from the damask rose. It is obtained by distillation,
which is there conducted in a rude manner. In the
Grasse district {south of France), the rose water, ob-
tained as explained above, yields more profit than the
attar, which is regarded as a by-product of the distilla-
tion. But the rose perfume is here largely extracted
by maceration, finishing with enfleurage, processes
which secure the true rose odor, which is not repre-
sented by the attar or water. The pomade and its
alcoholic extract are perhaps the finest of rose prod-
ucts. The Provence rose is here employed, a hybrid
or variety of the hundred-leaf, Rosa centifolia, the
type to which the cabbage and moss roses belong.
Pictures of this rose present, not the well-known door-
yard variety with short and crowded petals forming a
flat disk without visible stamens, biit a variety with
larger and looser petals of a deeper color, with stamens
in the middle. Both this and the damask rose are
spring bloomers, the latter yielding also a small crop in
the fall.

The luxuriance of roses on the Pacific coast and
through the South invites experiments in those regions
to ascertain their perfumery worth. Affluent vegeta-
tion cannot be taken as sure proof of a rich perfumery
content, but this must be directly investigated by the
nostrils and better by experimental distillation. There
is practically no " doubt, however, that in properly
chosen localities American roses can compete in sweet-
ness with the European. How far north the rose can
be utilized for perfiime cannot be settled in advance of
experiment. The rose must have a hot sun, but the
June sun is hot far to the north; and as at most only
two harvests are gathered each year the advantage of
the South may not be as great as might be supposed.
Still the presumption is that our coming rose industry
will be conducted in our warmer sections. The soil for
the rose must not be poor, but there is a possibility of
its being too rich for the best perfumery results.
While distillation seems to be practically confined to
the two roses mentioned above, other kinds whose odor
is attractive are available for treatment by the grease
processes. There appears to be little in the methods of
cultivating roses for this purpose which would not sug-
gest itself to an experienced gardener. It takes some
3,000 pounds of petals to yield a pound of oil, but that
pound should be worth at retail about ninety dollars, and
more if of extra quality.

The oil distilled from the green parts of the common

rose geraniums, Pekirfjonium capitatum (?) and P. JRa-
dula, resembles in fragrance the oil of roses and is largely
used as a substitute for it. Though generally not sold
at retail under its own name, it is in itself a legitimate
perfume, and its production should be undertaken in
this country— only, however, in the South, where the
long season admits of three crops of leaves and where
the stumps with the soil heaped around them will sur-
vive the winter. The largest crop is to be had on rich
lowland, but the finest quality is produced on drier and
less fertile ground. In France, it is now grown mainly
on irrigated land, but the product has to be ameliorated
by the admixture of oil from drier locations. The rose
geranium is largely grown in Algeria, and in Spain,
Sicily, etc., as well as in France. Geranium oil in turn
has its substitutes, among which the oil of lemon grass
from India is conspicuous.

The European sweet violet, Viola odorata, affords
the finest example of a favorite type of odors quite
different from the citrine and the rose. The oil of the
violet itself is necessarily so expensive as to be little
used. The large amount of flowers required and the
amount of hand labor necessary for gathering such
small flowers, each growing on a separate stem, are
apparently insurmountable obstacles to the extensive
use of true oil of violet. Still it may be presumed that
there will permanently be a class of buyers willing to
pay the necessary cost of so choice a perfume. The
violet yields its full fragrance only southward, but it
must be grown in partial shade. When labor conditions
admit, true violet perfume may be produced in Cali-
fornia and in the South. An expert grower of violets
has even thought that they might be grown under glass
for this purpose.

Of the same general type and in some wise a substi-
tute for violet perfume, is that of Acacia Farnesiana,
the "cassie" of the French, known in the South as
"opoponax." The small yellow balls of flowers are
treated by the grease processes, particularly macera-
tion. While not ranked as high as violet, the perfume
is in entirely good standing and produced in large
quantities. The flowers dried with proper care have a
market value for sachets. The opoponax tree grows
freely in Florida, is apparently native in Texas, and is
suited to the climate of Arizona and southern Cali-
fornia. The labor of picking the flowers would be
somewhat expensive. Several other acacias are eligible
for perfumery use.

To the same group belongs the perfume of orris or
iris root. It is afforded by the rootstocks of three
species of Iris, formerly gathered wild and now culti-
vated near Florence and at other points in Italy. The
species are Iris Germanica (Fig. 1178), /. pallida, and
/. Florentina (Fig, 1721), the first of these being our
common garden Iris, with deep blue flowers, the second
a paler-flowered species, the third having white flowers.
High authority affirms that the use of the first two
species is only a falsification, and in fact that the root
of /. Germanica causes serioiis inflammations. It is
certain that the first two are extensively grown ; but
/. Florentina alone appears to be much used for dis-
tillation. When cultivated the Iris is generally propa-
gated by root division, the cuttings being placed for
the first year in a nursery, afterward set in rows a foot
apart. It is grown in stony dry soils on hillsides or
mountains. The crop is gathered once in two or three
years. The cuticle is scraped from the root, which
after being dried in the sun is stored in a dry place for
the development of its fragrance. This is wanting in
the fresh root, and does not reach its maximum under
three years. When distilled the root yields "orris but-
ter," but it is more largely used in the form of an alco-
holic tincture or ground up for sachets. There is no
reason why orris root should not be grown in many
parts of this country, but the returns at present are
not large.

Another important group of perfumery plants con-
sists of several members of the mint family. Pepper-
mint and spearmint (Fig. 1392) can hardly be placed in
the perfumery class, but lavender, thyme and rosemary
could not easily be spared from the perfumer's re-
sources. Lavender is native on dry slopes in the Medi-
terranean region, and the oil is most largely produced

PERFUMERY GARDENING

PERFUMERY GARDENING

1277

in the regioii of the maritime Alps. The plant has
been Introduced, however, into some of the southern
counties of England (Mitcham and Hitchin being the
centers), and found to produce there an oil which has
commonly been regarded as far superior to the French,
and at any rate is different in kind (see Mentha). The
English lavender is grown in light and well-drained
calcareous soils. In well-drained ground lavender will
bear some cold, especially if protected, but profit can-
not be looked for far north. Lavender of the French
type may be expected to succeed in California out of
the reach of the trade-winds, and may perhaps not
reqiiire irrigation. There are shallow calcareous soils
in the "black belt" of the Gulf states which might per-
haps yield an oil like the English, and the same may be
true of some tracts northward on the Pacific slope.
Lavender is treated by distillation, and it is said iu
England that direct contact with the water yields better

for fine soaps. This so-called oil is a poisonous com-
pound formed in the process of fermenting the cake of
the kernels from which the fixed oil has been expressed.
Its production should be considered in our ahnond-
growing regions, especially California.

Of our native growths there are some which are
already utilized as the source of scenting materials.
The root of sassafras is or has been distilled in Penn-
sylvania, Maryland and Virginia, and in other northern
states, and sparingly southward. Wintergreen, Gaiil-
tlieria procumbens, was formerly distilled in the North,
but has given place to sweetorcherry birch, BetitJa Jenta,
which yields the same oil less expensively. The wood
of the red cedai-, Ji(niperus Vlrginiana, has long been
distilled in Germany, and latterly in this country. It
furnishes a finer cedar-of-Lebanon perfume than the
cedar of Lebanon itself.

The root of the wild ginger or Canada snakeroot,
Asarum Canodense, yields a fragrant oil quoted in
market reports, and said to be used especially for
strengthening other perfumes. The sweet goldenrod,
Solidago odora, furnishes an oil which has a market

1721. Perfumery plants: Iris Florentina; Jasminum grandiflorum ; Lippia citriodora.

results than the application of dry steam. (See, also,
Lavandnia . )

Thyme (chiefly the garden thyme, TJiymus vulgaris)
furnishes a perfume particularlj'' suited to soaps and
imported into this country in large quantities. Rose-
mary has a stimulating property and is an essential
ingredient in Cologne water. Both of these could quite
possibly be grown, say in California, but might not be
able to compete well with the spontaneous product of
Europe.

Some notice should be taken, too, of the rather hum-
ble group of odorous plants belonging to the parsley
family, including anise, caraway and fennel. Not only
are the oils of these three (chiefly anise) largely im-
ported, but also their seeds (chiefly caraway). Caraway
runs wild northerlj'", fennel has established itself on the
lower Potomac, and anise could doubtless be grown, but
there is no reason to expect large profits from these
plants.

There are several plants deserving consideration
which do not fall into any of these groups. One is the
jasmine {Jasminum g rand i f lor um and J, Sawhac).
Fig. 1721. This furnishes almost the only odor wliich
cannot be imitated by combinations of others. The oil
of jasmine is very valuable. The plants can be grown
in our warmest regions. The tuberose furnishes another
choice perfume and has been very successfully grown
for the purpose hi Florida. (See PoUavfhes.) The helio-
trope (Fig. 1032), jonquil (Fig. 1460), and mignonette
are also to be named. Of a quite different scent from
any of these is the oil of bitter almond, so important

standing. The rich odor of the yellow jessamine of
the South has been successfully extracted in Florida.
The common market perfume of magnolia is doubtless
mostly or entirely an imitation, and the same is probably
true of Cletlira aJnifolia perfume. The great magnolia,
Magnolia grandiflora, abounds in the South, but its
flowers might be difficult to secure in quantity. Clethra
is abundant enough in the Atlantic coast region, but
some difficulty might be experienced with it owing to
the fact that only a part of the flowers in the raceme
open at one time. The flowers of the swamp magnolia
or sweet bay. Magnolia Virginiana or M. glavca (Fig.
1347), should be tried. The spice bush. Benzoin odor-
iferum, affords several scents. The sweet and copious
bloom of Azalea arhorescens in the southern mountains
has been suggested for treatment. It is to be feared
that the delicious odor of the native crab apples would
be too expensive, considering the difficulty of collecting
enough petals. The bloom of the wild grape might well
be thought of. Many of our plants— these are only
examples— will eventually he tried and a few will be
found steadily valuable. It is useless to expect com-
mercial success with small and scanty-flowered plants
like trailing arbutus, JSpigwa repens, however pleasing
in their natural state.

The production of perfumery oils may be conducted
on large farms by capitalists; or a central establish-
ment may contract with individuals for flowers and
other materials ; or the business may be carried on
cooperatively; or individuals may operate on a small
scale in connection_with other lines of farming. Some

1278

PERFUMERY GARDENING

PERIPLOCA

competent women to whom other avenues are closed
may find this work available and congenial.

Intending- experimenters should seek further informa-
tion in one or more of the books which are before the
public. With regard to methods of extraction, Askin-
son's "Perfumes and their Preparation" may be con-
fidently recommended. Sawer's"Odorographia" (espe-
cially the first series) is valuable both to the extractor
and the grower. Piesse's "Art of Perfumery " will also
be found useful on both sides of the subject. Gilde-
meister and Hoffman's "Volatile Oils" is also very valu-
able. E. S. Steele.

Also consult E. S. Steele's article on "Perfumery
Gardening" in the Yearbook of the U. S. Dept. of
Agric, for 1898. Vol. 22, part 2 of the Journal of the
Royal Hort. Soc. {London, 1898} contains a list of per-
fumes and plants that yield them, and also a list of
books on perfumes.

FEKfLLA ( said to be a native name in India) .
I/abidtce. Perilla Nankinensis is distinct among all
tender bedding plants by the color of its foliage. The
leaves are a dark, wine-purple, with a bronzy luster.
These colors are more or less toned with green, espe-
cially in young plants. The Perilla is an annual herb,
growing about 1^ ft. high. It is considerably used in
subtropical beds and for the back of ribbon borders.
It is sometimes planted next to a dusty miller or other
white-leaved plants for the sake of contrast. The
foliage has an odor suggesting cinnamon. In Japan
the Perilla is of economic importance for the production
of oil. Perillas need a sunny or at least half-sunny
position. They thrive under the treatment given
half-hardy annuals. Sow the seeds thiuly and cover
nearly an inch. Avoid planting Perillas too closely;
leggy specimens are wretched. The Us. are incon-
spicuous and produced in autumn. Before the intro-
duction of the Coleus, this plant was much used as an
ornamental flower-garden plant, and is still used largely
in the gardens of northern Europe, where the Coleus
makes but a stunted growth. But in our warmer sum-
mers it is displaced by the more brilliantly colored and
free-growing Coleus.

Perilla is placed by Bentham and Hooker next to the
American genus Collinsonia, with which it agrees in
the following characters: flowering calyx of 5 nearly
equal teeth; fruiting calyx declinate, 2-lipped; anterior
lobe of the corolla larger; perfect stamens 4. The
main point of difference lies in the nutlets; those of
Perilla are netted-veined, while those of Collinsonia are
smooth. Also the anther cells of Collinsonia are divari-
cate, while those of Perilla are finally merely divergent.
Perilla is placed in the same subtribe with Mentha, but
belongs to a group in which the whorls of fls. are not
axillary {as is usually the case in the Mentha group),
but are spicate or racemose.

ocymoides, Linn. Also spelled ocinioUJes. The typical
form has Ivs. green on both sides and is worthless for
gardens. Lvs. opposite, rarely speckled with brownish
purple, only slightly wrinkled, base wedge-shaped or
narrow; blade broadly ovate or roundish, pointed or
blunt, hairy or not, entire or variously cut at the mar-
gin. In the wild, it is a coarse, often shaggy plant, 2-4
ft. high, with lvs. 3-6 in. long, petioles 1-3 in. long:
racemes 3-8 in. long: corolla white or reddish, 2 lines
long: fruiting calyx 3'^ i^- long- Himalayas, Burma,
China, Japan. B.M. 2395. — Sparingly run wild.

Var. Nankinfensis, Voss {P. Nanhin^nsis, Decne. P.
(trguta, Benth.}. Slightly hairy, rarely glabrous: lvs.
dark purple-brown, with a bronzy luster; base wedge-
shaped {rounded in strong-growing specimens); blade
ovate, acute, coarsely and deeply saw-toothed, margin
wavy. Occasionally seedlings are green when voung.
R.H. 1852:60; 1879, p. 272. Forms of this variety are:
{1) Var. laciniata (P. lacinidia, Hort. Thorburn. P.
Nankinhisis fdliis atropurpureis lacividtis^ Hort. Be-
nary) has lvs. cut nearly to the middle, foliage un-
dulate, wrinkled or crisped. Colors said to be more
intense. Int. about 1872. P.G. 2:77. (2) Var. macro-
phylla (P. IVanJiinensis macrophijUa compdcta, Hort.)
is a large-Ivd. form characterized by its almost "bell-
shaped" form. The lvs. are wavy-fringed. Habit com-

pact. {3) Var. elatior {P. Nankinensis macroplif/lla
eldtior, Hort. Benary) is a taller form of var. macro-
phylla. {4) Var. varlegata {P. Nanhhthisis foliis varle-
(jafin, Hort.) differs in having the foliage spotted with
white. (5) Var. microphylla (P. Nnni-iuhtsls wicro-
phylla n)grica')}S, Hort. Benary) is a small-lvd. form
int. about 1899. "Wm. Scott and W. M

1722. Perxsteria data— Holy Ghost Plant.
(Flower XK.)

PERtPLOCA (Greek, peri, around, and pWkein, to
twine; alluding to the twining habit). Asclepiadac€(S.
Twining, rarely upright, glabrous shrubs, with opposite,
deciduous or evergreementire lvs. or sometimes leafless,
and with rather small usually dark-colored fls. in axillary
or terminal cymes. Most of the species are subtropical,
but the only species cult, in this country is hardy north
to New York, and can be grown even in Canada wlien
trailing on the ground and somewhat protected during
the winter. It is a vigorous and high-growing climber,
with handsome dark green and shining foliage, and is
well suited for covering arbors, trellis work and trunks
of trees. It bears fragrant fls. in summer and keeps its
foliage until late in fall. It thrives in any well-drained
soil and prefers sunny positions. Prop, by seeds or by
greenwood cuttings in summer under glass ; also by
layers.

Twelve species, distributed from S. Eu. to trop. Africa,
China and E. India. Shrubs, with milky juice: fls. in
axillary or terminal cymes; calyx 5-lobed; corolla 5-
parted, bearing inside at the base a 5- or ]0-lobed
crown; stamens 5, with very short filaments and with

PERIPLOCA

PEENETTYA

1279

the anthers counected at the apes and villous; style
short, -n-ith broad stigma: fr. consisting of 2 follicles,
containing numerous, small, winged seeds.

Grffica, Linn. Silk Vine. Deciduous shrub, twining
to 40 ft. : Ivs. petioled, ovate to oblong-lanceolate,
acuminate, dark green and glossy above, 2-4 in. long:
fis. in loose, long-peduucled cyiues, brownish purple
inside, greenish at the margin and outside, 34~l in.
across; petals oblong, villous; crown with 5 slender
thread-like incurved glabrous appendages : follicles
narrow, about 4 in. long. July, Aug. S. Eu., W. Asia.
B.M. 22S9. B.R. 10:803. L.bIC. 14:1389. Gn. 34, p. 78.
— Under the name of P. anguatifoUa a narrow-leaved
form is sometimes cultivated, but it is P. Grcuca, var.
angustifolia, Jag. The true P. angustifolia , Labill., is
synonymous to P. laevigata. Ait., from the Canary Isl.
and N. Africa, with persistent Ivs. and pubescent ap-
pendages of the crown. Alfred Rehder.

PERISTllRIA (Greek, dove, from the form of the
column and wings). Orckiddcece. A genus of stately
South American orchids, having large plicate leaves
unfolding successively, and tall, erect or hanging
flower-spikes. The flowers are nearly globose or cup-
shaped, of a waxy texture, with broad, concave seg-
ments. The genus is distinguished from the related
genera Acineta, Sacjena, Gongora, etc., by the curious
shape of the labellum and column. The base of the
labellum (hypochil) is united with the column by broad
wings (pleuridia). The upper part of the labellum
(epichil) is movably joined to the hypochil. Five
species, of which two are commonly cultivated.

These plants are easily kept alive, but difficult to
flower. When growth begins they should be planted in
well-drained compost of fibrous loam, leaf-mold and
sand, and carefully watered until the plants become
vigorous. Later liquid manui-e or bone-dust may be
given them iu order to obtain large and vigorous flower-
spikes. Liberal treatment will produce fine specimens,
but poorly fed plants often fail to flower at all. When
resting, they should be removed from the tropical
house to a cooler room. P. elata is often grown as a
X)urely terrestrial orchid.

elata, Hook. Dove Flower. Holy Ghost Flower.
Fig. 1722. Pseudobulbs 4-5 in. high, bearing several
strongly veined Ivs. 2-3 ft. high: fl.-stem 3-4 ft. high;
fls. in a raceme covering about one-third the length of
the flower-stalk, cup-shaped, creamy white, wax-like and
fragrant, 2 in. across; sepals broadly ovate to rotund;
petals more delicate; labellum fleshy, broadly obovate,
truncate, sprinkled with deep purple ; column with large,
curious wings, supposed to bear resemblance to a dove,
June-Sept. Panama. B.M. 3116. Gng. 5:151. V. 8:163.
Gu. 12, p. 153; 30, p. 574; 42, p. 324. R.H. 187G, p. 133;
1877:110 —The labellum and wings of the column are
sometimes spotted with purple.

pendula, Hook. Pseudobulbs ovate-oblong, 4-5 in.
high, bearing lanceolate, strongly veined Ivs.: scape
pendulous, from the base of the pseudobulb, bearing as
many as 20 fls.: fls. globular in outline, 1^4 in. across,
fragrant, greenish white outside, tinged with rose and
thickly dotted with purple within; sepals roundish con-
cave, united at base; petals rather smaller; labellum
fleshy, curiously shaped, enclosed within the flower.
Guiana. B.M. 3479. G.C II. 25:116. -Requires tropical
treatment, but rarely flowers in cult.

P. Humboldtii, Lindl.= Acineta Humboldtii, Lindl.

Heinrxoh Hasselbring.

PERfSTROPHE (Greek, peri, around, and stropJios,
belt; alluding to the involucre). AcantJidcece. Erect
branched or loosely creeping herbs or half-shrubby
greenhouse plants cult, for their flowers. Lvs. entire:
fls. solitary or in clusters of 2-3 surrounded by an
involucre, in loose cymes or cymose panicles, or distant
on slender branches; bracts of the involucre narrow;
calyx deeply 5-parted, shorter than the bracts, scariose
or hyaline; corolla-tube long, slender, slightly enlarged
above, limb deeply bilabiate, the posterior lip narrow,
erect, concave, entire or emarginate, lower lip spread-
ing, apex 3-parted; stamens 2, a little shorter than the
corolla lips; anthers 2-celled; sterile stamens none;

81

style filiform: capsule oblong, contracted into a solid
stalk. About 15 species, ranging from tropical Africa
through the Malay Islands and Australia to India.

The plants are cult, like Jacobinias or Justicias, of
the same family. Cuttings taken at any time when the
wood is soft will root in a warm bed in 3-4 weeks, after
which the potted plants may be removed to a house of
lower temperature. They require a rich loam mixed
with some leaf -mold, and plenty of air.

1723. Peristrophe speciosa (X K).

specldsa, Nees [Justicia specidsa, Ito^b.}. Fig. 1723.
Plants erect, spreading and branched, becoming 2-3 ft.
high: lvs. opposite, petioled, ovate -acuminate, smooth:
fls. in clusters of 2-3 on slender branches, violet-purple,
1% in. long. Fls. for a long period in winter, India.
B.M. 2722. L.B.C. 20:1915. B. 2:74. -A pot-plant of
bushy, compact habit when well grown. Good for the
window. Usually thrives best in partial shade.

angustifdlia, Nees. Plants low, erect, very much
branched : branches nearly horizontal, pubescent above :
lvs. lanceolate, pointed at both ends: fls. sparse, in ter-
minal cymes, rose-colored. Flowers freely. Java,— A
var. ailrea variegata has the center of the lvs. varie-
gated with yellow. Useful for vases and baskets,

Heinrich Hasselbring.

PERIWINKLE. Vinca.

PERNfiTTYA {after A. J, Pernetty (1716-1801); he
accompanied Bougainville on his voyage and wrote "A
Voyage to the Falkland Islands"), Erichceie. Ornamen-
tal low evergreen shrubs, with small, alternate, usually
serrate lvs. and small, white or pinkish, nodding fis,,
usually solitary in the axils and followed by very deco-
rative berries varying in color from white to purplish
black or bluish black and remaining on the branches
all winter. These exceedingly pretty shrubs are great
favorites in England, but are little known in this coun-
try. P. mucronata and P, angustifolia, the hardiest, are
probably hardy in sheltered positions as far north as
New York, They are well suited for rockeries and bor-
ders of evergreen shrubberies and also make very hand-
some pot-plants. They grow best in a peaty and porous
moderately moist soil and prefer sunny positions, but
seem to grow almost as well in any other well-drained
soil; in shade they will not fruit as profusely as in the
full sun. Prop, by seeds or by cuttings of half-ripened

1280

PERNETTYA

PERSEA

wood in summer under glass; also by means of layers
and suckers. Gi'own chiefly for the ornamental fruit.

About 25 species from Mexico to the Magellan region,
mostly in the mountains and 1 species in Tasmania and
New Zealand. Fls. axillary, usually solitary on slender
nodding pedicels, rarely in racemes; calyx 5-parted;
corolla urceolate, with short 5-lobed limb; stamens 30,
the anthers 4-awned at the apex: fr. a 5-celled many-
seeded berry. Allied to Gaultheria, but the calyx not
enlarged and rarely fleshy after flowering.

mucron^ta, Gaudich. {Arbutus mucroiidfus, Linn. f. )•
Much-branched shrub, to 2 ft., with glabrous or spar-
ingly hairy branches: Ivs. almost two-ranked, ovate,
spiuy-pointed, serrate, dark green and shining above,
glabrous, ^'i^-% in. long: fls. solitary, nodding, subglo-
bose, white or slightly tinged pink, about one-fifth in.
long: fr. white to dark purple, /^-H in. across, red in
the typical form. Mav, June. Magellan region to Chile.
B.M. 3093. B.R. 20:1095. L. B.C. 19:1848. Gn. 23:389;
59, p. 41. Gt.34, p. 214. G.M. 40:811, M.D.G. 1898:397.
— Many vars. x>artly originated by hybridizing with the
following species are cult, iu English and Dutch nur-
series, mostly differing in the color of the fr., which is
usually indicated by the name of the var., as, var. dlba,
atropurpdrea, coccinea (F.M. 1879:339), lilacina (F.M.
1879:339), nigra, purpilrea (F.M. 1879:339), rdsea, san-
gninea. Also P. Druvimondi, C^inimingl, s2)eciosa,
floribunda (G.C. II. 18:049 and III. 28:405), belong
here. P. mucronata and its vars. are among our most
ornamental fruiting shrubs in winter-time, when they
are loaded with bright-colored berries contrasting well
with the dark glossy foliage; they are also very hand-
some in spring when covered with their numerous white
floAvers.

angnstifdlia, Lindl. (P. mucronMa, var. angustifblia,
Nichols.). Closely allied to the preceding: Ivs. lanceo-
late to linear-lanceolate, usually arched backwards,
smaller: fls. somewhat smaller, on slender pedicels;
anthers twice as long as filaments; style as long as
ovary. May, June. Chile. B.R. 20:03. B.M. 3889.

P. cilidris Don, Spreading slinib; Ivs. oblong to narrow-ob-
long, serrulate, M-1 iu. long: fls. solitary, ovate, white: fr.
almost black. Mexico. — P. cilmris, Lindl. G.C. II. 10:89, and
III. 28:463, belongs probably to P. furens.— P. furens, Klotzsch.
Upright shiiib: Ivs. ovate to ovate-lanceolate, eiliate, to 1% in.
long: fls, in axillary, seennd, rather dense racemes: fr. brown-
ish red. Pem.Clnle. BM.4d20.— P. Pc?itlandii, DC. Similar to
P. mucronata, but Ivs. not spiny-tipped: fr. dark purplish blue,
with the calyx-lobes fleshy. Venez. to Chile. B.M.6204.~P.
phUlyrecefdlia, DC. Similar to P. mucronata: branches spar-
ingly hispid: corolla ovate, pubescent inside; anthers twice as
long as filaments. Peru, Chile.— P. pilbsa. Don (Arbutus pi-
losa. Grab.). Prostrate shrub, with densely hispid branches:
Ivs. elliptic-oblong, serrate, to % in. long: fls. ovate, white,
solitary. Mexico. B.M. 3177. Alfred Rehder.

PEROTTIA of a trade catalogue is an error for I*a7--

rati a.

FEKS£)A (pre-Linnsean name, ultimately derived
from Persia). Z/aurdceie. As understood by Bentham
& Hooker, Persea contains about 100 species, but Meiss-
ner (DC. Prodr. 15, pt. 1, 43) distributes some of the
species iu other genera, and retains only 50 in Persea.
The Perseas are trees or shrubs of the tropics or warm-
temperate parts of America and the Old World, with
thick alternate leaves and small white or greenish flow-
ers, mostly in panicled fascicles; the flowers are usu-
ally perfect, with deeply 6-parted calyx, no corolla, and
stamens usually 12 in 4 series, but one series sterile.
The pistil is single, the ovary being sessile and taper-
ing into a style which bears a disk-like stigma. Three
species are in the American trade, all being prized for
their clean evergreen foliage, and one of them, P. gra-
tissima, for its large edible fruit. P. Carolinensis
grows naturally as far north as North Carolina, and P.
O ate shy an a, a shnibby species which is not in the
trade, grows naturally in south Florida.

A. Outer caJijX'lohes distinctly sliorter than the inner.
Carolinensis, Nees. Red Bay. Bull Bat. Tree,
reaching 40 ft., with smoothisb branches: Ivs. 2-3 in.
long, oblong to lance-oblong, glabrous and deep green
above, glaucous beneath: fls. pubescent, the peduncles

of the clusters shorter than the petioles: fr. a small,
blue drupe. "Woods, N. Car. to Pla. — A handsome ever-
green, with wood useful for cabinet work and other
purposes.

aa. Outer calyx-lobes equaling the inner, or very
nearly so.
Indica, Spreng, Handsome tree, with elliptic-oblong
or lance-oblong attenuate-acute glabrous Ivs. 3-8 in.
long: panicle 3-6 in. long, the peduncles compressed,
and the branches 3-5-fld., the fls. white and 34 in. long:
fr. scarcely fleshy. Canary, Madeira and the Azores
Islands. — Offered by F. Franceschi, Santa Barbara.

1724. Alligator Pear. Persea eratissima (X^).

gratissima, Gaertn. f. Alligator Pear. Avocado
Pear. Aquagate. Midshipman's Butter. Fig. 1724.
Native to the American tropics, but now widely distrib-
uted: fls. greenish, downy, in dense fascicles which are
arranged in leafless panicles: ovary downy, ripeninginto
a large pear-shaped, green or purplish drupe, contain-
ing one large seed. B.M. 4580. B.R. 15:1L'58. I.H.
36:75. — Offered in southern Florida and southern Cali-
fornia. The fruit is occasionally seen in northern
markets. In Southern California and Mexico the fruit
is common in the markets. It is grown to a small ex-
tent as far north as Los Angeles, but it requires a
hotter climate to render the fruit certain and palatable.
It will thrive in climates to which Anonas are adapted.

L. H. C.

The Avocado, or Alligator Pear, is a native of the
West Indies, Mexico to Peru and Brazil. It is very
common in Jamaica, being found in every settlement or
plantation. The tree grows to a height of 25 to 30 ft. ;
it has elliptical or elliptical-oblong leaves, 4-7 in. long,
glabrate and pale beneath; the fruits are large, more or
less pear-shaped, and covered with a green or deep pur-
ple skin, and containing a large quantity of a Arm, yel-
lowish green pulp, enclosing a single large seed. This
fruit is highly esteemed by all classes in the West
Indies. The pulp is marrow-like, and is eaten as a
salad, usually with the addition of pepper, salt and
vinegar. Europeans as a rule do not like the fruit at
first, but once the taste is acquired they become ex-
ceedingly, often excessively, fond of it. The pulp con-
tains an abundance of oil which may be used for illu-

PERSEA

PERSIMMON

1281

minating purposes, also for soap-making. The seeds
yield a deep, indelible black stain, and are used for
marking linen. Plants are easily raised from seeds,
and in good soil in warm situations they grow rapidly,
and begin to fruit when about five years old. There
are a good many varieties, differing from each other in
size, shape and quality of fruit. These differences are
not due to careful cultivation and selection in all cases,
however, but to natural variation and accidental inter-
crossing. W. Harris.

PERSIAN INSECT POWDER. Chrysanthemum, ^.312.

PEESICA. See Prunns.

PEKSICAKIA. Referred to Polygonum.

PERSIMMON. Plate XXVIH. Of the Persimmon,
two types are known in cultivation for their fruit,— the
native, and the Japanese or Kaki. The former is yet
little improved, although it has possibilities. See
Diospyros,

The native Persimmon or date plum, Diospyros Vir-
giniana (Fig. 1725), is found growing wild in most of
the southern states and as far north as 38° lat. It
will thrive and ripen its fruit, however, as far north as
the Great Lakes. The fruit is little known except to
those who live in localities in which it grows wild, and
even there but little attention has been given to its cul-
tivation and improvement. The tree is usually of small
size when grown in the open ground, reaching a height
of 20-30 ft. ; when grown in the forest it often reaches
a height of 60-80 ft. : and in the rich alluvial river
bottoms, from 2-3 ft. in diam. The wood is hard
and elastic, and very durable when used for inside
work, but it will rot very quickly when placed under
ground. The fruit is subglobose and ranges in size
from %-2 in. in diam., depending largely on the num-
ber of seeds which it contains, although seedless vari-
eties an inch in diameter are sometimes found. The
fruit has a very disagreeable, astringent quality when
green, but this disappears in most varieties when it
becomes fully ripe. The date of ripening in the central
states varies from Aug. 1 to Dec. 1. The old notion of
early botanists that this fruit must be subjected to the
action of frost before it becomes edible is erroneous;
many of the very best varieties ripen long before the
appearance of frost, while others never become edible,
being so exceedingly astringent that neither sun nor
frost has any appreciable effect on them. The Per-
simmon is readily propagated from seeds, which should
be procured in the fall or early winter and planted in
the same manner as peach pits; but as the seedlings,
especially from cultivated varieties, cannot be relied
upon to reproduce themselves, they should be budded
■or grafted when 2 or 3 years old. This should be done
in the spring as soon as the bark will slip freely. This
tree is more difficult to transplant successfully than
almost any other kind of fruit. If too much of the
long tap-root is cut off the tree will be sure to die.
Transplant in the autumn, cut back most of the top,
but preserve as much of the root as possible. The
Persimmon will do fairly well on almost any kind of
soil not too wet, but it will show its appreciation if
planted on a rich, warm soil, well exposed to the sun-
light, and kept well cultivated for the first few years
after planting, until it becomes adapted to its new
surroundings. j^ Troop.

Tlie Japanese Pershnmon, Diospyros Kahi, is con-
sidered by the Japanese as their best native pomological
product. Although cultivated in the south of France
for more than 75 years, there is no record of its success-
ful introduction into the United States previous to about
1870. Trees were first sent to California and subse-
quently to Augusta, Ga., but owing to defective roots
and long delay in transit, the first and second shipments
proved a failure, and not until 1876 came the first suc-
cess with a few trees. All early importations of trees
grown in Japan consisted of trees of small sizes with
long tap-roots and no laterals; this, with imperfect
packing, caused their loss and subsequent disappoint-
ment. American enterprise, however, remedied this,
-as nurseries were at once established near Yokohama

and well-grown trees of the best varieties were exported
to the United States. Experiments were made at the
South by grafting upon native stocks. This proved
successful when the graft was inserted upon the collar
of the root, 3 to 4 inches below the surface of the soil;
but top-grafting or budding upon side branches of large
trees was seldom free from failure. The best method
of propagating Japan Persimmons is by collar-grafting
upon seedlings of the native species {Diospyros Vir-
giniana), which are grown either by planting the seed
in nursery rows or transplanting the young seedlings
from seed-beds early in the spring. The seedlings can
be budded during summer, and in favorable seasons a
fair proportion of the buds will succeed.

The U. S. Department of Agriculture received a large
quantity of trees from Japan about 1878 or 1879, and
fearing that the winter of Washington might prove too
cold the trees were sent to Norfolk, Va., where many
bore fruit the following year. The first fruiting of
which there is any record was at Augusta, Ga., in 1879,
upon trees grafted upon native seedlings growing in
the forest. As regards the hardiness of the Japanese
Persimmons, an experience of twenty-five years demon-
strates that some varieties are more resistant to exces-
sive cold than others; but few can withstand a temper-
ature of zero; and as a rule they are more successful
below the 32d degree of latitude than farther north.
Many seedlings have, been produced that seem to have
increased frost-resisting powers. Instances are re-
ported in which some of these trees have withstood the
winters of east Tennessee. By successive sowing of
seeds from these hardier seedlings we may look for a
race of trees, either of pure Japanese blood or crosses
with our best native sorts, that will be adapted to the
middle sections of the U. S., or as far north as is the
habitat of the American species.

Seedlings, so far as proved by many experimenters,
have a tendencj"" to produce male flowers only during
the first three years of blossoming. After that period
a few female flowers appear in very small proportion,
sometimes one female flower to 200 mule flowers. Fully
one-hall: of the seedlings pi'oduce nothing but male
flowers; consequently the proportion of fertile trees is
seldom more than 2 to 5 per cent at first blossoming,
in cases in which subsequent female flowers appear not
above 10 per cent. Again a large proportion of the fruit
is small, austere and uneatable. This accounts for the
small list of the really good sorts cultivated in Japan
or exported here.

There is a great difference in the habit of growth
and foliage of the varieties. All have broad and shiny
leaves. Some varieties make a growth of 5-7 feet the
first year from graft, and at 10 years form a tree 10
ft. in height. Others assume a dwarf, compact habit
and seldom grow above ^-Q ft. in height; this class is
more precocious in reaching the bearing age than the
taller-growing sorts, which are also apt to overbear.
It is not uncommon for a three-year-old tree to yield
several hundred perfect fruits. Thinning the fruit as
soon as set in early summer will prevent an early
demise of the tree. Trees thrive in any soil in which the
native species grow, but usually fail in wet soils.

The fruit of all the varieties is very attractive, both
as to size and color. The latter is usually of a bright
orange-red or vermilion, which is more or less intensi-
fied according to variety. The fruits begin to color
when half grown, but should not be gathered until just
before frost for the late-ripening varieties, or until soft
with the early kinds. Some varietios begin to ripen in
the middle South as early as September, but a part of
the crop upon the same tree can be left to hang until
frost and kept sound in a cool room until January. The
round-shaped varieties I'ipen first, the oblong last and
keep the longest; these latter should be slowly house-
ripened to remove the slight astringency inherent to
these varieties.

The flesh varies according to varieties, but is usually
of a bright orange color, soft, rich and sweet and with
an apricot flavor; when soft, the pulp should be eaten
with a spoon. Some varieties have dark brown-red flesh,
and are usually edible when quite solid. A peculiarity of
these consists in both red or half red- and half brown-
fleshed specimens being produced upon the same tree.

1282

PERSIMMON

PERSIMMON

This is freqiientl}' the case when several varieties are
grown near each other, possibly showing the effect of
cross-pollination. This variation in the color of the
flesh has caused some confusion in reaching a correct
nomenclature. The earlier shipments of trees from
Japan usually consisted of about 12 names, but no reli-
ance could be placed upon these names. The same
nnme was often found to apply to several distinct
varieties, or one variety had several synonyms. After
years of fruiting the so-called 40 varieties originally

1725. The native Persimmon, Diospyros Virginiana (X /^).

introduced, a more or less correct nomenclature has
been attempted ; but from the many local names found
in various localities this has been a difficult task.

In the annexed list of the most desirable varieties
such synonyms are added thereto as have been ascer-
tained after several years' trial. Many names refer to
Japanese localities, others to their shape, size, color,
etc. ; their significance in Japanese has as far as possi-
ble been translated in English by Mr. Irata, a highly
educated Japanese artist, to whom the writer is also
indebted for valuable information as to the use of this
fruit in his native country.

Among, or Yetnon (name of a Japanese ornament).— Round.
flattened, deeply ribbed, dark orange-red, and sometimes yel-
lowish red, 2)^-3 in. in diam.; average weight 6 ounces, and
occasionally a specimen weighing 16 ounces is produced. Very
sweet; flesh red and edible while still solid; quality improves
as it becomes soft. Maturity Sept. to end of Nov. Tree of
moderate height.

Sachlya ("Beehive" in Japanese).— Synonyms, Costata, Im-
perial, Yomato, etc. Oblong, with blunt apex, slightly ribbed,
23^ by 3 in.; average weight 5 ounces. Flesh deep orange-red,
astringent while solid, bnt sweet and very good when soft.
Should be honse-ripened, and can be kept until March. Tree
of vigorous and tall growth. This variety is usually dried in
the manner of SmjTna figs and is of excellent quality; is often
exported in the dried state.

Hiy akume or H 1/ a f:u me (one hundred " me," a unit of Japanese
weight). Plate XXVIII.— This is perhaps the most desirable
of tlie round, red-fleshed varieties, and as the fiixit affects va-
rious sliapes, it is known under many names, such as Pound,
Tane-nashi, or Seedless, etc. The Agricultural Bureau of To-
kio gives the latter name to a variety with black mottled apex,
but we find both ro\ind and elongated forms upon the same
tree, as also uniformly orange and orange-yellow colored speci-
mens, while many are heavily tipped with black. The varia-
tion of foi-ms and colors doubtless led to its array of syno-
nyms. Fruit large, averaging 3 inches in diam., and 5 ounces
in weight; Tisually fiattened, but elongated forms are quite com-
mon iipon the same branch. Flesh bright orange-red. Keeps
very late. Must be soft before being edible. Tree of moderate

height; apt to be of dwarf growth. Sometimes seedless, but
frequently with from 6 to 8 seeds.

loyama Gaki (name of locality).- Medium to large, round,
but somewhat narrower at tlie apex, yellowish orange, with
dark or black pencilings at apex. Flesh dark brown or grayish
brown; very sweet. Can be eaten when solid; 4 to 6 ounces.

Eurotume (this may possibly be Gnshio-hira, or Palace Per-
simmon).-Very large, round, somewliat flattened; 3 to SH in.
in diam.; average weight 10 ounces, and sometimes yields
specimens IG oimces in weight; keeps late. Flesh red. Tree
erect grower.

Minokaki (PersimmoufromMino,name of a locality). — Syno-
nym, Large Stork Egg. Large to very large, oblong, pointed,
frequently weighing 10 to 12 ounces; skin bright vermilion-red;
flesh red, rich but astringent unless softened by house-ripen-
ing. The foliage is very long, narrow and distinct from any
other variety. Immensely productive, a 6-year-old tree having
produced upwards of 500 specimens. Usually prepared in
Japau for winter use by being placed in a closed barrel until
the astringency is removed. Also valuable fordrying.

Miyo-tan (Mazelli).— Plate XXVIII. Round or slightly ob-
long, 2J^ in. diam.; average weight, 5/^ ounces; slightly ribbed;
deep orange-red; flesli usually deep brown-rel, but bright
red- or half red- and half brown-fleshed specimens are often
produced npon the same tree, the results of cross-fertilization
by other varieties. Tree of meditim or dwarf growth; exceed-
ingly prolific. Fruit keeps very late. The brown-fleshed speci-
mens are edible while solid, and as early as October 1.

Okaine ("Stout young girl" in Japanese).— Synonyms, Ob-
long Hyakume, Mikado, etc. Medium to large, 23^x3/^ in.,
oblong, deep red, nearly always seedless ; keeps late.

Tsum-no-ko ("Stork Egg").— Plate XXVIII. Large, oblong,
pointed, 2/^x3/^ in.; weight 4-5 ounces, sometimes 10 ounces;
skin bright red; some specimens covered with black at apex;
flesh red, very good. Keeps late ; edible only when soft.
Foliage long and shiny; tree compact and vigorous grower.
This variety varies very much as to size at different seasons.

Tedo-Icki (also written" Yeddo-Ichi No. l,"or"best InYedo,"
latter being the oldname of TokioJ.— Syn., Mani-Gata ("round
shape"). Medium, round, some specimens slightly oblong,
flattened at base and narrowing at apex; skin dark red, often
wdth black mottlings near apex; flesh mahogany brown, with
darker spots, brittle, and is edible while solid as early as Oct.
1. Very prolific, and bears fruit in large clusters. Tree an up-
right grower.

Zengi, ov Zingi (name of Japanese village). — Plate XXVIII.
Small, l5^x2 in.; weight 3 to 4 ounces; flesli dai'k brown, with
darker spots; very sweet; edible as early as middle of Septem-
ber while still solid, and lasts throughout October.

P. J. Bercksians.

Another JUstiniate of the Japanese Persimmons.—
Grafted on our native Persimmon, Diospyros Fir-
giniana, the Japanese varieties seem perfectly at
home and make much longer-lived trees than those
imported from Japan. All varieties come into early
bearing and many of them are too prolific for the best
welfare of the trees. This tendency to overbear should
be corrected by thinning the fruit. Several of the
vai'ieties produce very large fruit, single specimens
often weighing over a pound.

Some of the varieties ripen in August, some in
November, and others intermediate between these
dates. It requires some experience to determine just
when the fruit has reached the proper stage to be
marketed, and this varies with the different varieties.
Some of the varieties have dark flesh, others light
flesh, still others a mixture of the two. The light and
dark flesh difl'er radically in texture and consistency, a&
well as appearance, and when found in the same fruit
are never blended, but always distinct. The dark flesh
is never astringent; the light flesh is astringent until
it softens. The dark-fleshed fruit is crisp and meatj^
like an apple, and is edible before it matures. Some of
the entirely dark-fleshed kinds improve as they soften.
The light-fleshed kinds, and those with mixed light and
dark flesh, are very delicious when they reach the
custard-like consistency of full ripeness. In some, the
astringency disappears as the fruit begins to soften;
in others it persists until the fruit is fully ripe. Seeds
accompany the dark flesh. The light-fleshed kinds are
seedless. The kinds with mixed flesh have seeds in
proportion to the quantity of dark flesh.

The market value of the fruit is at present more or
less erratic. A large proportion of the fruit-eating
people of the North do not yet know what a fine fruit
the Japanese Persimmon is. The fruits have to be
shipped while hard and allowed to ripen after reaching
destination. Commission men are likely to sell them
and the public to eat them— or attempt to do so— a week
or two ahead of the proper stage of ripeness; hence the

PERSIMMON

PETASITES

1283

Japan Persimmon in its best condition is comparatively
little known.

The following are some of the most prominent varie-
ties (as understood by the writer) arranged in order of
ripening, beginning with the earliest; although it must
be borne in mind that some of the varieties are more
or less interchangeable, in different seasons.

Zengi. — The smallest of all; round or roundish ob ate ;
diameter 1% in. longitudinally and 2>^ in. transversely ; skin
yellowish red; flesh very dark, quality good; seedy; edible
when still hard; one of the earliest to ripen. Vigorous, prolific.

Taber No. i^5.— Medium, roundish, flattened at base; has a
small but well-defined point at the apes; diam. about 23^ in.
both ways; skin dark yeUow-red, with peculiar roughened sur-
face, somewhat resemoling alligator leather in appearance and
markings, except that the marks are usually very small and
uniform; flesh light brown, erisp, sweet, meaty, free from as-
tringency; excellent; a good keeper and shipper.

Yeddo-Ichi. — Large, oblate; diameter 2^-2 in. longitudinally
and 'd in. transversely; vei-y smooth and regular in outline,
with dinted appearing surface and slight depression at end op-
posite the stem; skin darker red than most varieties, with
heavy bloom; flesh very dark brown, verging toward purplish;
sweet, rich, crisp; in quality oue of the best. The fruit is good
to eat when still hai'd. A hea\'y bearer and exceedingly thrifty.

Hyakurne. — Large to very large, varying from roundish
oblong to roundish oblate, but always somewhat flattened at
both ends; generally slightly depressed at the point opposite
the stem; diameter 2'4 iu. longitudinally and 33^ in. trans-
versely; skin light huffish yellow, nearly always marked with
rings and veins at the apex; flesh dark brown, sweet, crisp and
meaty, not astringent; good while still hard; a good keeper;
one of the best market sorts. Of good growth and a free bearer.

Fe/rtOft.— Large, flat, tomato-shaped, somewhat four-sided;
diam. 234 iu. longitudinally and 334 iu. transversely; skin light
yellow, changing to dull red, mottled with orange-yellow; dis-
tinct in color; flesh deep, dull red, brown around the seeds, of
which there are usually a few; some specimens are entirely
light-fleshed and seedless; there is no astringency after the
fruit begins to soften; quality fine; oue of the best. In form
some of the fruits have the corragations converging to the de-
pressed apex, as it is usually figured, but most do not.

Sachiija. — Vevy large, oblong, conical, with short point;
very showy; diameter 3^4 iu. longitudinally and 33i in. trans-
versely; skin dark, bright red, with occasional dark spots or
blotches and rings at the apex; flesh deep yellow, sometimes
having occasional dark streaks, with seed. Astringent until
ripe, then very flne. The largest and handsomest of all. Tree
vigorous and shapely; bears fairly well, but is not as prolific
as some of the other varieties.

Taber No. i?5.— Medium, oblate, flat or depressed point;
diam. 1% in. lougittulinally and 2''^'8 in. transversely; skin
ratlier dark red, with peculiar stipple marks ; flesh dark
brown, sweet and not astringent; seedy; good. Prolific.

Tane-Naski.—Ijarge to very large, roundish conical, pointed,
very smooth and symmetrical; diam. 3/^ in. longitudinally and
2>% in. transversely; skin light yellow, changing to bright red
at full maturity; flesh yellow and seedless; quality very fine;
perhaps the most highly esteemed of the light-fleshed kinds.
Tree is vigorous and bears well.

Okame. — Large, roundish oblate, with well-defined quarter
marks, point not depressed ; diameter 2% in. longitudinally
and 33^ in. transversely; skin orange-yellow, changing to bril-
liant carmine, with delicate bloom and waxy, translucent ap-
pearance; the most beautiful of all; light, clear flesh when
ripe, with light brown center around the seeds, of which it has
several; loses its astringency as soon as it begins to ripen;
quality fine. Tree vigorous and good bearer.

TrtttJ?tp/i.— Medium; tomato-shaped; skin yellow; flesh yel-
low; generally has a few seeds; very productive; quality of
the best. Ripens from Sept. till Nov.

Tsuru.— Large, slender, pointed; longest in proportion to its
size of all; diam. 3% in. longitudinally and 23^ in. transversely;
skin bright red; flesh orange-yellow, some dark flesh around
the very few seeds; astringent until fully ripe, then good.

Costata. — Medium size, conical, pointed, somewhat foiir-
sided; diamj 23^ in. longitudinally and 2% iu. transversely;
skin salmon-yellow; flesh light yellow, dark flesh and seeds
occurring seldom; astringent until ripe, then very fine; a good
keeper. Tree distinct; a rapid, upright grower; foliage luxu-
riant; the most ornauiental of all the varieties mentioned.

a. L. Taber.

PERTT, MARVEL OF. MiraUlis Jalapa.
PERUVIAN BARK. Cinchona.

PESCATORIA (after M. Pescatore, who bad a large
collection of orchids at St. Cloud, near Paris). Orclii-
ddcecB. A group often united with Zygopetalum, but in
horticultural works usually treated as a distinct genus.
The Ivs. are equitant, tufted, without pseudobulbs: fls.
solitary on stems 3-6 in. long, from the axils of the Ivs.,
mostly large and showy, and fragrant; sepals and petals

broad, concave, spreading; the lateral sepals forming a
mentum; labelluni clawed, lateral lobes small, middle
lobe rounded, spreading; crest thick, consisting of a
number of keels arranged in a semi-circle near the base
of the lip; column slender, not boat-shaped. About 10
species. For culture, see ^ygojietaliim.

Klabochdrum, Reichb. f. Lvs. strap-shaped, 1 ft. or
more long: lis. 3-3>2 in. across, variable in color; sepals
oblong, obtuse; petals shorter, all white with chocolate-
purple points; labellum 3-lobed, yellowish or white, and
having many purple-tipped hairs; callus sulfur-colored,
with brown keels. Ecuador. Gn. 22:344.

Dayina, Reichb. f. Lvs. tufted, 6-10 in. long: fls. on
short scapes; sepals oblong-obovate, acute, white, with
green tips ; petals rhomboid-rotund ; labellum clawed,
angled on each side of the base; limb oblong, emargi
nate, revolute on the sides, white with a callous ring
which is purple-violet, the base being of the same color;
column yellow, with a red band near the base and tbe
anther of the .same color. Late autumn. Colombia.
Var. rhodacra, Reichb. f. Sepals and petals with rose
tips; labellum orbicular, suffused crimson, B.M. G21-4.

cerina, Reichb. f. Lvs. in tufts of 4 or 5, cuneate-
obloug, pointed, 1 ft. long: peduncles 2-6 in. loug, 1-fld. :
sepals and petals nearly equal, the latter somewhat
clawed, fleshy, rounded, concave, pale straw color;
labellum ovate, yellow, with a thick semicircular crest.
Flowers at various seasons, the fls. lasting a long time.
Chiriqui. B.M. 5598 {-as Huntley a cerina). F.S. 17:1815
(as Zygopetalum cerimim).

Heinrich Hasselbring.

PETALOSTllMON {named from the peculiar relation
of the petals andstamens). I/egnmindsce. About 22 spe-
cies of American herbs, mostly western and perennial,
glandular-dotted, with small odd-pinnate Ifts. and
spikes which are terminal or opposite the lvs. and bear
many small fls. ranging from white through rose to
purple and violet. P. violacens is a charming plant,
thriving in any light soil and forming a broad, low bush
with finely cut foliage, and bearing a constant succes-
sion of showy spikes of deep violet flowers. Well
adapted for tbe front of the border or the rockwork.

Petalo.stemon and Dalea are characterized by having
the lower petals longer than the standard, with their
claws adnate to the staminal tube; but Petalostemou
has only 5 stamens, while Dalea has 9-10. Other generic
characters: calyx-teeth or lobes about equal: standard
cordate or oblong, with a free, slender claw, the 4
lower petals distinct and subsimilar: ovary sessile,
2-ovuled : pod included by the calyx, membranous,
usually indehiscent and 1-seeded.

A. Fls. white.
candidus, Michx. White Prairie Clover. Height
1-2 ft. : Ifts. 0-9, oblong or oblanceolate, 8-12 lines long.
Ind. to N. W. Terr., south to La. and Tex. B.B. 2:289.

AA. Fls. rosy purple or violet.
B. Hahlt decumbent.
decumbens, Nutt. Stem about 1 ft. long: Ifts. 7-9,
linear-oblong: fls. deep violet-purple. Red River, Ark.

BB. JB'a'bit erect,

c. Bracts glabrous.

violaceizs, Michx. Violet Prairie Clo\'EB. Height

lK-3 ft.: Ifts. 3-5, narrowly linear, often mucronate at

apex : fls. violet or purple; corolla about 2 lines long.

Prairies, Ind. to Texas. B.B. 2:290. B.M. 1707.

cc. Bracts silky -pubescent .

teniiifdlius, Gray. Silky Prairie Clover. Height
1-2 ft.: Ifts. 3-5, linear, obtuse at apex: fls. rose-pur-
ple. Dry soil, Kans. to New Mex. B.B. 2 :291.

J. W. Manning and W. M.

PETASITES {Greek, a broad-brimmed hat; referring
to the large, broad lvs.). Compdsitce. About 8-12 species
of hardy perennial herbs much like the common colts-
foot {Tussilago Farfara), having large lvs. of the
same general shape and more or less covered with
the same white felt, but the fls. range from purple to
white, not yellow, and are borne in coryjnbs instead of

1284

PETASITBS

PETUNIA

sing:Iy. They are rather coarse and weedy, but the fol-
lowing are desirable for special purposes.

P. fruffrans, the Winter Heliotrope or Sweet Colts-
foot, has the merit of blooming in winter and its fls.
have a delightful vanilla-like odor. The fls. are small
and vary from pale lilac to purple. A few sprays are
desirable for cutting during winter. The plant also
differs from the common coltsfoot in having darker
colored and evergreen foliage. It is suitalile for carpet-
ing shrubberies and for dry banks of stiff clay where
choicer subieets will not thrive. Like most others of
the genus, it spreads rapidly by underground runners.
This plant seems to be unknown to American commerce;
the above points being taken from Gn. 23, p. 113, and
53, p. 328, 'where the plant is well pictured.

P. palmata blooms from April to June, its fls. varying
from nearly white to pale blue or purplish. It is found
in rich dark swamps or sphagnum bogs from Newfound-
land to Alaska and south to N. Y., Wis. and Calif. It
has been offered by two dealers in native plants.

P. Japonica, var. gigantea has recently appeared in
European and American garden literature. The cata-
logue of the Yokohama Nursery Company states that
the leaf-stalks grow G ft. high and 1-l^A in. thick. The
stalks are eaten as a vegetable after being boiled,
and are also preserved in salt or sugar. The
flower-buds, which appear in February, are used
as a condiment, as they have a slightly bitter but
agreeable flavor. The plant has been advertised
in America since 1900 by several dealers.

The genus is widely distributed in north tem-
perate and subarctic regions. The number of
.species is uncertain, but the essential character
of the genus (as distinguished from Tussilago)
is that the heads are nearly or quite dioecious,
and rayless or with very short and not showy
rays; also the fact that the scapes usually have many
fls. instead of one. The Ivs. are orbicular or reniform,
always with a deep heart-shaped base and the scapes
are covered with scales like a coltsfoot but sometimes
the lower ones are more leafy.

A. Size of Ivs. gigantic, S}4-4 ft. across.
Japdnica, F. W. Schmidt. Island of Sachaline. Var.
gigantea, Hort. Lvs. orbicular, margin wavy. Sacha-
line Isl. — Grows as high as a man.

AA. Size nf lvs. 3-12 in.
B. Blooming December to March.
Jragrans, Presl. Winter Heliotrope. Sweet Colts-
foot. Height 8 in.: Ivs. appearing during or after an-
thesis, orbicular, margined with small cartilaginous
teeth, glabrous above, pubescent and green below;
heads fragrant, the marginal fls. of the female heads
iu the form of short rays. Mediterranean region.

BB. Blooming April to June.

palm&ta, Gray. Height 0-24 in. : lvs. orbicular in out-
line, deeply 7-11-cleft Ijeyond the middle, and the lobes
sharply dentate, green and glabrous above, densely
white-toiuentose beneath : heads fragrant, 4-6 lines
across, the marginal fls. of the female heads in the
form of short rays. E. Asia, N. Amer. B.B. 3:4G9.

W. M.

PETSfiA (Robert James, Lord Petr^, 1710-1742, a
patron of botany who had the finest collection of exotic
plants in Europe). Vcrhcn&ceai. Petrea volubllis, ov the
Purple Wreath, is one of the rarest, most distinct and
beautiful of tender climbers. The flower is like a5-pointed
star of lilac with a good-sized violet in the middle. See
Fig. 1726, which indicates the graceful raceme 7-8 in.
long, containing perhaps two dozen flowers. The flowers
begin to open at the base of the raceme and the showy
5-pointed star is the calyx, whose sepals are colored
like petals. The calyx spreads open w^hile the corolla
is still a round bud in the middle, and it remains after
the corolla has fallen, so that the vine, at first glance,
seems to bear two kinds of flowers. The blooms appear
in March and April. It should be in every greenhouse
collection, although it is of very irregular growth. It
does not bloom freely in small plants; it probably has
other drawbacks, for it has always been a rare plant in
Europe, though of ten enthusiastically commended. The

fls. seem to vary considerably in color : The Purple
Wreath is suitable for rafters. Propagated by cuttings
of dormant wood taken just before the new growth be-
gins. Give the cuttings bottom heat.

Petrea is a genus of about 16 species of tropical
American twining or arborescent shrubs: lvs. opposite,
leathery: fls. violet, purple or bluish in long, termi-

1726. Petrea volubihs.
From a cluster 7 or 8 in. long.

nal racemes; calyx-lobes colored during anthesis but
often becoming green in fr. ; corolla usually a little
more intensely colored; limb 5-cut, oblique; stamens
4. didynamous: ovary imperfectly 2-loculed; locules 1-
ovuled.

voltibilis, Linn. Purple Wreath. Fig. 1726. Lvs.
3-4 in. long, short-stalked, ovate, elliptic or oblong, acu-
minate or oljtuse, entire or wavy. Cuba to Brazil. B.M.
826. F.C. 3:108. Gn. 12:82.

G. W. Oliver and W. M.

PE-TSAI or Chinese Cabbage. Brassica Pe-Tsai.

PETTfiKIA (after Franz Petter, a Dalmatian botan-
ist; died 1853). Legutninosce. Only one species, very
similar in habit to Laburnum, but with the yellow fls.
in upright dense racemes, terminal on leafy branchlets.
It is but rarely cultivated, since it is less showy in
bloom than Laburnum or many species of Cytisus. It
is probably hardy as far north as Mass., and require-g
the same culture as Laburnum, which see. If grafted,
Laburnum is to be used as a stock. This monotypic ge-
nus is closely allied to Laburnum, but differs by its up-
right racemes, by the wings and keel being at the base
aiinate to the stamens and by the sessile ovary. It is
said to possess the same poisonous properties as that
genus.

ramenticea, Presl. {Cijtisus frAgrans, Weld. C.
Weldcni, Vis. Labilmum ramentdceum, C. Koch).
Upright shrub, to 6 ft. : lvs. 3-foliolate, almost glabrous
or sparingly pubescent when young, on about 1 in. long
stalks; Ifts. cuneate, obovate to oblong, usually obtuse,
%~2 in. long: fls. fragrant, very short-pedicelled, in 1-3-
in. long, dense racemes; calyx 3-lobed, silky; keel
silky: pod linear-oblong, sparingly silky, to 1% in. long.
May, June. Dalmatia, Istria. B.R. 29:40.

Alfred Rehdee.

PETTIGKEE, Pettigrue, or Butcher's Broom. ^».5-
cns aculeatus.

PET0NIA ( South American aboriginal name, said to
have been applied to tobacco). Solandcew. There are
twelve or more species of Petunia, mostly native of the
southern part of South America. One or two grow in
Mexico and another (P. parviflora) is naturalized in
the southern parts of the U. S. Petunias are small

PETUNIA

PETUNIA

128J;

herbs of straggling or decurabent habit, pubescent and
usually viscid, with opposite entire Ivs. and large showy
axillary flowers. Tlie genus is closely allied to Salpi-
glossis, being distinguished by having 5 perfect S'ta-
mens, whereas that genus has 4. The calyx is 5-parted,
and, in the cultivated species, several times shorter
than the corolla, which is long-salverform or somewhat
funnelform and indistinctly 5-lobed. The colors are
white to light purple, not blue, clear red nor yellow.

Petunias are of the easiest culture. They demand a
warm, open, sunny place. Seeds maybe sown directly
in the open, or the plants may be started in flats or pots
indoors for early results. The plants are
tender and therefore should not be trusted
in the open until settled weather comes.
Thin the plants to 12-18 in. apart. They
bloom when very small, and continue to blos-
som as they grow until destroj'ed by frost.
The common Petunias are rather weedy in
habit, but their great profuseness of bloom
under all conditions makes them useful and
popular. They are particularly useful for
massing against shrubbery, for they make
a florid undergrowth with almost no care.
Some of the modern improved named varie-
ties are very choice plants, and one would
scarcely believe, if he were ignorant of the
genus, that they represent the same species
as the flowers of 25 years ago. These high-
bred types require more care in the grow-
ing. They would best be started indoors,
and be given the choicest positions in the
open garden. Petunias are tractable as
winter subjects under glass. The best pro-
cedure is to sow seeds in late summer or
early fall and to grow stocky plants in pots ;
but old plants can be lifted on the approach
of cold weather, cut back, and taken inside
for winter bloom. They require cool treat-
ment, a night temperature of 45° to 50° seem-
ing to suit them well.

nyctaginifldra, Juss. Fig. 1727. Tall
and relatively stout, usually growing erect:
Ivs. large and rather thick, oval-oblong, up-
per ones nearly or quite sessile and the
lower ones narrowed into a distinct petiole:
fls. dull white, long-tubed (the tube three
or four times the length of the calyx), fra-
grant at evening. Argentina. B.M. 2552. — Occasionally
seen in old gardens.

violS,cea, Lindl. Stems slender: Ivs. oval or ovate,
sessile or very short-stalked : fls. smaller, broad-tubed
(the tube twice or less the length of the linear calyx-
lobes), rose-red or violet, the limb relatively short.
Argentina. B.R. 19:1G2G. B.M. 3113 (as Salpiglossis
iniegrifolia) . — 'i^ot now in cult, in its pure form.

h^brida, Hort. Figs. 1728-30. The common Petunia,
a hybrid derivative of the two preceding. For history,
see Bailey, "Survival of the Unlike," Essay 29. P.M.
2:173 (as P. nyctaginiflora violacea). B.M. 3556. — This
type is wonderfully variable, but it differs markedly
from either stem parent: from P. 'try eta gini flora in its
broader tube and many colors; trom. P. violacea in its
longer tube, wider limb, and many colors; from both in
its much larger and multiform flowers and more stocky
growth. In some of the strains, the flower is very broad
and open, measuring 4 or 5 in. across. There are types
with the flowers deeply fringed ; others with star-like
markings radiating from the throat and extending nearly
or quite to the margin of the limb; others with full
double flowers. The colors range from white to deep
red-purple, and variously striped and barred. There are
forms of very dwarf and compact habit. Only a small
proportion of the seedlings of the double strains bear
double flowers; but the single flowers are usually of
superior size or color. The reason for this small per-
centage of doubles is the fact that the seed must be
selected from single flowers, because the full double
ones do not produce seeds. Single flowers carefully pol-
linated with pollen from double flowers will give seed
that will produce an average of 25 per cent doubles, and
single flowers bearing petaloid anthers will give an aver-

age of 40 per cent doubles. Usually the weaker seed-
lings, in any batch of a double strain, are most likely to
produce double flowers. Fancy vai'ieties may be propa-
gated by cuttings from plants that are carried over
winter, although cuttings of double forms do not always

come true.

L. H. B.

Petunias in Call fortiia. — The Petunia is one of the
most variable of all flowers and shows a very strong
tendency to revert to the natural type. The plant-
breeder cherishes not one, but many, ideals. It is the
perfect habit of a certain pl;int that one wishes to com-

1727. Petunia nyctaeinitlora (X ^).

bine with the flowers of another. Or the object is to
give to this flower a little heavier texture; to another
an added frill upon this blossom; a richer color there, a
greater depth to this throat, a more distinct ring here,
an absolutely pure tone of color in another, to intensify
the rainbow tints in another, to deepen the color of
those blotches while retaining the pure white back-
ground. In an ideal Petunia the first requisite is color,
while form, size, texture, marking and habit are all of
nearly equal value.

The California Giant Petunias originated with the
undersigned at Ventura, Calif., in 1888, and in their
present condition are the result of very careful study
through a long series of continuous cross-fertilizations.
They are grown in the open ground, and nsually trans-
planted directly from the seed boxes. We have new
seedling stock each year, but retain plants the second
year for seeding purposes. The strain comprises 19
varieties, including the Hufiled Giants seen in Fig.
1730. The blossoms are all hand-pollinated and in the
case of the New Fancy Fringed Perfection Double each
seed-pod is handled from 7-12 times.

To those persons who are willing to take the most
pains to raise the best Petunias, the undersigned would
say that the germination of each seed is of utmost im-
portance, for every seed represents an individual plant.
No two Petunia plants give blossoms of the same kind,
and there are invariably points of excellence and differ-
ence in all. In a packet of seed containing say 200
seeds, the purchaser may feel satisfied if he bring 20
plants to the blooming stage, and may think he has ex-
hausted the possibilities of the strains, whereas the
Petunia specialist would know that in those ISO seeds
which did not come to the blooming stage a wealth of
beauty had escaped him. Then the writer emphatically

1286

PETUNIA

PEUMUS

urges all to care for each seed. Fill shallow boxes with
fine, light soil, say an even mixture of leaf-mold and
sand, and wet thoroughly by pouring on boiling water
—to prevent trouble from insects and to heat the soil.
When the soil has cooled sufficiently but is still warm,
sow the seeds very thinly in the boxes, so that the
plants may be 1 in. apart. Cover seeds very slightly

1728. Petunia hybrida (X ^i).
Form with short eonduplicate foliage.

with a little sifted sand, and place a piece of slate or
glass on top of the boxes. If the white root points of
germination appear before the leaves, sift on more
sand, and watch closely. When the small leaves ap-
pear, remove slats and give plenty of light, to produce
strong, stocky plants. The soil may now need water,
which should be applied very gently, that the tiny seed-
lings may not be displaced. Later the larger plants
may be transplanted from seed-boxes into other boxes
or pots. As the weakest plants frequently give the
finest blossoms, care should be taken to preserve every
plant until the blossoms appear.

Mrs. Thos. Gould.
PEUCEDANTJM (ancient Greek name). (JmbeUiferce.
There are many views as to the limits of the genus
Peucedanum, which is equivalent to saying that it has
no limits, Bentham & Hooker made it a most complex
group, comprising about 100 Old World and New World
species, and including such genera as Petroselinum,
Anethum, Imperatoria, Tommasinia, Pastinaca, Tied-
mannia, Lomatium. Coulter & Rose, the latest Amer-
ican monographers (Monogr. of the N. A. Umbell., U. S.
Dept. Agric. 1900), remove the American species and
accept Rafinesque's genus Lomatium. With this view
we agree, and the cult, species are referred to this genus
in the following account. For Tommasinia verticillaris,
of southern Europe, offered by American seedsmen, see

Tommasinia. For P. graveolens, which we prefer to
call Anethum. graveolens, see Dill.

Lomatiums are all western American plants, of about
CO species, growing in dry soil. They are stemless (or
nearly so) perennial herbs from tuberous or fusiform
roots, and compound (ternate, pinnate or dissected)
leaves. From Peucedanum the genus differs, according
to Coulter & Rose, as follows: "Peucedanum consists of
tall and branching mesophytic plants of low fertile
meadows of the Old World, with several umbels, coni-
cal stylopodium, and solitary oil tubes; while Lomatium
consists of low xerophytic plants of acaulescent habit
belonging to the arid regions of western North Amer-
ica, with usually single umbels terminating simple
elongated peduncles, no stylopodium, and often several
oil tubes." Horticulturally, the Lomatiums are of small
value, and they have not been cultivated stiiSciently to
have given rise to cultural forms. A few of the species
have been offered by dealers in native plants. They
seem to thrive well in dry, exposed places. They are
interesting for the front row of hardy borders and for
colonizing in wild open places, and for use in rockwork,

A. Peduncles usually slender, never swollen at the top.

B. Bractlets ot involucel conspicuous^ often broad or

united at base.

L. dasycArpum, Coult. & Rose {Peucedanum dasy-
cdi-pinn, Torr. & Gray). Stem very short or wanting:
peduncles several, stout, pubescent, 2 in. or less high:
Ivs. rather small, pinnately decompound, the numerous
segments short-linear: umbel 6-15-rayed, bearing white
fls. : fr. nearly orbicular. Southern Calif.

BB. Bractlets small or tvanting.
c. I/vs. narrow in outline, pinnate.

L. HAllii, Coult. & Rose {P. MdlUi, W&ts.}. Very
short-stemmed, the peduncles 6-16 in. tall and glabrous:
Ivs. oblong in outline, the segments ovate and deep-
toothed or pinnatifid: umbel 3-6-rayed. bearing yellow
tls.: fr. broadly elliptical, glabrous. Ore. and Wash.

c. JjVs. broad in outline, 1-S-ternate.

L. platyc6,rpuni, Coult. & Rose (P. simplex, Nutt.).
Often tall and stout, but sometimes nearly stemless:
Ivs. ternate or 2-ternate, the Ifts. almost filiform to
linear-lanceolate : umbel 3-15-rayed, bearing j^ellow fls. :
fr. broadly oblong to nearly orbicular, sometimes emargi-
nate at each end. Colo, and Utah to Blont. and Wash.

L. tritematnm, Coult. & Rose (P. triterndtum, Nutt.).
Sometimes 2-2 ?4 ft. high: Ivs. 2-3-ternate, the Ifts. nar-
row-linear to linear-lanceolate: fls. deep yellow: fr.
narrowly oblong, glabrous. N. Calif, to B. C.

AA. Peduncle stout, swollen at the top.

L, nudicatile, Coult. & Rose (P. nudicoide and P.
leiocdrpum, Nutt.). Stemless, glabrous: peduncle 12-16
in. tall, from a long, fleshy root: Ivs. 1-2-ternate or 3-
quinate, the Ifts. thickish and ovate to narrow-lanceo-
late: umbel unequally 5-20-rayed, bearing yellow fls.:
fr. narrowly oblong. Calif, north and west.

L. H. B.

PEUMUS (said to be a Chilean name). Syn., Boldda,
BoJdea. Monimideew. A genus of one species, the
Chilean Boldo, a small tree of considerable economic
interest. It has exceedingly hard wood, which is used
for making many kinds of implements; it also makes a
charcoal said to be prized by smiths above all others.
The bark is used in tanning and dyeing. The Ivs. are
used in medicine. The fruits are edible; they are small
berries, sweet and aromatic. Finally it has some orna-
mental value, being evergreen and fragrant throughout.
The fls., which are not very showy, are white, Kin.
across, and borne in small panicles, each branch of
which is parted into three. This tree has been adver-
tised in southern California. The male tree has been
cult, imder glass in Europe, but scarcely outside of
botanic gardens and only for its economic interest.

Generic characters: male fls. with 10-12 perianth-
lobes, overlapping in 2-3 series, the outer ones herba-
ceous or membranous, the inner ones more petal-like;
disk investing the calyx-tube pilose within; stamens
numerous: female fls. smaller, the lobes more inequal,

PEUMUS

PHACELIA

1287

after anthesis circumscissile above the disk-bearing
base and deciduous : drupes 2-5 : seeds pendulous ;
albumen copious.

Boldus, Molina {Boldba frcigrans, C Gay). Attaining
20 ft.: Ivs. opposite, leathery, very rough and warty.
Chile. B.R. 31:57.

PFAFFIA (C. H. Pfafe, 1774-1852, German chemist).
Amarantdcece. Nine species of slender perennial herbs
from Brazil, tomentose or villous, rarelj' glabiate: Ivs.
opposite, sessile or nearly so, entire: heads or spikes
densely fid.: bracts and bractlets transparent: fis. usu-
ally in solitary, loug-peduucled heads, bracteate and
with 2 bractlets; perianth 5-parted; staminal tube long,
5-cut to the middle, the anther-bearing teeth ciliate
at the margin: stigma discoid or head-like, entire or
2-lobed.

Pfaffia gnaphalioides (syn., Gomphrena gnaphalioi-
des) has been slightly known to European gardens for
a good many years. In 1899, Peter Henderson & Co.
offered "GompJirena gnaphaJloldes, or the Trailing Am-
aranth,"with the remark that it is a desirable trailer
for covering embankments and rocks, thrives on poor,
dry soil and has white fis. like small clover blossoms.
Because of the failure of the seed crop, however, the
plant did not become established in the American trade.
The probability is that the plant in the trade at pres-
ent as Gomphrena gnaphalioides is incorrectly named.
In catalogues the trade plant is figured with the flower-
heads in clusters of three and on short stalks, while
DeCandolle describes the heads as solitary and long-
stalked. Moreover, the true plant has always been re-
garded as a stove plant in Europe, and at best it could
be treated in America only as a tender annual and not
as a hard}' and permanent subject.

gnaphalioides, Mart. (GompJirena gnaphalioides^
Vabl). Stems subshrubby below: Ivs. lanceolate, 10-15
lines long, 2-^ lines wide, soft, ashy gray above, woolly
beneath: peduncles 5-7 in. long: heads globose, 6-9
lines across : bracts unequal, ovate, raucronate, scar-
ious, the lower one villous, lateral ones longer, glabrous
at the l)ase; stigma globose. yif^ ]y];_

PFEIFFERA. See BhipfiaJia.

^fri

genus includes the old genera Whitlavia, Eutoca, Mi-
crogenetes, Cosmanthus, and several others. About 50
species exist in North America, the region west of the
Mississippi furnishing by far the greater number. The
flowers are mainly of a handsome blue or violet, many

1729. Petunia hybrida (X H)-
A double form.

PHACfiLIA (Greek, cluster ; on account of the
crowded flower-clusters of the first described species).
Hydi-ophyllhceai. Annual and perennial plants of the
western hemisj^here, chiefly North American. The

1730. A modern race of fringed Petunia. '

(XM.)

species and varieties running through
lighter shades to pure white. The an-
nuals are of easy cultivation, requir-
ing, to bring them to perfection, a soil
warm, sunny, and not too moist.
Some species like a sandy soil, others
a firmer clay. Some are erect and give
the best effects when planted thickly;
others are more spreading and hence require consider-
able space. In height they vary from only a few inches
to several feet. The flowers are borne on more or less
recurved racemes that straighten as the flowering pro-
ceeds. They vary from an inch long in some species to
less than a quarter of an inch in others. In addition to
those described below there are many other beautiful
species of Phacelia, annuals as well as perennials, that
should be in the trade.

Generic description: Annual or perennial plants, with
alternate simple or compound leaves, and inflorescence
in more or less scorpioid cymes or spikes: corolla de-
ciduous as the capsule enlarges, with various shades of
blue, purple or white; tube with or without interval ap-
pendages, these when present in the form of 10 vertical
folds or projections, adnate to or free from the bases of
the filaments: calyx-lobes commonly narrow, often en-
larged upwards, especially in fruit: seed-coats reticu-
lated or pitted. The plants are hairy, nearly smooth, or
glandular, in whole or in part. The herbage of some of
the glandular-hairy species has an offensive odor.

alba, 4. 5.
canipanularia, 6.
campanulata, 6.
eongesta, 3.
divaricata, 11.
fimbriata, 9.

INDEX.

glandulosa, 2.
gloxiwioides, 5.
orandiflora, 5.
hnmilis, 1.
Menziesii. 10.
miiltiflora, 10.

Orcuttiana, 12.
Parryi, 7.
tanacetifolia, 4.
viseida. 8.
Whitlavia, 5.
Wrangehana, U.

POPULAR KEY.

. Plants viscid-glandular, at least
above. ^
B. Foliage simple.

c. Base of Ivs. usnally cordate. 6. campanularia
cc. Base of Ivs. obscurely or not
at all cordate.
D, Corolla cleft above the mid-
dle.
E. Fls. blue, ivith a purple

or white center 8. viseida

EE. Fls. blue or white all

through 5. Whitlavia

DD. Corolla cleft below the mid-
dle: fls. deep violet 7. Parryi

1288

PHACBLIA

PHACELIA

BB. Foliage pinnatifid to compound.
c. Xjvs. pinnatifid, with entire

lobes 12. Orcuttiana

CO. Ijvs., at least lowest^ lyrate.. 9. Jimbriata

coo. Lvs. twice pinnatifid 2. glandulosa

iA. Plants not viscid -glandular, or
iHlrdly so.
B. Foliage entire, or a few of the
lower lvs. pinnately lobed...

o. Hahit erect 1. liumilis

10. Menziesii

00. Sabit spreading 11. divaricata

EB. Foliage parted, to compound.

0. J/vs. pinnatelij 3-7-parted. . . . 3. congesta
00. Lvs. pinnatelij 9-17~divided. . 4. tanacetifolia

For fear that this purely artificial key may not he found
to apply with all garden plants, which are so much more
liable to variation, there is given below a key based on
more technical characters, derived from Gray's Synop-
tical Flora :

botanist's key.

1. Seotion Ehphaoelia. Ovules 4, a pair to each
placenta; seeds generally fewer, with reticulate or pit-
ted testa: corolla-tube with 10 laminate appendages in
pairs at the base of the stamens.

A. Lvs. all simple and entire, or

nearly so 1. humilis

AA. Lvs. oblong or narrower , pinnately
toothed to compound.
B. Calyx not setose-hispid.

c. Plant viscid-pubescent, glan-
dular 2. glandulosa

CO. Plant pubescent, not viscid,

or hardly so .'!. congesta

BB. Calyx 7nore or less setose-hispid. 4. tanacetifolia

2. Section Whitla VIA. Fls. showy: seeds and ovules
few to numerous : appendages 5, small and truncate or
emarginate and attached to the base of each filament.

A. Corolla purple or blue, varying to
white in cultivation, the tube
longer than the lobes.

B. Lvs. ovate or deltoid 5. Whitlavia

BB. Lvs. cordate 0. campanularia

A.4. Corolla violet, rotate-campanulate,

the lobes longer than the ttibe... 7. Parryi

3. Section Cosmanthds. Ovules and seeds few to
numerous: appendages to the corolla none.

A. Plant viscid 8. viscida

AA. Plant sparsely hirsute 9. iimbriata

4. Section Eutoga. Ovules several to numerous:
appendages to corolla 10, vertical and salient.

a. Plant erect 10. Menziesii

AA. Plant diffusely spreading 11. divaricata

5. Section Microgenetes. Ovules not pitted nor
favose - reticulated, as in the previous sections, but
strongly transversely corrugated.

12. Orcuttiana

1. hilmilis, Gray. Annual, unbranched or branched
from the base, 2-(i in. high, pubescent or inflorescence
often hirsute: lvs. spatulate oblong or oblanceolate,
generally obtuse, the lower rarely with 1-2 ascending

1731. Phacelia Whitlavia (X K).

1732. Phacelia viscida (X K)-

lobes : spikes loosely paniculate or solitary : corolla
indigo-blue, rather deeply lobed, surpassing the usually
linear calyx-lobes; filaments moderately exserted, gla-
brous or sparingly bearded above. Calif, to Wash. — This
pretty little plant seems to be unknown to the trade, but
it is to be hoped it will not so remain.

2. glanduldsa, Nntt. (Eutbca glandulosa, Hook.).
Viscid-pubescent and glandular, softly if at all hirsute,
9-12 in. or more high: lvs. irregularly and interruptedly
2-pinnatifid, or below divided; the numerous lobes ob-
long, small, somewhat incised, obtuse: calyx -lobes
oblong or spattilate: corolla about 2 lines long, bluish,
purplish or white, with lobes shorter than the tube;
stamens and 2-cleft style moderately or conspicuously
exserted : seeds with the minute reticulations even.
Northwest Tex. to Ariz, and Mex.

3. cong6sta,Hook. Pubescent and commonly cinereous,
hardly viscid or glandular in the least, a foot or more
high: lvs. pinnately 3-7-divided or parted, and with a
few interposed small lobes, the main divisions oblong or
oval, iucisely pinnatifid or irregularly lobed, the lower
ones mostly petiolate and the upper confluent; calyx-
lobes linear or somewhat spatulate; corolla blue, 3 lines
long, the lobes as long as the tube; stamens more or
less exserted: seeds reticulate scabrous, the fine sharp
meshes being, as it were, toothed at the junctions. Tex.
B.M. 3452. V. 5:154; 12:140.

4. tanacetifolia, Benth. Erect annual, roughish hir-
sute or hispid, not glandular, or above slightly so, 1-3 ft.
high: lvs. pinnately 9-17-divided into linear or oblong-

PHACELIA

PH^DRANASSA

1289

linear once or twice pinnately parted or cleft divisions,
all sessile or nearly so, the lobes mostly linear oblong:
spikes cymosely clustered, at length elongated : very
short f raiting pedicels ascending or erect: calyx-lobes
linear or linear -spatulate, not twice the length of the
ellipsoidal capsule; stamens and style conspicuously
exserted: seeds with very narrow pits bounded by thick
walls. Calif, and northward. B.M. 3703. -Var. Alba,
Hort., has been offered.

5. Wllitl4via, Gray (WhUldvia grandifldra, Harv.).
Fig. 1731. About a foot high, loosely branching, hirsute
and glandular: Ivs. ovate or deltoid, incisely toothed:
corolla with cylindraceous ventricose tube usually an
inch long, thrice the length of the lobes : appendages to
the filaments hairy. Southern Calif. B.M. 4813. F.iS.
11:1085. G.C. 185i:6/9. — A beautiful species and much
cultivated, with flowers an inch long and nearly as wide.
Var. gloxinioides { iVJtitldvia gloxinioides, Hort.) and
var. alba {^mtl('lvia alba, Hort.) are horticultural
forms with spotted and white fls. respectively.

6. campanularia, Gray. Lower than the last: Ivs.
subcordate or cordate, less deeply dentate: tube of the
truly campanulate corolla }4 in. long, expanded at
throat, barely twice the length of the lobes : appendages
to the filaments glabrous and smaller, otherwise much
like the last and almost as showy. S. Calif. B.M. 6735.
G.C. II. 20:135. P. 1883:145. Gn. 31, p. 5.54; 55:1206.
—P. campanulafa of some is presumably this plant.

7. P4rryi, Torr. Rather slender, 9-18 in. high : Ivs.
ovate, irregularly and incisely double-toothed or lacin-
iate, or the lowest sometimes pinnately parted; the
upper continue longer than their petioles: corolla cleft
beyond the middle, deep violet, 8 lines across; fila-
ments bearded: ovules on each placenta 20-30; seeds
15-20. Calif. B.M. 6842. G.C. II. 24:716.

8. viscida, Torr. {JSutoca viscidajTienth.). Fig. 1732.
A foot or 2 high, branching, hirsute at base, very glan-
dular above: Ivs. ovate or obscurely cordate, doubly or
incisely and irregularly dentate, 1-2 in. long: corolla
deep blue, with purple or whitish center, from half to
nearly an inch in diam. Calif. B.R. 21:1808. B.M.
3572. R.H. 1851:361. J.H. III. 29:183.

9. fimbriita, Michx. (Cosmdnthus fimhrid.tus, Nolte).
Weak and diffuse, a span high, somewhat hirsute: cau-
line Ivs. 3-7-cleft or lobed or the lower lyrately divided,
the lobes obtuse or roundish : racemes few-fld. : pedi-
cels filiform: calyx-lobes linear-oblong or spatulate;
corolla white, only 3-4 lines broad, shorter than the
stamens, its lobes fimbriate. Alleghany Mts., Va. to
Ala.

10. M^nziesii, Torrey (Uutdca muUiflbra, Dougl.).
Plant 9-12 in. high, at length paniculate-branched, his-
pid or roughish hirsute, usually also minutely cinere-
ous-pubescent: Ivs. mostly sessile, linear or lanceolate,
entire or a few of them deeply cleft, with few or single
linear or lanceolate entire lobes : spikes or spike-like
racemes thyrsoid-paniculate, at length elongated and
erect: corolla bright violet or sometimes white : ovules
12-16: capsule shorter than the calyx; seeds oblong,
coarsely favose-reticulated. Calif, to Wash., and east
to Montana and Utah. B.R. 14:1180. B.M. 3762 (E.
Menziesii).—A beautiful species, and easily cult.

11. divaricata, Gray {Eutoca divarie&ta, Benth.).
Diffusely spreading, a span high, more or less hirsute
and pubescent: Ivs. ovate or oblong, mostly longer than
the petiole, occasionally 1-2-toothed or lobed at base,
the rims curving upwards: spikes or racemes at length
loose; the pedicels usually much shorter than the ca-
lyx: style 2-cleft at apex: ovules 12-20 on each placenta.
Calif. B.M, 3706. B.R. 21:1784.

Var. Wrangeliana, A. DC. Fig. 1733. Differs from
the type only in having the Ivs. inclined to be lobed or
1-2-toothed. It is known to the trade as Eutoca Wran-
geliana, P. & M. P.M. 5:199.

12. Orcuttiana, Gray. Viscid, puberulent, about 1 ft.
high: ivs. pinnatifid, somewhat lyrate, the lobes short-
oblong and entire : fls. sessile in the at length elongated
dense spikes ; corolla rotate-campanulate, double the
length of the calyx, with limb 3-4 lines broad, white,
with yellow eye. nearly or quite destitute of internal
appendages : capsule oval, nearly equaling the narrowly

spatulate (barely 2 lines long) sepals, 12-14-seeded ;
seeds oval, obscurely favose-reticulated between the
transverse corrugations. Lower Calif.

L. F. Hendekson.
PHaiDEANASSA (Greek, gay queen). AmarylH-
dclvece. Pive or 6 species of tender summer-blooming
bulbs, with fls. that are tubular in appearance, borne in
umbels, generally drooping and usually bright red with
green tips. They are all found in the Andes at 7,000-
12,000 ft., except P. CarmioU, a native of Costa Rica,
which difi'ers from all other species in having the peri-
anth segments much shorter than the tube. Probably
the choicest species is P. cliloracra, the tube of which
seems at first sight over 2 in. long; however, the seg-
ments are merely connivent most of the distance and it

Phacelia divaricata, var.

Wrangeliana (X ^2).

is only for a distance of a third of an inch at the base
that they are really grown together into a tube. This
species has 6-12 fls. in an umbel. Judging from descrip-
tions, the showiest species should be P. Lelimanni,
which, however, has only 3-4 fls. in an umbel and seems
to have dropped out of cult. P. gloridsa, Hort., recom-
mended by some American dealers, seems to be un-
known to botanists.

Generic characters : perianth subcylindrical ; seg-
ments 6, equal, regular, spreading only at the tip : sta-
mens inserted at or below the throat of the tube: ovary
3-eelled; ovules many, superposed; capsule globose,
loculicidally 3-valved; seeds many, small, black. The
Ivs. are petioled, oblong or lanceolate, produced after
the fls. according to Baker, but this point is doubtful
for all species. Baker, Amaryllidese.

A. Fls. chiefly red,
chloricra. Herb. Bulb globose, 2-3 in. thick: Ivs.
produced after the fls. : blade 8-12 in. long, 2-3 in. wide;
petiole }4 ft. long, according to Baker: fls. scarlet, tipped
green. Andes of Ecuador, to 12,000 ft. B.R. 31:17
(petiole 1-3 in. long).

AA. Fls. chiefly green.

viridiflora. Baker. Bulb ovoid, 1% rn- thick: leaf
solitary; blade }^-2 in. broad; petiole short: fls. about

1290

PH^DRANASSA

PHAL^NOPSIS

4 in an umbel, green towards the tip, witiiout any red,
passing into whitisli towards tlie base. Andes of Ecua-
dor.—Possibly a mere color variety of P. chloracra.

W. M.

PHAIUS (Greek, dark; referring to the color of the
fls.). OrchidAceca. Often spelled P/iWjits. Very large
terrestrial orchids with ample foliage and tall clustered
stems terminating in racemes of showy fls.: sepals and
petals similar, spreading or half -spreading; labellum
large, with the lateral lobes enclosing the column,
usually gibbous or spurred behind; column slender;
poUinia 8. Distiuguished from Calauthe by the free
labellum; from Tbunia by the leafless, bracted scape
which does not terminate the leafy axis. Natives of
tropical Asia, Africa, Australia, China, Japan, and the
South Sea Islands. Heinkich Hasselbring.

Phaius is a genus of terrestrial orchids, few species
of which are commercially valuable, though they are all
interesting and worthy of culture in general orchid
collections. The Phaitis grandifolhis group comprises,
besides the type, several well-marked species and varie-
ties such as P. WaUiehii, P. niacidatus, etc., all large-
growing sorts of easy culture. These grow best in a
moist situation at a temperature of 55° to 60° P. at night,
with an advance of 10° by day, during winter months, and
a moist, shady location with an active atmosphere during
summer, allowing a good supply of water whenever the
compost is getting dry, especially during the growing
season. Good potting material consists of equal parts of
chopped sod, sphagnum and well-rotted cow manure or
leaf-mold. One-third of the pot space should be devoted
to drainage, covered with sphagnum or rough material
to keep it free and open, and the plant should be kept a
little below the rim of the pot to allow space for water.
They grow very well at the cool end of the Cattleya
department.

P. tnherculosits^ P. ffionhlotil, P. Mislinieyisis and
kindred species, with their hybrids, need a very moist,
active atmosphere and a trifle more heat than is
required for the last group. They grow well in open,

1734. Outline of Phaius Wallichii (X nearly K).
To show botanical structure.

well-drained pots or baskets, in rough material com-
posed of equal parts peat fiber, rough decaying leaves
and sphagnum, chopped and mixed well together with a
few nodules of charcoal. They enjoy a liljeral supply
of water at the roots at all seasons and should never be
allowed to remain long dry. In bright weather syring-
ing over the foliage will be found beneficial and assists
in keeping down red spider and thrips. Stock is in-

creased by dividing the plants between the pseudobulbs.
After potting, give them an extra amount of water,
atmospheric moisture and heat until they start new
action. See also Thunia. jj jj r-cgy

A. Pis. yellow to brown,

maculitus, Lindl. Pseudobulbs ovate, 2 in. high : Ivs.
3-4, broadly lanceolate, plicate, 1^-2 ft. long, varie-
gated with numerous yellowish spots : flower-stems
about 2 ft. high, bearing a raceme of 10-15 yellow fls.
each 2-3 in. in diam. ; sepals and petals half spreading,
oblong, obtuse; labellum erect, with the apex recurved,
streaked with orange, wavy and crenate, sides convolute
over the column, and the base prolonged into a spur
half as long as the ovary. Spring. Northern India and
Japan. BM. 2719 (as Bletia Woodfordii) ; 3960. L.B.C.
19:1803.

■Wallichii, Lindl. (P. bicolor, Lindl. P. grandifbliiis,
Lindl., not Lour. P. qrandiflbrus, Reichb. f. ). Fig.
1734. Tall: Ivs. broadly elliptic-lanceolate, 3^ ft. long:
flower-stems erect, 3-5 ft. high, clothed with scales: fls.
4 in. across, varying in color from chocolate-brown to
primrose-yellow; sepals and petals spreading, lanceo-
late, long-acuminate; labellum with an ample elongate
tube; limb oblong, acute or acuminate, recurved, margin
crisp: spur slender, incurved. The labellum is less
variable in color than the sepals and petals. The base
of the tube is yellow, dull reddish beyond, with the
throat purple with yellow or red edges on the disk;
apex white. Feb.-Mav. Trop. India, northward to the
lower Himalaya, B.M. 4078; 7023. P.M. 6:193. -P.
Blilmei, Lindl., is a form that cannot be distinguished
by any botanical character. Ceylon. B.M. 6032.

grandiSolius, Lour. (Bletia TdnkerviUice, R. Br.).
One of the oldest orchids in cultivation. It has smaller
fls. than P. Wallichii, with less acuminate sepals and
petals and a shorter obtuse lip and spur: sepals and
petals reddish brown, but variable, white on the out-
side; labellum white at the apex, throat and disk yel-
low, sides crimson. China, Australia. B.M. 1924. P.S.
7:738. L.B.C. 1:20. G.C. 1872:7.33; II. 18:565; III.
3:112. Gn. 3, pp. 183, 221. A.G. 20:279.

AA. Pis. white to rose-color.

Humhldtii, Reichb. f. Pseudobulbs, Ivs. and habit
like P. grandifolius but smaller: flower-stem 18-20 in.
high, erect : fls. white and rose-colored, tinged and
streaked with darker red; sepals oblong-acute; petals
twice as wide; labellum spurless, lateral lobes striped
with brown on a whitish ground, middle lobe light pur-
ple, with a yellow callus. Spring. Madagascar. R.H.
1891:204. G.C. II. 26:173. A.G. 12:161. A. F. 6:609.

tuberculdsus, Blume. Rhizome thick: pseudobulbs
small, bearing several lanceolate Ivs. 6-9 in. long: -fls.
2-3 in. .across, in erect spikes ; sepals and petals ovate-
oblong, white; lateral lobes of the labellum recurved,
yellow, almost covered with brownish crimson spots,
margin crenately lobed ; middle lobe bifid, white,
spotted with purple, having 3 thick, yellow keels; mar-
gin crisp and crenate. Feb. Madagascar. B.M. 7307.
R.B. 18:145. G.C. II. 15:.341; 18:565; 21:520; III.
13:237. — Dif&cnlt to grow, requiring a higher temp, than
the other species.

Mishm^nsis, Reichb. f. Stem 2-3 ft. high, leafy
above: Ivs. 6-10 in. long, elliptic-lanceolate, plicate:
scape from the axils of the lower Ivs., together with the
loose raceme about 2 ft. long: fls. 2 in. across, pale or
dark rose-colored ; sepals linear-oblong, acuminate;
petals narrower: hibellum with rounded side lobes and
a subquadrate, spotted middle lobe, which is somewhat
3-parted; spur slender, yellow. Himalaya Mts. B.M.
7479.

P. Ashivorthicinus , Sander. A garden hybrid (P. Mannii X
P. maeuLitus). Fls. large: sep.ils and petals clear old gold;
labellum large, of the same color, with m.auy radiating choco-
late lines, outer surface clear yellow. Gr.M. 40:551.

HEraRicH Hasselbring.

PHAJUS. See Phaius, above.

PHALa;N6PSIS (Greek, moth-like: suggested by
the large white fls. of some species). OrchidAcew.
This genus, called by Lindley "the grandest of all
orchids," contains some of the most magnificent species

PHALiENOPSIS

to be found in the orehid family. The plants are natives
of the hot regions of India and the Malay Archipelago,
growing on trunks of trees and sides of rocks under
conditions of high temperature and great moisture.
The flowers are remarkably beautiful in form and color.
Those of the larger species are borne in graceful

PHALJiNOPSIS

1291

1735. Phalaenopsis amabilis (X %)• See No. 1.

drooping panicles, on which they usually all face in one
direction.

The plants are of monopodial growth, having short
stems which increase slowly in length: Ivs. few, thick,
leathery, often mottled: inflorescence a raceme or
panicle, large, or not longer than the Ivs. : sepals spread-
ing, the lateral ones more or less united with the base
of the column: petals about as large as the sepals or
very much broader; labellnm variously shaped but
united with the base of the column. About 40 species.
Heinrich Hasselbring.

The species of Phalsenopsis are all truly epiphytal,
and are found growing in their native habitats on rocks
and trees at very low altitudes or at sea-level in moist
but often exposed situations where the rains during
their growing season are frequent and excessive, and
the temperature registers 70^-75° F. during the night
and as high as 90°-95° P. during the day. They are
principally natives of the Philippine Ishmds, eastern
India, Malaya, Sumatra, Java and Borneo, many of
the individual species growing over a wide range of
territory. ,

With but few exceptions, they grow best in the warm
portion of the East Indian house where a temp, of
65°-70° F. at night and about 75° F. during the day, or
85'' with solar heat, can be maintained through the
winter months. The summer temp, may range about
70° F. at night and 80° or 85° by day. Air should be
admitted in greater or less degree at all times to keep
the atmosphere active, but direct drafts must always be
avoided. Shade is necessary except in December and
January, but should never be sufficiently heavy to

exclude indirect solar influence, as plants grown with
overabundant shade, heat and moisture make weak
tissue and a thin cuticle incapable of withstanding
extremes in temperature and humidity to which they
are subjected more or less during the winter months.
Such careless treatment invariably results in either wet
or dry spot, and the plants, having no pseudobulbs, are
liable to perish.

Basket or cylinder cailture suits them best, and they
should receive all necessary attention, such as rebasket-
ing and top-dressing, at the commencement of their
growing season in Feb. or Mar., but they do not require
much root space at any time. Chopped live coarse
sphagnum makes the best compost; this should be lib-
erally interspersed with rough pieces of charcoal, to
which the roots cling freely. The compost
should be worked in firmly about the roots to
|, make the plant steady. During the resting period

''^ give water when the compost is becoming dry.

Wi/l During the growing season water freely and give
i^^Y^ an occasional overhead syringing. When the
Uv\, plants are flowering profusely weak liquid

'^^ Av, cow or sheep manure may be given once

"T^t^ W\V ^ week with good effect.

^^ ^^J^-0>J\\\ There is no special means of propa-

^1 ^/)^\\ gation; young plants are often produced
LV/^j^uy on the flower-scapes, and the old flower-
V .T^-^^/j^y scapes if bent down on the wet sphag-
\^rwfi |, num can sometimes be induced to send
^^^ j up young plants. r, jj. Grey.

,^^' j ' INDEX.

^'^^^ amabilis, 1, 2. Lowii, 6.

"'"iv araethystina, 8. Liiddemanniana,I3.

"* i \l y^ aiitennifera, 7. ochracea, 13.

[W I Aphrodite, 2. Parishii. U.

'^'/J aurea, 1. Portei, 3.

'^^^ii^ casta, 2. Porteri, 3.

Cornu-cei"vi, 10. punctatissima, 4.

'/J Dayana, 2. rosea, 15.

^ Esmeralda, 7. Sanderiana, 2.

•/, gloriosa, 2. Schilleriana, 5.

'X grandiflora, 1. speciosa, 11.

Harriettfe, 1. Stuartiana, 4.

intermedia, 3. Sumatrana, 12.

leucorrhoda, 2. violacea, 9.

A. Petals much broader than the
sepals.
B. Lahellum with apical appen-
dages: rostellum short.
G. Apical appendages
cirrhons.
D. Middle lobe very nar-

roxv 1 . amabilis

DD. Middle lobe trow el -

shaped , . . . 2. Aphrodite

cc. Apical appendages short,
horn-like.

D. Lvs. green 3. intermedia

DD. IjVS. mottled, at least
when young.

E. Fls. white 4. Stuartiana

EE. Fls. rose-purple 5. Schilleriana

BB. Lahelhim zvithout apical
appendages : rostellum

long G. Lowii

AA. Petals scarcely or not at all
broader tha'}i the sepals.
B. Claw of the labellmn with
horn -like appendages he-
low the lateral lobes 7. Esmeralda

BB. Claiv of the lahellum without
appendages.
c. Apex of the labellnm

notched 8. amethystina

cc. A2Jex of the lahellum en-
tire.
D. JRachis compressed:
bracts fleshy.
E. Middle lobe of the
labellnm fleshy,

rounded 9. violacea

EE. Middle lobe of the
lahellum crescent -
shaped 10. Comu-cervi

1292

PHAL^NOPSIS

PHAL^NOPSIS

DD. Bacltis terete.

E. Lahellum laterally

compressed, fleshy. 11. speciosa
EE. Lahellum expanded.
F. 3Iiddlelobe densely

hairy 12. Sumatrana

FF. Middle lohe pilose. l'.i. Luddemanniana
FFF. Middle lohe sviootli.

6. Lahellum crested.. li. Farisliii
GG. Lahelluin not
crested, hut pro-
vided with a
fleshy callus ly. rosea

1. amibilia, Blume, not Lindl. (P. r/raMrtirtdra, Lindl.).
Fi^. ITMi. Lvs. long, pale green: Us. variable in size,
sometimes nearly 5 in. across, pure white with stains of
deep yellow and a few purple spots on the labellum and
on the column; dorsal sepals ovate to oblong, lateral
sepal lanceolate; petals rounded-fau-shaped; lateral lobes
of the labellum obliquely cuneate, incurved, middle lobe
very narrow with yellow cirrhi. Autumn. Malay Arch.
B.M. 5184. G.C. 1818:39 ; II. 2G:213. Gn. 19, p. 305 ;
24, p. 560 ; 34, pp. 51G, 517. R. H. 18G0, pp. 238, 23U ;
1897, p. 151. A.G. 16:271. -Var. ailrea, Rolfe (P. gran-
dlflbra, var. ahrea, Warner). Front half of the lateral
lobes of the labellum and the entire middle lobe stained
deep yellow. Borneo. P. Hdrriettae, Rolfe, is a garden
hybrid between P. amahilis and P. violacea. Fig. 1736.
FIs. intermediate between the parents, 4K in. across ;
.sepals and petals pale yellowish white, suffused and
dotted with amethyst-purple toward the base; labellum
crimson with an orange crest; cirrhi slightly developed.
G.C. III. 2:9. Gn. 38:766.

1736. Phatenopsis HarriettiE (X ii). See No, 1.

2. Aphrodite, Reichb. f. {P. amahilis, Lindl., not
Blume). Lvs. elliptic -lanceolate, 1 ft. or more in
length, dark green, obliquely retuse: fls. 3 in. in diam.,
pure white, with the labellum streaked and spotted with
yellow and red; sepals elliptic - ovate ; petals large,
rhomboid ; lateral lobes oblong, middle lobe trowel-
shaped, with white cirrhi. Fls. at various seasons, but
most freely during summer. Philippines. B.M. 4297.
B.R. 24:34. P.M. 7:49. P. S. 1:40. G.C. 1848:39;
11.26:213. Gn. 31, p. 273; 35, p. 362; 38, p. 157; 48, p. 484.
R.H. 1897, p. 150. A. F. 6:89.

Var. Day&na, Hort. [P. amaWlis, var. Daydna, Hort.),
has regular ilowers with the lower sepals minutely dotted
with crimson, the labellum also being heavily marked
with bright crimson. A.G. 21:457.

Var. c&sta, Rolfe (P. casta, Reichb. f.). Lvs. thinly
spotted: fls. like the type, with a rosy tint especially at

the base of the sepals and petals, and a few spots at the
base of the lateral sepals. — Scarcely distinct from the
following, but distinct from the type.

Var. leucorrhdda, Rolfe {P. leucorrhdda, Reichb. f.).
Lvs. blotched with gray in irregular bands : sepals and
petals flushed with rose, the former yellowish outside:
callus vellow, spotted with purple. Philippines. F.M.
1875:166. R.H. 1896:500.

Var. Sanderiina, Rolfe (P. Sanderi&na, Reichb. f. ).
Fls. suffused with rose; labellum variegated with brown,
purple, and yellow. Island of Mindanao. Gn. 24;407;
57, p. 44.

Var. grloridsa (P. gloridsa, Reichb. f.). Pis. white,
with a rose-colored spot on the labellum. Gn. 35:697.

3. intermedia, Lindl. A natural hybrid between P.
Aphrodite and P. rosea. Resembles P. Aphrodite in
habit but the fls. are smaller. Sepals oblong, acute,
white; petals rhomboid, much larger, white with few
rose spots at the base; labellum small, lateral lobes
erect, rose-purple spotted with crimson, middle lobe
rich crimson, terminating in 2 short horns. Philippines.
— The same type has been artificially produced by
crossing the two i^arent species.

Var. P6rtei, Reichb. f. (P. PMeri, Hort.). Fls. large,
stained with rose-purple: lvs. about 1 ft. long, deep
green. G.C. II. 5:369, 371. F.M. 1875:162. J.H. III.
30:179. Gn. 21:320. G.M. 38:111.

4. Stuarti^na, Reichb. f. Lvs. elliptic-oblong, obtuse,
about 1 ft. long, mottled when young, becoming dull
green above and reddish below*; panicle large, branched,
drooping: fls. 2 in. across; sepals elliptic, obtuse, w'hite
or greenish white, the lateral ones speckled with red ;

petals rounded but obscurely quadrangular,
white with few purple dots at base; labellum
golden yellow or orange spotted with crimson,
white at the tip, lateral lobes obliquely obo-
vate, obtuse, with a pair of cuneate calli be-
tween them ; middle lobe orbicular, ending in
2 white cirrhi. Jan., Feb. Philippines. B.M.
6622. I.H. 31:540. F. 1882:49. Gn. 22:.S48;
45, p. 426. G.C. II. 16:753; III. 4:389. J.H.
111.34:157. P. E. ll:393.-Very near P. Schil-
leriana, but very different in color. Var.
punctatissima, Hort., has the sepals and petals
profusely spotted with purplish red.

5. Schilleriina, Reichb. f. Fig. 1737. Lvs.
6-lS in. long, oblong, dark green and mottled
with gray above, purple below: panicle droop-
ing, flat, as much as 3 ft. long and nearly as
broad, bearing often over 100 fls. each 2M-3 in.
across: dorsal sepals obovate, acute, the lateral
ones ovate, rich rose-lilac; petals large, rhom-
boid, colored like the sepals; labellum colored
like the rest of the flower or paler and often spotted with
reddish brown and having a yellow callus; lateral lobes
rounded - oblong, with 2 quadrangular calli between
them, middle lobe oval, ending in two divergent horns.
Jan. -March. Philippines. B.M. 5530. F.S. 15:1559.
I.H. 10:348-, 35:56; 43, p. 154. S.H. 2, p. 47. Gn. 3, p.
183; 22:348; 33, p. 615; 35, p. 363; 38, p. 157; 48, p.
484. G.C. II. 12:301; III. 3:529; 17:367. F.M. 1877:257.
R.H. 1886:390. A.G. 14:65. G.F. 4:390. A. F. 11:1081.

6. Ldwii, Reichb. f. Lvs. 4-5, oblong, fleshy, deep
green, tinged with purple: panicle slender, 5-20-fld. :
fls. IK in. in diam., white flushed with purple; dorsal
sepals broadly ovate, lateral sepals oblong; petals fan-
shaped, with a rounded apex; labellum violet-purple,
lateral lobes small, reflexed, middle lobe oblong; rostel-
lum very long-beaked. Fls. during summer months.
Moulmein (India). B.M. 5351. F.S. 18:1910. Gn. 9:14.
G.C. III. 2:745.

7. Esmerdlda, Reichb. f. (P. antennifera, Reichb. f. ).
Lvs. oblong, acute, 4-8 in. long, gray-green with few
dull purple spots: raceme erect, 6-10-fld., 6-18 in. high:
fls. about 1 in. in diam., dark or pale purple to white
with red streaks; lateral sepals ovate, dorsal sepals
obovate ; petals obovate ; labellum clawed, 3 lobed,
lateral lobes ovate to rotund, erect, yellowish; middle
lobe broad, obtuse, deep purple; claw with a slender
appendage on each side. Cochin China, etc. B.M. 7196.
P.M. 1879:358. R.H. 1877, p. 107.

PHAL.ENOPSIS

PHARBITIS

1293

8. amethystina, Reiclib. f. A small species with
cuneate-oblong Ivs. : fls. small, cream-colored with
an amethyst labellum; sepals cuneate-oblong, ob-
tuse; petals subequal or a little smaller; lateral
lobes o£ the labellum cuneate; middle lobe obovate,
notched. Malay. G.O. 1870:1731.

9. vioia.cea, Teijsm & Binn. Lvs. oblong, 8-12
in. long, light shining green : flower-stalks not
longer than the Ivs. : fls. few, 2 in. across; sepals
and petals broadly lanceolate, yellowish white,
changing to rose-violet toward the base; middle
lobe of the labellum fleshy, deep purple, with a yel-
low callus; side lobes small, erect, purple and
orange. May-Oct. Sumatra. F. M. 1879:342. G.
C. II. 16: 145. -Plant of dwarf habit. The fls. re-
main on the plant a long time.

10. Cornu-cSrvi, Blume & Reichb. f. Lvs. about
9 in. long, leathery, oblong: flower-stem about as
long as the lvs., erect, clavate, bearing 6-12 fls.:
fls. yellowish green, barred with reddish brown ;
sepals and petals fleshy, lanceolate, the latter small-
er ; labellum whitish, lateral lobes erect on the
irregular, fleshy, excavated claw, middle lobe cres-
cent-shaped, apiculate. Summer. Trop. Asia, Java
and Sumatra. B.M. 5570 {nsPolycIiilos Cornu-cervi).

11. specidsa, Reichb. f. Lvs. oblong: fls. stellate,
in racemes or panicles, white, blotched with rose-
madder; sepals oblong; petals narrower; labellum
with erect, linear, toothed, yellow side lobes, and
a fleshy, purple and white middle lobe ending in a
hairy cushion. Andaman Islands (Bay of Bengal).
G.C. II. 18:745; 26:277.

12. Sumatrina, Korth. & Reichb. f. Lvs. pointed,
about 6 in. long: inflorescence about as long as the
lvs., 6-10-fld. : sepals oblong, pointed, 1 in. or more
in length ; petals more cuneate ; all yellowish white
barred, with bands of reddish brown ; labellum
short, clawed; lateral lobes erect, meeting and each
having a short curved tooth pointing backwards :
middle lobe oblong, fleshy, white, streaked with
violet, very hairy in front. Sumatra and Borneo. B.M.
5527. F.S. 16:1644. G.C. 1865:507.

13. LuddemanniElna, Reichb. f. A small plant, with
thick, oblong fleshy lvs. 6-8 in. long: inflorescence
about as long as the lvs., with few handsome fls. near
the top: fls. 2-3 in. across; sepals and petals oblong-
acute, white, marked with transverse bars, those at the
base being amethyst, while the upper ones are brown;
labellum deep violet, with yellow blotches on the side
lobes; middle lobe oblong; side lobes erect, ligulate,
deeply 2-toothed. Feb., March. Philippines. B.M. 5523.
F.S. 16:1636. R.H. 1872:390. P. 1865:257.-The old
flower-stems of this plant produce young plants by
which the species may be easily increased.

Var. oehracea, Reichb. f. A form with yellowish fls.
and ochre-colored bars. R.H. 1872:390.

14. PArisMl, Reichb. f. Dwarf: lvs. oblong-lanceo-
late, acute, 2^ in. long : fls. in 6-10-fld. racemes
scarcely longer than the lvs., crowded; dorsal sepals
oblong, lateral broadly ovate, white ; petals obovate-
spatulate, white; lateral lobes of the labellum small,
horn-like, yellow, with purple spots, middle lobe broadly
triangular, red-purple, often white on the disk; crest
semilunar, broken up into subulate filaments in front;
the disk has a peculiar appendage ending in 4 long
subulate filaments. Burma and Moulmein. B.M. 5815.

15. rdsea, Lindl. Lvs. oblong, dark green, obliquely
retuse: scape about a ft. long, nodding, dark purple,
hearing 12-14 fls. : sepals and petals ovate, obtuse,
white, tinged with pink in the center; labellum rose-
colored, scarcely longer than the sepals; lateral lobes
small, lunate, middle lobe ovate. Philippines. B.M.
5212. F.S. 16:1645. G.C. 1848:671.

F.LlsterU. Advertised, but doubtful.— P. Ydlentini, Reichb.
f. Plant of the habit of P. violacea, with narrower lvs.: sepals
cuneate-oblong, purple, with the lateral sepals white at the
base; petals like the lateral sepals or barred with purple; la-
bellum short, clawed, mauve, white and yellow. Malay.

Heinkich Hasselbeing.

PHALAWGITIM Liliastrum. See Paradisea Lili-
astruni.

See No. 5.

PHALABIS (old Greek name used by Dioscorides,
probably from phalos, shining; in allusion to the shin-
ing seed). Gramlnece. Ten species, mostly of southern
Europe, one native throughout the northern part of
North America, a variety of which is the Ribbon Grass.
P. Canariensis, Canary Grass, which is cultivated in
Europe for bird-food or sometimes as a cereal, is occa-
sionally found in this country along roadsides. This
annual species, on account of its variegated ovate
spikes, is worthy of cultivation as an ornamental grass.
Spikelets 1-fld., collected in heads or spike-like panicle's.
Empty glumes 4, but the second and third minute.
Outer glumes boat-shaped, awnless.

arundinacea, Linn. Reed Canakv Grass. A tall per-
ennial (2-6 ft.) with flat Y^ in. wide lvs. and an elongated
spike-like panicle (open in anthesis) of whitish spikelets,
native through northern America in wet ground, where
it is an important forage grass. Recommended for
planting in parks and grounds along the banks of
streams or artificial ponds. A very striking native
grass.

Var. varieg&ta (var. picfa). Ribbon Grass. Gar-
dener's Garters. Fig. 1738. Lvs. longitudinally striped
with white. Commonly cult, for ornament and some-
times run wild about old places.

A. S. Hitchcock.

PHALOCALLIS (Greek words referring to the delicacy
of the cone formed by the crests). Iriddcefe. Referred
by Baker to Cypella. The plant offered as P. phimbea,
Herb., by Dutch bulb-growers is Cyp611a pliimhea,
Lindl., a South Brazilian species dilfering from those
described at p. 429 as follows: corm large: lvs. lanceo-
late: stem stout, 2^ ft. long: fls. dull lilac; outer seg-
ments 13l2-2 in. long; inner with a small obovate blade
and long claw; style-branches 2-fld, each fork with 1
erect and 2 spreading spurs. B.M. 3710 (fls. chiefly
lilac). F.S. 4:395 (chiefly light blue). F.S. 14:1466
{flore striatOj veined and flushed with rich purple
shades on a white ground).

PHARBITIS. See Ipomoea.

1294

PHASEOLUS

PHASEOLUS

1738. Ribbon Grass— Phalaris arundinacea, var. variegata.
(See pcage 1293.)

■ PHASEOLUS (ancient Latin name, somewhat altered,
of a bean). Zegumindsa'. Bean. Annual or perennial
mostly twining herbs, or some of them woody at the
base, with mostly pinnately 3-foIiolate stipellate leaves,
axillary peduncles bearing clusters of white, yellow,
red or purplish papilionaceous flowers, and more or less
compressed (tlat-sided) several to many-seeded 2-valved
pods. Many species have been described, all of warm
countries, but there are probably not more thau 100
kinds that can be clearly separated as species. From
its allied genera, Phaseolus is separated by minute
characters of calyx, style and keel. In Phaseolus the style
is bearded along the inner side, and the stigma is oblique
or lateral rather than capitate on the end of the style ;
the keel is coiled into a spiral body, including the 10
diadelphous stamens (in 9 and 1).

Since Phaseoli are tropical or warm-country plants,
they must not be subjected to frost. Most of them are
garden annuals which are given a warm place after all
danger of frost is past. One of them, P. OaracaUa, is
sometimes grown as a greenhouse climber, but in Cali-
fornia and other warm parts it thrives in the open and
climbs hedges and trees, often smothering them. The
culture is set forth iinder Bean, but the species are
contrasted below. See, also, Canavalia, Glycine,
Mucuna, Vicia, Vigna.

INDEX.

ueonitifolius, 5. gonospermus, 8. oblongus, 8.

adeiianthus, 2. inaiticenus, 7. piiberulus. 7.

amoenus, 2. latisili'Quus, 7. radiatus, 6.

Caracalla, 1. Limensis, 7. retusus, 4.

carinatus, 8. lunatus, 7. saccharatus , 7.

cirrhosus, 2. macrocarpus, 7. spkceHcus, 8.

compressus, 8. multifioms, 3. Tnvxillensis, 2.

elUpticus, 8. Mxingo, 6. vulgaris. 8.

fcecimdiis, 7. nanus, 8. Xiiarezii, 7.
glaber, 6.

A. Perennial tall-twining species, with large, fragrant,
sliowy fls., and nearly or quite glabrous Ivs.
1. Caracilla, Linn. Caracol. Snail-Flower. Cork-
screw-Flower. Leaflets broadly rhombic-ovate, pointed
or acuminate: fls. large and fleshy, in axillary racemes,

light purple to yellowish, very fragrant, the large keel
coiled like a snail shell. Tropics, probably of the Old
World. B.R. 4:341. V. 2, p. 370. -Naturalized in parts
of California, where it grows 20 or more feet high, some-
times becoming a nuisance. It is an old-fashioned
glasshouse plant in cold climates, but is now rarely
seen. It is sometimes planted out in summer.

2. adendnthus, Meyer (P. amcenvs, Soland. P. Trnx-
ilUnsis, HBK. P. cirrhdsus, HBK.). Foliage much
like that of the last, the Ifts. ovate and somewhat acute :
fls. very showy, red (or light blue ?), fragrant, in dense
almost capitate clusters: pod4-Gin. long, usually curved.
Tropics; grown sparingly in southern California.

AA. Perennial from tuberous roots {but P. multiflorvs
grown as an annual N.), the fls. either large or
small, the Ivs. pubescent or scabrous.

3. multifldnis,Willd. Scarlet Runner Bean. Dutch
Case-Knife Bean (a white variety). Fig. 1739. Root
thickened and tuberous, perennial in the South but per-
ishing in the North: plant tall-twining and slender,
minutely pubescent: Ifts. thin, rhombic-ovate and acute,
scabrous -pubescent : fls. rather large and showy, in
racemes, in the Scarlet Runner type red, in the Dutch
Case-Knife white, the keel not distinctly projecting: pods
long (3-6 in.), with a curved slender type: beans large
and plump, much flattened or nearly cylindric, red and
black in the Scarlet Runner, white in the many other
forms. South American or Mexican, but now widely
.spread. — The Scarlet Runner form is popular as an orna-
mental vine for arbors and to cover windows, sometimes
being known as Flowering Bean or Painted Lady. The
Dutch Case-Knife is a vegetable-garden plant, grown for
its beans. Various forms of the plant are grown for food
by the Mexicans, and these sometimes appear in our west-
ern country. Melde*s Perennial and Irvine 'sHybrid beans
are apparently white-fld. forms. The color of flower and
seed seems always to be associated in this species. A
dwarf or "bush " form, probably of P. multifloriis, was
introduced a few years ago as Barteldes' Dwarf Lima
(see Bull. 87, Cornell Esp.Sta.). Pig. 1740. It is not un-
likely that more

than one species
is passing as P.
multi floras, some
of the Mexican
forms being im-
perfectly under-
stood.

1739. Phaseolus
multiflorus (X J^).
White-seeded form,

1740. Barteldes Bush Lima (X >o).
Probably a form of PhaseolKSimfltiflorvs.

PHASEOLUS

PHASEOLUS

1295

4. rettisus, Benth. Metcalfe Bean. Root very large,
said sometimes to weigh 30 lbs., running deep into ttie
ground: stem trailing, roughisli: Ifts. rhombic to oblong,
mostly obtuse and often retuse, rough on both sides; fls.
in loose, interrupted racemes,
rather small, purple: pod flat,
short, broadly oblong, some-
what curved. Tex., west and

1741. Sieva Bean—
Phaseoluslunatus (X ^'o)

1742. Pods of Sieva, Large Lima.

Potato Lima (X ^3},

Tlie two last are forms of P. lu-

natus, var. macrocarpus.

south. — Lately recommended as a forage plant in the
dry regions of the Southwest. The Ivs. are thick and
heavy and well adapted to dry, hot climates. Stems
grow 8-10 ft. or more long.

AAA. Annual {at least in the JV.), either twining or

^^busli," the Ivs. rnostly pubescent, cult, for food.

— Garden beans of various kinds.

B. Pod usually K in. or less broad: usually not climbing .

5. aconitlSolius, Jacq. Moth Bean. A diffuse, bushy

or somewhat trailing plant with loosely brown hairy

1743. Henderson Dwarf Lima, a form of Phaseolus
lunatus (X %).

slender stems, growing 1-2 ft. tall: Ifts. mostly ovate
to rhombic-ovate, 2-3-lobed at the apex for one-fourth
to one-half their length, the lobes narrow and obtuse;

82

stipules small, narrow and pointed : fls. very small, yel-
lowish, in heads on the ends of hairy axillary peduncles;
pod becoming 2 in. long, nearly cylindrical, glabrous.
India, where it is cult, for human food and for forage,
but only rarely seen in collections in this country. It is
said to be able to withstand much dry weather.

6. Mungo, Linn. Gram. Erect or
nearly so, 1-2 ft., stout, with the fur-
rowed stems densely clothed with
long brown hairs; Ivs. large and
long-stalked : Ifts. very broadly
ovate or nearly rhomboid-orbicular,
usually entire, thin, short-acute;
stipules large, ovate ; fls. rathei-
.small, yellowish, in a capitate clus-
ter of 5 or 6 on the end of the
stout hairj' peduncle: pod 3 in. or
less long, nearly cylindrical, some-
what curved, bearing 10-15 beans.
S. Asia, where it is everywhere cul-
tivated for human food.— Rarely
seen in this country. In habit it
somewhat resembles the Soy bean
(Glycine). The slender pod is
hairy at first, but the hairs are de-
ciduous. It is very variable. From
botanists it has received many
names.

Var. glaher, Roxbg. Lvs. and
pod, and sometimes the stem, gla-
brous.—A domestic form. This is
probably the Adzuki bean of
Georgeson, Bull. 32, Kans. Exp.
Sta., where it is praised for the
high quality of the bean. He de-
scribes 2 forms, the White-podded
and Black-podded Adzuki, both
with small red or brownish seeds
with truncated ends and i
narrow scar. Pods 3-5 in.
long.

Var. radiS,tus, Hook. f.
{P.radidtuSjIjmii.). Stems
twining, all parts densely
hairy.

BB. Pod usually % in. or
more broad: plants nat-
urally climbing, hut
giving rise to "bush"
forms,
c. Beans large and usu-
ally flat.

7. lunatus, Linn. Sieva
or Civet Beau. Figs. 1741-
4. Small and slender, usu-
ally not climbing very high :
Ifts. thin, .short and broad,
ovate - pointed (except in
special forms, as the Willow -
leaf) ; fls. of medium size,
white or whitish, in axillarj'
racemes : pods small and
papery, 2-3 in. long, much
curved on the back and pro-
vided with a long tip, split-
ting open when ripe and the
valves twisting: beans
small and flat, white, brown
or mottled. Trop. America.
— Widely cult, in warm coun-
tries, and prized for its earli-
ness and prolificacy. It gives rise to dwarf or bush
forms, as the Dwarf Carolina, Henderson Bush Lima
(Fig. 1743). Common in American gardens.

Var. maorocArpus, Benth. {P. ifiamTemis, Linn. P.
Lim6nsis, sacchar&tu^, foicundus, latlsiUquus, Mac-
fadyen. P. pubirulus, HBK. P. Xuaresii, Zncc).
Lima Bean. Figs. 1742, 1744. Distinguished from the
Sievas by tall, robust growth and late ripening; Ifts.
large and thick, ovate-lanceolate ; pods fewer to the ra-
ceme, straight or nearly so, without a prominent tip.

1744. Leaves of Phaseolus
lunatus.
Two upper ones, Willow
Leaf, a very narrow - leaved
form of the Sieva type ; mid-
die one. Potato Lima; lowest
one, Large Wiiite Lima, the
two later beiag var, macro-
carpus.

1296

PHASEOLUS

PHELLODENDRON

not readily splitting at maturity : beans very large,
white, red, black or speckled. South Amer. — Widely
grown in the tropics, and one of the richest of beans.
Unreliable in the northern states because of the short,
cool seasons. There are two forms in cult, in the U. S. :
Flat- or Large-seeded Linias, with seeds very flat and

1745, Leaf of Phaseolus vulcaris.

veiny and more or less lunate in shape, and very broad
flat pods, with a distinct but not prominent pod, and
broad-ovate Ifts. ; Potato Limas, with smaller tumid
seeds, shorter and thicker pods, with a very short point,
and long-ovate, tapering Ifts., with angular base. In
both these groups there are dwarf or bush forms, — Bur-
pee Dwarf Lima in the former, and Kumerle Dwarf
Lima in the latter. The Lima Bean is perennial in the
tropics.

CO. Sea US relatively small , ohlong and nearly cylin-
drical.

8. vulgaris, Linn. CoaiMON Bean. Kidney Bean of
the English. Haricot of the French. Pigs. ITiS-T.
Slender, twining, more or less pubescent: Ifts. rhombic-
ovate or ovate, acuminate: peduncles shorter than the
petioles, few-fld. at or near the apex: fls. small, white,
yellowish or blue - purple : pod slender, somewhat
curved, provided with a straight or curved tip. Now
believed to be tropical American. — Here belong all the
common garden pole beans, aside from the Lima types,
including the Pole Cranberry (Pig. 1747), and so-called
Horticultural Lima. Runs into very many forms.

Var. n&nus (P. n(imis, Linn.). Bush Bean. A do-
mesticated race, differing only in its dwarf or "bush"
habit. It is now tlie more popular type, particularly in
America, since it requires no labor in providing poles
or other support. This includes all the common gar-
den and field beans.

1746. Long-podded forms of Phaseolus vulgaris.

For a history of garden or kidney beans, see Georg
von Martens, "Die (iarteubohnen," 18G9. He makes 7
specific types and many subtypes or botanical varieties.
His species are: P. vulgaris, Siivi. Pod straightish and
subtorulose, long-niucronate ; seeds somewhat com-
pressed, oblong-reniform. P. compressus, Martens
Climbing: pods compressed and broad, short-mucronate;
seeds strongly compressed, oblong-reniform. P. govo-
spermns, Savi. Climbing: pod subincurved, torulose
and short-mucronate; seed"* somewhat compressed and

irregularly angular-truncate. P. carinatus^ Martens.
Climbing: pod falcate and rugose; seeds teretiwh, elon-
gated, somewhat truncate-carinate. P. oblongtts, Savi.
Dwarf, erect: pod subcylindrical, straightish, long-
raucronate; seeds subreniform-cylindric, twice longer
than broad. P. ellipfictts. Martens. Low. erect or
somewhat climbing: pod straightish, more or less
torulose; seeds small, tumid-elliptic. P. spJx^ricits^
Martens. Nearly erect, or climbing: pod straightish
and constricted; seeds large and subglobose.

L. H. B.
PHEASANT'S EYE.' JVarcissiis poeticvs, Diantlms
fhimarius, and Adonis.

PHEGOPTERIS (CJreek, heech-fern) . Folypodictcem.
Beech, Oak or Sun Pekn. A genus of ferns allied to
Dryopteris in habit, but with no indusium, the sori being
entirely naked. There are numerous tropical American
and Sandwich Island species worthy of cultivation in
warmhouses. Three of our native species
are sometimes offered in the trade. For
culture, see page 575.

a. Fronds { Ivs. ) small or medium-sised,
at most tripinnatifid. {Native spe-
cies.)
B. Ia's. hipinnafifidf broadly tri-
angular.
hexagonbptera, Fee [Pohjpbdium Jiex-
agondpterinn, Micbx.). Lvs. 9-15 in.
long, usually broader than long, pale
green; lower pair of pinnte deflexed
and set forward; sori marginal. East-
ern U. S.

polypodioides, F^e. Lvs. 5-9 in. long,
longer than broad, dark green, slightly
hairy beneath ; sori nearer the margin
than the midrib. Eu. and northeastern
N. Amer.

BB. Lvs. tripinnatifid, lanceolate.
alp^stris, F(5e. Lvs. 1-2 ft. long, 6-8
in. wide, with numerous finely cut lance-
olate pinnae, the lobes toothed ; thinly
herbaceous. Eu. and northwest Amer.
Has the habit of Asplenium Hlix-fcemina

BBB. Lvs. fernately tripinnatifid.
Dry6pteris, F^e. Oak Fern. Lvs.
triangular, 3-9 in. each way, the lowest
pinnae nearly eqtial to the central (ter-
minal) portion, giving the leaf a ternate
appearance. Eu. and N. Amer.

aa. Fronds (lvs.) several feet long,
decompound.
' Kerandreni^na, Gaud. Lvs. several
feet long, decompound with light brownish polished
stalks, and straw-colored rachides; texture herbaceous;
sori near the margins of the segments. Sandwich
Islands. Also advertised under Polypodium.

L. M. Underwood.

The American species are of easy culture in shady
places, and increase rapidly by creeping rootstocks.
The fronds are light green, of a distinct and attractive
hue. They have the fault of dying down for the sea-
son before the summer is over, especially when grow-
ing in rather dry positions. P. polypodioides prefers
a moist, shaded place. It is not so quickly deciduous
as the other two species. P. hexago7ioptera is suited
for almost any shaded position. The fronds often die
down in August, and at this season are occasionally
much and handsomely variegated with pure white. P.
L>ryopteris is one of the most beautiful of small Ameri-
can hardy ferns. It is eminently suited to shady rock-
work, though it completes its growth early in the season.

F. W. Barclay.

PHELL0DI:NDK0N (Greek, pJiellos, cork, and den-
dron, tree; alluding to the corky bark). Bntdcea'.
Ornamental deciduous trees with large, opposite, odd-
pinnate lvs., inconspicuous greenish fis. in short
terminal panicles and black frs. P. A^nurense is quite

1747. Cranberry
Pole Bean —
Phaseolus vul-
garis ixyi).

PHELLODENDRON

THILADELPHUS

1297

hardy as far north as Mass., but P. Japonieum is some-
what tender; the first has been recommended as a street
tree for western cities, as it resists drought and heat in
summer and seems to be not attacked by insects. It is
of rapid growth when young and forms a rather low,
round head. It seems to grow in almost any kind of
soil except in a very moist one. Prop, by seeds, which
are produced freely when both sexes are planted and by
root cuttings, dug up in fall and stored during the
winter in moist sand or sphagnum. Two closely related
species in E. Asia and Japan. Fls. dicecious, in terminal
short panicles; sepals and petals 5-8, ovate-lanceolate;
stamens 5-6, longer than petals: ovary 5-celled, with a
short, thick style: fr. a black drupe with 5 small one-
seeded stones.

Amur6nse, Rupr. Chinese Cork Tkee. Tree, to 50 ft.,
with spreading branches forming a broad, round head;
bark of the trunk light gray, corky; almost glabrous:
Ifts. 7-17, ovate to ovate -lanceolate, narrowed or
rounded at the base, long-acuminate, minutely crenu-
late,dark green and somewhat shining above, glaucescent
and glabrous beneath or pubescent only on the midrib:
fr. globose, black, about % in, across, with a strong
turpentine-like odor when bruised. June. N. China,
Amurland, Japan.

Jap6iiiciiin, Maxim. Closely allied to the preceding.
Lfts. ovate, rounded or truncate at base, acuminate dull
green above, pubescent beneath, with rather prominent
veins ; leaf-stalk and inflorescence pubescent. June.
Japan. — Less hardy than the preceding and probably
only a variety of it; but sometimes thrives in New
England. Alfred Rehder.

PHENOLOGY fcontraction of phenomenology; that
is, the science of phenomena) : the study of the rela-
tionships between the climate of any place and the
annual periods of plants and animals. Plants vege-
tate, bloom, and ripen fruit at more or less definite
seasons, each after its kind; animals mate, bear young,
migfate and hibernate each also after its kind; but
these recurring events are related to the climate in
■which these things live: with these inter-relationships
Phenology has to do. The most complete means of
■comparing the climate of one year with that of another
are the life-events of the animals and plants of the
years. Thermometrical readings are the customary
measures, but the thermometers record only tempera-
ture, whereas local climate is modified by conditions
of humidity, cloudiness, the sequence of atmospheric
changes, and many subtle agencies which cannot be
measured by means of instruments. Living things are
the agents that really measure climate. A record of
the life-events of living things, therefore, even though
imperfect, should contribute to the science of clima-
tology; and incidentally it should contribute much to
the science of biology. Records of plant-events are
more comparable than those of animal-events, because
plants are stationary and have no volition to adapt
themselves to inclemencies by means of change of po-
sition, diet, or otherwise; therefore, plants emphati-
cally express cllmatal influence. A record of the first
blooming of a given apple tree, for example, during a
series of years would give comparable measures of the
lateness or earliness of the different seasons. Most
so-called phenological observations in this country have
been mere records of dates of blooming, leafing, migra-
tion of birds, peeping of frogs, and the like, without
correlative data respecting the local climate. They are
therefore of relatively little consequence to science. In
this country the literature of Phenology is very meager.
See Bailey, Essay 17, "Survival of the Unlike," and
"Instructions for taking Phenological Observation,"
"Weather Review," Sept., 1896, U. S. Weather Bureau.

L. H. B.

PHILAD^LPHTIS (name of an ancient Egyptian
king; applied to this genus with no obvious reason).
Saxifragdcexe. Mock Orange. Stringa. Ornamental
deciduous or rarely half-evergreen shrubs with opposite
entire or serrate Ivs. and white showy fls. in terminal ra-
cemes or solitary on short branchlets, appearing mostly
in June and often very fragrant. Most of them are
hardy North except P. CoitUerl, Mexiranus and the

other Mexican species; P, tomentosns and Billardl are
only half-hardy. They are well adapted to shrubberies
and are mostly of medium height, the tallest being P.
pubescenSf which grows to about 20 ft.; P. Gordoni-
anus and P. inodorus grow nearly as high, while
P. ■microphijllus hardly exceeds 3 ft. They thrive well
in almost any well-drained soil and even under trees.
If pruning is needed it should be done after flowering,
since the fls. appear on the wood formed the previous
year. Prop, usually by hardwood cuttings, or by
suckers and greenwood cuttings under glass; also by
layers and by seeds, but they are very apt to hybridize
when several species are growing together.

About 30 species have been described. They are dis-
tributed through the northern hemisphere; in N. Amer.
south to Guatemala and from southeast Europe to
Himalayas and Japan. All are shrubs with exstipulate,
petioled more or less distinctly 3-nerved Ivs. : fls. solitary
or racemose; calyx-lobes, petals and styles ustially 4;
stamens 20-40: fr. a dehiscent, 4-valved, many-seeded
capsule. Owing to the absence of well-marked charac-
ters the species are often rather difficult to distinguish,
and this difficulty is much increased by the numerous
hybrids which have originated in cultivation. The
latest account of this genus is a short monograph by
E. Koehne in Gartenflora, Vol. 45 (1890), p. 450, etc.,
where 33 species are distinguished, of which 20 are
American.

It seems strange that Philadelphus is popularly
known under the name of Syringa, a very different
genus of no botanical affinity and little resemblance;
but this is only continuing the usage of the old
herbalists who used to unite under Syringa species of
Philadelphus, Syringa and Jasmine. Thus we find in
Gerarde's "Herball," first published in 1597, descrip-
tions and figures of St/ringa alba, White Pipe, S.
ccEruleUf Blue Pipe, and *y. Arabica, Arabian Pipe, the

1748. Philadelphus coronarius— Mock Orangre (X K).

first being Philadelphus coronarius, the second Syringa
vulgaris and the third Jasniinum Sambae. This
accounts also for the German popiilar name Jasmine
for Philadelphus. In French Syringa has been changed
to Seringa, and is tised in this form as the popular
name for Philadelphus. Linnaeus decided to take up
the name Syringa for the S. cfcrulea of the older
botanists and Syringa alba he called Philadelphus, a
name previously used for the same plant by some of the
old herbalists.

INDEX.

argenteo-margin-

Gordonianus, 2.

Pekinensis. 6.

ata, 8.

grandiflorus, 1, 12.

primulEetiorus, 8.

aurexis, 8.

hirsutus, I'd.

pubescens, 1.

Avalanche, 10.

inodorus, 12.

rosseflorus, 8.

Boule d'argent, 10.

latifolius, 1.

salicifolius, 8.

Califoruious. 5.

laxus, 11.

Satsumi, 4.

Candelabra, 10.

Lenioinei. 10.

speciosissimus, 9.

coronarius. 6. 8.

Lewisi, 3.

speciosus, 11.

dianthiflorus, 8.

mierophylhis, 14.

spectahilis, 1.

ereotus, 10.

ilont Blanc. 10.

trinervius, 13.

Falconeri, 7.

multiflorus pleuus.

undulatus, 11.

floribundus.l, and

8.

. Yokohamce, 4.

suppl. lisit.

nanus. 8.

Zeyheri, 9.

Gerbe de Neige, 10.

nivalis,!.

1298

PHILADELPHUS

PHILADELPHUS

A. Bark of last year's branches not peeling off: fls. in
racemes.

B. Cahjx pubescent oxitside: bark gray.

1. pub6sceu3, Loisel. {P. latifdllus, Schrad. P. grandi-
fldrus, var. floribilndiis, A. Gray). Shrub, to 20 ft. high:
mature branches of this year yellowish brown, those of
last year lig:ht gray: Ivs. broadly ovate, dentate, pubes-
cent beneath. 2-4 in. long: racemes rather loose, 5-11-

1749. Philadelphus coronarius.

fid. : fls. creamy white, scentless, lM-2 in. across. June,
July. Tennessee. B.R. 7:570 and Gn. 40, p. 289 {as P.
grandiflorus), B.R. 23:2003 and G.C. II. 16:81 (as P.
speciosus ) . — The figures quoted above do not represent
typical plants; they are probably partly hybrids of this
species with P. grandiflorus and i nod or us, hut the figure
accompanying the original description by Loiseleur in
Herbier gen. de I'amateur, Vol. IV, t. 2G8, agrees well
with wild plants from Tennessee. A dwarf form with
double fls., cult. as P. nivalis spectahilis florepleno, prob-
ably belongs to this species. P. pubescens of Koch and
of Koehne is P. verrucosus; see supplementary list.

BB. Calyx glabrous outside: hark brown or grayish
brown.

2. Gordonianus, Lindl. Shrub, to 12 ft., with grayish
brown branches: Ivs. broadly ovate to elliptic, coarsely
dentate, especially those of the young shoots, light
green, pubescent beneath, thin, l>2-3 in. long: racemes
dense, 5-7-tid. : fls. pure white, scentless, !%-!% in.
across; petals oval-oblong: ovary half -superior. June,
July. Wash, to Ore. B.R. 25:32. Gn. 3, p. 233,

3. L6wisi, Pursh. Upright shrub, to 8 ft.: bark of
branches dark or grayish brown, usually with numer-
ous horizontal cracks: Ivs. broadly ovate or elliptic-
ovate, entire or sparingly dentate, glabrous or some-
what hairy beneath, thickish at maturity, 1^-3 in. long:
racemes short and dense, 5-9-fld.: fls. short-stalked,
1-1?^ in. across, scentless. June, July. Brit. Colo, to
Calif.

4. Satsiimi, Sieb. (P. Yokohdmce, Hort.). Shrub, to
8 ft., erect: branches of last year with grayish brown
bark, usually marked with whitish, longitudinal fis-
sures: Ivs. ovate, long-acuminate, dentate or sometimes
entire, almost glabrous, 3-6 in. long: racemes loose,
erect, 7-9-fld. : fls. about I in. across, slightly fragrant.
IVlay, June. Japan.

AA. Bark of last year's branches jyeeling off in thin
flakes, brown.

B. Pis. in many-fid. panicles, hut sometimes racemose
on weaker branches.

5. Cali!6micus, Benth. Upright shrub, to 8 ft., with
brown branches: Ivs. ovate, with few teeth or almost
entire, glabrous or somewhat pubescent beneath, thick-
ish at maturity, \%-~% in. long: fls. %-\ in. across,
scentless; petals oblong. June, July. Wash, to Calif.
— Similar in habit to P. Lewisi, to which it is usually
referred as a variety.

BB. Pis. in 5~9~fld. racemes, rarely 3.

c. Ijvs. glabrous or nearly so beneath, ovai e -lanceo-
late : pedicels glabrous.

G. Pekin^nsis, Rupr. {P. coronarius, var. Pekinhisis,
Maxim.). Upright shrub, to 5 ft.: Ivs. ovate-lanceo-
late, acuminate, denticulate, thickish at maturity, 134-
3 in. long; petioles purplish: racemes short and dense,
usually 5-11-fld. : fls, \% in. across, slightly fragrant;
style divided only at the apex. May, June. Mongolia,
N. China. — Dense, upright, but rather low, free-flower-
ing shrub.

7. r^lconeri, Sarg. Shrub, to 8 ft., with slender,
arching branches : Ivs. ovate -lanceolate, acuminate,
denticulate, 1^2-3 in. long, thickish at maturity: fls. 3-
7, slender-pedicelled, fragrant, pure white, about ly^ in.
across; calyx-lobes lanceolate; petals oblong, acute;
style much longer than stamens, deeply divided. June.
Origin unknown; probably Japanese. G.F. 8:497.
M.D.G. 1899:231. Gng. 8:340. -Very graceful shrub,
wide-spreading.

cc. Irvs. more or less pubescent beneath, visually
ovate.

8. coronarius, Linn. Fig. 1748, 1479. Shrub, to 10 ft.,
with upright branches: Ivs. ovate to ovate-elliptic, usu-
ally acute at both ends, denticulate, sparingly pubes-
cent beneath, 2—4 in. long: fls. 5-9 in rather dense ra-
cemes, creamy white, very fragrant, on rather short
pubescent pedicels; petals oval; style divided about one-
half. May, June. S. E. Eu., Caucasus. B.B. 2:18G.-This
is the common Mock Orange, less showy than the follow-
ing species and of somewhat stiff habit, but deliciously
fragrant. There are several vars. in cultivation. Var.
argenteo-marginata, Hort. Lvs. edged creamy white,
and other variegated forms. Var. aureus, Hort. Foli-
age yellow. Var. nanus, Schrad. Dwarf, compact shrub,
with dark green foliage; flowers but rarely. Var. sa-
licifolia, Hort. Lvs. lanceolate or linear-lanceolate.
There are also several vars. with double fls., as vars.
dianthindrus, multiflorus planus, primulEeflorus (R.H.
1870, p. 305), rosaeflorus, mostly of dwarfer habit than
the type.

9. Z6ylieri, Schrad. Probably hybrid of the preceding
and P. inodorus: lower than P. coronarius and more
spreading, with sometimes arching branches : lvs.
ovate, usually rounded at the base: fls. usually 5, pure
white, slightly fragrant or scentless, \%-\% in. broad;
style sometimes longer than stamens, divided one-half
or less. June. Of garden origin. The different forms
of P. Zeyheri are, besides those of the following hy-
brid, the most showy of the genus, bearing the large,
pure white fls. in great profusion along the branches.
P. speciosissinius, Hort., belongs here.

10. Lem6mei, Lemoine. Hybrid of P. microphyllus
with P. coronarius, of varying habit: lvs. ovate to ovate-
elliptic or ovate-lanceolate, usually pubescent beneath
and %-2^2 in. long: fls. 3-7 in short racemes, very
sweet-scented ; petals oval to oblong, mostly dentate
at the apex. G.F. 2:617. — Some of the best forms of
this hybrid are Avalanche. Graceful shrub, with slen-
der arching branches, covered almost the whole length
with showy white fls. G.C. III. 21 :89. M.D.G. 1896:293.
Gerbe de Neige is similar, but the fls. are larger. Boule
I'argent has large, double fls. and the habit of P. coro-
narius. G.C. HI. 18:19 and 23, suppl. 28 May. Can-
d^labre. Low shrub, with upright branches covered with
large fls. M.D.G. 189G:294. Var. er^ctus. Upright, to
5 ft., covered with white fls. Mont Blanc is similar in
habit, but fls. larger and showier.

PHILADELPHUS

PHILIPPINE ISLANDS

1299

BBB. J'^ls, IS, occasionally 5.

C. Flowering hrancltlefs 2 in. or more long, with 3 or 3
pairs of rather large Ivs.: pedicels and calyx
glabrous.

11. lixus, Schrad. (P.undul&tns, Hort. P. speciosus,
Schrad.). Shrub, to 8 ft., with spreading slender
branches: Irs. elliptic-ovate to oblong-lanceolate, entire
or sparingly denticulate, often slightly recurved and
pendulous, sparingly appressed pubescent beneath, 2-4
in. long: tls. oftener solitary, scentless, 1-13^ in. across;
style as long as stamens. May, June. S. C. to Tenn. and
Ma. B.R. 2:186. Gng. 8:340. -This species is closely
allied to the following, and perhaps best considered a
mere variety of it.

12. inoddrus, Linn. (P. grandiflorus, Willd.]. Shrub,
similar to the former, but usually more upright and
more vigorous : Ivs. broadly ovate to elliptic-ovate, usu-
ally dentate, bearded in the axils of the veins beneath,
3-5 in. long: lis. 1-3, occasionally 5, lM-2 in. broad,
scentless ; calyx-lobes ovate-lanceolate, twice as long
as ovary; stvle often longer than stamens. May, June.
N. C. and Tenn. to Ga. B.R. 25:39 (as P. laxns).
B.M. 1478. The P. inodorus of Gray differs in its
smaller, often entire Ivs. and smaller, usually solitary
fls. with short ovate calyx-lobes. — Some forms of this
species, and especially the preceding species, have
proved tender north, but most are hardy.

cc. Flowering branchlets usually 1 in. or less long,
u'ith rather small Ivs.

13. hirsiitus, Nutt. (P. trinirvius, Schrad.). Upright
or spreading shrub, to 6 ft.: Ivs. ovate-acuminate, ser-
rate, pubescent above, grayish tomentose beneath, 1-2M
in. long: fls. 1-3, on short branchlets with usually 1 pair
of Ivs., creamy white, 1-13^ in. across, scentless; calyx
pubescent; style short, with connate stigmas. N. C. to
Ala. and Texas. Gn. 26, p. 375; 34, p. 138. S.B.P.G.
II. 2:119. B.R. 24:14. — This species is less decorative
than most of the others. It diifers from all Asiatic and
most N. American species by its winter-buds being not
enclosed in the base of the petioles, while all others ex-
cept a few southwestern species have the small winter-
bud enclosed in tlie base of the petioles, and they are
therefore not visible until the Ivs. have fallen off.

11. microphyllus, Gray. Shrub, to 3 ft. high, with
spreading slender or rigid branches: Ivs. oblong-ovate,
entire, appressed pubescent on both sides or almost
glabrous, glaucescent beneath, J^-l in. long: fls. 1-3,
white, about 1 in. across, very fragrant; calyx glabrous
or appressed-pubescent. New Mex. to Calif, and Colo.
G.C. III. 2:156. Gn. 40:824. P.G. 5:109.-One of the
most distinct species, deliciously fragrant; likes sunny,
well-drained position.

P. acmnindtus , Lange, is hardly different from P. Satsumi,
but Ivs. larger nnd broader. — P. Billdrdi, Koehne (P. piibeseens
Souvenir de Billard, Hort.) . Lvs. broadly ovate, piibeseertt be-
neath, large : fls. in many-fld. panicles, rather large : calyx
pubescent. Origin unknown. — P. Ghinensis, Hort. = P. Sat-
.'iumi. — P. Columbianus, Koehne. Closely allied to P. Gordon-
ianus, but lvs. smaller, with only 1-4 coarse teeth on each side.
Calif. — P. cordifblius, Lange. Closely allied to P. Californicus,
but panicle very mauy-fld., leafy near the base. Origin un-
known.— P. Coulteri, Wats. Allied to P. I\Iexicanus, but calyx
and lvs. densely covered witli grayish pubescence. N. Mex.
O.P. 1:2.S3.— P. floribundus, Schrad. Similar to P. coronarius:
lvs. more pubescent beneath, fls. larger and less fragrant.
Probably hybrid of P. pubescens and P. inodoiiis. — P. Godo-
hbkeri, Kirchn.=P. hirsutus ; but also P. laxns is sometimes
cult, under this name.— P. Kochidnus, Koehne, is a form of
P. Zeyheri, with the style exceeding the stamens. — P. Mexi-
cdnus, Schrad. Half-evergreen shrub with spreading branches,
allied to P. hirsutus: lvs. sparingly pubescent: fls. 2 in. across,
fragrant; stigmas not connate. Mex. to Guatemala. B.R.28:37.
E.H. 1852:381. G-.C. II. 19:753. B.M. 7600. Not hardy north.
—P. Nepalensis. l\.oehne. Allied toP. Pekinensis: lvs. broader,
pubescent in the axils of the veins beneath ; petioles not pur-
plish. Himalayas. — P. SchrenJdi, Rupr. Allied to P. coron.arius.
Upright.: lvs. large and thin: fls. scentless, smaller; style
appressed pubescent at the base; petals narrow. Manchuria.
— P. tenuifblius, Rupr. Allied to P. coronarius; with slender
spreading br.anches ; lvs. almost glabrous, thin ; fls. small,
scentless ; petals narrow. Manchuria, Amurland. — P. ionien-
tbsus, W.all. .Allied to P. coronarius : lvs. pubescent on both
sides, tomentose when young. Himalayas. — P. unibelldtus,
Koehne. Probably hybrid of P. inodorus and P. coronarius,
or an allied species: fls. in broad 2-15-fld. panicles, compound

of long-peduncled cymes. Origin unknown.- P. verrucosus,
Schrad. (P. pubescens, Koch, not Loisel.). Allied to P. pu-
bescens, but bark brown; Fls. smaller. Origin xmknown.

Alfred Rehdee.
PHILAGfiKIA. Consult Lapageria and Philesia.

PHILflSIA (Greek, ?otieZ»/). Mlidceo!. A member of
the lily family with the general appearance of some
common northern shrub is certainly an extraordinary
thing. Philesia is such a shrub, growing 3-4 ft. high,
near the Straits of Magellan, and bearing showy pen-
dulous, red, Lapageria-like fls. about', 2 in. long. It is
far removed from the ordinary lily types with 6 similar
pei-iauth-segments, for it has a distinct calyx of 3 sepals
and 3 petals. It is closely allied to Lapageria, but differs
in habit, in the calycine character of the outer perianth
and the monadelphous stamens. This plant is very rare
in cultivation. It is said to live outdoors in the most
favored localities of England and Ireland.

Magellanica, J. F. Gmel. (P. buxifbUa, Lam.). Much
branched: lvs. alternate, linear-oblong, 1-114 in. long,
leathery, evergreen, feather-veined, glabrous, glaucous
beneath; margins reflexed; petiole Jointed at the .junc-
tion of the blade: fls. solitary, bright rosy red; petals
wavy; filaments united into a tube below the middle,
then free : ovary 1-eelled, with 3 short parietal placentiB
which bear several ovule-s : fr. a berry. B.M. 4738. F
1854:65. G.C. II. 18:105'. " ^f . M. '

Philesia is too slow-growing ever to become very
popular. The undersigned cultivated this plant more
than 20 years ago, but has not seen a specimen of it for
many years, and does not know where to find one at the
present time. It is a short-Jointed, hard-wooded shrub,
with rather leathery, box-like leaves, and will grow to
about 4 feet in height in time. It is an Andean species
closely related to Lapageria, which fact will account for
that bigeneric hybrid known as Philageria Veitcliii.
Philesia is said to be found from Chile down nearly to
the Straits of Magellan, and should, therefore, be nearly
or quite hardy. In the writer's experience with it this
plant was grown in a Camellia house, in which a night
temperature of 45° was maintained, the plants being
firmly potted in a light, peaty soil. It flowered but
sparingly in the latter part of the summer. The flowers
were borne only singly in the axils of the leaves. Cut-
tings may be rooted when taken from ripened growth,
but require careful management in a cool temperature,
and are usually several months in rooting. If one tries
to grow Philesia in too high a temperature the general
result is a good crop of thrips and a case of general
debility, much as with Pernetfya mucronaia under sim-
ilar conditions. The writer does not eonsi<ler Philesia
extraordinarily hard to manage, provided it is kept cool
and in a dewy atmosphere, but it will positively rebel
against forcing. ^ jj, Taplin.

PHILIPPINE ISLANDS, HOETICULTTTEAL CAPA-
BILITIES or. Fig. 1750. The Philippine Archipelago
occupies about 700 miles of longitude and 1,000 miles of
latitude (from 4.40° to 20° north lat., and from 116.40°
to 126.30° east long.). Just across the China Sea from
the mainland of Asia. The equatorial current passes
its southern border, the Kurosliiwo originatos near the
northern limit, the eastern portion is influenced by the
Pacific drift, and over the whole the summer monsoon
bears its rain-laden clouds. Of the 1,200 or 1,300 Islands
constituting the group, many are sc:ircely more than
mountain peaks thrust above the sea, and less than 30
have an area worthy of special consideration. In gen-
eral the mountains bear in a northerly direction and
rise to such height as to materially influence the rain-
fall. The mountains are not, in the main, abrupt and
forbidding, but the elevations are gradual and deeply
indented with valleys, affording innumerable fertile
plats along the slopes. The area of the islands is given
as 114,356 square miles, of which a large percentage is
arable. Luzon has about 30 per cent of the total area
and Mindanao 29 per cent. The temperature is not
extreme and is remarkably uniform on the islands of
the archipelago. The observatory at Manila reports
that the average temperature of December— the coldest
month — for the 17 years prior to and including 1896 was

1300

PHILIPPINE ISLANDS

PHILIPPINE ISLANDS

77°, and for May — the warmest month — 82.9°, wbile the
mean temperature during that period was 80.42°, The
rainfall averages for February .4& in. For the 5 dry
months, Dec, Jan,, Feb., Mar. and Apr., the total
average is 5.47 in., and for the 6 wet months, June,
July, Aug., Sept., Oct., and Nov., the total average is
65. tio in. Observations show that the islands differ

the southeast of Luzon, with its moist, volcanic soils, is
the hemp region. Some of the smaller islands south of
Luzon, particularly Masbate and Ticao, produce hemp
principally. Large quantities of sugar are produced in
Luzon, chiefly on the sandy loam and alluvial lands in
the provinces of Parapanga, Cavity and Laguna, though
sugar estates may be found in nearly all portions of
this island. Sugar is the principal product
of Panay, Negros and Cebu. The following
report of the principal exports of the Philip-
pines for 1897 gives a condensed statement
of the present agricultural situation:

Manila hemp $8,571,850

Sugar 6,911,535

Coffee 45,648

Tobacco and cigars 2,128,380

Cocoanuts and copra 2,687,978

Sapan wood .

Indigo

Liquid indigo . . .
Ylang Ylang oil .

Candleniit oil

Candlennts

Copal

Fruits

Aloe fiber

Sesame ,

Betel-nuts

23,323
50,825
21,554
24.937
15,755
19.464
22.562

8,393
13.687

2,592
382

1750. Philippine Islands, to show the general form of the archipelago,

from one another but slightly in temperature, while
there is considerable variation on the same island due
to altitudes. Portions of Luzon are cool the entire year.
Upon the basis usually allowed in tropical countries for
decrease in temperature due to elevation, an elevation
of 5,000 ft. would give an annual mean of 00.42°. There
are tablelands where the mean would not be over 70° F.
Different portions of the same island show also wide
divergence in rainfall owing to mountain ranges.

The soils are quite varied, including not only all the
grades from sandy to stiff clay, but limestone, slaty,
vo'canie, alluvial, etc.

While the Philippines are adapted by climate and soil
to the production of almost everything that can be
grown in the tropics, the Spaniards, pursuing their
usual policy, limited their production to very narrow
lines. North Luzon, including the extensive valley of
the Rio Grande de Cagayan and its affluents, was
chiefly devoted to tobacco; the low, flat, clay loam lands
east and north of Manila, including most of the prov-
inces of Manila and Bulacan and a portion of Pampanga,
is farmed in rice. To the south of Manila the provinces
of Batangas, Cavity and Laguna produce considerable
coffee; while the long, irregular promontory forming

The principal cereals that can be pro-
duced are rice, corn, barley and tropical
wheat. The general plan for producing
rice is very crude. The rice is planted in
a seed-bed, properly prepared, the last of
April. The fore part of June, after the
rainy season has saturated the soil, the na-
tive takes his water buffalo and plows
a small field, previously surrounded by a
levee. The water and soil make a thin
mud; into this he sets the rice plants from
a seed-bed, or he occasionally sows bis rice
broadcast. The heavy succeeding rains
flood the field and perfect the crop, which
usually matures and is harvested in Decem-
ber. At harvest the rice is hand-cut with
an implement similar to a corn hook, but
lighter. The rice is bound in small bun-
dles, and when partially dry is laid upon
the levees in ricks with the heads hanging
over the bank. When cured the grain is re-
moved with the hatchel or by tramping.

There are large areas adapted to the pro-
duction of maize, but the Indian rarely
gives much attention to cultivation; hence
the results are small, except upon new
lands. With more knowledge of the maize
plant and with more industry it should be
a profitable crop. Barley and glutinous
wheat are winter crops, suited to the cli-
mate and well adapted to supplement the
food supply. Limited quantities of beans
are produced. It is not probable that any of the cereals
will be raised in surplus quantities, sufficient for export.
Fiber material, sugar, tobacco, fruits and nuts will con-
tinue to be the leading exports, with a rapid increase
of the last two, under American control.

The Philippines are more celebrated for their fiber
than for anj'^ other prodtict. The best known is Manila
hemp [Musa textilis), though there is some export of
Aloe fiber (maguey) and pineapple cloth (pina). Manila
hemp grows luxuriantly on the rich volcanic soils of
the southern Luzon peninsula. It belongs to the same
family with the banana, and its growth is similar. The
trunk is 8-10 in. in diam. and is formed entirely of con-
centric leaf-stems or petioles. It is 8-10 ft. high at
maturity. It is renewed by offshoots that spring from
the base of the old plant, which are also used to set new
fields. One setting of a plantation is good for ten
years. As soon as the trunk is mature it is cut and
each of the thick, fleshy leaf-sheaths of which it is
composed is removed. The leaf-stem is then placed on
a bench; a bar of wood with teeth on the under side is
firmly pressed upon it while two men pull the stem,
scraping the pulpy material from the fiber. The fiber is
then hung up to dry. Four men will clean 1,50 pounds

PHILIPPINE ISLANDS

PHILIPPINE ISLANDS

1301

of fiber, worth $12, per day. They receive one-half for
cleaning.

Vegetables.— The great variety of vegetables that can
be grown in the Philippines and the constant supply
that might be had from a well-tended garden, indicate
the source from which the people should obtain their
principal food. As far as can, be observed, gardening
is not especially in the line of the Filipino. The
Japanese accomplish marvels in gardening by the use
of human excreta, both solid and liquid; the Filipino
has, in addition, the excreta of the water buffalo, but he
rarely has what can be properly called a garden. He
may have small patches of beans, sweet potatoes and
taro, but nothing approaching a garden, except culti-
vated for the city market. The traveler in the Philip-
pines is impressed with the high culture of the people
along some lines and their total lack in others. Gar-
dening is one of their deficiencies, and it is the more
surprising from their proximity to China and Japan.
The following well-known vegetables are produced in
the islands:

Beans of many varieties, beets, carob bean, celery,
cabbage, cassava, carrot, cucumber, eggplant, garlic,
gourd, lettuce, lentil, muskraelon, onion, okra, pump-
kin, pea, pepper of all kinds, peanut, potato, radish,
sesame weed, sweet potato, turnip, taro, tannier,
tomato, watermelon, yam.

bruits. — The banana, fruit of Afiisa sapienhini (Figs
187, 188), is abundant in all portions of the islands.
Except on the coffee plantations it
is mainly produced close to the na-
tive huts, where it supplies shade
and furnishes food. Tlie principal
variety sold in the local markets is
the Guinea. The fruit of this va-
riety is 4-5 in. long, peeling thin,
flesh rich, yellow and firm, mainly
eaten fresh. The plantain {Miisa

tains bordering the western coast of Luzon. In flavor
it is similar to the Java and is highly prized in the
markets to which it has been shipped. There is a
variety of coffee produced in Mindanao called Zam-
boanga. It has a larger berry than the Manila and is
not so highly prized. Its principal market is Singapore.
Coffee-growing requires high-class agriculture, and for
this reason it has never flourished in the Philippines
as the climate and the conditions warrant. Several
things should be carefully observed in coffee-farming:
the young plant should be root-pruned and transplanted
once or twice before final setting in the orchard; holes
2% ft. square and 2 ft. deep should be dug and filled
with soil, for each plant in the permanent orchard-
holes 8 ft. apart; coffee trees should be pruned an-
nually; the shade trees or plants should not be such as
will draw heavily upon the soil and should not be so
dense as to give more than a partial shade. The best
and the poorest coffee are the product of the same tree,
hence the necessity of great care in production and
grading. With

a full develop- ■ — ntm hq

raent of the cof-
fee industry the
Phili pp ines
probably could
supply the en-
tire annual im-
ports of the

1752 A typical laborer's hut in Manila.
Also made of Nipa Palm,— a casa de nipa.

1751. Typical house near Manila.
Roof made of the Nipa Palm.

p at ad ibiaca )
may be treated
mthe same con-
nection It is
1 a r g e 1 and a
more vigorous
producer than
the banana and
is usually eaten
cooked. With rice it constitutes the principal food
of the Filipino. First it is produced with little labor,
an important consideration in tropical countries; sec-
ond, it adds an agreeable flavor to the rice; third, it
ripens almost continuously throughout the year; fourth,
it produces more food per acre than any other fruit or
any cereal. Cases are reported in which 40,000 lbs. of the
edible portions of the plantain have been produced per
acre. This would give nutritive material per acre as
follows: protein, 520 lbs.; fat, 240 lbs.; carbohydrates,
8,400 lbs. Fifteen hundred lbs. of cleaned rice per acre
(larger than any Philippine crop) would furnish pro-
tein 120 lbs., fat 45 lbs., carbohydrates 1,182 lbs. The
plantain is dried and ground or pounded into flour for
food. To transport bananas and plantains to the United
States would require steamers with some refrigeration,
or the fruit would be too ripe on arrival.

The coffee plant, Coffea Arabica (Pig. 514), grows
luxuriantly in the sheltered ravines of the mountains of
the entire group; but the principal portion for export is
grown in Cavit^, Batangas, Laguna and in the moun-

United States (831,827,063 lbs. in
1899) to the mutual profit of both
countries.

Oranges, lemons and limes are
produced abundantly. They are,
however, of an inferior quality, due
to variety and lack of cultivation and
of pruning. The orange trees are
exceedingly healthy and vigorous.
In the hands of the Filipino the orange is practically a
product of nature. No effort has been made to improve
the fruit by the general introduction of better varieties,
nor to improve the quality by selection, cultivation,
fertilization and pruning. There is scarcely any limit
to the supply of this luscious fruit th at could be produced
annually if science and industry should be directed to
planting it upon the elevated tablelands of these islands.
The soil on large areas is well adapted to the citrous
fruits. The abundant rainfall during the fruit-growing
season and the dry weather during the period of ripen-
ing, are conditions that will not be overlooked by the
intelligent horticulturist in the future. What hag
been said of oranges is equally applicable to lemons,
limes and grape fruit.

The shaddock, Citrus Decuinana, of which grape
fruit or pomelo is the best variety, is a native of the
Malayan and Polynesian islands and is at home in the
Philippines. This fruit sometimes attains great size
(15 lbs.), but is too coarse for commerce. The demand
for the large, juicy, subacid pomelo has always been
much in excess of the supply, and this, if it could be
obtained abundantly, would rank in consumption with
oranges and lemons. See Citrus and Pomelo.

Pineapple, the collective fruit of Ananas sativus (Fig.
83), finds a congenial habitat on the sandy coast lands
and in the warm, rich valleys of these islands. Under
these conditions the plant with care attains large size
and the rich, saccharine juice develops its highest
flavor. The pineapple is propagated by setting the

1302

PHILIPPINE ISLANDS

PHILIPPINE ISLANDS

suckers, which spring from the base, in rows 4 ft.
apart and 2 ft. in thu row. This requires about 5,000
plants per acre. It bears fruit in 18 to 20 months. Care-
fully cultivated the fruit should weigh, on an average,
6-8 lbs. Occasionally specimens are found weighing
16 lbs. There are many cultivated varieties and they
vary much in size and quality. With encouragement it
would soon become an important branch of commerce.
Up to this time they have been grown simply for home
consumption and for the exquisite fiber, sometimes
called "pineapple silk," obtained from the leaves.

Guava, fruit of Psidlnni Guava, has been acclimatized
and finds genial conditions. The beauty of the tree,
the fragrance of the flowers and the utility of the little,
subacid, juicy fruit, make it a favorite garden tree
wherever it can be grown. Its excellence for jelly is
known, but it has not yet attained commercial import-
ance in the Philippines. See Guava and Psidiujn.

Chocolate bean, fruit of Theobroma Cacao, is a small
tropical evergreen, bearing an elongated, egg-shaped
fruit 5-10 in. long, containing numerous seeds the size
of a chestnut, imbedded in a sweet pulp. These seeds
are known in commerce as chocolate beans, and both in
the greeu and dry state are used by the natives as food.
They contain about 50 per cent of oil and have an agree-
able flavor. For manufacture, the seeds, after the re-
moval of the husk, are roasted, then ground into an oily
paste which is mixed with sugar and flavored, forming
the chocolate of commerce. As yet, the bean has been
produced in a limited quantity, but the industry could be
developed into a large business. See Theobroma.

All the spices are at home in these islands. Allspice,
fruit of the Plmenta officinalis (Figs. 1804-5), a beau-
tiful evergreen, attaining a height of 30 ft.; nutmeg,
fruit of the Mifristica fragrans (Pigs. 1452, 1453), a

1754. Ylang ylang, yielding a famous oil (X %).

bushy evergreen 40-50 ft. high; and ginger, the rhizome
of Zingiber officinale {which see), a perennial plant,
reed-like, with annual stem3-tft. high, have been tested
and are or can be produced in the islands. Cinnamon,
inner bark of Cinnamoniuvi Zeylanicnm ; cloves, the
fruit of £Jugenia caryopJiyllata (Fig. 500), a beautiful
evergreen 15-30 ft. high; and pepper, the fruit of Piper
nigrnniy a short shrub, find a natural habitat in Min-
danao and the Sulu group. Spices to the amount of
$2,782,301 were imported into the United States in 1899,
all of which could be supplied by the Philippines under
a proper development of this industry.

Vanilla, Vanilla planifolia (which see), is a climber.
It has a long, fleshy pod with numerous seeds, from
which are obtained by fermentation the vanilla of com-
merce. It commences to bear at 3 years old and con-
tinues for 30 years or more. In 1899, the value of
$1,235,412 was imported iuto the United States. This
plant can be grown luxuriantly on all the Visaya and
Sulu islands.

Cocoanut palm, Cocos nucifera (Pigs. 506, 507, 1497),
is an almost universal coast product of these islands.
Its certain germination, vigorous growth, number of
months in fruitage, and long life without cultivation,
give it value in the estimation of the natives. The tree
in full bearing produces about 150 niits annually and
continiies in fruit nearly the entire year. The fiber of
the thick husk enveloping the nut is manufactured into
cordage, matting, brushes, bags, etc. ; the shell of the
nut is made into drinking cups; the kernel or meat of
the nut is manufactured into sweetmeats or becomes
the copra of commerce; the pint or quart of sweetish
liquid in the center of the nut is used for drink, fresh
or fermented. For copra, the ripe nuts, after gathering
and removing the husk, are allowed to remain in the
sun till the milk is dissipated and the kernel shrinks
from the shell. The shell is then broken and the meat,
further dried, becomes the copra of commerce. This is
largely transported as ballast to Europe, where the oil
is expressed. In 1897 the export of copra from the
Philippines amounted to 113,178,240 lbs., and this amotint
could be increased indefinitely to meet the demands of
trade without trenching upon other products.

Ylang ylang, Cananga odorata (Pig. 1754), a native of
the Philippines, is a tall tree with large, generally c.roop-
ing, yellow flowers, from which is obtained the oil of
commerce. The average annual export from 1886 to 1890
was $21,937, used by perfumers.

Candlenut or candleberry— the fruit of Aleurites tri-
loba j a tree 30-40 ft. high, — is exported in considerable
quantities, averaging about 16,000 lbs. annually. The
berry, when dry, burns — hence called candlenut. The oil
has the property of drying rapidly, and is used by artists.

Betel-nut, the fruit of the Areca palm, Areca Catechu,
is about as large as a hen's egg. When the tough,
fibrous shell is removed, a nut about '% in. in diameter,
having an albuminous rind, remains. This is chewed to
aid digestion and sweeten the breath. It is supposed to
strengthen the gums. Previous to chewing, it is boiled
and wrapped in a betel-leaf with a small quantity of
lime. The annual export has not averaged more than
300-400 lbs., mainly to India.

Many fruits, valuable only for home consumption, are
produced in the Philippines. The best known of these
are bread-fruit, custard apple, mango, mangosteen and
mulberry.

Bread fruit, fruit of Artocatyus incisa, is found in
all of the principal islands. It is about 6 in. in diameter.
When nearly ripe it is gathered and baked. The crust
is then removed and the farinaceous pulp is eaten alone
or with cocoanut milk. If mashed, packed in a bundln
and covered with earth, it undergoes a slight fermenta-
tion at first, which soon ceases, and it will then keep for
some time. In some islands it is one of the principal
foods.

Custard apple, fruit ot Anona reticulata, a large, dark
brown fruit with a soft, creamy pulp like custard, miist
be eaten soon after it ripens. This variety was intro-
dnced by the Spaniards.

The mango, fruit of Mangifera Indica- (Figs. 1360,
1361), a large, spreading ornamental tree, is about 3 in.
long and generally obovate, flattened on one side-light
yellow when ripe. The flesh is subacid, rich and juicy,
somewhat fibrous, attached to a large stone in "^he cen-
ter. There is a slight turpentine flavor, not observed
after a taste for the fruit has been acquired. The tree
is a constant and prolific bearer, which, with its value
and beauty as a shade, makes it a desirable home tree,
especially with the better class of people. It is abun-
dant in UDCultivated places. The fruit is picked when
partially ripe and made into sweet pickles or is pre-
served, but it is principally eaten in the natural state.

The mangosteen, fruit of Garcinia Mangostana (Fig.
893), is esteemed the most delicious of the oriental
fruits. It is about the size and shape of the apple, with

PHILIPPINE ISLANDS

PHILIPPINE ISLANDS

1303

a rind like a pomegi'anate. The interior is divided by
thin partitions into cells, which contain the seeds sur-
rounded by a white or red juicy pulp of a most delicious
flavor, combining the finer qualities of the strawberry
and the grape. Unfortunately this fruit is too delicate
for transportation. In addition to its use as a hand
fruit the pulp is preserved or fermented.

The mulberry, both wliite and black, is grown in
Luzon, but it has not attracted the attention which its
valuable wood and abundant fruitage warrant.

Tamarind, known as Manila tamarind (fruit of PitJie-
colohium dulee)^ was introduced from Mexico. The

Additional Notes on the Products of the Phili^ypines.—
The land in the Philippines is seldom given good atten-
tion. Crops are planted in the easiest possible way and
allowed to grow about as they will. Plows of a modern
make were two years ago unknown there. The natives
utilize a crooked limb or a rudely made wooden contriv-
ance to scratch the ground. Probably the production of
sugar will be the hrst to increase under American con-
trol. There are only a few haciendas or plantations
with anything like modern sugar-making machinery.
Fully 30 per cent, it is estimated, is lost in the crude
processes generally employed. There is no sugar re-
hneiy in the islands The establishment of one would
gieatl> btimuUte pioduction The island of Negios is
ideal for sugai production

Hemp IS the most de\ eloped industry in the Philip
pmes The cocoanut mdiistn is fairlj well developed
We may also look for leraarkable giowth of the cultiva
tion of the plant fiom which lubbei is made Mindanao
and the southern islands aie especiallj fitted for it, so
experts sa>

Our own grasses are seldom seen in the Philippines
Hay is never used Rice grass is substituted, being

4-^ ' K

^y'

%JV-\

^

1 V« j,V 1

' '^/^ ' '

1755 Fruit of the Dunan. exterior view and cross-section. Reduced one hilt trom a plate o£ "a middle bi/ed specimen

sweetish subacid pulp, inclosing its seed, is boiled and
eaten, is made into a cooling drink or is preserved in
sugar. The tree is valuable for shade and for timber,
and is noted for the fragrance of its flowers.

The sapodilla plum, fruit of the Acliras Sapota (see
Sapodillo), a small, somewhat acid fruit, becoming very-
sweet when overripe, is cultivated to some extent.

The Mammee apple or South American apricot, fruit
of Mammea Americana {Pig. 1354), is produced in a
limited way. The fruit is yellow, 5-6 in. in diam., rind
and pulp near the seeds bitter, intermediate portion
sweet, aromatic and agreeable.

Grapes can be grown successfully in some of the drier
parts of the islands, and there is no doubt of the success
of the strawberry and the blackberry in some localities.
Importation of tropical fruits into the LTnited States
in 1899, much of which could soon be supplied by the
Philippines with proper encouragement:

Coffee .- $5.''.,475,470.00

Cocoanuts, copra and figs 5,985,905.00

Bananas 5,665,588.00

Lemons 4,398,004.00

Oranges 1,097,696.00

Spices 2.782.301.00

$75,204,864.00
S. A. Knapp.

harvested in bunches, the sod and soil attached. It is
freshened with water before fed to horses and cattle.
Spanish books say that cotton is grown to considerable
extent in Ilocos provinces of northern Luzon. Straw-
berries can be found in the higher altitudes of Benguet
province. It is said that all efforts to cultivate the
rose in the Philippines have failed. More than thirty
varieties of bananas are grown in the Philippines, some
of which are superior to any in our own markets.

Pkank E. Gannett.

Circular No. 17 of the Div. of Bot., U. S. Dept. of
Agric, contains 8 pp. of notes on the plant products of
the Philippine Islands.

A most remarkable fruit of the Philippines and other
parts of Malaya is the durian, shown half size in Fig.
1755 (reduced" from plates in vol. 7 of the frans. of the
Linn. Soc, illustrating Charles Konig's accolint of the
fruit). It is the Durio zihetlxinus of botanists, one of
the Malvacea3. The reader may find an entertaining
account of this fruit in Alfred Russel Wallace's "Malay
Archipelago," chapter 5. It grows on a "lofty forest
tree, somewhat resembling an elm. * * » The fruit
is round or slightly oval, about the size of a large
cocoanut, of a green color, and covered all over with
short stout spines, the bases of which touch each other,

1304

PHILIPPINE ISLANDS

PHILODENDRON

and are consequently hexagonal, while the points are
very strong and sharp." It has five compartments or
cells filled with cream-colored pulp in which are imbed-
ded two or three seeds the size of chestnuts. The liking
for the durian is an acquired taste. "To eat durians,"
writes Wallace, "is a new sensation, worth a voyage to
the East to experience."

FHILLYR£)A (its ancient Greek name). Oledcecp.
Ornamental evergreen shrubs, with opposite short-
petioled, entire or serrate Ivs., small white, usually fra-
grant fls. in axillary clusters and small berry-like,
dark-colored fruit. Most species are hardy only South,
but P. decora, the handsomest of all the species, is
probably hardy in sheltered positions as far north as
New York. The Phillyreas maybe used in the southern
states and Calif, for evergreen shrubberies in drier and
more exposed localities. They grow in almost any soil
and prefer sunny positions; P, decora alone seems to
grow better if partly shaded. Prop, by seeds and by
cuttings of half-ripened wood under glass in summer
or by layers; they are also sometimes grafted on Li-
gustrum ovalifoUum. Five species in the Mediterranean
region. Lvs. entire or serrulate, thick and leathery,
quite glabrous: fls, small, in axillary short racemes;
calyx 4-toothed; corolla 4-lobed, with short tube; sta-
mens 2, with very short filaments; style shorter than
tube: ovary 2-celled' fr a 1-seeded black drupe.

A. Lvs, %-S in. long: fr. small.

Iati£dlia, Linn. Shrub or small tree, to 30 ft., with
spreading, somewhat rigid branches: lvs. ovate or oval
to ovate-obloDg, rounded or slightly cordate at the base,
dark green and shining above, pale beneath, ^-l}^' in.
long- fr. globose, concave at the apex. May, June. S.
Eu.,N. Afr. There are several varieties. Var. lievis,
Ait. Lvs. ovate, almost entire or slightly serrulate.
Var. TOtundifdlia, Arb. Kew. Lvs. broadly ovate or
roundish ovate. Var. spinbsa, Ait. (P. iUvlfdlia,W\l\d.).
Lvs. ovate or ovate-oblong, sharply serrate.

mddia, Linn. Spreading shrub, to 20 ft. : young
branchlets puberulous: lvs. oblong-ovate to ovate-
lanceolate, entire or serrate, dark green and shining
above, ^-2 in. long: fr. ovoid, pointed. May, June.
Mediterranean region. — The most important of the
many varieties are the following: Var. buxiEdlia, Ait.,
with oblong-ovate, obtusish lvs. Var. oleafdlia, Ait.
(P. olc<ef6Jia, Hort. ). Lvs. oblong-lanceolate, almost
entire; branches erect. Var, p^itdula, Ait. Branches
spreading and somewhat pendulous: lvs. lanceolate.

anirustifdlia, Linn. Spreading shrub, to 15 ft., with
glabrous branchlets: lvs. oblong-lanceolate to linear-
lanceolate, dull green above, 1-2 in. long: fr. globose
or ovoid-globose, pointed. May, June. Mediterranean
region. Var. rosmarinifdlia, Ait., has linear-lanceolate
lvs., sometimes over 2 in. long, and erect branches.
The 3 spreading species are very closely related to each
other and considered by some botanists to be varieties
of only one species.

AA. Lvs. 3-5 in. long: fr. y-^ in. long.

decora, Boiss. & Bal. (P. Vihnorinihna, Boiss. &
Bal. P. la iiri folia y Hort. P. 3j[edw^dewi,Sved.}. Shrub,
to 10 ft., with spreading branches: lvs. oblong to ob-
long-lanceolate, acuminate, usually entire or remotely
serrulate, dark green and shining above, yellowish
green beneath : fr. oblong-ovoid, purplish black. June,
July. W.Asia. B.M. 6800. G.C. III. 4:673; 16:369.
R.H. 1869, p. 199; 1895, p. 204, 205. M.D.G. 1898:349.
S.H. 2:523. Gn. 24, p. 490. Alfred Rehder.

PHILODENDRON (Greek compound for tree-loving).
Ardcea.'. Shrubby or tree-like, with short internodes,
usually clinflbing, rarely arboreous: leaves from entire
to bipinnatifid. Differs from Schismatoglottis in floral
characters. The flowers are monoecious, on spadices,
with no perianth, the sterile with 2-6 stamens united
into a sessile obpyramidal body, the pistillate fis. with
a 2-10-loculed ovary and some staminodia, the ber-
ries inclosed in the involute spathe. The species are
all tropical American. They are monographed by En-
gler in DC. Phaner. Monogr. 2:355 (1879), and more re-

cently by the same author in Botanische Jahrbiichei
26:509 (1899). In the latter, 167 species are accepted

Only a few Philodendrons can be grown to have an
ornamental appearance in a small state. One which
goes under the name of P. elegantissimum, with finely
cut leaves, makes a good pot specimen, although it will
reach a good height where suitable opportunities are
afforded. The same may be said of P. Sellonm, a beau-
tiful species with pinnatifid leaves. The arborescent
kinds should have a very porous rooting medium and
copious supplies of water while in active growth. When
climbing they must have provision made for the roots,
which are produced along the stems. Some of the spe-
cies do well climbing up the stems of tall palms, such
as Arenga and Livistona ; otherwise dead trunks of
tree ferns make admirable rooting substances for the
roots to penetrate and cling to. Propagation is by divi-
sion of the climbing stems. P. elegantissimntn is an
unidentified trade name.

A. Leaves bipinnate.
B. Terminal leaf-segment S-lohed, the lobes unequal.

Selldum, C. Koch (P. S^Uoivi, Hort.). Blade pinnat-
isect, the segments again pinnate or lobed; terminal
segment 3-Iobed, the cuspidate middle lobe about equal-
ing the obtuse lateral ones; spathe slightly cuspidate,
its tube longer than the ovate hooded blade, green with-
out, white within. Distinguished from P. bipinnatifi'
dum by the very numerous parallel transhicent spots,
which are visible on both sides of the leaf and are often
excurrent on the margin, Brazil to Paraguay.

BB. Terminal leaf-segment 3-o-lobed, the middle lobe
much longer than the lateral ones.

bipinnatifidum, Schott. Blade pinnatisect, the seg-
ments again pinnate or lobed: terminal segment 3-5-
lobed, the middle lobe ovate-lanceolate, acute, much
longer than the obtuse lateral ones; spathe oblong-
ovate, its tube scarcely distinct from its blade, purple
without, white within. S. Brazil.

AA. Leaves simple.
B. Leaf-blade lanceolate.

crassin6rvium, Lindl. Climbing: lvs. lanceolate-acu-
minate, the niidnerve very thick and inflated: spathe
obtuse and hooded, apiculate at the tip. Brazil. B.R.
23:1Q58. — P. ndhile, B-Ort.f is much like this and per-
haps a form of it. It is larger: lvs. obovate-lanceolate:
tube of spathe rosy crimson inside and outside, the
limb white inside and spotted outside.

BB. Leaf-blade sagittate.

specidsunif Schott. Stem tall, arborescent; petioles
terete at the base, concavo-convex above, twice as long
as the midrib; blade triangular-oblong-ovate, bright
green, aciiminate, deeply sagittate, the basal lobes
rhomboidal, obtuse, abruptly narrowed on the inner
side above the middle; spathes thick, green with pur-
ple margins ; spadix finger-shaped, shorter than the
spathe. Central Brazil.

EBB. Leaf-blade oblong to ovate-cordate.
c. Color of leaf inilky ivhite above, tvith reddish veins.

Sddiroi, Hort. Lvs. cordate, ovate, milky white with
reddish veins above; petiole cylindrical, pink. U. S.
Colombia.

CC. Color of leaves some shade of green above.
D. Petioles tomentose.

verrucosTim, Mathieu [P. Cdrderi, Hort.). Stem long,
branching, climbing, ashy gray, scabrous, angular-cvlin-
drical, swollen at the nodes; petioles stout cylindrical
or somewhat angled, bright metallic red, covered with
soft, erect, twisted, fleshy bristles and greenish hairs:
blade glabrous, green above, brilliantly polished, or
with paler lines and immersed nerves, bright green
beneath with salmon-violet lines between the lateral
nerves; ovate-cordate, the semicircular basal lobes one-
third as long as the slightly undulate apical one. Inter-
nodes of the stem 3-6 in. long: petioles 4-6 in.; blades
6-8 in. long. 4-6 in. wide. Venezuelan Andes. I.H. 18:79
(as^P. Daguense).

PHILODENDRON

DD. Petioles glabrous.

gigant§um, Schott. Climbing: petioles 3 ft. long,
thick, cylindrical; blade cordate-ovate, 24-28 in. long,
lG-20 in. wide, the basal lobes slightly introrse, semi-
ovate or obliquely semicircular, one-fourth as long as
the apical one, separated by a broad parabolic sinus;
spathe tube 2 in. long, oblong, purple; spadix very
thick. Trop. America.

tmbe, Schott {P. Sellowianum, Kunth). Branches
rusty purple: petioles of young plant semicylindrical,
terete, sparsely brown-spotted,. lK-2 times longer than
the midrib; blade like parchment, cordate-oblong, the
oblong basal lobes one-half as long as the apical, sepa-
rated by a wide parabolic sinus, retrorse or sub-introrse;
apical lobe cuspidate; spathe green outside, red within,
its broadly ovate blade dirty yellow; spadix shaped like
a finger. Rio de Janeiro. — According to Engler, the
Mexican P. sanguineum has been called P. Imhe in
gardens. P. sanguineum differs in having more elon-
gated Ivs. which are red beneath.

Bpectibile, Linden. Large, of vigorous habit: Ivs.
12-15 in. long, nearly as broad, silky or velvety green.
Hab.?

Axidre&iiuni, Devans. Lvs. rather large, cordate-ovate,
with short basal lobes, bronzy green. Colombia. R.H.
1886:36. — Sparingly grown. Looks like a narrow-lvd,
Anthurium.

P. Devansaydnum, Lind.,is a scandent species with rather
small glossy green lvs. which, even to the petioles, are blood-
red when young. Peru. I.H. 42:48.— P.(?ia2itJuu, Hook, f., is a
climber something like P. crassinervium: lvs. oblong-acute,
deep green, 12-18 in. long, 3-5 in. broad: spathe open, yellowish,
crimson within the tube. Brazil. B.M. 6813. — P. imperidle is
mentioned in European trade lists. Engler accounts for only
one P. imperiale (of Schott) and that he makes a synonym of
P. aiperatum, Koch. Sander & (Jo. advertise P. imperiale, var.
Laucheana: "a lovely trailing stove foliage plant, which is ad-
mirably adapted for growing on pillars or wire shapes. It is
quite distinct from and greatly superior to the well-known
P. imperiale. The habit is much more graceful, the heart
shaped foliage smaller and more elegant. Down the center,
from either side of the broad light green midrib, extend irregu-
lar blotches of dark green, projecting into a clear glaucous
color, the edges of which are relieved by green l)lotehes. The
bases of the petioles bear bright red and green phyllodes." P.
asperatum is a short-jointed climbing Brazilian species with
cordate-ovate entire dull green lvs. — P. Mamei, Andr6. Lvs.
cordate-ovate, acute, variegated with white: spathe partly open
above and whitish, the tube blood-red. Ecuador. R.H. 1883. p.
104; 1883:492; 1897, p. 573. I.H. \^:m.~P. pertusimi \^ Mon-
stera deliciosa. Jared G. Smith and G. W. Oliver.

PHLEBdDItJM (Greek, a vein). Polypodihcem. A
genus of ferns related to Polypodium and sometimes
united with it, but differing widely in the venation,
which is broken up into ample areola, each of which
contain 2 or more free veinlets which bear the sori on
their united tips.

afireum, R. Br. {PoJypddium aureum, Linn.). Lvs.
2-3 ft. long rising from large, scaly wide-creeping root-
stocks ; divisions 5-9 in. long, nearly an inch wide, with
copious, large, bright yellow sori. A rich ornamental
species from tropical America, with glaucous green
leaves. In Florida it grows on palmettos.

P. glaucum, var. Mayii or P. Mdyii. See Phymatodes.

L. M. Underwood.

FHLflUM {pJileos, an old Greek name for a kind of
reed). Gramlnece. A genus of 10 species in temperate
zones. Spikelets 1-fld., in a close cylindrical spike-like
panicle : empty glumes 2, persistent, keeled, short-
awned: fl. -glume shorter, delicate, awnless. Perennials.

prat6nse, Linn. Timothy. Herd's Grass. Figs.
1756, 1757. Commonly cult, for hay and for pastures,
either alone or in company with red clover or other
grasses. It was introduced into Maryland about 1720,
from Europe, where it is native, by Timothy Hanson, and
hence called Timothy. The other name is said to come
from a man by the name of Herd, who found it growing
in New Hampshire and began its cultivation. It is bet-
ter adapted for hay than for pasture, and for the latter
is suited to temporary rather than permanent pasture.

A. S. Hitchcock.

PHLOMIS 1305

PHLOG ACANTHUS (Greek for flame, and acanthus).
Acanthdcew. Tall half-shrubby herbs with entire or
somewhat toothed lvs.: tis. white, red or greenish in
long terminal or short lateral spikes; calyx 5-parted,
segments linear, awnlike, acuminate; corolla-tube long,
broad, curved, limb 2-lipped, upper lip
erect, entire or2-lobed; lower lip 3-parted;
perfect stamens 2, inserted on the lower
part of the tube, anthers with 2 parallel
cells; ovary many-ovuled; capsule round or
obtusely 4-angled,

Used like the others of the family as deco-
rative pot-plants in the greenhouse. They
require a rather warm, damp atmosphere
and a soil rich in humus. Propagated by
cuttings or seeds.

thyrsifldrus, Nees. Shrub, 3-7 ft. high:
lvs. 7 X 1%, lanceolate, glabrous: fls. orange,
in long, dense, villous thryses ; corolla %
in. wide, tubular, 2-Iipped. India. Cult, in
S. Fla. Native to India.

No description is available of P. cardinalis,
advertised 1893 by Saul, nor of P. Dru7tnnondiiy
recently offered by Ohilds.

Heinrich Hasselbring.

1756.
Phleum pratense—

Timothy (X 3^).

1757.
Phleum pratense — Timothy.
To show habit of root and top.

FHLOMIS (old Greek name used by Dioscorides).
l/abidtce. Jerusalem Sage. About 50 species of herbs
and shrubs native to the Mediterranean region with
dense axillary whorls of rather large yellow, purple or
white fls. Perhaps a dozen species have been cult., but
they are rather coarse plants except for wild gardening
and among shrubbery. They are of the easie.st culture.
The genus is placed by Bentham and Hooker next to
Leonotis (Lion's Ear), which, however, has an exces-
sively long upper lip. Phlomis plants are more or less
woolly, and some of the species not cult, in America are
conspicuously white-woolly. Lvs. all alike, or the up-
permost reduced to bracts: whorls many- or few-fld.:
fls. sessile ; calyx usually plicate, truncate or with 5 equal
teeth; upper lip of the corolla (galea) broad and com-
pressed or strongly concave, rarely narrow and falcate;
stamens 4, didynamous. The first three species described
below belong to the section Euphlorais, in which the
galea (upper lip of the corolla) is only shortly bearded
and the lateral lobes of the lower lip are small and
appendaged ; the last species belongs to the section
Phlomidopsis, in which the galea is long-bearded in-
side and at the margins and the lateral lobes of the
lower lip are nearly as large as the middle one. P.
iuherosa has run wild sparingly in the East. It is a
vigorous and hardy species, propagating by subter-
ranean tubers.

1306

PHLOMIS

PHLOX

A. I^ls. yellow.
B. Plants shrubby: bracts not sharp and rigid at the
apex,
C. Wliorls 20-~S0-fld.
fruticdsa, Linn. Shnib, 2-4 ft. hip;!!, divaricately
mucb-branebed: Ivs. rounded or wedge-sbaped at the
base: bracts broadly ovate or ovate-lanceolate. S. Eu.
B.M. 1843. — In the East it blooms from June to July.
In S. Calif., according to Francescbi, it blooms in win-
ter, and bas the merits of withstanding drought and
heavy sea winds. In New England it needs protection
in winter.

cc. }Miorls about IG-fld,
viscdaa, Foir. Lvs. truncate or subcordate at the base:
bracts lanceolate-linear. Syria. Not in the trade, but
inserted to show the differences between this and P.
Husselliana as recognized by DeCandoUe.

BB. Plants herbaceous: bracts very sharp and rigid at
the apex.
RusselllELnat Lag. Herb, 3-5 ft. high: lowest lvs.
deeply cordate: whorls 40-50-fld. Syria. B.M. 2542 (as
P. lunarifolia, var. Russelliana),

AA. Fls. purple.
tuberdsa, Linn. Herb, 3-5 ft. high: lvs. deeply cor-
date; lowest ones 6 in. or more long; floral lvs. 2-3 in.
long, 6-8 lines wide: whorls 30— tO-fld. S. Eu., eastern
and northern Asia. B.M. L555. yn -^

1758. Ouedlinburg or Star Phlox.

A horticultural form of Phlox Drummondii.

Natural size.

PHL(5X (Greek for flame, once applied to species of
LychnisJ. Polemonid,cece . Phloxes are amongst the most
satisfactory of garden plants. Their neat habit, bright-
colored flowers, profuseness of bloom, and ease of cul-
ture make them favorites everywhere. The Phloxes are
herbs, of about 30 species all North American (except
perhaps one Chilean), although P. Sibirica also grows
in Asiatic Rtissia. There are two classes of Phloxes,
the annuals and the perennials. The annuals are deriva-
tives of Phlox Drummondii, of Texas, which has now
risen to first place as a garden annual. It has been im-
mensely modified by domestication, so that the named
garden varieties are numbered by scores. These garden
forms differ in stature, color, size and shape of flower.
Some are semi-double. An effort has been made to pro-
duce a yellow flower, but nothing nearer than a buff has
yet been secured. The Phlox colors run to the cyanic
series, and it is probable that a pure yellow is unattain-
able. Phlox Drirmmondii is of the easiest culture.
This fact, together with the profusion and long season

of its bloom, is an important reason for its popularity.
It needs a warm, sunny place. It will grow even in
poor soil, but in order to develop to its highest perfec-
tion it must have rich soil and the individual plants
miist be given room (say 1 ft. apart each way). Seeds are
usually sown in the open as soon as the weather is
settled; sometimes they are sown indoors, but the plants
bloom so young that this is rarely practiced. If the
ground is poor and dry, the plants usiially cease bloom-
ing by midsummer, but if plant-food and moisture are
abundant they may be expected to continue their bloom
until late fall.

The perennial Phloxes comprise many species. P.
paniculata and P. maculata have given rise to the
common perennial Phloxes, whereas most of the other
species are planted sparingly and have not been greatly
modified by domestication. The garden perennial Phlox
(of the P. paniculata and P. maculata type) is
amongst the most showy of garden herbs. The terminal
panicles have become 1 ft. long in some forms, and as
densely filled as a hydrangea. The colors are most fre-
quent in reds, but there are many purple, white, salmon
and parti-colored varieties. This perennial Phlox should
have a rich and rather moist soil if it is to be grown to
pei'fection. Let each clump have a space, when fully de-
veloped, of 2-3 ft. across. The plants as purchased from
nurseries usually do not come into full floriferousness
until their third or fourth year. They will continue to
thrive for several years with little attention, as is at-
tested by the fine clumps of old-fashioned forms about
homesteads. For the highest satisfaction in blooms,
however, the plants should be relatively young or at
least often renewed by dividing the clump. The stool
gradually enlarges outwards. From the young, vigor-
ous shoots on the outside of the clump the new plants
should be reared, if one desires to propagate the variety
to any extent. Old stools should be taken up every year
or two, and divided and transplanted. This work is
done in the fall, after the growth has ceased. By this
process, the plants do not become weak and root-bound.
Inferior and vigorous seedlings are often allowed to
grow about the old plant, causing the named varieties
to "run out." The perennial Phloxes usually bloom in
early summer, but if the tips of the shoots are pinched
out once or t\^'ice in early summer, the bloom may be
delayed until late summer or fall.

Phlox is allied to Gilia and Polemonium. Some
species are more or less shrubby at the base. The
corolla is salverform, the lobes 5 and mostly obtuse,
the throat narrow or nearly closed. The stamens are 5
and inserted on the corolla-tube, the anthers usually in-
cluded in the tube. The fruit is a small capsiile with
3 locules and few to several small usiially flattisb seeds.
Leaves mostly opposite (upper ones sometimes alter-
nate), entire. See Gray, Syn. Fl, vol. ii, pt. 1, p. 129,

acuminata, 2.
adsurgens, 14.
alba. 12.
amoena, 8.
aristata.Q. 12.
bifida, 10.
Canadensis, G.
Carolina, 4.
carnea, 5.
decussata, 2.
divaricata, 6.
Douglasii, 13.
Di-ummondii, 1.
fiondosa, 12.
glaberrima, 5.

grandi flora, 1.

Heynoldiana, 1.

hortensiceflora, 1.

Leopoldii, 1.

maculata 3.

nana, 16.

Nelsoni, 12.

nitida, 5.

nivalis, 12.

omniflora is an old
garden name of
some hybrid
Phlox of the P.
paniculata s e c -
tion.

ovata, 4.
paniculata, 2.
piles a, 9.
prncinnbens, 8.
reptans. 7.
setacta, 12.
speeiosa, 15.
Stellaria, 11.
stellata, 1.
stolonifera. 7.
subulata, 12. ,
suffrutlcosa, 5.
triflora, 4.

A. Anmial garden Phlox, pubescent, upper lvs. often
alternate.
1. Dnimmondii, Hook. Figs. 1758-60. Erect, branch-
ing, 6-18 in. tall : lvs. oblong-acute or lanceolate, the
upper onts more or less clasping: fls. showy, in broad
mostly fiat-topped cymes, the calyx-lobes long and nar-
row and spreading or recurving in fruit, the corolla-
lobes broad-obovate. Texas. B.M. 3441. B.R. 23:1940.
— This is the common annual garden Phlox, now culti-
vated in numerous varieties, some of them having
deeply cut petals (the "star" Phloxes). Fig. 1758. The
seeds were received in England in the spring of 1835,

PHLOX

PHLOX

1307

from Texas, having been collected by Druramond. In
October of that year it was described and figured in
Botanical Magazine, by W. J. Hooker, as Phlox Drttm-
mondii. The flower was described as "pale purple with-
out, within, or on the upper side, of a brilliant rose-red
or purple, varying exceedingly on different individuals
in intensity, and in their more or less red or purple
tinge, the eye generally of an exceedingly deep crim-
son." Lindley described and figured it in Botanical
Register, 1837, describing the flowers as "either light or
deep carmine on the inner surface of their corolla, and
a pale blush on the outside, which sets off wonderfully
the general effect. A bed of this plant has hardly yet
been seen ; for it is far too precious and uncommon to be
possessed by any one, except in small quantities: but
I have had such a bed described to me, and I can readily
believe that it produced all the brilliancy that my in-
formant represented." At the present time. Phlox
Drummondii is one of the most popular annuals, and
it has varied into many shades. P, hortensimflora, P.
steHata, P. Leopoldii, P. grandi flora, P. Heynoldiana,
and many other names, belong here.

AA. Perennial Phloxes of various hahit, either puhes-

cent or glabrous.

B. Flowering stems erect and usually stiffish.

c. Plant glahroxis [exceptions in var. of I^o. 5).

D. Inflorescence large and tliyrse-lihe: plants tall.

2. paniculata, Linn. [P. decussMa, 'Koxt.). Fig. 1701.

Perennial Phlox of gardens, in many forms. Plant

stout and erect. 2-i ft., ^-labrous: Ivs. oblong-lanceolate

and mostly tapering at
the base : calyx-teeth
awl-like. Woods, Pa.,
W. and S. B.M. 1880
(as P. acuminata).—
Tlie iiarent of the great
Huniher of perennial
I^hloxes of gardens, al-
though some of these
may bo hybrids with
the next. "Fls. pink-
purple, varying to
white," according to
Gray. In cult, varying
much in color.

3. inacul&.ta, Linn.
Slenderer, usually with
a spotted stem : Ivs.
very smooth and usu-

Phlox Drummondii

(X>,.)

1760. Phlox Drummondii.
(X %.)

DD. Inflorescence small and loose or flat-tojiped: plants
lower.
4. ovita, Linn. (P. Carolina, Linn. P. triflbra.
Sweet). A foot or two tall, the stems erect from a
short, decumbent base : Ivs. narrow-ovate to oblong-
lanceolate, the lower ones tapering to base and the upper

"f/it . lit.

ally thicker than those of tue above, the upper ones
usually clasping: calyx-teeth short: fls. as in above.
Range of the last, and in cult., but less important horti-
culturally than P. paniculata

1761. Phlox paniculata.

ones somewhat clasping: fls. pink or light red, about 1
in. across, the straight or slightly curving tube twice or
more longer than the rather short and broad calyx-teeth.
Pa., south, mostly in elevated regions. B.M. 528.

5. glab6rrima, Linn. Fig. 1762. Differs in somewhat
taller growth, linear-lanceolate to narrow-lanceolate,
taper-pointed, firm, nearly veinless Ivs. which have
revolute margins, and in the narrow, very sharp-pointed
calyx-teeth. Va. to Wis., and south.

Var. suffruticdsa, Gray [P. suffriiticdsa, Willd. P.
nitida, Pursli). Stiffer, sometimes pubescent above:
Ivs. considerably broader: fls. varying to flesh color.
Ga. andTenn., south and west. B.M. 2155 (as P. carnea).
B.R. 1:68.

cc. Plant distinctly hairy or pubescent {exceptions in

yYo. 9).

D. Sterile, prostrate or running shoots arising from flie

base of the plant.

6. divaricata, Linn. (P. Canadensis, Sweet}. Wild
Sweet Williaivi. Stems slender, pubescent, 10-18 in.
tall: Ivs. varying from linear-oblong to ovate-lanceolate,
mostly acute: fls. in small cymes terminating short
branches, 1 in. across, blue or pinkish blue, handsome
and somewhat fragrant, the corolla-lobes often notched,
the calyx-lobes narrow and subulate. Woods and copses,
in lowish grounds western Ontario, west and south.
B.M. 163. G.F. 7:256. — A very attractive early spring
flower, often coloring the fields in Michigan and other
parts. Prefers rich soil.

7. r^ptans, Michx. {P. stolonifera, Sims). Low and
weak, the flowering stems reaching 6-12 in., the sterile
ones long and prostrate, the plant thinly glandular-
hairy: Ivs. short-ovate or obovate, more or less obtuse:
fls. few in each cyme, purple or violet, the lobes mostly
entire, the calyx-lobes narrow and subulate. Pa. and
Ky. to Ga., mostly in the upper regions. B.M. 563.

DD. Sterile prostrate shoots none.

8. amoena, Sims (P. procnmbens, Gray). Stems 6 in.
or less high from a decumbent base, pubescent or hairy:
Ivs. numerous, mostly in rosettes at the base, few on

1308

PHLOX

PHCENIX

the flowering stems, small, oblong-lanceolate to linear-
oblong, mostly obtuse but sometimes nearly or quite
acute: fls. numerous for the size of the plant, purple,
pink or white, the lobes usually entire, the calyx-lobes
narrow and sharp-acute. Dry lands, Va. to Ky. and
south. B.M. 1308.

9. pildsa, Linn. [P. wris^^icr, Michx.). Stems slender
but erect, 2 ft. or less tall, pubescent or hairy {nearly
glabrous forms occur) : Ivs. small, linear or linear-
lanceolate, widest near the base, acuminate: fls. numer-

1762. Phlox elaberrima (X IM)-

o us in rather loose cymes, varying through purple, pink
and white, the lobes entire, the calyx-lobes awn-like.
Dry fields, woods and prairies, British Amer. to Fla,
and Tex., growing as far east as New Jersey. B.M.
1307. L.B.C. 13:1251.

BB. Flowering stems diffuse and branching, often
creeping, low: plants of more or less tufted
habit.

C. Corolla-lobes 4-2mrted or very strongly notched.

10. bifida, Beck- Low, the stems stiff and sometimes
almost woody and often 1 ft. long and rising 3-8 in.
from the ground, minutely pubescent: Ivs. linear and
rigid, 2 in. or less long: lis. scattered, violet-purple, the
lobes 2- or 3-cleft as far as the middle or farther into
narrow spreading segments. Prairies, 111. and Mo.—
Rarely cultivated.

11. StelUria, Gray. Glabrous: Ivs. linear, sparingly
ciliate towards the base: fls. scattered, usually
long-peduncled, pale blue to whitish, the lobes
cleft only at the apex into short oblong parts.
Lexington, Ky., to southern 111. G.F. 1:257.

cc. Corolla-lobes very sliallow -notched or entire.

D. Peduncles usually bearing few to several

slender-pedicelled fh.

12. suhulata, Linn. (P.nivd.Us,JjO(\d.) . -Ground
Pink. Moss Pink. Fig. 1763. TLHifted or matted,
the depressed stems more or less pubescent:
Ivs. crowded or fascicled (except on the flower-
ing stems), narrow-linear to linear-lanceolate,
very sharp and usually stiff, ciliate: fls. nearly 1
in. across, light blue, pink or white, in small
clusters standing 2-0 in. above the ground, the
lobes obcordate or entire. Dry banks and fields,
New York W. and S. B.M. 411; 415 {as P. seta-
cea). L.B.C. 8:780; 18:1731 (as P. rt-ri-sra^a).-
A much prized old garden plant, useful for col-
onizing where it is desired to cover the earth
"with a mat. It is much used in cemeteries. It
blooms profusely in spring. The plant is very
variable, P. JYelsoni, Hort., and P. nivdlls, Lodd.. are
white-fld. forms. Var. 6.1ba is a common white form.
There are striped forms. Var. fronddsa is a vigorous
garden form with rose-colored fls.

DD. Peduncles chiefly axillary and mostly 1- to S-fld.,

or the fls. nearly sessile.

E. Lvs. crowded or fascicled: plant forming a dense

evergreen mat or tuft.

13. Doilglasii, Hook. Very low and densely tufted,
pubescent or nearly glabrous : lvs. very narrow, pointed,
the margins at base often ciliate: fls. small and short-
stalked, purple, lilac or white, about H in. across, the
lobes obovate and entire, the tube little exceeding the
calyx. Utah and Mont., W.

EE. Lvs. little if at all fascicled: plant only loosely

tufted

F. Style nearly or quite equaling tJie corolla-tube.

14. adsurgens, Torr. Stems 3-6 in. long, diffuse and
ascending, glabrous except the peduncles and calyx:
lvs. ovate-lanceolate or ovate, acute, less than ] in.
long: fls. rose-colored or whitish, nearly or quite 1 in.
across, the obovate lobes entire, the tube nearly twice
longer than calyx. Oregon. G.F. 1:66.

FF. Style very short.

15. specidsa, Pursh. Variable in size, sometimes as-
cending to 3 ft., more or less glandular above: lvs. 2 in.
or less long, linear to lanceolate, the uppermost broad
at base: fls. rose-pink or whitish, in corymbs, the lobes
obcordate, the tube little surpassing the calyx. Calif.,
north.

16. n&na, Nutt, Only a few inches high, glandular-
pubescent: lvs. 2 in. or less long, linear, sometimes
alternate: fls. light red or rose to white, scattered or
somewhat corymbose, about 1 in. across, the lobes usu-
ally entire and roundish, the tube somewhat surpassing
the calyx. Colo., New Mex., Tex. G.F. 1:413.

L. H. B.
PHCENICOPHdRIUM Sechellarum. See Stevensonia
grandifolia,

PHCENIX (Theophrastus gave this name to the Date-
palm, perhaps thinking of Phoenicia, where the Greeks
were supposed first to have seen it, or of the Phoenician
purple, or of the fabled bird of Egypt). Palmdcece. An
exceedingly distinct and popular genus of palms, whose
horticultural merits are discussed below.

Spineless palms, without trunks, or with stout or
slender, short or long, often cespitose erect or inclined
trunks, clothed above with the persistent bases of the
leaves : lvs. terminal, spreading, recurved, unequally
pinnate; segments somewhat fasciculate or almost equi-
distant, elongated-lanceolate or ensiform, acuminate,
rigid, inserted by the wide base; margins entire or
folded in their entire length; rachis laterally com-
pressed, convex on the back; petiole plano-convex, usu-
ally spiny, with very short rigid pinnse; sheaths short,

1763. Phlox subulata. or Moss Pink.

fibrous : spadices usually many, erect or nodding in
fruit, or pendent : peduncle strongly compressed :
branches usually somewhat umbellate: spathe basilar,
entire, long, compressed, 2-edged, coriaceous, ventrally

PHCENIX

PHOENIX

1309

and at length dorsally divided ; bracts usually obso-
lete: fls. yellow: fr. a berry or drupe, oblong, orange,
brown or black Species 10 to 12, perhaps more. Tropi-
cal and subtropical Asia and Africa.

Jared G. Smith.

Phcenix in General. — The latest botanical monograph
of Phcenix (by Beccari in Malesia 3:345) admits only 10
species, although there are about 60 names. Such a
"lumping" of species is very unwelcome to the horti-
culturist, and it is probable that nearly all the synonyms
cited below represent forms that are abundantly dis-
tinct for horticultural purposes.

A good horticultural appreciation of Phoe-
nix is that by William Watson, of Kew, in
G.C. III. 9:234-, 298, from which liberal ex-
tracts are made below. Phoenixes differ from
all other pinnate-leaved palms in having the
Ivs. folded upwards and lengthwise, and in
the peculiar form of the seed, as seen in the
Date stone. The plants are either male or
female. The fruits of only one species are
used for food; viz., P. dactylifera. (For Date
culture, see Date.) In England only P. rupi-
cola. ranks among popular decorative plants.
Of all palms, the cultivated species of Phoe-
nix are the most difficult to define. Many
hybrids have been raised in the gardens of
the Riviera, where many species flower and
fruit every year. It is almost impossible to
keep these pure. Kerchove records the won-
derful fecundity of a Phcenix; P. recHnata
at Nice fertilized with pollen from P. tenuis,
reclinata and punilla produced 20,000 seeds. The rais-
ing of Phoenixes from seed is done on a large scale on
the Riviera. The seeds are sown in beds in the open
and the seedlings transplanted into shallow trenches,
like celery, so that the trenches may be regularly
flooded during the summer drought. Watson thinks
that next to the coco-palm, the Date is perhaps the
most useful tree in the world.

P. Canariensis is the noblest of all Phoenixes, and
one of the most majestic palms in cultivation. Its rate
of growth is astonishing: a tree supposed to be only 10
years old had a trunk 4 feet high, 3 feet in diam. at the
base, with about 100 Ivs. forming a head 25 feet across.
Another specimen of about the same size bore 8
bunches of fruit, each weighing about 50 lbs.

P. sylvestris is the Wild Date of India, where it is
cultivated for its sap, which yields sugar and "foddy."
The trunk attains a height of about 4 feet when 7 years
old, and it is then tapped by cutting a notch in the stem
at the top and catching the sap as it I'uns out. The tree
continues to yield annually 15-18 gallons of sap for 20-
25 years, or 8 lbs. of sugar per year. Fifty thousand
tons of date-sugar are produced every year in Bengal
alone from this and other palms.

"P. reclinata and P. s])inosa are united under the for-
mer name by Beccari. Taking the dwarf, cespitose,
shiny-leaved elegant plant found in Caffraria as far
south as Graharastown, and comparing it with the tall,
solitary-stemmed, huge-headed, gray-green-leaved plant
of the tropical regions of Africa, it is difficult to believe
that they are merely forms of one species."

The following are grown at Kew in greenhouse tern
perature (others require stove treatment) : P. Canar-
iensis, dactt/lifera. Uumilis and var. Sanceana, inter-
medin, reclinata and spinosa.

The most interesting novelty in Phcenix during the
la-;t decade is P. Hcebelenii, the pygmy Phcenix. Fig.
1705. Specimens 20-30 yrs. old have stems not over
2 ft. high. Watson says: '*It is by far the smallest of
all the many kinds of Phoenix known, and is also excep-
tional in the form of its stem and in the elegance and
soft texture of its bright green leaves." Watson adds
that it deserves to rank with Cocos WeddeUiana and
Geonoma gracilis for iisefulness in a small state. This
palm suckers freely and in a wild state grows in clumps.
Out of deference to the latest monographer, P. licEhel-
euii is here treated as a variety of P. linmilis; but
Watson declares that it is a distinct species and that in
the form and texture of its Ivs. it resembles P. rupicola
more than any other species. -^^ ]y£^

Phoenix in Florida. — l^o palms in the writer's Florida
garden can vie in beauty, stateliness, and massive growth
with some of the members of the genus Phoenix. The
undersigned cultivates specimens of all the kinds of-
fered by the trade. All the palms for this Florida gar-
den, with a few exceptions, have been raised during

1764. Date Palm— Phcenix dactylifera.
An unusually straight- trunked specimen.

the last ten years from seed in the T\Titer's greenhouse
in Milwaukee. Most of them, although planted on high
and dry sandy pineland, begin to show an elegance,
stateliness and beauty entirely beyond all expectations,
especially the species of Sabal and hardy Cocos, but the
Phoenixes are far ahead of them all. As soon as the
seedlings began to show their characteristic leaves they
were sent to Florida. The first ones were set out in the
fall of 1891. Of these Phoenixes several have attained a
height of 10-15 ft. and a spread of Ivs. 15-25 ft. in diani.
The njassive trunks are almost as thick as a water barrel

1310

PHCENIX

PHCENIX

and the height above the ground is 4-5 ft., while at least
3 feet more are buried in the ground like a post to
keep the exceedingly heavy top in position. The trunk
all around and up from the ground is provided with
strong Ivs. 10-15 ft. long. In the lower extremity of
each frond the leaflets are replaced by long formidable
spines, which perhaps serve the purpose of protecting
the trunk and the earth of the plant from the attacks
of man and beast.

The type of the genus, the common Date-palm,
Pkap.nix dacttflifera, is the least ornamental of all, and
its growth is disappointingly slow. The writer has seen
a plant IG years old which just now begins to form a
trunk. Well-grown specimens are very fine, but they
cannot be considered rivals in bea\ity of the four kinds
which are the subjects of the four following para-
graphs. Phoe-iiix dacttflifera, var. exeelsa, is much more
robust and rapid-growing than the typical Date.

The East Indian Wild Date, PhtBuix sylvestris, though
having the same glaucous foliage as the common spe-
cies, is a rapid grower and an exceedingly beautiful and
stately palm. The writer has seen specimens 12 years
from the seed that had assumed a height of 25 ft., with
Ivs. 12-15 ft. long and a spread of the crown 25-30 ft. in
diameter. It is perfectly hardy, having stood a frost of
15° above zero, and it grows equally well on high and
low land, though its growth is much quicker in fairly
moist soil.

The stateliest of all the palms that can be grown in
the gardens of Florida is the Canary Island Date,
Phcenlx Canariensls, a species with huge trunk and
immense Ivs. 12-15 ft. long, with a spread of the crown
averaging 30 ft. in diameter. The leaflets, which are
densely set along the midrid of the frond, are flattened
and are of a glossy dark greeu color. At an age of 8
or 10 years this species begins to form a trunk and to
show its true character. The trunk is now about 3 feet
in diameter and its massiveness reminds one of a water
barrel. At an age of about 12-15 years this pahn is a
grand and noble object, a perfect picture of symmetrical
beauty. There is no palm in the Florida gardens that
can compare with it in stateliness and grandeiir and in
rapidity of growth. Its beauty is much enhanced if
planted in gi'oups or if arranged with specimens of Sabala
and Cocos and the grand Bambui<a argcntea. Land-
scape effects can be obtained in this way that will be
not only unique but at the same time enchantingly
beautiful.

Perhaps of equal beauty and almost of the same state-
liness and vigorous growth is a hj'brid said to have
been raised by the late E. H. Hart, between P. Canar-
iensls and P. sylvestris. It has the beautiful glaucous
color of the latter and the flattened leaflets as well as
the sturdy growth of the former. A plant received
by the writer in the fall of 1891 is now 13 ft. high,
with a diam. of the trunk of 3 ft. The lower leaves,
which almost rest on the ground, are over 12 ft. long,
while the upper ones gracefully arch to all sides. Blost
of the writer's visitors from the North pronounce this
the most beautiful of all his palms. It is indeed a grand
and beautiful plant.

Another palm of great beauty is P, temtis. It is
similar to the Canary Island Date, but it has a more
slender trunk and narrower and more arching leaves,
which have a much lighter green color. It is of a very
strong growth and soon forms fine specimens. This
species belongs to the group of large-growing kinds
forming a single stem. They produce no suckers at the
base of the trunk to speak of. Most of the other kinds
are smaller, more tender, bushy, and produce suckers
freely.

According to Drude, in "Die Natiirlichen Pflauzen-
familien," there are onlyabout eleven good species of
Phcenix, but there is no doubt that the limits of the
various species are at present not well understood, and
considerable confusion prevails among the synonyms.
P, Leonensis and P. splnosa are apparently not to be
separated, the latter being perhaps a synonym. The
glossy green Ivs. are provided on their edges with
soft white threads. It is a strong-growing palm with
long and slender Ivs., and, as suckers are pushed up
profusely, it soon forms dense clumps of great beauty
which eventually attain a height of 15-18 feet. P.

reclinata, with arching leaves, perhaps never grows
higher than 10-12 ft. It is a bushy palm of a glossy
dark green color. P. Naialensis and P. Zanziharensis
seem to be identical with P. reclinata. P. farinifera is
a low bushy palm of great elegance from East India^
and P. riipicola and P. cycadifoda are also very grace-
ful and fine species. The latter species has the most
beautiful and elegant foliage of all the species of
Phcenix. P. pumila and P. acaulis are very small
kinds, while P. paludosa, being provided along the
leaves around the stem with formidable spines, forms
dense and impenetrable thickets. P. glaiica is a small-
growing species with glaucous-green foliage. These are
all tender palms, but they grow well on high piueland.

1765 Pht£nix Rcebelenn of horticulturists

hut considered by botimists to be a form of P. huniilis.
See species No. 6, on p. 1311.

All these Date-palms grow with great luxuriance in
south Florida; but P. Canariensis, P. sylvestris, P.
tenuis and the hybrid between P. Oanariensis and P.
sylvestris are not only the hardiest and the most beauti-
ful of all but they form extremely elegant and stately
specimens in about ten years from the time of planting.
They grow most luxuriantly in low, moist, rich soil, but
they also do exceedingly well on high pineland if well
fertilized during the rainy season. In fact, they will
thrive under an application of nitrogenous fertilizers in
quantities sufficient to kill almost any other plant. The
lower leaves of P. Canariensis often suffer from rusty
spots which disfigure them badly, but the spots will
soon disappear if the plants are well watered, cultivated,
and fertilized.

All the members of the busby-growing group of Date-
palms are rather tender, and they have suffered severely
by the heavy freezes which have visited Florida of late
years. Though losing all their foliage, they will be as
fine as ever the next fall if, immediately following the
frost, the heart-leaf is pulled out. If left in its position
it will soon rot and injure the center of the plant be-
yond recovery.

Deep planting is very essential with all palms, but
especially with the large and massive Dates. Each
plant should be set in a basin-like excavation about 6-8
ft. in diam. and 2 ft. deep in the center. If this precau-
tion is not taken the heavy palm would very likely be
blown over by strong winds. The young palm after
planting works its way down until it stands about 23^-3
ft. deep in the soil; then the trimk grows upward.
There it stands like a post, smoothly rounded at the
bottom, emerging its long, rope-like roots in all direc-
tions but particularly downward. The writer knows of
a specimen in which the ends of the roots at a depth
of 15 ft. could not be found and they evidently went

PHCENIX

PHCENIX

1311

down many more feet until they had reached the clay-
bank or the water. There are quite a number of small
feeding-roots found in dense masses all along the rope-
like main-roots near the surface of the soil, but not such
a network of surface-roots as we find in all the hardy
species of Cocos (of the C. australis type), in which
almost all the roots run horizontal and are mostly found
near the surface, while in the species of Phcenix they
run downward. The large-growing species flower pro-
fuselj' in the fall and winter, while the bushy species all
flower during the spring months. In all the species of
Phoenix the male and female flowers are borne on differ-
ent individuals, and the various species flowering at the
same time hybridize readily. jj_ Nehrling.

Phcenix in California. — The undersigned now has
growing in the ground the following species: P. Ganar-
iensis, daetylifera, reclinata. all large; cycadifolia,
fariniferaf pumila, ruplcola, tenuis, 2-4: ft. high ;
Hanceana, Juhce, Sj/luesfris and Zeylanica, all in pots.
Much confusion exists here, and few dare recognize
more than the three first named. We have P. dactyl-
ifera as high as 100 ft. Some specimens grown from
seed saved from commercial dates have made 50 ft. of
trunk in 30 years, while others of the same seeding
have made but 8 ft. Either we have numerous hybrids
here or else some species that no one knows. We have
them in all shades of green and glaucous-green, all
habits of growth, stiff and upright, pendulous and soft,
narrow leaves and broad ones, slim-folded and wide-
spreading, the latter like an inverted leaf of Jubfea
spectabilis. No one here has attempted to straighten
them out. The only species easily recognized every-
where and by every one is P. Canariensis, the gem of
the genus. This is regarded by one eminent Californian
nurseryman as a garden hybrid, but it always produces
fertile seeds, and seedlings from it do not vary, which
cannot be said of any other Phoenix here. Next in popu-
larity comes P. reclinata; the others are only found in
collections. P. dacfyltfera is seldom planted now, and
few nurseries ever grow it. All species of Phcenix are
hardy here as far as the writer knows. P. Canariensis
is most easily removed from the ground, and the best
time is Aug. and Sept., the hottest weather, as then they
recuperate faster. The only other time to remove is in
the early spring, before growth, and then if the weather
turns cold it is risky. Ernest Braunton.

Phcenix in the iVb W7(. — Although Phcenixes cannot be
considered to be as decorative subjects as the Howeas
and Chrysalidocarpus, they are among the hardiest of
palms. For any unfavorable sitiiation where any palm
can be expected to thrive, recommend a Phcenix. Out-
doors they endure the hottest sunshine without losing a
particle of color, whether placed in jai's, vases or beds.
As house plants they are unecjualed for resistance to
neglect. They also bear the tying and untying and the
crowding and wear and tear of public decorative work
better than any other palms. The writer has a pair of
specimens of Phcrnix ruplcola, which within the past
six years have been packed and unpacked five hundred
times; they have withstood excessive heat and cold,
gas and dust, and still stand to-day in the broad sun
with their arching fronds perfect. The Date-pahn is not
quite so graceful. P. Leonensis or spinosa is slightly
stiffer than P. rupicola, but very handsome. Other
kinds useful to the florist are P. Canariensis, farinifera,
pumila a.TL&. tenuis. (This paragraph has been adapted
from an article in Scott's Florists' Manual which em-
bodies the experience of Mr. Scott and of the under-
sigiied.) -VP. H. Taplin.

INDEX.

(Various other names will be found in horticultural litera-
ture, but the following comprise those known to the Ameri-
ciin trade.)

acaulis, 7.
Andersoni, 1.
Canariensis, 9.
cijcadifolia, 11.
dactylifera, 11,
exeelsa. 11.
farinifera, 4.
Hauceana, 6.
humilis. 6.

JubcB, 9.
Leonensis, 2.
Lourierii, 6.
maeroearpa, 9
melanoearpa,
paludosa, 3.
pumila, 8.
pusilla, 5.
reclinata. 2.

Jioebelenii, 6.
rupicola, 1.
Senegalensis, 2.
spinosa, 2.
sylvestris, 10.
tenuis, 9.
Zanziharensis, 2.
Zeylanica, 5.

A. Texture of Ifts. flaccid 1. rupicola

AA. Texture of Ifts. rigid.

B. Arrangement of Ifts. 2-ranhed.

c. Form of Ifts. lanceolate 2. reclinata

cc. Form of Ifts. ensiform, with

filiform tips 3. paludosa

BB. Arrangement of Ifts. ^—i or many-
ranked.
c. Position of Ifts. equidistant.

D. Color of Ivs. dark f/reen 4. farinifera

DD. Color of Ivs. light green 5. pusilla

cc. Position of Ifts. grouped or
fascicled.
v. Stem bulbiform: Ivs. short.
E. J^fts. scattered^ irregularly

fascicled 6. bumilis

EE. Z/fts. in nearly opx>osite

fascicles 7. acaulis

DD. Stent erect: Ivs. long.

E. Lvs. very slender 8. pumila

9. Canariensis
EE. Z/vs. more robust.

F. Foliage glabrous 10. sylvestris

FF. Foliage glaucous 11. dactylifera

1. rupicola, T. Anders, (P. Andersoni, Hort. Cal-
cutta). Stem 1,5-20 ft.xS in., solitary, slender, naked:
lvs. 10 ft., quite glabrous; petiole compressed; seg-
ments 1% ft., 2-ranked, not fascicled, flaccid, bright
green. Sikkim, Himalaya. Ct.C. II. 8:45. F. 1887, p.
1G5. I.H. 25:318. P.R. 1:143. A.G. 13:141. A.F.
4:569. — "The numerous bright green decurved Ifts. all
in one plane ai'e peculiar to this beaiitiful species." A
form with some of the Ifts. white is figured in I.H 34:3.

2. reclin&,ta, Jacq. (P. Leonhisls, Lodd. P. Senega-
lensis, Van Houtte. P. spbwsa, Schum. & Thorn. P.
Zanziharhisis, Hort.). Stem short (3-4 ft.): lvs. 2-
ranked, bright green, obliquely arcuate -recurved toward
the apex; Ifts. rigid, approximate, strict, 12 in. long,

1 in. wide, lanceolate, acuminate, pungent, the terminal
9 in. long, slightl^'^ bifid, the lowest spinescent. Trop.
and S.Africa. F. 1871, p. 135. A.F.4:5G8. A.G.a3:I41;
14:410; 1G:34G. Gn. 39, p. 140.-P. JHe?f/»r)c«V/?rt., Naud.,
has black edible fruits, and was found in a garden at
Nice. It is "supposed to be avariety of P. Senegalensis."
R.H. 1894, pp. 493, 496, 497.

3. paluddsa, Roxb. Gregarious, subarboreous: trunks
8-25 ft. high, 12-18 in. in diam., often reclining, annu-
late: Ivs. 8-10 ft.; Ifts. 1-2 ft., opposite and alternate,
2-ranked, ensiform, with filiform tips, whitish or mealy
beneath: petiole 3-5 ft. long, slender, scurfy, with many
long spines; sheath fibrous: fr. black-purple. Seashore,
tropical Asia.

4. farinifera, Roxb. Shrubby: caudex at most 4 ft.,
thickly clothed with old leaf-sheaths: petiole with 1 or

2 pairs of spines; Ifts. subopposite, 4-ranked, ensiform,
rigid, pungent, dark green: fr. black. Ceylon and
southern India. — "The caudex has a farinaceous pith"
(Roxb.). "The foliage is so spiny that it is impossible
to walk through clumps of it" (Steavenson).

5. pusilla, Gsertn. (P. Zeylanica, Hort.). Stem 10-14
ft.: lvs. rather short; Ifts. very many, subequidistant,
7-10 in., spreading at right angles, 4-ranked, rigid, pun-
gent, bright green. Ceylon.

6. Mmilis, Royle. Stems short, tufted, bulbiform.
rarely elongated: lvs. subglaucous; Ifts. scattered, in-
terruptedly fascicled. Very close to P. acaulis, but
distinguished by the very long-pednncled, fruiting
spadix. Hilly districts of India. — Var. Hanceana, Becc.
(P. JIancectna, Hort.), from China, is cultivated.

Var. Lourierii, Becc. (P. Pcebelenll, O'Brien). Fig.
17C5. Lvs. 1 ft. long; Ifts. 5-7 in. long, shining, dark
green, soft, curved, subglaucous, often approximate,
mostly falcate, not spinous at the tip. Assam to Cochin
China. G.M. 38:80. A.G. 15:201. G.C. III. 6:475;
11:731. G.P. 3:273.

7. acaiilis, Buch. Caudex bulbiform, 8-10 in. in diam.,
densely clothed with sheaths and bases of the petioles:
lvs. 2-6 ft. ; Ifts. in subopposite fascicles, many-ranked,
yi-V/i ft. long, very rigid, somewhat glaucous, marginal
nerve very strong; petiole 1 ft. or more, with many
spines : fr. bright red to blue-black. India.

1312

PHCENIX

PHORMIUM

8. pumila, Hort. Stem slender, graceful. 6-10 ft. : Ivs.
lO-lG ft. long, recurved, drooping; Ifts. 8-12 in. long,
4-ranked. (At. 20, p. 173 (description). Fla. Farm. &
Fr. Gr. 1898 :ii7.

9. Canari6nsis, Hort. (P. tenuis, Versch. P. Jub(E,
Webb). Resembling P. dactylifera, but more slender
and graceful in all its parts : Ivs. more- numerous. Ca-
nary Islands. R.H. 1«88:181. G.C. III. 15:405. V.
19:51. Gng. 5:215. 6n. 57, p. 255. R.H. 1893, pp. 126,
127. —Var. macrocarpa is cult, in Florida.

10. sylvfestris, Roxb. Stem solitary, stout, 25-40 ft.
high, clothed with persistent petiole bases: Ivs. 10-15
ft., glabrous; petiole spiny; segments 1-2 ft., fascicled,
2-4-rauked, rigid, light green. Very close to P. dacfi/l-
ifera and perhaps the origin of that plant. India. I.H.
10:351. V. 10:101. F. 1872, p. 29. Gn. 54, p. 117. G.C.
HI. 10:105.— A hybrid of P. xijli'extris and Canarien-
sis secured by E. H. H.irt is highly praised by Ameri-
can connoisseurs.

11. dactyllJera, Linn. (P. eycadifblia. Hort.). Date-
palm. Fig. 17U4. Stem tall, erect : Ivs. glaucous,
arcuate-ascending ; Ifts. liuear-lanceolate acuminate,
strongly complicate, the lower 4-ranked, the upper 2-
rauked, irregularly and remotely aggregate: fr. cylin-
drical-elliptical, 1-2 in. long. Arabia; N. Afr. R.H. 1893,
p. 127.— Var. exc^lsa is cult, in Florida. See Bate.

P. dumbsa, Hort. S.iul, 1893. Of "dwarf h.abit." Seems
\inknown to botanists.— P. glauca, cult, by H. Nehrling, is a
name not in the texts.— P. Natalmsis and var. varieg.^ta are
offered by Reasoner, but no description is av.iilable.— P. San-
deridna. Presumably introduced within recent years by San-
der & Co., St. Albans, Eng.— P. spinidbsa, Hort. .S.-iul, ISOIi. is
an obscure name. — P. tomentu.sa, cult, by H. Nolu-ling, is an
obscure name. .Jared G. Smith.

1766. American mistletoe— Phoradendron flavescens.

PHOLIDGTA (Greek, scale and ear; the scales of the
unopened raceme are said to recall the rattle of a
snake). Orchiddeece. A small genus containing about
20 species, natives of India, S. China and the Malay
Archipelago. Mostly of the habit of Ccelogyne, with
creeping rhizomes and pseudobulbs consisting of a sin-
gle internode. Fls. small, short-pedicelled, in slender
racemes, each with a large bract; sepals and petals short,
broad; labellum excavated or sac-like ; coluniu very
short, winged around the top. For cultivation, use
strong, light, rich potting material, broken pots, old dry
cow manure, plenty of drainage. Do not allow to be-
come very dry. Temperature, 55-65°.

imbricita, Lindl. Pseudobulbs oblong sulcata: Ivs.
oblong-lanceolate, plicate, 6-12 in. long: raceme long-

peduncled, 3-8 in. long: tls. small, rather crowded on
the raceme, white or yellowish, with a shade of violet.
Feb. -May. India. B.R. 14:1213 ; 21:1777. L.B.C.
20:19:J4.

Chiii6nsis, Lindl. A small creeping epiphyte. Pseu-
dobulbs cespitose, 1-2-lvd. : ivs. oblong-unduUite, acu-
minate, fls greenish white, in drooping racemes not
more than 2-3 in. long; sepals ovate; petals linear; la-
bellum oblong, recurved. — This plant has long been
known from Chinese drawings.

Wji. Mathews and Heixrich Hasselbring.

PHORADENDRON flavescens, Nutt., is the Mistletoe
of eastern North America. Fig. 1766. It is parasitic on
deciduous trees, as far north as New Jersey and south-
ern Indiana and extending southward-s to Florida and
Texas. F.R. 3:590. It makes dense bunches 1-3 ft.
across, with thick oval or obovate yellowish green ever-
green Ivs. The forking twigs are terete, and break
easily at the base. The fls. are dicecious. borue in very
short spikes or catkins: berries amber-white, globular,
small. The plant is collected for Christmas greens (see
Greens, Christmas). The Old World Mistletoe is Vis-
cum.

PHORMIUM (Greek, phormos, basket; referring to
one use to which this fiber plant is put), jbilidcece. New
Zealand Flax. The New Zealand Flax, Phormium
tena.r, is a tender herbaceous plant, 3-6 ft. high, with a
tuft of 2-ranked, sword-shaped Ivs. and panicles of G-
lobed fls. varying from red to orange. It is a choice
plant for conservatory decoration and for subtropical
bedding. It is a very formal plant, its lines being
strong, stately and rather stiff, — perhaps too much so in
immature specimens. The genus is easily distinguished
by its fls., which are erect, numerous, panicled, the
perianth with a top-shaped tube, and the somewhat
incurved segments loosely conuivent above. Phormium
belongs to the tribe of which the day-lilies (Hemero-
callis and Punkia) are representatives in the northern
hemisphere and the poker plants (Kniphotia) in the
southern, its nearest ally being the Australian Bland-
fordia with fls. of similar colors but pendulous and with
stamens aflixed at the middle of the tube instead of at
the apex, as in Phormium. Phormiunvs have a short,
thick rhizome and clusters of thickened fibrous roots.
There are three species, all from New Zealand. The
common species, P. tenax, is the tallest plant and gen-
erally has redder fls. than P. Cookliniiini . The rarest
species, P. Hoolveri (not in trade), differs in having
Ivs. which bend back until they reach the ground.

Phormiums are perhaps too slow of propagation to be
ranked among the few most popular plants for subtropi-
cal bedding, but they are esteemed choice subjects by con-
noisseurs. They are a prominent feature of many fine
establishments in California. When Phormiums are to
be prop, by division G. W. Oliver recommends that they
be planted outdoors in very sandy soil during May and
divided during September. yi^ jj_

For certain combinations and in places where it can
have plenty of moisture Phormium tevax is a valuable
plant, having a very distinct and unusual character all
its own. The type is easier of cultivation than the
variegated kinds. Much better results can be obtained
bj' raising the typical form from seeds than by division.
Seed sown in Feb. and grown on rapidly will make good
plants for bedding purposes the spring of the following
year. The seedlings maybe either planted out or grown
in pots; in the latter case give a rich compost and
plenty of water after the plants have taken hold. With
good treatment one may expect at the end of a year and
a half a well-furnished specimen 3-3>^ ft. high in a
6-in. pot. If one can afford room in a warm house, so
much the better. The variegated forms require partial
shade and even moisture; they do not come true from
seed. J. p. CowELL.

A. Xrs. 2-3 in. wide, split at apex.
tdnax, Linn. New Zealand Flax. Fig. 1767. Ro-
bust: Ivs. attaining 4 ft. or more, 2-3 in. wide, dark
green, margin and keel bright red or brownish: scape
5-7 ft. high, much overtopping the Ivs.: fls. typically

XXIX. Photography.

The Milkweed pod in upper left corner was photographed upon a "backed" plate to counteract halation: the view
to the right shows the same subject photographed withoiit "backing." The yellow Nareissiis to the left below was
photographed on an isochromatic plate (without color screen); the same flower in the same lighting, made on an ordi-
nary plate, is shown beside it.

PHOEMIUM

PHOTOGRAPHY

1313

scarlet, but in natiiral forms varying almost to pure
vellow; perianth 18-21 lines Ion?. B.M. 3199. Gn. 50,
p. 3G9. A. P. 13:748. R.H. 1848:5. V. 13:340. Gn. 20,
p. 397.— Var. atropurpitreum has reddish purple foliage.
R.H. 1877, p. 389. Var. atropurpureum variegatum is
alleged to be a "veritable fountain of white, purple and
rose color." Var. nlgro-pictum {iV. pui-pzireum nigro-
limbatum, Hort. Saul?). Lvs. deep green, with a nar-
row margin of blackish purple, which becomes broader

1767. Phormium tenax.

and more distinct towards the base, making in mature
plants a zigzag line which outlines the 2-ranked habit
of the lvs. Var. variegatum has fls. striped creamy
yellow and white. R.H. 1878, p. 86. Var. Veitchianum
(var. Veltchii and P. V^eitchi(inum-, Hort.) has broad
creamy white stripes on a light green ground. A.F. 5 :39.
The type and varieties all have the red margin and the
variegated forms are all smaller than the type.

AA. Lvs. 'A-lVn in. wide, scarcely split at aper.
Cookiinum, Le Jolis. A smaller plant: lvs. 2-3 ft.
long: scape 3-G ft. high: perianth 12-15 lines long, yel-
lower than the above. Var. variegatum has yellowish
white stripes. F.M. 1874:112. ■^_ jj^

PHOSPHATE. This word is often used by farmers
as synonymous with commercial fertilizers. Consult
Fertility, Fertilizers and Manures.

PHOTlNIA (Greek, photeinos , shining; alludingto the
shiningfoliage). lueludm^ Heteromeles imd FourtJtia^a.
lios(lce(e, tribe Pometv, Ornamental evergreen or de-
ciduous shrubs, with alternate, usually serrate lvs.,
white fls. in sometimes very large corymbs, and very dec-
orative red or scarlet f r. The evergreen species are ten-
der in N. Eng., and bear only a few degrees of frost; but
the deciduous P. villosa is hardy as farnorth as Massa-
chusetts, and is very conspicuous in fall by the scarlet
fall coloring of the foliage and afterwards by the
numerous scarlet fruits, which retain their bright color
until midwinter and are not eaten by birds. Of the
evergreen species, P. arhittifolia, which is very similar
to P. serrulata and also to P. glabra, is the best known;
it is a very striking ob.iect in winter, with its large
clusters of bright red fr. ripening in December and
contrasting well with the glossy dark green foliage.
The Photinias are not very particular as to soil, but
thrive best in a rather light, sandy loam, and the de-
ciduous ones prefer sunny positions. Prop, by seeds
or by cuttings of half-ripened wood under glass and
by layers ; also by grafting on hawthorn or quince.
About 20 species distributed from Japan and China to
India and Java, 2 species in Calif, and Mex. Shrubs,
rarely small trees with stipulate lvs. : fls. in corymbs or
short panicles; petals 5, orbicular; stamens 10-20;
styles 2, rarely 3 or 4, connate at the base: fr. a small

1- or 2-seeded pome. Closely allied to the Aria group of
Sorbus and only distinguished by the top of the fr.
being rounded and hollow.

A. Lvs. deciduous : fls. in corymbs.

villdsa, DC. (P. varidbiUs, Hemsl. Pourthicea
villosa, Decue. ii>d?'bus terniindlis, Hort.). Upright
shrub, to 15 ft., with slender spreading or upright
branches : lvs. short-petioled, broadly obovate to oblong,
cuneate, acuminate, sharply serrate, dark green and
glabrous above, more or less pubescent beneath when
young, lK-3 in. long: fls. white, in l>o-2 in. broad,
glabrous or villous corymbs terminal on short lateral
branchlets: peduncles warty: fr. about % in. long,
bright scarlet. June. Japan, China. G.P. 1:07.— A
very variable species. Var. laevis, Rehd. (P. Icevis,
DC. Pourthicea argfita, Hort.), has narrower lvs., only
sparingly pubescent when young and soon glabrous,
glabrous inflorescences and somewhat larger fr. G.F.
4:377.
AA. Lvs. evergreen, glabrous: fls. in large jyanicles

serruia,ta, Lindl. (P. gldbra, var. ClmUnsis, Maxim.
Cratiegus glilbra, Sims, not Thunb.). Shrub, to 20 ft.:
lvs. with petioles about 1 -in. long, oblong, usually
rounded at the base, acuminate, serrulate, dark green
and shining above, yellowish green beneath, 5-7 in. long:
panicles to 6 in. broad: fls. % in. across; stamens 20:
fr. globose, 34 in. across, red. May-July. China. B.M.
2105. L.B.C. 3:248. Stands fairly well in Washington.

glabra, Maxim. [Crafiugus gldbra, Thxinb.). Shrub,
to 8 ft.: lvs. on about )^-in. long petioles, elliptic or
obovate to oblong-obovate, cuneate at the base, acumi-
nate, serrulate, 2-4 in. long: panicles 2-4 in. across:
fls. % in. across; stamens 20: fr. subglobose, red. May-
July. China, Japan.

arbutifolia, Lindl. (Seteromeles arbutifdlia, Roem.
Cratiegus arbutifolia, Ait. ) . Toyon. Tollon. Shrub or
small tree, to 20 ft.: young branches and inflorescences
usually toiuentulose: lvs. oblong to olilong-lanceolate,
acute at both ends, sharply serrate, shining above, 2-4
in. long: fls. white, in 2-5-in. broad panicles; stamens
10 : fr. bright red, ^-^ in. across. June, July. Calif.
S.S. 3:193. B.R. 6:491. -Called Christmas Berry in
Calif., where the fruits are much used for Christmas
decoration.

P. argitta, Wall, (Pourthiasa arguta. Decne.). Closely allied
to P. villosa: Iv.'^. longer and narrower, firmer, densely white-
tomentose beneath when young: corymbs larger. Himal. — P.
eUiptica. Nichols., is Eriobotrya elliptioa, Lindl., a Himalayan
species not in cult, in this country. — F. Japonica, Nichols.^
Eriobotrya Japonica. ALrKED Reuder.

PHOTOGRAPHY, HOETICTTLTUEAL. Plate SSIX.
As a means of description and of record, photography
is of great importance to horticulture in all its branches.
A reference to magazines and to trade catalogues of the
day shows a growing use of the "half-tone" engraving
process; and these engravings are merely photographs
transferred to a copper plate, and by means of minute
chemically-etched dots given a printing surface for the
typographic press. Many other illustrations — notably
many in this Cyclopedia — are adapted from or drawn
directly from photographs, being then engraved by an-
other photographic etching process on hard zinc. To a
limited extent, photographs are also printed on the pre-
pared surface of boxwood blocks, and used in lieu of a
drawing as a sketch for the wood-engraver.

Every experiment station and agricultural college
finds in photography an indispensable ad.iunct both to
its records and to its descriptive work. For the botanist,
photography provides both an uniquely accurate means
of recording plant details, and of portraying the appear-
ance of the growing plant in its habitat. A photographic
herbarium represents the living plant more adequately
than the usual dried specimens. Some of the larger
nursery and seed establishments are also coming to
maintain photographic equipments, in order that they
may readily preserve views of the varieties which it
is "desired to advertise. In horticultural journalism
photography is of prime importance. In advanced
collegiate institutions and at the meetings of various
progressive horticultural societies and institutes, the
presentation of photographs by means of the stereopti-

1314

PHOTOGRAPHY

PHOTOGRAPHY

con is found to be of enormous advantage, and the teach-
ing or entertainment is made more efficient tlirough this
means. Therefore, all branches of horticultural activity
are concerned with photography, and the progressive
instructor dealing with horticultural problems in an
educational institution, or handling the government's
money in the experiment station work, miist be able
to practice photography with a fair degree of proli-
ciency, if he is to accomplish the best results.

As Horticultural Photography differs essentially from
the line of work in which the ordinary portrait photog-
rapher is engaged, some special skill and certain items
of equipment are desirable for the tradesman, or experi-
menter, or teacher who wants to make his illustration
effective. Those who deal, as does the writer, with many
photographs from many "artists," come to know and
abhor the thoroughly inadequate work of the ordinary
professional, who is fitted both as to equipment and skill
only for the picturing of the human face and form. Not
once in twenty times does satisfactory and efficient horti-
cultural photographic work come from the professional;
and, therefore, the horticultural instructor or tradesman
is best served by taking up photography in an indepen-
dent manner.

Ajjparadis . —For views outdoors of trees, plants, etc.,
any view camera of the regulation or of the "folding"
type will answer, though, as it is often desirable to
obtain relatively large details of fruits or tiowers or
plants in sitUy a bellows of more than the usual focal ca-
pacity or length is preferred. The modern "long-focus"
cameras are suitable, and the size most used by horti-
culturists is that taking a plate 5x7 inches in dimen-
sions. For such size a rectilinear lens with a focal length
of seven or eight inches is advisable; and if one of the
two lenses forming the combination is available as an
objective of about double the focal length of the com-
bination, and the camera is provided with a bellows
which draws out several inches beyond the focal length
of this single lens, much facility in operation is provided.
Any of the modern high-class view lenses are suitable,
and those of the anastigmatic type, which are not only
rectilinear biit also render views in a flat and correct
perspective, are preferable. It need not be assiimed,
however, that the very highest grade lens is essential,
for in the bands of a thoughtful and reasonably skilful
operator, an ordinary rectilinear lens, costing, for the
size mentioned, but $1.5 or $20, will often do satisfactory
work. Whatever lens is used, it shoiild be fitted into
a quick - working shutter, as outdoor exposures, with
modern rapid plates, miist be made in small fractions
of a second. The shutter, it may be explained to the
unacquainted reader, is merely a convenient device for
opening and closing the lens to the light for the inter-
val of time desired by the photographer.

As there is frequent misconception of the work done
by a lens, and as even lens-makers sometimes give
faulty advice as to the proper objectives for any specified
uses, it may not be amiss to suggest to the inquiring
horticultural photographer an investigation on his own
account. Photo-Miniature No. 1, "Modern Lenses," is
a brief, clear and concise statement of the principles,
properties and construction of lenses, which may be
consulted to advantage. The focal length of any lens,
in connection with the size of the plate upon which it is
to be used, determines the angle and amount of view in-
cluded. The human eye is a lens of about 16 inches
focal length, and to have a photograph render perspec-
tive as seen by the average eye, an objective of the
same focal length is required. Thus, on a 5x7 plate, a
lens of 8 inches focal length will include twice as much
in the view, and show it in half the size as seen by the
eye. This forced perspective is sometimes desirable
and sometimes unpleasant. If the 8-inch lens is com-
posed of two elements on what is known as the symmet-
rical plan, the rear element may usually be used alone
(by screwing out the front lens), and it will have ap-
proximately double the focus of the combination. This
will give about the perspective seen by the human eye,
and will need to be used in connection with a bellows
of at least the same length or "draw " as the focal length
of the lens. Some of the high-grade lenses are now
made on what is termed the "convertible" plan, each of
the two elements being of a different focal length. Thus

a certain lens which as a whole is of 73^ inches focus,
includes one element of 12 inches focus and one element
of 18 inches focus. Either of these single lenses, or the
combination, may be used separately, so that from a
given position three views, including proportions dif-
fering as 5, 8, and 12, may be made.

To photograph an object in natural size, the double lens
is preferable. If the lens be of 8 inches focus, it will give
natural size when placed equidistant between the object
and the ground-glass focusing-screen of the camera, at
double its focal length. Thus the bellows would need
to be drawn out so as to have 16 inches between the
ground glass and the lens, while the object to be photo-
graphed should be maintained in position IG inches
from the lens.

A tripod, capable of adjustment as to height, and of
sufficient rigidity to sustain the camera in a moderately
high wind, is easily obtained. The cheaper forms are
fairly efficient, but the photographer who has much
traveling to do finds it preferable to obtain one of the
more expensive and carefully fitted tjT>es, which fold
into a smaller compass.

For indoor work, including the making of photographs
of fruits, flowers or plants in large detail, a special
form of camera-stand is very desirable. One arranged
so that the camera may be maintained in an inclined or
nearly vertical plane, while the object to be photographed
rests on a plate-glass exposing stand in front of the lens,
gives great facility and ease of operation, and does away
with many difficulties of illumination. A few experiment
stations possess devices of this kind. A form which has
been found exceedingly satisfactory in practice is de-
scribed in No. 13 of th« Photo-Miniature, " Photographing
Flowers and Trees," and is here reprinted by permission
in Figs. 1768 and 1769, showing the camera-stand both
as arranged for horizontal and for vertical work. In
operation with this device, the flower, fruit or plant to be
photographed is laid upon the plate-glass stand, and the
camera, fastened by its tripod screw upon a movable
bed, is moved backward or forward as a whole, or
through its bellows, imtil the desired size and focus
are obtained. The background may be varied to any
extent desired by cardboards or cloths placed below
or back of the plate-glass stand, out of focus. The
camera-stand is mounted on casters, so that it may
be readily moved about to secure the most favorable
lighting. Objects which can best be handled on a hori-
zontal plane may be disposed somewhat as shown in
Fig. 1768. For work of this sort a north side-light is
found vastly preferable to the conventional sky-light. A
greater mistake in the equipment of a studio for hor-
ticultural work could not be made than to provide the
sky-light deemed essential by old-fashioned professional
photographers, although now happily abandoned by the
more progressive workers for a "single-slant " light,
which gives far better results. There shotild be pro-
vided in the work-room of the horticultural photog-
rapher several good reflecting surfaces, so that the side
of the object opposite the main source of light may be
properly illuminated.

Phites and color-values. — As, practically all Horticul-
tural Photography has to do with the tints of growing
things, the well-known color inaccuracy of the ordinary
dry-plate is a serious disadvantage. The ordinary plate
responds most actively to the rays at the blue end of
the spectrum, and is very sluggish in taking an im-
pression from green, yellow and red, the latter color,
indeed, being rendered practically the same as black.
Yellow, which in actual color value is on a par with
light blue, and only a few shades less intense than
white, is rendered by the ordinary plate as a dark color,
as all operators who have photographed yellow roses,
yellow apples, yellow plums, and the like, will have ob-
served. Fortunately, there are available photographic
plates, known as isochromatic or orthochromatic plates,
which, to a certain extent, correct these difficulties, and
the skilful operator may, by the use of the proper plate
and in some cases a suitable ray-filter, give approxi-
mately correct values to all the colors of the spectrum.
For all ordinary horticultural uses, where blue and yel-
low are not found in the same subject, the isochromatic
plate of the most rapid speed is satisfactory. It gives
yellow its proper value, at the same time improving the

PHOTOGRAPHY

PHOTOGRAPHY

1315

rendering of the green foliage and slightly increasing
the truth of representation in pink, lavender, and the
lighter red shades. It is very much better, then, for the
photographer who has to do with horticultural work to
confine himself exclusively to these isochromatic plates
for all bis work. If he has a subject including blue
flowers, the especial activity of the blue rays, which
otherwise would render the photographic impression as
intense as if the object was white, can be restrained by
a suitable ray-fllter, which is applied in front of the lens.
This ray-aiter is either a glass cell filled with a one per
cent solution of potassium bichromate, or a piece of
plane optical glass covered with a suitably stained col-
lodion film sealed with another optical glass and pro-
vided with a convenient mounting for slipping on the
lens. With this ray-fllter and the isochromatic plate be-
fore alluded to, the yellow is slightly over-valued, but
the blue is given its proper relation. The beauty of
outdoor photographs is vastly increased by the use of
the plate and ray-filter mentioned, because a proper
color value is given to the sky, and the cloud forma are
preserved in all their attractiveness. If the subject be

of the isochromatic plate as compared with the ordi-
nary plate in photographing yellow tulips.) Halation is
caused by the reflection of brilliantly lighted objects
from the hack of the glass plate carrying the sensitive
emulsion. Light possesses enormous velocity, and
there is a constant and almost inconceivably rapid play
back and forth between the two surfaces of the glass
plate, which is covered only on its face by the sensitive
photographic emulsion. This results in a thickening of
all the finer lines which should be rendered in the posi-
tive as white. It is best counteracted by "backing" the
plate with a composition which will absorb all the rays
of light that pass through the emulsion on the face.

1768. AdjustaDle camera-stand, horizontal position.

1769. Adjustable camera-stand, vertical position.

a heavily loaded peach tree, for instance, the accentua-
tion of the yellow, brought about by the use of the ray-
filter, will give a needed slight exaggeration of color
value to the fruit, which, under treatment by an ordinary
plate, will be almost indistinguishable from the mass of
foliage. With the ray -filter the exposure required is
practically trebled. In this Cyclopedia, advantage has
been taken of isochromatic plates in photographing
some of the subjects. The carnations, Plate Vf , Vol. I,
show a variety of shades properly rendered by the
means indicated. The dahlia, Plate IS, shows the
rendering of dark red shades in connection with green
foliage by the isochromatic plate. The persimmon
plate (XXVIII) in this volume also shows orange, ye\-
low and red fruits as properly rendered under this
isochromatic handling, and the oranges (Plate XXIII),
including fruits from the light lemon-yellow Pomelo to
the deep orange-red Tangierine, prove also the useful-
ness of the plate suggested.

A difficulty known in pbotograpliic practice as hala-
tion must also be counteracted if the fine detail of sub-
jects involving much light is to be preserved. Plate
XXIX shows a milkweed pod, first as photographed with
a plain isochromatic plate and second as photographed
with the same plate, treated so as to eliminate halation.
(The two lower figures on the same plate show the value

Any dark substance which can be brought into absolute
optical contact with the posterior surface of the glass
plate will answer, but the most efficient backing is
provided by an alcoholic solution of soap, to which has
been added a mixture of erythrosin and aurin, two red
aniline pigments having high absorptive powers. This
coating is easily applied, and easily removed before
development; and the writer in his practice of Horti-
cultural Photography uses isochromatic plates backed
with this dyed soap-solution for all important work.

Even with the aid of the isochromatic plate and the
ray-filter the photography of shades of red is difficult,
because of the lack of actinic or chemical quality in the
red rays of the spectrum. In practice it is found neces-
sary to give a very much prolonged exposure to objects
containing red, and then to restrain the overexposure
upon development by means of a suitably compounded
developing solution. Details regarding this are out of
place here, but may be obtained from the works cited at
the end of this sketch.

Lantern-nlides. — A.fe^ words may be added concern-
ing the production of lantern-slides, now of the greatest
importance in illustrative work. A lantern-slide is a
positive on glass, and therefore is made from a nega-
tive. It is made preferably on a special plate, much
slower than the regular photographic dry-plate, because

1316

PHOTOGRAPHY

PHRYNIUM

coated with a silver chloride rather than a silver hroraide
emulsion. The slide is usually faced with a paper mask,
so as to include only the desired portions of the picture,
and protected by a cover glass. Negatives of any size
may be used if a suitable arrangement is provided for
reduction. This can readily be arranged by an adapta-
tion of the camera-stand illustrated in Fig. 1768. A pair
of light bars are added, running from the top of the
plate-glass frame to a support at the other end of
the stand, and a piece of heavy muslin or light canvas
thrown over this serves to exclude the excess of light.
A ground-glass frame is added back of the plate-glass,
which latter is removed to give i:)lace to a turn-table
arrangement, made to take and hold negatives of vari-
ous sizes. In practice, the ground glass end is turned
toward the strong light, the negative to be used is ad-
justed in the tnrn-table, and the image focused in the
camera as usual. The 5x7 size largely used by hor-
ticulturists is in just the right proportion for the
ordinary lantern plate of American practice, which is
H]4 x 4 inches. Slides may also be made by contact, if
the negative to be used is of suitable size. The familiar
•i X 5, 3/^ X 33^ and 'A%x 4:}4 hand-camera films are often
so used, beinii' phu-ed in contact with a lantern plate in
an ordinary printing frame, and given a short exposure
to an artificial light. Such slides are seldom of good
quality. If it is required to make lantern-slides from
diagrams, engravings or any positive material, a nega-
tive must be first prepare'l, for making which the verti-
cal position of the camera stand (Fig. 1769) is very
convenient.

In making lantern-slides, it is important to learn the
proper exposure, for errors in exposure cannot be cor-
rected in development to any great extent. The careful
worker will expose several plates upon the same subject,
give all the same development, and act upon the ex-
perience thus gained.

The only work treating specifically of the photography
of flowers and trees is a previously mentioned mono-
graph in The Photo-Miniature, No. 13, published by
Tennant & Ward, New York. In the same series of
monographs is an excellent treatise on the production
of lantern-slides (No. 9), and another on modern lenses
(No. 1), previously cited. j. Horace McFakland.

PHOTOSYNTHESIS. The' term Photosynthesis is
derived from Greek words signifying "light" and "put-
ting together." It is applied to that process by means
of which, under ordinary circumstances, green plants
build up organic or carbon -containing compounds.
Carbon is the element which as a rule denotes organic
substance. It is an essential constituent of the cell
wall, or fiber, and of the protoplasm; likewise of starch
and of sugar. Green plants manufacture practically' all
of the organic matter which may eventually furnish
food for plants and animals, so tbat all life is ulti-
mately dependent upon them.

Ordinary air contains only about .04 per cent of car-
bon dioxid; yet the green plant as a rule obtains all of
its carbon from the air. Chlorophyll and light are abso-
lutely essential in order that organic substance may be
manufactui-ed. Chlorophyll, the substance which gives
the green color to leaf and branch, usually occurs in defi-
nite plasniic bodies, which are commonly oval in form.
These chlorophyll bodies absorb radiant light and thus
obtain energy or power to work. This energy cannot be
obtained by the common plant in any other way, as by
the absorption of radiant heat from a stove. The cell
sap absorbs the carbon dioxid which has diffused into
the leaf (see Physiolof/ij of Plants), and the energy
obtained from light works upon the molecules of carbon
dioxid (CO2) and water (H2O} of the cell sap in such
a way that these molecules are rearranged and united.
A molecule of some simple carbohydrate, perhaps
formaldehyde fCHoO}, is formed; and some of these
molecules are perhaps immediately condensed to sugar
(C6H12O6). In this process more oxygen is supplied
by the water and carbon dioxid than can enter into the
organic product, and this surplus oxygen is thrown off.
This whole process is called photosynthesis.

An accumulation of sugar in the leaf would hinder the
further manufacture of this product and much of the
sugar formed is, indeed, immediately diffused to other

cells. The leaf assimilates very rapidly in sunlight,
and the surplus sugar formed is changed to starch, an
insoluble product. This starch is usually removed from
the leaf at night. In some way potassium salts seem to
be necessary in the first manufacture of sugar, perhaps
aiding in the condensation changes.

It is probable that no plant containing chlorophyll in
genetic connection with its protoplast remains long
entirely inactive in assimilation, when illuminated.
The red end of the spectrum embraces the colors which
are principallj"^ concerned in the activity of the chloro-
phyll function. Photosynthesis is most rapid under
those conditions of temperature and food supply which
best stimulate growth. The process is more rapid, how-
ever, when the amount of carbon dioxid in the air is
slightly increased. The presence of other coloring mat-
ters, such as brown and red, in the assimilating organs
does not mean that chlorophyll is absent, and that other
substances may replace it. Chlorophyll may be present
but veiled by a more prominent color. It is improbable
that any other coloring matter besides chlorophyll and
a related substance, etiolin, is effective in carbon dioxid
assimilation.

Photosynthesis may be inhibited by too intense light,
by extremes of temperature, and by deleterious chemical
agents. It ceases immediately in darkness, and is very
feeble in weak light.

The results of photosynthetic activity may be noted
in this way: An active branch of elodea or other pond
weed may be kept in a vessel of water in the dark until
it shows no starch with the iodine test. The branch is
then placed in spring water, which contains consider-
able air. On placing the experiment in sunlight,
bubbles of oxygen will immediately be given off. This
indicates that photosynthesis is active; and after a time
starch may be found in the leaves. ^ jj;^ Duggar.

PHRAGMITES (Greek, growing in hedges, which,
however, does not apply to this grass). Grarniuece.
Species 3, one in tropical Asia, one in South America,
and one, our species, cosmopolitan. Tall and stout per-
ennial reed grasses with long running rootstocks and
terminal panicles with aspect of Arundo. Spikelets
3-7-fld. Differs from Arundo chiefly in having the low-
est fls. staminate, the flowering glume sharp-pointed
but not bifid, and the hairs of the spikelet confined to
the rachilla.

commiinis, Trin. Comsion Reed. Culm usually 8-12 ft.
high : Ivs. 2 in. wide. Marshes and along edges of ponds.
The ornamental feathery drooping panicles appear in
late summer or autumn. Gn. 31, p. 33.

A. S. Hitchcock.

PHR'$'MA (one of the many names which Linmeus
never explained). Verbendcem . A genus of one species,
a hardy, perennial herb of little horticultural value. It
has slender branches, coarsely toothed ovate Ivs. and
small purplish or rose-colored opposite fls. borne in
long, slender terminal spikes. It seems to have been
rarely cult, in Europe and is offered by one American
dealer in native plants.

Phryma is an outlying member of the Verbena family,
and is by some authors made the sole example of a
family of its own. This is because its ovary is 1-celled,
while the rest of the Verbenace®, as a rule, have a 2-
or4-celled ovary. There is some evidence for regarding
it as a 2-celled verbenaceous plant in which only half of
the ovary develops. This plant has the inflorescence of
the Verbena tribe and the habit of Priva. Generic char-
acters are: ovule solitary, erect, orthotropous, laterally
affixed at the base: seed without albumen; cot5'ledons
convolute; radicle superior.

Leptost^chya, Linn. Lopseed. Height 2-3 ft. : Ivs.
3-5 in. long, thin, the lower long-stalked: fls. at first
erect, soon spreading and the calyx in fruit closed and
abruptly reflexed against the axis of the spike, the teeth
long, slender and hooked at the tip. Jnne-Aug. Com-
mon in moist and open woods, Canada to Minn., South
to Fla. and Kans. B.B. 3:205.

PHR'$'KnJM (from Greek word for toad, because the
plant inhabits marshes). Scitaminacea>. About 20 herbs
of the Old World tropics with creeping rootstocks and
large oblong showy radical leaves. The genus is closely

PHRYNIUM

PHYLLANTHUS

1317

allied to Calathea and Maranta and is often confused
with them. The Marantas are New World plants with 1
seed-bearing locule in the fruit, whereas Calathea and
Phrynium usually have 3 seed-bearing locules. In Cala-
thea, the flower-cluster is terminal on a leafy stem or
rarely on a leafless scape arising directly from the rhi-
zome; in Phrynium, the cluster is lateral from the
sheathing petiole. In Calathea the corolla-tube is usu-
ally slender; in PhrjTiium it is usually short. Phry-
niunis are grown the same as Calatheas and Marantas
(which see). It is probable that there are no true Phry-
niums in the Amer. trade. P. variegatum, N. E. Brown,
is Maranta aritndlnacea, var. variegata. It is a stove
plant of dwarf habit with ovate-lanceolate acuminate
green leaf-blades which are marked with cream-white
or white stripes and bands. I.H. 33:606. F.R. 3:409.
Gt. 46, p. 581. J.H. III. 28:27. It is a worthy plant,
now coming to be popular. For Phrynium eximium,
see Calathea eximea. L_ g;^ g^

PHYG^ILIIIS {flight and sun, because it was said to
love the shade). Scrophularidceie . Two species of
south African shrubs, one of which is in the trade.
The flowers are long and tubular, not unlike those of a
Pentstemon in looks, scarlet, with exserted stamens in
2 pairs, and a long, filiform declined style: fr. a many-
seeded capsule. The Ivs. are opposite and petiolate,
crenate -dentate.

Cap^nsis, Meyer. Cape Fuchsia. Fig. 1770. Erect,
becoming woody at the base, glabrous, the stem with 4
angles or narrow wings: Ivs. ovate, rounded at the base,
firm and veiny, bluntly small-toothed; fis. slender, 2 in.
long, somewhat curved, 2-lipped, purple- scarlet, 1-4
together on the ends of straight-spreading peduncles,
drooping. Cape of Good Hope. R.H. 1857, p. 599; 1886,
p. 473. B.M. 4881. F.S. 11:1111. -A fine subshrub
blooming in summer and hardy in protected places as
far north as Philadelphia. In the North it is lately-
becoming known as a greenhouse plant. It is excellent
for planting out, enduring heat and dry weather as well
as geraniums, or even better. It is propagated by seeds
and also by cuttings. The cuttings may be taken from
the late fall shoots of outdoor plants. Phygelius is a
showy plant, deserving to be better known, l_ g;_ g_

PHYLLA.GATHIS (Greek, divine leaf). Melasto-
mcicece. Four species of herbs from the Malay Archi-
pelago belonging to a family noted for its numerous
stove foliage plants. The Ivs. of P. rotnndifolia are
praised for their colors, both above and below, their
venation, their plaited character, and their strong shad-
ows and reflected lights. The Ivs. are glossy green
above, tinted along the nerves with metallic blue and
purple; beneath they are a rich copoery red, with the
prominent nerves of a brighter co or. About 10 strong
nerves sweep with graceful curves from base to apex.

These plants have short, thick stems: Ivs. opposite or
the terminal solitary, large-petioled. roundish, cordate
at the base, entire or denticulate: fis. crowded into a
short-peduncled head, rosy, about Kin. across; petals
6, rarely 3; stamens 8, rarely 6: ovary 4-celled, rarely
3-eelled; capsule top-shaped, 4-valve"d. The nearest
ally in cult, is Sonerila, which oi'dinarily has 3 stamens,
rarely 6.

" PhyUagafhis rotundifolia belongs to the same family
as the better known Sphderoqune latifolla and Cyano-
phyllum spectahlle. It somewhat resembles the former
in general appearance. A few plants of it were given a
test outside during the summer at Washington, D. C,
in 1899, in a position partly shaded from the sun.
They behaved well, and in such a situation, where
the surface of the soil is covered with some low-grow-
ing plant, as Hydrocotyle or Lysimachia, to keep the
sun from the roots, it may become a valuable feature
for outdoor decoration. But for indoors, it may be used
as a substitute for the more gaudy-leaved Sphserogyne,
as it succeeds in an atmosphere in which the majority of
greenhouse plants can be grown. Propagation for small
plants is by the leaf, the petiole of which is inserted in
sand, the blade lying flat on the surface, and the ribs
severed in several places. From the cut parts nearest
the petiole, numerous small growths are made; these
may be potted when an inch or so high. For making

specimen plants quickly, old subjects which have been
encouraged to branch may be cut up, and the pieces
inserted in pots in bottom heat. They send out roots
very quickly."— Oliver's "Plant Culture."

rotundifolia, Blurae. Stem rooting at intervals, 4-sided,
dark purple: Ivs. 0 in. or more by 4^2 in., roundish ovate,
abruptly acuminate, denticulate: floral parts in 3's or
4's. Sumatra. B.M. 5282. -^^ jj^

1770. Phygelius Capensis (X %).

PHYLLANTHUS (Greek,;)7?^no7i, leaf, an^/tos, flower;
because the flowers are ajjparently borne on leaves).
J^uphorbidcece. Herbs or shrubs, without milky juice:
Ivs. small, alternate, entire, usually in 2 lateral rows on
the small branchlets which then appear like pinnate
Ivs.: fis. axillary, apetalous, moncecious or dioecious,
the staminate iu small clusters without a rudimentary
pistil, pistillate solitary; sepals 4-6, separate from the
disk, imbricated; stamens 2-6 or more, usually 3: cap-
sule with 3 to many 2-seeded cells, often fleshy; embryo
large: cotyledons broad.

More than 400 species, mostly in tropical regions. A
few only are cult., mostly for their graceful foliage.
Monographed by Mueller in DC. Prod. 15, 11:274, where
he divided the genus into 44 sections, some of which,
as Emblica, Cicca and Xylophylla, have been considered
by others as separate genera.

1318

PHYLLANTHUS

PHYLLOCACTUS

1771. Otaheite Goose-
berry — Phyllanthus
distichus.

(Foliage X 1-10; tr.X^i.

A. Foliage of large, broadly ovate -elliptical varie-
gated Ivs., not pronouncedly distichous.

nivdsus, Smith. Snow-bush. Shrub of loose habit,
■with dark wiry somewhat zigzag branches: Ivs. 1-2 in.
long, obtuse, white and greeu mottled: fl. small, green-
ish, discoid, hanging by long pedicels from the leaf
axils. S. Sea Islands. P.M. 1874:120. I.H. 25:332.-
Var. rdseo-pictus, Hort. Lvs. mottled with pink and red
as well as white and green. Gn. 10, p. 2(il. P. 1878, p. 13.
— Used in the house and for bedding out in summer.
AA. Foliage of narrowly elliptical or ovate, distinctly
distichous green lvs.

fimhllca, Linn. Emblic Mykobolan. A much-
branched shrub or small tree: foliage branches with
many linear-elliptical, obtuse lvs., which are close to-
gether and %-% in. long: fls. small, short-pedicelled
in the axils of the lower lvs.: capsule baccate, %-l in.
in diam. E. Indian region. L.B.C. G:548.— Fruit used
raw or preserved: foliage handsome.

distichus, Bluell. {Cicca disticJia, Linn.). Otaheite
Gooseberry. Fig. 1771. Shrub, with ovate acute Ifts.
1-2 in. long: fls. on separate branches beloM' the foliage:
fr. fleshy, edible. India and Madagascar. — W. Harris,
of Hope Gardens, Jamaica, W. I., writes that the Ota-
heite gooseberry is an elegant shrub or small tree often
cultivated in gardens in the lowlands of Jamaica and
the West Indies. The fruit is very acid and astringent;
the root is an active purgative, and the seed is also
cathartic. The fruit is occasionally pickled, or made
into preserves. Plants are raised from seeds.

piilcher^ Wall. {P. pallidifdlius, Miill. P. gJancis-
censy Hort. ? h'eidia glaucescens, Miq.). A small
shrub: lvs. much like the last, but ovate-elliptical, }4-
1% in. long, glaucous below: fl. small, red and yellow,
the pistillate near the end of the foliase branches, on
long pedicels, the staminate below; sepals laciniate:
capsule small, globose, puberulent. Java. B.M. 5437.
G.F. 4:161.
AAA. Foliage of flaffe}ied stems hearivg scale-like
lvs. and fls, on the margin.

specidsus, Jacq. { P. arhuscjila , Gmel. ) . A small
shrub: floriferous branches, lanceolate, striate, crenate,
2-3 in. long. Jamaica. B.M. 1021 (as Xylophylla lati-
folia).

P. angitstifdlins, Sw. B.M. 2652. Near speciosus, Fls. small
and yellowish ou tlie margins of the brauchej. Known as
Xylophylla montana. Native to Jamaica. — P. atropurpure-us,
Hort.= var. of P. nivosus,\Wth dark purple lvs.— P. C'hantrieri,
Andre. R.H. lH8r{, p. 5:i7. Sepals friuged. Cochin China.— P.
salvicefdliiis, HBK. R.H. 1883, p. 176. Leaflets tnincate. Fls.
small, somewhat globular. S. Amer.

J. B. S. Norton.

PHYLLIRfiA. SeePhillyrea.

PH'S'LLITIS (Greek, a leaf,- from the simple foliage).
Poly pod idcexe. A genus of ferns popularly known as
the Hart's-tongue fern, with simple lvs. and elongated
sori at right angles to the midrib; iudusium appearing
double from the coalescence of tw^o sori, one produced
on the upper side of a veinlet and the other on the
lower side of the veinlet next above.

Scolop^ndrium, Newman (Scolophidriu^n viilghre,
Sm.). Hakt's-tongue. Lvs. 10-1.5 in. long, heart-
shaped at base, 1-2 in. wide, growing in tufted clus-
ters. Widely distributed in Europe, where there are
many curious varieties in cultivation; and local on
corniferous limestone in central New York ; also in
Canada and Tennessee. l. ji. Underwood.

PHYLLOCACTtJS (Latin, phyllnm-, a leaf ; from the
flattened leaf -like stem). Oactdcew. Branches flat, two-
edged, crenate on the margins, the crenatures bearing
the flowers, and bristles rather than spines. The fruit
is often angled, usually scaly, but without spines or
wool. About a dozen species are recognized by botan-
ists, but few are known in the wild state, and most of
them have so profusely hybridized with each other
and with species of Cereus, especially C. speciosus, and
even with Echinopsis, that many of the forms in culti-
vation are wluiUy doubtful. In strict ]n'iority the genus
should he called by the older name Epipliyllurn, under
which nearly all the species have received names.

In their native haunts Phyllocacti are often epiphytic;
consequently in cultivation they do not require as much
sunlight as most other genera of Cactaceae, and water
can be more freely supplied to them. See also Cacti.

There are hundreds of Latin names in the catalogues
which seem to represent species, but they are horticul-
tural varieties or hybrids. One of the hybrid forms is
shown in Fig. 1772.

1772. One of Ihe many hybrid Phyllocacti (X H)-

A. Tuhe of fl. 4-S in. long: floivers white or yelloivish

white within, often rosy on the tnbe and outer

sepals, 4-10 in. in expansion.

B. Style %vhite,

grandis, Lem. Very large, sometimes 20 ft. long:

stems slender, round or 2-edged, with flat, leaf-like,

PHTLLOCACTUS

PHYMATODES

1319

lanceolate, often very longand large, undulate branches :
Us., including the tube, nearly 1 ft. long, 5-G in. in ex-
pansion, opening, according to Schumann, in the day-
time. Honduras; also said to be found in Cuba.

crenatus, Lem. In cult, commonly not much more
than 3 ft. high, freely branching from the lower part of
the stem: branches thick, with a strong
midrib, but thinning to the edges, which
are rather deeply crenate: fls. greenish
yellow outside, (^10 in. long, and about
as much in expansion, day-blooming.
Hunduras.

angiiliger, Lem. About 3 ft. high,
many-stemmed: basal stems cylindrical,
hard and woody, the large leafy branches
deeply cut in the margins, like the teeth
of a very coarse saw: fls. 5-8 in. long,
the tube very slender. South Mexico.
B.M. 5100.

BB. Stifle red.

stenop6talus, Salm-Dyck. (P. Jdtifrons,
Zucc. l). Branches very long and large,
crenate or somewhat serrate, acute or
acuminate: midrib and usually side ribs
evident; areolae with rather large scales
and dark bristles : fl. 8-10 in. long,
spreading and in full bloom bent back-
wards; petals narrow. Perhaps from
JVlexico, — Much advertised as the Queen
Cactus.

Hookeri, Salm-Dyck. Branches long
but narrow, crenate-serrate, in age darker
bluish green, often reddish on the mar-
gins; midrib strong and side riVjs evi-
dent: fls. 6-8 in. long, yellowish white
within, reflexed in full bloom. Brazil
and Guiana.

strictus, Lem. Erect, branching,
reaching a height of 10 ft., with long
cylindrical branches and shorter, leaf-
like secondary branches: crenatures or
teeth rather deep, unequal on the oppo-
site sides; bristles wanting: tube of the
fl. very long and slender, outer sepals
brownish, inner pure white ; the flower
opens late in the evening and closes be-
fore dawn; in full bloom the sepals are
very strongly recurved. Said to come
from the island of Cuba. — Often found
in collections under the name of P.
latifrons.

AA. Tube of fl. very sliort: fls. red.
Day bloomers.

Ackermanni, Salm-Dyck. Fig. 1773.
Stems numerous, sometimes reaching
3 ft., somewhat recurved : branches usu-
ally less than a foot long, with evident
middle and side ribs; areolfe on the lower and younger
shoots bearing short bristles : fls. scai-let-red outside,
cannine-red within, the throat greenish yellow, tube
very short, the limb wide-spreadini>:. 4-6 in. in diam.
B.R. 16:1331. — Not known in the wild state.

phyllanthoides, Link. Branches at length hanging,
cylindrical at base, lanceolate above: serratures obtuse;
middle and side ribs evident; bristles few: fl.-tube 2 in.
long or less, with spreading: scales, the limb somewhat
longer, often striate. South Mexico.

bifdrmis, Lab. Soon pendulous, the branches cylin-
drical: short brandies leaf -like, the lower egg-shaped,
the upper more lengthened: tls. small, purple-red, less
than 2 in. in expansion: ovary without scales or angles.
Honduras. B.M. 6156. V, 2:"l59.

In addition to the species described above, the following are
recognized by Schumann: I*, acuminatus , caulorrhtzus, Gcvrt-
neri, phyllanthus, Russelianus and Thomasianus. Of these,
P. Gcertneri and Jtusselianits are nsualiy included in Epiphyl-
Itim; P. caulorrhizus is perhaps n,n nnnsnal state of some other
species ; P. Thoniasianns described from a garden plant is
almost certninlv a hybrid. Epiphulluni Guedneyrl is by some
referred to Phylloeactus. Katharine Deandegee.

PHYLL6STACHYS is treated under Bamboo. P.
heterocycla, now in the trade, is in the supplementary list
on page 130. Since the Bamboo article was printed,
P. Marllacea has been introd. to American trade. It
is a rare bamboo, hardy in England, of which Mitford
says: "It presents such a marked resemblance to Phyl-
iobtacliyi Quilioi thit I do not think any
expeit conid tell them apait without ex
jj. ^^ aminmg the wimkled base of the stem, to

^ ^- which Pluillo<it(u1iy6 Mcnhacea owes its

1773. Phylloeactus Ackermanni (X 3^.

Japanese name, Shibo-chikee, *the wrinkled bamboo,'
and which makes it so useful for canes and umbrella
sticks."

PHYLLOMNIUM. See Xanihosoma.

PHYMATODES (Greek, a close networl;), Polypo-
diciceiv. A genus of ferns allied to Polypodium and
sometimes united with that genus, but differing in the
fine copious irregular areolae formed by the anastomos-
ing veinlets and the free included veinlets spreading in
every direction. For culture, see Pern.

A. Xcs. simple.

Swirtzli, Underw. [Polypodium Sivdrtzii, Baker).
Lvs. 2-4: in. long, ^i~-l in. wide, narrowed gradually
toward both ends: sori in a single row each side of the
midrib. Florida Keys and tropical America.

mussefolium, Blume. Lvs. 1-3 ft. long, 3— t in. wide,
with an acute point, the lower part winged to the base;
main veins very distinct, with numerous small sori
almost coverinerthe whole surface. East Indies. — Known
also as VrynaHa and Polypodium must^ folium.

1320

PHYMATODES

PHYSALIS

AA. Lvs. deeply pinnatifid.

nigr^scens, Bhime (Poli/pddium nigrescens, Blume).
Lvs. 2-H ft. long, 1 ft. or more broad, cut nearly to the
rachis into mimerous entire lobes 1-2 in. wide; surfaces
naked, dark green; sori in a single row nearer the mid-
rib than the edge, sunk in deep cavities which are promi-
nent on the upjter side. India to Polynesia.

glaiicum, Kunze [Polypbdium glaucum, Kunze). Lvs.
12-18 in. long. G-8 in. broad, cut down to a winged rachis
into entire lobes H in. or more wide, both sides naked,
glaucous; veinlets indistinct: sori forming a single
row close to the midrib. Philippine Islands. — P/(/e^d-
dium Miiijii, Hort., A.G, 19:455. F.E. 10:G00, is a horti-
cultural form. G.C. HI. 23:328, fig. 21.

L. M. Underwood.

PHYSALIS (Greek for bladder, because the thin
calyx enlarges and incloses the fr. ). Solandcece. Husk
Tomato. Ground Cherry. Herbs of warm or tem-
perate countries, the larger number American. They
are variable and therefore confusing to the systeraatist.

usually with zigzag mostly simple angled pubescent
stems: lvs. ovate, with broad base, angular, the peti-
ole Avidening at the top: fls. whitish, the anthers yel-
low: fr. red (sometimes eaten), tlie ripe large calyx
blood-red and very showy. Seems to be native from
southeastern Europe to Japan, but now adventive or
naturalized in many parts of the world. Gn. 41, p. 577;
49, p. 233; 57, pp. 28, 432. -The Strawberry Tomato is
an old garden plant, grown for its highly colored blad-
ders. The plant grows 12-18 in. tall. Of easiest culture.
In the North, plants are usually started indoors. It is a
perennial, the roots withstanding much frost if pro-
tected, but it is usually grown as an annual. Not hardy
in the northern states.

Yicsinch^tifMast.{P.Alk€ke}i^l,Yar. FrancMtl, Hort. ).
Chinese Lantern Plant. Differs from J^. Alkekengi
chiefly in its greater size, making a plant 2 ft. tall and
bearing calyxes 2 in. in diam. In his original descrip-
tion of the species, Masters (G.C. III. 16, p. 434) makes
the following characters: "It differs from P. AJkekevgi
in being an unbi-anched annual, not a perennial, with a
fibrous root, with erect branches, not creeping at the
base, glabrous instead of setose, in its much larger size,
in the leaf -stalks being considerably shorter in propor-
tion to the blade." Japan. G.C. III. 10:441. Gn. 48, p.
435: 49:1059; 57, p. 28; .58, p. 196. G.M. 37:626.
J.H. HI. 29:343. R.H. 1897:376 and p. 35. R.B.
22:61; 23, p. 91. Gt. 45, p. 636; 46, p. 193. A G.
18:81. F.R. 1:426. -One of the most profusely
advertised novelties of recent years. It is a
most striking and showy plant. It was brought

1774. Physalis ixocarpa in its cultivated form
(fruits y^Yz).

The species number anywhere from 30 to 100
or more, depending on the author. The genus
is allied to Nicandra, and more remotely to
Capsicum, Lycopersicum and others. The flow-
ers are usually not showy, and are much like
those of Solanura in structure; corolla rotate
or short bell-shaped, plicate in the bud, 5-lobed
or 5-angled, usually blue or yellowish, borne
solitary in the leaf axils; stamens not united
or connivent. The calyx greatly enlarges in
fruit, becoming a bladder inclosing the 2-loculed mostly
yellow or greenish berry. Lvs. alternate, mostly angled
and usually distinctly stalked. Most of the species are of
little consequence horticulturally, although P. Alkekengi
and P. Prancheti are much prized for the glowing red
very large calyxes, and P. ptibescens and P. Peruviatia
are grown for their edible fruits. Several of the species
are known for their fruits where they grow in a wild state.
In most parts of the U. S. and Canada one or more spe-
cies grow about gardens, in fields, and in waste places.
These species are popularly known as Ground Cherry.
The fruits are usually made into preserves, although
they are sometimes eaten raw. The common cultivated
species are annuals, or are usually treated as such in
this country. They require no extra care. Usually the
seeds are sown indoors in the North, in order to secure as
much of the crop as possible before frost. Most of the
cult, species are long-season plants, and therefore need
to be forwarded in the spring. The high colors of P.
Alkekengi and P. Franchetl do not develop until the
fruit is ripe. Give a warm, sunny exposure. The plants
do not withstand frost. Let the plants stand 1-2 ft.
apart in the row.

A. Plants with large red calyxes in fruit.

Alkekengi, Linn. Alkekengi. Strawberry Tomato.
Winter (^hekkv. Bladder Cherrv. Diffuse grower,

1775. Physalis pubescens (fruits X 3^)-

to England from Japan by James H. Veiteh, and first
described with a name by Masters in 1894. In 1879, how-
ever, it had been described by Pranchet, of the Jardin
des Plantes, Paris, as a form of P. Alkekengi, but wiih-
out name. The fruits are very brilliant orange-red in
the fall. The berry is said to be edible. Some writers
describe the plant as perennial.

AA. Plant with green or yellow or at moftt only red-
veined calyxes. Mostly grown for the edible berry.
E. Sterns glabrous or very nearly so.

ixocArpa, Brot. Fig. 1774. Erect, 3 or 4 ft. tall, bear-
ing smooth branches and lvs., the latter thin, ovate or
lance-ovate and variously toothed or notched : fls. large
and open {% in. or more across), the border bright yel-
low and the throat bearing 5 black-brown spots ; anthers
purplish: husk purple-veined and entirely filled by the
large round, purplish sticky berry, and is sometimes
torn open by it. Mexico, and introduced northwards to
the northern states. — The form in cult., described here,
is probably P. capsicifolia, Dun., now regarded by some
as a form of the cosmopolitan P. angulata. The writer
prefers, however, to refer the plant to P. ixocarpa as
outlined in Britton & Brown, although there is doubt as
to the identity of the cult, plant with this species. Al-
thougli the cult, plant is sometimes sold as P. edulis
(erroneously), the fruits are usually too mawkish to be

PHTSALIS

PHYSIANTHUS

1321

eaten from the hand (at least as grown in the N.). It
is a very vigorous g-ud productive plant and is of some
consequence as an ornamental, but it is too weedy to be
of much value. The fr. is larger than in the native P.
angulata. The plant figured by Carriere as P. violacea
(R.H. 1882:216) is the one here described. In Mexico,
the fruits are said to be used in the making of chilli
sauce and as a dressing for meats, usually under the
name of "tomatoes." The Mexican forms are confused.

BB. Stems pubescent or hairy.

pub63cens, Linn. Strawberry Tomato of vegetable
gardens. Dwarf Cape Gooseberry. Husk Tomato.
Ground Cherry. Fig. 1775. Low, trailing flat on the
ground, or sometimes ascending to the height of a foot:
Ivs. rather thin and nearly smooth, more or less regu-
larly and prominently notched with blunt teeth: fls.
small (% in. or less long), bell-shaped, the limb or border
erect and whitish yellow, the throat marked with 5 large
brown spots; anthers yellow: husk smooth or nearly so,
thin and paper-like, prominently 5-angled and somewhat
largerthan the small, yellow, sweetish and not glutinous
fruit. N. y. to the tropics. — The plant is very prolific,
and the fruits are considerably earlier than in the other
species. When ripe the fi'uits fall, and if the season is
ordinarily dry they will often keep in good condition
upon the ground for 3 or 4 weeks. The fruits will keep
nearly all winter if put away in the husks in a dry
chamber. They are sweet and pleasant, with a little
acid, and they are considerably used for preserves, and
sometimes for sauce. The plant is worthy a place in
every home garden. It is grown more or less by small
gardeners near the large cities, and the fruits are often
seen in the winter markets. The chief objection to the
plant is its prostrate habit of growth, which demands a
large amount of ground for its cultivation. In good soil
it will spread 4 feet in all directions if not headed in.
The plants are set in rows 3 or 4 feet apart and 2 or 3
feet apart in the row. This Physalis has been long in
cultivation. It was figured by Dillenius in 1774, in his
account of the plants growing in Dr. Sherard's garden
at Eltham, England. In 1781-6 itwas figured by Jacquin,
and by him called Physalis Barhadensis , from the island
of Barbadoes, whence it was supposed to have come into
cultivation. In 1807, Martyn also described it under the
name of Barbadoes Winter Cherry, or Physalis Barha-
densis, and says that it is a native of Barbadoes. None
of these authors say anything about its culinary uses.
Dunal, in 1852, described it as var. Barhadensis of
Physalis hirsuta, but later botanists unite Dunal's
jP. hirsuta with Linnaeus' P. puhescens, of which this
common Husk Tomato is hut a cultivated form.

1776. Physalis Peruviana U'ruits X J-a)-

Pemviana, Linn. (P. 4dulis, Sims). Cape Goose-
berry. Fig. 1776. As compared with P. pubescens,
this is a much stronger grower, the plant standing par-
tially erect and attaining a height of lM-3 ft.: Ivs.
thicker, less regularly toothed, more pointed, heart-
shaped at the base, and very pubescent or fuzzy: fls.

larger {% ov % in. long), open-bell-shaped, the limb or
border widely spreading and light yellow, the interior
or throat blotched and veined with 5 purple spots, the
anthers blue-purple: husk thicker and lai-ger than in
the last, somewhat hairy, and has a much longer point.
Tropics. B.M. 1068. — This species is too late for the
northern states. The berry is yellow, not glutinous, and
much like that of P. pubescens in appearance, but it
seems to be less sweet than of that species. This plant
has been cultivated for two centuries, probably. It was
described and figured by Morison in 1715 in England.
In 1725 Feuill(^e gave a description of its cultivation in
Peru, saying that it was then cultivated with care and
was greatly esteemed as a preserve. The particular
form of the species cultivated in our gardens is that
which was described and figured by Sims in 1807 as
Physalis edvliSy the ^^edihle Physalis." Sims' account
says that "this plant is a native of Peru and Chili, but
is cultivated at the Cape of Good Hope, in some parts
of the East Indies, and more especially at the English
settlement of New South Wales, at which latter place it
is known by the name of the Cape Gooseberry, and is
the chief fruit the colonists at present possess; is eaten
raw, or made into pies, puddings or preserves." The
plant is rarely sold by American seedsmen.

P. lobdta offered by dealers is not known to the writer. It is
advertised as one of the Ground or Winter Cherries, with vio-
let fruit. It is probably not P. lobat;i, Torr. Perhaps a form of
the cultivated P. ixocarpa.— P. PhUadiilphica, Lam., a native
speeies, is said by Britton & Brown to have been "formerly
cultivated for its fmit." l^ jj_ g^

PHYSIANTHUS (Greek, bladder flower; referring to
the base of the corolla-tube). Asclepiadcicea'. This
genus was long ago referred to Araujia, but the plants
are still known to our trade under the names of Physi-
anthiis and Schubertia. Araujia is a genus of about 13
species of shrubby twiners from the American tropics,
closely resembling in superficial characters the popular
Stephanotis, having the same large white waxy fragrant
5-lobed fls. A. graveolens, in particular, has been sug-
gested as a rival to the Stephanotis, especially as it
requires less winter heat, but its foliage when bruised
emits a strong and offensive odor, especially with young
plants. A. sericofera has considerably smaller fls. and
is one of several plants advertised as "Cruel Plants,"
because they entrap insects, though they may not digest
their dead bodies as in the case of Nepenthes. These
Cruel Plants are mostly members of the milkweed and
dogbane families, which have essentially the same kind
of floral structure — a highly complicated and specialized
tj'^pe adapted to cross-fertilization by insects. In Fig.
149 of this work, an insect is seen struggling in
the clutch of a common milkweed, with a pair
of pollen-masses hung over one of his hind legs
like saddle-bags. Araujia sericofera catches
moths in a slightly different fashion. See G. C.
111.20:523. For other "Cruel Plants," see Ci/(^?i-
anchiim and Vincetoxicuni.

When well grown, Araujias bloom freely
throughout Sept. and Oct. Tbey seem to have
no special soil requirements and may be flow-
ered outdoors from seed sown indoors in early
spring, or they may be kept permanently in a
cool greenhouse and grown from cuttings. It is
seldom that we see A, graveolens grown well
in greenhouses, the plants being iisually sickly
and infested with mealy bug. As a .summer vine
in the open it makes vigorous growth, and after
midsummer it usually blooms profusely. The fls.
are larger than those of Stephanotis. Cuttings
make the best flowering vines. These may be
taken from the ripe wood before cool weather.
Seeds are freely produced, and germinate well
soon after being sown. Araujias are considered
hardy in the most favored parts of England, and
are grown outdoors in Calif. A. graveolens can
be flowered in pots, but the border of the greenhouse
is better.

There are about 13 species of Araujia, all with oppo-
site Ivs. and whitish or rosy fls. : corolla-tube short or
long, inflated at the base; lobes 5, very wide or narrow,
overlapping toward the right in the bud; crown with

1322

PHYSIANTHUS

PHYSIOLOGY

5 scales attached to the middle of the tube or lower, flat
and erect or convex and appressed to the staminal tube:
seeds long, bearded. Schub^rtiaandPhysianthus should
perhaps be considered as subgenera, the former contain-
ing the hairy plants with somewhat funnel-shaped fls. ;
the latter nearly glabrous plants with somewhat salver-
shaped fls.

A. Fls. ^-^Vi in. across, umbellate,
Aratijia grav^olens, Masters [Physidnthus graveolens,
Hort. P. aiiricomus, R. Grab. ScluiMrtia graveolens,
Lindl. S. grandiflora. Mart.). Densely covered with
harsh, spreading yellow hairs: Ivs. S^K x 2-2^ in.,
obovate, acuminate, greatly narrowed and cordate at the
base, liairv on both sides: fls. funnel-shaped, 1. e.,
swelled at the throat. S.Brazil. B.M. 3891. B.R. 32:21.
G.F. 3:3G9. G.G. III. 4:271. Gn. 32:G07. A.G. 13:695.

AA. Pis. 1 in. across, cyniose.
Arail.iia seric6fera, Brot. [A.dlhens, G. Don. A. seri-
cifera, Ind. Kew. Araujia sericofera, Mottet. Physi-
dnthus dlhens. Mart.). Nearly glabrous: Ivs. 3 x \% in.,
obiong-acuminate, wide and square at the base, minutely
pubescent below: fls. salver-shaped, i. e., not swelled at
the throat, pale rose in the bud and only faintly odorous.
S. Brazil. B.M. 3201. B.R. 21: 1759. G.C. til. 2:653;
20:523. R.H. 1857, p. 89; 1883, p. 488. Gn. 24, p. 409;
34. p. 397. Mn. 6, p. 2n6.-The plant as above described
is the Physianthus albens or Araujia albens of the
t^'^^e- G. W. Oliver and W. M.

PHYSIC NUT, FRENCH. Jatropha Curcas.

PHYSIOLOGY OF PLANTS. What Plant Physiology
Means. — T\iQ very fact of cultivating plants presup-
poses some knowledge of how the plant lives, i. e., of
plant physiology. The pristine cultivator sought to
imitate nature, and by a system of selection and in
favoring by cultivation the few plants which seemed
best suited to his wants, he really improved and devel-
oped what he demanded for
use. Thus with but little
knowledge of how the plant
lives, improvement in definite
directions has gone forward
from the earliest times. Never-
theless, the limitations in im-
provement have been regu-
lated rather by limitations in
man's knowledge of plant-life
than by any lack of capacity
for development in the plant
itself. Every new discovery
in plant physiology must
eventually be of value to the
horticulturist in one way or
another, and the fundamentals
of physiology are of prime im-
portance.

A study of plant-life infield
and garden alone would hardly
have given foundation for
plant physiology as a science.
With a knowledge of the inti-
mate structure of the plant
the experimental method must
be applied both in the field
and in the laboratory. Neither
actions nor processes can be
intimately known unless the
separate activities are in some
way isolated and each for it-
self investigated by a study
of cause and effect. From the
germination of the seed, and
the interesting changes which
this involves, through all of
the intricate living processes
of breathing, taking in of food, digestion and assimila-
tion of food material, and the formation of new plant
substance, we have the plant living, the plant in ac-
tion. Similarly, as a sensitive organism, it is to be
studied as acted upon by all of the external conditions
about it, and as responsive to every change of environ-

ment. In the broader sense of the terra, physiology is a
study of this living, sensitive, adaptable, reproductive
plant.

Every living process and every change produced by
season or other condition has its charm and interest if
the underlying principles are understood. A knowledge

1777.
Root system of squash
plantlet showing adher-
ence of soil particles.

1778. Cross-section of rootlet showine root-hairs.

of these broadens the sympathies for the general ob-
server of plants and gives the reflective cultivator a
truer appreciation of the buoyant living organism with
which he deals.

'The Functions of Organs Differ. — 'Root, stem, leaf
and flower are definite organs or parts of the common
cultivated plant, and as distinct organs each of these
has definite physiological functions, more or less pecu-
liar to itself. The root of the soil, bog, water, or epi-
phytic plant has in each case peculiarities and modifica-
tions of structure, permitting it to do best the slightly
differing functions which each is called upon to per-
form. In the same way there are variations in the re-
quirements of leaf, stem and other parts commensurate
with the conditions of growth and the functions of the
parts in their relations to external conditions.

Desert vegetation consists generally of very curiously
modified plants. There are, in general, wonderfully
thickened and reduced green stems. Many of these plants
may store up large cjuantities of food in their stems,
and in some a large supply of water may be stored to
tide the plant over long periods of drought. Except
in the novel interest afforded, these modifications are
more or less meaningless unless it is remembered that
here phj'siological conditions have been seriously modi-
fied, and the plants have met their needs in the most
serious way. As compared with other vegetation, struct-
ure has here been violently subordinated to function.

Oxygen Supply and Mesjyiratlon. — Even the plant of
ordinary culture is not such a dependent organism as
its lack of general locomotion would imply. It lives,
moves and works every day. In every living process
work is accomplished. There is work in maintaining
the rigidity of its structure, in absorbing food material,
in supporting and accomplishing the various complex
internal processes of assimilation, growth, and devel-
opment. The forcing of its roots through the soil and
rock, and the resistance tDthe stress of winds and other
agencies are examples of the energy daily expended in
maintaining itself. In order to accomplish this work,
oxygen is necessary, as with the animal, the energy be-
ing secured from the breaking down of organic com-
pounds. Ordinarily, the leaf and stem are bathed in
the atmosphere, and so the siiperficial presence of oxy-
gen is always assured. By the leaves and green stems
oxygen is absorbed mainly through pores (called stoni-
ates, or stomata) in the epidermis. The stem may also
secure a further supply through certain corky cushions
known as lenticels, found abundantly in sumac, walnut,
elder, etc. Roots also require a constant supply of oxy-
gen, and terrestrial or soil roots suffer greatly if de-
prived of it for short periods of time. A field of Indian
corn flooded with water will soon present a very un-
healthy appearance, on account of the fact that water
forces the air oiit of the soil. Cultivation is in part
a means of aerating the roots. Many greenhouse dif&-

PHYSIOLOGY

PHYSIOLOGY

1323

culties are directly traceable to over-watering, or "cold
feet," the effect of too much water being partially to
prevent aeration. Water plants have adapted them-
selves to getting oxygen in other ways, and many bog
plants send to the surface special roots for aerating
purposes.

No plant can live without oxygen. In some way or
other oxygen must be secured. The more active a plant
is, whether in growth or in movement, the more oxygen
will it require. Even dry seeds must respire slightly,
and in some kinds respiration may be so rapid that after
a single season death maj' ensue. This use of oxygen,
whether by the germinating seed or by the growing
or assimilating part, is accompanied by the giving off
of carbon diosid, or foul gas. This whole process is
respiration; and in its ultimate effects it is similar to
respiration in animals.

Tlie Hole of Wafer in the Plant.— "Eyen quicker to
manifest itself than the action of suffocation by lack of
oxygen is the injury which most plants may suffer from
an insufficiency of water. The rigidity of an herbaceous
or succulent plant is due largely to its water content;
and without a substantial degree of this rigidity, growth
would cease and life soon become extinct. The plant
pulled up by its roots or cut down, wilts almost iiume-
diately. The wilting of plants, then, is due to a lack or
loss of water supply.

The way in which the ordinary plant may constantly
obtain a quantity of water from the soil is worthy of
full discussion. On pulling from the soil a growing
plantlet of squash, we find a tap-root and a number of
small rootlets. To the latter cling, perhaps, small par-
ticles of the soil, as in Fig. 1777. If, however, seeds
are germinated between pieces of moist paper or cloth
so that there "will be no disturbance of the delicate grow-
ing parts, further structures will be evident. From a
quarter of an inch or so behind the root-tip, and ex-
tending backward for a considerable distance, the root-
lets are clothed with numerous delicate hairs (shown in
Figs. 1778 and 1788). These are the root-hairs, and it was
to such as these that the soil clung in Fig. 1777. They
are simple, long, tube-like cells consisting of a cell wall
with living protoplasm and cell sap. The inner proto-
plasmic lining of this cell wall permits water and salts
in solution to pass inward by the interesting process
of osmosis.

The root-hairs are temporary structures which never
grow into rootlets, but which die away as the roots
become old or w^oody. While living they perform the
important function of absorbing from the soil nearly all
of the water needed by the plant. Being numerous and
extremely delicate, they come into the closest touch with
the surface film of water adhering to the little particles
of soil, and from such film water they more readily
satisfy their needs than from free soil water. They
can extract water until the soil contains only a very
small per cent, or until it is dust-dry.

The root-hairs absorb water freely, and during active
growth it is forced upward into root and stem so vigor-
ously that a pressure (root pressure) of considerable
extent may be manifest. If the plant be severed and a
tube applied to the stump, this pressure manifests itself
by lifting a column of the liquid absorbed, and often to a
considerable height. In any herbaceous plant it may be
tested, as in Fig. 1779. In the grape vine 36 ft. of water
may be maintained. The bleeding of plants is an evi-
dence of root pressure.

Water is actually absorbed in much greater quantity
than is required merely as a constituent of the plant
body. In fact, to form one ounce of plant s\ibstance it
is estimated that 15-25 pounds of water must pass
through the plant. This surplus water passes off
through the leaves and other succulent parts, princi-
pally through the stomata previously mentioned. This
process is one of evaporation from living membranes,
and it is called transpiration. That transpiration is not
merely an evaporation process may be roughly shown
by an experiment with two similar leafy branches
freshly severed. One of these is dipped in hot water .
to kill the protoplasm, then the two are left to dry out.
Transpiration from the living twig will be less rapid
than evaporation from the dead one. The demonstra-
tion of transpiration is an easy matter. A leafy branch

of any plant may be cut off and the end inserted through
a bored cork into a bottle of water. Over the whole may
be placed a larger jar or bell-glass, and in a short time
a mist will collect on the inside walls of the latter.
Transpiration is facilitated by dry air, wind, high tem-
peratures, movement of the plant, etc. If on a hot day
or in dry weather transpiration is greater than the
amount of water absorbed by the roots, the plant wilts.
A very slight shower will refresh a wilted plant, but
not because the leaves have absorbed water. The plant
recovers because the air is saturated, and transpiration
is thereby so much lessened that the roots can catch up
in furnishing the necessary supply.

Fully a quart of water is daily transpired from a form-
ing cabbage head, and the number of tons of water daily
given off per acre by forest or even meadow-land may
reach an astonishing figure. The amount of water tran-
spired by a small potted plant may be readily weighed.
Place the pot in a glass jar as seen in Fig. 1780, tying
over the top and snugly around the plant some soft rub-
ber cloth. Water the plant through the glass tube and
then weigh. After standing 6 or 12 hours in a dry
atmosphere the weight will be consid-
-: i!:.".^ erably reduced, due to the loss by

transpiration.

The path of the ascending water
current or sap current is through par-
ticular vessels of the young woody
parts. In trees it ascends in the
youngest wood rings, not between bark
and wood. In herbaceous netted-veiued
(dicotyledonous) plants the path is in
the ring of woody tissue or bundles
between the bark and pith. In the
Indian corn (monocotyledonous) it is
in the thread-like groups of fibers
(flbrovascular bundles ) scattered rather
irregularly throughout the pith. That
the current is always through these

1779.
To test root pressure.

1780. Experiment to determine ihe
amount of water transpired.

woody bundles in the above plants may be demonstrated
by placing branches of the plants in a tumbler contain-
ing some eosin solution. In a few hours the bundles
will be colored for a considerable extent. The current
will rise much faster if the branch to be used is cut un-
der water. This prevents the access of air and the par-
tial stoppage of the conducting channels. For the same
reason flowers wilt less rapidly when the stems are cut
under water.

The total amount of water in plants varies from a very
small percentage in dry seeds to about 50 per cent in

1324

PHYSIOLOGY

PHYSIOLOGY

green wood, and often as much as 95 per cent in the
pumpkin.

The Food Supply of Salts from the Soil. — Besides se-
curing from the soil its water supply, the plant must
secure in the same way all of its ash constituents, and
usually all of its nitrogen, as soluble salts. The salts
furnishing food are such well-known food ingredients,
or constituents of fertilizers, as potash compounds,

1781. Sweet pea grown m
soil containine the tuber-
cle-formine organism.

1782. A similar plant in a
soil freed from the tu-
bercle bacteria.

phosphateSi nitrates, etc. The various mineral elements
generally necessary for the plant are potassium, phos-
phorus, sulfur, calcium, magnesium, and iron in small
quantities. These, as well as other inessential elements,
are the constituents that remain in the form of ash when
tlie plant is burned in air. That each one of these ele-
ments, as well as nitrogen, is necessary for the full
development of the higher plant has been repeatedly
demonstrated. For this demonstration seedlings are
supported and grown in jars containing culture solu-
tions. One or more of the above elements may be left
out in certain cases to be compared with one in which
all are present, and it will then be found that growth
and development will soon be arrested where even one
necessary element is entirely absent.

Nitrogen Sometimes Furnished by the ^4iV. — Plants
ordinarily get their nitrogen from the soil as nitrate of
soda, saltpeter, or other soluble salts. This is the rule,
and although the air contains about 75 per cent by weight
of the free gas nitrogen, it is in this form entirely inert
to most plants. Leguminous plants (Leguminosse) form
a great exception to this rule. On the roots of such
plants are found swellings or tubercles, as in Fig. 1781,
caused by the growth of parasitic bacteria. By the aid
of these bacteria, the plant is able to appropriate the
free nitrogen of the atmosphere and to thrive in a soil
a.lmost free of nitrates. This has been demonstrated
repeatedly with plants in sand or water cultures. Utiliz-
ing the free nitrogen of the air, leguminous crops,
whether used as green manure or not, restore the laud
by returning to it more nitrogen than is taken away.
They necessarily enter into any thorough system of
rotation upon weak lands, and represent an important
economic factor in horticulture, particularly in orchard
culture.

The Association of Hoots with Fungi. — Other plants
are also aided by an association of the root with certain
filamentous fungi. In connection with the roots of the
oak, beech and other woody as well as herbaceous
plants, this association of root and fungus {termed
mycorliiza) is of much aid in the absorption of solu-
tions from the soil. In such cases it is thought that the

fullest development of the plant is dependent upon the
presence of the fungus.

The Formation of Organic Substance. ~T>iext to the
elements of water (hydrogen and oxygen) carbon forms
the bulk of the plant substance. It is a constituent of
all starchy, sugary or nitrogenous (organic) products,
and of all woody fiber. It is, in fact, the element whose
presence indicates organic substances. When plants
are burned in an atmosphere more or less devoid of
oxygen, the bulk of the remaining charcoal is pure
carbon, for the ash present would be so small in volume
that it might be neglected. The ordinary green plant
obtains this carbon only from the carbon dioxid of the
atmosphere. Carbon dioxid forms only .Oi to .05 percent
by weight of the atmosphere, and in order to enter into
the composition of the plant, it miist first diffuse itself
into the tissues of the leaves and other green parts. The
leaf is so constructed that the diffusion of carbon dioxid
readily takes place. Numerous stomata lead from the
epidermal surfaces into the air spaces, which penetrate
all parts of the leaf, as in Fig. 17S3. By means of this
system of comnmnication, diffusion results, and the
carbon dioxid is brought into contact witn a large ab-
sorbing surface of living cells. Together with favor-
able growth conditions, however, the utilization of
carbon dioxid depends upon the leaf-green (chlorophyll)
and sunlight. The green chlorophyll absorbs a con-
siderable part of the rays of sunlight, and by means
of the energy thus provided carbon dioxid (OO2) is
forced to unite with a portion of the absorbed water
(H2O). The union of these substances is accomplished
by an obscure process, but in such a way that eventually
carbon and the elements of water ( hydrogen and
oxygen ) are united in the form of a carbohydrate.
This substance is first readily demonstrable as starch,
— of the composition CpHioOg. In this process of
union, or synthesis, there is an excess of oxygen fur-
nished, and it is this oxygen which is thrown oft" by
the leaves. This process of uniting carbon dioxid and
water under the influence of chlorophyll and sunlight
in the living tissues is known as photosynthesis — a
building up of higher substances by sunlight. The pro-
cess is also called cai'bon dioxid assimilation. Pho-
tosynthesis and respiration are, in a way, reverse
processes; in the former carbon dioxid is absorbed in
sunlight and oxygen given off; in the latter, as pre-
viously noted, oxygen is constantly absorbed and carbon
dioxid given off. However, the ordinary plant, as a
whole, reir^pires but feebly, while it assimilates carbon
very rapidly in sunlight. The result is that by night
a small amount of carbon dioxid is given off and by
day a large amount of oxygen. See Photosynthesis.

The starch made in sunlight and stored in the cells of
the leaves is in the form of insoluble granules, like
commercial starch. In order to be utilized by the pro-
toplasm in growth, or in foi'ming further plant sub-
stance, it must first be transformed, or digested. This
is constantly taking place in the leaves by means of an
enzyme called diastase. The diastase converts the starch
to a soluble siibstance, a form of sugar, and this sugar
may then be used immediately in building up more
complex organic compounds used by the protoplasm, or
the sugar may be transported to some storage organ

1783. A cross-section showing the cell structure of a
typical leaf.

of the plant, such as root (dahlia), stem (potato), or
thickened leaf, and there be reconverted to starch or
changed to some insoluble or more complex product.
This translocation of the starch formed in the leaves
by day may be so thoroughly effected during a single
night that none will remain as starch by the next day.

PHYSIOLOGY

PHYSIOLOGY

1325

An unfailing test for staroli is a blue or blue-black
reaction on the addition of a weak solution of iodine. A
bit of starch paste, or the cut surface of a potato or
other starchy area, will quickly show this reaction. In
green leaves starch may be tested by first dissolving out
the chlorophyll in alcohol and then staining the leaf
with iodine. In the same way one examines a leaf varie-
gated with white. The green or colored parts of the
leaf alone will show starch, the white areas showing no
blue or purplish coloration, demonstrating that they
have formed no starch.

It requires a glass apparatus, such as is shown in
Fig. 178-i, to demonstrate that a land plant cannot form
starch in an atmosphere free of carbon dioxid. Over a
small potted plant (or better, the pUuit may be trans-
planted to a glass jar protected at the top by rubber
cloth) is placed the vessel «, cemented to the glass
plate, h. A solution of caustic potash in c absorbs the
carbon dioxid in the vessel, and all air admitted must
pass through the U-tube d, which contains at e pumice
stone soaked with caustic potash. This plant exposed
to direct sushine for a few days will show no starch
formation on testing its leaves. In a short time it will
also become unhealthy and cease to grow.

Not only does chlorophyll act in conjunction with sun-
light for the manufacture of starch; but, in general,
sunlight is absolutely necessary in orderthat chlorophyll
may be normally developed. iSeeds germinated in a
darkened vessel or potato sprouts which have pushed
into growth in a darkened cellar will remain yellow or
white. Moreover, the plants will grow long and slender,
and death will result when the plautlet can no longer
draw upon the parent part for starchy matters. The
total dry weight of such plants will not be greater than
the dry weight of the original seed or tuber. In this
connection it might be stated that fern spores require
some light in order that germination may occur, while
the germination of ordinarj' flowering plants is slightly
retarded in the presence of light.

The sugar into which starch is converted for translo-
cation is abundant in the leaves; and it is also trans-
ferred to all living parts of the plant, along with other
organic products, besides the various salts in solution
which have come up to the leaves from the soil. Under
the influence of the active protoplasm of the leaf-cells
or of other tissues, more complex compounds necessary
in growth may be formed. All parts of the ordinary
plant are dependent upon the roots for a supply of the
mineral salts and nitrogen ; but, on the other hand,
they are entirely dependent upon the leaves for the first
organic substance, and for much prepared food.

Growth, and the Differentiation of Structure. — Vlant
growth is apparent to the unaided eye as change in
form and size of organs and tissues. The real evi-

1784. An apparatus for demonstrating that plants cannot form
starch in the absence of carbon dioxid,

dence of growth is in the multiplication of the tissue
cells, or of constructive changes in the form and bulk
of these cells. Growth maj'" be so rapid that it may be
readily measured, or it may proceed so slowly or by such
obscure internal modifications that very little external
indication of the complex processes will be manifest.

Even under such adverse conditions as that of decidu-
ous trees in winter, some slight growth may be taking
place, and it is not well to dissociate from the idea of a
living plant all growth phenomena. Nevertheless seeds
and other air-dried plant parts may live without growth
for considerable periods.

The growth in size and length of different plant or-
gans is very various. The zone of growth in the root is
just back of the tip, so that if an ink mark
be made immediately behind the tip and
another a quarter of an inch further back,
almost the entire growth extension of the
root will take place within the region thus

1785. A beech twig in winter
condition.

1786. A similar twig
when grow^th has
begun in the
spring.

marked. There is no growth in the very tip, because
it is hard and protected by a stout cap to aid in forcing
its way through the soil and around hard obstacles. The
region of greatest cell division is nearer the tip than the
region of greatest elongation. On the other hand, the
young stems of annual plants and the rapid elongation
of the young shoot may for atime show growth through-
out the entire extent. The winter condition of a beech
twig is shown in Fig. 1785, and the long, delicate,
overlapping scales of the buds are very evident. Each
bud is an incipient branch, as is readily seen in the
spring when the buds elongate ; the delicate scales
separate fai-ther and farther from one another, each
bearing a little leaf in its axil, and marking a now
distinct joint or node in the new branch. Various
stages of this general elongation are evident from
Fig. 178G. Finally as the branch lengthens through-
out its entire extent, the scales drop, the leaves expand,
the older nodes cease to elongate, and the wave of elon-
gation follows a few nodes behind the terminal bud.

In the common woody plants growth in diameter is
accomplished by means of a distinct but thin layer of
tissue functioning as the zone of cell division, or cam-
bium. The cambium is located just between the wood
and bark. In fact, it divides a complete ring of fibro-
vascular bundles into an inner or woody portion (xylem)
and an outer or bast and sieve-tiibe portion (phloem).
Each year it gives rise on the inner side to a layer of
wood and on the outer side to a layer of bark, thus each
year covering up and pushing to the center, as it were,
the old wood, and pushing outward the old bark as a
protective covering. By this process the inner wood
retains its former dimensions, but the bark must con-
stantly expand to cover the increasing diameter of the
'tree, and so it breaks into rifts and ridges of various
forms, or else peels off periodically. The differentiation
of the tissues in different parts denotes different physi-
ological functions. Thus the woody part of the young
rings conducts the water and other soil foods, and
through the woody bundles of the leaf-stalk, veins, and
veinlets it is distributed throughout the plant body.
The bark or phloem portion of the bundles is largely

1326

PHYSIOLOGY

PHYSIOLOGY

coiicerued in the conduction of the digested or leaf-
formed foods to other parts.

Seed Prodiietion.^So far as we know, the ultimate
function of a plant in nature is to produce seeds or to
reproduce its kind. It matters not how far the horti-
culturist may have diverted this natural function in
particular instances, in general the sum of the physi-
ological activities is directed to seed-production. Much
energy is directed to the development of form and color
in the flower, also of fragrance and odor, and there are
deep-seated physiological processes connected with pol-
len and ovule production, with pollination, fertilization
(see p. 579), and the subsequent development of the
seed.

Seeds are, as a rule, richer in nitrogenous matter
than other parts of the plant. Likewise, in phosphorus
and magnesium salts there is a marked increase in the
seed. Of these last-named substances, there is a migra-
tion, as it were, from the older parts to the region of
seed formation, and finally to the seed. On the other
hand, the salts of lime gradually increase in quantity in
the older tissues, particularly in the old assimilatory
tissues.

The Living Protoplasm tJie Seat of Vital Action.—
Physiological activities cannot be thoroughly studied by
the use of the plant as a whole or by the use of the
organs as particular parts of a complex whole. The
final seat of all the plant activities resides in the living
protoplasiuof the cells composing the plant. Except as
serving purely mechanical purposes, the old heart wood
and bark of trees are inactive, and they contain no liv-
ing substance. They are made merely of tlie hardened
walls of cells which once constituted living parts. The
actual living parts, such as the leaves, buds, flowers,
fruits, and young wood, are composed of liviiii!; cells. The
most essential part of a living cell is the prutophism, a
semi-fluid, viscid substance which constitutes the living
material in all organisms. A definite layer of the pro-
toplasm surrounds the inner surface of the cell wall,
and protoplasmic strands radiate throughout the cell,
in which is also differentiated a denser and absolutely
essential part termed the nucleus. In addition the cell
contains an abundance of cell sap, or water, holding in
solution certain food substances. The cell wall is a
mechanical support, and as a physiological agent it is
quite dependent upon the protoplasm. In conjunction
with the wall layer of protoplasm, the cell sap absorbs
water osmotically from weaker solutions outside, and by
the same process solutions are passed from cell to cell
and diffused throughout the growing parts. When trans-
piration is proceeding it is some of this water of the cell
sap which is given off through the leaves into the air.
As a result of this loss of water the protoplasm eon-
tracts away from the cell wall and the rigidity (turgor)
of the cell is lost. Thus the cells and the tissues lose
strength, and the plant becomes flaccid and wilted.

It is by means of the chlorophyll, but it is not the
chlorophyll alone which has to do with the formation of
starch from carbon dioxid. The chlorophyll is imbed-
ded in the living substance, forming definite chlorophyll
bodies; and it is only when associated with living matter
that it can perform its functions.

The Plant is Affected by External Conditiona : It is
Irritable. — When a seed is put to germinate, the first
requisite is that it shall imbibe water and swell. Oxy-
gen is at hand, and if the necessary temperature pre-
vails the protoplasm is awakened to activity, and new
growth is incited. The protoplasm increases in bulk in
existing cells, and then cell division begins. At first
the embryo draws upon the seed for its food supply,
and is able to establish itself in the soil. A differentia-
tion into tissues and organs having different functions
has already occurred. Moreover, as soon as growth be-
gins, the influences of external agencies assert them-
selves. The first shoot does not wander about in the
soil, but, directly against the force of gravity {nega-
tively attracted), it directs itself upward. In an exactly
contrary manner, the first root attracted by the stimuhis
of gravity (positively attracted) directs itself down-
ward. Only the overthrow or overbalancing of gravity
by some superior stimulus can prevent this reaction.
If a pot containing a seedling be placed upon its side,
the stem will actually curve when some growth has

already occurred, bending itself directly upward, as
shown in Fig. 1787. The root will form a curve in its
growth, and again grow downward. The response of
growing organs to the stimulus of gravity is called geot-
ropism. Geotropism acts upon the active growing part
and by means of the living protoplasm.

The relation of the plant to light, or the light stim-
ulus, is one of the most pronounced phenomena in
nature. In a dark chamber
young shoots will direct
themselves or grow directly
toward light admitted through
a small slit. Note how the
seedling bends toward the
light in Fig. 1788. If exposed,
the roots would direct tliem-
selves in a contrary manner.
Even the mature leaves of all
plants will turn or lean toward
the source of light. This may

1787. 1788. Youngseedling showine"

Negative geotropism of root-hairs, and also stem

the young stem. bending towards the light,

be well observed outside when the sun is low, and at
any time of day with a window garden. An interesting-
case of the response to light is to be found in the wild
lettuce {Lactnca Scarioln ) , which is known as a com-
pass plant. In sunlight this plant holds its leaves in
a vertical plane, one row of leaves pointing north and
the other south. This provision may be to avoid the full
rays of the midday sun, and yet to secure the best ad-
vantage of the less intense forenoon and afternoon sun-
shine. The response of plant organs to the stimulus of
light is known as heliotropism.

In the same way plant organs will be stimulated to
grow towards or away from air (aerotropism), a certain
degree of moisture (hydrotropism), a definite tempera-
ture (thermotropism), nutrient substances or other
chemical agents (chemotropism) mechanical irritation
(thigmotropism) and other stimuli. In all of these ways
the plant is active and irritable. In all cases it is the
active protoplasm which is concerned in determining"
the nature of the response.

Temperature has a marked effect upon all living pro-
cesses and it deserves particular mention. It may limit
either by too great heat or too intense cold each of the
particular vital activities. There are three critical tem-
peratures for growth, a uTaxinium or higher tempera-
ture, a minimum or lower temperature beyond which on
either side no growth takes place, and the optimum, or
that intermediate grade which brings to the best devel-
opment all of the faculties of the plant. Sometimes the
optimum as reckoned by the amount of growth would
not correspond to the optimum for flower or seed pro-
duction, a fact well recognized in greenhouse culture.
The growth optimum may also be a temperature at
which the plant is more readily attacked by parasitic
diseases. Particular varieties or species vary greatly as
to their susceptibility to disease at different tempera-
tures. Often it is of more value to know the tempera-
ture at which the general sanitary conditions for a plant
are an optimum, rather than to know the optimum for
growth alone. The absorption of water by the root-
hairs, the manufacture of starch by the leaves, transpira-
tion, and other processes are to a large extent depen-
dent upon the temperature. Hot. dry winds of the sum-
mer-time often cause serious injury to trees, owing to
the rapid transpiration from the leaves. In dry seasons
this is very likely to occur with the Norway maple.
Fig. 1789 represents an injury of this kind. As a rule,.

PHYSIOLOGY

PHYSOCARPUS

1327

the leaves on that side of the tree from which the wind
conies are much more injured than others.

The annual fall of the leaf in deciduous trees is usu-
ally a matter of temperature, although drought and
other conditions may also cause periodic defoliation.
It would cost much labor to protect the large green sur-
faces during the winter and it is economy to part wnth
a portion of the structure. The cool days of autumn

1789. A cluster of leaves of the Norway maple injured by
hot winds.

chill the root-hairs and irritate the assimilatory organs.
The former cease to perform their normal absorptive
functions, and from the leaf are gradually withdrawn
the substances which are readily made soluble. Tire
cell walls and the less useful parts are left, and by the
formation of a distinct corky layer across the leaf-stalk,
where it is attached to the main stem, the plant cuts off
its assimilatory organs by a natural process, so that no
wound or injury except the w^ell-healed leaf-scar shall
mark its fall. In this process the chlorophyll is oxidized
and changes from green to some other color, as yellow
or red; and often it is by this means that the beautiful
autumn colors are developed. These colors also serve
very likely as a protection to shield twigs and trunks
from the hot autumn sunshine. Likewise, the twigs
themselves may be provided with color for the same
purpose.

The old leaves are dropped in the autumn, but al-
ready a new set of modified leaves in the form of bud-
scales have been formed, in turn to be defoliated the
next spring, after serving a term of winter protection.
Deciduous trees then shed their summer leaves when
growth ceases and their winter leaves when growth is
awakened.

Plants such as the squash and potato may be killed
by a degree of cold less than the freezing point. It is
because the protoplasm of the cells is stimulated to
give up its water into the spaces between the cells, and
then not being held by the protoplasm, this water is
readily evaporated and the plant dies from being dried
out. In the same way a plant may wilt and eventually
be much injured if cold water is applied to its roots. In
general, freezing consists in the di-ying out of the pro-
toplasm and the formation of ice crystals between the
cells. The plant may recover if the protoplasm can
gradually reabsorb this water: it will die if the water is
not reabsorbed.

The effect of temperature upon orders and species of
plants is very evident in the differing character of the
vegetation in different life zones. Temperature is not
alone the cause of the difference, but it is the principal
factor. In the tropics succulent plants predominate,
and gigantic leaf surfaces abound as accommodation
to the great moisture content of air and soil. In the
temperate regions there is a degree of heat encouraging
perfection of size in woody development coupled with a
considerable luxuriance of foliage, as well as a large
development of herbaceous plants. In arctic regions
the more succiilent green growth is entirely suppressed,
in general smaller woody forms abound, and even the
texture of leaves and fruit is expressive of hardiness.

Plants along the seacoast differ from those farther
inland, the salt spray having a very injurious effect
upon those which have not become resistant to it.

84

Around the edges of ponds and lakes there is a struggle
for position, and as a rule the differing capacities of the
plants to thrive in differing depths of water, or degrees
of moisture, cause them to be arranged in definite
colonies or zones.

The sum of the responses to these and other stimuli
determine the form and character of the plant, and
determine whether it shall very closely resemble its an-
cestors, or whether it shall have characteristics vary-
ing slightly from them. From the same parent a dande-
lion of the mountain-side will differ somewhat from the
dandelion of the lowland meadow. External agents,
under which category cultivation is an important factor
with domesticated plants, act not only slightly to change
individuals, but in time to change varieties and species.
Working from one generation to another, in conjunction
with natural or artificial selection, external agencies
develop new forms and habits as the plant adapts itself
more perfectly to these conditions. In this way plants
vary as individuals, and in time as races or species.
These variations are but slight from one generation to
another, but it is safe to say that there are few culti-
vated plants to-day which resemble exactly their ances-
tors of the Linnsean times.

Jjiterature. — ATnojig works upon plant physiology may
be mentioned Sorauer's "A Treatise on the Physiology
of Plants," translated by Weiss (Longmans, Green &
Co.) ; Detmer's "Practical Plant Physiology," translated
by Moor (The Macmillan Company) ; and Pfeffer's
"Physiology of Plants," translated by Ewart (Clarendon
Press). The first mentioned is intended for the use of
gardeners, and the others are technical treatises. Such
books as "Living Plants and Their Properties," by
Arthur & MacDougai; "The Survival of the Unlike,"
by L. H. Bailey; "A Theory of Horticulture," by Lind-
ley; "Plant Relations," by J. M, Coulter; and other
similar works may be consulted with much profit.

B. M. DUGGAR.

PHYSOCARPUS {Greeli, physa, bladder, and karpcs,
fi'uit; alluding to the inflated capsules). Syn., Opulds-
ter. Iiosace(p, tribe Spircpece. Ninebaek. Hardy orna-
mental deciduous shrubs, of spreading or erect habit,
with stipulate, alternate, petiolate and mostly 3-lobed
Ivs. and with umbel-like heads of whitish fls. appearing
late in spring, terminal on short branchlets along the
stems and followed by clusters of small pods, inflated
in some species and often assiiming a bright red color
late in summer. Thev are well adaoted for shrubberies

1790. Ninebark— Physocarpus opulLfolius (X /^).

and grow in almost any soil. Prop, easily by either
hardwood or greenwood cuttings, also by seeds. Five
species in N. America and Amurland^ allied to Spiraea
and formerly mostly referred to this genus, but distin-

1328

PHYSOCARPUS

PHYTEUMA

guished by the stipulate Ivs. and the often inflated pods
dehiscent along both sutiires and containing one or few
shining yellowish seeds, the bark peeling off in thin
strips. Also sometimes united with Neillia.

opuliJdlius, Maxim. (Spiraea opullfdJin, Linn. Opu-
Idster opalifdfiit.'j, Kuntze). Ninebaiik. Fig. 17i)0.
Shrub, to 10 ft. high, with wide-spreading and recurv-
ing branches : Ivs. roundish ovate, usually cordate at
the base, 3-lobed, with the lobes crenately dentate, 1-3
in. long, usually glabrous beneath: corymbs 1-2 in.
broad, many-fld. : pedicels and calyx glabrous or pubes-
cent: pods .3-5, inflated, much longer than calyx-lobes.
June. Quebec to Ga., west to Manitoba and Kansas.
B.B. 2:195. — Var. lutea^ Kirchn. (var. ailrea, Hort.).
Lvs. bright yellow at first, changing to golden bronzy
yellow. Var. nana, Kirchn. Dwarf form with smaller,
less lobed, dark green lvs.

Amur6nsis, IMaxim. {Spir7ea Atnurhisis, Maxim, Op-
uldsfer Amarinsis, Kuntze). Similar to the former,
higher and of more vigorous growth : lvs. 3-5-lobed,
with acute or acuminate, doubly serrate lobes, usually
pubescent beneath, 2-5 in. long: fls. large, with grayish
tomentose pedicels and calyx: pods tomentose, only
one-third longer than calyx-lobes. June. Amurland.

P capitdtus, Kuntze (Spiraea capitata, Pursh. Opulaster
eapitatus, Kuntze. S. opulit'olia, var. mollis, Torr. & Gray).
Closely allied to O. opulit'olia. To 20 ft.: lvs. somewhat larger,
with serrate, more elongated lobes, tomentose beneath: pedi-
cels and calyx tomentose. Ore. to Calif. — P. mahmceus, Kuntze.
(O. paueiflorus. Heller. Neillia malvacea, Greene). To 5 ft.;
lvs. slightly 3-lobed, with crenately and obtusely toothed lobes,
usually pubescent: corymbs rather few-fid.: pods 2-3, not in-
flated, tomentose, about as long as sepals. Wyo., Idaho. B.
M. 7758 (as Neillia Torreyi).— P. mondgynus, Coult. (Opulaster
mouogynus, Kuntze. Spiriea monogyna.Torr. Neillia Ton-eyi,
_Wats.}. Similar to the preceding, to 3 ft. high: lvs. smaller,
%-^/4 in. long, incisely 3 lobed. witli incisely serrate lobes, usu-
ally glabrous: pods 1-2. Colo, to Calif. G.F. 2:5.

Alfred Rehder.

PHYSOSTfiGIA (Greek, bladder and covering; refer-
ring to the inflated fruiting calyx). Labidtce. False
Dragon-head. Three or 4 species of hardy herbaceous
perennials, native to America, with spikes of gaping
fls. of purple, rose color or white. .P. Virginiana, the
dominant and most variable type, is frequent in gar-
dens and is sometimes called the Obedient Plant be-
cause its corolla will stay for a while in whatever posi-
tion it is turned, to tlie right or left. This plant and its
varieties have had at least 7 colored plates devoted to
them, a large number for any labiate. P. Virginiana
is an elegant plant when well grown and it does best in a
strong, rather moist, fertile soil. It forms large clumps
3-4 ft. high and blooms in July and Aug. Requires fre-
quent division or replanting.

Generic characters: calyx bell-shaped, swollen and
remaining open in fr., membranous, 10-nerved; teeth
5, equal; corolla 2-lipped, inflated above; upper lip con-
cave, rounded, entire; lower lip 3-lobed, the middle lobe
commonly notched ; stamens 4, didynamous ; anther
cells parallel. ^

Virginiana, Benth. [P. Virgimca, Hort.). Fls. an
inch long, ranging from purplish red through rosy pink
and lilac to white. B.M. 407. Mn. 7:81. F.R. 5:55. Var.
dlba, Hort., is a recent and beautiful 'white-fld. form.
R.H. 1898:330.

Var. speciosa, Gray, is a tall form with very acutely
serrate lanceolate lvs. and dense-panicled spikes. A
Texan form with erect, imbricated fls. B.M. 338G (P.
imbricata).

Var. denticuUta, Gray (P. dentictiUttim, Ait.). A
lower and more slender form with crenulate denticulate
or obscurely serrate lvs. and more slender or loosely-fid.
spikes. Middle Atlantic states. B.M. 214.

F. W. Barclay and W. M.

PHYStTEtTS (Greek, bladder and tail; from the purse
or pouch-like spur), Orchiddcece. A genus of about
20 species belonging to the category of Goodyera and
Ancectochilus, and cult, for their foliage. Stem simple,
erect, leafy: lvs. petiolate, ovate to lanceolate: fls. small,
in a terminal raceme; petals and dorsal sepals cohering,
galeate; lateral sepals free; labellum spurred, strongly
concave above the entrance of the spur and abruptly

contracted, middle lobe spreading or recurved; column
short. Natives of the warm regions of Asia and Amer.
The American species have their lvs. mostly spotted.

querceticola, Lindl. (Goodyera qnercicola, Chapm.).
Stem ascending, 6-12 in, high: lvs. ovate or oblong-
ovate, thin, on slender petioles, spotted with silver-gray:
spike densely fld. : sepals and petals oblong, obtuse:
labellum concave, ending in a broadly ovate, acuminate
and recurved point; spur pouch-like. Aug. Low shady
woods, Fla. and westward. Heinrich Hasselbring.

PHYTfiLEPHAS (Greek, eJejtJianf plant; referring
to the hard white seeds which can be worked like ivory).
Pahndcew. Prostrate or ascending palms of doubtful
relationship,referredby some authorities toPai((Za««c(?a'.
They are dioecious, the fls. densely crowded in catkin-
like spadices, without any perianth: leaf -segments
acuminate. Species 15. South America.

macrocdrpat Ruiz & Pav, Ivort-nut Palm. Caudex
low: lvs. very long, pinnate. Penj, Venezuela. Gn. 24,
p. 468. — Once adv. by Pitcher & Manda. Furnishes
the vegetable ivory of commerce. Sometimes called
Negro's Head. j^^ed G. Smith.

PHYTEtTMA (old Greek name, meaning simply "a
plant," used by Dioscorides for some mignonette-like
herb) . Campanuldcece. Horned RAiiPiox. Phyteumas
are hardy herbaceous perennials, used for borders or
alpine gardens. (See Figs. 1791, 1792.) The fls. are
mostly shades of blue, more or less purple, rarely white.
There are two styles of inflorescence, the globular and
the long-and-narrow, the former being the more interest-
ing. The showy feature of P. comosKm, at first glance,
seems to be a group of colored and much elongated
pistils; biit these pistil-like bodies are really corollas
which usually show slits at their inflated base and are
narrowed above into a very slender tube from which the
style and stigmas are much exserted. In P. comoHiim the
corolla never opens, but in all the others it finally splits
at the top, making a spreading or wheel-shaxjed flower.
The tubular stage seems the most attractive in the
round-clustered species and the open stage, perhaps, in
the oblong-clustered species. Phyteumas are natives of
the Mediterranean region; about 50 species. These
plants are little known in this country, but the follow-
ing account is given because the plants are worthy and

1791. Phyteuma comosum (X 3^;^).
A tufted alpine plant growing in a crevice.

because the species are much confused amongst horti-
culturists. None of the species seem to be regularly in
the American trade.

Phyteumas generally seed freely and may also be
prop, by division, which is best performed in spring
after growth begins. They thrive in ordinary garden

PHYTEUMA

PHYTEUMA

1329

soil in either border or rockery. A very critical review
of Pliyteumas from the garden standpoint is given
by "D. K." in Gn. 28, pp. 91, 92 (18S5), from which
tlie following points are abstracted. The smallest
species, as P. huinile and pauciflorum, should be
planted by themselves or with other very dwarf alpines,
so that they will not be smothered by taller and coarser
subjects. The tallest, most robust and easiest species
is P. campamdoicles, large clumps of which attain 3 ft.
in diam. and grow 2 ft. high. Such a clump makes a
fine centerpiece for a flower-bed and blooms through July
and Aug. Similar to it but inferior is P. HmonifoUum,
with lighter blue fls. Both have oblong inflorescences,
as also do P. HaUeri and P. spicatum; the former
growing a foot high in dry, sunny spots in a south-
ern border, the latter attaining 13^ ft. on sunny rock-
work.

At the other extreme as regards habit, ease of culture
and style of inflorescence, is P. comosum, which in
rockeries i-equires renewal every few years. A stock
should therefore be constantly kept in pots. In the
rockery it likes a shady position and in winter the crown
should be covered with coarse sand; water freely from
the time growth starts until flowering begins. Treated
as a pot-plant it is more easily managed; use light soil
well mixed with pieces of sandstone about the size of
marbles and wedge the roots tightly between very hard
stone; plunge the pots in cool material and give partial
shade.

Of the other round-clustered types the following are
very much alike: P. orbic%tlare, Scheuchzeri, Charmelii
and Miclielii. P. heviispliceHcttm thrives best in dry,
stony places, particularly in the cracks of a crumbling
brick wall, or on a steep slope with a southern exposure.
It grows 1-6 in. high.

The botanical account following is mainly derived
from DC. Frod. 7:4130 and Koch, Syn. Flor. Germ. ed.
HI. 2:402. DeCandoIle adopts the 3 sections made by
G. Don, of which Section Synotoma contains only the
unique P. comosum. Section II, Hedranthum, and
Section HI, Podanthuini, are distinguished by the pores
of the capsule, which are always 3 in the latter and
situated near the apex, while in the former they may be
2 or 3 and situated near the middle. To Section Hlrri
belong species 1, 7 and 8; to Section H belong all the I;
others except P, comosum.

Austriacurti, 15.
betonicEefolium, 5.
Campanula, 1.
campanuloides, 9.
caueseens, 1,
Charmelii, 14, 16.
comosum, 2.

INDEX.

confusinn, 15.
globularitefolium,

11.
Halleri. 7.

hemisphEericiim, 12,
humile. 18.
limonifoliuin, 8.

Michelii, 4.
orbiculare, 15.
pauciflorum, 10.
yeheuehzeri, 17.
seorzonerifolium,
Sieberi, 14.
spicatum, 6.

A. Inflorescence a raceme or pan-
icle 1. canescens

AA. Inflorescence an %imhel 2. comosum

AAA, Inflorescence a spike.

B. Fruiting spikes long a?id
narrow, cylindrical.
0. Flowering spikes round-
ish or oval.
D. Stigmas 2.

E. Moot'lvs. long-

stalked 3. seorzonerifolium

EE. Root-lv s . short-
stalked 4. Michelii

DT). Stigmas 3 5. betonicaeJtollum

cc. Flowering spikes oblong
or nearly so.
D. Spikes demise.

E. Color of fls. whitish
or y elloivish ,

greenish at tip 6. spicatum

EE. Color of fls. dark
viol et t rarely

white 7. Halleri

DD. Spikes loose

E. Fls. light hlue: stem

branched 8. limonifolium

EE. Fls. dark violet:

stem not branched . 9. campanuloides

BB. Fruiting spikes little elon-
gated, merely oval.

c. No. of fls. about 5 10. pauciflorum

cc. No. of fls. about 12 11. globular! aefo Hum

D. Cfpper Ivs. entire 12. hemisphaericum

DD. Upper Ivs. remotely

denticulate 13. humile

DDD. Upper Ivs. crenate 14. Sieberi

ccc. No. of fls. 15 or more.
D. Bracts with an ovate

base 15. orbiculare

DD. Bracts linear.

E. Height Y^ ft 16. Charmelii

EE. Heiqht 1 ft 17. Scheuchzeri

1792. Two other types of inflorescence in Phyteuma (X 3^).
The loose-spiked P. limonifolium. and the denser P. seorzoneri-
folium.

1. can6scens, Waldst. & Kit. {Oampdnula Americdna,
Hort., not Linn.). Scabrous: stem unbranched: Ivs.
sessile ; lower ones ovate, crenate -serrate, narrowed
at base; upper ones nearly entire: fls. blue, short-pe-
duncled, solitary, sparse. Hungary, Caucasus.

2. comdsum, Linn. Fig. 1791. The only species in the
genus with umbellate inflorescence, and in which the
corollas are not finally split at the apex. A decumbent,
unbranched, glabrous plant native to the Alps: fls. pale
lilac below, darker purple above. B.M. 6478. G.C. II.
14:177. Gn. 18, p. 245, copied in Gn. 28, p. 91; 44, p. 554,
and R.H. 1882, p. 452. G.C. II. 26:81, copied in I.H.
34:11.

3. seorzonerifolium, Vill. Fig. 1792. This and P.
betonicwfolinm should probably be regarded as botani-
cal varieties of P. Michelii. but for clearness and for

1330

PHYTEUMA

PHYTOLACCA

horticultural purposes they may be cons.aered as dis-
tinct species. A native of the Alps with fls. of sky-blue
(B.M. 2061), erroneously as P. betonicwfolhim) or pur-
plish blue (B.M. 2271).

4. Mich^lii, All. This may also be distinguished from
P. scorzonerifoHum and P. betoniccefolium by having
the calyx pilose at the middle, it being glabrous in the
other two. A native of Mt. Cenis in Sardinia, with Ivs.
never cordate. Color of fls. not stated, probably blue.

5. hetonicaefdlium.Vill. Root-lvs. cordate, long-stalked:
bracts fewer than in P. Michelii and probably not re-
flexed. Eu. Not B.M. 20G(i, which is P. scorzoneri-
foHum. Color of fls. not stated.

G. spicatum, Linn. The color of the fls. (whitish or
yellowish, green at tips) is highly characteristic: lower
Ivs. doubly crenate-serrate, long-stalked, cordate: spike
oblong, 2-'y in. long. Eu. B.M. 2347.

7. HAlleri, All. Lower Ivs. doubly and coarsely ser-
rate, long-stalked: spike ovoid-oblong; fls. dark violet
to white. Eu.

8. limoniSdlium, Sibth. & Sm. Fig. 1792. This may be
distinguished from P. campanitloules by the stem-lvs.,
which are fewer and pass into bracts: fls. light blue.
The inflorescence is more sparse, but very dainty. Mt.
Olympus, Dalmatia, near Naples. B.M. 2145 {P. stricta).
L.B.C. 7:007 (P. virgata).

9. campanuloldes, Bieb. Sufficiently distinguished in
the key and iinder No. 8. Caucasus, Armenia. B.M.
1015 shows a stalk with over 60 fls., while P. Umonifo-
Uiim has only 12-30. Fl.s. dark violet.

10. paucifldrum, Linn. Very dwarf: Ivs. entire;
root-lvs. short, obovate-lanceolate : bracts ciliate, entire
or subdentate at base, never dentate at apex. Western
Alps and Pyrenees. Fls. violet, according to Koch.

11. globulariaeJdlium, Sternb. & Hop. Probably a
var. of P. pauciflorum w^ith larger stems, root-lvs. 2-4
lines longer and thrice as wide, and the bracts always
entire at the base. Austrian Alps. Fls. violet.

12. hemisphEEricum, Linn. Lvs. erect; root-lvs. sub-
entire, linear or lanceolate-linear, much or little shorter
than the stem: bracts ciliate, subentire: fls. blue, white
or yellowish. Alps and Pyrenees.

13. httmile, Schleich. Root-lvs. linear-lanceolate, nar-
rowed at the base, upper ones remotely denticulate:
bracts narrowly lanceolate from an ovate base, sharply
toothed. Eu. Gn. 28:502. Pis. blue.

14. SiSberi, Spreng. {P.
CharmUii, Sieb., not Vill.).
Lvs. cordate, ovate or ovate-
lanceolate, creuate : bracts
ovate, acuminate, sharply
serrate. Eu. Fls. violet, ac-
cording to Koch.

15. orbiculare, Linn. (P.
confusuni, Kern. P. Ans-
trlaeiinif G. Beck). Lvs.
crenate ; root-lvs. cordate
or ovate; upper stem - lvs.
linear : bracts subserrate.
Eu. B.M. 1400 (P. cordata);
fls. purple. L.B.C. 2:122.-
A very variable species with
forms ranging from 2-20 in.
high.

10. Charmfilii, Vill., not
Sieb. Probably a botanical
variety of P. Sclieuclizeri.
Bracts 3-0 lines long, erect
or spreading. Alps. Here
probably belongs the cut la-
beled P. comosum in Gn.
19, p. 419; 44, p. 554; and P.

17. Scheuchzeri, All. Bracts 18-24 lines long, reflexed
or spreading. This and No. 16 differ from Nos. 10-15
inclusive in having few, narrow, unequal bracts instead
of many broad ones which are about equal. S. Eu.
B.M. 1797 (fls. purple).

P. Balbisii. DC, is near P, spicatum' stem 4-6 in. high-
root-lvs. cordate: spike white, about 9-li lines long in flower:

bracts few, linear, shorter than the fl.; color of fls. not stated
Piedmont.— P. Carestiw of Bir. is P. humile, No. 13, but P. Ca
restii© of Vill. is P. serratum, a species probably nowhere id
cult., and scarcely to be told from P. humile unless it has a
larger stem, little wider lvs. and calyx glabrous instead of mi-
nutely ciliate.— P. laxifldrum, R. Beyer and P. Schellandcri. are
offered by the National Arboretum at Zoeschen. w M

PHYTOLACCA (a hybrid name: Greek, phytos, plant,
and French lac, lake; referring to the crimson berries).
Phytolacc&ceif. P. deectndra , our common Pokeberry,
is sometimes offered by dealers in native plants and its
young asparagus-like shoots are sometimes used as a
pot herb. Its flatfish berries yield a crimson juice of
a very distinct hue, but it has never been fixed for
dyeing purposes. Children sometimes make red ink
from the berries for amusement. Pokeberry is some-
times a troublesome weed. It is thoroughly natural-
ized in Europe. It has been used to give color to pale
wines, but its use for this purpose is injurious and in
Portugal is prohibited by royal decree. The roots are
emetic, purgative and somewhat narcotic. The word
"poke" is supposed to come from the American Indian
word pocau, which apparently referred to any plaut
yielding a red or yellow dye, as pokeweed or bloodroot.
In President Polk's campaign his followers wore leaves
of pokeweed.

In collecting young shoots for greens, care must be
taken not to include any portion of the root, as this
would give a bitter taste and might cause serious ill-
ness. Small pieces of the root eaten by mistake for
horse-radish or turnip have caused serious and in some
instances fatal cases of poisoning. The seeds are also
poisonous.

Phytolacca is a genus of about 10 species of tropical
shrubs, herbs or trees, sometimes climbers: lvs. alter-
nate, sessile or petiolate, acute or obtuse, entire: fls.
small, greenish white, borne in long racemes which are
at first terminal but by further growth of the stem come
opposite the lvs.; calyx of 4 or 5 persistent rounded
sepals; stamens 5-15: ovary of 5-15 distinct or some-
what united carpels: fr. a fleshy berry; seeds 1 in each
cavity

1793. Pokeweed— Phytolacca decandra (X Ji).
orbiculare, Gn. 28, p. 90.

decdndra, Linn. Pokeberry. Pokeweed. Pokeroot.
Also called Scoke, Garget, Pigeonberry and Inkberry.
Fig. 1793. A glabrous, strong-smelling, perennial herb,
4-12 ft. high: root large: lvs. oblong-lanceolate or
ovate-lanceolate, acute, petiolate: racemes 2-8 in. long:
stamens 10 : ovary 10-celled : berries nearly % in.
across, ripe Aug. -Oct, Me. to Minn., south Fla. to
Tex. B.M. 931. D. 93. Gn. 21, p. 179. Mn. 1, p. 53.-

PHYTOLACCA

PICEA

1331

Common in clearings. A Tariegated form once cult, for
ornament is sho^Ti in R.H. lfc'87, p. lu, the Ivs. liijlit g:reen
above often shaded rose and more or less margined
white, beneath pale rose to violet.

Ltster H. Dewey and W". M.
FICEA (ancient Latin name derived from pix, pitch).
Contfene. Spruce. Ornamental evergreen trees of
pyramidal habit with spreading whorled branches clothed
densely with acicular spirally arranged Ivs. About 18
species in the colder and temperate climates of the
northern hemisphere from the arctic circle to the high
mountains of the temperate regions. Pyramidal trees,
sometimes dwarfed: Ivs. usually 4-angled with white
lines formed by numerous stomata arranged in rows and
on all 4 sides, or compressed and storaatiferous only on
the upper side which, on the lateral branchlets, by
twisting of the leaf-stalk appears to be the lower one,
sessile and jointed at the base to a short stalk projected
from a prominent cushion, called a pulvinus : fis. monce-
cious, catkin-like, terminal or axillary; the staminate
yellow or red, consisting of numerous spirally arranged
anthers with the connective enlarged at the apex and
scale-like; the pistillate greenish or purple, consisting
of spirally arranged scales each subtended at the base
by a small bract and bearing two ovules at the inner
side: cones pendulous or spreading, with persistent
scales not separating from the axis after shedding the
seeds, which are provided with a large and thin obovate
or oblong wing. The names Picea and Abies are often
exactly transposed by horticulturists and others.

The catkin-like fis. of the Spruce appear in spring and
are often very conspicuous by their bright red color.
These are followed by usually pendent cones, green
or purple before ripening and light to dark brown at
maturity. The Spruces are not only highly ornamental
but also very valuable forest trees, and as inhabitants
of cooler climates they are especially adapted for culti-
vation in northern regions. All are hardy north except
P. Synitliiana and P. SifcJiensis, but do not resist
heat and drought well; some, however, as P. jnittgens,
orientalis, exeelsa, and also P. alba and perhaps P.
Omorika, endure drought better than most others. For
ornamental park planting the Spruces belong to the most
valuable evergreens on account of the symmetrical habit
and rapid growth of most species. Only a few, like P.
orientalis, obovata, Omorika, and poUta, are of slower
growth and therefore well suited for smaller parks and
gardens; and so are the numerous horticultural foiTus,
which are mostly dwarf and slow-growing and some-
times more interesting and curious than beaiitiful. The
Spruces are often planted as shelters and wind-breaks,
and also used for hedges, especially P. exeelsa, which
makes a very dense and durable hedge when regularly
trimmed. P. polita is also recommended as a good
hedge plant and seems well adapted, with its rigid,
spiny Ivs. The Spruces thrive best in moderately moist,
sandy loam, but will grow in almost any kind of soil
provided it contains enough moisture; wet and dry
soils are equally unfavorable. Slopes of northern aspect
are well suited for Spruces, and they thrive better in
shady positions than most other conifers. As the roots
mostly spread horizontally near the surface, the Spruces
will grow in shallow soil and are easily transplanted
even as rather large plants; they may be moved with
success at any time of the year except when the young
shoots are growing, but if possible avoid transplanting
shortly before dry weather is expected to set in.

Propagated by seeds, which ripen in fall and are usu-
ally kept dry and cool during the winter and sown in
spring outdoors in prepared beds or in frames or boxes.
The young seedlings should be shaded and watered in
dry weather and may remain a year or two before be-
ing transplanted in nursery rows when not sown too
thickly. Varieties and rarer binds are often increased
by layers or by grafting on seedling stock of P. exeelsa.
Picea alba is used for forms of this species and for P.
nigra and rubra. Veneer-grafting in spring or August in
the greenhouse is usually employed, less commonly cleft-
grafting with half-hardened wood. The dwarf forms
grow readily from cuttings under glass in August or fall
and given slight bottom heat in early spring; also most
other forms and species, especially those with thinner
and finer branches, can be raised from cuttings.

The Spruces are important timber trees. The soft and
light, straight-grained wood is much used for construc-
tiou, the interior finish of houses and for fuel, also for
ship-building; but it is not durable in the ground. The
bark of some species is used for tanning leather, and
the resinous exudations are sometimes employed in
medicine. From the Red and Black Spruce, Spruce
beer is made by boiling the branches with honey.
Spruces are often known in nurseries, especially in this
country, under the name of Abies. Alfred Rehder.

1794. Cones of Piceas (X M).

Largest one, P. ^^niflims; lowest one, P. aiha; upper right

hand, P. nigra, var. brevifolia.

The Piceas embrace some of the most usefiil as well
as ornamental trees of the Conifer family. They cover
a great variety of forms, from the stiff-branched, sturdy
and rugged P. pungens to the lithe, graceful and droop-
ing P. Breweriana. The American species comprise
P. alba, nigra, rubra, pnugevs, Engelmauni, Hrew-
eriana and Sitcheusis. The grand and towering Douglas
Spruce and the graceful Hemlock Spruce, so called, are
not true Spruces and will not be noticed in this article.

Picea alba, the White Spruce, is a native of the
northern parts of America and is justly thought to be
one of our best conifers, a compact and upright grower
of great longevity; trees growing at Waukegan, 111.,
over fifty years old are still well branched at the bottom,
retain their pyramidal form and annually make an
upward growth.- They are the most aromatic of the
Piceas; in fact, this odor is often used to identify them
while young from the Norway Spruce or Engelmann's
Spruce. They grow on a great variety of soils, bear
crowding well and also will stand severe pruning; hence
are used for wind-breaks and hedges. They vary con-
siderably in color, some of them fairly rivaling the blue
foiTu of the P. jmvgens. This tree, being a native of a
cold climate, is subject to the ravages of the red spider
in a warm climate and should not be planted south of
Philadelphia or St. Louis. There is a variety of P. alba
found in the Black Hills that stands extreme drought
better than the northern form and is largely planted on
the dry prairies of Nebraska and the Dakotas. It does
not, however, do as well in northern Illinois or farther
east as the northern variety.

Picea Engehnanni, one of the gems of Colorado,
resembles P. alba more than it does its near neighbor
P. puugenSj being of finer foliage and not as stiff-
branched as the latter. It is one of the few conifers
that will stand the extreme cold of St. Petersburg,
Russia, but on our vrestern prairies it soon loses its
lower branches, as it seems to be unable to withstand
the hot and drying winds of that section in late sum-
mer and early autumn. In the eastern states, however,
it does not have this faiilt, as the cooler and more
humid air seems to better agree with it.

Another Colorado conifer, Picea puvgens {the blue
form being called by some the "Queen of the Piceas ")» is
a striking and noble tree, seeming to be hardy wherever
tested and on all varieties of soil. Strong, sturdy, and
upright in growth, its foinn alone would make it a strik-
ing figure in any landscape. Its beautiful color varies
from a light silvery hue in some specimens to a dark
blue, almost purple in others. In some specimens the
branches are in distinct and regular whorls, resembling
Araucnria exeelsa. Undoubtedly the oldest and finest
specimens of this grand tree are found on the former
grounds of the late Robert Douglas, at Waukegan, 111.
These trees are now 25 to 30 ft. high and show no signs

1332

PICEA

PICEA

of weakness anywhere, being one mass of foliage from
the ground upward. The green form of P. pungens is
an excellent tree, but is not as much appreciated by
planters and lovers of trees as it should be, as it is
always compared to its more striking variety, the Blue
Spruce. There is a fine specimen growing on the above
grounds, even larger than the blue form, which does
not suffer in comparison with its near neighbors, Abies
concolor, A. Fraseri, P. Ji^ngehnauni, Tsuga Cana-
densis or Hemlock Spruce, Pseudotsnga Donglasii or
Douglas Spruce, and Pin as Strobus, all large and fine
specimens, equal to any in the middle west.

Plcea nigra, or Black Spruce, is undoubtedly the
poorest tree of the genus from a landscape gardener's
point of view. It has very short needles and is greatly
disfigured by its cones, which hang on for several
years. It begins seeding when very young and is an
exceedingly slow grower. Some good specimens of it
are found, however, in the East, but in very restricted
localities. P. rubra, long thought to be a variety of
the preceding, is a much better tree in every respect,
resembling P. excelsa in color and form. It seems to
be a short-lived tree, especially in the West. This tree
is undoubtedly the least known of the American Piceas.
P. Sitchensls of the Pacific coast strongly resembles P.
piingens; in fact, when the latter was first introduced
it was thought to be a variety of P. Sitchensis. It has
much finer branches and needles than P. jjimgens, varies
in coloring as much as the latter, and where hardy
makes a very fine tree. Unfortunately it is not hardy in
any of the northern states. Unlike P. pungens, it will
not stand close planting, as the needles fall off badly
where the branches are rubbed together by the wind or
strike other objects.

Without doubt the most graceful and elegant Picea is
P. Sreweriana, or Weeping Spruce, a native of the
Siskiyou and Coast Ranges of mountains in northern
California and Oregon. It has the true Spruce form,
tall and symmetrical, with horizontal branches and a
beautiful dark green color. In its general features it
resembles a well-grown specimen of the Norway Spruce,
but its distinguishing beauty is in the long, pliant,
pendulous branchlets which hang straight down from
the branches to a length of 6 to 8 ft. and no larger
around than a lead pencil. It has a stately grace in
calm weather, but its characteristic impressiveness is
seen only when the long, flexible branches are undulat-
ing in a light breeze or streaming before a gale. The
bark is smooth and reddish in color, adding to its
ft^eauty where glimpses of it can be seen through the
green foliage. It grows only at high elevations in its
native habitat and on the northern slope of the moun-
tains where the annual fall of snow is 15-25 ft., as the
winter trip of the mail-carrier shows. The cones are
from 2% to 3^ in. long, of a purplish color, and as they
grow only on the tips of the l)ranclies they add greatly
to its beauty. Unfortun:it<dy this beaiitiful tree has
not proved satisfactory. Out of over 300,000 seedlings
i-aised in 1893, only one plant is now alive; it is grow-
ing on the writer's grounds and is scarcely 6 in. tall,
having cost over $100 per inch, and this is doubtless the
largest specimen in cultivation.

Of the foreign Piceas P. excelsa is most popular;
in fact is the best known and most largely planted of
any of the genus. It makes a large, fine-looking tree,
grows in a great variety of soils, is hardy throughout
most of North America, is the most rapid grower of any
of the Piceas, and stands close planting very well. It is
used more than any other tree for wind-breaks and
shelter-belts. It bears pruning well. Hedges of this
species and P. alba that have been planted more than
25 years are growing on the Douglas grounds that are
now G ft. high and 8 ft. across the base. One fine speci-
men tree on these grounds measures about 52 ft. high
and 55 ft. fi-om tip to tip of its lower branches. Other
foreign species, but not as well known nor as thoroughly
tested as the preceding, are P. obovata, a close, com-
pact-growing tree dark green in color. P. Smithiana or
jP. Morinda is one of the handsomest of the Piceas, but
is not hardy in the northern states, plants from seed
collected at an elevation of 8.000 ft. on the Himalaya
mountains not proving hardy. Fine specimens of this
tree are found in California, where it is justly prized.

There are several species of Picea from China and
Japan that will doubtless prove hardy in the eastern
states. All Piceas will stand the pruning knife, but
this should be used not later than July 1 in the northern
states and earlier farther south. They are propagated
from seed the same as Larix; and their varieties, of
which there are a great number, are either grafted or
raised from cuttings over bottom heat.

Thojl&s H. Douglas.
Note on tJie Grafting of Piceas, — In the writer's ex-
perience, Picea alba is a good stock on which to graft
the finer varieties of Spruce or those having four-sided
leaves. Pot the stock
the last of August,
keep in shaded frame,
syringe till danger of
wilting is over and
harden gradually. Be
careful notto keep the
earth in the pots too
wet, as roots are lia-
ble to rot. Place the
stocks in greenhouse
after light frosts, and
graft as soon as roots
have started — abont
last of January gen-
erally. Do not wait
until buds have made
much growth, for then
the sap will be run-
ning strongly to the 1795. Piceaexcelsa— Norway Spruce
upper buds, leaving

the cion to remain dormant. When stock and cion are
of same size, the veneer-graft can be used. In larga
stocks, use slit- or side-graft. Be sure that the knife
is sharp enough to shave dry wood. Cut the cion in
elongated wedge-shape; place it in the cleft by twist-
ing the stock with left hand, fitting the cion exactly
with the right. Be careful to wax well, as a hole the
size of a pin left on the cut surface will be fatal to the
cion. Place the grafted plants in a close frame until
the cion is well started. Syringe from two to three
times a day, shading when too hot. Give air gradually
until well hardened. Do not cut back the stock for one
year, as the cion may make second growth and winter-
kill. If cion should die, do not use the stock again until
after a year's rest, as two consecutive pottings will
usually ruin the plant; this holds good only with Tsuga
and Picea alba. The above method can be used with
equal success on Pinus, Abies, Juniperus and other
evergreens propagated by grafting. g. P. Drew.

INDEX.

For names not found here or in the ;

supplementary list, con-

suit Abies and Tsuga.

Abies, 5.

elata, 5.

Omorika, 1.^.

acicularis, 14.

Ellwangeriana, 5.

orientalis, 6.

aciitissima.l.

Engelmanni, 10.

Parn/ana, 11.

Ajanensis, 13.

excelsa, 4, 5.

par\iformis. 5.

alba, 9.

Finedoueusis, 5.

peiulula, 5, 9.

Alcockiana, 13, 14.

glauca, 9, 10, 11.

polita. 1.

alpestris. 5. In.

Gregoryana, 5.

prociunbens. 5.

argentea, 9, 10. 11.

Hnndoensis, 13.

pseudopuugeus, 10.

aurea. 9.

inversa, 5.

pumila, n, 8.

Ban-yi. 5.

Jezoensis, 13.

pnngens, 11.

bicolor, 1, 14.

Khutroii), 2.

pygnuea, 5.

bre^ifolia, 8.

Mariana, 8.

pyramidalis, 5.

Breweriana, 16.

Maxwelli, 5.

rubens. 7.

Canadensis, 9.

medioxima, 5.

rubra, 7, 9.

Clanhrasiliana, 5.

Menziesi, 11, 12.

Sfhrenkiana, 3.

coerulea. 9. 11.

miniata. 5.

Sitobensis. 13.

commutata, 10, 11.

minuta, 5.

Smithiana, 2.

compacta, 5.

moiistrosa, 5.

speciosa, 12.

coulca, 5.

Morinda, 2.

tabuljeformis, 5.

denudata, 5.

miiricata, 5.

Torano, 1.

diffusa, 5.

nana, 9.

viminalis, 5,

Doiimetti, 8.

nigra, 8.

virgata, .^. 8.

dumosa, 5.

obovata, 3, 4.

viridis, 11.

. Lvs. quadrangular, all 4 sides with
stomata.
B. Scales of cone obovate or orbicu-
lar, rounded, closely appressed
before ripening.
C. Cone 3}k~6 in. long.

nCEA

PICEA

1333

D. Lvs. spreading, very rigid,

sharply pointed

DD. Jjvs. pointing forward, vot
very rigid.
E. Length of lvs. %-3 in., or
s ometitnes a little
shorter in No. S: young
branch lets glabrous,
grayish yellow

EE. Length of lvs. %-l in.,
shorter only in dtvarf
vars.: young branchlets
brown 4.

5.
EEE. Length of lvs. ^%-o lines, ti.
C. Cones %-il in. long.

D. Toung branches pubescent.. 7.

8.

1. polita

Smithiana
Schrenkiana

obovata
excelsa
orientalis

rubra
nigra
DD. Young branches glabrous,

light brownish yellow .... 9. alba

BE. iicales of cone oblong or rJiom-

boidal, erase at the margin and

usnnlly striate and undulate,

thin, very loosely oppressed or

slightly spreading 10. Engelmanni

11. pungens

AA. Lvs. tnore or less flattened, with

white lines on the upper side,

green on the lower one.

B. Cone ~ scales rhoniboidal, erose-

denticulate, loose : lvs. much

flattened 12. Sitchensis

13. Ajanensis
B. Cone-scales orbicular or obovate,
closely oppressed: lvs. quad-
rangular, somewhat flattened. .\i. bicolor
C. Jiranchlets rather short, not or

little pendulous 1.5. Omorika

cc. Branchlets very long and slen-
der, pendiUous 16. Breweriana

1. polita, Carr. {P. TorHno, Koehne. P. bicolor,
Hort.,not Maxim.). Tree, to 90 ft., forming a dense,
broad pyramid, with rigid stout branches when young,
older trees with the habit of P. excelsa, with somewhat
pendxilous branches: young branches thick, glabrous,
yellowish brown: lvs. rigid, thicker than broad, often
falcate, shining dark green, %-\ in. long: pistillate fls.
green, staniinate yellowish : cone oblong, 4-5 in. long,
brown, glossy; scales with finely denticulate margin.
Japan. S.Z. 2:111. G.C. II. 13:23.3; III. 21:251. Gn.
13. p. 239. — One of the most distinct Spruces; of very
striking appearance with its rigid spiny lvs. spreading
in all directions from the stout branches.

2. Smithiana, Boiss. (P. Morinda, Link. P. Kliut-
roiv, Carr.). Tree, to 150 ft., with wide-spreading
branches and slender pendulous branchlets : lvs.
crowded, usually thicker than broad, acute, bright or
dark green, ?4-2 in. long: pistillate fls. purple: cones
5-7 in. long, dark brown and glossy; scales suborbicu-
lar, with entire margin, firm. Himalayas. G.C. II.
24:393. Gn. 19, p. 359; 35, p. 599; 39, p. 72. -One of the
most graceful Spruces; tender in New England. The
young growth starts very early and is liable to be in-
jured by frost in spring, especially when planted in
warm and damp situations.

3. Schrenkiana, Fisch. & Mey. {P. obovAta, var.
Schrenkiana, Carr.). Tall pyramidal tree, with pendu-
lous branchlets, somewhat similar in habit to P. excelsa :
lvs. equally 4-sided, acute, somewhat dull green, %-1^4
in. long, on young plants often slightly shorter: cones
cylindrio-ovate, 3-4 in. long; scales with entire margin.
Cent. Asia. — Said to be very similar in habit to P. Smith-
iana. But recently introduced and only small plants
are known in cultivation; quite hardy,

4. obovElta, Ledeb. (P. excdsa, var. oboviUa, C. Koch ) .
Tree, to 100 ft., similar in habit to the following, with
somewhat pendulous branchlets : young branches
brown, glabrous or slightly pubescent: lvs. quadrangu-
lar, acute, dull or bluish green. %-% in. long: pistillate
fls. purple: cone oblong-ovate, light brown, about 2>'o in.

long; scales with entire margin. N. Eu. to Kamschatka
and Manchuria. Gn. 20, p. 9i. E.H. 1894, p. 274. Mn.
5, p. 189. — Of slower growth than P. excelsa and more
graceful.

5. excfelsa, Link. (P. Abies, Karst.). Norway
Spkuce. Figs. 1795-7. Tree, to 150 ft., with spreading
branches and usually pendulous branchlets: bark red-
dish brown: young branches brown, glabrous or pubes-
cent: lvs. quadrangular, acute, dark green and usually
shining, ^-1 in. long: staminate and pistillate fls.
bright purple: cones cylindric-oblong, 4-7 in. long,
light brown ; scales obovate, with erose-denticulate
margin. N. and M. Eu. Em. 1:102. Mn. 4, p. 185; (i,
p. 85. — This tree is extensively planted as an ornamen-
tal tree in the northern and eastern states; it is of rapid
growth and is a handsome tree, with its graceful habit
and dark green, dense foliage, but, like many Spruces
and firs, loses mxich of its beauty when it grows old,
and usually after 30 years it becomes thin and ragged
in the top. It is one of the best conifers to plant for
shelters and wind-breaks. The Norway Spruce is very
variable, and a great number of garden forms are in
cultivation. Some of the best known are the following:
Var. BArryi, Hort. Dark green, with vigorous, thick
branches and short branchlets. Var. Clanbrasiliana,
Loud. A dwarf, compact form, with short, crowded
branchlets and small, }^-}o-in. long lvs. There are
many other dwarf forms, differing somewhat in habit
and foliage, as vars. comp&cta, cdnica, diffusa, dumosa,
EUwangeriana, Gregoryana, M&xwelli (Fig. 1798), mu-
ricata, parvii6rmi3, procumbens, ptimila, pygmaea, tab-
ulaeSbrmis. Var. Finedon^nsis, Gord. Lvs. pale yellow
at first, becoming bronzy brown and finally green. Var.
inv^rsa, Carr. With drooping branches closely ap-
pressed to the stem. Gng. 6:100. Var. monstrosa. Loud.
A form with few, thick branches clothed with rigid,
thick lvs. Var. p^ndula, Loud. With irregularly dis-
posed pendulous branches and branchlets. Var. pyra-
mid&lis, Carr. With the branches ascending at narrow
angles, forming a narrow pyramid. Mn. 6, p. 87. Var.
viminalis, Willd. Branches in remote whorls, almost
horizontal, with very long and slender branchlets with-
out or with very few lateral
branchlets. Var. virgata, Jacq.
(denuditta, Carr.). Sparingly
branched, with long and slender
branches destitute of brancli-
lets, spreading, usually the low-
er ones pendulous and the upper
ones ascending. R. H. 1854,
p. 102. P. excelsa, var. elAta,
Hort., is probably a seedling of
this variety and an intermedi-
ate form toward the type. Gn.
3:177. There are also some
forms with variegated and yel-
low foliage. Two geographical
forms of slow growth and dense
habit are var. alpestris, Brligg..
from the high Alps, in habit and
foliage resembling P. alba, and
var. medi6xima, Nyl., from N.
Eu. , in habit and appearance
similar to P. orientalis. P.
miniata, mentioned in the
genus Abies in the supplement-
ary list as A. miniata, is a mis-
print for A, minuta, which is
a synonym of P. excelsa, var.
pygvupa.

6. orientEllis, Carr. Tree, to
120 ft., with ascending and

spreading branches and somewhat pendulous branch-
lets : young branches brown, pubescent : lvs. thick,
obtuse, dark green and shining, crowded and more
or less appressed to the branches: fls. carmine: cone
cylindric-ovate, 2H-3>2 in. long, less than 1 in. thick:
scales orbicular, entire at the margin. W. Asia, Cau-
casus. G.C. II. 21:308; 25:333; IIL 3:754. A. G.
19:649. Mn. 5, p. 189. V. 20: 185. -A very graceful
Spruce with dark, glossy foliage; of slow growth and
therefore valuable for smaller gardens. It holds its
lower limbs for many years.

1796.

Cone of Norway Spruce.

(X %.)

1334

PICEA

l^ICEA

7. nlbra, Link (P. aeittlssima,J. G. Jack, P. rubens,
Sarg.). Red Spruce. Tree, to 80 ft. or occasionally
to 100 ft., with short and slender branches forming a
narrow pyramidal head, with red-brown bark : young
branches reddish brown: Ivs. quadrangular, acute or
mucronate, dark or bright green, shining, about % in.
long : Us, purple : cones ohlong, l}i-2 in, long, light
reddish brown, glossy; scales obovate, rounded and en-
tire or slightly erose at the margin. Prom Canada to
N. C, along the Alleghany Mts. S.S. 12:597.-Hand-
some tree, but requires cool and moist situation and is
less drought-enduring than most others.

8. ni^a, Link {P. Maridna, Britt., Sterns & Pogg.).
Fig. 1709, Tree, usually to 20-30 ft. or occasionally to
100 ft., with slender, often pendulous branches forming
a narrow, irregular head: bark gray -brown: young

1797. Shedding of the leaves of Norway Spruce.

Tho picture shows the extremities of a limb that is eight years old. The part
between, the tip and A is last season's gi'owth; between A and B it is two years old ;
and beyond B is a part that gi-ew three seasons ago. The section beyond C is six
years old; from C to D is seven years of age. The four years' growth of this limb
not shown in the drawing was as densely covered with foliage as is the part shown in
the upper figure; but there are not many leaves between 0 and D (seven years old)
and none on the eight-year-old wood (except those on the hranchlets, and these are
younger). This shows that the leaves persisted six or seven years.

branches brown or yellowish brown: Ivs. quadrangular,
obtusish, dull dark or bluish green, bloomy especially on
the upper side, 34-^ in. long : fls. purple: cones oval-
oblong, globose-ovate when open, dull grayish brown,
K-1/^ in. long ; scales rounded and finely denticulate
at the margin. From Can. to Va., Minn, and Brit. Col.
S.S. 12:596. — Very variable in habit; cone-bearing trees
often only a few ft. high when growing in swamps. The
most ornamental garden form is var. Doum6tti, Carr.,
with ascending crowded branches forming a dense conical
pyramid. A similar form, somewhat broader at the base
and with more light bluish green foliage, is var. Mari-
ana, Beissn. G.C. III. 11:80. Var. brevifdlla, Rehd.
(P. hrevifdlia, Peck). Fig. 1794. Small tree, with short
spreading branches forming an irregular and narrow
head: Ivs. usually }4:-}i in, long, bluish green: cones
^-1 in., seeds 1-12 in. long. Of little ornamental value.
V. 23:291. A.G. 23: 201, 203. Var, virgata, Rehd., is
a sparingly branched form with long and slender
branches destitute of branchlets, very similar to P.
excelsa, var. virgata. G.P. 8:45. Var. ptimila, Hort., is
a dwarf, compact, cushion-like form of very dark green
color.

9. 61ba, Link (P. Canathnxsis, Britt.. Stems & Pogg.).
Fig. 1794. ■ Tree, usually 60-70, sometimes to 150 ft.,
with ascendent branches and usually pendent branch-
lets : bark light brownish gray: Ivs. slightly curved,
acute or acutish, more or less bluish green, M-H in.
long, of a sti'ong, aromatic odor when bruised : fls.
pale red or yellowish : cones cylindric-oblong, light

brown and glossy, 1^-2 in. long; scales orbicular, with
iisually entire margin, thin and flexible. From Labra-
dor to Alaska, south to Mont., Minn, and N. Y. S.S.
12:598. G.P. 8:223; 9:355. F.S. 21:2251, -A decorative
species of dense habit when young and with rather light
bluish green foliage; it endures heat and drought much
better than the two preceding species. The most im-
portant garden form is var. caerillea, Carr. (var. argSntea
and var. glahca, Hort. Abies rubra, var. violdcea,
Loud.). Of dense habit, with light bluish green or
almost silvery gray foliage. Var. aiirea, Beissn., has
yellow foliage. Var. nina, Loud. Dwarf, forming a
dense round bush. Var. p§iidula, Beissn. With pendu-
lous branches.

10. fingelmanni, Engelm. {Abies commutctta, Murr. ).
Tree, to 150 ft., with slender spreading branches in
closely arranged whorls, forming a
dense and narrow pyramid in young
trees : winter-buds with brownish
yellow usually appressed or little
spreading scales: young branches
pale brownish yellow, pubescent:
Ivs. slender, straight or slightly
incurved, acute, bluish green to
steel-blue, yi-X in. long, without
resin canals, of a strong aromatic
odor when bruised : fls. purple :
cones oval- to cylindric-oblong,
light brown, lM-3 in. long; scales
rhomboidal, narrowed and truncate
or rarely acute at the apex. From
Alberta and Brit. Col. to Ariz, and
N. M. S.S. 12:599. -A very orna-
mental tree, varying in the color
of foliage. Var. glauca, Hort., has
bluish or steel-blue, and var. ar-
g6ntea, Hort., silvery gray foliage.
P. pseudoptntgots, Dieck, seems
not to differ from typical P. Engel-
manni. P, Unqehnanni is said to
be sold for P. pungens. It is more
common, and its seeds are there-
fore more readily secured.

11. pungens, Engelm. (P. Par-
rychia, Sarg. Abies M&nziesi,
Engelm., not Lindl.). Fig. 1794,
1798. Tree, 80-100, or occasionally
to 150 ft., with iiorizontal stout
branches in rather reniote whorls,
forming a broad, regular pyramid:
winter-buds with brownish yellow
usually reflexed scales: young
branches glabi'ous, bright yellowish brown: Ivs. rigid,
incurved, spiny - acuminate, bluish green to silvery
white or rarely dull green, ^ to one and one-fifth in.
long, with 2 resin canals: cones cylindric-oblong, light
brown and glossy, 23-^-4 in. long; scales rhomboidal,
narrowed and erose at the apes. Wyo. to Colo, and
Utah. 8.8.12:600. G.C. II. 20:725; III. 10:547. Mn. 7,
p. 51. Gng. 7:49. S.H. 2:273. F. 1884, p. 5. G.M. 40:35.
— A very handsome and very hardy tree of symmetrical
habit, with light, sometimes almost silvery white foli-
age. According to the different shades of color of the
foliage, vars. arg^ntea, ccenllea and glailca, Hort., are
distinguished. Var.vfridis, Regel (P. commufdfa, Hort.),
is the fonn with green Ivs. A dwarf compact form of
this species originated about 10 j'ears ago at the Arnold
Arboretrum.

12. Sitch^nsis, Carr. {Abies Minziesi, Lindl.). Tide-
land Spkuce. Sitka Spruce. Tree, usually 100 ft., oc-
casionally 200 ft. high, with slender horizontal branches,
forming a broad pyramid in young trees; in old trees
the upper branches short and ascending, the lower ones
slender and spreading, clothed with slender branchlets:
bark bright or dark red-brown: young branches rigid,
light brownish yellow, glabrous : Ivs. bright green,
shining and rounded on the lower side, flat, slightly
ridged and silvery white on the upper side, sharply
aciite or acuminate, 3^-1 in. long: staminate fls. red:
cones cylindric-oval, pale yellowish or reddish brown,
23o-4 in. long; scales rounded at the apes and erose.
Alaska to Calif , G.C. II. 25:728, 729. S.S. 12:602. G.F.

PICEA

riERIS

1335

4 :211 (erroneously named Douglas Fir) . M.D.G. 1890:403.
—A very ornamental tree, especially attractive by the
contrasting colors of the foliage, but it can hardly be
grown successfully in the eastern states; it does not
stand the hot summers well, and is probably not hardy
farther north than Mass. Var. specibsa, Beissn., is of
slower growth and more compact habit, with more as-
cending branches and shorter, more rigid Ivs.

13. AJaii6nsis« Fisch. {Abies JesoensiSf
Sieb. & Zucc. P. Mondoensis, Mayr. P.
Alcockidna, Veitch partly). Tree, 100-
150 ft. or occasionally higher, with hori-
zontally spreading slender branches: bark
dark gray : young branches glabrous,
shining, yellowish brown or yellowish
green: Ivs. slightly curved, acute or ob-
tuse, slightly ridged on both sides, dark
green and shining below, silvery white
above, %-% in. long: fis. carmine: cones
oblong, light brown, IJ^-Sj^ in. long;
scales oval -oblong, erose. E. Siber.,
Amurland, Sachatin, Yeso. B. M. 6743.

U.C. II. 13: 115, 212; HI. 3, p. 53. Gt. 38, p. 217,
figs. 2-5. — Similar to the preceding and highly orna-
mental, hardier: Ivs. somewhat broader and shorter
and less sharply pointed than in the preceding. P.
AjaHensi>i and P. Hondoensis are considered by Mayr
as two distinct species: the first has yellowish green
branches and on older plants the slightly swollen leaf-
cushions are recurved; the latter has light reddish
brown branches, the leaf-ciishions on the upper side of
the branches are much swollen, pointing forward, with
two small furrows below the apes, the Ivs. somewhat
shorter and the bracts of the scales somewhat narrowed
near the middle.

14. bicolor, Mayr (P. AlcocMhna, Carr., partly.
Abies bicolor, Maxim..). Tree, 80-150 ft., with slender
spreading branches : bark grayish brown : young
branches dull reddish brown, sometimes finely pubes-
cent: Ivs. somewhat curved, dark green above with two
bluish lines below, sharply acuminate, ^-/4 in. long:
cones oblong, brown, purple before ripening, 3^ in.
long; scales obovate, finely denticulate at the often re-
curved margin. Japan. G.C. II. 13, p. 213. — Handsome
tree, with more slender branches than the preceding
and of more rapid growth. Sometimes cult, under the
name P. Alcockiana nova and P. acicularis.

15. Omorika, BoUe (Plnus Omo7-U-rt, Pancic). Tree,
to 100 ft. or higher, with rather short spreading and as-
cending branches forming a narrow pyramidal head:
young branches brown, pubescent : Ivs. compressed,
ridged on both sides, obtuse and mucronulate, dark
green and shining below, with whitish lines above, %-

IG. Breweri^na, Wats. Tree, 80-120 ft. high, with the
bi'anches at the top slightly ascending, the lower ones
horizontal or pendulous, with whip - like pendulous
branchlets often 7 or 8 ft. long, furnished witli similar,
slender lateral branchlets ; young branches reddish
brown, pubescent: Ivs. straight or slightly curved, ob-
tuse, rounded and dark green at the lower surface, al-
most fiat and with white lines above, %-\ in. long:

1798. Picea pungens.

The two small tufts at the riglit are P. excelsa, var.
MaxivelU.

Kin. long: fis. purple: cones ovate-oblong, cinnaraon-
bi'own, glossy, 1K-2U in. long; scales almost orbicular,
with finely denticulate margin. S. E. Eu. G.C. II.
21:308; III. 21:153, Gt. 47, p. 177. -Handsome tree of
rather slow growth, forming a dense and narrow pyra-
mid when young; very hardy.

1799. Picea nigra {X K).

staminate fis, purple: cones oblong, 2M-5 in. long, light
orange-brown; scales obovate, with entire margin. Sis-
kiyou Mts. in Ore. and N. Calif, S.S. 12:601. G.F.
3:66, 67; 5:595. G.C. II. 25:497. -One of the most dis-
tinct Spruces, but it has not yet been successfully cul-
tivated in the eastern states.

P. Columbiana, Lemm., is a form of P. Engelmanni, of
smaller size, with smaller cones and scaly brown bark.~P.
Glchni, Mast. Tree, to l.'jO ft,, allied to P. bieolor, but Ivs,
shorter, about K-M in. Ion? and comparatively broad: cones
1-2 in. long. Amurland, Sachalin, Yeso. G.C. II. 13:301.— P.
Maximotviczi, Regel. Allied to P. polita, but much smaller in
every part: Ivs. about y4, cones 2 iu. long, smaller in cult,
plants. Japan. ALFRED Rehder.

PICKEREL-WEED. Pontederia.

PICOTEE. See Carnation.

PICRASMA (Greek, piJcrasfnos, bitterness; referring
to the bitter bark and wood). Including Picmrm. iSinia-
rubdeece. Trees and shrubs, with alternate, odd-pinnate
Ivs., yellowish green fis. in axillary, long-peduncled,
loose cymes and subglobose, drj', berry-like fr. About
8 species in S. and E. Asia and W. India. Only P.
ailanthoides. Planch. {P. Japbnica, Gray), seenas to be
iu cult. It is an upright shrub, almost glabrous except
the tomeutulose inflorescence: Ivs. with 4-8 pairs of
Ifts.; Ifts. ovate or oblong-ovate, acuminate, crenately
serrate, 2K-3M in. long: fr. pea-sized, bright red,
with 1 seed. N. China, japan. This is probably the
hardiest species of the genus, but has proved only half-
hardy at the Arnold Arboretum, Farther north it may
be of value on account of its orange and scarlet fall
coloi'ing and the bright red fruits. It is sometimes
united with P. quassioides. Benn., from Himalaya and
China. Wood and bark are exceedingly bitter. The
wood of some species, especially .P. excelsa. Planch.,
from Jamaica, is used in medicine like that of Quassia.

Alfred Rehder.

PICTURES. See Photography.

PIE-PLANT. See RMtbarh.

FI^RIS (a mythological name). Including Porftina.
Ericdcece. Ornamental evergreen or deciduous shrubs
or rarely small trees, with alternate short-petioled Ivs.
and handsome usually white fis. in often-panicled ra-
cemes or in racemose axillary fascicles. The evergreen
P. floribunda and the deciduous P. Mariana are hardy
North and, like the other species, are valuable for the
earliness of their fiowers. The most beautiful are
P. Japonica and P. formosa, with long drooping or nod-
ding racemes of white fis. arranged in terminal panicles;
the flr.st thrives still in Mass., but the fis. are usually
winter-killed, while P. formosa can be grown only South,
They are easily forced, and P. Japonica especially
may be recommended for this purpose; it makes a very
handsome and graceful pot-plant for inside decoration
with its slender racemes of pure white flowers hanging
over the glossy bright green foliage. The species of
Pieris, like other Ericaceae, grow well in a moderately

1336

riERIS

PILEA

moist, well-dramed and porous soil, but dislike lime-
stone and heavy clay; a partly shaded situation suits
them best. Prop, by seeds treated like those of Azalea
or Rhododendron; also by layers, and the evergreen
ones by cuttings of almost ripened wood in August
under glass, kept during the winter in a cool green-
house. They root very slowly; cuttings taken from
forced plants root more readily. About 10 species in
N. Amer. and in Asia from Himal. to Japan. Calyx-
lobes valvate or distinct; corolla globose or nrceolate;
stamens 10 ; anthers obtuse, with a pair of awns near
the base or the filaments 2-toothed below the apex: cap-
sule with 5 dehiscent valves ; seeds linear-oblong, not
winged, with membranaceous testa. Often included
under Andromeda. Closely allied to Lyonia, but dis-
tinguished by its awnless anthers, and to Zenobia, which
has the anthers 4-awned at the apex. The foliage of
some species is said to be poisonous to cattle.

A. Lvs. evergreen.
B. Flowers in terminal panicles formed the previous
year and remaining naked during the winter:
capsule globose, without ridges.

floribiinda, Benth. & Hook. (Andrimeda floribtlnda,
Pursh. Portiina floribiinda, l<!\itt.). Fig. 1800. Dense
shrub, 2-0 ft. high: br.anches and petioles with strigose
brown hairs : Ivs. ovate to oblong - lanceolate, acute,
minutely serrulate and setosely ciliate, otherwise gla-
brous, l^A-'iV^ in. long: fls. nodding, in terminal dense
upright panicles lM-4 in. long; corolla ovate, strongly
5 angled, white, M in. long. April, May. Va. to Ga., in
the Alleghany Mts. B.M. 1560. B.R. 10:807. M.D.G.
1898:3.33. — Verj' desirable evergreen shrub for its hardi-
ness and earliness of the fls.

Jap6iiica, D. Don [Andrdmeda tJTap&nica, Thunb.).
Fig. 1801. Shrub, with spreading branches or some-
times small tree to 30 ft. : branches glabrous : Ivs.
crowded at the ends of branches, obovate-lanceolate or
oblanceolate, crenately serrulate, cuneate at the base,
glabrous, l/i-'Zyi in. long : fls. in pendulous panicles,

Dwarf form with small linear-oblanceolate Ivs. Japanese
botanists speak of a variety with the racemes a foot and
more long; this form seems to be not yet introduced.
P. Japonica is one of the most graceful early-blooming
evergreens.

1800. Pieris floribunda (X y«).

2K-5 in. long; corolla ovate, not angled, ii in. or slightly
longer April, May. Japan. R.B. 11:10. B.H. 21:19.
On. 12:98 and p. 42-1; 50, p. 307; 57, p. .399. G.C. II. 17:797.
M.D.G. 1898:. 541. -Var. albo-marginata, Hort. Lvs.
with whitish margin and smaller. Var. pygmaea, Maxim.

1801. Pieris Japonica (X K).

BB. Fls, in axillary clusters, forming terminal leafy
race^nes.

nltida, Benth. & Hook. (Andrdmeda nitida, Bartr.
A. coridcea, Ait.). Fetter-bush. Shrub, 2-6 ft. high,
with triangular branches, quite glabrous: lvs. obovate
or broadly elliptic to oblong, narrowed at both ends,
bright green and shining above, entire and slightly rev-
olute at the margin, l%-3 in. long: corolla cylindric-
ovate, white to pink, H-K in. long: capsule ovoid glo-
bose, with ridges at the sutures. March-Maj'. N. C. to
Fla. and La. B.M. 1095. -Var. riibra, Lodd. Fls. deep
pink. L.B.C. 7:072.

AA. Lvs. deciduous.

Mariina, Benth. & Hook. (Andr6meda Mariana,
Linn. Lybnia Mariana. D. Don. Leucbthoe Mariana,
DC). Staggek-bush. Shrub, 2-4 ft. high, glabrous or
nearly so: lvs. oval to oblong, obtuse or acute, usually
cuneate at the base, entire, 1-3 in. long: fls. nodding,
in axillary clusters on leafless branches of the previous
year, forming 2-5 in. long racemes ; corolla cylindric-
campaniilate, white or pale pink, almost K in. long:
capsule ovate-pyramidal. April-June. R. I. to Fla.
B.M. 1579.

P. formbsa, D. Don, Evergreen shiiib or small tree, to 12 ft.,
allied to P. .laponica: lvs. scattered, broader, elliptic, 3-5 in.
long: panicles 6 in. or more long. April, May. Himalayas.
Gu. H, p. 77. G.C. II. 15:569.— P. ovalifblia, D.Don. Decidu-
ous shrub or tree, to 40 ft,; lvs. ov<ate to elliptic, entire, pubes-
cent on the veins beueath, 2-6 in, long : fls. ovate, white, in
simplelateralraeemes, 2-6 iu. long. June, Himalayas to Japan.
About as hardy as P. Japonica.— P. jihillyewfblla, DC. Ever-
green shrub, 1-2 ft,, glabrous: lvs, oblong, seriiilate near tlie
."ipex, 1-2 in, long: racemes .ixillary, 4-12-lld, : corolla ovoid,
white, Feb,, March, W, Fla. B.R. 30:36.

Alfred Eehdee.

PIGEON BEERY. Phytolacca decandra. :

PIGEON PEA. Cajanus Indicus.

PIGEON PLUM. See Coccoloba.

PIG-NUT, See Hieoria.

PIGWEED. .Species of Clienopodium and Amaran-
tns.

PtLEA (pileus, a Roman cap; one of the segments of
the perianth in the first described species covering the
akeue). Urticdcea;. Many tropical and some temperate-
region herbs {rarely slirubby), annual or perennial, of
various habit. Most of them are weedy plants, but
forms of one or two species are grown in greenhouses
for their compact fern-like sprays and for the interest-
ing phenomenon of forcibly discharging the pollen,
whence the name Artillery Plant. The species are
widely distributed in the Old and New World. The

PILEA

PILOCEREUS

1337

flowers are moncecious or dioecious, mostly very small
and in axillary clusters; stamens 3-4, and the sepal-
lobes in the staminate ils. of the same number; sepal-
lobes of pistillate fls. 3, the ovary 3-angled and erect
and bearing a sessile tufted stigma, "with 3 scale-like
staminodiunis: fr. an akene, ovate or nearlj' orbicular,
compressed, more or less invested in the perianth.
There are 150 or more species of Pilea, one of which,
P. pumila, is a small nettle-like plant growing in the
, northern states.

The Artillery Plants of the gardens are small branchy
half-succulent herbs, usually grown in pots and allowed
to reach a foot or so in height. The gracefully curving
fronds of small ovate or obovate shining leaves are
much prized. They are easy to grow, being propagated
by cuttings. They thrive best when given an abun-
dance of water. Sometimes they are used as edgings in
orchid houses, to screen the pots with green, and they
also tend to equalize the moisture conditions and thereby
contribute to the welfare of the orchids.

When the staminate flowers open, the pollen is usually
discharged forcibly and visibly. If a plant is put in a
sunny place when the pollen is ripe, it may set up
a vigorous bombardment, particularly if the foliage is
sprayed. (See I. H. 1, p. 6i (1854) for an account of this
phenomenon.) The Artillery Plant is seen in nearly
every greenhouse, but whether there is more than one
species in common cultivation it is difiicult to deter-
mine, for specific characters are difficult to draw. The
Ivs., although opposite, are unequal. Usually the
branchlets develop alternately on the branch.

microph^lla, Liebm. (P. muscosa, Lindl. P. calli-
trichioldes of some uMthovs). Moncecious: small, rather
weak plant: Ivs. less than H in. long as a rule, some-
times very small: fl. -clusters mostly sessile or nearly so.
S. Amer.

serpylliJdlia, Wedd. (P. muscdsa, Hort. in part. P.
callitrichioldes of some). Fig. 1802. Dioecious: plant
usually stronRer and more upright: Ivs. usually more
than a in. long, and fl. -clusters more peduncled. Mex.
Seems to be the commoner species, but it is difficult to
determine them. L_ jj_ B

1802. Artillery Plant— Pilea serpyllifolia.
Separate spray natui"al size.

PILOCARPTJS (Greek, inlos, a cap, and karpos, a
fruit, from the shape of the fruit). JButdcew. Shrubs or
small trees, sometimes attaining 10 ft., with pinnately
compound Ivs. of 1-4 pairs and a terminal leaflet; the
Ifts. opposite, but the Ivs. visually alternate: fls. in
elongated racemes ; petals 4-5, valvate ; stamens 4^5 :
ovary 4-5-lobed, not tubercled. The plants of the genus
form the source of the alkaloid ''pilocarpine," and to-
gether with plants of several other genera, the basis of
the drug "Jaborandi." Seventeen species, natives of
tropical America, principally Brazil.

pennatUdlius, Lem. Branchlets glabrous or puberu-
lent: Ivs. alternate, 1-114 ft. long; Ifts. 2 or 3 pairs, be-
sides the terminal one, 3-9 in. long, oblong ; apex
rounded or eraarginate, coriaceous, yellowish green:
raceme spike-like, many-fld. (about 100); raohis stout,
pedicels stout, horizontal, with 2 small greenish tooth-

shaped bracts at their bases: fls. reddish brown, rotate.
Brazil. B.M. 7235. — Int. into Calif, by Dr. Franceschi,
and said to be hardy in the open wherever the lemon
can be successfully grown.

P. Jabordndi, Holmes, has been described as P. pennatifolius,
by Benth. & Trim., but is distinguished from it by sliorter Ivs.
and Ifts., stiffly pubescent branclilets and stems, more openly
lid. racemes, with slender rachis and pedicels, and the presence
of 2 inconspicuous bracteoles above the middle of the flower
pedicels. B.M. 7483. ARNOLD V. Stdbenrauch.

PILOCfiEETIS (Latin, pj7!(S, hair). Cacthcea;. Asome-
svhat hetereogeneous assemblage of forms differing from
related species principally by the presence in the fruit-
ing area of different or more copious and lengthened
hairs or bristles, in some of the species aggregated in a.
circumscribed area and termed a cephalium. For cul-
ture, see Cactus,

INDEX.

Brunnowii, 5. floeeusus, 6. Royeni, 6.

Celsianus, 5. fossulatus, 5. Sargentiamis, 1.

chrysomaUus, 9. Haagei, 11. Sehottii, 1.

Columna-Trajani,8. Hoppenstedtii, 4. scoparius, 2.

Daut^vitzii, 11. Hoxilletii, 7. senilis, 10.

exerens, 12. polylophus, 3. virens, 12.

A. Pruiting area circuviferenfial, of lengthened bristles
or loeali spines, ivithout woolly hairs: no hairs on
areolae, of young shoots.

1. Schfittii, Lem. (P. Sargentidnus, Ore). Fig. 1803.
Branching from the base, 10-15 ft. high, glaucous: ribs
4-10, commonly 5; spines 4-7, very short, thickened at
base; areolae of the fruiting area bearing very copious
and long (1-3 in.) stiflish twisted bristles: fls. small,
pinkish, about 1 in. long: fr. soft, edible, the size and
somewhat the color of an olive. North Mexico and Baja,
California. G.F. 4:437.

2. scopirius, Poselg. Tree-like, richly branched, 25 ft.
high, 1 ft. in diam. : radial spines 12-15, very short, cen-
trals 7-8, not much longer; in the flowering branches
the spines change to longer stout bristles and the areolte
are closer together, forming a bristly cephalium: fls.
small, bell-shaped, reddish: fr. size of a hazelnut. Near
Vera Cruz, Mex.

3. polyldphus, Salm-Dyck (Cereiis Nickelsli, Hort.).
Columnar, attaining a height of 50 ft. and a diam. of 1%
ft., rarely branching : ribs 10-22, sharp-angled, shallow,
the old stems perfectly cylindrical: spines small and
brLstle-like, less than K in. long; radials 5-6; central
usually 1 ; spines of the flowering area 2-3 in. long,
crowded: fls. large, trumpet-shaped, dark red: fr. red,
scaly. Mex.

AA. Fruiting area lateral, of dense tufts of wool in
which the flowers are ivihedded : young shoots
lanuginous, except in P. Hoppenstedtii.

4. Hoppenstedtii, Web. Columnar, simple, slender,
reaching a height of 30 ft. : ribs numerous, more than
16: radial spines 14-18, very short; centrals 5-8, the
lower longest one reaching 3 in. ; all the spines at first
yellowish, then white: cephalium of 1-2 in. long tufts of
yellowish hairs, forming a narrow bract on the north
side of the plant : fls. 3 in. long, bell-shaped, whitish,
with rosy tips. Mex.

5. CelsiS-nus, Lem. {P. fossulcUus, Lab.). Columnar,
in the gardens simple, hardly more than 4 ft. high, 3 in.
in diam.: ribs 10-17, bright green; areolas bearing long
(2 in.) white hair; radial spines usually 9, the lower
one, the longest, less than 1 in. long; central usually 1,
sometimes 4, the longest sometimes 3 in. long, all yellow:
fls. not known. Andes of Bolivia.

Var. BninnOTsrii, Sebum. {P. Briinnowii, Haage Jun.).
Stem stouter: wool brownish, more copious ; spines
stronger and darker.

6. Eoy6ni, Rilmpl. (P. floecdsus, Lem.). Columnar,
branching, reaching 15 ft. in height, 2-3 in. in diam.:
ribs 9-10, obtuse bluish pruinose: spines 12-16, rigid,
divaricate, bright amber-yellow, the inner ones larger,
nearly an inch long: on the sterile branches long hairs
are found on areolae, on the fertile bract these are more
numerous and aggregated : fls. and fr. as in the last;
species, but lighter in color. Island of St. Croix.

1338

PILOCEREUS

PIMELEA

7. Houllfitii, Lem. Tree-like, attaining 40 ft. in height:
branches divaricate; cultivated plants usually 3-4 in. in
diam: ribs G-8, rounded, glaucous; radial spines 7-9,
spreading %, in. long, honey yellow, central twice as
long and stronger: areoljB of the sterile stem with more
or less hairs, which in the fruiting area are very numer-
ous, making a shaggy tract sometiines 1 ft. long: lis. 3
in. long, imbedded in the wool, turbinate, greenish red
outside, rose-red within: fr. dark red, depressed-globose.
Mexico. R.H. 1862, pp. 427-430.

AAA. Fruiting area a pro'ininent cepJtaliuni composed of
demise locks of woolly hairs intermixed with
bristles, unilateral except sometimes in P.
chry Somali us,
B. Long hairs absent except in the cepJialium..

8. Coliimna-Trajini, Salm-Dyck. Tree-like, attaining
a height of 50 ft. and a diam. of over 2 ft., simple below:

areolfe large, elliptic ; radial
spines 10-12, the upper very
short, the lower longest, nearly
an inch long ; centrals 2, the
upper an inch long, the lower
4^5 in. : fls. about 2 in. long,
scarcely projecting from the
unilateral woolly and bristly
eephalium. Mex." B.H. 1890, p.
129. The specific name refers to
the famous Trajan's Column.

BB. Long hairs covering all but
the oldest parts of the
plant,

9. chrysomillus, Lem. Tree-
like, with erect branches, reach-
ing a height of 30 ft.: ribs in
cultivated plants 13 : areolfe
with long hairs; radial spines
11-13, the upper % in. long, the
lower twice as long; centrals 4,
still longer; all the spines am-
ber-yellow, becoming brown :
eephalium terminal or some-
times unilateral, a foot long,
woolly aud setose. Mex.

10. senilis, Pfeiff. Old Man
Cactus. Columnar, reaching a
height of 3.5 ft. and a diam. of
1 ft., branching at the very

'j=^==^-'^m »-,» ^SsK^ base, the branches becoming
/■(^^^■^^^ ..^fcs^^) parallel with the parent: ribs

^^^ - — ^^ 20-30, very little elevated ; areolae

bearing 20 to 30 white, wavy
bristles 2-5 in. long; later ap-
pear also, at first 1, then 3-5
strong, yellowish spines : fls.
very numerous in the eephal-
ium, nearly 4 in. long, red out-
side, reddish white within: fr.
violet, 2 in. long. Central Mex. R.H. 1889, p. 508; 1890,
p. 128.

11. Daiitwiztii, Haage (P. JLadgei, Poselg.). Colum-
nar, reaching 5 ft. in height, 4 in. in diam.: ribs 25-30,
low, obtuse : areolae close together, bearing over 20
needle-like, spreading and interlocking spines, and also
copious long, white, curled hairs which cover the whole
upper part of the plant, like a spider's web: eephalium
and fl. not certainly known. Northern Peru. G.C. 1873:7.
P.S. 21:2163.

aaaa. Fruitinq areola^- and younger parts of the plant
bearing short hairs, but eephalium wanting,

12. ex^rens, Schum. (P, vlrens, Lena.). Branching at
base, 3-4 ft. high, 2-3 in. in diam., tapering above:
ribs 4-6, obtuse, the sterile shoots with short, sparse,
woolly hairs at the top; spines commonly 7 radials,
very short, 1-3 centrals 4 times as long; woolly hairs
much more abundant on the blooming plant: fls. about
3 in. long, trumpet-bell-shaped, without wool or spines.
J'''"^''- Katharine Brandegee.

PILOGYNE, See Melofhria,

1803. Pilocereus Schottii.

FILCMNA. See Trichopilia.

PIMELEA (Greek, fat; referring to the fleshy seeds).
Thymelcedcece, Rice Flower. A genus comprising
many showy species, and confined almost exclusively
to Australia and neighboring islands. They are mostly
delicate shrubs, fitted only for greenhouse culture,
though reported to be hardy in the open wherever the
lemon can be successfully grown. Lvs. nearly always
opposite, always simple and entire: inflorescence usu-
ally a terminal head or cluster, never umbellate, often
with an involucre of 4 or more bracts at the base: per-
ianth tubular, with a spreading (rarely erect) 4-lobed
limb : stamens 2, inserted in the throat opposite the 2
outer perianth-lobes: ovary 1-ceIled: fr. a small drupe.
Of the many species, only three [P. decussata, P. li-
gustrina and P. spectabilis) have been actually intro-
duced into the U. S., but there are so many other very
showy species, some of which are already in the Old
World, that in all probability more will soon be found
in our collections for greenhouse culture. For the lat-
ter the soil should be a mixture of peat and loam, with
enough sharp sand added to make it "gritty," and spe-
cial care given to insure perfect drainage. After bloom-
ing, the plants should be cut back severely to stimulate
new growth. They can be propagated from either seeds
or cuttings. Ernest Braunton writes: "P, decussata
is an elegant little shrub, of uncertain existence. In
southern Calif, it attains a height of 3 ft., with the
same width at the top, flowers magnificently and then
dies. In northern Calif, it does the same. In the open
ground it lives 3-5 years, and must have shade."

Arnold V. Stubenradch.

Cuttings of well-ripened wood of P, spectabilis and
P. decussata root freely at 00° placed under a bell-glass,
in a shaded house. They are not strong growers and
must not be over-potted. During the summer they do
best when plunged outside but covered with lath racks.
They may be kept with auriculas. During the winter
they may be kept with ericas at 40-45° at night, and they
will come in at Easter without forcing. They are rather
slow-growing plants for a commercial man, but they
probably will become profitable. P, decussata, espe-
cially, is one of the finest of pink greenhouse shrubs.

H. D. Darlington.

The following are all natives of Australia, except
when otherwise stated :

arenaria, 9.
decussata, 13.
drupacea, 2.
ferrugiuea, 13,
glauca. 6.
graciliflora. 8.

INDEX.

hypericina. 3.
imbricuta, 16.
ligustrina, 4.
linifolia, 7.
longiflora, 1.
nivea, 12.

rosea. 10.
spathulata. 15.
spectabilis, 14.
suaveolens, 5.
sylvestris, 11.

a. Involucral lvs. absent 1. longiflora

AA. Involucral lvs, reduced to 2 small

bracts 2. drupacea

AAA. Involucral lvs, 4-8,

B. Lvs, distinctly penniveiyied,

c. Pis. ivhite 3. hypericina

4. ligustrina
CO. Pis .rose-colored or yellowish . 5. suaveolens
EB. Lvs. not penyiiveined or very
obscurely so.
c. Color of involucral lvs, green,
D. Fls. white.

E. Perianth-tube cylindri-
cal 0. glauca

7. linifolia
EE. Perianth-tube wider at

top 8. graciliflora

EEE. Perianth-tube narrower

at top 9. arenaria

DD. Fls. rose-colored.

E. Perianth-tube cylindri-
cal 10. rosea

EE. Perianth-tube wider at

top 11. sylvestris

DDD. Fls. white and pink in

same head 12. nivea

PIMELEA

PIMENTA

1339

CC. Color of involncral Ivs. pink
or red, or tinged only at
margin.

D. Pis. rose-colored 13. Serruginea

TH>. Pis. wJute and pink in

same head 14. spectabilis

DDD. Fls. pale yellow 15. spatliiilata

AAAA. Involucral Ivs. 8 or iisualli/ more

than S 16. imbricata

1. long:iil6ra, E. Br. Stems 4 ft. or more liigh, slender,
very leafy: Ivs. sometimes alternate, linear, hairy: fls.
pure white, hairy externally, long and slender: heads
globose, many-fld. : anthers yellow, not exserted. B.M.
32ol.

2. drupacea, Labill. A straggling shrub 6-8 ft. high
or lower: branches leafy: Ivs. ovate to oblong-elliptical
or oblong-linear, glabrous above, slightly silky hairy
beneath, distinctly pennivelned : fls. white or tinged
with pink, silkj' hairy, small; anthers yellow, hardly ex-
serted: heads sessile, few-fld. L. B.C. 6:540.

3. hypericina, A. Cunn. Stem slender, 3 ft. or more
high: branches not very leafy: Ivs. elliptically oblong,
smooth ; fls. hermaphrodite and female on distinct
plants, very hairy externally; hermaphrodite fls. longer
and more slender: heads many-fld. and crowded. — Very
similar to P. llgustrina, in fact placed as a variety of
it in Flora Australiensis; distinguished in having more
involucral Ivs. much shorter than the fls. and silky pu-
bescent or hoary. B.M. 3330.

4. ligustrlna, Labill. Erect, 5-6 ft. high: Ivs. ovate
to oblong or elliptical: involucral Ivs. 4, very rarely 5
or 6, as long as the fl. -tubes, glabrous: fls. sometimes
female only, silky hairy. Int. into Calif., where it is
said to do very well. B. it. 21:1829.

5. suavfiolena, Meissn. Erect, usually less than 1 ft.
high, sometimes branching at base only: branches very
leafy: Ivs. ovate-lanceolate to oblong-linear; involucral
Ivs. 4-8, usually as long as the fls. and ciliate: fls. yel-
lowish when fresh, usually hairy; heads globular, very
large and many-fld. B.M. 4543 (as P. macrocephala).

6. glailca, R. Br. Erect, much branched, H-IK ft.
high: Ivs. ovate to oblong-lanceolate or almost linear;
involucral Ivs. usually 4, shorter than fls.: fls. silky
hairy: heads globular, not many-fld. L. B.C. 17:1611.

7. linifolia, Sm. Erect, from less than 1 to 3 ft. high :
branches slender, bark ferruginous, not very leafy: Ivs.
linear or oblong; involucral Ivs. 4, nearly as long as
fls.: heads terminal, globular, erect. B.M. 891.

8. gracilifldra, Hook. Erect, .slender, 2% ft. high:
Ivs. lanceolate, dotted above; involucral Ivs. 6, shorter
than fls.: fls. long, slender, glabrous. — Very similar to
P. stjlvestris, and described as the same in Fl. Anat. ;
distinguished from it by narrower Ivs. dotted above, and
more slender pure white fls. B.M. 3288.

9. aren^ria, A. Cunn. Small, erect shrub, dichoto-
mously branched: Ivs. ovate, obscurely downy above,
silky hairy beneath ; involucral Ivs. not different from
stem-lvs.: fls. silky on outside; anthers and style not
protruded beyond perianth-tube : heads few-fld. and
sessile. New Zealand. B.M. 3270.

10. rdsea, B. Br. Erect, small : branches sparsely
leafy: Ivs. linear-lanceolate, glabrous on both sides:
involucral Ivs. 4, as long as fls., ciliate on margins: fls.
with long spreading hairs on lower portion of tube,
silky on upper portion. — Very closely allied to P. fer
ruginea. B.M. 3721 (as P. 'Sendersoni). B.M. 1458.
L.B.G. 1:88.

11. Bylv^stris, R. Br. Shrub, 2-3 ft. high, copiously
branched : Ivs. lanceolate or oblong-lanceolate, glaucous ;
involucral Ivs. 4-6, smaller than stem-lvs., shorter than
fls.: fls. quite glabrous; stamens and style very mucli
protruded: heads large and many-fld. B."M. 3276. B.B.
19:1582. L.B.C. 20:1965.

12. nlvea, Labill. Erect, bushy or straggling, 6 ft.
or more high : branches and under side of the Ivs. white,
with a dense tomentum : Ivs. ovate or orbicular, glabrous
above; involucral Ivs. 4-6, larger than stem-lvs.: fls.
tomentose or silky: heads globular, terminal, many-fld.
B.R. 24:24 (as P. incana). P.C. 1:9.

13. ferruginea, Labill. (P. decussclta, R. Br.).
Stunted, much branched, from less than 1-3 ft. high:
Ivs. ovate or oblong, firm; involucral Ivs. 4, orbicular,
glabrous, shorter than the fls.: fls. hairy, lower portion
hispid, upper silky: heads terminal, globular. Cult, in
Calif. L.B.C. 13:1283; 18:1708 (as P. diosmifolia).

14. spectibilis, Lindl. Erect, 3-4 ft. high : Ivs.
crowded, linear-oblong or lanceolate ; involucral Ivs.
4-6, ovate or ovate-lanceolate, half as long to nearly as
long as the fls., usually tinged only at margins : fls.
white after expansion, bairy outside; heads very large,
globular, many-fld. B.B. 27:33. B.M. 3950. -A very
handsome, showy -plant, cult, by H. D. Darlington,
Flushing, L. I.

15. spathuiata, Labill. Much branched, 2-3 ft. high:
Ivs. linear to linear-oblong; involucral Ivs. ovate, gla-

■ brous, sometimes not colored: fls. silky hairy, much re-
sembling P. linifolia: heads large, globular, many-fld.
and nodding. F.C. 2:72 (as P. cernua).

16. imbricata, B. Br. Small, erect, much branched,
from less than %-\)4 ft. high, usually clothed with
long, silky hairs, but sometimes glabrous: Ivs. usually
crowded, alternate or opposite, oblong-lanceolate to
linear; involucral Ivs. similar to stem-lvs., much shorter
than fls.: fls. white, outside hairy; tube cylindrical,
heads terminal, globular, many-fld. B.M. 3833 (as P.
nana). Aknold V. Stubenkauch.

FIM£NTA (from the Spanish pimento, allspice).
Mifrtcicea'. The genus containing the Allspice is a
group of 4 species of highly aromatic trees native to the
West Indies, with large, leathery, feather-veined, long-
stalked Ivs. which are black-dotted beneath, and numer-
ous small white fls. borne in terminal or axillary, tri-
chotomous cymes. As a genus Pimenta is distinguished
from its near allies (Eugenia, Myrtus) by the circular
or spiral embryo and the 2-celled ovary with 1-6 ovules
pendulous from the apex of each cell. Other generic

1804. Allspice— Pimenta officinalis (XiiaJ-

characters: calyx-tube top-shaped; petals 4-5; stamens
numerous : drupe 1-2-seeded.

Allspice is the unripe berry of P. officinalis, which is
gathered and dried in the sun. Its name comes from the
idea that Allspice combines the flavors of clove, cinna-
mon and nutmeg. Allspice is common in the wild in
Jamaica, inhabiting limestone soil. It is more exten-
sively cult, in Jamaica than anywhere else. It is cult,
up to 4,000 ft. The plant is not offered in the American

1340

PIMENTA

PINE

trade, but there seems no reason why it could not be
cult, in Porto Rico.

ofJiciii&.lis, Lindi. {P. vulgdris, Lindl.). Allspice.
PiiiENTO. Figs. 1804, 1805. Distinguished from the other

1805. Flowers ol Allspice (X 2).

species by the oblong Ivs., 4-lobed calyx and globose
<lrupe. Tree, 30-40 ft. high: Ivs. 2-6 in. long; petiole
K in. long: fls. 3 lines long: drupe 3 lines thick. The
male Pimento is a form with the female organs less de-
veloped. B.M. 1236 (as Myrtus Pimenta, var. longi-
folia).

P. clcHs, Kostel. called Baybei-ry, Black Cinnamon and Wild
Clove, where cult, in the Orient, is distinguished by the 5-
lobed calyx, ovoid dmpe and the veins of the Ivs. rather promi-
nent above. B.iM. 3153 (as Myrcia aeris). Yields oil of myrcia,
the basis of bay rum.— P. Pimento, Griseb.,is distinguished
by the obovate Ivs., 5-lobed calyx, ovate-oblong drupe and Ivs.,
-with veins obsolete above.

PIMPEENELI. Properly A nagalUs,

PIMPIN^LLA (possibly from Latin hipinnula, bi-
pinuate). LTmbelltferce. About 70 species of herbs, one
of which has been described under Ani&e. Lately P,
integerrinia, Gray, has been offered by one dealer in
hardy native plants. It differs from Anise in being a
perennial plant with Ivs. 2-3-ternate and segments en-
-tire. B.B. 2:526.

1806. Pinanga Kuhlii.

PINANGA (Malay name), Palmhcece. About 25 spe-
■cies of slender, spineless, bamboo-like palms from In-
dia and the Malay Archipelago. Lvs. terminal, un-
equally lobed or pinnatiseet, or simple and bifid at the
apex; segments plicate, many-nerved, the lower ones

acuminate, the upper confluent, the margins not thick-
ened, recurving at the base; rachis acute above, convex
below; petiole convex above; sheath elongated: spadix
usually small, very simple: peduncle short: branches in
groups; spathe 1, symmetrical, swollen or compressed
and2-winged: fls. rather small: fr. ovoid or elliptical,
orange or red. For culture, see Palms,

Kuhlii, Blume. Fig. 1806. Stems tufted, 20-30 ft.
high, slender: lvs. 3^ ft.; Ifts. many, 1-2 ft., falcate-
linear to linear-lanceolate, finely acuminate, strongly
2-3-ribbed, upper confluent; petiole variable in length,
somewhat scurfy: fr. % in. long, shortly apiculate. Su
naatra, Java.

grdcllis, Blurae [Areoa f/rdcilis, Roxb.}. Stems 6-
20 ft. high, 3-4 lines in diam., thickening upwards,
usually gregarious: lvs. 3-4 ft. long, sparingly pinnate;
petiole and sheaths scurfy; Ifts. inserted by a very
broad base. 1 ft. or more long, the lower ones 2-3-
ribbed, finely acuminate, the iipper ,3-5 in. wide, many-
ribbed: fr. K in. long, scarlet or orange, smooth, taper-
ing to the tip. Himalayas, Burma. Jared G. Smith.

PINCENECTlTIA. See ^'oH>m.

PINCKWl)YA (Charles Cotesworth Pinckney, of South
Carolina, 1740-1825, distinguished statesman and gen-
eral of the American Revolution). Buhicicexn. This in-
cludes the Fever Tree or Georgia Bark, a tall shrub or
small tree with fis. in large terminal cymes, native to
the marshy banks of streams in the pine barrens from
S. C. to Fla. Its showy fiower-cKister attains a breadth
of 4 in. and depth of 3 in., with as many as 20 fls., each

1 in. long, tubular, white, speckled red, with 5 revolute
lobes. But the distinctive feature of the Fever Tree,
both botanically and horticulturally, is the presence of
5 or more large, showy colored floral leaves. These are

2 in. long, 1-1% in. wide, oval or roundish, acute, nar-
rowed at the base, and peach-j'ellow margined with rosy
red. The interesting feature of these floral lvs. is that
they are not bracts, but modifications of one of the
calyx-lobes, which are normally small and awl-shaped.
Only one other species of this genus is known, P.
iouantlia from Colombia. The Fever Tree has been
cult, in Europe under glass, but it is rarely successfully
cult, in America.

pilbena, Michx. Georgia Bakk. Fever Tree. Bitter
Bark. Attains 25 ft.: lvs. oval or oblong, acute, 4xlK
in.; midrib rosy: calyx 5-lobed; lobes deciduous or one
of them in the outer fls. often transformed into a showy
floral If. ; corolla hairy; stamens 5, exserted, stigma ob-
tuse: capsule globose, papery, 2-celled; seeds numer-
ous, in 2 rows, horizontal, winged. F.S. 19:1937. S.S.
b:221-S. — Pinckney a pubens grows in low marshy woods
and on borders of swamps. It thrives best when shaded
'jy other trees. Seedlings require very rich moist soil
iind should always be grown under shade. They are
difficult to keep alive if exposed to direct sunlight until
.4 or 5 feet high; then give partial shade.

P. J. Berckmans and W. M.

PINE. What the apple is among the fruits, what
the oak is among the broad -leaved trees of the temperate
zone, the Pines represent among the conifers, excelling
all other genera in this most important family in num-
ber of species, in fields of distribution, in extent of area
occupied, in usefulness and importance to the human
race. No other trees of the temperate zone have con-
tributed so much to the building up of civilization and
no other, it maybe predicted, will continue longer to fill
the important place in the household of civilized man;
for not only do they in a number of species furnish the
most satisfactory qualities of wood for structural pur-
poses, but their frugality in regard to soil conditions
will preserve them a place as wood-producers in many
of the poor sites, when the lands fit for agricultural use
have all been turned over to food production.

Among the 70 or more well-distinguished species —
over 600 species and varieties of Pinus have been
described— all inhabitants of the northern hemisphere,
ranging from the arctics through plains and moun-
tains to near the equator, occurring in the tropics
at least on high mountains, a variety of adaptation, of
form, of usefulness, may be found to satisfy every
requirement; and since more than half the number of

PINE

PINE

1341

species {about 40) aie indigenous to Nortli America or
the United States, it is hardly necessary to go out of
our own country for plant material.

For economic importance as well as a combination of
points of excellence in all directions, ornamental as well
as useful, rapidity and quantity of production and
adaptability to climate and soil, the chief place belongs
to our White Pine {P. Strobus), and next in importance
stands the Longleaf Pine {P. palustris) of our southern
states. The Red Pine (P. resinosa), the Shortleaf (P.
echinata), the Loblolly (P. Tceda), with the Cuban Pine
(P. Cuhensis), add their stores to the enormous quanti
ties furnished annually by the first and second. In our
western mountains the Bull Pine (P. ponderosa), the
Sugar Pine {P. Lamhertiana), and the Silver Pine (P.
monticola) are our large timber Pines; and in Mexico P.
Ayacahuite replaces our White Pine, and P. Arizonica
and MonteznnuE are the important yellow Pines. In our
Philippine possessions one species, Pinna ins^ilaris,
forms important mountain forests. In Europe the Scotch
Pine (P. sylvestris) furnishes the bulk of supplies,
with P. Laricio in the more southern countries. In
Japan and northern China P. densiflora and Thunhergi
and in the Himalayas P. excelsa and longifolia are the
important species.

Besides the timber, several of the species furnish from
their resinous contents naval stores, turpentine, tar and
pitch, the bulk of which is now still derived from our

fe,-'T^^.-^

1807. Pinus ponderosa.
Young trees in Colorado.

own Longleaf Pine. Pine wool is made from the leaves
of this and other species, essential oils are distilled
from leaves and young shoots and used medicinally, and
the seeds of the Nut Pines are used for food and flavors.
While the economic importance of the genus can hardly
be overrated, the ornamental value is undoubtedly less
than that of other genera like the spruces and firs.
Nevertheless, at least interest and picturesqueness, if
not beauty and symmetry of form, attach to a large
number of species.

Choice of material for planting with such a wealth of
species is difficult; yet climatic limitations reduce the
number that may be grown within each climatic zone,
and further assistance in the choice maybe found in the
fact that the botanical division of the species into three
groups; viz., White Pines, Yellow Pines (so called from
the color of the wood) and Nut Pines, denotes at the
same time differences of habit and form.

In no other group, perhaps, is it so necessary to keep in
mind that form and habit change through the different
periods of life from the juvenile through the adolescent
to the virile and senile stages of development; while
symmetrical and pleasing in their youth and grand or
picturesque in their age, in their intermediate stages
the trees may be straggling and unsightly. Starting in
its youth with the pyramidal aspiring habit of all the

conifers, the shaft dominating over the branch system
and the latter surrounding the former in regular whorls,
later on the symmetry is disturbed and finally the
towering old Pine may have its bole split up into many
stout branches and the crown may have broadened and
flattened or rounded off in the umbrella-like fashion
which the Stone Pine (P. Pinea) exhibits so strikingly
in the Italian landscape. This flattening of crown is
characteristic of most Yellow Pines, while the pinons or
Nut Pines have a tendency to the broom-like or apple
tree appearance. Of our eastern species, the White Pines
alone preserve to some extent the conical habit of the
crown in imitation of the spruces with more or less
symmetrical horizontally spreading branches, which
render them pleasing objects throughout all periods of
life. On the Pacific coast a number of species preserve
the conical form.

In the choice and combination of plant material we
should keep in mind that the Pines are essentially
light-needing species, hence do not bear overtopping or
crowding unless they have a chance by their rapid
growth in height to escape from the pressure of their
shade-making neighbors; the White Pines, especially P.
Strohus with its denser foliage, is more tolerant of shade
than others; the dwarf P. montana is also tolerably
shade-enduring.

In each of the three groups there are rapid growers
{in height) and slow growers, although all are slow dur-
ing the first 2-7 years.

Our common White Pine fP. Stroh'tis) and the Cuban
Pine (P, Cuhensis), with the European, Scotch and
Austrian Pines, are good examples of the first class,
making under favorable conditions annual shoots of 1-2
ft. for a number of years; while the Swiss Stone Pine
{P. Cembra) and other Pines of high altitudes, like P.
flexilis and albicauUs, are examples of slow growers.
There are persistent growers reaching great heights,
and laggards, remaining dw'arfs or medium-sized trees;
again our king of Pines, the common White Pine, and
its giant congener the Sugar Pine, with the Bull Pine in
favorable situations, take first rank, the first with a
maximum height of IGO ft. and more, the last with
over 200 ft., while many of the so-called Scrub Pines,
like P. Virginiana, serofina, divaricata, etc., the Alpine
White Pines P. flexilis, aristafa, Pence, pungens,
densiflora, and most Nut Pines reach rarely over 40 ft. ;
some, like P. Koraiensis, Bungeana, rnontana, with sev-
eral of the nurserymen's varieties, remaining actually
dwarfs and maintaining a compact, bushlike appearance
for a long time.

In regard to foliage, quite a large variety can be had.
For grace and elegance nothing better again than our
five-needled silver-lined White Pine can be suggested,
although P. excelsa from the Himalayas, with its
slenderer and longer branches and more drooping foli-
age, and the dwarfs P. Pence from Macedonia and P.
Koraiensis, with their denser and more compact
crowns, and some others of the White Pine tribe, mav
vie with it. Among the Yellow Pines our own almost
entirely overlooked P. glabra deserves mention in this
connection, where the climate permits its use, as well
as the interesting Sand Pine, P. ckmsa.

For richness, fulness and vigor of foliage, our Red
Pine (P. resinosa) outranks even the much-planted
more somber Austrian Pine, and for interest in devel-
opment nothing can compete with our Longleaf Pine
(P. palustris). With its needles, which in young speci-
mens exceed a foot in length, surrounding in dense,
graceful tufts the big silvery buds at the tip of the
candelabra-like branches, P. palustris offers a most
striking appearance. Unfortunately, it is not adapted
for planting north of the 32d degree.

The thin, grayish, short foliage of the frugal Bank-
sian Pine and of several other of our Scrub Pines, and
the stouter also grayish foliage of the Scotch Pine, make
a pleasing color contrast against the somber dark back-
ground of spruces and firs, while the short, stiff needles
of the Nut Pine P. edulis and the interesting one-needle
Pine (P. 7nonophi/lla) resemble the spruce foliage. Color
of bark varying in species from silvery gray through
red and yellow tints to almost black, and character or
size of cones from the diminutive globose forms of
P. contorta to the long, pendulous cones of the Sugar

1342

PINE

PINE

Pine 2 ft. in length and the hooked ponderous cones of
J>. Torreyana and Sabinianaj may also influence choice
of material.

With wide range of distribution and hence adaptive-
ness as far as climate is concerned, we have our Short-
leaf Pine {P. echinata), which is found from Massa-
chusetts to Texas, and in
the West our Bull Pine
[P. ponderosa), which
ranges from the moist
Pacific coast in Washing-
ton to the dry slopes of
Arizona. In Europe, the
Scotch Pine comes nearest
to such wide distribution.
Besides our own northern
species, there have been
found hardy in our north-
eastern states the Scotch
and Austrian Pines P.
^^■■^■^^ ^ y^l^^^^^ Bunqeana, Cembra, Kora-
"^ ^ V, V, lr^*vS?fwfiS^T iensis, ■}nontana, Thun-
bergi, while the Mexican
Pines and those of south-
ern Asia will endure only
the light frosts of our
southern states. Yet in
the parks of Washington,
D. C, the following Pines
are to be found: ^P. Stro-
btts, Cenihra, exeelsa,
Lambertiana,Ayacaliuite,
Koraiensis, palicstris,
Titdciy ponderosa, rigida,
Laricio, glabra, Virgini-
ana, echinata, inontana. Pinaster, edulis, pungens,
sylvestrls, Massoniana; and the probability is that most
of the other species could find a place there to live if
not to thrive. Pigs. 1807-1809 show how a species may
vary under different conditions.

The list of species hardy in the Arnold Arboretum
(Boston) comprises the following:

1. TJiriving well.

Bungeaua, Lambertiana,

Cembra, Laricio,

densiflora, niontana,

divarieata, monticola,

echinata, parviflora,

Jeffreyi, Pence,

Koraiensis, pungeus, .

P. exeelsa and P. ponderosa peudula thrive well in a
sheltered place, but are probably not quite hardy here,

2. Hardy, but not of promising groivth.

Balfouriana, var. aristata, Hexilis,

contorta, var. Murrayana, monophylla.

edulis,

In the interior middle states the number which would
stand the extremes of drought and cold woiild probably
be reduced; a partial list found in the Missouri Botani-
cal Garden is given below:

The best are given first. All of the later ones on the
list die out sooner or later, as the city smoke is very
detrimental to coniferte. None do very well on that
account.

Virgin iana,
3 best. resiuosa,

1808. Pinus ponderosa.
A mature tree 60-90 ft. high, in
dry and shallow Colorado soil.

resmosa,

rigida,

Strobus,

sylvestris,

Thunbergi,

Virginiana.

Mughiis(P. Pumilio),"!
Austriaca, /

Strobus, j

Cembra,
rigida,

Laricio,

sylvestris,

ponderosa.

For seaside planting P, rigida has shown itself most
fit, and of foreigners in proper climate P. Pinaster and
Halepensis, while P. contorta on the northwest coast
and the frugal P. radiata on the southwest coast are
the seacoast trees par excellence.

The Pines are essentially inhabitants of the poor sandy
soils and dry situations, their stout root system enabling
them to seek tbe scanty water supplies where other
species find it difficult. Some, like the White Pine, are
adapted to *a variety of soil conditions, but only a few
can endure a surplus of water: P. 7-esiiwsa will follow
the White Cedar into the swamp and thrive there as
well as with the Banksian Pine on the poorest gravels;

P. rigida is at borne both in wet and dry places; the
Scotch Pine of the Baltic sand plains may be found in
the peat bogs, but only eking out a miserable existence,
while P. Twda, the Old Field Pine, makes magnificent
trees in the souibern swamp, and with its slow growth
under such conditions an excellent timber. Pimts con-
torta and serotina also are indifferent to water conditions
at the root; so is the Cuban Pine, but P. pahistris be-
lies its name, for it is only \ery rarely found in poorly
drained places and does not thrive there.

The propagation of Pines does not offer any difficul-
ties. The seed usually has a high germination percen-
tage in most species if kept dry and cool, and it retains
vitality for several years, deteriorating of course some-
what from year to year. To avoid deterioration in
transoceanic shipments, packing in charcoal dust has
been found very serviceable. While most of the Pine
seeds sprout readily, the White Pine, with some others,
has the bad habit of lying over for one year in part,
unless treated to a hot-water bath for 24 hours before
sowing; or perhaps by sowing in the fall immediately
after coming out of the cone, which is during the first
two weeks of September. The seeds should be sown in
light mold early, rather thinly to permit a good root
system to develop, covering then thinly according to
size of seed not over ^ inch, which is best done bj'-
sifting sand over the seed with a sieve. During the
first year special care is necessary to regulate the water
supply and transpiration for the young seedlings; they
want to be kept humid, not wet, but resent drought as
much as a surfeit; and especially sudden changes from
drought to wet are likely to produce "damping-off." To
prevent too rapid transpiration the familiar lath screens
should be applied.

To prevent the formation of excessively long tap-
roots which some species are wont to form, mechanical

1809. Pinus ponderosa.

Giant specimens 22n ft. high, grown in the deep, moist

soil of the Yosemite valley.

means may be adopted; but the best plan is to manure
near the surface, so that fibrou's roots will be formed.
Such maniire consists of one-third steamed bone meal
and two-thirds ammonia superphosphate. Root-pruning

PINE

PINEAPPLE

1343

and transplanting in nursery rows when 1 or 2 years old
is practiced to secure a stocky root system. In Ger-
many one-year-old Scotch. Pines are planted by the mil-
lion for forest purposes, but for ornamental purposes
older plants are to be used; yet it is safest not to use
them older than 3 or 4 years for permanent situations.
In the third year usually the first branching occurs, in-
dicating that the root system is not well established.

In transplanting, the utmost care must be taken not
to expose the roots to drying influences, a thin loam
puddle answering best to keep them moist. While
transplanting can be done at any time of the year, it is
safest to do so in early spring, except when a droughty
season is apt to follow, when fall planting is to be pre-
ferred.

A large number of nurserymen's varieties, dwarf and
pendulous, varicolored, etc., have been developed, es-
pecially from P. sylvestris and P. Strohus. The most
interesting freaks perhaps are those bushy forms de-
rived from P, Canariensis and Plnea produced by lay-
ering, in which single needles instead of the usual bun-
dles of two in one sheath are produced, imitating the
primary single needles of seedlings, The manner in
which nurserymen's varieties are propagated by grafts
or cuttings is discussed under Pi«?(s.

According to the nature of the Pines, if there is choice
of location possible the well-drained situations, even
dry ones, should be reserved for them. They belong,
with few exceptions, to the hill-tops not the bottoms, to
the sands not clay soils, and will stand southern expo-
sures better than the spruces.

Pines are frugal by nature, and can stand poverty bet-
ter than surfeit,— nevertheless they respond best to
medium conditions, namely, a mellow surface and well-
drained, deep, loamy sand, not too rich in organic
matter and loose enough to permit the natural develop-
ment of the heavy tap-root system. Under such condi-
tions the peculiar rich foliage gives most satisfaction and
the rank, luxuriant growth which leads to poor form
is checked; disease from fungi is obviated; the cot-
tony scale (almost the only enemy of the White Pine) is
more readily fought, and injuries from caterpillars and
beetles are more readily repaired.

To prune evergreens, and especially Pines, requires
an artist, or else the result will be malformation: the
best plan is to correct form by breaking out the center
bud from such shoots as project beyond proper limits;
thereby also a more compact growth is induced, which
in the Pines with their open habit is desirable. If it be-
comes necessary to top the branches, the cut must remove
also the bolster at the base of the branch; the resinous
exudation will prevent decay, and the cambium soon
covers the scar if the cut has been made properly. For
hedge planting the Pines furnish no specially desirable
material, being light-needing and therefore thinning out
soon in the interior; yet the White Pine will stand as a
hedge for a considerable time and also the dwarf P.
montana. Perhaps some others may answer the pur-
pose.

For the botany of the Pines, see Piniis.

B. E. Fernow.

PINEAPPLE. The Pineapple (see Ananas) is indig-
enous to America. It produces one of the most de
licions fruits now regularly on our markets. T.he finest
qualities are developed when the fruit is permitted to
ripen naturally upon the plant. For distant markets
the crop has to be gathered in varying degrees of un-
ripeness to suit the time required in transit.

The amount of importations reached its maximum in
1894:; viz., $750,000 worth. Since that time there has
been a rapid decline. But for a succession of severe
winters our own needs would be supplied from home-
grown fruit. In 1894, 4,000,000 "apples " were marketed
from Florida plantations; this amount was largely re-
duced by the freezes of 1894 and 1895. The freeze of
Feb., 1899, again reduced the output, so that the crop
of 1900 only approximated that of 1894. As a result of
these freezes, the plantations are now more carefully
protected by sheds and by being placed in frost-favored
locations. The year 1850 seems to be the earliest date
at wliich Pineapple-growing was attempted in the U. S.
This attempt was made near St. Augustine. Pla., ac-
cording to Taylor. In 1860 planting was commenced on

85

the Keys, but the want of facilities for rapid transpor-
tation and the more favored Cuban and Porto Rican
plantations made the development slow. In 1897,
$15,000 worth was imported from the Hawaiian Islands,
but these islands M'ill not offer enough fruit to seriously
affect the eastern market, though the importations will
increase largely.

i^ro /'tis. — Good Pineapple land may usually be obtained
from $1.50 to $60 per acre, the higher-priced land being
in favored locations, at railway stations and near settle-
ments. The cost of clearing aiul preparing varies from
$20 to $80 per acre, according to the cost of labor and
the character of the growth on the land.

From 8,000 to 15,000 plants are needed to the acre,
varying with the variety and the notion of tlie planter.
The price of plants in the field varies from $3 per 1,000
for Red Spanish to 35350 per 1,000 for the finer varieties.
The cost of cultivating and fertilizing an acre for one
year varies from about $20 to $150. It takes about IS
months from the time of setting out to the maturing of
the first crop, which yields 50-350 crates per acre. Under
favorable circumstances the second crop may be double
that of the first. By careful attention the plantation
may be continued for 8 or 10 years without resetting ;
the second or third crop frequently bearing the maxi-
mum amount of fruit.

When a common variety is planted the returns are
mainly from the sale of fruit, but with fancy varieties
the sale of plants constitutes the main source of returns.
Four hundred dollars or more per acre has been realized
frequently for a crop of the commonest varieties; in
this case increase in plants cannot be considered as of
much value. The value of a crop of fancy fruit is about
double that of the common, and $1,000 Avorth of plants
may be sold without detriment to the plantation, if it is
a variety that is in demand. From this must be sub-
tracted the cost of transporting to the markets, which
varies more or less with the distance the fruit is hauled.
This cost varies with the quantity shipped, from $20 to
$80 or more per acre.

Soil. — The Pineapple thrives in a variety of soils,
but whatever be its texture it must not be moist or wet.
The Pineapple plant will survive air-drying for months,
but decays rapidly in a moist atmosphere. The great-
est acreage is located upon dry, sandy land, formerly
overgrown with spruce-pine {Pinus clausa) or a mix-
ture of spruce-pine and hardwood. Chemical analyses
of the soil from Pineapple fields show an exceedingly
small fraction of a per cent of the essential fertilizer
ingredients present. A physical analysis shows that
the water content is very low. A considerable acreage
is located on the Florida Keys. Here there is only a
small amount of leaf -mold, often not more than an inch
on the average, covering a coralline rock. But for the
fact that Pinapples actually grow and make crops on
such soil it would seem entirely incredible.

Fertilizers. —With conditions of soil as described
above, it is imperative to fertilize, and under the exist-
ing conditions in the Pineapple belt there is no other
remedy than the addition of commercial fertilizers,
and nothing better. While much is still to be learned
about fertilizing this crop, it is fairly well established
that for Pineapples on spruce pine land dried blood,
ground bone, and nitrate of soda are good sources of
nitrogen; that low-grade siilfate of potash, carbonate
of potash and high-grade sulfate of potash are good
sources of potash; that acid phosphate should be used
in small quantities only or avoided, using pulverized
bone instead. A good plan for fertilizing is to drop a
small handful of cotton-seed meal into the bud imme-
diately after setting out. In October, apply about 600
lbs. blood and bone and 400 lbs. lowgrade sulfate of
potash (not kainit) per acre, or the equivalent of these
fertilizers in some of the forms mentioned above. A
second application may be made in the following Feb-
ruary; at this time the amount may be increased 10 to
25 per cent, accoi-ding to the growth the plants have
made. A third application may be made in June or
July; and if the plants have grown vigorously a still
further increase in amount may be made. A fourth
application may be made in October, increasing the
amount if the plants have grown vigorously. The suc-
ceeding applications may be made at the time suggested

1344

PINEAPPLE

PINEAPPLE

above, and the increasing and decreasing of the amounts
may be determined by the progress of the plants. As
the average spruce-pine Pineapple land is not suffi-
ciently fertile to grow a full crop of Pineapples, muck
more depends upon proper fertilizing than any other
oue operation.

Propagation. — This plant is propagated by means of
crowns, slips, suckers and rattoons. The crown is the
leafy portion of the fruit as found in the market. Just
below the fruit small plants form, which are left in the
field when the fruit is gathered; these are known as
slips. In the axils of the Ivs. buds occur; those that
develop near the ground make strong plants in a few
months and are known as suckers. A strong plant will
mature an "apple" in June and produce 2-5 suckers by
the middle of September. Buds which develop from a
portion of the plant under ground and form a root sys-
tem independent of the parent plant are known as rat-
toons. Crowns are not planted extensively, as they re-
main on the fruit when marketed. Good .strong suckers
are usually employed for planting out. Rattoons are
left in the field to replace the plants which have borne
a crop, but they are not sufficiently numerous to make
a full stand; hence some of the suckers must be left
also. Slips require a year longer than suckers to ma-
ture a crop. According to Webber, it takes 10-12 years
to mature a plant from seed. Plants are raised from
seed only for breeding purposes.

Preparation of the Land. — It spruce-pine land is pre-
pared it is cleared of all stumps, wood, roots and any
other organic material, and is plowed deep and leveled
off smoothly. The fields are then laid off in beds of 6 or
8 rows wide, depending on the variety. The beds should
be narrow enough to permit fertilizing and working with
a scuffle hoe without entering the beds, as breaking the
Ivs. is very detrimental. For Red Spanish the rows are
made 18-20 in. apart; for Queens 20-22 in.; for Porto
Ricos 30-30 in. They are usually placed in checks of
about the same distances.

The methods employed on the Keys are quite different.
The land is cleared by cutting off the trees, shrubs,
etc., which are allowed to dry and are then burned. The
plants are then set out with a grubbing hoe; they must
be set out irregularly, as the rocky soil does not furnish
root-hold everywhere. Such fields become exhausted in
a few years and have to be abandoned.

TiUage. — T)x\^ operation consists in I'unning over the
ground with a scuffle hoe. Where the plantation is set
out in beds the handle of the hoe is long enough to per-
mit cultivating to the middle without the laborer enter-
ing the bed. Only about an inch of the surface soil is
agitated, usually immediately after the fertilizer has
been applied. Weeds arc not troublesome, excepting in

plants the greatest care should be exercised to avoid
breaking the Ivs., which are very brittle.

MarhetiHg.-Tlie fruit is picked a week before it
would mature. It is packed at once into barrel (12x20
x30 in.) and half -barrel (12x10x30 in.) crates, usually
in the latter, the different sizes being packed in separate
crates and designated as 18's, 24's, 30's, 3G's, 42's, 48'a
and 54's, according to the number required for a half'

1810. The Oueen Pineapple.

fields that have been cultivated a long time. Under
sheds tillage is more frequent and appears to be more
necessary. On the Keys no tillage is possible, but tall-
growing weeds and such ligneous plants as may spring
up are cut off. In all of the work among Pineapple

1811. The Enville Pineapple.

barrel crate. The fruit must be handled without being
bruised and packed firmly to prevent its abrasion
in transit. To protect the fruit each one is wrapped
separately in brown paper.

Varieties. — '&>\nce the propagation is carried on by
means of offsets, the varieties are fairly stable and
quite definitely marked. The variety most extensively
grown is called Red Spanish, Spanish or Reds. It has
a medium-sized apple, and is a hardy plant. Abachi
(Abakka), Blood, Queen (Fig. 1810), Sugar Loaf, En-
ville (Fig. 1811) and White Antigua are varieties that
produce medium-sized apples of excellent quality.
Black Jamaica, Black Prince, and Prince Albert pro-
duce large apples of excellent quality. Smooth Cayenne
produces a large apple of good quality. Porto Rico
produces a very large apple of good quality. There are
other varieties grown more or less extensively and other
names for the above-named varieties, but the foregoing
have been officially recognized by the Florida State
Horticultural Society.

Pineapple Sheds. — It has been found very advan-
tageous to build a shelter for "pines"; in the winter a
shed protects the plants from too great radiation of
heat, and in the summer it reduces the intensity of the
sun. The original object of the shelter was to protect
the plants from frosts and freezes. Pineapple plants
freeze at 32° F. This degree of cold does not kill the
heart of the plant, but only the larger portion of the Ivs.
Pines under sheds have passed through a temperature
of 25° F. without serious injury. The roof of a shed is
usually fiat, or undulating with the surface of the land.
The height varies with the desires of the individual, but
is usually about eight feet above the ground.

In Fig. 1812 the roof is slightly less than 7 ft. from
the ground. The stringers running crosswise in the
figure are Ij^x3x21; those rimning lengthwise are
IK X 13^ X 15. The material for the roof is cypress
plastering lath of usual length and width. The stringers
running lengthwise are 40 in. apart. The openings be-
tween the lath are just the width of a lath. The amount
of lumber needed (per acre) is about as follows:

414 posts (352 for roof, 72 for sides) 4' x 4' x S°.
160 pieees i%' x 3' x 2U°.

960 pieees (840 for roof. 120 for sides) iW x iW x 15°.
80,000 lath (75,000 for roof, 5,000 for sides) %' x 1' x 4°.

It takes abotit 9,000 feet of lumber for the above ma-
terial exclusive of the lath. All lumber must be first-
class and free from knots. This can still be reduced by
aboiit 2,500 feet by using wire in place of the IH' x IK'
X 15° and weaving the lath in this. Under the most

PINEAPPLE

PINGUICULA

1345

favorable circumstances such, a shed can be erected for
$450 per acre, but this is about the cheapest and lightest
form that will withstand the elements.

Diseases and Insect £Inemies. — (l) Heart rot; bitter
heart: The cause of this disease is not known, but it
seems to be more prevalent during a rainy season than
during a dry one. It manifests itself by the portion
around the heart taking on a water-soaked appearance.
This condition progresses outward until the whole ap-
ple is involved. It is not necessarily accompanied by
rotting, though this usually follows. The whole apple
becomes bitter, even before it is entirely involved.
When this disease is present in a field the fruit should
be marketed as soon as possible, that the apples may be
consumed before becoming badly affected.

(2) Sanding: This disorder occurs immediately after
setting out, especially if a long dry spell occiirs at this
time. It is produced by sand being blown into and fill-
ing the bud of plants. Immediately after setting out
drop into the bud a small handful of cotton-seed meal,
or the same amount of a mixture of 1 part ground to-
bacco stems and 3 or 4 parts cotton-seed meal. This
soon forms a firm plug in the bud, keeping out sand but
not interfering with growth. Blood and bone, or blood,
bone and tankage, may also be used.

(3) Spike; longleaf : This disease manifests itself by
the Ivs. failing to expand at the base, thus giving the
plant a contracted appearance. The outer portion of
the leaf spreads from the center of the plant, but usu-
ally fails to take on a broad, flat, healthy appearance.
Experiments have proved that this disease may be pro-
duced by improper use of commercial fertilizers, though
the disease has occurred where no fertilizer had been
used. Abundant evidence is at hand to show that the
disease is not due to an organic agent but rather to
untoward condition in the soil. Change the fertilizer,
avoiding acid phosphate, kainit and cotton-seed meal in
large quantities, and give protection as by a Pineapple
shed (spike is a rare thing under sheds).

(4) Blight; wilts: This disease occurs in a sporadic
manner, usually without any apparent regularity. In
some varieties the first intimation of Vjlight is by the
outer end of ivs. turning red, and later by the tips wilt-
ing. This wilting progresses until the entire plant has
dried up. According to Webber the direct cause is a
soil-inhabiting fungus which attacks the roots. Remove
the wilted plants and set in healthy ones. If the plants
^e of valuable varieties trim off all diseased roots and
much of the stem, together with larger Ivs., and reset.

1812. Pineapple shed in Florida.

It is probable that the fungus will not survive until the
roots again penetrate the soil.

(5) Red spider {Stigmceus Floridanus, Banks) : This
species attacks the tender white portion at the base of
the Ivs. The effect upon the plant is greatly out of pro-
portion to the small amount of injury to the parts
attacked. In later stages the Ivs. rot off at the place

attacked. Drop a small handful of tobacco dust into
the bud of the plants. Subsequent rains and dews
leach the tobacco and carry the solution down to the red
spider. If they are not all dead in a week or ten days,
repeat the dose.

(6) Scale insect {Diaspis bromeliem) : This scale
insect becomes troublesome in dry localities and in
greenhouses. The insect usually attacks the lower sur-
face of the leaf, but each point of attack shows through
as a yellow spot on the upper surface. Spray with
resin wash, resin compound, kerosene emulsion or
whale-oil soap.

(7) Mealy bugs (Dactylopius citrl and other species) :
These insects attack the base of the Ivs. just at or below
the ground level; also the bud, and when fruit matures
they multiply in great numbers among the slips and in
the eyes of the fruit itself. The remedy is the same as
for scale insects, but it is very difficult to make the
application effective. When the mealy bugs are present
before the fruit-bud forms much good can be done by
applying a large handful of tobacco dust in the axils of
the Ivs.

Pineapple culture is also discussed under Florida.

P. H. Rolfs.
PINEAPPLE AIR-PIiANT. TtUandsia utriculata.

PINEAPPLE FLOWER. Fucomis punctata.

PINE, DAMMAK. See Agathis.

PINE, KAURI. SeeAgathi,^.

PINE, MORETON BAY. See Araucaria.

PINE, NORFOLK ISLAND. See Araucaria.

PINE, SCREW. See Pandaniis.

PIN:£LLIA (after Pinelli). ArAcece. Three species
of hardy perennial tuberous herbs, native to China and
Japan. Foliage appearing with the fls.: Ivs. 3 or pedat-
isect: peduncle solitary : spathe marcescent: fls. monoe-
cious in the appendiculate spadix, all fertile; perianth
none; male fls. with 1 stamen; female fls. one-sided:
ovary 1-celled; ovule solitary, orthopterous. SeeEngler,
in DC. Mon. Phan. 2:565.

tuherifera, Ten. Adult Ivs. 3-cut, the middle segment
lH-2 times longer and wider. China. — There is a variety
with narrower leaf -segments and another with Ivs. cut
into 5 segments.

PINEY. Old-fashioned name of Peony.

PINGUtCULA (diminutive of Latin pinguis, fat; re-
ferring to the succulent and greasy foliage). Lentibul-
aridLcece. Butterwobt. About 30 species of small,
swamp-loving herbs of carnivorous habits with pretty
long-spurred fls. something like a snapdragon. They
grow in tufts or rosettes with several scapes less than
a foot high, each bearing a solitary flower. The Ivs.
are more or less short, thick, succulent, and densely
covered with crystalline, glandular hairs, which give
the Ivs. their buttery feeling. Small insects are caught
on these sticky hairs, and the margins of the Ivs. roll in
and cover them. D. T. Macdougal writes: "A digestive
fluid, probably a trj'^psin, exudes from the surface of the
leaf which dissolves the bodies of the insects, allowing
the substances of which they are composed to be ab-
sorbed by the leaf. The leaves of Pinguicula also con-
tain vegetable rennet, and Linnaeus mentions that the
leaves of P. vulgaris were used by the Lapland tribes
for curdling milk, and Pfeffer says the same custom
prevails among the peasantry of the Italian Alps."

Pinguiculas make dainty flowering plants in pots;
although natives of northern countries, they can scarcely
be considered hardy subjects, as they require special
treatment. The choicest species are undoubtedly
P. lutea and P.caudata. P. liitea, a native of our low
pine -barrens from N. C. to Fla. and La., is unique
in the genus by reason of its yellow fls., while P.
caudata, with its rich purple fls., is the finest of all
those which range from violet and purple through rose
and lilac to whitish. The charm of P. caiidata, aside

1346

PINGUICULA

PINUS

from its color, lies iu its extraordinarily long spur,
which attains 2 in., while the 5-lobed limb reaches an
equal length. These plants are scarcely known in
America outside of botanic gardens. F. W. Burbidge
has given a detailed account of his success with P.
caitdata in Gn. 22, p. .-i09: The spring and summer foli-
age are scarcely recognizable as belonging to the same
plant. In early spring the Ivs. are numerous, small,
short, thick and pointed, forming a dense rosette like
an Echeveria; in midsummer the Ivs. are large, thin,
obovate and las. The plant blooms freely in both
stages, but produces the largest fls. later. In the fall
the foliage again becomes a bulb-like mass of fleshy
Ivs., and so rests all winter. Burbidge found that
the plants can be readily propagated by these fleshy
Ivs., each one producing a new plant, as in the case of
the bulb scales of certain common lilies. These leaf
cuttings were placed by Burbidge in the live sphagnum
of orchid baskets. Young plants were potted in 2>-2-in.
pots of live sphagnum, using small crocks only. These
small pots may then be phmged in small shallow
orchid pans to prevent extremes of moisture and hung
up iu the cool end of a Cattleya house. Biirbidge has
also grown P. hirtiflora in pans of sphagnum standing
in a saucer of water and treated to the hottest sunshine.
The fls. are said to last 8 or 9 weeks.

Pinguicula belongs to the same family with Utric-
ularia, a group composed largely of aquatic plants
which capture minute creatures in little bladders that
are developed on the thread-like Ivs. Pinguicula differs
in the more terrestrial habit, the 4-5-parted calyx,
spreading position of the posterior lip of the corolla
and also in the anthers. Pinguicula is one of tlie very
few dicotyledonous plants with only 1 seed-leaf. The
fls. of Pinguicula are often reversed before and during
anthesis.

A. Color of fls. yellow,

Ititea, Walt. Unique in the genus by reason of its
yellow fls. and nearly regular (not 2-lipped) corolla.
Exceedingly variable in the size of all its parts, and in
the obtuse toothing of the corolla-lobes. Scapes 5-12 in.
high: fls. %-l% in. long and broad; spur curved, about
as long as the i*est of the corolla; throat spotted and
belly lined with red; palate very prominent and densely
bearded. Low pine barrens, N. C. to Fla. and La. B.M.
7203 (most of the lobes 4-cut, the middle cut being
deeper). B.R. 2:126 (2 upper lobes once-cut, 3 lower
lobes 4-cut).

AA. Color of fls. purple to lilac.
B. Spur 3 or 4 times as long as the rest of the corolla.

caudata, Schlecht. Scapes 5-7 in. high: fls. deep
bright violet-purple, attaining 2 in.; lobes all rounded
except the middle one of the lower lipj which is retuse.
Mexico. B.M. 6624. Gn. 23, p. 309.

BB. spur about as long as the rest of the corolla.
c. Fls. %-l in. long and broad.

grandiildra, Lam. Scapes 3-8 in. long: fls. '^blue,
rarely purplish violet," according to DC, 10-15 lines
long, 9 lines broad (3 or 4 times longer than in P. vul-
garis); lobes undulate; palate with 1 or 2 white spots;
spur straight, a trifle shorter than the broadly funnel-
shaped tube. Western Eu. G.C. III. 10:373. -Accord-
ing to Bentham, this is a large-fld. var. of P. vulgaris,
with longer spur and broader lobes, which in the west-
ern part of Eu. passes into the common form.

hirtifldra, Tenore. Scapes 3-4 in. high : fls. 8 lines long
and broad, lilac or rose (blue according to Tenore, and
shown as piirple in B.M.), with a white tube; spur
straight or curved, about as long as the rest of the
corolla. S. Eu. B.M. 6785. Gn. 25, p. 290. -Possibly
distinguished from P. grandiflora by the color of the
tube, which is white outside and yellow in the throat.
According to Burbidge there is a var.with pure white fls.

CO. Fls, yiin. long and hroad.
vulgaris, Linn. According to Hooker, this differs from
P. hirtiflora in the bright blue color and the retuse
lobes of the corolla, as also in the less globose capsule:
scapes 1-5 in. high: fls. bluish purple ("bine," writes
Hooker), about 0 lines long; spur nearly straight, about

2 lines long or as long as the rest of the corolla. Wet
rocks. En., Asia, N. Amer. Gn. 57, p. 335. — Sometimes
called Labrador Violet. ^^ jj^

PINK. See Dianthus; also Carnation.

PINK MULLEIN. Ltjchnis Coronaria.

PINKROOT. Spigelia.

PINKSTER FLOWER. A wild Azalea, A. nifdlflora.

PINUS (ancient Latin name). Coniferw. Pine. Pine-
TKEE. Evergreen resiniferous trees, usually tall, rarely
shrubby, with spreading branches forming a pyramidal
or round-topped, in old age often very picturesque
head, and clothed with acicular Ivs. in clusters of 2-5,
rarely solitary: fls. catkin-like, appearing in spring;
staminate yellow or purple, often conspicuous by their
abundance; pistillate greenish or purplish, developing
into subglobose to cylindric, usually brown cones, which
sometimes attain 18 or more inches in length, ripening
mostly not before the second or rarely the third year.
The Pines are among the most important timber trees
of the northern hemisphere, and many of them are val-
uable for the decoration of parks and gardens.

A great number of the species are hardy north.
Among the hardiest are P. Strobus, Cembra, parviflora ,
Bungeana, Koraiensis, rigida, divaricata, Thunbergi,
resinosa, sylvestris and montana. The Mexican species
and those from southern Asia stand only a few degrees
of frost. The degree of hardiness is mentioned with
the description of each species.

Young Pines are with few exceptions of more or less
regular, pyramidal habit; but in old age they are often
very picturesque, especially P. Strobus, radiata,rigida,
Pinea, Cembra, Laricio, parviflora and others. Of very
graceful habit, with slender branches and drooping foli-
age, are P. excelsa, Ai/acahuite, Montezumce, longifoUa,
and Canariensis, but they are all, except the first
named, very tender. The very large cones of some
species, as P. Lambertiana, Ayacahuite, Sabiniana and
CoHlteri,a,re a conspicuous ornament. Most species are
of vigorous growth when young, but the
foreign species usiially grow rather
slowly and are therefore well suited for
smaller gardens, especially P. Koraien-

1813. 1814.

Staminate cone Pistillate flowers (pnlarged) of Austrian Pine;

of Pinus rigida. also a young pistillate cone natural size.

(X 2.) a, front view of two ovules; c, side view.

sis, Pence, Bungeana, parviflora; the American P.
aristata and flexilis may also be recommended for this
purpose. For planting rocky slopes P. divaricata,
rigida, Virginiana and some western species are valu-
able; and if dwarf forms are desired P. montana is one
of the best, thriving in more shaded positions and as
undergrowth in open woods better than any other spe-
cies.

The Pines are not very particular as to the soil, and

PINTS

PINUS

1347

in their native habitats they usually occupy the less
fertile situations, as dry uplands and sandy plains.
Some, as P. rigida, Oubensis and Tceda, can be grown
both in dry and in swampy ground. Pinus palustris i^
Tery unhappily named, since it almost never grows in
swamps. Pines are much used for the afforestation of
barren sandy plains and dry rocky mountain slopes.
For seaside planting P. insignls, Pinaster, HaJepensis
and also P. rigida are valuable.

Pines cannot be transplanted successfully when old
on account of their long tap-roots, and only younger
nursery-grown trees should be used for planting. As
they cannot usually be taken up with a good ball of
earth, it is well to immerse the roots in a loam puddle
immediately after the trees are dug up. Pines are
propagated by seeds sown in spring either in prepared
beds or frames or in boxes or pans; the seeds should be
covered only slightly with fine soil, but the larger ones
about a quarter of an inch, and the young seedlings
shaded and watered when necessary. Varieties and
rarer kinds are grafted on their types or allied species,
usually by veneer-grafting on potted stock in the green-
house in winter. Cuttings even of the dwarf forms
do not root readily ; the easiest to root are young shoots
with primary foliage, as they sometimes appear on
older branches or on the trunk.

The Pines belong to the most important timber trees
in their native countries; these are in eastern N.
America P. pahistris, Strohus and echinafa; in the
western states P. Lamhertiana, tnonticola and pon-
derosa; in Europe P. sylvestris and J^arlelo; in eastern
Asia P. Thunbergi and densiflora, and in the Himalayas
P. excelsa. From the resinous secretions of many
species, chie^y P. pahistris , Cnhensis, Pinaster, Hal-
epensis and longifolia, turpentine, tar and pitch are
obtained. An essential oil used medicinally is distilled
from the Ivs. and young shoots of several species.
Edible seeds are produced by some species, in America
by P. edtilis and cembroides ; in Europe by P. Pinea and
Cembra, in E. India by P. Gerardiana. Mats similar
to Cocoa mats are manufactured from the Ivs. of P.
pahistris and Pine wool for stuffing mattresses is made
from Ivs. of European and American species.

About 75 species are known, distributed through the
northern hemisphere from the arctic circle to Mexico
and the West Indies, N. Africa and the Malayan Archi-
pelago; in the tropical and subtropical regions they are
confined to the mountains. Resinous trees, rarely
shrubs; winter-buds covered with imbricate scales: Ivs.
of 2 kinds; the primary Ivs. are spirally arranged and
as they appear on young seedling plants and occasion-
ally on shoots from the old wood, are green and
subulate, but commonly they are reduced to small
scarious bracts bearing in their axils the acicular, semi-
terete or triangular secondary Ivs. borne on an unde-
veloped branchlet in clusters from 2-5, rarely reduced
to 1, surrounded at the base by sheaths of 8-12 bud-
scales: fls. monoecious; the staminate ones axillary,
chistered at the base of the young shoots, x'.atkin-like,
yellow, orange or scarlet, composed of spirally arranged
numerous 2-cened anthers with the connective enlarged
and scale-like at the apes (Pig. 1813) ; pistillate lateral
or subterminal, grwenish or purplish, consisting of
numerous spirally arranged scales each in the axil
of a small bract and bearing 2 ovules inside near the
base {Pig. 1814): cone subglobose to cyliudric, with
woody scales closely appressed before maturity and
tightly enclosing the seeds, which are usually furnished
with a long thin wing, but in some species are wing-
less or short-winged; the apex of the scales is usually
more or less thickened and the exposed part, which is
usually rhombic in outline and termed apophysis, is
often protracted into prominent bosses or knobs; the
apophysis is terminated by the umbo, usually differing
in color and ending mostly in a spine or prickle. In P.
Strohus and the allied species the apophysis is flat and
thin, and bears the spineless umbo at the upper end,
while in most other Pines the apophysis is thickened
and transversally keeled and bears the umbo in the
middle. These differences belong to the most impor-
tant characters in the grouping of the species : other val-
uable characters are furnished by tlie structure of the
Ivs., which contain either 1 or 2 fibro-vascular bundles

and usually 2 or more resin-ducts, being either pe-
ripheral, i. e., situated beneath the epidermis; or par-
enchymatous, i. e., enclosed by the tissue of the leaf;
or internal, i. e., near the fibro-vascular bundles;
strengthening cells, i. e., cells with thickened walls, are

1815. Pinus Strobus.
Leaf with a single fibro-vascular bundle (a), usually
two peripheral resin-duets {b); strengthening cells (c)
only beneath the epidermis; stomata {d) only on the
two inner sides.

mostly present beneath the epidermis and often sur-
round the resin-ducts, sometimes also along the fibro-
vascular bundles. (See Pigs. 1815-1818). The number of
the fibro-vascular bundles and the position of the resin-
ducts can be readily seen with a common magnifying
glass in thin cross-sections made with a sharp razor
from the middle of the leaf and placed on a glass-plate.
In the following enumeration the species are grouped
according to Mayr's classification, with a few slight
changes; his names of his sections, however, are
omitted, since they are mostly not well chosen, and the
sectional and subsectional names of Engelmann sub-
stituted as far as his groups could be brought in accord-
ance with those of Mayr. To facilitate the determination
of the cultivated species a key is given to determine
plants without cones. Good illustrations are found in
Sargent, Silva of N. America, vol. 11 ; Lambert, Descrip-
tion of the genus Pinus ; Lawson, Pinetum Britannicum ;
Forbes, Pinetum Woburnense; Antoine, Die Coniferen.
For the horticultural vars. see Beissner, Nadelholz-

- — C

1816. Pinus Coulteri.
Leaf with two fibro-vascular bundles {a); several
parenchymatous resin-duets {h) \ strengthening cells (c)
around the resin-ducts, several layers beneath the epi-
dermis and along the inner and the outer side of the
fihro-vascular bundles; stomata (d) all around.

kunde and the new edition by A. H. Kent of Veitch's
Manual of the Coniferee. Among other important works
maybe mentioned E. A. Carrifere's Traite General des
Coniferes, 2d edition, 1867; Heinrich Mayr's Die
Waldungen von Nordamerika, 1890; Engler and PrantPs
Die Natiirlichen Pflanzenfamilien 11 Teil, 1. Abteilung,
pages 70-74 (Leiferung 3 and 4); G. Engelmann's Re-
vision of the Genus Pinus, in Transactions of the
Academy of Science of St. Louis published in 1880;
Maxwell T. Masters in Journal of the Linnean Society,
volumes 22 (1886) and 27 (1889); Conifer Conference in
Journal Royal Horticultural Society, volume 14 (1892).
For a fuller account of the relative value of species of
Piuus and their culture, see Pine.

]348

PINUS

PINTJS

1817. Pinus palustris.

Leaf with two fibro-vaseular bundles (a); several in-
ternal resin-ducts (h); one layer of strengthening cells
(c) beneath the epidermis and on the inner sid* of the
fibro-vascular bundles; stomata (d) all around.

1818. Pinus echinata.

Leaf with two fibro-vascular bundles (a) and several
parenchymatous resin -ducts (6); only one layer of
strengthening cells (c) beneath the epidermis; stomata
(d) all around.

alba, 3.

albo-terminata, 43.
argeutea, 44.
aristata, 15.
attenuata, 26.
aurea, 43, 44.
australis, 23.
Austriaca, 36.
Ayacahuite, 6.
Batfouriana, 15.
Banksiana, 31.
Benthamiana, 20.
Bolanderi, 33.
brevifolia, 3.
Bungeana, 11.
Buonapartea, 6.
Boursieri, 33.
Calabrica, 36.
Canariensis, 24.
Carpatica, 45.
Cebennensis, 36.
Cembra. 10.
clausa, 32.
columnaris, 44.
compacta, 44.
eowtorta, 33.
Coulteri, 18.
Cuhensis, 22.
densifiora, 43.
divaricata, 31.
Don-Pedrii, 6.
echinata, 29.
edulis, 13.
Elliotii, 22.
excels a, 1.
fastigiata, 3.
flexilis, 7.
Fremontiana,

. 44.

, 14.

INDEX.

Orcezelieri, 4.
Halepensis, 41.
Hamiltoni. 37.
keterophi/lla, 22.
korizontalis, 36.
i7iops, 30.
insignis, 27.
Jeffrey!, 19.
Koraieusis, 9.
Lambertiana, 5.
Larieio, 36.
Lemoni;wia, 37.
Loiidoniana, 6.
longifolia, 25.
macrocarpa, 18.
Mandskurica, 9.
maritima, 37.
Massoniana, 38, 42.
minor, 37.
mitis, 29.
mouophylla, 14.
Monspelieusis, 36.
montana, 4r>.
Morttereyensis, 27.
monticola, 4.
Mughus, 45.
muricata, 35.
Murrayana, 33.
nana, 3.
NepaUnsis, 1.
nigra, 36.
nigricans, 36.
yiivea, 3.
Oculus draconis,

38, 43.
Pallasiana. 36.
palustris, 23.
Parryana, 12.

parviflora, 8.
pendula, 20, 44.
Peuce, 2.
Pinaster, 37.
Pinea, 39.
Pithyusa, 41.
ponderosa, 20.
prostrata, 3.
pumlla, 10, 44,
Pumilio, 45.
pungens, 34.
pygmcva, 3, 36.
pyramidalis. 3, 44.
Pyrenaica, 36 and

suppl.
quadrifolia, 12.
radiata, 27.
resinosa, 40.
rigida, 28.
rostrata, 45,
roUindat-a, 45.
Roxhurghi, 25.
Sabiniana. 17.
Salzmanni, 36.
scopulorum, 20.
Sibirica, 10,
Sinensis, 42.
Strobus. 3.
sylvestris, 44.
Tseda. 21.
Thunbergi, 38.
Terr ey ana, 16.
tuberculata, 26.
nmbraculifera, 3.
xincinata, 45.
variegata, 38. 43.
Virginiana, 30.
zebrina, 1.

Key for Determining Pines Without Conb>s (compare
B'igs. 1815-1818).
A. Number of Ivs. 5, onhj occa-
sionally 3 or 4.
B. Sheaths deciduous: fibro-
vascular bundle 1.
C. Udges of Ivs. serrulate.
D. iiength of Ivs. ly^-S in.
E. Branchlets glabrous or
nearlji so.
F. TJie Ivs. 6-S in. long:

branchlets glaucous. 1. excelsa
FF. The Ivs. S-5 in. long:
branchlets not
glaucous.
G. Tree a rather dense

pyramid 2. Peuce

GG. Tree an apen pyra-
mid 3. Strobus

EE. Branchlets densely

brownish tomentose ..10. Cembra
EEE. Branchlets pubescent
or puberulous.
F. JYe edles slender,
somewhat pendu-
lous, 4-6 in. long... G. Ayacahuite
FP. Needles stiff, lhi~4 in.
long.

G. Back of Ivs. with

fine white lines... 5. Lambertiana
GG. Back of Ivs. visu-
ally not lined.
H. Color of Ifs. blu-
ish 0 r dark

green 4. monticola

HH. Color of Ivs .

bright green 9. Koraiensis

DD. Length of Ivs. M-iM in.:
Ivs. usually twisted,
forming brush • like
tufts at the end of the

branchlets 8. parviflora

CC. ]£dges of Ivs. entire.

D. Bvs. 1%~B in. long 7. flexilis

DD. Lvs. 1-1}4 iu- long 15. Balfouriana

EB. Sheaths persistent : fibro-
vascular bundles 2 : lvs.

8-12 in. long, rigid 16. Torreyana

AA. Number of lvs. 3, or 4 or 1, only
occasionally 2 or 5.
B. Usually solitary, sometimes

in 2's 14. monophylla

BB. Usualhj 4, sometimes 8 or 5.. 12. Parryana
BBB. Ifsually 3, occasionally 2.
0. Fibro-vascular bundle 1:
sheaths deciduous.
D. Margin of lvs. entire: lvs.

%-l% in. long L3. edulis

DD. Margin of lvs. serrulate:

lvs. 2-4 in. long 11. Bung'eana

CC. Fibro-vascular bttndJes S:

sheaths persistent.

D. Branchlets glaucous: lvs.

bluish or grayish green.

(See also No. 21.)

E. Habit of lvs. slender,

drooping 17. Sabiniana

EE. Habit of lvs. straight,

stiff.

F. Buds very resinous:

lvs. 6-12 in. long,

dark bluish green — 18. Ooulteri

FF. Buds not or little

resinous: Ivs.S-Sin.

long f pale bluish

green 19. Jeffrey!

PD. Branchlets not glaucous:

lvs. dark y ello w o r

bright green.

E. Habit of lvs. slender,

drooping.

F. Ml' sin - ducts inte r-

nal 23. palustris

FF. JResin - ducts paren-
chymatous : buds

brown 24. Canariensis

Y^^ . Hesin - ducts periph-
eral: buds bright

chestnut-brown 25. lODgifolia

EE. Habit of lvs. stiff.
F. Length of lvs. 6-12in.

PIXUS

PINUS

1349

G. Jiitd^i c y I i )i d }• i c,
IV i t h spreading
scales little or not
resinous: lvs.S-12
in. long, dark
green, in ^'s and

S's 22. Cubensis

GG. Suds ohlong-ovafe,
resinous: Ivs. 6-9
in. long, light or
slightly bluish

green 21. Taeda

GGG. Buds ovate, acumi-
nate,resinous: Ivs.
5-11 in, long, dark
yellowish green.. .20. ponderosa
FF. Length of Ivs. 3-7 in,
(See also No. 29.)
G. Character of Ivs.
slender.
H. Foliage pale yel-
lowish or hluisJi
green: buds ob-
long-ovate,

dark brown 26. tuberculata

jiH. Foliage bright
green : bu d s
ovate , bright
chestnut-brown.27 . radiata
GG. Character of Ivs.
stout.
H. Form of buds
thick, ovate,
acute or acumi-
nate 20. ponderosa,

var.scopulorum
HH. Form of buds ob-
long-ovate 28. rigida

AAA. Nurnber of Ivs, 2.

B. Branchlets glaucous.

c. Buds very resinous 30. Virginiana

CC. Buds not or little resinous.
D. Hue of Ivs. dark bluish

green 29. echinata

DD. ffue of Ivs. bright green. .4=3. densiflora
BB. Branchlets not glaucous,
c. Length of Ivs. 1S% in.
D. Branch I et s hroivn or
orange: re sin -ducts
parenchymatous.
E. Character of Ivs. slen-
der: branchlets brown.'S2. clausa
EE. Character of Ivs. stout,
twisted : branch lets
orange or orange-
brown,
F. Lvs. 1-S% in. long.

G. Resin-ducts 1 or 2.?>'i. contorta
GG. Besin-ducts 2-5 ...34. jtungens
FF. Lvs. ^2.-1 in- long ...31. divaricata
DD. Branchlets dull greenish
yellow or greenish
brown: resin-dticts pe-
ripheral.
E. Character of lvs. slen-
der: buds not resin-
ous 41 Halepensis

EE. Character of lvs. stout:
buds coated with resin.

F. Generally a tree 44. aylvestris

FF. Generally a shrub... 4:5. montana
CC. Length of lvs. 3-9 in.

D. Color of buds whitish or

grayish white 38. Thunbergi

DD. Color of buds brown. {See

also No. 41.)

E. Scales of the oblong

buds with reflexed

tips, chestnut-brown .

F. Habit of lvs. very

slender and tJnn..A2. Massoniana
PF. Sabit of lvs. stiff and

G. Buds resinous 35. muricata

GG. Buds not resinous.
H. Besin-ducts par-
enchymatous.. .Zl . Pinaster
"RJi, Besin - ducts pe-
ripheral 39. Pinea

"EE. Scales of the thick
ovate -acuminate buds
with the tips not re-
flexed, light brown,
resinous.
F. Foliage Itistrou s ,
resin-ducts periph-
eral 38. resinosa

FF. Foliage dull: resin-
ducts parenchyma-
tous 3G. Laricio

Key Based on Cones and Seeds.

A. Cone-scales thin at the apex,
with a marginal obtuse umbo:
number of lvs. 5: sheaths de-
e iduous : f ibro - va scula r
bundle 1: xvood soft and light..
Strobus.
B. Wings longer than seed: cones
long and slender: resin-
ducts of lvs. peripheral.
Eustrobi.
C. Scales with broad, rounded
apex.
D. Lvs, slender: branchlets

usually glabrous 1. excelsa

2. Pence

3. Strobus

4. monticola

5. Lambertiana

DD.Lvs. stout: branchlets
puberulous or pubescent.

CC. Scales with elongated and
tapeHng, at last recurved
apex 6. Ayacabuite

BB. Wings shorter than seeds or

wanting: cones more or less

ovate, with thickened scales.

Cemb7'ce.

c Margin of lvs. entire:

branchlets glabrous, light

brown 7. {lexilis

CC. Margin of lvs. serrulate:
branch lets pu bescent.
D. Seeds with narrow iving:

resin-ducts peripheral.. 8. parviflora
DD. Seeds wingless: resin-
ducts parenchymatous.. 9. Koraiensis
10. Cembra
AA. Cone-scales more or less thick-
ened at the apex, with the often
spiny umbo in the middle of the
transversely ridged apophy-
sis. Pinaster.
B. Sheaths caducous or curling
back and tardily deciduous:
fibre - vascular bundle 1 :
resin-ducts peripheral,
c. Seeds short-tvinged : num-
ber of lvs. 1—4, only occa-
sionally 5,
D. Margin of lvs. serrulate,
3; sheaths caducous.

Gerardiance 11. Bungeana

DD. Margin of lvs. entire ;
sheaths curling hack and
falling off endofthe first
year. Cembroides .

E. Number of lvs. 3-~5 12. Parryana

EE. Number of lvs. 1-3 13. edulis

M. monopbylla
CC. Seeds with long iving: num-
berof lvs. 5: margin entire.

Balfourian^ 15. Balfouriana

BB. Sheaths persistent: fibro-vas-
cular bundles 2: margin of
lvs. serrulate.

1350

PINUS

PINUS

c. JS^nmber of h'S. 5: resin-
ducts parenchymatous .

Pscudostrobi IG. Torreyana

CO. Number of Ivs. 3, occasion-
ally 4-5: resin-ducts usu-
ally p aren ehy m atou s .
Tcedce .
D. BraricJih'ts glaucous :
color of Ivs. bluisJi or
grayish green.
E. X/vs. slender, drooping Al . Sabiniana
EE. Lvs. stout ,6-l'2 171. long :

seeds long-winged 18. Coulteri

19. Jelfreyi
DD. Branch-lets not glaucoxis :
color of lvs, da7'k yel-
lowish or bright green.
E. Length of lvs. 5-12 in.:

Ivs. stout 20. ponderosa

21. Taeda

22. Cubeusis
EE. Length of lvs. S-IS in.:

lvs. slender , drooping .2^. palustris

24. Canariensis

25. longifolia
EEE. Length of lvs. 3-7 in.:

lvs. stout. (See also

No. 20 var.)

F. Copies very oblique,

3^-6in. lotig: length

of lvs. usually 4-6

in 2G. tuberculata

27. radiata
FF. Cones not oblique, S~4
i)i. long : length of
lvs. usually 3-4 in..2H. rigida
ccc. Number of lvs. 2.

D. Resin-ducts parenchyma-
tous: co7xes tnostly he-
tiveen t h e whorls.

Lariciones 29. ecbinata

E. Branchlets glaucous -.30. Virginiaua
EE. Branchlets not glau-
cous.
F. Lvs. l-3}-2 in. long.
G. Cones not prickly.. 31. divaricata

GG. Cones prickly ,32. clausa

.33. contorta
34. pungens
FF. Lvs. 3%-7in. long.

G. Winter-budsbrown.^5. muricata
6Q. Laricio
37. Pinaster
GG. Winter-buds gray-
ish white orsilvery
white, oblong, not
resinous, only tips
of scales o ften

light brown 38. Tbunbergi

DD. Resin-ducts pei'ipheral :
cones usually appeari^ig
at the whorls. Sylves-
tres.
E. Length of lvs. S}4-S in.
F. Seeds short-winged,

% in. long 39. Pinea

FF. Seeds long-winged.
Q. Branch lets not

glaucous 40. resinosa

> 41. Halepensis
42. Massoniana ^
GG. Branchlets glau- ^'-

cous 43. densiflora

EE. Length of lvs. 34-2^2 /"-44. sylvestris

45. montana

1. Strobus.

1. JEustrobi.

1. exc^lsa, Wall. [P. NepaUnsis,Q\\Kmbr.). Attains

150 ft., with spreading and slightly ascending branches

forming a broad open pyramid : branchlets greenish,

glabrous, glaucous : winter -buds cylindric-obovate,

acute: lvs. slender, flaccid, drooping, grayish or bluish

green, G-8 in. long: cones cylindric on 1-2 in long
stalks, G-10 in. long: seed brown, 4 lines long. Himal.
Gn. 31, p. 195. A.G. 19:149. — Handsome tree, of sunie-
what loose habit, with graceful pendulous foliage, liardy
as far north as Mass. in sheltered po-
sitions. Var. zebrina, Bailly, has the
lvs. with a whitish zone near the tip.

2. Petice, Griseb. [P. exc^lsa,YQx.
Peitce, Griseb.). Attains 50 ft.,
with ascending short branches form-
ing a narrow dense pyramid: branch-
lets greenish, glabrous, not glaucous :
winter-buds ovate: lvs. straight, blu-
ish green, 3-4 in. long: cones short-
stalked, cylindric. 3K-G in. long,
with obovate scales: seed 4 lines
long. S. E. Eu.— An ornamental
hardy Pine of dense, regular habit
and slow growth; forms a narrower
and denser pyramid than No. 3.

3. Strobus, Linn. White Pine.
Figs. 1815, 1819, 1820. Attains 100,
occasionally 150 ft., with horizontal
branches in regular whorls forming
a symmetrical open pyramid. In old
age the head is usually broad and
open and often very picturesque.
Branchlets greenish or light green-
ish brown, glabrous or slightly pu-
berulous : winter-buds ovate, acum-
inate: lvs. soft, bluish green, 2-4 in.
long (or 3^^-5) : cones on stalks >2-l iu. long, cylindric,
slender, often curved, 2-4 in. long, with oblong-obovate
scales : seed red-brown, mottled with black, 3 lines long.
Newfoundland to Manitoba, north to Ga., 111. and Iowa.
8.8.11:538,539. A.G. 12:645; 13:1. Gn. 30, p. 404. -Very
valuable ornamental hardy Pine of rapid growth, sym-
metrical when young, picturesque in old age : no tree is
better adapted to break up the monotonous sky-line of
plantations in northern parks. There are a number of
garden forms occasionally cultivated. Var. ^Iba, Loud,
(var. nivea, Carr.}. Low form of irregular habit, with
almost silvery white foliage. Var. brevifolia. Loud,
(var. nd.na, Knight. Var. pygmcea, Hort.). Dwarf,
compact, round bush, with short lvs. Var. fastigiata,
Beissn. (var. pyraynidaUs, Hort.). With ascending
bi'anches, of narrow pyramidal or columnar habit. Var.
prostr^ta, Arb. Kew. Dwarf, procumlient form, diffuse
and trailing on the ground. Var. umbraculifera, Knight.
Dwarf, flat-topped bush, with short lvs. R.H. 1SG9, p.
38. There are also forms with variegated and with yel-
low foliage.

4. monticola, Don. Mountain White Pine. Tree, to
100 or occasionally 150 ft., with slender, spreading,
somewhat pendulous branches forming a narrow open

1819.

Pinus Strobus.
(XK.)

1820. Pinus Strobus (X ^).

pyramid: branchlets puberulous, yellowish or reddish
brown: winter -buds ovate, acute: lvs, stiff, bluish
green and glaucous, lH-4 in. long, with few inconspic-
uous or no lines on the back: cones short-peduncled,
cylindric, slender, slightly curved, 5-11 in. long, yellow-

PINUS

PINUS

1351

ish brown ; scales pointed by the slightlj' thickened
umbo: seed red-brown, mottled with black, J^ in. long.
Brit. Col. to Idaho and Calif. S.S. 11:540,541. G.F.
5:5, 7. R.H. 1869, p. 120 (as P. Grcezelieri) . -Similar to
P. Strohus, but forming a somewhat narrower, more
slender pyramid; hardy as far north as Mass.

1821. Pinus flexilis (X H)-

5. Lambertiana, Dougl. Sugar Pine. Fig, 1823. Tree,
to 200 or 220 ft., with spreading somewhat pendulous
branches forming a narrow open pyramid ; old trees
usually with flat-topped wide-spreading open head:
branchlets brown, pubescent: winter-buds oblong-obo-
vate, apiculate: Ivs. stout, sharply pointed, dark bluish
green, 3-4 in. long, with conspicuous white lines on the
back: cones on peduncles 2-3K-in. long, cylindric, often
slightly curved, light brown, lustrous. 10-20 in. long:
seed about K in. long, dark brown or nearly black.
Ore. to Mex. S.S. 11:542, 543. tin. 31, p. 152, 153. G.C.
II. 23:11; III. 1:709. -One of the talle-st trees of the
Pacific coast; in the eastern states it is hardy as far
north as Mass., but grows only slowly; has handsome
dark foliage.

6. Ayacahiiite, Ehrenb. {P. Biionapdrtea, Roezl. P.
Don-Pedrii, }icez\. P. Ij02idonidna, Gord.). Tree, to 100
ft., with spreading, slender branches: branchlets yel-
lowish brown, finely pubescent: Ivs. slender and some-
what pendulous, bluish green, 4-6 in. long: cones short-
stalked, cylindric conical, gradually narrowed toward the
apex, often slightly curved, brownish yellow, 9-15 in.
long: seeds about K in. long, gray-brown, mottled dark
brown. North Mex. G.C. 'll. 18:493; III. 20:751, 753.
Gn. 25, pp. 192, 193. — Handsome tree, somewhat resem-
bling the White Pine, but foliage more slender, especially
ornamental with its large cones. Not hardy north.

2. Cembrcv.

7. ilSxilis, James. Limber Pine. Fig. 1821. Tree, to
50, occasionally to 80 ft., \^ith stout horizontal branches
forming a narrow open pyramid, in old age with low,
broad, round-topped head: winter-buds broadly ovate,
slender-pointed: Ivs. rigid, acute, dark green, 1/^-3 in.
long: cones ovate to cylindric-ovate, light brown, 3-6,
rarely 10 in, long; scales rounded at the apex, tipped
with an obtuse, dark umbo, the lower ones elongated
and reflexed: seeds dark brown, mottled with black,
3^-}'o in. long, with narrow wing. Alberta to Calif, and
New'Mpx. S.S. 11:546, 547. G.F. 10:105. -Hardy Pine
of slow growth; seems to be best adapted for ornamen-
tal planting on rocky slopes.

8. parvifldra, Sieb. & Zucc. Tree, to 80 ft., of dense,
pyramidal habit, with slender, horizontal branches;
branchlets liglit greenish brown, puberulous: ivs.
crowded, rather stiff, usually twisted, forming brush-
like tufts at the end of the branchlets, bluish green,
5^-lK in, long : cones ovate or oblong-ovate, almost
sessile, reddish brown, 2-3 in, long: seeds dark brown,
hardly >2 in. long. Japan. S.Z.2:115. — Hardy and very
ornamental Pine, bearing numerous decorative cones
when older. Cultivated plants are often grafted and as-
sume a more irregular habit. In Japan it is often culti-
vated in pots and dwarfed. A.G. 14:212.

9. Koraifensis, Sieb. & Zucc. {P. Mandslnirica, Eupr.).
Pyramidal tree, to 100 ft. : branchlets with yellowish
brown pubescence : winter-buds oblong-ovate, acumi-
nate, dark chestnut-brown: Ivs. straight, dark green
and glossy on the back, bluish white on the inner sides,
2)4-^ in. long: cones almost sessile, conic-ovate, yellow-
ish brown, 4-6 in. long; scales rhombic-obovate, w'ith re-
curved obtuse apex : seed over H in. long, brown, sharply
edged. Japan, Gorea. S.Z. 2:116. Gng. 6:1. — In cultiva-
tion of slow growth, forming a rather dense, broad pyra-
mid, with handsome foliage. One of the best hardy Pines
for smaller gardens.

10. C^mbra, Linn. Swiss Stone Pine. Tree, to 70
or occasionally 120 ft., with spreading usually short
branches forming a narrow, dense pyramid, in old age
often with very picturesque broad, open, round-topped
head: branchlets coated with dense yellowish brown
toiuentum : winter-buds globose-ovate, long acuminate:
Ivs. straight, dark green on back, bluish white inside,
2-.33^ in. long: cones short-peduncled, ovate, obtuse,
light brown, 2K-3/^ in. long; scales broadly ovate,
rounded at apex, apophysis much broader tlian high ;
seed % in. long. M. European, Alps to N. Russia and N.
Asia. G.C. II. 17:80, 81; III. 24:4.59. Gn. 19, p. 369;
28, p. 175, 182. Gt. 45, p. 205. -Handsome hardy Pine
of slow growth and symmetrical habit when young.
Var. Sibirica, Loud., has shorter Ivs. and longer cones,
and is of narrower habit and more vigorous growth.
Var. pi^imila. Pall. See P. pumila in suppl. list.

II. Pinaster.
3. Gernrdiana'.

11. Bungeina, Zucc. Lace Bark Pine. White Baki;
Pine. Tree, to 80 or 100 ft., with long and slender
branches: bark flaky, light gray: young branches gray-
ish green, glabrous: Ivs. rigid, acute, light green, 2-4
in. long: cones almost sessile, conic-ovate, light yellow-

Pinus edulis (X

ish brown, 2-3 in. long; apophysis much broader than
high, ridged, with a triangular pointed and recurved
umbo: seed dark brown, with narrow wing, ^ii-J^ in.
long. N. China. G.C. II. 18:9. — Hardy slow-growing
tree of bushy habit in cultivation and with rather sparse
light green foliage.

1352

PINUS

4. Oetnbroides.

12. Parryina, Engelm. {P.quadrifdlia,
Sudw.)- Nut Fine. Pinnon. Tree, to 40
ft., with stout, spreading branches, form-
ing a regular pyramid but usually round-
topped and irregular in old age: branch-
lets puberulous, light grayish brown:
Ivs. '6-0, usually 4, rigid, incurved, pale
glaucous green, \%-l% in. long: cone
subglobose, 13^-2 in. broad, chestnut-
brown, lustrous ; apophysis thick, pyra-
midal, conspicuously keeled; umbo with
minute recurved prickle: seed about j4
in. long. Calif. S.S. 11:549. -Not hardy
north.

13. 6dulis, Engelm. Nut Pine. Fig.
1822. Small tree, 10-20 or occasionally to 40
ft., with horizontal branches, bushy when
young, with low, round-topped head in old
age: branchlets light yellowish brown, pu-
berulous at first: Ivs. 2-3, rigid, dark green,
%-!% in. long: cones almost sessile, broadly
ovate, greenish yellow, lustrous, about 1J4
in. long ; apophysis pyramidal, strongly
keeled; umbo with minute recurved tip:
seed % ill. long, with narrow wing remain-
ing attached to the scale. Colo, to North
Mex. and Tex. S.S. 11:552. -Hardy as far
north as Mass., forming a slow-growing
and compact bush. The seeds are an im-
portant article of food among the Indians.

14. monophylla, Torr. & Frem. (P. Fre-
mnntidna , Endl.). Tree, 15-20, occasionally
to 50 ft., similar to the preceding: branch-
lets light orange, glabrous: Ivs. usually
solitary, sometimes 2, terete, rigid, spin-
escent, glaucous green , %-l K in. long ;
cones broadly ovate, light brown, 13-2-2
in. long; apophysis depressed-pyramidal,
ridged, the flattened umbo with a minute
incurved tip: seed M in. long. Calif, to
Colo, and Ariz. S.S. 11: 551. G.C. II. 20:
44: 26:137. — Of slow growth, hardy as far
north as Mass. The solitary leaf has been
believed to consist of two connate ones, but
this is certainly not the case, as the one
fibro-vascular bundle plainly shows.

5. Balfouriame .

15. Balfomi^na, Jeffrey. Foxtail Pine.
Tree, to 40, occasionally 90 ft., narrow pyr-
amidal when young, irregular and open in
old age: branchlets dark brown, puberulous
at first: Ivs. crowded, incurved and pressed
against the branches, rigid, acute, dark
green on the back, white inside, 1-1?^ in.
long, remaining for 10 or 12 years on the
branches ; cones pendulous, subcylindrie,
dark purplish brown, 3^-5 in. long; apophy-
sis flattened, the concave oblong umbo with
minute incurved prickle: seed % in. long,
Calif. S.S. 11:553. -Not hardy north. Var,
arist&ta, Engelm. (P. aristdta, Engelm.).
Bushy tree, occasionally to 50 ft., sometimes
a semi - prostrate shrub : branchlets of
lighter color and almost glabrous: Ivs. with
less conspicuous white lines inside: cones
cylindric-ovate, 3-33^ in. long; apophysis
elevated ; umbo with a slender incurved
spine to ^ in. long. Calif, to Utah and Ariz.
S.S. 11:554. G.C. III. 20:719. -Hardy as
far north as Mass.; in cultivation usually
a handsome low, bushy shrub of distinct
habit: Ivs. often sprinkled with resinous
dots.

6. Pseudostrohi.

16. Torreyana, Parry. Soledad Pine.
Tree, to 40 or occasionally to 60 ft., with
spreading and sometimes ascending
branches: branchlets greenish or purplish,
bloomy, glabrous: Ivs. rigid, dark green, 8-
13 in. long: cones broadly ovate, 4-6 in.

1823. Cones of Pines.
Beginning nt the top: P.
Coil Iter i. La m bertia na,
pxlitstris. radiata. (X 1-5.)

PINUS

long, chocolate-brown ; apophysis low-
pyramidal, umbo elongated and reflexed
with short spiiiy tip: seeds % in. long,
short-winged. S. Calif. S.S. 11:557, 558.
— Rarely cult.; not hardy north.

7. Tmhe.
17. Sabini^na, Dougl. Digger Pine.
Bull Pine. Tree, to 50 or occasionally
80 ft., usually divided into several stems,
with short crooked branches, the lower
ones pendent, the upper ones ascending,
forming a round-topped head: Ivs. slen-
der, flexible, pale bluish green, 8-12 in.
long: cones pendent on about 2-in. long
stalks, oblong-ovate, light red-brown,
6-10 in. long ; apophysis pyramidal,
sharply keeled, flattened at the straight or
incurved apex, the lower scales with much
recurved apex: seeds % in. long, short-
winged. Calif. S.S. 11:569. G.C. III. 4:43;
5:45. F.S.9:964.-Nothardynorth. Distinct
Pine of loose habit and with sparse pale
foliage. The seeds are edible.

18. Cdulteri, DonfP. macrocdrpft, Lindl.).
Pitch Pine. Fig. 1823. Tree, to SO ft., with
stout branches, pendulous below and as-
cending above, forming a loose pyramidal
head : winter-buds oblong-ovate, resinous:
Ivs. stout, acuminate, dark bluish green,
6-12 in. long: cones short-stalked, pendent,
cylindric-ovate, yellowish brown, 9-14 in.
long; apophysis elongated-pyramidal, nar-
rowed into the compressed spiny- tipped
straight or incurved umbo: seed % in. long.
Calif. S.S. 11:571, 572. G.C. 11. 23:409,
413; III. 4:765. -Not hardy north. Old
trees are often very picturesqtie and the
large cones are conspicuous and ornamental.

19. J6ffreyi, Murray (P. ponderd:^(if rav.
Jeffrey if Vasey). Jeffrey's Pine. Tree,
to 120 or occasionally to 180 ft., with short
spreading or often pendulous branches, the
uppermost ascending, forming an open pyr-
amidal and sometimes narrow spire -like
head : young branches fragrant when
broken : winter-buds oblong-ovate, not res-
inous: Ivs. stout, acute, pale bluish green,
5-8 in. long: cones conic-ovate, light brown,
6-12 in. long; apophysis depressed, keeled;
umbo elongated into a slender recurved
spine: seed about }^ in. long. Ore. to Calif.
S.S. 11:562, 563. "G.C. II. 22:813; III.
5:361, 369. G.P. 5:185. -Distinct and orna-
mental Pine of symmetrical habit when
young, hardy as far north as Mass. Among
the hardier species this Pine has the long-
est Ivs.

20. ponderdsa, Dougl. (P. BeniJiamidna,
Hartw.). Yellow Pine. Bvll Pine. Figs.
1807-9. Tree, to 150, occasionally to 230 ft.,
with stout spreading and often pendulous
branches usually ascending at the ends and
forming a narrow, spire-like head: branch-
lets reddish brown, fragrant when broken :
winter-buds oblong-ovate or ovate, resinous :
Ivs. acute, dark green. 5-11 in. long: cones
almost sessile, often in clusters, ovate-ob-
long, light reddish or yellowish brown and
lustrous, 3-6 in. long; apophysis depressed-
pyramidal or flattened, with a broadly tri-
angular umbo terminated by a stout, usu-
ally recurved prickle ; lower scales with
more elongated apex : seed K in. long.
Brit. Col. to Mex., east to Neb. and Tex.
S.S. 11:560, 561. G. F. 8:395. G.C. III. 8:
557, 561, 569. — One of the tallest and most
important Pines of the western states.
Hardy as far north as New York, and in
sheltered positions to Mass. Var. p6ndula,
H.W. Sarg., has drooping branches. Var.
scopuldrum, Engelm. (P. scopuloruw,
Lemm.), is a geographical var., smaller in

I

PIXUS

PINUS

1353

every part: usually to 75 ft. high: Its. 5-7 in. long,
sometimes in 2's: cones smaller, ovate. S. Dakota to N.
Mes. and Tex. S.S. 11:564. G.C. 11. 9: 797. -Somewhat
hardier than the type.

1824. Pinus rigida (X \,).

21. Taeda, Linn. Loblolly Pine. Old Field Pine.
Frankincense Pine. Tree, to 100, occasionally to 170
ft., with spreading branches, the upper ascending, form-
ing a compact, round-topped head: branchlets yellowish
brown, sometimes slightly bloomy: winter-buds oblong,
resinous: Ivs. slender but stiff, acute, bright green, 6-9
in. long: cones sessile, spreading, conic-oblong, light
reddish brown, 3-5 in. long; apophysis flattened or de-
pressed-pyramidal; umbo small, with short, triangular,
recurved spine, lower scales not elongated: seed % in.
long. Del. to Fla. and Tes. S.S. 11:577, 578. -Not hardy
north and rarely cult, for ornament.

22. Cuh^nsis, Griseb. {P. lieterophyUa, Sudw. P.
Elliditii, Engelm.). Slash Pine. Swamp Pine.
Tree, to 100 or 120 ft., with horizontally spreading
branches forming a round-topped broad and compact
head: branchlets orange-brown: winter-buds cylindric,
light brown: Ivs. dark green and lustrous, acute, in 3's
and 2's, 8-12 in. long, with internal resin-ducts: cones
short-peduncled, conic-oblong, dark brown and glossy,
3-6J^ in. long; apophysis flattened, keeled; umbo small,
with minute recurved prickles: seed %-% in. long. Ga.
to Fla., near the coast. S.S. 11:591, 592. — Handsome
Pine, with compact broad head, hardy onlj'" south.

23. palustris, Mill. (P. mistrdUs, Michx.). Long-
leafed Pine. Southern Pine. Fig. 1823. Tree, to 100
or 120 ft. with ascending branches forming an ob-
long open head: branchlets orange-brown; winter-buds
whitish, oblong: Ivs. crowded, forming tufts at the end
of branchlets, dark green, 8-18 in. long, with internal
resin-ducts: cones almost sessile, cylindric, dull brown,
G-10 in. long; apophysis flattened; umbo dark brown,
with triangular, reflexed short spines : seed almost % in.
long. Va. and Fla., to Miss, along the coast. S.S. 11:589,
590. G.P. 10:115. — Very importanttimbertree, butrarely
planted for ornament; hardy only south Branches are
imported in great quantities into the northern cities in
midwinter and used for decorations on account of their
large, handsome foliage.

24. Canari^nsis, C. Sm. Tree, to 80 ft., with slendei
branches forming a broad, round-topped head: branch-
lets yellowish: Ivs. slender, spreading and pendulous,
light green and lustrous, 9-12 in. long, with parenchy-
matous resin-ducts: cones cylindric-ovate, 4-8 in. long;
apophysis low - pyramidal, irregularly 4 - sided, light
brown and glossy, with obtuse umbo: seed % in. long.
Canary Isl. G.C. III. 3:721. — Handsome Pine, cult, in
Calif, and in colder regions, sometimes in the green-
house.

25. longifdlia, Lamb. (P. PdxhnrgJti, Sarg. ). Tree,
to 100 ft. or more, with roiind-to]>jted symmetrical head:
branchlets light yellow brown: winter-buds oblong, light

chestnut-brown, not resinous: Ivs. slender, pendulous^
light green, 8-12 in. long, with peripheral resin-ducts:
cones short-stalked, conic-ovate, 4-7 in. long; apophysis-
elongated - pyramidal, compressed, more or less re-
curved; umbo obtuse: seed %-l in. long. Himal. — Im-
portant forest tree in its native country. Not hardy
north, but cult, in Calif. Very decorative as a young
plant, with its long drooping light green foliage.

2G. tuberculata, Gord. (P. aftemidta, Lerani.). Knob-
cone Pine. Tree, usually 20, occasionally to 100 ft.,
with slender horizontal branches ascending at the ends,
forming a broad pyramid, with open, round-topped
head in old age: bark thin, scaly: young branches
slender, dark orange-brown: winter-buds oblong-ovate,
dark brown : Ivs. slender, acuminate, pale yellowish or
bluish green, 3-7, usually 4-5 in. long: cones short-
stalked, usually in clusters, elongated-conical, 3K-6 in.
long, upper scales with pyramidal apex; umbo promi-
nent, sharply pointed and recurved, lower scales with
depressed apex and small prickly umbo: seed K in.
long. Ore. to Calif. S.S. 11:575, 576. G.C. II. 24:784,
785. P.S. 5, p. 51/c. — Of little ornamental value and not
hardy north. Usually a bushy tree with sparse dull
foliage.

27. radi&ta, Gord. (P. insufnls, Dougl. P. Monterey-
hisis, Hort.). Monterey Pine. Fig. 1823. Tree, to 80
or 100 ft., with stout, spreading branches forming an
irregular open, round-topped head; bark thick, fur-
rowed: branchlets brown: buds ovate, bright chestnut-
brown: Ivs. acute, bright green, 4-6 in. long: cones
short-stalked, conic-ovate, upper scales with elevated,
rounded, almost hemispherical and obscurely keeled
apex; umbo small, with minute straight or recurved
prickle, lower scales with almost flattened apex: seed
black, M in. long. S.Calif. S.S. 11:573, 574. F.S. 6,
p. 44. G.C. III. 9:336, 341. Gn. 36, p. 47; 49, p. 312.-
Handsome species with bright green foliage and of rapid
growth and bushy habit when young; valuable for sea-
side planting. Not hardy north.

28. rigida, Mill. Pitch Pine. Figs. 1813, 1824-1827.
Tree, to 80 ft., with horizontally spreading branches
forming an open, irregular pyramid : branchlets light
brown: winter-buds ovate or ovate-oblong, chestnut-
brown: Ivs. stiff and spreading, acuminate, dark green,

1825. Pinus rigida. with young cones (X K).

2-5 in. long: cones almost sessile, often in clusters,
ovate, light brown, 2—4 in. long; apophysis little ele-
vated; umbo triangular, ending in a slender, recurved
prickle: seed dark brown, 34 in. long. New Brunswick
to Ga., west to Ontario and Ky. S.S. 11:579. G.F.
4:402; 10:195. Gn. 31, p. 128, 132. M.D.G. 1S96:30L-

1354

PINUS

PINUS

Hardy Pine of rapid growth when young and easily
raised from seed ; grows on dry and sterile soil. As an
ornamental plant it may be used on dry and rocky
slopes, where it becomes often very picturesque when

1826. Pinus rigida, recent cone {X ^s).

older. It sprouts readily from stumps if cut down or
destroyed by fire.

8. Lariclones.

29. echlnita, Mill. (P. mHts, Michs.). Spruce Pine.
Yellow Pine. Tree, to 100 or 120 ft., with slender often
pendulous branches in regular whorls : winter-buds ob-
long-ovate, brown: Ivs. slender, acute, dark bluish
green, sometimes in 3's, 3-.5 in. long : cones short-
stalked or almost sessile, conic-oblong, dull brown, 132~
2 in. long; apophysis flattened ; umbo little elevated,
with short straight or curved prickle : seeds one-fifth
to M in. long. N. Y. to Fla., west to 111. and Tex. S.S.
11:587. — Handsome tree, with broad, oval head, hardy
as far north as Mass.

30. Virgini^na, Mill. <P. 'mops, Mt.). ScKtm Pine.
Jersey Pine. Tree, to 40. or sometimes to 100 ft., with
slender horizontal or pendulous branches in remote and
irregular whorls, forming a broad, open pyramid or
sometimes flat-topped : winter-buds oblong, dark brown
Ivs. stiff, twisted, spreading, aeutish, l/i-214 in. long
cones conic-oblong, reddish brown, lK-2}i in. long
apophysis little elevated, with a broad, depressed-pyra-

in a short recurved prickle: seed
pale brown, hi in. long. N.Y. to
S. C west to Ky. and Ind. S.S.
11:581. — Hardy as far north as
Mass., but of little ornamental
merit. Valuable in the Middle
States for covering dry and bar-
ren soil.

31. divaricata, Dum.-Cours.CP.
BanksiAna, Lamb.). Tree, to 70
ft., but usually lower and some-
times shrubby, with slender,
spreading branches, forming a
broad, open head : branchlets
yellowish to purplish brown :
winter-buds oblong-ovate, light
brown, very resinous: Ivs. stiff,
twisted, spreading, acute or ob-
tusish, dark or bright green,
about 1 in. long: cones conic-ob-
long, usually curved, pale yellow-
brown and lustrous, unarmed, l>2-2 in. long, remaining
on the tree for 12 or 15 years; apophj'sis flattened, with
a transverse line and a small dark obtuse umbo: seed
black, Ys in. long. Hudson bay to N. Y., west to Minn.

midal umbo ending

1827.

Old cone of Pitch Pine
—Pinus rigida (X K).

S.S. 11:588. — The most nortliern of all American Pines
and quite hardy, but not of much ornamental value.

32. claiisa, Sarg. {P. inops, var. claiisa, Engelm.).
Sand Pine. Spruce Pine. Figs. 1828, 1829. Tree, to
20, occasionally to 70 ft,, with slender, spreading
branches: branchlets red-brown: winter-buds oblong,
obtuse, not or little resinous: Ivs. slender and flexible,
acute, dark green, 2-3 in. long: cones short-stallced,
often oblique at the base, conic-ovate, dark reddish
brown, 2-33^ in. long, remaining closed for 3 or 4 years
after ripening and often becoming enveloped by the
growing wood of the stem; apophysis depressed pyra-
midal, conspicuously keeled; umbo with a short, stout
spine. Pla. and Ala. near the coast. S.S. 11:582. G.P.
5:161. — Little known in cultivation and not hardy north.

33. cont6rta, Dougl. (P. Boldnderi, Pari.). Scrub
Pine. Tree, to 20, occasionally to 30 ft., with rather
stout branches forming a round-topped compact or
open head, or a tree, to 80 and occasionally 150 ft., with
a narrow pyramidal head: branchlets light orange or
orange-brown: buds orate, dark chestnut-brown, resi-
nous: Ivs. stiff, twisted, aeutish, dark green, 1-3K in.
long: cones ovate or conic-ovate, oblique at the base,
1-2 in. long, light yellowish brown and lustrous, scales
of the upper side with elevated, pyramidal apex, the
dark umbo ending in a slender incurved spine. Alaska
to Calif., west to Mont, and Colo.— Var. Boldnderi,
Koehne, the typical form, is a low tree, with shorter,
1-2-in. long Ivs. and with very oblique cones, often re-
maining closed for several years after maturity. S.S.
11:567. G.C. II. 19:45. Var. Murrayina, Engelm. {P.
Murray dna, Murr. P. Botiisieri, Carr.), is the form in
the Rocky Mts., and a taller tree of pyramidal habit, witli
longer, lK-3K-in. long Ivs., less oblique cones, opening
usually soon after maturity. S.S. 11:568. G.C.' 1869:191
and R.H. 1869, p. 278 (as P. Tanirac). R.H. 1854, p.
226. In cultivation it is usually a bushy, low tree and
seems hard}'' north.

34. pungens, Michx. Table Mountain Pine. Pov-
erty Pine. Tree, to 30, occasionally to 60 ft., with
stout spreading branches forming a broad, open, often
flat-topped head : branchlets light orange: winter-buds
oblong, obtuse, dark chestnut-brown: Ivs. stout, twisted,
sharply pointed, dark green, \'^-2% in. long : cones
conic-ovate, oblique at the base, light brown, 2K-3>2 in-
long; apophysis pyramidal and conspicuously keeled,
the conical elongated umbo ending in a stout curved
spine: seed light brown, % in. long. N. J. to N. C. and
Tenn. S.S. 11:584. — Hardy as far north as Mass., but
of little ornamental value.

35. muric^ita, Don. Pkickle-cone Pine. Tree, to ,50,
occasionally to 90 ft., with stout, spreading branches

1828. Cone of Pinus clausa, grown over by the branch (X K).

forming a regular pyramid in young trees, in old age
\isiially round-topped and compact: branches orange-
brown: winter-buds ovate, dark brown, resinous: Ivs.
stiff, usually twisted, acute, dark green, 4-7 in. long:
cones usually clustered, oblong-ovate, oblique at the
base, chestnut-brown, 2-3^ in. long; scales of the upper
side with elongated conical apex terminated by a dark
triangular spiny umbo, scales of the lower side more
flattened, with slender straight spines; the cones usu-
ally remain closed for several years after maturity:

PINUS

PIN US

1355

seeds almost black, K in. Ions;. Calif. S.S. 11:585, 586.
G.F. 10:235. F.S. 5, p. 517. G.C. II. 21:48, 49, 53. -Hand-
some Pine, with regular, pyramidal head ; not hardy
north.

36. Larloio, Poir. Corsican Pine. Tree, to 100 or
occasionally 150 ft., with stout, spreading branches in
regular whorls forming a symmetrical pyramid, in old
age sometimes broad and Hat-topped: brancblets usu-
ally light brown : buds ovate or oblong-ovate, light
brown, resinous: Ivs. stiff, acute, dark green, 3K-6K
in. long: cones sessile, ovate, yellowish brown, glossy,
usually 2-3K in. long; apophysis depressed, conspicu-
ously keeled; umbo flattened, obtuse or with a very short
prickle: seeds gvay, }4 in. long. S. Eu. to W. Asia.—
Very variable and usually the following 4 vars. are
distinguished : Var. Austrlaca, Endl. (var. nigricans,
Pari. P. Austr'taca,'B.bss. P. nigra, 'Bovt.). Austrian
Pine. Pigs. 1814, 1830. Tall tree, with broadly ovate
head and very dark green, rigid foliage: branchlets
grayish brown. S.E. Eu., from Austria to Dalmatia
and Roumania. Gn. 19, p. 477; 38, p. 113. Mn. 10, p. 170.
R.H. 1894, p. 271. Var. Calabrica, Delam. Tall tree, with
shorter ascending branches forming a narrower, less
dense head : Ivs. of lighter green : branchlets light
brown. Italy, Sicilv. Gn. 27, p. 321; 29, p. 104; 36, p.
523; 52, p. 219. G.C. II. 21:15; III. 4:693, 705. Var.
Fallasiana, Endl. Tall tree, with long and stout
branches : Ivs. dark green and glossy : cones light
brown, about 4 in. long. W. Asia. G.C. II. 20:785;
21:481. Var. Cebennensis, Gren. & Godr. (P. Sdlzmanni,
Dun. P. MoHspeliSnsh, Salzm. P. PyrenMca, Hort.,
not Lapeyr. P. Cebennhisis, Hort. P. Jiorizontdlis,
Hort.). Tree, to 60 ft.: branchlets orange-colored:
Ivs. slender, to 6% in. long : cones small, about 2 in.
long. Var. pygmtiea, Ranch. Dwarf, dense, bushy form.
The first-named var. is the hardiest and hardy north,
while the others are at least hardy as far north as Mass.
They are of rapid growth and conspicuous by their
large, dark green foliage. Var. Cebennensis is espe-
cially very handsome as a young plant, with its long,
dense leaves.

37. Pinaster, Ait. {P. marUima, Poir.). Cluster
Pine. Tree, to 100 ft., with spreading or sometimes
pendulous branches forming a pyramidal head : branch-
lets bright reddish brown: buds oblong-oval, brown, not
resinous: Ivs. stiff, acute, usually twisted, glossy green,
5-9 in. long: cones short-peduncled, clustered, conic-
oblong, light brown and glossy, 4-7 in. long; apophysis
pyramidal, conspicuously keeled with prominent tri-
angular, acute umbo : seed grayish brown, Ya in. long.
S. Eu., near the coast. Gn. 14, p. 20. — Handsome Pine
of regular, pyramidal habit and rapid growth, but not
hardy north. In England it is much used for seaside
planting and the vars. HAmiltoni, Pari.,

var. Lemonl&na, Endl., and var, minor,
Loisel., are occasionally cult, in English
gardens.

Several horticultural vars. have been introduced from
.lapan: one of the most distinct is var. 0 cuius -draconis,
Mayr, each leaf being marked with 2 yellow bands and
therefore the tufts of the Ivs. at the end of the branches.

1829. Cone of Pinus clausa. Natural size.

38. Thunbergi, Pari. (P. Massonichia, Sieb. & Zucc,
not Lamb.). .Japanese Black Pine. Tree, to 100 ft. or
occasionallj' 120 ft., with spreading, often somewhat
pendulous branches, forming a broad, pyramidal head:
branchlets orange - yellow, the winter buds oblong,
grayish or silvery white : Ivs. stiff, sharply pointed,
bright green, 3-4 >2 in. long: cones short-stalked, conic-
ovate, grayish brown, 2-3 in. long; apophysis flattened,
with small, depressed umbo, obtuse or with a minute
prickle: seed grayish brown, K in. long. Japan. G.C.
11.23:345. S.Z. 2:113. — Handsome tree and hardy north.

1830. Austrian Pine— Pinus Laricio, var. Austriaca {X %).

if seen from above, show alternate yellow and green
rings, hence the name Oculiis -draconis (dragon-eye).
Var. variegita has the Ivs. partly yellow or occasionally
wholly yellowish white. There are also similar forms in
P. densiflora . which may be distinguished by the brown
color of the winter buds.

9. Sijlvestres.
39. Pinea, Linn. Stone Pine. Tree, to 80 ft., with
long, horizontally spreading branches forming in older
trees abroad, flat-topped head: branchlets pale brown:
buds with revolute scales, oblong-ovate, not resinous:
Ivs. rigid, acute, bright green, 5-8 in. long: cones broadly
ovate, chestnut-brown, 4-5K in. long ; apophysis de-
pressed-pyramidal, radiately ridged; umbo flat, obtuse:
seed reddish-brown, % in. long, edible. S. Eu. G.C. II
20:45; III. 4:604, 605. Gn. 27, p. 245-247; 50, p. 460.-
Tree of picturesque habit, with a trunk usually desti-
tute of branches for a considerable height
and with a wide-spreading parasol-like head.
Not hardy north; in*.wanner regions often
cultivated for its edible seeds.

40. resindsa, Ait. Red Pine. Norway-
Pine. Tree, to 70, occasionally to 150 ft., with
stout spreading and sometimes pendulous
branches forming a broad pyramidal head
when young and an open round-topped one
in old age: branchlets orange-color: buds
ovate, acuminate, light brown, resinous: Ivs
slender and flexible, acute, dark green and
lustrous, 4-6 in. long : cones subsessile,
conic-ovate, light brown, lyi-I^ in. long ;
apophysis flattened, conspicuously keeled,
obtuse, with small dark unarmed umbo ; seeds dark
brown, % in. long. Newfoundland to Manitoba, south
to Pa. and Minn. S.S. 11:550,551. A. G. 12:645. -One
of the most ornamental Pines for northern parks, quite
hardy and of vigorous growth. Lumber tree.

41. Halepensis, Mill. Aleppo Pine. Tree, to 60 ft.,
with short branches forming an open, round-topped
head: branchlets slender, yellowish or light greenish
brown: winter-buds small, cylindric, not resinous: Ivs.
sometimes in 3's, slender, bluish or dark green, 2^2^
in. long: cones conic-ovate or conic-oblong, yellowish

1356

PINUS

PINUS

brown, unarmed, 2K-3K in. long; apophysis flattened,
with a transversal line and a little or not elevated
obtuse umbo: seed H in. long. Mediterranean region.
G. 0.11.22:553; III. 3 :G29.- Not hardy north and of little
ornamental value, but recommended for seaside plant-
ing. Trunk usually slender and destitute of branches
for a considerable height: foliage thin and sparse, in
tufts at the end of branchlets. Var. Pithyusa, Stov., is
a smaller tree with slenderer branches, lunger Ivs. and
smaller cones. W. Asia.

42. Massoniana, Lamb. {P, Sm^nsis, Lamb.). Tree,
to 80 ft., with slender, spreading branches: branchlets
yellowish brown : Ivs. very slender and thin, light
green, 5-8 in. long: cones oblong-ovate or ovate, dull
brown, 2-3 in. long; apophysis flattened, slightly keeled,
with a small, flat, unanned umbo: seed 1-5 in. long.
Ohina. — Not hardy north and rarely cult. Often con-
founded with P. Thiinbergi and P. densiflora.

43. densifldra, Sieb. & Zucc. Japanese Red Pine.
Tree, to 100 ft., with spreading branches forming an
irregular, rather broad head: branchlets orange-yellow,
bloomy: buds oblong -ovate, chestnut -brown: Ivs.
slender, acute, bright bluish green, 2K-5 in. long:
cones short- stalked, conic -ovate to oblong, grayish
brown, somewhat oblique at the base, about 2 in. long;
apophysis flattened and slightly ridged, those near
the base sometimes elongated; umbo small, with a short
prickle or obtuse: seed grayish yellow, % in. long. Jap.
S Z. 2:112. — Ornamental hardy tree, rapidly growing
when young, often very picturesque when older. Many
garden forms are cult, in Japan, several of them with
variegated Ivs. The best are perhaps var. ailrea, Mayr,
with yellow foliage; var. albo-terminata, Mayr, with the
tips of the Ivs. yellowish white, and var. Oculusdracdnis,
Mayr, like var. variegata, Mayr, similar to the vars. of
the same name under P. TJtunbergi.

44. sylv6stris, Linn. Scotch or Scots Pine. Fig. 1831.
Tree, to 70 or occasionally 120 ft., with spreading, often
somewhat pendulous branches, pyramidal when young,
"With broad and round-topped often picturesque head in
old age: branchlets dull grayish yellow: winter-biids
oblong-ovate, brown, resinous : Ivs. rigid, acute, twisted,
bluish green, 1 3^-2-3 in. long : cones short - stalked,
conic-oblong, grayish or reddish brown, lJ^-23^ in.
long; apophysis little thickened, slightly keeled, only
those near the base elongated; umbo small, obtuse: seed
dark gray, 1-6 in. long. En. to W. and N. Asia. Gn. 36,
p. 167; 38, p. 455; 49, p. 296. -One of the most impor-
tant timber trees of Europe. It is quite hardy, but has
little to reoomniend it as an ornamental tree. Several
geograp]iic:d and garden forms have been distinguished.
Var. arg6ntea, Stev. Foliage light bluish green, with
silvery hue. Var. aiirea, Hort., w^ith the young Ivs,
golden yellow. Var. columnaris compaeta, Bailly.

45. montaua, Mill. Swiss Mountain Pine. Very vari-
able in habit, usually low, often prostrate shrub, some-
times pyramidal tree to 40 ft., similar to the preceding:
branchlets usually of darker, brownish color: Ivs. bright
green, acutish, stout, crowded, %-2 in. long: cones ovate
or conic-ovate, %~2}4 in. long; apophysis often pyra-
midal; umbo light gray, surrounded by a blackish ring.

1831. Scotch Pine— Pinus sylvestris (X yd).

Dwarf, dense, columnar form. R.H. 1889, p. 393. Var.
fastigi^ta, Carr. (var. pyramidtilis, Hort.). Of pyra-
midal habit. N. 3:146. Var. p6ndula, Hort. With pen-
duloiis branches. Var. pumila, Hort. Dwarf globose
bush.

1832. Mu^ho Pine— Pinus tnontana, var. Mughus.

Mts. ofM. En. Gn. 30, p. 225. Mn. 5, p. 49. -Handsome
hardy low shrub with ascending branches densely
clothed with bright green foliage; ornamental as single
specimens or for covering rocky slopes and as under-
growth in open woods. A very variable species which
has been divided according to the cones into the follow-
ing 3 vars. or subspecies. Var. uncinata, Willk. (in-
cluding var. rostrdfa and rofundctta, Ant.). Cone very
oblique, usually deflexed; apophysis pyramidal, with
often reflexed umbo. Often arborescent. Var. Pumilio.
Willk. {P. Pumilio, Haenke. P. Carpdtica, Hort.).
Cone regular, subglobose to ovate, before maturity
glaucous and usually violet-purple, ripe yellowish or
dark brown. Var. Miiglius, Willk. {P. Mughns, Scop.).
Fig. 1832. Cone regular, conical or conic-oval, with
usually prickly umbos, not bloomy, yellowish brown be-
fore ripening, cinnamon-brown when ripe.

P. Abies, Linu.=Pieea exeelsa.— P. albicaidis, Engelm. Py-
ramidal tree, to 30, rarely 60 ft., sometimes shrubby: allied to
P. tiexilis: bark whitish or light browii: eones smaller, 1^-3/^
in., subglobose or oval, purplish brown. Brit. Col. to Calif, and
Wyo. S.S. 11:548. G.C. 11.24:9. Probably as hardy as P. flesi-
lis. — P. Alephisis, Poir.=P.Halepensis. — P. Arizdnica, Engelm.
Tree, to 100 ft., with pyramidal or open, round-topped head:
allied to P. Torreyaua ; Ivs. shorter, 5-7 in. long : cones
smaller, 2-2/^ in., with recurved spines. Ariz. S.S. 11:559.— P.
Armdndi, Franch. Chinese species, allied to P. parviflora.
i'oimg plants without name, raised from Chinese seed in the
Arnold Arboretum, seem to t)eIong here: similar in foliage to
P. Koraiensis, but branchlets glabrous: Ivs. 3-4^2 in. long, with
peripheral resin-ducts. Has proved hardy and promises to be-
come an ornamental Pine. ---P. Briitia, Ten,=P. Pyrenaica. —
P. cemhroldes, Zucc. (P. osteosperma, Engelm.), Biishy tree,
with round-topped head, to 30. rarely to 60 ft.: allied to P. edu-
lis: Ivs. slenderer, brightgreen, lj-2~2in. long: cones somewhat
larger. Ariz, to Calif, and Mex. S.S. 11:550. G-.F. 4:353. F.S.
4, p. 325 b.— P. Chihuahudna, Engelm. Allied to P. ponderosa,
but veiT distinct by its deeidvious sheaths: tree, to 40, rarely
60 ft.: Ivs. slender, pale gi-een, 2^-4 in. long: cones broadly
ovate, 1/^-2 in., with small, recurved prickles. Calif, to N. Mex.
and Mex. S.S. n:.56G. G.F. 8:24. Tender and of little orna-
mental value.— P. Gerardidna, D. Don, Tree, to 60 ft., with
broad, round-topped head; allied to P. Bungeana: Ivs. bluish
green. 2j^Hi in. long: cones 6-9 in. long, with the tips of scales
reflexed; seeds short-winged, to 1 in. long, edible. Himal. Not
hardy worth..— P. glabra, Walt. Cedab Pine. Spruce Pine.
Pyramidal tree, to 80, rarely 120 ft.; allied to P. echinata; Ivs.
dark green. \%-Z in. long; cones broadly to oblong-ovate. lM~
2 in. long. S. C. to Fla. and La. S.S. 11:583. Hardy only south.
— P. Gordoniana, Hartw. =P. Moutezumje. — P. Grenvillea;,
Gord.=Montezumje. — P. Heldreichi, Christ. Small tree, allied
toP. Laricio; Ivs. 3-4 in. long; cone 3 in. long, with impressed
dull umbo furnished with a small curved prickle. Greece. G.C.
II. 21:740.— P. insularis, Endl. Tall tree: Ivs. 3, flaccid and
vei-y slender, 7-9 in. long: cones conic-ovate. 2%-^ in. long:
scales with low pyramidal, sharply keeled apex and obtuse or on
the upper scales raucronulate umbo. Pliihppine Islands. Not
yet introduced.— P. latifblia, Sarg. (P. Mayriana, Sudw.). Tree,
to 60 ft., allied to P. ponderosa: Ivs. ]2-15 in. long and 1-16 in.
wide: cones oblique at the base, 3-4 in. long. Ariz. S.S. 11:565.
G F. 2:496; 8:25. Not hardy north.— P. latisqudvia, Engelm.
Allied to P. Parryana : Ivs. 5, slender, lK~2 in. long: cones
peduncled, cylindric-ovate, 3-4 in. long; apophysis depressed
and obtuse. Mex. G.C. II. 18:713.— P. ^ewcorferrm's, Ant. Tree,
to 80 ft., with pyramidal head: allied to P. Laricio; bark light
gray: Ivs. dark green, 2-4 in. long: cones oblong-ovate, light

PINUS

PIQUERIA

1357

grayish brown, dull, about 3 in. long. S. E. Eu. Probably hardy
north.— P. Mayridiia, Sudw.=P. latifolia. — P. macrophylla,
Liudl., not Carr.=P. Montezumse.— P. Montezuma;, Lamb. (P.
Gordoniaua. Hartw. P. (iren\T.Uea3, Gord. P. maerophylla,
LindL, not Oarr.). Tree, to 80 ft. and more: allied to P. Tor-
reyaua: Ivs. alaucous or green, 7-16 in. long: cones 4-14 in. long,
light brown; apophysis depressed pyramidal, with a short, re-
curved spine. Mex. G.C. III. 8:465-467. 475; 15:271,273. Gn.
56, p. 481; 58, p. 397. Very variable species, as the numerous
{about 70) synonyms show. Not hardy north. — P. osteosperma,
Eugelm. = P. cembroides.— P. pdtula, Schiede. Allied to P.
TiBda: tree, to 80 it.: Its. sometimes 4 or 5, drooping, light
green. 7-9 in. long; cones oblong-ovate, oblique, with depressed
knobs, 4 in. long. Mes. G.C. II. 23:108,109, 117; III. 9:435.
Graceful tree, but not hardy north.— P. pentaphylla, Mayr.
Allied to P. parviflora.but seeds long- winged, two-fifths in. long:
Ivs. stouter and longer, \vith conspicuous white lines inside:
<!ones 2j^-4 in. long. Japan. Probably as hardy as P. parvi-
tiora.— P. Plcea. Linn.=Abies Picea.— P. pumila. Regel. (P.
Cembra, var. pumila. Pall.). Shrubby, often procumbent, allied
to P. Cembra, but resin-ducts of Ivs. peripheral: Ivs. 1/4-3 in.
long: cone iM in. long: seed two-fi^ftha in. long. N. E. Siberia
to Japan. Hardy.— P. Pyrendica, Lapeyr. (P. Brutia, Ten.).
Tree, to 50 ft.: allied to P. Halepensis: Ivs. twice as long, 5-7
in., bright green: cone oblong, 2-4 in. long, with inigose de-
pressed knobs. S. Eu., W. Asia. G.C. III. 4, p. 268. Not hardy
north ; often confounded with P. Laricio, var. Salzmanni.
from which it is easily distinguished by its greenish to reddish
brown branchlets. — P. reflexa, Engelm.=P. strobiformis. — P.
serotina, Michx. Poxd Pine. Marsh Pixe. Tree, to 50, occa-
sionally to 80 ft.; allied toP. T99da: Ivs. dark yellowish green:
cones 2^-3 in. long, with slender, incurved deciduous prickles,
remaining closed for 1 or 2 years after maturity. N. C. to Fla.
S.S. 11:580. Not hardy north.— P. st.obiformis, Engelm. (P.
reflexa, Engelm.). Tree, to 100 ft.; allied to P. flexilis: Ivs. re-
motely and minutely serrulate or almost entire, slender, 2H~4
in. long: cones 5-9 in. long, with refl.exed knobs. Ariz. S.S.
11:544,545. Alfred Rehder.

PIPER (the ancient Latin name). Piperctcece. Pepper.
A vast genus (probably GOO-700 species) of both the Old
and New Worlds, mostly in the tropics, a few of which
are in cultivation in this country as greenhouse foliage
plants. In choice coIleetion.s one is likely to find several
other species, but as they seldom fruit it is very difficult
to determine their species. In the following list appear
all the names that occur in the American trade. Piper
is an exceedingly difficult genus to the systematist be-
■cause of the great numbers of species, the variation of
foliage in the same plant at different epochs, the diffi-
culty of matching the sexes of the same species, the
imperfect specimens in herbaria, and the scarcity of
good studies of the plants in the wild. In nearly all
■cases, Pipers arediceeious. The flowers are very minute,
and are borne beneath decurrent bracts in slender,
erect or drooping, axillary spikes; perianth none; sta-
mens usually 1-4: ovary 1-loculed, with a solitary erect
■ovule. The fruit is a small globular drupe or berry. The
leaves are alternate, stipulate, usually entire. Pipers are
mostly climbing shrubs, but some are trees and some
herbs. The Pepper of commerce is the product of P.
nigrum. For Red Pepper and Chile Pepper, see Capsi-
cum and Pepper.

Pipers are easy of cultivation. Most of those known
in our hoiises require a warm-house temperature and a
humid atmosphere. Easily multiplied by cuttings of
the firm wood. They are grown for the decorative value
of their drooping or bushy sprays.

A. Plant erect and bushy.

excelsum, Porst. Glabrous shrub, reaching 20 ft. in
some of its native places: Ivs. cordate-orbicular to
ovate, stalked, short-acuminate, 7-9-nerved from the
base, the blade 2-4 in. across: spikes solitary or in 2's,
short-peduncled, the staminate ones 2-3 in. long and the
bracts peltate, the stamens 2 or 3; pistillate spikes
shorter, the fls. with 3 stigmas. New Zealand and other
South Pacific islands. — Offered in Calif. Lvs. aromatic.

AA. Plant climbing, or drooping when not given sup-
port.

B. Lvs. ovate -lanceolate, deciduotts.

Futokadsilra, Sieb. Japanese Pepper. Clinging
closely to walls by its aerial roots: lvs. ovate-lanceolate
and acuminate, cordate at base, glabrous: fls. greenish:
berries red. Japan. — Handsome plant, standing con-
siderable frost.

BB. Lvs. broadly ovate or roundish, evergreen.

nigmm, Linn. Black Pepper. Plant woody below;
stem strong, terete, emitting roots, tall-climbing, gla-
brous: lvs. thickisli, stalked, broadly ovate-oblong or
nearly orbicular, the base usually rounded and oblique,
5-9-nerved above the base, the nerves alternate: fls.
sometimes polygamous but usually dioecious: fr. glo-
bose, red. Old World tropics, but now widely dispersed
in warm countries. B.M. 3139. — Occasionally grown in
hothouses, particularly amongst collections of economic
plants. In the wild it is a strong climber, rooting at the
nodes, sometimes reaching 20 ft. in height. The dried
berries, which are collected before ripe, are black and
wrinkled, and constitute the Black Pepper of commerce.
When the outer skin is removed from the fruit, the
product is White Pepper. The commercial Pepper
comes mostly from the eastern tropics.

orn^tum, N. E. Br. Climbing, 10-15 ft. tall, glabrous,
rooting at nodes: lvs. glabrous "and directed to one
side;" petioles slender and nearly terete, the blade pel-
tate, ovate-orbicular, with a short, rather blunt point,
the nerves 7 but nut prominent above and uniting in
loops on the margin, the upper surface of the young lvs.
shining: green and covered with pinkish spots, the old
Ivs. duller and whiter-spotted. Celebes.

metdllicum, Lindl. Lvs. thick, rounded, handsome
metallic green. Borneo.

P. B&tle, hinn. Betel (which see). Climbing, nearly or quite
glabrous: lvs. large and thick, ovate-obloug-acumiuate, usually
oblique at base, strongly 5-7-nerved: spikes often 4-6 in. long:
fr. very fleshy, often cohering into a long-cylindrical mass.
Eastern tropics. B.M. 3132. Lvs. chewed by natives, and the
plant much cultivated.— P. Cubeba, Linn. (Cubeba officinalis,
Raf.). CuBEB. Climbing or tree-like: lvs. glabrous, oval,
short-acuminate, obliquely cordate, the upper ones smaller
and oval-oblong : fr. resembling those of P. nigiiim, but
stalked. E. Indies. The fr. is employed in medicine. — P. par-
phyrophylluTn, N. E. Br. (Cissus porphyrophylla, Lindley,
and of horticulturists). Handsome climbing foliage plant
with broadly cordate-oval short-pointed lvs. that are purple
beneath and bronzy green and pink-spotted along the veins
above. Probably E. Indies. P. S. 14:1491. R.H. 1883, p. 560.
Lowe, 59. — jP. rubronoddsum, Bull. Shrub, with red-jointed
roughish stems : lvs. cordate-ovate, somewhat blistered, sil-
vei-y gray, the petiole pubescent. Colombia.— P. i-ubrovenbsinii,
Hort. Climbing: lvs. cordate-ovate acuminate, marked with
rose-colored dots and streaks along the veins. Very like P. or-
natum, and perhaps not distinct. Papua. I.H. 34:33.

L. H. B.

PIPPEEIDGrE s an English name of the Barberry;
for Pepperidge, see I^yssa.

PIPSISSEWA. See ChimapJviia.

PIPTADfiNIA (Greek, falling gland; referring to
the anther). Leguminosce. About 45 species of shrubs
or trees, with or without prickles: lvs. bipinnate: pe-
duncles axillary, solitary or clustered: fls. small, white,
sessile, in cylindrical spikes or globose heads; petals
u.siially connate to the middle, valvate ; stamens 10,
free: pod straight or curved, flat, 2-valved; valves en-
tire, not septate within.

Cebil, Griseb., from the Argentine Republic, is a fast-
growing unarmed tree, attaining 60 ft., int. by Fran-
ceschi, Santa Barbara, Calif., for its economic interest.
It is valued in its native land for tan bark. Pinnae 12-
16-paired ; Ifts. 24^0-paired : fls. white, in globose
heads about % in. in diam. including the stamens: pe-
duncles %-l in. long: corolla funnel-shaped, l^i lines
long; stamens 10, distinct, long-exserted: pod 6-8 in.
long, 8-10 lines wide, straight but sinuate between tlie
seeds. j. 3, g, Norton.

PIQtJfiRIA (A. Piquerio, Spanish botanist of eigh-
teenth century). Compdsitce. Under the name of Stevia
servata or S, serratifolia, florists grow Piqueria tri-
n6rvia, Cav. (Fig. 1833). for its small white fragrant
flowers and for bedding. It resembles a small Eupa-
torium in foliage and flowers. The small heads are
borne in rmall panicled corymbs, each cluster terminat-
ing a slender axillary branch or peduncle. The leaves
are opposite, lanceolate to oblong-lanceolate, serrate-
dentate, very short-stalked. There is a dwarf, compact
form (var. nana, Hort.), and also one with broadly

1358

PIQUERIA

PISTIA

white-edged leaves (var. varieg&ta, Hort.. Fig. 1834),
which are much used for bedding out. The Piqueria
endures both sun and shade, and thrives with even in-
different treatment. For flowers, it is much prized in
winter, when delicate white sprays are not abundant.
It demands the general treatment given zonal gera-
niums. Prop, by cuttings with great ease, and begin-
ning to bloom when only 2 or 3 in. high. It often blooms
in the cutting-bed. It also grows readily from seeds,

1833.

Piqueria trinervia (X K).

Known to florists as

Stevia serrata.

1834.

Marginate form of Piqueria

trinervia.

which are handled by seedsmen. Frequent pinching
will keep the plants within bounds and contribute to
floriferousness. Plants allowed to grow as they will
soon become straggly and wiry. For winter bloom the
plants may be handled in pots or grown in beds. A
stock of compact pot-plants kept in a cool corner is very
useful for filling vacancies in the house.

Piqueria trinervia is native in Mexico. It is per-
ennial. B. M. 2650. The genus contains about 10 species
of herbs or bushes, all of tropical America. The heads
contain 3-n whitish tubular fls. : torus plane or convex,
naked: pappus none or very short: akene 4-5-angled.

L. H. B.

Usually the best way to manage to produce good flow-
ering plants of Stevia in midwinter is to save a few
old plants after the flowers are cut at New Years. Cut
off the old stems 5 or 6 inches above the pots and stand
the plants in anj'- cool house. The plant needs the cool-
est house at all times; 40° at night during the winter
will grow it better than a higher temperature, but, for
all that, it does not endure the slightest frost. About
March 1, these old plants will have sent out any num-
ber of small growths from the base of the stems.
These root very readily in a cool propagating honye.
They should then be grown along, first in 2- and after-
ward in 3-inch pots, until the first of June, when they
should be planted out in the open ground. It need not
be very rich ground, for they are very rampant growers.
Give every plant 2 feet of space. They seldom need
any artificial watering during siimmer, but they should
have frequent pinching to produce bushy plants. The
more shoots, the more flowers will be secured. Before
there is any danger of frost in the fall, the plants
should be lifted and put into 6-, 7-, or 8-inch pots. They
lift well, and if stood in the shade and kept syringed
for a few days they will show no bad results of the lift-
ing. A position at the north side of a shed or wall is
much better for them for the next month than imder
glass, but always have them in a position where they
can be protected in case of a frost. By the end of Oc-
tober, if frost is escaped, put them in the lightest and
coolest house available. If kept cool these very desir-
able sprays of flowers will be in perfection at Christ-
mas, and that is the time they ai'e most valuable. Al-

though classed as a common, cheap flower, there is a
grace about Stevias that makes them indispensable for
many of our flower arrangements, and we consider them
a very needful florist's plant. '^•i.i, Scott.

PIRONNEAVA. See ^cJimea.

FISCfDIA (Latin, fish and kill). Legumindsw. A
genus of 1 or 2 species, including the Fish-poison tree
of the American tropics, or Jamaica Dogwood. The
leaves, bark and twigs of this tree when thrown into
the water intoxicate or stun the fish so that they can
be caught readily. {For the plant used in China for
this purpose, see Cocculus.j The bark has also been
used in medicine for its hypnotic effect. Botanically
this genus is close to Lonchocarpus, differing mainly
in the pod, which is long, thickish aud longitudinally
4-winged. Generic characters : calyx-teeth 5, short,
broad: wings adhering to the falcate keel: vexillar sta-
men free at the very base, but grown together at the
,-^ middle with the others into a closed tube: ovary ses-
sile, many-ovuled.

Erythrina, Linn. Fish-poison Tree. Jamaica Dog-
wood. Lfts. 7-11, opposite, oblong or elliptical, pointed
or blunt: fls. purplish white, % in. across: pod 2-4 in.
long, 4 lines broad; seeds 6-8, black. Trop. Amer., es-
pecially common in Jamaica.

PISTACHIO. See Pistacia.

PISTACIA (derived indirectly from ancient Persian
pista). Ayiacardidcew. P. vera produces the Pistachio-
nuts of commerce, which are much used in confection-
ery and flavoring. The so-called nut is really the seed
or kernel of a dry drupe. The seed is green, and has a
highly peculiar flavor. P. Terebinthiis exudes from its
stem the fragrant Cyprian or Scio-turpentine used in
medicine as early as the time of Hippocrates. Pistacia
is a genus of about 10 species of trees, found from the
Mediterranean region to Afghanistan, with 1 species in
the Canaries and 1 in Mexico. Lvs. alternate, evergreen
or deciduous, odd-pinnate: fls. small, in axillary pani-
cles or racemes, dicecious and without petals; males
with 5-cut calyx and 5 stamens; females 3— 4-cut and
with 3-cut stvle: ovary 1-celled. Engler, DC. Monogr.
Phaner. 4:284-293 (1883).

v6ra, Linn. Pistachio-nut. Small tree attaining 20
ft.; lfts. 3 or 5: fr. large, oblong, acute. Mediterranean
region and Orient. Cult, in S. Califoj-nia, Calif. May
be grafted on P. Terehinthus .

P. Terehinthus, Linn. A small tiu-pentine-producing tree:
lfts. 9-13, mucronate; petiole not winged: stamens pink: stig-
mas red: fr. small, roundish. Southern Europe, Mediterra-
nean region. In the European form the terminal 1ft. is about
as long as the others, but in the oriental form it is minute or
lacking. Mentioned in the lists of Amer. Pomological Society
as a cultivated fruit, as is also P. vera.

PlSTIA (probably from Greek, pistos, watery; refer-
ring to its aquatic nature). Ard.ceee-. Water Lettuce
or Tropical Duckweed is a small, tender, perennial
floating herb desirable for aquaria. It forms a loose
rosette of lvs. and has long, slender, feathery roots.
The plant sends out runners on which may sometimes
be seen young plants in all stages of development. A
healthy plant measures about 6 in. across. The lvs. are
generally more or less wedge-shaped, 2-5 in. long, pea-
green, velvety to the touch, and covered beneath with a
sort of mealy down. The Pistia rosette has been com-
pared to a half-grown lettuce i>lant before the head has
formed. Like many other aquatics, the Water Lettuce
has an immense range. It is found in fresh waters
throughout the tropics, and in America is said to be
native as far north as North Carolina.

Water Lettuce is commonly grown outdoors in sum-
mer in collections of tender aquatics, and also in
aquaria. The summer temperature of the water should
be 70°-80° F. Although it grows well when floating free
in several feet of water, it seems to do better when
placed in shallow water where the roots may reach the
soil. Larger-sized plants may be secured by using a
thin layer of rich soil or well-rotted manure in the
bottom of the vessel. Soft water is said to be essential.
Running water is not necessary. The plants should be

PISTIA

PITCHER PLANTS

1359

shaded during the middle of the day in summer, or the
foliage is likely to become yellow and sickly-looking.
In winter the plants are liable to some decay.

Botanically, the genus Pistia is unique. The latest
monographer of the aroids (Engler, in DC. Mouogr.
Phaner. 2, 1879) makes Pistia the sole representative of a
subfamily, one of his 10 primary natui'al divisions of the
Arum family. He regards the Pistias as all one species,
though 9 or more have been described. He recognizes
4 well-marked varieties, based upon the shape of the
Ivs., which he calls cuneata, spathulata, obcordafa and
lingiiiformis. After the continental fashion Engler
takes no one of these as a type to which the others are
referred. It is probable that the form with obcordate
Ivs. is the one chiefly cult, in American water gardens.
Generic characters: fis. unisexual; spadix without ap-
pendage, adnate to the back of the spathe; male fls. in
whorls, with 2 very short stamens which are much
grown together and inserted at the apex of the spadix;
female fls. solitary: ovary 1-celled; ovules numerous,
orthotropous, in 4—6 series ; fr. baccate, irregularly
breaking open, normally with many seeds.

Stratidtes, Linn. Water Lettuce. Tropical Duck-
weed. Tender perennial aquatic herb described above.
The small white fls., though inconspicuous and borne
at the bottom of the cup of Ivs., are large enough to
show at a glance their relation to the Arum family.
B.M. 4564. P.S. 6:625. -Vy. jj.

PiSUM (Greek and Latin name of pea). Legumi-
nbsce. About 6 species of mostly climbing herbs of the
Mediterranean region and eastward, one of which, P.
sativuniy is the common Pea. Calyx-tube oblique at the
base, the lobes more or less leafy; standard obovate or
orbicular ; wings adhering to the keel ; style mostly
rigid, widened above, bearded down the inner margin:
Ifts. 1-3 pairs, the leaf ending in a tendril or point, the
stipules conspicuous. Annual or perennial, of easy cul-
ture. Hardv.

1835. Pisum sativum (X K).

sativum, Linn. Garden Pea. Fig. 1835. Annual,
glabrous and glaucous, tendril-climbing: stipules large
and leafy (usually as large as Ifts.) : Ifts. oval or ovate,
2-3 pairs,' the leaf ending in tendrils: fls. few, on an
axillary peduncle, white : seeds globular. Eu., Asia.
See Pea.

Var. arv^nse, Poir. {P. arv4nse, Linn.). Field Pea.
Fls. usually bluish or dull white, with purple wings:
seeds angular, often gray. Grown for forage.

formdsum, Stev. (Orohns fortnds^is, Stev. Ldthyrus
fr'igidus, Schott & Ky. Plsum Auclieri, 3si\\\). & Sp.).
Perennial, 1-2 ft. tall, not climbing: stipules sagittate-
ovate; Ifts. 1 pair, small, ovate-rhomboid, entire, niu-
cronate: peduncles 1-fld., the fls. purplish: legume

86

smooth, as also the ovate seeds. Asia Minor, Persia.—
The Orobiis formofius that has appeared in the trade
seems not to be this plant, for the cult, plant is de-
scribed as having "dense spikes of purple flowers." It
is not known to the writer whether the true P. formosxini
is in the trade, L H B

PITANGA. Eugenia Mlclieli.

PITCAIKNIA (W. Pitcairn, a London physician).
BromelidcecE. Mez, the most recent monographer of
the bromeliads (DC. Monogr. Phaner. 9), admits 1,34
species of Pitcairnia. They are American, mostly tropi-
cal. In choice collections, various species of Pitcairnias
may be expected, but very few of them are in the Ameri-
can trade. They are billbergia-like, very short-stemmed
perennial herbs or subshrubs with dense rosettes of nar-
row, often prickly-margined leaves, and a central spike
or raceme of long-tubular red, yellow or nearly white
flowers. The fls. are perfect; sepals 3, free; petals 3,
unguiculate, erect or spreading at the apex, usually with
2 small scales at the base; stamens 6, free, with linear
anthers: fr. a 3-valved capsule, with numerous seeds.
See also Baker in Journ. Bot. 1881. For pictures of two
Mexican species, P. Jaliscana and P. Palmeri, see G.F.
1:197 and 211. P. farinosa is an undetermined trade
name. For other species, see Puya.

For culture of Pitcairnias, follow advice given under
Billbergia.

corallina, Liud. & Andr^. Stemless: outer ivs. hard
and dry. without marginal spines, the inner ones with
brown-spined petioles and broad plicate recurved blades
which are somewhat scurfy on the back : peduncle about
1 ft. long, bright red, the raceme of about equal length
and drooping: fls. coral-red, about 3 in. long, the calyx
part comprising about one-third of this length; stamens
as long as the petals, with white filaments; stigmas
twisted. Colombia. R.H. 1875:250. B.M, 6600. -Per-
haps the best species.

Moritziana,Koch (P.S"/o^2sc7iiA««,Baker). Stemless:
Ivs. linear, in a rosette, 12-18 in. long, usually spineless
and the petiole short or none: raceme 1 ft. or less long,
on a leafy peduncle of about the same length: fls. red
or yellowish, usually not 3 in. long. Guatemala.

caerCilea, Benth. & Hook. {Puya cmrulea, Lindl.),
Foliage pineapple-like, with linear very acute Ivs. 2 ft.
long, which are spinose-dentate and nearly glabrous:
peduncle 3-4 ft. tall, the bracts membranaceous, the in-
florescence somewhat branched but not loose: fls. narrow-
tubular, the petals blue and oblong-obtuse, the sepals
much shorter and green and obtuse; alternate stamens
shorter. Chile. B.R. 26:11.

alp6stris (P. c(erulea. Baker. Puya Wliyiel, Hook. f.
Puya alpestris, Poepp.). Flower-cluster much branched
or panicled, with bracts more serrate than in P. ccerulea:
fls. very large and showy, with a flaring mouth, dull
metallic blue. Chile. B.M. 5732.— A plant in bloom has
the habit of a yucca. This and P. aeruleaviWX probably
stand considerable frost.

heterophylla, Beer (P. Morrinil, Lam. Puya hetero-
phfjUa, Lindl.). Stemless: Ivs. of two kinds, the outer
ones narrow and spiny, brown, and being the termina-
tion of bulb-like scales, the later ones being longer
(16-24 in.) and green and entire: fls. flesh color or light
red, in a close oblong spike that is shorter than the
green Ivs., the latter arising, however, from separate
shoots. Mex. to Venezuela and Ecuador. B.R. 26:71.
-Odd. L, H. B.

PITCHER PLANTS are carnivorous plants bearing
pitchers which in some cases contain a liquid secreted
by the plant by the aid of which the plant digests the
bodies of insects. The native Pitcher Plants of our
northern and southern states are Sarracenias. The Cali-
fornia Pitcher Plant is described under Darlingtonia. The
favorite Pitcher Plants of greenhouses are Nepenthes.
All these plants have a morphological resemblance in
their pitcher -bearing foliage, but their flowers and
seeds are so apparently unlike that they suggest deriva-
tion from widely different parts of the vegetable kingdom.
The genus Nepenthes might possibly be derived from the
Aristolochia family, being a degenerate along one line,

1360

PITCHER PLANTS

PITTOSPORUM

while the parasitic CytinaceEe might be regarded as
having degenerated along another line from the same
source. The Australian genus Cephalotus, which has a
pitcher strikingly like the pitchers of Nepenthes, may
be a wayward relative of the Saxifrage family. Sar-
racenia, Darlingtonia and the Venezuelan genus Heli-
amphora seem to be more closely allied to one another
than to the others and make up the SarraceniaceEe.
These are similar in stamens, style and seed to the
poppy family.

PITHECOCTfiNIUM (Greek, monJceifs comb; from
the fruit, which is covered with spurs or warts). Btg-
nonldeece. About 23 species of tropical American bigno-
nia-like climbers, with racemes of rather large, trumpet-
shaped white fls. They are mostly natives of Brazil or
Mexico. They belong to a group of genera character-
ized by having a short and thick capsule f ovoid or ob-
long), and the seeds arranged more or less distinctly in
2 or more rows, while Bignonia belongs to a group of
genera characterized by a long, linear capsule and seeds
arranged in a single row. Generic characters: calyx
truncate or minutely 5-toothed; corolla-tube gradually
swollen above the cylindrical base, often incurved,
limb somewhat 2-lipped, lobes 5, rounded, spreading;
stamens 4, didynamous, fixed to the cylindrical part of
the tube : capsule densely covered with prickles or
warts. The Ivs. have 3 Ifts., or the terminal one is
sometimes lacking or transformed into a tendril as in
the 2 species below. The following are cult, in S. Calif.

A. Fls. completely uliite,

clematideum, Griseb. [AnemopcRgma clematideum,
Griseb. Bigndnia alba, Hort. not Aubl., according to
Franceschi). Lvs. sometimes with 3 Ifts., sometimes
with 2 Ifts. and a tendril; Ifts. ovate, suddenly con-
tracted into a long, blunt acumen, very shortly wedge-
shaped at the base: cymes terminal, few-fid., racemi-
form or corymbiform. Argentine. — Grisebach says his
Anemopwgnta clematideuni must be transferred to
Pithecoctenium because of the sessile, muricate cap-
sule, the septum slightly reduplicate at the margin and
the hilum of the seeds linear, although it approaches
the smooth seed of Anemopsegma. (Anemop^jpgma dif-
fers from Pithecoctenium in having a smooth capsule
and seeds in a single series.)

AA. Fls. white, yeUotv -throated.

muricS-tum, Moq. Lfts. coi-date, acute: fls. in a ter-
minal, many-fld. raceme ; corolla 1 in. long: fr. 3 in.
long. Mex.

P. buccinatbriuin, Mairet. See Bignonia. '\^ jy[_

PITHECOLdBITTM (Greek, monkey's ear). Legumi-
ndscB. A hundred or more species of tropical shrubs or
trees, with or without stipular spines: lvs. bipinnate:
fls. usually white, pentamerous, or rarely hexamerous;
corolla tubular or funnel-shaped; stamens few or very
many. For distinction from near allies, see Inga.
These plants are cult, in the South, especially Calif.,
for shade and forage.

A. Plants spiny.

B. Lfts. 1 pair.

diilce, Benth. {Inga rf« ?cis, Willd., not Mart.). Small
tree: lvs. bipinnate; pinnse 2 pairs; lfts. usually 1 pair,
much narrower on one side of the midrib and with a
nearly straight margin, the other side broader, obtuse,
but with a minute, point at the tip on the upper surface,
and a small gland between the forking petioles ; petioles
hairy, shorter than the lfts.: stipular spines very short
and straight: racemes terminal: fls. white: pod twisted,
red, glabrous. Mexico, Philippines. Consult Inga.

BB. Lfts, 5-10 pairs.
Mexic^num, Rose. Tree, 15-20 ft. high: lvs. with
straight, stipular spines (sometimes wanting) 1 line
long; pinnaa 2-5 pairs; lfts. 5-10 pairs: inflorescence
paniculate: fls. in heads, pedicelled. Mexico, where it
is commonly called chino.—J. N. Rose says that it has
much the habit of the Mesquit, is valuable for its wood
and is rapidly becoming exterminated.

BBB. Lfts, 10-SO pairs.

brevifdlium, Benth. Shrub: pinnae 3-5 pairs; lfts.
10-20 pairs, oblong-linear, 2-3 lines long. Along the
Rio Grande in Texas, where the evergreen foliage is
said to be readily eaten in winter by sheep and goats.
— Franceschi says the whitish fls. are much sought by
bees.

AA. Plants spineless.

Sam&n, Griseb. Tall tree: pinnte 2-6 pairs; lfts. 2-7
pairs, obliquely obovate or obovate-oblong: corolla yel-
lowish; stamens light crimson. The fls. are balls of red
stamens an inch or two in diameter. Trop. Amer. G.C.
III. 11:557. — Called Rain-tree because it bursts into leaf
and flower at the beginning of the rainy season. A raftid-
growingtree planted throughout the tropics for its dense
shade and also because its pods filled with rich sugar
pulp are eagerly eaten by cattle and horses. -^^ ^^

PITS will be discussed under Winter Protection.

PITTOSPORTTM (Greek, pitch seed; in allusion to
the resinous coating of the seeds). Pittospordcew.
About 100 species of hardy or half-hardy evergreen
shrubs or small trees, met with chiefly in the southern
hemisphere and largely in Australasia. Lvs. alternate,
mostly entire, the terminal ones in subverticillate ro-
settes: fls. mostly solitary or umbellate in the axils of
the terminal lvs., regular, the parts in 5's; sepals dis-
tinct or connate at base; petals connivent or cohering
at base: ovary 1-celled; placentae 3, parietal; style 1;
stigma 1 : fr. a globular woody pod, 2-many-seeded.
Handsome, often fragrant evergreen shi'ubs cult, in the
greenhouse at the East, in the open in Calif, and the
South. l*rop. by seeds, or cuttings of the half-ripened
^ood. J. BuBTT Davy.

Pittosporums at Los Angeles: P. undulatum is used
considerably for hedges, tor which purpose it is very
good. A specimen in Singleton Court about 25 years
old is more than 25 ft. high. It seeds very profusely
each year, and the blossoms are very sweet in smell
and, owing to their great number, make a fine show.
This tree is nearly as far through the top as it is high.
P. nigricans or P. engenioides do not grow as com-
pact. The undersigned knows of some specimens of
P. engenioides that are 35 ft. high and 12 ft. through
the top. The only other kinds at all common here are
P. viridifloriim, crassifolinni, Tohira and its var.
vaHegatinn and P. tenuifolium. The latter is similar
to what goes here under the names of P. engeuioides
or nigricans, except that the lvs. are about one-third
the size. P. revolutum and rhombifolium are less
known in cultivation here. Ernest Braunton.

crassifolium, 1.
engenioides, 3.
nigra, 2.
nigHcans. 2.
phillyrieoides, 4.

INnEX.

Ealphii, I.
revolutum, 6.
rhombifolium, '
tenuifolium, 2.
tetraspermum.

Tobira, 10.
undulatum, 8.
variegatura, 10.
viridlflorum, 5.

A. Pis. cJiocolate to almost blacJc: seeds black.

1. crassifdlium, Soland. {P. Mdlphii, Kirk?). Karo.
Tall shrul) or small tree of pyramidal growth, rarely ex-
ceeding 30 ft.: lvs. 2-3 in. long, very obtuse, thick and
leathery, glabrous and dark green above, clothed beneath
with dense white tomentum: pedicels %-l in. long: fls.
y^ in. long; sepals linear, densely pubescent: fr. 1 in.
long; seeds ripen in about five months. March, April.
New Zealand. G.C. III. 2G:205. F.S. 21:2151. B.M.
5978. — Useful for ornamental planting on accoimt of
its pale, somewhat glaucous foliage: hardy and espe-
cially valuable for wind-breaks along the coast, with-
standing the severest gales and uninjured by the ocean
spray.

2. tenuifdlium, Gssrtn. (P. nigricans, Hort. P. n'igra,
Hort.?). Tawhiwhi. Small tree, 20-40 ft. high, of sym-
metrical and compact growth: lvs. lM-2 in. long, acute,
thin, dull green, glabrous and shining: pedicels M in.
long: fls. % in. long; sepals oblong, acute, glabrous:
fr. % in. long; seeds black. April. New Zealand. — Used
in Calif, for clipped hedges and mass planting.

PITTOSPOEUM

PLACEA

1361

AA. Fls, yellow or greenish yelloiv.
B. Plant glabrous throngliout: sepals very short.

3. eugenioldes, A. Cunn. Tarata. Small tree, 20-40
ft. high: Ivs. bright yellowish green, shining, handsome,
3-4 J^ in. long, acute; margins often undulate; lis. 3^ In.
long or less, partially monoecious or dioecious; sepals
very acute: fr. 3i in. long, apiculate; seeds matui'e in
about 12 months. April. New Zealand. — In Calif, the
most extensively cult, species, much used for clipped
hedges and ornamental shrubbery; hardy; growth rapid.
A variegated variety is cult, in Europe.

4. phillyraBOldes, DC. Small, graceful tree or slender
shrub with the habit of a weeping willow; Ivs. 2-4 in.
long, with a small hooked point; fls. ii in. long, soli-
tary, yellow, often dioecious ; sepals %'ery obtuse ; fr.
}4. in. long, oval, much compressed, yellow; seed dark
or orange-red. Deserts of interior Australia.

5. viridifl6rum, Sims. Cape Fittosporiqi. Shrub,
6 ft. high ; Ivs. obovate. obtuse and retuse, glabrous,
shining and reticulate beneath ; fls. in somewhat glo-
bose panicles, greenish yellow, jasmine-scented: pedi-
cels glabrous. Cape Colony. B.M. 1684. — Int. by Frau-
eeschi, as also was No. 4.

BE. Plant with lower side of Ivs., young shoots and
pedicels densely clothed with rusty tomentum :
sepals yi in. long.

6. revolutum, Dryand. Tall shrub : Ivs. 2J^-3 in.
long, 1-lH in. wide, acutish: fls. Vi in. long, yellow;
sepals acuminate, tips recurved: fr. Vi-Y^ in. long,
rough outside; seeds red or brown. Feb. -April. Aus-
tralia. B.R. 3:186.

AAA. Fls. ivhite, greenish ^vhite or yellowish ivhite.
B. Ijvs. acute or acuminate.

7. rhombifdlium, A. Cunn. Queensland Pittospo-
KUM. Tree, 60-80 ft., or when grown as a pot shrub 4-5
ft. high : Ivs. rhomboid-oval, coarsely and irregularly
toothed from the middle up; veins prominent on both
sides: fls. in a corymb resembling that of a Cornus;
sepals obtuse; petals and capsule ?4 in. long: seeds 2-3,
black. Queensland.— Franceschi says that the hand-
some yellow berries persist all winter in S. Calif.

8. undulatum, Vent. Mock Oeanoe. Pig. 1836. With
us a shrub or small tree; Ivs. oval-oblong to lanceolate,
«ntire, flat or undulate, rich deep green, margins often

fls. yellowish; sepals minute, pubescent, lanceolater
acuminate; petals linear: capsule 4-seeded. Feb., Mar-
India. —Int. by Franceschi, 1897, who says it has very
rich foliage, silky white in the new growth.

1836. Pittosporum undulatum (Xi^).

"Undulate, veins inconspicuous ; inflorescence not corym-
bose: fls. intensely fragrant at night ; sepals acumi-
nate; petals 5-6 lines long; capsule )4 in. long; seeds
numerous, light brown. Spring. Australia. B.R. 1:16.
9. tetrasp6nuum, Wight & Am. Madras Pittospo-
rum. Lvs. elliptic-oblong, acute, margins slightly
waved and recurred : peduncles 1-2-fld., pubescent:

1837.

Pittosporum Tobira, var, varie-

eatum (X %).

BB. Lvs. very obtuse or retuse.

10. Tobira, Dryand. Tobira. Japanese Pittospo-
rum. Winter-flowering shrub: lvs. obovate, glabrous,
dark green above, pale beneath: fls. in a terminal ses-
sile umbel, pure white, fragrant. China and Japan.
Withstands some frost. Var. variegratum, Hort. (Fig.
1837), has lvs. variegated with white. — In the East this
variety is the favorite Pittosporum, as it makes a good
house plant. The typical form is also cult, in Fla.

J. Burtt Davy.

PIXY or Flowering Moss is Pyxidanthera barbulata.

PLACEA (possibly derived from a Chilean name).
AmaryllldAcew. Five species of rare and beautiful
Chilean bulbs, of difficult culture bearing showy fls.
something like an Amaryllis (Hippeastrum), the colors
being white or yellow, streaked with red. Botanically
the peculiar feature of Plaeea is its cup or corona,
which is smaller than that of Narcissus and red, instead
of yellow or white. The beauty of the Placeas, how-
ever, is of the Hippeastrum type, though the fls. are
not so symmetrical, for at first sight it looks as if two
of the perianth-segments were torn away. Placeas are
generally classed as autumn-flowering bulbs. Though
natives of the Andes at considerable elevations they
are not hardy. The bulbs are said to lie deep in the
ground in their native country, and pot culture is
generally considered unsuitable for deep-lying bulbs.
There is probably nothing in the genus finer than
P. ornata as depicted in The Garden, with its umbel
of 4 fls. each 3 in. across, and painted with red on a
white ground, while each perianth has a strong green
stripe up the middle. Yet Lemaire declares that his
P. grandiflora has much larger flowers, the other
parts of the plant being three times as large as in
P. ornata. P. ornata was the first species discovered,
but Miers, who found it in 1824, lost all his bulbs by
shipwreck, together with the greater part of his collec-
tions.

"Plaeea," says Max Leichtlin, in Gn. 54, p. 510, "is
one of those bulbs which will not be pot-bound. I either
plant them in a walled frame which is kept free of
frost, or in a low house which has a border on the south

1362

PLACEA

PLANTAGO

side, and is kept at 37° or 40° F. at oigbt, and leave
tliem alone. They go to rest about August and push
up about December, tlowering in May. In a pot they
ought to have their exact time of rest, and must be
buried in the soil, which ought to be very rich, but in
pots they are not certain to flower. They must be
planted with at least an inch of soil over their necks,
and they prefer a loose soil. 1 use thoroughly decom-
posed cow manure (three and four years old), mixed
during decomposition with one-third silver sand."

Generic characters: perianth funnel-shaped, with
scarcely any tube; corona funnel-shaped, inserted at the
base of the segments, deeply cut, the divisions notched,
stamens inserted inside the corona: ovary top-shaped,
3-eelled; ovules many, superposed: style declinate:
stigma capitate, obscurely 3-lobed.

ornita, Miers. Bulb 1 in. thick: Ivs. 2, linear, appear-
ing with the ds. : scape 6-9 in. high: umbel 4-(>-fld.:
perianth-segments 1-134 in. long. B.R. 27:50. Gn.
54:1202.

P. grandiflbra, Lem., is thrice as big as P. ornata, more flor-
iferous, and is essentiidly distinguished by its perianth- seg-
ments, which are more atmminate and sharp- pointed. I.H.
15:574. F.S. 20:2047 (erroneously as P. ornata). yi^^ jj;^

PLAGIANTHUS (Greek, oblique flower). Malvilcece.
About 11 species of tender shrubs and herbs from Aiis-
tralia, New Zealand and Van Dieman's Land, with large
or small white 5-petaled flowers. They are hardy in the
most favored parts of England. The finest species is
_P. I/ifalli, which, however, is not easily prop, by cut-
tings. This species is grown as a pot plant or for
cutting. The house treatment given Daphne will suit
it well. None of the species is offered in America.
They are known as "Ribbon Trees."

Generic characters; Bractlets none or distant from
the calyx: calyx 5-toothed or cut ; column of stamens
divided at the apex into many filaments: cells of ovary
2-5, rarely 1 or many: ovules solitary, pendulous; car-
pels in a single series : style-branches longitudinally
stigmatose within. Foliage and inflorescence various.
Distinguished from Abutilon by the number of ovules.

A. Fls. large, 1-114, ■^'*- <^cross.
Lyalli, Hook. Small branching tree, 20-30 ft. high:
Ivs. 2—4 in. long, cordate-ovate, doubly crenate. pale or
white beneath ; petiole 1-1]4 in. long: fls. 1-1J4 in.
across, numerous, drooping, in axillary clusters of 3-5;
styles pink; calyx campanulate. July. B.M. 59.35. Gn.
44:917. G.C. III. 4:209. — Said to be evergreen below
3,000 ft. in New Zealand, deciduous above.

AA. Fls. small, Y^ in, across or less.

Ldmpenii, Booth. Botanically only a variety of P.
pulchelliis, but horticulturally incomparably superior.
Shrub, attaining 6-8 ft.: Ivs. oblong-lanceolate, 4—5 x
3^-1 in., sharply serrate: fls. in short, axillary leafy
panicles, very numerous and crowded ; styles very
small. Van Dieman's Land. G.C. IL 22:201.

pulch611us, Gray (Abidllon puJchellum, Sweet. A.
ptilchraw, Don). Tall shrub: Ivs. lanceolate, cordate,
acuminate, 2-3 in. long, coarsely crenate: fls. few,
clustered along rachis of axillary racemes : ovary
5-celled. Australia. B.M. 2753 (Sida piilcliella).

H. A. SiEBRECHT and W. M.

PLAGIOBOTHRYS (Greek, plagios, sideways, and
hothros, pit or hollow; wherefore the name should have
been written Plaf/iobothrus). Borragindcece. Nine spe-
cies of low-growing, commonly diifuse annuals from
western America, with small white fls. Here belongs P.
nothofiilvHS, Gray, which was once advertised by Breck
under its synonym Eritricliium nothofitlvuvi, Gray.
This plant has no horticultural standing and is no
longer advertised. See Gray's Syn. Flora of N. Amer.

PLANEEA (after J. J. Planer (1743-1789), professor
of medicine at Erfurt; author of several books on bot-
any}. Urticdcece. WaterElm. Monotypic genus, allied
to Ulmus and Celtis: Ivs. pinnately veined, alternate:
fis. polygamous, with deeply 4-5-Iobed calyx; staminate
fls. short-stalked, in clusters at the base of the young

branchlets, with 4-5 stamens; pistillate or perfect ones
on rather slender stalks, 1-3 in the axils of the lower
Ivs. : fr. a small muricate nut. The only species is P.
aquatica, Gmel. {Andnymns aqitdticus, Walt. P. vhni-
fblia, Michx.). Small tree, sometimes to 40 ft.: Ivs.
short-petioled, somewhat unequal at the base, ovate to
ovate-oblong, imequally serrate, glabrous at length and
somewhat leathery, lK-23^ in. long; fr. oval,^ 3^ in.
long, with irregularly crested fleshy ribs. April, May.
S. 111. and Ky. to Fla. and Tex. S.S. 7:316. This tree
is not in general cultivation and has little to recom-
mend it as an ornamental plant. It would not prove
hardy north. It will probably thrive best in moist soil
and be prop, by seeds sown soon after ripening in May
and by layers. The plants sometimes cult, under the
name of P.aquatica belong either to Ulmus campestris,
var. viminalis, Lf. Ohtnensis, or U. alata, to which the
true Planera is similar in foliage, or to some other small-
leaved elm.

P. acuminata, Lindl.=Zelkowa Keaki,— P. carpinifblia, Wats.
=Zelkowa earpinifnUa.— P. Japonica, var. Yerschaffelti, Hort.
=Zelkowa Japoniea, var. Verschaffelti.— P. Keaki, C. Koeli=
Zelkowa Keaki.— P. ripens, Hort.=Ulmns pamilaor Chinensis.
~P. liichardi, Michx. =Zelkowa carpinit'olia.

Alfred Rehdek.

PLANE-TREE. See Platanus.

PLANER-TREE. Planera.

PLANT (Latin, planta). A plant is a living organism
consisting of one or more cells, some of which, inmost of
the higherforms, contain agreen substance— t7;^oro/>/(?//^
— by the aid of which they are able in the light to con-
struct carbohydrate food-matters (as sugar, starch, etc.)
from carbon dioxid and water. The cell protoplasm
assimilates or uses these carbohydrates and is nour-
ished by them, and from the elements they furnish it
is able to make cellulose, the substance which walls
it in, and gives strength and solidity to the plant.
Animals do not (as a rule, at least) have chlorophyll,
and cannot construct carbohydrates from carbon dioxid
and water. Some plants have the habit of absorb-
ing their carbohydrates ready-made from other organ-
isms, and they are destitute of chlorophyll, as in case
of the fungi, lichens, bacteria, and some flowering
plants (e. g., dodder, Indian pipe, beech drops, etc.).
Such plants are more or less degenerated, and are phys-
iologically like animals, but they still retain enough of
the typical plant structure so that we are rarely at a
loss where to place th«n. Green plants absorb carbon
dioxid from the air, and in the process of carbohydrate
formation they give off a certain qiiantity of oxygen.
However, in the further chemical activities of their cells
oxygen is absorbed and carbon dioxid is given off. In
the plants which are not green (and in animals, also) the
first process is wanting, while the second takes place.
These facts have given rise to the view that plants and
animals are quite opposite in their physiological rela-
tions to the suri'ounding air. They should not be con-
trasted, however, in this way; it is more exact to say that
green plants have two important nutritive functions,
namely (1) carbon absorption and fixation (technically,
photosynthesis), and (2) the assimilation of food mat-
ters. Respiration— in the process of which oxygen is
absorbed and carbon dioxid is given off— occiirs in all
plants and animals. q^ g. Bessey.

PLANTAGO (the Latin name) comprises some 200 or
more species of annual or perennial herbs or subshrubs
occurring in many parts of the world. It is a weedy
genus, and only two or three species have any economic
or commercial value worth mentioning. They are gen-
erally known as Plantains, although this name is also
applied to certain bananas (see Musa) , which are plants
of widely different kind. Plantago lanceolata, or Rib-
wort, is sometimes used in pasture mixtures abroad, be-
cause it affords more or less spring pasturage on dry
and sterile soils. The seed is offered by American
seedsmen for feeding birds, but not for sowing. In.
this coimtry, however, it is one of the vilest of lawn
weeds, thriving in our hot, dry soils when grass kills
out. The only remedy for it is to secure a better stand
of grass, and this is made possible by making the ground

PLANTAGO

PLANT -BREEDING

1363

rich and so treating it that it will hold moisture. Plan-
tago Coronopus, the Bucks-horn Plantain, native to Eu-
rope, Asia and North Africa, is sometimes eaten as a
pot-herb (see p. G97). It is a low perennial, with linear-
lanceolate often pinnatifid leaves. It is
not in the American trade. P. eordata,
of the eastern United States, is offered
by one or two dealers in native plants as
a subject for colonizing in bogs and mar-
gins of ponds. It is perennial, with a
stout rootstock, large cordate-orbicular
shining leaf-blades, and a slender spike
rising 1-2 ft. high and bearing small pink-
ish flowers with exserted style and sta-
mens. P. major (Fig. 1838) is a very com-
mon dooryard weed. There are about 20
native or naturalized species in North
America. Plantago is the typical genus
of the Plantaginacece, a family that con-
tains two other genera, both monotypic —
Littorella in Europe and northern North
America, and Bougueria in the Andes of
Peru and Chile. L, jj. B.

PLANTAIN. See Plantago and Musa.

PLANTAIN LILY. Fiinkia.

PLANTAIN, RATTLESNAKE. Eiera-

ciiim venosum.

PLANTAIN, "WILD. Meliconia Biliau

PLANT-BREEDING. Practical agri-
culturists the world over have long rec-
ognized that animals can be greatly im-
proved by intelligent breeding, but it is
only within the last century that it has
come to be recognized that plants can be
improved in the same way. Even yet some
of the fundamental principles of plant-
breeding are not generally understood and
require to be demonstrated experiment-
ally. Within recent years, however, gen-
eral interest has been awakened in the
subject, particularly in this country, and
doubtless results of the greatest interest
will soon be attained.

Practical plant-breeding may be said to
have begun with the work of Thomas An-
drew Knight and Jean Baptiste Van Mons
in the early part of the nineteenth cen-
tury. Knight was the first to show the
practical value of hybridization in the
production of new sorts and races. As
early as 1806 he wrote: "New varieties of
every species of fruit will generally be
better obtained by introducing the farina
of one variety of fruit into the blossoms
of another than by propagating from a
single kind." The other most important
factor of plant-breeding, that of selection,
was first established by Van Mons, a Bel-
gian horticulturist who worked mainly
with pears. (See Essay 5, "Survival of the Unlike,"
Bailey.) Since this time many investigators have given
time and thought to the ways in which plants may be
improved, until at present we have established a fairly
definite system which may be followed, with slight
variation, in the amelioration and improvement of any
plant.

The plant-breeder must first of all recognize that a
thorough knowledge of the plant he desires to improve
is of primary importance. The time for haphazard ex-
perimenting has long since gone by, and the experi-
menter may simply waste his time if his efforts are not
well directed. If it is apples or wheat that he desires to
improve, all of the varieties of apples and wheat should
be studied and their qualities recognized. The experi-
menter should always have in view a definite improve-
ment which he wishes to obtain, and the varieties which
exhibit this feature in the highest degree should be
selected for the work. If working from the utilitarian

1838.

Spike of Plan-
taeo major —
commonPlan-

tain. Nat. size.

standpoint, the desirabilitj- of having a definite aim in
view can hardly be overestimated, as it is onlj' in this
way that the breeder can be guided in his selection of
the parent stock or stocks.

Systematic plant-breeding includes two processes
largely distinct in their nature: (1) The production of
variations, and (2) the fixation and augmentation of
desirable variations by methodical selection.

In order to improve a plant it must be induced to vary
in the required direction. If this variation is brought
about by some environmental cliange the same condi-
tions are maintained through another generation, and the
plants showing the greatest variation in the required
direction are again selected, thus gradually leading to
a progressive improvement in the character desired.
If the variation is produced by hybridization it naust be
fixed and rendered hereditary by a similar process of
selection. Thus, whether breeding by selection alone
or by hybridization, these two factors of breeding enter
into the process.

Variations, How Produced. — In general, plants
reproduce their main characters unchanged. The sta-
bility of the races of our cultivated plants and natural
species depends upon this law of heredity, which has
been expressed in the aphorism "like produces like."
Plants, however, are not fixed and stable beings, but
are eminently plastic and variable. Every individual
differs from every other individual in some way, just
as every individual animal differs from every other
individual of the same race. These individual vari-
ations which enable us to recognize one plant from
another, or one animal from another, and which are
inherent in the being itself and not, so far as can be
determined, dependent upon environment, are what
Darwin termed "indefinite variations," and are now gen-
erally known as "congenital variations." If we examine
a row of nursery trees of apple or peach we find that
every individual may be clearly recognized by some
distinctive character. Some trees grow erect and col-
umnar, some low and spreading, some branch low, some
high, some have large leaves, some small leaves, and by
a careful examination numerous other distinguishing
characters can be found. It is on these individual
variations that the improvement of plants by selection
mainly depends.

It has been found by breeders of both plants and
animals that individuals vary greatly in the power of
transmitting their characters to their offspring, and
this is one of the most important factors in plant-
breeding. As an illustration, ten individual cotton
plants may be selected which produce an exceptionally
long lint of comparatively the same character. If the
seeds from each of these ten select plants are planted
separately it will be found that the ten plants vary
greatly in their ability to transmit this character of
producing long lint to their offspring. The entire prog-
eny of one plant may revert and produce a much
shorter staple than the parent form. On the other
hand, one of the original ten plants may have the power
of inheritance strongly developed and transmit to the
great majority of its progeny the quality of producing
long lint. It is to the progeny, then, of this individual
that the breeder must look in order to fix a new race of
long-staple cotton. The strength of the hereditary ten-
dency is thus of the greatest importance to the breeder.

Another form of variation probably important to the
plant-breeder is that caused as a direct result of envi-
ronment and termed by Darwin definite variation, be-
cause all plants subject to the same environment tend
to vary in the same direction. As an illustration, plants
removed from a low altitude to a high altitude become
dwarfed in stature and the flowers become larger and
usually brighter colored. Transferring the plant to the
seacoast and growing it under maritime conditions usu-
ally results in the leaves becoming thicker and the
whole plant more succulent. If such plants are trans-
ferred back to the interior, away from all effects of the
sea. the next year they usually, if not always, revert
entirely to their original characters. If, however, they
are grown in a maritime region for several generations
and the seed is selected every year from the most suc-
culent individuals, it is believed that a succulent sort
may be originated more quickly than in any other way.

1364

PLANT -BREEDING

PLANT - BREEDING

How valuable this factor of environment is in the origi-
nation of newly cultivated sorts yet remains to be dem-
onstrated scientifically, but some practical plant-breed-
ers contend that it is a factor of very great importance.

n'YCAR 0 The firai plant selected
2-^ YEAR \soo I >■ 0

3"'YEAR I s/icnesi |^oo

i

(GENERAL
CROP

^?

\600

•0

1839. Diagram illustrating method of selecting cotton.

Occasionally iudividuals "sport," as gardeners say,
and plants entirely different from the type of the race
are produced. These variations are usually very marked
ones and no definite cause for their appearance is yet
known. Many valuable races of cultivated plants owe
their origin to variation of this sort. For instance, the
Cupid type of the sweet pea, a dwarf race, originated
as a seedling sport from the Emily Henderson, an ordi-
nary tall sort, and certain other sweet peas, the writer
is informed, show a tendency to sport in this way.
Another variation of similar kind is the change in
character of certain parts or branches of individuals,
known as bud-sporting. Bud-sports have proved par-
ticularly valuable in producing new sorts of chrysan-
themum and other plants cultivated for their flowers.
There appears to be no way in which the breeder can
induce seedling- or bud -sports, and the only course
seeras to be to watch carefully for their occurrence and
be ready to utilize them whenever they appear.

The most fertile way of securing variations is by the
intermingling of species and varieties by hybridization.
By blending distinct types of different species or races
in this way, individuals of almost any grade of inter-
mediacy between the two parents can be obtained and
those having valuable combinations of characters se-
lected and sometimes fixed into stable races. Cross-
ing in general is probably the most active agency in
procuring variation, and is thus of the highest impor-
tance to the plant-breeder, inasmuch as the production
of the initial variation of a desired kind and in a de-
sired direction is the most difficult achievement.

Improvement bv Selection. — Improvement by selec-
tion depends upon the principle of gradually augment-
ing a quality by selecting seed each year from that
individual which by comparison with ntimerous other
individuals is found to exhibit the character desired in

1840. Improvement of Sea Island Cotton by selection.
Ordinary type on left, and selected type on riglit,

the greatest perfection or highest degree. By this con-
stant selection of seed from the best individual, it has
been found that the desired quality can be secured in
more and more marked degree the longer the selection
is continued. It is to this cumulative power of selec-

tion that the great improvement in many of our cul-
tivated plants is due, and, in general, selection may
be considered a fundamental factor in the successful
cultivation of any crop, as it is necessary not only to
improve a race but to retain it true to type and in vig-
orous productive condition.

The most marked instance known to the writer of the
improvement of a plant by selection alone and the de-
pendence of an entire industry on this factor, is that of
the sea island cotton. Every sticcessful grower of sea
island cotton selects his seed each year with the great-
est care, and pursues year after year a definite process
of continuous selection. In beginning selection, the
general crop is examined and a number of individuals
selected which seem from general appearance, vigor,
productiveness, etc., to be superior plants. These su-
perior plants are then subjected to a very critical exami-
nation as to (1) vigor, (2) productiveness, (.3) season,
(4) covering and size of seed, (5) character of staple, etc.
tjnder the last heading, "character of staple," attention
is given to (a) length, (&) strength, (c) silkiness, (rf)
fineness, (f ) uniformity of length and (/") proportion of
lint to seed. etc. Finally, considering all of the above

1841. Improvement of corn by selection.

Boone County White corn on left, and original type from which
it was developed by selection ou right.

points carefully, the individual which is found to be su-
perior to all others is selected. The seed from this is
saved and planted the next year in a select patch and
will usually yield some 500 individuals.

The second year a single superior plant is selected
with the same care from among the 500 plants grown
from the seed of the plant selected the first year. The
seed of the remaining individuals of the 500 plants is
retained to plant a special seed patch the third year.

The third year the seed of the specially selected plant
of the preceding year is grown by itself, producing
some 500 plants, from among which a single superior
individual is again selected. The seed of the remaining
500 plants is again retained to plant a special seed patch
the fourth year. Further than this, in the third year
the seed of the 500 plants grown the previous year is
planted by itself and will produce a patch of some 5
acres in extent, which will yield sufficient seed to plant
the general crop in the fourth year of the selection.
(Compare Pig. 1839.) In succeeding years this policy is
continued, the general crop being grown continuously
from seed of a higher and higher grade of selection.
Under this continuous selection tlie quality and length
of the staple has been continuously improved (Fig.
1840), and the yield increased, so that the growers to-
day are producing more cotton than ever before and of
a better quality. Corn (Fig. 1841 ). wheat, and very many
of our races of other cultivated plants have been im-
proved in a similar manner, and many of our most valu-
able races to-day are simply types gradually ameliorated
throtigh years of continuous selection.

In a similar manner selection may be used to improve
any character of a plant, as the shape or color of a
flower, acidity of the fruit, sugar content of the root (as
in the beetj, protein content of the seed (as in corn and

PLANT - BREEDING

PLANT -BREEDING

1365

wheat), etc. The necessity of intelligent selection of
plants from which seed is' to be taken can hardly be
overestimated.

In all of our orchard fruits selection has played a
most important part, though here the process is slightly
different, as the selection is usually limited to a single
generation, the best individual amung many seedlings
being selected and propagated by buds or grafts so that
further selection to fix and retain its qualities are un-
necessary. In this way was produced the famous Con-
cord grape, the Dana Hovey pear, the Wealthy apple,
etc. It must not be understood, however, that continu-
ous selection would not give valuable results among
orchard fruits also. Some of our good select seedling
varieties are seedlings of select seedlings, and the pro-
cess is thus a continuous one, though carried on largely
by different experimenters owing to the long time re-
quired to secure fruits.

The character of the individual as a whole is a factor
of prime importance in selection, and should be cleai-ly
recognized by every one striving for improved or
pedigree plants. The aim should not be to select the
single best fruit, but to select fruit from the best indi-
vidual plant. If one is selecting to decrease the num-
ber of seed he would probably entirely fail should he
depend upon examining a number of fruits without ref-
erence to the plants on which they grew, and selecting
that one for propagation which was found to contain the
fewest seed. He should examine the fruit on numerous
trees, and then take seed for planting from that tree
which by the examination of many fruits is found to
show the most decided general tendency toward seed-
lessness.

Limitations of Selection. — Selection is by many horti-
culturists considered to have been the most important
factor in the development of our cultivated plants, and
some go so far as to assert that all other factors are
of minor importance. Both crossing and selection,
however, have their definite and distinct places in any
rational system of plant-breeding. When used alone in
the improvement of plants, selection depends upon the
adding up of small, insignificant variations through
many generations, which in the end may possibly
result in marvelous differences; but by this method the
breeder has no way to force the change, and must be
satisfied with slight variation and long-continued selec-
tion. When marked changes and new creations are
desired it is to crossing or to chance sports that at-
tention must be directed.

1842. Aquilegia flowers, illustrating: the process of
emasculation.

a, mature bud showing stage which should he selected
for emasculation; 6, similar bud with the tips of the
corolla pried apart and the stamens removed; c, a bud
opened naturally, too old to operate on; d, a bud of the
stage shown in a and b, with corolla removed to show
the internal organs: e, a bud the same as in rf, but with
the stamens removed; f, the same as e. but older, at the
age when pollination normally takes place ; g, pistil
shortly after fecundation, the remnants of the stamens
having fallen away.

Improvement by Means of Crossing.— Aside from
selection, crossing has played the most important role
in the formation of the varieties and races of our culti-
vated plants, but the results obtained are in many cases
closely connected with selection. In the production of

1843. Plant of Aquilegia with
flowers covered with bags
in hybridization work.

new and novel races it is to the crossing of mark-
edly different species or races that the breeder must
look. lu this way plants may be obtained combining
the good qualities of two distinct sorts, with an elimi-
nation of the undesirable features. In plants which are
propagated by vegetative parts, such as buds, grafts,
cuttings, etc., a desirable variation obtained by cross-
iug may be propagated di-
rectly without further im-
provement. This is the case
in apples, pears, oranges,
and all orchard fruits. In
the case of plants propa-
gated by seed, however, a
valuable hybrid must be
inbred and selected for
several generations until a
fixed type is produced.

The process of crossing
or hybridizing plants is
neither difficult nor mysteri-
ous. It is simply necessary
to recognize that plants, like
animals, bear male and fe-
male organs. In plants,
however, the male and fe-
male elements are most com-
monly borne on the same
individual and in the same
flower. In some cases, as
in the castor bean, corn,
etc., both sexes are borne
on the same plant but in
different flowers, while in
other cases, as in the date palm, hemp, box elder, etc.,
the sexes are on different plants.

If the plant to be operated on has the stamens and
pistils (male and female organs) in the same flower,
buds must be selected and the stamens removed before
they burst and discharge the pollen. This is necessary
in order to prevent self-fertilization. In some in-
stances, as in the case of the columbine, this can be
done very easily by simply selecting a bud just before
it opens (Fig. 1842) and prying the tips of the petals
apart so that the stamens may be pulled off with small
pincers or forceps. The bud should then be inclosed
in a small paper bag until the pistil matures normally,
when the bag may be removed and the pollen dusted
over the pistil (female organ). After this the bag must
again be put over the flower to prevent other pollen
from being brought in by insects, etc. Fig. 1843. In
some cases the pollen may be placed on the immature
pistil without injury when the flower is emasculated,
and this is a great saving of time when it can be done.
However, in experiments conducted by C. P. Hart-
ley, of the U. S. Department of Agriculture, it has
been demonstrated that in some plants the pollination
of immature pistils produces injury and thus cannot
be practiced in all cases.

In some instances, as in the apple, pear, cotton, etc.,
it is difficult to pry the petals apart to remove the sta-
mens, and in such cases the corolla may be cut off
without injury, in this way exposing the organs so that
the stamens can be easily removed (Fig. 1844).

In striving to secure a certain combination of the good
characters of any two sorts, very numerous crosses
between them should be made in order to furnish the
breeder greater range of selection. Indeed at every
step the success of the plant-breeder depends on han-
dling large numbers. True, the desired variation may
be secured in a small batch of crosses, but the chance
of success is increased in proportion to the number
handled. In his experiments Burbank has found that
in peaches about one desirable variety of superior ex-
cellence is obtained from each 1,000 seedlings tested,
while in raspberries and blackberries only about one
sort in 20,000 has proved to be worthy of retention.

In the crossing of races and species the hybrids in
the first generation are usually nearly alike, exhibiting
in general the same intermediate characters. In the sec-
ond generation of these hybrids, however, there is al-
most invariably greater variation, and it is usually from
the plants of this generation that the most valuable

1366

PLANT -BREEDING

PLATANUS

types can be selected. It is thus important that the
hybrids of the first generation sliould be inbred with
their own pollen or with pollen of the hybrids of the
same combination, and numerous individuals of the sec-
ond generation obtained in which plants showing the
desired combination of characters are more likely to
be found.

One of the most prominent characters of crosses is
their extreme vigor, which is particularly marked in
racial and specific hybrids where the parents are widely
distinct in characters (Fig. 1845). In crosses of closely
related sorts, which are reproduced bj'^ buds, cuttings,
slips, etc., and which do not ordinarily remain true to
type when propagated by seed, the increase in vigor is
not commonly so marked.

Sterility, which is a common character of hybrids of
very distinct species and races, may prove a detriment
in certain cases; but it is seldoiu that all of the hybrids
of any combination are completely sterile, and in most
instances of this sort complete fertility can probably be
secured by selection.

The improvements which can be secured by means of
crossing are almost innumerable, and many of them, so
far as we are informed, can be secured in no other way.
Such is the production of fragrant varieties from odor-
less types as has been accomplished in the case of pan-
sies, and the blending and changing of colors of flowers
and fruits. Increased hardiness and adaptability to
growth in warmer climates might possibly be secured
by simple selection through a long series of years; but
they can doubtless be most quickly secured by crossing
tender and hardy sorts or species, when plants can be
obtained which possess these opposite qualities.

Fixation of Crosses. — In plants which are propagated
by vegetative parts no fixation is necessar}', but in those
which are propagated by seed, all crosses that are
found to possess desirable qualities must be fixed by
selection into stable races reproducing these qualities
true. Usually, a large majority of the progeny of a cross
will revert toward one of the parents, and may not
show the characters desired. In order to render the de-
sired qualities hereditary, the cross must be inbred
with its own pollen or the pollen of another cross of
the same parentage which exhibits the same characters,
and a large number of plants grown from the seed thus
produced. These plants must then be carefully exam-
ined and individuals selected for further work which
have reproduced the desired characters in the highest
degree. These individuals must be again inbred and the
process continued for several generations until all of the
plants are reproduced true to the desired type. This,
in most cases, requires from five to six generations of
careful selection. The time used in selecting to fix the
type is by no means lost, as meanwhile careful attention
can be given to increasing the fruitfulness so that this
factor also mav be greatly improved.

this way. In orchard fruits, carnations, violets, pota-
toes, etc., careful attention should thus be given to the
buds or cutthigs used in propagation. By a careful
selection of violet cuttings from those plants which
were found to produce the greatest number of good,
flowers, P. H. Dorsett has greatly increased the average

1844. Cotton flowers. Illustrating the process of emasculation-

a, mature bud showing the stage which sliould be
selected for emasculation : /;, a similar bud with the
corolla cut off ready to emasculate ; c. a similar bud
with the stamens removed,— emasculated.

The Selection of Vegetative Parts.— Within re-
cent years some attention has been given to the im-
provement of plants by the selection of buds, cuttings,
etc., and the results obtained by certain practical in-
vestigators indicate that much may be accomplished in

F H M

1845. Increase in size of cotton bolls caused by hybridization.

F, Sea island cotton used as the female parent; H,
hybrid ; M, Klondike, a variety ot upland cotton used
as the male parent.

yield of his plants and believes that an increased yield
of nearly 100 per cent is perfectly possible by careful
attention to this factor alone. Here, again, it is not in-
creased yield merely which can be improved, but various
other qualities as well.

The literature of plant-breeding is mainlj' scattered
through periodicals and is difficult of access. The prin-
cipal work treating the subject in a general way is
Professor Bailey's "Plant-Breeding" (The Macmillan
Company, New York, 1895). The following are a few of
the most important general papers: "The Production et
Fixation des vari6t6s dans les v^g^taux," by E. A. Car-
ri^re, Paris. 1805; "Die Pflanzenmischlinge," by W. O.
Focke, Berlin, 1881; "A Selection from the Physiologi-
cal and Horticultural Papers of Thomas Andrew Knight,
published in the Transactions of the Royal and Horti-
cultural Societies," London, 1841; "Hybrids and their
Utilization in Plant-Breeding," by W. T. Swingle and
H. J. Webber; Year-book, V. S. Department of Agri-
culture, 1897; "Snr la Production et la Fixation des
Varietes dans les Plautes d'Ornement," by Jean Bap-
tiste Verlot, Paris, 1865; "The Improvement of Plants
by Selection," Yearbook, U. S. Department of Agricul-
ture, 1898; "Hybrid Conference Report," Journal Roy.
Hort. Society, vol. xxiv, April, 1900 ; "Survival of the
Unlike," by Bailey. Herbert J. Webber.

PLANT CELLARS will be treated under Winter Pro-
tection.

PLATANUS (its ancient Greek name). Platand,recB.
Plane-tree. Buttonwood. Ornamental deciduous
trees with alternate, petioled, rather large, palmately
lobed Ivs. and small greenish flowers in globular, soli-
tary or racemose, slender-stalked and drooping heads,
followed by similar heads of fruits remaining on the
branches during the winter. The smooth, light-colored
often almost creamy white bark of the branches and
limbs, usually mottled by darker blotches of the older
bark, which peels off in large thin plates, gives the
tree a very characteristic appearance in winter, while in
summer the Plane-tree, with its large head of dense
bright green foliage and with its massive trunk, is a
beautiful and majestic shade tree. The native PJatamis
oceidentaJis is hardy north and P. orientatis hardy as
far north as Mass., while the southwestern and Mexican
species cannot be cult, in the North. From time imme-
morial the Oriental Plane, which was well known to the
ancient Greek writers, has been famous for the large

PLATANUS

PLATANUS

1367

size it attains — trunks of 30 ft. diameter and more are
reported to exist — and has been planted as a shade tree
in W. Asia and S. Europe, and to-day it is still one of
the favorite street trees throughout the temperate re-
gions of Europe. It has also been recognized in this
country as one of the best street trees, even to be pre-

1846. Plane-tree —Platanus occidentalis.

ferred to the native Plane, which, unfortunately, suffers
from the attacks of a fxingns , GlcFoapo^'iiim nerviseqinim,
while the Oriental is not injured by it. The Plane-trees
stand pruning— even severe pruning— well. To what
extent they are sometimes pruned in European cities
without losing their vitality is shown in an interesting
illustration in "Forest Leaves," vol. 3, p. 97. They are
also easily transplanted even as larger trees. They grow
best in a deep and rich, moist soil. Prop, by seeds sown
in spring and only slightly covered with soil and kept
moist and shady; also by cuttings of ripened wood and
by greenwood cuttings under glass in June taken with a
heel and sometimes by layers. Varieties are also occa-
sionally grafted in spring on seedlings of one of the
species. The stellate hairs of the young Ivs. when de-
tached by the wind, sometimes float in great quantities
in the air and are liable to cause irritation and some-
times inflammation of the mucous membranes of the eye,
nose and mouth. But as this is likely to occur only dur-
ing a very limited period late in spring it can hardly be
considered as a serious objection to the use of Platanus
as a street tree.

Six or 7 species of Platanus are known in N. America
south to Mexico and from southeast Europe to India,
Trees with the bark exfoliating in thin plates;
only at the base of older trunks the bark is
persistent, of darker color and furrowed.
Stipules conspicuous, usually connate into a
tube, with spreading leaf -like margin; peti-
ole with the enlarged base inclosing the ax-
illary bud: Ivs. palmately veined, covered
densely with stellate hairs when young: fls.
monoecious, in dense, globular heads, stami-
nate and pistillate similar, but on separate
peduncles; sepals and petals 3-8; staminate
with 3-8 stamens, pistillate with 3-8 pistils
with elongated styles: fr.-heads consisting
of numerous narrowly obconical, one-seeded
nutlets surrounded at the base by long hairs.

occidentalis, Linn. Buttonwood. But-
TONBALL. American Plane-tree. Also
wrongly called Sycamore. Pigs. 1846, 1847.
Large tree, attaining 130 or occasionally 170
ft., with a round-topped oblong or broad head
and with a trunk 10 ft. or exceptionally more
in diam., often of considerable height: bark
of limb and branches of very light often al-
most creamy white color, at" the base of the
trunks dark brown, fissured: stipules large,
with toothed margin : Ivs. as broad or broader than
long, truncate or cordate, rarely cuneate at the base,
usually 3-, sometimes 5-lobed, with shallow sinuses;
lobes shorter than broad, coarsely toothed or entire,

floccose-tomentose when young, at maturity only pubes-
cent on the veins beneath, 4-9 in. broad: fr.-heads soli-
tary, rarely in 2's, on 3-6-in. long peduncles, about 1 in.
across or more, comparati%'^ely smooth at length; nutlets
with obtuse apex, with the rest of the style one-six-
teenth inch long or shorter. May. Maine to Ontario and
Minn., south to Fla. and Tex. S.S. 7:320,327. G.F.
2:354,355; 9:55. Em. 1:201, 203. Gng. 4:343. Mn. 3, p.
69; 5, p. 205, 209. — The most massive and perhaps the
tallest of all deciduous trees of N. America and an excel-
lent street and park tree where it is not injured by fun-
gous diseases. There are several vars. in cultivation:
Var. Hispinica, Janko (P. Hispdnica, Lodd.). Lvs.
large, 3-5-lobed, with very shallow sinuses, coarsely
toothed, usually cordate at the base. Gn. 1, p. 588;
20, p. 370. Var. pyramidalis, Jaen. (P. jjyramid&lis,
BoUe). Of pyramidal habit: lvs. usually 3-Iobed, often
longer than broad, with usually rounded base. Var. tu-
hifera, Jaen. (P. sttph'ba, Hort.). With very conspicu-
ous elongated, tubular stipules. There are also some
forms with variegated lvs. Var. Siittneri, Hort., with
the lvs. spotted and marked white, and var. aureo-vari-
eg^ta, Hort. (var. Kelseydna, Jaen.), with yellow varie-
gated leaves.

orient&lis, Linn. Oriental Plane. Tree, to 80 ft.,
with usually very broad and round head on a compara-
tively short trunk : bark of dull grayish or greenish
white color; stipules small, usually with entire margin:
lvs. usually broadly cuneate at the base, deeply 5-7-
lobed, rarely 3-lobed, with the sinuses reaching almost
to or below the middle; lobes longer or much longer
than broad, coarsely toothed or entire, glabrous or
nearly so at maturity, 4-8 in. long: fr.-heads 2-4 on long,
drooping stalks, bristly, the nutlets narrowed at the
apex into a persistent style to 2 lines long. Mav. S. E.
Eu. to India. G.F. 4:91. G.C. III. 23:25, 27. Gn. 1, p.
550; 20, p. 369, 371, 373. -A variable species, of which
the most important forms are the following: Var. aceri-
fdlia, Ait. {P. acerifdlia, Willd. P. i» tervi eel i a, Hovt.).
Lvs. less deeply lobed, the sinuses rarely reaching be-
low the middle; lobes usually 5, the middle one only
little longer than broad: fr.-heads usually in 2's. Gn.
1, p. 588; 20, p. 371 and probably 1, p. 4SG and 20, p. 370
(as P. occidentalis). This form resembles in foliage
the American Plane, and is also of more pyramidal habit
than the Oriental Plane, which in its typical form has
a broad head, with wide-spreading branches deeply
divided, 5-7-lobed lvs., and the fr.-heads often in 3's
and 4's. It is often considered a distinct species, and
some have ventured the opinion that it may be a hybrid
between P. oceidetitalis and P. orientalis, as it is in
some characters intermediate between the two, but the
fr. does not differ from that of the latter. The var.

1847. Platanus occidentalis (X Ji).

aceHfdlia, which is the so-called London Plane, seems
hardier and is more generally planted under the name
of the_ Oriental Plane than the typical P. orientalis.
Var. digitata, Janko (P. iimhracidifera, Hort., var. Za-

1368

PLATANUS

PLATYCERIUM

cinldta, Hort.)- Lvs. cuneate or truncate or cuneate
at the base, deeply 5-lobed, with narrow, elongated,
coarsely toothed lobes. Gn. 1, p. 572, 573; 20, p. 371.
Var. undulita, Ait. {var. cunedta. Loud. P. eunedfa,
Willd.). Often shrubby: lvs. short-stalked, smaller,
usually deeply iMobed and cuneate, with narrow-toothed
lobes. Gn. 1, p. 618; 20, p. 371.

P. racembsa, Nutt. {P. Californica, Benth.). Tree, to 100 or
120 ft., with a tnink often divided into several stems: lvs. usu-
ally cordate or truacate, deeply 3-5-lobed, with ovate-lanceo-
late, mostly entire lobes, pale-tomeutose beneath, 0-10 in. long:
fr. -heads bristly, sessile on the slender stalk, racemose. Calif.
S.S. 7:328. — P. vulgaris, Spach, comprises all species of the ge-
nus. — P. Wrtgktii, Wats. Tree, to 80 ft., often divided into
several stems : lvs. usually cordate or truncate, deeply 3-7-
lobed, with lanceolate, acuminate, entire or dentate lobes, to-
nientose beneath or nearly glabrous at length, 6-8 in. long:
fr.-heads racemose, rather smooth, each on a short stalk. New
Mex. and Ariz, to Cahf. S.S. 7:329.

The other species, as P. Mexicdna, Moric, which is some-
times planted as a street tree in Mexico, P. Lindenidna, Mart.
& Gal., and P. glabrdta, Fernald, all natives of Mex., are not
yet introduced. Alfred Rehder.

PLATYCARYA {platys, broad, carya, nut; alluding
to the shape of the fruit). Syn., Fortunea. Juglandd-
cece. A monotypic genus distinguished from all other
JuglandaceJB by its fertile lis. forming an upright cone-
like spike. Small deciduous tree: the branches with
solid pith: winter-buds with imbricate scales: lvs. odd-
pinnate, similar to those of Hicoria Pecan, but smaller;
staminate catkins axillary; pistillate terminal, solitary:
fr, a small, winged nut in the axils of densely imbri-
cated, rigid and sharply pointed lanceolate bracts form-
ing a terminal upright cone. Rarely calt. and probably
not hardy north of the Middle States. It has graceful
and interesting foliage, but its ornamental value is not
great. Prop, by seeds and by layers, probably also by
grafting on Hicoria.

strobiUcea, Sieb. and Zucc. {Forfunea ShiSnsls,
Lindl.). Small tree, with upright glabrous branches:
lvs. 8-12 in. long; Ifts. 9-17, sessile, oblong-lanceolate,
falcate, acuminate, doubly serrate, pubescent only on
the midrib beneath, 3^ in. long: fr. -bearing cone about
1-lH in. long, oval, brown. Summer. Japan, China.
S.Z. 2:149. F.S. 4, p. 326b. R.H. 1888, p. 88.

Alfred Rehder.

PLATYCfiRIUM {Greek, broad horn; alluding to the
shape of the lvs.}. Poli)podldcece. IStag-horn Fern.
An anomalous genus of ferns with irregularly lobed
thick lvs. with the sori forming irregular patches over
one or both surfaces. The sterile lvs. are flat, rounded
expansions closely adherent in layers to the substratum.
In their native forests these ferns grow to the surface
of trees and old plants and often form enormous nests.

Eight kinds of Platycerium are offered for sale in
America. The word "disk,' as used below, refers to the
widest unbranched portion of the fertile frond.

A. Plants not forked like a stag horn... I. Angolense
AA. Plants resembling a stag horn.

E. Sori home on a special receptacle

described under No, 2 2. biforme

BB. Sori borne on the last forks or near
their base.
c. Barren fronds stag - horn ~ like
above.
D. Fertile fronds in pairs.

E. Plants glabrous or nearly

so 3. grrande

EE. Plants pubescent, with yel-
lowish %vool 4. Wallichii

DD. Fertile fronds in 3's 5. Willinckii

cc. Barren fronds not stag -horn-
like, cnfire or nn'rrjif lobed.
D. Seg}ii' I'ts inni siinises of the

fertih' froiidx lurij broad. ..(j. JEtMopicuill
DD. Segments and sinuses narrow.
E. Unbranched portion of fer-
tile fronds very long and

narrow 7. HilUl

EE. Unbranched portion of fer-
tile fronds moderately
long 8. alcicome

1. AngoUnse, Welw. {P. ^ihi6picum,V2ir. AngoUnse^
Welw. ). Fertile fronds wedge-shaped in outline and
merely wavy at the margin. It is also distinct by reason
of felt-like covering of rust-colored wool on the lower side
of the fronds. Barren fronds large, erect; fertile fronds
attaining a length of 18 in. and a width of 9 in. at the
top: spore-mass nearly as broad as the frond. Angola
(West Africa). G.C. III. 23:155 (repeated in 28:444).

2. "bifbrme, Blume. According to Blume's plate and
description, this differs from all other kinds in having
the spores borne on a special appendage, which is kid-
ney-shaped and attached b;'ow the first fork. Blume
says there are 2 such appendages ; that the barren
fronds are roundish, entire below, lobed above: fertile
fronds 3-5 ft. long, many times forked, pale green.
Java. — The fertile fronds of P. biforme are said to grow
15 ft. long sometimes. The picture in Gn. 4, p. 295,
labeled P. biforme seems to be distinct and anomalous,
though somewhat like P. grande.

3. grdnde, J. Smith. Fig. 1848. This maybe readily
distinguished from P. alcicome by its barren fronds,
which are also stag-like, while those of P. alcicome are
not. Barren fronds stalkless; segments blunt, spongy,
pale green, tomentose: fertile fronds in pairs, 3-6 ft.
long: sori not at the base of every ultimate fork but
against the upper edge of the disk, with an infertile
fork projecting beyond on either side. North Australia.
G.C. 1872:1137; III. 8:97 (good, repeated in III. 10:698
and 28:433). Gng. 5:169 (same as A.F. 6:701). F.
1850:47 (same as F.S. G, p. 156). Not G.M. 40:135,
which is P. ^'thiopicum. Mn. 1, p. 77 (erroneously as
P. alcicome).

4. WAUichii, Hook. As in P. grande, the sori are
borne not at the base of the ultimate forks, but on a
disk which is not squared off at its upper surface but
rounded and projecting into the angle between the forks.
Sori roundish. Malay Peninsula. G.C. III. 28:435.
Hook. Fil. Exot., plate 97.

5. Willinckii, Moore. Distinguished from P. grande
by the sori, which nearly fill the last forks but do not
approach the base of the sinus. The fronds are thinly
furnished with minute stellate hairs, at length glabroiis
and pale green. Moore says: "fertile fronds in3's, elon-
gate, pendent, with scarcely any disk, bipartite for about
two-thirds of their length, one of the margins of each
primary branch entire, the other bearing numerous lobes
in about three series on a dicliotomcus plan." Strong
features of this plant are the length, narrowness and
acuteness of the forks, and also the narrowness of the
"disk" or unbranched portion just below the primary
forks. Java. G.C. II. 3:303 (repeated in III. 10:701 and
28:431. A.G. 15:111. Gn. 10, p. 383 (repeated in Gn.
30, p. 300).

6. .ffithiopicum, Hook. (P. Stemmdria, Beauv.), Bar-
ren fronds rouuded; fertile fronds 2-3 ft. long, clus-
tered, pendent, twice dichotomous (not twice trichot-
omous, as some writers say): sorus a V-shaped patch
surrounding the sinus. Guinea, Angola. Hooker's
Garden Perils, plate 9. A.G. 15:111. G.M. 40:135 (erro-
neously as P. grande) . — The fronds are said to be cov-
ered below with a thin cottony down.

7. Hillii, Moore (P. alcicdrne, var. Hillii). Barren
fronds like P. alcicome, but the fertile fronds are erect,
the unbranched portion longer, the forks more numer-
ous and compact, the segments shorter and more
acute. Fronds clustered thinly, covered when mature
with white stellate hairs: sori in oval or roundish
masses, not at the base of the sinus but near the base
of each of the last segments. The upper third of the
fertile frond is "15-18 in. across, 3-parted, the central
segment with 1 or 2 side lobes near tbe apex, the 2 lat-
eral segments broader and twice or thrice forked into
5-10 ultimate lobes." T. Moore. Queensland. G.C. II.
10:51, 428, 429, J.H. 111. 32:497.

8. alcicdrne, Desv. Barren fronds rounded, convex,
wavy margined; fertile fronds clustered, attaining 2-3
ft., 2-3 times dichotomous, the unforked portion erect,
the segments pendent, rather narrow and sharply cut,
under surface covered with thin cottony down: sori in
irregular masses filling the last forks and a space
across their bases, shown in B.R. 3:202, 263 (as Acros-
Helium alcicome). Temperate Australia. A.G. 14:153;

PLATYCERIUM

PLATYCLINIS

1369

15:111. Gn. 51. p. 259. G.C. III. 10:697. Not Jin. 1, p.
77, which is really P. grande.

Var. majus, Moore, is stronger-growing, more up-
right, and with thick, leathery, dark green fronds. Ac-
cording to F. L. Atkins, the fertile tronds are more
broadly cut than the type and seldom forked more than
once. Polynesia. Veitch's Catalogue 1873, p. 13.

W. M.
No private conservatory should make any pretensions
to rank in the first class that does not take pride in at
least one well-grown specimen of Platycerium. The
Stag-horn Ferns are amongst the most beautiful and
distinct of ferns — perhaps the most striking of all— be-
cause of their noble, antlered appearance and their
epiphytal habit. They have two kinds of fronds, bar-
ren and fertile, the former being rounded disks which
clasp the tree trunk, while the fertile fi-onds generally
hang down and look like antlers. Occasionally the
barren fronds are more or less antlered, as in P.
qrande, but never give so perfect a suggestion as do
the fertile fronds. The species are all tropical, except
P. aU-icorne, which is therefore the easiest to grow and
the commonest in cultivation. This species can endure
a night temperature of 50° P. or even less. The glory
of the genus, however, is P. grande (Fig. 1848). The
barren fronds are exceptionally large, rounded and
wavy margined at the base, deeply cut above, forming
an erect or arching background to the pendent fertile
fronds, which fork more times and have much narrower
segments than the barren fronds. Unfortunately this
is the only species that does not produce suckers at the
roots, by which all the others are easily propagated. It
alone must be raised from spores, a long and anxious
process. The only kind that has an erect and rigid
habit is P. Hillii, which therefore is grown in pots,
while all the others may be grown on a block of wood,
and some in baskets. P. ?>ifo?*me differs from all others
in having a separate and specialized structure on which
the sori are borne, the other kinds bearing their spore-
masses on the under surface of the fertile fronds at or
near the last forks. P. biform.e, thotigh advertised in
America, is probably nowhere in cultivation in the
world. There is an improved fonn of the common
type known as P. alcicorne, var. majus, which is
stronger-growing and has thicker fronds, enabling it
to endure a drier atmosphere. It is therefore one of
the best, if not the best, for exhibition purposes. At
the other extreme from the slender grace of P. alcl-
cornfi- and the rest is the bold and broad style of
P. ^thiopictim. P. Aiigolense is the only one which
bears no resemblance to antlers.

All the species require a moist atmosphere, though
the humidity should be reduced during the winter.
With the exception of P. alcicorne they all require a
high temperature. All need perfect drainage, and in
■winter they should not have too much direct syringing,
for they need a slight rest and are likely to spot or
damp-off if water remains on the foliage too long.
P. jEtliioplcnni is said to be particularly sensitive.
Stag-horn Ferns are often grown on pieces of tree-fern
stem. They are fastened to such support or to a board
by means oi wire, having first furnished the roots with
a slit piece of peat for root-hold and some sphagnum
moss, to which may be added a little bonemeal for food
and some charcoal for drainage. A little moss may be
added every year or two. Eventually the barren fronds
will entirely cover this material and the plants should
then be left undisturbed for years. A Stag-horn Fern,
with antlers spreading G or 8 feet, is a sight never to
be forgotten. -^^ h. Taplin and F. L. Atkins.

PLATYCLINIS (Greek, broad bed; in allusion to the
clinandrium). Orclilddeea^. Plants with small, closely
crowded pseudobiilbs, each with a single, narrow, ever-
green leaf. The flowers are borne in graceful, drooping
racemes 6-10 in. long. They are small and not showy,
but the thread-like racemes arching from among the
densely tufted green foliage give the plants a pleasing
appearance. Sepals and petals spreading; labellum 3-
lobed; column short, with an erect-toothed clinandrium
and a large, narrow, erect wing on each side of the
clinandrium. About 20 species in India, China and the
Malay Islands. Heineich Hasselbking.

Platycerium grande

The several species of Platyclinis are all small, com-
pact-growing plants, requiring but little root-space.
They are of easy culture and readily adapt themselves
to either pot or basket culture, the latter being prefer-
able for those with pendulous flower-scapes. The roots
do not like being disturbed, but when repotting is neces-
sary it is best to do it just after the flowering period.
The compost shoiild consist of equal parts chopped live
sphagnum moss and clean peat fiber. The roots should
be carefully distributed and the compost pressed gently
but firmly in around them, leaving the surface slightly
convex when finished. At least two-thirds of the space
should be devoted to free drainage with potsherds or
bits of charcoal.

A shaded location and moist atmosphere, with a tem-
perature of 60-65° F. by night and 70-75° by day, will
afford them satisfactory growing conditions. They re-
quire a liberal supply of water at the roots, with occa-
sional syringing overhead in bright weather when grow-
ing, and should never be allowed to remain long dry
even when at rest. The plants frequently produce side
growths from the old pseudobulbs, which may be re-
moved after the growths are matured, leaving three or
more of the old pseudobulbs attached to each piece,
thus increasing the stock. When no natural break
occurs, however, the plants may often be induced to
break by slightly twisting, or notching the rhizome
with a sharp knife, thereby retarding the flow of sap at
that point. Roeekt M. Grey.

glum^cea, Benth. {Dendroeluhtm glnmiicenvi, Lindl.).
Pseudobulbs crowded, forming dense spreading masses,
the young ones clothed with red scales: Ivs. solitary,
broadly lanceolate, tapering to a petiole which is en-
closed by the sheath: peduncle from the top of the
pseudobulb, slender, bearing a long, drooping spike of
small white fls.: sepals and petals spreading, oblong,
acuminate; middle lobe of the labellum rotund, curved,
base with 2 fleshv ridges. Spring. Philippines. B.M.
4853. G.C. III. 18:552.

filifdrmis, Benth. (Dendroclulum filifdrme, Lindl.).
Pseudobulbs crowded : Ivs. linear-lanceolate : flower-
stem thread-like, bearing a long, pendulous raceme of

1370

PLATYCLINIS

PLATYSTEMON

small, pale yellow fls. : sepals and petals obovate; la-
"bellura cuneate-rotund, auriculate at the base. Summer,
Philippines. l.H. 25:323 (as Vendrochilum gluniacenm) .
G.F. 2:485.

CobbiS.ua, Herasl. {DendrocliHum Cobbitlnum, Reiehb.
f . ) . Lvs. oblong-lanceolate : fls. in a zigzag raceme, pale
yellow, with an orange lip; sepals and petals triangular-
oblong ; labelluni cuneate-fan-shaped, retuse, Nov.,
Dec. Philippines. Heinrich Hasselbring.

1849.
Platycodon g:randiflorum.

(X34)

PLATYCODON (Greek,
plafijs, broad, and kodon,
bell; referring to the
shape of the flower).
Campannldcea'. A mono-
typic genus of very handsome
hardy herbaceous perennials, with
blue or white bell-shaped flowers;
henee the name "Chinese " or "Jap-
anese Bellflower." This plant was
first placed in Campanula by Jac-
quin and later, by Schrader, in
Wahlenbergia; and it is still some-
times cult, under these names. In
1880 it was given a new geniis
(Platycodon) by A. DeCandolle. It
is distinguished from Campanula
by its broadly cup-shaped flowers,
the stamens dilated at the base, and
the capsule opening at the top and
not at the sides. From Wahlenber-
gia it differs in the valves of the
capsule being opposite to the calyx-
lobes instead of alternate with
them Several supposed species have been described at
■different times, but there seems to be no doubt that the
genus is distinctly monotypic and that all forms can be
referred as forms of the type P. grandifloriiw, which
has been widely distributed and thereby greatly modi-
fied. It has been found in a wild state from Dahuria to
Manchuria, in China, in Siberia, Corea and Japan.

Platycodon requires a medi^^ra sandy loam, and does
not succeed in either extremely stiff or sandy soils. It
is particularly sensitive to ill-drained soils. Under suit-
able soil conditions it is perfectly hardy and will even
stand considerable neglect. It is desirable to keep the
stems tied during the season, for if once allowed to fall
they can never be raised without breaking. In autumn
the old stems should not be cut away, but the plant al-
lowed to die off naturally; otherwise the crown may be
injured. It can be propagated either by division or by
seeding, the latter being more surely successful and
therefore preferable; besides, a greater variety of flow-
ers is obtained in this way. More care and skill are
necessary in propagation by division, because of the
fleshy rootstock. It is best accomplished in spi'ing,
when the plant is breaking into new growth.

grandifldrum, DC. ( Campdmila grandiflbra, Jacq.
WalilenMrgla grandiflbra, Schrad.). Chinese or Jap-
anese Bell-plowek. Balloon Flower. Fig. 1849.
Plant 1-2 ft. high, forming a dense, branching bush of
upright habit: lvs, lanceolate or ovate-lanceolate, gla-
brous, unequally toothed: fls. large and open, attaining
3 in. in diam., produced from tips of branches, inflated
in the bud, hence sometimes called "balloon flower";
corolla 5-lobed, blue, pale blue-white, or variegated.
June, July. G.C. III. 28:223. J.H. III. 30:12.3. F.S. 22:
2332. B.M. 252. -Var. Alburn. A white-flowering
form. Var. autumn&,le. Later-flowering form from
Manchuria. Gn. 45, p. 462. R.H. 1848:361; 1853:
547.

Var. Jap6nicum (P. Japdnicvm, Hort. ) is of
stronger and bushier growth and freer-flowering.
The flowers average 2K in. across; the inner and
outer lobes alternate with one another, giving the
flower the appearance of a 10-pointed star. — This va-
riety was first procured by Dreer in 1895 from Leonard
Lille, Lyons, France, who offered it as a novelty that
season. It proved to be a first-class and desirable sort
and has been tested by Dreer since, who considers it
one of the good hardy perennials.

Var. Mari6si (P. 3Tctriesi, Plort,). Recently introduced
into England from Japan by Maries, and supposed to be
identical with var, glaucum of Siebold, It does not ex-
ceed 1 ft in height : growth stouter and more compact :
lvs. thicker than in the type: fis. are as large or larger
than the type and varying in color from deep purplish
blue to pale blue or lavender and white. G.C. III. 14:1G3.
G.M. 37:35. J.H, III. 35:29, Gn. 27:483; 45:964. -Var,
semi-plenum. Fls. semi-double, and varying in color
from purple to white ; said to have been developed
from var. aJbnm. Var. striatum. A garden form with
blue or white fls., striped with white or blue.

Arnold V^, Stubenbauch.

PLATYCRATER (Greek, platys, broad, and crater^
bowl; alluding to the broad, enlarged calyx of the ster-
ile fls,)- Sax i frag dcece. A monotypic genus allied to
Hydrangea. The species is a prostrate shrub, with op-
posite serrate lvs, and white, comparatively large fis. in
long-peduncled, loose cymes, the marginal ones sterile
and with enlarged calyx; petals 4; stamens numerous:
fr. a 2-celled many-seeded dehiscent capsule. It is not
hardy north, and of little decorative value. It thrives
best in rather moist, porous soil and partly shaded po-
sition and is easily prop, by seeds, greenwood cuttings
under glass, or layers.

argiita, Sieb. & Zucc. Prostrate shrub: lvs. oblong
to oblanceolate, cuneate at the base, acuminate, glabrous
except on the veins beneath, thin, light green, 3-6 in.
long: cymes 3-10-fld., on a 1-2-in. long peduncle: fls.
slender-pedicelled, the sterile ones apetalous, 1 in.
across, with broad, obtuse sepals; fertile smaller, with
lanceolate sepals half as long as the oblong-ovate petals.
July. Japan. S.Z. 1:27. Gt. 15: 516. -Useful for rock -
work in greenhouses. Alfred Rehder.

PLATYLOMA is a name for ferns of the genus Pellcea
which have a narrow indusium and a broad sorus. For
Phityloma Bridgesii and P. falcata, see Pellcea.

PLATYSTfiMON (Greek words referring to the dilated
filaments). Papaverticece. Creaji Cups. A half-hardy
annual growing about a foot high and bearing 6-petaled
pale yellow fls. 1-1^2 in. across. This plant is improp-
erly called California Poppy in some catalogues. It is
inferior to the common and California poppies in hardi-
ness, in strength and variety of color, and in size of fls.,
but it is interesting botanically in four respects: (1) It
is unique in the poppy family in its fruit, which is not
a capsule but is composed of numerous carpels that
separate at maturity into linear parts, which are monili-
form {i.e., compressed at intervals like the links of a
necklace), each joint containing a single seed. (2) It is
remarkable for the dilation of the filaments of the an-
thers, which are numerous and separate, (3) It is one
of the few abnormal members of the poppy family with
entire lvs. (4) The petals are not shed quickly, as in
the common poppies, but they wither and remain closed

PLATYSTEMON

PLEIONE

1371

over the forming fruit. Platystemon grows wildjth rough-
out California, except in the mountains, and is said to
prefer a loose soil. See A^muals.

Galifdmlcns, Benth. Cream Cups. Lvs. mainly oppo-
site, sessile, ligulate, hispid: fls. light yellow to cream
color or white, rarely roseate; sepals 3. B.M. 3579. B.
R. 20:1679. B.2:65. Gn. 30, p. 313. — The smooth-fruited
form figured as P. leiocarpum in F.C. 2 :76 and B.M. 3750
is said by the Synoptical Flora to be "a mere state."

TV. M,

PL ATYSTfGMA (Greek, broad stigma). Papaveracew.
Low, slender California annuals with pale yellow fls.
less than 1 in. across. They are among the few plants
of the poppy family with entire lvs. They are closely
allied to Platystemon, but differ in having the filaments
scarcely dilated, 3 stigmas instead of many, and the fr.
a capsule which is 3-valved at the apex. Other generic
characters: fls. commonly trimerous; stamens numer-
ous, free; stigmas not confluent. Four species from
Calif, and Oregon. P. lineare is the only one with thick
stigmas and also differs in its tufted habit, the others
having leafy and branching stems. It is figured in B.M.
3575 with pale yellow fls.; in B.R. 23:1954 it is shown
with 3 white petals alternating with yellow ones, Platy-
stigmas seem never to have been offered for sale in
America.

PLATYTHfiCA (Greek, broad anther cells). Treman-
drdcece. A heath-like Australian shrub, with foliage like
a bed-straw (or Galium) and many 5-pointed starry blos-
soms of light purple borne toward the end of the
branches. Each flower is about 1 inch across, and its
center is marked with a star of red. Platytheca belongs
to a small, beautiful and distinct family of Australian
shrubs, composed of 3 genera, of which Tetratheca is
the dominant type. The Tremandra family resembles
the Polygala family in the structure of the capsule, but
differs in the regularity and estivation of the flower; it
resembles the Pittosporace® in having a very small em-
bryo immersed in copious albumen, and particularly the
genus Cheiranthera in having anthers which open by a
pore at the top. The three genera of TremandracesB are
distinguished from one another by the anthers; Tre-
mandra differs from the other two in having the anthers
jointed with the filaments ; in Platytheca the anthers
have 4 cells all in the same plane; in Tetratheca the
anthers are 2-celled or 4-celled, with 2 cells in front of
the 2 others.

Other generic characters of Platytheca: floral parts
in o's; stamens in 2 distinct series, with 4 parallel cells
in a single plane contracted into a tube at the top: cap-
sule opening loculicidally at the edge, with the 4 valves
splitting septicidally: seeds glabrous, without appen-
dage. Only one species.

galioides, Steetz. {P. vert icilldta, BaiW.). Lvs. linear,
% in. long, about 10 iu a whorl, hairy. Said to bloom in
June. P.M. 13:171 (as Tetratheca verttcillata). — Thin
plant deserves to be better known. Cuttings of half-
ripened wood root freely under a bell-glass iu a shaded
house at 60°. Cuttings rooted in February or March
will make good plants in 5-inch pots in one year. In
summer keep them plunged outside, but covered with
shaded sash. By trimming frequently they will make
well-shaped plants, needing no supports. Kept in a
coolhouse (45°) during winter, they will be covered with
bloom in March and April. The flowers last but a short
time, but the plant is so free that it is always covered
with bloom. jj. D. Darlington and W. M.

PLECTOCOMIA {Greek, plaited hair; application ob-
scure). Palmdcece. Sis species of East-Indian climbing
palms which fniit once for all and then die. One of the
most interesting species is P. Kliasyana, which is fig-
ured in B.M. 5105underthe erroneous title of P. Assam-
iea. This species has a slender stem 60-80 ft. long,
and about as thick as a man's arm, being slightly
thicker above than at the base. The lvs. attain 30 ft.
and are pinnate only in the lower half, the rest of the
leaf being a long, whip-like extension of the rachis of
the leaf. A singular feature of this palm is the device
by which it climbs. This consists of a series of com-

pound spines snaped like a downward-pomting nnmau
hand, the back of the hand being yellow and the 5
or 6 fingers composed of brown spines. These organs
are scattered all along the lower side of the flattened
rachis. They hook on the branches of trees and thus
enable the palm to climb for light.

"A yet more wonderful provision of nature," says
Hooker, "is observed in the young and yet unfolded
leaves of these plants during the period when they in-
sert themselves upw^ards among the branches of the
forests, for then these spines are upright and lie flat
against the stalk of the leaf, not becoming reflexed till
they are needed as a means of support." Probably all
the species possess these flagelliform leaves and re-
markable spines. The whip-like leaf-tips may act as ten-
drils. The genus is little known to cultivators, and only
one species is offered in the U. S. The genus is allied
to the rattans (Calamus), which also are climbers.
William Watson writes that the fruit of a Plectocomia
is a shell composed of many small, tightly overlapping
scales, inclosing a round seed which has a solid whitish
albumen almost as hard as ivory. Watson adds that
young plants are ornamental, but their spiny lvs. are a
drawback, and the lvs. are much more easily broken
than those of most palms.

elongata, Mart. Lvs. very large; Ifts. 1-lM ft. x2 in.,
sparsely white powdery beneath, with 3 very slender
parallel nerves or costas. Penang, Sumatra, Java.—
Offered in 1890 by Reasoner Bros.

PLECTOPOMA. a few species, now apparently much
hybridized, all referred to Gloxinia,

PLECTRANTHUS (Greek, spurred flower). Labicitce.
A large and uninteresting genus of herbs and sub-
shrubs, widely scattered, bearing rather small or small-
ish fls., ranging from blue and purple to lilac. There
are said to be some species with fls. nearly an inch long.
The genus is closely allied to Coleus, being distin-
guished by having the stamens free instead of united at
the base into a tube, which is distinct from the corolla.
In other respects the genus has wide limits of variation.
Sixty-six species are described in DC. Prod. 12:55
(1848). Sometimes called Cockspur-fiower.

fruticosus, L'H^rit. South African shrub, 3-4 ft.
high: lvs. 4 in. or more long, petiolate, broadly ovate,
doubly dentate: racemes laxly panicled: whorls about
3-6 -fid. : fls. blue; pedicles \}4. in. long; corolla-tube
spurred above the base: fruiting calyx declinate. — Said
to be an elegant shrub. Ernest Bratinton has a specimen
at Los Angeles, which is 4 ft. high and 6 ft. through.

PLECTRONIA (Greek, cockspur ; referring to the
spines). Pi(biiicec&. About 70 species of shrubs or
small trees, found in the Old World, mostly in the trop-
ics. They are more or less spiny and have somewhat
funnel-shaped, 5-parted fls., with reflexed segments val-
vate in the bud, and a hairy or naked throat. Calyx
obovate or oblong; stamens 5, in the throat; style
short; stigma subcapitate, of 2 approximate lamellae:
berry obovate-oblong, compressed, didymous, 2-stoned:
stones indehiscent, 1-seeded.

spindsa, Klotzsch. Very spiny South African shrub,
5-8 ft. high: lvs. fasciculate, oval or obovate, obtuse,
entire, 1-ly^ in. long: racemes or panicles shorter than
the lvs.: peduncles axillary, 5-12-fld.: corolla-tube
shorter than the limb; throat naked. Int. by Frances-
chi, Santa Barbara.

FLEldNE (from Greek mythology; PJeione, mother
of the Pleiads). Oi-chiddcecp. A small genus closely
related to Ccelogyne, but having annual deciduous lvs.
and pseudobulbs. Natives of the mountains of India,
extending to elevations where snow and frost are not
uncommon. Few species are cultivated in America.
See Oreliid,

maculata, Lindl. Pseudobulbs round, flattened, de
pressed at the top, forming a fleshy ridge around the
summit: lvs. lanceolate, from inflated sheaths: fis. pre-
ceding the lvs., on short peduncles; sepals and petals
lanceolate, spreading, white; labellum funnel-shaped,
with 5-7 fringed lamellae extending the entire length of

1372

PLEIONE

PLUM

the labellums, side lobes streaked M'ith purple, middle
lobe ovate, wavy, white, spotted with purple and yellow.
The Ivs. fall in Sept.; fls. in Nov. B.M. 4691. F.S.
14:1470. F. 1851:97 (all as Ccelogyne macitlataj. — Var.
Bermanica was once offered by Wm. Mathews.

praecox, D. Don (P. Wallicliidtw, Lindl. & Past.).
Pig. 1850. Pseudobulbs flask-shaped, depressed, dull
green, warted and covered with a network of the old
split sheaths : Ivs. broadly lanceolate, plicate: fls.
large, on short peduncles ; sepals long lanceolate,
spreading, pink; petals similar but narrower; labellum
trurapet-shaped, indistinctiy lobed. pink, white and yel-
low in the throat; disk with longitudinal fringed lamel-
laa, margin dentate-flmbriate. Oct., Nov. B.M. 4496.
B.R. 26-'24. P.M. 6:25 (all as Calogyne WaUioMana).

r

Vfft
/ ill I ^

1850. Pleione praecox (X H).

Lagen&ria, Lindl. & Paxt. Pseudobulbs clustered and
depressed, as in the other species, dull green, mottled
•with brown: tis. about 4 in. across, rose-lilac; sepals
and petals narrowly lanceolate ; labellum convolute,
crisp on the margin, pale lilac, blotched with yellow
and deep crimson in the throat and having several yel-
low crests. Aug.-NoY. Himalaya Mts. B.M. 5370. F.S.
23:238G. I.H. 14:510 (all as Ccelogyne Lagenaria) , Gn,
51, p. (i4.

Reichenbachia,na,T. Moore. Pseudobulbs 5-8-grooved,
flask-shaped but suddenly contracted at the top: scape
1-2 in. long, closely sheathed: sepals and petals linear-
oblong, pale purple to white; labellum nearly white,
middle lobe white with few pale purple spots, with 3
crests; margin ciliate -toothed. Autumn. Rangoon.
B.M. 5753. Heinrich Hasselbring.

PLEKdMA. See Tihouchina.

PLEUKISY ROOT is Asclepias tuherosa,

PLEUROTHALLIS (Greek, lateral branch; referring
to ihe inflorescence, which arises from the axil of the
leaf). Orchidcicece. One of the largest of the genera of
orchids containing about 400 species, dispersed in the
region extending from Brazil and Bolivia to Mexico and
the West Indies. On account of their small, inconspicu-
ous flowers these plants are of no horticultural value,
and not generally cultivated. Stems clustered on the
rhizome, sheathed with scales below and bearing a
single leaf at the summit : fls. in a nodding raceme from
the axil of the leaf; sepals free or tlie lateral ones
united at the base; petals smaller; labellum free, simi-
lar to the petals or 3-lobed; column short, without
lateral branches.

Roezlii, Reichb. f. Lvs. oblong-lanceolate, 4-10 in.
long: flower-stem often a little longer than the lvs.: fls.
purple-brown, iu a one-sided raceme. Colombia.

ornata, Reiehb. f. A very small cespitose plant with
lvs. scarcely 1 in. long: fls. opening successively on
erect, zigzag racemes a few inches long, inconspicuous,
yellow with brown spots, B.M. 7094. — The plant is
easily distinguished by the sepals, which are fringed
with silvery pendulous hairs.

Heixrich Hasselbring.

PLUM. Plate XXX. It is probably more difficult to
give specific practical advice for the management of the
Plum than for any other common fruit. This is because
the cultivated Plums represent several distinct species
which are not equally adapted to all parts of the coun-
try, and the same remarks will not apply to them all.
There is no country in which the domesticated Plum
flora is so complex as in North America, for we not
only grow the specific types of Europe and of Japan,
but also species that are peculiar to our own country.
In the northeastern states and on the Pacific slope the
European or Domestica types are the leading Plums. In
these same areas and also in the South and in parts
of the mid-contineutal region, the Japanese Plums are
now popular and are gaining in favor. In the cold
North, in the great interior basin, and also in most
parts of the South, various native types now consti-
tute the leading cultivated Plums. These native Plums
are developed from wild species of the country, and
they are unknown iu cultivation (except in botani-
cal or amateur collections) in any other part of the
world. These have been developed chiefly within a half
century, although a few varieties are older than this.
For a history of this evolution, see '^Sketch of the Evo-
lution of our Native Fruits."

The Plums cultivated in North America belong to the
following groups (see Primus) :

1. Domestica or European types, Pmmts domestica.
Native to western Asia. Comprises the common or old-
time Plums, such as Green Gage, Lombard, Bradshaw,
Yellow Egg, Damsons, and the like. The leading Plums
from Lake Michigan eastward and north of the Ohio,
and on the Pacific slope. Figs. 1851 to 1856 are of
this species. Of late years, hardy races of Prvniis
domestica have been introduced from Russia. These
have value for the colder parts of the plum -growing
regions. Figs. 1853-5 show representative forms of the
Russian type.

2. The Myrobalan or cherry-Plum type, Primus ceras-
ifera. Native to southeastern Europe or southwestern
Asia. Much used for stocks upon which to bud Plums,
and also the parent of a few named varieties, as
Golden Cherry ; and DeCaradeuc and Marianna are
either offshoots of it or hybrids between it and one of
the native Plums.

3. Japanese types. Primus triflora. Probably native
to China. The type seems to be generally adapted to the
United States, and will certainly be of great value to
both the South and North. This species first appeared
in this country in 1870, having been introduced into
California from Japan. For historical sketch, see Bull.
62, Cornell Exp. Sta. (1894); also Bull. 106 (1896).

4. The Apricot or Simon Plum, Prunus Simonii.
Native to China. Widelj'" disseminated in this country,
but little grown except in parts of California. Intro-
duced about 1881.

5. The Americana types, Prunus Americana. The
common wild Plum of the North, and extending west-
ward to the Rocky mountains and southward to the
Gulf and Texas. Admirably adapted to climates too
severe for the* Domestica Plums, as the Plains and the
upper Mississippi valley. See Cornell Bulletin 38 for
an early account of the native Plums. Fig. 1857.

6. The Wild Goose or Hortulana types, Prunus Jiort-
^ila)}a.. A mongrel type of Plums, comprising such
kinds as Wild Goose, Wayland, Moremau, Miner and
Golden Beauty. These are no doubt hybrids of the
last and the next.

7. The Chickasaw types, Prunus angustifolia (or P.
Chicasa). Native to the southern states, and there
cultivated (from southern Pennsylvania southwards) in
such varieties as Newman, Caddo Chief and Lone
Star.

PLUM

PLUM

1373

8. The Sand Plum, Primus angustifoJia, var. Watsoyii.
Native to Kansas and Nebraska. A bush-like species,
little known in cultivation. A hybrid of this and the
Western Saud Cherry is the Utali Hybrid Cherry.

9. The Beach Plum, Prunus marithna. Native to the
coast from New Brunswick to Virginia. In cultivation
represented by the unimportant Bassett's American;
also as an ornamental plant.

10. The Pacific coast Plum, Prunus snhcordata.
Native to Oregon and California. Sparingly known in
cultivation, chiefly in the form known as the Sisson
Plum (var. Kelloggii.)

The Plum of history is Prunus domestica. It is to
this species that general pomological literature applies.
It gives us the prunes (which see). Perhaps it would
be serviceable to classify the Domestica Plums into five
general groups, although any classification is arbitrary
at certain points:

(Of.) Prunes, characterized by sweet firm fiesh, and
capable of making a commercial dried product. They
may be of any color, although blue-purple prunes are
best known. Some of the prunes are grown in the
East as ordinary market Plums, being sold in the
fresh state. Almost any Plum can be made into dried
prunes, but the varieties used commercially for this
purpose constitute a more or less distinct class of firm
and thick-fleshed kinds. In the East, prune is nothing
more than a varietal name. See Prune.

(6) Damsons, comprising very small, firm Plums of
various colors, generally borne in clusters, the leaves
mostly small. The run-wild Plums of old roadsides
and farmyards are mostly of the Damson type.
Fig. 185fi.

(c) The green gages, comprising various small,
green or yellow-green Plums, of spherical form and
mostly of high quality. Reine Claude is the common-
est representative of this group iu the East. The
name Green Gage often stands for a group rather than
for a variety.

(d) Large yellow Plums, such as Coe Golden Drop,
Washington, and the like.

(e) Large colored Plums, including the various
red, blue, and purple varieties, like the blue prunes,
Lombard, Bradshaw, Quackenboss, etc.

The Japanese Plums {Pninus trlflora) differ from
the Doraesticas in having longer, thinner, smooth and
mostly shining leaves, smooth twigs, a greater tendency
to the production of lateral fruit-buds on the annual
growth, and mostly rounder or shorter fruits with col-
ors running more to cherry-reds and light yellows.
Most of the varieties are as hardy as the Domestica
series. The Japanese varieties are impoi'tant because
they add variety to the list, and especially because they
are rich in very early kinds, and the fruit is so firm that

1851. Plum-Peter Yellow Gaee (X ?^).

it carries well; aside from this, the trees are vigorous
and very productive, and they are less liable to injuries
from black-knot and curcnlio than the Domesticas are.

The native Plums, chiefly offspring of Prunus Amer-
icana, P. angiistifoUa and P, hortulana (the last name

now believed to represent a hybrid class), represent a
wide range of varieties. Those from Prunus Americana
parentage are very hardy and are adapted to regions in
which the Domestica and Japanese types are tender,
as in northern New England, parts of Canada, and the
northern Plains states. Those partaking strongly of
P. angustifolia parentage, and the greater part of the

1852.

Plum— Fellenberg or Italian Prune {X 3^).

Hortulanas, thrive well in the South, where the climate
is too continuously hot for other Plums or where the
fruit-rot fungus is too prevalent.

Plum-growing. — T^\xQ Plum thrives on a variety of
soils. The Domesticas generally do best when planted
upon clay loam. They usually thrive best on lands
which are suited to pears, or on the heavier lands to
which apples are adapted. Yet there are many varie-
ties which grow well on lands that are comparatively
light or even almost sandy. The Americanas thrive
best in a rather moist soil, and mulching is often very
favorable to the size and quality of the fruit.

The stocks upon which Plums are grown are very va-
rious. By far the greater number of the trees in the
North are now grown upon the Myrobalan stock, which
is a species of rather slow-growing Plum, native to
southeastern Europe and southwestern Asia. This is
the stock that is sometimes recommended in the older
fruit books for the making of dwarf trees; but unless
the top is kept well headed in, the trees generally make
normal growth upon it. Trees grown upon this root are
usually larger and finer at one or two years of age than
those grown upon other Plum stocks, and the probability
is that they are nearly as useful from the grower's stand-
point as any other. However, there are some varie-
ties that overgrow the Myrobalan, and the stock is
likely to sprout from the ground and thereby cause
trouble. Probably the most ideal stock for Domesticas,
from the standpoint of the grower, is the Domestica
itself, but seeds of it are more difficult to secure, the
stock is more variable and it is more likely to be injured
in the nursery row by leaf fungi; therefore, as a matter
of practice, the Myrobalan has very generally supplanted
it. In the southern states the peach is largely used as
a stock upon which to grow Plums, and it seems to be
gaining favor in the North. It is undoubtedly a very
excellent stock for sandy lands, and, in fact, is proba-
bly better for siich lands than the Myrobalan itself.
Some varieties — of which Lombard and French Dam-
son are examples- do not take well on the peach. The
Japanese Plums are commonly worked upon the peach.
The Marianna stock, which is miich recommended in
the South, has not found favor in the North. Some
varieties of Plums are such slow and crooked growers
in the nurseries that it is advisable to top-graft or
bud them on some strong and straight stock. The Lom-
bard is no doubt the best stock for this purpose now
grown by nurserymen. The old Union Purple is one of
the best stocks, but it is not much grown at the present

1374

PLUM

PLUM

time. Reine Claude, German Prune, Copper, are prob-
ably best when top-worked on some strong stock. For
many native varieties, seedlings of vigorous natives, as
of Golden Beauty and Wayland, make excellent stocks.
Americanas should be worked on their own seedlings,
at least in the North. In the South they are often
budded on Marianna.

Plum trees are usually planted when two years old
from the bud, although some of the strong-growing
kinds may be planted at a year old with the very best
results. As a rule, Plum trees are planted about as far
apart as peaches are, that is, from 15 to 20 feet apart
each way. Many growers prefer to plant them closer one
way than the other and eventually to stop cultivation in
one direction. If this system is used, they may be placed
18 or 20 feet apart one way, and from 8 to 12 feet the
other way. When planted, the trees are pruned in essen-
tially the same way that apple trees are. It is generallj'
advisable to start tops as low as possible and yet allow
of the working of the curculio catcher below them. This
means that the limbs should start from 3 to 4 feet above
the ground. With the modern implements and methods
of tillage, there is little inconvenience in working the land
if tops are started as low as this. The subsequent prun-
ing of the Plum tree has no special difficulties. About
four or five main limbs are allowed to form the frame-
work of the top, and in most varieties, especially those
which are not very tall growers, the central trunk or
leader may be allowed to remain. The frnit of the
Domesticas is borne mostly on spurs, as shown in Pig.
1858. These spurs, therefore, should not be removed
unless it is desired to thin the fruit. In the Americanas
and the Japanese varieties, the fruit is borne both on
spurs and on the annual axial growth.

Jnsects and Diseases. — The black-knot is one of the
most serious Plum diseases. It is best kept in check by
systematically cutting it out. The grower should go
over his orchard for it in the summer time and again as
soon as the leaves fall. If trees are thoroughly sprayed
every year with Bordeaux mixture for the leaf-blight
fungus, the black-knot will make comparatively little
headway in the orchard.

The blight, which causes the leaves to fall in August
or September, is one of the most serious diseases in
the Plum orchard; but the disease can readily be kept
in check by thorough spraying with Bordeaux mixture
two or three times during the summer. The mixture for
spraying Plums should be weaker than for apples, par-
ticularly for the Japanese varieties.

The fruit-rot is the work of a fungus. Many times
the dead and dried fruit may be seen hanging on the
tree all winter, as shown in Fig. 1859; and in such cases
it is very likely that the fruit-spur may be killed, as the
upper one in the picture has been. In handling this
disease, the first consideration is the fact that some

1853. Early Red, one of the Russian Plums (X %).

varieties are much more susceptible to it than others.
The Lombard is one of the worst. Again, if the fruit
grows in dense clusters, the disease is more likely to be
severe. The thinning of the fruit, therefore, is one of
the very best preventives of the spread of the disease;
and at the same time, also, one of the most efficient
means of increasing the size, quality and salableness of

the product. Thorough spraying with Bordeaux mix-
ture is a specific for the trouble.

The curculio, which causes wormy fruit, can be held
in check by the jarring process, as described under
Peach.

For literature on Plums, see Waugh's "Plums and
Plum Culture;" Bulletins by Waugh, Goff and Craig,
chiefly on Native Plums. Bull. 131. Cornell Exp. Sta.

1854. Moldavka. a Russian Plum {X%).

{from which the above account is adapted); bulletins
of Cornell Exp. Sta. on Japanese Plums, and also No.
38 on Native Plums. l_ jj_ g_

Cultivation of Native Plums. — Approximately 300
varieties of Plums, derived chiefiy from 6 native types,
are now propagated by American nurserymen and
planted in American orchards. A large number of
these varieties are comparatively worthless, and must
presently be discarded. A creditable minority, however,
has qualities of absolute and considerable merit, and
may be looked on as permanent additions to our pomo-
logical wealth. The native varieties are now propagated
and planted bj' thousands annually, both for home use
and for market. For certain culinary purposes many of
the natives are superior; and in many places, particu-
larly in states of middle latitude, they are the most
profitable market Plums grown.

The Americana Plums are especially qualified to with-
stand the severity of northern winters. They are su-
perlatively hardy. They are practically the only Plums
grown in the cold northwestern states {except the com-
paratively unimportant Nigras and the Miners) and their
usefiilness in northern New England and middle Canada
is limited only by the extent 1o which they are known.
Their cultivation has been developed to a special degree
in Iowa, Wisconsin, Minnesota, and adjacent states. For
this region they must be propagated always on Americana
stock. This stock has other advantages besides its har-
diness, and it is rapidly coming into extensive use for
all sorts of Plums in the northwest. The sand cherrj'
is sometimes used as a stock, but has not yet passed the
experimental stage. It dwarfs Americana Plums worked
on it. It is perfectly hardy.

The Americana Plums are wayward and awkward
growers. With many varieties it is impossible to make
a comely orchard tree. They do not appear to take
very kindly to pruning; and the usual method has been
to let them very much alone. Careful pruning dur-
ing the first few years, directed with a view to forming
an open top on comparatively few supporting main
branches, will do something toward shaping the trees;
but with our present knowledge, no extensive pruning
can be recommended for mature trees. The method
of heading-in, as often practiced with the Domestica
Plums, is especially unadapted to the Americanas.

The Americana Plums are early and very prolific
bearers. Overbearing is a habit and a serious fault with
most varieties. Extensive thinning of the fruit is in-
dispensable. The trees are sometimes severely attacked
by shot-hole fimgus, and thorough spraying with Bor-
deaux mixture is necessary. The fruit-rot (monilia) at-
tacks all the native Plums more or less, and must be
controlled by Bordeaux mixture. See Spraying .

The Nigra group has two or three important varie-
ties of superior hardiness, as Cheney and Aitkin. In
general they bloom earlier, and fruit less heavily than
the Americanas. Their habits and culture are the same.

!i '^ P

R s 2

"_= X
o " X

■ ^ 3

P Co

So

t-J^

^;r*

05 *V

n B

PLUM

PL DM

1375

The Miner-like varieties are hardly to be distin-
guished from the Americanas in. any way. They have
practically the same geographical range, and may be
given the same treatment In the orchard.

The Way land group includes several varieties of
great value, especially for the South. Of these Way-
land, Golden Beauty, Moreman, Benson, and Kanawha
may be mentioned. They are not to be recommended
generally for localities north of Massachusetts and Ne-
braska, their northern limit being determined less by
their non-hardiness than by the very late ripening. This
habit of late ripening, combined with very late bloom-
ing, makes them desirable for late marketing, particu-
larly in southern markets. They are very prolific and
constant bearers. The trees are free-growing, usually
of rather spreading habit, and will bear heading-back
better than the Americanas. The pruning knife, if used
in season and with good judgment, will assist in mak-
ing comparatively open-headed and amiable trees of
these varieties.

The Wild Goose group includes varieties like Wild
Goose, Milton, Wooton, and Whitaker, specially adapted
to the latitude of Maryland, Kentucky and Kansas. The
same varieties succeed only less well southward; but
are not generally valuable to the north of this line. For
the section named, the varieties of this class have un-
questionably been the most profitable Plums gro^vn up
to the present time. They are propagated chietly on
peach, Marianna and Myro'balan. These stocks are all
fairly satisfactory, though not equally good for all va-
rieties ; but when peach stocks are used the union
should be made by whip-grafting on the peach root.
Otherwise the peach stock comes above the ground and
is a prey to the peach borer. The trees are mostly
rapid, willowy, rather zigzag growers; and are amena-
ble to the pruning knife in about the same degree as
the Wayland-like varieties already mentioned. Whit-
aker makes an open-headed tree without much trouble.
So does Sophie. Wild Goose is more inclined to be thick
and thorny in the top, but may be thinned carefully to
make an accessible head. Milton is much like Wild
Goose. Wooton makes a fine vase-form top, which, with
a little timely pruning, is almost ideal. Wilder, James
Vick, and some others, are prone to make thick, bushy,
thorny tops, and are hard to manage. These varieties
are all considerably subject to shot-hole fungus, which
often strips them of their foliage in midsummer. They
are mostly thin-skinned and liable to crack at ripening
time, especially if the weather is wet. They should be
picked rather green for shipment, the point to be ob-
served being that they have attained their full size,
rather than that they are dead ripe.

The Chicasaw varieties are very effective pollinizers
for all the Wild Goose and Japanese varieties blooming
at the same time; but very few of them have suf&cient
value in themselves to make them profitable orchard
trees. A few varieties, like Munson and McCartney,
are still planted for their own fruit; but in general
they have been displaced by other types of Plums. The
trees are mostly bushy, thorny and thick-topped, some-
times so thick and thorny that the blackbirds can
hardly get in to steal the fruit. It is difficult to prune
them enough to make really satisfactorj'^ trees. The
Chicasaw Plums are specially adapted to the southern
states, though Pottawattamie, an exceptionally hardy
variety, succeeds as far north as southern Iowa and
central Vermont. They propagate readily on any kind
of stocks.

Other types of native Plums, such as the Sand Plum,
the Beach Plum, the Pacific Plum, etc., are not suffi-
ciently numerous in cultivation for their treatment to
have been determined.

Hybrid Plums of various strains are now beginning
to come to the fore. Most of these hybrid varieties
resemble rather strongly one or the other of their par-
ent species; and the best that can be said regarding
their culture at this early day is that they may be safely
treated like the varieties which they most closely re-
semble. Wickson, President and perhaps Climax, with
some others, resemble the Simon Plum, and ought to
liave much the same treatment, that is, practically the
same treatment as the Japanese varieties. Gonzales,
Excelsior, Golden and Juicy, on the other hand, resem-

87

ble the Wild Goose type, and may have the same general
treatment as Wild Goose.

All the native Plums, with very unimportant excep-
tions, require cross-pollination. For the most part,
however, they are fully inter-fertile, so that a given va-
riety will pollinate any other variety, providing the two
bloom at the same time. Simultaneoiis blooming is of
chief importance in adjusting varieties to one another
for cross-pollination. To determine which varieties
bloom together, careful observations should be made in
the orchard and recorded, or recourse must be had to
the published tables. Pollination is effected chiefly,
if not exclusively, by the bees, so that their presence
should be encouraged.

Most of the native Plums make comparatively small
trees, so that they may be set somewhat close together
in orchard-planting, say 12 to 20 ivet apart, usually
about 15 feet. Some varieties, particularly in the
South, need 20-30 ft. space. Putting a Plum orchard
down to grass is not admissible under any circum-
stance?;; but cultivation should cease with the first of
July, or certainly by the middle of July; for the native
Plums are especially liable to make too much late sum-
mer growth. High manuring of the soil is not usually
necessary, or even desirable: yet something consider-
ably short of starvation will be found the best treat-
ment for native Plums. F. A. Wai'GH.

The Plum in California. — The cultivation of the
Plum in California differs widely from that in the
other Plum -producing sections of the U. S. Here
the dreaded curculio is unknown, and while the equally
dangerous black -knot has been found infesting a
native wild cherry ( P. demissa ) it has never been
observed in cultivated orchards. The former has been
kept out by rigid inspection and quarantine regula-
tions, and the latter is undoubtedly held in check by
the existing climatic conditions — excessive dryness be-
ing unfavorable to its development. Here, then, the
most delicate varieties of the Old World find a very
congenial home, and therefore, unlike the prevailing
custom of much of the eastern Plum-growing, form the
basis of practically all orchard planting. In early min-
ing days the California native Plum (Prtitius anbcor-
data ) was frequently cultivated, and before the introduc-
tion of European standard varieties attempts were made
to improve the fruit by the usual methods of selection.
Some very promising results were obtained; but since
the demonstration of the great success of the more
delicate and higher-flavored varieties, there has been
little incentive to the use of the native species. There
are two varieties, the type being a low shrub, rarely
over 3 ft. high, branching from the ground; the fruit
oblong, about % in. long, "almost the shape and color
of a Damson when ripe," hut the pulp is described as
"inferior." The other variety {KeUoggii) forms a larger
shrub, from 10 to 15 ft. high, with larger fruit, round,
yellowish in color and much more acceptable, both for
eating and preserving. The two varieties are usually
found associated, "growing in patches at the heads of
ravines, on rocky hillsides and in open woods." The
larger variety is not so widely distributed, and seems
to have reached its highest state of perfection in the
Sierras, where (in Sierra county) it is still preferred in
the local markets, and where, it is said, the imported
varieties "do not pay for the picking."

With the Plum fruits might also be mentioned the
"oso berry," or so-called "California false Plum" {Nut-
tallia cerasiformis), a shrub sometimes 15 ft. high, and
found "in moist places and the north sides of hills
from San Luis Obispo northward." The bark is
smooth, much resembling that of the Plum or cherry;
the fruit is plum-like, pulpy, when ripe covered with a
deep blue bloom, handsome in appearance, and has
been used in the kitchen for making pies, preseiwes,
and the like, though it is rather bitter to the taste. So
far as known, no attempts have been made to improve
it by cultivation.

It seems hardly fair to make a distinction between
"Plums" and "prunes" in discussing this subject from
the California standpoint. With the exception of the
differences in the preparation for market, what may
be said of the Plum applies as well to the prune; for
a prime is simply a Plum which dries sweet without

1376

PLUM

PLUM

removing the pit. In most of the varieties of Plums
there occurs a fermentation around the pit in the pro-
cess of drying, which prevents their being successfully
dried without its removal; these are known as "Plums."
The prune varieties are, however, much sweeter and
contain less acid; but the main distinction is in their
adaptability of drying whole. As California has to find
distant markets for most of her immense fruit crops, it
follows, then, that by far the greater portion of her
Plum areas are devoted to the x>roduction of prunes.
Some pitted dried Plums have been prepared, but the
small favor with which they have been received does
not warrant the extra expense and labor of pitting.
Some varieties are canned, and marketed in that way;
but by far the greater portion of the real Plum product
is marketed in the fresh (not canned) state both in local
and distant cities. See Prune.

The Plum has an exceedingly wide range in Califor-
nia. It is not limited to any particular region of the
state, but is thrifty and healthy on the immediate coast,
iu the interior and coast valleys and well up into the
foothills. This is perhaps most strikingly shown by
the fact that every county in the state, except two, per-
haps (one being the city of San Francisco), contains
Plum or prune orchards, or both. When it is considered
that this covers an area of nearly 100,000 square miles,
extending through Q}^ degrees of latitude, a fair esti-
mate of the adaptability of this fruit to varying condi-
tions of soil and climate will be obtained. By choosing
varieties ripening in succession, the California Plum
season may be extended from May to December. It is
not surprising, then, that the acreage devoted to Plums
and prunes is one of the largest in the state, reaching a
total of nearly 55,000 acres, an aggregate of nearly
0.030, 000 trees, of which about seven-eighths are prunes.
Alameda county leads iu the acreage of Plums with
2,000 acres and Santa Clara in prunes with 8,000 acres.
This great industry has developed since the discovery of
gold. The early Mission plantings (1769-1823) included
varieties of European Plums, a few of which were able
to survive after the abandonment of the Missions in 1834

1855, Voronesh Yellow, a Russian Plum of recent introduction.
(X?^.) (See page 1372.)

by reproducing themselves by suckers. One variety
found at Mission Santa Clara was grown and marketed
as the "Mission Prune "as late as 1870. The introduction
■of improved Plum varieties, however, dates back to 1851,
when the first grafted fruit trees were brought to the
state by Seth Lewelling from Oregon, where he and his
brother had established nurseries in 1847. Prior to this
introduction, however, the miners were supplied with
fruit of the native Plums, and it is probable, therefore,
that the need of introduced varieties of this fruit was
not at first felt; hence, the adaptability of Calif orna to
the production of the superior imported varieties was
not recognized until some years later. The first impor-
■tation of prune cions from France by the U. S. Patent
■Office in 1854 did not reach California. It was not until
rtwo years later that Pierre Pellier brought with him to

San Francisco a small package of cions from the fa-
mous prune district of Agen, in France. Notwithstand-
ing their long, perilous journey, the precious cuttings
arrived in fairly good condition and were at once sent to
Pellier's brother, Louis, who had already established a
nursery and fruit garden in the Santa Clara valley,
upon a portion of the site of the present city of San
Jos6. From these cuttings a number of trees were pro-
duced which succeeded admirably, and eventually were
distributed through different sections of the state, but
principally in the Santa Clara valley, which to this day
remains the center of the California prune industry. In
1863 the first California-grown and -cured pnmes were
exhibited at the State Fair in Sacramento; but it was
not until 1870 that planting on a commercial scale was
begun. Through the seventies, and especially after
1878, numerous orchards were set out, until in 1881 some
of the larger growers were producing between five and
six tons of cured fruit. Since 1881 the growth of the
prune industry has been marvelous, until now there are
growers whose annual products reach hundreds of tons.
The total output of the state was over 125,000,000 pounds
in 1900, with many young trees not yet in bearing. In
1888 the United States imported 83,000,000 pounds of
Plums and prunes. Since that time the importations
have steadily declined until at present they are less than
800,000 pounds. The home product, the greater part of
which, it is safe to say, comes from California, is thus
gradually replacing the foreign-grown article.

Considerable difficulty was at first encountered in
the selection of the proper grafting stocks. Naturally
the native species were the first to suggest themselves
and were used to some extent. But they were soon found
to be unsatisfactory, mainly on account of their persist-
ent habit of suckering, and dwarfing effect. The oso-
berry, or False Plum, has also been used: it also dwarfs
the trees and causes earlier ripening of the fruit. Many
other American varieties have been tried as grafting
stocks, but the persistent root-cutting brought about by
the necessary summer cultivation in this state causes
such heavy suckering that they have been abandoned.
Peach, apricot and almond roots and suckers of the
Mission Prune and Damson were used, but consider-
able difficulty was again encountered. The peach has
proved the best. The apricot and almond can only be
used in special cases, and double-working is almost
alwaj^s necessary; for, although some Plums "take"
and grow on these stocks, the union is frequently im-
perfect, and instances are on record where the trees
have broken off at the graft after reaching the bearing
stage. The introduction of the Myrobalan or French
cherry-plum (Prunus cerasifera) and its adoption as a
grafting stock for Plums and prunes have greatly sim-
plified matters for the California orchardist. It does not
sucker, and experience has shown that in California it
succeeds in low, moist lands, in comparatively dry soils
and in stiff upland clay soils. It thus has become the all-
round Plum stock in California; despite the dwarfing
habit attributed to it by some, it has proved sufficiently
free-growing in this state to suit all purposes, and to
form a good foundation for full standard trees. On deep,
mellow loam soils, specially adapted to the peach, that
root is still preferred for Plum stock; but many varie-
ties, e.g., the Columbia, Yellow Egg and the Washing-
ton, do not unite well with it, and cannot, therefore, be
worked directly upon it. This is equally true of the
almond, which is used in loose, warm or rocky foothill
soils, and the deep, light valley loams where some ex-
cellent resiilts with its use as a stock for the French and
Fellenberg prune have been reported. The Myrobalan,
then, is used almost entirely, except in special cases; but
lately some murmurings of dissatisfaction with its last-
ing qualities (supposedly from the use of cuttings)
have been heard; so that the question of an all-satis-
factory grafting stock for the Plum in California may
be still considered an open one.

There has been much discussion over the desirability
of propagating the Myrobalan stock from cuttings or
seeds. It is said that the roots from a cutting, be-
ing fibrous and coming from one point, cannot form
a proper system for the support of the tree, though
some old orchards worked on cutting roots are still
thrifty. It must be admitted that the seedling gives a

PLUM

PLUM

1377

much more spreading and strong supporting system of
roots. This has come to be generally recognized,
and seedlings are now usually the rule. This is all-
important in California, for there the roots of all plants
must necessarily go deep for their moisture and nour-
ishment. In fact, deep-rooting is the rule beyond all
common expectation; thus almond roots the thick-
ness of one's thumb have been found at a depth of 22
feet— one of the many instances of the characteristic
conditions of California agricultural practice

Propagation is by both buds and grafts. The usual
practice is to bud the young stock in July and August,
and then in January and February following all those
■which have not taken can be grafted, thus securing two
chances. When peach or almond is used as stock,
budding alone is done, as these stocks have been found
to take the graft poorly. The trees are not allowed to
remain in nursery longer than one year after biidding,
and in many cases are set out the spring following, as
"dormant buds." In California the
necessity of deep and thorough prepa-
ration of the land before planting the
young trees cannot be too strongly em-
phasized ; for here the young tree
must have every facility for getting
its roots deeply and firmly established
at the beginning, in order to enable it
to withstand successfully the lieat and
drought of the long, arid summer.
There has been much difference of
opinion as to the proper distance for
setting the trees apart and the mode
of laying out the orchard. In early
days the tendency was to rather close
planting, in some cases as close as 16
feet; but experience soon demonstrated
the undesirability of too close proxim-
ity, and later plantings were made with
wider distances, until from 20 to 24
feet has come to be the rule. The lay-
ing out of orchards has caused much
discussion, some asserting that the
quincunx, hexagonal, and triangular
systems secure better use of the land
and allow better access to plow and
cultivator than do the planting in
squares. The square system, how-
ever, has come to be most generally used. The style
of tree was the next point of contention among the
growers; but experience soon decided in favor of the
low-headed tree of the vase-form, with rather more
branches than usual. The early, high-headed, sprawl-
ing trees have now practically disappeared from the
California orchards, notwithstanding the strong ob-
jections at first offered against the low trees on the
score of impeding easy cultivation. The prejudices
have been overcome by the appreciation of the many
advantages of a low, "stocky" tree, and the introduc-
tion of improved implements. The rule now is to cut
back the young trees at planting to from 18 to 24 inches.
Until the top is formed the stems are protected, by
whitewashing or wrapping with burlap, from the hot
afternoon sun. The first year from 3 to 5 branches are
allowed to grow from the stem, and these used to form
the main limbs of the tree. From this time the prun-
ing is done according to the usual methods for the
vase-form tree, with the exception perhaps that se-
verer cutting-back is practiced at first in order to give
strength and stockiness to the limbs. In California
the Plum is a most remarkable grower, often- send-
ing out shoots 10 feet long in one season and prone
to overbear ; and when anything but the severest
shortening-in system during the first two seasons, at
least, is adopted, the trees very soon break down with
their loads of fruit. This has been emphasized again
and again in some of the earlier improperly pruned
orchards, where even propping proved ineffectual; the
branches break at the bearing of the props, and when
they do not break are so badly damaged from sunburn
(to which the bark is extremely sensitive) that the tree
is irreparably injured. After the third or fourth sea-
son the growth of wood is much less and usually the
pruning operations are confined to keeping the tree in

shape, removal of dead or damaged branches and short-
ening-in the current season's growth to keep the young
twigs in a vigorous growing condition and to prevent
overbearing.

One interesting exception to the usual practice might
be mentioned here. On some very rich, moist bottom-
lands of the San Joaquin valley the long, slender
branches are not cut back; in fact, they are encouraged
by pruning back to the crown. The long, arching "canes"
are allowed to remain until they have produced a crop
(which they do in the second season with the greatest
profusion), the ends resting upon the ground as the fruit
gains weight. When these droop too low, they are cut
back to the crown, when others will be produced to take
their places. In this way enormous crops of fruit are
produced on these lands, where, with ordinary treatment,
the trees would run entirely to wood.

Thorough and persistent tillage is one of the first
principles of the California orchardist, for with him

1856. Damson Plum iXH). (See page 1373.)

the absence of summer rains makes the conservation
of the winter rainfall an absolute necessity. Even
in the summer-irrigated districts the soil is tilled and
kept loose as soon as it is in proper condition, and no
weeds allowed to rob the trees of the precious fluid. Up
to three years ago, practically all the prune and Plum
crop was produced without summer irrigation. Winter
irrigation was often practiced and the water conserved in
the soil by theusualmethods of tillage. But the season of
1897-8 was one of the driest in the history of the state,
with less than one-third of the usual amount of rainfall.
The use of summer irrigation was in some instances the
only salvation of the trees. The installation of pumping
plants and irrigation systems thereby received a great
impetus, until, to - day, many orchards of importance
are thus equipped, and the use of summer irrigation bids
fair to remain a permanent practice, at least in the pro-
duction of prunes.

As yet the California Plum-grower (and this indeed is
generally true for all deciduous fruits) has hardly felt
the need of extensive fertilization. The soils of the arid
regions generally possess such high intrinsic fertility,
and the tree-roots have such great depths from which
to draw the nourishment and sustenance, that thus far
they have been able to produce the enormous crops taken
from the land without replenishment of the natural sup-
plies. In some of the older orchards, however, the need
of fertilization is beginning to be felt. In a great many
the main deficiency has been found to be vegetable mat-
ter, and, consequently, nitrogen. The extremely fine
tilth which has been maintained has resulted in the de-
struction of all natural green growth and the "burning
out" of the humus, and has necessitated the call for a
green-manure crop. This problem is rendered more dif-
ficult in California by the fact that any such crop must
be produced during the winter months and be ready to

1378

PLUM

PLUM

plow-in with the beginning of tillage in March; for no
summer-growing crop can be allowed in the orchard.
The matter has been under investigation at the Califor-
nia Experiment Station for some years, and after many
trials of native and exotic legumes, three species of
European lupins {L. pilosiis, var. roseus and var.

1857, Flowers of native plums.
Pmniis Americana on the left;
P. angitstifolia on the right.
(See page 1374.)

1858. Fruit-spura of a
Domestica Plum.

The letters indicate the
termination of annual
growths. (See page 137-1.)

cwrnleits, h. angustifolixis), and the "hairy vetch "{ \'icia
villosa) have been found to be the most promising. Prom
numerous analyses of California soils, Professor Hil-
gard has found them generally well supplied with lime
and potash, with nitrogen and phosphoric acid not over-
abundant. It is, then, these latter which will have to be
supplied first, and such has been the advice given to
growers.

As mentioned above, the Pluin has few serious ene-
mies in California, and none which cannot be held in
check by spraying and other treatment. Upon the leaves
the Plum aphis and the canker worm have given some
trouble. Lately, the "peach moth" has been found at
work on the prune trees, but not to any serious extent.
The trees, too, are sometimes siibject to the attacks of
scale insects; the black scale {Leeanium olea), apricot
scale [L. Armeniacum) , frosted scale (L. pruinosum)
and pei'nicious scale {Aspidiotus perniciosns) being the
most frequent; all of which, however, the California
fruit-grower has learned to keep in check, and in some
cases even to eradicate. The crown root-knot has also
caused considerable trouble. The cause of this disease
has been lately demonstrated by Toumey to be a "slime
mold" {De)ulrophaf;t(s globosus). Relief has been se-
cured by cutting off the knots and painting the wounds
with Bordeaux mixture.

In California some fruit is usually borne the third
year; in the fourth a fairly profitable crop is expected;
the fifth from 50 to GO pounds per tree should be pro-

duced, which ought to double in the sixth, and after
that from 150 to 300 pounds is the rule. These figures
apply mostly to the prunes; many of the Plums are two
or thx-ee years later in coming into full bearing. From
200 to 300 pounds are considered the average at full bear-
ing in the Santa Clara valley. In some instances 600 and
even 800 pounds have been produced, and a G-year-old
tree at Visalia (San Joaquin valley) is credited with
1,102 pounds of fruit in one season.

It would be impossible to enumerate a full list of the
varieties actually in successful cultivation within the
state. Such a list would probably include every note-
worthy variety of Domestica Plum. Many, however,
despite excellence of quality and flavor, are suited
only for home-growing, or at most for local markets, on
account of poor shipping qualities. For this reason
the number of varieties planted on a large scale is
being constantly reduced.

Experience has demonstrated the superiority of some
varieties for certain climatic regions and general market
conditions, and these have come to be recognized as
standard. At the head of the list stands the Prune
d'Agen, the originally introduced French prune, which
has proved itself adapted to more varying conditions
than any other variety, and is therefore perhaps the
most generally planted variety of fruit in the state.
For some time its identity as the true French prune was
disputed ; but from authentic samples submitted to
them, French experts have declared it to be of the
true d'Ente type of the Agen district, both in botanical
characters and in sweetness and flavor. It is, of course,
used chiefly for curing. In the same category belong
the Robe de Sergeant, Imperial Epineuse, Silver and
Sugar— all standard drying prune varieties. The Robe
de Sergeant has been supposed by some to be a syno-
nym of the Prune d'Agen, and is so considered in
France; but in California it is grown as a distinct va-
riety. The fruit is larger, usually more highly flavored,
and has commanded higher prices in the San Francisco
market. The tree, however, has not proved so widely
adaptable, and is in disfavor in the coast valleys on
account of defective bearing; in the interior it is more
satisfactory. The Silver prune (an Oregon seedling of
Coe Golden Drop) is also a defective bearer in some
districts, and is used mostly in the preparation of
"bleached prunes," for which it has proved quite profit-
able in some instances. It is sometimes marketed in
the fresh state also. The Imperial Epineuse is a recently
introduced French variety and is fast becoming very
popular. So far as tried it has proved very profitable,
especially in the Santa Clara valley, where many or-
chards have been grafted over to it. The fruit is very
large and handsome, and actual analysis has shown it
to contain 2 per cent more sugar
than the ordinary French. It
must be distinguished, how-
ever, from the "Imperial," a va-
riety very much inferior in
flavor and sweetness and not
nearly so satisfactory. Luther
Burbank's new Sugar prune
(introduced two years ago)
bases its claims upon superior
sweetness and flavor, together
with fair medium size. It has
not yet been long enough under
trial, however, to justify any
remarks regarding its merits as
a commercial variety. The Ger-
man prune, Italian (Pellenberg),
Golden prune, Hungarian
(Pond Seedling), and Tragedy
are varieties sometimes used for
curing, but are frequently
shipped green as "Plums." Of
these the German is perhaps
the most extensively used. The
Italian succeeds well along the
coast in places liable to fogs
or sea winds, where the French is not at its best.
It is valuable as a late variety, and is said to dry
excellently, as does also the Golden, an Oregon seed-
ling. The fruit of the Hungarian (Pond) is very hand-

1859. Plum rot.
The mummy Plums hang
on the tree all winter.
(See page 1374.)

PLTJM

PLUMBAGO

1379

some and showy, and is rated, on its style, a good seller
in both the local and distant markets. The Tragedy — a
seedling of the old Mission prune — belongs, together
with the Clyman (a California seedling), Giant (Bur-
bank's) , Royal Hative, Simon and Peach, to the list of va-
rieties most popular for early market — especially for
eastern shipment. For canning, Coe Golden Drop and
the Imperial Gage are the most popular. The Brad-
shaw, Columbia, Damson, Duane Purple, Green Gage,
Jefferson, Washington, and Yellow Egg are all highly
regarded, and planted more or less widely, as they suit
the different climatic regions. Many of the Japanese
Plums are represented in California orchards. The
most prominent of these has been the Kelsey, the
pioneer in this country of this class of fruits. In the
interior valleys it is in some disfavor on account of its
failure to develop color in these sections; but where it
colors well it is profitable for shipping, and is highly
regarded everj^where for domestic use; lately the Bur-
bank and Wickson are largely replacing it. The Abun-
dance and Red June are very popular for early ship-
ment, while the Satsuma, Burbank, Normand, and
"Wickson (a Burbank hybrid) are all highly esteemed,
especially for local market and domestic use.

During the past ten years elaborate investigations of
the composition and food value of different friiits grown
in the state have been carried on at the California
Experiment Station. Many interesting results have
been obtained, tending to show the vast influences of
differing soil and climatic conditions upon the character
and quality of the crops. Herein, too, may perhaps be
found some explanation for the reason why the home-
grown fruits have so readily displaced the foreign in
the markets of our country ; for the analyses have
shown that our fruits are sweeter, more nutritious and
contain less mineral matter than the European. In the
average sugar percentages represented in the analysis
of the juice, the figures are 18 per cent to G.15 per cent
or about as 3 to 1 in favor of the California prune. In
albuminoids, or flesh-forming substance, the average
percentages stand: for prunes, Californian 1.01 per
cent, European .78 per cent; for Plums, Californian 1.13
per cent, European .40 per cent. Here it may be men-
tioned that the California analyses have shown the fig
to stand highest in nutritive valae, the api'icot and
Plum second, and the prune and orange about equal for
third place. The figures for soil ingredients withdrawn
show the California crop to contain less than the
European, comparing as follows: European 6.30 pounds
of ash per 1.000 pounds of fruit, Californian 4.86; for a
crop of 30,000 pounds, 189 pounds for European and
145.80 for Californian. The amounts of important soil
ingredients withdrawn per 1,000 lbs. in California are:
of potash 3.1 pounds, lime .25 pound, phosphoric acid
.95 pound and nitrogen 1.62 pounds. From these figures,
the actual draft of the crop can be determined, and this,
with the knowledge of the amounts of available plant-
food in the soil, together with a consideration of its
physical conditions, forms the basis of an intelligent
judgment of fertilization requirements.

See Wickson's "California Fruits and How to Grow
Them," the Reports of the California State Board of
Horticulture, and the Reports and Bulletins of the Cali-
fornia Experiment Station.

Arnold V. Stubenrauch.

PLUM, CHERRY. Prunus cerasifera.

PLUM, COCOA. Chrysohalamus Icaco.

PLUM, DATE. Biospyros.

PLUM, GOVERNOR'S. See Flacourtia Bamontchi.

PLUM, JAPAN. Properly Prunus triflora ; improp-
erly applied to the Loquat, Erlobotrya Japonica.

PLUM, MARMALADE. Lucuma mammosa.

PLUMBAGO (from Latin for lead; because of some
old tradition). Plnmbaghidceie. Leadwort. About 10
species of snbshrubs or herbs, sometimes climbing, in-
habiting warm countries, chiefly of Europe, Asia and
Africa. Leaves usually alternate and entire, various:
flowers spicate or racemose on the ends of the branches.

gamopetalous, salverform, the tube usually slender,
the corolla blue, violet, rose or white; calyx tubular,
5-toothed and somewhat angled, glandular; stamens 5,
free from the corolla-tube: ovary attenuated at the top,
the single st3'Ie with 5 stigmas: fr. a membranaceous 5-
valved capsule. For P. 1/arpenfce , consult Ocratostigma.
Two species of shrubby Plumbagos, P. Capensis and
P. rosea, are deservedly well known. In the middle
and northern states they are treated as greenhouse pot-
plants and are usually turned out to flower in summer.
They are readily propagated by cuttings taken either in
the fall from plants growing in the open or in the spring
from stock plants. They require an intermediate
temperature.

A. Pis. blue or white.

Capensis, Thunb. Fig. 1860. Climbing shrub but a
straggling upright plant as grown under glass, some-
what glaucous, glabrous except in the inflorescence:

I860. Plumbago Capensis {XYz).

Ivs. scattered, oblong-ovate to oblong-spatulate, nearly
or quite obtuse, narrowed into a short petiole: racemes
relatively short, the fls. sometimes appearing as if uni-
belled: fls. azure-blue, with a very slender tube lyi in.
long and several times longer than the glandular-hairy
cylindrical caljrs-tube, the corolla-lobes obovate and
phlox-like. S.Africa. B.M. 2110. B.R. 5:417. Gn. 44, p.
380; 46, p. 245; 48, p. 344; 58, p. 20. Var. alba, Hort.,
has white flowers.— A well-known greenhouse plant.
Old plants turned into the soil in late spring in a sunny
exposure bloom profusely until frost. Plants struck
from fall cuttings also give good bloom the following
summer, but younger plants usually do not bloom so
well. Plants can be kept in a cellar during winter, or
they may be grown under glass for spring and summer
bloom. It is an excellent rafter plant. In soiithern
California it climbs trees 15 or 20 ft. higl: if undis-
turbed.

Zeyldnica, Linn. Half-climbing, glabrous except the
inflorescence, which is glandular-hairy: Ivs. ovate ob-
tuse or acute, the base of the short-winged petiole clasp-
ing the stem: fls. white, shorter than in the above, the
exserted part of the tube scarcely longer than the obovate
refuse corolla-lobes, the calyx glandular-hairy. Tropics
of Asia and Africa, and east to Australia and Hawaii.
B.R. 32:23. — Little grown now, as it is inferior to the

1380

PLUMBAGO

POA

white-fld. form of P. Capensis. Distinguished from
that species bj^ its shorter tls. and different Ivs.

sc&ndens, Linn. Trailing or climloing, glabrous: co-
rolla white with mucronate lobes, the tube twice longer
than the glandular-hairy calyx-tube: Ivs. ovate-lanceo-
late to oblong-lanceolate, pointed, stalked. Trop. Amer.

AA. Fls. red,

rdsea, Linn. (P. sanguiiiea, Hort.?). Stem zigzag.
more or less climbing, glabrous even in the intiores-
cence: Ivs. large, ovate-elliptic, the short petiole some-
what clasping: fls. purplish red, in long racemes, the
corolla-lobes little if any exceeding the esserted part of
the tube, the calyx glandular-hairy. S. Asia. B.M. 230.
— Var. coccinea, Hook. (P. coccinea, Salisb.), is a form
with larger scarlet fis. B.M. .5363. Gng. 1:183. This is
the form chiefly cultivated. Like P. Capensis, this spe-
cies is useful for summer bedding. It is also an excel-
lent subject for winter blooming in pots. l, jj, g,

PLUME GEASS. Erianthus Mavenno!.

PLUMBKIA (Charles PIumier,1646-1706, distinguished
French botanist; wherefore the genus should have been
spelled Pluniieria), Apocynticew. This includes the
showy tropical tree known as Frangipani, properly P.
ruhra. Plumerias are amongst the most fragrant of
tropical flowers, vying in this respect with the jessa-
mine, Cape Jasmine and tuberose. They have large,
waxy, funnel-shaped fls. with 5 spreading lobes of white,
yellow, rose-purple or combinations of the three colors.
Choice specimens have been known to bear clusters 9 in.
across, composed of more than 20 fls. each 33^ in. across.
There are about 40 species, all tropical American, of
which 2 kinds at present are oifered in S. Calif, and 2
in S. Fla. They are considerably cult, in all tropical
lands. The word Frangipani is supposed to be from the
French, franchipaiiier, coagulated milk, referring to
the tenacious white juice which exudes plentifully from
the wounded plant. All species are likely to be called
Frangipani. Plumerias are essentially summer-growing
plants. Keep rather dry in winter. Prop, by cuttings
in February or March.

In general, the Ivs. are alternate, penninerved, the
primary veins joined to a nerve running parallel with
the margin : fls. in terminal 2-3-chotoraous cymes :
bracts usually large and covering the young buds but
deciduous long before anthesis; corolla-tube cylindrical
throughout; stamens included, near the base of the
tube; disk wanting or fleshy and covering the tube of
the calyx: ovules in many series: follicles 2. The spe-
cies are much confused and imperfectly understood.

A. P?s. more or less rosy.

rilbra, Linn. Frangipani. Low tree or shrub: Ivs.
5-8 in. long: cymes spreading : corolla-lobes broadly
oval, longer than the tube. Mex. to Guiana and Ecua-
dor ; naturalized in West Indies. B.E. 10:780 (fls.
chiefly golden, only the tips bright rose). B.M. 279.

AA. Fls. chiefly ivhife or yellow.

B. Iivs. narrow', oblong-linear.

dlba, Linn. Lvs. rounded or acuminate at top, revo-
lute at margin, tomeutose beneath; veins rectangular-
transverse: fls. white. W.Indies. P. liypolenca, Gus-
parr, is probably a color variety, with yellow flowers.

BB. l/vs. ivedge-shaped to lanceolate.

acutiSolia, Poir. (P. acumiuAta, Ait.). Lvs. acumi-
nate, often 1 ft. or more long, 3 in. wide, broadly lan-
ceolate, with a long tapering base: corolla-lobes oval.
Mex. B.M. 3952 (fls. white, much flushed from the cen-
ter with pale yellow). P. ncuminata of B.R. 2:11-1, with
its narrow oblong lobes and close, well-defined golden
center, must be a different species. ^y jj

PdA (ancient Greek name for grass or fodder). Gra-
minew. About 100 species, natives of temperate and
cold regions, mostly perennial grasses of low growth.
Several species are cult, for forage or ornament. Spike-
lets 2-6-fld., in open panicles, empty glumes shorter
than the fl. -glumes, awnless; tt. -glumes keeled on back.

membranaceous, scarious margined, pointless, 5-nerved,
often clothed with soft hair.

arachniiera, Torr. Texas Blue Grass. Culm 2-3 ft.
high: panicle contracted, 3-8 in. long: spikelets H in.
long; first empty glume 1-nerved, second 3-nerved ;
fl. -glume copiously webby hairy at base. A native of
Texas, where it is a valuable forage grass. — It propa-
gates by rhizomes and forms a dense sod. Recom-
mended as a winter pasture grass in the South. Easily
distinguished from the other species by its contracted
panicle and large spikelets.

prat6nsis, Linn. Kentucky Blue Grass. June
Grass. Fig. 1801. Panicle pyramidal, open, usually
3-4 in. long: spikelets 3-G-fld., H in. long; lower empty
glume 1-nerved, second 3 nerved: fl. -glume haii-y at

1861. Junc-erass— Poa pratcnsis (X %). Flower enlarged.

base : culm usually 1-2 ft. high, forming a sod with its
copious rootstocks, its long, soft radical lvs. forming an
abundance of foliage. Native in the cooler regions of
the northern hemisphere. — A common pasture grass
through the middle portions of the United States. Its
most important horticultural use is for lawns, for
which purpose its habit and aggressiveness are emi-
nently adapted.

triviUis, Linn. Rough-stalked Meadow Grass.
Resembles P. pratevsis, from which it differs by hav-
ing no creeping rootstocks, taller stems, branches of
panicle more slender and spreading, usually only 2-fld.
spikelets, and lateral nerves of fl. -glume much more
conspicuous. Native of Europe, where it is a prominent
pasture grass, and rather sparingly cult, in this coun-
try, where it is recommended for wet pastures. A va-
riegated form is described. P.S. 10:1095.

compr^ssa, Linn. Known in the trade as Canada
Blue Grass (though it is probably not native to Can-
ada) and English Blue Grass, but the latter name is
often applied to Festuca pratcnsis. Distinguished from
P. pratensis, which it resembles, by its blue-green foli-
age, distinctly flattened culms, and its short and much
contracted panicles. Spreads by rhizomes. Native of
Europe and extensively naturalized in this country, be-
ing found in open and rather sterile soil. — It is of little
value as a pasture grass except possibly on sterile soil.

nemor^lis, Linn. Wood Meadow Gr-\ss. A tufted
perennial without running rootstocks. Panicle long and
narrow, with short branches : culms 1-3 ft. : empty
glumes 3-nerved, acuminate. Native of Europe and
cooler parts of America. — It is recommended for pasture
or lawn in shaded situations.

P. amahilis, Linn. See Eragrostis spect.abilis.— P. aijuaiica,
Linn. See Glyceria gr.^indis. j^^ g^ Hitchcock.

PODACH^NIUM

PODOLEPSIS

1381

PODACH^NIUM ( Greek, meaning foot-sJiaped akene ) .
CotnpSsiUe. Two species of Mexican siirubby composites
cult, chiefly for their large and fragrant Ivs. The fls.
are sometimes hidden under the foliage. The heads are
about 1 in. across, with white rays and yellow disk,
about 20 or more in terminal flat-topped clusters, borne
in 'winter and spring. P. panictilafum is a rare and
costly stove plant. The distinguishing feature of Po-
dachsenium is the shape of the akene, it being con-
tracted at the base into a 2-winged stipe suggesting the
shape of a foot.

Podachasniums may be cultivated much like Ixoras.
They do best in awarmhouse. In the South they thrive
in the open. They are useful for their large and sweet-
scented foliage. Prop, by cuttings of half-ripe wood.

panicul^tum, Benth. [Ferdindnda iminens, Hort*
Zaluzdnia emiyiens, Hort. Cosmopliyllum cacalicefd-
lliini, C. Koch). Slightly branched, 9-15 ft. high: Ivs.
distant, long-stalked, roundish in outline, angled or
with few, distant, shallow, wide-angled teeth, scabrous
above, pubescent beneath. Mex., Guatemala. R.H.
1862, p. 110. H. A. SiEBRECHT and W. M.

PODAL'S'KIA. See Baptisia,

PODOCARPITS (Greek pons, podos, foot, and karpos,
fruit; alluding to the conspicuous fleshy foot-stalks of
most species). Including Nageia^ PramndpUys and
Stacliy carpus. Conlferce. Ornamental evergreen trees
or rarely shrubs, with alternate or sometimes opposite
and often 2-ranked sessile or short-stalked Ivs., small
fls., the staminate catkin-like and yellow, the pistillate
greenish and inconspicuous, and with rather small,
berry-like fr. borne on usually much thickened fleshy
foot-stalks of dark purple or purplish violet color.
They are but rarely cult, in this country and only
adapted for the southern states and California, except
P. alpina, which is the hardiest and may probably
thrive as far north as Philadelphia, or even farther.
They grow best in well-drainod loamy soil. In the
North they are sometimes grown as pot-plants in green-
houses on account of their handsome foliage; a sandy'
compost of loam and peat will suit the potted plants.
Prop, by seeds or by cuttings of almost ripened wood
under glass; they are also sometimes grafted on any of
the species which can be had in quantity.

The genus has more thau 40 species, chiefly in tropi-
cal and subtropical mountains of S. America, W. India,
Asia, Africa and Australia. Resinous trees, with linear
to elliptic entire Ivs.: fls. monoecious or dicecious, ax-
illary or subterminal, solitary or in spikes; the stam-
inate catkin - like, consisting of spirally disposed 2-
celled anthers ; the pistillate consisting of a scale en-
closing the ovule, with several bracts at the base, which
become usually much thickened at maturity, and form
a fleshy receptacle bearing at the top the globular or
ovoid drupe- or nut-like seed: cotyledons 2. Some spe-
cies with the fls. in spikes and the fr. without fleshy
receptacle are referred by some botanists to Prumnop-
itys (Stachycarpus). Many species are valuable tim-
ber trees in their native countries, and the fleshy seed-
stalks of some are eaten.

A. i^s. <?-5 in. long.

macrophylla, Don. Tree, attaining 50 ft., with ascend-
ing branches: buds and young unfolding Ivs. pinkish:
Ivs. alternate, linear-lanceolate, sometimes falcate, ob-
tusish or acute, bright green and glossy and with a
prominent midrib above, pale beneath, 3-5 in. long,
about 3^ in. wide: fls. dioecious, staminate ones cylin-
dric, %-\% in. long: fr. ovoid, %-% in. long, greenish,
bloomy, borne on a fleshy dark purplish violet recep-
tacle. Japan. S.Z. 2:133.

Japdnica, Sieb. Closely allied to the preceding and
probably a variety of it. Of lower growth: buds whit-
ish, young ivs. greenish: Ivs. linear-lanceolate, acute,
4-S in. long: fls. and fr. unknown. Cult, in Japan.
— Sometimes Cephalotaxiis pedunculata, var. fastigiata
is cult, under this name.

AA. Lrs. %-l% in. long

mibig"ena, Liadl. Tree or shrub in ciiltivation: Ivs.
spreading, crowded, linear-lanceolate, acute and mucro-

nate, pungent, somewhat revolute at the margins, dark
green and with a prominent midrib above, with 2 white
bands beneath, \-V% in. long: fls. dioecious, the stami-
nate clustered, J^-l in. long: fr. ovoid, % in. long, on
a fleshy receptacle, very short-stalked. Chile. P.F.G.
2:162. G.C. III. 10:171.

alpina, R. Br. Shrub or small tree, attaining io ft.,
with spreading branches : Ivs. indistinctly 2-ranked,
linear to linear-oblong, obtuse, mucronulate, dark green,
grooved or flat above, pale green beneath, H-/4 in. long:
fls. dicecious, the staminate solitary or clustered, about
yi in. long: fr. small, on a fleshy receptacle. Australia.

P. Andina, Poepp. (Prumnopitys elegans, Phil. Stachycar-
pus Andina, Vau Tiegh.). Tree, attaining 20 ft., with upright
or somewhat spreading branches : Ivs. indistinctly 2-ranked,
linear, dark green above, slightly glaucous beneatli. J^-l^a in.
long: lis. in spikes; receptacle not lieshy. GhWe.—P. Bidwillit
Hoibr.=P. Totara.— P. Chlllna, Rich. (P. saligna, Don). Tree,
attaining 60 ft., allied to P. macrophylla: Ivs. linear-lanceolate,
acute, slightly falcate, 3-43^^ in. long: staminate fls. clustered,
about 1 in. long. Chile, Peru.— P. Chinensis, Wall. (P. macro-
phylla, var. Maki, Sieb. & Zucc). Closely allied to P. macro-
phylla, but a lower tree or sometimes shrub, with somewhat
spreading branches: Ivs. shorter, l%-33^ in. long: staminate
fls. shorter. China; cult, in Japan. S.Z. 2:134. R.H. 1848:41.
— P. coridcea, Rich. Tree, attaining 50 ft., with spreading
branches; allied to P. macrophylla: Ivs. lanceolate, acuminate,
2-4 in. long: fr. ovoid. Jamaica. Sometimes Cephalotaxus
drupacea is cult, under this name. — P. elongdta, L'Herit.
Tree, attaining 70 ft., with whoi-led spreading branches; allied
to P. macrophylla : Ivs. linear-lanceolate, acute, about 2 in.
long: staminate fls. solitary or clustered, about ^ in. long: fr.
globose, 3^ in. across. S. Africa.— P. Jamaicmsis, Hort.^P.
Purdieana. — P. Koraidna, Sieb. ^Cephalotaxus pedunciUata,
var. fastigiata.— P. Nageia, R. Br. (Nageia Japonica, Gfertn.).
Tree, attaining 90 ft., witli spreading, sometimes pendulous
branches: Ivs. mostly opposite, ovate to oblong-lanceolate,
short-aeviminate, 2-~Z}4, in. long, bright green and glossy: fr. ^
in. across, subglobose. Japan. S.Z. 2:135.— P. neriifblia, Don
(P. macrophylla. Wall., not Don). Tree, allied to P. macro-
phylla, with whorled spreading branches: Ivs. lanceolate, acu-
minate, dark green above, slightly glaucous beneath, 4-8 in.
long: staminate fls. solitary, 1 in. or more long. Himalayas.
B.M. 4655. F.S. 8:708.— P. Purdieana, Hook. Tree, to 120 ft.,
with whorled horizontal branches: allied to P. macrophylla:
Ivs. oblanceolate, obtuse, mucronulate, bright green, 2-5 in.
long, /4 in. wide. Jamaica.— P. saligna, Don=P. Chilina.— P.
spicdta,^. Br. (Prumnopitys spieata, Mast.). Tree, attaining
80 ft.: Ivs. 2-ranked, linear, obtusish, sessile, '%-% in. long: fls.
in spikes; receptacle not thickened. New Zealand.— P. (aa^i/o-
lia, Kiinth. (Prumnopitys taxifolia. Mast.). Tree, attaining 60
ft., with spreading branches: Ivs. 2-ranked, linear, acute or ob-
tuse, abruptly narrowed into a short petiole: fls. in spikes: no
thickened receptacle. Peru, Columbia. — P. Totdra, Don. Tree,
attaining 90 ft. with spreading branches: allied to P. alpina:
Ivs. linear, acute or acuminate, M~l3^ in. long. New Zealand.

Alfred Rehder.

P0D6LEPIS (Greek, foot and scale; referring to the
unusual fact that the involucral scales have a foot-
stalk or claw). Compdsitm. About 16 species of Aus-
tralian herbs with yellow, pink or purple rays, a few of
which are cult, as half-hardy annuals, growing G-12 in.
high and bearing fls. which are chiefly interesting as
representing an intermediate stage between the common
type of composite with showy rays and the "ever-
lasting flowers," like Helichrysum, in which the rays are
aborted and tbe showy parts are the stiff involucral
scales. In Podolepis the involucral scales are generally
colored, but are thin and nearly transparent, and over-
lap one another instead of standing ont like petals.
The genus belongs to an unfamiliar group of composites
from Australia and the Cape.

The following species are annuals with linear or lan-
ceolate Ivs. and hemispherical involucres H-% in. in
diameter. They need a porous soil with full exposure
to the sun, and they also do well in pots. See An-
nuals.

A. Color of rays yellow.
B. Invohicral bracts acute.

canescens, A. Cunn. (P. affiniSy Sond.). Rarely much
exceeding 1 ft. : involucral bracts slightly or not at all
rugose; claws with broad scarious margins: rays 3—4-
lobed, slightly longer than the disk-fls.

BB. Involucral bracts acuyninate.
arist^ta, Benth. (P. cJirysdntJia, Endl.). Often ex-
ceeding 1 ft. : involucral bracts not rugose, usually end-

1382

PODOLEPSIS

POGONIA

ing in a rigid point or awn, the claws of the inner ones
narrow and glandular: rays longer than the disk-tis.,
3-4-lobed. R.H. 1857, p, 2G3.

AA. Color of rays piirple or Jilac.

gracilis, Grah. Often exceeding 1 ft.: involucral
bracts obtuse; claws narrow, glandular: rays entire or
2-lobed, }^ in. long: pappus not thickened upwards. B.
M. 2904 (disk-ds. mostl}' purple, some yellow).

W. M.

PODOPH'tLLUM (from Tourneforf s anwpodophyUnm,
duck's-foot-leaf ; from a fancied resemblance in the foli-
age). Berberiddcece. May Apple. Mandrake. Nearly
every American boy knows of a colony of Mandrakes and
has eaten May Apples. The "apples" are yellowish, egg-
shaped fruits about 2 in. long, and have a rather mawk-
ish taste. The leaves are very distinct, being shaped
like a round shield with 5-7 lobes. Mandrakes have two
kinds of Ivs., the big solitary ones, and the smaller ones
in x^aii's. The large centrally peltate leaves have no
flower underneath. The flowers are nodding white wax-
like cups which spring from the fork of the stem. They
have a rather unpleasant smell. There is a white butter-
fly which comes at nightfall and probably pollinates the
May Apples. One sometimes finds Mandrake blossoms
that seem to be double, but just as be is about to pick
the extra petals, a butterfly flies away.

Some parts of the Mandrake plant are emetic and poi-
sonous. Extract of Podophyllum is common in drug
stores. Mandrakes are common in rich woods and copses
throughout the eastern United States. A colony of them
is most desirable for a wild garden. They are offered by
several dealers in hardy herbaceous perennials. They
are of easy culture, requiring deep, rich soil and partial
shade. They are useful only for spring effects, how-
ever, as the foliage dies down by midsummer or before.
Later - growing vigorous perennials, as PoUjgonatum
giganteum, may be associated with a planting of Man-
drake, to occupy the ground in the later part of the
season. P. Emodl reqiiires a moister situation, and
some prefer a peaty soil for it. Prop, by division or
by seed. What we call the Mandrake is not the Man-
drake of Old World history and romance, for which see
Mandragora.

Podophyllum is a genus of four species, — one Ameri-
can, one Himalayan and two from China. Hardy per-
ennial herbs: sepals 6, petal-like; petals 6-9; stamens
as many or twice as many as the petals;
pistil 1 {rarely several) : berry with
many seeds, which are inclosed in
fleshy arils.

A. Pruits yeUowish.

peltatum, Linn. May Apple. Man-
drake. Fig. 837, Vol. n. Height 1-lK
ft.: Ivs. dark green, nearly 1 ft. across,
5-7-lobed, each lobe 2-cleft: fls. about 2
in. across. Also called Wild Lemon and
Hog Apple. B.M. 1819. Gn. 21, p. 127.
D.131. B.B.2:92. Nature's Garden 186.
— Blooms in April and fruits in May.

AA. Pruits deep red.
Emddi, Wall. Lvs. 3-5 - lobed : fis.
white or pale rose: fr, large as a hen's
egg, brilliant red. Himalayas. G. C.
II. 18:241. -The foliage is a tine bronzy
red in early spring.

F. W. Barclay and W. M.

PODOSTlGMA (Greek words referring
to the fact that the stigma has a foot or
stalk). A.sclepladd,cew. This includes a
half - hardy tuberous - rooted perennial
herb which grows a foot high or less
in low pine barrens from N. C. to Fla.
and bears in summer small greenish
yellow fls. The genus is closely allied
to Asclepias, and is distinguished by
having the hoods remote from the an-
thers at the base of the long column,
while in Asclepias the hoods are ap-

proximate to the anthers. See Chapman's Flora of the
southern U. S, and Gray's Syn. Flora of N. Amer.

pub6scens, Ell. Lvs. opposite, linear-lanceolate, nearly
sessile : peduncles terminal and axillary, umbellately
several-fld. The only species. — Adv. by Gillett in 1881,
but presumably not hardy north.

POGdNIA {Greek, beard; alluding to bearded label-
lum). Orchiddcew. A genus of hardy terrestrial or-
chids: mostly small, perennial herbs, with erect slender
stems: fls. solitary or in racemes; sepals and petals
free, erect or ascending; labellum sessile, with broad
base, spurless, with longitudinal ridges. Pogonias are
delicate plants requiring care in planting. The wood-
laud species should have rich leaf-mold, with deep
shade; the swamp species require peat or suitable light,
rich soil, moist yet not wet. AH the species are prefer-
ably planted in si>ring.

A. Sepals and petals nearly equal in length.
B. Lip c7-ested.
ophioglossoides, Ker. Stem 8-15 in. high, slender,
1-3-lvd. : lvs. 1-3 in. long, lanceolate oi ovate: fls. soli-
tary or in pairs, fragrant, pale rose, subtended by a fo-
liaceous bract. June, July. In meadows and swamps,
U. S. and Japan. B.R. 2:148. G.F. 10:485. V. 2:269;
11:229.— This seems to be the only species that can be
grown with success. It thrives in wet moss in boxes of
sphagnum. Usually it is better to transplant from the
wild each year than to attempt to propagate the plants.
Sometimes they can be colonized in wee meadows.

BB. Zfip not crested.
p6ndula, Lindl. Root tuberous, sometimes clustered:
stem 3-8 in. high, bearing 2-8 small ovate lvs. and 1-7
pale purple fls. Aug., Sept. Rich woods, Canada to
Fla. and west. B.R. 11:908. B.B. 1:467.

AA. Sepals longer than the petals,
c. Stem hearing single leaf.
divaricata, B. Br. Stem 1-2 ft. high, slender, bearing
a solitary fl. : fl. 1 in. long; sepals dark; petals flesh-
colored; Up as long as petals, greenish, veined with
purple. July. Swamps, N. J. to Fla. B.B. 1:468.

cc. Stem bearing ivhorl of lvs. at the top.
verticillata, Nutt. Stem 8-15 in. high, bearing whorl
of 5 obovate sessile lvs. at its summit: fl. solitary, ter-

1862. Royal Poinciana— Poinciana regia.

POGONIA

POISONOUS PLANTS

1383

minal; sepals lK-2 in. long, linear, dark purple; petals
nearly 1 in. long, linear. May, June. Moist, rich,
shaded positions, Ont. to Wis. and Fla. B.B. 1:408.
Heinkich Hasselbkisg and F. W. Barclay.

1863. Poinciana reg;ia(X H).

POGOSTfiMON (Greek, bearded stamen). LahUtce.
This includes the plant which produces the well-known
perfumes called Patchouli, or in India Pucha-pat. Pat-
chouli has a peculiar, dry moldy smell and is one of
the commonest perfumes in India. In the forties its
presence was considered the sure test of a genuine In-
dian shawl, but the French manufacturers of imitation
Indian shawls imported the perfume in the fifties.
Patchouli is no longer fashionable. Puller accounts
of it will be found in the " Cultural Industries of Queens-
land," V. 8:247 and Gn. 27, p. 447. The plant has no
ornamental value. Live plants were introduced into
America by Franceschi, of Santa Barbara, and were
offered in 1900 in the East.

Pogostemon is a genus of about 30 species, 24 of which
are distinguished in Flora of British India 4:631. Herbs
or Eubshrubs: Ivs. opposite, rarely in 3's: lis. small,
in solitary or panicled spikes formed of many dense
whorls; calyx subequally 4-5-toothed; corolla-tube ex-
serted or included; limb sub-2-lipped; lobes 4, lower
usually longest; stamens 4, exserted, straight or decli-
nate; filaments usually bearded; anther cells confluent.

Heynetaus, Benth. (P. Patchoiihj, Pellet). Pat-
chouli Plant. Herb, 2-3 ft. high: Ivs. long-stalked,
ovate, acute, acuminate or obtuse, crenate, simply or
doubly toothed: spikes terminal and axillary, forming
a panicled inflorescence: whorls usually separate, form-
ing interrupted spikes : fls. whitish, tinged purple.
India.

POINCIANA (M. de Poind, governor of the Antilles
in the seventeenth century). Jjegvtuindsce. Small,
mostly broad-topped unarmed trees, with large and
graceful bipinnate Ivs. with numerous small Ifts. and
with no stipels and inconspicuous stipules: fls. very

very showy, orange or scarlet, in large, corymbose ra-
cemes, not papilionaceous, the 5 petals clawed and
eroded or even fimbriate on the margin, the stamens 10
and free and exserted: fr. long and flat. There are 2 or
3 species of Poinciana, all native to the oriental trop-
ics. The genus has been confounded Vi'ith Cffisalpinia,
but the calyx-segments are valvate, whereas they are
strongly imbricate (or overlapping) in Cfesalpinia.
The P. pulcherrima, known as Barbadoes Pride and
Bird-of-Paradise Flower, is Ccesalpinia pnlcJterrtma.
P. Gilliesii is C. GilUesU. P. etafa, Linn., native to
India, Arabia and tropical Africa, is planted in the Old
World, but is not in the American trade. It reaches a
heiglit of 20-30 ft., with the petals scarcely exserted
beyond the calyx.

rfegia, Boj. Pigs. 18G2, 1863. Royal Poinciana.
Peacock Flower. Flomboyant. Eapid-growing tree,
reaching 20^0 ft., and making a wide-spreading pic-
turesc[ue top: Ivs. 1-2 ft. long, with 10-20 pairs of pin-
nffi, each pinna with numerous oval leaflets ; fls. 3^ in.
across, bright scarlet (upper petal striped with yellow
and more cuneate), the obovate petals very prominently
clawed (or narrow below) : pod 6 in. to 2 ft. long. Mada-
gascar. B.M. 2884.— Now a popular tree in frostless
countries, as in S. Fla., S. Calif., Bermuda, and the
West Indian Islands. It is deciduous. One of the most
striking of tropical trees. Sometimes seen under glass in
the North. Ccssalpinia pulcherrima is often confounded
with it; but that plant is a shrub or at most only a
small tree, with strongly overlapping calyx-segments in
the bud, smaller fls., and very long-exserted stamens.

L. H. B.

POINSETTIA. Enpliorlia pulcherrima. Annual P.
is E. heteropliylla.

FOIBEA is a catalogue error for Poivrea.

POISON BEKEY, Oestrum. P. Dogwood, Elms vene-
nata. F. Elder, Jihus venenata. P. Hemlock, Conium
maculatum. P, Ivy, Mhns Toxicodendron. P. Oak, H.
Toxicodendron. P. Sumac, £hus venenata.

POISONOUS PLANTS. Very few plants are poisonous
to the touch. The only ones in the northeastern states
are Poison Ivy and Poison Sumac. The former is a root-
climbing vine {R. Toxicodendron) with ternate leaves
(Fig, 1864), and the latter is a tree-like bush {Ifhus
t^enenatu) with pinnate leaves and entire leaflets (Fig.
1865). Poison Ivy is sometimes confounded with Vir-

1864. Leaf ol Poison Ivy (X K).

ginia Creeper, but the latter usually has 5 leaflets, it is
a much taller vine and it climbs by means of tendrils
(Pig. 1866). Poison Ivy is much commoner than Poison
Sumac. The latter is confined to swamps. There are

1384

POISONOUS PLANTS

POLEMONIUM

many remedies for poisoning by Poison Ivy. One o£
the best is an alcoholic solution of sugar of lead. Ex-
tract of grindelia (sold at drug-stores) is sometimes
used. Many plants, even amongst the common gar-
den species, are poisonous when eaten, but it does not

follow that they are dangerous. People do
not eat them. See V. K. Chesnut, "Thirty
Poisonous Plants of the U. S.," Farmers'

Bull. 80, U. S. Dept. Agric. ; and Bull. 20, Div. of

Botany.

POlVSEA (N. Poivre, 1719-1786; intendant of Mauri-
tius). Combret&ceie. This includes a South African
shrub with orange-red fls. cult, in S. Fla. The genus is
referred by Bentham and Hooker to Combretum, a large
genus containing some handsome plants that are little
known. Poivrea differs from the other Corabretums
chiefly in the convolute cotyledons. Generic characters
of Poivrea (from Flora Capensis) : calyx 5-lobed; petals
5; stamens 10, protruded: ovary 2-3-ovuled: fr. oval or
oblong or o-winged ; seed solitary, pendulous, 5-angled.
Mostly climbing shrubs: Ivs. opposite or alternate, en-
tire: spikes axillary and terminal.

bracteosa, Hochst. Unarmed shrub 8-10 ft. high : Ivs.
opposite or in 3's, 2X-3 x 1-lH in.: petals clawed, red-
dish, 4 lines long: fr. oval, indistinctly 5-angled. Called
"Hiccup-nut" in Cape Colony.

POKER PLANT. Knipliofia.

POKEWEED. See Phytolacca.

FOLEMONIITM (ancient name, probably not from
Greek jjolemox, war, but rather the philosopher Pole-
man). Polemoni&ceai. This includes the Jacob's Lad-
der, P. ecerideum, an old-fashioned inhabitant of
cottage gardens, which owes its popular name to the
regular manner in which the numerous leaflets are
arranged on the long leaves. It is a
hardy perennial herb, growing 1-3 ft.
high and bearing 5-lobed, bell-shaped
fls. of blue or white, and about an inch
across. Probably the finest species,
however, is the plant known to all gar-
deners as P. Blchardsonii, which is a
form of P, Jiitmile that has doubled or
trebled in size in cult. A fine speci-
men of P. Jiicliardsoiiii may have a
terminal cluster 6% in. across and 5
in. deep, with 24 fls. each IH in.
across. P. conferfnyn differs from all
others in the great density of its in-
florescence, and by connoisseurs in
alpine plants may be regarded as
the finest of the genus. Most of the
yellow -fid. forms are disappointing.
Polemoniums are of easy culture in
any deep, rich, loamy soil. P, cnrn-
leuni and P. repfans do well in partly
shaded places not too dry. They are
easily raised from fall-sown seed.
Also prop, by division. They are im-
patient of soil on the leaves, as is
likely to occur during rain. Flowers of P. Bichard-
soiiii are fragrant and fine for cutting.

Polemonium is a genus of about 10 species of hei-bs
natives of the north temperate zone and the mountains
of Mexico and Chile. Perennials, rarely annuals, tall or

dwarf, usually viscid, often with a creeping rhizome
which is thick or slender: Ivs. alternate, pitinatisect:
fls. blue, violet, white or yellowish; calyx increasing
after anthesis; coi-oUa shortly funnel-shaped, broadly
bell-shaped or subrotate; lobes obovate: ovules 2-12;
capsule 3-valved. Closely allied to Gilia and distin-
guished by the declinate stamens and the filaments
pilose-appendaged at the base.

A. Color of fls. blue or white.

B. Corolla-tube longer than lobes: inflor-
escence a dense head.

ccnWrtum, Gray. Sticky, smelling of musk,
9-18 in. high, from a tufted rootstock: Ifts.
very small and so crowded as to seem whorled :
fls. honey-scented, deep blue, J-^-l in. long;
corolla narrowly funnel-shaped ; filaments
naked or nearly so and not dilated at base.
Rockies and Sierras. Gn. 10:48. G. C. II.
24:12; III. 27:237. - Intermediate between
Polemonium and Gilia.

BB. Corolla-tube shorter than lobes: inflorescence open.

c. Plants with thickened rootstocks: Ifts. seldom V^ in.

long.

hiiinile.Willd. (P. Blchardsonii, Grab.) . Low, slender
pl.ant from somewhat creeping rootstocks: Ifts. 15-21,
2-6 lines long: fls. bell-shaped, blue or pui-plish. July,
Aug. Arctic regions. B.M. 2800 (yellow eye). G.C. II.
19:793. B.R. 15:1304 (small fls., white eye). -It has
the odor of ripened grapes.

Var. pulch^Uum, Gray. Differs in having smaller fls.
ranging from violet and lavender to nearly white and in
the viscid pubescence, which is minute. Arctic coast.
P. pnlchirrimum, Hook., B.M. 2979, is a more viscid,
diffuse and smaller-fld. form with narrower corolla-lobes.

OC. Plants with slender rootstocks or roots: Ifts. larger.

D. Height 1-S ft.: Ifts. numerous.

E. Herbage scarcely if at all scented.

caerilleum, Linn. Jacob's Ladder. Charity. Fig.
1867. Height 1-3 ft.: Ifts. 9-20 lines long: fls. blue,
numerous in a thyrse, 1 in. or less across; style ex-
serted. May, June. Wet or moist ground, N. Asia, Eu.,
N. Amer. Var. Album, Hort. {P. album, Hort. Bridge-
man), with white fls., is almost as
popular as the type. — A form with va-
riegated Ivs. is said to be more con-
stant and decided in the north of Eng-
land than in the south.

1866. Leaf of Virginia Creeper-

Ampelopsis quinquefolia fX %).
To compare with Poison l\-y. witli which it is
sometimes confounded.

EE. Herbage strong -scented.

foliosfssimum, Gray. More viscid than P. ccertilenm,
leafier, with broader Ifts. and the style not exserted.
Fls. commonly white or cream-colored, rai-ely violet.
Rocky Mts. Cult, in 1890 by Vick, but perhaps never
offered in America.

POLEMONIUM

DD. Heignt 1 ft. or less: Ifts. fewer, 3-15.

rtptans, Linn. Slender, weak and diffuse but never
creeping; foliage not viscid or glandular: fls. light
blue, }4 in. across, in a sort of loose panicle. Open
woods, N.Y. to Ala., west to Mo. and Minn. Apr., May.
B.M. 1887. -Said to be an easy prey to snails, especially
in winter, when they attack the rootstocks.

Var. Himalayinum, Baker {P. grandiflbrum, Hort.,
not Benth. P. ccBriileum. var. grandiflbruin , J. W. Man-
ning). Fls. lyi in. across, lilac-blue or darker, the
rounded lobes nearly % in. across; calyx and axis of
panicle very hairy. Himalayas. Described in G.C. Ill-
1:766.

AA. Color of fls. yellowish or flesh color.
B. Pis. salmon or flesh color.

cAmeum, Gray. Rather stout, 1-2 ft. high: Ifts. 5-15,
often IK in. long: tis. fading to purplish, 1-1>^ in.
across. Mountain woods, Calif. — Offered by Pilkington,
Oregon, 1892, but probably not in cult. now. Closely
allied to P. reptans.

BE. Fls. yellowish.

paucifl6rum, Wats. Height 1-2 ft.: Ifts. 16-24, about
1 in. long: iJs. tubular, the tube 1-154 in. long, much
longer than the lobes. Mex. — The color is said to be
a good clear yellow, tinged red outside, but they are
probably only cream-colored at best. Offered by J. W.
Manning in 1892, but subsequently dropped.

F. W. Barclay and W. M.

POLlANTHES (name discussed below). Amanjl-
liddreie. Tuberose. Every one knows the waxy white
Tuberose, a single flower of which will scent a whole
house. It belongs to a genus of one, or at least of very
few, species. It is placed in the sub-family of which
the Century Plant (Agave) is the type, but differs in
not having thick, fleshy spiny leaves. From its near-
est allies (Prochnyanthes, Beschorneria, Doryanthes)
it is distinguished as follows: perianth white; tube
long, narrowly funnel-shaped, curved; segments short,
subequal; stamens affixed at the middle of the tube,
not exserted: ovary 3-celled, free at apes: stigmas 3,
ovate, falcate: fr. crowned by the persistent perianth;
seeds flat. Baker, Amaryllide^e, 1888.

The name Polianthes was given to the Tuberose by
Linu£eus in 1753 in his Species Plant arum, which is usu-
ally taken as the beginning of nomenclature. Unfor-
tunately he wrote "Polyanthes" in an earlier work,
published in 1737. This was probably a slip of the
pen. Many writers have changed the spelling to Polyan-
thus, supposing that Linnaeus had in mind the idea of
"raany-llowered," from polys and anthos. Others have
supposed he derived it from polls, a city. It seems
probable, however, as Bentham and Hooker suggest,
that Linnfeus had in mind polios, "shining," "white,"
which is much more applicable to the Tuberose than
are the other derivations. Consult Polyanthus for other
meanings of the word Polyanthus.

The name "Tuberose " is derived from fuberosa, this
plant being the tuberous hyacinth as distinguished from
the bulbous hyacinth. The name therefore is tuber-ose,
not tube-rose.

tuberdsa, Linn. Tuberose. Figs. 1868, 1869. Root-
stock tuberous: basal Ivs. 6-9 to a stem, linear, 1-114 ft.
long, spotted red-brown on back: stem 2-3 ft. high, with
8-12 reduced Ivs. : fls. 1K-2X in. long, borne in pairs in
alax spike; segments J<;-?4 in. long. Mexico. B.M. 1817.
B.R. 1:63. R.H. 1882, p. 429. F. 1881, p. 27. Gn. 47,
p. 330.

"Polyanthus maculata'* figured in Blanc's catalogue is,
judging from the picture, a species of Agave of the section
Manfreda, and not Polianthes viaculata. Von Martixis. Von
Martins' name is not accounted for by Baker, but according
to the original description it is a plant with a tuber- like
bulb: stem 1-2% ft. high: Ivs. lanceolate or obovate-lauceolate,
marked with round or elliptic spots: fls. sessile, in a simple
spike, greenish yellow, spotted purple. It is probable that P.
maculata of Von Martius belongs to another genus, sj^ ^ ]\j_

There are only two objections to the Tuberose: its
odor is too powerful for many people, and, like the
calla lily, it has funereal associations. Hence fashion has

POLIANTHES

1385

de.serted it, at least in America. Nevertheless 6,000,000
bulbs a year are now grown in America, and a flftii of
them (1,200,000) are used in this country. The Tuber-
ose is more popular than ever in Europe. It will always
be a standard florists' flower, for the people love it,
whatever fashion may decree.

1867. Polemonium cffiruleum.

Tuberoses in the Rome Garden.— Although every
florist has Tuberoses and they are cheaper now than
ever, thousands of people like to have a Tuberose grow-
ing in their own garden. The bulbs are best procured
in spring and planted outdoors after all danger of frost
is over. The common tall-growing double sort is pre-
ferred for this purpose, largely laecause the fls. open
better during the unfavorable dry weather which we
often have in October. Cover the bulb about an inch
with fine, light soil. A bulb planted out June 1 will
bloom in late summer or fall. Before frost comes take
up the bulbs and store them over winter in a rather
warm (50° F.) , dry place where no frost will touch them.
If kept moist and cool during winter the bulbs are likely
to rot at the center. Sound tubers will always be green
at top or show some sign of life at the growing point.
The others are not worth planting. In the far North
where the season is short. Tuberose bulbs may be
started indoors about the middle of May, the tubers
being placed on a layer of damp moss.

Historical Sketch. — The first date of interest in the
history of a garden favorite is usually the time when
live plants first reached European gardens and showed
signs of popularity. The Tuberose reached Europe some
time before 1530. Though a native of Mexico, it came
to Europe from India and, like many other tropical
American plants of high importance, it was long sup-
posed to be native to the Orient. Thus as late as 1629
Parkinson calls it Syaciuthus Indicus. The plant was
brought to Europe by a Catholic priest, and the priests
refused all applications for bulbs until 1594. The first

1386

POLIANTHES

POLIANTHES

double-flowered form was secured from seed about 1780-
1790 by one de la Cour of Leydeu, Holland, who for
many years destroyed all his surplus bulbs iu order to
be the sole possessor of the double-flowered Tuberose.

Tho Tuberose reached the zenith of its fame about
1870, while the equally waxy Camellia and the formal
Dahlia were still fashionable. In 18(j5 Peter Henderson
sold $1,500 worth of Tuberoses from a glasshouse
10x100 ft. Wm. Scott, of Buffalo, writes that he can
remeiuber when it was as much trouble to procure a
dozen Tuberose bulbs " as it would be now to ^et a young
kangaroo from Tasmania." "Twenty-live years ago,"
he continues, "the Tuberose was a flower of the first
importance, btit how are the mighty fallen!"

In recent times the greatest improvement in the Tuber-
ose is represented by the Pearl, a dwarf variety which
originated with John Henderson, of Flushing, L. I.,
in 18G5. It was introduced by Peter Henderson in 18(i7.
Being a foot shorter than the common double type, it is
the best form for greenhouse culture; also the fls. are
more numerous and nearly twice the size.

Tuberose Culture hy Northern Florists. — Tubevoses
are chiefly grown by American florists for summer and
fall bloom. It is a very dif!G.cult operation to force
Tuberoses so as to bloom from January to March, but
they can be forced with comparative ease to bloom from
April to June. Also flowers may readily be secured for
November and December by
retarding the bulbs.

In forcing, the bulbs are
staited about the first of
January, being placed close
together in boxes only 3 in.
deep, with 2 inches or so of
moss on the bottom. These
boxes are placed over the
pipe where a temperature of

1868. Polianthes tuberosa —
Tuberose (X ^a).

' may be maintained. In four
or five weeks the tubers will
have sent roots all through the
moss, and they should then be
potted in 4- or 5-in. pots, or
planted in a bench coutaining 4
or 5 inches of soil. The tem-
perature should never be less
than 75'', and 80° is better. For
May and June bloom, succes-
sional batches may be planted

at intervals of three or four weeks after New Years.

The last crops will usually be the best.
For November bloom tlie bulbs are retarded in some

cool, dry place until the middle of August. The second

batch should not be planted until the middle of Sep-
tember. This will produce December bloom.

For summer blooming in the open ground, the form
known as the "Tall Double" is the most to be preferred.
In this variety, the flowers open better and are a clearer
and purer white than those of the Pearl. The Albino is
a single white Tuberose blooming in July and August.
It is a very floriferous variety, with flowers that lack
the brown or stained tint of some of the older forms.
The odor is less powerful, and therefore more pleasant,
than that of the ordinary Tuberose.

Tuberose Culture in Europe. — In Europe there is
demand for Tuberoses the year round. The Natal-grown
bulbs arrive in September, while the American-grown
bulbs do not reach Europe until December or even Jan-
uary. The former are forced, and the latter retarded.
In an excellent review of Tuberose culture in On.
47:330, "Southron" says: "No manure is needed in the
soil, otherwise it will tend to produce a superabundant
leaf-growth; but manure water will, if given after the
spikes are fairly started, greatly assist the bulbs in de-
veloping the flowers. In private gardens the one great
trouble oftentimes is that of red spider." * * * "The
Tuberose makes one of the prettii'st buttonhole bou-
quets imaginable." "*■ ■■■■ * "Where many suckers appear
around the crown-growth, it is a good plan to thin them
out, otherwise the flower-spike will be weakened. Per-
sonally, I have had a preference for growing the Tuber-
ose in the long pots, oftentimes termed hyacinth pots;
these take less room and are quite large enough."

Peter Henderson & Co.

Commercial Product ion of Tuberose Bulbs. — Tuberose
bulbs were formerly grown extensively for commercial
purposes in Italy, and are grown in a small way at the
present time in South Africa, though the African bulbs
are not in much favor with European florists because
the bulbs ripen and are shipped in midsummer and a
great number fail to bloom. None of the foreign-grown
bulbs are imported into the United States and, owing to
the superiority of the American-grown Tuberoses and
the low price at which they are produced, they have
driven the Italian-grown bulbs out of the American
market. About 80 per cent of the American crop is
exported. Practically the entire product of this country
is grown in a limited area in the southeastern part of
the state of North Carolina.

Tuberose bulb culture in the southern states was first
attempted by F. A. Newbury in Duplin county, N. C,
in 1868. Beginning with a dozen bulbs, he propagated
stock until, in 1888, the yield was about 1,000,000 bulbs.
During these years the crop was cultivated entirely by
hand and consequently was very expensive. The prices
received at first were $40 per 1,000, but since then
prices have declined each year as quantity increased
until, in 1888, bulbs were selling at $6 to $8 per 1,000.
In 1888 H. E. Newbury, a brother, bought out the
business, and he and J. F. Crooui, another grower
who had propagated cousidei'able stock, extended the
business A'^ery greatly, introducing less expensive meth-
ods of cultivation. By use of the horse-plow they
were enabled to greatly reduce the selling price and
stimulate demand for bulbs, so that the crop of 1900,
within a radius of 20 miles of one point (Magnolia, N.,
C), amounted to 0,000,000 bull)s, selling at wholesale in
car-load lots at $3.50 per 1,000. This yield is secured
from over 300 acres.

The soil iu the section around Magnolia, which seems
so especially adapted to the culture of Tuberose bulbs,
is a light, sandy surface with a porous clay subsoil at
a depth varying from 2 to 8 ft., with the bottom lands
a dark but porous sandy formation. In wet or rainy
seasons the bulbs thrive best on the uplands, and
in dry seasons best on the dark moist bottoms, though
they withstand equally well a great deal of wet or
drought.

The crop is set in April, after the soil has been
thoroughly pulverized. It is then laid off in rows or
furrows 22 in. apart; into these is sowed fertilizer at
the rate of (500 lbs. to the acre. About 400 lbs. of cotton-
seed meal and 20 bus. of good wood ashes to the acre
have given the best results, though any reliable fer-
tilizer with a good percentage of potash is all right.

POLIAXTHES

POLLEN

1387

The fertilizer is thoroughly mixed with the soil by run-
ning a plow with point only in the furrow. Into this the
sets or "seed,"' as they are called, are carefully placed
upright by hand and covered with plow. Usually the
bulblets are rather slow in starting off, and just as they
begin to break through, the soil, which has become

1869.

Bulb of Polianthes tuberosa.

(X%.)

hardened or crusted, is raked or broken up. This assists
the plant in getting up and also destroj's any growth
of grass which may have started. Cultivation is done
chiefly with a cotton plow, using the sweeps to put
earth to the plant and destroying any grass in the rows.
Tillage is required every two weeks until August: an
occasional hoeing between plants by hand is necessary
in order to loosen the soil and destroy weeds and grass
not reached by the plow. The crop is matured and
gathered between Oct. 15 and Nov. 15. The tops by
this time have reached a length of 18 or 20 in.; these
are cut off at the ground with a sharp weeding hoe and
the bulbs are plowed out very much as potatoes are.
Women then lift out and shake oft' the earth, and the
offsets are removed by hand. These sets are the seed-
stock for next season. The bulbs are graded as to size,
carried to curing houses, and by some placed on shelves
to dry or cure out. The bulbs must be stirred or have
their position changed every few days to prevent mold
and rot. This stirring wears or breaks off the roots and
tops of a good percentage of the bulbs, making a less
.sightly bulb, though not injuring its flowering property.
The better and more modern way is to gather them by
the roots in bunches of about 10, tie them together with
a small cord and hang them upon frames, walls and
overhead of house and allow them to cure without dis-
turbing them during the process of drying. While this
"would seem a rather expensive way, it really costs but
a few cents per thousand, being done by small negro
children at nominal wages. In recent years artificial
heat of 80°-100° by means of furnace and flues similar
to those used in tobacco barns has been introduced, to
hasten curing. Four to eight weeks are required to
properly cure the bulbs for shipping, so that the first
shipments begin to move about Dec. 1 to 10. Before
shipment the bulbs are again sorted in order to get out
any undersized bulbs that may have been overlooked;
they are also counted and packed in paper-lined barrels,
holding from 700 to 1,300, the number varying with size
of bulbs and size of barrels. About 200 bbls., or 150,000
to 175,000 bulbs, constitute a car-load. The bulk of the
exports go through New York dealers, several of whom
handle half a million or more each. A few are exported
direct.

Dwarf Pearl is the variety mostly grown. This sen<ls
up a flowering stem about 15 inches long, the blossom

being double. The Tall Double is similar, except that
the flowering stem is longer, about 24 inches or over.
The White or Orange Flower has a long stem, with the
blossom single or resembling the blossom of an orange
tree. The Albino, a freak from the Pearl, is a dwarf
single or orange-flowered variety, but its tendency in
other latitudes is to go back to the double type, and con-
sequently is likely to disappoint the grower who expects
a single blossom. The foliage of all the above is a rich
green. The variegated-leaved variety has a beautiful
stripe of golden or silver hue on the outer edge of the
foliage. The blossom is single and the habit is dwarf.
The Tuberose is treated as an annual and has to be re-
placed each season.

A "number one" bulb (referring to size) is not less
than 4 inches in circumference and measures up to (>
inches and over; "mammoth" bulbs are 6 to 8 inches in
circumference. Only a very small part of the crop will
attain such measurement. A "number two" bulb is less
than 4 in. and over 3 in. in circumference, and while in
the South these will bloom as well as the larger bulbs
they are not much sought by the northern dealers.
The Tuberose is a rather slow grower; hence in the
North, where the frosts are much earlier than South,
it is likely to get caught before its spike of bloom
matures. To succeed in getting flowers in the North
they should be started in pots under glass or in rooms
free of frost in April and transplanted to open ground
in early June. The soil should be deeply pulverized.
Select a sandy loam if possible, and fertilize with
manure containing a good percentage of potash. Keep
the earth about the plant thoroughly stirred and do not
let the plant suffer for moisture. jj g Newbury.

POLLEN. Allgymnosperms (conifers, etc.) and angio-
sperms (true flowering plants) normally reproduce by
means of seeds. For the fertilization of the ovule, in
order that seed may result, the intervention of the pol-
len is necessary. The "dust of the flower" is therefore
of far more interest to the horticulturist than this old
popular name would imply. Studies in hybridization
and self -sterility have long made evident the practical
importance of a knowledge of pollen. Every plant pro-
vides for the production of this substance, and usually
in definite pollen-bearing leaves termed stamens. The
stamens are organs of the flower, and as essential as
the carpels. The pollen is produced in definite sacs
or compartments of the anther, located usually at the
tip of the stamen; and when the pollen is ripe, or ma-
ture, the fine grains are set free in quantity by the rup-
tui'e of the inclosing sacs. The abundance of pollen
produced may suggest wasteful management of the
plant's resources ; but a liberal supply of this substance
is necessary. Although it requires but a single one of
the small grains to fertilize a single ovule and produce
a seed, pollen-grains are produced often a thousandfold
more abundantly than ovules. The best offspring are
produced when cross - fertilization occurs, and in the
transfer of pollen from plant to plant it is only a
small part which can reach its proper destination.
There are many chances and such great losses that
abundance of pollen is a necessary provision.

In general, flowers are pollinated by the wind and by
insects; that is, pollen is transported by these two
agencies. Flowers principally dependent upon the wind
for pollination are termed anemophilous, while those
visited by insects are designated entomophilous. These
distinguishing terms may also be applied to the pollen
itself. Anemophilous pollen is of a more or less spheri-
cal form, readily yielding to the wind, and correlated
with this is a dry and inadherent outer surface. Such
is the case, for example, in the various families to
which the oak, willow, grasses, pine, etc., belong, all of
which plants are devoid of any stock of brilliant color
or rich odors that might attract bug, moth, butterfly, or
bee. The pollen of the pine has even developed bladders,
so as to be borne more lightly upon the wind. On the
other hand, those plants largely dependent upon the
visits of insects for pollination may have the pollen-
grains provided with some kind of spines, ridges,
furrows, or viscid coatings that they may the more
readily adhere to hairy limbs or other surfaces of tlie
insect which may come in contact with them. Here,

1388

POLLEN

POLLINATION

then, is to be found a reason for the beauty and special-
ization of external wall. In entomophilous pollen the
elliptical form of grain predominates, but the general
shape is extremely various; and the plants producing
such pollen are usually provided with beauty of flower,
fragrance, or other insect attraction.

In order that the pollen which has been trans-
ported to the stigma may be effective, it must be
healthy. Experiments have shown that weak, poorly
nourished orchard trees often produce
ineffective pollen. The nature of the
season may also have great influence
upon its character, continued rains

1870.

Pollen erains of

Primula ob-

conica (below)

and salvia.

Magnified.

1871.

Pollen grains of

Browallia.

Magnified.

1872.
Oddly marked
Pollen grain
of Schaueria
flavicoma,
Magnified.

causing great losses by preventing the maturity of this
product as well as by mechanical injury and by pre-
cluding the winged carriers. Most plants have some
special provision for the protection of the pollen against
rain; that is, either by the closing of the flower under
moist conditions, or by the location of the anthers in a
sheltered tube, under projecting hairs, lobes, or other
comlia appendages.

The individual particles of pollen are in the form of
delicate grains only readily visible in some quantity, as
in powdery masses. At the time when they are set free,
the grains are generally entirely distinct from one
another, to be blown about by an accidental wind or
carried by visiting insects. In some cases, however,
the grains are bound together loosely or by means of
delicate glutinous threads (Rhododendron); they may
be closely united into 4's fheatb family); or the whole
tissue of an anther or its divisions may remain intact as
pollinia {some orchids, milk-weed, etc.). A particular
species of plant will produce pollen quite constant in
form and attire; but an aggregation of cultivated varie-
ties originated from a single species may show consider-
able variation In this regard. Nevertheless, form, size,
color, surface markings, texture of wall, and trans-
lucency of contents are not fixed qualities even for re-
lated genera or species. See Figs. 1870-3 for different
forms of pollen.

When the healthy pollen of one plant falls upon the
ripe stigma of a plant of the same species, the grains
germinate in the sugary excretion of the stigma by the
protrusion of a tube which penetrates the style and
effects fertilization as described under Fertilization.
Furthermore, it is well known that while the flowers
of many plants may be readily fertilized by their
own pollen, the offspring are stronger when pollen
from another plant or another variety have had access
to the flower. Sometimes pollen from a foreign variety
is absolutely essential to the best fruit formation. This
is particularly true of certain varieties of the pear. A
poor quality of fruit can be prevented only by growing
together different varieties. Again, although a plant
may readily pollinate itself, yet the pollen from another
plant or variety may be prepotent over its own. That is
to say, if the plant be pollinated by its own pollen along
with that of a foreign variety, that of the foreign vari-
ety will usually effect fertilization. This can be ex-
plained only on physiological grounds, and at present
merely from a theoretical point of view. Any pollen
penetrates and effects fertilization because it is at-
tracted, first by substances in the style, and later by
the eeg-cell it«elf . When a foreign variety is prepotent
it is so because it is more readily attracted, due, we may

say, to a greater difference of potential between the
two elements, the two elements from the same plant
being more in equilibrium and less markedly attractive.
As regards pollen from a foreign species, it seems to be
the rule that hybridization does not occur so readily,
and we must then assume that the differences have be-
come so great as to cause repulsion.

The detailed development of pollen is highly interest-
ing and instructive on morphological grounds, hut in
this place a very brief account of the formation of the
grains will suffice. The developmental phases in Big-
noitia venusta will serve as an example. A cross-section
of the young flower-bud will show that in the anther-sac
regions, semicircular layers of large well -nourished
cells ( called archesporial cells ) are differentiated.
These cells divide and the layer increases in extent,
yet in this case it is always only one cell in thickness.
When these cells have finally attained considerable size
and provided themselves with a thick wall, they divide
more or less simultaneously; and then each of these
daughter-cells divides again by a division following
quickly upon the first. Each cell has then formed four
new cells within its original walls. The new cells re-
main thus united in 4's until each is provided with a
stout wall of its own, and then they separate. Each cell
is then an immature pollen -grain, and technically a
spore, that is, exactly homologous with the microspores
of the vascular cryptogams. As a rule, before these
pollen-grains are set free, another change occurs de-
noting maturity. This consists in the division of the
nucleus of the spore in such a way that two cells of
unequal size result (in some conifers several small cells
are formed). On germination the large cell, which now
incloses the smaller, protrudes the tube which pene-
trates the style; whereas the nucleus of the small cell
divides into two, and one of these fuses with the egg-
cell in the ovule, thus fertilizing it.

Allied topics are discussed under Pollination, Self-
steriliti/j Flower, and Myhrids. b_ jyi^ Duggar.

POLLINATION, In botanical usage. Pollination is
the transfer of pollen from the anther to the stigma. In
horticultural usage, particularly with reference to orchard
fruits, the term is often applied in a general way to desig-
nate all the influences concerned in the setting of fruit.
Aside from those cases in which the stamens and pistils
are so intimately associated that the pollen falls directly
on the stigma, flowers are pollinated mainly in two ways;
by wind and by insects. The grasses, sedges and pines
afford examples of wind-pollinated plants. The flowers
of wind-pollinated plants are usually inconspicuous
and without nectar or fragrance. They produce a great

1873. Pollen grains of Abutilon striatum (above),

Bedding geranium (Pelarganium hortorum, on right).

Chrysanthemum (on lower left). All magnified.

abundance of light, dry pollen, which is wafted away by
the slightest breeze and is often carried many miles by
a strong wind. The pistils of the.se plants are usually
long and feathery, and thus are well adapted to catch
the flying pollen. For the benefit of those who are un-
informed in botany, it may be said that pollination is
concerned primarily with the "essential organs" of the

POLLINATION

flower,— the stamens and pistils (see
Flower; also Fig. 1874). The sta-
mens hear the pollen in their anthers,
and they die after the pollen is shed.
The pistils bear the ovary or seed-
case, the style, and the stigma. On
the stigma the pollen falls. In some
plants these organs are separated in
different flowers or even on different
plants.

The flowers of insect-pollinated
plants, on the other hand, are usually
characterized by being showy and having
nectar or fragrance, or both. The pollen
is more or less moist or stick}', so that it
is not easily blown away. An insec-t is
attracted to these flowers by the showy
colors and the perfume, two things which
bespeak the presence of nectar. As the
insect reaches down for the nectar, which
is near the bottom of the flower, some
parts of its body are almost sure to become
dusted with pollen. When the insect
visits another flower some of this pollen
may be brushed upon the stigma, and
a fresh supply received. This pollen may
likewise be carried to another flower, and so
on. Thus "cross-pollination, "or thetrans-
fer of pollen from the anthers of one
flower to the pistil of another, is accom-
plished. Many flowers, notably the or-
chids, have special modifications of struc-
ture apparently developed for the purpose
of securing cross-pollination by insects,
and preventing self - pollination. The
bodies of some insects also have corre-
sponding adaptations which insure the
cross-pollination of certain flowers which
they are in the habit of visiting most fre-
quently. This correlation between flowers
and their insect visitors has been the sub-
ject of extended observation. "Fertiliza-
tion of Flowers," by Hermann Miiller,
contains a bibliography of the subject up
to 1886. For the distinction between fer-
tilization and pollination, see the article
Fertilization, page 579.

The value of crossing to plants was first
clearly proved by Charles Darwin in 1859.
From the observations of Kolreuter,
Sprengel, Knight, and his own exhaustive
experiments, Darwin showed that con-
tinued self-fertilization is likely to result
in inferior offspring; while cross-fertili-
zation, within certain limits, gives greater
vigor to the offspring. Cross-fertilization
between different flowers on the same
plant has usually no appreciable advan-
tage. The reason for this is that the
plant res^llting from the union of two
unlike parents, as in cross-fertilization
between flowers on different plants, is
more variable than the plant resulting
from self-fertilization or crossing be-
tween different flowers on the same plant,
and hence has better chance of fitting
itself to new conditions. Plants are end-
lessly modified to secure cross -fertili-
zation and avoid self-fertilization. The
principal means by which this end is
gained are: (1) Special contrivances in
the structure of the flower, which favor
cross-pollination. (2) A difference in the
time at which the pollen matures and the
stigma becomes receptive in the same flow-
er (dichogamy). This condition is very
noticeable in some varieties of orchard
fruits. The prematurity of the pistil is
more common than the prematurity of the
stamens. (3) Self -sterility, which is the
inability of a flower to set fruit with its
own pollen. It might be expected that
self -sterility would naturally result from

POLLINATION

1389

1874. Structure of the Flower,
to illustrate Pollination.

1. Top.— The structure of a
plum blossom: se. sepals; p.
petals; sfcc. stamens; o ovary;
s. style; St. stigma. The pistil
is composed of the ovai-y,
style and stigma. It contains
the female part. The stamens
are tipped %vith anthers in
which the pollen, or male
part, is borne. The ovary, o,
ripens into the fruit.

2. Puchsia.showiiig ovary at
a, 3 stamens (one is removed)
and the projecting style.

3. Buttercup, showing many
small pistils in the center and
stamens surrounding them.

4. Bottom.— Phlox, showing
the 3-parted stigma, and the
stamens included iu the tube.

continued cross-pollination by the
first two means, but there is little
evidence that the self-sterility now
noticeable in plants was developed in
this way. Self-sterility is not usu-
ally due to a deficiency in the pollen
or to defective pistils. The pollen
grains often germinate on the stigma,
but fertilization does not take place.
The embryological I'casons for this
are not clearly understood. About
sixty species of plants are known to be
more or less self-sterile. (4) The separa-
tion of the sexes in different flowers or on
different individuals. It is thought by
some that there is a gradual evolution
among some kinds of plants toward uni-
sexuality, and that adaptations for insect-
pollination, dichogamy and self - sterility
are steps in this process.

Self-sterility is common in varieties of
orchard fruits, particularly in pears and
plums, and in grapes. Whenever isolated
trees or large blocks of a single variety
blossom full, year after year, but drop
most of the fruit before it is half-grown,
the trees may be self - sterile, provided
the failure cannot be attributed to fungous
disease, insect attack, frost or other in-
jury. Familiar examples of self -sterile
varieties are : Wild Goose and Miner
plums, Kieffer and Bartlett pears and
Esopus Spitzenburg apple. Self-sterility
in orchard fruits does not usually result
from defectiveness of pollen or pistil, but
from a lack of affinity between the two.
It is not a constant factor in any variety,
but seems to be as easily influenced by the
conditions under which the tree is grown
as is the size, shape or color of the fruit.
The adaptation of a variety to soil and cli-
mate has much to do with its self-sterility.
Therefore, a variety is often self-sterile in
one place and self-fertile in another.

A self-sterile tree often may be made
fruitful by planting near it trees of an-
other variety to supply pollen, or by top-
grafting part of the tree with cions of
another variety. Thus, Miner bears freely
if planted with De Soto, and Kieffer with
Le Conte. No benefit is derived from
planting in an orchard of one variety new
trees of the same variety. There are two
important points to be considered in the
choice of a pollinizer. First, the two
varieties must blossom together, so that
cross-pollination by wind or insects may
take place. Second, there must be an
affinity between the two, so that the pistils
of the self-sterile variety will accept the
pollen of the other and develop into good
fruit. Such affinity can be determined only
by experiment. In a large orchard of a
self-sterile variety which is valuable for
market, every third or fourth row should
be the pollinizer.

Orchard Pollination, however, is a larger
problem than the detection of varieties
which are inclined to be tinfmitful when
planted alone, and discovering what are
the best poUinizers for them. Experi-
ments in crossing and observations in
orchards have indicated that nearly all
varieties of orchard fruits, whether self-
sterile or not, will produce better fruit
with pollen other than their own. The
Baldwin apple will usually bear good fruit
if planted alone, but it will bear better
fruit if the right variety is planted with it.
The probability is that most of our leading
commercial varieties commonly planted in
large blocks will produce enough better
fruit by a judicious intermingling of onft

1390

POLLINATION

POLYGALA

or two other varieties to more than offset tlie slight
inconvenieuce in orchard management occasioned by
this mixing. The chief economic problem for the experi-
menter, therefore, is to determine what commercial
varieties may be planted together with best results;
and the rational course for the fruit-grower is to prac-
tice mixed planting on the basis of such experiments.

S. W. Fletchek.
POLYANTHUS. In common speech Polyanthus
means the florists' flowers supposed to be derived
chiefly from Primula elatior ov its allies. The "Poly-
anthus Narcissus" of trade catalogiies is one of the
forms of Narcissus Tazetta, an old synonym of which
was Narcissus Polyanthos, Polyanthus may also mean
the tuberose, Polianthes, which see. There is no genus
known as Polyanthus.

POLYBOTRA. See Acrostichum.

POLYCAL'S'MMA. See Mtjriocephalus.

POLlTGALA (Greek, much milk; from the old idea
that some species increased the flow of milk). Poly-
galdcece. Milkwort. Polygala is a genus of over 200
widely distributed species. Sepals 5, the two lateral
ones, or "wings," rauch larger than the rest and colored;
petals rarely 5 and alternate with the sepals, or com-
monly reduced to 3 (an odd anterior one and a dorsal
pair), united below into a dorsally cleft tube ; lower
petal, or keel, concave, often crested or beaked; sta-
mens 8; filaments more or less connate into a tube :
capsule 2-celled, wing-margined or wingless; seeds soli-
tary in the cells. Monographed by Chodat in Mem. Soc.
Phys. Hist. Nat. Gen^v. (1, p. 2, No. 2). For the Ameri-
can species, see Kobinson, Gray's Syn. Fl. Vol. I, p. 449.

In the culture of Polygalas there are three points of
view. There are hardy and tender species, and the
latter are sometimes cultivated under glass, sometimes
outdoors iu the South, as in S. Calif. Of the hardy
group, P. paucifolia is excellent, because of its fringed
flowers. Of the European kinds P. Chamcehuxus is the
best, and var. purpurea is probably the best form of it.
Referring to our native species, F. W. Barclay writes:
"Polygalas are mainly plants of low moist lands, and
the majority of species are best grown in sandy peat,
or any rather light soil, in partially shaded "positions
not given to severe dryness at any season. Seed may
be sown in fall or early spring. P. lufea is perhaps our
handsomest native species, but it is not advertised for
sale. It needs sunlight." P. paucifolia can be prop.
by division.

There are 40 or more North American species, but
rao«t of Lhem are not showy plants and they offer little
inducement to the cultivator. Some of them — as re-
corded below— are offered by dealers in native plants,
but these are not necessarily the best. The only spe-
cies that are generally known to cultivators are exotic.

The Cape species are much-branched shrubs, 2-4 ft.
high or more, with large fls. borne in subterminal
racemes. In the good old days when heaths were
much grown for exhibition 14 colored plates of Polyg-
alas appeared in the Botanical Magazine, 13 in the
Botanical Cabinet, and 7 in the Botanical Register.
Ernest Braunton writes that "P. viijrtifolia and its va-
rieties are very commonly cult, in Calif., particularly
the one known in gardens as P. Dalmacinaov P. Dalma-
tiana; this flowers all the time and is very popular."
The popularity of P. Dalmalslaua in Calif, is an ex-
ample of the persistence of a good thing in gardens,
though almost unknown to botanists. This name is not
to be found in any of the standard authorities, except
Nicholson's Dictionary. Nor is it known to be adver-
tised in America. The spelling Dalmatiana shows that
some gardeners have thought the name a geographical
one. The plant was named after M.Dalmais, a French gar-
dener,who raised it from seed in 1839. It was described,
with colored plates, in Rev. Hort. 1844:193 and the
Florist's Journal 1846:177, and Garten Flora 5:161. In
the first-named place it is stated to be a hybrid be-
tween "P. gniufliflora and P. cordifolia.^' In modern
nomenclature this probably means P. myrtifoUa , xav.
(jrandiflora x P. opjjositifolia, var. corclata. The pic-

txires, however, do not seem to show any trace of the
latter parent. As known in the trade, P. Da/maisiaiKt
is a free-blooming plant with rosy or purplish flow-
ers. H. D. Darlington writes that he has received
it under three or four different names, and adds: "It
makes a good pot-plant, but is somewhat bare of foliage.
It blooms from the ends of the ripened growth. It can
be had in flower almost any time. The odd color and
shape of the flowers, and its free blooming, make it
very attractive. It roots only fairly well from cuttings.
Usually it propagates better by layering. Put in rich
loam with well-rotted manure. It will stand consider-
able frost."

A. Plants hardy.

B. Fls. showy, %-% in. long.

c. Keel htautifully fringed paucifolia

cc. Keel •ynerely 4-lobed Chamaebuxus

BB. Pis. not showy.

C. Inflorescence a spike: fls. not

pedicelled Senega

cc. Inflorescence a raceme: fls.

pedicelled „ polygama

AA. Plants tender.

B. Hahit shrubby, erect, 2-3 ft. high or
more.

c. Lvs. opposite oppositifolia

CO. Lvs. alternate.

D. Lateral petals 2-cut myrti£olia

DD. Lateral petals not S-cut virgata

apopetala
BB. Hahit dwarf, 1 ft. or less high amatymbica

paucifolia, Willd. Flowering Wintergreen. Gay-
wings. Fringed Milkwort. Fringed Polygala. Fig.
1875. Trailer, 3-6 in. high: upper lvs. clustered, ovate,
1}^' in- long; lower lvs. distant, small and becoming
mere bracts at the base: fls. bright rosy purple, vary-
ing to white, 1—4 in the axils of the iipper lvs. or appear-
ing terminal. May, June. New Brunswick to Winni-
peg, and Ga. Prefers moist woods and sphagnum bogs.
B.M. 2852 (petals white). B.B. 2:361. -Var. ^Iba was
once offered by F. G. Pratt, Concord, Mass., where it
grows wild. One sometimes finds violet-fld. forms.
The species bears cleistogamous fls.

Chamaebuxus, Linn. Box-leaved Milkwort. Ever-
green trailer: upper lvs. lanceolate or elliptical, mucro-
nate; lower lvs. smaller, obovate: peduncles axillary
and terminal, about 2-Hd. : fls. as many as 10 on a stalk,
typically yellow, more or less reddish toward the end of
the keel; stamens united only at the base. April-June.
Europe, low heaths and woods to highest Alps. L.B.C.
6:593. B.M. 316 (wings white : petals white at base,
yellow or red at tip ). — Var. purpurea has pui-ple wings,
set off by yellow petals. Gn. 13:109; 30:557 (charming:
wings rosy pink).

Senega, Linn. Seneca Snakeroot. Mountain Flax.
Height 1 ft. or less: lvs. 1-2 in. long: fls. white or
greenish, \}4 lines long; crest small, few-lobed. May,
June. Rocky woods, New Brunswick to Rockies, south
N. C. toMo. B.B. 2:360. L.B.C. 14:1380. B.M. 1051.-
Bears no underground flowers.

polygama, Walt. Height 1 ft. or less: lvs. 1 in. or less
long: fls, purple or rose, rarely nearly white, 2-3 lines
long; crest relatively large, laciniate. June, July. Dry
soil, Nova Scotia to Lake of the Woods, south Fla,
to Tex. B.B. 2:360. — Bears numerous underground
flowers.

oppositifdlia, Linn. Probably the only species in the
genus with opposite lvs.; an abnormal thing in the
whole family. Tall, slender shrub: racemes few-fld.:
fls. large, purplish. S. Afr. — Harvey gives 8 botanical
varieties, of which probably the commonest in cult, is
var. cordita, Harv. {P. cordifolia, Thunb., not Presl.).
Glabrous or downy: lvs. broadly cordate, acute or acu-
minate. For pictures of the species and its vars., see
B.M. 492; 2438. B.R. 8:636; 14:1146, and L.B.C. 12:1189
(all under various names).

myrtiSdlia, Linn. Readily told from P. virgata, its
inflorescence being a few-fld., leafy raceme, while that
of P. virgata is many - fld. and leafless. Densely-

POLTGALA

POLYGONATUM

1391

branched shnib, 3-8 ft. high, with large, showy fls. near
the ends of tbe branches: Ivs. dat, variable in shape,
but not subulate: lateral petals 2-lobed, the posterior
lobe ear-shaped, redexed. S. Africa.— Var. grandiflbra.
Hook. (P, grandiflbra, Hort. and L.B.C. 1H;1227, not

1875. Polygala paucifolia. Natural size.

Walt.). Fls. over 1 in. long. B.M. 3616. B.R. 8:609.
P. Dalmaisidna, which is very like this, is discussed
above.

virgita, Thunb. Glabrous shrub, 2-5 or even 15 ft.
high, with rod-like branches terminating in many-fid.,
leafless racemes of purple or fiesh-colored fis. : anterior
sepals distinct: wings obtuse. S. Afr. — The typical
form is advertised in S. Calif., but in Eu. probably the
only form cult, is var. Speci6sa, Harv. (P. specldsa,
Sims). Glabrous: lower Ivs. obovate or cuneate, upper
more linear, all obtuse: raceme long and lax: bracts
soon deciduous. S. Afr. B.M. 1780. L.B.C. 7:621.
B.R. 2:150. B. 1:43.

apop6tala, T. S. Brandegee. Frutescent, 2-3 ft.
high: branches slender, pubescent: Ivs. lanceolate, en-
tire, obtuse, alternate, remote, short-petioled, nearly
glabrous: fls. large, pink, on slender pedicels % in. or
more long; sepals 4, the upper and lower small, equal,
cynibiform, margins ciliate, the lateral very large,
nearly orbicular; petals 5, separate, upper strap-shaped,
two-thirds as long as keel, lateral pointed, less than one-
half as long, embraced with the 8 stamens by the large
cymbiform keel, which is opened on the upper and
lower edge and not cristate, or appendaged: seeds 2,
large, ovoid, pubescent. Lower Calif.

amatymbica, Eckl. & Zeyn. (P. acuminilfa, E. Mey.
& Hort. CM, not Willd.). Densely tufted, erect, 3-6
in. high: Ivs. lanceolate acuminate, pungently mucro-
nate: racemes lateral, few-fid., spreading or refiexed:
fls. small, wings green, keel and petals flesh color to
purple; keel with a many-parted crest. S.Afr. — P.
acifni in at a of. the trade is probably not P. aciDtiinata ,
Willd., which is Bttdiera acuminata. Badiera differs
from Polygala in having 2 of the sepals only a little
larger than the others, instead of much larger. \y M.

POLYGONATUM {Gree^,many -jointed; probably re-
ferring to the stem). Lilidcece. Solomon's Seal. About
20 species of hardy herbaceous perennials of graceful
habit, their unbranched arching stems bearing pen-
dulous, tubular greenish fls., which are succeeded by
handsome dark blue berries. The name Solomon's Seal
is connected with the horizontal rootstocks which are
scarred by the death of the annual stems, each scar

being likened to seal (see Smilacina). The stems are
leafy above, the Ivs. ovate or lanceolate, alternate,
opposite or whorled: fls. greenish or pinkish, 1-10 in tho
axils. The genus is distinguished from its nearest allies
by the cylindrical perianth-tube with short lobes and
small undivided style. The species are natives
of the north temperate zone.

Polygonatums are best suited for partially or
wholly shaded positions, though they do well in
the open in a well-prepared border. They
like a deep, rich soil not subject to drought.
Easily prop, by division. They are among the
best subjects for wild gardening. P. vinlti-
florum is used abroad considerably for forc-
ing and for house plants. Our native species
are presumably equally desirable for all pur-
poses. The Solomon's Seal of English literature
is P. muUifiorum, which is probably the com-
monest species native to Europe. There are sev-
eral Himalayan and Japanese species. The com-
mon Solomon's Seal of our nurseries is tbe
European, P. tmiJtiflorum , the American kinds
being listed only by specialists in native plants.
The others here described are offered by Dutch
bulb-growers. For extended articles on the forc-
ing of P. niKtfiflorum, see Gn. 26, p. 236 (or V.
7:337) ; 30, p. 49, and F.R. 3:594.

A. Jyvs. all u'Jwrled.
verticillatum, All. Stem 2-3 ft. high: Ivs. in
whorls of 4-8, linear, 3-6 in. long: fls. in 2's or
3's. Eu., Himalayas. P. macrophi/llnm,l-i\nk.,
is perhaps a distinct var. with more robust
habit and larger Ivs,

AA. Lvs. alternate.
B. Perianth 2-3 lines thick.
c. Height 1-1% ft.: fls, 1 or 2 in the axils.
offlcinELle, All. Lvs. oblong, 2-3 in. long, firmer than
those of P. multifloruni: perianth-segments greenish.
Eu., Siberia. P. ambigmim, Link., is offered as a dis-
tinct form by Krelage,

cc. Height 2^ ft.: fls. 1-5 in the axils.

latifdlium, Desf. (P. Thunhergi, C. Morr. ). Lvs. ob-
long, 3-6 in. long : perianth-segment greenish. Eu.,
Asia. — Intermediate in habit between P. officinale and
nmltiflorum but with earlier fls.

BB. Perianth 1^0.-2 lines thick.
c. Plant glabrous .
D. Filaments densely pilose.
multindnim, All. Pig. 1876. Height 2-3 ft. : lvs. ob-
long, 3-6 in. long : perianth-tube white ; segments
greenish. Eu., N. Asia, Himalayas. Gn. 26, p. 236; 30,
p, 49. V. 7:337. — Var. fibre roseo, Hort., has rosy
fls. There are said to be varieties with donble fls.

1876." A colony of Solomon's Seal in a ^/vild garden—
Polygonatum multiflorum.

and variegated foliage. The type seems to be more
graceful than the varieties. Tliis is the common Solo-
mon's Seal of Europe, where it is also called Lady's
Seal and David's Harp.

1392

POLYGONATUM

POLYGONUM

DD. Filaments somewhat flattened, smooth, iiot
roughened,
gigant^um, Dietr. Taller and more robust than P.
hiflorum, 1-8 ft. high: h'S. \%-Q in. long, 3-4 in. wide:
fls. 1-8 in the axils. May-July. Moist woods, Rhode
Island to Manitoba, south, Ga., La., to New Mex. and
Utah.

CO. Plant with Ivs. pitbeaeent beneath.
■bifldrum. Ell. Heifcht 8 in.-3 ft.: Ivs. 2-4 in. long,
%-2 in. wide: fls. often 2 in axils, sometimes 1-4.
April-July. Woods, New Brunswick to Mich., south to
Fla. Mn. 8:49. "W. M.

POLYGONllLLA (diminutive of Polygonum). Poly-
gondeew. About 7 species of American plants closely
allied to Polygonum and of no horticultural
standing. P. parvifolia was offered by Gil-
lett in iSSl, but it is probably not hardy
north. The genus differs from Polygonum
in having only the inner sepals erect and
the calyx enlarged in fruit, while in Poly-
gonum all the sepals are erect and the calyx
is not enlarged in fruit.

parvif61ia, Michx. Diffuse shrub:
Ivs. wedge-shaped, vertical, those
on sterile shoots imbricated: ra-
cemes ^'i-X in. long, very numerous,
in an ol)long or corymbose panicle :
fls. white, yellowish or rose color;
filaments all alike; stigmas nearly
sessile. Aug., Sept. Dry sandy
soil, Fla. to N. 0.

affine, 9.
amphibium, 6.
amplexieaule, 10.
arenariiim, 5.
Baldschiianieum, :
Brunonis, 9.
cillnode, 1,
compuctum, 11.

cuspidatum, 11.
eletjans, 5.
Hartwrightii, 7.
huiitjeruia, 8.
multifloruin, 10 and

suppl. list,
orientale, 3.
oxyphylluni, 10.

Persiearia, 4,
pumilum, 3.
Suchalinense, 12.
Sieboldi, 11.
specioswii, 10.
variegatum, 3.
Zuccai'inii, 11.

1877. Common Doorweed or Knotweed, the details enlarg^ed
— Polygonum aviculare.

POL'S'GONUM (Greek for many -jointed). Polijgo-
nctcece. JoINT^YEED, Knotweed. Mostly herbs, annual
or perennial, with small flowers in racemes, spikes or
heads (sometimes solitary). Flowers apetalons; calyx
gamosepalous, 4-5-parted; stamens 5-9, sometimes ex-
serted: ovary 1-loculed, with 2-3-parted style or stigma
(latter capitate), ripening into a triangular or
lenticular akene. Above each joint, the stem is
prominently sheathed. Polygonum is closely
allied to Rumex, the docks, and also to Fago-
pyrum, the buckwheats. Rumex differs in uni-
formly having a 6-parted calyx, some of the
lobes often bearing a grain-like tubercle on the
back, the stigmas tufted. Fagopyrnm differs in having
an akene surpassing the calyx and in details of the
embryo. Most Polygonums are weedy plants, and only
a very small proportion are of merit for cultivation.
One of the commonest species is the Doorweed (Fig.
1877), Polygonum aviculare. It is a decumbent wiry
small-leaved annual or perennial, growing along walks
and in other hard, dry soil, where it makes a sod-like
mat. The axillary flowers are very small, and seldom
seen by others than botanists. Other Polygonums are
the common Sraartweeds of swales and damp grounds.
For monograph of Polygonum, see Meisner, DC. Prodr.
14 (1856). For our native and introduced species, see
Small, "Monograph of the North American species of
the genus Polygonum," in Mem. Dept. Bot. Columbia
College, 1895, The species are perhaps 200, of very
wide distribution from arctic to tropical countries.

Most of the cultivated Polygonums are hardy border
plants, requiring no special skill or care. They are prop-
agated by seed and division, chiefly the latter. Some
of the cultivated kinds are annual, as P. orientale, and
this species is the only one that is known as a familiar
flower-garden plant in this country. Several of the
species are amphibious and are quite useful for bog
gardens.

A. Plant twining.

1. cilindde, Michx. Slender somewhat downy climber,
mostly perennial: Ivs. cordate-ovate to ovate-lanceolate,
more or less angular or halberd-shaped at base: stem
bearing a ring of retrorse bristles at the base of each
sheath (whence the specific name): fls. white, in loose-
panicled racemes from the upper axils. Nova Scotia
south and west. — Sold as a cover plant for rocks and as
a denizen of shrub-masses.

2. Baldschudnicum, Kegel. Tall perennial climber be-
coming woody at the base: Ivs. cordate-oval or hastate,
acuminate, slender-petiolpd: fls. small but very numer-
ous in terminal erect or drooping panicles, rose-colored:
fruiting calyx small, 3-sided, at first whitish and then
becoming rose-colored: akene shining black. Bokhara.
G.C.III.16:656; 21:17. Gn. 55, p. 454. Gng. 5:181. B.M.
7544. — Offered by one American dealer and listed in
the American catalogues of European dealers. De-
scribed as a very vigorous and decorative hardy plant,
climbing 20 ft. high. It was first described by Kegel
in 1884.

AA. Plant erect, or at least not climbing.

B. Annual plants of erect habit, to he treated as flower-
garden subjects.

3. orientale, Linn. Prince's Feather. Kiss-me-
ovEK-THE-GARDEN-GATE, Fig. 1878. Tall-growing, much
branched above, hairy: Ivs. large, ovate or cordate-
ovate or broad-oblong, acuminate: sheaths short, cili-
ate and sometimes bordered at the summit: fls. bright
pink, in close, cylindrical spikes that are arranged in
open panicles, the stamens 7 and the akene lenticular.
India. B.M. 213.— An attractive old-fashioned plant
growing as high as the fence. It is most easy of culti-
vation. In fact, it usually self-sows in old gardens. In
some places it has run wild. There are horticultural

POLYGONUM

POLYGONUM

1393

1879.

Lady's Thumb
— Polyconum
Persicaria.

Much reduced.

varieties, as var. variegatum, Hort.,with foliage marked
with yellowish white, and var. pilmilum, Hort., with
compact habit and the stature half that of the type.

4. Persicaria, Linn. Lady's Thumb. Fig. 1879. One
of the Smartweeds, but sold by seedsmen as a suitable
plant for backgrounds; glabrous or nearly so, erector
somewhat diffuse, 1-2 ft. tall: Ivs. lance-
olate to linear-lanceolate, slightly cili-
ate, usually with a triangular or cres-
cent-shaped spot near the middle of the
blade (whence the name Lady'sThumb) :
sheaths short, hairy on the margin: fls.
in short spikes, pink or greenish purple,
the stamens 6 and the akene lenticular
or triquetrous. Eu. — Naturalized every-
where about dwellings.

5. aren^rium, Waldst. & Kit. (P. ^le-
ganSj Ten.). Dwarf species with slen-
der wiry branches and long internodes:
Ivs. small, linear-lanceolate, 1-nerved,
bearing great numbers of little whitish
fls. along the stem, the terminal clusters
leafless. S. Eu. -Offered in Calif., for
rockeries and bouquets.

BB. Perennial plavts of various Jiabitj

nstiaUif with strong rootstocks.
c. Native s^nartweed-like plants, some-
times offered for naturalizing in
hog gardens.

6. amphibium, Linn. Much spreading
and creeping, rooting at the joints, at
first more or less pubescent but be-
coming glabrous with age: Ivs. rather thickish and
large, oblong, elliptic or lance-elliptic, mostly obtuse or
very nearly so: sheaths short, usually not fringed or
bordered at the summit: fis. light rose-colored, in a
short, dense, terminal spike, the stamens 5 and ex-
serted, and the akene lenticular. In water or bogs,
across the continent.— When growing in water, the
floating leaves become loug-petioled.

7. Hdrtwrightii, Gray. Differs from the last in hav-
ing many narrow-lanceolate Ivs., bordered and fringed
sheaths, and hispid stems. Muddy places, across the
continent.

■CO. £xotic plants, used mostly for borders, and appear-
ing regularly in the trade.

D. Wliole plant ivliite-woolly .

8. lanigerum, R. Br. Stems thick, creeping at the
"base, but the tops erect and standing 2-5 ft. high, much
branched: Ivs. narrow-lanceolate and more or less re-
curved, acuminate, covered with down of the color of
old silver: sheaths short, not ciliate: fls. small, red or
copper-colored (varying to white), in racemes on slender
forking peduncles, the stamens 6, and the akene flat and
shining black. Tropics of Old World and, according to
Hooker, of America. R.H. 1891, p. 5G7. — Lately intro-
duced for subtropical gardening, and not yet tested in
the North. It probably will not endure northern winters
even with good protection, but it is readily propagated
each year from cuttings taken from plants carried over
winter for that purpose.

DD. Wliole plant green or grayish, not white-woolly.

E. JP'ls. pinU or red {sometimes varying to white), in
erect spikes: plants grown for their flowers.

9. affine, Don (P. Brnndnis, Wall.). Tufted gla-
brous plant, with flowering stems 1 ft, or less higb,
from a woody prostrate rootstock: Ivs. mostly radical,
oblanceolate to spatulate to lance-oblong : sheaths
rather long, split or entire: fls. bright rose-red, in
dense, erect, terminal spikes 2-3 in. long, the stamens
8, the akene trigonous. Himalaya, at elevations of 9,000
to U.OOO ft. B.M.6472.-An excellent little plant for
cool places, blooming in autumn.

10. amplexicaiile, Don (P. oxyphffllnm. Wall. P. 5;^^-
ciosunit Meisu. P. ruHlfifldrnm, Hort.), Mountain
Fleece, ytrong-growing tufted green-stemmed plant
2-3 ft. tall, from a woody rootstock: Ivs. cordate-ovate
to cordate-lanceolate, short-petioled or clasping, the

margin wavy and crenulate, long-acuminate : sheaths
long and split or lacerate: fls. rose-red or white, rather
large, in strict, long-peduncled spikes 2-6 in. long, the
stamens 8 and exserted, the akene trigonous. Hima-
laya, from 6,000 to 13,000 ft. altitude. B.R. 25:46. B.M.
60OO. — An excellent border perennial, blooming in mid-
summer. Some, at least, of the plants that have been
cult, as Mountain Fleece are a native Polygonum (P.
emersnni), which grows nearly throughout North
America, including Mexico.

EE. Pis. white or greenish, in axillary clustered ra-
cemes : plants not grown for their flowers,
{More or less dioecious or jyolygamous.)
11. Si^holdi. De Vriese iP. cuspidcUiiin. Sieb. & Zuec,
not Wilid. P. Zuccarinii, Small), Fig. 1880. Strong,
stout, handsome bushy perennial (stalks dying to the
ground in winter), growing 3-5 ft. high, the stems
gracefully curving outward: Ivs. short-oval to orbicu-
lar-ovate, truncate or slightly cordate at base, abruptly

1880, Polygonum Sieboldi (P. cuspidatum) (X K).

pointed, the strong side nerves uniting in marginal
loops: sheaths short and flaring, deciduous: fls. small
and whitish, very numerous in slender-panicled ra-
cemes, the stamens 8, and the akene trigonous. Japan.
B.M. 6503. R.H. 1858, p. 631; 1894, p. 54. Gn. 26. p.
317; 49, p. 238.— A very effective plant for bold mass
effects, perfectly hardy in the northern states, and now
frequently planted. It is everywhere known in the
trade as P. cuspidatum. It produces clouds of bloom.
Var. compactum is cult.

12. Sachalin6nse, Schmidt. Sacaline. Fig. 1881.
Exceedingly vigorous plants, spreading rapidly from
the tips of strong underground shoots, the reddish gla-
brous dead stalks often standing 8-12 ft. high through
the winter: Ivs. very large, frequently 1 ft. or more

1394

POLYGONUM

POLYPODIUM

long, soft dull green, the blade oval-oblong, lK-2 times
as long as broad, shallow-cordate at base, scarcely
pointed, the prorainent side veins uniting by the ends:
fls. greenish, in relatively small axillary clusters, the
akene trigonous. Island of Sachalin, north of Japan, in
Russian territory. B.M. 6540. R.H. 1876, p. 30; 1893,
pp. 394, 395; 1894, p. 55. Gn. 21, p. 280. G.C. II. 26:813

1881. Sacaline — Polygonum Sachalinense (X M)-

and III. 14:159 (in fr.). G.M. 31:176. V. 17:161. -Re-
cently introduced (in N. Araer. in 1894) for foi-age and
for ornament. It is inveterately persistent when once
established, and may easily become a pest. For forasre
it has little merit where other things can be grown, for
it is too coarse. For planting in rough places, where a
thick cover is required, it is one of the best of all her-
baceous perennials. It is perfectly hardy in the North
and seems to thrive anywhere. P. SiebohJi was once
distributed as Sacaline, but that species is much
smaller, with smaller, shorter and square-based leaves,
and with more profuse bloom.

P. compdctu7}i, Hook., is much like P. Sieboldi, but "dif-
fers in its dwarf size, decumbent lowly habit, small rigid
leaves, with waved margins, and strict erect simple female ra-
cemes." Japan. B.M. 0476.— P. multifldrum, Thunb. Tuber-
ous-rooted climber, with reddish stems : Ivs. cordate-ovate-
aeute, shining: lis. small and whitish in spreading panicles.
China and Japan. — P. platycaulon, Hort. = Muehlenbeckia
Platyclados. — P, spha'rostachf/vm, Meisn. Allied to P. affine,
from which it differs in the "dense broad cylindric or globose
spike of blood-red pendidous flowers." Himalaya. B.M. 6847.
—P. vaccinifoluim. Wall. Rock plant allied to P. affine: fls.
bright rose-colored, in many slender spikes: Ivs. rather numer-
ous on the stems, short, ovate- acute : decumbent, the stems
3 ft. or less long. Himalaya, up to 16.500 ft. B.M. 4022, Gn. 39.
p. 543; 43, p. 501; 45, p. 159. L. H. B.

POLVMNIA {the muse Polyhymnia). Compdsitce.
About 10 species of American composites, mostly coarse,
viscid and heavy-scented, the North American species
being perennial herbs, the South American shrubby or
tree-like. They have loose panicles of yellow or whitish
fls. borne in summer. For further description, see
Gray's Manual, Britton and Brown's Illustrated Flora,
etc.

Canadensis, Linn. Canada or Small-floweked Leaf
Cup. Height 2-5 ft. : Ivs. deltoid-ovate to hastate, thin,
deeply augulate-lobed; lobes dentate, 4-10 in. long:
heads few in terminal clusters, 4-6 lines broad: rays
minute or none. June-Sept. Damp, rich, shaded places,
western Ont. to Minn., south N. C. to Ark. B.B. 2:405.
— Var. radid.ta, Gray, with whitish rays sometimes
% in, long, is also offered by one dealer in native
plants.

POLYPODIUM (Greek, 7nany feet; alluding to the ex-
tensive rootstocks). Polyj}odLd.ce(e. A genus of ferns
with naked rounded sori, and with the Ivs. jointed to
the rootstocks, leaving a scar when thej' separate. As
here treated the veins may be free or united to form
areoles. The genus is a very extensive one, growing in
all parts of the world, and has frequently been divided
into a series of genera based on habit and the nature of
venation, which is probably a more logical treatment;
some of these genera, indeed, as Phyraatodes and Phle-
bodium, have been here separated; the genus would be
more homogenous were others placed by themselves.
For culture, see Fern.

a. Veins free: Ivs. once pinnate.
B. Sori large, conspicuous.

vulgare, Linn. Wall Fern. Polypody. Figs. 1881-3.
Lvs. 4-10 in. long, on pale stalks half their length, 1-3 in.
wide, cut nearly or quite to the rachis into entire or
slightly toothed blnnt pinnje. New England to Ala. and
westward to Ore.; also common throughout Europe,
where many forms are in cult. Var. C^mbricum (Fig.
1884) occurs in New York and New England.

falcatum, Kellogg. Lvs. 12-15 in. long, 4-8 in. wide,
on long, straw-colored stalks; pinnre numerous, taper-
ing to a slender point, sharplj'' ser-
rate. Calif, to Wash.

BB. Sori smaller: lvs. elastic, often
elongated.
Pliimula, HBK. Lvs. 9-18 in. long,
narrow lanceolate, 1-2 in. wide ;
pinniB numerous, narrow, entire,
blunt, the lower pairs scarcely
smaller than those above ; stalks
blackish. Fla. and trop. Amer.

pectinitum, Linn. Lvs. elliptic-
lanceolate, 1-2K ft. long, 2-6 in.
wide, cut to the rachis into horizon-
tal entire or toothed pinn®, the lower
ones gradually reduced to short,
triangular lobes. Fla. and trop.
Amer.

aa. Veins uuiting, forming regular areolce each with a
single free included veinlet.
c. Lvs. simple, undivided.

vacclnliidlium, Langs & Fisch. Lvs. of 2 sorts rising
from slender, wide-creeping rootstocks ; sterile lvs.
roundish or elliptic; sporophylls linear or ligulate, with
large sori in a single row. Tropical Amer., from the
West Indies southward.

1882.

Sori and a single

sporanE'ium of

Polypodium vul-

gare.

Sori about natural

size.

POLYPODIUM

POLYSTICHUM

1395

cc. Lvs. piyinate.

D. Fronds covered with flat scales underneath.

polypodioides, A. S. Hitchcock. Lvs. 2-6 in. long, an

inch or more wide, with entire pinnae; veins indistinct,

from the thick texture. Va. and southern III. to Brazil;

commonly growing on trees in the southern states.

1883. Polypodium vuleare (X H).

DD. Fronds stnootli beneath.
E. Pinnce broad at base and often confluent,

Calif6micum, Kaulf. Lvs. 4-9 in. long, ]-5 in. wide,
cut into finely toothed pinnse whicli are mostly confluent
at the base. California. — Has much the habit of the
European forms of P. vulgare,

Catharinae, Langs. & Fisch. Lvs. 6-12 in. long, 3-5 in.
wide, with numerous nearly opposite pinn® which are
dilated at the base, contracted just above the base, and
slightly enlarged and bluntly rounded at the tip; sori
large near the midrib. Brazil,

EE. Pinnce narrowed and distinct at base
fraxinifdlium, Jacq. Lvs. 2-4 ft. long, 12-18 in. -wide,
on firm stulks 1-2 ft. long; pinnfe 4-9 in. long, with a
tough, somewhat leathery texture and entire margin.
Columbia to Brazil and Peru.
i^)y}ji, subauricuUtum, Blume.

W^'iM Stalks 6-12 in. long, glossy,

aJ/W/jv/'^,**^ from wide-creeping root-

stocks: lvs. 2-3 ft. long, 8-12
in. wide; sori in a single row
immersed in the leaf. India
to Australia.

AAA. Veins {primary) d i s-
tinct from tnidrib to the
edge, connected by parallel
transverse veinlets form-
ing rows of similar
areolae.
E. Lvs. elongate, simple,
smooth beneath.

Phyllitidis, Linn. Lvs. 1-3
ft. long, 1-4 in. wide, with an
acute point, and the lower
part narrowed gradually ;
areolae in rows of 6-12. usu-
ally with 2 sori each. Fla. to
Brazil. — This species might
more justly be placed in the
genus Campyloneuron.
BE. X/vs. with under surface
tomeniose.

Lingua, Swz. Lvs. 4-8 in.
long, 1-4 in. wide, the apex
often cuspidate, the base nar-
rowed or rounded.; upper sur-
face naked, the lower matted
with reddish cottony brown;
sori in close rows of 4-6 each.
Japan to Ceylon. — This spe-
cies and the next are often placed in the genus Nipho-
bolus.

triciispe, Swz. Lvs. hastate, 2-4 in. each way, with a
central lanceolate-triangular lobe and spreading lateral

1884. Polypodium vulgare,
var. Cambricum.
A crested or miir-h-mt
form, from a specimen
found in New Hamp-
shire. (X ^.)

ones which are more or less auricled at the base. Ja-
pan and Corea.

P. aurewn. See Phlebodixim.— P. Dryopteris. See Phegop-
teris Dryopteris.— P. glaitcum. See Phymatodes. — P. kexa-
gondpterum. See Phegopteris.— P. Kerandrednum. See Phe-
gopteris.- P. vuisoifulium.. See Phymatodes. — P. 7iiorescens.
See Phymatodes.- P. Phegopteris. See Phegopteris Polypo-
dioides.—P. Pfiymatodes. See Phymatodes.— P. plumosum is
a form of Aspleniiim filixfoemina.— P. Quercifdliwm. See Dry-
naria.— P. rigidtdivm. See Dryiiaria.— P. Swdrtzii. See Phy-
m:itodes. l. M. UndeewoOD.

POLYPODY. See Polypodixim.

POL'S'PTERIS (Greek words meaning many-ivinged
or feathered; referring to the pappus). Coinpositie.
This includes a handsome, rosy-fld. hardy annual known
to the trade as Palafoxta Hookeriana. Polypteris is a
genus of 4 species of North American herbs: lvs, mostly
entire, alternate or the lower opposite, and lax corym-
bosely panicled heads of fls. borne in summer and au-
tumn: involucre broadly bell-shaped or top-shaped;
bracts commonly in 2 series, more or less colored and
petal-like toward the tips: rays wanting except in P.
Hookeriana: akenes linear to club-shaped, 4-sided:
pappus of 6-12 equal scales. Distinguished from Pala-
foxia by the colored tips of the involucral bracts and the
deeply divided limb of the corolla. Monographed in
Gray's Synoptical Flora.

Hookeriana, Gray {PalafSxia. Mooherihna, Torr. ).
Annual 1-4 ft. high: lvs. lanceolate, mostly 3-nerved
below: heads 1 in. or more across; rays 8-10, deeply
3-cleft. Sandy plains. Neb. to Tex. B.M. 5549. -Hand-
some plant; sometimes treated as an everlasting.

POLYSCIAS {many and shade; referring to the
abundant foliage). Aralidcece. Large shrubs or trees,
glabrous, of about 8 species of India, Africa and Malaya.
Lvs. pinnate, with thick entire leaflets: fls. small,
usually 5-merous {sometimes 4-merous), the calyx
truncate or toothed, the petals valvate, the ovary 5-8-
loculed, the styles usually of the same number and
distinct. Polyscias is allied to tropical Aralias and
Panax, and the culture is the same as for those plants.
For further botanical discussion, see Panax.

paniculElta, Baker {Termindlia ilegans, Hort.).
Erect, glabrous shrub: lvs. pinnate, usually with 7
Ifts., of which the terminal one is 7-9 in. long, oblong
and obtuse, shining. Mauritius. — This is another ex-
ample of the confusion which arises from the naming
of garden plants before their flowers or fruits are
known. For several years this plant was supposed to
be a Terminalia, but now it is known to belong to a
wholly different family. Another example is Aralia
Chabrieri of the gardens, which belongs to the Celas-
traceEB (Elseodendron).

pinnita, Forst. {Arhlia latifdJia, Wight & Arn.).
Leaflets orbicular, either nearly entire or with small and
remote teeth, the base heart-shaped. Malaya. — The
writer does not know that the Aralia latifolia of
gardeners is the above plant, as he has not seen it.
Aralia latifolia of the trade is described as "very bold
and rich in appearance; green and pale yellow leaves."

L. H. B.

POLYSTACHYA (Greek, referring to the many spike-
lets). Orchidcicece. About 40 species of tropical epiphy-
tic orchids, none of which have showy fls. P. luteola, a
native of the West Indies, has minute greenish yellow
fls. and has probably been cult, in America, but is not
worth while. Sepals connivent or subpatent, the lateral
ones connate with the short foot of the column into a
mentum: column short: flowering stems short, few-
leaved, pseudobulbous. See Orchid.

lutdola. Hook. {Dendrbbium jiolystachyon, Sw.).
Height 6-12 in. : lvs. oblong-linear or lanceolate-oblong,
exceeded by the stem; lip 3-lobed to the middle.

POLt'STICHUM (Greek, many rows; referring to the
sori). Poh/podidcece. A genus of ferns mostly of tem-
perate regions with free veins and the roundish sori
covered by indusia that are peltate and attached to the
leaf by a short central stalk. They are mostly easily
grown and thrive best in shade. Some of the species do

1396

POLYSTICHUM

POMEGRANATE

1885. Details of sporophylls of

Polystichum acrostichoides.

ff, sori; b, iudusium.

well in living-rooms. All the species have also been
described under the genus Aspidium. For culture, see
Ferns .

A. 1/VS. simply pinnate throughout.
B. Lower pinnce gradually reduced to mere lobes.

Lonchitia, Roth. {Aspidium LonchMis). Holly Fern.
Lvs. 9-20 in. long, rigid, the pinnae broadly lanceolate-
falcate, the lowesttrian-
gular. North Europe
and America, mostly in
high latitudes.

EB. Lower pinnce scarce-
ly if any stnaller
than those above.

acrostichoides, Schott
(Aspidium acrosticho-
ides, Swz.). Christmas
Fern. Figs. 1885, 1886.
Growing in dense
crowns, with stalks 6-8
in. high, the pinnae lin-
ear-lanceolate, some what
falcate, and serrulate
with appressed teeth;
spire- bearing pinnag
contracted, with con-
fluent snri. Eastern
United States. — One of
our commonest species.

munitum, Kaulf. (^.v-
p id i u m m u n 1 1 u m ,
Kaulf.). Stalks 4-12 in. long, chaffy at base or through-
out; pinnee long, linear-acuminate, serrate ordoubly ser-
rate; sori in a single row midway from midrib to mar-
gin. Utah northward and westward.

lepidocaWon, Hook. Stipes densely clothed with large,
heart-shaped scales: lvs. short, with 12-15 pairs of pin-
nae, unequal-sided, scarcely toothed : sori usually in two
rows. Japan.

AA. Lvs. jvitJi auricles of pin^iCB forming distinct leaf-
lets.
viviparum, P^e. Lvs. 12-18 in. long, 4-6 in wide, with
numerous lanceolate pinnae; lower basal margin ob-
liquely truncate; sori in 2 or 4 rows. West Indies.

AAA. Lvs. hipinnate in the lower two-thirds.
c. Pinnules auricled.

acule^tum, Roth. {Aspidium aculedtum, Swz.). Lvs.
2 ft. or more long, 6-8 in. wide; pinnules twice as long
as wide, with very conspicuous basal auricles. Eu. and
Calif. — P. proliferum y Hort., is an Australian form pro-
ducing buds on the leaves.

angulare, Willd, Lvs. 1-2 ft. long, rather narrowly
lanceolate; pinnules nearly triangular, two-thirds as
broad as long, more or less incised. Europe.

Brairaii, Lawson. Lvs. 18-24 in. long, narrowly ellip-
tic - lanceolate; pinnules 7-10 pairs to each pinna,
broad, the upper basal edge parallel with the rachis.
Eu., and mountain regions of eastern America.

CC. Pinnules scarcely auricled.

R'ch^rdi, Hook. Lvs. 9-18 in. long, ovate-deltoid,
with 12-15 pairs of pinnc-B; pinnules deeply toothed,
texture coriaceous. New Zealand.

araabile, Blume. Lvs. 1 ft. or more long, 6-9 in. wide,
with a lanceolate terminal pinna and 3-6 pairs of lateral
ones ; pinnules subrhomboidal, the upper and outer
portions sharply spinulose serrate. India, Japan and
East Indies.

AAAA. Lvs. more tlian once pinnate in the lower
pinnce.

Cap6nse, J. Sm. (P. coriciceum, Swz.). Stalks 1-2 ft.
long: lvs. 1-3 ft. long, subdeltoid, the segments lanceo
late and bluntly iobpd, the teeth not mucronate. S.
Africa, S. America and New Zealand.

arist&,tum, Swz. Stalks scattered, 12-18 in. long,
scaly below : lvs. 1-2 ft. long, 9-12 in. wide, 3-4-pin-

natifid, the lower pinnae largest; texture firm, glossy:
sori in 2 rows near the midrib. Japan to Ceylon and
Australia. l_ jyj^ Underwood.

POMAD^RRIS (Greek words said to refer to the
membranous covering of the fruit). I^hamndcece. Here
belongs the Victorian Hazel, P. apctala. According
to Bentham this is a shrub 3-6 ft. high, but Von Muel-
ler, in his "Select Extra -Tropical Plants," says it is
"a tree attaining a height occasionally of 60 feet, but
mostly smaller, The foliage is devoured with avidity by
pasture animals, often in preference to ordinary good
feed. The genus contains several other large-leaved
species." The genus is confined to Australia and New
Zealand, and 18 species are described in the Flora Aus-
traliensis. They are mostly shrubs with foliage mat-
ted with white felt beneath and very small and numerous
fls. in umbel-like cymes forming terminal panicles or
corymbs. Calyx-tube entirely adnate to the ovary, the
limb 5-parted, deciduous or reflexed; petals either con-
cave or flattish or none; stamens 5, the filaments long
and usually suddenly inflectjed and alternate near the top ;
disk annular, never very prominent; style 3 clef t,
rarely almost entire: capsule septicidally 3-valved.

apctala, Labill. Lvs. 2-4 in. long, irregularly crenate
and rugose: calyx stellate-tomentose or hoary, with a
very short tube : cymes rather loose, numerous in much-
branched panicles : petals none. Australia. Cultivated
in California for ornament. See Mulingia. ^^^ jyj^

POMEGRANATE, the vernacular of Punica Grana-

tum, a small tree of southern Asia, grown both for
ornament and for its edible fruit. Fig. 1887. See
Punica. It is somewhat grown in the open in the
southern states, and also as a pot- or tub-plant in
greenhouses in the North.

The natural habit of the Pomegranate is of rather
bushy growth, but by careful training a tree 15-20 ft.
may be produced. This, however, seems possible only
in the extreme southern sections of the United States.
A great many shoots spring from the base of the
plant; these should be cut out, as it is contended that
they withdraw the nutriment which should go to the
fruit-bearing stems. The branches are slender, twiggy,
nearly cylindrical, somewhat thorny; lvs. lanceolate,
long, narrow, glossy green and with red veins; fls. with
a red colored, thick, fleshy calyx, crowned with bright
scarlet, crumpled petals and numerous stamens. The
fruit is globular, topped with a crown-like calyx, and
the interior consists of numerous seeds enveloped in a
bright, crimson-colored pulp, seeds being arranged in
segments, separated by a thin skin, and very acid in
the typical variety. A cooling, acescent drink is made

^-^

''^^m^.

1886. Christmas fern — Polystichum acrostichoides.

POMEGRANATE

POMELO

1397

from the pulpy seeds, with the addition of water and
sugar. This is much used at the South, and is espe-
cially grateful in fevers. The plant is injured by a cold
of from 8 to 15° above zero, hence it is not hardy above
the 34th degree of latitude north. For higher latitudes
it should be cultivated in tubs, and given a conserva-
tory during winter. For some sections of the South it
is used for hedges. The fruit begins to ripen about
September and can be kept for several weeks.

The Pomegranate is multiplied by hardwood cuttings
planted in open ground during February, or by layers

1887. Pomeeranate (X K)

ana aiso oy softwooa cuttings aurmg summer. As the
plant forms many shoots, these are often used, as they
usually are provided with rootlets.

The Pomegranate is supposed to have been intro-
duced into southern Europe by the Carthaginians,
whose Latin name of "Punicus" was thus given and
derived. We also find a reference in the sacred scrip-
tures. Theophrastus described it 300 years before the
Christian era, and Pliny considered it one of the most
valuable fruits, both as to its beauty and medicinal
properties. The bark of the root is a well-known as-
tringent employed in therapeutics, in dysentery and
diarrhoea; the rind of the fruit when boiled has for
many generations past been the remedy for tenia, and
a jet-black, smooth writing ink is also made of it.

The Pomegranate is a native of some parts of Asia,
and by some botanical authors is said to be also found in
northern Africa and China. Although of such ancient
origin and cultivation, there are but few varieties of
the fruit-bearing section disseminated in this country
and Europe, but, according to Firminger, several fine
varieties have been grown in Bengal from seed brought
from Cabul, one being seedless, another growing to the
size of "an ordinary human head," and still another as
large as a small shaddock.

Varieties Growth for Fruit.

Acid or Wild.— "With a sharp acid pulp: fruit often very
large, from 3-4 in. in diam. and with a bright-colored rind.

Sweet.— Fmit usually somewhat smaller than the Acid and
with a darker-colored rind; pnlp sweet.

Subacid.— Diners only from the Sweet in the more acidulated
pulp.

Spanish Ruby.— As cultivated in Louisiana seems to be
only a form of tlie Subacid. Fruit large and bright-colored
with deep crimson pulp. It is considered the best of its class.

Dwarf.— A form of tlie Acid variety, of very low and bushy
growth: fls. single: fr. from lM~2 in. iu diam-; pulp very
acid. This can be gi-own in a pot, as it fruits quite abundantly.

All these varieties are very ornamental from their abun-
dant yield of bright scarlet flowers, which are produced upon
the extremities of the young branches of the same year's
growth. Wlien the plant is grown in a tree foiTu, the branches
should be annually cut back after the leaves drop.

Varieties Grown for Ornament (non-fruiting).

Doiible Red.— With a very large calyx, from which protrude
numerous large bright scarlet petals, larger than those of the
common single type. These are produced in abundance during
summer and fall and resemble a bright scarlet pompon.

Double Yelloiv .Similar to the above iu shape of flowers,
but latter are of a pale yellow color.

Double Variegated, or LegreUei.—A very handsome variety
with very large fls., the petals being striped and mottled with
yellow and scarlet.

Double Dwarf, or Punica nana racemosa.— Of dwarf
growth, with bright scarlet, double flowers which are borne in
clusters. This is especially desirable for growing in pots, as its
flowers are abundant and lasting. p_ j_ BercKjMANS

POMELO. Also known as Pumelo, Pumeloiv, Pom-
peloa, Grape-fruit, Forbidden Fruit, Fruit of Paradise;
by the French as Pompelmouse, and by the Spanish and
Dutch as Pompelmoes. Pomelo is a contraction of
pomum melo, the melon apple. Fig. 1888. This desir-
able fruit is botanically Citrus Decuniana (seep. 324,
Vol. I). Macfadyen, in his Flora of Jamaica, made it a
separate species under the name of Citrus Paradisi (see
G. P. 9:1(33), but this name has not been retained. C.
Decumana includes both the Pomelos and the Shad-
docks.

Citrus Decuniana is a native of the Malayan and
Polynesian Islands, but is now extensively cultivated in
India, the West Indies, Florida, California, and in most
tropical and semi-tropical countries. It is a handsome
tree, about 25 to 30 ft. high, with suberect branches.
Lvs. large, oval or ovate-oblong, crenulated, and usually
emarginate, with scattered pubescence along the mar-
gins; petiole slightly broadly winged: Hs. large, white;
stamens 16-24: fr. usually pale lemon-color, either
globose or pyriform, the best varieties being about
twice the size of a good orange; pulp pale yellow or
greenish white. The pear-shaped form is not now cul-
tivated, and the very large, thick-skinned varieties with
coarse flesh are undesirable. One of the best varieties of
Pomelo or Grape-fruit known is grown in the hills of
Jamaica, and of late years has been very extensively
planted throughout the island. It is a fruit about 16
inches iu circumference, pale lemon-color, with smooth
skin and oil glands very noticeable but below the surface.
The pulp is pale yellow or greenish white, subacid in
flavor, or fairly sweet when the fruit is quite ripe. The
fruits are borne usually in clusters of from 3 to 15, hence
the name Grape-fruit (in clusters or bunches like
grapes), by which it is known in Jamaica. This fruit
commands a ready sale at highly remunerative prices in
the New York and other markets. Many varieties of

1888. Pomelo or grape-fruit t A %).

Pomelo are now cultivated, the majority of these having
originated in California or Florida.

The Pomelo is much esteemed as a dessert fruit, and
has the reputation of being an excellent digestive. It
contains sugar and citric acid, with much essential oil
in the peel. In Jamaica this fruit tree is propagated
from seeds, or by budding on the rough lemon stock.
It grows in company with the orange, and requires the
same treatment; it is not, however, so liable to disease
as the orange, nor is it so much affected by scale and
other troublesome insects.

1398

POMELO

POMOLOGY

Shaddock.— Although, botanically the Pomelo and
Shaddock are of one species, as known horticulturally in
Jamaica they are very different. The Shaddock is a
smaller tree than the Pomelo, with larger leaves, but
the greatest difference is in the fruit. Whilst one is
an esteemed and valuable dessert fruit, the other is
hardly ever used, and is not exported. There are
two varieties of Shaddock, — one with a globose fruit
and llesh of a pale color, the other pear shaped, with
crimson flesh. In both, the fruits are very large, often
weighing 15 or 16 pounds; the rind is exceedingly
thick, the vesicles are large and distinct, but the flesh
is dry and coarse, except in occasional varieties. The
Shaddock is said to have been brought to the West
Indies by Captain Shaddock.

Hog Shaddock. — This variety is very like the pear-
shaped Shaddock in appearance, and it is probably a
hybrid between the Shaddock and the citron, or the
rough lemon. It is of no value whatever as a fruit,
being intensely bitter, but it is used for the purpose of
cleaning floors to kill fleas, which are troublesome in
some bouses at certain seasons of the year. The Hog
Shaddock is said to make an excellent stock on which to
bud Pomelo. y^^ Harris.

The Pomelo in Florida.— In no place in the world
has the culture of the Pomelo reached such perfection
as in Florida. Indeed, the improvement of the fruit and
extension of its cultivation in that state has led to its
establishment as an important commercial fruit. Its
cultivation as a market fruit has been extended from
Florida to California and Jamaica, and it is only in these
localities as yet, so far as the writer is informed, where
any of its varieties are grown on a commercial scale. In
most foreign countries the pear-shaped Pomelos, or
Shaddocks as they are more properly called, are con-
sidered superior to the round varieties, but in this coun-
try the industry has been built up with the round types,
varieties of which have been developed that are much
sweeter and of better quality and flavor than any of the
pear-shaped forms or Shaddocks. The good varieties
grown for the market in Florida are almost entirely of
native origin, though one fairly good sort — the Pernam-
bueo— was introduced from South America.

In Florida the Pomelo is, in general, cultivated and
manured the same as the orange. The trees grow rather
larger than the orange, however, and should be given
considerable space. They are ordinarily planted about
30 feet apart. Pomelo seedlings from fruits of good
quality usually produce good marketable fruits, but the
difff^rentiatiou of varieties has progressed far enough
so that advanced horticulturists recommend budding or
grafting in order to secure fruit of the best quality.
(For a short description of the varieties commonly
grown see Citrus Decumana.) The Pomelo is usually
budded either on its own stock or on that of the sweet
orange or sour orange. Many growers think
that it gives best results when budded on
its own stock, and this is very extensively
practiced in Florida. The Pomelo is more
easily injured by cold than the orange,
and in the freeze of 1804-5 in Florida all
trees in the northern and central pai"t of
the state were killed to the ground. Since
this time large plantings have been made in
southern Florida, and in a few years a much
larger crop will be produced than ever be-
fore. Considerable quantities of the fruit
are also being produced in California.

H. J. Webber.

POMME BLANCHE. Psoralea escuJenta.

POMOLOGY (Literally, science of frit its).
All those subjects, both practical and scien-
tific, that have to do with the growing of
fruits are assembled under the term Po-
mology. It is synonymous with Fruit-grow-
ing. There has been an effort to divorce
the terms Pomology and Fruit-growing,
making the former comprise the scientific
and classificatory subjects and the latter the
practical subjects; but such division is ar-
bitrary and is opposed to usage. The word

1889 A pome as the term
is now understood.

"growing" can no longer be held, when used in such
connection, to designate merely the planting and care
of fruit-plants, for all good practice is indissolubly
associated with scientific knowledge and theory. Fruit-
growing is a more familiar and homely term than the
Latin-Greek word Pomology, and for that reason it has
seemed to some persons to be less ailaptable to the
formal presentation of the
knowledge connected with
fruits. It is significant,
however, that with the ex-
ception of Prince's "Po-
mological Manual," none of
the fruit books that have
done much to mold public
opinion in America have
been known as Pomologies,
notwithstanding the fact
that the greater number of
them have given great at-
tention to formal descrip-
tions of varieties. The
-term Pomology is founded
on the Latin pomion, a
word that was used generically for "fruit." In later
Latin it came to be associated more particularly with
the apple-like fruits. The word is preserved to us in the
French pounne, meaning "apple, "and in other languages
of Latin derivation. In English we know it 3.S pome, a
botanical term used to designate fruits that have the
peculiar morphological structure of the apple and pear.
This use of the term is explained under the article _P(/-
rns. A pome is shown in Fig. 1889. The ''core," inside
the light dotted line, is the ripened carpels; the flesh,
outside this line, is the thickened torus or receptacle, on
the top of which the calyx or "eye" is borne. However,
the root of the word Pomology is derived from the Latin
voiiiiim rather than from the botanical pome.

The limitations of pomology, as an ai't and science,
depend on the use of the word "fruit." This word, as
used by the horticulturist, is impossible of definition.
Products that are classed with fruits in one country
may be classed with vegetables in another. To the
horticulturist a fruit is a product that is closely asso-
ciated, in its origin, with the flower. As used in this
country, a fruit is the product of a bush or tree or
woody vine, the most marked exception being the straw-
berry. Most fruits may be grouped under three gen-
eral heads, — orchard or tree fruits, vine fruits (of
which the grape is the type), and small fruits. Of the
orchard fruits, the leading groups are the pome fruits
(apples, pears, etc.), drupe fruits (peaches, plums,
cherries, etc.), and the citrous fruits (oranges, lemons,
etc.). The species of fruits that are fairly well known
in North America are not less than 150, but the impor-
tant commercial species are not more than 40.

1890. Apple orchard at bearing age, as seen in the northeastern states.

POMOLOGY

POMOLOGY

1399

Fruit-growing is the most important and charac-
teristic horticultural interest of North America. In
fact, North American pomolocfy may justly be said to
he the best and most progressive in the world if excel-
lence is measured by commercial standards, quantity of
product, and the quickness
and precision with which
scientific theory and discov
ery are applied to it. Most
remarkable examples of the
quick assimilation and ap
plication of theoretical
teachings are afforded by
the readiness with which
fruit-growers wituin the last
decade have adopted the
ideas associated with tillage,
spraying, pollination, feiti
lizing and pruning. Yet
great as have been the ad
vances, progress has only
begun: one advance leads
to another. Pictures oft>pi
cal American fruit-plant i
tions may be found under
Grape, Horticulture, Ohve,
Orange, Neiv York, Peach,
Plum, etc., and others aie
shown in Figs. 1890-1895

The American ideals in
Pomology are quite unlike
the European. The Ameri-
can aims at uniformity over
large areas. The European

gives more attention to special practices, particularly in
training of fruit-trees. This is well illustrated in Amer-
ican nurseries as contrasted with European nurseries
(see iVi(?-sery). The American merely prunes his fruit
trees in the nursery: he does not train them. The
American ideal in nursery stock is shown in Fig. 1896.
See Pruning.

In nearly all parts of the country the extension of
fruit-growing is the most radical change of base now
taking place in farming operations. This growth of
the fruit business is possible, because the consumption
of fruit is increasing amongst all people, the facilities
for transportation have been improved, scientific dis-
covery has insured the production of good crops, and
because many other kinds of farming have been rela-
tively unprofitable. Unfortunately, there are no com-
plete statistics yet published of the pomological re-
sources of the United States or Canada.

Whilst the phenomenal development of American
pomology has been due in great measure to climatic and

of the Cultivation of Fruit Trees " in 1817; and followed
by Thacher's "American Orchardist" in 1822. These
pioneer writings gave much of their space to orchard
management, with little mere compilation of descrip-
tions of varieties. Subsequent volumes, for nearly

.^■).

/,,?^« A/^f^^►i;^4

1891. Young plum orchard, showing clean tillage and high-
heading.
Some growers head-in vigorous yoimg trees like the
above, but others prefer to let them tak« their ujitxu-al
course, keeping the heads open rather than thick and
close. Neither method is best under all circumstances.
See Pruning.

economic conditions, it also has been hastened by book
writings. No less than fifty authors have contributed
books of greater or less size, either on the general sub-
ject or on special fruits, beginning with Coxe's"View

1892. Double planting, showing bush-fruits growing between the trees.

This is to be discouraged as a general practice, but it may be successful when high culture
and extra care are given.

fifty years, were in large part compilations and colla
tions of accounts of varieties. To this latter class
belong the works of Prince, Kenrick, Downing, Thomas,
Warder. It is only in the present time that we have
come to treat the subject fundamentally, by giving the
weight of discussion to principles of orchard manage-
ment. For further discussion of books, see the article
Horfic^tlture.

The evolution of our pomology is well illustrated in
the radical change of ideals within the last quarter
century. These new points of view may be arranged
conveniently under seven general heads:

1. The most important point of view connected with
our commercial pomology is the fact that there is a
horticultural industry as distinguished from a general
agricultural industry. At the opening of the nine-
teenth century our agriculture was more or less homo
geneous, largely because the extent of it was limited
and because there was little demand for other than
the few staple commodities. The horticulture of that
time was confined chiefly to a small area about the
homestead. A few vegetables, flowers and fruits in a
small plantation, with here and there a single green-
house, represented the horticultural effort of the time.
At the present day we conceive of whole states and
of entire geographical areas as horticultural regions.
Persons now buy farms with the explicit purpose of de-
voting them to the production of fruits or other horti-
cultural products. Even fifty years ago horticulture
was largely an amateur's avocation, but to-day it is one
of the leading commercial occupations of the country,
and the most important single factor in it, in America,
is pomology. With this rise of the horticultural indus-
tries came a demand for new knowledge respecting a
host of subjects which were undreamed of even as late
as a half century ago. The cotemporary progress in
pomology is largely a breaking away from the old
ideals. Those persons who are still laggards are the
ones who are holding to the point of view of a genera-
tion ago. Practices that were good enough for amateur
purposes, or for the incidental and accidental fruit-
growing of our fathers, may be wholly inadequate to the
new time conditions. At the opening of the century
there was practically no commercial orcharding. The
apple was grown somewhat extensively in many parts of
the country, particularly in New England, but it was
used chiefly for the making of cider. Small-fruit grow-
ing, as a business, had not developed. In fact, com-
mercial strawberry-growing may be said to have begun

1400

POMOLOGY

POMOLOGY

1893. A vineyard of American grapes (Nevi^ York),
Picking-erates are shown in the foreground.

with the introduction of the Hovey in 1836, although
there were market plantations of small extent about
some of the larger towns. The commercial culture of
blackberries and rasp-
berries, although it be-
gan about the middle of
the century, did not ac-
quire distinct import-
ance until after the
reaction from the Civil
War. The very fact that
there is a horticultural
industry is a most im-
portant innovation in
our agricultural status.
2. With the rise of
commercial pomology
there have developed all
those questions which
are related to market-
ing. The new market
ideals cluster about
three centers: (1) The
demand for special pro-
ducts for special uses,
(2} the growing demand
for small packages, and

(3) the remarkable evolution of transportation facili-
ties, and of cold storage. There has arisen an increased
desire for special gi*ades and for particular kinds of
fruit. The fruits that were current fifty years ago may
not be good enough for the markets of to-day. Com
mercial pomology rests on the fact that more people are
consuming fruits. Many of these people buy only in
small lots for present consumption. They go to the
market often. They have no facilities for storing the
fruit, and they do not buy for the purpose of selling
Therefore the small package has come to be increas
ingly more important. Fig. 1897. Within the last
twenty-five years there has been an increasing demand
for a package tliat can be given away with the fruit
This demand for the small and individual package may
be expected to increase with all the better kinds of
fruits or with those that appeal to the personal cus
tomer. This is true in all lines of trade. Twenty-five
years ago boots and shoes were distributed in large
board cases, but now each pair is sold in a neat card
board box. We are still too conservative in respect to
the handlingof apples in barrels. In the general trade
and for the staple varieties of apples the barrel may be
the best package, but for the personal customer and
particularly with all the finer or dessert varieties, a
small package must come into use. It is, in fact
a question whether the bushel box would not be bettei
for even the staple apple trade. In most parts of the
world, except in the central and eastern part of the
United States, apples are not handled in barrels. The

1894. Harvest time in the apple orchard.

very fact that the grower must give attention to his
package as well as to the growing of his crop, forces
him to adopt a new point of view in his fruit-grow-
ing.

3. Modern commercial orcharding has developed
the tillage ideal. Under the old regime the tree was
able to take care of itself and to bear a produce good
enough to meet the uncritical demands. Nowadays,
however, the tree must receive the very best of care,
for we desire annual crops of great quantity and of
the best quality. Thei'efore the plant must be sup-
plied with abundance of plant-food and moisture.
Time was when it was thought that the mere appli-
cation of chemical plant-food to the soil would be
sufficient to make a plant productive. It is now un-
derstood, however, that plant-food is only one of the
requisites of good growth. The soil must be deep
and loose and fine, so that it will hold moisture and
promote all those chemical and biological activities
which make the land productive. In former times
the best attention in tillage was given to the annual
crops. The orchard was usually in neglect. This
was because the fruit plantation had small commer-
cial importance. Now that the fruit plantation has
risen to first importance, in many cases, it must be
given as good care as any farm crop. In recent
years there has been great development of special
tools and implements for the tillage of orchard lands.
Greater attention is given to the original preparation of

the land, so that plant-
ers no longer ask how
large the hole must be
to receive a tree, but
accept Warder's advice
that the hole should be
as large as the orchard.
The philosophy of or-
chard tillage, as un-
derstood by the best
teachers and for most
parts of the country, is
(1) to prepare the land
thoroughly at the out-
set, (2) to give frequent
light surface tillage in
the early part of the sea-
son or until the crop is
nearly or quite grown,
and then (3)to cover the
land with some crop
that will remain on the
ground over winter and
can be plowed under in
spi'ing. If the land has been well prepared it is not
necessary to plow it deep after the first two or three
years, unless one is turning under a heavy cover-crop.

r

: i A

lif

1895 Lunch time in the apple harvest

POJIOLOGY

POMOLOGY

1401

The surface tilth may be secured by breaking the top-
soil early in spring with a cutaway harrow, gang plow
or other surface-working tools. This may not be pos-
sible, however, on very heavy lands. The cover-crop
adds humus and protects the land from puddling and
baking in the winter. If it is a leguminous crop it also
adds a store of available nitrogen. It is possible, iu
many eases, to use cover-crops so freely, particularly
of the leguminous kind, that the land becomes too rich
in nitrogen and the fruit plants make too heavy growth.
Usually the cover-crop is plowed under in spring at the
very earliest opportunity in order to save the soil moist-
ure. It is by no means the universal practice to use
cover-crops on fruit lands, but the idea has come to
stay, and the grower may adopt it or not as his judg-
ment dictates. In order to facilitate the economical
and efficient tillage of fruit lands, it is coming to be the
practice to devote the land wholly to the fruits. With
plums and pears and some other orchard fruits, it is
often allowable to use the land for the first two or three
years for annual crops, but these crops should gradu-
ally diminish and every caution should be taken that
they do not interfere with the care of the trees. Apple
orchards, when the spaces are 40 feet apart, may be
cropped for six or eight years without injury, providing
good tillage and other efticient treatment are given.
One reason for allowing orchards to stand in sod in the
old times was that it was difficult to plow beneath
full-grown trees. Those persons who desired to plow
and till their orchards, therefore, advocated very high
pruning. The difficulty with these old orchards was
the fact that the land was allowed to run into dense
sod. Heavy plowing in an old orchard indicates that
the plantation has been neglected in previous years.
Orchards that have been well tilled from the first do
not require much laborious tillage, and the roots are
low enough to escape tillage tools. In recent times,
there has been an evolution of tillage tools which will do
the work without necessity of pruning the tops very
high. Within the last ten years, at least in the eastern'
states, the practice of tilling orchards has increased
rapidly. At first it was advised by a few growers and
teachers, but the movement is now so well established
that it will take care of itself, and in the commercial
orchards of New York state, at least, the man who does
not till his orchard is the one who needs to apologize.
On the Pacific coast, the importance of tillage is uni-
versally recognized, because of the dry summer cli-
mate. The necessity of tilling orchards has forced a
new ideal on the pomologist; and when he goes to the
expense of tilling be feels the necessity of giving
sufficient care in other directions to insure profitable
returns from his plantation.

4. More and more, as competition increases, is it
necessary to give attention to pruning. It is unfortu-
nately true that trees will bear without pruning. This,
therefore, puts a premium on neglect. The old practice
allowed the tree to grow at will for three or four years
and to become so full of brush that the fruit could not
be well harvested, and then the top was pruned vio-
lently. The result was that the tree was set into redun-
dant growth and was filled with water-sprouts. This
tended also to set the tree into wood-bearing rather
than into fruit-bearing. By the time the tree had again
settled down to fruit-bearing the orchardist went at it
with ax and saw and a good part of the top was taken
away. It is now understood that the ideal pruning is
that which prunes a little every year and keeps the tree
in a uniformly healthy and productive condition. The
pruning of trees has now come to be a distinct ideal, and
this ideal must gain in definiteness and precision so
long as fruit trees are grown. See the article Pruning.

5. Now that there is demand for the very best prod-
ucts, it is increasingly more important that fruits be
thinned. The thinning allows the remaining fruits to
grow larger and better, it saves the vitality of the tree,
and it gives the orchardist an opportunity to remove the
diseased specimens and thereby to contribute something
toward checking the spread of insects and fungi. Thin-
ning is exceedingly important in all fruits that are
essentially luxuries, as peaches, apricots and pears. It
is coming also to be more and more important for apples
and for others of the cheaper fruits. In the thinning of

fruits, there are always two rules to be kept in mind:
(1) Remove the injured, imperfect or diseased speci-
mens; (2) remove sufficient fruit so that the remaining
specimens stand at a given distance from each other.
How far apart the fruit shall be, will depend on many

1896. The American ideal in nursery stock.'
uniform, hieh-topped trees.

-large, straicht.

conditions. With peaches it is a good rule not to allow
them to hang closer than four or five inches (sometimes
7 or 8 in.), and in years of heavy crops they may be
thinned more than this. This amount of thinning often
removes two - thirds of the fruits. It nearly always
gives a larger bulk of fruit, which brings a higher price.

1402

POMOLOGY

POMOLOGY

Thinning is usually performed very early in the season,
before the vitality of the tree has been taxed.

6. Spraying of fruit plantations has now come to be a
definite ideal. Within the last ten years it has come to
be an established orehard practice; no good orchardist
is now without his spraying apparatus any more than
he is without his tillage tools. When spraying was first
advised, the practice seemed to be so revolutionary that
great emphasis had to be laid on its importance in order
to induce people to undertake it; therefore it may have
been emphasized more than its importance justified.
This, however, is necessary with all new enterprises.
How and when to spray and what materials to use are
matters that will always be discussed, because the prac-
tices must vary with the season, the kind of fruit, the
geographical region, the insects and fungi to be com-
bated. Spraying may not be necessary every year, and
certainly not equally necessary in all geographical
regions; but the fact that spraying is necessary as a
general orchard practice is now completely established.
Fig. 1898. See Spraying,

7. Perhaps the most gratifying modern development
in our pomology is the demand for instruction in funda-
mental principles. Years ago, the pomologist was satis-
fied if he had definite directions as to how to perform
certain labor. He was told what to do. At the present
time, the pomologist wants to be told what to think.
There seems to be a tendency in horticultural meetings
to drop the discussion of the mere details of practice
and to give increasingly more attention to the funda-
mental reasons and the results that are to be expected
from any line of practice. Knowing why a thing should
be done and what the results are likely to be, the
pomologist can work out the details for himself, for
every fruit plantation and every farm is a law unto
itself.

Systematic Pomology. — Thn classifying and describ-
ing of the kinds of fruits is a particular kind of pomolo-
gical knowledge that is left to specialists, who are for the
most part writers. With the augmentation in numbers of
varieties, it becomes increasingly more important that
the most careful attention be given to describing them
and to assembling them into their natural groups in or-
der that similar kinds may be compared and that it may
be possible to determine the name by analyzing the spe-
cimen. Necessarily, all classificatory schemes for varie-
ties are very imperfect since the varieties often differ
by very slight characters, and these characters may
vary in different regions and under varying conditions.
Theoretically the most perfect classification is one
that considers characters of flowers as well as of
fruits, but snch schemes are usually impracticable he-

1897, The small gift fruit package.— Scene at a railway station

cause fruit-growers cannot secure flowers and fruits at
the same time. For examples of classificatory schemes
the reader may consult the various fruit manuals, but
the following examples will show something of the
range and method connected with the problem:

The following is John J. Thomas' scheme for classi-
fying peaches:

Division I. Freestones or Melters.
Class I. Flesh pale or Ugkt-colored.

Section I. Leaves serrated, without glands.
Section II. Leaves crenate, with globose glands.
Section III. Leaves with reniform glands.
Class II. Flesh deep yellow.

Section I. Leaves creuated, witli globose glands.
Section II. Leaves with reniform glands.
Division II. Clingstones or Pavies.
Class I. Flesh pale or light-colored.

Section 1. Leaves serrated, without glands.
Section II. Leaves crenate. with globose glands.
Section III. Leaves with reniform glands.
Class II. Flesh deep yellovj.

Section I. Leaves serrate, without glands.
Section II. Leaves with reniform glands.
Class III, Flesh purplish crimson.
Section I. Glands reniform.
Following is John A. Warder's scheme for classifying
apples, adopted "after a long and careful consideration
and study of this subject." See Fig. 1899.
Class I. Oblate or flat, having the^axis shorter than the trans-
verse diameter.
Order I. Regular.
Order II. Irregular.
Section 1. Sweet.
Section 2. Sour.

Subsection 1. Pale or blushed, more or less, but self-
colored and not striped.
Subsection 2. Striped or splashed.
Subsection 3. Russeted.
Class II. Conical, taperiug decidedly toward the eye, and be-
coming ovate when'larger in the middle and tapering to
each end, the axil diameter being the shorter.
Orders I and 11.
Sections 1 and 2.

Subsections 1, 2 and 3.
Class III. Round, globular or nearly so, having the axial and
transverse diameters about equal, the former often
shorter by less than one-Quarter of the latter. The ends
are often so flattened as to look truncated, when the
fruit appears to be cylindrical or globular-oblate.
Orders, Sections and Subsections as above.
Class IV. Oblong, in which the axis is longer than the trans-
verse diameter, or appears so. These may also be trun-
cate or cylindrical.
Orders, Sections and subsections as above.

Robert Hogg's classification of Pears ("Fruit Man-
ual," 5th ed., London) is as follows:

A. The length fi'om the base of the stalk to the base of the
cells greater than from the base of the cells to the base of the
eye.

Section 1. Length from the base of the stalk to the base of
the eye greater than the lateral diameter.

Section 2. Length from the base of the stalk to the base of
the eye less than the lateral diameter.

Section .'i. Length from the base of the stalk of
the base of the eye equal to the lateral diameter.

B. Length from the base of the stalk to the base
of the cells less than from the base of the cells to the
base of the eye.

Section 1. Length from the base of the stalk to
the base of the eye greater than the lateral dia-
meter.

Section 2. Length from the base of the stalk to
tlie base of the eye less than the lateral diameter.

Section .S. Length from the base of the stalk to
the base of the eye equal to the lateral diameter.

C. Length from the base of the stalk to the base
of the cells equal to that from the base of the cells to
the base of the eye.

Section 1. Length from the base of the stalk to
the base of the eye greater than the lateral diam-
eter.

Section 2. Length from the base of the stalk to
the base of the eye less than the lateral diameter.

Section '.i. Length from the base of the stalk to
the base of the eye equal to the lateral diameter.

A stable and attractive systematic pomology
must give careful attention to the names of va-
rieties. In North America much has been done,
particularly under the auspices of the Ameri-
can Pomological Society, to simplify and cod-
ify the ideas associated with the nomencla-
ture of fruits. The latest set of rulps for the naming
of horticultural varieties is that proposed by the Cor-
nell Horticulturists' Lazy Club, and first published in
American Gardening Oct. Iri, 1898 (see also Waugh's

pamphlet on "Horticultural Nomenclature");

POMOLOGY

POMOLOGY

1403

i»!j?' f^-'.r''

1898. Various spraying rigs.

1. A tall platform rig, to enable one to spray vei-y hieh trees. 2. A simple barrel outfit for small orchards and
small trees. 3. Compressed air outfit. 4. A low rig, with barrel.

Proposed Code for Pomological Nomenclatuee.
Form of j!ia,nes.

1. The names of a variety of fruit shall consist of one word,
or at most of two words.

(a) In selecting names, simplicity, distinctiveness and con-
venience are of paramount imj)ortance. Pitmaston Green
Gage and Louise Bonne de Jersey are neither simple nor
convenient. Gold, Golden, Golden Drop, Golden Beauty and
Golden Prune, all given to different varieties of plums, are
not distinctive.

(6) The use of such general terms as seedling, hybrid, pip-
pin, buerre, damson, etc, is not admissible.

(c) Nouns must not be used in the possessive form. Mc-
intosh's Red, Crawford's Early, Bubacb's No. 5, must be
written ilelntosh Red. Crawford Early and Bubach.

The name of no living horticulturist should be applied to
a variety without his consent.

id) Numbers are to he considered only as temporary expe-
dients, to be used while tne variety is under trial.

(e) An author publishing a new variety should use the
name given by the originator, or by the introducer, or else
should choose tlie oldest discoverable local name, provid-
ing such name may be conformed to these rules without loss
of identity.

2. In the full and formal citation of a variety name, the
name of the author who first published it shall also be given.

(a) Names would then take such forms as the following:
Summer Queen. Coxe, or Sophie (J. W. Kerr. Cat., 1S94J; or
America. Burbank, New Creations. 1898. p. 5.

(&) It is expected that such citations of names will be used
only in elaborate works on pomology, in scientific publica-
tions, or in cases where they are necessary for clear discrimi-
nation of synonyms.

Priority.

3. No two varieties in the same group shall have the same
name, and the name first published for a variety must always
1)6 used to designate it. All names subsequently pxiblished
must stand as synonyms.

(a) The term ''group" as here used shall he held to desig-
nate the large general groups specified by words in common
language, such as raspberry, plum, apricot.

Publiration.

4. Publication consists in the public distribution of a printed
name and description, the latter giving distinguishing char-
acters of fiiiit, tree, etc., or in the publication of a new name
for a variety properly described elsewhere.

(a) Such a publication may be made in any book, bulletin,
report, trade catalogue or periodical, providing the issue
bears the date of its publication, and is generally distributed
among nurserymen, fruit-gx'owers and horticulturists.

I^evision.

5. No one is authorized to change a name for any reason ex-
cept when it conflicts with these rules.

There are relatively few special technical terms nsed
in the descriptioDs of pomological fruits. The greater
part of them pertain to the pome fruits. The diagrams
(Figs. 1899, 1901) illustrate some of these terms:
Spherical, nearly or quite globular, the two diameters
being approximately equal; conical^ longitudinal diame-
ter equaling or exceeding the transverse diameter, and
the shoulders or apex somewhat narrowed; ovate, broad-
conical, the base more rounded; obJonr/, longitudinal
diameter distinctly the longer, butthefruit not tapering;
ohJate, distinctly flattened on the ends. In Fig. 1900 is
shown the typical form of the pear, a shape known as
pijriform. In the true Japanese or Sand pears, the
fruit is usually apple-form. (Fig. 1680.) In Fig. 1901 are
shown special parts of the fruit: basin, the depression
at the apex, in which is the calyx or et/e; cavity , the
depression at the base, in which is the stem or stalk;

siitnre, or the groove on the side of plums and other
fruits; corrugated or furroivecl sides.

If descriptions are to be accurate and comparable,
they should characterize all the leading or designative
attributes of the fruit, and to a less extent of the plant
as a whole. Many persons who are called on to describe
varieties have adopted "forms "or regular outlines, in
order that all characterizations in any one fruit shall be
comparable. The following forms, adopted by Professor
Craig, illustrate the points that a good description should
cover:

Name

foTTn size

cavity stem . . .

suture apex

skin color . ..

flesh juice . . .

stone quality .

flavor season..

TREE

GENERAL NOTES

Specimens received from Described by Date

CHERRY Group.

NaTne

size foryn . . . .

color skin

cavity stem

basiJi calyx

flesh quality. .

texture core

season

TREE

GENERAL NOTES.

Specimens received frotn Described by Date.

APPLE

The sources of American pomology — of the species
and races of fruits that we cultivate — are chiefly four:
( 1 ) Original or early importations of western Asian and
European fruits; (2) oriental types, from the China-
Japanese region; (.3) the introduction in recent years of
fruits from the Russian region; (4) the development

1404

POMOLOGY

POMOLOGY

of native species. In the first group are included tlie
previiiling types of apples, pears, quinces, cherries, do-
mestica plums, olives, currants, some of the gooseber-
ries. In the second group are citrous fruits, peaches,
apricots, Japanese plums, kaki, and others, many of
thera having come to us by
way of Europe. In the third
■class — the Russian fruits-
are types of orchard fruits
of such recent introduction
amongst us that we have
not yet ceased disputing
about their merits and de-
merits ; therefore a special
review of the subject is
made below. The fourth
class— the native fruits — in-
cludes the grapes of the east-
ern states, blackberries,

raspberries, many gooseberries, strawberries (of Chilean
origin), many plums, cranberries, and a few apples.
Histories of these fruits may be found in the writer's
"Sketch of the Evolution of our Native Fruits."

L. H. B.

Russian Fruits. — The Russian apples and their close
relatives, the Siberian crabs and their hybrids, consti-
tute the hardiest types of pomaceous fruits in cultiva-
tion. It was the demand for hardy varieties for the
northwestern states and Canada that led to their whole-
sale introduction into this country.

uted throughout Ohio, Wisconsin and Minnesota. It
would appear that during the last half century — which
practically covers the pomological history of the West—
the periodicity of "hard" or "test" winters has been
more or less regular. When the normal or "mild"

1900. The pyriform shape, typical of the fruits of Pyrus
communis.

historical. — There are four varieties of Russian ap-
ples that may be looked on as American pioneers ; these
are Alexander, Tetofsky, Duchess (Borovitsky) and
Red Astrachan. These varieties were imported by the
Msssachusetts Horticultural Society from the London
(England) Horticultural Society about 1835. They
were brought to England from Russia in the early part
of the last century by the executive of
the latter society. Dr. Hogg is author-
ity for the statement that Alexander
was cultivated for 50 years in England
prior to 1808. Robert Manning, super-
intendent of the test garden of the
Massachusetts Horticultural Society
at Salem, described these varieties
from home-grown American specimens
in 1839. Their productiveness and the
handsome appearance of the fruit at-
tracted attention. Through the efforts
of Dr. Warder and other western po-
mologists they were rapidly distrib-

1899. The forms of fruits.
Showing, respectively, spheric-al, conical, ovate, oblong and oblate forms.

winter obtains, the apples of the New England states or
their descendants do not, as a rule, suffer injury except
in the colder parts of Minnesota. These mild winters
have followed each other w?th delusive regularity for
periods of ten, fifteen or eighteen years. Under these
conditions fruit-growers have been prone to efface from
their memories the effects of the last "test winter " and
have planted freely of the American type. With this
type have been usually mingled Alexander, Oldenburg
and Red Astrachan. It has been invariably noted that
after the visitation of an exceptionally cold winter
varieties of the Oldenburg or Alexander types were
usually unharmed, while Greening, Janet, and Baldwin
were killed. "Test winters" — the name has more or
less local adaptation in the West — visited the north-
western states in 1855-6, 1872-3, 1885-6, and lastly in
1898-9. Thus it is that Oldenburg (Duehess) has be-
come a standard of hardiness among apples in the
colder parts of the United States and Canada. Impor-
tations of cions were made by nurserymen and fruit-
growers between 1867 and 1875, but the main introduc-
tion was made by the U. S. Department of Agriculture
in 1870 at the urgent request of the State Agricultural
Society of Minnesota, which began the agitation as
early as 1867. This importation consisted of young
trees secured through the cooperation of Dr. Edward
Regel, director of the Imperial Botanic Gardens at St.
Petersburg. The trees were planted on the grounds
of the Agricultural Department at Washington. The
collection consisted of about 300 varieties. They were
taken charge of by the late William Saunders, superin-
tendent of gardens and grounds. All available cions
were cut and distributed annually for five years. They
attracted considerable attention in the colder apple-
growing regions. Subsequent importations of cions
and trees were made by the Iowa Aijricultural College
between 1875 and ISSO. In 1882 Charles Gibb, of Ab-
botsford, Canada, accompanied by Prof. J. L. Budd, of
the Iowa Agricultural College, went to Russia and spent
the summer in investigating these fruits. Large impor-
tations of apples, plums, pears and cherries followed.
In these later importations the east-European fruits
were collected without discrimination, and in most in-
stances have been erroneously regarded in this country
as authentic Russians.

Apples: Oharacf eristics and I^omenclature. — It is
now very difficult to say which are Russian apples and
which German, Polish or Swedish. If we were to select
the Astrachan variety as a type of the Russian apple,
which in all probability would be a correct basis, only

1901, Illustrating special terms used in describing fruits.
Showing, respectively, basin, cavity, suture, eornig.ation.

POMOLOGY

POMOLOGY

1405

a comparatively small number of variccies could be
grouped about it. But tbis is only one of the several
apparently authentic groups which might be erected
upon certain characteristics of tree. In addition to
Astrachan we might cite (1) Hibernal type: trees vigor-
ous growers, with open spreading tops, and very large,
leathery leaves. (2) Oldenburg type: moderate growers,
with compact, round-topped beads; Ivs. of medium size.
(3) Longfield type: slow growers; branches horizontal
or pendulous; Ivs. whitish and woolly underneath.
The Longfield apple, now one of the most popular of
the Russians, is shown in Fig. 1902. (4) Transparent
and Tetof sky type: trees pyramidal; bark yellow, with
numerous spurs; Ivs. large, light green. (5) Anistype:
trees uprigiit, spreading or vase-shaped; Ivs. medium,
veins reddish. It would seem reasonable to suppose
tbat the Anis family was derived from the Astracban
type. The flesh of the fruit of the various types is very
similar.

These represent the principal types of Russian
apples. The fruit they bear in this climate matures in
tbe summer, autumn or early winter. It does not ap-
pear that any of the especially hai'dy varieties of un-
doubted north or east Russia origin are winter kinds
when grown in the Mississippi valley. Such late-keep-
ing kinds as give promise of commercial value appear
to have originated in the Baltic provinces or to have
been transported at an early date from tbe countries to
the west. These types — tbe Synaps for instance — have
characteristically small leaves, slender twigs, and are
less hardy than members of the groups cited above.

The "bloom," or glaucous covering, of the Russian
apple is characteristic. It does not persist to the same
extent, however, under all climatic conditions. In east-
ern Quebec it fails to develop to tbe same extent that it
does under the drier atmospheric conditions of the east-
ern states. As additional proof tbat tbis pruinose bloom
is an immediate climatic effect, we have but to com-
pare the Colorado Spy with tbat grown in New York.
The smooth, thin skin and abundant bloom of tbe Colo-
rado apple is characteristic in a greater or less degree
of all varieties produced in the dry regions adjacent
to the Rockies, as it is of the Russian apples in tbe
more arid portions of tbat country,

Tbe names of Russian apples are much confused.
There is no pomological society in Russia to assist tbe
fruit-grower in eliminating synonyms; on tbe other
hand, the factors conducive to confusion are strongly in
evidence. These are illiteracy on the part of the grower
and the practice of propagating fruit trees from the
seed instead of by grafting. Gibb says "nomenclature
in Russia is hopelessly confused. Different names are
given to the same apples in different localities, the
same name to different apples growing in adjacent
districts."

Fruit-growers of the "West, realizing that Americans
should have a uniform system, at least in the nomen-
clature of these varieties, called a meeting made up of
interested representatives of tbe fruit-grower's asso-
ciations of South Dakota, Minnesota, Iowa and Wis-
consin. These delegates, collectively styled the "Rus-
sian Apple Nomenclature Commission," met at La
Crosse, Wis., Aug. 30-31, 1898. They decided that it
would be wise to attempt a grouping to be based upon
"family resemblance." In accordance with tbis the fol-
lowing statement was adopted: "The varieties here
grouped as members of the same families, while in a
few cases differing somewhat in characteristics of tree,
are so nearly identical in fruit that for exhibition and
commercial purposes they are practically the same and
should be so considered." It is to be regretted that a
commission on nomenclature should take such a radical
stand as this, because tbe characteristics of a variety
cannot be changed by voting to call it by the same name
as the other member of the group which it most
resembles and almost, though not quite, duplicates.
The trend of modern pomology is to preserve small
<lifferences. to differentiate rather than blend. The work
of the future will consist in large part in studying
small differences with a view of finding closer adapta-
tions. The propriety of ignoring Russian nomenclature
and the rule of priority is questionable, but in a
measure is defensible on the grounds of a confused

Russian nomenclature and the unpronounceableness of
Russian names. The findings of the committee have on
the whole met with the approval of those interested in
Russian apples.

/J

#»

1. Longfield, one of the popular Russian apples (X 3^).

1902

Cherries. — 'These, next to the apples, constitute the
most clearly defined group of Russian fruits; yet many
cherries commonly called Russian are in reality Polish,
Silesianor German. The typical cherry of northern Rus-
sia is represented by the Vladimir type. Fig. 1903. This
was first introduced into America as a distinct variety.
Later importations and experience demonstrated that
Vladimir was a type, not a variety. Tbis type appears
to have been grown in Russia for centuries from seed
and sprouts. In this way a special class has been de-
veloped. The Vladimir type is characterized by its
dwarf stature — 5-8 feet high — its peculiarly rounded
and compact top, its dark red, meaty-fleshed fruit.
Koslov-morello is evidently a light-colored juicy variety
of Vladimir, The characteristics of the tree are the
same as Vladimir, although when grown from seed in
this country tbe seedlings exhibit considerable varia-

1903. Vladimir, one of the typical Russian cherries (X 34).
The fruit is somewhat taperiug to the stem.

tion. The amarelles and weicbsels of Germany have
been grown in Russia for centuries, generally from seed,
and have become specialized forms. Cherries of the
Vladimir and Koslov-morello types are the hardiest of

1406

POMOLOGY

pope's head

the cherries. The Vladimirs have not, as a rule, been
productive in this country. The fruit-buds appear to
be sensitive to cold and as easily injured as some of the
recognized tender types of cherries. AUhough the trees
are hardy, the introduction of this type has not extended
the area of commercial cherry-growing in this country
farther north than the regions already outlined by the
profitable cultivation of Early Richmond.

Plums. — The plums imported from Russia do not
differ materially from those of the domestica type in
cultivation in this country. The trees are probably
soiuewliat hardier than Lombard or Green Gage, but
the fruit-buds are subject to winter injury wherever
Lombard is uncertain. In the main they have been un-
productive. Among the most widely tested varieties are
Early Red, Moldavka and Merunka, all of the Lombard
type. See Figs. 1853-5.

Pears. — These are hardy handsome trees, but none
bear fruit of good quality. Where blight is prevalent
they are extremely susceptible; while uninjured by ex-
treme cold, blight kills them off rapidly. Among the
hardiest of the class are Bessimianka (meaning seed-
less, which is only partly true), Gakovsky and Tonko-
vietka. These thrive wherever the climate admits of
the cultivation of the Oldenburg apple. The fruit
ripens in August, and rots at the core if allowed to
mature on the tree.

Apricots were brought to Nebraska and Kansas by
Russian Mennonites about twenty-five years ago. A
few of those named and distributed are likely to be
retained in the fruit lists of the West.

Mussian vmlberries (Fig. 190^) have been widely
sold as fruit-bearing plants by enterprising agents, but
their use to the fruit-grower should be restricted to
hedging and the formation of wind-breaks. For these
purposes they are valuable in the colder and more rig-
orous regions.

Peaches. — So-called hardy Russian peaches are sold,
but they really belong to Bokara or Turkestan. The
peaches of the Baltic provinces do not differ essentially
from the ordinary Persian strain in form or hardiness.

The introduction of the Russian fruits has given iis
hardy types from which to breed varieties for northern
latitudes. In Iowa, Minnesota and Wisconsin this work
is under way. Seedlings and hybrids are appearing
each year, which may be considered valuable additions
to the fruit lists of these regions.

Literature. — But two books appear to have been
written on Russian pomology up to 1808, one by Nicolai
Krasno Glasov, 1848, the other by Dr. Regel, director of
the Imperial Botanic Gardens, St. Petersburg, in 1868.
The latter is called "Russkaya Pomologaya." It con-

tions of the Division of Pomology, Department of Ag-
riculture, Washington, and Bulletins of the Horticul-
tural Department of the Iowa Agricultural College. To
Charles Gibb, Abbotsford, Can. (Quebec), we are in-
debted for the faithful and accurate translation of the
names given in the collection imported by the Depart-
ment of Agriculture in 1870. This was adopted by the
American Pomological Society in 1885. Jqhn Chaig.

POND-APPLE is Anona glabra. Pond Lily.
Pond-weed. Potainot/eton.

Nupliar,

1904. Russian mulberry (X /^).

The plant is very vari.ible in character of fnilt and in shape of

leaves. See Morus.

tains a description of 225 varieties of apples, nearly
all of Russian origin. A wood-cut of each appears, in
addition to 144 colored plates. Gibb calls it "a grand,
good fundamental work." American literature on Rus-
sian fruits is mainly confined to three sources: the
reports of the Montreal Horticultural Society, publica-

1905 Pickerel weed— Pontedena cordata.

PONTEDfiRIA (G. Pontedera was an Italian botanist,
1688-1757). Pontedei'iacece, According to Engler (DC
Monogr. Phaner. 4, p. 5^1) there are two species of
Pontederia. P. cordata^ with several varieties, occurs
in both North and South America; P. rotundi folia is
native from Nicaragua to Argentina. Perennial herbs
of bogs and ponds, with strong horizontal rootstocks,
short spikes of showy blue flowers and mostly cordate-
oblong or ovate mostly shining leaves. The North
American P. cord&.ta, Linn., Pickerel-Weed (Fig. 1905),
is common east of the Plains region on the borders of
ponds and along the margins of slow streams. It is a
strong-growing perennial, standing in clumps and send-
ing up several strong stems (from well-established
plants) 2—4 ft. tall, each stem bearing 1 cordate-ovate
leaf-blade and usually several leaf-sheaths: fis. light
blue, somewhat 2 -lipped, with 6 linear -oblong and
spreading lobes, the middle upper lobe yellow-spotted
at the base inside; stamens 6, trimorphous; ovary with
3 locules, 2 of which develop no seeds: fr. a 1-seeded
utricle. Pontederias are well worth cultivation in bog
gardens and shallow ponds, and P. cordata is offered
by dealers in native plants. It thrives best in
water 10-12 in. deep. It transplants with ease.
Propagated mostly by division. It grows as far
north as Nova Scotia and Minnesota, and there-
fore is perfectly hardy in all parts of the coun-
try. B.M. 1156. G.W.'F. 45. Mn. 7:1. V. 2:196;
3:330. For P. crassipeSt see^ichJiornia speciosa.

L. H. B.
PONTHlfiVA glandulosa is a West Indian terrestrial
orchid with small greenish flowers. It was advertised in
1881 by E. Gillett, of Sonthwiek, Mass., but it is prob-
ably not hardy North, and does not appear to be in the
trade now. It is figured in B.M. 842 as Neottia glatid-
uloaa.

POOR MAN'S WEATHER GLASS. Aiwgallis ar-
veiisis.

POOR ROBIN'S PLANTAIN. Erigeron hellidifolins .

POP CORN. See Corn.

POPE'S HEAD. MfloeactHS.

POPINAC

POPULUS

1407

POPINAC is Acacia Farneslana.

POPLAK. See Popuhis.

POPLAK, YELLOW. Liriodendron.

POPPY. Popaver. California P. is Eschscholzia.
Celandine P. Stulophorum. Com P. Papucer Bliceas.
Horned P. is Ghntciuin. Opium P. is Papuver sonini-
fenuH. Prickly P. .See Aryciiwne. Sllirley P. is the
finest strain of Papaver Wtcsas. Tulip P. Hunne-
maniiia. Welsh P, See Meconopsis Cumbrica.

POPPY MALLOW is CalUrlwe.

0 int

1906. Staminate catkins of Populus tremuloides (X }-j).

P6PITLUS (ancieut Latin name). Poplar. Aspen.
From 20 to 25 soft-wooded trees of mostly small or
medium size in the northern hemisphere, and which,
with Salix, comprise the family Sallcclvetp. The Poplars
are dioecious, with both staminate and pistillate flowers
naked and in slender mostly drooxjina; catkins in which
the scales are out or cleft at the apex: stamens few or
many, usually numerous, ou distinct filaments: pistillate
fls. comprisine: a single 1-loculed mostly sessile ovary
with short style and 2-4 often lobed long stigmas: fr.
a small 2-4-vah*ed capsule, containing cottony seeds:
Ivs. alternate, stalked, mostly broad: buds scaly, often
resinous. The Poplar of lumbermen is the tulip-tree.
(See Liriodendron.)

The Poplars are amongst the easiest of all trees to
grow. They grow readilj' from hardwood cuttings, as
willows and currants do. The weeping varieties are
grafted head-high on erect kinds, I*, grandidenfata
being much used as a stock. Poplars thrive in almost
any soil, although the Cottonwood is most at home in
lowlands and along streams, at least in the East. For
shelter-belts they are very useful because of their rapid
growth and great hardiness. In the prairie states some
of the Russian Poplars (particularly the form known
as P. Certlnensiti) are now popular, because they with-
stand the tryiug winters. The Poplars are also useful
for temporary shelter for otiier trees and bushes. In
this respect the common Aspen (P. tremtdoides) is one
of the most valuable of all trees in the reforestation of
American lands. It springs up quickly in clearings,
and during its comparatively short life holds the soil
and protects other vegetation and finally contributes its
own substance to the maintenance of the stronger
forests. In this way it has exerted a most powerful
effect upon the configuration of our forest areas and
upon the fertility of the land from remote time. The
same qualities make it valuable, in many instances, in
extensive ornamental plantings.

The fault in the planting of Poplars is the tendency
to plant too many and to allow them to give character
to the place. About summer resorts, for example,
Poplars and willows are used much too freely. They
give the place a look of cheapness. They are planted in

89

such places because they grow rapidly and thrive in un-
favorable conditions; but it is better to use them for
temporary effects, allowing better trees, that are planted
with them, gradually to take their places. The legiti-
mate use of Poplars in ornamental grounds is the pro-
duction of minor or secondary effects. As a rule, they
are less adapted to isolated planting as specimen trees
than to use in composition, — as parts of general groups
of trees, where tlieir chai-acters will serve to break the
monotony of heavier foliage. The Poplars are gay
trees, as a rule, especially those, like the Aspens, which
have a trembling foliage. Their leaves are bright and
the tops thin. A few of them in judifcions positions
give a place a sprightly air. This is particularly true
of the common Aspen, or Populus tremnloiden, of our
woods (Figs. 190G, 191(3). Its light dancing foliage and
sUver-gray limbs are always cheering and its autuniu
color is one of the purest golden yellows of our land-
scapes. It is well to have a tree of it standing in front
ot a group of maples or evergreens. Its whole attitude
IS then one of familiarity.

The Cottonwood is perhaps the best of all our Poplars
as a single specimen. It makes a noble tree, spreading
Its gray branches far and wide. But like the Aspen, it
IS cheerful and restive. One is not moved to lie under
it, as he is under a maple or an oak. Its leaves rustle
with the lightest movement of air. The ripple of its
foliage recalls the \>\^y of wavelets ou a pebbly shore.
The day is never so dark but the Cottonwood reflects a
flood of light.

Some of the forms of the black Poplar of Europe
are especially satisfactory for the production of lively
effects in planting. Of these, none is better than the
foim known to nurserymen as Populus elegans. It has
a most pleasing light and tremulous foliage, the effect
of which is heightened by a twiggy character of growth
and a reddish cast to the leaf-stalks and young shoots.
It is an elegant tree, and well adapted to planting in
front of heavier foliage in the most conspicuous part
of the grounds.

Some of the silver- or white-leaved Poplars produce
the most striking contrasts of foliage, especially if set
near darker trees. BoUes' Poplar {Populus BoUeuna
of the nurseries) is one of the best of these trees. Its
habit is something like that of the Lombardy. The
upper surface of the deeply lobed leaves is dark dull
green, while the under surface is almost snowy white.
Such emphatic trees as this should generally be par-

1907. A good clump of Lombardy Poplar.

tially obscured, by planting them amongst other trees so
that they appear to mis with the other foliage, or else
they should be seen at some distance. Other varieties
of the common white Poplar or Abele are occasionally
useful, although most of them sprout badly and may
become a nuisance. The Lombardy Poplar is probably

1408

POPULUS

POPULUS

tlie most striking and distinct tree that is suited to
planting in the North. As single specimens scattered
here and there in mixed plantings, or when seen over

1908. Populus viminalis above and
P. angustifolia below (X /4).

or behind buildings, it may be most picturesque and
satisfactory; but the tendency is to plant it too freely.
Fig. 1907. The very fact that it is emphatic is the
reason why it should be planted sparingly when artistic
effects are desired. The catkins, particularly the
staminate ones, are usually attractive, as they appear
in early spring; but they are of short duration. In the
following account, the species are distinguished by
characters of foliage and habit, as these are the features
chiefly known to horticulturists. The following sketch
includes all the Poplars known to be offered by Ameri-
can nurserymen. Some of the Japanese and Siberian
forms, however, are in need of cai'eful study. One of
the forms known as "Japanese Poplar " may be referable
to P. suaveolens, Fisch., a species which is united with
P. halsamifera by some authors. P. suavcoJens is
native to Amurland and Japan. For literature, see
Wesmael, DC. Prodr. 16, pt. 2, pp. 323-331; Sargent,
Silva of North America, vol. 9 (quoted below as S.S.) ;
Bailey, Bull. 68, Cornell Exp. Sta., from whicli the fol-
lowing account of the cultivated species is adapted.

INDEX.

af.umina/ta, 2.
alba, 12.
an^stifolla, 2.
argejitea, 12.
Atheniensis, 9.
halsamifera, 1, :
Bp.reolensis, 6.
hptulifolia, 7.
Eolleana, 12.
Canadensis, 5.
candicans, 3.
cauescens, 7, 13,
Carolina, 5.
Carolmiana, 5.
Carolinensis, 5.
Certinensis, 6.
crispa, 1.

deltoides, 5.
dilatata, 7.
Dudley i, 1.
elegans, 7. ■
fastigiata, 7.
Qrceca, 9, It),
grandidentata. 10.
heterophylla, 10.
Sudsonica, 7.
intermedia, 3.
Italica, 7.
latit'olia, 3.
laurifolia, 3, C.
Lindleyana, 1.
macropkylla, 3.
rtionilifera, 5.
nigra, 7. 10.

uivea. 12.
Nolestii, 3.
Ontariensis, 3.
Pannoniea, 7.
Petrovski, 6.
Polonica, 7.
pyramidalis 1, 7.
pyramidata, 7.
rotimdifolia, 11.
salicifolia, 1.
Sibirica, 3.
Sieholdi, 11.
Simonii, 4.
tremula, 8.
tremuloides. 9.
viminalis, 1.
Wobsl-y, 3.

A. Terminal bifds large and long, glutinous -sticky and

with it balsamic orfo*'. — Balsam Poplars.

B. Petioles terete or channelled {not flattened) ,

c. Branchlets sliarply angled.

1. viminalis, Lodd. (P. Lludley etna, 'Booth. P.salici-
fdlia, crispa , JJudleyi, pyramidMis snaveolens, Hort.
P. halsamifera, var. vimincilis, Loud.). Fig. 1908.
Small or medium-sized tree, of slender growth and with
a somewhat weeping habit when old: Ivs. broad-lanceo-
late, willow-like, finely serrate, often crinkled on the
margin. Asia. — This is very like the native Populus
angustifolia, which it represents in Europe, but is
readily distinguished by its angled or furrowed stems,
and less tapering and crisped leaves which are conspic-
uously finely reticulated and whitened beneath. The
color of its foliage is grayish green, and in this respect
it affords a contrast to the native species. P. angusii-
folia seems to be rather the better tree of the two, al-
though the viminalis has a more striking appearance.

CC. Branchlets terete [or sometimes grooved on strong

growths ) .

D. Leaves long and narrow,

2. angustifolia, James. Fig. 1908. Small pyramidal
or conical tree (reaching 60 ft. in the wild), with slen-
der twigs and small buds, and soft clear green foliage;
Ivs. small for the genus, lanceolate or ovate-lanceolate,
short-stalked, green on both surfaces, finely and evenly
serrate: catkins short, densely flowered: ovary some-
what 2-lobed. Interior region from Assiniboia to Ne-
braska and Arizona, and westward. S.S. 9:492. — Com-
mon street tree in parts of the West, and sometimes
planted in the East for ornament. — A related species of
similar ranges is P. acuminata, Rydberg, differing in
having long-petioled, rhomboid -lanceolate, acuminate
Ivs., which are serrate only at the middle. It will prob-
ably appear in cultivation.

DD. Jyvs. mostly broad -lanceolate to ovate or rounded.

3. balsamiiera, Linn. Balsam Poplar. Tacmahac.
Fig. 1909. Tall upright tree, with a narrow straight
top: Ivs. thick and firm, erect, whitened beneath, usually
smaller than in most other Poplars of this group, in
shape ovate-lanceolate or oval, tapering towards the top
and sometimes at the base, finely and obtusely toothed,
dark green above, but whitish or rusty beneath: catkins

1909. Populus balsamifera (X/^).

drooping, slender but rather densely fid., appearing in
very early spring. Newfoundland to British Columbia,
and southward into the northern tier of states; Asia.

POPULUS

POPULUS

1409

S.S. 9:490. — The native form is occasionally seen about
farm buildings and roadsides, where it makes a durable
and interesting tree; but it is rather too stiff for the
pleasantest effects and too narrow for the best shade.
The dull whiteness of the under side of the leaves af-

1910. Populus balsamife a, var. latifolia {X %).

fords a pleasant variety and contrast in its foliage, and
the fragrance of the resinous buds in spring is agreeable
to most persons. It is a desirable tree for occasional
planting, but, like the Lombardy, it generally appears
to best advantage when placed amongst other trees. It is
a hardier tree than the Lombardy, and does not run
quickly to such extravagant heights. In cultivation
from Russian sources, it is known as Nos. IG and 26
Voronesh and 32 Riga. The Balsam Poplar is probably
the most variable of Poplars. In cultivation in this
country it is represented by at least three well-marked
botanical varieties, differing fi'om the species and from
each other in the habit of growth, shape and color of
leaves and character of twigs.

Var. intermedia, Loudon [P. laurifdlla of American
horticulturists, not of botanists. P. Slbirica pijrami-
dalis, Hort.). A comparatively slow-growiug tree of
close, upright habit: Ivs. very thick and hard, finely ser-
rate, oval in outline, and prominently whitened beneath,
rommonly rather small for this group: twigs hard and
cylindrical. N. Asia. — It is considered to be a valuable
tree for hot and dry interior climates: and it also has
distinct merit for ornamental planting. It eventually
becomes a large tree. The Populus laurifolia and P.
Sibirica pyramidaUs of American nurserymen are,
apparently, only minor variations of this type. These
trees are amongst the recent introductions of Russian
Poplars.

Var. latiiolia, Loudon [P. NolesHl and P. WdbsJcy,
Hort.). Fig. 1910. Includes forms with ovate or cor-
ilate-ovate rather blunt-pointed leaves, cylindrical twigs
(or slightly ridged on strong shoots) and the general
habit of the Balsam Poplar. Asia. — The Ivs. are usually
large and thick, shining green above and dull white be-
neath, in shape and texture somewhat like the next

1911. Populus balsamifera, var. candicana (X 1-5).

variety. The Nolestii Poplar is now sold by eastern
nurserymen as an ornamental tree. Its strong habit and
dark foliage adapt it admirably to planting near the rear
borders of grounds. The Wobsky Poplar is one of the
recent Russian introductions, with somewhat the habit

of a cherry tree, and is much prized in the Northwest.
The Rasumovskoe Poplar appears to be of the same type.
Var. candieans, Gray {P. cdndicans, Ait. P. Ontari-
Snsis and P. macropJiylla, Hort.). Balm of Gilead.
Fig. 1911. Strong-growing spreading native tree, fre-
quently planted, and esteemed for its vigor and hardi-
ness and the resinous fragrance of its large buds in
spring-time: Ivs. broad and heart-shaped, green above
and veiny and rusty-white beneath, the leaf -stalk usu-
ally hairy and somewhat flattened. New Brunswick to
N. J. and W. to Minn. S.S. 9:491. Gn. 29, pp. 125, 126.
— It is very different from the Balsam Poplar in method
of growth, as it has none of the pyramidal or spire-like
tendency of that species, but usually makes a broad and
irregularly spreading top. While the tree is common in
cult., it is rare wild. In the early days, however, it was
found in very large trees in Michigan and other western
states, and was used for sawing timber; and small iso-
lated natural groves of it are still to be seen. The
Balm of Gilead makes a good street tree, and is perhaps
the best of the Poplars for shade. Well-grown trees
have the darkest and richest foliage of any common
Poplar, and this character makes the tree valuable in
heavy groups about the borders of a place. The top is
liable to become open and broken with age, however,

1912. Populus deltoides below, P. laurifolia above (X K).

and the tree often sprouts profusely. It is not well
adapted to smoky and dusty locations, as it soon be-
comes grimy. Probably a good species.

4. Simonii, Carr. A strong, strict tree with Ivs. dif-
fering from those of the Balm of Gilead in having a
rounded or tapering base and much finer teeth, but
otherwise they are much alike. The shoots are reddish
brown and spotted, and deeply grooved. China. — Int.
into France about 1861 by M. E. Simon, and somewhat
planted in this country. Some authors consider this to
be only a form of P. halsamifei-a, and if the Balm of
Gilead is to be regarded as a form of that species, per-
haps this should be. For horticultural purposes, how-
ever, it seems to be distinct. It has been planted as far
north as Manitoba with entire success. It is a very rapid
grower. Useful where quick-growing wind-breaks are
desired.

BB. Petioles usually distinctly flattened, so that the

leaves tiirn easily in the wind.

C. Leaves large, for the most part as long as, or

longer than, broad.

5. deltoides, Marsh. (P. nionilifera. Ait. P. Cana-
de'nsis, Moench). Cottonwood. Fig. 1912. Becoming
a large, much-branched picturesque tree, with deeply
furrowed gray-brown bark: Ivs. large, triangular-ovate,
mostly truncate or nearly straight on the base, ab-
ruptly acumioate, coarsely crenate-dentate but the mar-
gin plane or flat, the petiole long, much flattened near

1410

POPULUS

POPULUS

the blade and commonly with 2 or 3 glands at the top,
the stipules small and falling early: catkins long and
loosely flowered : fruit an ovoid acute capsule. Gen-
erally distributed from Quebec to the Rocky Mts. and

1913. Populus deltoides, var. Carolinensis (X /^).

south to Fla,, mostly in moist lands or along the moun-
tains. S.S. 9:494, 495. — Variable. Some of the forms
are fairly distinct in foliage and aspect, and they ap-
pear to be associated with particular horticultural
names in the nurseries. Some of the most ornamen-
tal specimens of Cottonwood are those with reddish
leaf-stalks and midribs. Taking all things into con-
sideration, the Cottonwood is probably the best of the
Poplars for general ornamental planting. It grows
rapidly and in almost every soil, and yet it possesses
elements of strength and durability which most of the
Poplars lack. Its foliage is always bright and glossy,
and the constant movement of the broad rich green
leaves gives it an air of cheeriness which few trees
possess. The tree has been much used upon the
prairies and in nearly all western towns, much too abun-
dantly for good landscape effects. The rapid growth of
the tree gives a feeling of
luxuriance to plantations
even when most other
trees appear to be weak
or starved. The Cotton-
wood thrives best on
rather low lands, and yet
it is generally an admir-
able tree upon high and
dry areas. There is a
golden-leaved form of
the Cottonwood known
as variety Van Geerdi
or var. avrea. This ia
one of the best of yellow-
leaved trees, and gener-
ally holds its color
throughout the season.
Like all trees of this un-
usual character, it should
be used cautiously, and
the best effects are ob-
tained when it is planted
against a group of trees
so as to appear as if
naturally proj ecting
from the other foliage.
P. Carolinensis, Willd. P. Caro-

1914. Populus niera, var. Italica—
Lombardy Poplar (X 3:i).

than in P. deltoides. Native.— The Carolina Poplar is
much planted, and nurserymen consider it to be dis-
tinct from the Cottonwood. It differs in strict, straight
appearance, and it is a most vigorous grower. It is
much planted in Europe, where it is known as the
Swiss Poplar. Its botanical position needs to be inves-
tigated.

6. laurifolia, Ledeb. (P. halsatnifera, var. laurifblia^
Wesm. P. C'ertinensls, P. Pett'dvski, P. JBereoMnsis,
Hort.). Certinensis Poplar. Fig. 1912. A very rapid-
growing and hardy tree, with a strong central leader and
a very heavy, dense foliage. Differs from P. deltoides
as follows: Ivs. broad-ovate in outline, with a rounded
or tapering base and rather short point at the apex; the
margin rather closely-toothed, wavy; leaf-stalk com-
paratively short, only moderately flattened, glandlessat
the top; stipules present and conspicuous: bud long:
shoots slightly hairy. Siberia. — The foliage on the old
wood or upon slow-growing shoots is very unlike that
upon the vigorous branches, and is almost identical
with that of the Balsam Poplar, being broadly oval, with
finely serrate margins, and whitish beneath. The twigs,
also, are cylindrical. But the strong shoots are stronglj'
angled or grooved and the foliage is much like that of
the native Cottonwood but darker; and the growth is
more close and erect. The sketch in Pig. 1912 distin-
guishes the leaves. The Certinensis Poplar is a more
rugged tree than the Cottonwood, with healthier foliage
in the presence of leaf-rust, and its wood is said to be
valuable. It is now much planted in the Northwest,
and deserves to be widely distributed. Its effect in the
landscape is considerably unlike that of the Cottonwood.
Its leaves stand out more hoi'izontally, while those of
the Cottonwood hang loosely and often vertically and
therefore give the tree-top a heavier look. The terminal
spray of the two is particularly distinguishable in this
regard. The leaves of Certinensis upon the strong, erect
shoots stand almost at right angles to the shoot, and,
at some distance, therefore, present only their ruffled
edges to the eye, producing a unique and picturesque
effect.

cc. Leaves relatively small, mostly as broad as, or
broader than, long.

7. nigrra, Linn. Black Poplar. Tree of medium
to large size, with leaves somewhat resembling those of
the Cottonwood, but generally smaller and much less

Var. Garolin6nsis

Una and Carolinidna, Hort.). Carolina Poplar. Pig.
1913. A very distinct tree in habit of growth, making a
straight upright or pyramidal head: Ivs. usually less
distinctly deltoid and more gradually taper -pointed

1915. Populus Tremula (X %).

deeply toothed, shorter in proportion to their width and
often with a tapering or rounded base; leaf -stalk
much flattened, so that the foliage moves freely in the
wind. Eu., Siberia. — The tree usually has a pyra-
midal habit of growth and a dark cast to the foliage.
It is a less lustrous tree than the Cottonwood and grows
more slowly. Specimens were found escaped along the
Hudson by Michaux, who thought it an American spe-
cies and published it early in the century as Populus
Riidsonica. Pursh, in 1814, published it again as the
"birch-leaved Foplar," Popi( Ins betid i folia, from trees
found near Lake Ontario. Although it was found half
wild in New York about a century ago, it does not
appear to have increased itself in America, for it is

POPULUS

POPULUS

1411

rarely seen, even in cultivated gi-oumls. It is some-
times spontaneous in the East. The tree known in the
West as Populus befulifolia is only a robust form of
the European P. nigra. Variable in cult, and grown in
European collections under a variety of names. With
the exception of var. ItaUca, these forms are little
known in this country.

1916. Populus tremuloides (X %).

Yar. ^legans, Bailey {P. eleijans of nurserymen), is
a t i-ee of pronounced strict or pyramidal habit, but con-
'siderably broader than the Lombardy Poplar: foliage
small and light-colored and very versatile in a breeze,
■with a handsome reddish tint to the leaf-stalks and
young shoots. It is worth growing in every well-kept
place, especially if placed against a planting of heavier
foliage. Poptthts canescens of some American nur-
serymen is very like this, although it has less color
and brightness.

Var. Italica, Du Roi (var. pyramid&Jis, Spach. P.
lidlica, Moench. P. dUatata, Ait. P. fastigiata, Desf.
P. pyratnid&lis, Rozier. P. pyramidcita, P. Panndnica,
P. Polbnica, Hort.). Lombardy or Italian Poplar.
Pigs. 1907, 1914. Differs from the typical Black Poplar
(P. nigra) in its tall, narrow growth, glabrous young
shoots, a confirmed habit of suckering from the root
and generally a more tapering base to the leaves. It is
one of the characteristic trees of parts of Italy, and it
is from one of the Italian provinces, Loml>ardy, that
its common name is derived. The tree is probably na-
tive in Asia, however. With age, the Lombardy Pop-
lar becomes one of the most striking and picturesque
of trees, particularly when some of the sprouts are
allowed to grow about the old stock, as in Fig. 1907. In
tlie northernmost states it is not long-lived.

1917. Populus grandidentata (X M).

relatively small, vol glutinons^
Aspens and White Poplars.

AA. Terminal hiids

often pnhescent,
B. Mature Ivs. nsiially green, greenish or brown be-
neath.
8. tr^mula, Linn. European Aspen. Fig. IOI.t.
Open headed, light-leaved tree, becoming 50-60 ft. tall:
Ivs. small and thin, round-oval, more or less whitened
beneath when young, bordered with deep and rounded

incurved teeth; the leaf-stalks long, slender and flat-
tened, giving a restless motion to the foliage: leaf -buds
small. Widely distributed in Europe and Asia, in this
country known chiefly in its weeping form {vs.v.pe)i-
ditla). — The weeping form of the European Aspen is
perhaps the best weeping tree amongst the Poplars.
The spray is light, airy and fountain-like, quite unlike
the more common weeping forms of our native Popalna
grandidentata, which present a stift', angular form, a
combination that is rarely pleasing. A characteristic
feature of this tree is the profusion of its very long
catkins that appear in earliest spring, even before our
native Poplars are in bloom. The staminate or male
catkins are particularly pleasing, and planters should
select that sex, if possible.

9. tremuloides, Michx. (P. Atheniinsis and Grhca,
Hort.). American Aspen. Figs. 1906, 1916. Very like
P. tremula, but the Ivs. are usually less circular and
more abruptly acuminate, the margins are small-crenate
rather than deeply toothed, and the Ivs. are green on
the under side. Generally distributed in North America
north of Pennsylvania and Kentucky, and extending to
Mexico in the mountains. S.S. 9:487. — One of the first
trees to spring up in clearings. The bark of the young
trees is whitish gray, rendering the saplings very con-
spicuous in a coppice. In woods the tree is said some-
times to reach a height of 100 ft., but it is usually much
smaller than this. There appear to be no horticultural
varieties.

10. grandidentata, Michx. (P. Graea p(ndula, P.
nigra phidula and Parasol de St. Julien of nursery-
men). Large-toothed
Aspen. Pig. 1917. Tall,
straight tree, becoming
75 ft. high, known in
cultivation in various
weeping forms. Distin-
guished from P. trem-
ula by much larger and
thicker Ivs., which are
bluish or rusty white be-
neath, more ovate in out-
line, with larger and
more spreading teeth,
stouter leaf-stalks and
larger leaf-buds. Nova
Scotia to Minn, and
Tenn. S. S. 9:488.- In
its normal or erect form
it is rarely cultivated,
but the weeping kinds,
under a variety of names,

are frequently seen. M<?st, and perhaps all, of these
varieties originated in Europe, where the tree, like the
Cottonwood and the common Aspen, were early intro-
duced. The habit of the tree is too stift and the foli-
age rather too heavy to make the best weeping subjects,
however. One of the best of these weeping forms is
that known as Parasol de St. Julien. The winter twigs
of the weeping varieties have a characteristic weak or
zigzag groy^th.— P. heterophylJa, Linn., a tall tree of
the eastern U. S., may be in cult., although it does not
appear in trade lists. It has cordate-ovate, obtuse,
crenate Ivs., with terete petioles, the young parts and
tlie Ivs. white-tomentose. It is mostly an inhabitant of
swamps.

11. SiSholdii, Miq. (P. rotundifblia, Hort.) Fig. 1918.
Tree, 20-30 ft., of spreading habit, with rather dark and
heavy foliage: Ivs. large, round-ovate, with a short tri-
angular subacute apex, nearly or quite truncate at the
base, dentate-serrate, with shallow incurved teeth, more
or less whitened beneath. Japan. — Hardy in western
New York.

BB. Mature ivs. usually white tomentose beneath, at
least in the cultivated forms.

12. Alba, Linn. White Poplar. Abele. Large, much-
branched tree, with whitish bark on the young branches:
Ivs. much like those of Populus grandidentata, but
smaller, usually thicker and more angular, the under
surface — especially early in the season — woolly white.
Eu. and Asia. — The typical form of Populus alba is less

1918. PoDulus Sieboldii(X H).

1412

POPULUS

PORTO RICO

grown here thau the varieties with lobed and very white-
bottomed (and sometimes variegated) leaves.

Var. nivea, Wesm. {P, nicea, Willd. P. arghitea,
Hort.). This is the commonest form of white Poplar in
this country. It is known by the snow-white under sur-
faces of its foliage and the 3- or 5-lobed maple-like
leaves. It is far too frequent about old yards, where its
inveterate brood of suckers make it a perpetual nui-
sance. It is sometimes called Silver Maple, from the
resemblance of its foliage to that of the maple. As a
street tree in cities it is particularly offensive, for the
cottony covering of the under side of the leaves and of
the shoots holds soot and dust, and it looks repulsively
dirty. Useful for foliage effects in large plantings.

1919. Populus alba, var. canescens above, and
var. Bolleana below (X }4.

Var. canescens, Loudon. Fig. 1919. Leaves broad or
nearly circular in general outline, prominently notched
but not lobed, the under surfaces and the young shoots
very gray-woolly. This tree is met with occasionally.
Its horticultural value is not greatly different from that
of var. nivea. By some thought to be a hybrid of P.
alba and P. Tretnula.

Var. Bolle&.na,Lauch. (P. Bolleana), Bolles' Poplar.
Fig. 1919. A very tall, narrow-topped tree, with cottony
Ivs. rather more deeply lobed than those of the var.
nivea. The tree was introduced into Europe in 1875
from Turkestan, and it was named for Dr. C. Bolle, an
arboriculturist. It bears about the same relation to
Poptihis alba that the Lombardy Poplar bears to Popn-
his nigra. Its fastigiate habit, combined with the white
foliage and shoots, makes it a most emphatic tree, and
there is great danger of planting it too freelj'. Seems
to be short-lived. L, H. B.

PORTO RICO as a Field for Horticulture. Porto Rico
(Fig. 19'J0) is a land of perpetual summer, awaitinir only
the skill of the experienced grower to blossom into an
exotic fruit garden for our eastern states. It is our
only bit of tropical soil on the Atlantic side of the con-
tinent, and now possesses tariff protection for the fruit-
grower and vegetable - gardener which amounts to a
handsome profit in itself. As compared with Florida,
the climate and the soil are in favor of Porto Rico, while

in the matter of transportation, San Juan already has
the advantage of most Florida points.

Climate. — Porto Rico is more healthy than most other
regions of the same latitude, because it has more hills
and mountains, is more breezy, and because of its in-
numerable streams of pure water.

The seasons are marked by the spring rains beginning
about May 1, and the fall rains closing about Nov. I,
although in some parts rain fallsevery month in the year.
In the absence of irrigation, planting depends on these
periods. Tobacco and vegetables succeed best when
planted in the fall, as the direct sun and pouring rains,
liable to come in the summer months, injure them. A
sharp range of mountains, from 2,000 to ^,500 ft. high,
traverses the length of the island a few miles from the
south coast, and all the remainder of the area, except
the river bottoms, and a coast fringe of alluvial plMin,
varying from a mere beach up to live miles inwidili,
is intricate mountain and hill, threaded by countless
streams.

This topography creates great local climatic differ-
ences, a cooler and more moist temperature in the in-
terior, with bright, clear weather on the sheltered
coasts. At sea-level the mercury rarely falls to 60° in
winter nights and in summer days rarely exceeds 95°.
The yearly average night temperature is about 70° and
that of the day about 85°. The nights are always com-
fortable for sleeping. Lack of food and medicines and
exposure to rains are responsible for most of the illness
in Porto Rico.

Products. — Coffee, sugarcane, stock-raising, the cul-
tivation of vegetables, and fruit-growing are the leading
industries of the island, their relative importance being
in the order named. Coffee and tobacco are not, strictly
speaking, horticultural products, and yet, as their cul-
tivation is more nearly that of the orchard and garden
than that of the field, a few observations about them, of
a general character, seem to be in place.

Coffee. — The growing of coffee presents some attrac-
tions to the American horticulturist commanding, say,
$20,000, or upwards. The climate of the hilly and
mountainous interior, where coffee luxuriates, is cooler
and more refreshing than that upon the low cane belt
bordering the sea. Coffee is a staple. It improves with
age and can be transported over a mountainous trail,
and hence is sure of a market. The disadvantages are
the low value of the product under present market con-
ditions, the considerable cost for machinery if the price
for cleaned and assorted coft'ee is to be obtained, and
the fact that coffee is on the free list. A new market
will be opened in the United States when the fine aroma
of Porto Rican coffee becomes known. Better system
in cultivation and a cheaper means of transportation
will improve the status of the business, but the writer
is convinced that this industry will not advance as will
that of the higher-priced, protected products like sugar,
tobacco, oranges, pineapples and vegetables.

Tobacco. — The backwardness of the tobacco business
seems to be largely due to the fact that it has been
chiefly in the hands of the peasant class, lacking the cap-
ital and special knowledge to perfect it. The curing, as-
sorting and marketing of tobacco have not been reduced
to a fine ai't as they have in the Vuelta Abaja district of
Cuba. There can be no doubt of the fact that there are
districts in Porto Rico where climate and soil are ad-
mirably adapted to the production of a high-grade leaf.
This is proved by the fact that in years of shortage of
the tobacco crop in Cuba, Porto Rico tobacco has been
extensively exported to Havana, re-cured and re-sorted,
and the finer quality sold as Havana leaf. Cayey is the
center of the best tobacco section of the island. There
are a number of tobacco farms and very many small peas-
ant's patches in this vicinity. Caguas and Comerio, not
far distant, are lesser centers of the business. There is a
bright future for the experienced, progressive tobacco-
grower. Success may be expected with a moderate capi-
tal, as returns are quick, the value of an acre's prod-
uct is large, and the tariff conditions are extremely
favorable for the Porto Rican as compared with the
Cuban, Sumatran or Mexican grower.

Pru it- Growing in General. — Prohahlj the most invit-
ing field for the horticulturist in Porto Rico is the cultiva-
tion of the various tropical and subtropical fruits, particu-

PORTO RICO

larly the orange and other citrous fruits, and the pine-
apple. The growth of the trade in tropical fruits from
the British West Indies, chiefly Jamaica, "without any
help from tariff legislation, would show what can be
done in Porto Rico under present circumstances. In
1895 these islands shipped us fruits and nuts to the
amount of $1,816,751, and in 1899 to the amount of

POXiTO RICO

1413

in the Yearbook of the Department or Agriculture for
1895, that "The best pineapple regions in the world
have a mean temperature of from 75 to 80°," which is
that of Porto Rico. Fig. 1923. The varieties grown are
the Pan de Azucar, Sugar Loaf, a very sweet yellow-
fleshed variety, and the Cabezona, Porto Rico, tlie
large and vigorous sort which originated near Lajaz.

1920. Outline map of the island of Porto Rico.

$3,783,488. Costa Rica in the same interval increased
her trade with us in these products from $362,945 to
$972,098, and Santo Domingo from $16,684 to $152,535.
The increase in the value of oranges shipped by the
British West Indies, chiefly Jamaica, was from $173,396
in 1895 to $553,751 in 1899, and this in spite of the
increase of the adverse tariff, raised to a cent a pound
in 1897. It is a significant fact that this great business
in tropical fruits, scarcely more than begun twenty years
ago, is conducted by Americans and under stable Brit-
ish rule rather tlian in the Spanish Antilles.

Porto Rico produces some oranges as fine as any
grown in Jamaica, but not in the same quantity, as the
Spanish authorities have not been as assiduous as the
British in fostering desirable fruits in their colonies.
Then, too, a regular service of well-ventilated banana
steamers was established in Jamaica when the great
Florida freeze of 1894-5 gave her an opportunity in the
orange business. The conditions are now all favorable
in Porto Rico for the growth of citrous fruits in their
perfection. Repeated destructive freezes in Florida
have ruined the hopes, once entertained, for that state
as a sure orange-producing section. Floridians are re-
moving to Porto Rico, and this movement will increase
•now that Porto Rico is sure of a just, progressive gov-
ernment and a stable market.

Two lines of steamers furnish excellent weekly
communications in both directions, between San Juan
and New York. Better transportation facilities between
the seaports aud the interior are required before the
fruit industry can prosper there. The highways build-
ing and to be built and the extensive system of trolley
railroads now projected, will supply this missing condi-
tion as fast as the fruit can be pi'oduced.

Oranges thrive in all sections of Porto Rico, a shelter
from the prevailing winds and a well-drained soil being
the favoring conditions. They are most plentiful in the
Mayaguez district. Several Americans are engaged in
this business near Bayamon, and also in the vicinity of
Toa Alta, Fajardo, Humacao, Jobos Bay, Panuelas, and
in other sections with encouraging prospects, and a
considerable acreage will be plauted in 1901.

Pineaj}pJes . — Porto Rico is justly famed for the ex-
cellence and size of its pineapples. Webber writes,
in "Pineapple Industry in the United States," published

Grown upon virgin soil on the rich but stony hillsides
of its native habitat, the last pineapple is a revelation
to the eye and delight to the palate.

Some difficulty has been experienced in carrying pine-
apples from Porto Rico to New York. This is due to
rough handling, carting over infamous roads, poor
packing and inadequate ventilation on ship. More
carefully handled shipments made during the past year
turned out well.

Bananas and P?an/^ai«.T. — This noble race of tropical
fruits grows upon the island in great variety and lux-
uriance. Among the forms seen are the Apple, the Fig,
the Date, the large red, and our common vellow banana
known as the Aspinwall or Johnson, as well as the large
plantains, which are chiefly used for cooking as vege-
tables. There is no strong probability of a large export
trade in bananas being developed in Porto Rico in the
near future, as they are admitted to the United States
free of duty. The best banana lands must be compara-
tively close to the coast, and such lands are likely to pay
better in siigar cane. Some of the rarer sweet varieties
may be handled to advantaa:e, particularly the Fig and
Apple varieties- In connection with coffee-growing, if
the grower is close to a good market, the sale of ba-
nanas might be made the source of a good revenue.

The Cocoavut Po??».— This graceful and valuable tree
grows abundantl}'- along the Porto Rican seacoast. The
ripe nuts are exported to a limited extent. Cocoanut oil,
cocoanut butter and desiccated cocoanut are valuable
products easily prepared. Prom the fiber paper brushes
and mattresses are made. The wood, after hardening,
makes excellent canes. From the half -ripened fruit the
"coco de agua," or water-cocoanut, a clear drink, is
obtained, which taken direct from the shell is a health-
ful and refreshing beverage.

Other Frn 'tis. — There are numerous tropical fruits of
greater or less value, some of which will ultimately be-
come articles of wide consumption by the fruit-lovers
of the North. Mangoes, pomegranates, aguacate or alli-
gator pears, are already sold in the fruit stores of our
large cities. The luscious "anones" (^nowa squamosa
and A. mnricata), the pink-and-white-fleshed star ap-
ple, and the large "corazones" [Anona reticulata) are
delicious fruits, especially with a touch of lime or lemon
juice to give them life. Somewhat similar in taste, but

1414

PORTO RICO

PORTO RICO

stnaller, is the "nispero" or sapodillo, which, with its
brown skin, resembles a rusty colored pear. The
"Iechoza,"or tropical pawpaw, is a valualile fruit. The
tree has a straight trunk, surmounted by a crown of
enormous spreading leaves, under which the good-sized
fruit is borne in a cluster.

The "guayaba" or guava, which grows abundantly
throughout the island, is used for making jelly and paste.
The business of jelly-makiog and of preserving, canning
and drying fruits will be developed. The "naranja," or
sour orange, is particularly valuable for marmalade.

i'^OJ -^

totoi*ta(», w

1921. Porto Rican plantation or farm.

Preserved ginger, so largely imported into the United
States, could be profitably prepared, as the root is now
raised and exported.

Vegetables. — Tbat vegetables can be grown in Porto
Rico in the winter or "dry season" and sold in New York
at remunerative prices was demonstrated last season.
The writer had charge of an experimental garden in
which a third of an acre each was devoted to growing
tomatoes and eggplants. Although the seed was not
sown until December, three months too late for a full
season, satisfactory shipments were made in April and
May which brought the full market price. Tliere are
aphids, caterpillars and mites to be fought, so that the
grower must be prepared with insecticides.

The soils of Porto Rico average richer than those of
our Atlantic seaboard, but for the production of vege-
tables of high quality, intensive culture is required.
The stimulating character of the climate is such that
there is a tendency for vegetables to branch unduly, so
that unless high fertilization, frequent c^lltivation and
severe pruning are employed the quality and size of the
fruit soon deteriorates and is worthless for shipments.
The heavy rainfalls of spring and fall interfere with the
setting of fruit, so that the season for marketing vege-
tables in the north miist be from about December 15 to
May 15. Absolute immunity from frost or even a check
from cool nights is the great vantage ground for winter
gardening on the island. Vegetables must be shielded
from the drying effects of the stiff northeast trade-winds,
and it is probable that a shade will be required for suc-
cess in melon and cucumber culture. A skilful ^gar-
dener. acq\iainted with the climate, may expect to pro-
duce $500 to $1,000 worth of tomatoes or eggplants per
acre. Fig. 1924.

At the present time San Juan is the only port with
good shipping facilities for perishable prodiicts such as
vegetables. Beans, melons of every kind, cucumbers,
peppers, okra, sweet potatoes, peanuts, etc., thrive in
tliis genial clime. The more hardy vegetables, such as
Irish potatoes, cabboije, lettuce, radishes, beets, and
peas succeed in the fall and winter, especially in the
hill country.

Native Fef/cfa/>?e.s. — Besides the several varieties of
"batatas," or sweet potatoes, largely used in Porto
Rico, there are several kinds of the larger tropical
yams. The dark green foliage of these plants has a
rich beauty, trailing from their pole supports. The
roots of the broad-leaved "yaHtias,"or colocasias, pop-
ularly called elephant's ears, are also extensively used
by the peones for food. The cassava, both the sweet
and bitter varieties, flourish in Porto Rico. The former
i^ a valuable food for both man and beast. The roots
are excellent baked. There is no better source for

producing starch than cassava, which is now manufac-
tured in a crude way in some sections of the island and
exported to a limited extent.

Other Possible Resources. — The cacao, or cocoa tree,
is grown in Porto Rico and the product manufactured and
exported, but only to a limited extent. Our imports of
this product from the British West Indies have increased
from $1,262,191 in 1895 to $2,107,150 in 1899, which indi-
cates the possibilities of expanding the trade. Another
possibility of profit for the island lies in utilizing cer-
tain steep, dry chalk ridges, now of little value, for the
cultivation of the "mag-
uey,"the agave from which
the sisal is obtained. The
importation of this fiber
from the British West In-
dies has increased from
$2,734,909 to $4,771,989.
Arnatto or "achote" finds
a congenial home in Porto
Rico, and should be made
to yield a profit. The cas-
tor oil plant bears abun-
dantly, and its bean is ex-
ported. The beau of a
valuable 1 e g xi m i n o u s
plant, "hedionda," is used
by the natives as a substi-
tute for coffee and also to
mix with it. This plant
seems to have a secondary value in improving the soil
as a gatherer of nitrogen. The camv>bor. the rubber,
the nutmeg, allspice or pimento, and other spice-pro-
ducing trees, and the vanilla may all be grown perhaps
with profit on the island.

Economic Consideration's. — Under tlie Porto Rican
law of May 1, 1900, all merchandise coming into the
United States from Porto Rico, and coming into Porto
Rico from the United States, shall pay 15 per cent of
the duties required to be paid upon like articles im-
ported from foreign countries. All the duties men-
tioned above are to cease March 1, 1902, or at au earlier
date by certain action of the Legislature of Porto Rico.
The present duties are so insignificant compared with
those of other countries and their tenure so brief and
uncertain that for our purpose of a business forecast,
we may properly assume free trade as established.

The grower of oranges and other citrous fruits has
the advantage of one cent per pound over the foreign
grower, which, on a crop of ,S00 boxes per acre, would
amount to about $200. On pineapples crated, the duty
is 7 cents per cubic ft,, or 35 cents for a standard crate,
or a gain of at least $50 per acre for a lair crop. On
pineapples in bulk the duty is $7 per 1,000, a gain of
$30 to $50 an acre.

The duty on vegetables is 25 per cent on their listed
valuation. This is an advantage of from $40 to $75 an
acre on tomatoes or eggplants.

1922. Characteristic rural scene in Porto Rico.

Foreign tobacco wrappers pay, if unsteramed, $1.85
per pound, and if stemmed, $2,50 per pound, and fillers
35 cents if unstemmed and 50 cents if stemmed.

Palms, orchids, bulbs and all greenliouse plants pay
25 per cent, seeds 30 per cent, dried fruits, desiccated
cocoanut, etc., pay 2 cents per pound ; manufactured

PORTO RICO

PORTO RICO

-1415

chocolate from 15 per cent to 50 per cent, according to
quality; castor oil beans and other oil seeds 25 per cent;
castor oil 35 cents per gallon; bay rum and bay water
$1.50 per gallon. Starch pays 13^ cents per pound, rice
2 cents per pound ; while sugar pays yj^ cents per pound
if not over No. 16 Dutch standard in color, and l-j^o
cents per pound if above that standard.

Labor. — Geu. Roy Stone in an article, "Porto Rico
and Its Future," in Munsey's magazine for August,
1900, testifies from large experience to the effectiveness
of the Porto Rican native laborers, and the writer con-
siders them material for excellent gardeners, possess-
ing as much quickness and natural intelligence as the
better class of Hindoos he has employed for like labor
in Jamaica.

There are good opportunities in Porto Rico awaiting
the capitalist and tlje horticulturist, for it is a field
in which every dollar intelligently invested in tropical
production is almost sure of a rich return. The island is
abjectly poor to-day. It has but $3,000,000 for a popula-
tion of nearly a million, and all of this but $600,000 is in
the hands of the merchants and bankers, who will do
nothing to develop the country.

Authorities on Porto Rico. — Valuable works bear-
ingon our subject are: AbuUetin, "Agriculture in Porto
Rico," of the Department of Agriculture by Gen. Roy
Stone, reprinted from the year book of 1898; a book on
Cuba and Porto Rico by Mr. Robert T. Hill, and the full
and informing volume of Mr. William Dinwiddie,
"Puerto Rico, its Conditions and Possibilities." For
statistics, see Bull. 13, section of Foreign Markets, U.
S. Dept. Agric. on Trade of Puerto Rico, S-t pp., by
Frank H. Hitchcock, 1898. p. jl. Pennook.

General Notes on Porto Rico. —The following notes
are selected from the "Report on the Census of Porto
Rico, 1899," compiled under the direction of Lt.-Col.
J. P. Sanger and published by the War Department.

Most of the area of Porto Rico is held as farms, and
a large portion, more than one-fifth, is under cultivation.
The forested areas are small and are almost entirely
confined to the higher parts of the mountains. The
largest of these tracts is on El Yuuque, in the Sierra
Luquilla. Here are found small tracts of primeval for-
est, composed of large trees of a variety of species, sev-
eral of which are of great value, such as Spanish cedar,
ebony and sandalwood, besides many others as yet
unknown to American markets. Timber is, however,
very scarce, and most of that used in building is im-
ported.

Lying in the tropics, the island is within the region
of the southwest trades, which blow with great regu-
larity. The annual temperature at San Juan, on the
north coast, ranees in different years from 78 to 82" P.
The mean monthly temperature ranges from 75° in Jan-
uary to 82° in August. The maximum temperature on
record is 99°, and the minimum 57°, indicating a very
slight range and a uniform climate. The only difference
of temperature to be observed throughout the island is
due to altitude, the highlands of the interior having a

1923. Pineapple plantation in Porto Rico.

mean annual temperature as low as 72° F. Serious
storms occur, and occasional earthquakes, but the latter
are not violent, doing but little damage. The annual
rainfall at San .Tuaii averages 60 inches, about the same
as at New Orleans, and nearly two-thirds of this falls in
the summer and autumn. The annual relative humidity
at the capital is very high, averaging not far from 80

per cent. The annual rainfall increases eastward from
San .luan, until near the northeast corner of the island
it exceeds 100 inches. It increases also upon the high-
lands of the interior, reaching a maximum upon the di-
viding ridge of nearly 100 inches. The south slope of
the island, on the other hand, is much drier, both rain-

1924.
Tomato-growine in Porto R
The plants are tied to cor
supported on stakes.

fall and atmospheric moisture being less, so much so
that in some regions irrigation is necessary for cultiva
tion of crops.

Owing to the fact that Porto Rico has for centuries
maintained a dense population almost entirely supported
by agriculture, a large portion of its surface is under
cultivation, and only a trifling proportion remains in its
natural condition. Hence little of its vegetation is in-
digenous. The native fauna of the island is, owing to
the same cause, very limited. There are no large mam
mals except such as are domesticated. It is said that
there are no noxious reptiles and few insect pests.

Of the total area of Porto Rico — 3,606 square miles —
2,7^3 square miles were included within farms. This is
76 per cent, or more than three-fourths of the area of
the island. The area under cultivation was 747 square
miles, or not less than 21 per cent of the entire area of
the island. These figures are in strong contrast with
those for Cuba, of which 29.9 per cent only were in-
cluded within farms and only 3 per cent of the area of
the island was under cultivation. They approach more
nearly the condition of things in the United States,
where in 1890 16 per cent was under cultivation. Yet,
considering the density of the rural population, which
is far beyond that of any part of the United States, the
proportion of cultivated land is small. To illustrate
this, consider the case of Illinois, in which the number of
rural inhabitants to a square mile was in 1890 but 42, or
less than one-fifth as great as in Porto Rico, while more
than seven-tenths of its area was under cultivation.

The total number of farms in Porto Rico w.as 39,021;
the total area was 1.757,774 ctterdas (practically equiva-
lent to an acre) ; the average farm had an area of but
45 c^(erdas, or acres; the cultivated land comprised
^77,987 cuerdas, an average to a farm of only 12 ctierdcts.
In the United States in 1890 the average farm contained
137 acres, of which 78 acres were improved. In Cuba
the average farm had an area of 142 acres, of which,
however, only about 13 acres were under cultivation.

The only measure of agricultural products which was
obtained by the census consisted in the area cultivated
in each crop. Pleasured in this way, the following table
shows the relative importance of each such crop, ex-

1416

PORTO RICO

PORTULACA

pressed in percentages of the total area of cultivated

land:

Per cent.

Coffee 41

Sugar cane 15

Bananas 14

Sweet potatoes 8

Indian corn 4

Malangas [Colocasia, Xanthosoma ? J 2

Rice 2

Cocoanuts 1

Tobacco 1

Prom the above it is seen that coffee is much the most
important crop of the island ; that sugar cane is of much
less relative importance than in Cuba, and that tobacco,
which is one of the leading crops of Cuba, is here of
trifling importance.

To illustrate the tenure of land under different crops
and the race of the occupant, the following table is pre-
sented, showing, for different tenures and races in per-
centages, the proportion which was planted in each of
the different crops above enumerated:

White

White

Colored

Colored

0th

Crop.

owners.

renters.

owners.

renters.

ers

Tobacco

... 1

3

1

2

1

Sugar cane. .

.. 14

47

2

10

31

Rice

... 2

2

3

3

1

Sweet potatoes. 7

8

15

3

5

Malangas . . .

... 2

2

5

4

1

Yams

4

8

1

Bananas

.. 15

8

17

13

11

Uocoanuts . .

... 1

1

13

3

2

Coffee

.. 47

18

31

22

34

Indian corn.

.. 4

4

5

5

2

It is seen from the above table that of the cultivated
area owned by whites 47 per cent, or nearly half, was
planted in coffee. Bananas occupied 15 per cent, and
sugar cane 14 percent. Of the area rented by whites,
on the contrary, 47 per cent was planted in sugar cane
and but 18 per cent in coffee. This distribution of crops
among the areas owned by negroes was wider, coffee
occupying nearly one-third of the area, while sugar
cane, the second most important crop in the island,
occupied only 2 per cent. Among colored renters the
areas were also widely scattered.

PORTULACA (Latin name, of uncertain history).
Portuhici'neu'. Purslane. Low, fleshy, often trailing,
annual or perennial herbs, of perhaps 20 species, in
tropical and temperate regions, mostly American. Lvs.
mostly alternate, thick, sometimes terete, entire : fls.
mostly terminal, usually with 5 distinct petals and with
several to many stamens, both borne on the calyx or
receptacle-rim: fr. a small, conical, circumscissile cap-
sule (Pig. 1917), containing many small seeds. The
flowers of Poi'tulaea open in direct sunshine, but close
in shadow. Two annual species are in cultivation, both
thriving in the hottest exposures.

grandilldra, Hook. Rose Moss. Figs. 1925-G. Stem
slender and terete, prostrate or ascending, not rising
over 6-10 in., hairy in tufts at the joints: lvs. scattered

or somewhat clustered,
short and terete : fls.
large (usually 1 in. or
more across in the cult,
forms), terminal and
subtended by clustered
lvs., in many bright col-
ors, soon withering :
seeds small, metallic-
gray or gray-black. Bra-
zil and S. B.M. 2885.
R.H. 1877:90. tTn.45, p.
4.36. — Said to be peren-
nial under glass. Runs
into many garden
forms, as: Var. Th61-
lusonii, Hort. (P. Tlie!-
lusoni, LindleyJ, with handsome orange-scarlet fls.
B.R. 26:31. R.H. 1852:5. Var. splendens, Hort. (P.
GUliesii, Hook.), light red-purple. B.M. 3064. Var.
albiilora, Hort., clear white. Var. sulphtirea or Th6r-
bnmi, Hort.. dark yellow. Var. caryophylloides, Hort.,

1925. Capsule of Portulacea
erandiflora (X }-2).

red, striped white. Var. Bedmanni, Hort., clear white
and purple striped. Colors of the cultivated Portulacas
range from pure white to yellow, rose, scarlet, deep red,
and almost purple, with many striped forms. There are
also many full double strains. The Rose Moss is most

1926. Portulaca erandiflora (X K).

easy of culture if it is given a hot and rather dry soil.
It needs full sun. The seeds require a rather high tem-
perature for germination, and therefore they are sown
rather late, — not until corn-planting time. Sometimes
they are started indoors, but tisually they are sown di-
rectly where the plants are to stand. The soil need not
be rich. The plant makes excellent edgings, and is good
for growing in dry rockwork. A large patch of it gives
a brilliant display of color in sunny weather, but the
flowers do not open in dull weather. Seed of the dou-
ble varieties produces more or less single- flowered
plants, unless saved from cuttings of double-flowered
plants, but the singles usually bloom earlier than the
doubles. Let the plants stand 10-12 inches apart. They
are tender to frost. The plant often self-sows, and in some
places it persists about old gardens. Portulaca grandi-
fjora was first described by Hooker in 1829 in the Botani-
cal Magazine. The flowers were described as "orange-
colored, or of a very bright reddish purple." The plant
was "discovered by Dr. Gillies, growing in light sandy
soil, in various situations between the Rio del Saladillo,
or western boundary of the Pampas, and the foot of the
mountains near Mendoza. On the western side of Rio
Desaguardero plants were in great profusion, giving to
the ground over which they were spread a rich purple
hue, here and there marked with spots of an orange
color, from the orange-colored variety which grew in-
termixed with the others."

1927. Portulaca oleracea, the common Purslane tX M).

oleracea, Linn. Purslane. Puslet Figs. 1927, 1928.
A common trailing weed in sandy ground, 3ut also cul-
tivated in improved strains as a pot-herb; lvs. small,
spatulate or narrow-obovate, very obtuse, thick, dull
green or reddish; fls. small, yelloW; the 7-12 stamens
sensitive to a touch. Widely distributed in many coun-

POBTULACA

tries; probably native to tlie southwestern parts of the
U. S., but it is considered that it is introduced into the
East and North. In sandy and loamy soils it is one of
the commonest and most persistent of weeds, but it is
little known on heavy lands. The common wild plant is
prized for "greens" ia some regions, but the French up-
right forms (Fig. 1928) are much better, as they are
larger and more tender; these improved varieties look
very different from the common "Pusley "; they are easy
of culture. For a discussion respecting the nativity of
Purslane in North America, see Gray & Trumbull, Amer.
Jour. Sci. 25, p. 25.3. L. H. B.

POTATO

1417

1928. Portulaca oleracea, the cultivated upright form (X yi).

POSOQUfiRIA (from a native name in Guiana).
Hubidcece. About a dozen tropical American glabrous
trees and shrubs with thick opposite entire Ivs., tubular
fragrant white, rose or scarlet fls. in terminal corymbs,
and a berry-like fruit. The fis. are 5-merous: ovary
1-2-loculed, the style with 2-parted stigma. Several
species are mentioned in Old World horticultural litera-
ture, all warmhouse plants, but only one has appeared
in the American trade, P. longiflbra, Aubl. (sometimes
erroneously written P. loncjifoUa). This species is na-
tive to French Guiana. It is a handsome free-flowering
bush 5-8 ft. high: Ivs. oblong-acuminate, narrowed at
the base, thick and shining: fls. 12 or more in a cluster,
3-5 in. long, waxy white, very fragrant, the slender tube
curved, hairy in the throat. Prop, by cuttings of ripen-
ing wood. L. H. B.

POT. See Potting and Pois.

POTAMOGfiXON (compound of Greek words signify-
ing that these are river plants). Naiadd.ce(e. Pond-
weed. A rather large genus (50 or GO species) of
aquatic plants in temperate and sometimes in tropical
regions, a few of which are sometimes grown in aquaria
and ponds. Nearly 40 species are native to North
America. They are weedy plants, attaching themselves
to the bottom in ponds, lake margins and in shallow
streams, and holding tlieir small spikes of inconspicuous
flowers above the water in midsummer. In many of the
species there are two kinds of leaves, the narrow sub-
merged ones and the broad floating ones. The small
perfect flowers have 4 greenish perianth-segments, 4 sta-
mens, and usually 4 sessile 1-ovuled ovaries: fr. a nut-
let with a coiled or hooked embryo. The Potamogetons
are very difficult plants for the systematic botanists,
and it is not worth while to describe any of the species
here. There are none which are generally known in the
trade. They are likely to be weeds in lily ponds. For
the Amer. species, see Morong, Mem. Torr. Clnh, 3, No.

2; also the current manuals. Three species have come
into slight notice iu American gardens: P. crispus,
Linn., and P. natans, Linn., natives, and P. d^nsus,
Linn., European. Easily grown. l_ jj^ g^

POTASH. See Fertilizers and Fertility.

POTATO is one of the most widely cultivated and
valuable of esculent tubers. It is Solarium tuberosum
of the botanists, and is allied to several powerful nar-
cotics, such as tobacco, henbane and belladonna, and
also to the tomato, eggplant and capyicura. The Potato
is a native of the elevated valleys of Chile, Peru and
Mexico, and a form of it is found in southern Colorado
(see Solait/iiDi). It probably was carried to Spain from
Peru early in the sixteenth century. It seems to have
been introduced into Europe as early as 1565. Sir Wal-
ter Raleigh, in 1585, is said to have brought back the
Potato from the "new country." Recent investigation,
however, seems to give the credit of introducing the
Potato into England to Sir Francis Drake, in 1586. As
Batatas Vir<ji}Uana it was figured and described by
Gerarde in 1597. It is probable that these circum-
stances led to erroneously giving the credit of intro-
ducing the Potato to Raleigh instead of to Sir John
Hawkins. The wild varieties in their native habitat
still bear a close resemblance to cultivated varieties
except for the enlarged vine and abnormal development
of the tubers in the latter. During the seventeenth cen-
tury the Potato was cultivated in gardens in several
European countries. It was recommended by the Royal
Society of London in 1663 for introduction into Ireland
as a safeguard against famine. The cultivation of the
Potato as a field crop became somewhat common in Ger-
many soon after 1772, at which time the grain crops
failed and Potatoes were a welcome substitute for the
bread-corn. It was near the middle of the eighteenth
century before it acquired any real importance in Eu-
rope, outside of Ireland and a few restricted localities
in other countries. As late as 1771 only a white and red
variety were mentioned in one of the most important
English works on gardening. The plants were enor-
mously productive, but the tubers were poor in quality,
so poor in fact that their chief use was as food for
domestic animals; and only when the bread-corns
failed were they used to any extent, and even then as a
substitute. By 1840 the Potato had been largely substi-
tuted in Ireland for the cereals and other similar food
crops, as the yield of Potatoes in weight exceeded by
twenty to thirty times the yield of wheat, barley or oats
on an equal amount of land. This large dependence on
a single food crop finally resulted in a wide-spread
famine. The Potato blight which appeared in the United
States in 1845 devastated Ireland in 1846. During two
years, 1846 and 1847, a conservative estimate places the
numbers who perished for want of food or from dis-
eases caused by a meager diet of uuhealthv and unnu-
tritiousfood at 600,000. By 1848 the plague had virtually
disappeared.

The roots of the Potato are distinct from the tubers.
Usually, two to four roots start from the stalk at the
base of each underground stem which, when enlarged
at the end, forms the Potato. See Pig. 1929. Roots may
also start where underground stems are wanting. The
Potato is a perennial plant. The accumulated starch in
the tubers furnishes an abundant supply of nourish-
ment for the plants growing from the eyes or buds un-
til they are well above ground. So much food is stored
that not infrequently small young tubers are formed on
the outside of Potatoes left in the cellar during the
summer. Potatoes grow from two to even three feet
high, have smooth, herbaceous stems, irregularly pin-
nate leaves, and wheel-shaped flowers (Fig. 1930) vary-
ing in breadth from 1 to 1% inches and in color from
bluish white to purple. They bear a globular purplish
or yellowish fruit or seed-ball of the size of a goose-
berry, containing many small seeds.

The dry matter of Potatoes is composed largely of
starch. Being deficient in nitrogen, the Potato is ill-
adapted for an exclusive diet, and should be used in
connection with food containing a high percentage of
proteids, such as lean meats, peas, beans and eggs.
The lack of vegetable fats may be supplied by butter,

1418

POTATO

POTATO

gravy, aud oaten meal. The composition of the Potato
varies widely. An average of 136 analyses is as follows:
Water. Ash. Proteiii. Starch. Fat.
^ /» ^ ^ fS

Potatoes 78 1 2.2 18 .1

Oatmeal 7.9 2 U.7 67.4 7.1

Graham Hour 13.1 1.8 11.7 69.8 1.7

The nutritive ratio of wheat is 1 to 5.37, almost per-
fect; that of Potatoes 1 to 18.29, entirely too wide. Many
foods, in their natural state, as Potatoes, are more or
less deficient in niiueral matter. Notable araonff these
are rice and wheaten Hour — the former containing but
0.4 per cent and the latter 0.5 per cent of ash.

Nutwithstandinf; the fact that the Potato alone forms
an unbalanced ration, it is used more universally as a
food than any other esculent vegetable in localities
adapted to its growth. Potatoes contain a small amount
of a somewhat poisonous substance. When exposed to
the direct rays of the sun for some time and "greened,"
the deleterious substance is so greatly increased that
the water in which tliey are boiled is not infrequently
used to destroy vermin on domestic animals. In any
case the water in which Potatoes are cooked should not
be used in the preparation of other foods.

There are many hundred varieties of Potatoes. New
varietiesare constantly supplanting the old ones. As
new varieties are usually produced under superior con-
ditions, when they are placed in fiield culture and under
more difficult conditions they tend to degenerate. Old
varieties which have "run out" often find their way into
a locality where conditions are superior. Here their
valuable qualities may be restored or even increased,
and they are then generally reintroduced under a new
name (see Bailey, "Survival of the Unlike," for discus-
sion of the running out of Potatoes). Usually new
varieties are secured from seeds, but the seeds of a
single ball cannot be depended upon to propagate the
parent type. The tubers of the most promising seed-
ling varieties are planted, placed under superior condi-
tions, and out of many hundred varieties tested, a
single one may {prove to be worthy of introduction.
The world owes much to Rev. Chauncey E. Goodrich, of
Utica, N. Y., for his painstaking efforts not only to im-
prove the Potato, but also for originating and introduc-
ing several valual)le varieties. The acquired habit of
producing enlarged underground stems has been so
greatly accentuated that the normal tendency to pro-
duce seed-balls has been nearly obliterated, especially
in the early varieties. The Potato is sensitive to frost
aud therefore must complete its growth in most locali-
ties in from three to sis months. The period of devel-
opment may be shortened by exposing the seed Pota-
toes to the more or less direct rays of the sun in a tem-
perature of about 60° for one to two weeks before

..^^?r'

1929. Underground parts of Potato plant.

Showing the fibrous roots and the stems ending in tubers.

The old seed-piece is seen near the bottom.

planting. Some of the starch is transformed into sugar,
which causes the eyes or buds to develop into minia-
ture, short, tough plants or "rosettes," which results,
when the Potatoes are planted, in hastening growth and
shortening the period between planting and harvesting.
Some varieties, when thus treated and planted in warm,
rich, sandy soil, produce merchantable tubers in six

weeks. In cutting Potatoes for planting, each eye shou^a
be supplied with an abundance of food to start the
young plants off vigorously: the pieces should be as
large as possible and yet not bear more than one or two
eyes (Fig. 1931). While the late varieties thrive best
in a moist, cloudy climate and in a rich, loamy soil,
Potatoes may be successfully produced in light soils

1930. Flowers and foHage of Potato (X %).

and under cloudless skies. Dryish, sandy or sandy
loam soils not only produce earlier Potatoes than cold,
damp lands, but tubers of a better quality. "Mealy"
Potatoes contain less moisture than do those which
remain somewhat hard when cooked. Americans prefer
the former; most Europeans the latter.

For market-gardening, varieties such as Early Rose
are planted 2 to 3 inches deep in dry, warm soils, as
soon as danger from frost has passed. Level tillage is
practiced until the vines are nearly full grown, when
the rows are slightly hilled by passing an implement,
provided with a single large shovel with or without
wing-attachments, between the rows. A threefold ef-
fect is secured : weeds are destroyed ; the land is
\ raised into ridges, whereby the soil is made warmer and
drier, thus inducing early fruitage ; the young Pota-
toes are prevented from becoming green by exposure to
the sun. Most early varieties have a tendency to set
tubers near the surface. Sandy lands, which are well
suited to raising early Potatoes, are too frequently de-
ficient in plant-food, and resort is had to either barn
manure or chemical fertilizers. The former, especially
if not fully rotted, increases the tendency to produce
rough or scabby Potatoes, while the use of chemical
manures containing but a small percentage of nitrogen
tends to produce smooth tubers of a hieh quality. A
liberal dressing for an acre is 20 lbs. of ammonium sul-
fate, 80 lbs. of dried blood, loO lbs. of
acid phosphate and 150 lbs. of muriate
of potash. These would furnish 17, 21
and 75 lbs., respectively, of the plant-
foods named. These concentrated fer-
tilizers should be thoroughly mixed
and incorporated with the soil by pass-
ing a small single-shoveled plow along
the open marks made to receive the igai.

seed Potatoes. Marknt- gardeners A good cutting qr
often use wood ashes at the rate of 50 seed-piece,
to 80 bushels per acre.

Frequently a second crop follows the early Potatoes.
In any case acover-crop (peas, cloveror winter vetches)
should be sown after the Potatoes are dug if no second
harvest crop follows; if it does follow, then a cover-
crop may be sown at or just before th« last inter-cul-
ture is given. In any case, provide some kind of a
cover-crop to digest the plant-food, to afford humus
and conserve nitrogen for succeeding 'crops, and to
cover the land during the rainy and cold winter periods
when the soil would otherwise be idle and losing
fertility.
Late Potatoes are planted three or four weeks after

POTATO

POTATO

1419

the early ones and about two inches deeper. Inter-til-
lage should be given about every ten days, keeping the
ground practically level, and be continued late in the
season, that an earth-raulch.'may be kept intact to con-
serve moisture during the hot, dry period when the
young tubers are forming. Three to four tillings may
suffice for early Potatoes, six to seven for late varieties.

1932. Potato blight.
True or late bliglit on the left; early blight on the right.

The yield per acre of Potatoes in the United States is
meager, 88.(5 bus. being the average for 1899. Under
favorable soil and climatic conditions, with rational
methods of procedure, 200 to 400 bus. are not uncom-
mon, and under superior conditions more than 1,000
bus. per acre have been secured. H. C. Pierson, of Pit-
cairn, N. Y.,won first prize for the largest amount of
Potatoes grown from one pound of seed in a single sea-
son. By dividing the eyes and planting them in the
greenhouse in the winter, and after a little time re-di-
viding them, and this continued until many plants were
secured, he was enabled to raise 2,558 lbs. of Potatoes
in the open from one pound of seed, being an increase
of more than 2,500 fold. A. P.Rose, of Peuu Yan, N. Y.,
and C. P. Thompson, of Lee, N. H., secured, by simi-
lar methods, 2,349 lbs. and 2,118 lbs. respectively. The
low average yield is due, in part, to the ravages of the
many enemies of the Potato plant, which, uncontrolled,
sometimes destroy the crop, and usually seriously dimin-
ish the yield. In the United States the Potato is not so
universally used as in Europe, though its use as a food
is steadily increasing. The average annual production
in the U. S. from 1881 to 1890 was 109,809,053 bus.,
■while the yield in 1899 was 228,783,232 bus., which sold
for an average price of thirty-nine cents per bushel.
New York stands first in Potato p)'oduction, producing
28,707,976 bus. of the total yield. The crop of Europe
aggregates more than the entire wheat crop of the
world. The average production of the European coun-
tries from 1881 to 1890 was: France, 396,746,138 bus.;
Austria, 306,984,697 ; Germany, 891,7.32,040 ; Russia,
300,315,070; the United Kiugdom, 228,093,397 bus. lu
1898 the United States exported 581,833 bus. and im-
ported 530,420 bus. For further information, consult
the Experiment Station bulletins. Carman's "New Po-
tato Culture" and Terry's "A B C of Potato Culture";
also bulletins and reports of various experiment sta-
tions.

The most common enemy to the Potato plant, the Col-
orado Potato bug, is easily destroyed by applications in
a powder or in a liquid of Paris green to the vines
when the bugs first appear. The fungus Phytoplithora
infestans causes the true blight (Fig. 1932), which re-
sults in the potato-rot. The true blight may be kept in
cheek by frequent and thorough sprayings with Bor-
deaux mixture. It is always well to incorporate Paris
green with the mixture that any remaining bugs may
be destroyed. The Bordeaux mixture is also useful in
protecting in part the plants from the flea-beetle. Two

or three applications are usually made during the
summer. Tiie early blight is more common than the
true or late blight. It causes the shriveling and death
of the foliage (Pig. 1932). It is usually the combined
result of several causes, chief amongst which are fungi,
flea-beetle, drought. Thorough good care and spraying
with Bordeaux mixture are the best treatments. A gootl
Potato field should look like that in Fig. 1933 (adapted
from American Agriculturist) ; and the picture also
shows a good spraying rig. j, p_ Roberts.

Potato Culture at Noefolk. — The Irish Potato crop
at Norfolk, Va., reaches about a half milliou barrels
annually. It is planted in February and March, and
marketed in June and July — say from June 20 to July 20.

The land for Potatoes ranges from a sandy loam to
a clayey loam, all on a subsoil of clay. Some years
the higher sandy lands do the best, sometimes the lower
more clayey lands give the best results, depending on
the amount and distribution of the rainfall, which is
generally from 4 to 6 inches per month. The land is
plowed with a two-horse plow, in October, November,
or December, and then lies until some time in January
or February, depending on the character of the winter.
It is then replowed, and harrowed down level and
smooth; as the land is mellow it all works down as
pliable and as fine as the best of garden soil. If Pota-
toes are to be grown alone on the land, the rows are laid
out with a single plow, turning out a furrow, nearly
down to the subsoil, and 2% ft. apart. Fertilizer to the
amount of 800 or 1,000 lbs. to the acre is drilled into
the furrows, and a little plow with a sort of subsoil
attachment is run in the row to mix the fertilizer with
the earth, and to stir up the hard soil at the bottom of
the furrow.

The seed Potatoes are cut to one eye, and dropped
about 12 to 15 in. apart, and then covered with a small
turning plow with two furrows. As soon as the Potato
begins to sprout well, and before it has made its ap-
pearance, a smoothing harrow is run across the rows,
cutting off the top of the ridges and bringing the Potato
sprouts near to the surface. This kills all the early
growth of weeds and leaves the land in good condition
for the tender plants to break through. As soon as the
rows can be followed, a single plow is run along the
sides of the row, turning the earth away from the row
on both sides. Then a J3reed or a Hallock weeder, or
any other good weeder, is run over the field, crossing
the rows as far as possible at right angles. This leaves
the land free from grass or weeds; and the remainder

"\llir>«iA»npiu.

1933. Spraying Potatoes.

of the cultivation consists in turning the dirt well to
the rows; then a short campaign against the potato
bug, and the crop is made. About half of the seed used
is home-grown. "To secure this home seed, a second crop
of Potatoes is grown, using seed taken from the first
crop, planting about August 1. This second crop stands
until the first autumn frosts, say some time in No-
vember, and then it is plowed out, and the larger

1120

POTATO

POTENTILLA

Potatoes are used for market, the smaller ones for
seed. Many people prefer this to the seed purchased
from Maine or Michigan. The seed is cut to one eye,
and about two barrels is necessai-y to use in planting-
one acre. Some farmers apply less fertilizer, provided
their land is in good heart or productive condition;
some apply a part of the fertilizer at the bottom of the
drill, and the balance at the side of the row when the
dirt is turned away from the row. One good thorough
application of Paris green or London purple at the
right time destroys the bug, although most farmers
have to go over their fields two or more times.

In digging, most farmers use the common two-horse
plow, running the plow under the row and lifting all
the Potatoes out, still attached to 'the vine, as the
vine is always green at time of digging, and the Pota-
toes are firmly attached thereto. The hands then fol-
low and lift up the vines with the Potatoes attached,
put the Potatoes in barrels at 10 cents per barrel.
Barrels are then headed up, by firmly nailing on a can-
vas cover, and placed in farm wagons to be hauled to
the city or to some near-by watercourse or railway,
for shipment to the great markets in the U. S. east of
the Mississippi and north of the Ohio, and all the At-
lantic seaboard markets. The cost of barrel is about
20 cents each, including the cover. The freight is 18

\t'0''^'^

1934. Potato-growing in the Dismal Swamp, Va.

cents per bari'el to Baltimore and Washington, 20 cents
to New York and Philadelphia, and about 30 cents to
Boston. The Potatoes are handled by commission men
at the different markets at 8 per cent commission.

The yield will run from 40 to 60 and even to 80 bar-
rels to the acre and the price from $1 to $3 per bar-
rel; the yield depending, of course, upon the soil, the
season, and the cultivation; the price depending on the
old crop on hand, the condition of the consuming masses,
whether it is the year of presidential election or not, and
the character, condition, and earliuess of the Potato
sections coming in competition with this section.

Sometimes the Potato rows are made farther apart
and berries are set in between the rows. Often the Po-
tato crop is followed by corn the same season, making
two fine staple farm crops from the same land the same
season. Sometimes these second crops of corn are sown
full of cow-peas at the last working of the corn, and
then such a mass of vegetation is grown that it is almost
impossible to turn it under after the corn is harvested.
Some of the finest Potato land is found on the margins
of the famous Dismal Swamp, a few miles south of Nor-
folk, Va. Pig. 193 1-. Whenever the seasons area little in-
clined to be dry, such land turns outthe finest and nicest
Potatoes to be found anywhere. One grower, whose farm
has been reclaimed from what was once the "Swamp,"
has raised as high as 25,000 barrels in a single season.
A navigable arm of the sea ran to within a half mile of
his "Potato patch," and a "tram railway" run by mule-
power enabled him to put his Potatoes into market as
easily and as expeditiously as the man beside him who
grew 250 barrels. The scarcity of labor will eventually
compel the use of the improved machinery; and the

probability is that the acreage devoted to Potatoes is to
be lessened instead of increased. A. Jeffeks.

Potatoes in the South.— It is an easy matter to grow
an early or spring crop of Irish Potatoes in the South,
provided the seed tubers can be had. As the crop
matures early, it is almost impossible to keep the tubers
over the summer and through the succeeding winter in
order to plant in the following spring. Therefore it is
a common practice to import seed from the North. This
difficulty of keeping the seed Potatoes is obviated if a
second or fall crop is grown; and this fall crop may also
be made to afford a staple supply of food. The great-
est problem in Irish Potato-growing in the extreme
South is the raising of the fall crop, although the matter
is not difficult if a few underlying principles are kept in
mind. This article is devoted to the growing of the
second or fall crop.

Under favorable conditions profitable crops are grown
in the southern states during late summer and fall.
Dry, hot weather frequently prevails during the early
part of this period; hence the necessity of having the
soil, before planting, in a condition to receive and
to retain the greatest amount of moisture. Heating
manures or other materials that will cause rapid fer-
mentation should not be applied to the soil just at
planting time nor during the first month after planting.
Land that was thoroughly prepared, highly fertilized
and well tilled in some spring crop like cabbage or
onions, gives much better results than similar soil
l)roken and fertilized only a short time before plant-
ing. Cool, moist, valley lands are better adapted to the
fall crop of Potatoes than are the drier, warmer hill-
sides.

Donnant tubers of the previous year's crop would
<loubtless insure the best stand; but, as these are diffi-
cult to obtain, the majority of growers select seed Pota-
toes from the spring crop, which matures two or three
months before time to plant the second crop. Some
:^rowers prefer to let seed Potatoes remain in the soil
where they grew until ready to plant the second crop;
others dig as soon as the spring crop is matured, spread
the Potatoes thinly over a surface protected from sun
and rain, and cover lightly with straw or leaf-mold.

In latitude 33°, August 1 to August 15 is sufficiently
early to plant. If dry, hot weather prevails it is fre-
quently advantageous to sprout the tubers before
planting; otherwise they may lie in the ground several
weeks perfectly dormant. This sprouting, or starting
the buds, is easily done by the following method:
Spread the Potatoes in a cool, shaded place, cover to
the depth of 3 or 4 inches with garden loam, sand or
leaf -mold, and keep moist (not wet) for about a fort-
night, or iintil the sprouts are an eighth to a quarter of
an inch long.

As a rule, conditions for starting Potato plants into
vigorous growth are much more favorable in the spring
than in August. The plautlet must draw its suste-
nance from the mother tuber until it is able to imbibe
food from the soil; hence the practice of cutting tubers
into larger pieces for the summer planting than was
necessary in the spring seeding. Cover a little deeper
than would be proper for spring seeding; otherwise the
manner of planting the early and the late crop is the
same. With proper care in preparation of land, very
little cultivation is necessary. Once the plants are
started into vigorous growth (which comes with the
advent of cool weather), the crop develops more rap-
idly in the fall than in the spring. It is seldom neces-
sary to dig before December 1. Keeping qualities are
excellent. For table use they are equal to those from
spring harvest, or even better the early crop. As
seed Potatoes they are preferred for spring planting.

A. B. McKay.

POTATO, AIR. Dloscorea bulbUera.

POTATO ONION, See Onioti.

POTATO, SWEET. See Sweet Potato.

POTENTILLA (diminutive of Latin potens, power-
ful; referring to the medicinal properties). Rosd^cew.
CiNQUEFOiL. FiYE-FiNGER. A large genus of perennial,
rarely annual, herbs or shrubs found throughout the

POTENTILLA

POTENTILLA

1421

north temperate and frigid zones, and characterized by
their compound leaves, 5 bracteoles borne at the base of
the 5 sepals, which in turn are borne upon the edge of
a cup-shaped, dry receptacle; stamens 10-30, together
with the 5 rounded petals inserted upon the margin of
the receptacle: pistils many, in fruit becoming minute
akenes; styles deciduous. Those in cultivation are all
hardy perennial plants suitable for border planting.
The most valuable double-lid. forms are hybrids.

K. M. WiEGAND.

The American Potentillas are generally rather un-
attractive plants with small flowers. They are, as a
rule, very tenacious of life and do well with ordinary
care. P. fruttcosa, a handsome and distinct low shrub,
prefers moist positions, but will grow in even very
dry soil. Where thoroughly established in moist soil it
is diflicult to eradicate. _P. art/entea should be given a
dry soil, preferably about rocks. It is tenacious of life
and is quite attractive. P. Hippiana, a western species
with comparatively large foliage of decided gray color,
is hardy east. It is a good perennial preferring dryish
soil. P. tridenfafa is an attractive evergreen species
forming thick mats. It does well in any fairly rich soil
in open or partially shaded positions. Potentillas are
prop, by division or seed, the hybrids only by division.
P. fruticosa may be increased by greenwood cuttings.

P. W. Bakclat.

Hybrid Potentillas have nearly all the good qualities
we look for in a border plant, — handsome foliage and
free -blooming habit. They continue in bloom from
spring until autumn, although most profusely in June
and July. They cannot be said to be reliably hardy in
the latitude of Boston, probably not above Washington.
They do not grow over two feet and seldom need stak-
ing. A heavy soil suits them best. Choice varieties are
propagated by division of the rootstock in spring; cut-
tings will not root. They run mostly in shades of
maroon, scarlet and orange, often beautifully banded
with yellow. They bear seed freely, and when carefully
hybridized we may get a very flue strain with a good
proportion of double ones. Seedlings bloom the second
year. Some of the species make neat rock plants, es-
pecially P. fridentafa, P. verna and P. argenfea, —the
last, though common, is valuable in places in which
other plants will not grow. "j-^ j)^ Hatfield.

INDKX.

Andre, Dr., 16. Gordoni, 5. O'Briana, 16.

argentea, 15. gracilis, 14. palustris. See Co-

argyrophylla. 8. grandiflora, 7. maruin.

atrosanguinea, 8. Hamlet, 16. pei-fecta. 16.

bicolor. 16. Hapwoodiana, 16. purpurea, 16.

eardiuale, 16. Hippiana. 2. Pyrenaica, 12.

coccinea,Q. liybrida, 16. RolUnson, Wm., 16.

Daudiu, 16. insignis, 8. rupestvis, 4.

Eldorado, 16. Ivesia, 5. Russelliana, 16.

Emile, 16. laciniata, 13. Salter, .Jeane, 16.

fonnosa. 9. laciniosa, 13. Thurberi. 10.

fruticosa, 1. Lemoine, 16. trideutata, 6.

glandulosa, 3. iVIar.s, 16. verna, 11.

Grloire de Nancy, 16. Nepalensis, 9. versicolor, 16.

Vesuve, 16.

A. Basal leaves pinnate.

B. Stem shrubby 1. Jruticosa

BB. Stem herbaceous .

c. Lvs. silk;/, tomentose beneath. 2. Hippiana
cc. IjVS. green on both sides.

D. Ijfts. large, 1 in. long, den-
tate 3. glandulosa

i. rupestris
DD. Ijfts. winnte, ^-K in. long,

much divided 5. Gordoni

AA. Basal lvs. palmutely S-7-foliolate.
B. Lfts. $.

c. Fls. white 6. tridentata

00. Fls. yellow or red 7. grandiflora

8. argyrophylla

EB. Lfts. 5-7 9. Nepalensis

0. Fls. red or purple 10. Thurberi

cc. Fls. yellow. 11. verna

D. Jjvs. green beneath 12. Pyrenaica

13. laciniosa

14. gracilis
DD. Lvs. white beneath 15. argentea

1. fruticosa, Linn. Fig. 1935. Much-branched, 5 in.
to 4 ft. high, with peculiar shreddy bark: lvs. all pin-
nate; lfts. 3-7, small (6-12 lines long), oblong-linear,
acute, silky with revolute margins: fls. numerous,
bright yellow, showy, 8-16 lines broad; style lateral:
akenes, receptacle and disk all long-hairy. Swamps and

1935. Potentilla fruticosa (X K).

rocky places, N. Amer., Eu., Asia. J. H. Ill, 31:602.
D. 121.— A useful shrub, flowering throughout the
summer.

2. Hippi8,na, Lehm. Stem erect, stout, 1-2 ft. high,
silky, erect-branched above; stipules large, ovate-
lanceolate, subentire: basal lvs. rather large ; lfts. 3-5
pairs, whitish silky above, tomentose beneath, decreas-
ing in size toward base of leaf, obovate-cuneate, 1-23^ in.
long, obtusely toothed; cauline lvs. several and similar:
fls. deep yellow, 3^-1 in. broad, cymose; bracteoles
nearly equaling the calyx, acute; petals slightly ex-
ceeding the sepals, retuse. Western America.

3. glandulosa, Lindl. Strict, 1-2 ft. high, slender,
viscid and glandular-hairy, erect, branched above: lvs.
mostly basal, 4—6 in. long; lfts. 3-4 pairs, 1-1^ in. long,
obovate, obtusish, coarsely serrate-dentate, nearly gla-
brous; cauline lvs. 3-parted : fls. rather large, yellow
petals entire, equaling the long-acuminate sepals; styles
thickened below, inserted at base of carpel : akenes
glabrous. Western U. S.; grows well in dry, sterile
ground.

4. rupestris, Linn. Very similar to the last, slightly
stouter: fls. larger, nearly white; petals entire, much
exceeding the calyx. June, July. Eu. — Grows well in
dry, sterile soil.

5. G6rdoni, Baill. (Ivesia Odrdoni, Torr. & Gray).
Root stout: caudex woody and cespitose: stems erect,
4-12 in. high, and, like the lvs., glandular -pubescent
or glabrous: lvs. mostly basal, numerous; lfts. 10-20
crowded pairs; cauline lvs. few, very small: fls. small
and inconspicuous in a crowded cyme; petals yellow,
spatulate, shorter than the sepals; stamens only 5; pis-
tils 1-5. Western U. S. ; forms dense mats in dry soil.
— Possibl}^ generically distinct.

6. tridentita, Soland. Often woody at the base, 1-12
in. high, slender: branches erect-spreading, appressed-
pubesoent: lvs. mostly basal, long-petioled; lfts. %-l
in. long, oblanceolate, truncate and 2-5-toothed at the
apex, cuneate and entire below, coriaceous, dark green,
paler beneath: fls. several, small, 3-5 lines broad, in a
terminal, nearly naked cyme; petals oval, entire, ex-
ceeding the calyx; style lateral, filiform: akenes and
receptacle villous. June, July. Northern N. Amer.,
Greenland, Scotland. — Good for dry banks and rockeries.

1422

POTENTILLA

rOTHOS

7. grandifldra.Linu. Stem leafy, 10-20 in. high, erect,
branched, villous: caudex nearly simple: Ivs. with
appressed-hairy petioles exceeding the broadly obovate-
cuneiforra, dentate, l-lM-in. long Ifts., which are green
and pilose-sillsy on both sides: tls. numerous, y2.-% in.
in diam. ; petals broad, emarginate, much exceeding the
acute sepals; akenes glabrous, rugulose: receptacle
hairy. June, July. Eu., North Asia. — A good border
plant. Differs from the next in the smaller, broader
leaflets, green beneath, and the rugulose carpels.

8. argyrophylla, Wall. (P. inair/nis, Royle). Tall and
leafy, 2-3 ft. high, stout, silky-hairy or pubescent: Ivs.
large, long-petioled; Ifts. 2-3 in. long, elliptic-ovate or
obovate, acutely toothed, white beneath, silky-hairy,
rarely glabrous above: fls. yellow, %-Vyi in. broad,
long, slender - pedicelled ; sepals acuminate ; petals
large, obeordate, exceeding the calyx; akenes smooth;
style sub-terminal, receptacle villous. June, July.
Himalayas. Var. atrosangruinea, Hooker {P. atrosan-
guinea, Lodd.). — Fls. red or purple, same range. One
of the most common species in cultivation and exten-
sively hybridized with P. Nepalensis, giving rise to
most of the hybrid Potentillas of the trade.

9. Nepal^nsis, Hook. (P. formbsa, Don. P. coccinea,
Hoffm.). Erect, \%-2 ft. high, from a woody rootstock,
few-fld., clothed with long, soft, spreading hairs, leafy-
branched: lower Ivs. u-7-foliate, often 12 in. long; Ifts.
(2-3 in. long) obovate or elliptic-obovate, acute or obtuse,
coarsely serrate, green, base entire: ils. 8-12 lines broad,
purple; petals obeordate, twice the length of the acute
sepals; -bracteoles obtuse: akenes minute, glabrous,
wrinkled; receptacle hairy. May, June. Himalayas.
— A fine species.

10. Thiirberi, Gray. Similar to the last, but stem
ascending, more slender and finely pubescent: Ivs.
little paler beneath, 1-2 in. long, coarsely toothed or
almost crenate, thinner, smaller and less veiny: brac-
teoles lanceolate, acute. June, August. Southwestern
U. S. — Good for border planting.

11. v6rna, Linn. Stems 4-10 in. long, spreading or
procumbent, sometimes creeping, forming a thick
turf, much branched from the base, more or less hispid:
radical Ivs. small; Ifts. 5-7, broadly obovate-cuneiform,
dentate, 4-6 lines long: upper Ivs. sessile, ternate: fls.
many, of medium size, obscurely cymose; petals obeor-
date, little exceeding the calyx; iDracteoles similar to
the sepals; akenes smooth; receptacle hairy. April,
May. Dry or stony places, Europe. — For banks and
rockeries.

12. Pyreniica, Ram. Stem branched below, 6-15 in.
long, decumbent at base, then ascending: radical Ivs.
long-petioled, hirsute or nearly glabrous; Ifts. oblong,
toothed above with subacute teeth, terminal tooth of
equal size; stem-lvs. few, similar: Ivs. numerous; sepals
and bracteoles similar, acutish; petals longer than th6
calyx, obeordate : carpels smooth ; receptacle hairy.
Aug. Europe. — Larger than the last and less prostrate:
Ifts, larger, more oblong: fls. larger.

13. laciniosa, Wald. & Kit. (P. laeini&ta, Amer.
Hort. ?). Erect and forming clumps 1-2 ft. high, spar-
ingly hirsute, reddish: Ivs. with 5-8 broadly oblanceo-
late-oblong, 2-3-in. long, deeply laciniate-piunatifid and
pilose Ifts. : fls. in much-branched cymes; sepals lanceo-
late; petals bright yellow, eraarginate, much longer than
the calyx: akenes rugose; style terminal. Hungary;
grows well in dry groimd. — Closely related to P. recta.
Differs from the two preceding in the larger size, stiff,
erect habit, larger Ivs. and rugose akenes.

14. gracilis, Dougl. Erect and rather tall {about 2 ft.
high}, more or less whitened with silky hairs and to-
mentum: basal Ivs. long-petioled; Ifts. obovate or
oblanceolate, 1-2 In, long, deeply and regularly incised-
dentate, silky above, rarely glabrous, white-tomentose
beneath; stem-lvs. similar but smaller: fls. many in a
terminal cyme; corolla 6-9 lines broad, showy; petals
obeordate, exceeding the acuminate sepals : carpels
glabrous. Western N. Amer. — Some .specimens in cult,
may be P. BhtscJikechia, Turc.

15. arg^ntea, Linn. Ascending or procumbent, tufted,
branched from the base, 4-12 in. long, more or less
white-tomentose, leafy: Ifts. G-12 lines long, obovate-

oblanceolate, cuneate, deeply incised with narrow teeth
and revolute margins, dark green above, white beneaili:
fls. few, cymose, 2-4 lines broad; sepals ovate-acute,
slightly shorter than the rounded petals; styles filiform,
terminal: akenes glabrous. May-Sept. Dry, sterile soil
throughout the whole north temperate zone.

16. Hybrid Potentillas, originally from P. argyro-
phi/lla, var. atro^utujuinea and P. JYepalensis (see
Gn. 16:207): S ingle -rioicered. — }lapwooi\iaua, Ifts. 5-6,
petals at base deep rose, at center pale rose, margins
whitish; Russelliana, scarlet-fire-red, large: Ifts. 3.
Double-flowered. — Bicolov Plena, orange and vermilion ;
Cardinale, brilliant cardinal; Dr. Andr^, golden yel-
low, suffused with vermilion; Eldorado, purple suf-
fused with yellow; Emile, bright bronzy red; Gloire
de Nancy, golden yellow; Hamlet, dark carmine;
Hybrida, name applied to various hybrids, R. H. 1890, p.
305; Jeane Salter, orange shaded scarlet; Le Vesuve,
floriferous, light red margined with yellow or scarlet;
Mars, dark velvety red; M. Daudin, beautiful amber;
O'Briana, pink and salmon; Perfecta, maroon shaded
lemon; Purpurea, deep purple; Purpurea lutea plena,
dark purple, double; Versicolor, carmine and yellow-
flaked; Victor Lemoine, light red striped with yellow;
Wm. RoUinson, mahogany brown suffused with orange.

P. anserlna, Limi. Silver-Weed. Spreading: by runners,
low, white-tomentose: \vs. radical, pinnate: lis. yellow.
Grravelly lake sliores. Very decorative.' Eu., X. Amer.— P.
Canadensis, Liuu. Prostrate or creeping: Ivs. green, palmately
3-r)-follolat6: fls. few, yellow. N. Amer. Good for dry, sterile
soil. Mn. 3:38.— P. Milleri, Hort. A trade name not deter-
mined. Woolson says, "Colorado; 12-18 in. high. Plant deusely
white-tomentose. branching. Fls. bright yellow, a half inch or
more across."— P. recta, Linn. Close to P. laciniosa. tall, with
liandsome palmate foliage: tls. deep yellow, worthy of cult.
Eu. — P. Salesoiridna. See B.M. 7258,— P. sulphurea. Lam.
Similar to P. recta, but fls. pale yellow and larger. Fine deco-
rative plant. Eu., mtroduced in Amer. j^^ jj_ WiEGAND

FOTERIUM (Greek for drinking cup; because the
foliage of one species was used in the preparation of a
medicinal drink). J^osdcete. Linnteus placed certain
rosaceous plants in the genera Poterium and San-
guisorba, the latter having precedence of publication.
Many subsequent authors have united these genera, and
they are so treated in Gray's Manual. Pocke, however
{Eugler and Prantl, Die Naturlichen Pflanzenfamilien).
re-defines the genus Poterium to include one species,
the P. spinosuvi of South Europe, allowing the other
species to remain in Sanguisovba. As thus understood,
Poterium is monoecious, the lower fls. in the spike
staminate, the upper pistillate, the stamens many and
hanging, the styles 2, the fr. somewhat fleshy, colored,
and inclosed in the calyx, the leaves pinnate. P, spinosum^
Linn,, is a small spiny shrub with nearly glabrous
serrate leaflets, somewhat downj"^ branches, small green-
ish fls. in oblong spikes and reddish berry-like fr. It is
offered in S. Calif. Grows 3 ft., the branchlets ending
in spines. Said to be a very interesting ornamental
under-shrub.

For P. Canadense and P. Sanguisorha, see Sangvis-
0'*'^^' L. H. B.

PdTHOS (Potha is said to be a Ceylonese name).
ArAc*'<t'. Between 30 and 40 tall-climbing branching
shrubs (more or less herbaceous as known in cultiva-
tion) of the oriental tropics; leaves thick and often
shining, entire or lobed, sometimes blotched or varie-
gated. The species are warmhouse foliage plants, re-
quiring the same general treatment as Philodendron
(which see). Five names are in the American trade,
but not all of them belong to Pothos. In fact, the genus
Pothos is very ill-defined in CAiltivation because species
are named before flowers and fruits are known and
determinations are often wrongly made. Some of them
are to be referred to Scindapsus and others perhaps to
Rhaphidophora. The tts. are small and perfect, crowded
on a spadix, with 6 perianth-segments and 6 stamens,
the ovary 3-loculed and with a rounded or mushroom-
like sessile stigma: fr. a 1-3-seeded berry: spathe
usually persistent and wide-spreading or deflesed at
maturity. Rhaphidophora has an oblong or linear stigma.
The species of Pothos send out cord-like roots that cling
to damp walls. For P. argyrcea, see Scindapsns picfns,
var. For monograph, seeEngler, DC Monogr. Phaner. 2.

POTHOS

POTS

1423

A. Lvft. green, not banded or mottled.

celatoca^lis, N. E. Brown. Rapid-growing climber,
with stems flat on the under side and lying close to its
support: Ivs. distichous and overlapping, broad-elliptic,
somewhat oblique, sessile, strongly many-veined, dark
velvety green. Borneo. F.S. 23:2419, 2420. I. H. 30:490.
— First described in 1880 in England. A very odd
plant.

nitens, Bull. Lvs. obliquely ovate-acute, cordate at
base, shining purplish green. Malaya.

AA. Z/i'5. mottled or handed.

atireus, Linden. Fig. 1936. Strong evergreen climber
with cordate-ovate-acute lvs., which are variously
blotched and mottled with yellowish white, the body
color being bright green. Solomon Isl. I.H. 27:381.
S.H. 1:334. — The generic position of this plant — which
is one of the commonest ones in cult. — is in doubt. It
probably belongs to Rhaphidophora, possibly to Scindap-
sus. In a dark place the handsome markings of the
leaves tend to disappear. Branches will grow in water
for a time. Prop, by cuttings or layers.

arg6nteus, Bull. Lvs. obliquely ovate -acuminate, sil-
very gray, with a deep green margin and a deep green
band along the midrib. Borneo. L^ jj^ g^

POTHUAVA. ^QQJEchmea.

POT MARIGOLD. See Calendula.

POTS. Before beginning an historical sketen of the
manufacture of tlower pots in America the writer may
perhaps be pardoned for stating that the firm which he
represents is one of the thirty-one firms eligible to the
Century Club, which consists of firms that have had an
uninterrupted ancestral record of one hundred years or
more in the same business. Other memberships in the
Century Club of interest to horticulturists are those .of
J. M. Thorburn & Co., of New York, and D. Landreth
<fc Co., of Philadelphia. The business of making flower
pots has been in the direct line of the writer's familj'
for four generations without a break, and this indicates
the, age of the business in this country.

The first entry in our oldest account book reads as
follows: Weston, April 19, 1775, Lemuel Jones, to Ware,
debtor: 0£ 2s. 8d. From 1788 to 1810, a period of 21
years, we have a continuous account. The charges dur-
ing that entire term cover about as many pages as we
now often use in a day; and the amount in dollars and
cents does not compare with single sales of the year
1900. Through all the years up to 1807 the term "flower
pots" does not once appear, and the writer very much
regrets that the first sale of flower pots and the name
of the purchaser cannot be found.

The readers of this article who can remember the year
1801 will recall the depressed condition of business after
war was actually declared. The members of the Hews
firm felt sure that there would be no demand for flower
pots, they being more of a luxury than a necessity, and
that the factory must close. At that time the writer
succeeded in getting permission to make his flrst ven-
ture as salesman "on the road." Going first to C. M.
Hovey, he secured what was a good order for those
times, some 10,000 or more pots for the spring trade of
1862. Not once after that, during the Civil War, was
the firm able, during the spring and fall rush, to fill all
their orders for flower pots. It is not that these orders
were remarkably large or numerous, but they were be-
yond the capacity of the firm.

The writer's own records go back to 1866. At that
time prices were a third or a half higher than they are
to-day, which is more than the writer would be willing
to admit of the relative excellence of the goods. We
first got fairly under way with machinery for making
small flower pots in 18G9. The father of the under-
signed, always disposed to be a little cautious, thought
that we should overstock the country and ruin the
prices. We did in that year what we thought was a
wonderful busiuess in flower pots. We exceeded it by
a third in the month of October, 1894.

Until about 1864 or 1865 common flower pots through-
out the world had always been made by hand on the

90

potter's wheel. There had been, indeed, many different
forms of this wheel, but it had always been propelled by
hand or foot power. When, in the early fifties, a wheel
was made to be propelled by the foot, with two sizes of
pulleys and a balance wheel whereby the speed of the

1936. Pothos aureus of the horticulturists (X /I;)-'

wheel was increased in the proportion of three to one,
it was thought that perfection had been reached. Much
time, though very little money, had been spent previous
to the fifties in attempts to make a pot machine. It was
left to William Linton, of Baltimore, an experienced
practical potter, to perfect and patent the flrst machine.
From him we purchased two machines and the exclusive
right to use them in Massachusetts. In a short time we
were able to make great improvements on his patent.
America was far ahead of Europe in this kind of
machinery, as also in improved machinery in general.
It is probably safe to say that from time immemorial
down to about the year 1863, flower pots had always
been made in one general way— by hand, on a potter's
wheel.

The machine made only small pots, up to about 5 inches
in diameter; and while it had previously taken an ex-
perienced man to make his thousand 3-inch pots in 10
hours, a smart boy without any previous experience
whatever could make three thousand on the machine in
the same time.

When the standard pot was adopted, about 10 years
ago, the hand process was practically abandoned in
the principal potteries in favor of what is technically
called the jigger. This is a revolving disk propelled by
machinery. These disks, or jiggei'-heads, are made of
different sizes and fitted with various rings. Plaster
molds are made in very large numbers for each size of
pots, and the larger standard pots (6-12-inch) are all
made at the present time in these molds. With us,
pots from 12-24 in. in diam. are made as of yore by
hand on the wheel.

The making of the pot is not its only cost: previous
to that comes the preparation of the clay. The hundred
years from 1765 to 1865 saw no improvement in the pro-
cess of preparing it for use. It was ground in a wooden
tank or tub, propelled by an ox. The various other
processes remained as crude in 1865 as they had been
the century previoiis: the drying, firing, and all con-
nected with the manufacture. The capacity of our
flower pot drying-rooms of to-day far exceeds the entire
product of any one year prior to 1865. At that time the
custom of using wood for drying and firing pots still
continued. It required three cords of white pine and
from thirtv to forty hours' labor to thoroughly fire a

1424

POTS

POTTING

small furnace. To-tlay three tons of bituminous coal will
fire five times as much pottery in fifteen hours.

It is a very common saying that one flower pot is as
good as another, provided it will hold together long
enough to grow the plant. This is equivalent to saying
that one rose is as good as another. The late 0. M.
Hovey has often said to the writer, "Mr. Hews, I want
all perfect pots. Suppose I am potting a choice plant
which will be worth two or three dollars. I want a good

1937. Pots of various sizes.
All are " standard " pots except the rimless one at the right, whicla is a " rose pot.''

straight pot for it, but I am oblig:ed to pull the pile over
before I can find one. When I do find one it is sure to
be of such a soft burn that it will hardly hold together."
We would then examine some of the choice subjects in
his greenhouse, and they were sure to be in warped and
cracked pots. "Such a pot sjjoils the sale of a plant
unless I repot it." This was before the day of standard
pots. When the Society of American Florists met at
Washington in 1892 the writer spent several hours in the
greenhouses of the various departments. To say that
many of the flower pots looked as if they belonged to
that class of pottery found in the Indian mounds of
Mexico would be a reflection on the aborigines. The
poor preparation of poor materials is a feature of
the thousands of inferior flower pots that flood our
markets. The practical florists were long ago convinced
t'hat the best pots are the cheapest.

Grades of clay used in the manufacture of flower pots
are almost as numerous as the banks in which they are
found, and require many different methods of treatment.
To separate the stones from the clay has always been a
very perplexing as well as expensive problem. The clay is
first plowed by means of a horse and capstan, whereby one
horse will do the work of twenty men with picks. This
clay is then loaded in dump carts and carried to the
mill, where it is shoveled through a disintegrator, which
expels the larger stones and crushes the smaller ones.
It then falls on an endless belt and is carried to a
revolving drier. This is a new western device, where,
by the use of crude petroleum for heat, we evaporate
from 20 to 25 per cent of moisture from the clay, and
while it passes through a direct blaze of white hent
there is sufficient moisture all the time to prevent it
from burning. (Burning of the clay at this stage would
make it worthless.) To demonstrate this point beyond
question, paper and dry shavings were passed through
with the clay, and they came out without even scorch-
ing.

From the drier, the clay goes into large bins, where it
must remain 24 hours, so that portions of it which have
become too dry and hard may absorb the moisture from
that not dry enough. From these bins it is carried to
whippers, which beat the clay without further crushing
the stone. From the whipper it goes to the revolving
screens, and thence to the elevators.

The next process is mixing, or, as we term it, "pug-
ging." This is all done by machinery. From one ma- •
chine the clay comes out very soft and plastic, to be
worked into plaster molds. From the other the clay
comes out into hard ciibes for the iron molds of the
machine. The pot machine and the jigger of to-day
each does the work of from six to eight men at the
wheel, even at as late a date as 1885.

The difference in cost between a good and a poor pot
is very slight, and if the florist will demand and accept
nothing but a first-class pot, a standard in quality as
■well as size will soon be reached. To be standard in
quality a pot must be of clay properly prepared, be of

uniform firing, and of a smooth surface inside as well

as out. It must also be of right porosity, a condition

which can be attained by the proper mixture of clay.

Moreover, a machine-made pot should have a smooth

rim on the inside, so that the man standing at his

bench potting thousands of plants per day, as is being

done constantly in large establishments, may have some

flesh on his thumbs at night. Such a pot must also

be able to stand transportation and years of usage if

necessary. "Standard" flower pots, such

as are now used by American florists,

are shown in Figs. 1937.

The writer often asks himself, "Will
the demand for flower pots in the next
quarter century increase in the same
ratio as in the past quarter?" In 1869
we manufactured 700,000 pots; in 1894,
7,000,000, or ten times as many after a
lapse of 25 years. If the same factory
can in 1920, another 25 years later, pro-
duce and sell 70,000,000, we shall verily
be living in a land of flowers!

A. H. Hews.
POTSHERDS. Gardener's name for
broken pots and crocks, a material used
in the bottom of pots, pans, boxes, etc., to afford drain-
age. Coal clinkers, gravel, etc., are often used for the
same purpose.

POTTING. The first stage in the life of the plant is
wlien the seedling is transplanted from the seed-bed or
the cutting is put in the cutting bench. It is only when
either is potted that it can truly be said to take on the
dignity of a plant. It is then oiit of swaddling clothes
and enters the ranks of its big brothers and sisters,
on the way to making its bow in society; to live per-
chance in the window of the tenement or on the fire
escape; mayhap to refresh the eye of the patient in the
sick room; or to lose its identity in rows of its fellows
in great class houses where the blossoms are garnered
and sent to market ; perhaps to take its place in row
upon row of its kind and make an arabesque pattern
or gay border, and so delight the eye or regale the
senses with sweet odors.

The mechanical operation of potting includes also
"shifting," i. e., transferring the plant from a small to
a larger pot. Repotting signifies the same, generally
speaking, as shifting; but speaking technically it
means shaking out an established plant and putting it
in a pot of the same size or one smaller, according to
its needs. The actual operation of potting is very sim-
ple, and yet it must be well done to give the young
plant a fair start in life. Careless potting is respon-
sible for many losses in plants. The vast majority of
rooted cuttings and seedlings should be potted in 2-inch
pots, and it is essential, particularly in the case of
rooted cuttings, that it be done at the proper stage of

1938. Fem pans.
A form of pottery useful for small bulbs and many shallow-
rooted subjects of which spreading masses are desired.

development of the roots. When the roots are from one-
eighth to one-fourth of an inch long they may be said
to be at their best for potting. If sooner, the plants are
not likely to develop as rapidly in the pot as if left in
the cutting bench; if later, they are harder to handle,
injury is liable to result, and they do not as readily
recover from the shock incidental to the change. The

POTTING

POTTING

1425

operation of potting as practiced in commercial florists'
establishments is as follows: The soil having been pre-
pared,the workman places the empty pots at his left hand,
the cuttings in front of him, and an empty "Hat" to re-
ceive the potted plants at his right. With a simultaneous
movement he takes an empty pot in his left hand and a
handful of soil in his right. He "sets " the pot in front
of him, fills it with soil, and while doing so reaches for
the cutting, retaining a small portion of soil in his
hand. With the index finger of the right hand he
makes a hole in the center of the pot of soil, inserts
the cutting, drops the portion of soil which he retained
in his right hand into the hole, takes the pot between
the index and middle fingers of both hands to steady it

1939. Potting a cutting.
Tlie moment when the thumbs come into play.

and obtain leverage, places his thumbs on each side of
the cutting and parallel with his body (Fig. 1939), the
right on the side away from his body, the left on the
other side, and presses evenly and firmly; then shifts
his thumbs so that they are at right angles with his
body and presses again; transfers the potted plant with
his right hand to the "flat," placing it with a little force
to level the loose soil on top, reaching for another
empty pot with his left hand as he does this, and re-
peats the movements. It is marvelous how rapidly
these motions are made by expert workmen, and the
work can be done as well rapidly as slowly when the
cuttings are in the proper condition as to root-develop-
ment already described. There was a time when 5,000
per day of 10 hours was considered the maximum, and
it is still good work for the average workman. James
Markey, an employe of the late Peter Henderson, re-
peatedly potted 10,000 verbena cuttings with two boys
to assist in taking away the plants as potted, supplying
him with empty pots and cuttings, the requisite quan-
tity of soil having been previously placed on the bench.
The writer was his only assistant when he made his
first great effort at "breaking the record," when he suc-
ceeded in potting 7,500 in 10 hours. Upon one occasion
he potted 11,500 verbena cuttings in a day of 10 hours,
which is the highest number ever reached.
At a potting contest held in Madison Square
Garden in New York city in 1892, George
Martin potted 1,37^ cuttings in one hour,
the material used being arborvitse cuttings
without roots.

The "standard "pots (Fig. 1937), cannot be
handled as rapidly as those without rims,
for the reason that the lower edges of the
rim are sharp and rough and make the fin-
gers of the workman sore. Consequently
the pots without rims are to be preferred.
The essentials in good potting are to put the
cutting in the center of the pot and at the
proper depth, to firm the soil thoroughly and
evenly, and to leave one-foui'th of an inch,
or a little less, between the top of the soil and
the upper edge of the pot to receive w^ater.
i ^'A Included in potting is the care of the

^S3 plants immediately after being potted and

1940. until they have taken root in the pots. First
Implement ^^ importance is the "setting" of the plants
forfirming ^^ ^^^ bench; care shotild be taken that
the soil in they are "set" perfectly level so that they
targe pots, will hold water. They should be watered
thoroughly and shaded as soon as they are
set. The best method of shading when large quanti-
ties are potted is by the use of lath shutters. These
are made by nailing common laths on three paral-
lel pieces of furring strip, allowing one inch space be-
tween the laths. They may be made any length,

three feet being a very convenient size- Inverted pots
of a sufficient height to clear the young plants make
very handy supports for these shiitters. During late
spring and summer it will be necessary to supplement
this method of shading by covering the shutters with
paper or muslin, the
muslin being preferred.
Sew the muslin in 10-
yard lengths, giving
pieces 2 yards wide.
Sprinkle the muslin co-
piously at intervals as it
becomes dry. This care
must be kept up for 3-6
days according to con-
ditions; the shutters
should be put over the
plants early in the moi'n-
ing, first watering the
plants ; an hour or so
later the muslin should
be put on provided the
sun is shining brightly.
After the second day the
period for covering the
plants should be short-
ened by putting shutters
and muslin on later and
taking them off earlier
until the plants are suf-
ficiently established to

get along without them. An important detail is to have
about half an inch of sand on the bench to retain mois-
ture and allow for the proper "setting" of the plants.
Another very important detail, in case new pots are
used, is to thoroughly saturate them with water before
filling, allowing sufficient time for the water to evaporate
from the surface before using. It is bad practice to
work with wet pots, and worse still with wet soil. A
good test of the proper amount of moisture in soil for
potting is when it molds in the hand only under strong
presstire. Another essential, in case old pots are used,
is to see that they are clean inside at all events; they
should be clean outside as well, but if any old soil is
found adhering to the inside of the pot it should be
cleaned out and thrown away.

Potting large plants from the open ground, such as
carnations, roses, geraniums, shrubs, etc., is an entirely
different operation from the foregoing. These all re-
quire pots 5 inches in diameter and over, and sufficient
pressure cannot be given with the thumbs to properly
firm the soil. It is necessary, therefore, to use a stick

1941. Potting an orchid.

The pot is cut in two to show the

proper conditions inside.

1942. "Shifting "an established plant into a larger pot.

about an inch wide, and sharpened down to one-fourth
of an inch at the end. (Pig. 1940.) The handle should
be round, and in a large place where much heavy pot-
ting and shifting are done it pays to have some of these
sticks in regular tool stock. After the plant is placed
in the pot and the latter filled with soil, take the stem
of the plant at the surface between the indes fingers
and thumbs, the other fingers extended down the sides
of the pot, lift the pot about an inch and set it back
with a smart shock, at the same time pressing the plant

1426

POTTING

POTTING

1943. Aplant may be turned out
of its pot to ascertain if it
needs a "shift."

down and steadying it; this settles the soil considerably
in the pot. Next take the stick described above and
run it around the inside edge of the pot twice or so to
pack the soil, add more soil to fill up, finish by pressing
evenly and firmly the entire surface with the thumbs,
allowing half an inch of
space between the surface
of the soil and the upper
edge of the pots to hold
water. What has been
said about new and clean
pots applies with even
greater force to large pots.
The potting of orchids is
a radically different opera-
tion from the potting of
purely terrestrial plants,
about which the preceding
has been written. Take
Cattleyas as an example.
Being epiphytes, they do
not require soil in which
to grow. Put them in
as small pots as possible.
The material for potting
best suited to these and
most orchids is fibrous
peat and live sphagnum
moss in equal proportions,
adding a small portion of
broken charcoal. If fresh-
ly imported pieces are to

be potted, cut awaj' all the old, dead roots, pseudobulbs
and leaves. If the formation of the piece is uneven it
should be cut in two, so as to combine the parts thus
separated into a more symmetrical whole, with the
growths pointing to the center. Have the pot thoroughly
clean, fill it about half with clean "crocks" and small
pieces of charcoal, adjust the piece in the center of the
pot, distributing evenly any roots which remain; but
first spread a layer of moss over the "crocks," then press
the preparation of peat and moss evenly and moderately
firm around the piece and in the interstices between the
roots, finishing up high around the center; insert some
small-sized stakes at the proper places to support the
piece, tie the growth to them, and the job is finished.
Fig. 1941 will show better than words can describe how
the plant should look after it is potted.

Repotting, when necessary, is almost identical in it-s
details with potting itself. The spring is the best
time to do it, even with species which fiower in the fall.
Carefully remove all the old crocks and other material,
.so as not to injure the roots, a pointed stick being the
best implement for the purpose. Then replace as care-
fully with new material in a clean pot. The undersigned
dwells upon cleanliness
repeatedly, for herein lies
the great essential in suc-
cessful plant - growing.
Potting orchids in bas-
kets, which sounds para-
doxical, is identical with
potting them in pots as
far as the essential de-
tails of manipulation are
concerned. The potting
of bulbs is discussed un-
der Bulh.

"Shifting" is the tech-
nical term used in the
florist's trade when plants
are transferred to larger
pots. See Fig. 1942. When
the plant exhausts the soil
in the small pot it must
be put in a larger one to
maintain growth. The
trained eye detects at a
glance by the appearance
of the plant when it requires a "shift." Those lacking
such training can discover it by turning the plant out of
the pot and examining the roots. (See Fig. lO-t.S.) If
the outside of the ball of soil on the lower portion is

1944. Repotting a sickly plant.

The "shoulder" is iiibbed
off as at b, replaced by fresli
soil and the whole ball of
earth reduced in size. (Only
a fraction of the plant's
height is shown.)

well netted with roots as in Fig. 1943, and particularly
if most of them have lost the fresh creamy white color
of healthy "working" roots, then the plant must be at
once shifted, or it will soon reach that stage which is
the bane of the careless plant - grower; viz., "pot-
bound."

"Knocking out" is the technical term used by florists
to describe the turning of a plant out of a pot. The best
way to do this is to take the pot in the right hand,
invert it in passing it to the left, as the plant should be
placed between the index and middle fingers of the left
hand, give the pot a smart tap on its rim on the edge
of the bench and the ball of soil is separated from the
pot; place the plant in a flat ready for the purpose, and
repeat. One tap is all that is necessary in ninety-nine
cases out of a hundred. It is bad practice to get into the
habit of giving a series of taps, as it makes slow work.
We are considering now the first shift, i. e., from a
2-inch to a 3-inch pot.

The plants having been knocked out, the next opera-
tion is to "shoulder" them. This consists of removing
the shoulder or edge of the ball of soil with the thumb
and forefinger down to where the roots begin. Fig. 1944.
The object of this is obvious, to remove leached-out soil
and supply a fresh, nutritious portion in its place, so as
to get the greatest possible advantage from shifting.
Everything being made ready, the operator proceeds by
putting a portion of soil in the bottom of the pot suffi-
cient to raise the ball of soil flush with the edge of the
pot. As this is being done, reach for the plant with the
left hand and put it in the center of the pot; simultane-
ously take a handful of soil in the right hand and fill
the pot, then grasp the pot between the index and
middle fingers of each hand, place the thumbs on each
side of the plant at right angles with the body, lift the
pot about a half-inch

and set it back on the f""^ „

bench with a smart rap, l^ ^\ ^'^\ /'V-Ti .

pressing with the
thumbs at the same "C^^^
time; change the
thumbs to right angles
with their former posi- '
tion and press again,
then change so as to
press where they have
not touched already ;
three pressures of the
thumbs and the rap on
the bench, and the op-
eration is done. A
smart operator with
two boys will shift 5,-

000 plants in 10 hours.

This amount of work is

made possible only by eliminating all unnecessary mo-
tions and making them synchronous with each hand in
reaching for soil, pot and plant as described. One hand
should not be idle while the other is employed. See
Figs. 1945-9 for good and bad examples of potting.

Be careful in shifting not to set the plants too deep.
The tendency of roots is downward, and only enough of
the stem to steady the plant in the pot should be in the
soil. Plants set too deeply in the pots are easily over-
watered, because so much soil is not within the influ-
ence of root action. A few plants which root from the
crown, like lilies, should be set deeper than such plants
as roses, geraniums, fuchsias, palms and all plants
whose root action is mainly downward.

Do not give too great a shift at one time; that is, do
not attempt to shift from a 2-inch pot to a 5- or 6-inch.
As a rule, an inch at a time is best, especially for com-
mercial purposes, where plants are grown to be shipped
some distance. In private places soft-wooded plants
may be shifted in spring from 2- to 4-inch pots and
from 4- to G-inch, as the question of shipping does not
enter. But it would not be safe even with these to do
the same in late fall when growth is slower and the days
are growing shorter. Hard-wooded plants, such as
palms, azaleas, etc., and even roses should never be
shifted more than an inch at a time; in fact, it is better
not to shift them later than September in any case.
The spring is the best time to do it.

1945. Good and bad potting.
The cutting should he placed in the

POTTING

PRENANTHES

1427

Drainage is necessary in all pots over 4-inch and for
hard-wooded plants even that size Is better drained.
This is technically called "crocking," i. e., placing pots-
herds in the bottom of the pot to allow the quick pas-
sage of water and admit air to the roots. Place a large
piece over the hole in the bottom of the pot and the
remainder in smaller pieces. There are usually enough
broken pots around a place to supply the needs. Char-
coal is an excellent material for supplying pot drainage,
none better. An inch or so of drainage is sufficient in
a 5- or 6-inch pot, two inches or so for all sizes above
these. A bottom of broken stone, cinders or gi*avel is
essential upon which to stand the pots, as such a stratum
accelerates drainage, while at the same time providing
a moist surface so beneficial to plants in a greenhouse.

A few words of caution may not be out of place
before closing this branch of the subject. Never shift

plants well set with good flowers are wanted; and in
these days such plants will bring enough in the best
markets to pay for the space and trouble. For 2- and
3-inch pots use sifted soil, but for 4-inch and over soil
well broken, but having plenty of fiber from sod in it,
shonld be used. Always water plants thoroughly after
shifting so as to soak the soil to the bottom, and do not
water again until they show dryness half way down the
pot on the outside. Patrice O'Maka.

POURRETIA. See Pmja.
POURTHI.a;A villosa. See PJwHnia.
PRAIRIE CLOVER. Pefalostemon.
PRAIRIE DOCK. Silphium terebinthinaceum.

\-^.

1946. Too deep.

1947. Too high.

1943. Pot too full.

1949. Good.

plants while the ball of soil is wet; it should be dry
enough to crumble readily to the touch. Never shift
into dirty pots; it will pay to clean them, especially the
inside. Never shift a pot-bound plant without loosen-
ing the soil on the surface of the ball. A few smart
raps with the closed fist will do it; or better still repot
as now described.

Repotting is necessary frequently when plants have
become pot-bound, or when from any cause they appear
to require it; such, for instance, as debility from over-
shifting, over-watering or neglect of any kind. In
such cases the soil should be washed from the roots
almost entirely and the plant put into a pot a size or
two smaller than it has been growing in, taking care to
firm the soil well, and if a shrubby plant prune it back
according to its needs and condition. Shade such
plants until danger of wilting is past and water spar-
ingly until new and vigorous growths appear, showing
that the subjects have regained their normal health.

There are a few cultural details intimately associated
with potting which may with profit be added as a
closing paragraph. The high, narrow pot shown on
the extreme right of the line of pots in Fig. 1937 is fre-
quently used for roses and palms by some, especially
for Cocos Weddelliana, which makes a long tap-root
and which it is almost invariably fatal to break. It is
feasible, however, to avoid this if the seeds are sown
in 6-inch pots, using 4 inches of clinkers as a bottom.
These check the downward growth and induce develop-
ment of fibrous roots in the soil, so that the tap-root
may be cut off below them and the ordinary 2-inch pot
used with safety. It is not necessary to use the deep
pot for roses in any case. Plants which exceed the
diameter of the pot should be given room to allow for
development. The best market growers plunge the
pots in soil to half their depth, as it is necessary in the
spring months because of the rapid evaporation of
water. This refers especially to geraniums, fuchsias,
heliotropes, petunias, etc. Care must be taken, how-
ever, to lift them occasionally so as to prevent the roots
from getting hold in the soil through the hole in the
bottom of the pot. Ten inches apart from center to
center for such plants will not be too much if stocky

PRENANTHES (Greek words, meaning drooping
blossom). CompdsiUv. Rattlesnake Root. A genus
of about 16 species of tall perennial herbs, of which 10
are natives of North America. A few species are offered
by collectors. Prenanthes are leafy-stemmed plants
with dull colored heads borne in spike-like terminal
panicles. Lvs. alternate, lower ones petiolate, sagittate,
cordate, often much divided; upper ones auriculate and
much narrower and smaller heads: 5-30-fld. ; akenes
terete, 4-5-angled, usually striate. The species are ex-
tremely variable. They are of easy culture in any good
soil.

A. Involucre glabrous.

B. Heads 5-1-fld.: involucre very narrow, only 1 line

thick.

altissima, Linn. A variable species. Stem 3-7 ft.,
slender: fls. greenish yellow; pappus straw-colored or
whitish. July-Oct. In open or shade, Canada to Ga.
and Tenn.

BB. Meads S-lS-fld.: involucre broader, l%-3 lines

fJiick.

C. Pappus deep cinnamon-brown.

41ba, Linn. Stem 2-5 ft. high, usually purplish: in-
florescence thyrsoid-paniculate : fls. dull white. Aug.,
Sept. Open woods and sandy soil, Canada to Ga. and
III. B.B. 3:289. Mn. 3:161.

cc. Pappus straiv-colored.

serpentiria, Pursh (I^dbalus Frdzeri, DC). Stem
usually about 2-4 ft. high, sometimes purple spotted:
fls. purplish, greenish white or yellowish, July-Oct„
Ont. to Fla. and Ky. B.B. 3:289,

AA. Involucre hirsute-pubescent .

racemdsa, Michs. Stem 6 in. to 2 ft. high: stem-lvs.
mainlj'- sessile, while they are mostly petiolate in the
other species here described: fls. purplish. Aug., Sept.
Moist open places, Canada to N. J. and Colo. B.B,
3:291. p. ^. Barclay.

1428

PRESTONIA

PRIMULA

PRESTdNIA (probably named after Charles Preston,
a correspondent of Kay). Apocyndcea. About 30 spe-
cies of tall climbers from tropical America. P. venosa
is a tender foliage plant once offered in America as
JJchites niitajis. Prestonia differs from Echites in hav-
ing a callous ring inside the corolla-tube at the throat
and often 5 linear, erect scales below. Other generic
characters : calyx with 5 entire or lacerated scales inside
at the base: corolla salver-shaped, the tube constricted
at the throat; lobes 5: ovary with 2 distinct carpels;
seeds comose at the apex.

The following points are adapted from Lowe's Beauti-
ful Leaved Plants: P. venosa is cultivated for the net-
work of crimson veins on its foliage. The plant blooms
rarely, and its fls. are far inferior to Echites or DipUi-
denia. When properly cultivated it makes a charming
subject, but if neglected it is as worthless as a weed.
It can hardly be propagated by cuttings; the fleshy
roots are cut into pieces 1-2 in. long. The plant de-
mands a temperature of 85° F,, with an atmosphere as
moist as possible. Foliage should never be syringed.
Young plants should be raised every season, as older
plants become unsightly. The plant was formerly con-
siderably growD, being trained to a balloon-shaped wire
trellis. Needs warmth to bring out the markings.

ven6sa» Mottet [Eclntes nutans, Anders. ffce?nadic-
tijOH venosnm, Lindl.). Lvs. opposite, ovate-lanceo-
late, villous beneath: fls. yellow, in pedunculate pani-
cles: corolla-lobes roundish, wavy. St. Vincent in the
West ludieSo B.M. 2473. Lowe 58. T;;y^ jy;^

PKICKLY ASH, Xantlioxylum. P. Comfrey, Sym-
phyfum asperrimum. P. Pear, OpuHtla. P. Poppy*
Argemone.

PRIDE OF INDIA. Mella Azederach.

PRIM. See Ligiistrum,

PRIMROSE, Primula. Arabian P. is Arnebia cor-
nutii. Cape P. is Streptocarpus. Common P, is Pri-
mul(( vnlijaris. English P. is Primula vulgaris.
Evening P. See tEiwtJwra.

PRIMROSE PEERLESS. Narcissus blflorus.

PRtMULA (Prim^da veris, the "first in spring," was
an old appellation of one or more of the species)^
Primuldceip. Primrose. Low herbs, mostly spring-
blooming, with monopetalous salverform fls. in clusters
on scapes that arise from a radical cluster of leaves, the
fls, usually showy {pink, lilac, purple, yellow, white),
with a tube usually surpassing the 5-toothed or 5-cleft

1950. Polyanthus flowers, to show dimorphism.

calyx; corolla with 5 spreading lobes, which are usually
notched or retuse at the end and more or less narrowed
at the base; stamens 5, afSxed to the corolla-tube: ovary
1-Ioculed, with many ovules on an axile placenta, and 1
undivided filiform style and a capitate stigma. The
flowers of some Primulas are strongly dimorphic or
trimorpbic — the stamens and pistils of different lengths

in different flowers of the same species. Fig. 1950. See
Darwin's work, "The Diflereut Forms of Flowers on
Plants of the Same Species." This polymorphism is
associated with cross-pollination. Primulas are natives
to the north temperate zone, only one being known in
the cold parts of southern South America, and one in
Java. They are mostly boreal or alpine plants. About
a dozen are native to the colder parts of North America.
The greatest extension of the alpine section occurs in
the Himalaya region, in which there are more than 40
species. There are several showy Chinese species,
some of which are now in general cultivation. The
total number of species is usually placed at 80-100, but
Pax, the latest monographer (Monographische Ubersicht
Uber die Arten der Gattung Primula, Leipzig, 1888,
and in Engler's Bot. JahrbUcher vol. 10), admits 145
species.

The outdoor Primulas should be protected from
The midday sun. Give a covering of mulch in winter.
They are amongst the finest of all hardy plants.
Primulas are mostly perennial. Several cultural gruups,
may be recognized: (1) The alpine section aiitords
some of the most useful plants for rock and alpine
gardens. The relatively little attention given to alpine
gardens in this country is the reason for the ne-
glect of these charming spring -flowering plants. (2)
The polyanthus class, comprising fully hardy spring-
flowering plants, suitable for culture under ordinary
garden conditions, and always popular in this country.
To the same class belong the true cowslip {P. officinalis)
and the oxlip (P. elatior), but these are rarely seen in
our gardens in their pure form. All are easily propa-
gated by division. (3) Yellow-flowered or purple-flowered
verticiliate- clustered outdoor species, of the P. iiii-
perialis and P. Japonica type, some of which are hardy
even in the northern states with some winter protection.
(4) The true greenhouse species, represented by the old
P. Sinensis (Chinese Primrose), the more recent P.
obconica and the still more recent P. Forhesi. These
are Chinese species. The colors are of the cyanic
series. (5) The auriculas of gardens, developed from
P. Anricula. In the auricula and cowslip groups hy-
brids are many, biit» elsewhere in the genus good hy-
brids seem to be few.

The hardy Primulas are usually treated as alpine or
rockwork plants, to which their small stature, tufted
habit, and love of cool partially shaded places admir-
ably suit them. The reader who wants a long list of the
species that are suited to alpine and rock gardens should
consult Correvon's "Les Plantes Alpines et de Rocail-
les," Paris, 1895. For the present purpose, the writer
selects a list of twelve species recommended by Selfe-
Leonard for alpine gardens in England (Journ. Royal
Hort. 19, p. 52 (1895): 1. "The golden yellow P. Au-
ricula, which has the additional interest that it is cer-
tainly one of the original parents of our florists' Auricu-
las."—2. "That loveliest of white alpine Primulas, P.
viscosa, var. nivalis, not to be confounded with the
rarely seen P. nivalis of the Himalayas." P. viscosa.
All., is a variable species with rosettes of obovate or
nearly orbicular lvs. that are toothed above, and short
scapes bearing umbels of mostly purple or rose fls., with
corolla-lobes deeply 2-lobed. Eu. — 3. P. rosea and its
vars. grandiflora and splendens (see No. 21). — 4. "If
you want a large and robust alpine species with crimson
flowers to match with P. viscosa, var, nivalis, take P.
viscosa, var. major" (=P. Peyritschii, Stein, but it is a
hybrid of P. Auricula and P. viscosa). — 5-9. "So great
is the number of fine forms and hybrids of this well-
known P. viscosa that the nest five of my items must
be taken from their ranks, viz.: P. ciliata (of gardens),
with a good blue-purple flower; P. ciliata, var. purpur-
ata, a brilliant red or crimson-purple: P, Balfouri, a
beautiful Scotch hybrid of a rare tone of color; P. Lind-
sayana, a scarce and fine hybrid from the same north-
ern gardens, I think; and P. ciliata, var. coccinea, of a
rare red shade."— 10. P. spectabilis, Tratt., P.Wulfeni-
ana, Schott, or P. Clusiana, Tausch., all from the Alps.
These are considered to be forms of one species by
some writers, but Pax keeps them distinct. They are
all members of the Auricula group. — 11. P. glaucescens,
Mor. {P. calycina, Duby), one of the Auricula group.
Alps. — 12. "That perhaps most satisfactory of all, for

PRIMULA

PRIiAIULA

1429

either open-air rockery or frame, the charming P.
marginata^ Curt., of the Maritime Alps." It is a com-
pact plant with oblong or oval deeply dentate white-
margined Ivs. and purplish fls. B.M. 191. L.B.C. 3:270.
For horticultural accounts of Primulas, see Journ.
Royal Hort. Soc. 1886, 1891 and 1895; Himalayan Prim-
roses, Gn. 16. pp. 534-535 (W. Munro) ; Indian Primroses,
Gn. 41, pp. 580-582; Hardy Primulas, Gn. 50, pp. 372-376
( F. W. Meyer) ; Primroses and their allies, G. C. III. 27,
p. 325, et seq. (R. Lindsay). For Mexican Primrose, see
CEnotliera. L. H. B.

The genus Primula contains many charming and
beautiful species; they not only brighten our gardens in
spring and summer, but all through the winter we
can en^oy the blossoms of many showy species in our
greenhouses. There are many species that can not be

volved in obscurity, although some think it is a cross
between the primrose and the cowslip. It is a favorite
garden plant and deserves to be so. Its flowers have
charmingly rich colors. They are most generally used
as spring bedding plants. When used in this way they
ought to be planted in beds where they are partially
shaded during the hottest part of the day and a liberal
supply of water given to them, as they are very im-
patient of drought. When they are through blossom-
ing they may be removed from the beds, to make room
for summer bedding plants, to some moist shady place
where they can remain until fall. They are then
divided and planted in coldframes for the winter.
In spring they are transplanted from there to the beds
again. In sheltered parts of the rock garden they can
be grown successfully. They take kindly to pot culture,
and many of them are grown in this way to decorate

1951. Primula Sinensis (X Va). A youug plant, as the flowers are beginninsr to appear.

grown in the Nortii, owing to the cold winters and dry,
hot summers with which we have to contend. Neverthe-
less, with some care a large number of choice species can
be grown. There are some which grow luxuriantly out
of doors; others can be grown in coldframes with a
northern aspect ; and a large number are some of our
showiest greenhouse plants for winter decoration.

The species of Primula are generally raised from
seed, but varieties which do not come true from seed
are increased either by division or cuttings. The seeds
of hardy Primroses should be sown soon after they are
collected, as their vitality is impaired if they get too dry.

The European Primrose, Primula vulgaris ,yi!\t\i many
of its garden forms, thrives admirably in a moist, deep,
light soil, with partial shade, and a slight protection
of dry leaves or meadow hay in winter. It is easily raised
from seed. A good strain is important, if some of the
very best varieties are to be obtained. The cowslip,
P. officinalis, and the oxlip, P. elatior, grow under the
same conditions as the above. The polyanthus has
been in cultivation for many years, yet its origin is in-

couservatories in spring. Of late years the Primrose
and polyanthus have been forced in spring by florists
for cut-ilowers, those with fine yellow blossoms being
most in demand. The polyanthus can be raised from
seed, but some of the fine varieties are best propagated
by division.

The cojnmon auricula, P. Auricula.^ is best grown in
pots in a cool greenhouse or in coldframes. In a pro-
tected corner under the shade of some hemlocks at the
Harvard Botanic Garden, there has been a good clump
of this plant growing and blossoming annually for the
past ten years. See Auricnla, vol. I.

P. auriculata, a pretty little Asia Minor species, can
be grown in a warm sheltered position. P. cortusoides
blossoms very early in spring, and requires slight pro-
tection and a warm position. There are many varieties
of this plant. P, farinosa is a beautiful native plant
requiring a stiff loam and a damp situation with shade
during the warmest part of the day. P. denticulata
comes from the Himalayan Mountains and is quite hardy
in the rock garden, gro\vn in a moist, deep, rich, loamy

1430

PRIMULA

PRIMULA

soil. There are many varieties of this species, but the
handsomest is P. denUculata , var. Caehemiriana. The
form with white flowers is also pretty. Care should be
taken that this species and its varieties are planted in
a slightly elevated position where water will not settle
around the plants in winter. If grown in a low, damp
position, the crowns are liable to rot in winter. In a
warm sheltered position in the rock garden P. capitata
may be grown, but must be well sheltered from the hot
summer sun. P. Japonlca is a splendid hardy plant and
grows vigoroiisly in a rich, deep, moist soil. When the
plants become established they self-sow themselves. It
also makes a good plant to force in pots in the spring.
The seed of this plant ought to be sown as soon as ripe;
if this is not done they never come so evenly, and also
require a long time to germinate. The native Primula
Misfassiuica is a charming dwarf Primrose; to be suc-
cessful with it the requirements are a very damp place
and not too much shade. P. ronea, a Himalayan species
with good qualities, can be grown in a sheltered place,
but must be given a covering of dried leaves in the
winter. P. Sieholdii is a distinct Japanese plant and
is an exceedingly showy Primrose when grown under
proper conditions. There are many named varieties
of this plant, the best being Lilacina, Magenta Queen,
Rosea alba, Rosea striata and Violacea. A light soil
well enriched with decayed leaf -mold, a sheltered
position with partial shade and a covering of dried
leaves in the winter are the reqiiirements necessary
for success with this Primrose and its varieties. This
plant makes an excellent pot-plant and is easy to force
in spring.

There are a number of species of Primula that are
grown in the greenhouse, but the most popular is P.
Sinensis. By selection and crossing there are many
improved varieties from the pale pink plant that was
introduced in 1820. Every shade of color from pure
white to deep crimson and even deep blue is obtained in
the flowers and also great variety in form and double- "
ness. Not only has the flower been improved, but there
is a great variety to be had in foliage. The double
forms are increased by cuttings; semi-doubles are raised
from seed. The named varieties are raised from seed
sown annually and they come true to color. There are
several strains of seed which receive separate names,
but to get a good strain is important. It requires as
much time and labor to raise plants from a poor strain
as from a good one. The good strain costs a little more
to begin with, but the superior quality of the blossoms
and plants pays in the end. The first week in April
is a good time to sow the seed in order to get plants
to flower early the following] winter, and about the
middle of May for a second batch to succeed the first
sowing. Sow the seeds in well-drained shallow pans.
Use finely sifted leaf-mold, loam and sand in equal
parts. Cover the seeds lightly and place the pans
when well watered in a temperature of about G0° Fahr.
Sometimes the seed does not germinate evenly; the best

leaves they may be potted off singly into 3-inch
pots, using a compost slightly rougher than the one
used in the seed-pans. When the small pots are filled
with roots the plants may be shifted into larger ones,
the final shift being into 6-inch pots, using a com-

1952. Single and semi-double Chinese Primroses.
Natural size.

thing to do then is to prick off all the young plants into
fresh soil similar to the above. Shake a little fresh soil
over the seed-pan again and place it in the same tem-
perature, and very soou the remainder of the seed will
germinate. When the young plants have three or four

.f:^^'^^:%.

1953. Primula obconica {X %).

post of good fibrous loam, rotten cow manure, leaf -mold
and sand. When given the final potting care should be
taken that the base of the plant rests on the soil, but it
should not be buried. If the plant is not potted right
it will be loose at the crown. When this is the case the
only remedy is to place three small stakes in a triangle
round the crown; this helps to keep the plant steady
when top-heavy with blossoms and foliage. When the
pots are full of roots, weak liquid manure made from
fresh cow manure may be given once a week. During
the summer they require shade and should be grown in a
cool greenhouse or frame, where they oiight to have
plenty of air at all times. In winter a temperature of
45*^ F. suits them well, and they last much longer in
blossom than if kept wanner. This Primrose is seldom
troubled with insect pests. Some of the best and most
distinct varieties are Russell's Queen of Whites, Alba
magnifica, Princess Louise, Cheswick Red Improved,
Comet, Rubra superbissima. The best blue out of a
number we have tried is Farquhar's Improved Blue.
The semi-doubles can be had in good distinct colors, but
the old double white is the best double Chinese Prim-
rose and should be more grown than it is at present.

Sutton's Primula steUafa is without doubt one of the
finest and most graceful Primroses we have for green-
house or conservatory decorations. The form with white
flowers is the most pleasing; but the red and pink
shades are also attractive. The foliage is like that of
P. Sineyisis, but the flowers are far more graceful and
produced in whorls on long, erect stems. This plant will
blossom from November to May. It requires the same
treatment as tbe Chinese Primrose, only the seeds can
be sown a little earlier.

Primula floribnnda is a charming winter-flowei'ing
greenhouse plant from western Himalayas. Its yellow
flowers are produced on stems from four to six inches
long. There is an improved form which has larger
blossoms than the type. This plant is easily raised

PRIMULA

PRIMULA

1431

from seed. Primula Forbesi comes from. China. It is
a dwarf, compact plant, and its lilac flowers are produced
in whorls on long, wiry stems, as they are in P.
Japonica, It can be raised from seed or increased by
division. P. obconica is a very showy plant and will
produce blossoms almost continually. It would make a
valuable florists' plant if it was not that it is slightly
poisonous to the touch. It has been greatly improved
since its introduction in 18S2. The best form now in
cultivation is P. obconica, var. gtcindiflora fhvhriata.
Young plants are easily obtained from seed and can
be grown in the greenhouse in one summer until they
are large enough for 8-inch pots. Primula verticillata
is a desirable greenhouse plant with yellow flowers
which are produced in whorls on the stems. It has
handsome foliage covered with a white mealy powder.
If this powder is washed off with careless Watering the
plants are never so handsome. Robert Cameron.

Hunning Notes on Primula.— Of the greenhouse
species, P. Sinensis is the old stand-by. The single
forms are easily grown from seed. It requires about
seven months from date of sowing to bloom. For fall
flowering, sow in JVIarch. Soak seeds 2'i hours in water.
This will insure a more even germination. Then sow
in pans filled with light sandy soil, covering the seeds
only very thinly with sand ; temperature 70° F. Keep
pans always moist and shady. In two or three weeks'
time, in case seeds were fresh, which is most essential,
the young seedlings need pricking out. For that pur-
pose flat boxes or earthen pans filled with a mixture of
two parts peat and one part common garden soil are the
best; do not take pots, because they are too deep and
do not dry out fast enough. Keep shady; temperature
70°. When large enough, transplant in thumb-pots very
loosely and not too deep. Mixture of soil and the tem-
perature should be the same as previously advised. Keep
plants shifted into larger pots as fast as they require it.
Do not let them get root-bound. Make the soil heavier
at each transplanting. At the last shift, which should be
from five to six months from date of sowing, use liberally
of cow manure and bone-meal. Through the whole sum-
mer plants should be kept shady and cool, syringing
overhead twice a day. Get them accustomed to the
sun in fall. Temperature in winter 50° to 60° F. Double
Primulas can be propagated by cuttings in moss at a
temperature of 70° to 80° F. After they are rooted, treat
them the same as seedlings. The best time for propa-
gating is in February and March. We need hybrids of
this Chinese Primrose with other greenhouse species.
The writer has succeeded in making a promising cross
of P. Sinensis and P. obconica. This is figured in
American Agriculturist, March, 1900.

Primula obconica and the form known as P. obconica
hybrida should have treatment exactly as for P. Si-
nensis. P. Forbesi is a small lilac-flowered greenhouse
species, requiring the treatment given P, Sinensis, It
is now becoming well known.

Primula Auricula, the Primrose of the Alps, has
flowers variously colored, mostly yellow. Hardy or
half-hardy, needs light soil, plenty of air and sunshine;
good for rock work. The Auricula has never become
popular in America.

Primula cortusoides and P. Siebolcli are beautiful
species of Siberia, of dark rose color. Hardy; give
plenty of air and a very sunny, rather dry exposure.
Very satisfactory spring flowers.

Primula capitata has flowers violet-blue in dense
heads. It is one of the most beautiful species of the
Himalayan region. It is difficult to cultivate here, be-
cause it needs a very cool temperature. Sow seed in cold-
frame, prick out as soon as up, keep on growing outside
in a cool place through the sumnier. In fall they may be
potted, and, kept in the coldframe through winter; they
will be beautiful pot-plants in spring. It is a good plant
for rockeries if it gets a place which is sheltered from
the sun and yet not shady. P. clenticulata and var.
Cachemiriana are hardy. Give a moist, sunny place.

Primula Stuartli has dark yellow flowers. This beau-
tiful species is half-hardy; it needs a light soil, but not
dry, with full sun. Covered with a box over winter, it
will come through safely. It is rarely seen in this
*^^^i^try. Adolf Jaenicke.

acaulis, 15.
alba, 17.
amoena, 10.
Auricula, 1.
auriculata, 20.
Boveana, 3.
Cachemiriana, 17.
capitata, 18.
Gjshemiriana, 17.
caulescens, 15.
Chinensis, 7.
cortusoides, 9.
Courti, 3.
Cowslip, 13.
Cusickiana, 25.
denticulata. 17.
elatior, 14.

INDEX.

erosa, 19.
farinosa, 22.
filicifoUa, 7.
fimhriata, 7, 8.
floribunda, 2.
Forbesi, 11.
granditiora, 8, 10. 21.
imperialis, 5.
Japonica. 6.
Kashmiriana. 24.
longifolia, 20.
Mistassinica, 23.
obconica, 8.
officinalis, 13.
Oxlip, 14.
poculiformis, 8.
Poiyantha, 16.

prt^nitens. 7.
prolifera, 4.
pidcherrima, 17.
purpurea, 17.
pusilla, 23.
rosea, 8, 21.
Rusbyi, 26.
Sioirica, 24.
Sieboldi. 10.
Simeusis, 3.
Sinensis, 7.
stellata, 7.
Stuartii, 27.
variabilis, 16.
verticillata. 3.
vinciflora, 12.
vulgaris, 15.

Key to the Groups.

A. Young leaves involute {rolled in-
wards or upwards ) .
B. Lvs, thick: fls. umbellate: invo-

lucral bracts usually not leafy. 1. Auricula
BB. Lvs.thin: fls.vertieillate: bracts

leafy 2. Plokibund^

aa. Young Ivs. revolute [rolled back-
u'ards ) .
B. Plant large, with yellow or pur-
ple fls. in successive whorls . . 3. Prolifer.,^
BE. Plant with fls. in umbels or
heads , or if in whorls the plants
small and slender {as grown
under glass) and the fls. lilac
to white.
c. 1/vs. lobed, the lobes dentate or

crenate 4. Sinenses

cc. IJvs. not lobed, or only indis-
tinctly so.
D. Calyx enlarging after flow-
ering, leafy 5. Monocarpic^

DD. Calyx not enlarging .

E. Fls. not bracied 6. Barbat^e

EE. Fls. bracted, either soli-
tary or many.
F. Foliage distinctly p>^'
lose or pubescent.
G. Fach flower dis-
tinctly stalked 7. Vernales

GG. Fach flower sessile

or very nearly so . 8. Capitat^^e
FF. Foliage glabrous or
only minutely pu-
bescent.
G. Jnvolucral bracts
gibbous or eared
at the base.
H. Capsule globose,
included in the

calyx 9. Auriculata

HH. Capsule oblong -
cylindrical, ex-

serted 10. Farinos^e

GG. Jnvolucral bracts
71 ot gibbose nor
eared : capsule
cylindHcal : peti-
ole narro w I y
winged 11. Nivales

1. Auricula.
1. Auricula, Linn. Auricula. See p. 118 and Pig.
171, Vol. I. Low. with a radical rosette of thick obovate-
cuneate glabrous or pubescent mealy ivs. 2 or 3 inches
long, which are often crenate on the upper part: scales
3-6 in. long, erect, prominently exceeding the Ivs.: fls.
in an umbel, sometimes as many as 20, bright yellow and
fragrant, short-stalked, subtended by minute oval mealy
bracts, the segments obovate-cuneate and emarginate:
stamens dimorphous. — This description represents the
wild form as understood and described by J. G. Baker
in B.M. 6837. "It is one of the most widely spread of
all the species," Baker writes, "as it extends in a wild
state from Dauphine and the Jura on the west through

1432

PRIMULA

PRIMULA

Switzerland to Lombarcly, the Tyrol, HuBgary and
Transylvania." In cultivation, the plant has run into
flowers of many colors. It is possible that some of
these forms are hybrid progeny with related species.
Baker writes : " What the relation is of this widely-
spread wild type to the multiform races of the garden

1954. Primula cortusoides (separate lis. X %).

Auricula is a subject that still remains to be fully
worked out." Pax mentions various natural hybrids.

2. Plorieund^.

2. iloribunda, Wall. Hairy: Ivs. rather thin, 3-6 in.
long, ovate or elliptic or obovate, with a broad petiole,
strongly nerved and reticulated, the margins coarse-
toothed: scales slender but erect, 10 in. or less, bearing
loose whorls that are subtended by three or four leaE-
llke toothed bracts: fls. small, golden yellow, the slender
tube exserted beyond the deep-cleft calyx, the segments
obcordate and entire. Himalaya. B.M. 6712, where
Hooker remarks: "The plant here figured is found at
lower elevations in the Himalayas than any other of the
numerous species that inhabit that rich region, occur-
ring between 2,500 and 6,500 ft. along the whole division
of the range which extends from Kumaon to Kashmir."
Also in Afghanistan. B.M. 6712. Gn. 41:863. G.C. III.
27:195. E.H. 1895, p. 400-1. Gt. 45:1424; 47, p. 221.

3. verticillita, Forsk. Plant growing about 1 ft., bear-
ing yellow fls. in leafy whorls : Ivs. lanceolate or oblong-
lanceolate: bracts 1-nerved: calj'x broa-ily campanulate,
deeply 5-parted, the segments linear and entire : corolla-
tube about 5 tirae.s longer than calyx, the segments ob-
long and obtuse and emarginate and the base scarcely
contracted. Arabia. — Probably not in cultivation, the
plant known under tliis name in gardens being the fol-
lowing:

Var. Bove^na, Mast. (P. Boveiina, Decne. P. verticil-
Ihta, Hort. ). Lvs. broadly spatulate: bracts 3-nerved:
calyx cylindrical-campanulate, with 5 deep dentate lobes
or divisions: corolla-tube 2-3 times exceeding the calyx,
the segments rounded and crenulate, contracted at the

base, and sometimes bearing a dark spot in the center,
Mt. Sinai, etc. B.M. 2842. — An interesting plant with
slender-tubed light yellow fls. about % in. long, borne
on slender pedicels in a whorl of sharp-toothed hract-
Ivs., the whorls 2 or 3 and standing well above the ro-
sette of sharp-toothed root-lvs.

Var. SimSnsis, Mast. (P. Siminsis, Hochst. P.
Courti, Hort.). Abyssinian Primrose. Taller
and stouter, growing 18 or 20 in. tall, with root-
lvs. nearly 1 ft. long: root-lvs. oblong-lanceolate,
mealy: lower bracts oblong and 3-nerved, the
upper ones smaller and 1-nerved: calyx broadly
campanulate, the lobes deltoid-lanceolate and en-
tire : corolla-tube 3-4 times longer than the calyx
and more or less mealy, the 5 segments obovate
and entire, emarginate at the end, contracted at
the base. Abyssinia. B.M. 6042 (as _P. rcr^i'ci/-
lata,va.r. >Sin<^HS/s). — Astriking plant, with large
salverform yellow fls., the corolla-tube nearly 2
in. long. Whorls 2 or 3, many-fld. Not to be con-
founded with P. Sinensis (No. 7), a wholly differ-
ent plant.

3. Prolipeb.^.

A. FloTiers yellow.

4. proliEera, Wall. Stout, striking species with

scape often 18 in. high: plant green, not mealy:

lvs. many, long-oblanceolate, often more than 1 ft.

long, obtuse, entire or finely toothed: fls. in successive

whorls on the slender erect scape, pale yellow, the tube

much exceeding the short-toothed calyx, the lobes flat

and shallowly obcordate. Bengal. B. M. 6732. — Not

known to be in cult., but inserted here to distinguish

it from P. Imperialism with which it was once confused.

5. imperiilis, Jungh. The noblest of cultivated Pri-
mulas, the scape rising 3^ ft., and bearing five or six
whorls of deep yellow flowers of firm substance. — Once
confounded with P. prolifera, from which it differs, ac-
cording to Hooker, in "the more robust habit, the thicker
texture, broader midrib, close reticulate nervation, and
buUate surface of the foliage and its deeper colored
flowers." The leaves are sometimes 1% ft. long; they
are long-ohlong-oblanceolate in outline, obtuse, the mar-
gins beset with many small very sharp teeth, and the
surface much blistered and reticulated: fls. deep yel-
low or almost orange, % in. across, the tube K in. long
and much exceeding the short-toothed calyx. Mts. of
Java. B.M. 7217. Gn. 40:823. G.M. 34:758-9. Not
hardy north.

AA. Flowers ptirple {or ivhite).

6. Japdnica, Gray. Scape 1-2 ft. tall, bearing several
superimposed whorls of clear purple fls.: plant gla-
brous, not mealy: lvs. oblong-obovate or spatulate, ob-
tuse, convex above, much reticulated, the margins with
small teeth: fls. 12 or more in each whorl, about 1 in.
across, the lobes obcordate, the corolla-tube nearly three
times as long as the short calyx-lobes, all the fls. promi-
nently stalked. Japan. B.M. 5916. F.S. 19:1950-1.
I.H. 18:69. Gn. 29, p. 382. R.H. 1871:570; 1895. p. 424.
P.M. 1871:537-8; 1872:9. -There are white-flowered
forms. Blooms early in summer to midsummer. Makes
a noble plant in deep moist soil and a shaded place.
Hardy at the North.

4. Sinenses.

A. Calyx loose and large, often inflated.

B. livs. deep-lobed.

7. Sinensis, Sabine {P. Cliinensis, Hort.). Chinese
Primrose. Figs. 1951, 1952. Trunk short and woody, but
as known in gardens the plant is practically stemless,
the ample foliage and the strong short scapes arising
directly from the surface of the ground or very near it :
whole plant soft-hairy : lvs. oblong-ovate to nearly
round-ovate, soft and usually limp, several-lobed and
the lobes toothed, long-petioled : scapes erect, several:
fls. now of many colors, several to many in an umbel,
large and showy, salverform, the segments obcordate:
calyx inflated. China. Winter bloomer, as grown in
greenhouses. B.M. 2.564. B.R. 7:539 (as P. ;j«p»!i7(>h.5).
F.S. 22:2334-37. I.H. 32:551; 35:42. Gn. 51:1124 and p.
469. G.C. HI. 25:181,203, 205. Gng. 2:91. A. F. 8:623,

PRlllULA

PRIMULA

1433

625, C71. F.R. 4:29. -The Chinese Primrose is now ex-
ceedingly variable. There are double-tld. forms of vari-
ous shapes and colors and of various degrees of dou-
bling. For pictures of various double and half-double
forms, see R.H. 1867:250, 330. F.S. 20:21i5. I.H.
31:512; 35:42; 38:120. The normal form of this Prim-
rose has a somewhat flat-topped flower-cluster, but
there are forms with pyramidal and elongated clusters.
Var. stellata {P. stellata, Hort.) is a form with hand-
some star-like long-stemmed fls. in successive whorls or
tiers in a lone open cluster: recent. Gn. 53, p. 229;
57, p. 52. A.GJ. 18:201; 20:384-5. A.P. 12:605. Gng.
5:167. Pretty. Primula Siiie)isis was introduced into
England from Chinese gardens in 1820, but it was not
until 1879 that the original wild form was known to bota-
nists. For accounts and pictures of this wild Primrose
as grown in English gardens, see essay by Sutton in
Journ. Royal Hort. Soc. 13:99 (1891). G.C. III. 5:115;
8:564; 9:209; 11:13 (figure reproduced in A.G. 13:245).
Gn. 49:1058. B.M. 7559. The native color of the Chi-
nese Primrose seems to be on the order of pink, but
there are many colors in the cult, forms, — from pure
white to red. There are now crested or fringed forms
(var. fimbriMa, Hort.), and those with a frill or extra
coroUa projecting from the throat (Fig. 1952). Gt,
43:1402; 45:1432; 46, p. 192. The Ivs. are variable in
shape and depth of lobing. Some forms have crisped
leaves (var. iiliciSdIia, Hort.). The improvement of P.
Sinensis has taken place without the influence of hy-
bridization with other species.

BB. JjTS. scalloped or sinuate, not lobed.

8. obcdnica, Hauee (P. pocuHfdrmis, Hook.). Pig.
1953. Slender, with loose-hairy leaves (the sharp hairs
often irritating-poisonous): Ivs. all radical, ovate-ob-
long or round-oblong, long-petioled, scallop-toothed and
very finely serrate: scapes many,
4-10 in. tall: fls. small, lilac or
light purple, several to many in
umbels, on long -spreading or
somewhat drooping pedicels, the
segments obcordate; calyx wide
open and shallow-toothed. China.
B.M. 6582. Gn. 26:456 and p.
206; 29, p. 241; 51, p. 317. G.C.
III. 9:401 (house). Gt. 43, p. 138.
r.R. 1:941. -Of late years this
species has become a popular win-
ter-blooming pot-plant. The fls.
are nearly or quite an inch across
in well-grown specimens. There is
a var. grandiJIdra, Hort., with fls.
nearly orquite IK in. across. Gn.
51:1116. R.H. 1892, p. 114. Gt. 46,
p. 193. S.H.2,p. 52. A.F. 13:10(;3.
Gng. 6:245. Some of thelarge-fld.
forms have somewhat lacerated
or fringed petals (var. fimbri^ta,
Hort.). Var. rdsea, Hort., has
rose - colored fis. P. obconica is
very easily grown. Prop, by seed.

AA. Calyx narroio and ordinary.
9. cortusoides, Linn. Fig. 1954.
Lvs. in a rosette on the ground,
rather large and soft, loose hairy
(at least on the midrib and pe-
tioles), ovate-oblong or cordate-
oblong, irregularly many-notched :
scapes few to several, 6-12 in. tall,
very straight, hairy : fls. rose-
colored, about I in. across, pedi-
celled, in a loose, many-fld. um-
bel, the segments obovate and
deeply notched or even lobed.
Siberia. B.M. 399. R. H. 1859, p.
319. Gn. 29, p. 382. -A handsome
hardy species, blooming in May
in the northern states.
10. Sidboldi, Morr. (P. cortusoides, var. am^na,
Lindl., var. grandiflbra, Lem., and var. Sieboldl, Hort.
P. amcena, Hort.). Looks like a large and robust form
of P. cortusoides , with fls. IK to nearly 2 in. across,

the throat usually striped and the limb in various colors,
from pure white to deep purple-rose. Japan: perhaps a
cultivated state of the above. B.M. 5528. I.H. 16:599.
Gn. 29, p. 382; 35, p. 335; 36:721. Gng. 8:241-2. R.H.
1892:300. — The fls. are two to three times larger than
those of P. cortusoides. In some forms the fls. are
fringed. Blooms in late spring. H.ardy North.

5. MONOOARPICiE.

11. F6rbesi,Franch. BabtPrimbose. Figs. 1955, 1956.
Annual : slender and delicate species, with something
of the habit of P. obconica: loosely hairy, at least on
the lvs. and lower part of the scape: lvs. small, 1-2 in.

Primula Forbesi:

1956. Primula Forbesi, the Baby Primrose, at the beginnine
of its blooming season.

long, oval-oblong to cordate-oblong, shallowly sinuate-
toothed, minutely serrulate: scapes very slender, 6-14
in. high, often bent above the whorls: fls. small (about
Kin. across), light lilac, slender -pedicelled, appearing
in successive umbels or whorls, the segments obcordate,
calyx sharp-toothed, small, somewhat loose. China.
B.M. 7246. R.H. 1892, p. 259. G.C. III. 14:685. A.F.
14:757. Gng. 7:149. F.E. 11:72. -Although first de-
scribed so recently as 1886, and first exhibited in London
in 1891 , this plant is now one of the most popular of con-
servatory plants in America. It is a most profiise bloomer,
beginning to flower when not more than 2 or 3 in. high
and continuing until the scapes reach a height of 10-12
inclies. It is particitlarly well adapted to growing in pans.
It is easily grown from seeds, and blooms well all win-
ter. Unless given plenty of light and room, the scapes
become weak and crooked.

6. Barbat^e.

12. vinciSldra, Franch. Perennial, with a short rhi-
zome: lvs. thin, oblong or oval, densely overlapping
and forming a narrow erect crown, all erect or nearly
so, the upper ones larger, all entire but ciliate, covered
with reddish glands: scape short: fl. solitary, purple-
violet or blue, \% in. across, the tube cylindrical or

1434

PRIMULA

PRIMULA

long-obconie, hairy, the segments well separated and
broadly obcordate; calyx small, not inflated. China.
G.C. III. 1:574.— A most odd species, with vinca-like fls.

7. Vernales.
This is a group of spring-flowering plants to which
the polyanthus and the true cowslip belong. They are
much varied and hybridized, and the botany of them is
therefore much confused. What Linnssus called P. veris
(meaning the vernal or spring Primula) is now dismem-
bered into P. officinalis, P. elatior and P. vulgaris.

1957. Primula officinalis (X M).

A. Scape strong and projecting above the Ivs., bearing
an umbel.
B. Fls. small, the limb of the corolla concave or cup-
like.

13. officinalis, .Jacq. Cowslip. Pig. 19.57. Stemless,
minutely soft-pubescent: Ivs. oval or oblong, abruptly
contracted or subcordate at the base, the petiole winged,
the limb unevenly denticulate or sometimes erose: scape
6-12 in. tall, bearing about (i-12 fls. in a close umbel, all
the fls. pointing or drooping to one side : fls. bright light
yellow, the tube about the length of the half-acute lobes
of the loose large calyx, the limb expanding little be-
yond the bulge of the calyx {about %-% in. across).
Central and northern Europe, and long in cultivation.

BB. Fls. larger, opening wide and nearli/ flat.

14. elitior, Jacq. Oxlip. Very lilje the last, but the
expanded fls. twice broader, and the calyx narrow (not
inflated) and with acuminate lobes: usually somewhat
taller: Ivs. very rugose. Europe, particularly in moun-
tains and in the northern parts.

AA. Scape tisttally short or almost none, the umbels
therefore borne in the foliage and the fls. standing
singly on the long rays {exceptions in No. IB).

15. vulgaris, Huds. (P. acaulis, Jacq.). Proirose.
Leaves many, tufted, sessile or tapering to a narrow
base, long oblong-obovate and obtuse (6-9 in. long), ru-
gose, irregularly shallow-toothed and denticulate: fls. 1
in. or more across, pale yellow, the limb flat, usually
not equaling the leaves, borne on long, slender pedicels;
calyx not inflated, the lobes acute or acuminate. There
are double-fld. forms. B.M. 229. Gn. 29, p. 385. R.H.
1880:90. — Var. canl^scens, an occasional state, has some
of the scapes more or less prolonged. Europe, widely

distributed. For pictures of various forms of P. vul-
garis, see Gn. 54:1184 and pp. 142, 143; 7, pp. 319, 345;
11, p. 127; 12:101. A.F. 13:1102. Gng. 6:245. R.H.
1898:12.

16. Poly4ntha, Hort. Polyanthus. Figs. 1950, 1958,
1959. A garden group supposed to be hybrids of P. offici-
nalis or P. elatior and P. milgaris, although many bota-
nists refer it to P. elatior direct. Some consider it to be
a direct development of P. t'z* Igaris . Whatever its origin ,
the group is distinct for garden purposes, and it is the
commonest form of hardy Primula known in American
gardens. The fls. are several to many in an erect umbel
terminating a scape that usually stands well above the
long Ivs. ; the colors are mostly yellow and red-and-yellow.
There is a form with one corolla inside the other, known
as Duplex or Hose-in-Hose. The Polyanthus is perfectly
hardy, blooming in earliest spring. Prop, usually by
division. P. variabilis, as used in horticultural litera-
ture, usually refers to this Polyanthus group or to plants
of similar origin.

8. Capitate.

17. denticul&ta. Smith. Scapes 4-18 in. tall, bearing
a dense umbel or head of pale purple fls.: Ivs. in a
rosette on the crown, usually not full grown until the
flowers are past, and siirrounded beneath by short,
broad, thick, leaf-like bracts ; leaf-blades oblong-obovate
or spatulate, usually narrowed into a winged stalk,
sharply denticulate, more or less mealy: corolla-tube
about twice as long as the calyx-teeth, the corolla-lobes
obcordate. Himalaya region, 7,000 to 13,000 ft., and said
by Hooker to be "the commonest Himalayan Primula,
and very variable." B.M. 3959. B.R. 28:47. Gn. 11,
p. 127; 29, p. 382; 35, p. 529; 41, p. 588. -A hardy plant,
usually treated as a rockwork subject. Blooms in
earliest spring. Var. purptirea, Hort., has dark purple
fls. Var. alba, Hort., has white fls. Gn. 50, p. 372. Var.
pulchSrrima, Hort., is very robust, with deep purple fls.
in dense heads.

Var. Cachemiri^na, Hook. f. {P. Cachemiri&na,
Munro. P. Oashmeridna, Hort.). Lvs. nearly or
quite full grown when the fls. are in bloom, usually
more mealy (yellow-mealy beneath and sometimes on
top) : fls. rich purple with yellow center. Western
Himalayan region. R.H. 1880:330. P. Sibirica, var,
Kashniiriana (B.M. 6493) is a different plant. See
No. 24.

18. capit&ta, Hook. Much like P. denticulata, but
lvs. appearing with the fls. and the fleshy leaf-bracts
few or none: according to Hooker, it "has finely den-
ticulate leaves, often snow-white with meal beneath,
but sometimes not so; a tall also mealy scape and
globose densely crowded head of sessile flowers which
open slowly, and the uppermost unexpanded ones are
depressed and imbricate over one another like the tiles
of a house. The corolla is of very deep purple-blue, the
tube and calyx both short." Eastern Himalaya. B.M.
45.50, 6910 B. F.S. 6:018. Gn. 16:210; 29, p. 382;
45, p. 503; 50, p. 373; 54, p. 407. J.H. HI. 32:209.

19. erdsa. Wall. (P. capitc'tta, var. crlspa, Hort. P.
denticulAta, var. erdsa, Duby). Differs from P. dentic-
ulata, according to Hooker, "in its much slenderer
habit, in always (except on young parts) wanting the
meal on the leaves, which are developed at flowering
time, are translucent with strongly erose and denticu-
late margins, and have a strongly reticulated surface,
and the petioles are often red; the umbels are loose or
dense-flowered, and the flowers in our garden speci-
mens are of a far deeper purple than is usual iujP. den-
ticulata." Hooker s.ays that the lvs. are sometimes 18
in. long. Temperate Himalaya. B.M. 6916A. — This name
does not appear in the Amer trade, but the species is
very likely to pass as P. denticulata or P. capitata.

9. AURTCULAT^.

20. auriculS,ta, Lam. (P. longifblia. Curt.). Scapes
4-10 in. tall, from a rosette of oblong-obovate smooth
irregularly denticulate lvs. : fls. in a rounded head or
umbel, purplish, with a whiti.sh eye, the tube 1 in. or
more long and much exceeding the calyx, the involu-
cral scales more or less auriculate. Mts. of Greece to
Persia. B.M. 392.

PRIMULA

PKINCE

1435

21. rosea, Royle. Tiifted, 4—8 in. tall, glabrous, not
mealy: Its. many, oblong-obovateor oblanceolate, crenu-
late or small-toothed : fls. few to many in a rather loose
head (each flower distinctly stalked), rose-red, more or
less drooping, the tube somewhat exceeding the long
sharp calyx-teeth, the lobes obcordate. Western Hima-
laya. B.M. B437. Gn. 50:1091, the large-fld. form (var.
grandiflora); 16:187; 29, p. 382; 31, p. 597; 39, p. 417.
G.C. II. 19:540. F.M. 1879:360. R.H. 1880:330. -One
of the best of the alpine Primulas.

10. PARINOS.aE.

A. Plant mealy, at least when young.

22. farindsa, Linn. Scapes 9 in. or less tall: Ivs. ob-
long-obovate, spatulate or cuneate-lanceolate, tapering
into a short flat petiole, denticulate: umbel mostly few-
fld., bearing pretty lilac or flesh-colored fls., with a yel-
lowish eye, the corolla-lobes obcordate and separate at
the base and % in. or less long. Generally distributed
in boreal and alpine regions of the northern hemisphere,
in N. Amer. occurring in Maine, on Lake Superior and
in the mountains as far south as Colorado. Gn. 29, p
385.

AA. Plant green or very nearly so.

23. Mistassinica, Michs. {P. farindsa,Ys.v. Mistassin
ica, Pax. P. pusilla, Hook.). Plant small and slen-
der, with only mere traces of mealiness if any : Ivs.
only % in. long, stalked or not, spatulate or obovate,
toothed or repand: scape about 6 in. tall, with few fls.,
the latter flesh-colored and shorter than in P. farinosa..
Arctic America, and south to northern New England,
central New York, Lake Superior, etc. B.M. 2973, 3020.

24. Sibirica, Jacq. Plant wholly green, the scapes 6
or 7 in. or less high : Ivs. tbickish, oval, obovate or
round-ovate, nearly or quite entire, about X in. long;
fls. few, lilac or pink, the corolla-lobes obcordate and
about ^ in. long: involucral bracts almost spurred at
base. Arctic and alpine regions of the northern hemi-
sphere. B.M. 3167, 3445 (the latter as var. integerrima).

Var. Kashmiri^na, Hook., has fls. smaller, the corolla-
tube scarcely exceeding the calyx, and the corolla-lobes
narrower. B.M. 6493. Western Himalaya. Not to be con-
founded with P. clentieulata. va,r. Cachemiriana, No. 17.

so: involucre bracts 2 or 3, conspicuous, unequal:
corolla-lobes refuse, the tube little if any exceeding the
calyx-lobes. Early spring. Eastern Oregon. — Offered
by dealers in native plant.s

1958. Polyanthus— Primula Polyantha (X}i).
11. NiVALES.

A. Pis. purplish or white.
25. CtisickiS,na, Gray. Scapes 6 in. or less tall, each
bearing 2—4 violet or white fls. : Ivs. oblong-spatulate or
narrow-oblong, about 2 in. long, entire or very nearly

1959. Polyanthus— Primula Polyantha.

26. Eiisbyi, Greene. Larger than P. Cusiekiana, the
Ivs. 2-5 in. long, denticulate: scapes sometimes 1 ft.
tall, 6-10-fld., the fls. deep purple with yellow eye: in-
volucre bracts 3 or more, subulate or ovate: corolla-
lobes obcordate, the corolla-tube longer than the calyx.
Mts. in New Mex. and Ariz. B.M. 7032. — Offered 'by
dealers in native plants.

AA. Pis. yellow.

27. Stilartii, Wall. An exceedingly variable Himalayan
species with drooping yellow fls. in a terminal umbel;
radical Ivs. 5-10, narrowlj' oblanceolate, acute, sharp-
serrate or sometimes entire, yellow, mealy beneath;
scape 12-18 in. tall, bearing a mealy-covered inflores-
cence; fls. light yellow, with tube twice the length of
the usually acute-lobed calyx, the lobes orbicular and
emarginate or sometimes orbicular and entire. B.M.
4356. G.C. II. 19:824; 25:528. Gn. 29, p. 382. -Fls. 1
in. or more long. l_ g;. B.

PRINCE, WILLIAM, the second proprietor of the
Prince Niirsery at Flushing, L. I. (New York), was born
about 1725, and died in 1802. The nursery, which was
perhaps the first large commercial one in America, was
established about 1730 by his father, Robert Prince. The
Huguenots who settled at New Rochelle and on the north
shore of Long Island brought with them a variety of
French fi-uits, and the interest thus created in horticul-
ture resulted in the establishment of this first nursery.
For a number of years attention was confined chiefly
to the fruit trees with which to stock the new country,
and it was only when more settled conditions came
that the culture of ornamental trees and shrubs was
introduced. Under William Prince the nursery grew
rapidly in importance until the war of the Revolution.
One of the early advertisements reads as follows, under
date of September 21, 1767:

"For sale at William Prince's nursery, Flushing, a
great variety of fruit trees, such as apple, plum, peach,
nectarine, cherry, apricot and pear. They may be put
tip so as to be sent to Europe. Capt. Jeremiah Mitchell
and Daniel Clements go to New York in packet boats
Tuesdays and Fridays."

The extension to ornamental branches is seen in

1436

PRINCE

PRINCE

an advertisement in the New York "Mercury" of March
14-, 1774, which reads as follows:

"William Prince, at his nursery, Flushing Landing,
offers for sale—

110 large Carolina Magnolia flower trees, the most
beautiful trees that grow in America, four feet high.

50 large Catalpa flower trees; they are nine feet high
to the under part of the top and thick as one's leg.

30 or 40 Almond trees that begin to bear.

2,500 white, red and black Currant bushes.

50 Pig trees.

Lisbon and Madeira Grape vines.

5,000 Hautboy, Chili, large English and American
Strawberry plants.

1,500 white and 1,000 black Mulberry trees.

Also Barcelona Filbert trees."

The establishment had attained such public im-
portance that when the British took possession of
Flushing, August 29, 1776, after their victory at the
battle of Long Island, the commanding of&cer. General
Howe, placed a guard over the nursery to protect it
from depredations, and this was continued until all
danger was past. The extent of the business, as well as
the paralyzing effect of the war, is shown from an
advertisement of Mr. Prince, shortly after the British
occupation, offering 30,000 young cherry trees for sale
as hoop-poles, the only use to which they could be put
daring the Revolution. The loss of domestic business
was largely compensated by the great demand for
American native trees and shrubs wanted by the officers
of the British army to be sent to friends in England
and Germany.

A return of peace brought witli it increased trade, to
make good the depredations of the soldiery as well as
to re-stock the orchards of those who for seven years
past had paid more attention to the science of war than
to the pursuits of horticulture; and a catalogue of 1794,
still preserved, contains fully as many varieties of fruit
as those of some nurseries of the year 1900, over a cen-
tury later; apricots and nectarines, for instance, each
being represented by ten varieties.

Not only was everything of merit imported, but the
origination of new varieties by a careful selection of
seedlings was enthusiastically carried on. Two plums,
still well known, date from this period. Prince's Yellow
Gage being originated in 1783 and the Imperial Gage in
1794. The "Treatise on Horticulture" mentions that in
1790 no less than tweuty-flve quarts of green gage pits
were planted, from which seedlings were obtained of
every color and shape, it being probable that the Wash-
ington plum was originated in that year. Before the
death of this William Prince, the nursery business had
been taken up by his sons, William and Benjamin; the
former on new ground, called the Linnean Botanic
Garden and Nursery, and the latter at the original
place, called "The Old American Nursery."

Wiiliam Prince, third proprietor of the Prince Nur-
series at Flushing, was born Nov. 10, 176B ; married
Mary Stratton, Dec. 24, 1794, and died April 9, 1842.
During his lifetime the Prince Nursery was one of the
centers of horticultural and botanic interest in America,
and reached the height of its fame. He continued the
work of his father in the introdiiction of all foreign trees
and plants of value, the discovery of unknown American
species and the creation of new varieties from seed.
One of the trees introduced to great popularity in the
younger days of William Prince the second was the
Lombardy poplar, of which he advertised in 1798 no
less than 10,000 trees 10-17 ft. in height. For several
years the Lombardy poplar was the fashionable shade
tree. Long avenues of them were planted by the
wealthy; and their leaves were considered valuable for
fodder. In 1806 the tide turned, owing to a belief that
they harbored a poisonous worm, and thousands were
cut down and burned.

In 1793 William Prince bought from Bayard, LeRoy
and Clarksou, the property on the north side of Bridge
street in Flushing, across from the old nursery, con-
taining eighty acres, and it was soon transformed Into
a place of arboreal beauty. For fully fifty years the
nursery was carried on much less for profit than from
a love of horticulture and botany. It was designed to

contain every known kind of tree, shrub, vine and plant
known to England or America that possessed any hor-
ticultural merit. In Europe probably the only one of
the same character was that of the London Horticul-
tural Society. When the great Northwest was explored
by Lewis and Clark, many of the botanical treasures
found a home at the Flushing Nurseries. Among them

the Mahonia became very popular, the earlier specimens
being sold at $20 each.

The catalogues from 1815 to 1850 ranked among the
standard horticultural publications of the country. The
number of varieties of fruits cultivated seems scarcely
credible in these days, when many nurseries are con-
ducted solely for profit, and only the trees or plants
which find a ready sale are propagated. The collection
of roses at one time embraced over 800 kinds; of dah-
lias over 350 varieties; the collections of camellias, of
citrous fruits and of grapes were enormous, while the
marvelous variety of the ordinary fruits can be seen
from the "Pomological Manual." The "Treatise on Hor-
ticulture" mentions that at that time (1828) the nursery
contained more than 20,000 plums, of 140 varieties,
while the apricots numbered 35 and the grapes about
240 varieties. The catalogue of 1845, which enumerates
only the best varieties, contains 350 kinds of apples,
300 of pears, 120 of cherries, 200 of plums and 160 of
peaches.

In 1828 Mr. Prince wrote and published the "Treatise
on Horticulture," which was the first work of the kind
produced in America. Mr. Prince was a man of great
energy of purpose, of excellent judgment, with a love
for scientific studies, and possessed of a most amiable
character. By indefatigable effort he succeeded in hav-
ing roads and bridges built which shortened the dis-
tance to New York fully one-half, and soon after the in-
vention of steamboats he had a regular line of boats es-
tablished between Flushing and New York. He was a
zealous churchman, a vestryman of St. George's church.
Flushing, as early as 1798, and continued in the vestry
32 years, during 14 of which he was warden. In the
words of Mandeville's History of Flushing, he was
"universally esteemed in life and regretted in death."

PRINCE

PRITCHAKDIA

1437

}yiUiaiti Hoheri Prince (Fig. 1960), fourth proprietor
of the Prince Nursery, at Flushing, was born November
6, 1795; married Charlotte C. Collins, (laughter of Gov-
ernor Collins, of Rhode Island, October 2, 1826, and died
March 28, 1SC9. He inherited his father's love of botany
and his great energy. He was connected with the Ameri-
can Institute, National Pomological Society, Massachu-
setts Horticultural Society and many other important or-
ganizations, in whose transactions he took a prominent
part. In 1830 he wrote, with the assistance of his father,
the "Treatise on the Vine," a work of high importance.
In 1831 he issued the "Pomological Manual" in two vol-
umes, an important treatise on all fruits except apples.
In 1846 he published the "Manual of Roses." In his
later days Mr. Prince received the honorary degrees of
M.D. and LL.D.

When a boy he was sent for a year to Canada in order
to become proficient in French, as there were then no
schools of langxiages in New York, and the European
correspondence was au important feature in the horti-
cultural business. In his early manhood he botanized
through the entire line of Atlantic States in company
with Professor Torrey, of Columbia College, and Pro-
fessor Nuttall, of Harvard. In California, during 1849
and 1850, while others were searching only for gold, he
was making collections of the trees and wild flowers of
that countrj'. The oldest cedar of Lebanon in the United
States, as well as the oldest Chinese magnolias, salis-
burias, Mt. Atlas cedars, paulownias and purple beeches
are to be found to-day in the grounds of the Prince
homestead, together with many other unique specimens.
When the disease of the Irish potato caused a fear that
it would have to be replaced by some other vegetable,
he imported the Chinese yam or potato {Dioscorea Ba-
tatas), paying $G00 for the tubers contained in the first
consignment, — a consignment which could be placed in
a small box. About the same time he introduced sor-
ghum, or Chinese sugar cane. He was unwearied in his
endeavors to promote silk culture in the United States.
He imported not only the silkworms but the mulberry
trees to feed them, and built a large cocoonery for their
accommodation. He had vast plantations of mulberries
in different places. He was otjerert $100,000 for the one
near Norfolk, Va. It is a curious circumstance, illus-
trating the general interest in mulberry culture at that
time, that cuttings of the Morns ■ninllicuulis were used
as currency in all the stores in the vicinity of Flushing,
passing current everywhere at the rate of 12J^ cents
each. Mr. Prince's familiarity with the French lan-
guage greatly facilitated his intercoiirse with European
horticulturists, and he was in constant communication
with French, Belgian, Dutch and German nurseries.

At the time of his marriage he purchased additional
property adjoining the nursery of his father, and sub-
sequently added three other large areas to the nursery
establishment. He was always more of a horticulturist
and botanist than business man, and, as in his father's
days, the Linnean Botanic Nursery continued to be
celebrated for its great variety of vegetable life rather
than a commercial establishment. He was a vigorous
and prolific writer, and down to the time of his death
was a constant contributor to horticultural literature.

L. B. Prince.

PKINCE ED-WAED ISLAND. See Canada.

PEINCE'S FEATHER. Amurantlius and Celosia.

PEiNOS. See Ilex.

PEIONIUM (Greek, saw; referring to leaves, which
are sword-shaped, with serrate edges). JuncAcece. A
genus of one species, a tender aquatic plant from S.
Africa, where it grows in great masses in running water.
This is one of the few plants of the rush family having
the Ivs. crowded at the top of an erect, woody stem 5-6
ft. high. Generic characters: ovary sessile, globose,
3-celled ; ovules axile, usually 2 in a cell : stigmas 3,
sessile, "spreading: capsule rigid, 3-valved; seeds usu-
ally only 1 in each cell. For further description, see
Flora Capensis 7:28. This plant may be grown in a pot
placed in a pan of water, and, if desired, may be planted
out for the summer in a wet position.

Palmita, E. Mey. Stem stout, often forked, 2-4 in.
in thickness, reaching a length of 5-fi ft.: Ivs. linear,
rigid, glabrous, 3^ ft. long, in dense rosette at summit
of stem: inflorescence a large, dense, terminal panicle
on long peduncle: perianth and bracts Vs in. long.
B-M. 5722. F. W. Barclay.

PEITCHAEDIA (W. T. Pritchard, British consul at
Fiji in 1860). Palmdcew. Nine si:)ecies of spineless fan
palms from small islands of the South Pacific. True
Pritchardias, according to Wm. W^atsou, differ from all
other fan-leaved palms in the form of the blade, which
is cuneate in outline; the Ivs, are also exceptionally soft
and pliant. The best of the genus, probably, is P. Pa-
cifica, which is remarkable for its flbrous, fluffy leaf-
stalks. Pritchardia is allied to several genera mentioned
under Licuala (which see), being distinguished as fol-
lows: ovary 3-cornered or 3-lobed, narrowed into a
strong style : corolla with persistent tube and decidu-
ous segments : embr3'0 subbasilar. The genus was
monographed by Beccari in Malesia, vol. 3 (1890). The
best horticultural account is that of W^ra. Watson in
G.C. III. 13:332 (,'893). The species in the supplemen-
tary list below are very imperfectly known.

A. Fr. black-purple, globose, 6 lines thick.
PaciSica, Seem. & Wendl. Fig. 1961. Trunk attain-
ing 30 ft. high, 10-12 in. thick, straight, smooth: Ivs.
4^4. ft. long, 3/4 ft. wide, densely covered when young
with whitish brown tomentum, finally glabrous ; seg-
ments about 90 ; petiole 3^';} ft. long. Samoa, Fiji.
I.H. 21:161. P.S. 22:2262. -The illustration (Fig. 1961)
is adapted from Martins.

AA. -Fr. yellow or red, 9 lines thick.
Gaudichaildii, H. Wendl. (P. macrocdrpa, Linden).
Trunk 20 ft. high, 1 ft. thick: Ivs. roundish, 3-4 ft,
long, covered beneath with pale brown matted wool,
slit for about 1 ft. into about 60 segments; petioles 2-3
ft. long. Hawaiian Islands. I.H. 26:352.

V'"l,,,"„lAVlVJ

1961. Pritchardia Pacifica.

AAA. Fr. greenish, globose, 15-$0 lines thicJc.
Mdrtii. H. Wendl. Trunk generally not exceeding
5-6 ft., but as thick as in P. Gaudachaudii: Ivs. glabrous
and glaucous below, not woolly; segments about 40, not
as deep; petioles longer. Hawaiian IsL — Cult, in S.
Calif.

P. Borneensis, Hoi-t., was introduced in 1891 by Linden, but
seems unknown to botanists.— P. /"jiameTiiSsa, Hort., ispresum-

1438

PRITCHARDIA

PROTEA

ably a catalogue error for P. filifera.— P. flHfera, Linden, is
Washingtonia filifera.— P. prdndis. Bull, is Licuala grandis.—
P. Periculbrum, Weudl., is said to be characterized by its dark
brownish petioles and obliquely spherical fr. Pomotu Isl.—
P. Thiirstoni, Drude, is said to be distinguished by its long
slender fi.-stalks like fishing rods bearing a thyrse-like iufior-
escence. W. M.

PRIVET. See Ligusftnim.

PRIVET, MOCK. See Phillyrea.

PROBOSCIS FLOWER. Martynia proboscidea.

PROCHNYANTHES (Greek, kneeling and floiver;
referring to the sudden bend in the fiower which is
likened to a knee). Atnarylliddcece. A genus closely
related to Polianthes and Bravoa, differing chiefly in the
shape of the flowers. Stems slender, from oblong
tubers which crown short, thick rootstock: Ivs. mostly
basal; inflorescence a lax spike or raceme: fls. always
in pairs, tubular below, abruptly bent at the middle,
bell-shaped above; stamens 6, included: fr. 3-ceIled,
many-seeded. Native of western Mexico. A genus, dis-
covered by Dr. E. Palmer in 1886, of which two species
have been described. It has been misspelled Prochy-
nanthes.

virid^scens, Watson. Stems 4-6 ft. high: Ivs. mostly
basal, numerous, 1-2 ft. long, 2-3 in. broad, erect: fls.
5-30 pairs, brownish; pedicels nearly wanting to 1>^ in.
long. Until recently supposed to be a very rare species,
known only from near Guadalajara, Mexico, but found
by the writer to be very common in the mountains of
the states of Jalisco, Durango and Zacatecas. Not yet
in the trade, but it is a plant that deserves to be intro-
duced.

P. BulUdna, Baker. Hardly differs from the above but de-
scribed as having larger fls., which are sessile instead of hav-
ing a long pedicel: fis. brownish green. The fls. are not jointed
at the pedicel as Baker says. B.M. 7427. — P. viridiflbra men-
tioned under B.M. 7427 is a mere slip of the pen for P. viri.
<iescens. j, n. Rose.

PROMEWiEA (named presumably after the prophetess
of Dodona). Orchiddcece. A genus of small herbs with
the habit of Odontoglossum but having Ivs. of paler
green. It is one of the many genera formerly united
with Zygopetalum. Lvs. eonduplicate in the bud:
pseudobulbs evident : inflorescence originating above
the annual leafy axis, 1-2-fld. : sepals and petals sub-
equal, spreading, the lateral sepals forming a mentum
with base of the column; labellum movably joined to
the base of the column. For culture, see Zygoi^etalum.

citrina, Donn. (Zygopitalnm xanth}mim) . A little
orchid with small ovate pseudobulbs and lanceolate lvs.
2-3 in. long: fls. pale lemon-yellow; labellum 3-Iobed,
with crimson spots in the throat; column streaked with
red. June. Brazil. Gn. 20, p. 61.

graminea, Lindl. Lvs. about 6 in. long, lanceolate,
faintly striate, jointed to the equitant bases: scapes
3-5, clustered: fis. dirty yellow, spotted with brown;
sepals and petals oblong -lanceolate ; labellum oval,
crisp and toothed on the margin, shaded with rose and
blotched with crimson-brown. Spring. Brazil. B.M.
5046. G.C. II. 23:636. — On account of the absence of
pseudobulbs this species is now generally placed in the
genus Keffersteinia.

stapelioides, Lindl. Pseudobulbs 4-angled, 1-2-lvd. :
lvs. lanceolate, spreading, pale glaucous, reticulate:
peduncle 2-fld. : fls. green outside, yellowish inside,
speckled and banded purple. Brazil. B.R. 25:17.

Heinrich Hasselbrtng.

PROPAGATION. See Cuttage, Graftage, Layerage,
Nursery, Seedage.

PROSARTES. See Disporum.

PROSOPIS (meaning obscure). Leguminds(e. A genus
of about 18 species of tender trees and shrubs includ-
ing the Mesquit and the Screw Bean, two forage plants
of considerable value in the arid regions of S. Calif, and
the Southwest. The species of Prosopis may be spiny
or not, the spines axillary, solitary or in pairs, or some-
times only the stipules spinescent: lvs. bipinnate, the

pinna3 in 1 or 2, rarely many, pairs; Ifts. few or many:
fls. small, in cylindrical spikes or globose heads.

The Mesquit, P. juliflora or P. diilds, is a thorny
shrub which ordinarily grows only a few feet high in the
desert, but iinder favorable circumstances it makes a
tree 60 ft. high. It ranges from California to Texas and
south to Buenos Ayres. It is also called Algaroba and
Cashaw. It was extensively planted in the Hawaiian
Islands many years ago by the missionaries. In great
stress of circumstances it has been known to send its
roots down a depth of 60 ft. It is suitable for hedges.
The sweetish pods are eaten chiefly by cattle. Seeds and
plants are offered in S. Calif.

A. Plant spiny: pod straight or sickle-shaped.
julifldra, DC. {P. dulcis; Kunth). Mesquit or Mes-
QUITE. Plant with stout axillary spines or often un-
armed: Ifts. 6-30 pairs, linear, M-IH in. long: spikes
cylindrical, 2-4 in. long: pod %~y^ ft. long or more.—
The Californian form is said to bear smaller pods than
the tropical form, and to be hardier.

AA. Plant less spiny : pod spirally twisted in nu-
merous turns.

pub^scens, Benth. Screw Bean. Tornillo. Plant
merely spinescent on petioles: Ifts. 5-8 pairs, oblong,
y4-% in. long: spikes globose to cylindrical, lK-2 in.
long: pod 1-2 in. long. Tex., Calif., Mex. y^^ ^^

PEOSTANTHfiRA (Greek, to add to, and anther; re-
ferring to the connectives of the anthers being spurred
or crested beneath}. LaMdta>. About 40 species of
Australian shrubs or subshrubs, with resinous glands,
and commonly strong-scented. Fls. borne in spring or
summer, solitary, axillary or opposite in terminal ra-
cemes; calyx-tube usually striate, the limb 2-lipped;
corolla -tube short, dilated into broad bell -shaped
throat; .stamens 4, in pairs; anthers with 2 perfect
cells ; the connective not elongated but prominent at
the back, sometimes cristate and usiially tipped with a
crest of short points or hairs, though occasionally the
appendages are very short or wanting. Flora Austra-
liensis 5:91 (1870).

nivea, A. Cunn. A beautiful shrub, 3-6 ft. high, gla-
brous except the corolla or with a few appressed hairs:
stem and branches slender, twiggy, upper ones 4-angled.
lvs. M-lM in. long, oblong-lanceolate or linear, entire,
pale green; margins involute, especially on older lvs.:
fls. snow-white or tinged with blue; pedicels short; ca-
lyx about li in. long, green; corolla K-/4 in* across.
Rocky hills, N, S. Wales and Victoria. B.M. 5658. -A
tender shrub, which can be safely grown only where the
lemon is hardy. Introduced by Franceschi, Santa Bar-
bara. Y. W. Barclay.

PROXflA (from Proteus, the sea-god. who changed
into many forms; alluding to the baffling diversity of
the species). Protedcexe. Proteas are tender shrubs
which are among the most attractive and characteristic
plants of the Cape of Good Hope. — a region whose plant
life is unique. Their flower-heads are said to look like
a "glorifled artichoke." Indeed P. cynaroides (Pig.
1962) is named from this very resemblance. {Cyna-
roides means cjmara-like ; and Cynara is xhe artichoke. )
It has bright pink flower-heads which last several
months. The structure of the flower-heads is the dis-
tinctive feature of the whole family of the Proteaceie.
The showy parts of the flower-head are the bracts,
which are often rigid, colored, and overlap one another
like the scales of a hard cone or an artichoke. "When
the beads of P. cynaroides first open," says Watson,
"they are full of honey and ar.e known to the Boers as
honey-pots." This honey is collected and made into a
kind of siigar. The blooming of the "honey-pots " is a
great occasion for picnics. Watson saw large bushes of
P. speciosa at the Cape, which he declared were quite
as effective as big specimen rhododendrons. "Fifty
years ago," writes Watson in 1891, "there were about 3*0
species of Protea included among popular greenhouse
plants in England; now one may safely say there is not
one. the few really under cultivation being only in
botanical collections." In 1881 Hooker wrote: "That
these and many other plants requiring like treatment
will be reintroduced, and will be the wonders of the

PROTEA

PROTOPLASM

1439

shows for many successive seasons, is as certain as that
they were once the glories of the old flue-heated houses
that our forefathers called stoves, in which orchids
quickly perished, and Banksias and Proteas throve
magnificently." Over 40 colored plates of Proteas have
been publiyhed, of which 23 appeared in Andrews' Bot.
Rep. between 1797 and 1811.

The interest in proteaceous plants is growing in
southern California. Proteads have a reputation for
being difficult to cultivate away from the Cape, but
Hooker's statement seems to indicate that their culture
is not so miich difficult as special. Under glass they are
said to require a coolhouse which is airy and sunny
"The one great danger to cultivated Proteads,"
Watson, "is excessive watering, and to
guard against this it is found to be a good
plan, in the case of delicate species, to
place the pot in which the plant is grow-
ing inside a larger one, filling up the
space between with silver sand. The lat-
ter is always kept moist." Many of the
species need staking, as the shoots are
quick to break off at the base if unsup-
ported.

The family Proteacese contains 14 gen-
era, of which 10 are typical of southern
Africa and 4 of Australia. According to
Benthara and Hooker, the family is as dis-
tinct as possible and has never been con-
fused by any one with anything else. The
most popular member of the family for
greenhouse culture in America at present
is the Silk Oak, or Grevillea. In southern
California the interest in the family is now
centered on the Silver Tree, Leucaden-
dron, which is the characteristic tree about
Cape Town and practically the only native
tree of any kind growing there in quantity. Proteas
ripen seeds freely, and seeds can be easily procured
from the Cape. Of recent years the two species which
have attracted the most attention in the horticultural
world are P. cynaroides (G.P. 8:35. G.C. III. 17:773.
G.M. 38:407. Century Book of Gard. 310), and P. nana
(B.M. 7095. G.F. 4:413. G.M. 35:268, 2G9).

The Australian Proteaceffi are monographed in the
Flora Australiensis. Good horticultural accounts are
those of Wm. Watson in G.F. 8:34 and 4:412, which
have been liberally quoted above. y^_ jj_

PROTEADS. Same as Protectees.

PROTECTION, as used by the gardener, is an indefi-
nite term. A plant may need protection from living
agencies, as animals, birds, insects, or plants (includ-
ing fungi and weeds)— or it may need protection from
the weather, — heat, cold, rain, drought. Generally,
however, the gardener means by "protection," winter-
protection, which again covers two very distinct ideas.
Most Cape bulbs, for instance, are ruined if they are
frozen; tulips are not. Yet Cape bulbs can sometimes
be wintered outdoors if they are protected by a covei'-
ing heavy enough to keep out frost. Strawberries, on
the contrary, are covered after frost with a light mulch,
which is designed merely to keep the plants from being
heaved by alternate freezing and thawing. These are
the main objects of winter protection in the East, at
least with herbs. In the prairie states the fruit trees
also need protection from the hot, drying winds of sum-
mer and from sun-scald, which are not the important
considerations with eastern fruit-growers. See Winter
Protection. Allied topics are discussed under Green-
Jtouse, Coldframes and Hotheds; Insects, Insecticides,
Fungicides and Weeds; Transplanting.

PROTOPLASM. A substance, sometimes called the
physical basis of life, apparently universally present
and functional in all living bodies, plants and animals
alike. It varies greatly in consistence, owing to the
proportional amount of water contained, from a semi-
fluid to a firm solid; and its chemical composition is
constantly changing by its own constructive and destruc-
tive activity. The slimy substance observed when bark

91

is separated from rapidly growing stems is mainly pro-
toplasm, and is a good illustration of its condition in
young tissues and of its appearance in quantity.

As usually seen under the microscope in the cells of
living plants, protoplasm is a mucilaginous or plastic
mass, nearly transparent, colorless or gray from the
numerous fine embedded granules, and often exhibits

1 ^a\%'ff4)

1962. Protea cynaroides (X %).

streaming or other kinds of motion. It fills very young
and actively forming cells completely full, lilie thin
jelly in a glass flask. But as growth continues bubbles
of clear water appear, which soon enlarge and then
coalesce, so that at length the protoplasm becomes a
thin lining to the cell-wall and incloses a central body
of water. Not unfrequently, however, several strings
or bands, more or less branched, of the soft substance
stretch through the water across the cell, and in these
may often be observed streams of moving granules.
The protoplasmic layer or lining as described remains
as long as the cell lives and is, in fact, the only part of
the cell which exhibits any of the phenomena of vitality.
When it disappears, as it does from the heart-wood and
outer bark of trees and often of other plants, the tissues
are lifeless, and any functions they subsequently per-
form are solely mechanical or physical.

In living cells of all plants (except, perhaps, certain
alg£B and fungi) there is a specialized and very impor-
tant portion of the cell-protoplasm, usually spheroidal or
disk-form, called the nucleus. The whole protoplasmic
mass is capable of absorbing nutriment and of appro-
priating it in its own growth, and it is all sensitive to
external agents or stimuli, like heat, light, mechanical
shock, etc. ; but the nucleus is essential to cell-multi-
plication and to reproduction. No new cells are ever
formed, unless in the plants excepted above, without
the active aid of these minute but peculiarly endowed
bodies; hence no growth, beyond the simple enlarge-
ment of cells previously formed, can take place with-
out them. Cells increase by the self-division of those
already existing, and in this the nuclei are the active
agents. Two new cells are actual, though enlarged,
halves of one former cell; the young cells, therefore,
repeat the characteristics of the old one as nearly as any
such transmission can take place. In sexual reproduc-
tion there is a definite and essential coalescence of two
nuclei into one, and the result springing from the latter
is necessarily a union of the characteristics of both
parents; but in other cell-formations there is no such
chance for departure from the preexisting type. This
explains why the characteristics of stock and cion do
not become mixed how^ever intimate the union; the
tissues adhere together and nutrient fluids pass up or
down, but there is no intermingling beyond this. No
cell becomes half-and-half of stock and clon. Each pre-

1440

PROTOPLASM

PRUNE

serves its individuality, through the self -partition of
a single nucleus, no matter how near a neighbor of
another kind It may have, nor what that neighbor is.
The only reciprocal iullaences exerted are such as might
-come from soil or from physical conditions.

If we cannot say that protoplasm is the physical basis
of life from the reasoning that the latter is something
apart from material substance, we must attribute to
this seemingly unorganized, unstable something all
those properties and activities which distinguish living
things [from dead bodies. All that plants do as liv-
ing things, protoplasm does. Do they select and
assimilate food and bring dead matter into the bonds of
vitality? Do they manufacture organic substances-
starches, sugars, oils, spices, fibers, etc."? Are they
sensitive or do they possess irritabilitj'? Are they
capable of response to stimuli by movement or other-
wise? Have they the power of growth and of reproduc-
ing their kind? Then protoplasm is present and is
performing its wonderful operations.

T. J. BURRILL.

PRUMN6PITYS. See Podocarp^is.

PRUNE. Prunes are the dried fruit of certain varie-
ties of plums (Fig. 1963). Any plum that can be success-
fully cured, without removing the pit, into a firm, long-
keeping product, may be used for making Prunes. The
chief requisite for a good Prune-making plum is that it

1963. Prunes (X nearly K).
Califoruia Prune on the left (Imperiale Epiueuse); common eominercl;d on the right,

have a large proportion of solids, more particularly a
large amount of sugar. Prunes are much valued in
cookery, making a nutritious food having demulcent and
laxative qualities. Extra fine Prunes are sometimes
called prunelles; these are often packed in mass as are
dates and are sold as a confection.

Until within the last decade, France was the leading
Prune-producing region of the world; now first rank
must be given to California. The average yearly output
in that state for the last five years of the nineteenth cen-
tury would be about 85,000,000 pounds, with a capacity
at the close of the period to produce an average crop of
130,000,000 pounds. Prance ranks second, with a yearly
average for the period given above of about 70,000,000
pounds, a capacity which is being increased but little.
The Pacific northwest, Oregon. Washington and Idaho,
is third in importance in the Prune industry with a pro-
ducing capacity at the end of the century of about
30,000,000 pounds per year; this will be considerably
increased from year to year. Bosnia, Servia, Germany
and Spain are other Prune-producing countries. The
most highly reputed Prunes come from the valley of the
Loire in France, but it is doubtful if these are superior
in quality to the best grades from California and the
Pacific northwest.

Attempts have been made to start the Prune industry
in many regions other than those mentioned, but although
it has not been found difficult to grow the trees and pro-
duce an abundance of fruit, the climatic conditions have
proved too unfavorable for curing the product, and the
attempts have for the most part failed. Notable excep-
tions are parts of Australia and South Africa, regions
which may some time compete with those mentioned
above.

The growth of the Prune industry in America is one
of the most remarkable industrial phenomena of agri-
culture. An attempt was made by the United States
Patent Office to start the industry in 1854 on the Atlantic
coast by the distribution of cions of Prune d'Agen

and Prune Sainte Catherine, but though the fruit was
produced it could not be cured, and the infant industry
soon died. In 1850, Louis Pellier, of San Jos^, Cali-
fornia, had shipped from Agen, France, cions of the
Prune d'Agen. The fruit was small, and to distin-
guish it from a larger plum, th^ Hungarian, supposed
to have come from Agen, this was called the Petite, the
name now most commonly given to this the leading
Prune of the country. The first cured Prunes were ex-
hibited at the California State Fair in I8G3. The first
commercial orchard was planted in 1870. In 1880 the
output per annum was about 200,000 pounds; in 1890
16,000,000 pounds, 80 times as great as in 1880, and now,
in 1900, the average capacity is certainly not less than
130,000,000 pounds, valued by the producers at $4,550,000.
There are three methods of curing Prunes: sun-dry-
ing, as is practiced in California and some parts of
Europe; curing in evaporators, the method in vogue in
the Pacific northwest and parts of California; third, sun
drying or evaporating after the fruit has been partially
cooked, chiefly practiced in the European countries-
Without doubt sun-drying is the most economical and
profitable process where proper climatic conditions pre-
vail. Some think that a better product may be produced
by the use of evaporators, the slight chemical changes
taking place more perfectly, so that, as a rule, the fruit
looks better, keeps longer, is not so tough, and has a more
natural flavor than the sun-dried Prune. The half -cook-
ing is but little advocated in the
more progressive Prune regions,
for the reason of economy; the pro-
duct is much darker colored, more
tender, and perhaps more palatable,
having a cooked flavor liked by
many. In California, evaporators
are not now used in the leading
Prune districts.

The method of treatment in cur-
ing Prunes varies greatly, but in
general it would be about as fol-
lows: The fruit is allowed to re-
main on the trees until ripe enough
to fall to the ground, the maxi-
mum proportion of solids being
then produced. It is then passed over graders in
order to remove all rubbish and to secure several
sizes, evenness in size being essential to attain uni-
formity in curing, since the small fruits dry more
rapidly than the large ones. Machines run by hand or
by power do the grading. Before going to the drying
grounds or to the evaporators the green product must
be dipped in boiling lye or pricked by needles in a prick-
ing machine, to check and make tender the tough skin,
thus allowing the moisture more readily to escape. The
first method is in most general favor. The dipping
consists of immersing the fruit for a minute or less in
a solution of lye in the proportion of one pound of com-
mercial lye to from ten to fifty gallons of water main-
tained at the boiling point. The fruit is carried me-
chanically, as by an endless chain, through a vat, or
is placed in wire baskets for the dipping. After a
thorough rinsing the Prunes are placed on wooden or
wire-bottomed trays and are then ready for the ground
or for the evaporator.

In the sun the time of exposure varies from five to
twelve days, depending upon the climatic conditions, the
size and the variety of the fruit. Treatment in an evap-
orator varies with "the make of the machine. In general,
the temperature in the evaporator should be from 120°
to 140° at the start, to be increased to from 160° to 180°
when the Prunes are taken out. Too much heat at first
causes the cells of the fruit to burst, producing drip
and discoloration. Other important factors entering
into the process of evaporation are the circulation of
air in the machine, convenience and cost of fuel and
power. The time required for curing ranges from 12
hours for a small, heavj'" Prune to 48 houi'S for a large,
juicy one. Much depends on the machine. A common
fault is to hasten the process too much. If not cured
enough, fermentation and mold result; if too much,
the weight is lessened, the quality is injured, the Prune
is hai'sh and coarse, and has a dried-up appearance.
When sufficiently dried the Prunes are put in bins or

PRUNE

PRaNING

1441

piles to sweat, which takes from one to three weeks;
they are then ready for the finishing processes — grading
and packing. In grading, the Fnines are separated into
sizes indicating the number of Prunes required to make a
pound, as 30s to 4:0s, 40s to oOs and so on to the smallest
size, 120s to i;jOs. Processing is done by dipping the
Prunes in boiling water and glycerine, or by steaming,
or by using some special preparation in the final dip, or
by rattling in a revolving cylinder. Processing is repu-
table if it adds beauty to the color, or kills insect eggs, or
sterilizes the Prunes; it is disreputable when the object
is to secure weight. Packing is an art which must be
learned by experience and is varied to suit the taste of
producer and consumer. The best Prunes are packed in
boxes, though much of the product is put up in sacks.
Lining with paper, filling, facing, pressing and label-
ing are important details. A well-cured Prune is soft
and spongy, the pit is loose but does not rattle ; the
skin is bright, livelj' and free from drippings and exu-
dations; the flesh should be meaty, elastic, and of bright
color.

All light-colored Prunes are bleached with sulfur
fumes. The process injures the quality of the Prunes,
and makes the product somewhat poisonous, but the
market is sometimes better for a light-colored, sul-
fured Prune than for the darker unsulfured ones. In
other cases, however, the dark Prunes find the best
market. The sulfuring is done by placing the trays of
fruit, cured or uncured, in a small chamber in which
sulfur is ignited by hot coals, or otherwise, the fumes
distributed by ventilators, and the fruit allowed to be
fumigated for from a half hour to two hours.

In curing, if all conditions are not right, several difii-
culties are encountered. In a poor evaporator, the fruit
drips, i. e., a syrupy liquid oozes from the Prunes in
the process of curing. If a poor product is produced, or
if the conditions for keeping are poor, the Prunes be-
come covered with globules of sugar, rendering them
sticky and destroying the luster— called sugaring.
Fruit grown on poor soil, or on unhealthy trees, or
picked before ripe, may cure into small Prunes of an
abnormal shape, called "frogs;" or they may ferment
and swell up in large, soft Prunes called "bloaters."

Varieties. — There is much confusion regarding the
nomenclature of the Prune-making plums. In the seat
of the industry the green fruits as well as the cured are
called Prunes, and the names of the varieties are in
many cases different from those given in other than the
Prune-producing regions. For several of the leading
Prunes there are a number of synonyms, and some sorts
have not a few distinct races. Each region, as a rule,
has^a favorite sort grown almost to the exclusion of all
others. The following is a discussion of the varieties of
Prune-making plums now well known in America.

Petite Prune {syus., Prune d'Agen, Prune d'Ente,
French, California, Robe de Sergeant, etc. ) . — Of medium
size, egg-shaped, violet-purple; flesh greenish yellow,
sugary, rich ; trees hardy, very prolific, sure bearers.
Well cured, it is of a lively, bright amber color. This is
the Prune most widely grown in California. It has a
large proportion of solids, cures the easiest of any
Prune, and shrinks but little in curing. In cooking, but
little sugar is needed; hence it is the poor man's Prime.
There are several types of this variety, differing mostly
in size and shape, due largely to varying soils and cli-
mates. It is at present the favorite in the market.

Italian Prune (syns., Fellenberg, German Prune,
Swiss Prune). — Large size, oval, dark purple; flesh yel-
lowish, juicy, subacid, delicious ; trees somewhat ten-
der, subject to disease, capricious bearers. Cured, the
fruit is very dark red, approaching black in color. This
is the leading sort in the Pacific northwest, more than
four-fifths being of this variety; but it is now found
that it is difficult to grow, and that, while a better sort
has not yet been found for that region, yet one that
would produce as good a fruit without the weaknesses
of the Italian tree is very desii*able.

Silver Prune fsyn., Coe Golden Drop). Very large,
oval, one side enlarged, necked, Uffht yellow, dotted
with red; flesh yellow, firm, juicy, sweet, rich; tree pre-
carious grower, but very productive when all conditions
are favorable. Properly cured, the Silver is of a beau-
tiful golden hue. The cured product is larger than that

of any other variety, is of superior flavor, and brings
the highest market price. Must be bleached. Always in
demand as a fancy product.

Most of the other varieties now grown are sold when
cured as one of the above three varieties. All black
Prunes are sold as Italians; all amber ones as Petite;
and all light-colored ones as Silver. The Italian will
usually grade three or four sizes higher than the Pe-
tite, and the Silver two or three sizes higher than the
Italian. The price paid the producer is usually from
one-tenth to one-half cent greater for each higher
size. Extras, as the very large sizes of any variety are
called, command an adtlitional premium. The follow-
ing is a list of plums grown more or less for Prune-
making: Green Gage, which makes a fancy product;
Yellow Egg, sells as the Silver when evaporated; Ger-
man Prune, a class name for several races making a
product much like the Italian; Hungarian Prune, a
very large sort making a fancy product, but hard to
cure; Robe de Sergeant, much like the Petite and con-
sidered the same by some; Bulgarian Prune, of the
Italian class; Tragedy Prune, a very early sort of the
Italian type; Golden Prune, much like the Silver and
possibly better; Champion Prune, an early strain of the
Italian. The Willamette, Pacific, Tennant, Steptoe, and
Dosch, are all of the Italian type; the Dosch has much
to recommend it as a substitute for the Italian. St.
Martin's Quetsche is a late sort which sells as the Sil-
ver, as do also the Brignole and Datte de Hongrie. The
Giant, one of Burbank's seedlings, is much like but
larger than the Petite. Imperiale Epineuse is popular
in California (Fig. 1963). Sugar Prune, one of Burbank's
seedlings, is also becoming popular.

See also Plum and Evaporation of Fruits.

U. P. Hedrick.

PRUNflLLA. See Brunella.

PRUNING. Under this denomination are comprised a
multitude of practices and ideals. It is impossible to
give any advice for pruning until one has analyzed the
subject and knows the objects for which he is to work
and the underlying principles on which his practices
must rest. The larger part of the writing on pruning
gives mere advice or direc-
tions, or details some per-
son's experience, without
analyzing or elucidating the
subject. The practice must
differ with every person and
every condition: the princi-
ples are universal. The
ideals that are associated
with pruning may be
grouped around three cen-
ters: (1) pruning proper, or
the removal of a part of a
plant for the purpose of bet-
tering the remaining part or
its product; (2) training, or
the disposition or placing of
the individual branches, a
practice which is ordinarily
coincident with pruning pro-
per; (3) trimming, or the
shaping of a plant into some
definite or artificial form.

The principles that under-
lie pruning proper may be
associated with two ideals —
the lessening of the struggle
for existence amongst the
parts of a plant, and the cut-
ting away of certain parts
for the purpose of producing
some definite effect in the
formation of fruit-buds or
leaf-buds or in modifying the habit of the plant. There
are more branches in the top of any plant than can per-
sist; therefore there is struggle for existence. Those
which have the advantage of position, persist. Nature
prunes. Dying and dead branches in any neglected
tree-top are iUustrations of this fact. Whenever the
struggle for existence is greatly lessened, the remain-

1964.
More limbs have perished
than have survived.—
Nature's pruning.

1442

PRUNING

PRUNING

ing branches receive a greater proportion of the plant's
energy, and they therefore make stronger growth or are
more productive in flowers and fruit. Pruning is essen-
tially a thinning process.

In itself pruning is not a devitalizing process; it is
only devitalizing when it is carried to excess or when
the wounds do not heal and disease sets in. It is rather
an invigorating process, since it allows more nourish-
ment to be distributed to the remaining parts of the
plant. The notion that pruning is devitalizing arises
from false analogy with animals, which suffer shock or
injury when parts are removed. The fact that pruning
is not a devitalizing process is proved by every tree.
The tree is a record of successive prunings. Note the
number of branches on the seedling tree in the nursery
row or in the forest, and then consider that all these
branches, with the exception of the leader itself, will
probably perish in the course of time. The forest tree
develops a bole because the side limbs are pruned away
by natural causes. Fig. 1904. Knots are records of na-
ture's pruning. In the gx-eater number of cases the
limbs die and are removed when still very young, and
they leave snaall record in the grain of the wood; but all
visible knots are histories of the removal of large
branches. As a rule, it is only Avhen the knots become
knot-holes that injury results. A knot-hole means de-
cay, and this decay may extend into the heart of the
tree, finally causing it to become hollow. A black or
decayed heart is always an indication of disease. The
disease originates on the outside of the plant: it is the
result of inoculation. This inoculation takes place
through some bruised or broken part; it is usually an
inoculation of filamentous fungi. These fungi gain a
foothold in the dead and dying cells of the wound, and
as they grow they are able to destroy the living cells and
therefore to produce decay. The larger the wound, the
greater is the liability to infection. It is very important,
therefore, in the pruning of trees, that the wounds shall
be as small as possible. This means that the best
pruning is that which is practiced annually, so that
none of the branches to be removed attain large size.
This annual pruning is also most desirable for other
reasons, as may be seen below.

Woody plants should always be pruned when they are
transplanted. This is because the roots are pruned in
the very process of removal,
and the tops should be re-
duced in proportion. For
some time after the plant is
transplanted, it has no vital
connection with the soil.

1965, Prunine at time of
transplanting.

^■^'i3&j^'/r

Prunine of the youne tree
on transplanting.

and if all the top is allowed to remain there is much
evaporation from it and a dissipation of the energies of
the plant. How much of the top shall be removed de-
pends on how much of the roots was removed in digging,

and also on the personal ideals and desires of the opera-
tor. It is a general practice to cut back the top of a
plant at least one-half upon transplanting ; in some
cases still more of the top is removed. Quite another
question is the particular form in which the top shall
be left. Some grow-
ers prefer to remove
all side branches,
if it is a fruit tree,
and leave a straight
whip. Fig. 1965. They
are then free to start
the new branches
where they like. This
is the better practice
with very young
trees, and it is one
that is nearly always
employed with peach
trees. If the trees are
three years old and
well branched, most
persons prefer to
leave three or four
of the main branches
to form the starting
point of the future
top. Fig. 1966. These
branches may be
headed back half or
more of their length.
Of late years a
method of very se-
vere pruning has
come into notice un-
der the name of the
Stringfellow or stub-
root system, taking
its name from H. M.
Stringfellow of
Texas, who has writ-
ten much concern-
ing it. The fullest
presentation of Mr.
Stringfellow 's ideas
will be found in his
book, " The New Hor-
ticulture." It advises
that practically all
the roots be cut away and that the top be shortened to a
straight stick one or two feet long, without side branches.
It is the supposition that when trees are reduced to their
lowest terms in this way, the new root-branches that
arise will take a more natural form and the tree will
assume more of the root character of a seedling. This
method of transplanting has met with good success in
many places. The fundamental theories on which it is
founded, however, have not been demonstrated. This
system is, in fact, a matter of local practice rather than
of principle. In a great majority of cases, it will be
found to be better, particularly in trees that are three
years or more old, to prune them only moderately, allow-
ing a part of the original root system and a part of the
top to remain.

Pruning Fimit Trees. — Fruit trees are pruned for
the purpose of enabling them to produce a superior
quality of fruit. They are not pruned primarily to
make them assume any definite or preconceived shape.
It is best, as a rule, to allow each variety of tree to take
its own natural or normal form, only pruning it suffi-
ciently, so far as shape is concerned, to remove any un-
usual or unsymmetrical growths.

(1) The fundamental conception in the pruning of
fruit trees is to reduce the struggle for existence, so
that the remaining parts may produce larger and finer
fruits .

(2) The result of pruning fruit trees should be to
keep the tree in bearing condition, not to force it into
such condition. If the tree has received proper care
from the time it is planted, it should come into bearing
when it reaches the age of puberty. Pruning, therefore,
is merely a corrective process and keeps the tree in
proper bearing condition. When trees have been much

1967. Young apple tree.
The marks show which limbs
may be removed to advantage.

PRUNING

PRUNING

1443

' '^-'^'

neglected, pruning may be the means of reinvigorating
them and setting them into a thriftier condition. In
such cases it is one of the means of renovating the
tree, as tUling, fertilizing and spraying are.

(3) Heavy pruning of the top tends to produce wood.
This is because the same amount of root energy is con-
centrated into a smaller

aniountof top, thereby caus-
ing a heavier growth. This
is particnlarlj' true if the
pruning is done when the
plant is dormant.

(4) Heavy pruning of the
root tends to lessen the pro-
duction of wood, because the
same amount of top receives
a less supply of soil water
with its content of plant-
food.

(5) Trees which grow
much to wood are likely to be

relatively unproductive. It is an old maxim that check-
ing growth induces fruitfulness, so long as the plant
remains healthy. If the tree is thrown into redundant
growth every two or three years by very heavy pruning,
it tends to continue to produce wood at the expense of
fruit. When a tree is to be brought into bearing condi-
tion by general good treatment, the aim should be to
keep it in that condition by a relatively light annual
pruning. Violent pruning is allowable only when trees
have been neglected and it is necessary to bring them
back into bearing condition or to renew their tops.

(6) The operator should know where the fruit-buds
are borne before undertaking the pruning of any fruit
tree; otherwise he may destroy too many of them. If
he knows the position of the fruit-buds, he may prune
in such rrianner as to thin the fruit even without the
removal of much wood, and thereby to reduce the strug-
gle for existence to a minimum. Every species of tree
has its own method of fruit-bearing. The pear bears
its fruit largely on old spurs. The peach bears on the
wood of the last season's growth. In order to thin the
fruit of the pear by pruning, therefore, it is necessary
to remove part of the spurs. In the peach it is neces-
sary to cut out or to cut back a part of the previous
year's growth. Each species of plant is a law unto it-
self in these regards.

(7) Heading-in tends to promote fruitfulness, par-
ticularly in those trees that are growing over-rapidly.
If the heading-in is very severe, however, it may
amount to a heavy pruning, and in that case it may

never headed-in, provided they are otherwise well
pruned and well cared for. Whether one shall head-in
his fruit trees or not, is a personal question. If the
trees are growing too rapidly, it is well to head them in
in order to check their ambition. This is particularly
necessary when trees are growing on heavy or very

-•■v«m;

..A

1968. A New York cherry-erower's ideal of a
Montmorency cherry tree.

Perhaps the large branch on the front side should have been
removed when the tree was young.

set the plant into wood-bearing rather than into fruit-
bearing. It is not to be supposed, however, that head-
ing-in is necessarily to be advised in order to make
trees bear. They may bear just as well if they are

1969. Cordon training.

An apple tree (grafted on dwarf stock) trained in two branches on a horizontal wire running

only two feet above the ground. Each year tlie growths are cut back to spurs.

fertile soil and tend to overgrow. In such case, cut-
ting off the strongest leaders and leaving the weaker
ones may induce greater fruitfulness. When trees are
planted too close together, it may also be necessary in
order to prevent the plantation from becoming too
thick. Some people like a low-headed and rounded
top; this is a question of i>ersonal ideals. If the or-
chardist desires such form, it is necessary to head-in
the tree. It should be remembered that the more a tree
is headed-in the thicker it tends to become in the crown
and the more inside pruning is necessary. Whenever
there is danger of fruit rot, as in plums and early
peaches, it is a qxiestion whether the thick form of top
is the most advisable.

(8) Pinching-in the annual growths in early summer
tends to augment the development of fruit-buds, al-
though these buds may not be developed the very year
in wliich the pinching-in is done. This is a .special prac-
tice, however, which can be employed only on small
areas and with particular trees. It is essentially a
garden practice and not an orchard practice. In the
orchard, one must depend for fruitfulness upon the
general good care of the plantation, and in this care
pruning is one of the essential factors.

(9) Pruning fruit trees usually resolves itself into a
thorough and systematic thinning out of the weak, im-
perfect and interfering branches. Thereby, the energy
of the plant is saved and is deflected to those parts
that are capable of bearing a useful product. The sun
and air are admitted. The tree becomes manageable
for spraying and for picking. All the fruits have an
opportunity to develop. How much or how little to Thin
is wholly a local question. In hiimid climates, much
thinning may be necessary. In dry, hot climates, as on
the Plains, but little thinning is allowable, else the
branches may .sun-scald. Pigs. 1967 and 1968 illustrate
two pruning ideals. Consult, also, the pictures in the
various fruit articles in this work.

(10) Scraping the rough bark from old trunks may be
a desirable practice, since it destroys the breeding
places of insects and fungi. Trees that have been con-
tinuously thrifty, however— that have received uni- "
formly good tillage, fertilizing, pruning, spraying—
rarely need to be scraped, as the bark remains rela-
tively smooth and iirm. Only the loose outer bark should
be removed. On ornamental trees, the bark is apart of
the characteristic beauty, and it should not be scraped.
Although not a pruning question, this is closely asso-
ciated with pruning practices.

Pruning Ornamejttal P?rtnfs. — Ornamental trees and
shrubs are pruned for three piirposes: (1) to enable
them to produce greater quantity of bloom; (2) to make
them take some desired form; (3) to remove unusual or
straggling growths.

The pruning of ornamental trees and shrubs for the
production of flowers is controlled largely by the
flower-bearing habit of the plant. Most early-blooming
plants develop their flower-buds the year before. Heavy
pruning, therefore, particularly heading-in, when the
plants are dormant, cuts off the flower-buds and the
amount of bloom is lessened. If these plants are
pruned just after the flowers are passed in spring the

5;, ' "v -n ^

1444

PRUNING

PliUNING

best results will be secured, since the new growths will
then develop flower-buds for the year following. It may
be advisable, however, to prune such plants in win-
ter for the purpose of thinning them, thereby allowing
the flower-buds which remain to produce larger bloom.

iiU.

1970. Apple tree trained on an espalier.

In most ornamental plants, however, it is the number
of flowers rather than the size of each which is desired.

Plants that bloom late in the season, like hydrangea
and most species of clematis, make their flower-buds
on shoots which arise that very season. With such
plants, it is well to prune rather heavily while they are
dormant in order to cause them to thrown up a profusion
of strong shoots in the spring. *These shoots will bear
that summer. Lists of plants in these two categories
will be found in the appendix to the second edition of
"The Pruniug-Book."

Pruning to make the plant assume some definite form
is essentially a method of shearing or heading-in.
If it is desired to have a very regular and definite
shape, it is well to shear the plant at least two or
three times a year in order to keep down the ex-
uberant growths. It is a common practice to shear
the plants only in the winter, but if this shearing
is somewhat violent, as is usually the case, the
plant throws up numerous strong shoots very early
in spring and it remains shapeless during a large
part of the growing season.

Training.— There is relatively little careful
training of plants in North America, largely be-
cause of the expense of the skilled labor which is
necessary to perform it. Land is also relatively
cheap, and room can be given for the natural de-
velopment of most plants. In the Old World, fruit
plants must be grown in very small areas, and it
may be necessary to train them on walls, sides of
buildings, or on trellises of various kinds. Trained
fruit trees may generally be referred to one of
three categories: the wall tree, which is trained
against a continuous surface ; the espalier, which
is trained on a trellis, the branches starting at
nearly right angles from a central shaft; the cor-
don, or training to a single or double strand near
the ground. Properly, an espalier is a trellis; but
the word is commonly used for the plant that is
trained on the trellis. There are many variations

in the methods of training and pruning in each of these
three classes, and the methods are such as can scarcely
be well elucidated in writing. The Old World literature
is replete with instructions. In recent American litera-
ture, the fullest account is to be found in "The Pruning-
Book." In order that trees maybe well trained on walls,
espaliers and cordons, it is necessary that the training
be begun in the nursery. The Old World nurseries
grow plants which are trained for various uses, but the
American nurseries do not. If, therefore, the American
is to train trees in any of these formal shapes, he should
secure specimens that are not more than one year from
the bud or graft, and begin the training himself. The
illustrations (Pigs. 1969-71) suggest some of the special
methods of training fruit trees.

WJien to Prnne. — It will be gleaned from the above
remarks that the time of pruning depends on many
circumstances, and chiefly on the result which it is de-
sired to reach. So far as the healing of the wound is con-
cerned, it is usually best to prune when the vegetative
activities begin in spring so that the wound is quickly
covered or " headed." For the purpose of checking growth
and producing other deflnite results, it may be neces-
sary to prune at other times of the year. As a general
rule, however, the best time to prune is in late winter
and early spring, when labor can be had and before the
rush of spring work comes on. The colder and drier the
winter climate, the later the pruning should be delayed.

The wound made by severing a branch heals by means
of a callus which forms from the growing tissue between
the bark and wood. Fig. 1972. This tissue rolls over
the wound, finally joining in the center and completely
covering the old wood. The old w^ood itself takes no
part in the healing process; in fact, it dies. When the
healing is complete, the old wood is merely covered and
preserved from external injury and infection, much as
fruit in a jar is preserved by being protected with a
cover. There is no dressing that will hasten the heal-
ing process except as it keeps the wood from decay. In
other words, the whole object of dressing a wound is to
protect it. The dressing prevents bacteria and fungi
from securing a foothold and thereby prevents the rot.
Wounds that are exposed for some years nearly always
become unsound at the center because of the intrusion
of these organisms, and even if the w^ounds should sub-
sequently heal over, the infection may still extend down
the heart of the tree and finally cause its death. The
best covering for a woun<l is one that protects it best
from microbes and fungi and which persists the long-
est. Ordinarily, good white lead paint, applied heavily
and renewed occasionally, is the best protection. Graft-
ing wax may afford a good protection, if it is applied
hot so that it soaks into the tissue. If it is merely
spread over the surface, it soon blisters and becomes
loose and a-ffords relatively little protection.

x;

"^^cP^S^-fiP

fSff

I 1

^

1971 Pear trees tra ned on a wall
When once the wall is covered, the tree is never allowed to in-
crease in surface area. It is cut back to spurs each year, much as
grape-vines may be treated.

PRUNING

The rapidity with which wounds heal depends very
largely on their position on the tree and the way iii
which they are made. Wounds along the main
branches, which are the leading avenues for distribu-
tion of food, heal more speedily than those on the
weaker side branches. The closer the wound sits to the
branch, the more quickly
will it heal. Fig. 1973. If a
stub is left several inches
i'ijj; long (Pig. 1975), it seldom

PRUNUS

1445

therefore, where they make great display, but their short
season of bloom and the very ordinary foliage of most
of them have limited the planting of the ornamental
kinds. Some of the ornamental species are not grown
on their own stocks, but are worked on stocks that can
be grown easily and cheaply and of which seeds can be
obtained in abundance. The commonest stocks for the
ornamental kinds are the phim {P. domestica), peach
and sweet cherry. On the plum are grown the dwarf
almonds and the double-flowering and fancy-foliage

1972. The healing tissue
arises from the side of
the v/ound, not from
the hard v/ood.

1973. A well-covered
\vound.

The pruning was prop-
erly done, no stub being
left.

1974. The stub is longer
than necessary, although
the fault is not a flagrant
one.

1975. Common fault in pruninffo

This wound cannot heal un-
til the stub rots away, and by
that time the tree may be
irreparably diseased.

heals until it rots back to the main branch or trunk ; and
by that time the decayed heart may have extended deep
into the tissue of the tree. It is a common notion that
a limb should be cut at right angles to the direction of
the limb itself and beyond the bulge at its base. It is a
better plan, however, to make the wound parallel to the
direction of the branch or trunk that remains, and close
to it. This wound may have a somewhat larger super-
ficial area, but it is much nearer the source of the heal-
ing food supply and therefore becomes covered more
quickly. L_ jj. B.

PR^NTTS (ancient Latin name of plum). Rosricece.
PiiuM, Cherkt, Peach, Apricot, Almond, etc. About
75 species of pink-flowered or white-flowered shrubs and
small trees of wide distribution, but most abundant in
the north temperate zone. Lvs. alternate, simple, irsu-
ally serrate: fls. mostly in spring, sometimes preceding
the leaves, either solitary or in clusters, perfect, the
pistil single, the stamens numerous and perigynous, the
petals and calyx-lobes 5: fr. a drupe, usually 1-seeded
by the abortion of one of the two ovules. Fig. 1976. The
genus as here outlined includes several well-marked
groups, some of which are regarded as distinct genera
by many authors. In their extreme or typical forms,
these subgenera are very distinct, but there are so many
intergradient forms that it seems unwise to keep them
distinct as genera. The tendency of plant-breeding is
to still further obliterate the differences by means of
hybridization. At best, the genus is polymorphous,
but the general experience is that confusion is increased
rather than decreased by the effort to make two or more
genera from it. Many of the forms that appear to be
very distinct in their extremes, connect by insensible
gradations in intermediate ranges. The dominant East
American species, for example, shade off into marked
forms in the West and Southwest (see Waugh, 12th Rep.
Vt. Exp. Sta., p. 231-239).

Horticulturally, Prunus is one of the most important of
all genera. It includes the stone-fruits, — peaches, plums,
cherries, apricots, almonds. It is also prolific of orna-
mental subjects, as double-flowered, variegated-leaved,
colored-leaved and weeping forms. Most of the culti-
vated species are hardy in the latitude of Philadelphia
and many are hardy in Ontario. All ai-e of easy culture.
Nearly all the species are spring-flowering. Only P.
acida, amongst the cultivated kinds, blooms as late as
midsummer. They are very useful for spring gardens,

plums. The myrobalan plum (P. cerasifera) is some-
times used for the same purpose. Peach stocks may be
used for the same species, as a rule; and they are also
employed, particularly in the South, for many fruit-
bearing plums. The sweet cherry (P. Avium) is a good
stock for the various kinds of double-flowered, weeping
and fancy-leaved cherries. It is an important point in
the growing of these grafted Prunuses to remove all
sprouts from the stock as soon as they appear. This is
particularly true of the dwarf almonds, since the stocks
are usually stronger-growing species and tend to sucker
from the root. It is a question whether it would not be
better to propagate these dwarf species from layers or
cuttings in case seedlings of their own species cannot
be had. Own-rooted plants can be secured by root-
grafting with a long cion (see Fig. 943, Vol. I).

In North America there has been a most remarkable
contemporaneous evolution of fruit-bearing plums from
the native species. Several hundred orchard varieties
have been described, and the trees are grown commer-
cially over a wide range of country in the South, in the
Mississippi valley and on the Plains, — in regions in
which the common Primus domestica does not thrive.
Systematic knowledge of these domesticated native
plums dates from 1892 (Bull. 62, Cornell Exp. Sta.).

1976. Flowers of plum. Natural size.
The ovarj', or young plum, with the ovule inside, is at o.

For the latest knowledge of the subject, the reader
should consult experiment station literature, particularly
the writings of Wangh and Goffi. See, also, "Evolution
of our Native Fruits."

For fuller information on the fruit -bearing members
of the genus, see Almond, Apricot, Cherry, Nectarine,
Peach, Plitm, Prune.

1446

PRUNUS

PRUNUS

INDEX TO THE LATIN NAMES.

acida, 28. fruticosa, 18. panieulata, 25.

acutifolia, 5. Gal.iteusis, 7. pedunculata, 39.

Alberti,31. Georgica, 37. pendula, 18, 24, 27,

Allegheniensis, 11. gland\ilosa, 13. 29.

Americana, 10. gracilis, 13. Pennsylvanica, 21.

Amygdalus, 41. Gvavesii. 13. Persica, 42.

angiistifolia, 14, 27, Qrayana, 31 and persica-flora, 28.

32, 33. suppl. list. Petzoldi, 39.

arge7itea, 40. Hattan, 8. Fissardi, 5.

Armeniaca, 1, 2, 3. heterophylla, 27. Planteriensis, 5.

ascendens. 24. hortensis, 25. platycarpa, 42.

asplenifolia, 27, 29. liortulana, 15. Pseudo-Cerasus, 25.

atropurpurea, 5. ilicifolia, 35. Puddum, 25, 26.

aucubcefolia, 31. ineaua, 36. pumila, 16.

aurea, 31. injueiinda, 12. pumila, Hort.,18,38.

austera, 28. insititia, 7. pyramidaUs, 27.

Avium, 27. integrifolia, 35. rauuiiculiflora, 28.

Bertiiii, 33. Italica, 7. reflexa, 18.

BessejT. 16. Itosakura, 24. regalis, 27.

Bigarella, 27. .Taponiea, 33, 38. Jikexii, 28.

Brigantiaca, 1. Japonica, Hort., 8, rivularis, 15.

camelliffiflora, 42. 18, 24, 25. rosea, 24.

camellisefolia, 33. Juliana. 27. rotundifolia, 33.

campestris, 37. Kelloggii, 9. salicifolia, 27, 29,30.

Capollin, 29. Isevis, 42. Scliipkaensis, 33.

Caproniana, 25, 28. jLannesiana, 25. semperflorens, 23.

Capuli, 29. latifolia, 33. serotiua, 29.

Cax'oliniana, 34. Laurocerasus, 33. sei-rati folia, 25.

Carthagena, 29. Lindleyi, 39. semdata, 25.

cartilaginea, 29. Lusitauica, 32. Sibirica, 2.

Caucasiea, 33. macrocarpa, 41. Sibirica, Hort., 18.

cerasifera, 5. macrophylla, 27. Sieboldi, 25.

CeraSTis, 28. Mahaleb. 20. Simonii, 44.

Cereola, 7. maliformis, 7. Sinensis, 38.

Ckamcecerasus, 18. maritima, 13. spinosa. 6.

Chicasa, 14. maraiorata, 31, subcordata. 9.

Oocbinchinensis, 37. micropbylla, 33. subhirtella, 24.

Colchlca, 33. Mineri, ]5. Syriaca, 7.

commztiiis, 7, 41. mollis, 10. Texana, 10.

commutata, 31. Mume, 4. tomentosa, 19.

cuneata. IG. Myrobalana, 5. triflora, 8.

Damascena, 7. myrtifolia, 32. tx'iloba, 39.

dasycarpa, 3. nana, 30, 37. umbellata, 12.

Davidiana, 43. necturina, 42. XJtalieusis, 17.

Decumana. 27. nicotiance folia, 27. vaviegata, 18, 28, 29.

demissa, 30. uigi'a, 10. virgata, 39.

divaricata, 5. occidentalis, 35. Virginiana, 30.

domestica, 5, 7. ceco7iomica, 7. vulgaris, 28, 42.

donarium, 25. orientalis, 40. Watereri, 25.

Duracina, 27. orthosepala, 15. Watsoni, 14.

emarginata, 22. Padus, 31. Waylandi. 15.

Focke (Engler & Prantl, Pflanzenfamilien) makes 7
subgenera in Prunus, 5 of which may be admitted here:
A. Ift'S. convolute in the bud (i. €., rolled
up, slioiving tvall as the Ivs. begin to
emerge from the bud): ovary usually
furrowed lengthivise. There are ex-
ceptions in some of the American
native plums (Nos. 10, 11, 14, 15) in
which the Ivs. are conduplicale in
vernation: these species and their
allies are intermediate between the

true plums and the cherries

I. Prunophora (Nos. 1-15)
AA. Xrvs. folded or conduplicate {trongh-
shapedf folded lengthwise along the
midrib) in the btid.
B. Fruit very juicy, glabrous or ovly
very sUgJitly hairy: stone smooth
or ronghish.

c. Fls. in fascicles or cymes

il. Cerasus (Nos. 10-28)

cc. Fls. in racemes III. Padus (Nos. 29-35)

BB. Fruit normally soft-hairy {except in
42 var.): stone or pit often fur
rowed and pitted.
C. Flower-cup {visually called calyx-
tube) tubular

IV. Oham^ AMYGDALUS (Nos. 36-37)
CO. Flower -cup short and ivide-

spreading V". Amygdalus (Nos. 38^4)

For horticultural purposes, these five main groups may-
be illustrated as follows:

1. Plums and apricots I. Prunophora

2. Common or fascicled cherries. II. Cerasus

3. Hacemose cherries III. Padus.

4. Dwarf almonds IV. Cham.^amygdalus

5. Almonds and peaches V. Amygdalus

Subgenus I. Prunophora. Apricots and Plums.

Fruit sulcate, glabrous and usually glaucous (except
in the apricots), the stone compressed and usually
longer than broad and smooth or nearly so: fls. solitary
or in umbel-like cymes, mostly appearing before the Ivs.
or with them: Ivs. mostly convolute in vernation, gen-
erally ovate or lance-ovate.

a. Apricots, — (7^e fls. solitary or in 2^s, before the Ivs.
and the fr. velvety (at least until ripe): stone
usually sulcate on the margin: peduncle separat-
ing from the mature fruit,

1 . Armeniaca, Linn. { A rmenlaca v u Igdris , Lam . ) .
Common Apricot. Pigs, 113-117. Small round-topped
tree with reddish bark much like that of the peach tree:
Ivs. ovate to round-ovate, sometimes slightly cordate at
the base, abruptly short- pointed, glabrous (at least
above), closely serrate, the stalks stout and gland-bear-
ing: fls. pinkit^h, solitary and sessile or very nearly so,
appearing from lateral buds of last year's growth
{sometimes on short year-old spurs) before the Ivs.: fr.
variable, nearly smooth when ripe, short-stalked like a
peach, usually somewhat flattened, mostly yellow and
overlaid more or less with red, the stone flat and smooth,
ridged or sulcate on one edge. Said by Focke to be
native of Turkestan and Mongolia; by some regarded
as Chinese. It early reached Europe, where it M'as once
supposed to be native of Armenia, whence the name
Armeniaca. The Russian Apricot is a hardy race of
this species. See Apricot and Figs. 113-117 in Vol. I,
The smooth-fruited Apricot, P. Brigantiaca, Vill., is
regarded by Dippel as a form of this species, var.
Brigantiaca, Dipp. Shrab or small tree, with smaller
Ivs. and smaller smooth subacid fruit. Probably a cul-
tural variety. Run wild in southern France and Pied-
mont.

2. Sibirica, Linn. (P.
Armeit'iacti , var. Sibir-
ica, K. Koch). Siber-
ian Apricot. Fig. 1977.
Bush or small tree: Ivs.
ovate to narrow-ovate,
long pointed, strongly .^
and often i n c i s e 1 y
toothed : fls. white or
pink, appearing early
in the season and usu-
ally in great profusion :
fr. globular, rarely
more than ^-o in. in
diam., yellow with a
reddish cheek, scarcely
fleshy, practically inedible. Mongolia, Dahuria. L.B.C.
17:1627. — Sometimes planted as an ornamental bush.

3. dasycarpa, Ehrh. (P. Armemaca, var. dasycdrpa,
K. Koch ) . Purple or Black Apricot. Small tree, of
the stature of the common Apricot: Ivs. smaller and
narrower, mostly elliptic-ovate, finely and closely ser-
rate, thin, dull green, the stalks slender and nearly or
quite glandless: fls. large and long-stalked, showy: fr.
globular and plum-like on a distinct stem, pubescent at
maturity, dark purple, the flesh soft and sourish; stone
fuzzy. Probably native to Manchuria. B.R. 15:1243.
L.B.C. 13:1250. — Sometimes planted, mostly as an orna-
mental tree, for the fruit has little value compared to
that of the common Apricot. Hardy in the North. Has
every appearance of being a distinct species.

4. Mtime, Sieb. & Zncc. Japanese Apricot. Fig. 1978.
Tree of the dimensions of the common Apricot, but the
bark greenish or gray and the foliage duller in color:
Ivs. relatively small, narrow-ovate to nearly round-ovate,
long-pointed, finely and sharply serrate, more or less
scabrous, lighter colored beneath, the petioles mostly
gland-bearing: fls. sessile or nearly so, fragrant: fr.
mostly smaller than that of P. Armeniaca, yellow or
greenish, the dry flesh adhering to the pitted stone.
Japan, where it is nuich grown for its flowers. Gn.
50:1081. R.H. 1885:564. -Planted to some extent in the
South, particularly in the form known as Bungo or
Bongoume Apricot or plum, but of minor value. When
top-worked on plum, it withstands the winters of cen-

1977. Prunus Sibirica (X %).

PRUNUS

PEUNUS

1447

tral New York, but will not bear. The Apricot cult, as
Chinese or Shense is also of this species. Many double-
fld. forms in Japan.

1978. Prunus Mume {X ^).

AA. Plums, — i/ie fls. mostly in cymes, in most species
appearing with the Ivs. in the North {before the
Ivs. in the South), and the fr. smooth and glau-
cous: stone not prominently sulcate : peduncle
slender, remaining with the fruit.

E, Eur. -Asian Plums : Ivs. relatively broad, usually
proyninently reticulated and more or less pubescent
{at least beneath), the young twigs mostly pu-
bescent.

c. Flower-stems glabrotis.

5. cerasifera, Ehrh. [P. domistica, var. Myrobalan,
Linn. P. Myrobal&na, Loisel.). Myeobalan Plum.
Cherky Plum. Slender twiggy grower, often thorny,
the twigs usually soon becoming glabrous: Ivs. rather
small and thin, rather light green, becoming nearly or
quite glabrous, short-ovate and short-pointed, finely ser-
rate: fls. rather small, white or blush, slender-stalked:
fr. small (visually 1 in. or less in diam.), globular and
cherry-like, depressed about the stem, yellow or red,
the flesh soft, juicy and sweet-flavored. Probably na-
tive to the Caucasus and southwestern Asia. B.M. 5934.
Gn. 33, p. 252. J.H. III. 28:267.-The Myrobalan Plum
is extensively used in this country as a stock on which
to bud the domestica Plums, the seedlings being im-
ported in great quantities from Europe. It is a smaller
tree than P. domestica, with much more slender growth,
smoother twigs and leaves, smaller and mostly earlier
flowers and smaller, softer fruit with a depression
about the stem. It tends to dwarf the domestica
Plums, but its influence in this direction is not suf-
ficient to discourage its use as a stock. Its advantages
as a stock are its cheapness, the ease with which all do-
mestica varieties "take" on it, and the readiness with
which it can be grown
in the nursery row. It is
not used to any extent
as stocks for other Plum s
than the domes tic as.
Spontaneous trees are
sometimes found about
old nursery grounds, and
it occasionally appears
in orchards when the top
of a Plum tree dies and
sprouts arise from the
root. There are also a

few varieties propagated for the early juicy fruits, but
they are little known. It makes a good ornamental tree.
The Marianna, much used for stocks of many kinds of
Plums in the S. (and growing from cuttings), is per-
haps a hybrid of this species with P. hortulana or P.
angustifo'lia. There are several cultivated forms of
P. cerasifera, one of the best being the plant known as
P. Planteri^nsis, Hort. , with full double white and red fls.

1979.
Prunus spinosa
(X%.)

There are also forms with yellow- and white-variegated
leaves, and a weeping form (var. pendula) . A form
with narrow willow-like Ivs. (var. acutifolia) is also
advertised. A form with twisted or contorted foliage is
shown in R.H. 1895, p. 201.

Var. atropurpurea, Dipp. {P. Pissdrdi, Hort. P. ce-
rasifera, var. Pissdrdi, Bailey). A handsome form with
purple Ivs. and dark wine-red fruits. — Introduced into
France by Pissard, gardener to the Shah of Persia, and
first fully described in Revue Horticole in 1881. It is a
cultural form of P. cerasifera. It is one of the best of
all small purple-leaved trees, holding much of its color
in the American summers. It seems to be hardy where-
ever the common Plum will stand. The best color is
secured on the strong growths ; therefore it is well to
head back the tree frequently. R.H. 1881:190; 1884:396.
G.C. III. 1:416. Gn. 32:613; 55, p. 314. J.H. III. 28:287.
G.M. 31:190-1.

Var. divaricata {P. divaricctta, Ledeb.). Branching
from the base, the branches wide-spreading and some
of them nearly or quite prostrate: Ivs. broader towards
the base: fr. not depressed about the stem, yellow.
Macedonia to N. Persia. B.M. 6519.

6. spindsa, Linn. Blackthorn. Pig. 1979. Low and
spreading, making a very thick thorny top, the young
growths distinctly pubescent: Ivs. small, oblong-obo-
vate or elliptic-ovate, very numerous on the branches,
nearly or quite obtuse, very finely and closely serrate:
fls. white, small, borne singly or in pairs (or sometimes
in 3's) and often on the thorns: fr. little larger than a
very large pea, very deep glaucous-blue, usually per-
sisting until winter, scarcely edible. Middle and south-
ern Europe and N. Africa to N. Persia and Siberia.
— Sometimes planted in this country, chiefly in the
double-fld. form (Gn. 59, p. 76). It is an excellent bush
or small tree for protecting the borders and corners of
drives and walks. The short, stiff, thorny branches
make a good barrier. Perfectly hardy where the Plum
can be grown. It is not impossible that this species is
the original of the domestica Plum. The little fruits are
usually astringent, but there is a sweet-fruited form.

00. Flmver-stems usiially more or less hairy.

7. domestica, Linn. (P. communis, Huds.). Common
Garden Plum. Figs. 1851-55. Plate XSX. Strong-
growing small tree with pubescent twigs: Ivs. large and
thick, dull green, much reticulated, pubescent beneath,
ovate or obovate, coarsely and irregularly serrate: fls.
white, large, usually in clusters: fr. various, but firm
in texture and usually not depressed about the stem;
stone large, slightly rough or pitted. — Native country
unknown, and very likely derived from P. spinosa. If
it exists in a truly wild state, it is to be sought in the
Caucasus and trans-Caucasus regions. It is run wild in
many parts of the world. Focke says that P. domestica
is unknown in an originally wild state, and that the
typical form of the species is the prime (Zwetsche), P.
ceconomica, Borkh. There are various forms of P. do-

^nesfiea grown for ornament,
as double-flowered, yellow-
leaved and variegated-lvd.
As a fruit plant it is widely
variable. It is the parent
species of the old-time or
common Plums, as distin-
guished from the Japanese
and native Plums. The syn-
onymy of the main varietal
groups is shown by Waugh,

Bot. Gaz. 26, pp. 417-427 (Dec, 1898) , and 27, pp. 478-481.
Var. Damascena, Linn. (_P. insititia, Linn. P. Itdlica,
Borkh.). Damson. Fig. 1856. A form with small foli-
age and small firm fruits borne mostly in clusters. —
Damson is a general name for small-fruited and small-

1448

PRUNUS

PRUNUS

leaved forms of the Plum. When the Plum runs wild
it usually reverts to this form. Some of the Damsons
{as the French, Shropshire, Farleigh) are commercial
orchard varieties, being used for culinary purposes.
There is much difference of opinion as to the systematic
position of the P'um designated by Linneeus as P. in-
sitltia, but it is clear that it is intermediate between
P. domestica and P. sjjinosa. It is probably one stage
in the reversion of the Plum towards P. spinosa. It
seems to be indistinguishable from var. Datnascena,
when this variety is taken in its large sense.

Other forms of Plums have received Latin class-
names, as var. malil6rmis, Linn. {P. Syrlaca, Dipp.),
including the Mirabelle (a small -leaved form with
small yellow fruit, not uulike the Damsons) and others;
var. Cer6ola, Linn., the Green Gages or Reine Claudes;
var. Galat^nsis, Auth., the Prunes.

BB. Oriental Plums: Ivs, relatively longer [mostly
oblong -obo vate ) , not roughened or pubescent, often
shining, the young tivigs glabrous or tiearly so.

8. trifldra, Rosbg. (P. Japmiica, Hort., not Thunb.
P, Sdttau, Tamari). Japanese Plum. Pig. 1980. Plate
XXX. Strong-growing small tree, with smooth often
shining reddish or cinnamon-Vjrown twigs: Ivs. mostly
oblong -obovate, abruptly but prominently pointed,
closely obtuse-serrate, the veins looping near the mar-
gin, bright often shining green above and dull beneath:
ris. few from each bud (most commonly about 3), showy,
white or very nearly ao, slender-stalked: fr. various,
mostly large and firm, j'ellow or light red (never blue-
purple) with pronounced suture and tending to be
pointed at the apex, R.H. 1895:160. — Probably Chinese, '
but introduced into this country from Japan (in 1870),
and now widely distributed and much grown for its fruit.
The Japanese Plum is hardy, in some of its varieties,
as far north as Ottawa. It is prized because of its
great productiveness, long-keeping qualities and beauty
of its fruit, and its relative immunity from black -knot.
As a class, the fruit is of lower quality than the
domestica Plums. The season of the Japanese Plums

begins considerably in advance of the domesticas and
holds nearly as late. The greater number of the varie-
ties are clingstones, but there are some freestones
among them. A race of hybrids with P. hortulana and
P. angustlfolla is now appearing.

1980. Prunus triflora— Japanese Plum.
From specimens in the herbarium at the Royal Gardens, Kew.

iQSl. Prunus Americana, as it

erows wild in New York (X 1-5).
See No. 10.

BBB. American ornative Plums: Ivs. relatively narrow
and smooth and the yoking growth glabrous (P.
subeordata and P. Americana partial excep-
tions), the fruit comparatively STuall and in
shades of yellow and red, never deep blue-
purple.
c. Ia>s. mostly broad and thick, pubescent or roughish
beneath, very sharply serrate or even jagged : fr.
thick'Skiitned.

9. subcordita, Benth. Small tree or bush, ttsually
only a few feet high : Ivs. round-ovate, obtuse, broad or
subcordate at base, either sharply or obtusely serrate,
thick, soft-pubescent beneath: fls. white fading to rose.
less than 1 in. across, in clusters of 4 or less and appear-
ing before the leaves: fr. globular or short-oblong, usu-
ally dark red, in the largest wild forms somewhat over
1 in. in diam., the flesh subacid and clinging to the flat
smooth stone. High lands and mountains, N. Calif, and
Oregon. S.S. 4:154. — The fruit is gathered for domes-
tic uses, and the tree is sometimes planted about settle-
ments. It varies much, and the greater part of the
trees do not produce agreeable fruit. In many cases it
is only a tree-like bush. The bark is blackish, and is
sometimes pubescent on young shoots.

Var. K611oggii, Lemmon. Sisson Plum. Taller and
more slender; bark ash-gray: Ivs. not cordate, orbicu-
lar or elliptical, nearly glabrous: fr. larger (1 in. or more
long), ovate, yellow or red, the flesh soft and palatable.
Northern California. Much recommended by Mr. Sisson,
near Mt. Shasta, whose name it bears. This Plum is
now planted in many places in California. It is superior
to P. subeordata itself. The tree rarely exceeds 15 ft.
iu height and 4-6 in. in diameter of trunk.

10. Americana, Marsh. (P. rej-f)«ff,Scheele). Fig. 1981.
Plate XXX. Small, twiggy, spreading, usually thorny
tree with gray branches or gray-brown twigs: Ivs. obo-
vate, oblong-obovate or sometimes oblong-ovate, acumi-
nate, thickish, the margins mostly sharp-serrate or some-
times almost incised, not glossy, strongly reticulated
l>eneath and pubescent on the veins: fls. large, white,
slender-stalked, the calj'^x-lobes entire and pubescent on
the inside, appearing in small clusters in advance of
the Ivs.: fr. various, but mostly small and hard, the
skin tough and glaucous and not shining, yellow and
variously overlaid with red; stone turgid. Woods and
copses, New York to Colorado and Texas. It sometimes
reaches a height of I.d-20 ft. S.S. 4:150.-Iu the East,
the fruits are usually austere, and often fit for eating-;

PEUNUS

PEUNUS

1449

but in the West edible-fruited forms are found in abun-
dance. It is the most prolific source of cultivated native
Plams for the cold North.

Var. nigra, Waugh (P. wJi/ra, Alton). Canada Plum.
Fig. 1982. Lvs. mostly broader, the petioles beari
glands near the top: fls. larger, on slender dark
pedicels, the calyx-lobes glandular-serrate and
glabrous on the inside: fr. mostly somewhat
oblong and orange-red, the stone large and much
compressed. Newfoundland to Assiniboia, and
in New England, and probably descending into
the northern Mississippi valley. S.S. 4:149.—
A more showy tree than P. Americana, bloom-
ing earlier, and in its extreme forms appearing
to be very distinct, but there are all grades of
intermediate forms. It has given rise to some
of the best fruit-bearing varieties, such as the Cheney.

Var. mollis, Torrey & Gray. Lvs. and shoots soft-
pubescent or sometimes almost tomentose. Iowa to
Texas. — To this fonn belong the Wolf and Van Buren
Plums. There is also a double-tld. variety.

cc. Lvs. mostly as narrow as lanceolate-ovate, or else
small and shortish, thin or tJiinnish [except P. mari-
tima), finely and usually evenly serrate, becoming
glabrous or nearly so (except in forms of P. umbellata
and P. maritima) beneath at maturity: fr. mostly
thick-skinned.

11. Allegheni^nsis, Porter. Allegheny Plum. Fig.
1983. Tree 12-15 ft., or oftener a straggling bush, usu-
ally not thorny, the young growth reddish and glabrous:
lvs. lance-ovate to elliptic-obovate, prominently acumi-
nate, sharply flne-serrate, pubescent on the veins be-
neath but becoming glabrous with age: ils. small {% in.
across), white, in clusters of 2-5, appearing with the
lvs., the calyx minutely pubescent, the petals round-
obovate: fr. globular, % in. or less in diam., dark
purple with a heavy bloom, acid in liavor and often aus-
tere. Mts. of Pa. S.S. 4:153. U.F. 3:429, from which
Fig. 1983 is reduced. — In a very limited way the species
has come into botanic gardens and collections. As an
ornamental subject it has merit, for it bears profusely
of flowers and fruit. The Plums, or "sloes," are collected
from the wild for the making of pies and preserves.

12. umbellata, Ell. Black Sloe of the South. Hon
Plum (this name is also applied to forms of P. Ameri-
cana a,mlP. gracilis). Twiggy small tree (10-20 ft.), with
very slender glabrous branohlets : lvs. small (2 in. or less
long), light green and rather thin, oblong, oblong-
ovate, oblong obovate, or sometimes broadly elliptic-
ovate, obtuse or nearly so, closely serrulate, sometimes
very closely pubescent beneath even at maturity: fls.
small to medium in size, in few-flowered umbels, appear-
ing with or just before the lvs.: fr. small, globular,
slender-stalked, from pure yellow to orange-yellow and
red-blotched, thinly glaucous, the flesh usually sour

shape. The foliage suggests P. cerasifera. A species
recently described, P. injucunda. Small, from Stone
Mountain, Ga., and not in the trade, is distinguished
from P. umbellata by its "more
rigid habit and the foliage, in-
cluding the branohlets, is vel-
vety-tomentose. In place of the
subglobose drupe of P. umbella-
ta, we find an oblong fruit of an
extremely bitter taste. The stone
is correspondingly lengthened."

1983. Prunus AUegheniensis CX H).

and bitter and free from the stone. Near the coast
from S. Car. to Tex. S.S. 4:155. — Not introduced as a
fruit-plant, but sometimes planted for the profusion of
its white flowers. The fruit is not unlike a Cherry in

1982. Prunus Americana, var. nigra (X M

13. maritima, Wangh. Beach Plum. Fig. 1984. De-
cumbent straggling more or less thorny busii with rough
and warty branches and slightly pubescent young
growth: lvs. oval or obovate-oval, short-acute or nearly
obtuse, closely serrate, dull green, often somewhat
pubescent beneath: fls. small, slender-stalked, in few-
flowered umbels preceding the lvs.: fr. about K in. in
diam., depressfd-globular (somewhat flattened at the
ends), with a slight cavity about the stem, mostly deep
dull purple when ripe and covered with a heavy bloom,
the ilesh brittle and mostly sweet and juicy and free
from the small, turgid, cherry-like stone (which is
pointed at both ends), the skin thick, tough and more
or less acrid. Sands of the seashore. New Brunswick to
Virginia; also at the head of Lake Michigan. Gng. 4:257
(bush in bloom). — The main stems are decumbent, and
strong shoots standuprighttoaheight of 2-6ft., or some-
times even 10-12 ft. P. maritima is a handsome plant in
cultivation because of the great profusion of its early
spring bloom, and the fruits, when produced, are also
ornamental. As a fruit plant it is known in the variety
Bassett American, which, however, has never become
popular because of its small size. The species is very
variable, and no doubt several botanical varieties could
be distinguished. Yellow-fruited forms are known.

Species related to P. maritima, but not in the trade,
are P. Gr^vesii, Small, Connecticut, with orbicular very
obtuse and often apiculate lvs. and stone pointed only at
base. P. gricilis, Engelm. & Gray, Tenn. to Kans. and
Tex., a shrub not more than 4 or 5 ft. tall, soft-pubescent,
with small, oval-lanceolate lvs. and very small nearly

1450

PRUNUS

PRUNUS

globose fr. ; P. glanduldsa, Torr. & Gray, Tex., a low
bush with very crooked and pubescent branches, very
small, oval-obtuse Ivs., and a small velvety fruit.

oco. Lvs, mostly narrow and peach-like, firm and
more or less shining, glabrous, the yoking
growths not pubescent : fr. thin-skinned.

14. angustifolia, Marsh. (P. Chiectsa, Michaus ?).
Chickasaw Plum. Mountain Cherry. Fig. 1985.
Plate SXX. Small, bushy - topped twiggy tree, with
slender zigzag reddish branches: Ivs. lanceolate or ob-
long-lanceolate and conduplicate (trough-like), shining,
finely and closely serrate: fr. small and early, cherry-
like, slender-stemmed, red or yellow and yellow-dotted,
shining, thinly glaucous, the flesh soft and juicy and
clinging to the small, rough stone. Del., south and
west, being abundant in the sandy thickets. S.S.
4:152. — This species has given rise to several worthy
pomological varieties, as Newman and Lone Star. It is
not hardy in New York. It sometimes reaches a height
of 20-25 ft., but it is often a small, bushy tree. It is
supposed that Michaux had this plant in mind when he
made the name P. Chicasa. The specimens in his her-
barium (in Paris) are P. hortulana, however; but they
are marked with an interrogation point, as if he were
not sure of them, and they may not represent his idea
of the species.

Var. WAtsoni, Waugh {P. Wdfsoni, Sarg.). Sand
Plum. Fig. 1980. Bush, 3-6 ft. high, with more zigzag
twigs than in P. angusti folia, more spiny, the Ivs. and

1984.
Prunus maritima,

(XM.)
See No. 13.

fls. smaller, the fr. with thicker skin. Dry regions of
Nebraska, Kansas and Oklahoma, and planted by the
settlers, who prize it for its fruit. G.F. 7:135.

15. hortul&na, Bailey. Wild Goose Plum. Fig. 1987.
Mostly taller tree than P. angustifolia, with straighter
twigs, not thorny : Ivs. plane or flat, closely and ob-
tusely-glandular serrate: fr. globular, glossy and thinly
glaucous, lemon -yellow to red, juicy, the thin flesh
clinging to the small rough stone. S.S. 4:151. — A
group of hybrids of P. Americana and P. angusti-
folia, but occurring in the wild from Maryland and
Virginia to Texas. In orchards it is represented by
many varieties, of which the Wild Goose is the best
kno\vn. One branch of the species-group, var. Mlnerl,
Bailey, is near to P. Americana, and represents the
northward extension of the group: it is known by its
thicker and duller Ivs. which are very veiny below and
coarsely toothed and somewhat obovate in outline, and
by a late firm fruit. To this form belong the Miner,
Langsdon, Clinton, Forest Rose. Another branch of the

hortulana group, var. Waylandi (Fig. 1988), is char-
acterized by strong growth, straight dark-colored twigs,
broad, heavy, coarsely toothed shining Ivs. with 2-6
glands on the petioles, late blossoming, and thin-skinned
fr. of good flavor. This form is common in the middle
South and Texas. It is represented in cultivation by
many excellent varieties, as Wayland, Golden Beauty,
Moreraan, Reed, Garfield, Cumberland and others. This

1985. Leaf of Prunus augustifolia. Natural size.

is apparently the "Prunus spec. Texas" described and
figured by Dippel in Laubholzkunde, 3. p. 626. Waugh
has suggested that P. rivularis, Scheele, is this Way-
land type of Plums. Two sheets of Lindheimer's speci-
mens, duplicates of those on which Scheele founded
the species, are in the Gray Herbarium. They repre-
sent a small, crabbed-growing bush with small con-
duplicate Ivs. that are hairy beneath, and very small
slender-stalked fls. just preceding the Ivs. It is very
doubtful if they can be held to represent the Wayland
Plums. They are rather to be compai*ed with P. ortho-
sepala, Koehne.

Prunus orthosepala, Koehne, from southern Texas
(G.F. 7, p. 184, Fig. 34) is, according to Sargent, "rather
closely related to Primus hortulana, from which it can
be distinguished bj'^ the smaller number of glands on '
the petioles, by the eglandular calyx-lobes, the dark-
colored fruit and smoother stone." It is a twiggy shrub
growing 4 or 5 ft. high. Lvs. oblong-ovate, acuminate,
coarsely serrate, shining above, pilose beneath: fls.
white or tinged pink, appearing with the opening of the
leaf -buds: fr. globose, 1 in. in diam., dark blue ornearly
black, glaucous, the flesh yellow and of good quality.
This plant must be further studied before its botanical
position can be determined. Possibly it is a geographi-
cal form of the Sand Plum or the Hortulana group, al-
though the hairiness of the lvs. beneath distinguish it.
Not in the trade.

Subgenus II. Cerasus. Cherries.

Fruit globular or oblong, not sulcate, glabrous and
usually not glaucous, the stone turgid (usually nearly
globular), and rarely conspiciiously longer than broad
and smooth: fls. in umbel-like fascicles (mostly solitary
in P. tomentosa), mostly
with or immediately pre-
ceding the leaves.

A. Plant dwarf, usually
only a bush, with
no central trunk.

16. piimila, Linn. Sand
Cherry. Dwarf
Cherry. Fig. 1989. De-
cumbent at the base when
old, but the young growth
strictly erect and often
reaching 5-8 ft. in height,
the slender, twiggy
growth reddish and gla-
brous: lvs. narrowly ob-
lanceolate, acuminate,
short-pointed or nearly
obtuse, the margins
above very closely ser-
rate, dull green above
and whitish green be-
neath: fls. small, in 2-5-
fld. umbels, the pedicels
slender: fr. nearly glob-
ular, purple -black, on

1986. Prunus angfustifolia, var.
Watsoni.— The Sand Plum(X %,).

PEUNUS

1451

slender stems. On sandy and rocky
inland shores from Maine to the
District of Columbia and Winne-
peg. — The fruit is small and usually
scarcely edible, the flesh being
astringent. The species is com-
mon on dunes of the Great Lakes.
It is in cult, as an ornamental plant,
for which it is worthy, although it
is much attacked by the twig blight
(caused by the fungus Monilia).

Var. cuneita (P. cmiedta, Eaf.). Fig. 1990. More
erect from the base: Ivs. thin, oval, short-obovate or
spatulate, strongly toothed: fls. larger. Bogs and cool
■woods in the northern states. Not in the trade, so far
as known.

Var. B6sseyi, Waugh (P. Bissei/i, Builej). Western
Sand Chekby. Pigs. 1991, 1992. Known fromP.pnmiJa
by its more prostrate habit. Its. spreading (more erect
in P. pumila), broad and thick, usually elliptic, elliptic-
oval, or elliptic-lanceolate: stipules on strong shoots,
large and green, serrate: fr. nearly or quite twice
larger, on short stalks, usually sweet or at least edible.
— This is the Sand Cherry of the Plains and the West,
ranging from Kansas to Manitoba and west to Utah and
Colorado. The original of the Improved Rocky Moun-
tain Cherry, a plant grown for its large sweet fruit. In
its extreme form this plant looks to be distinct, but it
seems to intergrade imperceptibly into P. pumila.

17. Utahgnsls, Dieck. Utah Hybrid Cherry. Ap-
parently a hybrid of P. Wafsoni and P. p^imila, var.
Besstyi, A small, tree-like bush: Ivs. lance-elliptic to
oblong-ovate, short-pointed or nearly blunt, finely ser-
rate, slightly conduplicate, glossy above and much re-
ticulated beneath : fr. cherry-like, somewhat larger
than that of Besseyi (about Ye or % in. in diam.), of
deep mahogany color, with a thin plum-like bloom, a
thin flesh and a relatively large cherry -like stone.— Ap-
pears to have been raised about 40 years ago from seed
of P. piiniUa, var. Besseyi {P. Wafsoni
grew near) by J. E. Johnson, in Nebraska.
Mr. Johnson subsequently moved to Utah,
whence the fruit was distributed. It has
little value as a fruit-plant, but it is an at-
tractive ornamental subject, both in flower
and fruit.

18. Sruticdsa, Pall. (P. Chamcecirasus ,
Jacq. P. pumila, Hort. Cerasus Sibirica,
Hort. ) . Dwarf Cherry, or Ground Cherry
of Europe. Spreading bush, 2-4 ft. high,
with slender glabrous branchlets : Ivs. vary-
ing from obovate to oblanceolate and lance-
olate, the apex acuminate or sometimes al-
most obtuse, closely serrulate, thickish,
shining above, the petiole short: fls. white,
in nearly or quite sessile umbels: fr. small,
globular, purple-red, very sour. Highlands and mts. ot
Germany, Austria-Hungary and southern Russia.

Var. p6ndula, Hort. (P™«i(s, and Ch-asus, Japdnica
p^ndula, Hort.), is a most ornamental form with droop-
ing branches, excellent for top - working on standard
stocks (Pig. 1993). This is sometimes confounded with
P. semperflorens, but is distinguished at once by its

1987.
Wild Goose — Prunus hortulana.

(X y^.)

See No. 15.

foliage, its early blooming, its fls. in clusters, and its
dwarf habit. This is the form of P. frnticosa that is
chiefly known in this country. A similar pendulous
form, but with larger and more crenate- serrate Ivs., is
known as P. refJexa, Hort.; perhaps a hybrid of P.
fruticosa and P. semperflorens. Var. variegita, Hort.,
has Ivs. marked with yellowish white.

AA. Plant a tree or tree-like.

B. Trees grown only for ornament or for stocks {not

pomological species).

c. Flower-clusters simple, sessile or very nearly so.
D. Ijvs. tomentose heneaili.

19. tomentdsa, Thunb. Small tree, or sometimes a
tree-like bush, the young growths pnbescent-tomen-
tose: branches close-jointed, causing the Ivs. and fls. to
be numerous: Ivs. broad-oval to short-obovate, short-
stalked, abruptly contracted into a short point, the
margins ineisely and sometimes unequally serrate, dull
and rugose above, densely pubescent -tomentose be-
neath: fls. small, sessile, usually 1 or 2 at a joint, pink-
ish, appearing just before the Ivs. : fr. light red, globu-
lar, the size of a very small cherry, sessile or very
short-stalked, sparsely hairy, said to be eaten in Japan
but too small to be of much importance for food. N.
China and Manchuria. A.G. 12:77. G.F. 5:581. -A
very worthy hardy small tree, making a very dense top,
.and quite unlike most other Cherries in appearance.

1988. Prunus hortulana. var. Waylandi (X M). No. 15.

DD. Ia's. glabrous or nearly so.
E. Shape of Ivs. roundish, — nearly as broad as long:
fl. -clusters on the ends of the branchlets .
20. MaMleb, Linn. Mahaleb Cherry. St. Lucie
Cherry. Small, slender tree with hard glabrous branch-
lets: Ivs. light green, round-ovate to orbicular, abruptly
very short-pointed, often subcordate at base, the mar^

1452

PRUNUS

1990.

1989. Pninus pumila— Sand Cherry (X K). No. 16.

gins closely callous-serrate: fls. small, fragrant, white,
in small terminal 'umbels in May and June (in New
York), appearing when the tree is in nearly full leaf: fr.
very small, dark red, not edible. Middle and southern
Europe and the Caucasus.— Extensively imported for
cherry-tree stocks, and sometimes run wild.

EE. Shape of Ivs. distinctly longer than broad: fl.-clus-

ters mostly lateral.

F. Native Bird Cherries, hearing very small zvhite fls.

and a profusion of very small red fritits.

21. Pennsylvinica, Linn. Common Wild Bird or Pin
Cheery. Pig. 1994. Shallow-rooted tree with slender
red - barked branches,
25-40 ft. high and some-
times IH ft. in diam. of
trunk: Ivs. oblong-lan-
ceolate - acuminate,
light green and rather
thin, closely sharp-ser-
rate: fls. small, white,
slender - stalked, ap-
pearing with the Ivs.,
in 2's or 3's: fr. the
size of a pea, light
cherry -red, the flesh
thin and sour and
somewhat puckery:
stone oblong. Sandy
and rocky lands, New-
foundland to British
Columbia, and south in
the mountains to Colo-
rado and N. Carolina.
S.S. 4:156. — Where the tree grows naturally, it often
sprouts inveterately and becomes a nuisance. When
bruised, the wood has a strong peach-like odor. It is
an interesting ornamental tree, however. In poor soils,
it is often little more than a bush. On large trunks
the bark tends to peel in transverse strips.

22. emargin&ta, Walp. Sometimes 40 ft. high : Ivs.
oblong-ovate or oblanceolate, mostly obtuse, closely
serrate, often somewhat pubescent beneath: tls. tinged
green, appearing with the Ivs. in (5-12 ft. glabrous or
pubescent corymbs: fr. larger than that of P. Pennsyl-
vanica, almost black when ripe, the flesh thin and bit-
ter: stone ovoid. High lands from Montana to British
Columbia and California. S.S. 4:157. — Sometimes of-
fered as an ornamental tree.

FF. Uxotie Cherries J bearing showy white or pink fls. iii
rather profuse clusters, the fruits larger (tvhen
produced).

23. semperfldrens, Ehrh. Everblooming Cherry.
All-Saints' Cherry. Fig. 1995. Small tree or a bush,
usually top-worked on other stock, with a straggling or
drooping habit, the slender twigs glabrous : Ivs. oval to
oblong -obovate, short-pointed (or acuminate on the
strong shoots), irregularly dentate, rather' hard and
firm in texture: fls. white, on long, axillary and terminal
peduncles from May till September: fr. like a small
pie Cherry, but mostly longer-stalked and smaller, dark
red. — Probably a cultivated offshoot of the pie or Mo-
rello Cherry, P. Cerasns. By some its parent species
is thought to be distinct from P. Cerasns, and is sepa-
rated as P. « cilia, Koch. See No. 28. R.H. 1877:50. Gn.
50, p. 313. Its habit of blooming all summer makes it a

Prunus pumila, var. cuneata.
iXYn.) No. 16.

PRUNUS

desirable ornamental subject. The leaves resemble
those of P. Cerasns, except that they are smaller.
Known in France as Cerisier de la Touissaint ("All
Saints' Cherry"). There is a form with yellow-varie-
gated Ivs.

24. p6ndula, Maxim. (P. subMrtilla, Miq., in part.
C&rasus pendula, Sieb. C. liosakura, Sieb. C. Jap6nica
and var. rosea, Hort. ). Rose-bud Cherry. Japanese
Weeping Rose-flowered Cherry. Fig. 1996. Small
tree, with drooping crooked branches: Ivs. ovate to ob
long-ovate, acuminate, very sharp-serrate, usually pubes-
cent beneath (at least on the strong shoots) : fls. 54-1 in.
across, on long minutely pubescent stalks, in small
clusters from lateral buds before the Ivs. appear, rose-
pink, the petals notched at the tip, the calyx-tube fun-
nelform and red : fr. very small, globular, black-red,
somewhat astringent. Japan. R.H. 1876, p. 328. Gn.
50:1095. G.F. 1:198; 2:487 (old tree). Gng. 2:269.
M.D.G. 1890:320-1. Var. asc^ndens, Makino, is an up-
right form. B.M. 7508. M.D.G. 1900:319, 320. -One of
the handsomest of early-flowering trees, producing its
chaste pink flowers in profusion. Usually top-worked
on P. Avium. Hardy in central New York. Miquel's
name, subhirtella , is older than Maximowicz's pendula,
but Miquel confused two species, and it seems to be de-
sirable to drop the name.

CO. Flower-clusters from lateral winter-buds, pedvn-
cled and bearing 2-5 fls., with prominent ser-
rate bracts at the forks.

25. Pseddo-C^rasus, Lindl. {P. Piiddnm, Miq., not
Roxbg. ). Japanese Flowering Cherry. Figs. 1997,
1998. Strong-growing tree, like a Sweet Cherry: Ivs.
ovate to oblong-ovate, long -acuminate, glabrous or
nearly so, the margin deeply sharp-serrate or toothed,
the stipules usually large and serrate on the young
growths: fls. large, pink or blush, appearing with the
first Ivs. or slightly in advance of them, on glabrous or
hairy pedicels, the peduncle branching: fr. spherical,
small, very dark red, subacid, somewhat astringent.
China, Japan, Manchuria. G.C. III. 7:609; 19:467,517.
Gn. 50, p. 318; 56:1244 and pp. 5, 8. J.H. III. 34:139.
G.F. 10:463. A.G. 12:402-3. -The botanical status of
the trees cultivated under this name is not well under-
stood. It is by no means certain that all of these plants
belong to P. Pseudo-Cerasns as
described by Lindley. Our knowl-
edge of the group is yet too im-
perfect to warrant a thorough
revision.

Var. hort^nsis, Maxim. (Cira-
sus serratifotia, Lindl. C. serru-
Ictta, Hort. C. LannesiAna, Carr.
P. dondrium, Sieh.). This is the
famous ornamental Cherry of
Japan, where it is cultivated in
many forms, some of them being
full double. It dift'ers from the
type in having somewhat nar-
rower Ivs., with smaller serra-
tures and large fls. It is now fre-
quently planted in this country,
particularly the double-fld. forms,
but it is not quite as hardy as the

1991. Western Sand Cherry— Prunus
pumila, var. Besseyi (X K). No. 16.

1992. Prunus pumila, var.
Besseyi (X K).

PRUNUS

PBUNUS

1453

Sweet Cherrj {Prunus Avium). Fls.
white or blush, showy. E.H. 1873:351
(as Cefastts Lannesiana) ; 1875: 390
(erroneously as C.JdHajio var.) ; 1877:
390. F.S. 21:2238-9 (as Cerasus Ca-
proniaua var.). Gn. 52, p. 408.

Var. Sieboldi, Maxim. ( Cirasus Sie-
holdl^ Carr. C. Japdniea, Hort. of
some. C. Wdtereri^ Hort. P. panieu-
lata, Hort., not Tliunb.). Differs in
having young Ivs. pubescent, and the
shoots pubescent even until fall, tho
Ivs. relatively short and broad. Not
uncommon in cult. B.R. 10:800. E.H.
1806:371.

26. Piiddum, Eoxbg. A Himalayan
representative of P. Pseudo-Cerasiis,
described by Hooker as a large tree
of brilliant appearance in flower, gla-
brous except the pubenilous young
shoots, the rose-red or white flowers
solitary, fascicled or umbelled, the
calyx-tube narrowly campanulate and
the petals obovate or linear -oblong:
Ivs. ovate-lanceolate or oblong-lanceo-
late, caudate-acuminate, sharply ser-
rate, glabrous, 3-o-in. long, the petiole
with 2^ glands: fr. oblong or ellipsoid,
obtuse at both ends, with scanty yel-
low or reddish acid flesh: stone bony
and furrowed. Temperate Himalaya,
3,000-8,000 ft.-Thenameis catalogued
in Southern Calif., with the statement
that the tree "blossoms in November
and ripens its fruit in April." Hooker
(Fl. Brit. India) places it with species
having "flowers appearing before the
leaves."

EB. Trees grown for fruit ipomologi-
cal species), hut known also in
ornamental forms.

27. Avium, Linn. Sweet Cheery.
Mazzard. Pigs. 420, 428, 431, 1999.
Tall, robust tree with red-brown bark,
the young trees with a strong central
leader and pyramidal growth, the old
seedling trees sometimes becoming 2
ft. and more in diameter (see Fig. 428,
Vol. I) : Ivs. generally oblong-ovate and
gradually taper-pointed, dull and soft
in color and texture, hanging as if limp
on the young growths: fls. in dense
clusters on lateral spurs and appearing
with the hairy strongly conduplicate
young Ivs., the scales of the fl.-buds
large and persistent for a time: fr.
globular, depressed-globular or heart-
like, mostly sweet, yellow or red.
Europe and Western Asia.— The par-
ent species of the many Sweet Cher-
ries (and also of the May Duke class),
and now run wild in many parts of the East. The run-
wild and common seedling forms, with small fruits, are
known under the general name of Mazzard Cherries.
Mazzard stocks, mostly imported, are used as stocks for
Cherries, although Mabaleb is more popular with prop-
agators because (like the Myrobalau Plum) it is easier
and cheaper to grow, runs more uniform and is capable
of being budded through a long season. There are
many ornamental forms of the P. Avium, as: var.
pyramidMis, Hort. , tree making a pyramidal crown ; var.
ptodula, Hort., with drooping Isranches; var. variegElta,
Hort., with yellow and dull white markings on the
foliage; also various cut-leaved and double-fld. forms.
To this species are to be referred such garden names
as P. angustifolia, asplenifolia, heterophylla, salici-
folia.

Var. Juliana, Hort. [Cirasus JuUdna, DC). Heart
or Gean Cherries. Fruit heart-shaped, with soft flesh,
as in the varieties Governor Wood, Black Tartarian,
Black Eagle. These are the Gtiigniers and Seaumiers

1993. Weeping dwarf cherry of Europe, grafted on Morello stock.

One of the best of the small ornamental species, and known under several names

in nurseries. — Prxuvus fruticosa, var. pendula. See No. 18.

of the French. A weeping form is known as P. Juliana,
var. pendula,

Var. regMis, Bailey ( C. regdlis, Poit. & Turp.). Duke
Cherries. Differ from the Heart Cherries in having an
acid flesh (and forthat reason often erroneously referred
to P. Cerasus ) . May Duke is the leading representative.

Var. Duraclna, Hort. ( C. Duraclna, DC. C. Bigardla,
Eoem.). BiGARREAU Chekbies. Distinguished by the
firm breaking flesh of the fruit, which is mostly of light
color. Here belong the Windsor, Yellow Spanish, Na-
poleon.

Var. Decum&na, Dipp. (C. Decitnihna, Delaun. P.
ynacropliylla, Poir. P. nicotianwfblia, Thomps.). Lvs.
very large (sometimes nearly 1 ft. long), somewhat
heart-shaped. Grown for ornament.

28. Cerasus, Linn. (C^)-(7.sf(sr?(i5r(5rJs, Mill. C.Capron-
idna, DC P. dcida, Gaertn., not K. Koch. P. austera,
Ehrh.) Sour. Pie, or Morello Cheery. Pigs. 427,429,
430. Eather low, round-headed tree with gray bark and

1454

PRUNUS

PRUNUS

no central leader (compare Figs. 426 and 427, Vol. 1):
Ivs. ovate-obovate or short-ovate, abruptly short-pointed,
stiff and parchment-like and more or less glossy above,
light or gray-green: fls. in small clusters from lateral
buds mostly in advance of the Ivs., the scales of the
fl.-buds small: fr. roundish or depressed-globular, red,
soft-fleshed, acid: stone globular. Native to Asia Mi-
nor and perhaps to southeastern Europe.— P. C'erasus
is the common Pie Cherry of old yards. It escapes into
fence-rows and other waste places, forming dense
thickets, as the Plum does. It sprouts from the root.
The various Morellos belong here; also the Montmo-
rency, Louis Phillippe, and others. There are at least
two well-marked groups of these pomologieal Cherries—
those with uneolored juice (Amarelles, the Prunus acida
of some), and those with colored .iuice (Morellos or
Griottes ) . To th e former group belong the Montmorency,
Early Richmond, and several early varieties. The
Prunus acida of Karl Koch (Cerasus acida, Dumort.)
is a bush-like plant with slender pendulous branches
and smaller Ivs., the petioles usually gland-bearing (less
so in P. Ccras lis), the fruit dark red and sour, the stone
ovoid; of this plant P. semperf/orens (No. 23) is a form.
It is generally considered, however, that this P. acida,
including P. semperflorens, is a derivative from P.
Cerasus. Even if it is a distinct species, the name P.
acida of Koch cannot stand, for it is antedated by the
P. acida of Ehrhart; P. semperflorens, Ehrh., therefore,
must hold as the species-name. Ornamental forms of
P. Cerasus are: Var. ranunculiS16ra, Hort. ( C. Rhixii,
Hort.). Fls. full double, white, F. S. 17:1805. Var.
peraicaefldra, Hort. Fls. full, double, light rose or pink.
Var. variegata, Hort. Lvs. variegated with yellow and
dull white.

Subgenus III. Padus (including -CoHrocerastts).

Fruit small and globular, rarely used for eating: fls.
white, small, in distinct racemes, not preceding the lvs.,
or arising from the axils of persistent lvs. of the year
before.

A. Padus proper: lvs. deciduous: fls. on leafy sJioots

of the season.
B. Calyx-lobes persistent at the base of the fr.: fls. ap-
pearing relatively late in the season: large trees.

29. serfitina, Ehrh. Wild Black Cheery. Strong,
straight tree, reaching 100 ft., with very dark brown
bitter-aromatic bark: lvs. oblong, lance-oblong or ob-
long-ovate, tapering to a point, thickish and firm, shin-
ing above, with many small incurved callous teeth: fls.
in long, loose racemes, appearing when the lvs. are
nearly full grown: fr. size of a pea, purple-black, bit-
terish, ripening in late summer and September. Gen-
erally distributed from Nova Scotia to Dakota, south to
Fla. and Texas. S.S. 4:159. — A valuable timber tree,
furnishing lumber for cabinet work and house finish-
ings; also a fine lawn tree. It is much used in forestry

Var. salicifdlia, Kcshne (P. salicifdlia, HBK. P.
Cdpuli, Ga,v. Ch-asus CdpolUn,'DG.). Capulin. Lvs.
narrower (usually narrowly lanceolate), smooth and
shining, usually more leathery. Western Tex., Ariz.,
New Mex., Mex. aud south. R.H. 1888, p. 1.37; 1893:496.

1994. Prunus Pennsylvanica (X %) . No. 21.

plantings. Var. ptodula, Hort., has drooping branches.
Var. varieg^ta, Hort., has yellow-marked lvs. Var.
cartilaginea, Hort. (var. CarthagHna, Hort., by error.
P. cartilaginea, Lehra.), is a handsome form with very
long, shining lvs. Var. asplenifdlia, Hort., has narrow,
deeply toothed lvs.

1W5. Prunus semperflorens (X K). No. 23.

BB. Calyx-lobes not persistent on the fr.: fls. early:
small trees.

30. Virginiina, Linn. Choke Cheery. Fig. 2000.
Bush or sometimes a small tree 30 ft. tall, with rough
speckled bark and a strong odor when bruised : lvs.
thin, oval-oblong or obovate, abruptly pointed, very
sharply serrate, with spreading or at least not incurved
teeth: fls. in short, dense racemes in spring with the
lvs.: fr. size of pea, in summer, red or amber-colored
(the latter var. leucocdrpa, Wats.), puckery : stone
smooth. Generally distributed over northern North
America to the Arctic circle and occurring in the moun-
tains of Mex, S.S. 4:158. — Now and then a large-fruited
variety is found, fit for eating. Sometimes planted for
ornament. There is a weeping form, var. p§ndula,Hort. ;
a dwarf form, var. n&na, Hort. ; a narrow-lvd. form, var.
salicifdlia, Hort. The fruit is usually unfit for eating,
but forms are known with edible fruit.

Var. demfssa, Torr. (P. demlssa, Walp.). Lvs. more
rounded or even subcordate, somewhat pubescent,
thicker: fr. dark red or purple-black, large and edible.
Nebraska and Dakota, west and south. — Considered by
Bessey (Nebr. Hort. 1895, p. 164) to be worthy of im-
provement as a fruit phxnt. He thinks it more nearly
related to P. serotina than to P. Virginiana.

31. padus, Linn. European Bird Cherry. Very like
P. Vi7'giniana, but has larger fls. on longer pedicels, in
longer and looser often drooping somewhat leafy ra-
cemes: fls. appearing a week later: stone rough. Eu-
rope and Asia. Gn. 53, p. 92. — Common in cult, in many
forms: var. p^ndula, Hort., drooping; var. variegMa,
Hort., in several forms, as aurea, ancubtrfolia, niar-
morata, Alberti. Var. commutMa, Dipp. (P. Graydna,
Hort., not Maxim.) is noteworthy because it is one of
the earliest of all trees to leaf out in spring. G.P.

PRUNUS

PRUNUS

145.J

1 :295. There is a. double-fld. form. Variable in its foli-
age. Makes a shapely tree 10-20 ft. tall.

AA. Laiirocerastis: Ivs. persistent (ei'ergreen) : fls. in
spring in the axils of the ivs. of the previous
year.— Laurels.

B. Bacemes longer than the Ivs.

32. Lusitinica, Linn. Poktugal Laurel. Tree, 20
ft. tall, but usually grown as a tub plant and compara-

1996. Prunus pendula, the rose-bud cherry (X %). No. 24.

ble to Laurus tiobilis : Ivs. thick and leathery, ovate-
laneeolate to long-lanceolate, sharp-serrate: fls. white, in
racemes that exceed the Ivs., appearing in late spring
or early summer: fr. round-oval, nearly black, small.
Spain and Portugal and Canaries. — It is a small tree in
its native places, but becomes a bush farther north. It
is sometimes planted in the open ground in our southern
states, but in northern parts it is a tub plant. There
is a form with variegated Ivs., another [var. angus-
tifolia. Hort.) with narrow Ivs., and another (var.
myrtiiolia, Hort.) with small Ivs. and compact habit,

BB. Bacemes not longer than the Ivs.
c. Calyx-lobes toothed or undulate.

33. Laurocerasus, Linn. Cherry Laurel. English
Laurel. Bush or small tree (reaching 10 ft.) with hand-
some evergreen foliage: Ivs. coriaceous and glossy,
short-stalked, oval, lanceolate, oblong-elliptic or oblan-
ceolate, narrowed into a short point, remotely serrulate,
with 2-4 glands at the base of the blade: fls. small,
white, in axillary or terminal short racemes in spring,
the calyx-lobes 3-toothed: fr. ovoid-acute, small, black-
ish. Southeastern Europe to N. Persia. Gn. 50, p. 313.—
One of the most popular broad-leaved evergreen plants
in Europe, and somewhat planted in the southern states.
It is also grown in tubs and used for house decoration.
Some of the forms will stand as far north as Washing-
ton, and var. Schipkae7isis is hardy in central New
York. When grown in the open, the Cherry Laurel
should be allowed to ripen its wood thoroughly before
winter sets in. Protection from severe winds is alwaj's
desirable. The plant may be propagated by means of
long cuttings of ripe wood; also by layers. Named va-
rieties are worked on common stocks. The Cherry
Laurel is very variable. Some of the horticultural

92

forms are as follows: Var. angustiJolia, Ivs. very long
and narrow, and plant hardy as far north as Washing-
ton; var. Bertini, with very broad leaves; var. camel-
liaefdlia, with recurved leaves; var. Cauc&sica, and var.
G61cliica, with slender twigs and dark foliage which is
gray-green beneath, also hardy; var. Jap6nica, a nar-
row-leaved form, like var. angustlfolia; var. latifolia,
with broad Ivs., hardy at Washington; var. microphylla,
with small, narrow Ivs., only 4-5 in. long; var. rotundi-
folia, with short-oblong blunt Ivs. Gn. 28, p. 405. Var.
Schipka^nsis, with small, nearly or completely entire
Ivs. dark green above and very light green beneath,
hardy in New York; var. yaiiegata, Ivs. marbled or
blotched with dull white.

34. Caroliniana, Ait. Wild Orange. Mock Orange
of the South. Tree, 20-40 ft.: Ivs. oblong-lanceolate-
acuminate, usually entire but sometimes remotely
spinose-serrulate, thick, dark green and shining above,
the margins usually somewhat revolute: fls. cream-
colored, in short rather close racemes, the calyx-lobes
with undulate margins: fr. >^ in. long, oblong-pointed,
black and shining. S. Car. to Fla. and 'I'ex. S.S. 4:1G0.
— A handsome evergreen, prized for planting in the
South. Blooms from Feb. to April.

cc. CahfX-lohes entire,

35. ilicifolia, Walp. Islay. Spanish Wild Cherry.
BIouNTAiN Evergreen Cherry. Fig. 2001. Evergreen
bush or small tree, rarely becoming 30 ft. tall, with a
dense crown: Ivs. holly-like, ovate to ovate-lanceolate,
obtuse, acute or sometimes even acuminate, mostly
broad and sometimes rounded at the base, the margins
coai'sely spiny-toothed, the blade thick and shining:
fls. white, in slender racemes less than 2 in. long in
spring, about >^ in. across: fr. rather large (sometimes
% in. long), nearly globose, purple or nearly black;
stone ovate. San Francisco to Lower Calif. Gn. 3, p.
131. S.S. 4:162. G.F. 5:475 (tree). -A most worthy
garden plant.

Var. integriSolia, Sudw. (P. occidentMis, Hort., not
Swartz). Catalina Cherry. Lvs. longer and more
acuminate, usually entire: fr. larger. Islands off the
coast of southern California and rarely on the mainland.
S.S. 4 :l(i3. — Considered to be more desirable as a gar-
den plant than the type. It grows rapidly under culti-
vation, making a compact, very dark green crown.
Useful also in pots and tubs. P. occidentalism Swartz,
a different plant, grows from Cuba to Trinidad. It is
not in the trade, although it is mentioned in a recent
list of "seeds and plants imported for distribution in
cooperation with the agricultural experiment stations "

1997. Prunus Pseudo-Cerasus (X %). No. 25.

by the U. S. Dept. of Agric. Grisebach describes it as
a high tree: lvs, oblong or ovate-oblong, rounded at the
base, blnntish, with 2 glandular spots at the base be-
neath: racemes lateral, puberulous or glabrous: fr.
ovoid, slightly apiculate, nearly 1 in. long, purple. The
fruit is said to be "of very fine flavor."

1456

PRUNUS

1998. Japanese Flowerine Cherry —
Prunus Pseudo-Cerasus (X %). No. 25.

Subgenus IV. CHAM.a;AMrGDAi.us (including Micro-
cerasns). Dwarf Almond.
Fruit small, either firm or juicy, glabrous or pube.s-
cent; plant dwarf, with sessile flowers solitary or in
pairs preceding the Ivs., the stamens 20 or more, the
calyx-tube tubular: Ivs, conduplieate.

36. inc&na, Decne. (OSrasus incdna, Spach.
Amygdalas Incd'na , Pall. A. ^idna, var. inc&va,
Loud.). Shrub of medium size: Ivs. small, the
petiole short and soft-hairy and glandless or bear-
ing glands at the very top, the blade oboA*ate-
oblong, elliptic or lance-elliptic, short-pointed or
obtuse, finely sharp-toothed, white-tomentose beneath:
fls. mostly in 2's, appearing with the Ivs. or just in ad-
vance of them, light rose-color, about H in. across, the
petals emarginate: fr. bright red, the size of a pea,
smooth, juicy. Southeastern Eu. and western Asia. R.
H. 1853:281. B.R. 25:58. Gt. 44, p. 2-13 (leaf ).

37. n^na, Stokes (Ami/gdalus
ndna, Linn.). Russian Almond.
Pig. 2002. Bush, 3 to 5 ft. high:
flowers solitary, appearing a little
in advance of the leaves, sessile,
pink and showy : Ivs. narrowly
elliptic or elliptic lanceolate, 2 or
3 in. long, tliick and rather stiff,
scarcely pointed, lighter colored
and the veins prominent beneath,
smooth, the edges set with sharp,
spreading, saw-like teeth: fls. visu-
ally solitary, rose-color, nearly 1 in.
across, with or just preceding the
Ivs.: fruit small and liard, pubes-
cent? bitter, with a large, wrinkled,
sharp-pointed, somewliat cordate,
unequal -sided pit. Russia and
Western Asia. B.IVLIOI. L.B.C.
12:1114. — This plant has been in-
troduced into this country recently
as a fruit plant, although it pos-
sesses little merit for that purpose.
It is cultivated in Europe for its
flowers, and it has been thought 1999. Prunus Avium,
that the Flowering Almond of our {X%.) No. 27.

PRUNUS

gardens belongs to it; but our Flow-
ering Almonds are Prunus Juponica
and P. triloba, a correction which
was made in the revised edition of
Gray's "Field, Forest and Garden Bot-
any." This Russian Almond is very
hardy, enduring the climate of the
northern prairie states, where it ripens
its little almond-like fruits in July. A
small-fruited form of the Apricot (P.
Armeniaca) has lately been in-
troduced as Russian Almond.
Prunus nana is cultivated in
two or three forms. Var. cam-
pestris has white fls. of larger
size. Var. Gedrgica has dark
rose-colored somewhat smaller
fls. and narrower, longer Ivs.
Var. Cochinchin^nsis is a larger
plant with white fls.

Subgenus V. Amtgdalus.

Almonds and Peaches.
Fruit sessile, large, mostly
pubescent : fls. solitary from
lateral buds on the previous
year's growth, appearing in ad-
vance of the Ivs., the latter conduplieate in the bud.

Plant lotv and bushy: Flowering Almonds.
38. Jap6nica, Thunb. {P. ndna of American gardens.
P. Sinensis, Hort. Amygdalus phniila, Sims). Figs.
2002,2003. Bushy plant, rarely over 5 ft. high: Ivs. ovate-
lanceolate to oblong-lanceolate, acuminate, not at all in-
clined to be lobed, glabrous or nearly so, very strongly
veined beneath, closely and almost obtusely serrulate:
fls. solitary or in 2's and 3's, rose-colored or blush,
stalked (the stalks lengthening), appearing with the
Ivs.: fr. globular or short-oblong, % in. in diam.,
smooth and shining, wine-red. Cult, from Japan, but
probably native to China. B.M. 2176. R.H. 1852:301;
1873, p. 457; 1874, p. 453; 1876:290; 1884:156; 1886, p.
416; 1887, p. 136; 1890:468. Gn. 38, p. 605; 50, p. 313.-
This is the commonest Flowering Almond of our gar-
dens, giving a profusion of attractive bloom in early

spring. Hardy. It is
known in gardens
only in the double
form. There is con-
siderable doubt as to
the application of the
two names P. Japon-
ica and P. Sinensis.
Carrifere supposes
(R.H. 1874. p. 451)
that there are two
species, and he says
that the true P. Si-
nensis is worth culti-
vating for the edible qualities of its fruit as
well as for its flowers. Until the question is
cleared up by further investigations of abo-
riginal types, the writer prefers to leave tlie
subject as above, thereby agreeing with most
writers on these plants.

39. triloba, Lindl. (Amygdalus pedunculdta, Bunge,
A }n}/gdaU'ipsis Lindleyi, Carr. Prundp&is Liudleyi.
Andri^). Flowering Plum. Fig. 2002. Differs from the
last in having broadly ovate or obovate soft-hairy Ivs.,
which are abruptly pointed, coarsely doubly serrate,
tending to be lobed above (on strong shoots): fls. soli-
tary and mostly in advance of the Ivs., pink or rose-col-
ored, sometimes white, usually double: fr. small, red-

2000. Prunus Virg^iniana.

(X K.) No. 30.

PRUNUS

PRUNUS'

1457

hairy when young, but becoming glabrous. China.
l.H. 8:3U8. F.S. 15:1532. R.H. 1862:91; 1884:390. Gn. 21,
p. 275; 28:512; 55, p. 374. Gng. 5:165; 6:290; 8:196. -A
most desirable bush, hardy in central New York and
Ontario. It is sometimes grown as a standard by being
worked on Plum, but it is then short-lived. Both this
and P. Japonica are commonly worked on Plum, but
better results are to be expected from own-rooted plants
(got by layering or root-grafting).

Var. Petzoldi {P. Petioldi, Koch. P. virgAta, Hort.).
Branchlets and adiilt Ivs. glabrous, the Ivs. ovate or
elliptic: fls. smaller, rose-color. China.

40. orientilis, Koehne (Amyqdahis orientdlis, Mill.
A. argt^'nfea, Lam.). Shrub, 3-8 ft. high: Ivs. small,
nearly or quite sessile, oval, oblong or narrow obovate,
nearly obtuse or short- pointed, entire: fls. solitary,
nearlj' 1 in. across, light rose-color, with or just pre-
ceding the Ivs.: fr. ovate or oblong, thinly pubescent
but becoming glabrous. Asia Minor, etc. L. B.C. 12:1137.

AA. Plant a tree or tree-like.
B. Fr. hard, splitting at maturity.

41. Amygdalus, Stokes (Amygdahis communis, Linn.).
Akmon'D. Figs. 63, 64. Peach-like tree, ^^0-25 ft. tall,
with gray bark: Ivs. lanceolate, firm and shining, very
closely serrate: fls. large (1 in. and more across), soli-
tary and appearing before the Ivs., pink, showy: fr. a
large compressed drupe with hard flesh, splitting open
at maturity and liberating the pitted stone (orAlmond).
Asia. Gn. 50:1088 (var. niacrocarpa); 54:1183. — Grown
as an ornamental tree, but chiefly for the nuts (or pits
of the fruit). There are double-fld., white-fld., and
variegated-lvd. forms; also weeping forms. V&r. macro-
carpa, is an early-blooming erect-growing form with fls.
2 in. across and very showy. See Almond.

camellite flora, with its subvariety plena, the former
with very large carmine fls. and the latter with double
fls. There are forms (var. versicolor) with different
colors of fls. on different branches of the same tree.

3001. Prunus ilicifolia (X %). No. 35.

BB. Pr. soft, not opening or splitting,

42. FSrsica, Sieb. & Zucc. (Amygdalus Persica, Linn.
Persica vulgaris. Mill.). Peach. Figs. 1661-G.
Much like the Almond in botanical characters and by
some thought to be derived from that plant, but now
generally agreed to be an original species and to be
native to China: Ivs. broad-lanceolate or oblong-lanceo-
late, coarsely serrate : fls. solitary, pink, appearing be-
fore the Ivs. : fr. soft, pubescent at raaturitj', the stone
deep-pitted and very hard. Widely cultivated, especially
in North America, where it thrives under a great variety
of conditions. — There are two well-marked forms, the
clingstones or pavies (Persica vulgaris of Etsso), and
the freestones (Persica domestica of Risso). There are
many ornamental forms of the Peach tree: double-fld.
Pig. 1665 (F.S. 10:969; 13:1299, 1300. R.H. 1852:221);
white-fld., dark-fld., etc.; purple-lvd.; variegated-lvd.;
dwarfs. One of the best of these fancy forms is var.

2002. Dvvarl almonds (XVq).

Primus nana at left; P. Japonica in middle: F. triloba

at right. Nos. 37-39.

Var. Ifflvis, Gray (Amygdalus Pirsiea nectur'ina,
Ait. Persica Iwvis, DC. Primus Persica, var. nectu-
r'ina, Ma-^tia.). Nectarine. Fig. 1464. Fruit smooth,
usually smaller: Ivs. usually more strongly serrate.
The Nectarine has sprung from the Peach, both through
seed and bud-variation. There are two types, as in the
Peach: clingstones or brngnons (Persica Iwvis of
Risso), and freestones (Persica violacea of Risso).
The Nectarine is not generally cultivated in this coun-
try, although it is popular in California.

Var. platycdrpa, Bailey (Persica platycdrpa, De-
caisne). Flat Peach, or Peen-to. Fig. 1660. Much
flattened endwise, and scarcely thicker than the pit.
Prom China. R.H. 1870-1:111. Trans. Lond. Hort. Soc.
4:512. — Grown in the southern states, where it has
given rise to various globular Peaches. The Peen-to
originated in 1869, with P. J. Berckmans, Augusta, Ga.,
from seeds sent from Australia, where it was probably
introduced from China.

43. Savidifbiia, Franeh. (Persica Davidiclna, Carr.
Primus Ph-sica, var. Oavididna, Dipp.). Fig. 2004.
Slender, willow-like tree: Ivs. narrower and smaller
than those of the Peach, tapering from near the base
into very long points, very sharp-serrate, light green,
willow -like: fls. appearing very early, 1 in. or more
across, white or blush, solitary: fr. nearly globular, the
suture prominent, about 1 in. in diameter, pubescent,
grayish or yellowLsh: stone small and nearly spherical,
ruminated, free from the

whitish dry flesh. China.
R.H. 1872, p. 75. G.F. 10:
503. Gt. 44:1412. G.C. III.
11: 529. Gn. 50, p. 165.-
Somewhat grown as an orna-
mental subject. Hardy in
New York, but the flower-
buds are usually killed. It
blooms very early, much in
advance of Peaches. By
some thought to be a form
of the Peach species, but as
known in this country it
seems to have specific char-
acters.

44. Simdnii, Carr. (Pffrsicn
Simdnii, Decaisne). Simon
or Apricot Pluji. Fig. 2005.
tigiate tree : Ivs. rather long
ovate, rather thick and heavy, dull, very veiny below,
finely but unevenly obtuse - serrate, conduplicate or
trough-shaped in habit : fls. nearly white, on short

2003. Prunus Japonica*

Natmral size. No. 38.

A straight-growing, f as-
■-oblanceolate or lance-ob-

1458

PRUNUS

rSEUDOLARIX

stalks, often two or three together, preceding the
leaves: t'r. 1 or 2 in. in diameter, flattened lengthwise,
very firm in texture, perfectly smooth, handsome ma-
roon-red, possessing a deep suture, the yellow flesh
closely adhering to the small, spongy-roughened nearly
orbicular pit. Named in honor of
Eugene Simon, who sent pits from
China to France, prior to 1872.
China. B.H. 1872:110. -Introduced
into the United States about 1880,
or shortly after. Although much
advertised by nurserymen, it has
not attracted great attention from
fruit-growers in the East. Upon
the Pacific slope it is popular. The
fruit is usually bitter, with an
almond-Iike astringency, hxit some-
times it is very palatable. The tree
is very hardy and vigorous some-
what north of the limit of peach-
growing, but, except in the Pacific
region, it does not appear to be
uniformly productive. The fruit
is handsome, with a pleasing odor,
and it keeps a long time. The tn-e
is conspicuous for its narrow, erect
growth. The flowers are borne on
short spurs on wood two and more
years old; also singly on the last
year's growth.

P. Cocomilia, Tenore. Allied to P. cerasifera. Bush or
small tree, with thorny branches: ] vs. oval or obovate, taper-
ing below, somewhat pointed, glabrous oii both sides: fr.
small and yellow. Italy.— P. Graydna, Maxim. Allied to P.
Padus. "It is a small tree, 20-30 ft. high, with a slender trunk,
ample, membranaceous, long-pointed, setaceo-serrate Ivs., bi-
glandular at the base but without glands on the petioles, a
peculiarity which best distinguishes this species from P. Padus,
althoiigli the hair-like teeth of the leaves are characteristic
aud apparently constant." Sargent, Forest Flora of Japan.—
P. Jacquemdntii, Hook. f. Subgenus Amygdalus. Dwarf (6-
10 ft.), with small ovate, ovate-lanceolate or elliptic, acumi-
nate, serrulate Ivs.: fls. pink, 3^-% in. across, solitary or in pairs,
short-stalked, appearing as the ivs. burst: fr. globose, red.
juicy, small. Northwestern Himalaya, 9,600 to 12.000 ft. B.M.
(5976. G.C. III. 22:23. Gt. 44, p. 243 (leaf). -P. Madcfdi,
Rupr. Somewhat allied to P. Padus. but the fls. appearing on

bly seiTate : racemes glandular and bearing conspicuous
bracts, appearing with the Ivs.: tis. white, y4 in. across,
stalked: fr. less than J4 in. long, in midsummer. Japan. G.F.
6:195 and Forest, PI. Japan 12. — P, Miquelidna, Sarg. "A
second species of Pmnus (Fig. 37). very similar in general ap

2004. Prunus Davidiana (X K). No. 43.

the ends of leafless shoots: fls. white, long-stalked, less than
3^ in. across, the racemes 2-3 in long: Ivs. lanceolate, elliptic
or obovate, serrate, ilanchuria. — P. Maximbiviczii, Rupr.
Subgenus Padus; 25-30 ft.: young growth rusty -pubescent:
Ivs. elliptic or elliptic -obovate, long -stalked, coarsely dou-

2005 Prunus Sirronn (X %)

pearanee to Pininus pendula [P. subhirtellaj, is confounded
■with it in gardens here. It has the same general habit and the
same long, pendidous branches, but the bark is darker, and
hardly to be distinguished from that of the common cherry
tree. The fls. are corymbose on short, leafy branches, and the
pedicels are conspicuously bracted at the base, and, as well as
the shorter and paler calyx-tube, are covered with a few scat-
tered hairs. The petals are more narrowly ovate than those of
the last species, entire and rarely truncate, much paler pink or
nearly white in color. The ovary is quite smooth, bixt the
style is densely coated with hairs. The Ivs., which appear
shortly after the opening of the flowers, are broader, thinner
and more deejily and irregrilarly cut on their margins and are
only 6-8-ribbed. They are pubescent on the under side, as well
as the petioles and young shoots, and have two conspicuous
orange-colored glands at the base of the blade. Their larger
stipules are three-lobed and glandular. The corymbose in-
florescence of this plant, the forked stipules and the texture
and color of the young leaves point to some fonn of Prunus
Pseudo-Cerasus, but the style is conspicuously hairy, and I
therefore very doiibtfully refer it to Maximowicz's Prunus
iVIiqueliana, al^thentic specimens of which, however, I have
not been able to examine." Sargent, in G.F. 1, p. 196 and
15g. This plant appears not to be the P. Miqueliana of Maxinio-
wicz, but a form of P. pendula (P. pendula, var. carneo, Rehd.,
M.D.G. 1900:320), — P. prostrdta, Labill. Closely allied to P.
ineana. Very dwarf, with small round - oval Ivs., whitish be-
neath : fls. small, bright pink, appearing with the Ivs.: fr.
small, ovoid. red. glabrous. B.R. 2:136. Gt. 44. p. 243 (leaf): 1414.
R.H. 1870-1:371.— P. sphmrocdrpa, Swartz. Evergreen, allied to
P. Caroliniana; small tree: Ivs. elliptic to oblong-ovate, entire:
fls. small, white, in racemes shorter than the Ivs.: fr. 3^ in. or
less long, orange-brown. S. Fla. to Brazil. S.S. 4:161. — P.
Ssidri, Schmidt. "A much more common tree [than P. Padus]
in Yezo and in the elevated forests of Hondo is Pi-unus Ssiori,
another Bird Cheriy. always easily distinguished by its pale,
nearly whi e bark. It is a handsome glabrous tree, with oblong
membranaceous Ivs. and long, graceful racemes of small fls.,
and is well worth introducing into our plantations as an orna-
mental plant. It also grows in Saghalin. where it was dis-
covered by Schmidt, in Manchuria, and in western China.'*
Sargent, Forest Flora of Japan, j^ jj_ g_

PSEUDOLAEIX (Greek, pseudos, false, and Laris;
being similar to, but not a true Larch). Coniferce.
Golden Larch. A genus of one species, a tall, pyra-
midal tree with horizontally spreading whorled branches ;
the linear leaves appear in dense clusters on short spurs,
but those of the leading shoots are scattered and spirally
arranged. It is a beautiful tree with its long, spreading
branches pendulous at the extremities and clothed with
light green feathery foliage turning to a clear yellow in
fall. The tree seems to remain free from insect pests
and fungous diseases and is hardy in Mass. and prob-
ably farther north. It requires a sunny, open position
and a well-drained, moderately moist soil; it does not
thrive nor look well if crowded by other trees. The
Golden Larch should be raised only from seeds. If

PSEUDOLARIS

PSEUDOTSUGA

1459

grafted on its own roots or on the common Larch, as it
is sometimes done, it rarely grows into a symmetrical
tree. Pseiidolaris is known wild only from a restricted
region in N. China, where it grows in the mountains at
an altitude of about 3,000 ft. It is closely allied to
Larix, but differs by the stalked, pendulous, clustered,
staminate fls. and by the deciduous cone-scales, which
separate from the axis at maturity as in the iir.

2006. Pseudolarix Ksmpferi (X /^).

Kaempieri, Gord Fig. 2006. (LArix Ecempferi, Fort.
Laricdpsis Kwmpferi, Kent). Tree, becoming 130 ft.
high: Ivs. linear-acuminate, soft, light green, bluish
green beneath, lK-3 in. long and I-l>2 lines broad:
staminate fls. yellow, about M in. long, slender-stalked;
pistillate fls. about Yi in. long: cone ovate, reddish
brown, 2%-3 in. long, 15^-2 in. broad; scales triangular,
ovate-lanceolate, cordate at the base, emarginate at the
apex, woody: bracts ovate-lanceolate, much smaller
than the scales, each scale with 2 seeds with the wings
as long as the scale. F. S. 17:1777-78. R. H. 1868:331;
1871, p. 608, 609. G.C. II. 19:88. Gn. 8, p. .325; 29, p. 397.
— Var. n^na, Beissn. Dwarf form, cult, in China and
Japan; without much decorative value.

Alfred Rehdek.

PSEUDOPHffiNIX (Greek, false Phcenix). Pahn&ceae.
A genus of one species, a pinnate-leaved palm discov-
ered in 1886 on one of the Florida Keys and distinguished
from all other North American palms by its scarlet-
orauge fruit, which is about the size of a cherry. This
pahn is cult, in S. Calif. Generic characters: female
11. with calyx small, spreading, somewhat denticulate;
petals 3, ovate, obtuse, green, bent back ; staminodia 6,
distinctly dark purple at the top: fr. an orange-colored
drupe, stipitate, containing 1-3 globular carpels.

Sargenti, H. Wendl. Trunk slender, 20-25 ft. high,
10-12 in. thick: Ivs. abruptly pinnate, 4-5 ft. long;
pinnEe lanceolate, acuminate. 12-16 in. long, bright green
above, glaucous beneath, folded backward at the very
base: spadix appears from among the Ivs.; main and
secondary branches light yellow-green and flattened:
fr. usually 3-lobed, y^-^/i in. thick, bright orange-scarlet.
FloridaKeys. G.F. 1:353. S.S. 10:506.

F. W. Barclay.

PSEUDOTStTGA (Greek false Tsuga). Coniferae.
Tall evergreen trees, of symmetrical pyramidal habit,
with regularly whorled branches clothed with linear flat-
tened Ivs.. which are more or less 2-ranked and whit-
ish beneath: fls. forming orange or reddish catkins:
cones pendulous, medium - sized, of somewhat bristly
appearance on account of the protruding bracts. The
Douglas Spruce, which is the only species well known
in cultivation, is one of the tallest and most important

forest and timber trees of western North America, and
in its forms of the higher altitudes it is hardy as far
north as Canada. When it finds a congenial home it is
among the most desirable conifers for park planting
and it grows rapidly. It thrives best in a porous sandy
loam, and its cultivation does not differ from that of
Abies and Picea, which see. Varieties may be grafted
on the type.

The genus has three species in W. N. America and in
Japan. Pyramidal trees, closely allied and very similar
in foliage to Abies, from which they are chiefly distin-
guished by their cones falling off as a whole at maturity,
like those of Picea. The Ivs. contain but one flbro-vas-
cular bundle and are not decurrent at the base. The
bracts of the cone are rather large and more or less ex-
serted, 2-lobed at the apex, with the midrib produced
into a subulate awn. Without cones the genus may be
distinguished from Abies by its more slender and flexi-
ble Ivs., and especially by its elongated ovate or ovate-
lanceolate acute and not resinous winter-buds. The
light red or yellow wood is hard and durable and much
used for construction, for railway ties and for masts.
The bark is sometimes used for tanning leather.

Souglasil, Carr. (P. mucronclfa, Sudw. P. taxifdlia,
Britt. P. liiiidtey&na, Carr. Abies Dotiglasi, Lindl.
AhiUia Doiiglasii, Kent). Douglas Spruce. Red
Fir. Fig. 2007. Pyramidal tree, attaining 200 ft. and
sometimes more, with a trunk becoming 12 ft. in diam.
clothed with ridged dark red-brown bark : branches
horizontal, with pendulous branchlets : Ivs. linear,
straight or curved, obtuse, slender and flexible, dark
green or bluish green, ?4-lM in. long : staminate cat-
kins orange, pistillate reddish: cones pendulous, oval-
ovate, with broad rounded scales and much exserted
bracts, 2-4)^ in. long; seed Ji in. long, with broad
wing, light reddish brown. Brit. Col. to Mex., west .to
Mont, and Colo. S.S. 12:607. G.F. 10:295. Gn. 31, p. 288.
R.H. 1868:151. — The most important of theformsin cul-
tivation are the following: Var. compacta, Beissn. Of
dense compact habit. Var. fastigiata, Carr. (var. spar-
sifolia, Carr.). Dense conical pyramid with numerous
ascending branches and with shorter Ivs. Var. gladca,
Beissn. With bluish green or almost silvery white foli-
age. Hardier than the type, but of slower growth : from
Colorado. This form is best adapted for cultivation in
the eastern states. Var. glaiica pendala, Beissn., has
pendulous branches and glaucous foliage. Var. glauc§s-
cens, Beissn. {P. glauc^scens, Bailly), is hardly different
from var. glauca. R.H. 1895:88. Var. pSndula, Neum.
With pendulous branches and dark green foliage. Var.

2007. Douglas Spruce—Pseudotsuga Douglasii (X 1-5).

Stalril, Beissn. With whitish variegated foliage; of little
ornamental value. Var. taxi£61ia, Loud. Of slower
growth, forming a broad dense pyramid, with longer and
darker green Ivs. aud the cones with shorter bracts.

1460

PSEUDOTSUGA

PSIDIUM

P, Japdnica, Beissn. (Tsuga Japonica, Sbirass.)- Tree, to 60
ft., similar to P. Douglasi. but Ivs. shorter aud broader and
cones smaller, with strongly reflexed bracts. Japan, But re-
cently introduced, and hardiness not yet proved; probably as
hardy as the hardier forms of P. Douglasi.— P. macrocdrpa,
Mayr (P. Douglasi, var. macrocarpa, Eugelm.). Tree, to 60 or
80 ft., with remote and usually pendulous branches : Ivs. acute,
bluish gray: cones 4-6>2 in. long, with shorter bracts; seeds J^
in. long. S.Calif. S.S. 12:608. G.P. 10:26. Seems not yet in-
troduced; not hardy north, and inferior.— P. Davididna, Bertr.
=Keteleeria Davidiana, Beissn., and P. Jezoensls, Bertr. =Kete-
leeria Fortune!, Oarr. Keteleeria certainly constitutes a dis-
tinct geuus and cannot be united ^vith either Abies, Picea,
Tsuga or Pseudotsuga. It is chiefly distinguished by the stami-
nate tls. being arranged in clusters like tliose of Pseudolarix,
but are only short -stalked: cones upright, with persistent
scales; bracts enclosed, half as long as the scales: Ivs. similar
to those of Abies but pale green, not whitish beneath, pointed
or obtuse, rigid. In old age the head becomes broad and flat-
topped as in Oedrus Libard. in young trees it is regular, pyra-
midal, with whorled brandies. The germination is very differ-
ent from that of most other conifers, but similar to Ginkgo
and Araucaria, as the two cotyledons remain in the ground in-
closed in the seed and do not become green. None of the 3 or 4
Chinese species seems to be in cultivation in this country,
where they would probably not be hardy north of the middle
states, but P. (Keteleeria) Fortunei, Carr., has been successfully
cult, in S. Europe. The Ivs. of this species are about 1 in. long,
rigid, pointed on the lower branches, obtuse on the upper ones:
cone 3-6 in. long. P.S.7, p. 223 lasP. Jezoensis). R.H. 1866:451.
Prop, by seeds, layers and cuttings and by grafting on Abies
Picea; it will probably also grow grafted on Pseudotsuga.

Alfred Rehder.

The Douglas Spruce is a tree for the million. It
"Would be difficult to overrate its beauty. As a forest
tree it perhaps produces a greater crop of lumber per acre
than any other species. It probably grows faster than any
other conifer. Indeed, the complaint is sometimes
made that it grows too fast to make a compact lawn
tree. It is desirable to have groups of Douglas Spruce,
because the foliage is so soft that single specimens are
sometimes injured by high winds. Specimens planted
on the prairies without protection from hot winds may
sometimes have their buds injured by late spring frosts.
It is, of course, a mistake to use the Douglas Spruce
for a wind-break. The Douglas Spruce is generally
prop, by seeds. Seeds of conifers gathered on the
Pacific slope are tender, while those gathered in Colorado
produce hardy trees which endure both drought and
cold. Unlike the firs, the Douglas Spruce has fine, fibrous
roots like the Norway Spruce and transplants as readily.
Tlie writer has transplanted many stocky young trees
growing in the open to the nursery and has saved 90 per
cent of them. They seemed to thrive as well as nur-
sery-grown Norway spruces of the same size. The
yield of seed from a wagon-load of cones is light, aud it
is somewhat difiicult to grow seedlings. In some cir-
cumstances it will be cheaper in the end to procure
young trees. The Douglas Spruce is remarkable for its
wide variation in form and color. The needles may be
short or long, light green, dark green, or have a bluish
or silvery cast. The deep blue and silvery foliage is
characteristic of the deep gorges of high altitudes.

C. S. Harrison.
We have found the Douglas Spruce one of the easiest
of all conifers to grow from seed. However, the seed
rapidly loses its germinating powers, in this respect
partaking of the firs more than of the spruces. As it is
now being grown and disseminated, it is not to be
recommended for general planting. Seed from trees
growing in the valleys and foothills of Colorado will not
produce trees that are hardy north of the Ohio river.
As trees growing in those localities are easy of access, a
larger part of the seed is collected from them. There is
considerable difference between trees grown from valley
and mountain seeds. The former have short green
leaves and a stunted look, compact growth, showing
none of the bold and striking effect of those from a
high elevation. The latter have longer leaves, more
glaucous appearance and great rapidity of growtli. The
valley trees brown in winter; the mountain trees do
not. Many of the latter have a spreading and weeping
habit, partaking more of the characteristic of the hem-
lock. The valley trees have more of the habit of Picea
orieiitalis, but not as good color. Unless more care is
taken in collecting seeds of this tree, it will soon fall
into disrepute. Tj^^g^ -^^ Douglas.

FStDITJM {Greek, psidion, the pomegranate). Myr-
tiicece. About 130 species of evergreen trees and shrubs.
Lvs. opposite, petiolate, penniveined: fls. rather large,
white, cymose on axillary or lateral, 1-3- (rarely many-)
fid. peduncles; calyx 4-5-lobed, the lobes persistent;
petals 4 or 5, spreading: berries globose, ovoid or pear-
shaped, usually roughish, often crowned with the calyx
limb; seeds subreniform, hard. Natives of tropical and
subtropical America; some species have become natur-
alized in tropical Asia and south Africa. Prop, easily by
suckers, cuttings or seeds.

INDEX

(s. L. refers to supplementary Ust.)
Araca, 2. Guineeuse, 3. pyriforme, 1.

Cattleianum, 4. luciduni, 4. sapidissimura, 1.

Guajava, 1. polycarpunn, S. L. Sinense, s.l.

Guava, 1. pomiferiim, 1. Thea, s. L.

GuayaviUas, s. l. pyriferum, 1.

A. Branchlets 4-angled.

1. Guajava, Linn. {P. pomiferum, Linn. P. GitHvay
Raddi). Lejion Guava. Fig. 2008. Shrub or small tree,
0-15 ft. high: lvs. oval to oblong-lanceolate, bluntish,
chartaceous, glabrous altove, puberulent bflow: pe-
duncles 3 to many-fid., pubescent: fr. globose, j'ellow,
aromatic, somewhat astringent. June. Grown in S.
Calif, and valued for jellies and preserves: several
horticultural varieties are offered by nurserj^men.
Var. sapidlssimum, Jacq., has similar fruit but only
1-fld. peduncles. Becomes a troublesome weedy plant
in moist tropical countries.

Var. pyriferum, Linn. [P. pyriferum, Linn. P. py-
r i fdrme, Cii'ifieb.). Common Guava. Small tree: lvs.
acute: peduncles 1-fld.: fr. small, pear-shaped, smooth-
skinned, yellowish when ripe, aromatic, sweet and
pleasant to the taste. Fls. May-July: fr. July-Nov.
B.R. 13:1079. — The source of the well-known Guava
jelly of the West Indies. The fresh fruit makes ex-
cellent tarts after removing the small stony seeds. To
be eaten raw, it is best gathered in the early morning,
according to Lindley, as it is then more agreeably acid.

AA. Branchlets terete.

2. Ar&ca, Raddi. Brazil Guava. Shrub 4-6 ft. high:
branchlets hirsute: lvs. oval or oblong, obtuse, above
sub-velutinous to the touch, beneath pubescently sub-
hirsiite; veins reticulate, somewhat raised: peduncles
axillary, 1-3-fld. : fr. ovoid, greenish yellow; flesh
white. Dry uplands of Brazil. — Offered by two or three
dealers, and said to be one of the very best Guavas.

3. Guiiie6nse, Swartz. Guiana Guava. ShrubS-lOft.
high: branchlets pubescent-villous: lvs. ovate, glabrous
above: petioles aud under side rusty-tomentose : pe-
duncles 1-3-fld.: fr. subrotund, subpubescent, deep
yellow outside; flesh red, said to possess an exquisite
flavor.

4. Cattleianum, Sabine. Strawberry Guava. Shrub
or small tree, 10-20 ft. high: branchlets glabroiis: lvs.
opposite, obovate, coriaceous, glabrous, dark green: pe-
dimcles axillary, opposite, solitary, I-fld., scarcely equal-
ing the petioles: fr. nearly spherical, about 1 in. long, of
a fine deep claret color, with a tough foveolate skin, re-
sembling that of a ripe fig, but thinner; pulp fleshy, soft
and juicy, purplish red next the skin but white at center,
sweet and acid, with a strawberry-like fragrance and fla-
vor, hence the popular name. May. Brazil. B.R. 622. B.M.
2501. N. 3:238. — Extensively cultivated in S. Calif.;
hardy outdoors near San Francisco and probably north-
ward. Var. lilcidum (P. lucidnni, Hort.). Yellow
Strawberry Guava. Has a larger yellow fruit, said to
have a better taste than the purple-fruited form. Re-
ported as being cultivated extensively in Florida; grown
in S. Calif, by Franeeschi.

P. GuayaviUas, Hort. "Brazil; a distinct-looking species,
said to have smaller fruit than P. Guajava but of superior
taste, "= P. Cujavillas] Burm. (?), which lias been reduced to a
form of P. Guajava.— J*, polycdrpum, Lamb. Small shrub with
branchlets terete, hirsute: lvs. subsessile, ovate-oblong, acute,
pubescent above, scabrous and rugose beneath: peduncles 3-fld.:
fr. yellow within, edible, considered superior in flavor to the
common Guava, but rarely larger than a cherry. S. Amer. and
W. Indies. — P. Sinense, recently introduced by Mr. Swingle,
agricultural explorer for the U. S. Dept. of Agriculture, not yet

PSIDIUM

PSORALEA

1461

seen by us. — P. Thea, Griseb. Argentina. Another recent in-
troduction by .Mr. Swingle.— Se%'eral other edible-fruited spe-
cies are known, but are not introduced iu this country.

Jos. BuRTT Davy.
FSOBALEA (Greek, loarty; referring to glands on the
foliage). Leijaminbsw. Scurfy Pea. A genus of
about 110 species of herbs, shrubs or subshrubs widely
scattered about the world, 30 being North American.
Lvs. glandular-dotted; Ifts. 3 to manj' and digitate or 3
and pinnate: Us. purple, blue, rose or white,
in racemes or spikes ; calyx not enlarged ,,
after flowering: standard ovate or orbicular,
clawed; wing oblong or falcate ; keel in-
curved, obtuse: ovary sessile; pod ovoid,
short, indehiscent, 1-seeded. Useful bordei-
plants.

A. Plants Jiardy.
B. No. of Ifts. 7.

subacaiilis, Torr. &
Gray. Perennial herb,
stemless or nearly so,
about 1 ft. high, with nu-
merous, usually purple fls.
in ovate or oblong, dense
spikes: Ifts. 7, digitate,
obovate-oblong, 1 in. long :
fl.-stem longer than lvs.,
rigid. Aprif-June. Rocky-
hills, Tenn.

BB. No. of Uts. S.

c. Lvs. dicjilatehj com-

pound.

lanceoiata, Pursh. Per-
ennial herb, much
branched, glabrous or
nearly so, densely dark-
glandular, 1-2 ft. high:
Ifts. sessile, bright green,
entire, linear or oblauce-
olate: fls. bluish white, 3 lines long. June,
July. Kan. to N. W. Territory, west to
Wash., etc. B.B. 2:281.

cc. JjVS. pinnately compound.

physddes, Dougl. Perennial herb, slen-
der, 1-2 ft. high: Ifts. ovate, about 1 in.
long: tls. in short, close racemes; calyx %
in. long, becoming enlarged and inflated
until nearly }i in. long; corolla % in. long,
white or purplish. Mts. of coast ranges,

BEB. No. of Ifts. S.

esculSnta, Pursh. Pomme Blanche. Hardy herba-
ceous perennial 4-18 in. high: Ifts. 5 and digitate, short-
stalked, oval or ob(jvate, entire obtuse, narrowed at base,
1-2 in. long: fls. bluish: spikes dense, 1%~S in. long:
root large, often clustered, starchy . June. Prairies,
Manitoba and Dakota south. B.B. 2:284.

AA. Plants tender, cult, in S. Calif.

E. No. of Ifts. 3.

C. Habit lierhaceons.

hitumindsa, Linn. Perennial herb, l}<-3 ft. high, ap-
pressed hirsute: Ifts. nearly entire; lower ones ovate,
obtuse; upper ones much narrower, acute: peduncles
longer than lvs.; fl. -heads dense, involucrate, becoming
elongated in fruit: fls. nearly 1 In. long. Spring and
early summer. Poor soil, Arabia.

cc. Rabit shrubby.
glanduldsa, Linn. Petioles scabrous: Ifts. 3, digitate,
ovate-lanceolate, acuminate: fls. blue and white, in usu-
ally axillary racemes. Chile and Peru. B.M. 990.

BB. No. of Ifts. 7-11.

pinn&ta, Linn. Arborescent or shrubby, 6-12 ft.,
densely branched and leafy: Ifts. 7-11, pinnate, linear

or lanceolate linear, acute, commonly 10-15 lines long-
by about 1 line wude: fls. axillary, solitary or clustered,
sessile or pedicelled, blue with white wings. S. Africa.
G.C. III. 5:693. J. H. III. 33:591.

The .following points concerning the Pomme Blanche
(which is also called Prairie Apple, Prairie Turnip and
Indian or Missouri Bread-root, are taken
from Goodale's "Wild Flowers of Amer-
ica": "In the autumn the top of the

Guava— Psidium Guajava (X K)

plant dies and separates from the root, near the ground,
and is blown about the prairies. After the top has gone
the root cannot be readily found, and hence the Indians
dig them in August for their winter use. Thereof lies
deep in the ground and is about the size of a hen's egg.
The outside is covered with a thick integument almost
as tough as wood and of a dark brown color. The inside
is whitish and not unlike a chestnut in appearance and
taste, but not so sweet. The Indian women dig the roots
with great facility by means of a pointed stick two or
three feet long." The roots are spindle-shaped or tur-
nip-shaped. If the Indians use them immediately, thej'
generally roast them in ashes. They are also dried and
stored for winter, and when wanted they are mashed
between stones, mixed with water and baked into cakes
over the coals. The root was frequently found in the
canoes of the Indians by earlj' travelers before the plant
which produced it was known to white men. Nuttall
wrote: "The taste is rather insipid, but not disagreeable
either raw or boiled. Texture laminated, always tena-
cious, solid and never farinaceous." In 1846 the Pomme
Blanche was proposed as a stibstitute for the potato. Its
claims to consideration are discussed in " Comptes rendue
de I'Academie des Sciences," vols. 26, 29 and 30, and in
"Le Potager d'un Curieux," by Pailleux and Bois, with
the result that it is believed to offer no possibilities of
advance over the potato. y. W. Barclay.

1462 PSYCHOTBIA

PSYCHOTEIA (Greek, life -preserving; referring to
medieinul properties). jRnbidcece. About 500 tropical
or subtropical sbrubs, small trees or rarely herbs bear-
ing small fls. in terminal or rarely axillary, corymbose,
paniculate or head-like cymes: Ivs. opposite or rarely
whorled: calyx-limb short, various, often 5 -toothed:
corolla usually short, 5-, rarely 4-lobed : fr. a drupe
with 2 smooth hemispherical stones. Grumilea, which
diiiers only in having ruminate albumen, is included in
this genus.

A. JPls. yellow.

Cap§nsis, Vatke (Grumilea Gaplnsis, Sond.). An
evergreen shrub or tree with shining Ivs. 3-5xlj4-2 in.
and Hs. in trichotomous, pedunculate corymbs: stipules
coriaceous, broad: pedicels appressed, hairy, bracteated

2009. Psychotria undata
(XK.)

at the base; ultimate pedicel bearing a 6-12-fld. umbel:
calyx H line long: corolla 3 lines long, yellow: fr. black.
S. Africa. Cult, in S. Fla.

AA. Fls. loliite.

undata, Jacq. Fig. 2009, A glabrous shrub; Ivs.
papery, elliptical, costate-veiny : stipules large, connate,
dimidiate-sheathing, obovate : panicle sessile, trichoto-
mous, much exceeded by tlie Ivs.: fls. clustered, white;
corolla-lobes shorter than tube. Bahama, Jamaica.

P. ,iasmi7iifli>ra. Mast. Shi-ubby: bark whitish: Ivs. 3 in.
long, coriaceous, pale beneath: nei-ves oViscnre: fls. white, 1-1J4
in. long. Braz. 6.0.11.12:201. B.M. 64.54.

F. W. Barclay.

PTffiEdXYLON (Greek, sneeze-tvood). Supind&cecp..
P. iitile. or 8NEEZEW00D, is a forest tree of great value
in South Africa. It has been introduced to S. California
by Dr. F. Pranceschi, Santa Barbara, who sends the fol-
lowing notes mainly taken from C. C. Henkel's "Tree
Planting in the Transkeian Territories": It is a tree
30-.50 ft. high, with a straight trunk 2^ ft. in diam. and
a beautiful crown: wood extremely heavy and hard,
strong, tough, close-grained, inelastic, very durable in
contact with the ground, easily split; iised for piles of
bridges and jetties, for trucks and wagons, doors and

PTERIDIUM

window frames, fence-posts and lately for engraving.
It burns readily even when green. It takes a fine polish
like mahogany. Dr. Pranceschi writes that the seed
possesses short vitality. Of several thousand seeds
received from Kew a few years ago not one germinated.
Another large consignment was received two years ago
from the Cape, but only a few seedlings have been suc-
cessfully raised so far. The tree is called Sneezewood
because of its pungent odor.

Generic characters : fls. polygamously dioecious ; sepals

4, obtuse; petals 4; disk hypogynous, annular, glandu-
lar; stamens 4, alternate with the petals ; styles 2, or
connate in one: capsule compressed, 2-lobed at apex,
cordate at base, 2-celled, 2-seeded.

tltile, Bcklon & Zeyher. Sneezewood. Lvs. opposite;
Ifts. 11-17, decreasing, entire: racemes axillary, shorter
than lvs.: fls. small, white or yellowish. S. Afr.

W. M.

PTAKMICA. Included with AcJiillea.

PTfiLEA (Greek name of the Elm tree, transferred to
this genus on account of the similarity of the fruits).
B-iti&ceae. Hop Tree. Ornamental deciduous shrubs or
trees with alternate, long-petioled, usually 3-foliolate
lvs. and greenish white fls. in loose terminal corymbs,
followed by flattened usually broadly
winged and nearly orbicular fruits. The
one species chiefly cult, is hardy north —
if it proves tender, as it sometimes
does, it is probably raised from south-
ern .seed— and is a small, round-headed,
rather loosely branched tree with glossy
green foliage, adorned in fall with nu-
merous clusters of light green fruits
which remain on the branches for some
time after the lvs. have fallen. It thrives
best in a porous, moderately moist soil
and prefers a somewhat shaded position.
Prop, by seeds sown in fall; the varie-
ties by layers or by grafting in spring under glass or
budding in summer on seedlings of the type.

The genus has 4 or 5 species in North America, south
to Mexico. Lvs. estipulate, 3-5-foliolate ; Ifts. entire
or crenulate, punctate with pellucid dots: fls. small, po-
lygamous, in terminal coryiubs; lobes of the minute
calyx, petals and stamens 4-5: ovary flattened, 2-celled,
with short style: fr. a 2-seeded, indehiscent, small flat-
tened nut, furnished usually with a broad thin wing.
Bark and foliage are sometimes used medicinally and
emit (as well as the fruits) when braised, a strong, pim-
gent odor resembling somewhat that of the hop, for
which the frs. are said to have been used as a substitute
— hence the name Hop Tree,

trifoli5,ta, Linn. Hop Tree. Wafer Ash. Fig. 2010.
Shrub or small round-headed tree, attaining 25 ft. : Ifts.
3, sessile, ovate to elliptic-oblong, narrowed at both
ends, sometimes acuminate, the lateral ones unequal at
the base, crenulate or entire, dark green and lustrous
above, pale below, glabrous or pubescent when young,
3-5 in. long: fls. /:i-/^ in. across; filaments villous be-
low: fr. about 1 in. long, broadly winged. June. N. Y.
to Fla., west to Minn. S.S. 1:33, 34. G.C. III. 16:375.
Several varieties are in cultivation, of which var. ailrea,
Hort. (P. aiirea, Hort.),the Golden Hop Tree, with
yellow foliage, is the best known. Var. glaiica, Kirchn.
{"i vav. puhescens, Pui'sh). Lvs. grayish green, pubes-
cent when young. Var. m61Ii3, Torr. & Gray (P. mdliis,
Curtis. P. rhombifdlia, Heller). Branchlets, inflor-
escence and lvs. beneath pubescent or tomentose. N. C.
and Fla. to Ariz. More tender than the northern
glabrous form and rarely cultivated.

P. angustifblia, Benth. (P. Baldwini, Torr. & Gray) . Shrub,
attaining 25 ft., with smaller and narrower Ifts., 1-23^2 in. long:
fls. larger: fr. with narrower wing, emnrginate at the base.

5. C. to Fla., and Tex. to Colo., Calif, and Mes.— P. dptera.
Parry. Shrub, attaining 15 ft. : Ifts. veiT sm.all, becoming 1 in.
long: corymbs few-fld.: fr. wingless or nearly so. Calif. G.F.
3:333. Both last named species are not hardy north.

Alfred Rehder.

PTEElDIUM (Greek, with the form of Pteris). Poly-
podiAcew. A genus of large, ternately divided ferns
commonly known as Bracken or Brakes, with the

PTERIDIUM

PTEKIS

1463

sporangia borne on a marginal line-like receptacle as in
Pteris (Fig. 2011) and covered with a marginal indu-
sium, but with an additional membranous indusium
within the receptacle. Commonly known as Pteris.

aqoilinam, Kuhn. Lvs. scat-
tered from an underground rhi-
zome, 2-9 ft. high, ternately com- ''^^^^^Si^i^"*?'«s~~
pound. Field and waste places in ^fe~-;j jSMi.sW

some of its forms throughout the
world. L. jx. UxDEKWOOD.

„„^„^„ ,„ , p 2011, Fruiting pinnule

PTERIS (Greek name for a of common brake.-
fern, from a word meaning wing; Pteridium aquilinum.
alluding to tlie prevalence of pin- Natui-al size,

nate forms). Pohjpodicicem. A

large genus of widely distributed ferns with the spor-
angia borne on a marginal line-like receptacle that con-
nects the free ends of the veins, and with the more or
less altered margin of the leaf rolled over to form a con-
tinuous indusium. Many of the forms are among the
commonest species of ferns in the trade and are quite
generally used for table decoration. For culture, see
I'^ern.

INDEX.

S. L. refers to supplementai'y list.

adiantoides, S. L. heterophylla, 8. regitia, s. L.

albo-lineata, 2. inequalis, 5. scaberula, 10.

angustata, 3. internata, 8. semipinnata, 6.

aquilina, s. L. leptophylla, 13. serrulata, 3.

argyi-aea. 7. longifoha, 1. Sieboldli. s. l.

Bausei, 6. magnifica, 2. Smithiana, 9 .

biaurita, 11. major, 2. Smithii. 9.

Cretica, 2. maxima, 11. Suorardii, s. L,

Chinensis, S. n. Mayii, 2, tremula, 9.

cristata, 3. 11. nemoralis, 11. tricolor, 7.

densa, 3. nobilis, 2. variegata, 0.

ensiforrais, 4. Ouvrardi, 3. Victoria, 4.

geranifolia, s. l. palinata, s. n. voluta, 3.

Gilbertii, 3. plumosa, R. l. Walliehiana, 12.

hastata, s, l. quadriaurita, 7. Wimsctti, s. h.

A. Veins free tliro}(gJiouf.

E. />i'S. simphi jtitnxrfe, the lower

pimice not <li riilnj 1. longifolia

BE, Lvs. siniphj p'nnmte, hut the

lower piiince forked 2. Cretica

3. serrulata

4. ensiformis
EBB. I/vs. with lowest pinnte pinnate. 5. insequalis

0. semipinnata
BEEB. Lvs. with lowest pinnce hiptn-
natifid.
c. Lowest pinnce enlarged 7. quadriaurita

8. heterophylla

9. tremula
cc. Lowest pinnce not enlarged . .10. scaberula

AA. Veins free, except for a single tow

arch next the midvein 11. biaurita

12. Walliehiana
AAA. Veins uniting, forming copious

meshes 13. leptophylla

1. lougifdlia, Linn. Lvs. 1-2 ft. long, 4-9 in. wide,
lanceolate, often narrowed below; pinnae 20-30 on each
side, linear, entire. Tropical regions all aroimd the
world, extending to southern Florida. Var. M^riesii,
Hort. Fronds shorter and pinnules straighter, the plant
keeping closer to the pot; a good horticultural form.

2. Cretica, Linn. Lvs. 6-12 in. long, on slender, straw-
colored stalks, consisting of a terminal pinna and 2-6
opposite sessile pairs, the upper often decurrent, the
lower pairs cleft nearly to the base into 2 or 3 pinnules.
Quite generally distributed in tropical regions, extend-
ing to central Florida. Many varieties are in cult., of
which var. albo-lineata, Hort. (Fig. 2012), is one of the
finest, with broader pinuse and a broad, central, whitish
band. Var. major and var. nobilis are larger horticul-
tural forms, and var. magniiica and var. Mayii (P.
Mdyii) are still more developed.

3. serrulata. Linn. f. Lvs. 3-12 in. long, on slender
brownish stalks, consisting of a terminal pinna and 5-6
pairs of lateral ones, the upper ones decurrent and the
lower forked into 2 or 3 branches or with second branch
above the basal one; pinnae narrow, the indusium not ex-

tending to the apices, which are sharply serrulate. China
and Japan. — Many monstrous and distorted forms appear
in cult., giving rise to such varietal names as angust&ta,
cristata, cristata nana compacta, cristata variegata,
d^nsa, Gilbertii, Ouvrardi [P. Ouvrardi, Hort.), voliita,
etc., but these cannot be regarded as true varieties in
any scientific sense.

4. ensifbrmis, Burm. Lvs. of 2 sorts, the sterile with
elliptic or elliptic-lanceolate segments, the lower pinnae
u-7-parted, the upper gradually simpler; sporophylls
similar but taller and with longer and much narrower
divisions. India to Polynesia; often confused with the
preceding species, as both are more or less common in
cult. Var. Victoriae (P. Victbrhp, Hort.) is a garden va-
riety with leaves variegated with white.

5. insequalis, Baker. Lvs. ovate -deltoid, 18-24 in.
long, 10-15 in. wide, with 4-5 pairs of pinnate or plnnati-
fid pinnae followed by 2-3 pairs of broadly linear simple
ones and ending in a long, terminal, irregularly pin-
natifid portion; divisions of the lower sides of the pin-
nae uniformly much longer and larger than the upper
ones. China and Japan.

2010. Ptelea trifoliata, the Hop Tree, in fruit (X %).

6. semipinn&,ta, Linn. Lvs. 12-18 in. long, the upper
portion simply pinnate with decurrent pinn®, the 4 or
more lowest pinnatifid on the lower side, the upper side
of the secondary rachises bordered by a narrow lamina.
India, China, Japan and the East Indies. — Var. Baiisei,
(P. Bausei, Hort.) is a garden form.

7. quadriaurita, Retz. Lvs. up to 2-3 ft. long, on
strong, pale stalks, with a terminal central pinna cut
down to the rachis into numerous linear-oblong lobes,
and below this several similar pinnae on each side, the
lowest of which are usually again compound with simi-
lar but smaller ones branching from the lower side at
base. All tropical regions. — Var. argyrsea {P.argi/rceay
Moore) is a form with a white band down the centers
of thepinnfe. Var. tricolor (P. fr('co?o?-. Linden) is simi-
lar but has a tinge of red in addition.

8. heterophylla, Linn. Lvs. 6-8 in. long, on pale stalks,
of 2 sorts; sterile lvs. elliptic, deeply incised; sporophylls
narrowly linear-elliptic, with broad indusia and sterile
apices ending in 2-3 teeth; both sorts bipinnate in the
lower portions. West Indies to Brazil. Sometimes
referred to a distinct genus, Anopteris. Var. internata
(P. internxita, Moore) is a garden variety with smaller
sporophylls and broader segments.

1464

PTERIS

PTEROCARYA

9. tr^mula, R. Br. Lvs. 2-4 ft. long, on polished
chestnut-brown stalks; upper piunse simply pinnate,
lower often much compound: sori copious, sometimes
filling up the whole segment except the rachis. Australia,
New Zealand. — Many forms occur in cult, as var. Smith-
itaa (P. Smithii, Hort.), variegata, etc.

3012. Pteris Cretica, var. albo-lineata.

10. scab^rula, Richard. Lvs. 12-18 in. long, on brown-
ish scabrous stalks, ianceolate-ovate in outline, tripin-
nate or quadri-pinnatifld throughout; rachis flexuous,
scabrous ; sori at maturity covering nearly the entire
surface of the narrow lanceolate segments. New Zea-
land.

11. biaurita, Linn. (P. waxfmrt. Baker. P. nemoritlis,
Willd.). Lvs. 15-30 in. long, with a terminal pinna fi-9
in. long cut into narrow round-pointed divisions on 7-10
pairs of similar lateral ones, the lowest pair bearing a
fork on the lower basal side. All tropical regions.—
Habit very like P. qitadriaicrifa, from which it differs
chiefly in the venation. Var. criatata {P. maxima, var.
cristdta, Hort.) is a cult. form.

12. ■Wallichiana, Agardh. Lvs. tripartite, with the
lateral divisions again forked, the central one reaching
2 ft. long, with numerous lanceolate sessile opposite
pinnules, cut again into numerous narrow lobes one-
eighth in. wide. India, Japan and the Philippine Islands.

13. leptophylla, Swz. Lvs. deltoid, 9-12 in. each way,
on straw-colored stalks ; upper pinna simple, those
below pinnatifld to a winged rachis, the lowest similarly
bipinnatifid at the base; veins fine; sori not reaching
the tips of the segments. Brazil.

The following are mostly synoujTns and trade names that
cannot be accounted for by tlie writer: P. adiantoldes.~P.
aquilhia. See Pteridium. — P. Chiyieyisis is possibly a var. of
P. serrulata.— P. geranifolia is a species of Doryopteris.— P.
hastdta ^FeWma, hastata.— P. palmdta possibly referable to
Doryopteris.— P. plumdsa.—P. regina.—P. Sieboldii.~P. Suor-
drdU.-P. Wimsetti. l. jj. Underwood.

PTEKOCAEYA (Greek, pteros, wing, and karya, nut;
referring to the winged nuts). Juglanddcem. Orna-
mental deciduous trees, with large, alternate, pinnate
lvs., rather inconspicuous greenish fls. in pendulous
catkins, and long, pendulous racemes of small, winged
fruits. The three cultivated species are hardy as far
north as Massachusetts, except some tender varieties of
P. stenoptera. They are handsome trees of rapid growth,
with graceful dark green foliage, decorated in summer
and fall with the long, drooping racemes of light green
fruits. They thrive best in rich and moist soil, but also

grow in drier localities. Propagated by seeds sown in
fall or stratified, and by layers and suckers.

A genus of about 7 species in the Caucasus region,
China and Japan. Branches with lamellose pith : lvs.
odd-pinnate, with almost sessile Ifts. : fls. moncecious, in
pendulous catkins, appearing with the lvs.; staminate
catkins rather dense, ils. consisting of 3 connate bracts,
1-4 sepals and 0-18 stamens; pistillate catkins slender,
the 1-celled ovary enclosed in a connate involucre elon-
gated into a 4-toothed beak, stigmas 2: fr. a small 1-
seeded, winged nut, 4-celled at the base. In germination
the 4-lobed cotyledons are borne above the ground and
become green, while in Juglans and Hicoria they remain
inclosed in the nuts.

A. Winter-huds naked, tisually several in each axil.

fraxiniSdlia, Spach. (P. C«Hcn'sicn, C. A. Mey.). Tree,
to 60 ft., with spreadingbrancbes, often rising in several
stems from the ground: lvs. 8-13 in. long, with glabrous
terete rachis; Ifts. 11-2:3, oblong to oblong-lanceolate,
:icute or acuminate, serrate, pubescent only in the axils
of the veins beneath, 2-4 in. long: stamens 10-10: fr.
with semi-orbiculate wing, about % in. broad, in racemes
to 18 in. long. W.Asia. Gn. 34, p. 219. G.C. III. 4:.381.
— P. Spa.chi(ina, Lav. (P. diimosa. Lav. ), is h;irdly dif-
ferent, except that it is more shrubby and tender.

3ten6ptera, DC. (P. SineuHx, Hort. P. Jupdnica,
Hort.). Fig. 2013. Tree, similar to the preceding: lvs.
0-12 in. long, with the rachis winged and pubescent be-
neath; Ifts. 11-21, oblong, acute, serrate, pubescent be-
neath on the midrib, 2-4 in. long: stamens 6-10: fr.
with oblong or oval-oblong, usually upright w^ngs di-
verging at a narrow angle. China. — This is a variable
species, and the varieties are of different degrees of
hardiness. The form cultivated in the Arnold Arboretum
has proved as hardy as the preceding species.
AA. Winter-huds covered with. 2-3 dark brown, lar(/e
scales, falling off early in spring: accessory
huds wanting.

rhoiJdlia, Sieb. & Zucc. (P. sorbifolia, Sieb. & Zucc.
P. Imvigdta, Hort. ) . Tree, attaining 80 ft., with spread-
ing branches : lvs. 8-15 in. long, with terete-pubescent
or almost glabrous rachis; Ifts. 11-21, oblong or oblong-
lanceolate, acuminate, pubescent on the veins beneatli

2013. Pterocarya stenoptera (X 1-5).

or almost glabrous, 2-4 in. long: fr. with a broad
rhombic wing, about 1 in. across. Japan. S.Z. 2:150.—
This species is an important forest tree in Japan and
has proved hardy at the Arnold Arboretum.

Alfked Rehder.

PTEROSPERMUM

PUERARIA

1465

PTEROSPfiKMUM (Greek, ivinged seed). Stercu-
lidcete. A genus of about 15 species of trees or shrubs
from tropical Asia. Lvs. 2-rank;ed, leathery, simple or
lobed: peduncles 1-3, terminal: bractlets entire or lacini-
ate, persistent or not: sepals 5, more or less connate;
petals 5, deciduous with calyx: staminal column short,
bearing 3 linear, 2-celled anthers between each pair of the
5 ligoilate staminodia: ovary inserted at summit of stami-
nal column, 3-5-celled; styleentire; stigma 5-furrowed;
ovules many: capsule somewhat woody, terete or 5-an-
gled. Flora of British India 1:360.

acerifdlium, Willd. Lai-ge tree: Its. 10-14 in. x 0-12
in., roundish or oblong, often lobed, palmately 5-7-
nerved; nerves prominent beneath: bractlets laciniate:
fl.-buds oblong, obtuse, 5-angled, rusty tomentose: fls.
5-6 in. across, pure white, fragrant; sepals linear-ob-
long, thick; petals linear-oblong: capsule 4-6 in. long,
5-celled ; seeds many ; wing large, thin. B.M. 620.
Cult, in S. Calif. p_ ^_ Barcl.\y.

PTEROST"?RAX (Greek, pteros, v^ing ; alluding to
the winged or ribbed fruit, by which it is distinguished
from the allied genus Styrax). Sti/racdcece. Ornamen-
tal deciduous trees, with rather large, alternate, denticu-
late Ivs. and white fls. in showy pendulous panicles,
followed by small rather inconspicuous fruits. They are
only precariously hardy as far north as Mass. in shel-
tered positions. In June they are very attractive, with
their graceful drooping panicles of numerous deutzia-
like fragrant flowers. They thrive best in a moderately
moist sandy loam and are prop, by seeds or layers and
also by greenwood cuttings under glass. About 3 spe-
cies in China and Japan. Small trees: fls. in large pan-
icles terminal on short branchlets ; calyx 5-toothed;
corolla 5-parted almost to the base; stamens 10, some-
what longer than the corolla and slightly exceeded by
the slender style : ovai'y 3-celled : fr. a ribbed or
winged, 1- to 2-seeded nut. Sometimes united with
Halesia, from which it is distinguished chiefly by the
panicled drooping inflorescence and the 5-merous fls.

hispida, Sieb. & Zucc. {Ralesiahispida,'M.ast.) . Fig.
2014. Tree, attaining 25 ft., with slender spreading
branches forming an open head: Ivs. short- petioled,
ovate to oblong, narrowed at the base, acute or acumi-
nate, almost glabrous or pubescent on the veins be-
neath, light green above, grayish green beneath, 4-7 in.
long: panicles 4-6 in. or more long: fls. creamy white,
fragrant, about ^4 in. long: fr. 10-ribbed, thickly cov-
ered with bristly hairs, M in. long. June. Japan. G.C.
II. 22:177. Gn. 8, p. 243; 26, p. 23; 34, p. lU. R.H.
1875, p. 308. G.F. 5:389. M.D.G. 1899:353.

corymb6sa, Sieb. & Zucc. (Halesia co^'ymhosa,
Nichols.). Small tree, closely allied to the preceding:
Ivs. broader, oval or ovate, sparingly stellate-pubescent
on both sides; panicle broader: fr. with 4-5 narrow
wings, tomentulose. June. Japan. — Seems to be more
tender than the preceding and is but rarely cultivated.

Alfred Rehdek.

PTER6XYL0N. See PfceroxyJon.

PTILOMERIS is considered by Gray as a subgenus
of Baeria. P. coronaria, Nutt., is the plant known to
the trade as Shorfia Californica. It is described and
figured in this work under Acfinolepis.

PTILOTUS exaltEltus. See TricUnium.

PTYCHORAPHIS {Greek, folded and raphe). Pal-
mdcece. A genus of 3 species of Malayan palms. Of
P. augusta, Wm. Watson writes: "It is as graceful as
Cocos Weddeliana or Geonoma gracilis, and it grows
as freely under cultivation as either of these popular
palms." This rare palm has been offered in America
but is not known to be cultivated. The genus contains
3 species, one from Singapore, one from the Philippines
and one from Nicobar.

The genus is placed next to Rhopaloblaste by Drude
in Engler and Prantl's Naturlichen Pflanzenfamilien
and distinguished by the ridge of the forked raphe and
deeply ruminate seed, while the rumination of the
upper parts of the seed is flattish.

augusta, Becc. Trunk becoming 80-100 ft. high,
slender, smooth: Ivs. becoming 8-12 ft. long; pinnae
2-3 ft., linear, acuminate, bright green: fr. elliptical-
oblong, red: seed grooved on one side, Nicobar.

F. W. Barclay.

2014. Pterostyrax hispida (X 3^).

PTYCHOSPflRMA (Greek words, probably referring
to the ruminate albumen of the seed). Palmdcece. The
following names have appeared in American trade cat-
alogues: Ptychosperma Alexandrce, Cunninghamiana
and Seemaunii. These are all referred below to other
genera. For P. elegans, consult Seaforthia.

P. alba, Scheff. See Dietyosperma alba.— P. Alexdndrce, F.
Muell. See ArchontophoenixAlexandrKi.— P. Cunninghamiana,
H. Weiidl. See Arcliontophoenix Cuniiinghamii. — P. elegans,
Blume. Consult Seaforthia.— P. Rumphii. Consult Drymo-
phlreus.— P. Sehnannii. See Balaka.

PUCCOON. Lithospermum.

PirCCOON, RED. Sanguinaria.

PUCCOON, YELLOW. Hydrastis.

PUCHA-PAT. Name in India of PatchotiU.

PUDDING BERRY. Conms Canadensis.

PUERARIA (M. N. Puerari, botanist of Geneva).
liegiitninoSiP. Ten twining Asian herbs or shrubs,
closely allied to Dolichos and Phaseolus, but differing
among other things in the beardless style, tumid nodes
of the racemes' and monadelphous stamens. Lvs. 3-foli-
olate and stipellate, the Ifts. sometimes lobed: fls. often
large, pea-shaped, in long and dense, often compound,
racemes; standard usually spurred at the base, about
equaling the wings and keel: pod flattish, linear, many-
seeded.

Thunbergi^na, Benth. (DdJicJios Japdtiicus, Hort.
Pacliyrlzus Thunbergidnns, Sieb. & Zucc). Kudzit
Vine. Perennial with large tuberous starchy roots,
making a most remarkably vigorous growth of slender,
hairy, twining stems: Ifts. rhombic-ovate to nearly or-
bicular-ovate, variously lobed, but the margins entire
and ciliate: fls. pea-shaped, purple, in axillary spikes
late in the season, not showv: pod large and flat.
Japan and China. A.G. 13:387; 21; 505. r.G.F. 0:505.
R.H. 1891, p. 31. Gt. 45:1429.-A hardy vine remark-
able for the great rapidity of its growth, and most use-

1466

PUERARIA

PURSLANE

ful for covering arbors and verandas. From a well-
established root, vines will grow 40-60 ft. in a single
season, producing a profusion of very large Ivs, In the
North the plant dies to the ground in the winter, but in
the South the top becomes woody. The large fleshy root
assumes most curious shapes, the main branches often
being 4-5 ft. long. Georgeson writes of the plant in
Japan: "The roots are fleshy and yield starch of excel-
lent quality; the tough fiber of the inner bark is manu-
factured into a sort of cloth which combines fineness with
remarkable strength; and in certain situations the vine
is unparalleled for ornament and shade." The fls. are
borne on the old or woody stems, but these stems usually
do not persist north of Philadelphia, and even rarely
there. With age, the tops are more likely to survive the
winter. Prop, by division of the roots, or by seeds when
they can be had; also by cuttings. l_ jj_ g^

PTJFF-BALLS. See page 1045.

PULMONARIA (Latin, lung; the herb having been
considered a remedy for diseases of the lungs). Bor-
ragind.ceai. Lungwort. About 6 species of mostly
European perennial herbs, with creeping rootstocks and
rather large, blue or purple fls. in terminal cymes.
Calyx tubular-bell-shaped, 5-toothed or cleft to the
middle only; corolla-tube straight, naked or pilose;
limb 5-lobed; stamens included in corolla-tube: nuts
smooth. Mertensia has a short, open, more deeply-cleft
calyx, esserted stamens,
and slightly fleshy nuts.
Pulmonarias are of easy
cultivation, preferring
light soil, not very dry,
in open or partially
shaded positions. They
are readily propagated
b}' division. Divide the
clumps every two or
three years.
A, Lvs. wliite-spotted.
B. Plant verij gla'ndular.
sacchard-ta, Mill.
Bethlehem Sage. Fig.
2015. Height G-18 m. :
stem setose-hairy, with
articulate glands: radical
lvs. oval - acuminate at
both ends, slightly de-
current, larger than in
following species : fls.
whitish or reddish vio-
let. April, May. In shady
places, Europe.

BB. Plant rough -7) airy
but sUqhtJij if at all
glandular.
officinalis, Linn, f P.
niaculdta, F. (j. Dietr.).
Height 6-12 in. : radical
lvs. in distinct tufts,
ovate -oblong to nearly
linear, on long footstalks,
coarsely hairy, more or
less spotted: fls. in ter-
minal forked cymes, red
fading to violet. April. Woods, Europe.

AA. I/vs. entirely green.

angustifolia, Linn. Height 6-12 in.: stem setose-
hairy, having a few glands: radical lvs. elliptic-lanceo-
late to lanceolate, decurrent on petiole: fls. blue. April,
May. Woods, Europe.

P. dlba, Hort, Saul, is presumably Mertensia Sibirica, var.
alba.— P. Sibirica. See Mertensia Sibirica. — F. Virginica. See
Mei-tensia piilmonarioides. Y. W. BARCLAY.

PULSATILLA. See Anemone.

2015. Pulmonaria saccharata.

(X K,.)

PULTEN^ffiA is one of many genera of Australian
shrubs of the legume family with clusters of yellow
pea-shaped flowers. Pulten^as are practically unknown
in American floriculture. Seventy-five species are dis-
tinguished in Flora Australiensis 2:107-140 (1864). For
general purposes these plants are presumably inferior
to Cytisus Oanariensis.

PUMPKIN. See Squash.

PtFNICA (P«Kzc«5, Carthaginian: hence 3fahini pnni-
cu7n, "apple of Carthage," an early name of the Pome-
granate). Lythrdcece. Genus of 1 species.

GranEltuni, Linn. Pomegranate, which see. A large
deciduous shrub or small tree, with mostl)' opposite or
clustered oblong or obovate obtuse entire, glabrous and
more or less shining lvs.: fls. axillary, solitary or in
small clusters, orange-red, showy; calyx tubular, the
short lobes 5-7 and persistent on the top of the fruit (as
on an apple) ; petals equal in number to the calyx-lobes,
inserted between the lobes, lanceolate to obovate,
wrinkled: ovary imbedded in the calyx-tube (or recep-
tacle-tube), comprising several loonies or compartments
in two series (one series above the other), ripening into
a large, juicj^ many-seeded pome-like berry. Persia to
N. W. India. — A handsome plant, with showy fls. 1 in.
across in summer. Hardy as far north as Washington
and Baltimore. It is also grown as a conservatory
plant, blooming in winter as well as in summer. For
ornament, the double-flowering kinds are the most
popular (F.S. 13:1385, as P. Granatum LegreUei) .
There are many named varieties. The treatment of the
fruit-bearing varieties is discussed under Pomegra^iate .

Var. n&na, Hort. [P. n^na, Linn.). Dwarf Pome-
granate, seldom growing higher than a man, and usually
treated as a pot-plant in the North. It is the best kind
for greenhouse use. The double-fld. form is most com-
mon. B.M. 634. It is as hardy as the species, and is
suitable for outdoor work where the climate is not too
severe. On the Pacific coast it is grown as a hedge
plant as far north as San Francisco. Both this and the
species are easily grown by cuttings of dormant wood,
as currants are, but the cuttings should be started in-
doors with some heat. l H. B.

PURIFICATION

Galanthus nivalis.

FLOWER, Same as snowdrop.

PURPLE CONE-FLOWER. Echinacea.
PURPLE WREATH. Petrea.

Pt'RSHIA (atter F. T. Pursh, or Pursch, as is the
original spelling of his name (1771r-1820) ; born at
Grossenhain, in Saxony, not at Tobolsk, in Siberia, as
is frequently stated; traveled in this country and wrote
a flora of North America.) Iiosace(e. Low deciduous
spreading shrub with alternate, mostly fascicled, small,
cuneate and tridentate lvs., rather small, solitary, yel-
lowish fls. and inconspicuous fruits. Of little ornamen-
tal value with its sparse grayish or bluish green foliage
and its rather inconspicuous fls., and but rarely culti-
vated. Probably hardy as far north as Mass., requiring
sunny position and well-drained peaty soil; an excess
of moisture, especially during the winter, proves fatal
to it. Prop, by seeds and probably by layers. But one
species, native of western N. America and allied to Cer-
cocarpus: petals 5; stamens numerous; pistils 1 or
sometimes 2: fr. a pubescent leathery akene exceeding
the persistent calyx.

tridentata, DC. Diffusely branched shrub, attaining
5, rarely 10 ft.: lvs. cuneate-obovate, 3-lobed at the
apes, whitish pubescent beneath, %-% in. long: fls.
solitary on short branchlets, almost sessile, yellowish,
about % in. across: fr. ovate-oblong, acuminate. April
-July. Ore. to Wyoming, New Mex. and Calif. B.R.
17:1446. — Var. glandulosa, Jones (P. glandulbsa, Cur-
ran), is glandular and has very small, almost glabrous
lvs., sometimes pinnately 5-lobed. Alfred Rehder.

PURSLANE. Portulaca oleracea.

I

PULSE. See Legumes.

PUESLANE, WINTEK. Montia perfoliata.

PUSCHKINIA

PYRACANTHA

1467

PUSCHKINIA (Count M. Puschkin, Russian poet).
Liliacete. A genus of 2 species of hardy spring-bloom-
ing bulbs from S. Asia, with clusters of small 6-lobed
white fls., each narrow lobe being prettily lined with
blue. A good specimen may have as many as 10 Us.,
each % in. across. The peculiar feature of the genus
is the crown on which the stamens are borne. This is
a white body of petal-like texture, having (i lobes, each
of which is variously toothed. The genus is allied to
Seilla and Ghionodoxa. Lvs. 2-3, linear, surrounding
the lower part of the scape. Excellent early plants.

scilloldes, Adams (Addmsia scLUo}des, Willd.).
Height i-12 in.: bulb globular, about % in. thick: lvs.
as long as scape, %-\ in. wide: raceme 1-10-fld. ; pedi-
cels slender, erect: perianth usually bluish white: di-
visions elliptic-oblong, three times as long as the tube ;
crown one-third as long as divisions, cleft to middle
into truncate or refuse teeth. Var. Liban6tica, Boiss.
{P. Zribandticci, Zucc), differs from the type in having
divisions of perianth ^4 in. long and the teeth of the
crown more acute and bifid. Gn. 32, p. 5; 54, p. 219.
6.11.2244. F.S. 21:2220 (as P.sicula).

F. W. Barclay and W. M.

PUTEANJiVA (meaning obscure). EtipJiorbideew.
A genus of 2 species of tender evergreen trees native
of India. Lvs. alternate, undivided, entire or serrulate:
fls. axillary, small, yellow or white, monoecious or
dioecious, the female subsolitary, the male clustered :
stamens 1-3 : ovary 2-3-celIed : drupe 1-celled. Flora
of British India, 5:336.

EoxbiirgMi, Wall. Indian Amulet Plant. A mod-
erate-sized tree, nearly glabrous: lvs. 2-3 in. long,
obliquely ovate to ovate-lanceolate, serrulate: fls. small,
yellow; sepals of male fl. 3-5, of female 5-6: fr. globose
to ovoid, size of a cherry or smaller, white tomentose.
Cult, in S. Fla. p. w. Barclay.

PUTTY-ROOT. Corallorhiza.

PlTYA (Chilean name). BromeUd.cece . Forty-four
species, according to Mez (DC. Monogr. Phaner. 9) of
large terrestrial xerophytic South American brome-
liads, allied to Pitcairnia (differing in having a fully
superior rather than partially superior ovary). For
culture, see also Billbergia. Puya ccerulea, P. Whytei
and P. heterophylla are here referred to Pitcairnia.
Puya also includes the plants known in trade as
Pourretia.

A. Fls. yellow.

Chil^nsis, Molina {Pitcairnia coarctcUa, Pers., and P.
ChiUnsis, Lodd.). Becoming 4-5 ft. or more high,
sometimes branching: lvs. in tufts, 2^ ft. long, very
narrow, often recurved, the margins armed with strong
recurved spines or thorns, glaucous; blossoms in a
branching, hoary, bracted inflorescence rising 3-5 ft.
from the top of the caudex, the fls. large (2 in. across),
sessile or nearly so, the 3 lanceolate sepals greenish
and :he obovate-oblong rauch-exserted petals yellow or
greenish yellow, the 6 erect stamens shorter than the
oetals, the stigma 3-branched. Chile. B.M. 4715. F.S.
9:869-70. G.C. III. 7:685. -A striking and raaramoth
bromeliad, making a yucca-like mass of foliage and
projecting above it a very showy inflorescence.

AA. Pis. white or rose-color.

glgas, Andre. Still larger than the latter, sending its
titanic spikes 20 to 30 ft. into the air, from a rosette of
hard and thick spiny-toothed agave-like lvs.: inflores-
cence simple, dense, club-shaped, terminating the tall,
erect, bracted scape: lvs. green above and white be-
neath, the spines black and hooked: fls. white, passing
into rose. Colombia, 10,000 ft. R.H. 1881, p. 315, and
Gn. 21, p. 309.— Can probably be handled like agaves.

L. H. B.

Puyas and Pitcairnias are mostly warmhouse plants,
requiring the general treatment given Musas, Dieffen-
bachias and Marantas. They prefer a fairly heavy
loam, and, except when in bloom, a constant supply of
moisture. When in bloom, the plant should be elevated
on a pedestal or inverted pots in order to protect it

from excessive moisture and to allow the scape full
opportunity to expand. Propagated by division.

H. A. SlEEKECHT.

Puyas and Pitcairnias are generally found in collec-
tions of bromeliads and are usually grown in moist
tropical houses. The native home of the Puyas is on
the steep, stony slopes of the Cordilleras at high alti-
tudes with little other vegetation for company except
some species of Cereus. This would indicate that drier
and cooler conditions, or such as we give Cacti and suc-
culents, would suit them best, yet they thrive equally
well in the tropical house. Indeed, the writer has
found most of the family BromeliacetB very accom-
modating not only to temperature and moisture condi-
tions, but to soils and methods of growing them; for
instance, many of tlie Tillandsias may be grown on
blocks of wood as epiphytes, yet they do equally well
grown in pots. But what perhaps is more remarkable
is the fact that several of the stronger-growing Brome-
liads appear to grow equally well either in a strong
loamy mixture, or a mixture of chopped fern root and
charcoal. The writer has pineapples growing in both
mixtures with equal success. But the most rational
treatment is to give all the Bromeliads conditions and
soil similar to the environment in which they are found
in their native habitat, yet according to the experience
of the writer few plants possess such remarkable adap-
tability to changed conditions as do these plants.

J. Canning.

PYCNANTHEMTJM (Greek, dense and blossom; re-
ferring to compact flower-heads). .I/abidfte. Mountain
Fruit. Hardy aromatic perennial herbs with branching
stems and white or purplish fls. in terminal or sometimes
also axillary clusters, borne in late summer. Calyx 2-
lipped or5-toothed, naked in the throat; corolla 2-lipped;
stamens 4, straight and spreading, or connivent under
the upper lip; the upper pair shorter or abortive: an-
thers 2-celled. The genus differs from Monarda in hav-
ing smaller and canescent fl. -heads. Pycnanthemums
are mint-like plants of easy culture in any good soil.
The following grow 1-3 ft. high, and bear fl. -heads K in.
across or less from July to September. Lvs. entire, gla-
brous or pubescent, nearly sessile.

A. Lvs. lanceolate or linear-lanceolate: calyx-teeth
ovate-triangular.

lanceolS,tuin,Pursh. Stem rather stout : lvs. fragrant,
firm, acuminate at apex, rounded or narrowed at base,
1-2 in. long, 2-5 lines wide. Dry fields, Canada to Ga. ,
west to Minn. B.B. 3:112.

AA. Lvs. linear: calyx-teeth subulate, brislle-tt

linifdlium, Pursh. Stem slender: lvs. 1-2 in. long,
Vn-W- lines wide. In fields, Mass. to Fla., Ont., Minn,
and Texas. B.B. 3:111.

P. MonardeUa, Michx.. is properly Monarda Clinopodia,
Linn. A perennial lierb with a slender, usually simple stem
1-3 ft. higii. Lvs. lanceolate to ovate, merabranaceovis, bright
green, sleuder-petioled, 2-4 in. long: Ji. -heads solitary, terminal:
corolla yellowish, 1 in. long or less. Juue-Aug. Fields, Out. to
Ga. B.B. 3:102.— P. ii»?i/ftre, offered by Jacob W. Manning in
1892, was raised from seed received from Wm. Thompson, of
Ipswich, Eng. J. Woodward Manning writes that this plant
is properly Origanum vulgare, which see.

F. W. Barclay.

PYEACANTHA (Greek pyr, fire, and aka7>thos, thorn;
alluding to the bright red fruits). MositceK. Ornamen-
tal evergreen thorny shrubs, with alternate rather
small and narrow crenulate lvs., white fls. in corymbs,
and bright red fruits. P. coccinea is hardy as far north as
Mass. in sheltered positions. It is a handsome low ever-
green shrub, especially when loaded with its bright red
fruits, these remaining on the branches all winter if not
eaten by birds, which are fond of them; it is also pretty
in spring with its numerous corymbs of white fls. It is
well adapted for planting on rocky slopes or sunny
rockeries or for borders of shrubberies ; it may also be
used for low ornamental hedges or for covering walls,
as it stands pruning well and is easily trained into any
desired shape. It thrives in almost any kind of well-
drained soil, including limestone, and prefers sunny po-
sitions. Prop, by seeds or by cuttings of ripened wood
in fall under glass, kept during the winter in a temper-

1468

PYRACANTHA

PYROLA

ate greenhouse; also by layers and sometimes by graft-
ing on Hawthorn or Cotoneaster. Pyraeantha is a genus
of 2 species from southeast Europe to the Himalayas;
closely allied to Cotoneaster but easily distinguished by
the crenulate Ivs. and the thorny branches, also by the
more conspicuous stipules. From Crattegus it is chiefly
distinguished by the structure of the ovary, which con-
tains 2 equal ovules in each cell, while in Crataegus each
cell contains only one fertile ovule and a second imper-
fect and smaller one. Corymbs many-fld. ; stamens
about 20, with yellow anthers: fr. red or orange, rarely
white, with 5 stones.

coccinea, Roem. [Cotonedster Pyraeantha j Spach.
Crntaqiis Pyracdntha, Borkh. Mespilus Pyraeantha^
Linn.j. Fig. 2016. Shrub, attaining ti ft., rarely 20 ft.,
with numerous short spines: young branchlets and peti-
oles grayish pubescent: Ivs. oval-oblong to oblanceo-
late, acute, crenate, glabrous or slightly pubescent when
young, %-l% in. long: corymbs pubescent, many-fid.,
about 1% in. broad : fls. small, white : fr. numerous,
bright red, about one-fifth in. across. Blay, June. Italy
to W. Asia. — Var. Lal^ndi, Dipp. {Cotoneaster erenn-
Idta, Hort., not Wenzig), is of more vigorous growth,
with slender branches: Ivs. less deeply crenate: corymbs
larger: fr. bright orange-red. Well suited for covering
walls and said to be hardier than the type. Var. pauci-
{Idra, Dipp. Of low, dense habit and very thorny: co-
rymbs small: fr. yellowish red. Hardy and well suited
for hedges. Var. fnictu dlbo is a form with white or
yellowish fruits.

crenulita, Roem. ( Cotonedster crenuld.ta, "Wenzig.
Crathgns ci'eiiuldta, iioxb. ). Closely allied to the pre-
ceding: branchlets and petioles rusty-pubescent, gla-
brous at length: Ivs. narrower, oblong to oblanceolate,
obtuse or acutish, more leathery, bright green and glossy
above,l-2in. long: corymbs glabrous : fr. globose, bright
orange-red. May, June. Himal. B.R. 30:52. — More tender
than the preceding, with handsomer, glossier foliage.

Alfred Rehder.

2016. Pyraeantha coccinea (X K).

PYRfiTHRUM in garden literature and language
nearly always means Pyrethrum roseuni, the handsome
summer-blooming hardy perennial composite, with finely
dissected foliage, pictured on page 312 of this work,
Fig. 463. It is a favorite border plant in Europe, but
little known in America, although it has several hun-
dred varieties. It requires special culture, for which
see p. 310. Nearly all the Pyrethrums with personal
names, as Ajax, Ceres, etc., are forms of this species.
These varieties are also listed in catalogues as hybrid
Pyrethrums or P. hybrUhtm. Although the genus
Pyrethrum was long ago reduced to the rank o£ a mere
section of Chrysanthemum, the name Pyrethrum is still
prominent in our nursery catalogues, and it has become
thoroughly established in the English language as the
common or popular name of Pyrethrum rosetim and its
varieties, which are now referred by botanists to Chrys-
antheninm coccineum.

In Engler and Prantl's Natlirlichen Pflanzenfamilien,
Hoffmann makes eight sections of Chrysanthemum.
Among these the section Pyrethrum is distinguished,
chiefly, though not entirely, by the fact that the plants
are perennial and by the 5-10-ribbed akene. In this

section Hoffmann places the florists' chrysanthemums
(generally said to be the product of C. Indicumy,
iSinense); also Pyreihrnvi roseum; also the white
weed or oxeye daisy, C. J^eucanthemnm; the costmary,
C Balsamita, var. tanacetoides; and C. cinerai-icefoliutn
and corymbosum. Here also belong the Golden Feather,

#%

2017. Golden Feather.
A common bedding plant with yellow foliage, often
catalogued as Pyretkrian parthenifolium , var, aureum.
See p. 311, species No. 4.

Figs. 2017, 459, the well-known bedding plant with
golden foliage, and C. uliqinosum, which has attracted
considerable notice within recent years. -yy^ ]yj_

PifROLA (name said to be derived from Pyrus, name
of the pear tree). JiJricdcew, Wintergreen. Shinleaf.
Perennial evergreen, steraless herbs, with a cluster of
orbicular or elliptical leaves attached to the top of the
branching, slender, underground rootstocks: scape
angular and scaly-bracted, bearing racemes of white,
greenish or purple, nodding fls. in summer. Fls. slightly
irregular; sepals 5, imbricated; petals 5; stamens 10;
style declined or straight: capsule 5-lobed, splitting
from below upwards, bearing numerous small seeds.
The genus has about a dozen species and several varie-
ties, found in the north temperate zone from Great
Britain to Asia and North America south to Mexico.
About 10 species occur in North America. They grow
naturally in rather poor sandy uplands and in bogs.
Like many other members of the heath family, Winter-
greens are difficult to cultivate and will not succeed in
garden soil. In removing them from the woods, care
should be taken to secure a large ball of earth. They
may then succeed in the shade of evergreens and upon
rockeries in peaty soil. The species are scarcely in
general cult. ; they are offered by dealers in native
plants. P. rotund i folia, is probably more cult, than the
others. For a fuller botanical account, see Gray*s Syn.
Flora N. Amer.

A. Fls. greenish; style straight,

seciinda, Linn. Height about 6 in. : Ivs. thin, ovate,
crenate, 1-lM in. long: fls. small, in a one-sided, dense,
spike-like raceme. North Atlantic states to Lab., Rocky
Mts. to arctic regions, N. Europe to Japan.

AA. Fls. greenish white ; style curved downward.

chlor^ntha, Swartz. Height 5-10 in.: Ivs. small, or-
bicular, dull, shorter than the petiole: fls. few; anther
cells with beaked tips. Lab. to Pa., Rocky Mts., north
to subarctic regions.

elliptica, Nutt. Height 8-10 in.: Ivs. broadly oval or
oblong, thin, dull, serrulate, 2-23^ in. long, longer than
the petiole; loosely 5-10-fld. Canada to Brit. Col. and
through N. Atlantic states to New Mex., Japan.

picta, Smith. Height 5-10 in. : Ivs. thick, broadly
ovate to spatulate, blotched with white above, dull,
longer than the petioles. Pacific slope.

AAA. Fls. white to pink or purple.
rotundiSdlia, Linn. Height 5-12 in.: Ivs. orbicular,
about 2 in. long, thick, shining above, shorter than the
petioles: fis. numerous: bracts conspicuous. Var. uli-

PYROLA

PTRUS

1469

ginosa, Gray, with pink or rose-colored fls. and subcor-
date to oboTate, dull Ivs., occurs in swamps, Arctic
regions, and as far south as Ga., New Mex. and Calif.
Var. asariSolia, Hook., with purple ils. and round kid-
ney-shaped to ovate-orbicular Ivs., occurs northward.

C. P. Wheeler.
PYEOLA, One-flowered. Moneses grandiflora.

F'i'RVS (Latin name of pear tree). Sometimes spelled
Pii-iis. Soscicea:. Pome Fruits. Flowers normally
perfect, regular, in spring; torus urn-shaped and at-
tached to the carpels and finally closing over them, and
with them becoming tleshy in fruit; calyx-lobes 5 and
persistent upon the top of the young fruit, or in some
cases falling away at partial maturity; petals 5, white or
red; stamens 20 or more; pistils 2 to 5, crowning a
2- to 5-loculed ovary in which the locules are usually
2-seeded. Fig. 2018. Pyrus is a polymorphous genus,
comprising some 30 to 50 species in the northern hemi-
sphere. Trees or shrubs, with alternate leaves which are
simple in the common species but compound in P.
heterophyUa and rarely in some of the apple tribe. The
species are cultivated for their edible fruits and for
ornament. Apples and Pears are the leading species.
The species are mostly small trees, bearing clusters of
showy white or blush flowers with the leaves or in
advance of tliem. They are natives of the northern
hemisphere, mostly of cool temperate parts, and the
greater part of them are hardy in the northern states.
They are of easy culture. The pear -like species may
be worked on Pear stocks, and the apple-iike species on
Apple stocks.

The fruit of Pyrus is of the kind known to botanists
as a pome. The morphology of the pome is still a sub-
ject of dispute, although most botanists now agree in
considering it to be a hollow torus (receptacle) in which
the ovary is imbedded. Pig. 2019 illustrates the theo-
retical structure. The ovary is at 6, wholly inclosed in

ity like an apple, the flesh bearing grit cells; styles
usually free or not united at the base. (Nos. 1-5.)

Of these plants there are perhaps 15 to 20 species,
natives to south-central Europe and Asia, with the
greatest expansion in the Grecian-Asia-Minor-Syrian

2018. Flowers of apple.
The ovaries are shown in the section, an ovule being at (

the fleshy torus a. Most of the edible part of the Apple
or Pear, therefore, is considered to be torus, whereas
the core is ovary. This ovary is of five carpels or cells,
as shown in the cross-section. Fig. 2020. It was formerly
held that the edible part is largely calyx-tube, but vari-
ous morphological considerations have inclined students
to regard it as stem rather than calyx. One of these
reasons is the fact that Apples sometimes bear a rudi-
mentary leaf (as in Fig. 2021), an organ
which is commonly borne only by stems.
There are the widest differences of
opinion as to the generic limits of this
group of plants. What is regarded by
Bentham & Hooker as one genus is re-
garded by others as 10 or 12 genera (see,
for example, E. Koehne, "Die Gattung
der Pomaceen." Wissensch. Bell, zum
Program des Falk-Realgjinnasiums, Ber-
lin, 1890). In the present work, some of
these species (the quinces) are set off
as Cydonia, the medlar as Mespilus,
and the mountain ashes, chokeberries
and their kin as Sorhus. This restricts
Pyrus to the pear-like and apple-like
species.

1. Pears. — (Purophorum). Fruiteither
with a conical base or possessing a cav-

2019.
Diasram of a
pome (pear).

Showing the
torus part .at a
and the ovai-y
part at b.

2020. Section of a pome (apple).

Showing the interior or ovary part and the exterior

or torus part.

region. Of this particular region, Bossier (Flora
Orientalis) reduces the species to eight, P. communis ,
P. cordafa, P. ainyrjdaliformis, P. elwogrifolia, P.
.lalicifolia, P. Syriaca, P. Boveana, P. glabra. Some
of these have fruits of comestible value, and it is not
impossible that they may be worthy of amelioration.
The best horticultural account of the species of Pears,
with particular reference to their pomological values,
will be found in vol. 1 of Decaisne's "Le Jardin
Fruitier du Museum," where superb plates are given.
2. Apples (J/n/ifs). — Fruit with a sunken base or
"cavity," the flesh without grit cells; styles more
or less united below (Nos. (i-19).

There are probably 20 good species of this sub-
genus, of wide distribution. The common Apple,
P. ULaUiiy. is probablyindigenous in southwestern
Asia. In Siberia, Cliina and Japan, several spe-
cies are native, of which the best known are the
smooth-growing Grab trees with small fruits that
shed their calices. In North America is another
set, represented by the Garland Crab, P. coro-
naria of the East, the Narrow-leaved Crab, P.
angustifolia of the Southeast, the Prairie States
Crab, P. loensis, and the far western Crab, P.
fusca. It is difficult to find good characters to
separate the small-fruited Apples, particularly
the Asiatic forms. Carrifeie attempted to solve
thedifficulty {Poinmlersmic7-ocarpes, Paris, 1883)
by referring them all to one polymorphous species-
group, Jlaliis mierocarpa. Although Pyrus and Mains
are very closely related botanically, they hold their dis-
tinctions with much persistency and they do not inter-
hybridize. Many writers prefer to keep the genera dis-
tinct, but the characters of separation are too minute
and technical for ordinary di-
agnostic purposes. It does not
follow that characters have
generic value merely because
they are constant. The marks
that separate Mains from Py-
rus are not readily determin-
able on the herbarium sheet,
and are therefore of relatively
little value to the systematist,
for whom generic lines are
chiefly erected. Their distinct-
ness is further shown by their
relations to iuter-grafting, al-
though the graftage-relation is
not coincident with the classi-
fication-relation. It is usitally
impossible to graft the pear - species on the apple-
species with any degree of success; yet pears thrive on
quinces and also on hawthorns, which are well marked
genera.

2021. A pome bearing a
rudimentary leaf Cat A).

1470

PYRUS

PYRUS

acerba, 10.

Achras, 1.

Americana. See
Sorbus.

amygdalit'ormis, 5.

augustifolia, 16.

arbutifolia. See
Sorbus.

Aria. See Sorbus.

Astracanica, 10.

Aucuparia. See
Sorbus.

•lurieularis, 5.

baccata, 9.

betulifolia, 5.

Bollwylleriana, 5.

cerasifera, 9.

Cathay ensis. See
Cydonia.

communis, 1.

eoronaria, 15.

crattegifolia, 19.

Cydonia. See Cy-
donia.

dioica, 10.

INDEX.

domestica. See
So-^bus.

elteagrifolia, 5.

floribunda, 7.

fusca, 14.

Germanica. See
Mespilus.

Halliana. 8.

lieterophylla, 1, o.

hybrida. See Sor-
bus.

loensis, 17.

Japonica. 3. See
also Cydonia.

Kaido, 13.

Kotsehyaua, 5.

Malus, 10.

Maiilel. See Cy-
donia.

Miyabei. See Sor-
bus.

Michaiixii, 5.

nigra. See Sorbus.

nivalis, 2.

Paradisiaca, 10.

Parkmani, 8.
Polloeria, 5.
prunifolia, 9.
Pyraster. 1.
Riiigo, 12.
rlvularis, 14.
Riversii, 11.
salicifolia, 4.
sambucifolia.

Sorbus.
Sckeideckeri, 7.
sempervirens , 16.
Sieboldii, 3, 6. .
Sikkimensis, K.
Simonii, 3.
Sinaica, 5.
Sinensis, 3, 11.
Soulardi, 18.
spectabilis, 11.
Toringo, 6.
torminalis. See

iS'o«r6ifS.
Tsclionoskii, 5.
Ussuriensls, 3.

There are forms of P. com-munis with variegated foli-
age (var. lu tr leg at a ), \ohQ(\. {var. trUohata) and cut
leaves (var. heteroplnjfht).

See

A. PYROPHORini or Pyrus PROPER: fr. with qraniilar
or gritty flesh {sinless ripened off the tree);
styles usually free to the base.

1. commiiiiis, Linn. Common Pear. Figs. 168i-89,
2022. Strong, upright tree, living to a great age and
sometimes attaining a height of 75 ft., the pedicels and
sometimes the young growth pubescent, but all parts
becoming glabrous: Ivs. mostly oblong-ovate, with a
prominent point, hard in texture and veiny, bright
green, the serratures small and much appressed and
obtuse, or sometimes the leaf is almost entire: tis. in
umbel-like clusters on slender (2 to 3 in.) pedicels,
white, appearing with the Ivs.; calyx persistent: fr.
very various under ciiltivation, usually tapering to the
stem, the flesh generally with gritty concretions. Na-
tive to southern Europe and Asia, where it has been
cultivated from the earliest times. — Probably indige-
nous as far east as Kashmir. In the Syrio-Persian region
are several very distinct Pyruses of the Pear group, a
number of which may be outlying forms of P. comnni-
Hts. In the wild in Europe, various thorny and small-
fruited forms are known, two of which are often sepa-
rated under Latin names : Var. Achras, Wallr., with
ovate-acuminate long -stalked Ivs. which, with the ca-

2022. Pyrus communis (X K).

lyx-tube, are tomentose when young, and the fr. taper-
ing at the base. Var. Pyraster, Wallr., with roundish
acute, strongly serrate Ivs.. which, with the calyx-tube,
are glabrous when young, the fruit rounded at the base.

2023. Pyrus Toringo (X K). See No. 6.

2. nivalis, Jacq. Snow Pear. Shoots grayish pubes-
cent: Ivs. oval to obovate-oval, obtuse or short-acute,
entire, gray-pubescent: fls. large, white, showy: fr.
small, roundish pyriform, late-ripening, acid, becoming
sweet when overripe. Southern France, southern Ger-
many, northern Italy, Austria. — The Snow Pear is a
small tree, with thick shoots that are white- or gray-
hairy when young. It is grown in parts of Europe, par-
ticularly in France, for the making of perrj* or Pear
cider, the greater part of such varieties being of this
species. By some writers it is considered to be a form
of P. comwtiiits. It is not known to be in cultivation in
this country, but it would not be strange if some of the
imported Pear stocks were of this species. Said to be
called Snow Pear because the fruits are fit for eating
after snow falls. This is the Poire Satiger {"sage-
leaved Pear") of the French.

3. Sinensis, Lindl. [P. commvnis, var. Sinensis, Koch.
P. L^ssitrien.ti.^, Maxim. P. Siniduii, Carr. P. SlehohlH,
Carr. P. Japduicn , Hort.). Sand Pear. Japanese
and Chinese Pear. Fig. IGSO. A very rapid-growing
tree, with strong, thick shoots: Ivs. broadly ovate and
long-pointed, very dark green, the margins thickly fur-
nished with very sharp, sometimes almost bristle-like
teeth: fls. large, appearing rather in advance of the
foliage: fr. hard and usually roughish, commonly with
a depression or "cavity " about the stem, the flesh tough
and gritty and poor in flavor, the calvx usually falling
before maturity. Native to China. B.R. 15:1248. R.H.
1872, p. 28; 1880:110. G.C. III. 28:298. -Known in this
country in a number of varieties, as Chinese Sand,
Japanese Sand, Hawaii, Madame von Siebold, Mikado,
Diamyo, Gold Dust. The fruits are often remarkably
apple-like, especially in the russet varieties, but they
are distinguished by the long stem and pear-like flesh.

PYKUS

PYRUS

1471

It is little prized for its fruit, although the pears are useful
for preserving and some of the varieties are showy and
the fruits are good keepers; it is used for stocks upon
which to work the common. Pear, and it has given good
results in hybridizing. It is an excellent ornamental
tree, being a clean grower of great vigor. Kleffer,
Le Conte and others are hybrids of P. communis and
P. Sinensis {Figs. 1081-3). This type has a stronger
growth than the common Pears, the leaves are usually
broader and darker green, with closely and mostly ob-
tusely serrate edges, the fruit is more or less pyrit'orm
and of better flavor than that of P. Sinensis, and the
calyx is either persistent or deciduous. Seedlings of
Kieffer often produce the sharply toothed leaves of P.
Sinensis.

4. salicifdlia, Pall. Small tree, becoming 20 ft. tall:
Ivs. willow-like (whence the name), linear-lanceolate or
lanceolate, obtuse or short-acuminate, entire or very
nearly so, hoary beneath: lis. white, in corymbs, short-
pedicelled: fr. round-pyriform, short-stemmed, yellow
or greenish. Siberia. G.C. II. 14:145.— A showy spring-
5owering small tree, hardy in the northern states, and
worthy of being better known.

5. The following species of the seetion Pyrophorum (Pears)
may be expected to appear in the trade, and some of them are
now growing in private collections in this country. P. auricu-
Idris, Knoop (P. Pollveria, Linn. P. Bollwylleriana, DC).
Di-fers from the Pear in ha%dng softer more irregular Ivs.,
which are deeply serrate and sometimes almost jagged, pubes-
cent beneath at maturity: fr. small {%-l}4 in. long), pyrit'orm,
orange-red, hard and usually austere. Long ago discovered in
cultivation in France. Regarded as a hybrid, probably of P.
communis and P. Aria (see Sorbus). Commonly planted in
European collections. B.R. 17:1437. L.B.C. 11:1009.— P. a7?)yj;-
dalifonyiis, Vill. Much like P. nivalis, hut the Ivs. broad-el-
liptic or lance-elliptic and at maturity nearly or quite glabrous
beneath: fis. white; fr. small and green, hard, top-shaped. S.E.
Eu. and Asia. B.R. 18:1484 (as P. nivalis).— P. betuVifbUa,
Bange. Tree, to 20 ft.: Ivs. ovate-acumiuate, long-stalked,
sharp-serrate, becoming shining green above, pale tomeutose
beneath: tis. white, '% in. across: fr. nearly globular, size of a
pea. brown and dotted, the calyx falling. N. China. Hardy in
N.England. R.H. 1879, pp. 318, 319. G.F. 7:225. A. F. 13:1396.
Gng. 6:309. A worthy plant for ornament, bearing a profusion
of lis. in advance of the Ivs.— P. Bollwylleridna, DC. See P.
auricularis, above. — P. elceagrifdlia, Pali. Small spiny tree, the
young shoots tomentose: Ivs. lanceolate to oblong-lanceolate,
short-acuminate, entire, usually silky-tomentose: fls. small, on
densely tomentose pedicels: fr. globose-turbinate. glabrous,
the calyx persistent. Caucasiis, S. Russia. Var. Kotschyaua,
Boiss. (P. Kotsehyana, Boiss ), is usually spineless, the foliage
larger (3 in. long), the fr. larger (about 1 in. in diam.) and glo-
bose. Tlie specific name was first written, by Pallas, elasagri-
folia (not eheagnifolia), because he considered elseagrus to be
the proper spelling of the name of the oleaster genus, it having
been spelled that way by Dioscorides.— P. heterophylla, Regel

Linn.=P. auricularis, above. — P. Sincnca, Thouin, is referred to
P. amygdaliformis by Boissier,— P. Tsciiouoskii, Maxim. Tree,
30-40 ft.: Ivs. ovate acuminate, coarsely serrate, with sharp
teeth, shining and pilose above, somewhat tomentose beneath:
fr. obovoid; calyx-lobes persistent, wbite-tomentose. 1 in. or
less in diam., yellow with a rosy cheek. Japan. G.F. 7:55.
Sargent, Forest Fl. Japan 14.

2024. Pyrus baccata (X 3^).
See No. 9.

AA. Malus, the Apples: fr. usually ivithout grit-cells;

styles usually united at the base.
B. Oriental {Old World) species: Ivs. mostly finely
and evenly serrate and not lohed except on strong
shoots: calyx either persistent on the fr. or ca-
ducous.
c. Calyx deciduous, leaving the apex of the fr. naked.
(Figs. 2023, 2024.)
D. Lvs. on summer shoots more or less lohed,
G. Toringo, Sieb. [P. Sieboldii, Regel, not Carr.).
ToRiNGO or Dwarf Ckab. Fig. 2023. Shrub or dwarf
tree, nearly glabrous: Ivs. ovate or oblong-ovate in
outline, bright dark green above and thinly pubescent
below, becoming colored in the fall, strongly notched or
lobed on either side at or below the middle, the middle
lobe often notched again near the top, the remaining
margins sharply dentate: fls. small, white or blush, on
slender stems: fr. the size of a' pea, shedding its calyx.
Japan. R.H. 1870:451; 18S1, p. 296. Gn. 34, p. 206.

2025.
Pyrus Malus, the apple,

& Schmalh. Small tree, with very variable foliage, some plants
" having Ivs. that are smooth at the margin; others are slit and
almost of thread-like form; but the majority exhibit forms in-
termediate between these two extremes." Lvs. usually ovate
in outline, but mostly pinnatifid and the segments again
toothed. E. Turkestan. G.C. III. 7:115.— P. Michauxii, Bosc.
is referred to P. amygdaliformis, by Boissier.— P. Pollvhria,

93

jM.D.G. 1899:456. Carriere, "Pommiers Microcarpes,"
pp. 43,62. — Grown raostly for ornament, but lately recom-
mended as a hardy stock upon which to dwarf the
Apple. In Japan, the little fruits are gathered after frost
and preserved. Upon the fruit-spurs, the leaves are
sometimes only toothed, but upon barren or strong

1472

PYRUS

PYRUS

shoots they are prominently lobed and suggest the leaves
of hawthorns. Closely allied to P. baccata, and to P.
fhrihundfc of the gardens. Sargent writes (Forest
Flora of .Japan, p. 40) that P. Torim/o "is a common
and widely distributed plant in Japan, growing from

2026. Pyms spectabilis (X }4). No. 11.

the sea-level in Yeddo to elevations of several thousand
feet in central Hondo, usually in moist ground in the
neighborhood of streams." It varies from a low biish to
a tree .30 ft. high. The leaves are exceedingly variable.

DD. Ijvs. on shimmer slioots not lobed.
E. Vernation (U'S. in hitdj conduplicate.

7. iloribunda, Nichols. {P. Milhis floribitnda, Hort.
Mdhis florihunda, Sieb. M. microcdrpa floribiinda,
Carr. ). Flowering Crab. Shrub or sometimes a
small tree, often thorny : young growths glabrous
or very soon becoming so: Ivs. ovate and usually
acuminate, the petioles rather thick and reddish and
usually not much if any more than 1 in. long on the
leading young shoots, the margins finely but very
sharply serrate, usuallj^ thickish, shining above and
glabrous (or soon becoming so) beneath: fls. rose or
rose-red, appearing with the Ivs., produced in great
abundance and very show5': fr. usually about the size
of a pea, on long, slender stalks, red, not persisting till
-n'inter. Japan. R.H. 1866:.311; 1871:591; 1881, p. 29G.
:F.S. 15:1585. G.F. 1:152; 2:52,3. A.G. 13:437; 18:437.
F.E. 9:573. Gt. 47:1448 (var. atrosantjuinea). M.D.G.
1899:454. Carriere, "Pommiers Microcarpes," pp. 44, 65.
— One of the best of all early spring-fiowering bushes
■or small trees, and now common in gardens. The semi-
double forms often receive the names HalUana and
Parkmani, A recent double-fld. form is var. Sckei-

deckeri (Gng. 6:308. A.F. 13:1398). There is much
doubt as to the proper specific disposition of this plant.

EE. Vernalion convolute.

8. HalliS,na, Voss (P. Parkmani, Hort. Melius Hal-
lidna, Koi^hne). Bush or small tree, 6-15 ft. tall, with a
loose open crown: Ivs. long-ovate, glabrous, leathery:
tis. rose-colored, usually half-double and hanging on
slender reddish pedicels: fr. size of a pea or somewhat
larger, brownish red, ripening late in fall and contain-
ing very large seeds. Japan. M.D.G. 1899:457. — Per-
haps an offshoot of P. baccata. One of the handsomest
of the flowering Apples.

9. bacciita, Linn. {3TdJits baccctta, Desf.). Siberian
Ckae. Fig. 2024. Small spreading tree, with a com-
pact crown, smooth in all its parts; growth hard and
wiry; Ivs. ovate to ovate-lanceolate or ovate-acuminate,
thin and glabrous, on slender petioles, finely and nearly
evenly serrate, bright green: tis. appearing with the
leaves on long and very slender (2 to 3 in.) greenish

pedicels, typically pure white, handsome:
fr. from the size of a pea to % in. in diame-
ter, on long, hard stems, yellow or red and
firm and often translucent in texture, never
becoming mellow, the calyx falling away
before maturity. Siberia to Manchuria and
the Himalaya region. B.M. 6112. M.D.G.
1899:454. -DifBcult to distinguish from P.
floribunda; larger, becoming a distinct tree,
sometimes as large as a large Apple tree; Ivs. with
blunter teeth, and usually much longer, very slender,
hard, glabrous petioles : fls. lighter colored, usually
white; vernation convolute (Ivs. rolled in the bud). It
runs into many forms, particularly in fruit.

The term Crab Apple has an indefinite application.
In general, it is applied in this country to any small,
hard sour Apple, pai-ticularly to such as cannot be used
for dessert. All the indigenous Apples are called Crabs,
and sometimes seedlings of the common Apple are
similarly designated, as in the term " Crab-stocks, "which
is used for imported seedling stocks. As applied to
orchard fruits, it comprises, as a rule, those small hard-
fleshed varieties of Apples like the Transcendent and
Hyslop, and these plants are further di.stinguished by
smoothish parts, hard twigs, and long petioles and
fruit-stems. These types of Crabs are no doubt hybrids
between Pijrns Mains and P. baccata. They are often
referred to Pyms prunifolia (Willdenow, Phytogr. i. 8
(1794). See B.M. 6158), which is apparently a deriva-
tive of P. Mains and P. baccata., through hybridization.
The writer reaches this conclusion after having exam-
ined Willdenow's original specimen, yet preserved at
Berlin. The fruit of P. prnnifolia partakes much of
the brittle and trans-
lucent texture of P.
baccata, but it is
larger, commonly
more farinaceous,
and the calyx is per-
sistent. Some Grabs
that pass as Siber-

2027. Pyrus Rineo (X K). Leaves rather narrow. No. 12.

2028. Pyrus Rineo (X >2).

PYEUS

PYRUS

1473

2029. Pyrus Kaido of American
horticulturists CX K).

2030. Fruit of Pyrus Kaido in winter.
(XK.)

2031. Pyrus coronaria (X %).

ian belong to this mongrel class. Some of the so-called
Crabs are only sraall-fruited forms of Pyrus Mahis, be-
ing distinguished by soft woolly leaves and short pubes-
cent leaf-stalks and fruit-stems. Some writers consider
P. prunifoUa to be a good species. By some, the hy-
brids of P. Mains and P. baccata are referred to P.
cerasifera, Tausch.

cc. Calyx persistent on the ripe fruit.

10. MMus, Linn. (P. Astracdnica and P. acirha, DC.
Mdltis comtnunis, DC. Mdliis 3Id.lus, Britt.). Apple.
Figs. 107-U2, 2025. A round-headed tree, with all the
growing parts and under surface of the leaves gray-
woolly : Ivs. ovate or orbicular-ovate, mostly pointed,
soft in texture, dull, the margins irregularly serrate, on
stout petioles : fls. large and showy, white or light rose,
in close clusters on short woolly pedicels, appearing
with the leaves: fr. very various, with a cavity about
the stem, a homogeneous flesh and persistent calyx.—
Cultivated from remote antiquity, and believed to be
native to southeastern Europe and western temperate
Asia to the Himalayas. "Indigenous in the western
hills [of the Himalaya], as well as cultivated up to
11, .500 feet in Tibet," Hooker. It varies into many
forms, and several sx^ecies have been erected upon the
different types. The Paradise Apple (P. Mains, var.
paradisiaca, Linn.) is a dwarf form known in this
country chiefly as a stock upon which to graft Apples
that it is desired to dwarf. The Bloomless Apple {P.
dioica, Willd.) is an apetalous form, with ten to fifteen
styles, 2 rows of sepals, a superimposed core and no
stamens; see Amer. Gard. 10, p. 2i4, 279; H,p.6(flgs.),
624. There are ornamental forms, with variegated Ivs.
(Gt. 4.5:1425, var. aurea), others with partially double
fls., others with drooping habit.

11. spect4bili3, Ait. (P. MAliis speetdbilis, Hort.
MHUis spectdhllis, Borkh. M, Sinensis, Dum.). Chi-
nese Flowering Apple. Fig. 2026. Small tree, with
darker colored fls. than those of the Apple (the opening
fl.-buds almost coral-red), and blooming earlier: Ivs.
narrower, oval to oval-oblong, slender-stalked, nearly
glabrous on both surfaces or becoming so, usually more
closely serrate than those of the Apple : pedicels and
calyx-tube nearly or quite glabrous: fr. roundish or
round-oval, without a cavity at the base, reddish yellow,
sour. China, and perhaps Japan. B.M. 267. L.B.C.
18:1729. Gn. 21, p. 46. Gng. 3:273. G.P. 1:272.-A
very handsome early-blooming tree, of which the dou-
ble-fld. forms are most prized. P. Mains itself has
been disseminated under the name of P. spectabilis.
Hardy in the northern states. Var. Eiversli, Hort.,
has very large half -double bright rose-red flowers.

12. Ringo, Wenzig (P. speetdbilis, var. Bingo, Koch.
P. Torlngo, vav. Hingo, Nichols. M&his Mingo, Sieb.).

Pigs. 2027, 2028. Spreading bush or small tree, all
parts more pubescent than in P. spectabilis : Ivs. usu-
ally broader, broad-oval to round-oval, sharply serrate,
relatively short^stalked: fls. large, rose-colored, in few-
fld. clusters: fr. small, somewhat depressed at the base
about the stem, about % in. in diam. Japan. Carri^re,
"Pom. Microcarpes," p. 41, as P. mlcrocarpa Ringo.—
Very doubtful whether a distinct species.

13. KMdo, Sieb. (P. speetdbilis, var. Kclido, Nichols.
Mdlus Kdido, Sieb.). Figs. 2029, 2030. By some
thought to be a hybrid of P. spectabilis and P. Ringo,
and by others considered as a good species. It is not
certain that the P. Kaido originally meant by Siebold is
the P. Kaido of American horticulturists. As known
here, it is very like P. spectabilis, bearing most pro-
fusely of red fls., with red pedicels and calyx, and hold-
ing its little fruits all winter: fr. nearly globular, i-i-%
in. in diam., mostly holding the calyx but sometimes
dropping it in midsummer, — the dropping of the calyx,
as well as the habit of growth, suggesting hybridity
with P. floribunda. It conies from Japan. It is a most
useful plant, being one of the most showy of all the
oriental flowering apples.

2032. Wild Crab of the East, Pyrus coronaria ( X H) . No. 15.

1474

PYRUS

PYRUS

2034.
Pyrus coronaria.

BB. American native species: Jvs. for iln' most part
coarsely toothed and more or less lohed or notched:
calyx persistent [exception in P. fusca),
(J. Calyx deciduous from the fruit.

14. fusca, Raf. {P. riimldris, Dougl.)- Shrub or
small tree, sometimey 30-40 ft. tall, the young growths
more or less pubescent: Ivs. ovate-lanceolate, acute or
acuminate, very sharply and strongly serrate, often 3-
lobed or notched on the strong shoots, pubescent be-
neath : fls. white, on slender pubescent pedicels, appear-
ing when the Ivs. are nearly or quite full grown, nearly
or fully 1 in. across: fr. ob-
long, % in. or less long, yel- _^
low or greenish, the calyx-
lobes caducous. N. Calif, to
Alaska. S.S. 4:170. — Accord-
ing to Sargent, P. /"»scrt "grows
usually in deep, rich soil in
the neighborhood of streams,
often forming almost impen-
etrable thickets of consider-
able extent, and attains its
greatest size in the valleys of
Washington and Oregon."
The fruit is eaten by Indians.
The species suggests P.
Toringo.

cc. Calyx persistent.

15. coron&,ria, Linn. Wild
Crab Apple. Figs. 2031-34. A
low, bushy tree, with very stitf , crooked, thorny branches,
the young growth glabrous or becoming so: Ivs. triangu-
lar-ovate, on the spurs short-ovate, sharply cut-serrate
and more or less prominently lobed and notched, thin
and hard, on slender but stiff, glabrous petioles: i!s. ap-
pearing with the Ivs., rosy red or blush and very fra-
grant, on long and slender (l}.4 to 2 in.), stiff pedicels
which are glabrous or nearly so : f r. about an inch in
diam., flattened at both ends, clear yellowish green
without spots or dots and often with a tinted cheek, the
stem very slender and smooth and set in a regular and
uniform shallow cavity, the basin (at the apex) broad
but rather deep with separated corrugations and a
small, smooth calyx, the flesh hard, sour and acerb.
Wild in dryish glades and rich uplands from Ontario
and New York to District of Columbia, west to Kansas
and Missouri, and southward. B.M. 2009. B.R. 8:651.
S.S. 4:167. R.H. 1884, p. 104. Gn. 29, p. 395; 34, p.
206. — The fruit, which is produced in abundance, was
often buried by the early settlers for tise in the spring,
when its acerbity was largely extracted; and it was
sometimes used for cider. It is also useful for jellies
and preserves. The species was proliably never intro-
duced into cultivation for its fruit, although it has been
long grown for ornament and under domestication the

2035. Praine States Crab

Apples are often twice their natural size. There is a
form with semi-double lis. and one (var. aucubcefoUa)
with variegated leaves. An attractive species.

16. angnstifdlia, Ait. {P. corondria,va.v. ancfustifbliay
Wenzig. Mdlus angustifolia, Michx. M . stmph-virenSj
Desf. M. w icrocdrpa sempirvirens, Carr.). Lvs. lance-
oblong, crenate-serrate or almost entire, not lobed, thick
and half evergreen: otherwise very like P. coronaria.
Western Pa. to Fla. and La., taking the place of P.
coronaria. B.R. 14:1207. Carri^re, "Pom. Microcarpes,"
pp. 21, 137. S.S. 4:169. R.H. 1877:410?-A double-fid.
form of what appears to be this species is figured in
G.C. IIL 13:43.

17. lo^nsis, Bailey (P. coroncirm, var. /o^-'hsis, Wood).
Prairie States or Western Crab-Apple. Fig. 2035.
Small tree, with mostly softer wood, the parts gray-
woolly: lvs. ovate-oblong to elliptic-obovate, irregularly
and mostly bluntly toothed and the larger ones marked
with right-angled notches of shallow lobes, very tomcn
tose below or becoming rusty and rarely glabrate with
age, the petioles short and stout and pubescent: fls. usu
ally upon shorter pedicels which, like the calj'x, are to
nientose: fr. oblong or at least never flattened length
wise, sometimes angular, larger than in the last and
clinging later to the tree, dull heavy green with nu
merous light-colored dots on the skin, the surface hav
ing a greasy feel, the stem short and thick as com-
pared with No. 15 and set in an oblique cavity, the basin
narrow and shallow, with variable corrugations and a
closed and pubescent calyx, the flesh sour and austere.
Wild in low or flat lands in the Mississippi valley. S.S.
4:168 (frs. too flat). — Fruits appropriated by the set-
tlers, but tlie species is probably not in cultivation for
its fruit, although a double-flowered variety has been
lately introduced, — BechteFs Crab, sometimes referred
to P. angustifolia (G.C. HI. 25:397).

18. Soillardi, Bailey. Soulard Crab. Figs. 2036,
2037. Natural hybrid of P.
Mains and P. Joensis : a
small tree, with much the look
of an Apple tree, and woolly:
lvs. large, round-ovate to el-
liptic-ovate or oblong -ovate,
either rounded or tapering at
the base, often very blunt or
even rounded at the top, most-
ly bluntly and coarsely serrate
or dentate when young, ir-
regularly crenate- dentate at
maturity, with a tendency to
become lobed, on short pubes-
cent petioles, thick and often
rugose and woolly beneath:
fls. blush, in close woolly clus-
ters like those of the Apple:
fr. often 2 in. or even more
in diam., flatfish lengthwise,

yellow and often with a tinted cheek,
the basin shallow, flesh fairly edible.
Wild in the Mississippi valley from
Minnesota to Texas, but always local.
— Named for James G. Soulard, Ga-
lena, 111., who introduced the first va-
riety to cultivation. In some
forms the leaves become nearly
smooth late in the season and
there is little tendency towards
an irregular notching or lobing
of the margins. The tree is
hardy and the fruit keeps well
and is useful for culinary pur-
poses. A few named varieties
ai'e grown in the upper Missis-
sippi valley. where trees of great
hardiness are demanded. For
accounts of the pomological off-
shoots of our nativeApples, see
Bailey, "Evolution of our Na-
tive Fruits," and Craig & Hume,
"Native Crab Apples and their
Cultivated Varieties," Iowa 2036. Mature leaf of Pyrus
Acad. Sci. 1899. Soulardi (X Vs).

-Pyrus loensis (X ^4.)-

PYRUS

PYXIDANTHERA

1475

19. The above sketch (Nos. 6 to 18) accounts for all the apple-
like species known to be in the American trade, although there
may be other Latin names in some of the catalogues. There
are few remaining species of the ilalus section. — P. cratcegi-
folia, Targ., considered by some writers to be of this section,
by others to belong to Sorbus, and by still others to be a hybrid
between Pyrus and Sorbus, is a bush or small tree, local in N.

2037. Pyrus Soulardi (X 3^).

Italy: Ivs. broad-ovate in outline, with several sharp lobes: fls.
white, about 1 in. across, in open terminal corymbs: fr. K in.
long, elliptic-oblong, red. B.M. 7423.— P. Sikkimensls, Hook. f.
"Very similar to P. baccata, but the leaves (which attain 5x3
in. ) are more acutely serrate, woolly beneath and on the petiole
and on the midrib above, the peduncles and calyx are also
woolly. * * * I suspect it will prove a form of P. baccata."
—Hooker. Himalayas, 7,000-10,000 ft altitude. B.M. 7430.
G.M.41:313. L. H. B.

PYXIDANTHilRA (Greek, box and anthera; tho
anthers open transversely like the lid of a box).
Diapen.siacefjp. The Pvxie, Floweking Moss or Pixe-
BARREN Beauty is a pretty little creeping plant, native
only to New Jersey and North Carolina, which is
covered in early spring with small white, 5-petaled
flowers and pink buds. It sometimes blooms side by
side with the trailing arbutus. These flowers are sold
in the streets of Philadelphia, but the Pyxie is scarcely
cultivated. It grows best in moist, sandy soil. In
partial shade and soil rich in vegetable mold the buds
are pale pink; in full sunlight and poor soil the buds are
reddish. The Pyxie belongs to a small family of excep-
tionally interesting plants remarkable for their beauty*
distinctness and geographical distribution. They repre-
sent a vanishing race, and there are many different
opinions as to their place in the vegetable kingdom. As
a genus Pyxidanthera has but one species, and its
nearest ally is Diapensia, which differs in having the
anthers opening longitudinally; also the fls. are pe-
duncled in Diapensia, while in Pyxidanthera each flower
is solitary at the end of a short branch. Another pecu-
liar feature of the Pyxie is the sharp point at the end of
each anther.

Generic characters: sepals 5, oblong, obtuse, reddish
at tip; corolla short-bell-shaped, 5-lobed; lobes obovate,
erose, persistent; stamens 5, inserted in the sinuses;
staminodes none: ovary 3-celled: ovules many in a cell:
capsule loculicidal.

barbul^ta, Michx. Creeping shrub, with a long tap-
root in the center of the tuft: Ivs. narrow, crowded,
overlapping, the young ones woolly at the base within,
whence the specific name "barbulata." Fls. March to
Blay. B.M. 4592. Mn. 8:33. B.B. 2:583. Gn. 27, p. 209
(from Harper's Mag.). y^^ ]\i_

2033. Pyrus coronaria (X %). See No. 15, page 1474.

QTJACK GRASS, QUICK GRASS, QUITCH GRASS.

See Agropynim.

QUAKING GRASS. Species of Briza.

QUAMASH. Camassia esculenta.

QUAMOCLIT. See Ipomcea.

QUEEN LILY. This name has been proposed for
PhjBdranassa; also for Curcuma; and it has been errone-
ously used for Strelitzia.

QUEEN OF THE MEADOWS.

also tSpinta.

Ulmaria pentapetala;

QUEEN OF THE PRAIRIE. Spinm lohata.

QUERCUS (ancient Latin name). Ciipuliferw. Oak.
Ornamental deciduous or evergreen trees, rarely shrubs,
with alternate, petioled, entire or lobed Ivs., and incon-
spicuous nioncecious fls., the staminate ones in slender,
pendulous, rarely upright, catkins (Fig. 2038) ; the
fruits, or "acorns," consisting of a globular to oblong
nut, inclosed or embraced only at the base, or rarely
wholly, by a cup-like involucre. The deciduous species
are mostly hardy north, while of the evergreen ones
none seem to be hardy farther north than Washington,
D. C.; some half -evergreen Oaks, like Q. Tnrneri and
Q. Macedonica, will probably prove hardy in the vicin-
ity of New York. Most of the Oaks are stately trees of
noble and majestic habit with stout, wide-spreading
branches; some, like Q. alba, Garryana, Virginiana
and clirysolepis, often cover a space more than 100 ft. in
diameter; others, like Q, tnacrocai-pa, Prinus and tinC'
ioria, have a more oval, round-topped head, while Q.
pnhistris and imhricaria form symmetrical broad pyra-
mids. A very few hardy species are shrubs, generally
called Scrub Oaks, as Q. prinokles and Q. ilieifoUa.
Oaks rank among our most valuable park and avenue
trees, and are as beautiful when grown as single trees
as they are when grouped together and forming groves
and woods. As avenue trees Q. pabtstris, rnhra, coc-
cinea, imhricaria and PheUos are among the best, the
last-named when medium-sized trees are desired; in the
southern states, Q. latirifoUa, uUginosa and the ever-
green Q. Virgiviaua are preferred. The shrubby spe-
cies, like Q. prinoides and Q. ilicifolia, may be used
for covering rocky hillsides and dry ridges.

2038. Staminate catkins of an Oak— Quercus pedunculata.
(X>3.) See No. 29.

Oak leaves are always beautiful. They have many
shades of green; especially attractive are some with
leaves of contrasting colors, the under side being silvery
white, the upper one dark green, as in Q.MuhlPvhfrgi,
macrocarpa, MicJtauxi and some foreign evergreen spe-

cies. In many Oaks the leaves show a handsome pink
or crimson color when unfolding, and some species as-
sume brilliant ^ntumnal tints. Especially beautiful in
autumn are Q. coecinea and palustris, with the foliage
turning brilliant scarlet; Q. rubra, imbricaria and 3Ii-
c7t«?(ici, which turn bright or dark red; Q. «?6«, violet or
vinous purple; Q. lyrata, scarlet or orange; Q. PhelloSj
pale yellow; Q. Prinus, orange or orange-brown; Q.
ciineata and ilicifolia, orange-brown or yellow; Q. stel-
lata and nigra, brown or dull orange. Some of the for-
eign species, like Q. sessiliflora, and also pechinculata ,
Cerris, lanuginosa, glandulifera and others, retain the
green color until late in fall. Besides our native ever-
green species, the Japanese Q. acuta, ciispidafa and

2039. Annual-fruited Oak
— Quercus alba (X 34)-

The mature acorn is
borne on tlie wood of the
season. See No. 28.

glauca are among the best evergreen Oaks for cultiva-
tion in the South; the European Q. Ilex and Snber are
also handsome evergreen trees.

Generally the Oaks grow best in a moderately moist,
rich soil, including heavy clay; some, as Q. bicolor, uU-
ginosa, alba, PheUos, falcafa and Virginiana, prefer
moister situations and grow naturally in low and often
even in swampy ground; while others, especially the
Red Oaks, like Q. rubra, coecinea, imbricaria, Marilan-
dica, Prinus and stellata, grow well in drier, rocky or
sandy soil, and the Scrub Oaks on dry and barren soil.
The Black and Red Oaks, and especially the Pin Oak,
are usually easily transplanted and large trees are
moved successfully, while the White Oaks are more
particular and only younger nursery-grown trees can be
safely' transplanted.

Oaks are prop, usually by seeds sown immediately
after gathering in fall; this is especially necessary with
Q, alba, Virginiana and some other White Oaks which
sprout as soon as they are ripe; btit only the root is pro-
duced in fall, while the stem does not appear until the
following spring. The seeds of Red and Black Oaks,
and also of Q. 2}edunc ulata , if not sown at once should
be stratified and sown early in spring. Acorns should
be packed in earth, moss or saw-dust when shipped for
a great distance. Varieties are usually grafted on potted
stock in the greenhouse in early spring or sometimes in
August. As a stock Q. pedunculata. is preferred, but
Q. rubra, tinctoria and Prinus are also employed. It is
probably safer to graft varieties of White and of Red
Oak each on stock of the same group. The evergreen
species are sometimes increased by layers and also by
cuttings.

About 300 species are known, distributed through the
colder and temperate regions of the northern hemisphere
and in the mountains of the tropics. Almo.'^t all species
are trees, but sometimes become shrubby in high alti-
tudes or in dry and rocky or sandy localities. Lvs.
short-petioled, with deciduous stipules, penninerved:
fls. monoecious; the staminate in slender, pendulous or

(1476)

QUERCUS

erect catkins with 4r-7-parted cal)^ and 4-12, usually 6,
stamens; pistillate in l-many-tid. spikes in the axils of
the young Ivs., rarely at the base of the axillary stami-
nate catkins, each tiower consisting of an incompletely
3-celled ovary, surrounded by imbricate
bracts: fr. a 1-seeded subglobose to oblong
nut, surrounded at the base or sometimes al-
most inclosed by a cup-like involucre.

The numei'ous species have been divided
into different subgenera. All American spe-
cies, except Q. densiflora, belong to the sub-
genus Lepidobalanus {haJanos is Greek for
"acorn"), which is characterized by slender,
pendulous, starainate catkins, separate axil-
larj' pistillate spikes and a cup consisting of
bracts of various shape but not connate into
zones. Q. densiflora belongs to Pasania,
which has erect staminate catkins, some bear-
ing pistillate fls. at their base, like the catkins
of Castanea. Cyclobalanus and Cyclobala-
nopsis have the scales of the cup connate into
concentric rings; the inflorescence of the lirst
being similar to that of Pasania, of the second
to Lepidobalanus. Chlamydobalanus is much
like Cyclobalanus, but the nut is wholly in-
cluded by the ovate cup. Of Lithocarpus,
with the nut partly connate with the cup, but
otherwise like the last-named subgenus, no
species is in cultivation. The oaks of the
subgenus Lepidobalanus are divided into
two sections, — Leucobalanus and Melanoba-
lanus. In the former, comprising the White
Oak tribe, the acorns mature the first year
(Fig. 2039). In the latter, comprising the
Black Oaks, the acorns mature the second
year (Fig. 201:0). Besides the 300 species,
about 40 hybrids have been recorded. The
latest monograph of the whole genus is by
A. DeCandoUe in Prodromus, vol. 16, 2, pp.
1-108 (18ii4-186S). Important illustrated works on Amer-
ican Oaks are A. Michaus. "Histoire des Chenes de
I'Araerique" (1801), with 36 plates; Kellogg and Grreene,
"Illustrations of West American Oaks" (1889), with 37
plates; Sargent," Silva of North America," vol. 8 (1895),
with 82 plates, and Liebmann, "Chenes de I'Amerique
tropicale" (1869), with 47 plates. Most of the European
and west Asian Oaks are figured in Kotschy, Eichen
Kuropas uud des Orients (1862), with 40 colored plates.

QUEKCUS

1477

wagons, tools and many other articles. The bark of
some species, in America that of Q. velutina, Prinus
and densiflora, is used for tanning leather. Cork is
obtained from the bark of Q. Saber and occidentalis in

1,Q.

2040. Biennial-fruited oak—
Quercus velutina (X /4).

The mature acorn isborne
on two-year-old wood; that
is, the acorn does not ma-
ture until it is two years
old. See No. 6.

The Oaks comprise some of the most important forest
trees of the northern hemisphere. The wood of most
species is strong, tough, hard and durable, and highly
valued for many purposes, especially ship-building,
construction, for furniture, and in the manufacture of

2041. Leaves and acorns o£ various Oaks.
Phellos; 2, Q. alba; 3, Q. velutina; 4, Q. rubra; 6. Q. Prinus;
6, Q. niacrocarpa; 7, Q. bicolnr.

southern Europe. The bark of a few species has also
been employed in medicine. The acorns of several spe-
cies are edible, in America especially those of Q.
Michauxi, JBmoryi and lohata; in Eiirope those of Q.
Ilex, var. Ballota and JEgilops; in Japan those of
Q. glauca; in many European countries the acorns of
all species are an important food for hogs. In eastern
Asia a silkworm feeds on the leaves of different species.
A parasitic insect living on Q. coccifera in southern
Europe and N. Africa yields a scarlet dye. Galls caused
by the puncture of certain insects are used for tanning
and dyeing and are now chiefly obtained from Q. Ilex,
var. infecforia in western Asia. Some of the above men-
tioned species are descriljed only in the supplementary
list, p. 1483. See Oalc.

INDEX.

acuminata, 19. femina, 29. occidentalis, 35.

^gilops, 31 and ferruginea, 10. olivEeformis, 23.

suppl. filicifolia, 29. palustri-tTubricaria,

agrifolia, 39. Fordii, 36. palustris, 1. [12.

alba, 28. Garryana, 26. Pannonica, 33.

ambigua, 2. glandiillfera. 17. pectinata, 29.

aquatica, 9. gi-osseserrata, 16. pedunculata, 29.

Austriaca, 34. Hartwissiana, 31. pendula, 29, 31, 32.

Ballota, 36. heterophylla, 29. Phellos, 11.

Banisteri, 8. Sindsii, 27. pinnatifida, l.'^, 28.

bicolor, 22. humilis, 18 and platanoides, 22.

Bungeana, 14. suppl. pTinoides, 18.

Califomica, 5. Hungarica, 33. Primis, 17-22.

camata, 32. Ilex, 36. Pseiidtsgilops, 31.

Castanea, 19. ilieifolia, 8. puhescens, 31.

Cerris, 34. imbricaria, 12. purpurascens, 29.

Chincapin, 18. Kelloggii, 5. purpurea, 29, 30.

Chinensis, 14. laciuiata, 29,34. Pyrenaica, 32.

chrysolepis, 38. lanuginosa. 16, 31 repanda, 28.

eoecinea, 4. and suppl. Robur, 29, 30.

comptoniiefolia, 29. laurifolia, 13. rubra, 2,

Concordia, 29. lobata, 27. sessiliflora, 30.

conferta, 33. lyrata, 24. steUata, 25.

contorta, 29. macroearpa. 23. Suber, 35.

crinita, 32. Marilandiea, 10. Texana, 3.

erispula, 16. ilichauxi, 20. tinctorla, 6.

cuneata, 7. minor, 25. Toza, 32,

Daimio, 15. Mongolica. 16. uliginosa, 9.

densiflora, 40. montana, 21. variabilis, 14.

dentata, 15, 17. Muhlenbergi, 19. variegata. 29.

digitata, 7. nana, 8. velutina, 6.

falcata, 7. nigra, 9, 10. virens, 37.

fastigiata, 29. obtusiloba, 25. Virginiana, 37.

1478

QUERCUS

Staminate cathins slender, pendu-
lous : pistillate fls. in separate
axillary spikes (For aa, see spe-
cies No. 40). Lepidobalancs.
B. Walls of nut tomentose on the
inner sitrfaee: Ivs. lobed, with
bristle-tipped teeth and lobes or
entire, bristly-pointed, but not
serrate and not evergreen: fr,
ripening the second year: bark
dark-colored, uot scaly. Black
Oaks. Mela wiba la }rus .
c. livs. pi nn at if id, slender-
stalked.
D. Lobes of I V s . usually
tooth ed : under side
glabrous or rarely pu-
bescent.
E. Cup shallow, saucer-
sJiaped, broader than
high

EE. Cup turbinate or hemi-
spherical

DD. Lobes of Ivs. entire or few-
toothed: under side whit-
ish or grayish tomentose.

cc. Lvs. obovate, S-5-lobed at the
apex or almost entire, short-
stalked 9.

10.
CCC. Lvs. oblong or linear-oblong,
entire, rarely remotely

toothed n .

12.
13.
i. Walls of nut glabrous on the in-
ner surface (except Nos. 38, 39) :
lvs. sinuately lobed or toothed,
not bristle-tipped , rarely ser-
rate with bristly teeth; the ever-
green lvs. sometimes entire: fr,
ripening the first year (except
Nos. 14, 38, 39). White Oaks.
Leucobalanus.
0. Foliage deciduous.

D. Lvs. sinuately dentate or
serrate.
B. Scales of cup linear or
lanceolate, spreading

and recurved 14.

15.
EE. Scales of cup appressed,
imbricate.
F. Petiolesvery short: lvs.
cordate at base, al-
most sessile IG.

FF. Petioles ra titer slender;
lvs . cuneate or
rounded at the base.
G. Lobes of lvs. acute. .17.
J8.
19.
GG. Lobes of lvs.

rounded 20.

21.
22.
DD. Ia's. pinnately lobed.

E. Hark separating in thin
scales, light gray or
light brown. Ameri-
can species.
F. Under side of lvs. pu-
bescent ortomeyitose.
G. Length of lvs. 5-8
in.: lvs. lyrate-

pinnatifid 23.

24.

palustris

rubra

Texana

coccinea

Kelloggii

velutina

cuneata
. iliciiolia

nigra
Marilandica

Phellos

imbricaria

laurifolia

variabilis
dentata

Mongolica

glanduUfera

prlnoides

Muhlenbergii

Michauxi

Prinus

bicolor

QUERCUS

GG. Length of lvs. SS in.2G.
27.
FF. Under side of lvs,

glabrous 28.

EE. Bark furrowed and
ridged, not scaly, usu-
ally dark brown or
dark gray. J^uropean
species.
F. Cup with iinbricate, ap-
pressed scales.
G. Lvs. glabrous below.29.
30.
GO. Inis. pjibescent be-
low 31.

32.
33.
FF. Cup with elongated,
spreading and re-
curved scales 34.

cc. Foliage evergreen, dentate or
entire.
D. Lvs. wMti.ih, tomentose or
tomentulose beneath: fr. '
ripening the first year.. 35.
36.
37.
DD. Lvs. soon glabrous beneath. 38.
39.
Staminate catkins erect, partly
androgynous, with the pistillate
fls. at the base. Pasania 40.

Garryana
lobata

alba

pedunculata
sessiliflora

lanuginosa

Toza

conSerta

Cerrig

Suber

Ilex

Virginiana

chrysolepis

agrifolia

densiilora

1. paluBtris, Linn. Pin Oak. Plate SXI. Figs. 150d,
2043. Tree, to SO, occasionally 120 ft., with rather short
spreading branches, forming a symmetrical pyramidal
head, becoming irregular and oblong in older trees:
Ivs. deeply pinnatifid, sometimes almost to the midrib;
lobes 5-7, oblong or oblong-lanceolate, toothed, sepa-
rated by "wide sinuses, bright green above, light green
beneath, with axillary tufts of hairs, 3-5 in. long: fr.
short-stalked; acorn subglobose or ovoid, %-?^ in. long,
embraced about one-third or more by the cup. Mass. to
Del., west to Wis. and Ark. S.S. 8:422,423. Era. 1:167.
A. G. 17:213. Gng. 3:129. Mn. 2:155; 6:27.-Handsome
tree, especially when young; often used for avenues;
grows rapidly and prefers somewhat moist soil; foliage
bright red in fall. The tree is flbrous-rooted and trans-
plants well.

2. rtibra, Linn. (Q. amblgua, Michx.). Fig. 2041.
(4). Tree, to 80, occasionally 150 ft., with stout spread-
ing branches forming a broad, round-topped, symmetri-
cal head: lvs. divided about halfway to the middle by
wide sinuses into 7-9 triangular-ovate or ovate-oblong
lobes, dull green above, light green and pubescent at
first beneath, at length glabrous, 5-9 in. long: fr. short-

macTocarpa

lyrata

stellata

2042. Acorns of Ouercus coccinea (on left) and Quercus
velutina. Natui-al size.

stalked; acorn ovoid, 1 in. long, embraced only at the
base by the 54-1 in. broad cup. Nova Scotia to Fla.,
west to Minn, and Tex. S.S. 8:409,410. Em. 1:168.
P.S. 17:1812-1813 -Beautiful Oak of rapid growth,
growing into a large, majestic tree, with usually broad,
round head, the foliage turning dark red in fall.

3. Texina, Buckl. Texan Red Oak. Tree, attaining
200 ft., with an oblong open head: lvs. almost like those
of Q. coccinea, with axillary tufts of ferrugineous hairs

QUERCUS

QUERCUS

1479

beneath, 2-6 in. long : fr. ovoid, }4-l in. long, em-
braced about one-third by the deeply saucer-.shaped cup.
Ind. and Iowa to Tex. and Fla. S.S. 8:411. G.P. 7:515,
517. — Tall tree, only recently introduced into cult. : much
like Q. coccinea in foliage and like Q. rubra in fruit, but
the cup somewhat deeper and smaller and pale grayish
tomentose.

2043. Quercus palustris (on the left) and Q. Phellos (X K).

4. coccinea, Muench. Scaklet Oak. Fig. 2042, 2044.
Tree, to 80 ft., with gradually spreading branches forming
a round-topped rather open head: Its. deeply divided by
wide sinuses into 7-9 rather narrow, oblong or lanceo
late, few-toothed lobes, bright green and glossy above,
light green and glabrous beneath, 4-8 in. long : fr. short-
stalked, ovoid to oblong-ovate, yi-% in.
long, embraced about one-half by the almost
glabrous cup. Me. to Fla., west to Blinn.
and Mo. S.S. 8:412, 41.3. Em. 1:163. -Espe-
cially valuable for its brilliant scarlet fall
coloring; grows well in dryish situations.

5. K611og-gii, Newb. (Q. Califdrnica,
Coop.). Californian Black Oak. Fig.
2045. Tree, occasionally to 100 ft., with
stout spreading branches forming an open,
round-topped head: Ivs. divided about to
the middle by wide sinuses into usually 7
oblong, toothed lobes, pubescent when
young, at length glabrous and glossy above,
yellowish green and glabrous or floccose be-
neath, 3-6 in. long: fr. short-stalked; acorn ovoid or ob-
long, mostly rounded at the top, 1-1!^ in. long, em-
braced about one-third or one-half by the deep hemi-
spherical glabrous cup. Ore. to Calif. S.S. 8:416. G.P.
9:145.

6. veltitina, Lam (Q.tinctdria, BartT.). Black Oak.
Yellow Babk Oak. Figs. 2040, 2041 (3), 2042. Tree, to
80, sometimes to 150 ft., with rather slender branches,
spreading gradually into a narrow, open head ; bark
very dark brown, inner bark orange : Ivs. pinnatifid to
or beyond the middle, with 7-9 broad toothed lobes,
dark and dull green above, brownish pubescent beneath
at first, glabrous at length, except in the axils of the
veins, 4-10 in. long: fr. short-stalked; acorn ovoid, H-1
in. long, embraced about one-half by the hemispherical
denselv pubescent cup. Me. to Fla., west to Minn, and
Tex. S.S. 8:414, 415. Em. 1:160. G.F. 5:55. -Tree of
rapid growth, less beautiful than the preceding spe-
cies, but the wood is more valuable; it flourishes even in
rather dry soil, and the foliage turns dull red or orange-
brown in fall. .,.

7. cuneita, Wangh. (Q. digit&ta, Sudw. Q. falcMa,
Michx.). Spanish Oak. Tree, to 70, rarely to 100 ft.,
with stout spreading branches forming an open, round-
topped head : Ivs. deeply pinnatifid, with 5-7 entire lan-
ceolate and often falcate lobes, separated by broad si-
nuses, drooping, dark green and glabrous above, tawny
or grayish tomentulose beneath, 3-8 in. long: fr. short-
stalked; acorn subglobose, K in. high, embr.ieed one-
half by the turbinate cup. N. J. to Fla., west to Mo.
and Tex. S.S. 8:420. G.P. 8: 104. -Handsome, with
peculiarly distinct foliage, but not quite hardy north.

8. ilicifdlia, Wangh. (Q. Bdnisteri, Michx. Q. nana,
Sarg. ). Bear or Scrub Oak. Intricately branched,
spreading shrub to 10 ft. high, rarely small tree to 20
ft. : Ivs. pinnately lobed, with usually 2 broad triangular
lobes on each side, dark green and glabrous above, whit-
ish tomentulose beneath, 2-5 in. long: fr. short-stalked;
acorn globose-ovoid, J^ in. or less high, embraced about
one-half by the saucer-shaped cup. Me. to Va., west to
Ohio and Ky. S.S. 8:424. Em. 1:170. -Growing natur-
ally on dry rocky soil and forming dense thickets ; it may
be used for covering barren rocky ridges and hillsides.
Hybrids with Q. coccinea and Q. velutina are known
(Rhodora, 3:24).

9. nigra, Linn. (Q. aqndtica, Walt. Q. iiligindsa,
Wangh.). Water Oak. Tree, to 80 ft., with rather
slender branches forming a conical, round-topped head:
Ivs. obovate, 3-lobed at the apex or sometimes entire,
rarely pinnatifid above the middle, dull bluish green
above, paler beneath, soon glabrous except axillary tufts
of brown hairs beneath, l%-3 in. long: fr. short-stalked;
acorn globose -ovoid, M-% in. high, embraced one-fourth
to one-third by the saucer-shaped cup. Del. to Fla. , west
to Ky. and Tex. S.S. 8:428. — Of rapid growth and easily
transplanted; often planted as avenue tree in the South,
but not quite hardy north. Usually called Q. aquaticu.

10. MariUndica, Muench (Q. n'tgra, Wangh. Q. fer-
raginea, Michx.). Black Jack. Jack Oak. Tree, to 30,
sometimes to 50 ft., with short spreading branches form-
ing a narrow, round-topped or often irregular head: Ivs.
obovate, 3-5-lobed at the broad apex, with broad, entire
or sparingly toothed lobes, glabrous aud dark green
above, at length glabrous and yellowish green beneath,
brownish tomentose at first: fr. short-stalked; acorn
ovoid-oblong, % in. high, embraced one-third to two-
thirds by the turbinate cup. N. Y. to Fla., west to Neb.
and Texas. S.S. 8:426, 427.-Handsome tree, with its
large glossy foliage; hardy north. Better known as Q.
nigra, but this name really belongs to the preceding
species.

11. PWllos, Linn. Wtllow Oak. Plate SXI. Fig.
2043. Tree, to 50 ft., sometimes becoming 80 ft., with
rather slender branches forming a conical, round-topped
head: Ivs. short-petioled, linear-oblong, bright green
and glossy above, pubescent below when young, glabrous
and light green at length, 2-4 in. long: frs. almost ses-
sile, acorn subglobose, %-% in. high, embraced about
one-fourth by the saucer-shaped cup. N. Y. to Fla. , west
to Mo. and Tex. S.S. 8:435. Gt. 29, p. 221. A. G. 17:195.
R.H. 1898, p. 149. — Beautiful hardy medium-sized tree

2044. Leaves of Quercus
coccinea. (X ^--i.)

with handsome foliage turning pale yellow in fall,
prefers moist or almost swampy soil.

12. imbriciria, Michx. Shingle Oak. Tree, to 60,
rarely to 100 ft., with slender and somewhat pendulous

1480

QUEECUS

2046. Quercus lobata (X K).

No. 27.

branches, of ps'i-araidal habit in its youth, round-topped
when old: Ivs. oblong or oblong-lanceolate, dark green
and glabrous above, grayish tomentulose beneath, 3-( in.
long: fr. short-stalked; acorn subglobose, }^ in. long, em-
braced one third to one-half by the turbinate cup. Pa. to
Ga.,westtoNeb.andArk. S.S. 8:432. A.G. 17:195. Mn.
G:91. -Beautiful Oak of
symmetrical habit with
handsome glossy foliage,
turning russet - red in
fall. There are several
hybrids of this species
and No. 11 with other
Black and Red Oaks ;
one of them is in the
trade as Q. palnsfri-
imbricAria, Engelm. : it
has oblong - lanceolate
Ivs., entire or coarsely toothed, with bristly teeth, soon
glabrous, 4-6 in. long: cup turbinate. For other hy-
brids of this group see S.S. 8:433, 434, 436, 437.

13. lauriEoIia, Michx. Laurel Oak. Tree, to 60, oc-
casionally to 100 ft., with comparatively slender branches
forming a dense, I'ound-topped head: Ivs. oblong or ob-
long-obovate, sometimes slightly lobed, dark green and
shining above, light green and puberulous at first, gla-
brous at length below, 2-6 in. long: fr. short-stalked;
acoru ovoid or subglobose, about i4 in. long, embraced
one-fourth by the saucer-shaped cup. Va. to Fla. and La.
S.S. 8:429, 430. — Handsome tree with almost half-ever-
green glossy foliage, often planted as avenue tree in the
southern and Gulf states; not hardy north.

14. variihilis, Blurae (Q. Bnngedna, Forb. Q. Clii-
)i^HSi.s, Bunge, not Abel). Tree, to 80 ft. : Ivs. slender-
petioled, oblong to oblong-lanceolate, acuminate, cre-
nately serrate, with bristle-like teeth, dark green and
glabrous above, whitish tomentulose below, 3>2-6 in.
long: fr. almost sessile; acorn subglobose, not much
exceeding the large cup; scales thick, lanceolate, re-
curved. N. China, Japan. — Handsome tree with distinct
foliage almost like that of Cafifanea crenata ; has proved
hardy in Mass. and western N. Y.

1.5. dentata, Thunb. (Q. Vahnio, Hort.). Tree, to 80
ft., with broad, round-topped head: Ivs. short-petioled,
obovate, sinuately toothed, with 3-6 rounded broad teeth
on each side, dark green and usually glabrous above at
length, light green and pubescent beneath, firm and
leathery, to 12 in. long: fr. almost sessile; acorn ovate,
M-% in. long, embraced one-half by the large cup ; scales
lanceolate, thin, spreading and recurved. Japan. — Re-
markable for its large Ivs., on young plants to 1 ft. long
and 8 in. broad; hardy north. Var. piunatifida, Mat-
sum. {Q. pinnatifida, Franch. & Sav. ). Lvs. divided
almost to the midrib into linear lobes with crisp irregu-
lar margins; interestiug form.

2047. White Osk {X H). No. 28.

16. Mongolica, Fisch. Tree, to 100 ft.: Ivs. obovate
or obovate-oblong, much narrowed below the middle,
coarsely toothed with acute or mucronulate teeth, bright
green above, light green beneath, with long hairs along

QUERCUS

the veins, almost glabrous at length, 3-7 in. long: fr.
almost sessile, acorn >«-% in. high, embraced one-third
by the cup. Araurland, N. China, Saghalin. — There are
two closely allied species from Japan, Q. crispiila,
Blume, and Q, grosseserrata, Blume, which are almost
indistinguishable in foliage from each other and from
this species, but Q. crlspnla has the cup somewhat
deeper, embracing about one-half of the nut. Both have
handsome foliage and have proved hardy in the Arnold
Arl)oretum. Under the name of Q.. Mongolica a form of
Q. lanuginosa is sometimes found in the trade.

17. glanduliSera, Blume. Tree, to 40 ft., rarely to
70 ft., shrubby in cult. : lvs. cuneate or rounded at the
base, oblong-obovate to oblanceolate, acute, with 6-10
glandular-tipped, acute teeth on each side, light green
above, glabrous, whitish or grayish green beneath, ap-
pressed silky at first, almost half-evergreen, 2J^-5 in.
long: fr. peduncled, usually several; acorn ovate, about
M in. high, embraced one-third to one-half bj' the cup.
Japan. — Half evergreen shrub with handsome foliage,
almost hardy north, at least in sheltered positions.
Sometimes cult, under the name Q.clentata. Q.glandu-
lifera, Mast., is Q. Turneri (see suppl. list).

18. prinoldes, Willd. (§.C7(iHCffp!)i, Pursh. Q.Prlmis,
var. Chiiicapin, Michx.). Chincapin Oak. Spreading
shrub, with slender stems, usually not over 6 ft. high,
rarely to 15 ft. : lvs. rather short-petioled, cuneate at
the base, ovate-oblong or oblong, with 4-8 sometimes
obtusish teeth on each side, bright green above, graj'ish
tomentulose beneath, 2J'2-5 in. long: fr. sessile, acorn
oval, about yi in. long, embraced one-half by the cup.
Maine to Ala., west to Minn, and Tex. S.S. 8:378. Em.
1:158. — Pretty shnib for covering dry and rockj^ ridges.
In trade sometimes under the misleading name of Q.
Immilis, for which see supplementary list.

19. MiiMenbergi, Engelm. {Q. Cast&nea, Willd., not
N6e. Q. acnminAfa, Sarg., not Roxb. Q. Pnntfs, var.
acuminata, Miah-K.}. Yellow Chestnut Oak. Tree, to
100 or occasionally to 160 ft., with rather short branches
forming a narrow, round -topped head: lvs. slender-
stalked, oblong to oblong-lanceolate, acute or acuminate,
coarsely toothed with acute, glandular-tipped teeth, dark
or yellowish green above, whitish tomentulose beneath,
4-7 in. long: fr. sessile or short-peduncled; acorns
ovate, ^-% in. long, embraced about one-half by th&
cup. Tenn. to Va., west to Neb. and Tex. S.S. 8:377.—
Beautiful tree with light gray bark and handsome foli-
age, glossy above and silvery white beneath.

20. Michatixi, Nutt. {Q. Prinns, var. pahistris,
Michx.). Basket Oak. Cow Oak. Tree, to 100 ft.,
with round-topped, rather dense head; bark light gray,
scaly: lvs. obovate or obovate-oblong, acute, deeply
crenulate-toothed, with obtuse, mucronulate teeth,
bright green and shining above, grayish tomentulose
beneath, 4-7 in. long: fr. short-peduncled; acorn ovoid,
1-1 >2 in. high, embraced about one-third by the tomen-
tose cup. Del. to Fla., west to Ind. and Tex. S.S.
8:382, 383. — One of the most beautiful of the Chestnut
Oaks; prefers moist soil.

21. Prinus, Linn. {Q. Prlmis, var. monticola, Michx.
Q. monidna, Willd.). Chestnut Oak. Rook Chest-
nut Oak. Fig. 2041 (5). Tree, to 70, or occasionally to
100 ft., with broad, irregular head and dark brown,
ridged bark: lvs. slender-stalked, obovate to oblong-
lanceolate, coarsely crenulate-toothed, bright or yellow-
ish green above, paler beneath, tomentulose when young,
often almost glabrous at length, 5-8 in. long: fr. soli-
tary or in pairs, on peduncles about 1 in. long; acorn
ovoid, 1-lM in. high, embraced about one-third by the
cup. Maine and Ontario to Ala. S.S. 8:375,376. Em.
1:155 (as e. Cn.5f««fa) and 156. 0.0.111.14:617. G.F.
1:510.- Handsome Oak, growing well in rather dry soil.

22. bicolor, Willd. {Q. platanoldeSySvdw. Q.Prhms,
var. iomentdsa, Michx. Q.Pr'inns, var. <Ji'sco?oj-, Michx.
f.). Swamp White Oak. Fig. 2041 (7). Tree, to 70
ft., rarely to 100 ft., with narrow, round-topped, open
head and light grayish brown, scaly bark: lvs. obovate
to oblong-obovate, sinuately dentate, sometimes lobed
half-way to the middle, dark green and dull above,
whitish tomentulose beneath, 4-7 in. long: fr. solitary
or in pairs on peduncles 1%^ in. long; acorn ovate-

QUERCUS

oblong, l-lj-o in. high, embraced one-third by the cup.
Quebec to (ia., west to Mich, and Ark. S.S. 8:380, 381.
Em. 1:153. G.F. 4:240.— It is less desirable as an or-
namental tree than many other species, but the wood is
valuable. The light gray bark separating in large thin
scales and the numerous small branches which appear
on the larger limbs and often on the trunk, make it easy
to distinguish from allied species.

23. macrocdrpa, Michx. Buk Oak. Mossy Cup Oak.
Pig 2(U1 (6|. Tree, to 80, sometimes 100 ft., with large
spreading branches, forming a broad, round head;
bark light brown, deeply furrowed; younger branches
sometimes with corky wings : Ivs. obovate or oblong-
obovate, lyrate-pinnatifid, with 4-10 pairs of lobes, the
lower ones smaller, separated by wide and deep sinuses,
the upper ones much larger, or sometimes the Ivs. are
only sinuately dentate above the middle, bright green
and shining above, grayish or whitish tomentose be-
neath, 4-8 in. long: fr. sessile or short-stalked; acorn
broadly ovate or ovoid, %-l% in. high, embraced about
one-half by the large %-2 in. "wide cup, with the upper
scales awned and forming a fringe-like border. Nova
Scotia to Pa., west to Manitoba and Tex. S.S. 8:371,
372. Em. 1:149. G.F. 2:.500; 3:407. Mn. 2:153. Gng.
4:342. — Var. olivaeSormis, Gray {Q.oHvwfdrtnis, Michx.).
Lvs. deeply pinuatifid, lobes almost all narrow and sep-
arated by wide sinuses; ctip usually elongated, much
higher than broad. S.S. 8:373. -The Bur Oak is of vig-
orous growth and becomes a stately tree and is of pic-
turesque appearance in winter with its corky branches.
Crown often fan-shaped until tree is mature.

24. lyrata, Walt. Overcup Oak. Swasip, or Swamp
Post Oak. Tree, to 100 ft., with rather small, often
pendulous branches forming a symmetrical, round-
topped bead : lvs. obovate to obovate-oblong, deeply
lyrate piunatifid, with 3-5 pairs of oblong or lanceolate
lobes, the lower ones much smaller, separated by a wide

sinus from the upper
ones, dark green and
shining above, whitish
toraentulose beneath or
sometimes light green
and pubescent: f r.
short - stalked ; acorn
globose, }4-i in. high,
almost entirely en-
closed by the large
scaly cup. N. J. to
Pla., west to Mo. and
Tex. S.S. 8:374. -Lit-
tle cultivated; hardy as
far north as Massachu-
setts ; prefers moist
soil.

25. steimta, Wangh.
(Q. obtusllobu, Michx.
Q. minor, S&rg.). Post
Oak. Tree, to GO, rarely
to 100 ft., with broad,
dense, round head, and
2048. English Oak— Ouercus pedun- .;vith grayish brown,
culata. Natural size. No. 29. deeply Assured bark :
lvs. short - stalked,
broadly obovate, lyrate-pinnatifid, with 2 or usually 3
pairs of lobes, the middle pair being much larger, undu-
late, and mostly with a lobe on the lower side, separated
from the lower pair by wide, from the tipper pair by
narrower sinuses, dark green above, brownish tomen-
tulose beneath, 5-8 in. long: fr. almost sessile; acorn
ovoid, % in. high, embraced one-third to one-half by
the cup; scales lanceolate, loosely appressed. Maine to
Fla., westto Mich, and Tex. S.S. 8:368,309. Em. 1:151.
—Hardy and handsome tree with dense round head,
growing naturally in rather dry, sandy or rocky soil.

26. 6arry4na, Dougl. Oregon Oak. Tree, to 80,
rarely to 100 ft., wnth wide-spreading branches, some-
times shrubby; bark light gray: lvs. obovate, piunati-
fid, with broad, obtuse, entire or toothed lobes, dark
green above, pubescent and yellowish green or whitish
below: fr. short-stalked; acorn ovoid, about 1 in. high,
embraced about one-third by the saucer-shaped cup ;
scales usually thin. Wash, and Ore. to Calif . S.S. 8:364,

QUERCUS

1481

365. G.F. 7:495. -The most important Oak of the Pacific
states as a timber tree.

27. lobata, N^e (Q. mndsii, Benth.). Valley or
Weeping Oak (White Oak of the Pacific states).
Fig. 2046. Tree, to 100 ft., with great, wide-spreading

2049. Quercus pedunculata. var.
licifolia (X J^). No. 29.

limbs and slender drooping branches; lvs. oblong or
obovate-oblong, with 3-5 pairs of sometimes lobed-den-
tate lobes, dark green and stellate-pubescent above and
usually whitish tomentulose beneath, 2-4 in. long : fr.
almost sessile; acorn elongated, conical, lX-2 in. high,
embraced about one-third by the cup ; lower scales tuber-
culate, upper one subulate. Calif S.S. 8:362. G.F.
3:011; 10:55, 202, 205. — Graceful wide-spreadingtree.but
has not been cult, successfully outside of Calif.

28. Alba, Linn. White Oak. Plate XXI. Figs.
1506, 2039,2041(2), 2047. Tree, to 100 ft., with stout
spreading branches forming abroad, open head: bark
light gray: lvs. obovate or oblong - obovate, narrowed
at the base, with 3-8 pairs of rather narrow obtuse and
sometimes toothed lobes, pubescent when young, soon
glabrous, bright green above, glaucescent beneath; fr.
short- or long-stalked; acorn oblong-ovate, 1 in. high,
embraced about one-fourth
by the shallow cup; scales
closely appressed. Me. to
Fla., west to Minn, and Tex.
S.S. 8:356, 357. Em. 1:145.
G.F. 3:91; 4:6,7; 5:259,450.
— The White Oak is one (if
the noblest trees of the
northern states and a beau-
tiful park tree, where space
can be allowed for its full
development ; the foliage
assumes a beautiful deep
vinous red or violet-purple
color in fall. Var. repanda,
Michx., is a form in which
the lvs. have rather shallow
sinuses and the fruits are
usually short-stalked. Var.
pinnatifida, Michx., has the
lvs. deeply piunatifid with
narrow often lobed or
toothed lobes and the fruits
usually slender-stalked. S.S. 8:358. Hybrids of this
species with Q. macrocarpa, Prinus and sfeUata are
known. S.S. 8: 359-361. A tree of the hybrid with Q.

2050. 11

Acorn ot Live Oak— Quercus
Virginiana; oftener known
as0.virens(X}^). No. 37.

1482

QUERCUS

QUEECUS

Prinus was found in the nursery of John Saul, near
Washington, D. C, and lias been distributed as Saul's
Oak.

29. i^ei\mcTilkta.,¥J.\r\\.(Q.Bbbur,Ya,T.pecluncul(lta,'DC.
Q. Hobiir, Linn., partly. Q. femina, Mill.). Figs. 2038,
2048. Tree, to 120 ft., with stout spreading branches
forming a broad round-topped head: Ivs. short-petioled,
auriculate at the base, oblong-obovate, with 3-7 rounded
lobes on each side, quite glabrous, dark green aboye,
pale bluish green beneath, 2l-i-5 in. long: fr. 1-7 on
slender peduncles; acorn ovate or ovate-oblong, about 1
in. high, embraced about one-third by the hemispherical
cup. Eu., N. Afr., W. Asia. G.C. III. 2i:201; 25:108.
— More than 40 varieties are cultivated in European
nurseries and collections; some of the most important
are the following: Var. Conc6rdia, Lemaire. Lv.s.
bright yellow. I.H. 14:537. Var. cont6rta, Hort. A
form with twisted branches and crowfled Ivs. of ir-
regular shape ; of slow growth. Var. fastigiata, DC.
With upright branches forming a narrow columnar
head. G.C. II. 19:179. Of the same habit are var. Sas-
tigiMa cupressoides, Hort., with narrower Ivs. Var.

2051. Variation in the leaves of Live Oak.
{Quercus Virgiiiiana.) No. 37. Nearly natural size.

fastlgi&ta aUreo-punctitawith yellowish spotted foliage.
Var. Jastigiata viridis with Ivs. of darker green. Var.
heterophylla, Lond. (var. coniptonicefdlia, Hort.) with
narroiv, elongated, slightly or crenately lobed, some-
times almost entire leaves. Var. filicifolia, Lem. (var.
pectlnhta, var. lacinidta, var. asplenifblia , var. donmeti,
Hort.). Pig. 2049. Lvs. deeply divided often almost
to the midrib in narrow linear lobes, with crisp mar-
gins. G-.C. II. 14:032. I.H. 1, black figure not num-
bered opposite plate 33. R.H. 1894. p. 17. Var. p6n-
dula, Loud. With pendulous branches: a form witli
more slender and more decidedly weeping branches
is var. Dauvissei, Hort. Var. purpurasceua, DC.
(var. purpurea, Loud.). With the lvs. bright pur-

ple when young, becoming almost green at length or as
in the forms distinguished as var. atropurpiirea and var.
nigra, Hort., the color is more intense and retained
through the whole summer. P.S. 17:1783-84. Var.
varieg4ta, Endl. There are a number of variegated
forms, but of no great ornamental value; the most cult,
are: alho -variegAta, argenteo-picta, aureo-variegAtaj
Joreauensis maculdta, tricolor.

30. sessilifl6ra, Salisb. (Q. Bdtur, var. sessUindra,
DC. Q. li'dbitr, Mill.). Similar in habit to the former,
but limbs less spreading and head less broad: petioles
}4-% in. long: lvs. rounded or cuneate at base, obovate
or obovate-oblong, with 5-9 rounded lobes on each side,
somewhat glossy above, pale and glabrous or slightly
pubescent on the midrib beneath, 2K-5 in. long: fr.
almost sessile, usually somewhat larger than those of
the preceding species. Europe, W. Asia to Persia. A
very distinct variety is var. mespilifolia, Wallr., with
almost entire lvs. Var. purpiirea, Hort., has the lvs.
purplish when young. — Q. senailifjora is less common in
cult, than the last. Both are usually called English
Oak and are-often considered as mere subspecies of Q.
Jiobur.

31: lanugindsa, Thuill. [Q. pnh(scens,WmA.). Tree,
to 40 ft., but sometimes remaining shnibby: branches
tomentose when young: lvs. pinnately lobed or pinnati-
fid, with 4-8 pairs of obtuse or acute lobes, glabrous
above, pubescent or tomentose and grayish green be-
neath, 2—4 in. long: fr. almost sessile; acorn ovoid, J^—
1 in. long, enclosed about one-half by the tomentose
cup; scales closely appressed. M.and S.Eu., W.Asia. —A
very variable species, often shrubby, growing mostly on
dry, rocky and often on limestone soil; the more south-
ern forms of it are tender. Var. Hartwissiana, Dipp.
{Q. Hartwissidna, Stev.). Lvs. small, rather acutely
lobed, yellowish tomentose beneath. Var. p6ndula,
Jacq. ( (}. ^gilops, var. penduJa and Pseudaegilops phi-
dula, Hort.), with pendulous branches and densely
tomentose lvs., resembles the following species and is
supposed by some authors to be a hybrid between the
two.

32. Tdza, Bosc (Q.Pt/rendica, Willd. Q. camdta and
crliMa, Hort.). Tree, to 40 ft., with slender branches;
branchlets yellowish tomentose: lvs. pinnatifid half
way to the middle or more, with rather narrow and acute
lobes, pubescent above, yellowish or grayish tomentose
beneath, 3-5 in. long; fr. short or long-peduncled;
acorn oblong, embraced one-third to one-half by the to-
mentose cup ; scales loosely appressed, rather large.
Spain, S. Prance. Var. ptadula, Dipp., with pendulous
branches. — Somewhat tender north.

33. conf6rta. Kit. (Q. Pann6nica,Tlort. Q. Rungdrica,
Hubeny). Tree, to 120 ft., with gradually spreading
branches forming a round-topped, open head; bark
rather light brown: lvs. very short-petioled, auriculate
at the base, obovate, deeply pinnatifid, with 5-7 pairs of
often toothed lobes, dark green and almost glabrous at
length, pale and tomentose beneath, 4-7 in. long: fr.
short-peduncled; acorn ovoid-oblong, embraced about
one-third by the cup; scales rather large, loosely ap-
pressed. Italy. S. E. Eu. G.C. 11. 5:85. -Pretty Oak
with handsome dark green foliage; hardy in Mass. but
seems not reliable farther north.

.34. C^rris, Linn. Turkey Oak. Tree, to 120 ft., with
rather short spreading branches forming a broad pyra-
midal at length often irregular open head: lvs. oblong
or obovate-oblong, pinnatifid, with 3-8 pairs of entire or
few-toothed lobes, dark green and somewhat rough
above, grayish pubescent or almost glabrous beneath at
length: fr. short-stalked, ripening the second year; acorn
oblong-ovate, to IK in. long, embraced about one-half by
the large mossy cup. S.E.Eu., W.Asia. Mn. 3:160. Gn.
27, p. 476, 477. — Handsome Oak with dark green foliage
and of pyramidal habit when young, but not quite hardy
north. iEasily recognized even in winter by the slender
subulate scales surrounding and exceeding the winter-
buds. Var. Austriaca, Loud. Lvs. longer-petioled, less
deeply lobed, or almost sinuately dentate with short,
acute, entire lobes. For Q. Austriaca sempervirevs, see
Q. Tunieri in supplementary list. Var. lacinlELta, Loud.
Lvs. deeply pinnatilid, often almost to the midrib
divided into narrow oblong lobes. There are hybrids

QDERCUS

QUEECUS

1483

with Q. Suher, for which see Q. Lucombeana, in sup-
plementary list.

35. Suber, Linn, Cokk Oak. Tree, to 50 ft., with
broad round-topped head and thick, deeply furrowed,
spongy, elastic bark: Ivs. ovate to oblong, rounded or
subcordate at the base, remotely serrate, glabrous above,
whitish tomentose beneath, 1-3 in. long : fr. short-stalked ;
acorn ovate or oblong-ovate, 3-2-1^ in. high , embraced one-
third to one-half by the cup; scales thick, usually with
short and often recurved tips.
S. Europe, N. Afr. — From this
species cork is obtained; it is
much cultivated for this pur-
pose in E. India and recently
also in California, where it
seems to thrive well. Q. occi-
dentalism Gray, seems to differ
only by the fr. ripening the
second year and by its greater
hardiness; its bark is not distin-
guished commercially from that
of the true Cork Oak.

36. Ilex, Linn. Holly or
Hoi^mOak. Tree, to 60 ft., with
large, round-topped head; bark
not corky: Ivs. very variable,
ovate to lanceolate, remotely
serrate or almost entire and
with revolute margin, dark
green above, yellowish or whit-
ish tomentose beneath, 1-3 in.
long : fr. 1-3, usually pedun-
cled ; acorn ovate, embraced
about one -half by the cup;
scales thin, appressed, rarely
slightly spreading. S. Europe.
M.D.a. 1898:275. Var. BaUota,
DC. [Q. BalUta, Desf.). Lvs.
smaller, orbicular or broadly
ovate; the sweet acorn is often
gathered for food. Var. I'6rdii,
Nichols. (Q.Fdrdii, Carr.). Of
pyramidal habit with narrower
and smaller lvs. R.H. 1861, pp.
114, 115; 1885, pp. 352, 353. Not
to be confounded with Q. Ford-
iana, Hemsl., a Chinese species with chestnut-like
leaves.

37. Virgini&.na, Mill. {Q. v\rens, Ait.). Live Oak.
Figs. 2050-52. Tree, to 50 or rarely to 70 ft., with al-
most horizontal limbs, forming a wide spreading head;
sometimes shrubby: lvs. elliptic or oblong, usually en-
tire, with revolute margin, rarely with a few spiny teeth
above the middle, dark green and glossy above, whitish
tomentulose beneath, 1-3 in. long: fr. peduncled; acorn
ovate, about 1 in. long, embraced about one-third by the
cup; scales thin, appressed. Va. to Fla., west to Mex.
S.S. 8:394.395. G.F. 1:476; 5:486, 487; 6:7; 8:235. F.R.
1:643. Gng. 8:1. — One of the most beautiful of the
American Oaks and much planted as a shade and
avenue tree in the southern states; easily transplanted
and of rapid growth ; also very valuable as a timber tree.

38. chrys61epis,Liebm. California Live Oak, Maul
Oak. Fig. 2053. Tree, to 50, rarely to 100 ft., with wide-
spreading head and often pendulous branches : lvs.
sbort-petioled, oval to oblong-ovate, acute and spiny-
toothed or entire, bluish or yellowish green above, glau-
cous beneath and covered with fulvous tomentum when
young, 1-4 in. long: fr. short-stalked, ripening the sec-
ond year; acorn ovoid, %-!% in. high, embraced about
one-fourth by the shallow cup, which is often very thick
and densely fulvous-tomentose. Ore. to Calif. S.S.
8:398, 399. *G.P. 5:127.-The most beautiful of the Cali-
fornian Oaks.

39. agriiolia, N^e. Fig. 2054. Similar in habit to the
former, sometimes shrubby: lvs. broadly oval to ob-
h)ng, sinuately spiny-toothed, usually convex, dull green
above, light green below, pubescent at first, 1^-3 in.
long: fr. usually sessile; acorn conic-ovate, often elon-
gated, to IH in. long, embraced one-fourth to one-third
bv the cup; scales thin, sllffhtlv puberulous. Calif.
S.S. 8:403. P.P.G. 2, p. 44. F.S. 7, p. 138.

40. densi£16ra, Hook. & Arn. Tan Bark Oak. Ever-
green tree, to 70, occasionally to 100 ft., with spreading
branches forming a dense, broad, round-topped head:
lvs. oblong-obovate or oblong, acute, remotely dentate,
with short acute callous teeth, fulvous-tomentose when
j^oung, at maturity glabrous and pale green above, rusty
tomentose beneath and finally glabrous and bluish white :
fr. peduncled; acorn ovoid or ovate, ^-iMin. long, era-
braced only at the base by the shallow cup coated with

2052,

Live Oak, with Spanish moss hanging from the branches.
Audubon Park, New Orleans.— OuercKS Vlrginiana.

linear spreading scales. S. Ore. to Calif. S.S. 8:438.
G.F. 5:523. — One of the most beautiful Oaks of the Pa-
cific states. The only representative of the subgenus
Pasania in America.

The species in the following list are not hardy north except
when mentioned:

Q. acuta, Thunb. (Q. Buerger!, Blume). Evergreen small
tree: lvs. oblong to lanceolate, iibi-uptly acuminate, usually
entire, glabrous, light green beneath, 4-7 in.: cup thick, with
the scales connate into concentric rings. Jap., Corea. Gn. 19,
p. 285.— Q. ^gilops, Linn. Evergreen tree, to 60 ft.: allied
to Q. Cerris: lvs. lobed-dentate with acute sinuses, fulvous-
tomentose at first: cup large, with spreading, flat, lanceolate
scales, not nnich to one-half shorter than acorn. S. Italy,
Greece. — Q. ahiifblia, Poech. Evergreen shrub: lvs. orbicular
or oval, dentate, shining above, yellow-tomentose beneath,
1-3 in. long: cup with recurved lanceolate bracts ; acorn iK in.
long. Greta. Gn. 18, p. 486; 40, p. 95. A.G,n-Ad6.— Q. Bnergeri,
Blume = Q. acuta.— Q. bam hiisce folia. Fort., not Hanee. = Q.
Vibrayana.— Q. brevifblia, Sarg. = Q. cinerea.~Q. castana- folia,
C. A. Mey. Half evergreen tree, to 70 ft.: lvs. oblong-lanceo-
late, serrate, tomentulose beneath, rarely almost glabrous,
4-6 in. long: cup with lanceolate recurved scales. W. Asia to
N. Persia. Not or only half-hardy north —Q. C'dteshcei., Miclis.
Tree, to 60 ft.: lvs. similar to those of Q. euneata, but rufous-
tomentose whenyoung, glabrous atlength, except axillai-y tufts
Iteneath, very short-petioled; cup turbinate. N.C. to Fla. and
La. S.S. 8:417.— Q. Chdpmani, Sarg. (Q. obtusiloba, var. par-
vifolia, Chapm.). Usually shnib, rarely small tree; allied to
Q. stellata: lvs. obovate-oblong and entire or slightly sinuately
lobed toward the apex. S. C. to Fla. S.S. 8:370.— Q. Chhiensis,
Abel. See Q. sclerophylla. — Q. a'-nPrea, Michx. Blue Jack.
Small tree: allied to Q. imbricaria, but lvs. tomentulose be-
neath, smaller, elliptic to oblong-lanceolate, half -evergreen:
cup saucer-shaped; acorn subglobose. N. C. to Fla. and Tex.
S.S. 8:431.— Q. coccifera, Linn. Evergreen small tree or shrub:
lvs. oval to oblong, spinose- dent ate,, almost glabrous, 1-2 in.
long: cup with spreading or recurved rigid scales: maturation
biennial. S. Eu.— Q. cuspidata, Thunb. Evergreen tree, to
40 ft., with slender branches: lvs. ovate to oblong, acuminate.
erenately serrate toward the apex or entire, glabrous at length,
li^-3K in. long: fr. in short spikes; cup ovate, enclosing the

1484

QUERCUS

QUILLAJA

acorii. S.Z. vol. I. 2. G.C. II. 12:233. Very desirable evergreen
treeot" vigorous growth. Var. vjiriegata.Hort. Lvs. smaller.with
abroad, irregular, creamy-white margin. G-.C. 11. 12:233.— ^.
houglasi, Hook. & Arn. Tree, to 60 ft., with dense, round-
topped liead: allied to Q. Garryana, but lvs. bluish green, less
deeply iobed, often only siiiuately dentate. Calif. S.S. 8:386.
— Q. damdsa, Nutt. Evergreen rigid shrub to 8 ft. or occa-
sionally tree to 30 ft.: lvs. oblong to obovate, entire or sinuately
toothed, pubescent, grayish green, %-2, rarely to 3 in. long: fr.
usually solitary and sessile; acorn oval, J^-l3^ in. long, em-
braced one-third to two-thirds by the cup. Very variable.
Calif. S.S.S:392.— (^. Emoryl,Toi-v. Evergreen tree, to 40 ft.:

2053. Quercus chrysolepis.
(X3^.) No. 38.

2054. Quercus agrifolia.
(XK.) No. 39.

allied to Q. chrysolepis : lvs. usually cordate, oblong-lanceolate,
spiny-toothed, soon almost glabrous, l-2^in. long: acorn ob-
long, >2-%iu. high. Tex. to Ariz. S.S. 8:397.— Q. Esculus,
Linn. A S. European form of Q. sessilitiora, with the lvs. pu-
bescent when young and deeply pinuatifid: synonym to Q.
sessilitiora, var. aurea, DC — Q. Fulhamensis, Hort. See Q.
Lucombeana. — Q, Gdmbeli, Nutt. Small tree or shrub, very
variable: allied to Q. alba: lvs. smaller, pale or yellowish
green and usually finely pubescent below: fr. smaller, sessile.
Colo, to Utah and Mex. S.S. 8:366. 367. Gt. 44. p. 7.— Q. (?eor-
giana, Curtis. Shrub, 6-8 ft., rarely small tree: allied to Q.
palustris: lvs. smaller, less deeply Iobed and lobes mostly
entire. Ga. S.S 8:425. Hardy. — Q. f;?«6ra, Thunb. Evergreen
tree: lvs. oblong, obtusely acuminate, entire, glabrous, light
green beneatli, 3-6 in. long: staminate catkins erect; fr. in
spikes, ripening the second Vear: the oblong nut embraced
about one-third by the cup. Jap. G.C. II. 14:785; III. 16:377.
R.H. 1858, p. 351. S.Z. vol.1. ^'^.—Q.glauca, Thunb. Half-ever-
green tree, to 40 ft.: lvs. ovatedanceolate, acuminate, serrate
above the middle, glaucous and oppressed silky beneath, 2-5 in.
long: staminate catkins pendulous, panicled: eup with the scales
-connate into coucenti'ic rings. Jap. — Q. Qramiuitla, Linn. = Q.
Ilex.— Q. Haas, Kotschy. Closely allied to Q. pedunculata:
lvs. sparingly stellate-pubescent beneath, larger: fr. larger. E.
Eu., W. Asia. Hardy.— Q, heteropkylla, Michx. Supposed hy-
brid of Q. Phellos and Q. velutina: lvs. oblong, narrowed into
the petiole, sinuately Iobed or toothed or entire. S.S. 8:436.—
Q. hfiiiiilis, Walt. = Q. cinerea. — Q. himiilis. Lam. Half-ever-
green shrub, with oval, coarsely dentate lvs., grayish tomen-
tose beneath: fr. almost sessile. Portugal. Sometimes Q.
prinoides is sold under this navae.— Q.incdna, Roxb. Ever-
green tree, to 60 ft.: allied to Q. variabilis: lvs. oblong- to
ovate-lanceolate, aciiminate, mxicronate- serrate, with 14-20
pairs of veins, glossy above, whitish tomentose beneath, 3-6 in.
long: fr. sessile; acorn about 1 in. long, at first almost enclosed
by tlie campanulate, rather thin cup. Himalayas. Sometimes
united with Q. lanata. Recently advertised by Franeeschi. — Q.
inf ectbHa, 0\iv. = Q. Lusitanica, var. infectoria.— Q. inversa,
Lindl. = Q. thalassica.— Q. lanata. Wall. Evergreen tree, to
SO ft.: allied to Q. incana: lvs. oblong-lanceolate, with 10-16
pairs of veins, remotely toothed, 4-8 in. long: fr. smaller, cup
hemispherical. Himalayas. — Q. la/iugindsa, Don^Q. lanata.
—Q. Lcdiia, Nutt. Supposed hybrid of Q. imbricaria and velu-
tina: lvs. oblong or obovate-obloug, sinuately toothed or entire,
rounded at the base. S.S. 8:434. Hardy.— Q. Lib ani, Oliv.
Half-evergreen shrub or small tree: lvs. oblong-ovate, coarsely
serrate, light green and at length almost glabrous beneath,
2-4 in. long: acorn almost wholly enclosed; scales little spread-
ing. Asia Minor. R.H. 1872, p. 1.55; 1877, p. 173 (not p. 172,
vfhieh is probably Q. .iEgilops). Gn. 1, p. 618.— Q. Lucombeana,
Sweet. (Q. Cerris, var. Lucombeana, Loud. Q. Cerris, var. sub-
perennis, DC). Supposed hybrid of Q. Cerris and Q. Suber.
Half- evergreen tree to 70 ft., with broad, i-ound head: lvs. oval-
ovate, coarsely serrate, tomentose beneath, 2-3^-2 in. long: cup
with sxibulate spreading scales. Probably of the same paren-
tage as Q. Fulhamensis, differing by symmetrical pyramidal
habit and more corky bark, Gn. 27, pp. 476-478.- Q. Lusitan-
ica, Lam. Half -evergreen tree, sometimes shrub: lvs. oval to
ovate-lanceolate, coarsely and deeply serrate, pubescent be-
neath, 1-2 in. long: cup with appressed scales, embracing one-
half to one-third of the nut. S. Eu. Var. infectoria, DC, is
more shrubby and has the lvs. less pubescent beneath. — Q.
Maceddnica, DO. Evergreen tree or shrub: lvs. oval-oblong,
serrate, light green and sparingly pubescent beneath, lH-3 in.
long; Clip with the lower scales appressed, the middle ones
spreading and the upper ones inversed. almost enclosing the
nut. Macedonia. Albania.- Q. macranthera, Fiscb. & Mey.
Tree, to 50 ft.: allied to Q. conferta: lvs. larger and lessdeeply
Iobed, with 8-10 ovate lobes on each side, pubescent, 4-7 in.

long. Cauc. to N. Persia. Hardy.— Q. macrdlepis, Kotschy. A
variety of Q. ^gilops, with larger, less deeply Iobed lvs. and
the scales of the cup large and strongly recurved. Creta.— Q.
oblongifblia, Torr. Evergreen small tree, to 30 ft., with spread-
ing, often contorted branches: allied to Q. undulata. Lvs.
ovate to obovate, entire or spiny-toothed, glabrous, bluish
green, 1-3 in. long: cup embracing about one-third of the ovale
nut. Ariz, to Mex. and W. Tex. S.S. 8:388. G.F. 1:140.— y.
pagodaefolia, Ashe (Q. faleata, var. pagodaefolia, Ell.). Tree,
to 100 ft., with spreading branches forming an oval or oblong
head; closely allied to Q. cuneata: lvs. with 7-11 narrowly tri-
angular lobes, whitish tomentulose beneath. Va. to N. C. to
Ga. in swamps.— Q. phlllyroioldes, A. Gray. Evergreen tree or
shrub, with broadly oval to oblong-oval lvs., ci*enately serrate,
except at the base, glabrous, 1-2!^ in. long: cup with appressed
scales, small. Japan. — Q- ^oniica. Koch. Tree or shrub: lvs.
oblong-oval, serrate, glabrous, glaucescent beneath, 4-6 in. long:
cup with ovate- lanceolate scales, enclosing about one-half of
the nut. Asia Minor. Gt. 40, p. 510. Hardy. — Q. Pseudosuber,
Santi. Evergreen or half-evergreen ti'ee, allied to Q. Suber:
bark less corky: lvs. more deeply serrate, thinner and less to-
mentose beneath: cup with recurved scales. Italy, N. Afr. — Q.
pfmiila, Walt. (Q. Phellos, var. pumila, Michx. Q. sericea,
WiUd.). Half-evergreen spreading shrub, to 12 ft., similar to
Q. cinerea: lvs. oblong to linear-oblong, entire or coarsely
toothed, tomentulose beneath, glabrous at length: acorn sub-
globose, Mill- high; maturation annual. N. C to Fla. S.S.
8:404.— Q. Pyrami, Kotschy. Variety of Q. ^gilops, with the
lvs.- less deeply and very irregularly Iobed: cup embracing one-
third of the acorn, with the lower scales loosely appressed, the
upper ones recurved. Asia Minor. — Q. reticuldta, Humb. &
Bonpl. Half-evergreen tree, to 30 ft., or shnih: lvs. oval or
obovate, spiny-dentate toward the apex, bluish green, tomen-
tose and reticulate beneath, 1-5 in. long: fr. in slender-stalked
spikes; cup with appiessed scales. Ariz, and N. Mex. to Mex.
S.S. 8:390.— Q. rotunda, Hort. = phillyreoides. — Q. sclera phylla,
Lindl. Evergieen tree: lvs. oval to oblong-obovate or oblong,
acuminate, serrate toward the apex, glaucescent beneath,
2H~6 in. long: fr. in peduneled spikes, nut not much exceeding
the cup; bract ovate, appressed. N. China. Paxt. Flow. Gard.
1, p. 37. This is probably the Q. Chinensis, Abel. Sometimes
Q. Turner! is cult, under the name of Q. sclerophylla.— y.
sericea, Willd. ^Q. pumila.— Q. serrdta, Thunb. Evergreen
tree: lvs. obovate-oblong to oblong, acute, serrate, light green
and glabrous below, 2-8 in. long: fr. sessile; cup with large,
spreading and recurved scales, embracing two-thirds of the
nut. Corea, Jap.— Q. Skinneri, Benth, Tree, to 70 ft.: lvs.
slender-stalked, ovate to ovate-lanceolate, sinuately serrate
with bristly teeth, glabrous, 3-6 in. long: fr. sessile; acorn
subglobose, large. S. Max., Gnat. GC. 1841:116. — Q.thaldssica.
Hance. Evergreen tree: lvs. elliptic to obovate-oblong, acumi-
nate, serrate toward the apex or entire, glaiicous-tomentulose
beneath, 3-5 in. long: fr. in short spikes; cup with appressed
scales, embracing one-fourth to one-third of the nut. China.
P.F.G. '1, p. 36.— <3. Tiirneri, Willd. Half-evergreen tree:
supposed hybrid of Q. Ilex and Q. pedunculata: lvs. oval to
obovate-ol>long, with 4-8 ascending teeth on each side, light
green and almost glabrous beneath at length: frs. few. in pe-
duneled spikes; scales appressed. Of garden origin. Some-
times cultivated under the names Q. glandulifera, Austriaca
sempervirens, Pseudosuber and seleropbylla.— Q. imdnhlta,
Torr. Small tree or shi-ub: allied toQ. Douglasi, with smaller,
less deeply Iobed, bluish green lvs. pubescent below: nut
smaller. Colo, to Ariz, and Tex. S.S. 8 : 385. — Q. Ungeri,
Kotschy. Variety of Q. .^Dgilops: lvs. smaller, Iobed: cup
with recurved scales, not much shorter than acorn. Asia Minor.
— Q. Vibraydna, Franch & Sav. (Q. bambirsie folia. Fort., not
Hance.). Evergreen tree, to 50 ft., allied to Q. glauca: lvs.
lanceolate, serrate, glabrous and glaucous beneath. 3-5 in. long:
acorn oblong-ovate, much exceeding the lamellose cup. Jap. —
Q. Wislizeni, DC Evergreen tree, to 80 ft. : allied to Q. agri-
folia: lvs. ovate to oblong-lanceolate, sinuately dentate or en-
tire, glabrous, yellowish green beneath, 1-5 in. long: acorn em-
braced about one-half by the cup. Colo, to Calif, and Tex.
S.S. 8:406. Alfred Rehder.

QUESNfiLIA. See BillUrgia.

QUICKTHORN. Cratcegus Oxyacantha.

QTTILLAJA (from QuiUal, the Chilean name, which
comes from qu'iUean, to wash; the bark of the tree con-
tains saponin, an alkaline compound, which makes it
useful as soap). Hosdceae. A genus of about 4 species
of extra-tropical evergreen trees, mostly American; lvs.
simple, entire or dentate, shining, coriaceous: lis. axil-
lary and terminal, solitary or clustered ; calyx coria-
ceous, persistent, with 5 valvate lobes; petals 5, small,
spatulate; stamens 10: fr. 5, oblong, obtuse, follicles
coherent at their bases.

Saponiria, Molina. Soap Bark Tree. A large tree:
lvs. lli~2 in. long, ovate, shining, dentate, short-peti-
oled: tis. white, about % in. across, usually terminal,
solitary or in clusters of 3-5 on the same peduncle.
Chile. B.M. 7568. -Cult, in S. Calif.

QUINCE

QUINCE

1485

QUINCE. Figs. 2055-9. Tlie Quince (see Ct/doma
■vuiyaris) is an interesting anil peculiar fruit. Its com-
mercial status has cliauged but little in a century.
There is no widespread constant demand for the fruit.
This has influenced its development; varieties have
changed but little and methods of cultivation are gener-
ally unstudied. There are a few marked examples which
illustrate the advantages of good cultivation, but, unfor-
tunately, the belief that the Quince thrives best when
neglected prevails to such an extent that the legitimate
profits of theindustry are seldom realized. This miscon-
ception, coupled with the fact that the fruit of most
varieties cannot be eaten raw — though delicious when
cooked — has constantly impeded the progress of Quince
culture. Times are changing, however.. There are sev-
eral notable Quince orchards in the United States which
are being managed like well-conducted dwarf pear plan-
tations. These orchards are profitable. The Quince is
peculiar in the manner in which it bears the fruit. The
flowers resemble apple blossoms, but are larger aud more
open, white, shaded with pink, and are produced singly at
the extremities of the twigs. The tree is highly ornamen-
tal when in flower, and again when decked with irregular
golden apple- or pear-shaped fruits the display is of rare
beauty.

The habit of growth is slow; the branches are crooked
and distorted. The tree rarely exceeds 15 ft. in
height, though a specimen at Geneva, N. Y., was re-
ported some years ago to be 30 ft. high, with a stem
nearly 2 ft. in diameter. The leaves are oval, entire,
dark green above aud downy underneath, banging on
late in the autumn. In constitution, it is somewhat less
hardy than the apple aud pear. Like the apple and pear,
the fruit is 5-celled; each cell contains several seeds
invested with a kind of mucilaginous pulp, differing in
these respects from the apple and pear, which usually
have 2 free seeds in each cell. The flavor of the fruit is
milder in warm countries than in cold. Though com-
monly uneatable raw, the Quince has been esteemed for
at least 2,000 years for the making of marmalade.

larnotion, it should be well drained. The best orchards
are found on iands naturally or artificially drained.
Sandy land grows the trees quickly, but they are not
long-lived or productive in their later years.

On light soils Quinces may be planted 10 ft. apart
each way; on heavy soils, particularly in the East, where

2055. Flower of Quince.

Tt is borne on the wood
of the season, not from an
autnmn fi-uit-bud.

Quince marmalade is more freely manufactured in Eu-
rope than in America. Quinces are chiefly canned in the
United States, although the juice is used in flavoring
various manufactured fruitproducts aud in maliiug jelly.
Boiled Quinces, served hot with cream or butter and
sugar, make an excellent dessert.

The best soil for Quinces in New York state is a
heavy, moist, retentive clay loam. Contrary to popu-

2056 The orange or apple Quince {X M).

the trees are longer lived than in the West, they should
not be planted nearer than 15 ft. each way and some
persons recommend greater distances. Three-year-old
trees are preferred by most planters. The trees begin
to bear two years after planting. They reach full bear-
ing at 10 or 12 years. The Quince is shallow-rooted;
therefore deep plowing is to be avoided. Thorough
tillage is just as necessary as with the peach and
plum; adequate fertilizing is also essential to suc-
cess. The Quince orchard should never be left bare of
ground cover in the autumn. A cover-crop (see Cover-
Crops) is required to protect the roots from frost injury
during winter. Frequently the trees are weakened by
the loss of surface roots. In selecting cover-crops to
obviate this possibility those which can be easily in-
corporated with the soil by a disk or spring-tooth barrow
are preferable. Cow-peas, soy beans or buckwheat,
from this standpoint, are desirable plants. Aside from
this the trees may need nitrogenous and mineral fertil-
izers. Their vigor and productiveness may be accepted
as guides to the proper fertilizer treatment. If the
trees lack vigor, apply barnyard manure, supplement it
with mineral fertilizers, as potash and phosphoric acid.
These can be broadcasted in the fall or early spring.
When readily soluble fertilizers are used they should
be applied in smaller quantities during the growing
season.

The natiiral form of the Quince tree is vase-shaped,
or globular with age. Little training is needed. Prun-
ing is of two kinds: that which removes diseased,
interfering or superfluous branches and that which
influences more directly the quantity and quality of the
fruit. The latter consists of "heading-in" strong-grow-
ing shoots each year. Heading-in should be performed
during late winter or early spring. Whether this
system shall be carried on rigidly year after year will
depend on the character of the growth. It is also to be
remembered that this shortening of the terminal shoots
is in effect a thinning process and is of greatest value
where trees are growing very rapidly; consequently the
extent of its employment is a matter of judgment on
the part of the operator. Quinces are remarkably
regular bearers, but not infrequently the fruit is ill-
shaped and of small size, due to overbearing and insect
injury. Heading-in may thus be more satisfactorily used
to thin the Quince crop than other pomaceous fruits.
As the trees become old, they are likely to grow ragged
and to have little bearing wood; heading-in may correct
this fault.

Among the most serious fungous diseases are leaf
blight, rust and pear blight. Leaf blight {Eutomospor-
ium maculatuyn) produces spots on the foliage aud fruit.
The leaves drop prematurely and the fruit is small and
marred by black spots. Rust (Hcestelia aurantiaca), a

1486

QUINCE

QUISQUALIS

form of the fungus causing the familiar "cedar apple"
on wild red cedai'S is one of the most common diseases,
but is of less economic importance than leaf blight.
Rust attacks the fruit, blotching it, and in some in-
stances completely enveloping it in a peculiar orange-

2057. Quinces.

colored fringe-like growth. The twigs are infested by
the mycelium of the fungus, and show its presence by
irregular swellings. Leaf blight and rust are best con-
trolled by using Bordeaux mixture. Fire blight or pear
blight is the most dangerous disease, because it is
always prevalent to a greater or less extent and is very
difiicult to control. As with the pear, of which it is an
enemy of first importance, the only remedy is the
hygienic one of preventing infection by destroying
the infected part. This must be done promptly. All
diseased branches and trees, if badly attacked, should be
cutout and burned at once. As a matter of fact. Quinces
are not ordinarily attacked in the limbs or on the trunks,
so that the removal of the twigs or small branches often
cuts out the diseased portions.

The stem of the Quince tree is attacked by borers,
■which can be controlled only by digging them out.
The fruit is attacked by codlin moth ; this is best treated
wntb arsenical poisons applied in spray form. The
Quince curculio is often very troublesome, causing the
fruits to become knotty. The best remedy is to catch
the insects by the jarring method (Fig. 2059), as the
plum curculio is caught.

Comparatively few varieties have been added to Quince
lists in recent years. Bailey says in his bulletin on "'The
Quince in Western New York" (Bulletin 80 of Cornell
Experiment Station), which appears to be the only
experiment station publication on this subject, that
Orange, Champion, Rea and Meeeh are the leading
varieties in New York state. Among the newer varie-
ties, Fuller andVanDeraan should be mentioned. With
Quinces, as with other fruits for which there is not a
strong and constant demand, it is desirable to plant
sufficient variety of early and late kinds to properly
cover the season.

The clear yellow and delicate skin of the Quince
shows bruises readily. The fruits should be handled

2058. Ne^v York Quince plantation.

carefully. It usually pays to grade the fruit, which may
be shipped according to quality in peck or 15-pound
grape baskets, in bushel kegs, half barrels or barrels.
The finer grades are ordinarily marketed with greatest
profit in the smaller packages.

Quinces are propagated in four ways: (1) cuttings

of the ripened wood and also from pieces of roots treated
like cuttings; (2) mound layers; (3) root-grafting;
(4) budding. Hardwood cuttings are employed by
nurserymen who have light, warm soils. They are
handled like grape cuttings, and made like currant
cuttings. In mound - layering the old plant is cut
back to encourage a growth of sprouts from the crown.
A mound of soil is thrown about them. When rooted
they are deta-^-hed. Layer-grown plants are not the most
desirable because much given to sprouting when set in
the orchard. When root-grafting is employed, pieces
of apple roots are spliced to the cions. These roots
assist the cuttings in becoming established, and often
are removed when the nursery tree is transplanted at
one or two years, or perhaps not till prepared for orchard
setting. Quince stock is used when trees are propagated
by budding. Angeis is commonly grown from seed for
this purpose. john Craig.

QUINCE, BENGAL. See ^gU.

QUININE. See Cinchona.

QUINOA. See Chowp odium Qidnoa.

2059. Catching the curculio in a New York Quince orchard.

QUISQUALIS (name discussed below). Comhretacecc.
This includes the Rangoon Creeper, a tender Avoody
plant with 5-petaled red fls., remarkable for their ex-
tremely long calyx-tube (2-8 in.), which is slender and
green and at first sight might be mistaken for a pedicel
or corolla-tube. The name quisqualis means literally
who? what? and was given by Rumphius in astonish-
ment at the plant's behavior, for it is said to grow erect
and shrub-like to a height of 3 ft., when it throws out
from the base a new growth that climbs up tlie neigh-
boring trees, after which the original shrub perishes.
Many other interesting statements about this plant are
made in B.M. 20.33.

Quisqualis is a genus of 4 species native to tropical
Asia, Natal, Madagascar and Oruinea. Lvs. mostly
opposite or nearly so, oblong or ovate, acuminate, en-
tire: fls. changeable in color, white to red; stamens 10;
ovary 1-celled; ovules 3-4; fr. dry, oblong, leathery,
5-cornered, 5-winged, 1-seeded.

tndica, Linn. Rangoon Creeper. Lvs. 4 in. long,
nearly glabrous: calyx-teeth triangular, acute, not acu-
minate: petals rose or scarlet: fr. with very sharp
angles but hardly winged. Malaya. Widely cult, in
tropics. B.M. 2033. B.R. 6:492. R.H. 1868:50 (as
Q. pnhescens). — Quisqualis Indira is cult, in northern
hothoiises. For best results it should be planted in beds
of soil composed of fibroiis loam, peat and sand. The fls.
appear from June to September, and last well when cut.
After flowering the plant should be cut back severely and
water applied less frequently xmtil the wood is ripened.
New growth starts the following spring. If the plant is
kept in a very hot and humid atmosphere it makes a ram-
pant growth. It is remarkably free from insect pests
and fungous diseases. Prop, by softwood cuttings in-
serted in sand with bottom heat*

Emil Mische and W. M.

Cyclopedia of American Horticulture

By L. H. BAILEY, of Cornell University
Assisted by WiLHELM MILLER and many expert cultivators and botanists

CFTRYSA TBEUUIi

4 VOLS— OVER 2,000 ORIGINAL ENGRAVINGS

THIS great work comprises directions for the cultivation of horticul-
tural crops and original descriptions of all the species of fruits,
vegetables, flowers and ornamental plants known to be in the market
in the United States and Canada. "It has the unique distinction of
presenting for the first time, in a carefully arranged and perfectly
accessible form, the best knowledge of the best specialists in America
upon gardening, fruit-growing, vegetable culture, forestry, and the
like, as well as exact botanical information. . . . The contributors
are eminent cultivators or specialists, and it is expected that the work
will include fully 5,000 signed contributions." The arrangement is
very systematic, clear and convenient for ready reference.

The Cyclopedia is to be com-
pleted in four handsome quarto
volumes, embracing about 2,000
pages, with more than that num-
ber of original illustrations. It is
carefully printed on specially made
paper of a permanent character.
Vol. I (A to D, 509 pages, 743
illustrations, 9 plates) , Vol. II (E
to M, 544 pages, 710 illustrations,
10 plates), and Vol. Ill (N to Q,
432 pages, 606 illustrations, 11
plates) are now ready, and the
work will be completed early in
1901.

This book is sold only by sub -
scription, and orders will be ac-
cepted for the full set only, at $5
per volume. Terms and further
information may be had of

THE MACMILLAN COMPANY
66 Fifth Avenue, NEW YORK

The Garden-Craft Series

The Horticulturist's Rule-Book

A Compendium of Useful Information for Fruit-
growers, Truck -gardeners. Florists, and Others

By L. H. BAILEY

Professor of Horticulture in the Cornell University

FOURTH EDITION — 312 PAGES — 75 CTS.

AVAST mass of information is presented in this handy little reference
book, arranged so carefully and indexed so completely that histaut
reference may be made to any one of the two thousand entries. The
things you want to know about horticultural work, the remedy for a plant
disease, the way to conquer a troublesome insect enemy — all are concisely
set forth. It is a collection of verified and digested facts, in compact
form, easy •of reference and comprehensive in range. Now in its fourth
edition, the book has become a standard reference work.

The Horticulturist's Eule - Book
presents information upon such matters
as recipes for insecticides and fungicides,
descriptions (with remedies) of insects
and diseases , weeds , lawns , grafting-
waxes, seed and planting-tables, tables
of yields, rules for gi^eenhouse heating
and management, with figures, methods
of storing produce, tariff and postal
rates, rules of societies for naming ^nd
exhibiting specimens, score - cards and
scales of points, analyses of fertilizing
substances, lists of current horticultural
books and journals.

INJURIOUS INSECTS.

41

^fmedlM. — Pereislent syringiDg with water will gen-
emllj destroy Iliem, If the spray Is applied to the under
surface. Fumes of sulphur. Sulphlde-of-soda wash.
Kerosene emulsion aa for Mites.
BbDbarb. RHLDAan-CDRcuLio (Lixua eoneavua. Say).— A
gnih three-tourths Inch long boring into the crown and
rbota. It also aitAcks wild docks.

Bemedy- — Durn all infested placit^ and keep down iLe

Root-Oall, CrowTi-Oall. — A widespread disease, of which
the cause u wholly ujiknown. It occura upon the peach,
apple, pear, raspberry, blackberry, and other plants. The
swellings are hard and woody, and appear both at the
crown of the plant — where they soraetlmes attain the size
ot one's double fists — and on the email roots.

Bemfdy. — Nothing is surely known In the way of
remedy except to destroy badly infested trees. It is iec>
otomended to dig away the earth, cut oH or pare oH the
knots, and to paint the wounds with Bordeaui miitore.
Nursery trees should be Inspecied for the galla.

Root-Knot {HeUrodera radicicola, Mlill.). — A diaeasa charac-
terized by the knotting and contortion of the roots of tbo
peach, orang^, and many other plants. The knots are mostly
rather soft swellings, and on the smaller roots. It Is usually
misi destructive on the peach. It is caused by a nematodef
or true worm. Gulf States. Attacks greenhonsa plants in
the north.

P Mi'enr (on. — Plant non-Infested plants In treah noil;
bud Into healthy slocks. Fertilize highly, particularly with
potaasic ferlilizera. Set the trees eight or ten inches deep
In high and dry soils. Infested small trees may bo
remedied, in part at least, by transplanting them into
highly manured holes which "have been prepared contlguons
to them. Does not llvo in regions where the ground
freezes deeply. If It is feared in greenhouses, see that the
soil has been thorouc;hly frozen before it is used. White-
wash the benches. See Root-G«i.i-

I

" It is packed from cover to cover with a
vast amount of useful iuformation for every
one who grows fruit, flowers, or plants of
any kind. All kinds of useful tables are
given, which are very convenient to any
one, whether a horticulturist or not." — Cali-
fornia Fr wit - Groiver .

The Garden-Craft Series

Garden - Making

Suggestions for the Utilizing of Home Grounds

By L. H, BAILEY

Aided by L. R. Taft, F. A. Waugh, and Ernest Walker

FOURTH EDITION — 417 PAGES — 256 ILLUSTRATIONS — $1 .00

HERE is a book literally "for the million" who in broad America
have some love for growing things. "Every family can have a
garden. If there is not a foot of land, there are porches or win-
dows. Wherever there is sunlight, plants may be made to grow;
and one plant in a tin -can may be a more helpful and inspiring
garden to some mind than a whole acre of lawn and flowers may
be to another." The illustrations are copious and beautiful.

While it presents scientific trutlis, it is in no sense a mere scientific treatise. It
gives in simple language such information as every man or woman who buys a single
packet of seed or attempts to grow a single plant is in need of. No other modern
American work exists which covers this important field. It forms a manual of
instruction for the beginner in garden work, and is at the same time a book of ref-
erence for the skilled craftsman. It is profuseh^ illustrated and every important
operation is graphically shown. — Boston Transcript.

It is impossible to praise too highly the valuable publications issued by Prof.
Bailey. This work on " Garden - Making " has all the excellences of his previous
books, together with many features which will recommend themselves to every one
desiring to make the most of the grounds around his home. — New Orleans Picayune.

The Practical Garden -Book

Containing the Simplest Directions for t' e Growing of
the Commonest Things about the House and Garden

By C. E. HUNN

Gardener to the Horticultural Department of Cornell University

and L. H. BAILEY

SECOND EDITION-250 PAGES — MANY MARGINAL CUTS — $1.00

IIiLUSTRATED by many marginal "thumbnail" cuts. This is
the latest issue of the Grarden- Craft series. It is the book for the
busy man or woman who wants the most direct practical infor-
mation as to just how to plant, prune, train, and to care for all the
common flowers, fruits, vegetables, oi-namental bushes and trees. It
has articles on the making of lawns, borders, spraying, fertilizers,
manures, lists of plants for particular purposes, hotbeds, window -gar-
dening, etc. It is all arranged alphabetically, like a miniature cyclo-
pedia. It does not contain a bit of theory or of fine writing, but is
designed for those who have no time to go into the whys and
wherefores, and who want directions as to how to grow plants.

The Garden-Craft Series

The Nursery-Book

A Complete Guide to the Multiplication of Plants

By L. H. BAILEY

Professor of Horticulture in the Cornell University
THIRD EDITION — 365 PAGES~152 ILLUSTRATIONS — $1 .00

THE detailed questions of propagation are answered in this admirable vol-
ume, which has become the standard work of reference for nurserymen.
It is now in its third edition,, and has been thoroughly revised and
greatly extended. It is intensely practical, and fully sets forth the processes
of budding, grafting, seed-sowing, etc., as well as many other important
items of nursery work. It is simply essential to the seedsman, nurseryman,
florist or grower of plants in any walk of life. As with all Professor Bailey's
works, there are unusually complete indexes and glossaries, rendering the
book most convenient in use.

The Nursery-Book includes Seedage (Requisites of Germination, Seed-Testing,
Handling and Sowing of Seeds); Separation and Division; Layerage; Cuttage (Gen-
eral Requirements of Cuttings, Various Kinds of Cuttings); Graftage (General Con-
siderations, Budding, Grafting, Inarching, Grafting Waxes); Nursery Management
(Nursery Lands, Grades of Trees, Storing and Trimming Trees, etc.); The Nursery
List (an alphabetical catalogue of about 1,500 plants, with directions for their
multiplication) .

"This book should be in the home of not only every horticulturist, but of every
family, irrespective of occupation, who loves flowers or ornamental plants,' for it treats
of the propagation of these as well as of food plants." — Micliigan Fruit- Grower.

Plant-Breeding

Being Five Lectures upon the Amelioration of Domestic Plants

By L. H. BAILEY

Professor of Horticulture in the Cornell University
293 PAGES — 20 ILLUSTRATIONS — $1.00

A WORK of unique interest, it being the only volume upon this subject.
When one considers the mai'velous changes in our fruits, vegetables and
flowers within a generation, through the work of man in turning to his
purposes the impulses of nature, the great interest of this book may be indi-
cated. It tells how vai'ieties of cultivated plants come about, and further,
how one may engage in the fascinating work of originating them. The grower
who gropes in the dark in his seai-ch for the ideal fruit or flower may here find
guidance and aid in the principles governing the work.

Plant -Breeding comprises five chapters: The Fact and Philosophy of Variation;
The Philosophy of the Crossing of Plants; How Domestic Varieties Originate; Bor-
rowed Opinions, being translations from the writings of Verlot, Carriere, and Focke;
, Pollination, or How to Cross Plants. Chapter HI contains the list of fifteen rules for
plant-breeding, which De Varginy, the eminent French writer, has called "the quin-
decalogue of the horticulturist."

The Garden-Craft Series

The Forcing-Book

A Manual of the Cultivation of Vegetables in Glass Houses

By L. H, BAILEY

Professor of Horticulture in the Cornell University
266 PAGES — 88 ILLUSTRATIONS — $1 .00

NO subject in horticulture has more rapidly assumed importance than that
of bringing into use out of season various vegetables and fruits. If one
stops to think of the deprivation there would be, even of the danger to
health, in the cessation of this "forcing," and further, if an idea is gained of
the extensive business done in out- of- season products, the importance of this
complete little manual will be understood. It describes forcing- houses best
adapted; tells what crops may be grown and marketed, and how best to do the
work. It is a convenient record of long experience and careful experimentation.

The Forcing-Book includes lutroductory Suggestions (Category of Forcing Crops,
Locations for Vegetable Forcing, Cost of Heat and Labor) ; Construction of the Forc-
ing-House (Types and Forms of Houses, Structural Details, Heating, Cost); Manage-
ment of the Forcing-House (Temperature, Soils, Fertilizers, Watering, Ventilating and
Shading, Electric Light, Pollination, Insects and Diseases) ; Lettuce ; Cauliflower;
Radish; Asparagus and Rhubarb; Miscellaneous Cool Plants (Celery, Salads, Onion,
Beets, Potato, Pepino) ; Tomato; Cucumber; Muskmelon; Miscellaneous Warm Plants
(Bean, Eggplant, Pepper, Cyphomandra) ; Summaries of the Management of the
Various Crops.

The Pruning-Book

A Monograph of the Pruning and Training of Plants as Applied to American Conditions

By L. H. BAILEY

Professor of Horticulture in the Cornell University
THIRD EDITION— 545 PAGES — 331 ILLUSTRATIONS — $1 .50

UNTIL the appearance of this book, there had been no complete and con-
sistent discussion of pruning.' Professor Bailey considers fully the
philosophy of the subject, showing why we should prune, with such
statements of experience and observation as will enlighten the reader. It
states pi'inciples; and then the various practices of pruning are considered
in full detail, and a vast fund of carefully collected data is made serviceable
to the reader. The illustrations are numerous and remarkably convincing.

The Pruning-Book includes the Philosophy of Pruning (Does Pruning Devitalize
Plants"?); The Fruit-bud (The Bud and the Branch, The Leaf -bud and Fruit-bud,
The Fruit-spur, Co-terminal Fruit -bearing. Grapes and Brambles, How to Tell Fruit-
buds, Summary Synopsis); The Healing of Wounds (Nature of Wound, Suggestions to
the Pruner, When to Cut, Dressings, How to Mend Trees) ; The Principles of Pruning
(Top-pruning, Root-pruning, Variation of Habit, Watersprouts, Heading-in, Obstruc-
tions, Checking Growth, Girdling, etc.. General Law); Some Specific Advice (Form of
Top, Root-pruning, Subsequent Treatment, Ringing and Gii'dling, Pruning Tools, Re-,
marks on Specific Plants) ; Some Modes of Training, American Grape Training, Vinifera
Grape Training.

The Rural Science Series

The Principles of Agriculture

A Text -Book for Schools and Rural Societies

Edited by L. H. BAILEY

With Contributions from His Colleagues in the Cornell University
THIRD EDITION — 300 PAGES - 92 ILLUSTRATIONS — $1.25

THIS is an attempt to analyze the complex subject of agriculture, and to
present the underlying principles and factors in clear, terse English.
Each chapter is in two parts: the first part, or the principles, is in
numbered paragraphs in very large type (the size used in "Lessons with
Plants"); the second part contains informal suggestions to the teacher and
pupil, with illustrations. It is one of the few attempts to coordinate all the
various agricultural subjects, showing the relative importance and position
of each. It is a skeleton of agricultural science and practice. Full refer-
ences are made to such literature as the teacher or pupil may be able to
secui'e.

The Principles of Agriculture comprises the following- subjects: Introduction
discussing what agriculture is. Part I. — The soil, containing: Tiie Contents of the
Soil; The Texture of the Soil; The Moisture in the Soil; The Tillage of the Soil;
Enriching the Soil by Farm Resources; Enriching the Soil by Commercial Resources.
Part II. — The Plant and the Crop, comprising: The Offices of the Plant; How the
Plant Lives; The Propagation of the Plant; Preparation of the Land for the Seed;
Subsequent Care of the Plant; Pastures, Meadows, Forage. Part III. — The Animal
and Stock, comprising: The Offices of the Animal; How the Animal Lives; The
Feeding of the Animal; The Breeding of the Animal; Management of Stock

The Soil

Its Nature, Relations and Fundamental Principles of Management

By F. H. KING

Professor of Agricultural Physics in the University of Wisconsin
303 PAGES — 45 ILLUSTRATIONS — 75 CENTS

ALUMINOUS and practical discussion of the soil and its various attri-
butes. As an understanding of the soil in some measure is of vital
necessity to success in even the most limited agricultural operations,
the importance of a work like this cannot easily be overestimated.

"It is a hook which progressive farmers will come to regard as one of the
essential implements of farm life." — Boston Daily Advertiser.

The Rural Science Series

The Fertility of the Land

A Summary Sketch of the Relationship of
Farm - practice to the Maintaining and Increasing of the Productivity of the Soil

By I. P. ROBERTS

Director of the College of Agriculture, Cornell University
THIRD EDITION — 421 PAGES — 45 ILLUSTRATIONS — $1.25

THIS work, written by one who has been termed "the wisest farmer in
America," takes up the treatment of the soil from the standpoint of the
farmer rather than that of the scientist. It embodies the results of years
of careful experimentation and observation along practical lines, and will be
found helpful and inspiring to a marked degree. No other one book could be
so heartily recommended to the progressive farmer as this interesting series
of talks — for Professor Roberts seems to be personally addressing the reader.

The Fkbtility of the Land includes A Chat with the Young Farmer; Inventory
of the Land; Evolution of the Plow (fully illustrated); The Means and Philosophy of
Tilling the Laud (telling how and why we should plow, harrow, etc.); Conserving
Moisture; Irrigation and Drainage; Manures (in four unique, illustrated chapters);
Nitrogen; Potash and Phosphoric Acid; Lime and other dressings; Commercial Fertil-
izers; The Use of Clovers, Fallows and Rotations; Appendix.

"In short, the book will be found helpful to the farmer, in that it will enable him
to go through the routine of his everyday work with intelligence, and. therefore- with
skill and the assurance of wider success." — Garden and Forest

The Spraying of Plants

A Succinct Account of the History, Principles and Practice of the
Application of Liquids and Powders to Plants for the Purpose of Destroying Insects and Fungi

By E. G. LODEMAN

Late Instructor in Horticulture in the Cornell University
399 PAGES — 92 ILLUSTRATIONS — $1 .00

IN these days this subject is conceded to be of enormous importance to the
horticulturist ; for it is only by intelligent spraying that many large fruit
interests are saved from utter extinction. Professor Lodeman treats the
subject both historically and practically, and the work forms the only complete
manual of spraying, being admittedly the standard authority. Not only is
spraying discussed in its relations to the plant or tree and the crop, but the
diseases and insects which are to be combated are most fully presented.

The Spraying op Plants includes in its first part a complete history of the rise of
spraying, both in this country and abroad. There are also full illustrated accounts of
pumps and nozzles, complete recipes of formulas, and the like. The second part, compris-
ing 135 pages, entitled "Specific Directions for Spraying Cultivated Plants," is an alpha-
betical illustrated account of the various insects and fungi, with methods of treating them.

"Mr. Lodeman has gathered the results on an immense amount of experiments, both
in Europe and America, and his book can be trusted not only as a manual of practice,
but as a true and well -classified record of our knowledge on this subject at the present
time." — Garden and Forest.

The Rural Science Series

Bush -Fruits

A Horticultural Monograph of
Raspberries, Blackberries, Dewberries, Currants, Gooseberries, and other Shrub -like Fruits

By FRED W. CARD

Professor of Horticulture in Rhode Island Agricultural College
SECOND EDITION — 337 PAGES- 113 ILLUSTRATIONS — $1 .50

I^HE aim of this book is twofold, — to give all necessary instruction on
the cultivation of the bush-fruits, and to provide a cyclopedia of ref-
erence to varieties, species, insects, and diseases. Every variety of the
various fruits is fully described, this being the first effort to collect all
information about varieties of all these fruits since the time of the Down-
ings. In this respect, the book will always be a standard authority. The
varieties are arranged alphabetically under various natural classes or groups,
but a very full index refers instantly to any variety. The cultural directions
are full and clear, and are entirely separated from the descriptions and tech-
nical matter. Full instructions are given for the evaporating of berries.
The author has himself had long experience in the growing of the fruits.
The book is, therefore, both a manual of practice and a work of reference,
and is supplied at the usual price of either one alone.

The Principles of Fruit -Growing

By L. H. BAILEY

Professor of Horticulture in the Cornell University
THIRD EDITION — 516 PAGES— 120 ILLUSTRATIONS — $1 .25

THERE have been manuals and treatises on fruit-growing, but this vol-
ume is the first consistent presentation of the underlying principles
affecting the growth of the various fruits. It is thus unique, and it
occupies a field of the greatest importance. It joins science and practice,
for it not only discusses the reasons for certain operations, but presents the
most approved methods, gathered from the successful fruit-growers of
America. It appeals especially to the horticulturist who is willing to have
his brain direct and supplement the work of his hands, and to acquire a
knowledge of principles rather than a mere memorandum of their application.

The Principles of Fruit - Growing includes: Introductory Discussion, comprising
an inventory and classification of fruits, the fruit zones, the outlook for fruit-grow-
ing; the Location and its Climate, with a full discussion of frosts; the Tilling of
Fruit Lands; the Fertilizing of Fruit Lands; the Planting of Orchai-ds; Secondary
care of Orchards; Diseases, Insects and Spraying; Picking and Packing and Storing
Fruits, Shipping, etc. ; and a bibliography of American writings on the subject.

"The book is very practical in its treatment of the subject of fruit-growing,
after a brief introductory entering at once into the discussion of the location of the
orchard, following that with the tillage of fruit lands, dealing with the planting and
care of fruits. Taken all in all, it is the most complete book on fruit-growing at a
small price we have seen." — Western Rural.

The Rural Science Series

Fertilizers

The Source, Character and Composition of Natural, Home-Made and Manufactured Fertilizers ;
and Suggestions as to their Use for Different Crops and Conditions

By EDWARD B. VOORHEES

Director ot the New Jersey Experiment Stations, and Professor of Agriculture in Rutgers College
SECOND EDITION — 333 PAGES — $1.00

THIS book discusses the difficult questions of fertilizers in sueli plain and
untechnical lang'uage that those who are wholly unlearned in chemistry
can use it. There are no elaborate tables. The book instructs upon
the fundamental principles of the use of fertilizers, so that the farmer is
able, when he reads it, to determine for himself what his practice shall be.
It is not an advocate for commei'cial fertilizers, but tells simply and directly
what the truth is respecting their value.

Fertilizers includes the following : The Natural Fertility of the Soil, and
Sources of Loss of the Elements of Fertility; The Function of Manures and Ferti-
lizers, and the Need of Artificial Fertilizers; Nitrogenous Fertilizers; Phosphates;
Superphosphates and Potash; Miscellaneous Fertilizing Materials; Purchase of Ferti-
lizers; Chemical Analyses of Fertilizers; Methods of Use of Fertilizers; Fertilizers
for Cereals and Grasses, Potatoes, Sweet Potatoes, Tomatoes and Sugar Beets; Green
Forage Crops; Market -Garden Crops; Orchard Fruits and Berries; Fertilizers for
various special crops.

The Farmstead

By I. P. ROBERTS

Director of the College of Agriculture at Cornell University
350 PAGES — 138 ILLUSTRATIONS -$1 .25

THIS "wisest farmer in America" is also a most delightful and practical
writer on the wide subject of farm life and practice. In this book he
enters a new field and goes to the root of many problems that have
long perplexed farmers and their families. The author's genial style and
shrewd, clear, unbiased discussion of such topics as "The Selection and
Purchase of Farms," "The Farm as a Source of Income," "Locating the
House," "Planning Rural Buildings," "Building the House" (including in
three chapters the general plans, outside covering, painting, etc., inside
finish, heating and ventilation), "Water-supply and Sewage," "House-fur-
nishing," "The Home Yard," "A Discussion of Barns," etc., will make this
book a great favorite in its series, and a great help to all who purchase
new farms or remodel old ones. To scores of farm -owners it will be a
revelation of how much there is to enjoy on the farm and how to make
the most of it.

The Rural Science Series

Milk and Its Products

A Treatise upon the Nature and Qualities of Dairy Milk, and the Manufacture of

Butter and Cheese

By HENRY H. WING

Assistant Professor of Dairy Husbandry in the Cornell University
THIRD EDITION — 311 PAGES — 33 ILLUSTRATIONS ~ $1.00

IN this volume the whole field of dauying is intelligently consid-
ered. The production and character of the lacteal fluid are first
discussed, and then in order are taken up the marketing of milk,
the production and handling of butter, cheese, and all the products
of the dairy. Although the book is up to date in its science, it is
none the less a complete guide to modern dairy practice. The illus-
trations serve to point the practical recommendations of the text.
No recent work on dairying has been so well received as this.

64 ifilk (ind Its Products.

these strainers should be cleansed, with great care,
ond should be frequently i-enewed.

Treatment lifter ilrmcitig. — So soon as the milk is
drawu, it should be rapidly brought to a temperature
slightly behiw the surrounding atmosphere. While it
is being cooled it should be stirred to prevent the
oi-eam from rising, and in milk that has been cooled
in this way there will be comparatively little tendency
afterward for the cream to separate from the milk.
Milk so treated is in an ideal condition for consump-
tion, even thniigli the .consumer may consider the
(jnality poor because of the slight tendency of the
tream to fnrm^ on the anrfaee.

A'ertitimi of milk. — Milk when drawn from the cow
contains u certain amount of dissolved gases. These
gases contain more or less
of what is known as animal
odor, the amount of this
odor depending very largely
npon the physical condition
of the animal at the time
the milk is drawn. Some-
times the amount id very
slight and scarcely notice-
able, at other times it is so
great as to be extremely of-
fensive. These gases and
the accompmiying odor are
easily leniovrd from the
milk by cxposui'e of the

Milk and Its Pkoducts includes chap-
ters on: Secretion of Milk; Composition
of Milk; Testing of Milk; Ferments and
Fermentations of Milk, and their Control;
Market Milk ; Separation of Cream ; Ripen-
ing of Cream; Churning; Finishing and
Marketing Butter; Milk for Cheese -Mak-
ing ; Cheddar Cheese -Making ; Varieties
of Cheese; By-Products of the Dairy;
Butter and Cheese Factories ; Statistics
and Economies of the Dairy Industry;
Appendix, comprising useful rules and
tests, metric system, dairy laws, and
references to dairy literature.

"The book is a mine of valuable in-
formation, and ought to be in the hands
of all progressive dairymen." — New Eng-
land Farmer.

The Rural Science Series

Irrigation and Drainage

Principles and Practice of their Cultural Phases

By F. H. KING

Professor of Agricultural Physics in the University of Wisconsin

502 PAGES— 163 ILLUSTRATIONS — $1.50

THIS book deals in a raost clear and thorough way with im-
mediately practical problems from the farmer's, fruit-grower's,
and gardener's standpoint, while the principles which underlie them
are presented in a concise manner that will be most helpful in
building up a rational practice of irrigation culture and farm drain-
age. Special effort has been made all through the book to broaden
ideas of general soil management, even where neither irrigation nor
drainage is practiced. In the preparation of this book the author
personally inspected the irrigating ditches and practices of both
humid and arid climates in this country and in Europe, so that the
illustrations, which are largely photo -engravings, are also of a most
practical nature.

Irrigation and Drainage includes under
Irrigation Culture, in Part I: The Extent
and Geographic Range of Irrigation; Con-
ditions which make Irrigation Imperative,
Desirable, or Unnecessary; The Extent to
which Tillage May Take the Place of Ir-
rigation; The Increase of Yield Due to
Irrigation in Humid Climates ; Amount
and Measurement of Water for Irriga-
tion; Frequency, Amount and Measure-
ment of Water for Single Irrigations ;
Character of Water for Irrigation; Alkali
Lands; Supplying Water for Irrigation;
Methods of Applying Water ; Sewage Irri-
gation. Part II, Farm Drainage, includes
Principles of Drainage, divided into many
subheads and treated in a most clear and
thorough way; and Practical Details of
Under - draining .

478

Irrigation and Drainage

Referriug to 157, which ia a profile of the data in
the tahle, A is the OQtIet of the di-aio ; the first stake
set is marked 0, the second 50, et^'., op to 600, the
nilinhere expressing the number of feet from the ont-
let. The datum plane is ehoyen 10 feet below thn

surface of the p-ound, at station 0, and the ground
here is 3 feet above the bottom of the drain, which
leaves the outlet 7 feet above datum, as stated in the
table, which is also the elevation of the grade. line at
this place.

Referring to the table, in the column of elevations
it will be seen that the surface of the ground at 600
feet from the outlet is 11.36 feet above datum plane,
while (he outlet is 7 feet above, making a total fall of

11.36 — 7 = 4.36 feet.
If it i.s decided to give the drain a fall of .24 foot.

The Rural Science Series

The Principles of Vegetable - Gardening

By L. H. BAILEY

458 PAGES— 144 ILLUSTRATIONS — $1 .25

YEGETABLE-OARDENING books are usually mere alphabetic
cyclopedias of directions. This book states the reasons wluj. It
discusses fully the underlying questions regarding soils, fertilizing,
tilling, storing, marketing, controlling insects and diseases, and other
vital present-day problems. It treats the general subject of truck -
gardening and market - gardening ; also the home garden. After
these general matters are fully discussed, the treatment of each
vegetable is taken up and the principles of its cultivation con-
sidered.

The classification is into natural cultural groups, so that it is
possible to state all the principles which pertain to any class of
vegetables, without much repetition. Thus, root crops are treated
by themselves; so are salad crops, bulb crops, and the like. Par-
ticular attention is given to hotbeds and coldframes; also to seeds
and seed -growing.

Full estimates are given of the capital required for market -
gardening. The book contains a complete list of all American
books on vegetable -gardening.

ABSTRACT OF CONTENTS

Part I — General View

Chapter I. The Laj'- out of the Plantation. Chapter V. Seeds and Seedage.

Chapter II. Glass. Chapter VI. Subsequent Management of
Chapter III. The Soil and Its Treatment. the Vegetable -Garden.

Chapter IV. Vegetable -Gardening Tools. Chapter VII. Marketing and Storing.

Part II — Vegetable -Gardening Crops

Chapter VIII. Introductory Discussion. Chapter XV. Pulse Crops.

Chapter IX. Root Crops. Chapter XVI. Solanaceous Crops.

Chapter X. Tuber Crops. Chapter XVII. Cucurbitous Crops.

Chapter XI. Bulb Crops. Chapter XVIII. Sweet Corn and Okra.

Chapter XII. Cole Crops. Chapter XIX. Sweet Herbs.

Chapter XIII. Pot-Herb Crops. Chapter XX. Perennial Crops.

Chapter XIV. Salad Crops.

The Rural Science Series

Rural Wealth and Welfare

Economic Principles Illustrated and Applied in Farm Life

By GEORGE T. FAIRCHILD, LL.D.

Ex-President of the Agricultural College of Kansas
381 PAGES— 14 CHARTS~$l.2S

THIS is the first important American effort to discuss the princi-
ples of economics with particular reference to agriculture. It is
the result of a lifetime of study and teaching by one who has al-
ways been in close touch with rural affairs, because nearly all his life
he has been a teacher in agricultural colleges. It discusses the general
rise and progress of agricultural activity as related to the development
of the counti'y at large, and shows the relation of farm life to the
production of wealth, to questions of education, currency, tariffs,
wages, markets, labor problems, transportation, social conditions, etc.

Rural Wealth and Welfare includes Introduction (General Welfare, Nature of
Wealth). Part I — Productive Industry, comprising: Aims of Industry; Forces in
Production of Wealth; Labor Defined and Classified; Capital Defined and Classified;
Personal Attainments; Combination of Forces for Individual Efficiency; Methods of
Association; Exchange, Advantages, Limitations and Tendencies; Value the Basis
of Exchange; Exchange — its Machinery; Banks and Banking; Deferred Settlement
and Credit Expansion; Technical Division of Labor; Aggregation of Industrj^; Special
Incentives to Production; Business Security. Part II — Distribution of Wealth for
Welfare, comprising: General Principles of Fair Distribution; Wages and Profits;
Conflict between Wage-earners and Profit-makers; Proceeds of Capital; Interest and
Rent; Principles of Interest; Principles of Land Rent; and Part III — Consumption
of Wealth, comprising: Wealth used by Individuals; Prudent Consumption; Impru-
dent Consumption; Social Organization for Consumption; Economic Functions of
Government; Economic Machinery of Government; Conclusion and Index.

So long as the demand warrants, new volumes will be added to
the RuKAL Science Series. Definite arrangements have been com-
pleted for the following:

Feeding of Animals. By W. H. .Iordan, of New York State Experiment Station.

In the press.
Farm Poultry. By George C. Watson, of Pennsylvania State College. In the press.
Physiology of Plants. By -J. C. Arthur, Purdue University.
Breeding of Animals. Bv W. H. Brewer, of Yale University.
Plant Pathology. By B. T. Galloway and associates, of U. S. Dept. of Agrie.
The Pome Fruits (Apples, Pears, Quinces). By L. H. Bailey.
Care of Animals. Bv N. S. Mayo, Connecticut Agricultural College.

Works by Professor Bailey

The Evolution of Our Native Fruits

By L. H. BAILEY

Professor of Horticulture in the Cornell University
412 PAGES — 125 ILLUSTRATIONS — $2.00

IN this entertaining volume, the origin and development of the fruits
peculiar to North America are inquired into, and the personality
of those horticultural pioneers whose almost forgotten labors have
given us our most valuable fruits is touched upon. There has been
careful research into the history of the various fruits, even in the
records of the great European botanists writing of American economic
botany. The conclusions reached, the information presented, and the
suggestions as to developments, ably set forth in the tei'se style of
the author at his best, cannot but be valuable to any thoughtful

fruit-grower.

The Evolution of Our Native
(North America a Natiiral Vineland
Experiments of the Dnfours, The B
Rise of Commercial Viticulture, Why

428 THE EVOLDTIOW OP OUR NATIVTJ rRUITa

field strawberry iu the improvement of the garden
varietieB has evidently been very small.

A full discussion of this strawberry evolution 13
made in Essay XXV,, "Survival of the Unlike," and it
is, therefore, unnecessary to pursue the subject here.

It may be said, however, that there are' three leading
groaps or types of strawberries native to North Anier-
ka. — the Scarle.t or Virginian group, the Vesoa or Old

Fruits discusses The Rise of the American Grape
Attempts to Cultivate the European Grape, The
ranch of Promise, John Adlum and the Catawba,
did the Early Vine Experiments Pail ? Synopsis of
the American Grapes); The Strange History of
the Mulberries (The Early Silk Industry, The
"Multicaulis Craze,"); Evolution of Ameri-
can Plums and Cherries (Native Plums in
General, The Chickasaw, Hortulana, Marianna
and Beach Plum Groups, Pacific Coast Plum,
Various Other Types of Plums; Native Cherries,
Dwarf Cherry Group) ; Native Apples (Indig-
enous Species, Amelioration has Begun) ; Ori-
gin of American Raspberiy - growing (Early
American History, Present Types, Outlying
Types) ; Evolution of Blackberry and Dewberry
Culture (The High-bush Blackberry and Its
Kin, The Dewberries, Botanical Names) ; Various
Types of Berry -like Fruits (The Gooseberry,
Native Currants, Juneberrj-, Buffalo Bei-ry,
Elderberry, High-bush Cranberry, Cranberry,
Strawberry) ; Various Types of Tree Fruits (Per-
simmon, Custard Apple Tribe, Thorn-Apples,
Nut -Fruits) , General Remarks on the Improve-
ment of our Native Fruits (What Has Been
Done, What Probably Should Be Done.

Works by Professor Bailey

The Survival of the Unlike

A Collection of Evolution Essays Suggested by the Study of Domestic Plants

By L. H. BAILEY

Professor of Horticulture in the Cornell University
THIRD EDITI0N~515 PAGES — 22 ILLUSTRATIONS — $2.00

TO those interested in the underlying philosophy of plant life, this
volume, written in a most entertaining style, and fully illustrated,
will prove welcome. It treats of the modification of plants under
cultivation upon the evolution theories, and its attitude is char-
acterized by the author's well-known originality and independence
of thought. Incidentally, there is stated much that will he valuable
and suggestive to the working horticulturist. It may well be called
indeed, a philosophy of horticulture.

The Survival of the Unlike comprises thirty essays touching upon The General
Fact and Philosophy of Evolution (The Plant Individual, Experimental Evolution,
Coxey's Army and the Russian Thistle, Recent Progress, etc.) ; Expounding the Fact and
Causes of Variation (The Supposed Correlations of Quality in Fruits, Natural History
of Synonyms, Reflective Impressions, Relation of Seed-Bearing to Cultivation, Varia-
tion after Birth, Relation between American and Eastern Asian Fruits, Horticultural
Geography, Problems of Climate and Plants,
American Fruits, Acclimatization, Sex in
Fruits, Novelties, Promising- Varieties, etc.);
and Tracing the Evolution of Particular Types
of Plants (The Cultivated Strawberry, Battle
of the Plums, Grapes, Progress of the Carna-
tion, Petunia, The Garden Tomato, etc.).

"Whatever Professor Bailey writes is in-
teresting reading. He has the rare gift of an
entertaining stjde, and what he writes people
want to read. All his previous books have
been widely read, and this will prove no
exception to the well-established rule. The
secret of his popularity, if there be any secret
about it, is that when he writes he has some-
thing-new to say; something based upon ex-
periences and observations. These are by no
means all his own, for he has the ability to
see with the eyes of other people, as well as
with his own. He is thus able to bring into
his pages a rich mass of new matter, which
gives them additional interest and value.
—Prop. E. C. Bessey, in Science.

116

THE SURnVAL OF THE UNLIKE.

[■V.

plant spepifically from any other species of Lycopetsicom
which is yet described. The
leaflets are reduced in number,
and are greatly modified in
shape. Even the inflorescence
shares in the transformation,
for tlie flowers, instead of being
six or more, as they are in its
known ancestors, are reduced to
two or three. If De Varigny
fonni of tomoto rniii. wcre to experiment for centu-
ries, he could scarcely ex-
pect to produce any "new
species " which should
have better characters than
this singular race of to-
matoes, the origin of which
is so well known that we
have the record of the
year in which it origina-
ted, and

the very G. Pnr like irpo of lomoW.

man who sowed the seed from which
it sprung. This curious race came
in suddenly, without any premoni-
tion, so far as we know, of its ap-
pearing, and the same thing has
probably not originated a second
time.

The other type to which I refer-
red, the large-leaved or Mikado race
(variety grandtfoUum) , gave evi-
\" deuce of its coming. This type has

Works by Professor Bailey

Lessons With Plants

Suggestions for Seeing and Interpreting Some of the Common Forms of Vegetation

By L. H. BAILEY

Professor of Horticulture in the Cornell University

With delineations from nature by W. S. Holdsworth

of the University of Michigan

SECOND EDITION -491 PAGES-446 ILLUSTRATIONS -$! .10 NET

WHILE this volume does not ask attention as a manual of bot-
any, it is, in effect, a most admirable text -book on that science.
The motive of the book is the cultivation of the power of observa-
tion and the ability to draw proper inferences therefrom. If is pure
"nature study" that it inculcates, and the charm of its manner and
method will be felt by even a casual reader. The numerous beauti-
ful illustrations are a marked feature of the work.

Lessons with Plants is admirably adapted to class use in high schools.
It includes Studies of Twigs and Buds; Studies of Leaves and Foli-
age ; Studies of Flowers ; Studies of the Fructification ; Studies of the
Propagation of Plants; Stndies of the Behavior and Habits of Plants;

Studies of the Kinds of Plants; Sug-

404

LXSSO.XS niTa PLANTS

. a A'iveft incaiia of ailnpiation
In llie ]ilaii(; but in ilie pr^H
lurgt^ly nHHumptio

lo circuiDBtfincoB or ne a prolcclion
"t Htiil« o( our knowleilgp, tliis is

010. The flowers of

hepatica have been

studied in Pigs. 131 and

1j3 If, however, the

aiti^it were to draw the

plant at night or in

eailv morning, he would

make a picture like

Fig 424. The entir.?

flower droops by

the bending of

— the scape, and

it sti-aightens up

and expands in

the day-tinie.

The sle*'p of

plants, then,

n> be more than a

nfle closing of the

weri

"Mda Is it common for I'nrly

t-pr ng flowera to pIoso or In droop

t ti gbtT Tliopupii may iiiiw be

n crested to esplore the gorden

b*p« icii, w th a lanttrn.

511. One of the most remarkable movements
in plants is that of the leaf and leaflets of the

/>/-'

gestions and Re\dews.

"The clear text, beautiful illustra-
tions, strong binding and, most im-
portant of all, the very excellent
arrangement of the subject matter,
make it an invaluable adjunct to the
working materials of a busy teacher.
Aside from its value as a thoroughly
up-to-date text -book, it is equally
indispensable to the busy teacher as
a reference book on account of the
clear, concise and unique manner of
the arrangement of its contents."
— Miss L. M. Elliott, Grammar School,
Ko. 83, N'ew York City.

First Lessons With Plants

AN ABRIDGMENT OF ABOVE

U7 PAGES— 116 ILLUSTRATIONS - 40 CENTS NET

BOSTON COLLEGE

030 44163 8

1633B3